Skip to main content

Full text of "The Educational screen"

See other formats


LV*'' 


ss?^-;;;' 


^-a^-^BNa^^vA 


riTflliTri 


Kansas   City   Public  Librar" 


Teachers  Library 


NOT  TO  BE  TAKEN  FROM  THE  ROOM 


•  eacner's  library 


*  *  '  S 
c  a  « 
c      •     4 


«  •  «     c    t  *      * 


•   ♦      •      * 

tf  •       «       * 


From  the  collection  of  the 

^        m 

o  Prej^nger 
V    Jjibrary 

.   t         P 


San  Francisco,  California 
2007 


[R  im  Tin    (l^  iS\  Ti 


he  Magazine  Devoted  Exclusively 
0  the  Visual  Idea  in  Education 


^"^ 


IN  THIS  ISSUE 


A  Desirable  Foiir-PDhit 

Visual  Program  for 

Vocational  Schools 


Microscopic-Projection  and 

Micro-photographic 

Slide  Making 


Instructional  Sound 
Film  Utilization 


Motion   Pictures  — 
Not  for  Theatres 


JANUARY,  1939 


Public  Library 
Kansas  City,  Mo. 
Teachers  Library 


<V^ 


VOLUME  XVIII,  NUMBER  I    ^ 
WHOLE      NUMBER       168 


Phiilo  by  James  H.  S<nig»irk    (CourtMy  of  N'atvbi  Notks) 

Whife-Breasfed  Nuthatch  at  Feeding  Station 


25c    A    COPY    *     $2.00    PER    YEAR 


rs  LATEST! 


DeVry  will  not  cut  the  price  of  sound  pro- 
jectors at  the  expense  of  quality — instead  the 
New  DeVry  16  mm  Sound  Challenger,  shown 
above,  advances  quality  all  along  the  line. 

You  cannot  find  another  shuttle  movement 
'  16  mm  projector  which  permits  you  to  open 
the  aperture  while  the  machine  is  running 
and  draw  the  gates.  Does  away  with  dirt  and 
fuzzy  corners  on  the  screen.  The  new  Film 
Glide  feature  with  . . .  Synchrophonic  Thread- 
ing makes  damage  to  film  impossible  .  .  . 
projector  will  run  film  with  torn  sprocket 
holes,  etc.,  which  otherwise  would  be  con- 
sidered unusable  In  the  new  "Challenger," 
the  DeVry  Dual  Sound  Stabilizer  abolishes 
side  sway  and  fluttering  sound.     A  single 

DeVRY    CORPORATION 


1103  Armitage  Ave. 


demonstration  will  convince  you  of  the  new 
high  level  of  performance  reached  by  this 
new  scientific  achievement. 

And  the  low  price  will  surprise  you.  Send  for 
free  circulars  on  the  new  DeVry  16  mm 
Challenger  Projector  —  also  free  copy  of 
DeVry  Movie  News,  and  free  booklet — 
"Values  of  Audio-Visual  Aids  in  Education." 


JUST  SIGN   THE  COUPON 

DeVry  Corporation, 

1103  Armitage   Ave.,  Chicago 

n  Please  send  free  circular  on  the  new  DeVry  16  mm  Sound 
Challenger,  also  free  copy  of  DeVry  Movie  News  and  booklet, 
"Values  of  Audio-Visual  Aids  in  Education." 

G  Please  arrange  for  free  demonstration  of  DeVry  16  mm  Sound 
Challenger. 


CHICAGO 
Bound 
Piriodical         1009341 


Name 

School 

City State 


Ap  21  '40 


December,  19)9 


Page   385 


Index  to  Volume  XVIII  (1939) 


EDITORIALS 


No.  Psf* 


No.  P«(* 


A  NVw  F'roject  for  Kvaluation  of  Kducalional  Films Jan.       19 

Alfred    J.    Sloan    Foundation    and    Department    of    YiauAl    In- 

Mruction      Mar.      84 

Tbe  "Annual"   Korum  of  the  Mid-WeMt — The  Cominfc  Summer 

CounieK — Another      LeKialative      Threat — Still      Following 

Hollywood — The     Film     Kvaluation     Project Apr.    126 

The     National      Film      Kvaluation      Project — The      Midwestern 

Forum  on  Visual  Teaching  Aids June  209 

The    Film   Kvaluation    Project — An    .\ddition — An    Kniargement 

— HomethinK  New  in   "Surveys" — -Airlines  and  Schools — 

The    Film    K»tinial4'»     Sept.   234 

The   Editorial   Advisory   Board — The  Film   Estimates Oct.     276 

Editorial    Advisory     Board — School-M^de     Movies — The    Film 

Evaluation    Project     Nov.    322 

A  Suggestion  for  the  D.  V.  I Dec.    356 

FORMAL    ARTICLES 

(.Arranged  Alphabetically  by  Authors) 

Burrill,  Meldrim,  and  Oardinrr,  Gtmn,  Dana  Airwaves Nov.    323 

Carroll,     John    S.,    A     Cooperative      Plan     for     Visualizing 

Kducation       Feb.       48 

Chapman.  Lrlanil  H.,  What  I  Expect  of  the  Administrators .. Nov.    328 
C'OKle.    *'.    J..    A    Desirable    Four-Point    Visual    Program    for 

\  ocaiional    Schools    Jan.         7 

Edwariln,   Paul   G.,   The    Administration   of   Visual   Aida   in   a 

City   System    Mar.      77 

Ulliotl,   Uoilfrey   M.,    A    County    Film    Library Not.    325 

yrteman,     O.     L.,     Adult    Preferences    in     Educational     Film 

Programs     Oct.     279 

Qirubtrg,    Walttr,    Electrifying   English Hay    149,   June  187 

Oray,  It.  A.,  Instructional  Sound  Film  Utilisation Jan.       10 

artfforii,   ir.  J/.,  The  Radio  and  Visual  Aids Sept.  235 

Hetr,  A.  L.,  Using  Visual  Aids  in  Teacher  Training Apr.    118 

Kindrr,  Jcinrt  .v.,   Kesi'urch  in  Audiovisual   Education Dec.    360 

Krowt.    Arthur    £divin.    Motion    Pictures — Not    for    Theatres 

J«o.  13.  Feb.  49,  Mar.  85,  Apr.  121,  May  153,  June  191 

.Sept.  242,  Oct.  234,  Nor.  829,  Dec.  882. 
Lake,  Charlet  H.,  Adapting  Visual  Materials  to  Instruction ..  Apr.    113 
Uvermon,   Ruth,   An   Elementary   School   Makes    a    Utilisation 

*"'ln>     Oct.     280 

Mahoney,  Agnet,  and  Uarnhman,  II.  L.,  Sound-Film  Experi- 
ment with  Handicapped  and  Retarded  Pupils Dec.    869 

Uarlin,   .\orral   L.,    Interpreting    the    Public    Schools    through 

■Motion     Pictures     Kay    161 

ililler,     Paul    S..     and    Kchmek,     Mildred     A.,    A    Case     for 

Integration    through    Slides     June  189 

Hixon,  Robert  B.,   A   Pupil   Constructed   Scenario Mar.      79 

OJifs,  Bdaard  B.,  The  Candid  Camera  in  a  Classroom  Sttjdy 

of    Housing     Feb.       46 

Pater,on.     Grant,     Diethylphalate     for     Hand-Made     Lantern 

Slides      Oct.     283 

Ramnener,    Lloyd    L.,    Measuring   Some    InUngible    EffecU  of 

Motion    Pictures     Sept.   287 

Ray,  Annr,  and  Maribel  Riehardton,  Streamlining  Education .. Dee.    867 
RoberU,    All-in    B.,    The    Status    of    Visual     Instruction    bv 

Projection    in    Illinois Sept.   239 

Sherman,   U.  U.,   Experiencing  College  on    Location Oct.     277 

Spilde,    Lulu,     Audio-Visual     Aids     in     Teaching     American 

Literature     • Apr.    118 

TAvmoi,    Wendell,    The    Perceptual    Stream   of   Teaching Nov.    826 

TroHnger,  Leiia,  Evaluation  of  Still  Pictures  for  Instructional 

l^"«    Mar.    81,    Apr.    116,    May    157 

Fon  Nete,  Paul  B.,  A  Plea  for  the  Magic  lantern Feb.      48 

WiUiam;  Don  O.,  Movie  Theater  Comee  to  School Feb.      45 

Wimmer,  Uerle,  Microscopic  Projection  and  Micro-photo- 
graphic   Slide    Making Jan.         8 

THE    DEPARTMENT    OF    VISUAL    INSTRUCTION 

(Conducted  by   the    Editorial  Couiiittxe] 

We    Grow    Up — Query    of    the    Month — New    Jersey    Vinul 

Meeting      ^  Jan.  17-18 

Ptogram — Annual  Convention  of  American  Association  of 
School  Administrators — Our  Members  in  Action — Report 
on    Safety    Film     Feb.  84-6 

Bifleclions  on  the  Cleveland  Meeting:  An  Open  Letter— (Juery 
of  the  Month — Answers  to  Previous  Query— New  England 
Section    to   Meet — New   Jersey    Meetings    Mar.  89-91 

After  Clfveland:  What! — High  Points  of  Business  Meetings 
of  the  Department— Meeting  of  New  England  Branch — 
Our    .Members    in    Action     Apr.    126-7 

What  Are  We  Teaching  in  Our  Audio-Visual  Aids  Courses  This 
Summerl  (by  W.  Qayle  Stamet) — New  Englanders  in 
the   News — Address   by   Mr.   C.  A.    Lindstrom May  1601 

Visual  Instruction  at  the  NEA  Convention  in  Jolv — 
Experimental  Production  Carried  out  by  Metropolitan 
Branch — Are  You  Meeting  the  Responsibilities  of  Your 
Profession  f — They,  Too.    Are  Serving   Our  Cause lune  21012 

A     Word     from     the     President     (by    J.     B.     Haiurn) — News 

Item — The    San     I'Vancisco    Meeting Sent.  246-7 

Photoplay  Appreciation  at  Collinwood    (by  Corda  B.  Peck) .  .Oct.     289 

To  Members  of  the  Department  (by  /  E.  //onsen) — Our 
Human  Resources  —  Freeman  Leaves  Chicago  —  News 
Note — Meetings     Nov.   335-38 

Consttlntion  and  By-Laws  o(  the  Department  of  Vianal 
Instruction — Audio-Visual  Department  Loaiaiana  State 
Teaehera    Meeting     Dec.    866 


THE  LITERATURE    IN   VISUAL   INSTRUCTION 

(formerly  "Among  the  Magaxines  and  Books") 
Conducted  by  Etta  SciiNiCiDKS 

Ft7m  Appreciation  in  Orrat  Britain  (Ernest  Dyer),  Bnllv 
mood  and  Pedagogy  (Ralph  Jester).  The  Cinema  Explodet  the 
Stork  Uyth  (Oeraldine  Sartain),  The  Motion  Picture  Program 
and  Policy  of  the  U.  S.  Government  (Fanning  Hearon), 
Som*  Recent  Developmentt  in  the  Kducational  Film  Field 
(HilK  WeUberg),  The  Potiibilitiet  of  Teaching  French  uiith 
Motion  Picture!  (Cybele  Pomerance)  —  (in  Jl.  of  Ed.  Soc.)  — 
Moviecation  (.1.  Harry  Adams  in  Mich.  Ed.  Jl.) — What  Chil- 
dren See  in  Picturet  (Wm.  Miller  in  Elem.  Sch.  Jl.)  — 
Second  Qradere  Learn  Photography  (Elmer  Finch  in  Jl.  of 
N.E.A.) — A  High  School  Ooet  Ilnllywood  (J.  A.  Smith  in 
Western    Jl.    of    Edae.) Feb.  60-2 

Vuruol  Aid*  to  Instruction  Then  and  .Vote  (Katherine  Cook 
in  Sch.  Life) — Making  Vee  of  Motion  Picturee  in  Teaching 
Science  (Walter  Bennett  in  Sci.  Ed.) — An  Introduction  to 
Visual  Aids  (Alvin  Roberts  in  Sch.  Activities) — Qermanu's 
Leadership  in  School  FUms  (John  B.  Mason  in  Cal.  Jl. 
Sec.    Ed.)    Mar.    100 

Making  Slides  in  Elementary  School  (Delia  .\ngell  in 
3oc.  Ed.) — A  Teacher  Considers  Visual  Aids  (Helen  MacManus 
in  High  Sch.  Jl.) — Movie  Making  Mores  In  to  Stay  (Roy 
F.  Scott  in   Sch.  Activities) Apr.    186 

Proceedings  of  Conference  on  School-Made  Films^A  Visual 
Education   Monograph    (James    P.   Fiuwater) 188 

A  Prtview  of  an  Investigation  of  Motion-Pielurt  Class  and 
Club  Aetinties  (Constance  McCullough  in  Eng.  Jl.) — Using 
Films  and  Slides  Effectively  (Edward  O.  Bernard)  and  French 
by  Sound  Pictures  (Clifford  S.  Parker)  (in  Mod.  Lang. 
Jl.) — A  Director  of  Visual  Education  in  Science  (Kenneth 
Edwards  and  H.  8.  Busby  in  Ed.) — A  XewType  Visual 
Commencement  (C.  C.  Logan  and  Hal  Hall  in  III.  Teacher) — 
The  Use  of  Toy  Projection  Aids  <n  the  Teaching  of  Geography 
(Harold  Gluck  in  Jl.  of  Oeog.) — Proceedings  of  Pennsylvania 
Conference     May  178-4 

The  ViswU  Radio  Lesson  in  Cleveland  Schools  (W.  M. 
Gregory  in  New  Era) — The  Relative  Value  of  Sound  Motion 
Pictures  and  Study  Sheets  in  Science  Teaching  (Roy  V. 
Maneval  in  Sci.  Ed.) — School  Films  with  o  Purpose  (Godfrey 
M.  Elliott  in  Sec.  Ed.) — A  Science  Teacher  Looks  at  the  Class- 
room Film  (H.  E.  Brown  in  Sch.  .Sci.  &  Math.) — The  School 
Library  Adopts  Mot-ies  (Phyllis  Raymond  and  Eleanor  Child 
in  Lib.  Jl.) — School  Tours  (Carl  A.  Jessen  in  Sch.  Life)  — 
Selected  Historical  Photoplays  ond  .Scenarios  as  Eztracur- 
ricvlar  Aids  in  Elevejith  Grade  Social  .Studies — a  Dissertation 
(Arthur    L.    Marble)     Jone  220-1 

Films  in  the  Learning  of  Foreign  Languages  (W.  8.  Hen- 
drix  in  Jl-  Higher  Ed.)— TAc  .Moir-Jfofion  Picture  as  a 
Coaching  Device  (Roy  E.  Priebe  in  Sch.  Rev.) — Au<lio-7in«i{ 
/nstruction:  Possibilities  in  Borne-Making  Education  (Mary 
Booth  in  Prac.  Home  He.)— Manual  for  Educational  Sound 
Film,  "Living  and  Learning  in  a  Rural  School"  (Anne  Hop- 
pock) — Teacher-Made  Visual  Aids  (Ellis  Persing  in  Sci. 
Ed.) — Show  the  Public  through  Movies  (J.  H.  Hull  in  Sch. 
Exec.) — Visual  Education  in  Rural  Elementary  Schools  (R. 
L.  Davis  in  Sierra  Ed.  News)— T*«  Effectiveness  of  Edu- 
cational Motion  Pictures  (A.  W.  Reitte  in  Ind.  Arts  and 
Voc  Ed.) — Visual  Education  in  Modern  Education  (Gardner 
L.  Hart  in  Childhood  Ed.) — Morini;  Picture  GoaU  (Eric 
Knight  in  Theatre  Arts  Mo.) — Teaching  Social  Awareness  with 
Motion  Pictures  ( L.  L.  Ramseyer  in  Ed.  Admin.  A  Sup.) — 
Unrieling  History  (James  Milh'r  in  Cur.  Hist.) — Children's 
Museum  of  Indianapolis  (Grace  B.  Golden)  and  The  OhOd 
Biplores  Bis  World  (Catherine  Kneeland)  (in  Childhood 
Ed.) — Troimnff  Film  Taste  in  America  (Ernest  Dyer  in  Sight 
&  Sound) — The  Movie  as  an  Agency  for  Peace  or  war 
(Albert  Benhsm  in  .11.  of  Ed.  Soc.) — The  Movies  as  a  Sew 
Educational  Tool  fMuriel  T.  Bain)  and  Using  New  Educa- 
tional Tools  (Edgar  Dale)  (in  Educ.  Meth.) — An  Experi- 
mental Course  in  Cinema  Appreciation  (S.  P  Lawton  in  Eng. 
Jl.) — Refersnses,  Motion  Picture  Reviews,  Stw  Catalogs  and 
Source    Lists    Sept.  250-4 

The  Use  of  Visual  Materials  in  Zoology  (John  W.  Price 
in  Jl.  Higher  Ed.) — Vi««il  Aids  Program  (W.  A.  Miller  in 
Tex.  Outlook) — Teaching  Social  Studies  thru  Documentary 
Films  (Arch  Mercey  in  Jl.  Higher  Ed.) — We  Get  into  the 
Movies  (Harriet  Montague  in  VolU  Rev.) — New  Materials 
and  Equipment  in  the  Teaching  of  Mathematics  (B.  R. 
Ullsvik  in  Sch.  Sci.  £  Math.)— Rodio  nnd  Visual  Aids  in 
Elementary  School  (W.  M.  Gregory  in  Soc.  Ed.)^ — Neglected 
Areas  of  Curriculum  Implementation  (Floyd  E.  Brooker  in 
Educ.  Record) — CrilicoJ  Problems  in  School-Made  Films 
(Edgar  Dale  in  Am.  Sch.  Bd.  JD^Motion  Pictures  in 
Physical  Education  (Thurston  .\dams) — Expanding  the  (lass- 
room  (Harriet  Woods  in  Mid.  .Sch.) — Trips  in  an  Experience 
Currictdum  (Nelle  Morris  in  Childhood  Ed.) — Are  Field  Trips 
Doomed  in  Wisconsin  ( Haym  Kruglak  in  Wis.  Jl.  Ed.)  — 
Gradations  in  Mao  Learning  (Clara  Shryock  in  Jl.  of  Oeog^ 
— The  Map  in  Modern  Education  (George  T.  Renner  in  T. 
C.  Record) — Elementary  Principles  nnd  Techniques  of  Cine- 
matographic Analysis  as  Aids  in  Athletic  Research  (T.  K. 
Cureton,  Jr.  in  Res.  Qu.  of  Amer.  Assn.  for  Health,  Phys. 
Ed.  A  Rec.) — Effectiveness  of  a  Sound  Motion  Picture  in 
College    Physics    (C.   J.    Lapp    in    Amer.    Phys.    Teacher)  ...  .Oct.  398-8 


Page   386 


The  Educational  Screen 


No.  Page' 
The  Classroom  Tihn  (R.  E.  Davis  in  Sch.  Sci.  &  Math.)  — 
Films  for  Human  Relatio}is  (James  P.  Mitchell  in  Am. 
Teacher) — Visual  Aids  and  Mathematics  (M.  M.  Watson 
in  Tex.  Outlook) — The  Place  of  the  Film  in  Education 
(Louis  Kusinitz  in  High  Points) — Neuter  Educational  De- 
vices Available  to  Home  Economists  (Ida  Sunderlin  in  Jl. 
of  Home  Ec.)  —  Visual  Aids  for  General  Science  Classes 
(Winifred  Perry  in  Sci.  Ed.) — Accounting  for  the  School's 
Maps  and  Globes  (Ruth  Samson  in  Am.  Sch.  Bd.  Jl.) — • 
M.E.A.  Movie  Interprets  Growth  of  Teaching  Profession  in 
Michigan  (Mich.  Ed.  J!.) — Motion  Picture  and  Radio:  an 
English  Elective  (Eleanor  Child  and  Hardy  Finch  in  Cur. 
Jl. ) — I'ihn  S" views — Sources  of  Free  and  Inexpensive  Teach- 
ing   Aids     (  Bruce    Miller) Nov.   333-4 

Beginning  First  Grade  with  the  Sound  Film  (Ruth  Liver- 
mon  in  Va.  Jl.  of  Ed.) — Teaching  English  with  the  Audio- 
Vtsiiil  Aids  (Edward  G.  Bernard)  and  Visual  Aids  and  the 
English  Teacher  (Dorothy  Byrns)  (in  High  Points) — Music 
Appreciation  through  Motion  Pictures  (Glenn  M.  Tindall  in 
Sec.  Ed.) — I'se  of  Visual  Aids  in  Schools  (in  Volta  Rev.)^ 
The  Excursion  as  n  Teaching  Technique  (Henrv  C.  Atveo  in 
T.  C.  Bur.  of  Publications) — Through  the  Eyes  (Elizabeth 
Topping  in  Western  .11.  of  Ed.) — The  Small  High  School 
Can  Afford  a  Visual  Aid  Program  (Sterling  Ambrosius  in 
Sch.  Activ.) — Some  Aspects  of  a  Program  of  Visual  Edu- 
cation for  Cincinnati  Public  Schools  (thesis  by  Mendel 
Sherman) — An  Introduction  to  the  Evaluation  of  Motion 
Pictures  in  General  Education  (M.P.  Proj.,  Amer.  Council  of 
Ed.)- — Motivation  hy  Visual  Aids  (Hope  Chase  in  Wis.  Jl. 
of  Ed.) — Making  Motion  Pictures  in  the  School  (Eleanor 
Child  in  Eng.  Jl. ) — Visual  Education  Advances  (Ruth  Wagner 
;n  Instructor) — Photos  or  I)rawin(js?  (Arthur  Selke  in  Sch. 
Exec.) — Report  of  the  Visual  Methods  Committee  (A.L.A. 
Bull.) — Propaganda.  Good  and  Bad,  for  Democracy  (Clyde) 
E.  Miller  and  Louis  Minsky  in  Survey  Graphic) — The  Movie 
Picture  in  the  Public  Schools  (Douglas  Fairbanks.  Jr.  in 
Natl.  Elem.  Prin.) — Source  Materials   Dec.   369-72 

BOOK  REVIEWS 

leaching    with    Motion    Pictures     (Mary    E.    Townes) — Safety 

Education    Through    Schools    (Bes.    Div.    of   N.E.A.)  .  .  .  .  Feb.       62 

Motion  Pictures  and  Radio  (Elizabeth  Laine) — The  Use  of 
Visual  Aids  in  Teaching  (Ella  Callista  Clark) — Visual 
Review    (The   Soc.   of  Vis.    Ed.) Mar.   101-3 

One  Reel  Scenarios:  For  Amateur  Movie  Makers  (Margaret 
Mayorga)- — Tl>e  Documentary  Film,  History  and  Prin- 
ciples (Edward  H.  Schnstack) — Indian  Children  of  the 
Eastern  Woodlands  (Cornelia  H.  Dam) — Actuality  in 
School    (G.    J.    Cons    and    Catherine    Fletcher) Apr.   136-8 

films    of   Everyday    Life    (Hilla    Wehberg) — The    School    Trip 

(Elem.     Supt.     Bui.)      May    174 

An  Alternative  for  Revolution  and  War   (Albert  E.   Osborne) 

— The   Audio    Visual  Handbook    (Ellsworth   C.    Dent)  ...  Sept.   274 

THE    FEDERAL    FILM 

(Conducted  by  Arch   A.   Mercet) 

Pan-American      Films —Xew     Maritime     Film — Public     Health 

Service    Film     Mar.   92-3 

Soil    Conservation    Filmstrips     '.'.'.'.'.  Apr.    128 

Government    Filmstrips — In-Service    Training    Film    Stiidi'es-^ 

How    ."Vre    Government    Films    Shipped  ? May    164 

Government  Films  Exhibited  at  Two  Fairs — New  Directory 
Lists  Seventeen  New  Pictures — Baltimore  Theater  ti> 
Show  All  Government  Films—NBC  Televises  Federal 
Films    at    Fair    June  214 

Changes    in    Government    Motion    Picture    Divisions    and  New 

Films      Sept.   256 

U.    S.    Army    Training   Films .  .  .  !Oct.     291 

U.     S.     Army     Air     Corps     Films — New     Film    on     Housing 

Available — M'P.\     Films     Nov.    339 

Words    (and   Pictures)    That  Won   the  War Dec.    374 

NEWS  and  NOTES 

(Conducted   by  Josephi.sk   HorrM.ix) 

Audio-Visual    Aids    in    English jg„  oQ 

Motion     Picture-Con.'-umer     Education     Program 20 

Historical   Film  for    1939   Fairs .',,', 20 

Indiana     Plans     Regional     Conference 21 

Oklahoma     Progress 21 

Bell   &    Howell    Visual    Education    Forum!  .....[....[[[['  21 

Texas    Educator    Films   Class  Activities .  .  .         Feb  56 

Progressive    Education   Association    Meets '  56 

Visual   Aids   Used  by   Chicago    Schools .  59 

History    in     Three     Dimensions    at     World's    Fair .  .  56 

Proposed   16mm   Restrictions   Dropped   in    Denver 57 

The    American     Film     Center '.*.'.  Apr  132 

Courses    on    Motion    Pictures .'.'.'.'.'.'.'  .'  .*  ' .' .'  .'  ,*,'*.'.'""*  132 

Dr.    Otto    Neurath    Visits    U.    S. .  ............ lao 

Foreign   Film   Showings   at   New  York   Fair '.  133 

National    Conference    on    Vi.>^ual    Education 133 

Denver    Schools     Produce    Films .May  166 

Educational   Motion   Pictures  at   Horace   Mann    School 166 

New    Director    for    Los    Angeles 167 

Indiana     Visual     Meeting -jg-y 

School-Made    Public    Relations    Films '.  167 

WPA     Film    Bibliography igg 

Visual   Meeting   in    Oklahoma June  213 

Central     Jersey     Visual     Institute 213 

Launch    Radio    Series    on    Federal   Exhibits 213 

Motion    Pictures    and     Art 213 

Film     Screenings     at     Columbia 219 

Ohio     School-Made     Films 219 

Hollywood    Motion    Picture    Forum 219 

ICmm    Sound    Film    in    Color    Shown    in    Public   Theatre 219 

Theatrical   Shorts   for    School    Use Sept.  258 

Human    Relations    Film    Series 258 

Motion     Picture     Equipment     Survey 259 

New    York    University    Courses 259 


No.  Page 

Document-iry    Film    Makers    Organize 259 

Florida     Film    Session 260 

SMPE     Fall      Convention 260 

Progress    in    Wyoming     260 

American      Education     Week Oct.  302 

Southern    Conference   on    Audio-Visual    Education 302 

Visual    -Vids    on    English    Teachers    Program 302 

Visual     Progress     in    the     CCC 303 

Films     Instruct     Adults 303 

Polaroid     Motion    Picture 303 

News     from     Abroad 304 

Free     Moving     Pictures     for     Children     and    Adults    at      .\rt 

Museum      304 

Two   More   College   Film   Libraries Nov.  340 

New    York    University    Film    Institute 340 

New    Photoplay     Study    Guides 340 

.\    Report    from    Illinois     340 

Northwestern     Hispanic     Film      Programs 341 

American     Labor     Film     Alliance 341 

Conference    on    Film    Distribution Dec.  376 

State     Meetings     376 

Report    on    Southern    Conference 377 

200    Projectors   for    Los    Angeles   Schools 383 


HAND-MADE    LANTERN    SLIDES 

(Conducted  by  Ann   Gai.e) 

Courtesy  (Jan.,  30) — Composition  in  Line  and  Form  (Feb., 
53) — .4  Farm  Program  (Mav,  163) — Teaching  Funda- 
mentals of  Blocking  (by  K.  X.  Southard)  (Sept..  249)  — 
Thanksgiving    (Oct.,    292) 


CURRENT    FILM    NEWS 

This  department  is  devoted  to  announcements  and  brief  descriptions 
of  new  films,  with  sources,  and  film  producing  and  distributing 
services.  It  appears  on  the  following  pages:  24  (Januarv),  64 
(February),  104  (March),  140  (.\prin.  178  (Mav).  222  (.lune), 
266    (September),    299    (October),    346    (November),    380    (December). 


IN  AND   FOR  THE  CLASSROOM 

(Conducted   by   Wii.rer    EM.\fKRT) 

Electrical   Problems   Clarified   through  Trip   to   Power  Plant.. Jan.  27 

Film    Production    in    Schools    Increasing .-  29 

Projectors     and      Projection     Techniques     Improved     through 

Department     Regulations     Feb.  66 

Inexpensive    Lettering    .\ids    for    Teachers     (Bryan    Emmert) 

Mar.   94,    Apr.  130 

Pennsylvania     College     Conference Mar.  97 

.\  Synchronized  Visual-Sensory  Experience    (Ruth  S.  Bastian) 

■ ; May  171 

Method  for   Holding   Slides    (Max  R.   Klein) 172 

Improvement  of    Instruction   through   Graphic   Presentations .  .June  216 

A    Convenient    Film    Carrier    (Burdette    Buckingham) 218 

Teach    with    Comparison    (Bryan    Emmert) Sept.  262 

Making    Wall    Charts    for    Class    Use Oct.  306 

Colored    Lantern    Slides    Aid    in    Teaching    Drawing     (M.    R. 

Klein)      Nov.  344 

A    Geograohv    Vocabularv    Experiment    with — and    without — 

the    Use   of   Visual    Aids    (W.    .1.    Day) Dec.  378 

Club  Activities   and   Visual   .\ids    (Frieda  Zimmerman) Dec.  379 


AMONG  THE   PRODUCERS 

Anipro  .Announces  Two  N"w  iro<l»K — T.nw  p.-'ced  Projec'or 
announced  by  Spencer  Lens — RC.\  School  Cat.nlo? — DeVry 
Centralized  Svstem — T^ni'-er'^^l  1 6mni  Smmd  Projectors 
Licensed  by  Erni — B'U  &  Howell  Film  Book — New  100 
Watt      Leitz      Projector Jan 

16mm  Projector  without  Bel's  or  Chains — RCA  New  F.Ih- 
cntional  Division  .nnd  Products — S.O.S.  Test  Reel — 
Selectroslide    Projection     Equinnipnt — Film     Directories .  .Mar. 

New  Da-Lite   Catalog — Kodaslide   Ready-Mount    Changer .\nr. 

16mm    .Association    Formed — Bell    &    Howell    New   Models    and 

Price     Reductions     May 

New  .\mprosound  Model — Pic'ure  Units  for  Classroom  I^se — 
Victor  -Vnnounces  .Ml-Purnose  Projector — New  Eastman 
Product — B,  &  H.  Installs  Vanoratin^  Laboratory  in 
Hollywood — DeVry  Arc  Projector — Micro  Attachment 
for    Leitz    Projector    .Tune 

Film  Slide  Story  of  the  Clock — Slide  Set  on  Safetv — New 
SVE  Equipment — Kodak  Data  Books — Sound  Slide-Film 
for  Photographers — Revised  DeVry  Catalog — B,  &  TT 
8mm.     Accessories     Sept. 

Eastman    Enlarger — New    Victor    Silent    Projector Oct. 

Spencer    Lens    Plant    Comnleted — New    .Ampro    Achievement — 

16mm   Title    and    Trailer   Service Nov. 

An      Aid      to      S'ide-Making — Selectroslide      Equipment — New 

Catalogs     Dec. 


34  5 


107 
139 


268 
299 


MISCELLANEOUS 

.Association    of    School    Film    Libraries    Meets Mar.      91 

Summer  Courses  in  Visual  Instruction,   1939 

Apr.    119,   May    168.    June  218 

The    Next    Step    in    Visual    Education     (Donald    P.    Bean)  — 

Preliminary   Program    of    The    First   Mid-Western    Forum 

on    Visual    Teaching    Aids -Apr.    134 

Program    of    National    Conference    on   Visual    Education    and 

Film     Exhibition      May    170 

Proceedings    of    the    Midwestern    Forum    on    Visual    Teaching 

Aids      .Tune   195 

Warning  to  All  Superintendents    (B.  A.  Aughinbaugh) Sept.   263 


DfL 


£   EDUCATIONAL  SCREEN 


JANUARY.  1939  VOLUME  XVIII 


Contents 

A  Desirable  Four-Point  Visual  Program  for 
Vocational  Schools.     F.  J.  Coyte 

Microscopic  Projection  and  Micro-photographic 
Slide  Making.     Merle  Wimmer 

Instructional  Sound  Film  Utilization 
H.  A.  Gray 

Motion  Pictures — Not  for  Theatres. 
Arthur  Edwin   Krows 

Among  Ourselves — Notes  from  and  by 
The  Department  of  Visual  Instruction. 
Conducted  by  The  Editorial  Committee 

Editorial    Page.. 

News  and  Notes 

Conducted  by  Josephine  Hoffman 

Current  Film  Releases 

In  and  For  the  Classroom 

Conducted  by  Wilber  Emmert 

Courtesy — Presented  in  Hand-Made  Lantern  Slides 
By  Ann  Gale 

Film   Estimates „ 

Here  They  Are!  A  Trade  Directory  of  the  Visual  Field. 


NUMBER  ONE 


13 

17 
19 

20 
24 

26 

30 
34 
36 


The  EDUCATIONAL  SCREEN  published  monthly  except  July  and  August  by  The 
Educetlonal  Screen,  Inc.  Publication  Office,  Pontiac,  Illinois;  Enecutiva  Office,  M 
East  Lake  St.,  Chicago,  Illinois.  Entered  at  the  Post  OfRce  at  Pontiac,  Illinois,  as 
Second  Class  Matter.  Copyright,  January,  1939,  by  The  Educational  Screen. 
Address  communications  to  Executive  Office,  64  East  Lake  St.,  Chicago,  III. 
$2.00  a  Year  (Canada,  $2.25;  foreign,  $3.00)  Single  Copies  25  cH. 


THE  EDUCATIONAL  SCREEN,  Inc. 
Directorate  and  Staff 

N«lwn  L.  Grecnr.  Editor  JsMphine   HaffMan 

Evelyn  J.  Baker  F.   Dean   McClutky 

Wilber  Emmert  Stanley  B.  Greeet 

Ann  Gale  8telta   Evelyn   Myan 


Page  4 


The  Educational  Screen 


Publications  on  the  Visual  Teaching  Field 


EDUCATIONAL  SCREEN 

The  only  magazine  in  the  field  of  visual  and  audio 
visual  instruction.  Official  organ  of  the  Department  of 
Visual  Instruction  of  the  National  Education  Association. 
Discusses  methods,  procedures  and  results  with  various 
types  of  visual  teaching  aids  to  instruction,  and  provides 
up-to-date  information  on  progress  and  developments 
generally.  A  clearing-house  of  thought,  fact  and  ex- 
perience on  all  phases  of  the  field.  Published  monthly 
except  during  July  and  August. 

Subscription :  $2.00  one  year ;  $3.00  two  years. 

VISUALIZING  THE  CURRICULUM. 

By  C.  F.  Hoban,  C.  F.  Hoban,  Jr.,  and  S.  B.  Zisman. 

Presents  in  theory  and  in  practice  the  basic  methodology 
of  visual  instruction  in  relation  to  classroom  procedure. 
Throughout  the  text  the  theory  of  visual  aids  is  applied 
to  textbook  illustration.  "Visualizing  the  Curriculum", 
itself  a  splendidly  "visualized  text",  provides  an  abundance 
of  technical  guidance  in  the  form  of  illustrative  drawings 
of  photographs,  reports  of  school  journeys,  suggestions 
for  mounting  materials,  for  making  slides,  film  strips,  etc. 
It  incorporates  up-to-date  material,  provides  a  fine  balance 
in  the  treatment  of  various  teaching  aids,  evaluates  various 
types  of  aids,  and  defines  the  functions  and  values  of  each 
in  the  learning  process. 
320  pp.  illus.    Price  $3.50.(20%  discount  to  schools) 

THE  AUDIO-VISUAL  HANDBOOK. 
By  Ellsworth  C.  Dent. 

Presents  in  convenient  form,  practical  information  for 
those  interested  in  applying  visual  and  audio-visual  aids 
to  instruction.  The  six  chapters  include  discussions  on 
"The  Status  of  Visual  Instruction,"  "Types  of  Visual 
Aids  and  Their  Use,"  "Types  of  Audio-Visual  Aids  to 
Instruction,"  "Types  of  Sound  Aids  for  Schools,"  "Or- 
ganizing the  Audio-Visual  Service,"  "Source  List  of  Ma- 
terials xnd  Equipment." 


"1000  AND  ONE"  FILM  DIRECTORY 

"1000  and  One"— the  Blue  Book  of  Non-Theatrical 
Films,  published  annually,  is  famous  in  the  field  of  visual 
instruction  as  the  standard  film  reference  source  indis- 
pensable to  film  users  in  the  educational  field.  The  current 
(14TH)  edition,  recently  published,  lists  some  4500  films, 
carefully  classified  into  147  different  subject  groups  (In- 
cluding large  group  of  entertainment  subjects).  Shows 
whether  16  mm  or  35  mm,  silent  or  sound,  title,  number 
of  reels,  summary  of  contents,  sources  distributing  the 
films,  and  range  of  prices  charged. 

104  pp.  Price  75c  (25c  to  subscribers  of  E.  S.) 

THE   EDUCATIONAL   TALKING   PICTURE. 
By  Frederick  L.  Devereux. 

Presenting  preliminary  solutions  of  some  of  the  more 
important  problems  encountered  in  adapting  the  talking 
picture  to  the  service  of  education.  The  first  six  chapters 
deal  with  the  development  of  fundamental  bases  of  pro- 
duction, with  the  experimentation  which  has  been  con- 
ducted, and  with  suggested  problems  for  future  research. 
The  remaining  chapters  are  devoted  to  the  practical  prob- 
lems involved  in  utilizing  the  film  effectively  in  educa- 
tional  programs. 

220  pp.  Illus.     Price  $2.00.(20%  discount  to  schools) 

HOW  TO  USE  THE  EDUCATIONAL  SOUND  FILM. 
By  M.  R.  Brunstetter,  Ph.  D. 

Discusses  the  utilization  of  the  educational  sound  film, 
and  lists  and  illustrates  techniques  for  placing  the  film 
into  effective  service  in  the  classroom.  The  procedures 
suggested  are  based  upon  extended  experience  in  studying 
teachers'  use  of  sound  films  and  in  helping  to  organize 
programs  of  audio  visual  instruction  in  school  systems. 
Two  valuable  Appendices  and  a  full  index  round  out  the 
volume. 


180  pp.  Illus.  Paper  binding,  $1.25;  Cloth,  $L7S.  ^^S  pp.  Illus.    Price  $2.00.  (20%  discount  to  schools) 


PICTURE  VALUES  IN  EDUCATION. 
By  Joseph  J.  Weber,  Ph.  D. 

An  important  contribution  to  the  literature  of  the  visual 
field.  Presents  in  unusually  interesting  form  the  results 
of  extended  investigations  on  the  teaching  values  of  the 
lantern  slide  and  stereograph. 

156  pp.  Illus.  Price  $1.00  (67c  to  E.  S.  subscribers) 

COMPARATIVE  EFFECTIVENESS  OF  SOME  VIS- 
UAL AIDS  IN  SEVENTH  GRADE  INSTRUCTION. 
By  Joseph  J.  Weber,  Ph.  D. 

The  first  published  work  of  authoritative  research  in  the 
visual  field,  foundational  to  all  research  work  following  it. 
Not  only  valuable  to  research  workers,  but  an  essential 
reference  work  for  all  libraries. 

131  pp.    Price  $1.00  (67c  to  subscribers  of  E.  S.) 


MOTION    PICTURES   IN    EDUCATION    IN 
THE  UNITED  STATES.     By  Cline  M.  Koon. 

A  report  on  the  instructional  use  and  indirect  educa- 
tional influence  of  motion  pictures  in  this  country,  divided 
into  nine  units  covering  (1)  the  educational  influence  of 
motion  pictures ;  (2)  the  motion  picture  in  the  service  of 
health  and  social  hygiene;  (3)  the  motion  picture  in 
governmental  service  and  patriotism ;  (4)  the  use  of  motion 
pictures  in  vocational  education;  (5)  the  motion  picture 
in  international  understanding;  (6)  motion  picture  legis- 
lation; (7)  the  technique  of  making  and  exhibiting  motion 
pictures ;  (8)  the  systematic  introduction  of  motion  pictures 
in  teaching;  and  (9)  educational  problems  of  a  general 
nature  resulting  from  the  introduction  of  motion  pictures 
in   teaching. 

106  pp.  Price  $1.00.  (20%  discount  to  schools) 


TO  ORDER,  Check  Material  Desired  and  Fill  in  Blank  Below 

Educational  Screen  subscribers  check  right  column,  others  left  column 


Subscription  to  THE  EDUCATIONAL  SCREEN 

To  subscrib- 
Price    ers  of  E.  S 

"1000  and  One"  Film  Directory $  .75  O     %  -25  [H 

Visualizins:  the  Curriculum 3.50  □ 

(To    Schools)     2.80  n 

The  Audio-Visual   Handbook 

Paper  Binding   1.25  0 

Cloth   Binding    1.75  Q 

Picture  Values   in   Education 1.00  D 

Comparative  Effectiveness  of 

Some  Visual  Aids 1.00  D 

The   Educational   Talking    Picture 2.00  D 

(To    Schools)    1.60  n 

How  to  Use  Educational  Sound  Film     2.00  Q 

(To    Schools)     1.60  D 

Motion  Pictures  in  Education  in 

The   United    States 1.00  0 

(To    Schools)     SOD 


3.50  D 
2.80  n 

1.25  D 

1.75  n 

.67  0 

.67  0 
2.00  D 
1.60  D 
2.00  O 
1.60  D 

1.00  D 
.80  0 


U.  S.  1  year,  $2.00  D 
Foreign  1  year,  $3.00  D 
Canada    1  year,  $2.25  D 


2  years,  $3.00  D 
2  years,  $5.00  D 
2  years,  $3.50  D 


Educational    Screen 

64   E.   Lakt   St.,    Chicago 

I  have  indicated  items  desired  and  enclose  check  for  $. 


Name. 


School   or    Street. 


City. 


State. 


January,   19)9 


Page  7 


A  Desirable  Four-Point  Visual  Program 
For  Vocational  Schools 


'l^t)  what  extent  does  your  visual  prograiu  serve  the 
■■•  needs  of  your  school  ?  True,  the  educational  ob- 
jective and  view]X)int  are  |)araniount,  hut  there  may  be 
additional  scIkxjI  activities  that  automatically  Ix'come 
a  part  of  a  well-developed  visual  ])rograni. 

We  at  Connelley  V^ocational  High  School  feel  that 
our  present  program  serves  our  school  in  four  dis- 
tinct ways:  curricular,  extra  curricular,  student  activi- 
ties, and  administrative.  For  the  reader  to  readily 
understand  these  divisions,  one  must  first  Ik;  familiar 
with  tiie  nature  and  type  of  scho-)!  to  which  this  pro- 
gram is  most  api)licable.  Connelley  High  School  is  a 
modern.  well-equip[>ed  boy's  Vocational  High  School, 
located  near  the  downtown  district  of  Pif.sburgh. 
equipped  with  thirty  shops  offering  instruction  in 
seventeen  different  trades.  The  shops  are  housed  in  a 
saw-tooth  roofed  section  of  the  school  plant  which  joins 
the  five-story  Academic  building.  The  school  operates 
on  a  weck-about  plan  with  an  enrollment  of  1700  stu- 
dents ec|ually  divided  between  shops  and  academic.  The 
cafeteria  or  auditorium  accommodates  one-half  of  the 
students  at  one  time,  necessitating  two  lunch  periods. 
The  weekly  assembly  and  daily  noon  movies  also  re- 
quire two  sessions.  The  auditorium  seats  850 ;  the  cafe- 
teria 750,  and  the  gymnasium  and  swimming  pool  are 
adequate  in  size. 

Silent  educational  films  and  .slides  are  shown  in  class- 
rooms and  lecture  rooms,  and  sound  pictures,  in  two 
widths,  in  the  auditorium.  Three  individual  visual  re- 
quisitions are  made  up  each  semester  to  cover  all  visual 
needs ;  namely,  silent  classroom  films  and  slides ;  sec- 
ondly, auditorium  sound  pictures  covering  all  available 
educational  film  in  two  widths,  including  educational 
feature  pictures  and  serials,  and  thirdly ;  activities 
feature  pictures — strictly  entertaining — rented  by  the 
school  from  local  exchanges.  All  regular  films  are  sup- 
plied by  the  Visualization  Department,  borrowed  or 
rented  from  other  sources,  through  this  department.  All 
films  are  received  at  the  school  Supply  Office,  although 
many  rental  films  from  local  film  exchanges  are  picked 
up  by  the  Activities  Director  as  scheduled.  Shipment 
III  out-of-town  rentals  or  loans  are  dispatched  by  Rail- 
way Express,  prepaid,  and  charged  to  the  Board  of 
Education. 

Present  available  visual  equipment  is  as  follows : 

Classroom  use — three  16mm  silent  projectors,  two 
500  watt,  one  750  watt,  two  delineascopes,  500  watt, 
one  35mm  Acme  Projector,  500  watt,  six  Baloptican 
500  watt  Lanterns ; 

Auditorium  use — 35mm  Simjilex  sound  projector 
with  carbon  arc,  and  a  16mm  Bell  &  Howell  sound 
projector,  1000  watt. 


Suggestive  evidence  that  films  can  be  used  to  ad- 
vantage over  a  wider  range  of  school  activities. 

By      F.      J.      COYTE 

Director  of  Activities,  Connelley  Vocational 
High  School,  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 

.A  general  outline  and  use  of  visual  material  is  here 
given,  with  explanations  following. 


Fiequency 
1.  Weekly 
(Curricular) 


Occasion 

Academic, 
related  and 
shops 


Type  of 
Pictures 

Technical 
Informative 
Skills 
Scientific 


PUce  of 
Showing 

Classrooms 
Lecture  Rooms 
Shop  Lecture 

Rooms 
Auditoriums 

— special 


2.  Monthly 
(Extra- 
curricular) 

3.  Monthly 
(School  Ac- 
tivities 
funds) 

4.  Daily 
(Adminis- 
trative) 


2  Assembly 
periods 

2  Assembly 
periods 


2  Noon 
movies 


Feature  and       Auditorium 
educational   2  Assemblies 


Feature    (en- 
tertaining) 


Serials 
Educational 
News  Reels 


Auditorium 
2  Assemblies 


Auditorium 
2  Assemblies 


Curricular  Use 
The  films  and  slides  used  by  the  related  and  academic 
teachers  in  the  cla.ssrcMjms  or  lecture  rooms,  are  chosen 
by  the  teachers.  Each  semester,  the  related  teachers  list 
all  desirable  educa.ional  films  that  can  be  scheduled  to 
fit  in  with  their  class  work.  These  lists  are  then  checked 
and  combined  into  one  complete  requisition,  to  avoid 
duplications,  and  then  typed  on  regular  forms  and  sent 


1 

H 

■1 

^M 

m 

l^pkspi 

^^^^K*  /*•' J^H 

^P^^^H 

i  1 

T\ 

o 

I 

B9 

Im 

2| 

Ik 

Bki^l 

^^Rfl 

m 

Iw^P 

^H^  '^^1 

^^hI 

^^^^1 

i 

'  Tr 

^^VcjK 

fiSiifl 

^^H 

J 

'M 

^■1 

^^H 

The  Student  Movie  Crew  at  Connelley  High  School 

to  the  Visualization  Department,  two  mon'.hs  in  ad- 
vance of  the  new  semester.  Films  are  chosen  from  the 
Pittsburgh  School  Visualization  Catalogue,  and  other 
catalogues  that  require  s]iecial  Ixioking  and  handling. 

(Continufd  on  page  22) 


Page   8 


The  Educational  Screen 


Microscopic-projection  and  Micro- 
photographic  Slide  Making 


Showing  that  limited  resources  for  micro- 
projection  apparatus  need  not  prevent  val- 
uable results  from   minimum  equipment. 


MICROSCOPIC  projection  is  one  of  the  most 
efficient  tools  for  teaching  suljjects  which 
are  adapted  to  the  use  of  the  microscope. 
The  materials  for  its  use  are  unlimited.  Whether  or 
not  the  teacher  can  be  sure  that  the  child  is  getting 
the  desired  view  as  he  looks  through  the  micro- 
scope has  long  been  a  problem.  This  ceases  to  be 
a  problem  when  microscopic  projection  is  employed. 
Views  of  almost  any  microscope  slide  may  be  flashed 
on  the  screen  before  the  entire  class.  Magnification 
may  be  increased  many  thousand  times. 

Procedure 

In  event  the  school  system  does  not  own  a  reg- 
ular micro-projector,  the  teacher  can  easily  devise 
one  by  combining  an  ordinary  microscope  with  a 
stereopticon.  With  the  underside  of  the  stage  of 
the  microscope  placed  directly  against  the  focusing 
lens  of  the  lantern,  the  machine  is  ready  for  use. 
(The  microscope  must  be  bent  backward  to  a  ninety 
degree  angle.) 

Very  dark  rooms  give  best  results.  Usually  a 
basement  room  is  more  easily  darkened.  With  the 
room  darkened  and  the  machine  ready  for  use,  place 
any  temporary  or  permanent  microscope  slide  on 
the  stage  of  the  microscope.  Turn  the  lantern  on 
and  the  image  can  be  seen  on  the  screen,  which  has 
been  placed  a  few  feet  in  front  of  the  microscope. 

Both  living  and  dead  structures  may  be  used  with 
equal  success.  Two  examples  of  living  structure 
which,  I  think,  bring  invaluable  results  are  proto- 
zoa from  hay  infusia.  and  circulation  of  blood  in  the 
tail  of  a  tadpole. 

While  projecting  protozoa  on  the  screen  it  is  easy 
to  bring  out  the  value  of  antiseptics,  disinfectants, 
and  other  materials  in  inhibiting  growth  and  killing 
micro-organisms.  Merely  dip  a  small  glass  rod 
into  any  of  the  solutions,  gently  touch  the  drop  of 
water  containing  the  protozoa,  and  watch  the  re- 
sults. In  many  cases  the  protozoa  can  actually 
be  seen  to  explode. 

Circulation  of  blood  has  a  new  meaning  to  a 
child  when  he  has  seen  it  on  the  screen.  To  dem- 
onstrate this  I  have  found  that  I  get  the  best 
results  by  using  the  tadpole.  Other  animals,  such 
as  small  fish,  adult  frogs  etc.,  may  be  used.  If  a 
tadpole  is  used,  it  should  first  be  wrapped  in  a  wet 


By     MERLE    WIMMER 

Center  Grove  High  School,  Bargersville,  Indiana 

cloth,  leaving  only  a  small  portion  of  the  tail  ex- 
posed. Place  the  exposed  part  of  the  tail  on  the 
stage  of  the  microscope  and  focus  properly  by 
watching  the  screen  while  working  the  adjustments. 
Now  you  can  see  the  network  of  capillaries  with 
the  blood  surging  through.  The  myriads  of  red 
corpuscles  are  easily  seen.  A  drop  of  water  can  be 
applied  to  the  tail  every  few  seconds,  by  use  of  a 
medicine  dropper.  This  will  prevent  the  tail  from 
drying  and  burning.  After  the  regular  circulation 
has  been  observed,  a  hemorrhage  may  be  produced 
by  pressing  a  sharp  instrument  against  the  tail 
of  the  tadpole  while  it  is  still  on  the  microscope. 
This  observation  brings  many  valuable  questions 
from  the  child  and  gives  him  information  which  he 
will  never  forget.  Capillaries  are  now  real  things 
rather  than  something  imaginary. 

Prepared  slides  are  very  valuable  when  used  in 
this  type  of  work,  but  they  are  usually  not  as  in- 
teresting to  the  children  as  actual  living  structures 
which   show  motion.    Examples  of  materials   espe- 


Onion  tissue,  showing  the  nucleus  in  each  cell.     The  pic- 
ture  was   taken    directly   from   the   microscope    without   a 
camera,   as   explained   in   the   article. 


January,   19)9 


PaKC  9 


cially  ailai)tcd  for  projection  are:  slides  showing  tis- 
sues, parts  of  insects,  algae  plants,  small  insects, 
protozoa,  flower  parts,  vinegar  eels,  etc. 

Making  Photographic  Lantern  Slides 

The  value  of  making  these  slides  lies  in  the  possi- 
t>ilit\  of  ki'e])iiig  a  permanent  record  of  what  has 
been  obstTved.  They  can  conveniently  be  used  to 
recall  the  observations  without  the  trouble  of  setting 
up  the  micro-projection   machinery  over  again. 

The  cost  of  production  of  these  slides  amounts 
to  a  little  more  than  the  cost  of  the  sensitive  plate> 
which  may  be  purchased  for  a  few  cents  each.  The 
major  cost  is  eliminated  by  the  fact  that  no  camera 
is  needed. 

These  slides  may  cither  be  made  while  the  class- 
room projection  work  is  in  progress  or  at  some 
other  convenient  time.  A  board  can  be  prepared, 
to  stand  in  front  of  the  microscope,  with  special 
arrangements  for  supporting  a  sensitive  plate  where 
the  i)rojected  image  will  strike  it  as  desired.  The 
magnification  may  be  controlled  by  moving  the 
board  toward  or  away  from  the  microscope.  While 
getting  the  proper  focus  a  piece  of  white  paper 
should  be  placed  on  the  board  where  the  sensitive 
])Iate  is  later  to  be  placed.  When  everything  is  in 
readiness,  the  room  should  be  darkened.  Place  the 
sensitive  plate  on  the  board  and  turn  the  lantern  on. 
Since  the  light  is  so  strong,  the  exposure  will  be 
very  short.  The  count  should  ordinarily  not  be 
more  than  one  or  two.  The  slide  is  now  ready  to 
devclo])  as  an  ordinary  photograph  is  developed. 
This  slide  is  a  negative  except  when  stained  slides 
are  used.  If  you  wish  to  make  a  positive  you  can 
accomplish  this  by  allowing  the  negative  to  dry 
and  ])ut  it  back  in  place  with  an  unexposed  slide 
behind  it.  Take  the  microscope  slide  off  and  turn 
the  light  on  again.  The  exposure  should  be  slightly 
longer  than  in  making  the  negative. 

Less  expensive  records  of  these  projected  images 
can  be  made  by  using  sensitive  photograph  paper. 
However,  the.se  are  not  as  valuable  as  slides. 

Student  Activity  Involved 

Much  interest  can  be  added  to  this  work  by  pro- 
viding for  pupil  participation.  The  pupil  may  begin 
his  contribution  bj-  securing  and  preparing  ma- 
terials for  observation. 

The  entire  class  Can  make  photographs  for  their 
notebooks  while  the  projection  machinery  is  set 
up.  This  can  be  accomplished  in  the  same  way  as 
permanent  slides  are  made.  .\  simpler  way  to  pro- 
duce these  pictures  would  be  to  make  contact  prints 
from  the  negative  slides  that  have  already  been 
made.  Negatives  may  also  be  made  from  com- 
mercial slides,  by  the  contact  method,  and  can  be 
used  by  the  pupil  at  any  time  to  produce  a  photo- 
grai)h  for  his  notebook. 

Only  a  little  eflfort  is  required  to  train  one  or 
more  helpers  to  set  up  and  operate  the  projection 
machinery.  This  leaves  the  teacher  free  to  point  out 


Hydrodictyon,  a  genus  of  i;''Cd  spored  algae,  remarkable 
for   beauty  and   peculiarity   of   structure.    (A   microscopic 
lantern  slide  made  directly  from  the  microscope). 

Structures  on  the  screen  and  lead  discussions  about 
them.  Before  I  adopted  the  practice  of  a  pupil 
helper  I  often  missed  excellent  opportunities  to 
point  out  interesting  and  valuable  things  which 
were  happening  on  the  screen. 

When  j)rotozoa  are  being  shown  on  the  screen 
the  teacher  should  be  free  to  point  out  the  parts 
and  explain  their  function.  We  have  often  observed 
certain  kinds  of  protozoa  ingesting  and  digesting 
food.  At  this  time,  it  is  necessary  to  have  the  un- 
divided attention  of  the  class  if  they  are  to  see 
the  contracting  vacuoles  and  cilia  in  operation.  No 
quantity  of  still  pictures  could  be  as  profitable  as 
this. 

Advantages  of  Projection  Work 

(1)  It  eliminates  the  need  for  more  than  one 
microscope. 

(2)  It  eliminates  the  possibility  of  faulty  focus- 
ing on  the  part  of  the  pupil. 

(3)  The  attention  of  the  entire  class  can  be  fo- 
cused on  one  image  at  the  same  time. 

(4)  Much  of  the  pupil's  and  teacher's  time  is 
saved. 

(5)  The  pupil  realizes  that  he  is  observing  some- 
thing real  rather  than  a  picture. 

(6)  Class  discussion  can  go  on  while  observation 
is  being  made. 

(7)  There  is  no  limit  to  the  observations  that 
can  be  made  by  many  pupils  at  one  time. 

(8)  One  prepared  microscope  slide  will  do  the 
work  of  twenty,  and  will,  at  the  same  time, 
do  it  more  effectively. 

I  have  developed  and  used  this  method  of  teach- 
ing microscopic  studies  over  a  period  of  ten  years. 
I  find  that  it  is  very  interesting  to  children  and  has 
outstanding  value  as  a  teaching  aid.  Each  time  the 
machine  is  set  up  I  learn  something  new,  as  to  ma- 
terials and  procedure. 


Page   10 


The  Educational  Screen 


Instructional  Sound  Film  Utilization 


IN  REFERRING  to  the  instructional  sound  film, 
differentiation  is  made  between  sound  motion  pic- 
tures having  general  educational  values  and  those 
prepared  specifically  for  use  in  the  classroom.  The 
instructional  sound  film  is  here  defined  as  a  type  of 
audio-cinematography  treating  a  specific  body  of  sub- 
ject ma.ter  making  up  course  of  study  or  curriculum 
content.  As  such,  the  techniques  of  its  assembly,  the 
methods  of  its  distribution,  and  the  objectives  of  its 
use  differ  from  those  of  the  entertainment,  industrial, 
or  novelty  types  of  films  now  available  to  schools.  Ob- 
viously, all  motion  pictures  have  educational  values,  if 
education  is  thought  of  in  terms  of  the  Deweyan  phil- 
osophy that  education  is  life  experience.  Such  a  broad 
conception  of  an  educational  motion  picture,  however, 
is  confusing  since  it  does  not  distinguish  between  the 
pedagogical  film  and  other  cinema  products.  To  many 
laymen,  and  even  to  some  educators,  the  term  "edu- 
cational film"  is  .synonymous  with  the  trade  name  of 
a  theatrical  product,  or  with  any  motion  picture  which 
does  not  follow  the  Hollywood  run-of-mill  procedure. 
Therefore,  it  seems  desirable  to  emphasize  that,  while 
all  films  may  be  educational  to  some  quantitative  or 
qualitative  degree,  not  all  films  educate  or  teach  cur- 
riculum concepts  directly  or  capitalize  on  the  many 
advantages  of  the  motion  picture  medium  for  the 
presentation  of  concepts  difficult  to  communicate  by 
other  media  of  thought  transmission. 

In  considering  how  the  instructional  sound  film 
can  be  used  most  advantageously,  the  problem  may 
be  thought  of  from  two  viewpoints:  (1)  How  can  the 
film  vitalize  curriculum  concepts  previously  studied, 
those  being  developed,  or  those  about  to  be  initiated  in 
the  regular  instruction  program ;  and  (2)  how  can 
the  medium  be  used  to  best  advantage  on  a  purely 
experimental  basis,  conditions  permitting  individual 
teachers  to  engage  in  such  activities  and  to  extend  the 
knowledge  of  learning  phenomena. 

Relative  to  the  first  viewpoint,  the  instructional 
sound  film  has  been  found  to  have  definite  value  for 
the  purpose  of  summarizing  a  unit  of  instruction;  it 
obviously  has  a  contribvition  to  render  as  a  direct  teach- 
ing aid  by  making  available  classroom  learning  ex- 
periences of  a  realistic  nature  difficult  or  impossible 
to  provide  by  other  means ;  it  also  serves  as  an  interest 
motivating  device  for  introducing  a  new  unit  of  in- 
struction and  as  a  means  of  enriching  a  unit  of  study 
by  opening  up  related  areas  for  the  student's  investiga- 
tion. Other  uses  to  which  it  may  be  put  are:  (a) 
Extra-curricular  activities  including  club  work  and 
other  special  projects,  (b)  Professional  activities  such 
as  demonstration  lessons  and  Parent-Teacher  programs 


A  trenchant  discussion  of  the  particular  advan- 
tages to  be  sought  from  sound  film,  and  of 
school  activities  benefitting  most  by  their  use. 

By     H.     A.     GRAY,     Ph.D. 

Director  of  Field  Studies, 

Erpi  Classroom  Films  Incorporated 

to  acquaint  the  community  with  the  effective  use  of 
modern  teaching  aids.  These  possibilities  offer  innum- 
erable opportunities  for  the  teacher  to  adapt  a  particular 
film  to  local  needs  and  to  do  creative  work  with  the 
medium. 

To  realize  the  values  inherent  in  a  sound  film,  pre- 
pared for  instructional  purposes,  the  teacher  should 
plan  in  detail  for  its  use.  Attention  should  be  given 
to  adapting  the  content  of  the  film  to  the  current  in- 
terests, needs,  and  abilities  of  the  class ;  how  the  idea 
of  the  film  showing  can  be  built  up  to  put  the  pupils 
in  a  receptive  frame  of  mind  for  its  initial  viewing ; 
how  additional  showings  may  be  arranged  to  answer 
questions  which  have  arisen  from  study  activities  in- 
itiated as  a  result  of  the  first  showing ;  in  general,  how 
the  film  can  motivate  learning  throughout  the  study  of 
a  unit's  work.  To  do  these  things  adequately  requires 
careful  study  of  the  content  of  the  unit  of  instruction 
and  the  relation  of  the  film  to  that  subject  matter.  The 
latter  can  be  done  only  by  carefully  studying  the  film 
prior  to  its  viewing  by  the  class,  either  by  previewing 
the  picture  or  by  s'.udying  a  .scene  by  scene  description 
of  its  continuity.  Teachers  wisliing  to  familiarize  them- 
selves with  studies  which  have  been  made  of  instruc- 
tional sound  film  utilization,  will  find  Brunstetter's 
book'  of  value. 

Regarding  opportunities  to  use  the  classroom  film 
for  experimental  purposes,  the  teacher  will  be  able 
to  isolate  problems  for  study  in  every  instructional 
sound  film.  There  are  four  components  which  should 
be  given  attention.  All  of  these  will  afford  material 
for  experimental  treatment  and  analysis. 

The  first  component  to  be  mentioned  includes  all 
visual  elements  inherent  in  a  film,  including  animate 
and  inanimate  objects  and  their  relationships  in  in- 
dividual scenes,  sequences  of  scenes  and  throughout 
the  entirety  of  the  film.  Associated  with  these  are  effect 
factors  such  as  attention-focusing  devices,  continuity, 
montage  and  transition  devices  known  as,  fades,  dis- 
solves, wipes,  spins,  and  other  optical  effects  employed 
to  punctuate  the  film  language  in  a  manner  similar  to 
the  way  in  which  a  written  composition  is  treated  to 
relate  thought  units  and  to  provide  for  continuity  flow 
and  clarity  of  expression.  These  visual  elements  pro- 
vide graphic  learning  cues  and  constitute  the  visual 
learning  experience  which  the  pupil  undergoes. 

In  order  for  such  experience  to  be  meaningful  so 
that  effective  learning  can  occur,  the  need  for  an  ap- 
perceptive basis  or  learning  readiness  appears  in  terms 
of   the   objectives   of  the  unit   of   instruction   and   the 


'  Brunstetter,  M.  R.  Ho7v  to  Use  the  Educational  Sound  Film. 
Chicago :  University  of  Chicago  Press,  1937. 


fauuary,   I9}9 


Page   11 


relation  of  the  picture  to  those  objectives.  By  develop- 
ing technicjiies  of  manipulating  the  film's  use  so  as  to 
study  the  contribution  which  visual  conijxjnents  make 
to  learning  achievement  as  defined  in  the  unit's  ob- 
jectives, the  tcachcT  will  find  an  abundance  of  ex- 
perimental opportunities.  However,  it  does  not  seem 
feasible  lo  study  such  learning  cues  in  isolation.  Rather, 
they  should  be  analyzed  in  conjunction  with  the  other 
components  of  the  instructional  sound  film,  since  the 
pupil  is  reacting  to  all  components,  not  only  with  his 
organs  of  sight,  but  through  other  [Kirts  of  his  nervous, 
muscular  and  glandular  systems  as  well. 

A  second  component  which  should  be  given  consider- 
ation as  a  learning  cue  may  be  described  as  environ- 
mental and  interpretative  sounds.  These  consist  of  all 
aural  elements  inherent  in  a  natural  situation  recorded 
by  the  sound  film  to  provide  a  realistic  presentation 
of  that  situation.  In  other  words,  the  learning  ex- 
perience is  enriched  or  vitalized  by  the  cues  which 
natural  sounds,  associated  with  the  visual  components, 
provide.  Related  to  these,  of  course,  are  auxiliary 
sounds  which  are  employed  to  emphasize  aspects  of  the 
visual-auditory  presentation  by  way  of  stimulating  a 
mode  of  reaction  or  of  focusing  attention  on  particular 
features  of  the  situation.  For  example,  selected  music, 
exaggerated  or  invented  sounds,  immediately  preceding, 
during,  or  following  a  |»rticular  scene,  may  be  used 
to  command  attention  or  to  promote  other  desirable 
psychological  reactions.  Such  stimuli,  together  with 
environmental  sounds,  obviously  are  experimental  va- 
riables for  possible  investigation.  But  probably  a 
more  important  sound  element  than  those  just  referred 
to  is  the  carefully  prepared  verbal  interpretation  of 
the  scenes  unfolding  before  the  observer.  This  makes 
the  presentation  as  complete  as  modern  communication 
devices  can  do  at  the  present  time.  Proper  verbal  in- 
terpretation synchronized  with  the  action  of  the  picture 
guards  against  salient  pictorial  features  escaping  from 
the  observer's  attention  and  makes  possible  the  elim- 
ination of  distracting  elements  within  the  scene.  In 
spite  of  the  criticism  currently  directed  against  ver- 
balism, words  are  learning  cues  and  should  not  be  cast 
into  discard.  The  paramount  need  is  for  the  judicious 
use  of  words  such  as  is  made  in  the  carefully  prepared 
instructional  sound  film.  Everyday  examples  of  the 
unreliability  of  testimony  relative  to  what  existed  or 
occurred  in  a  purely  visual  experience,  or  even  in  ex- 
periences where  both  visual  elements  and  sounds  were 
present,  point  to  the  need  for  pictorial  interpretation. 
Then,  too,  inflections  or  other  patterns  of  voice  quality 
may  be  planned  to  command  attention,  hold  interest, 
emphasize  important  details,  or  help  stimulate  mood 
receptivity  or  learning  readiness  in  general. 

The  visual-aural  factors  discussed  by  the  foregoing 
go  to  make  up  a  third  component  of  the  instructional 
sound  film,  namely  that  of  audio-visual  concepts.  These 
may  be  described  as  thought  units  or  ideas  formulated 
by  elements  of  sight  and  sound  and  identified  by  both 
the  narration  interpreting  the  .scene  and  by  the  visual 
elements  constituting  it.  Such  concepts  may  be  thought 
of  as  "line"  parts  of  the  film  in  that  they  are  comparable 
in  a  sense  to  the  unit  parts  added  to  an  automobile 
chassis  as  it  moves  along  the  factory  assembly  line.  The 


film  may  be  compared  to  the  chassis  as  a  carrier  of 
parts  which  grow  into  a  gradually  completed  whole  as 
it  passes  along.  The  audio-vi.sual  conce])ts  are  the  unit 
parts  out  of  which  the  ob.server  fornudates  generaliza- 
tions as  the  film  is  shown. 

Such  generalizations  and  their  concomitant  attitudes 
constitute  the  fourth  instructional  sound  film  com|X)nent 
to  be  described.  Generalizations  determine  attitudes 
which,  in  turn,  characterize  the  type  of  mental  adjust- 
ment the  individual  makes  to  the  immediate  learning  ex- 
jx-Tiencc.  and  to  subsequent  situations  having  similar 
elements,  other  conditioning  not  intervening.  Certainly 
then,  concepts  and  generalizations  depicted  and  fostered 
by  the  instructional  sound  film  elements  should  be  of 
major  interest  and  concern  in  utilizing  the  medium. 

For  the  purjxjse  of  exemplifying  the  foregoing  ideas, 
the  instructional  sound  film,  Water  Power,  will  be 
analyzed  into  its  comjxjnent  elements  and  suggestions 
offered  for  their  use  in  facilitating  learning.  The  items 
listed  in  each  cohnnn  of  the  following  table  may  be 
thought  of  as  learning  cues  since  they  are  the  stimuli 
which  act  on  the  learner's  receiving  mechanisms,  mod- 
ifying them  by  effecting  electrical  and  chemical  changes 
in  the  neuro-muscular-glandular  systems.  Where  such 
modifications  occur  in  a  normal  manner,  the  growth  of 
ideas  begins ;  the  learner  is  made  conscious  of  the 
existence  of  objects  and  relationships ;  he  associates 
these  with  previous  learnings  and  his  knowledge  grows 
with  the  acquisition  of  additional  concepts  upon  which 
he  can  build  generalizations  as  the  sound  film  elements 
continue  to  act  upon  him. 

The  film.  Water  Pmver,  was  prepared  primarily  for 
use  at  the  intermediate  grade  level  as  part  of  a  series 
on  human  geography.  However,  its  value  is  not  re- 
stricted to  this  level  or  subject,  since,  obviously,  the 
subject  matter  treated  also  will  be  found  in  general 
science  counses  of  the  junior  high  school,  the  study  of 
physiography  at  both  the  junior  and  senior  high  school 
levels,  and  where  the  relation  of  governmental  agencies 
to  the  development  of  natural  resources  is  considered 
in  the  social  science  courses  of  the  senior  high  school 
grades  the  film  also  can  be  used  advantageously.  De- 
pending upon  what  level  and  for  what  purpose  the 
initial  showing  of  the  film  is  made,  teaching  procedure 
will  vary  somewhat,  but  for  the  first,  second  or  third 
showing,  for  any  purpose,  at  any  level,  the  teacher 
should  see  that  the  group  is  properly  prepared  to  view 
the  film  with  definite  objectives  in  mind.  These  should 
have  to  do  with  any  or  several  of  the  four  sound  film 
components  previously  described  and  should  be  em- 
phasized immediately  before  the  film  is  shown. 

Following  the  first  showing,  the  teacher  may  well 
devote  some  time  to  questioning  the  pupils  about  the 
concepts  and  generalizations  depicted  by  the  film,  not- 
ing deficiencies  which  can  be  remedied  by  discussions, 
reading,  subsequent  showings  of  the  film,  or  study 
projects  planned  in  accordance  with  the  objectives  of 
the  unit  and  the  film  showing. •'\ccompanying  each 
film  should  be  a  study  guide  containing  information 
pertaining  to  the  objectives  and  subject  matter  of  the 
unit,  suggested  study  projects  of  enough  variety  to 
meet  different  regional  conditions,  and  bibliographical 
references  for  both  teacher  and  pupil.    Consideration  is 


Page    12 


The  Educational  Screen 


Visual  Elements 

Interpretative  Sounds 

Clouds 

Thunder 

Falling 

rain 

Wind 

Rivulet 

Creek 

Running  water 

Stream 

(Symphony  Orchestra 

Sea 

for  background  music 

Sun 

at   appropriate    inter- 
vals  throughout). 

Potomac 

:  Falls 

Falling  water 

Natives  poling  dugout 
Niagara  Falls 
Niagara  Rapids 
Early  grist  mill 
Old  water  wheel 
Grinding  grain 

Animated  Maps  of 

North  America 
Modern  factory  exterior 
Boiler  room 
Coal  train 

Animated  Maps  of 

N.  E.  United  States 
Canadian  Falls 
Niagara  Power  Plant 
Animation  of  water 

turbine  operating 
Electrical  generators  at  Niagara 
High  voltage  transmission  wires 


Machine  shop  interior 
Electrical  transformer 

Family  living  room 
Clothes  washing  machine 

Woman  washing  clothes  by  hand 


Learning  Cues  in  The  Instructional  Sound  Film,  "Water  Power" 

Generalizations  and  Attitudes 
Audio-Visual  Concepts  Fostered 

Rain  comes  from  clouds  The  water  cycle  plays  an  important 

Water  runs  from  high  to  low  part  in  man's  life 

ground 
Small   streams   make   large 

rivers 
Rivers  flow  to  the  sea 
The   sun   causes   water  to 
evaporate  and  form  clouds 
Running  water  is  a  perpetual 

source  of  power 
Waterfalls   and  rapids   have 

retarded   man's    progress 
Centuries   passed  before  man 

learned   to    harness    falling 

water  for  power 
American  colonists  built  dams 

for  water  power  and  used 

water  wheels 
Coal   supplanted    water   as    a 

source  of  power  as  industry 

developed 
Industrial   centers    were   es- 
tablished   near    American 

coal  fields 
Our  coal  is  being  used  up 

rapidly 
Water  power  may  be  changed 

into  electrical  power  by 

means  of  turbines 
Electrical  power   can   be 

distributed    over   large 

areas  by  wires 
Electrical  power  has  reduced 

hand  labor  in  home  and 

factory 
The    federal    government    is 

building  many  dams  to  in- 
crease  the   nation's    elec- 
trical power 


Water  wheel  turning 
Grist  mill  turning 


Stoking  fire  box 
Coal  sliding  in  chute 


Water  turbines 
turning 
Electrical  generators 


Automatic  machine 
tools 


Electric  washing 

machine 
Clothes  rubbing 

washboard 


The  natural  elements  can  aid  as 
well  as  obstruct  civilization's 
progress 

The  development  and  wise  use  of 
natural  resources  is  in  keeping 
with  the  machine  age 


Labor  saving  devices  are  being 
invented  with  greater  frequency 
than  ever  before  and  effect  na- 
tional economy 

Conservation  of  our  fuel  resources 
is  desirable  in  view  of  a  dimin- 
ishing supply 

Natural  resources  and  industries 
are  closely  linked   geographically 


The  transformation  of  energy  from 
one  form  to  another  is  a  major 
scientific  project  of  great  social 
and  economic  significance 


The  problem  of  government  vs. 
private  development  of  power  re- 
sources requires  extended  study 


Boy  churning  butter  by  hand 
Electric  churn  in  operation 
Man  lighting  lantern 
Boulder  Dam 

Animated  Maps  of  South  America 
South  American  Falls 


Animated  Maps  of  Europe 
Dnieperstroi  Dam 

Animated  Map  of  Africa 
Victoria  Falls 
Sawing  logs  by  hand 

Animated  Map  of  Asia 
Buzz  saw  cutting  log 
Seashore 


Electric  churn  turning 


Hand   sawing 


Buzz  saw  operating 
Ocean  waves  beating 
shore 


Dams  store  water  for 

irrigation  and  drinking 

purposes 
Water    power    projects    are    not 

developed  in  South  America  as 

well   as    in   the    United    States, 

due  to  the  unsettled  nature  of 

the     country     and     the     simple 

wants   of  the   people 
Europe     has     developed     water 

power  more  than  has  the  United 

States 
Africa    has    more    water   power 

but  has  developed  less  than  any 

other  continent 
More  than   one-half  the  world's 

people  still  labor  at  tasks  which 

could  be  done  by  machines 
The  power  of  the  ocean's  waters 

remain  to  be  developed  for  the 

benefit  of  mankind 


The  needs,  geographical  location 
and  customs  of  people  determine 
to  some  extent  the  rate  of  their 
technological   progress 


Water  power  resources  through- 
the  world  can  undergo  extended 
development  for  the  benefit  of 
humanity 

As  additional  electrical  and  me- 
chanical energy  are  made  avail- 
able, new  life  problems  will  be 
created  for  the  thinking  minds 
of  tomorrow's  men  and  women 
to  solve 


given  to  the  preparation  of  inexpensive  supplementary 
study  materials  for  the  individual  pupil.  Such  materials 
would  effect  time  and  effort  economies  in  study  ac- 
tivities and  assure  adequate  consideration  of  the  salient 
features  of  the  film  unit  by  each  pupil. 

When  the  instructional  sound  film  is  used  by  pro- 
fessionally-minded teachers  along  the  lines  suggested 
by  the  foregoing,  it  is  likely  that  optimum  learning 
benefits  will  accrue.  Such  classroom  utilization  does  not 
make  the  film  showing  an  extrinsic  or  entertainment 


feature.  It  is  not  given  as  a  reward  for  good  behavior 
or  for  the  purpose  of  providing  a  period  of  relaxation 
for  either  teacher  or  pupils.  Rather,  it  provides  a  vivid, 
dynamic  learning  experience  for  both  teachers  and  pu- 
pils, an  experience  identified  with  classroom  procedure 
and  made  functional  in  the  lives  of  the  pupils  by  careful 
teacher  planning  to  meet  local  and  individual  pupil 
needs.  Only  when  such  utilization  is  practiced  con- 
sistently can  a  program  of  audio-visual  aids  be  con- 
sidered as  an  improved  professional  teaching  technique. 


January,   1939 


Motion  Pictures  — 
Not  For  Theatres 


By  ARTHUR  EDWIN  KROWS.  Editor  of  "The  Spur,"  New  York  City 

Hpro  is  till'  Fifth  Installment.  It  seems  that  in  1914 
many  relifiioiis,  social  service  and  educational  agen- 
cies tcere  mcakening  to  problems  of  screen  presentation. 


01"  COL'RSK,  there  were  many 
other  less  spectacular  trade  ex 
hihitioiis  where  films  played  a  part. 
I  recall  screenings  in  improvised,  canvas- 
draped  projection  rooms  at  the  old 
Sportsman's  Shows  in  New  York's 
original  Madison  Square  Garden.  Those 
particular  pictures  happened  to  be  rail- 
road films ;  but  there  were  many  other 
occasions,  in  other  convention  circum- 
stances, for  showing  other  subjects. 
I'ilms  of  the  lumber  industry  proved 
drawing-cards  in  1914,  at  two  Forest 
Products  Expositions,  one  in  the  Chi- 
cago Coliseum  and  the  other  in  the 
Grand  Central   Palace  of  New   York. 

.\  highly  important  showing,  occur- 
ring in  the  late  spring  of  1910,  was  ar- 
ranged by  the  former  National  Board  of 
Censorship  in  St.  Louis  at  the  National 
Conference  of  Charities  and  Corrections. 
The  program  there  consisted  of  repre- 
sentative films  of  several  types,  but 
"educationals"  were  included.  To  make 
the  impression  completely  satisfactory, 
the  Board  also  provided  charts  and  statis- 
tics to  show  the  motion  i>icture's  social 
effects  and  opportunities.  The  entire  pro- 
gram, under  the  same  auspices,  was 
shown  again  a  little  later,  at  Oiautau- 
qua.   New  York. 

Reverting  to  the  San  Francisco  Ex- 
position, one  is  curious  to  know  how  the 
exhibitors  there  came  into  the  use  of 
films  at  all.  Some  circumstances  enlist- 
ing the  interest  of  the  railroads  have 
been  sketched;  but,  to  go  further  into 
that  general  picture  one  would  have  to 
trace  the  ideas  of  public  relations  as 
changed  and  developed  by  the  public 
utility  corporations  over  the  next  suc- 
ceeding twenty  years.  That  is  scarcely 
necessary   here. 

Ai  this  particular  time,  in  191S,  the 
railroads,  as  representative  utilities, 
were  still  highly  competitive,  and  had 
not  progressed  in  point  of  public  rela- 
tions much  further  than  the  attitude  of 
the  small  shopkeeper  who  tries  to  per- 
suade his  customers  that  every  day  is 
bargain  day.  For  this  they  were  not 
much  to  blame.  The  whole  nation  was 
going  through  a  great,  tumultous  period 
of  gestation,  trying  to  absorb  new  in- 
ventions and  new  population  ;  and  the  rail- 
roads were  too  interwoven  in  the  national 
fabric  to  try  dangerous  experiments. 

The  significant  railroad  experiments 
with   films  were  to  be   found,  therefore. 


mainly  in  conduct  of  the  local  traction 
companies  where  problems  were  in 
easier  perspective,  rather  than  in  the 
statewide  systems  where  officials  were 
generally  content  to  say  in  their  propa- 
ganda pictures :  "Come  to  astounding 
Yellow-stone  Park" ;  "Come  to  sunny 
California";  "Come  to  the  primitive 
snake  dances  of  the  Hopis."  I  refer 
specifically  to  only  two  of  the  local 
traction  developments,  just  to  indicate 
how  their  forward  step  was  being  taken. 
In  the  autumn  of  1913,  when  Coroner 
Hoffman  of  Chicago  conferred  with  the 
Board  of  Education  in  that  city  on  the 
need  of  teaching  safety,  the  Chicago 
Railways  Company  offered  to  produce 
an  hour's  film  program  on  how  to  avoid 
street  car  accidents,  and  also  stood  ready 
to  present  it  freely  in  the  schools,  with 
projection  machine,  operator  and  lecturer. 
In  December,  the  same  year,  the  Pacific 
Electric  Railway  of  Los  .Angeles,  was 
using  films  to  train  its  motormen  and 
conductors.  But,  while  assigning  the 
palm  for  picture  progress  to  the  local 
companies,  we  must  not  overlook  the 
use  of  films  at  this  same  time  by  the 
Georgia  Central  Railroad  to  teach  its 
men  the  causes  of  wrecks  and  safe- 
guards against   them. 

The  coming  of  pictures  for  employee 
training  was  foreshadowed  by  many 
small  happenings,  such  as  when,  in  1915, 
the  executives  of  the  National  City  Bank 
of  New  York  decided  that  it  would 
benefit  their  workers  to  view  Para- 
mount's  thirty-five  reels  on  South 
.America  called,  "The  Land  of  Oppor- 
tunity." These  particular  films,  inci- 
dentally, had  lieen  produced  by  two 
cameramen,  one  H.  D.  Blauvelt,  opera- 
ting under  the  supervision  of  C.  L. 
Chester,  who,  himself,  was  former 
travel  lecturer  on  the  Pond  circuit  and 
maker  of  most  of  the  early  travel  sub- 
jects for  the  Edison  Company. 

Mention  of  the  National  Cash  Register 
Company's  exhibit  at  the  World's  Fair 
suggests  more  important  symptoms.  It 
may  be  that  employee  training  pictures 
began  in  some  place  other  than  Dayton, 
Ohio;  but  I  doubt  that  they  ever  started 
with  more  vigor  than  in  the  plant  there 
situated,  of  the  National  Cash  Register 
Company.  That  concern  was  headed  then 
by  the  doughty  John  H.  Patterson,  its 
founder  and  probably  the  greatest  ex- 
ponent of   paternalism   in    .American   in- 


Thomas  A.  Edison  not  only  made  mo- 
tion pictures  practical,  but  he  was  one 
of  the  very  first  in  America  to  produce 
mms  expressly  for  classroom  showings. 


dustry.  Patterson  is  said  even  to  have 
had  a  talking  picture  in  his  educational 
demonstrations  before  1909,  devised  ex- 
pressly for  the  purpose  by  his  experi- 
mental engineers,  C.  F.  Kettering  and 
William  Chryst. 

Wei-come  to  the  Churches 

.•\t  the  San  Francisco  Exposition  was 
a  projection  room  for  the  Federation  of 
Churches.  Even  bearing  in  mind  the 
awakened  film  interest  of  ecclesiastical 
institutions  in  the  United  States  before 
that  time,  this  seems  a  bold  step.  But 
since  1910  the  churches  had  broadened 
considerably  in  their  view  of  motion 
picture  possibilities.  It  already  has  t)een 
reported  that  in  1913  the  Presbyterian 
Board  of  Publications  had  arranged  with 
the  Edison  Company  for  films  and  pro- 
jectors, and  that  in  the  following  year 
there  is  said  to  have  been  a  heavy  in- 
crease in  projector  sales  to  the  churches 
of  the  Middle  West.  Well,  the  revised 
and  compressed  reissue  of  Kleine's  edu- 
cational catalogue  in  1915  throws  some 
light  on  all  this.  The  great  spectacles, 
"Quo  Vadis?"  "Ben-Hur"  and  "Cabiria" 
are  now  suggested  in  its  pages  for  many 
congregations. 

Humbler  efforts  available  through 
other  channels,  were :  Kalem's  "From 
the  Manger  to  the  Cross,  or  Jesus  of 
Nazareth,"  five  reels  produced  in  Pales- 
tine and  Egypt ;  a  two-reel  life  of  Christ, 
a  two-reel  "Story  of  Esther"  and  "The 
Feast  of  Belshazzar,"  Gaumont  produc- 
tion shown  by  Elisabeth  Marbur>'  as  a 
Holy  Week  program  at  the  Berkeley 
Theatre,  New  York,  in  1913;  and  the 
Hochstetter-Pierson  Company's  picture, 
made  in  1912,  "Pilgrim's  Progress,  or 
the  Life  of  John  Bunyan,"  presented 
with  the  inevitable  lecture.  And,  very 
lovely  indeed  for  the  time,  was  "The 
Life  of  Our  Saviour,"  a  nine-reel  sub- 
ject in  color  produced  by  the  Paris 
Pathe  Company  in  Jerusalem.  It  was 
shown  publicly  in  America  first  at  the 
Manhattan  Opera  House,  New  York, 
in   April,    1914. 

Of  course,  much  of  this  material  was 
of  decided  interest  to  the  Catholic 
churches;  and  many  priests  were  asking 


Page   14 


The  Educational  Screen 


why  it  was  that  theatrical  producers  be- 
lieved that  there  was  more  drama  in 
clumsy  "original"  plays  of  contemporane- 
ous life  than  in  certain  stirring  biograph- 
ies out  of  Holy  Writ.  Those  unworked 
possibilities  were  to  be  realized  in  time 
by  Cecil  Blount  De  Mille,  although  in  a 
slightly  different  manner  than  those 
clergymen  had  anticipated.  Late  in  1912 
appeared  an  unauthorized,  short  Catholic 
subject,  legitimate  enough  in  its  provo- 
cation to  interest,  but  surely  distasteful 
to  many  churchmen  because  of  the 
brazenly  advertised  circumstances  of  its 
production.  An  Eclair  cameraman  had 
smuggled  his  camera  into  the  Vatican, 
so  'twas  said,  and  had  photographed  the 
new  Pope.  His  Holiness  had  been  com- 
pletely unaware  of  what  was  going  on. 
This  short  film  in  hand,  the  culprit  had 
then  built  up  his  subject  by  photograph- 
ing the  Pontiff's  birthplace  and  other 
scenes  of  his  secular  life.  These,  how- 
ever, were  not  the  first  papal  pictures ; 
those  were  legitimately  produced  in 
1898  by  William  K.  L.  Dickson,  pioneer 
cameraman   for   Edison. 

But  probably  this  unhappy  incident 
had  much  to  do  with  the  production  of 
a  more  up-to-date,  authorized  picture, 
"Pope  Pius  and  the  Vatican," 
by  James  Slevin.  This  re- 
verent film  was  shown  at  the 
New  York  Hippodrome  in 
October,  1914.  The  same  cir- 
cumstances may  have  been 
responsible,  also,  for  two  per- 
tinent announcements  in 
August,  1914.  One  stated  that 
there  had  just  been  incor- 
porated, under  the  laws  of 
New  York  State,  the  Catholic 
Film  Association,  capitalized 
at  $500,000,  to  buy  and  dis- 
tribute educational  and  amuse- 
ment pictures  to  Catholic 
churches.  The  other  said  that 
the  Emerson-Currier  Cinema- 
tograph Corporation  would 
start  issuing,  September  7, 
"The  Animated  Catholic 
Magazine"  for  churches,  par- 
ish houses  and  schools  of  that 
faith. 

The  Catholic  Film  Associa- 
tion named,  among  its  direc- 
tors, F.  A.  Cavanagh,  Dr. 
Conde  B.  Fallen  and  Roy  L.  McCardell, 
the  writer.  About  a  month  later  the  list 
of  new  business  ventures  presented  The 
Religious  Pictures  Corporation,  but  in 
all  probability  the  intention  of  that  one 
was  to  serve  churches  of  all  faiths  and 
denominations.  The  Sacred  and  Historic 
Film  Company,  incorporated  April,  1914, 
was  probably  of  the  same  sort.  I  have 
what  seems  to  be  more  than  faint 
recollection  that  the  Sacred  and  Historic 
Film  Company  was  an  enterprise  of 
Eustace  Hale  Ball,  who  was  editor  and 
publisher  of  a  racy  little  magazine  called 
Broadway  Buzz. 

Even  the  elders  of  Salt  Lake  City 
were  stirred  to  consider  the  potentialities 
of  the  film.  In  October,  1912,  the  Utah 
Moving  Picture  Company  was  announced 
to  produce  a  feature  called,  "One  Hund- 
red Years  of  Mormonism."  The  news 
report   suggested   that   the   impulse   may 


have  come  from  enterprising  film  folk 
outside  the  church.  But,  anyway,  the 
company  was  capitalized  at  $100,000  and 
production,  scheduled  to  be  comjileted  in 
a  month,  was  set  at  a  cost  of  $30,000. 
The  executives  began  by  taking  over  a 
California  concern  known  as  the  EUayc 
(probably  "Los  Angeles")  Moving  Pic- 
ture Company  which  held  the  rights  to 
the  picture  to  be  made ;  and  November 
27  word  came  that  direction  would  be 
by  Norval  MacGregor  and  the  well 
known  stage  and  screen  star,  Hobart 
Bosworth.  In  December,  1912,  it  was 
heard  that  the  versatile  Nell  Shipman 
was  to  rewrite  the  scenario  and  then  to 
do  a  few  shorter  scripts  of  other  Mormon 
subjects. 

September,  1913,  is  the  next  date  of 
consequence,  when  it  appears  that  "One 
Hundred  Years  of  Mormonism"  is  being 
produced  along  with  other  films  of  not 
too  religious  a  character,  by  the  Golden 
State  Motion  Picture  Company,  headed 
by  H.  M.  Russell  of  Los  Angeles.  The 
general  manager  is  Ernest  Shipman, 
energetic  husband  of  the  talented  Nell, 
and  the  same  gentleman  who  in  years 
following  was  to  organize  many  local 
film  producing  companies  throughout  the 


From  "The  Capture  of  Fort  Ticonderoga,"  Edison  reel  of  1911. 
The  above  "patriotic"  scene  showed  the  allegedly  scandalous 
behavior  of  the  British  garrison  before  the  dramatic  en- 
trance of  Ethan  Allen,  Jehovah  and  the  Continental  Congress. 


United  States  and  Canada.  He  was 
probably  the  "outside  impulse." 

In  1914  alone,  Ernest  Shipman  repre- 
sented no  less  than  seven  separate  en- 
terprises, including  the  Colorado  Motion 
Picture  Company,  the  Rocky  Mountain 
Picture  Company,  Arthur  J.  Aylesworth 
Pictures,  Ltd.,  the  Pan-American  Mo- 
tion Picture  Company  and  the  Capital 
Film  Company.  Concerning  "One 
Hundred  Years  of  Mormonism,"  how- 
ever, the  rest  apparently  is  silence. 

Those  who  wish  to  understand  the  odd 
calling  of  Ernest  Shipman  more  clearly, 
are  referred  to  the  film  trade  papers  of 
1917,  where  advertisements  built  around 
his  portrait  describe  him  as  a  "business 
representative  for  independent  producers," 
and  offer  to  finance,  buy,  sell  or  exploit 
pictures.  Three  years  before,  he  had  been 
in  charge  of  the  "Special  Feature  Book- 
ing  Department"    of    Universal ;    and    he 


now  evidently  was   turning  early  exper- 
ience  to  excellent   account    for   himself. 

For  the   Ills   of   Society 

R.MLRO.^DS  and  churches  were  not 
alone  in  using  the  silver  screen  for 
propaganda,  which  is  notoriously  hydra- 
headed.  American  social  service  agencies, 
in  another  line,  were  still  young  and 
flexible  cnougli  to  appreciate  new  ave- 
nues of  usefulness ;  and  they  speedily 
adopted  films  for  their  own  purposes.  In 
1912  the  New  York  City  Department  of 
Health,  in  association  with  the  Com- 
mittee on  the  Prevention  and  Cure  of 
Tuberculosis, — was  showing  the  public 
free  motion  pictures  on  the  best  ways  to 
withstand  and  to  remedy  the  ravages 
of  the  White  Plague.  During  the  sum- 
mer of  1913  they  presented  twenty-four 
open  air  shows  in  the  same  number  of 
metropolitan  public  parks.  The  Ameri- 
can Museum  of  Safety,  in  its  1913  con- 
vention at  Grand  Central  Palace,  in  New 
York,  exhibited  films  on  the  dangers  of 
the  city  streets.  In  November,  1912,  the 
Republic  Tlieatre,  of  New  York,  gave  an 
especial  showing  of  motion  pictures  of 
the  Floating  Hospital  and  the  Seaside 
Hospital  for  Babies  for  the  benefit  of 
St.  John's  Guild. 

The  .American  Red  Cross 
was  using  films  of  its  own  in 
1910.  Edison  produced  "The 
Red  Cross  Seal,"  endorsed  by 
the  American  Red  Cross  and 
the  National  Association  for 
the  Prevention  and  Cure  of 
Tuberculosis,  in  November 
of  that  year.  And  I  suppose 
that  one  may  consistently  in- 
clude under  the  heading  of 
social  service  two  prison  films 
designed  to  show  modern 
humanitarian  treatment  of 
criminals  —  the  four-reeler 
produced  in  the  spring  of 
1914  by  the  Abo  Feature 
Films  Company  at  the  Illinois 
State  Prison  at  Joliet,  and  the 
picture  made  by  World  Film 
in  the  fall  of  1915.  at  New 
York's  Sing  Sing  Prison  to 
show  the  much  discussed 
methods  of  Warden  Thomas 
Mott  Osborne. 

In  contrast  with  "The  City 
of  Boys,"  produced  by  Selig  in  1910  and 
dealing  with  a  Michigan  summer  camp 
for  wayward  youths,  mentioned  earlier, 
it  is  pleasanter  to  note  that  in  September, 
1913,  the  Wedepict  Motion  Picture  Com- 
pany was  producing  at  Glen  Cove,  Long 
Island,  a  seven-reeler  called  "The  Mak- 
ing of  a  Boy  Scout,"  to  be  used  nationally 
before  Boy  Scout  audiences.  Edison  dis- 
tributed this  film,  so  "Wedepict"  prob- 
ably meant,  in  some  anagramatic  way, 
"Edison    Pictures." 

As  early  as  December  28,  1910,  the 
New  York  Dramatic  Mirror  published  an 
editorial  on  social  service  productions  like 
these,  hailing  them  as  powerful  instru- 
ments in  warding  off  that  perpetual  bug- 
bear of  the  film  industry,  censorship.  And, 
as  events  of  later  years  amply  proved, 
so  they  were — making  that  editorial  re- 
markable for  its  prophetic  insight. 
Social  service  may  be  quite  sensational ; 


January ,    19}9 


Page   IS 


and  that  quality  is  always  attractive  to 
the  small  showman.  So  September,  1915. 
the  Park  Theatre,  in  New  York,  was 
used  for  an  engagement  of  a  German 
film  entitled  "Twilight  Sleep,"  presented 
with  a  lecture  by  Dr.  Kurt  E.  Schlos- 
singk  of  F-'rielnirg  and  concerning  a 
much  touted  new  anaesthetic  used  in 
parturition.  No  matter  how  sacred  the 
phase,  sex  in  the  theatre  seems  to  be  sex. 
In  the  same  month  two  years  earlier, 
an  extensively  discussed  Rockefeller 
Foundation  report  on  American  social 
conditions  had  been  seized  upon  by  a 
New  York  concern  calling  itself  the 
Moral  Feature  Film  Company,  and  used 
as  a  basis  for  an  especially  sordid  pro- 
duction, the  scenario  of  which  was  al- 
legedly written  by  Samuel  H.  London, 
a   Manhattan   newspaperman. 

A  rumor  was  started,  and  not  con- 
tradicted by  the  concern,  that  the  under- 
taking was  financed  by  John  D.  Rocke- 
feller, Jr.,  in  cooperation  with  the 
Society  for  the  Suppression  of  Vice,  and 
tliat  the  first  showing  of  the  completed 
l)icturc  would  be  held  at  Columbia  Uni- 
versity. The  management  sent  out  a 
director,  Frank  Beal,  a  cameraman  and 
a  company  of  actors,  to  make  certain 
scenes  in  the  alleged  "red  light"  district 
of  New  Orleans ;  but  being  virtually 
run  out  of  that  scandalized  city,  they 
completed  their  "takes"  at  El  Paso, 
Texas.  By  this  time  the  notoriety  was 
too  great  to  be  ignored  and,  in  Decem- 
ber, 191.^,  Mr.  Rockefeller,  himself, 
denied  that  the  films  of  the  declared 
"traffic"  had  his  sanction  or  support  in 
any  way. 

The  National  Government  itself  was 
as  interested  in  using  films  in  social 
service  as  any  private  welfare  agency. 
The  Bureau  of  Mines  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  Commerce,  and  the  Department 
of  Agriculture  were  both  very  early  in 
production  of  their  own  pictures.  The 
former,  it  will  be  recalled,  had  its  own 
theatre  at  the  Pan-.\merican  Exposition. 
In  the  summer  of  1913,  the  latter  had 
been  making  a  strong  drive  to  educate 
farmers  through  motion  pictures.  In 
September,  1911,  the  Commissioner  of 
Indian  .'Vflfairs,  of  the  Department  of  the 
Interior,  was  plaiming  to  save  his 
charges  by  showing  them  films  on  proper 
living.  Two  months  later  it  was  an- 
nounced that  the  national  Department  of 
Health  was  making  a  long  series  to  in- 
struct  citizens  everywhere  in   sanitation. 

DRAFTEn   BY  THE   GOVERNMENT 

The  second  decade  of  the  century  was 
probably  when  the  federal  Government 
really  became  ambitious  to  produce  films 
better  adapted  to  its  needs  than  the  oc- 
casional theatrical  and  industrial  sub- 
jects which  might  cliance  to  fall  in  its  way 
from  outside.  .Apparently  the  officials 
experimented  at  first  by  contracting 
for  commercial  production ;  then,  no 
doubt,  they  found  their  slender  appropria- 
tions depleted  too  soon  to  include  the 
costs  of  distribution  and  general  main- 
tenance, obliging  them  to  work  the  prob- 
lem out  for  themselves,  without  pro- 
fessional assistance. 

In  November,  1911,  the  Selig  Company, 
which  had  been  making  a  number  of 
non-theatrical  subjects,  chiefly  under  the 


direction  of  Frank  Heal,  announced  that 
it  had  contracted  with  the  National 
Government  for  "the  exclusive  right"  to 
film  the  various  Government  activities — 
army,  navy,  plant  and  animal  culture, 
Indian  afTairs,  road  building,  forestry, 
fishing  and  whaling,  customs  and  revenue 
services  and  so  forth. 

Now,  this  sounded  very  impressive ; 
but  on  second  thought,  the  very  scope 
of  the  claim  and  the  limitation  of  the 
contract  to  merely  the  exclusive  "right 
to  photograph"  (which  is  not  to  say  that 
the  departments  named  actually  were  lo 
he  photographed),  made  the  matter  seem 
less  important.  Besides,  there  was  no 
single  authority  with  %vhoni  Selig  could 
have  made  a  binding  contract  of  this 
sweeping  character,  while  it  had  long 
Ijecn  the  federal  custom  to  give  all  quali- 
fied citizens  a  chance  at  public  work, 
with  the  corollary  that  the  given  job 
should  go  to  the  lowest  bidder  meeting 
the  specifications.  Whatever  the  intent 
of  the  original  arrangement  with  Selig, 
his  organization  played  a  much  smaller 
part  in  fiovernment  film  activities  than 
was  originally  indicated.  However,  in 
the  spring  of  1914,  his  men  did  pro<luce 
a  three-  or  four-rceler  under  the  aus 
pices  of  the  War  Department,  "showing 
the  preparedness  of  the  U.   S.  Army." 

It  may  have  been  that  this  Army  film 
was  a  more  practical  outcome  of  the 
original  wishes  of  the  War  Department 
which  had  led  to  an  arrangement  with 
the  Kinemacolor  Company  in  the  fall  of 
1913.  Kinemacolor  had  then  announced 
that  it  would  produce  a  series  entitled 
"The  Making  of  a  U.  S.  Soldier,"  start- 
ing with  the  raw  recruit  and  ending  with 
the  fully-disciplined  man.  This  company's 
expressed  claim  was  broad  enough,  too. 
It  stated  that  it  would  make  for  the 
.same  Department  a  series  on  the  uses  of 
high  explosives  and  on  military  evolu- 
tions— reckless  claims,  indeed,  for  a  color 
process  one  of  the  main  difficulties  of 
which  was  the  unsatisfactory  picturiza- 
tion  of  rapid  movement.  Kinemacolor 
already   had    produced   a   medical   series 


Alfred  H.  Saunders  believed  passionately 
in  school  films,  but  would  not  compromise 
in  ideas  of  production  and  distribution. 


which  had  l>een  exhibited  successfully  at 
.American  recruiting  stations;  and  it  now 
announced  that  the.  U.  S.  Government 
had  contracted  with  the  company  for 
further  films  of  that  type.  "The  Making 
of  a  Soldier"  was  released  by  the  U.  S. 
War  Department  in  April,  1916;  but 
Kinemacolor  did  not  make  it. 

Other  nations  had  been  employing 
films  for  military  training  for  some  time. 
One  of  the  most  ingenious  uses  was  by 
the  French  army  in  1912.  Here  the  prac- 
ticing soldiers  were  confronted  with  pic- 
tures of  an  approaching  enemy;  and  it 
was  their  duty  to  fire  upon  the  foe  at  the 
most  approved  moment.  An  adaptation 
of  this  device  was  imported  to  America 
in  1913  by  Al  Woods,  the  stage  producer, 
as  a  rifle-range  novelty  called  "The  Life 
Target."  In  this  scheme,  when  a  "hit" 
was  made,  the  picture  stopped  on  the 
screen  and  a  mark  showed  where  a  real 
bullet  would  have  struck. 

Progressive  American  States  were  be- 
coming more  conscious  of  propaganda 
values  generally;  and  they  soon  turned 
to  films  for  development  of  their  re- 
sources and  markets.  A  number  of  such 
productions  was  displayed  prominently 
at  the  San  Francisco  Exposition.  January, 
1914,  the  Seven  Hundred  Thousand 
Booster  Club  of  Southern  California  had 
a  seven- reel  feature  on  the  wonders  of 
the  State,  said  to  have  been  the  result 
of  two  years'  incessant  work  by  Fred  L. 
BorufT.  In  July,  1914,  the  Industrial  Mo- 
tion Picture  Company  of  Chicago,  was 
engaged  in  making  a  World's  Fair  sub- 
ject illustrating  "all  important  aspects"  of 
the  State  of  Michigan. 

In  June,  1916,  there  occurred  at  the 
Indianapolis  State  House  the  first  show- 
ing of  "Historic  Indiana,"  a  ten-reel 
feature  written  by  Gilson  Willetts  and 
produced  by  Frank  Beal  of  Selig.  Edi- 
son made  the  Exposition  pictures  for  the 
New  York  Commission,  including  two 
for  the  New  York  State  Department  of 
Health,  as  well  as  a  series  for  Massachu- 
setts. In  1914-1915,  Vitagraph  shot  some 
70,000  feet  on  activities  of  the  various 
New  York  municipal  departments. 

International  trade  and  social  effects 
of  the  regular  theatrical  motion  pictures 
released  abroad  were  quickly  remarked 
as  soon  as  the  tide  of  production  shifted 
and  American  films  had  begun  their 
a.scendency  in  Europe.  The  social  effects 
previously  had  not  been  noticeable,  un- 
less someone  had  detected  that  travel 
films  from  overseas  had  stimulated  the 
profitable  American  tourist  trade.  Films 
originating  in  the  United  States,  on  the 
other  hand,  were  of  a  life  less  bound  by 
tradition,  and  represented,  besides,  an 
actual  land  of  opportunity  about  which 
foreign  curiosity  had  been  aroused  for 
many  years.  As  long  as  this  sittiation 
redounded  to  the  advantage  of  American 
institutions  and  manufacturers,  Uncle 
Sam  was  not  disposed  to  limit  it;  but 
Europe    soon    began    counterblasts. 

At  Berlin,  November,  1913,  at  a  con- 
ference of  representatives  of  the  iron 
and  steel  trades,  it  was  decided  to  start 
a  vigorous  German  motion  picture  cam- 
paign for  foreign  markets,  particularly 
to  overcome  the  competition  of  Great 
Britain  and  the  United  States  in  the  Far 
East.  When  the  World  War  began,  how- 


Page    16 


The  Educational  Screen 


ever,  European  propaganda  films  changed 
their  attitude  toward  the  United  States, 
seeking  to  prove  that  America  should 
lend  its  support  to  one  side  or  the  other, 
or  even  to  remain  neutral. 

As  Uncle  Sam's  embroilment  in  Europ- 
ean troubles  became  more  and  more  in- 
evitable, the  propaganda  became  bolder, 
and  the  appeal  to  reason  was  swept  away 
in  the  usual  wartime  circumstances  for- 
bidding anything  but  an  exaggerated  re- 
flection of  popular  sentiment.  The  pic- 
ture-makers were  generally  quite  willing 
to  conform  with  this  condition,  for  it  was 
extremely  profitable  to  them :  and  looking 
backward,  it  is  a  little  appalling  to  realize 
how  far  the  film  industry  was  responsible 
then  for  stirring  up  hatreds,  despite  the 
fact  that  it  all  was  done  with  full  Gov- 
ernment approval  and  connivance. 

In  the  early  years  of  the  century, 
Calif ornian  immigration  troubles  and  re- 
percussions of  the  Russo-Japanese  War 
had  given  rise  in  the  United  States  to 
fear  of  a  vague  but  ominous  "Yellow 
Peril."  When  that  had  become  very 
positive,  Pathe  produced  a  film  called 
"Patria,"  in  which  the  villains  were  Japs. 
Then  we  had  our  troubles  with  Villa 
beyond  the  Rio  Grande,  and  public  sen  - 
timent  put  aside  the  Yellow  Peril  in 
favor  of  a  Mexican  menace.  The  pro- 
ducers of  "Patria,"  with  their  ears  to 
the  groimd  for  signs  of  public  preference, 
thereupon  obligingly  changed  their  vill- 
ains to  "greasers." 

In  the  same  deplorable  fashion,  when 
it  finally  became  clear  that  America  was 
anti-German,  most  of  the  procedure 
hastened  to  transform  their  hateful  char- 
acters into  "Huns"  and  "Beasts  of  Ber- 
lin." And  after  the  War  they  just  as 
cheerfully  produced  features  in  which  the 
villains  were  "malefactors  of  great 
wealth"  who  built  fortunes  by  selling 
munitions  at  high  prices  during  the  na- 
tional emergency.  But  then,  most  busi- 
ness men  are  like  that ;  it  is  no  exclusive 
characteristic  of  traders  in  motion  pic- 
tures. In  Revolutionary  days  the  Yankee 
makers  of  fire-irons  profited  handsomely 
from  the  popular  American  desire  to 
spit  on  the  mercenaries  sent  by  George 
III  to  conquer  the  "upstart  colonials," 
by  producing  fire-dogs  in  the  shapes  of 
Hessian  soldiers. 

In  June,  1915,  Pathe  introduced  the 
first  official  war  pictures  from  France, 
edited  by  the  French  Cinematograph 
Chamber  of  Commerce.  In  the  spring  of 
1916  Charles  Urban  arrived  at  New  York 
with  the  first  official  British  pictures 
entitled  "How  Britain  Prepared."  Pathe 
released  these  also,  and  a  couple  of 
months  later  they  were  taken  in  hand  by 
a  new  concern  called  Official  Govern- 
ment Pictures,  Inc.,  headed  by  William 
K.  Vanderbilt. 

In  the  autumn  of  1919,  Count  von 
Bernstoflf,  onetime  German  ambassador 
to  the  United  States,  testified  before  a 
war  inquiry  board  that,  during  the  period 
of  America's  neutrality,  he  had  tried 
vainly  to  persuade  the  German  officials 
to  send  films  to  this  country  to  counter- 
act the  British  eflforts.  Actually  some  had 
come.  In  the  summer  of  1915,  M.  E. 
Claussen,  Edward  Lyell  Fox  and  some 
other  enterprising  New  Yorkers,  had 
founded  the  American  Correspondent  Film 


^ext  Month 

Part  Six  will  concern  early  appli- 
cations of  photography  made 
from  airplanes  and  diving-bells, 
through  microscopes  and  by 
means  of  compressed  action. 
Then  the  reader  is  plunged  sud- 
denly into  the  World  War  to 
witness  the  extraordinary  effect 
of  a  national  emergency  in 
(drawing  the  many  non-theatrical 
loose  ends  together. 

Back  issues  beginning  with  Part 
One  in  the  September  number 
are  still  available. 


Company,  arrangements  being  made  with 
journalists  stationed  by  their  papers  in 
European  danger  zones,  to  have  pho- 
tographed and  sent  to  headquarters  the 
newsiest  films  possible ;  and  this  com- 
pany's first  releases,  appearing  in  No- 
vember, 1915,  had  included  official  Ger- 
man and  Austrian  pictures. 

Politics 

To  all  of  these  proved  advantages  of 
film  propaganda  political  leaders  could 
not  be  indifferent;  and  there  were  many 
attempts  to  profit  from  the  opportunity. 
The  press,  in  1913,  carried  what  surely 
was  an  amusing  hoax,  about  a  small 
French  politician  who  obtained  votes 
with  a  film  showing  him  shaking  hands 
with  all  comers,  kissing  the  babies,  leav- 
ing his  auto  to  assist  an  old  woman  with 
a  load  of  wood,  and  visiting  a  bedridden 
old  man ;  but  the  underlying  thought 
surely  presented  a  workable  formula. 

Compaign  managers  of  Theodore 
Roosevelt's  "Bull  Moose"  party  in  1912, 
arranged  with  General  Film  to  produce 
pictures  of  their  candidate.  Other  films 
of  the  strenuous  ex-President — apparently 
a  collection  of  newsreel  shots  made  by 
Pathe — were  used  by  Hiram  Johnson, 
along  with  his  own  fiery  speeches,  to 
further  the  cause  of  the  Progressive 
Party.  In  that  same  interesting  and  tu- 
multous campaign,  films — not  only 
straight  photographs  but  animated  car- 
toons— were  used  also  to  elect  the  winner, 
Woodrow  Wilson.  It  is  said  that  this 
was  the  first  national  political  campaign 
in  which  propaganda  pictures  had  been 
used;  but  there  must  have  been  many 
persons,  within  earshot  of  the  claim,  who 
remembered  that  in  the  national  election 
campaign  of  1896  motion  pictures  entitled 
"William  McKinley  at  Home"  had  been 
widely  exhibited.  Of  course,  lantern  slides 
had  been  employed  for  like  purposes  for 
years. 

In  January,  1914,  when  universal  fe- 
male suffrage  was  still  an  issue,  the 
Women's  Citizenship  Committee  in  Chi- 
cago, announced  that  films  would  teach 
members  of  their  sex  to  vote  in  the 
spring  elections.  Of  late  years,  to  be 
sure,  the  screen  has  been  used  extensively 
in  even  small  municipal  elections.  Presi- 
dent Taft  never  strongly  favored  cam- 
paign   films,     probably    because    of     the 


unending  caricatures  of  his  stoutness ;  but 
a  far  more  pronounced  conservative,  Cal- 
vin Coolidge.  believed  so  confidently  in 
films  that  he  even  contemplated  the  mak- 
ing of  campaign  speeches  over  De  For- 
est's newly- invented  Phonofilm. 

But  then  Coolidge,  who  is  said  to  have 
been  kept  in  the  presidential  seat,  first 
given  him  by  accident,  largely  because 
he  had  taken  advantage  of  the  new  med- 
ium of  radio  to  talk  intimately  to  citizens 
at  their  own  firesides,  would  naturally 
have  a  high  regard  for  recent  inventions. 
I  myself,  liad  a  hand  in  making  the 
Coolidge  pictures,  having  edited  the  two 
short  subjects  which  were  directed  and 
produced  personally  by  Frank  A.  Tich- 
enor.  They  were  called  "Visiting  'Round 
at  Coolidge  Corners"  and  "Over  the 
Hills  to  Plymouth,"  and  they  were  shown 
in  thousands  of  theatres  over  the  United 
States — the  used  prints  subsequently  be- 
ing given  as  souvenirs  to  faithful  Re- 
publican leaders.  One  of  these  subjects 
contained  the  much  discussed  scenes  of 
Calvin  pitching  hay  on  his  father's  farm. 

ExPRESsi-V    FOR    Schools 

I  HAVE  remarked  that  in  earlier  years 
the  term  "educational"  indicated  to  an 
exhibitor  just  a  kind  of  theatrical  pic- 
ture, and  did  not  necessarily  mean  a 
film  for  school  use.  Thomas  A.  Edison, 
however,  self-made,  self-educated,  had  a 
fond  vision  of  his  marvelous  inxention  in 
the  role  of  a  great  educational  force.  In 
describing  that  vision  he  was  extreme, 
no  doubt,  for  lie  repeatedly  stated  in  his 
interviews  that  films  were  destined  to 
replace  textbooks ;  but,  apart  from  his 
confusion  over  the  respective  functions 
of  a  teacher  and  a  textbook,  he  was  really 
one  of  the  best  friends  educators  have 
ever  had  in  their  w-ork  of  developing  the 
science  of  visual  education.  It  was  Edison 
who  made  some  of  the  very  first  out-and- 
out  school  pictures  ever  to  be  produced 
in  this  country.  On  the  w'hole,  his  at- 
titude toward  the  educational  system  was 
forgiving  and  handsome,  for  as  a  lad 
he  was  thrown  out  of  school  on  the  ground 
that  he  was  too  stupid  to  learn. 

Early  in  1911  the  Edison  Company  an- 
nounced a  series  of  historical  films  to 
cover  important  phases  of  the  American 
Revolution.  The  first,  released  in  July, 
was  entitled  "The  Minute  Man."  Num- 
ber Two,  soon  to  follow,  was  "Ticon- 
deroga."  And  there  were  more.  The  first 
of  another  series,  on  natural  and  physical 
science,  "Crystals :  Their  Making,  Habits 
and  Beauty,"  "produced  under  the  per- 
sonal supervision  of  Mr.  Edison,"  was 
released  early  in  December,  1914. 

Others  forthcoming  were  listed  as, 
"The  Cabbage  Butterfly,"  Cecropia 
Moth,"  "Life  History  of  the  Silkworm," 
"Magnetism"  (in  four  parts),  and  "Mi- 
croscopic Pond  Life."  A  collection  of 
negatives  under  the  same  working  title 
as  the  last-named,  came  into  possession 
of  Erpi  Picture  Consultants,  Inc.,  about 
1932;  but  I  was  assured  then  that  it  was 
not  the  Edison  production.  Six  Edison 
reels,  entitled  ''Magnetism  and  the  Elec- 
tro-Magnet," were  being  released  by 
Kleine  as  late  as  1923. 

(To   be   continued) 


January,   19 }9 


Page    17 


AMONG  OURSELVES 

Notes  from  and  by  the  Department  of  Visual  Instruction,  N.E.A. 


We  Grow  Up 


I  T  IS  iiulccd  licartciiiiig  for  ihose  of  us  interested  in 
lironioting  the  visual  nicdiuni  of  expression,  to  note 
the  tremendous  growtli  of  interest  in  our  field  through- 
out the  coinitry.  We  plan  to  bring  to  your  attention  each 
month  a  resume  of  activities  to  date.  At  this  time  we 
should  like  to  review  briefly  the  growth  and  develop- 
ment of  our  national  organization,  the  Department  of 
Visual  Instruction  of  the  N.E.A. 

The  graph  which  apjx-ars  Mow  will  indicate  at  a 
glance  how  we  came  to  be.  By  way  of  explanation, 
we  should  like  to  describe  briefly  each  of  the  agencies 
listed : 

The  Natiottal  Academy  of  Visual  Instruction  was 
established  in  1920.  Its  first  president  was  Mr.  William 
H.  Dudley  of  the  University  of  Wisconsin.  According 
to  its  prospectus  this  organization  was  established  by 
40  of  the  leading  University  Extension  Divisions  of 
the  country  in  which  film  libraries  had  been  organized. 
Its  |)urpoi>es  read  as  follows:  a)  To  establish  and  main- 
lain  an  organization  thru  which  .schools  and  other  edu- 
cational institutions,  churches,  parent-teacher  associa- 
tions, clubs,  welfare  organizations,  and  other  societies 


p^v.i^LOPm<rnTOFT-H-^  pvi  Of  T«^  n.-^.-fl. 


n.Qvi 

1920 


PVI 

1%3 


PVI 

Of 


PVI 

X\^^L 

Of 

and 

r\k^ 

^f-C 

193a 

1936 

engaged  in  educational  or  semi-educational  work  may 
cooperate  in  furthering  l)etter  jirotluction  of  and  a  more 
intelligent  and  systematic  u.se  of  visual  aids  such  as 
motion  picture  films,  lantern  slides,  charts,  art  collec- 
ticns,  exhibits,  and  models;  b)  To  prosecute  research 
in  visual  instruction  methods  and  materials,  make  edu- 
cational tests,  make  and  publish  observations  on   the 


Conducted  by  the  Editorial  Committee 
Etta  Schneider,  Chairman 


socializing  influence  of  the  'movies,'  etc. ;  c)  To  investi- 
gate sources  of  supply  and  put  members  in  touch  with 
the  best  films  and  slides,  etc.  suited  to  their  purposes 
as  rapidly  as  such  materials  become  available;  d)  To 
maintain  an  authentic  clearing  house  of  information  on 
all  matters  pertaining  to  visual  education,  such  as  pub- 
lications, inventions,  and  discoveries  whose  worth  has 
been  established,  etc. ;  e)  To  devise  metluxls  of  co- 
operative buying,  renting andbargaining;  f)  To  promote 
in  every  way  jjossible  the  knowledge  and  use  of  lietter 
films  and  slides  and  other  visual  education  aids ;  g)  To 
promote  universally  the  cause  of,  and  equipment  for 

visual  instruction  service 

Membership  in  this  Academy  was  limited  to  persons 
affiliated  with  educational  institutions.  For  the  most 
part  these  were  members  of  State  University  Extension 
Dejjartments. 

At  its  first  national  convention,  held  on  the  campus 
of  the  University  of  W^isconsin  in  July  of  1920,  the 
speakers  were  the  Commissioner  of  Education  of  the 
U.  S.  Bureau  of  Education  (P.  P.  Claxton),  and 
Governor  of  Wi.sconsin  (Emanuel  Phillip). 

In  1927  the  Academy  published  a  Visual  Instruction 
Directory.  After  its  merger  with  the  Department  of 
Visual  Instruction,  this  Directory  was  published  under 
the  sponsorship  of  the  latter  organization  (1933). 

The  Visual  Instruction  Association  of  America  was 
organized  in  1922.  Its  first  president  was  Ernest  L. 
Crandall  of  New  York  City.  This  organization  was  to 
serve  the  needs  of  local  directors  of  visual  education, 
especially  those  in  the  East  who  could  not  actively  par- 
ticipate in  the  activities  of  the  "Western-inspired"  Aca- 
demy of  Visual  Instruction.  Representatives  from  com- 
mercial companies  were  encouraged  to  take  active  part 
in  this  organization,  which  the  Academy  did  not  per- 
mit. Two  handbooks  on  visual  instruction,  published 
by  the  Association,  were  distributed  without  charge. 

After  the  fusion  of  the  Academy  with  the  N.E.A. 
Department  of  Visual  Instruction,  the  Association  con- 
tinued to  operate  as  a  separate  organization.  However, 
in  1932  it  applied  for  affiliation  with  the  Department 
and  has  more  or  less  retained  its  identity  as  the  Metro- 
politan Branch  of  the  D.  V.  I. 

The  Visual  Instruction  Department  of  the  National 
Education  Association  was  establisiied  upon  the  recom- 
mendation of  a  Committee  on  Visual  Education  in 
1923.  Its  first  president  was  H.  B.  Wilson.  Through 
this  group  there  was  greater  opportunity  for  classroom 
teachers  and  other  educational  workers  to  study  the 
possibilities  for  visual  instruction. 

One  of  the  most  ini|X)rtant  contributions  of  the  De- 
partment has  been  its  leadership  in  the  W'ood-Freeman 


Page    18 


The  Educational  Screen 


experiments,  which  Eastman  Kodak  Company  financed. 
After  fifteen  years  the  Department  is  still  active  in 
promoting  the  ideals  set  forth  by  its  predecessors.  Its 
members  have  done  much  to  promote  a  wholesome  in- 
terest in  the  educational  values  of  visual  aids.  It  is 
perhaps  time,  however,  that  certain  of  the  original  ob- 
jectives should  be  revised  to  meet  changing  educational 
needs.    This  is  a  problem  for  the  immediate  future. 

The  Association  of  School  Film  Libraries  was  estab- 
lished early  in  the  Fall  of  1938,  under  the  sponsorship 
of  the  American  Council  on  Education's  Motion  Pic- 
ture Project,  with  a  grant  from  the  General  Education 
Board.  Its  director  is  Fanning  Hearon,  recently  of  the 
U.  S.  Department  of  the  Interior  Film  Division.  It 
has  as  its  chief  purpose  the  creation  of  a  systematic 
channel  for  distributing  non-theatrical  films  on  a  non- 
profit basis,  faintly  reminiscent  of  the  1920  objective  of 
the  early  National  Academy  of  Visual  Instruction,  'to 
devise  methods  of  cooperative  buying,  renting  and 
bargaining.' 

In  close  connection  with  the  Association,  there  has 
been  established  an  American  Film  Center  under  the 
direction  of  Mr.  Hearon,  Donald  Slesinger,  and  Alice 
V.  Keliher,  through  which  producers  of  motion  pictures 
will  be  advised  and  directed  along  educationally  de- 
sirable lines. 


PROGRAM 

DEPARTMENT  OF  VISUAL  INSTRUCTION 

Annual  Convention  of  the  American  Association  of 
School  Administrators 

February  27— March  1,  1939,  Cleveland,  Ohio 
Department  Headquarters — Hotel  Carter 

Monday,  February  27,  1939 

1.  Regi.-;tration — Blue   Room,   Hotel   Carter 

2.  Opening  Luncheon,    1 :00  P.   M.— Hotel   Carter 

3.  General  Meeting,  2:00  P.  M.— Ball  Room.  Hotel 
Carter 

The   Stiperintciuient   of  Schools  Looks  at    P'isual 
Instruction 

A  symposium   by   representative  superintend- 
ents of  schools. 

4.  Dinner    Meeting.    6:30    P.    M. — Rainbow    Room, 
Hotel  Carter 

Greetings  by  Dr.  Reuben  A.  Shaw,  President  of  the 
National  Education  Association 

Motion    pictures   and    filmslides    of    the    New 

York  City  meeting  of  the   N.E.A.   will  be 

shown. 


Query  of  the  Month 

In  this  issue  we  should  like  to  initiate  some  discus- 
sion among  our  members  regarding  issues  or  problems 
over  which  there  appears  to  be  difference  of  opinion. 
Please  communicate  with  the  chairman  of  the  Edi- 
torial Committee,  so  that  your  judgment  on  the  question 
may  be  printed  next  month. 

A  recent  news  item  in  a  Sunday  edition  of  one  of 
America's  greatest  newspapers  stated  that  there  are 
no  good  educational  films  on  the  market.  Perhaps  the 
author  of  this  article  has  a  new  product  to  launch,  and 
is  quick  to  assert  that  his  films  are  the  best  ever  made. 

In  the  light  of  your  experience  with  motion  pictures 
for  education,  do  you  agree  that  there  are  no  good  edu- 
cational films  on  the  market? 

New  Jersey  Visual  Meeting 

The  New  Jersey  Visual  Education  Association  held 
an  "Exhibit-Conference-Demonstration"  on  Audio- 
Visual  Aids  in  Education  at  State  Teachers  College, 
Jersey  City,  Monday,  January  16,  1939.  A  half-hour 
of  conferences  and  clinics  on  "Uses  of  Visual  Aids  in 
the  Subjects  of  the  Curriculum"  preceded  the  regular 
program  which  covered  the  following  topics :  "Advant- 
ages of  the  New  Type  Stereographs,"  "Movies  of  the 
Making  of  Home-Made  Glass  Slides,"  "Modern  Uses 
for  Opaque  Projection,"  "Review  of  a  Recent  Teach- 
ing Sound  Film,"  and  "Stepping  up  Silent  Movies — 
Scenes  taken  in  Picturesque  China." 

Dr.  Walter  F.  Robinson,  President,  N.  J.  Visual 
Education  Association,  presided  as  chairman  of  the 
meeting. 


Tuesday,  February  28,  1939 

1.  General   Meeting,   9:30   -    12:00  noon — Ballroom, 
Hotel  Carter 

Demonstration  of  Nezv  and  Significant  Visual  Aids 

This  will  include  materials  suitable  for  social 

science,    natural    science,    primary    reading, 

and  other  subjects  on  the  elementary,  junior 

high.senior  high,  and  college  level. 

2.  Inforn^al  Luncheon,   12 :30— Hotel  Carter   ($1.25) 

3.  Business  Meeting,  2:00  P.  M. 

Reports  of  Committees,  etc. 

4.  Dinner   Meeting 

Wednesday,  March  1,  1939 

1.  General  Meeting,  9:30  -  12:00  noon 

The  School  Journey  As  an  Aid  to  Instruction 
Speaker:  Mr.  S.  B.  Zisman,  Texas  A.  and  M. 
College  "Studying  Community  Resources 
through  the  School  Journey" 
Opportunities  for  school  journeys  will  be  pro- 
vided through  visits  to  outstanding  points 
of  interest  in  Cleveland. 

2.  Luncheon  Meeting,  12:30— Hotel  Carter   ($1.25) 

Jointly    with    the    Department    of    Secondary 
Education  of  the  N.E.A. 

3.  Joint  Meeting  with  the  Department  of  Secondary 
Education— 2 :00  P.  M. 

Visual  Education  In  Secondary  Schools 

Speaker:  Dr.  A.  J.  Stoddard,  Superintendent 

of  Schools,  Denver,  Colo. 
New   motion   pictures   for   education   will    be 
shown. 


January,    19  }9 


Page    19 


EDITORIAL 


A  New  Project  For  Evaluation  of  Educational  Films 


TIIK  national  tcacliiiiK  sitiiatinii  today,  with  specilic 
regard  to  tlie  use  of  motion  picture  films,  is  as 
follows:  (1)  There  are  thousands  of  "educa- 
tional films"'  available  from  several  hundred  sources ; 
(2)  these  films  are  of  very  uneven  value  for  teaching 
puqioses ;  (3)  and  out  of  these  thousands  of  films, 
thousands  of  teachers  are  selecting  from  ten  to  a  hun- 
dred films  annually  for  classroom  use — are  often  making 
these  selections,  perforce,  without  adequate  data  at 
hand  for  determining  value — and  results,  therefore, 
are  all  too  frequently  disapjwinting.  The  primary  need 
in  such  a  situation  is  for  significant  and  trustworthy 
evaluations  of  existing  films,  and  of  new  films  as  they 
appear,  which  will  promptly  reduce  and  ultimately 
eliminate  guesswork  in  film  selection  for  teachers, 
schools  and  school  systems.  .\  substantial  fraction  of 
American  teachers  have  the  benefit  of  an  efficient  State 
or  City  bureau  of  visual  instruction  which  does  the 
evaluation  and  selection  for  them,  but  the  great  ma- 
jority of  classrooms  must  still  endure  the  trial-and-error 
method. 

This  vital  need  for  film  evaluation  has  been  keenly 
felt  for  years.  Resolutions,  proposals,  plans,  projects, 
conmiittees,  with  countless  "score  cards,"  rise  and  fall 
like  the  tides,  but  anything  like  a  national  service  within 
reach  of  the  teachers  seems  to  be  still  unrealized.  The 
two  chief  difficulties  in  the  problem  are,  first,  to  secure 
evaluations  more  meaningful  and  reliable  than  any  in- 
dividual's opinion  and,  second,  to  make  these  evaluations 
readily  accessible  to  the  teaching  rank-and-file  through- 
out the  country.  Full  solution  of  a  problem  of  this 
magnitude  will  require  a  systematic  effort  more  power- 
fully financed  than  any  yet  made.  But  The  Educa- 
tional Screen  now  has  a  project  under  way  which  it 
believes  will  prove  of  immediate  value  to  the  field  and 
a  definite  step  toward  ultimate  solution  of  the  problem. 

Preparations  Completed 

THE  plan  involves  (1)  gathering  concise  evaluations 
of  educational  films  by  teachers  as  they  actually 
use  them  in  classroom  or  auditorium,  (2)  achiev- 
ing thereby  a  steadily  larger  consensus  of  professional 
opinion  on  each  film,  (3)  deriving  therefrom  an  average 
judgment  that  will  constitute  the  truest  possible  evalu- 
ation of  the  film  as  a  teaching  tool,  and  (4)  keeping 
these  cumulative  results  regularly  and  easily  available 
to  the  teaching  profession  throughout  the  country. 

The  essential  first  step  was  to  devise  a  "score  card" 
that  would  not  be  an  endurance  test — that  could  be 
filled  out  with  minimum  eflfort  and  in  three  minutes 
average  time  by  a  figfure  or  two  and  the  mere  under- 
lining of  italicized  words — and  yet  yield  data  of  real 
value.    To  accomptany  the  card,  a  full  presentation  of 


the  plan,  detailed  explanations  of  questions,  and  direc- 
tions for  procedure  were  prepared. 

The  full  material  in  printed  form  was  then  submitted 
for  critical  reaction  to  some  twenty  leading  directors 
and  executives  of  State  and  City  visual  bureaus  circu- 
lating tens  of  thousands  of  reels  annually  to  their 
schools.  Such  bureaus,  having  already  "evaluated"  with 
extreme  care  the  films  in  their  own  libraries,  might  be 
expected  to  consider  further  evaluating  to  be  of  doubt- 
ful value.  The  reaction,  however,  was  beyond  our  most 
sanguine  expectations.  A  nearly  complete  response  not 
only  showed  practical  unanimity  in  approval  of  the 
plan  but  the  majority  expressed  enthusiasm  for  seeing 
it  put  in  operation.  Most  helpful  comments  and  sug- 
gestions were  included.  All  promised  the  cooperation 
we  asked.  Several  offered  much  more  than  we  asked, 
and  it  will  be  gratefully  accepted.  The  result  fortifies 
our  confidence  that  the  project  has  genuine  worth  for 
the  visual  field  as  a  whole  and  it  therefore  starts  now, 
January,  1939. 

The  Working  Plan 

IT  IS  planned  as  a  national,  cooperative  effort — 
evaluation  of  films  by  Teachers,  costs  and  handling 
by  The  Educational  Screen.  Any  teacher  using 
films  in  classroom  or  auditorium,  in  any  subject  or 
grade,  is  invited  to  join  the  work.  The  cooperation 
between  teacher  and  magazine  is  clearcut : 

The  teacher  fills  out  a  card  for  each  film  as  used,  and 
mails  it  without  cost  or  further  obligation. 

The  Magazine  supplies  the  cards,  (Business  Reply), 
in  booklets  of  ten,  with  full  explanations  and  directions 
accompanying ;  pays  return  postage ;  files  all  returns 
permanently,  with  guide  card  for  each  film  behind 
which  all  cards  on  that  film  w^ill  accumulate ;  analyzes, 
averages,  tabulates  and  prints  the  findings  in  monthly 
issues  of  the  magazine  and  in  the  next  annual  edition 
of  "1000  and  One  Films"  (Septemlx-r,  1939). 

Next — Action! 

SUCCESS  of  the  project  will  hinge  entirely  upon  the 
simple  but  vital  cooperation  by  the  teachers.  The 
supreme  inducement  for  such  volunteer  service 
must  necessarily  be  the  satisfaction  of  pioneering  in  a 
service  of  such  indubitable  value  to  the  nation's 
schools,  both  immediate  and  jwtential. 

//  you  are  a  teacher  using  films,  tell  us  by  postal 
that  you  will  join  the  national  effort.  Full  material  will 
be  sent  to  you  at  once,  prepaid. 

//  you  are  an  official  in  charge  of  few  or  many 
schools,  let  us  tell  you  how  heads  of  other  school  sys- 
tems are  coojierating  in  the  project. 

//  voii  know  of  teachers  actively  using  films,  send  us 
their  names  and  we  will  invite  their  cooperation  by 
letter.  Nelson  L.  Greenb. 


Page   20 


The  Educational  Screen 


NEWS  AND   NOTES 


\eLHi 


ptier 


no 


IdL 


lon^    on    ^LaitLtica-n 


iTicant    Xi 


outa^   and   eventi^   in    tlic    vnuuL    tuLA,. 
Conducted  by  Josephine  Hoffman 


2. 


3. 


Audio- Visual  Aids  in  English 

A  committee  of  Newark  English  teachers,  under  the 
chairmanship  of  \\'illiam  Lewin,  has  prepared  the  fol- 
lowing six-point  plan  for  the  development  of  audio- 
visual aids  in  connection  with  a  revision  of  the  Newark 
course  of  study  in  English : 

1.  That  there  be  a  permanent  advisory  committee  on 
the  evaluation  of  new  audio-visual  materials  to  be 
used  in  the  teaching  of  English. 
That  audio-visual  materials  be  segregated  and 
classified  in  relation  to  subject-matter  areas,  so 
that  teachers  may  know  exactly  what  aids  are 
available  in  each  of  the  units  of  instruction. 
That  the  field  be  defined  to  include  photoplays, 
stage  plays,  radio  programs,  lantern  slides,  maps 
(including  literary  maps,  outline  maps,  etc.),  wall 
pictures,  charts,  models,  film  strips  (picturols,  film 
slides  and  still  films),  phonograph  records  and 
phonographs,  speakophones,  natural  objects  to  illus- 
trate references  in  literature,  field  trips,  miniature 
pictures  for  notebooks,  vocal  solos  and  instrumental 
aids  needed  to  correlate  music  and  poetry,  period 
costumes,  period  objects,  photographs,  pictorial 
magazines,  rotogravure  section,  bulletin  boards, 
and  blackboards. 

That  emphasis  be  placed  on  pupil  activity— pupils 
to  operate  motion-picture  projectors,  stereopticons, 
phonographs,  etc. ;  pupils  to  develop  the  use  of 
bulletin  boards,  to  make  their  own  lantern  slides, 
charts,  posters,  etc. 

That  a  permanent,  but  ever-changing,  exhibit  of 
new  and  standard  audio-visual  materials  and  de- 
vices be  maintained  in  the  department  of  visual 
instruction  and  that  a  traveling  exhibit  of  such  ma- 
terials be  routed  through  the  schools. 


4. 


5. 


WANTED 

The    following    back    issues 
of    EDUCATIONAL    SCREEN 

1928:     April.   October 

1929:     April,  May 

1930:     February.  March.  October 

February,  March.  April.  May,  June,  September, 

October 

January.    February.    March,    April,    May.    June, 

December 
1933:     February,  May.  September.  October.  November. 

December 

January,  February,  May.  June.  September 

January.    February.    March.    April.    May.    June. 

September 
1936:     January.    February,    Mar<-h,    April,    May.    June, 

September.  December 
1937:     January.   October 

If  any  of  our  readers  have  these  issues 
to  spare,  we  will  pay  a  fair  price  for 
all  copies  received  in  good  condition. 

EDUCATIONAL  SCREEN'chUtV" 


1931: 


1932: 


1934: 
1935: 


6.  That  a  frontier  group  within  the  committee  be 
assigned  to  investigate  new  sources  of  materials, 
new  methodologies,  and  new  techniques  in  this 
field,  with  a  view  to  keeping  teachers  informed  of 
the  rapid  develo]Mnent  of  new  aids  and  of  places 
where  good  work  in  this  field  may  be  seen. 

Motion  Picture — Consumer  Education  Program 

The  Department  of  Commerce  has  undertaken  to 
sponsor  and  provide  national  distribution  for  a  series 
of  talking  pictures  dramatizing  the  aims,  processes, 
achievements,  and  ideals  of  American  industry,  and  the 
contribution  of  industry  to  our  national  development. 
These  programs  will  consist  chiefly  of  feature  films  on 
industrial  subjects  such  as  "Aircraft,"  "Aleat  Pack- 
ing," "Automobiles,"  "Construction,"  "Clothing,"  "Of- 
fice Equipment,"  "Canning."  "Glass  making."  "Insur- 
ance," etc.  There  will  be  industries  which  will  warrant 
briefer  stories  of  one  and  two  reels. 

The  Department  plans  with  the  assistance  of  the 
U.  S.  Chamber  of  Commerce  and  its  affiliated  Chambers 
and  other  business  organizations,  to  set  up  in  each 
city  a  permanent  Committee  on  Consumer  Education 
to  sponsor  the  showing  of  these  pictures  to  consumer 
groups  in  all  cities.  These  film  subjects  will  also  be 
supplied  to  schools,  clubs,  churches,  and  other  groups 
using  films. 

Historical  Film  for  1939  Fairs 

More  than  2,000,000  feet  of  film  has  been  screened 
to  select  material  for  use  in  a  motion  picture  on  Ameri- 
can history  to  be  exhibited  at  the  New  York  and  San 
Francisco  Fairs,  according  to  an  announcement  by 
\\'ill  H.  Hays,  President  of  the  Motion  Picture  Pro- 
ducers and  Distributors  of  America.  When  it  is  com- 
pleted this  feature-length  picture  will  present  a  graphic 
story  of  the  highlights  of  American  history  as  the 
Motion  Picture  Industry's  exhibit  at  the  New  York 
World's  Fair.  The  picture  will  be  shown  in  the 
Federal  Building  at  the  Fair  under  the  auspices  of  the 
United  States  Commission,  of  which  Edward  J.  Flynn 
is  U.  S.  Commissioner.  Another  pictorial  history,  which 
will  emphasize  the  development  of  the  West,  is  being 
made  for  similar  exhibition  at  the  1939  International 
Golden  Gate  Exposition  in  San  Francisco.  From  the 
vast  amount  of  film  available,  211  feature  photoplays 
and  24  short  subjects  were  selected  as  likely  source 
material.  The  final  picture  will  be  assembled  in  fifteen 
main  episodes  as  outlined  by  Dr.  James  T.  Shotwell, 
director  of  the  Division  of  Economics  and  His'.ory  of 
the  Carnegie  Endowment  for  International  Peace.  Al- 
though the  outline  was  prepared  without  any  reference 
to  available  film,  the  committee  has  found  such  a  wealth 
of  material  in  films  already  made  that  it  will  be  neces- 
sary to  produce  few  new  sequences. 


January,    19}9 

Indiana  Plans  Regional  Conferences 

A  comniittfc  lium  ilic  \  isual  Instruction  section 
of  the  Indiana  Teachers'  Association  met  in  Indian- 
apohs  on  Saturday.  Deceml)er  10.  Mr.  Virgil  Mul- 
lins.  State  Director  of  School  Insjjection  provided  a 
nu-ctinfj  ])Iace  and  assisted  in  every  way  jxissihle  to 
make  the  meeting  a  successs.  \  tentative  program  made 
out  by  the  committee  provides  for  two  regional  con- 
ferences to  l)e  licld  in  Lafayette  and  Bloomington.  The 
jirograms  are  to  consist  mainly  of  demonstrations  of 
tlic  use  of  visual  aids  in  the  classroom.  Regular  classes 
will  lie  taught  hy  classroom  teachers  thus  affording  visit- 
ing teachers  the  opportunity  for  the  observation  of 
regular  school  work  with  the  effective  u.se  of  audio- 
visual aids.  Ray  J?.  Linville  and  I'rof.  Justus  Rising 
are  in  charge  of  the  Lafayette  meeting.  Pauline  Ellis 
and  Loren  .Xshbaucher  assume  leadership  for  the 
Bloomington  con  f erence. 

The  commif.ee  also  formulated  plans  whereby  they 
hope  to  make  the  Indiana  Visual  Instruction  group  an 
affiliated  organization  with  the  Visual  Instruction  De- 
partment of  the  National  Education  Association. 

Oklahoma  Progress 

With  an  all  time  high  of  500  Iwokings  of  16  milH- 
mcter  films  during  the  month  of  Novemljer,  the  depart- 
ment of  visual  education  of  the  extension  division  of 
the  University  of  Oklahoma  is  feeling  a  need  for  a 
larger  and  more  complete  collection  of  visual  aids, 
Royd  Gunning,  department  director,  announces. 

The  more  than  400  reels  of  films  that  made  up  these 
bookings  are  listed  and  described  in  detail  in  the  new- 
illustrated  visual  education  bulletin  tiiat  is  just  off  press. 
Among  these  educational  sound  motion  pictures,  17 
subject  matter  areas  covered  include  primary,  second- 
arv  and  college  levels. 

Since  beginning  of  school,  the  department  has  photo- 
graphed hundreds  of  athletic  and  general  activity 
events.  Continuing  his  explanation  of  the  new  produc- 
tion unit  of  the  department.  Gunning  says  that  they 
have  been  working  on  two  or  three  motion  picture 
films.  The  one  nearest  completion  is  a  nursery  school 
film  produced  in  cooperation  with  the  school  of  home 
economics. 

Bell  &  Howell  Visual  Education  Forum 

406  prominent  educators  and  principals  of  Chicago 
area  schools  assembled  during  December  as  guests  of 
Rell  &  Howell  Company.  The  event  was  an  invitational 
to  Chicago's  first  Visual  Education  Forum,  following 
the  i«ittern  originated  by  Bell  &  Howell  on  the  West 
Coast  and  carried  out  successfully  in  various  other 
sections  of  the  country. 

Prominent  educators  apjjearing  as  speakers  were,  in 
program  order:  Guest  speaker,  Dr.  Harvey  B.  Lemon, 
Professor  of  Physics  and  Director,  Introductory  Gen- 
eral Course  Physical  Science,  University  of  Chicago ; 
Paul  G.  Edwards.  Director,  Science  and  Visual  In- 
struction. Chicago  Board  of  Education;  Mrs.  R.  M. 
McClure.  President.  Better  Films  Council  of  Chicago- 
land  ;  E.  C.  Waggoner,  Director.  Science  and  Visual  In- 
struction, Elgin  High  Schot)l ;  J.  C.  Hansen.  Chief,  Bu- 


Page  21 


y  [Jew 
Ui Altai    J eackii^a  aiJi 

the  Spencer 
Delineascope 


J  HE  Spencer  Model  MK  Delineascope  is  an 
entirely  new  development  —  a  quality  projector 
of  exceptional  efficiency,  yet  of  compact  size. 
Best  of  all,  it  is  moderately  priced  —  only  $22.50. 

Its  Spencer  optical  system  projects  images  of 
B  uniform  brilliance  and  clarity  heretofore  pos- 
Bible  only  with  higher  priced  projectors. 

You  will  find  in  this  instrument,  special  ad- 
vantages of  design  and  construction,  which  make 
possible  the  addition  of  attachments  for  project- 
ing roll  film  and  for  viewing  strip  film  before 
making  slides. 

Film  protection  is  assured.  A  large,  well  ven- 
tilated lamp  house  keeps  the  equipment  cool 
enough  to  handle  at  all  times.  This  new  pro- 
jector is  ideal  for  the  classroom,  home  or  club. 

To  appreciate  the  full  value  of  this  new 
delineascope,  you   must  see   it   in   use. 

Write  Dept.  N12  for  a  demonstration  and  descriptive  literature. 

Spencer  Lens  Company 


MICROSCOPES  '*— ^^^' 

MICROTOMES 

PHOTOMICROGRAPH  10 

EQUIPMENT  BUFFALO.    N.    Y. 


REFRACTOMETERS 

COLORIMETERS 

SPECTROMETERS 

PROJECTORS 


Page   22 


The  Educational  Screen 


Show  The  Right  Way 

With  PICTUROLS 


And  This  Handy 
Easily  Carried 


WW  Tri-hir/fose 
PROJECTOR 


Save  time,  add  interest  to  lectures  and  make  every  subject 
clearer  by  visualizing  facts  with  S.  V.  E.  Picturols.  These 
convenient  rolls  of  35  mm.  film  contain  series  of  still  pictures, 
which  can  be  projected  life  size  with  the  compact,  easily 
carried  S.  V.  E.  Tri-Purpose  Projector.  The  Tri-Purpose  unit 
shows  not  only  the  standard  S.  V.  E.  Picturols  from  the 
S.  V.  E.  library  but  also  other  filmslides  including  those  made 
with  ordinary  miniature  cameras.  The  projector  takes  both 
single    and    double    frame    film. 

In  addition  the  Tri-Purpose  has  a  slide  carrier  for  showing 
black  and  white,  or  Kodachrome  or  Dufaycolor  transparencies 
mounted  in  2"  by  2"   glass  slides. 

Write  today  for  catalog  containing  the  world's  largest  listing 
of  Picturols  and  filmslides  and  literature  on  S.  V.  E.  Tri- 
Purpose  and  other  projectors. 

SOCIETY    FOR    VISUAL    EDUCATION,    INC. 

Manufacturers,  Producers  and  Distributors  of  Visual  Aids 
Dept.    TES.    327    S.    LaSalle    St..    Chicago.    III. 


"P  I  ]V  O  C  C  H  I  O" 

A    7-reel,     16mm    sound-on-film    motion    picture    pro- 
duced especially  for  showing  in  schools,  churches,  etc. 
State    rights    now   available   to    qualified    distributors. 
TOWER  PRODUCTIONS.  INC. 

3337    Wilshire    Blvd.,    Los    Angeles,    Calif. 


Make    Your   Own   Ground    Glass    Slides 

easily  and  quickly,  by  using  GLASSIVE.  an  abrasive  which  makes 
ground  glass  slides  from  plain  cover  glass  for  only  a  fraction 
of  a  cent  each !     50c  package. 

For  Non-Photographic  Slides 

tlse  CELLOSLIDE.  Has  many  uses — for  enlarging  illustrative  ma- 
terials, for  making  song  slides,  announcements,  cheers,  etc.  Elimi- 
nates necessity  of  writing  on  glass.     500  sheets  for  $1.00. 

TK  ACHING       AIDS       SERVICE 

JAMAICA    PLAIN  MASSACHUSETTS 


New  Ifimin  s  -  o  -  t  Traveltalks 
"WASHIRTGTOIV,  the  ]\ation's  Capitol" 
*'CITY     OF     PROUD     inEMORIES" 

(CHARLESTON,  S.  C.) 
Send  for  catalogue  of  rental  films 

Lewis      Film      Service 

105    EAST    1st    ST.,    WICHITA,    KANSAS 


College,   High  School,  Grade   Teachers 

We  Place  You  In  The  Better  Positions 

a  Our  Territory  Middle  West  and   West  < 


Roc/<rAfr  Teachers 


z  4IU  u.  d.   Nat.   BanK  Didg.,    Denver,   Colo. 

3  WM.    RUFFER,    Ph.D.,    Manager 

MINNEAPOLIS,    MINN..    Plymouth   Bldg.,    A.    Gloor,    A. 
Largest,  Most  Successful  Agency  in  the  West 


u" 


SCO 


Mgr. 


reau  of  Visual  Instruction,  University  of  Wisconsin; 
Donald  Bean.  University  of  Chicago  Press ;  and  P.  W. 
Fitzwater.  Science  Department,  Lake  View  High  School, 
Chicago.  The  talks,  including  impromptu  comments 
by  Chicago  Board  of  Education  President  James  B. 
Mulcahey,  covered  all  phases  of  Visual  Education  and 
the  need  for  its  continuance  and  amplification  in  schools 
everywhere. 

.\  much  commented  upon  variation  in  the  program 
was  the  premier  showing  of  the  new  Bell  &  Howell 
sound  film  How  Motion  Pictures  Move  and  Talk. 
Later  the  Erpi  film  Bring  the  World  to  the  Classroom 
furnished  another  interesting  picture  interlude. 

Near  the  close  of  the  meeting  Mr.  Bean  anticipated 
the  closing  remarks  of  Bell  &  Howell's  F.  G.  Roberts 
by  suggesting  that  the  Visual  Education  Forum  be 
taken  over  by  the  educators  themselves,  making  it  a 
permanent  educators'  organization  holding  an  annual 
Midwest  meeting.  Mr.  Roberts  confirmed  this  sugges- 
tion as  summing  up  Bell  &  Howell's  purpose  in  conduct- 
ing the  first  Chicago  forum.  The  meeting  closed  upon 
the  probability  that  the  Visual  Education  Forum  for 
the  Cen'.ral  West  would  be  perpetuated  along  the  lines 
suggested,  and  enthusiastically  approved  by  all  in  at- 
tendance. 

A  Visual  Program  for 
Vocational  Schools 

(Concluded  from  page  7) 

Regular  Visual-library  films  are  scheduled  for  one 
week,  while  the  out-of-town  films  are  scheduled  on  de- 
finite days,  and  are  returned  on  specific  dates.  All  films 
received  are  listed  on  the  Daily  Bulletin  to  the  teachers. 
Special  industrial  films  (silent  and  sound)  of  general 
interest  to  combined  groups  are  also  shown  in  the  audi- 
torium, when  the  sealing  capacity  of  the  lecture  room 
is  inadequate.  The  students  from  thirty  shops  receive 
their  related  work  from  nine  related  teachers,  or  in 
combination  groupings,  where  the  trade  subjects  are 
closely  associated.  These  larger  groups  see  special  sound 
pictures  in  the  auditorium  during  academic  week.  .Shop 
teachers  also  use  selected  films  and  exhibit  them  in  the 
shop  lecture  room,  located  in  the  shop  building. 
Extra  Curricular  Use 

One  educational,  and  occasionally  two  feature  pic- 
tures, of  one  hour  length,  are  supplied  by  the  Visualiza- 
tion Department  for  assembly  programs  each  month. 
These  feature  pictures  are  chosen  for  their  cultural,  his- 
torical, and  educational  content,  to  balance  the  industrial 
and  technical  films  used  in  the  classrooms.  The  Frick 
Education  Commission  supplies  one  guest  speaker  each 
month,  leaving  two  assembly  dates  open  for  school  pro- 
grams. 

Student  Activities  Use 

One  feature  picture,  strictly  entertaining,  is  booked 
every  month  by  the  school  for  Activities  fund-raising 
purposes,  since  no  appreciable  receipts  are  derived  from 
athletics.  The  student  enrollment  and  turnover  in  the 
Vocational  Schools  permit  only  Varsity  participation  in 
Junior  Soccer ;  Senior  Swimming,  Golf  and  Basketball, 
with  other  Pittsburgh  High  Schools.  Football — -gen- 
erally the  major  source  of  revenue — has  been  found  to 
be  too  expensive,  and  the  competition  with  four-year 


January,   19  }9 


Page  23 


THE     OUTSTANDING     TRAVEL     SUBJECTS 
"PORT  O'  CALL"  FILMS 

Produced   by   Deane   H.   Dickason 
Noted  Lecturer  and  Traveler 

AVAILABLE  IN  16  MM. 
SOUIVU  SILE]\T 

POST    PICTURES    CORP. 

723  Seventh  Ave.  New  York  City 


VICTOR  REFUSED 

to  ^^Xe^  MreJJ  enouffh  alone'' 


standard  lligli  Schools  unequal  on  a  basis  of  yearly 
attendance  and  development.  Another  factor  eliminat- 
ing the  use  of  our  older  atid  e.\iH!rienced  students  is  our 
Cooperative  Employment  system,  rendering  these  stu- 
dents physically  unable  to  compete,  and  unavailable 
during  the  two-week  period  at  work.  Activities  tickets 
are  purchased  on  the  installment  plan  and  no  monies 
are  received  at  the  auditorium  doors.  These  tickets 
jjermit  students  to  attend  all  basketljall  and  soccer 
games,  see  feature  movies,  and  receive  the  school  news- 
paper. Practically  all  funds  are  raised  through  motion 
])ictures. 

Administrative  Use 

One  of  the  real  problems  of  the  modem  High  School 
is  the  noon  lunch  period,  with  its  characteristic  loiter- 
ing and  congestion  of  corridors  and  hallways.  This 
problem  was  solved  several  years  ago  at  Connelley  with 
the  introduction  of  noon  moving  pictures  during  the  last 
ten  minutes  of  the  lunch  period.  Several  of  the  large 
Junior  and  Senior  High  Schools,  in  Pittsburgh,  are 
now  showing  noon  movies  to  eliminate  this  congestion. 
The  idea  originated  at  Connelley. 

This  entire  visual  program  now  serving  the  school 
in  four  distinct  ways,  requires  the  services  of  the  fol- 
lowing teachers  and  shop  instructors  to  suf)ervise  the 
ordering,  receiving,  shipping,  bulletin  notices,  operation 
and  maintenance  of  all  films,  projection  and  sound 
equipment. 

1.   Preliminary  requisitions 

Completed  requisition 

Receiving,     checking,     and 

bulletin  to  teachers 

Projection  maintenance  and 

service,  also  16mm-sound 
5.  Sound  equipment 


Related  teachers 
Director  of  Activities 
Mr.  Fogg  and  movie 

crew 
Movie  crews  from 

Electric  Power  Shop 
Mr.  Black  and  Sound 


crew 


(Western  Electric)  also 

35mm-sound 
6.  Scoring  and  forms 

(Curricular) 
7  Scoring  features,  serials, 

and  news  reels 

8.  Film  projection  supervisors 
(35mm  films) 

9.  Awards  to  Movie  and  Sound 
Crews  for  service  rendered 
(Monogrammed  emblems 
designating  service) 

The  writer  submits  this  mere  outline  as  evidence  that 
definite  organization  contributes  greatly  to  the  effective 
functioning  of  a  visual  program  in  a  public  school. 


Mr.  Fogg 

Director  of  Activities 

Mr.   McKerahan  and 

Mr.  Evancho 
Director  of  Activities 


So,     THE     WORLD'S     MOST     WIDELY     USED 
16    MM    SOUND    PROJECTOR    GETS    A 

New,  Super  Endurance  *Mechanismi 

ANIMATAPHONE  Leadership  dates  from  al- 
most the  very  beginning  of  16  mm  sound.  Con- 
tinuation of  that  leadership  has  been  made 
secure,  for  LOOKING  AHEAD,  Victor  has  cre- 
ated for  TODAY'S  16  MM  PROJECTOR  USERS 
a  Super-Endurcmce 'Mechanism  that  anticipates 
the  performance  demands  of  the  future! 

Not  only  does  this  epoch-making  advcmce  in 
mechanism  design  provide  definite  assurance 
of  UNPRECEDENTED  PERFORMANCE,  but  it 
dwarfs  service  and  parts-replacement  problems 
to  a  mere  nothing  I  A  five  year  study  of  servic- 
ing records  and  user  reports  ...  on  machines 
definitely  known  to  have  seen  greater  than 
average  use  .  .  .  served  as  the  guiding  influence 
in  the  creation  of  this  new  Master  'Mechanism. 

New  EFFICIENCY  — Greater  ENDURANCE 
to  MORE  than  meet  modern-user  needs 
for    heavier    duty    Projection    Equipment 

*     *     • 

Jatt  a  few  of  the  hiehlights  of  VICTOR'S 
new  SUPER  ENDURANCE  MECHANISM  arot 

FEWER  MOVING  PARTS  .  .  .  "STRIP-PROOF"  GEARS 
.  .  .  UFE-TIME  BEARINGS  that  nood  NO  OILING  ...  300 
PERCENT  STRONGER  CAM-ASSEMBLY  ...  NO  FUCKER 
even  at  sub-normal  speeds  .  .  .  INCREASED  FLATNESS 
OF  FIELD  without  loss  of  light  .  .  .  INCREASED 
SMOOTHNESS  and  CLARITY  in  sound  reproduction  due 
to  Improvements  in  Filter  and  Optics. 

So  ...  UP  goes  the  efficiency  curve  and  DOWN  goes 
the  upkeep  cost— if  you  choose  the  new  ANIMATOPHONE 
.  .  .  priced  at  $275  upl  Demonstrations,  without  obligation, 
gladly  arranged.  Write  today  I 

*  Available  now  in  the  New,  Improved  Model  ii, 
31  and  }6  Animatophonei.  Soon  available  in  all 
Animatopbones  and  VICTOR  SILENT  Projectors. 


VICTOR    ANIMATOGRAPH    CORPORATION 

DAVENPORT.  IOWA 
Chicago  Los  Angeles  N«r  Yorit 


Page   24 


The  Educational  Screen 


NEW  RELEASES! 

BEACON    MOVIES 


"DICTATORS  or 
DEMOCRACY?" 


A  sensational  scoop!  A  photographic  com- 
parison of  true  conditions  under  enslaving 
Dictatorship  vs.  the  Freedom  of  Democracy 
between  which  the  world  must  choose.  Musso- 
lini, Stalin,  Hitler  and  Battista  — or  the 
American  Way.  Enlightening,  historical,  and 
fascinating   entertainment. 


Current  Film  Releases 


"WHY  HITLER?" 


Exciting  inside  story  of  Hitler's  rise  to 
power!  Evidence  of  underground  plotting  of 
revolt,  secret  drills,  true  conditions  never 
before  shown  on  any  screen. 


"WINTER  CARNIVAL" 


See  an  ice  race  behind  horses!  80  miles  an 
hour  on  skis!  Hair-raising  tobogannlng.  Spills! 
Thrills!  Graceful  skating  by  champions — an  un- 
ending wonderment! 


"STRANGE  AFRICA" 


Wild  game  hunting  under  terrific  heat  of 
jungle  and  desert.  Familiar  and  strange 
animals  in  their  natural  haunts.  Sights  seldom 
seen    by    man. 


"WORLD  BY-WAYS" 


A  tour  of  little  known  places  and  pastimes 
from  the  corners  of  the  world.  Egypt,  Algiers, 
Italy,  Norway,  Sweden,  the  Sierras — a  stimu- 
lating   journey    of    great    Instructive    value. 


"FUZZYS 
SHOPPING  SPREE" 


Rollicking  shopping  adventures  of  Fuzzy  and 
his  pals  —  the  comical,  trained  chimpanzees. 
Grand   entertainment  for  everyone! 

PRICES 

8mm-50'     $1.75;    ISO'    $5.50.     16mm-IOO'     $3.50; 
360'    $10.00.    Sound    on    Film -350'  $17.50. 

At  Your  Dealer  or 

if  your  dealer  has  not  as  yet  received  his 
supply,    order   direct. 

Beacon  Films 

43    E.    Ohio    St.,    CHICAGO,    ILL. 

BEACON    FILMS 

43    East   Ohio   St.,    Dept.    lOE,    Chicago,    III. 
Please    send    me    the    following    Beacon    Filmi. 

I  enclose  $ in  check  or  money  order. 

Title Length 

Title Length 

Title Length 

N  ame 

Address 


Classroom  Film  on  Poland 

Tlie  newest  addition  to  tlie  Eastman 
library  classroom  films  is  Poland  Today, 
a  particularly  timely  subject  since  this 
country  is  an  important  factor  in  the 
present  European  situation.  The  film 
shows  various  scenes  in  the  capital  city 
of  Warsaw — buildings,  parks,  market 
place,  shops  and  new  housing  projects — 
and  in  Gdynia,  a  seaport  city  on  the 
Baltic,  where  Poland's  principal  exports, 
lumber  and  coal,  are  loaded.  Two  types 
of  farming  are  portrayed  —  the  large 
wealthy  estates  with  their  overseers,  and 
a  typical  small  farm  operated  by  the 
peasant  owner.  The  home  life,  customs 
and  occupations  of  the  peasants  are 
shown.  Also  included  in  this  interesting 
reel  are  various  types  of  Polish  schools 
— a  kindergarten  and  primary  grade, 
handicraft,  wood  carving  and  sculpture. 

Poland  Today  may  be  purcha,sed  from 
the  Eastman  Kodak  Company,  Teaching 
Films  Division,  Rochester,  New  York. 

Gutlohn  Announcements 

Walter  O.  Gutlohn  Inc.  have  arranged 
to  release  another  Bobby  Breen  picture 
in  16mm.  sound  entitled  Rainbozc  On 
The  River,  which  deals  with  the  after- 
math of  the  Civil  War  in  the  strife-torn 
South.  This  new  musical  feature  boasts 
of  a  strong  supporting  cast  for  the  sing- 
ing youngster,  including  such  well- 
known  stars  as  May  Robson  and  Charles 
Butterworth.  Particularly  effective  is  the 
singing  of  the  famous  Hall  Johnson 
choir. 

As  the  result  of  a  conference  held  in 
Chicago  last  month  between  Walter  O. 
Gutlohn  Inc.  and  Ideal  Pictures  Inc., 
arrangements  have  been  made  to  have 
Ideal  Pictures  Inc.  distribute  all  the 
Gutlohn  16mm.  sound  and  silent  educa- 
tional subjects  in  conjunction  with  the 
Gutlohn  organization.  Under  this  new 
arrangement,  film  users  have  the  con- 
venience of  dealing  with  either  firm  on 
an  identical  rental  or  purchase  basis. 
The  British  Documentary  films  for 
which  Walter  O.  Gutlohn  Inc.  possess 
exclusive  distribution  rights  will  like- 
wise be  available  through  Ideal  Pic- 
tures Inc.  as  they  are  released. 

College  Produces  Two  Movies 

With  plans  announced  for  two  films 
to  be  produced  this  year  on  the  campus, 
Carleton  College  at  Northfield,  Min- 
nesota, becomes  one  of  the  first  colleges 
in  the  country  to  make  a  movie  with 
sound.  The  drama  department  will  make 
a  color  film,  A  Tour  of  Carleton  Col- 
lege, to  be  used  l)y  the  office  of  ad- 
missions. The  other  picture  will  be  a 
full-length  feature.  The  story  will  be 
pure  fiction  acted   by   Carleton   students. 

The  camera  equipment  will  be  complete 
in  every  detail.  A  large  assortment  of 
set-lights   will   be   utilized   and   a   micro- 


phone boom  with  a  special  mike  will 
pick  up  the  actors'  voices.  The  sound 
booth  will  have  a  glass  front  and  will 
be  of  special  construction.  A  camera 
truck  with  wheels  will  carry  the  photo- 
graphic equipment  so  that  scenes,  and 
even  dolly  shots,  may  be  taken  at  prac- 
tically any  locale  on  the  campus. 

Bell  &  Howell 
Technicolor  Subject 

.Another  very  recent  addition  to  the 
Bell  &  Howell  sound  film  library  is  a 
color  film  which  is  the  first  direct  re- 
duction by  Technicolor  of  a  major  Holly- 
wood cartoon  production.  The  first  re- 
lease is  Jolly  Little  Elves,  the  charming 
fairy-tale  of  the  poor  cobbler  who  be- 
friended a  hungry  elf,  and  was  repaid 
by  the  nocturnal  labors  of  the  whole 
elfin  clan  until  fame  and  wealth  were  his. 
Other  titles  in  the  series  include  Candy- 
land,  Fox  and  Rabbit,  Sprinytime  Seren- 
ade, Three  Lazy  Mice  and  Toyland 
Premiere.  All  are  Universal  releases, 
exclusively  distributed  in  16nim.  by  the 
Filmosound    Library. 

Travel  Series 

Post  Pictures  Corporation,  723  Seventh 
.Avenue,  New  York  City,  now  control 
exclusively  the  16mm  rights,  sound  and 
silent,  on  the  well-known  series  of  travel 
pictures.  The  Port  O'  Call,  made  by 
Deane  H.  Dickason,  noted  traveler  and 
lecturer.  These  thirty-one  single  reel  sub- 
jects are  intimate  studies  of  the  peculiar 
habits  and  customs  of  people  in  foreign 
lands — romantically  entertaining  as  well 
as  instructive.  Countries  visited  include 
India,  Japan,  Ceylon,  Siam,  Cambodia, 
China,  Egypt,  Palestine,  Singapore, 
Samoa,  Bali,  Philippines,  Java,  Papua, 
Fiji,  New  Zealand,  Australia,  Havana, 
Panama,  Palma  de  Mallorca. 

New  Educational  Science 
Subjects 

Ufa  Films  Inc.,  729  Seventh  Avenue, 
New  York  City,  announce  the  release  of 
four  new  short  subjects.  The  Sensitivity 
of  Plants,  Plant  Power,  Moi'ing  X-Rays, 
Liquid  Air,  in  16mm  sound  and  silent  as 
well  as  3Smm.  The  pictures  may  be 
purchased  or  rented.  With  the  aid  of 
delicate  recording  instruments  and  time- 
lapse  photography,  in  The  Sensitivity  of 
Plants,  reactions  of  plants  over  a  24-hour 
period  are  made  visible.  The  amazing 
energy  of  plants  is  studied  and  analyzed 
in  Plant  Poiver.  The  remarkable  proper- 
ties of  X-rays  are  portrayed  in  Moving 
X-Rays,  followed  by  the  use  of  X-Ray 
photography  and  X-Ray  treatment  of  di- 
seases. The  structure  and  functioning 
of  the  inner  organs  of  human  beings  are 
shown.  Liquid  Air  demonstrates  how  air, 
oxygen,  neon,  hydrogen  and  helium,  are 
liquified.  Eggs  and  other  subjects  are 
{Concluded  on  page  35) 


January,   1939 


Page   25 


. 

^ 

DA-IITE  MODEL  D 

^ 

WHAT   ARE  YOUR 
Projection  Problems? 


1.   Clear  Pictures  in  Semi-Darit  Rooms? 

For  classrooms,  difficult  to  darken,  many  schools 
use  the  Da -Lite  Da -Tex  rear -projection  silk 
screen.  It  is  absolutely  free  from  graininess  and 
assures  a  uniform  diffusion  of  light,  so  essential 
to  bright,  clear  pictures.  Sizes  range  from 
15"x20"  to  36"  X  48".  The  screen  is  mounted  in 
a  sturdy  frame  which  fits  onto  a  Da-Lite  tripod. 

3.   Bri{;iiter  Pictures  Witiiout  Glare? 

For  average  projection  conditions,  leading  edu- 
cators, more  and  more,  are  using  Da-Lite  Glass- 
Beaded  Screens.  Da-Lite's  advanced  process  of 
applying  the  beads  to  the  fabric  results  in  maxi- 
mum brilliance  without  sparking  or  glare.  Avail- 
able in  many  styles  —  hanging  models,  table 
models,  including  the  Model  D  in  leatherette- 
covered  box,  and  the  convenient  Challenger. 

3.   Less  Confusion  Getting  Ready? 

Convenient  operation  has  characterized  Da-Lite 
Screens  for  29  years.  Da-Lite  portable  screens 
are  light  in  weight,  easily  carried,  and  can  be 
quickly  set  up.  The  Challenger,  consisting  of 
screen,  metal  case  anfi  tripod  can  be  set  up  any- 
where in  15  seconds.  For  large  classrooms  and 
auditoriums,  Da-Lite's  new  electrically  operated 
Electrol  Screen  combines  the  utmost  convenience 
with  maximum  protection  for  the  screen  fabric. 

With  Da-Lite  Screens,  you  can  solve  any  projection 
problem  readily.  Write  for  literature  and  name  of 
nearest  dealer! 

DA-LITE    SCREEN    CO.,   Inc. 

Dcpt.    1ES,    2723    North    Crawford    Ave.    Chicago.    III. 


SCREENS 


REG.  U.S.  PAI.  Off. 

Meef    Every    Requirement 


yi  I.M.   I  Kim       ;/.-.   M,.i,nu    il»rhl'~ih.    u'-'l  uld  day, 
juMt  afltr  thm  tMtrn  of  the  cmntury, 

Dont  miss  it! 

A  vivid,  dramatic  portrayal  of  the 
development   of  transportation  — 

"THIS  MOVING  WORLD" 


"rrWIS  Moving  World"  already  has  been 
J.  shown  to  more  than  600,000  school 
children  throughout  the  country.  The  use  of 
this  dramatic,  30-minute  sound  motion  pic- 
ture is  offered  free*  to  directors  of  visual 
education,  and  is  available  in  both  16  mm. 
and  33  mm.  sizes. 

An  interesting,  fast-moving  and  historically 
accurate  Hollywood  production,  "This  Mov- 
ing World"  is  based  upon  the  "Outline  His- 
tory of  Transportation"  edited  by  Dean 
Archibald  L.  Bouton,  of  New  York  University. 
The  film  tells  vividly  the  thrilling  tale  of 
man's  conquest  of  time  and  distance  from  the 
discovery  of  the  wheel  to  the  introduction  of 
the  streamlined  passenger  train,  the  trans- 
oceanic airliner  and  other  modern  forms  of 


conveyance. 


*Th«  only  rharRv  for  tb«  loan  of  lbt>  film  i*  |>«Tinrnt 
€»f  lh«-  nominal  ntpprp**  rhargr*  to  and  from  Drlroit. 

For  further  informaliim   trrile 

FISHER  BODY  DIVISION 

General  Motors  Corporation 
Detroit,  Mich. 

Wkrn  yon  »rilr,  a.k  about  thr"Klr.t  trnlury  of  Ba»»ball"  an.!  "I^t'a  G« 
Fi-hing."  two  olhrr  KUIwr  Body  film.  «.on  to  W  rrlraaed  on  •imilar  Irima. 


Page  26 


The  Educational  Screen 


IN  AND  FOR  THE  CLASSROOM 


Conducted  by  Wilber  Emmert 

Director  Visual  Education,  State  Teachers  College,  Indiana,  Pa, 


Electrical  Problems  Clarified  Through  Trip  To  Power  Plant 


'T'HE  General  Science  Unit,  "Generating  and  Using 
Electricity,"  presents  many  difficulties  to  the  Junior 
High  School  pupils,  due  to  their  lack  of  experiential 
background  in  this  area,  the  persistent  shroud  of  mys- 
tery surrounding  "anything  electrical,"  and  the  difficulty 
many  minds  experience  in  gaining  basic  concepts 
through  the  use  of  miniature,  model  generating  devices 
used  in  most  school  laboratories.  Fundamentally,  the 
laboratory  apparatus  and  the  commercial  electrical  ap- 
pliances are  identical,  but  many  persons,  young  and  old, 
fail  to  see  such  relationships,  and  experience  difficulty 
in  transferring  their  "laboratory  thinking"  to  life  situa- 
tion set-ups. 

If,  however,  a  power  plant  is  easily  accessible,  and 
a  well  planned  school  journey  is  taken  to  the  institu- 
tion, the  resulting  sensory  experiences  will  form  bases 
for  a  better  understanding  of  electrical  phenomena 
through  the  textbook  study  and  the  accompanying  labor- 
atory work. 

For  maximum  results  the  trip  must  be  well  planned. 


Universal  lb 

SOUND  PROJECTORS  ^ 

New  All-Purpose  Model 

Combined  utility  is  offered  in  this 
newly  designed  16MM  Sound  Pro- 
jector. Precision  built.  Completely 
flexible  for  the  varied  demands 
of  classroom  and  auditorium. 


\ 


This  involves  a  consideration  of  the  advantages  of  the 
school  journey  over  other  types  of  class  activities,  the 
purposes  of  the  lesson,  a  survey  of  the  plant  and  the 
preparation  of  a  laboratory  sheet  of  directions  and  sug- 
gestions, making  arrangements  with  the  school  authori- 
ties and  those  in  charge  of  the  plant,  pupil  preparation 
for  the  visit,  taking  the  trip,  and  plans  for  correlaling 
the  school  journey  lesson  with  the  other  activities  of 
the  unit. 

The  trip  may  serve  as  an  introduction  to  the  unit,  or 
it  may  be  taken  at  a  later  point  in  the  study  of  the 
problem.  The  sequence-placement  of  the  school  journey 
lesson,  will,  however,  materially  affect  the  plans  for  this 
activity.  The  accompanying  lesson  plan  is  designed  for 
use  after  some  progress  with  the  work  of  the  unit. 

Teacher's  Aims 

1.  To  give  the  children  a  chance  at  directed  observa- 
tion of  the  generation  and  use  of  electricity. 

2.  To  aid  the  pupils  in  understanding  how  some  trans- 
formations of  energy  may  be  made. 

3.  To  teach  the  pupils  how  to  study  materials  in  their 
natural  settings. 

4.  To  form  bases  for  understanding  the  science  ma- 
terial studied. 

5.  To  give  the  children  some  appreciation  of  the  work 
of  unseen  "servants  of  the  people,"  and  our  de- 
pendence on  ihem. 

6.  To  lead  the  pupils  to  an  appreciation  of  the  place 
of  electricity  in  our  daily  lives. 

Pupil's  Aims 

1.  To  satisfy  a  natural  curiosity  about  electricity  and 
electrical  phenomena. 

2.  To  better  understand  the  problems  of  generating  and 
using  electricity  by  mechanical  means. 

3.  To  better  understand  the  "vocabulary  of  the  elec- 
trician," through  a  first-hand  study  of  electrical 
devices,  their  parts,  and  their  uses. 

4.  To  better  understand  the  science  material  studied. 

Initiating  the  Journey 

In  the  study  of  the  unit,  "Generating  and  Using 
Electricity,"  it  was  discovered  that  energy  transforma- 
tions may  be  effected  so  that  electricity  may  be  pro- 
duced through :  use  of  the  static  machine,  chemical 
action,  use  of  the  dynamo,  and  through  photo-electric 
effects.  Since  the  power  plant  is  only  a  few  hundred 
yards  from  the  school  building,  it  was  suggested  that 
the  class  visit  the  plant  and  secure  first-hand  informa- 
tion about  electricity  and  electrical  problems.  Acting 
upon  the  suggestion,  committees  were  appointed  and 
plans  formulated  for  the  trip.  One  committee  secured 
the  permission  of  the  school  principal  for  the  class  to 
make  the  visit;  another  called  on  the  superintendent  of 


January,   I9i9 


Page  27 


HISTORICAL 


ACTION  FIOIS 

and    ENTERTAINING 

Trail   •   Old  Louisiana 


EDI'CATIONAL 

Kebollion   •   Glory 

WriU'     for    ri  ntHt    priri-s    ant]    catalog     li.stine 
selected  ShortH,  Features  and  Recess  Projframs. 

ALDIO-FII.M  LIBRARIES 

/£nvw.  Sound  Excluiively 
•CI  Bloomadd  Are.  D«pt.  E  Bloorofield, 


N. 


the  power  plant,  who  granted  his  permission,  and  co- 
operated with  tlie  group  in  developing  a  guide  sheet 
for  use  during  the  inspection  tour ;  a  third  made  dupli- 
cate copies  of  the  guide  sheet  and  distributed  them  to 
members  of  the  class. 

Pupil   Preparation 

A  |)icturc  of  thi-  inlcriur  of  iht-  ])lant,  loaned  by  the 
lK)wer  ])laiit  superintendent  served  to  excite  interest  and 
as  an  orientation  device ;  while  a  review  of  a  unit 
previously  studied,  "How  the  Energy  from  Steam  is 
Put  to  Work,"  showed  ihe  source  of  power  for  running 
the  generators  and  indicated  energy  transformations 
from  coal,  through  heat,  steam,  electricity,  heat,  and 
light.  Magnetism,  magnetic  fields,  and  magnets  consti- 
tuted the  earl}-  problem  of  this  unit,  and  hence,  pre- 
pared the  pui^ils  for  the  trip.  During  the  class  work  on 
this  problem,  a  vocabulary  of  electrical  terms  was  built 
up.  Considerable  attention  was  given  to  diagrams  of 
generators,  motors,  electric  circuits,  and  control  de- 
vices. 

At  the  Plant 

Upon  arriving  at  the  plant,  the  pupils  use  the  guide 
sheet  and  proceed  as  in  any  other  laboratory  period. 
The  teacher,  superintendent,  and  attendants  at  the  plant 
assisted  the  pupils  when  asked  to  do  so.  The  guide  sheet 
calls  for  definite  recording  of  certain  items,  the  study 
and  observation  of  other  things  without  written  an- 
swers. 

Trip  to  the  Power  Plant 
i'lOicrating  and  Using  Electricity 

The  field  trip  will  consume  one  hour, 
sary  to  work  rapidly,  observe  carefully 
Make  your  records  while  at  the  plant, 
much  out  of  the  trip  as  is  possible.  Make  your  own  records,  do 
your  own  work.  Return  to  class  with  a  great  number  of 
(jiiestions. 

The  trip  will  involve  an  inspection  of  the  two  parts  of  the 
power  plant,  the  electrical  room  and  the  boiler  room.  The  major 
portion  of  the  period  will  be  spent  in  the  study  of  the  electrical 
apparatus. 

On  the  lack  of  this  sheet  summarize  the  trip  to  the  power 
plant. 

The  Electrical  Plant 
The  source  of  power 

Locate  the  steam  pipe  which  leads  to  the  engines. 
Study  the  steam  engine.  Locate  such  parts  as :  the  cylinder, 
piston,   flywheel,  eccentric,  crank  shaft,  oiling  system, 
the  piston  roon. 
Observe  how  the  engine  is  connected  with  the  generator. 

How   many   hours   per   day   does   the   plant    run?   . 

How  many  men  are  employed?  .     How  long  shifts 

do    the    men    work?  .     Are    accurate    records 

kept?  . 


hence  it  will  be  neces- 

and  record  accurately. 

Determine  to  get  as 


The  Alternating  Current  Generators 

The    plant    contains     (one)     (two)     (three)     (four)     A.    C. 

generators. 
The  .Alternators  produce   (.\.  C.)    (D.  C.)  current. 


SEEING 

IS  BELIEVING! 

No  matter  what  the  subject 
taught  .  .  .  the  mind  receives 
fullest  significance,   understands 
with  greatest  clarity  —  if  the  les- 
son has  been  conveyed  by  the  eyes! 

YOU  WILL  EDUCATE   BEST 

IF  YOU  EDUCATE 

PICTORIALLY! 


FOR  ENTERTAINMENT,  NO  GREATER 
PICTURES  ARE  AVAILABLE 

LEHER  OF  INTRODUCTION 

MAD  ABOUT  MUSIC 

100  MEN  AND  A  GIRL 

THREE  SMART  GIRLS 

THE  RAGE  OF  PARIS 

MERRY  GO  ROUND  OF  1938 

YOU'RE  A  SWEETHEART 

SHOWBOAT 

(and  many  others) 


Write   to    Universal's    Non-Theatrical 

Department  for  further  information 

regarding  short  and  feature-length 

pictures,  travelogues,  cartoons 

and  other  motion  pictures. 

CATALOGUE   16 


UNIVERSAL  PICTURES 
COMPANY,  INC. 

Rockefeller  Center  New  York.  N.  Y. 

CIRCLE  7-7100 


Page   28 


The  Educational  Screen 


What  voltage  i.s  developed  ? 


Many  unusual  bargains  offered  in  Central's 
■40th  Anniversary  Clearance  Sale  Book  — 
just  outi  Everything  photographic  —  new 
and    used.       Write    for    Free    Copy    NOW! 

CBWEnW  CO. 

230     so.     WABASH.     DEPT.     51.     CHICAGO      (Est.     1899) 


16MM.    SOUND   ON    FILM 

for 
REIVT  —  EXCHAIVGE  —  SALE 

A  few  of  our  Large  Catalogue  of 
REIVTAL      SUBJECTS 

THE  LOST  JUNGLE  •  KEEPER  OF  THE  BEES  •*•  GALLANT 
FOOL  •  THE  GIRL  OF  THE  LIMBERLOST  •  I  CON- 
QUER THE  SEA  *  MILLION  DOLLAR  BABY  *  IN 
OLD    (SANTE    FE     •     EAT    'EM    ALIVE     *     CITY    LIMITS 

*  MAN'S    BEST    FRIEND     *     KENTUCKY    BLUE    STREAK 

*  SILENT  ENEMY  *  JANE  EYRE  •  KLONDIKE  • 
RUSTLER'S  PARADISE  •  HEARTS  OP  HUMANITY  * 
RETURN     OF     CASEY     JONES      •      MIDNIGHT     PHANTOM 

*  NOW  OR  NEVER  •  THIRTEENTH  GUEST  •  RED 
HAIRED  ALIBI  *  all  PETER  B.  KYNES  SUBJECTS  • 
all  TOM  TYLER.  JACK  PERRIN  and  JACK  HOXIE'S  WEST- 
ERNS it  all  RICHARD  TALMADGE'S  pictures  -k  and 
RIN  TIN  TIN.  Jr. 

Altogether  150  Features  and  400  Shorts 
from     which     to     pick     your    proErams 

Not  One  Mediocre  Picture  in  Our  Library 

Film    Rental    Catalogue   —   Film    Sale    Catalogue 

Write   for    them 

CINE  CLASSIC  LIBRARY 


1041  JEFFERSON  AVE. 


BROOKLYN,  N.  Y. 


35  mm.  General  Science,  11  rolls,  $20 
FILM  Principles  of  Physics,  7  rolls,  $12 
SLIDES     Principles  of  Chemistry,  8  rolls,  $14 

Order  on  approval  or  send  for  tree  folder  and  sample 

VISUAL  SCIEIVCES,  Suffem,  New  York 


Talk  from  your 

screen  with  quickly 

TYPEWRITTEN 

MESSAGES 

50  Radio-Mau  J1.50 

[  White,  .\mber.  Green  | 

Accept  no  substiluir 


MAKE   YOUR  OWN 

TYPEWRITER     SLIDES 

For    Screen    Projection 

USE        RADIO        MATS 

on   sale  by  Theatre  Supply  Dealer* 
Write  for  Free  Sample 

RADIO-MAT  SLIDE  CO..  Inc. 

IK19  Broadway,  Dept.V.  New  York  Ctt> 


Only      the      Best 

16mm     SOUND     FILM     16mm 

Low    rental    rates    include    transportation    charfres. 

Write  for  our  new  double  size  list. 

Our   rates   remain   at  their   former  low   level. 

THE     MANSE     LIBRARY 


2439     AUBURN     AVE 
CINCINNATI,     OHIO 


How  manv   R.   P.   M.? 


How  many  amperes? 


Locate  the  field  magnets,   rotor,   slip  rings,  brushes,  outlet  for 

current. 
What  purpose  is  served  by  the  direct  current  generator  on  the 

same  shaft  as  the  rotor  of  the  alternator?  

Read  the  name  plate  on  the  alternator,  and  on  the  D.C.  generator 

with  the  alternator. 
The  Motor-Generators 
Locate   the   motor-generator   sets.     \\'hy   arc   they   so   named? 


For  what  purjjose  are  they  used  ?  . 

Read   the  name  plate  of  the   motor   and   the  generator   of  the 

motor-generator  set. 

Motor:    Horsepower     (H,    P.) Volts    , 

.'\mperes  ,   Cycle  ,   R.   P.   M. 


Kind  of  Motor 


Generator  :  \'olts 


(no   load). 
Amperes 


The  S: 

Of    what    material 
Why  ? 


,   Volts    (full   load) 

,  R.P.M.  . 

Kind    (A.O)    (D.C.) 
Locate :    Armature,   commutator,   lirushes,    field 
magnets,  cables. 
tell    Board 

s    the    switch    board    made?    . 


Observe  the   various  instruments  on   tlie   switch   board.     Take 

the   readings   of   the   .Ammeters   Volt-meters 

Watt-hour    meters   Recording 


meter 


Svnchronizer  meter 


Read  the  name  plates  where  the  cables  leave  the  power  house 

for  the  various  buildings  of  the  campus. 
Read  the  name  plates  to  determine  the  switches  for  the  various 

Iniildings. 
Ill   the   Boiler  Room 
How    many    furnaces    and    boilers    are    there? . 

How  many  used  at  one  time  ?  . 

Note  the  recording  devices.  Observe  how  the  coal  is  taken  to, 

and  fed  into  the  furnaces.     How  is  the  draft  for  the  fires 

obtained? . 

How   much   coal   is   used   per  day? .      For   what   is 

the  heat  used? . 


Note   the    generous    use    of    electrical    devices    in    the    furnace 

room. 
The  Ash  Pit 

How  are  the  ashes  disposed  of? . 

Thru  the  Tunnel 

Note  the  location  and  arrangement  of  the  steam   pipes.     The 

electric  cables. 

[n  the  Distributing  Room 

What  voltage  is  delivered  to  the  main  lines  in  the  distributing 

room? . 

What  purpose  is  ser\ed  by  tlie  emergency  lighting  plant?     How 


operated  ? 


Checking  the  Results 


Clas.s  discussion 

At  the  next  class  hour  the  discussion   was  based 

upon  the  experiences  of  the  trip. 
From  the  written  stinimaries  on  the  backs  of  the 

g'uide  sheets,  important  points  were  stressed  and 

misunderstandings  clarified. 
The  blackboard  was  used  to  diagram  some  of  the 

circuits,    connections,   and    relationship   of   parts 

of  the  devices. 
The  electrical  terms  previously  studied  were  listed 

on    the    blackboard,    together    with    new    words 

acquired  dtiring  the  visit.   Attention   was   given 

to    the    correct    spelling   and    i)ronunciaiion    of 

these  words. 
Several  members  of  the  class  recounted  some  of  the 

"side  lights"  on  electricity  secured  while  talking 

to  members  of  the  staff  at  the  plant. 


January,   1939 

2.  '1"1k'  following  test  was  given : 

a.  Electricity  is  generated  by  a  (dynamo)  (niotor) 
1).  The  power  plant  contains  (one)   (two)   (three) 

(four)  A.  C.  generators, 
c.  The  alternators   produce    (alternating  current) 

( direct  current ) 
(I.  The  commutator  is  a  f>art  of  the  (A.C.)  (D.C.) 

generator 

e.  The  motor  is  run  by  (steam)  (electricity) 

f.  The  usual  house  lighting  voltage  is  (60)  (110) 
(220)  volts 

g.  The  voltage  uf  a  circuit  is  measured  Ijy  (a  volt- 
meter)  (an  ammeter)   (a  watt-hour  meter) 

h.  The  generator  of  the  motor-generator  set  pro- 
duces (A.C.)    (D.C.)  current 

i.  Tlie  hoists,  stokers,  draft  fans,  and  coal  crushers 
are  ojx^rated  by  (dynamos)    (motors) 

j.  Electrical  circin'ts  are  opened  and  closed  by 
(  rheostats )   (  switches  ) 

Correlation 

Using  the  general  outline  of  the  textbook,  the  im- 
portant |)()ints  stressed  in  the  .school  journey  lesson 
were  further  studied  and  amplified.  Lights,  switches, 
motors,  fuse  boxes,  insulators,  extension  cords,  fuses, 
conduits,  and  light  fixtures  in  the  classroom  and  around 
the  school  buildings  were  noted  and  studied.  These  items 
serve  as  topics  for  si>ecial  reports  by  members  of  the 
class,  the  information  being  secured  from  science  books 
in  the  science  library  and  the  junior  high  school  library. 

References 

1.  Pieper  and  Beauchamj) — Everyday  Problems  in 
Science;  2.  Wood  and  Carjx-nter — Our  environment ; 

3.  Lake,  llarley.  and  Welton — Exploring  the  World 
of  Science;  4.  Van  V'uskirk.  Smith.  Nourse — Science 
of  Everyday  Life;  5.  Hunter  and  Whitman — Problems 
in  General  Science;  6.  Other  General  Science  text- 
books; 7.  The  World  Book;  8.  High  School  Physics 
Books ;  9.  Science  Xews  Letter  Magazine ;  10.  Other 
Science  magazines. 

Film  Production  in  Schools  Increasing 

Within  a  few  years,  every  school  in  the  country  will 
l)e  making  films  of  its  own.  Hardy  K.  Finch  of  the 
(Ireenwich.  Connecticut.  High  School  predicted  at  the 
annual  meeting  of  the  National  Council  of  Teachers 
of  English  in  St.  Louis  November  24-26.  19.38.  He 
based  his  statement  uiwu  a  survey  which  showed  that 
today  over  200  schools  are  engaged  in  production  of 
films.  The  productions  have  included  literary  works, 
student-written  scenarios,  and  pictures  based  on  school 
and  comnuniity  activities,  local  his'.ory,  imaginary  trips, 
health,  safety,  and  guidance. 

Roger  Hill,  headmaster  of  the  Tcxld  School  for  Boys, 
Wixwlstock,  Illinois,  suggested  that  schools  film  their 
Shakesjjearean  prcxluctions.  using  a  silent  camera.  Sound 
recordings  could  be  made  separately  and  .synchronized 
with  the  ])icture,  he  added.  "The  chief  educational 
value  of  the  talking  picture  technique,"  Mr.  Hill  said, 
"is  that  a  good  jierfonnance  is  jelled.  It  is  available 
for  the  inspiration  of  hundreds  of  other  directors  and 
thousands  of  other  youngsters.  I  believe  it  can  and  will 
l)e  a  gn'eat  new  educational  tool." 


Page   29 

STUDENTS.  SCIENCE  TEACHERS 
By     These     Magical     Educational     Films! 


Natural  Sciences  Explained  with  Aid 
of  Scientific  Cinennatography 

P  RE-VIEW  audiences  of  tttudentM  and  prominent  American  educators 
have  literally  applauded  these  remarkable  educatiunal  filmH.  Bejnff 
products  of  patience,  akill.  and  love  for  the  natural  sciences,  they 
reveal  months  of  enUshtonins:  laboratory  demonstrations  performed  by 
eminent  European  scientists.  With  the  use  of  scientific  cinematography, 
plants  actually  assume  the  characteristics  of  human  beinfrs.  Experi- 
ments in  physics  disclose  facts  never  before  demonstrated  in  the 
school  lab. 

UFA  Educational  Films  are  the  newest  achievement  in  the  dramattra- 
tion  of  science.  Now  available  for  purchase  or  rental  in  silent  or 
sound  in  16  MM  or  35  MM.  Write  immediately  for  literature  describing 
"Plant  Powrer."  "Sensitivity  in  Plants."  "Liquid  Air."  "Moving  X-Ray.** 


UFA   EDUCATIONAL   FILMS 

729  Seventh  Avenue      •      New  York  City 


hear  and   compare 

HOLMES      SOUND      ON      FILM      PROJECTORS 

Holmes    machined    projectors    soeak    for    themselves    in    quietness 
of    action — clear    cut    definition    ol    tone — and    quality    of    picture. 

READY  TO  .^^ttS^9^T^^  Holmes    distributor.    we|. 

CARRY  ^^^^^^^^Br^^^      come  a  chance  to  let  you 

compara  a  Holmes  vrith 
any  projeclor  costing  up  to 
double.  They  know  that 
not  even  theat-e  equipment 
can  belittle  its  operation, 
sound    or    picture    quality. 


ASK    ABOUT    OUR    FREE 
DEMONSTRATION  OFFER 


HOLMES    PROJECTOR    CO. 
1813   Orchard   Si-  CHICAGO 


Projeitsr  at'achtd 
t«  Anpllfler 


Page   30 


The  Educational  Screen 


Courtesy--  Presented  in  Hand-made  Lantern  Slides 


By  ANN  GALE 


Art  Deparfmenf,   Lindblom   High  School,  Chicago 


¥  N  these  days  of  over-crowded  schools,  courtesy  is  an  im- 
*portant  attitude  to  develop.  In  secondary  schools  the  courtesy 
lesson  could  be  given  during  the  division  period  or  in  English 
classes.  These  slides  could  be  traced  and  used  as  the  basis 
for  a  discussion  of  ordinary  courtesy  observed  in  school. 

1.  Always  keep  to  the  right  in  halls  and  staircases. 

2.  Don't  push.  You  may  injure  someone  or  something. 


3.  Yelling  is  out  of  place  in  school. 

4.  Paper  spoils  the  appearance  of  your  school.     Pick  it  up 
even  though  you  did  not  drop  it. 

5.  Always  escort  visitors  to  the  door  of  the  room  they  wish 
to  visit.    A  modern  school  is  large  and  confusing  to  a  stranger. 

6.  Remove  your  hat  as  you  enter  the  school  building. 


The  sim- 
plest t  y  p  c 
of  ha  n  d  - 
made      slide 

is  made  by 
drazving  or 
tracing  o  n 
finely  fin- 
ished etched 
glass  witli 
0  rd  inar v 
medium  lead 
pencil.  Col- 
or, by  spe- 
cial crayons 
or  inks,  en- 
hances the 
slides  great- 
ly. Fine  ef- 
fects ape,  ob- 
tained b  y 
blending 
w  i  t  h  cray- 
ons. About 
one  -  third 
inch  margin 
should  be 
left  all 
around  the 
slide.  The 
slide  is  read- 
ily cleaned 
with  soap  or 
IV  a  s  hi  n  g 
powder  to 
receive 
a  new  pic- 
ture. 


January,   1959 


Page   31 


A  new  Eastman  Classroom  Film 
on  one  of  Europe's  most  important  key  states 


Warsaw,  the   capjtal -- governmen 

buildings  and    charactensuc    street 

scenes,  shops,  transportation,  parks, 

he  market  place,  new  housing  pro)^ 

ects,  the  sharply  contrasting  old  and 

new  architectural  styles.  Zinc  rehn 
?ng.  Agriculture-the  great  private 
esfates  operated  under  the  direction 
of  overseers.  A  typical  individually 


owned  small  farm  and  us  peasan 
proprietor.  Peasant  home  We,  cu^ 
ioms,  mealtime,  weaving.  Schools 
a  kindergarten  and  primary  grade, 
Lndicral,  wood  earning  and  sculp 

,ure.  Activities  in  G^y-a, Joland^^ 

.rrpat    seaport    on    the    tiaiiit 
K4oAumber.ndcoa.pnnc.p.. 

Polish  exports.  1  reel— SZ"- 


Order  now  for  prompt  delivery,  or  write  for  fur- 
ther details  .  .  .  Eastman  Kodak  Company, 
Teaching    Films    Division,    Rochester,    N.  Y. 


Eastman  Classroom  Films 


Page   32 


The  Educational  Screen 


THE    FILM    ESTIMATES 


Annabel  Takes  a  Tour  (Jack  Oakie.  Lucile  Bali) 
(RKO)  Second  of  feeble  "series."  Mere  formula 
farce  about  burlesque  publicity-man  exploiting 
temperamental  movie  star.  Wisecrack,  slapstick, 
horseplay,  anything-for-a-laugh,  largely  over- 
acted throughout.  Oakie  merely  Oakie,  and 
heroine  is  too  obviously  "acting."  12-20-38 

(A)  Feeble  (Y)  Poor  (C)  No  value 

Artists  and  Models  Abroad  (Benny,  J.  Bennett) 
(Para)  Rollicking  farce  about  penniless  Ameri- 
can theatrical  troupe  in  Paris,  which  rich  hero- 
ine and  father  join  because  Benny  mistakes  girl 
for  damsel  in  distress.  Incredible  adventures  but 
good  fun.  New  feature — Jack  gets  girl !  Lavish 
fashion  show  sequence.  12-27-38 

(A)  Very  good  of  kind  (Y)  (C)  Entertaining 

Breaking  the  Ice  (Breen,  Costello,  Ruggles) 
(RKO)  Sombre  Pennsylvania  Mennonite  back- 
ground of  stern  life  lightened  by  Bobby's  sing- 
ing and  efforts  to  earn  money  to  ft-ee  his  devoted 
mother  from  unhappiness.  Fine  skating  se- 
quences, and  Ruggles  as  tricky  peddler,  Bobby's 
friend,  adds  queer  ethics,  many  laughs.  12-13-38 
(A)  Good  of  kind  (Y)  (C)  Mostly  very  good 

Campus  Confessions  (Betty  Grable.  Hank  Luis- 
etti)  (Para)  Ridiculous  "college"  story  with 
basketball  climax.  Students  busy  at  play,  eats, 
puppy  romancing,  razzing  rich  President  who 
opposes  athletics,  and  his  queer  son,  till  both 
become  heroes !  Inane,  misleading  but  laughable 
travesty.  Another  "first  of  a  series"  !  12-13-38 
(A)  Mediocre  (Y)  (C)  Probably  amusing 

Christmas  Carol  (Reginald  Owen.  Gene  Lock- 
hart)  (MGM)  Fine  screening  of  Dickens  that 
is  Dickens,  done  with  dignity  and  truth  in 
character,  action,  dialog  and  settings.  Tempo 
slightly  fast  at  times  and  one  or  two  Hollywood 
"effects"  are  the  only  flaws  in  otherwise 
excellent    film.  12-27-38 

(A)  Very  good  (Y)  (C)  Very  good 

Comet  over  Broadway  (Kay  Francis,  Ian  Hunter, 
John  Litel)  (Warner)  Well-acted  story  of  actress 
heroine's  choice  between  loyalty  to  falsely  im- 
prisoned husband  and  love  for  fine  devoted  play- 
wright who  made  possible  her  brilliant  career. 
Mature,  dignified  "triangle"  despite  some  improb- 
abilities. Recalls  "Secrets  of  an  Actress."  12-13-38 
<A)  Good  of  kind  (Y)  Mature  (C)  No 

Crime  Takes  a  Holiday  (Jack  Holt)  (Columbia) 
Another  low-cost  crook  thriller  without  undue 
violence.  To  get  arson  gang,  district-attorney- 
hero  frames  innocent  man,  wins  death  sentence, 
but  governor  refuses  to  pardon !  Desperately 
clever  radio  trick  saves  victim  and  catches 
gang.   Legal  methods  dubious.  1-10-39 

(A)  Hardly  (Y)  Perhaps  (C)  No 

Down  on  the  Farm  (Jones  Family  Series)  (Fox) 
Home  burns,  so  family  go  vacationing  to  auntie's 
farm.  Farcical  doings,  puppy  love,  cheap  politics, 
crazy  kidnapping,  till  Mr.  Jones  wins  cornhusk- 
ing  contest  with  quite  unsportsmanlike  outside 
aid.  Corn  liquor  figures  large.  Laughable  stuff 
of  doubtful  taste.  12-20-38 

(A)  Hardly  (Y)  Perhaps  (C)  Doubtful 

Dramatic  School  (Rainer,  Goddard,  Alan  Mar- 
shall) (MGM)  Stage  ambition  drives  heroine 
through  factory-work  by  night,  dramatic  school 
by  day.  dreams,  romance  and  disillusion,  to  final 
triumph.  Some  trivial  and  unconvincing  stuff 
combined  with  much  drama  of  real  power.  No- 
table roles  by  Rainer  and  Sondergaard.  1-3-39 
(A)  Very  good  of  kind  (Y)  Prob.  good  (C)  No 
Flirting  with  Fate  (Joe  E.  Brown,  Leo  Carrillo) 
(MGM)  Absurd  concoction,  waste  of  Brown. 
Yaudeville  trailer- troupe,  stranded  in  Paraguay 
(  !),  and  burlesque  Spaniards  in  "comedy"  of 
pie-throwing  grade.  Desperate  tries  for  laughs 
—mud,  ink.  two-man  bull.  jail,  firing  squad, 
even  risque  bits — but  few  laughs.  12-27-38 

(A)  Stupid  (Y)  (C)  No  value 

Gang  Bullets  (Robert  Kent,  Anne  Nagel) 
(Monogram)  Low  cost  thriller,  quite  elementary 
in  acting,  but  achieving  considerable  suspense 
and  rather  startling  climax.  Especially  villain- 
ous gang  leader  seems  to  be  getting  upper 
hand  of  district  attorney  till  latter's  unique 
strategy  turns  the  tables.  1-10-39 

(A)  Hardly  (Y)  Doubtful  value  (C)  No 

Gangster's  Boy  (Jackie  Cooper,  Robt.  Warwick) 
(Monogram)  Return  of  wealthy,  notorious  ex- 
racketeer  father  brings  problems  and  unhap- 
piness to  fine  son.  honor  student  preparing  for 
West  Point,  who  has  been  ignorant  of  father's 
past.  Slow-moving,  sentimental  melodrama,  good 
character  values.  Jackie  convincing.  12-27-38 
(A)  Fair  (Y)  Rather  good  (C)  Prob.  good 
Going  Places  f  Dick  Powell,  Anita  Louise) 
(Warner)  Musical  farce  about  salesman-hero 
crashing   summer  resort  to  get  business,   mis- 


Being  the  Combined  Judgments  of  a  National  Committee  on  Current  Theatrical  RImt 
(A)  Discriminating  Adults  (Y)  Youth  (C)  Children 

Date    of    mailing    on    weekly    service    is    shown    on    each    film. 


taken  for  great  jockey,  forced  to  ride  wild 
horse  in  steeplechase.  Much  singing  of  checker- 
ed quality  and  comedy  effort  with  little  spark. 
Amusement   values    quite    spotty.  1-10-39 

(A)  Stupid  (Y)  (C)  Little  value 

I  Stand  Accused  ( Cummings,  Talbot,  Helen 
Mack)  (Repub)  Two  young  law  grads  practicing 
"go  straight  and  be  poor,  join  racketeers  and  be 
rich"  idea,  until  they  clash  in  climactic  court- 
proceedings.  Usual  gang  violence,  hectic  ro- 
mance, and  extra  tough  villain.  Crudely 
sensational   stuff.  12-13-38 

(A)  Hardly  (Y)  Little  value  (C)  No 

Heart  of  the  North  (Dick  Foran.  Gloria  Dickson  ) 
(Warner)  Gaudy  fist-and-buUet  melodrama  in 
full  color  with  same  old  ingredients  of  fine 
scenery,  heavy  villainy,  shootings,  airplane 
thrills,  drownings,  etc.  and  baby  girl  in  midst 
of  it  all.  Superheroics  by  Canadian  Mounties 
chasing   river   steamboat  thieves.  12-20-38 

(A)  Good  of  kind  (Y)  Thriller  (C)  No 

His  Exciting  Night  (Charles  Ruggles  and  minor 
cast)  (Univ)  Nonsense  farce  with  some  bits  too 
artificial  to  be  very  funny.  Timid,  expert  sales- 
man marries  very  rich  young  wife.  Boss, 
fearing  his  resignation,  hires  dizzy  blonde  to 
compromise  him.  The  worm  turns  and  wins. 
Laughable,  but  Ruggles  deserves  better.  12-20-38 
(A)  Only  fair  (Y)  Probably  amusing  (C)  Hardly 
Kentucky  (Loretta  Young,  Richard  Greene) 
(Fox)  Expert  Technicolor  film  of  great  pictorial 
charm  in  story  about  fine  horses  and  fine  peo- 
ple. Simple,  appealing  romance,  genuine  human 
values  and  character  interest.  Notable  role  by 
Brennan  as  grand  old  Southern  colonel.  Authen- 
tic, colorful,  suspenseful  Derby  race  climax.  1-3-39 
(A)  (Y)  Excellent  (C)  Probably  mature 

Little  Adventuress,  The  (Edith  Fellows.  Richard 
Fiske)  (Columbia)  Routine  racetrack  story  with 
the  usual  run  of  hard  luck  for  principals.  One 
new  angle — little  girl  turns  jockey  and  rides 
her  horse  to  victory  after  regular  jockey's 
double-crossing  is  discovered.  Acting  better 
than  the  story.  1-3-39 

(A)  Hardly  (Y)  Mediocre         (C)  Unsuitable 

Nancy  Drew,  Detective(Bonita  Granville.  Frank- 
ie  Thomas,  John  Litel)  (Warner)  Engaging  little 
thriller.  Lawyer's  keen,  irrepressible,  *teen  age 
daughter,  bent  on  being  detective,  runs  down 
villains  with  aid  of  staunch  boy  friend.  Pleas- 
antly puzzling,  without  undue  violence.  Another 
"first"  of  rather  promising  "series."  12-20-38 

(A)  Good  of  kind  (Y)  (C)  Rather  good 

Next  Time  I  Marry  (Lucille  Ball.  Jas.  Ellison) 
(RKO)  Fast,  flippant,  laughably  absurd  farce. 
Spoiled  heiress  would  marry  titled  nitwit,  but 
father's  will  specifies  American  husband.  She 
"buys"  WPA  laborer-hero,  plans  quick  divorce. 
Chase  to  Reno  via  trailer  ends  in  wife's  "tam- 
ing" and  real  love  for  husband.  1-3-39 
(A)  Depends  on  taste  (Y)  Doubtful  (C)  No.  int. 
Orphans  of  the  Street  (Tommy  Ryan.  Robert 
Livingston)  (Republic)  Boy-dog  story  of  much 
appeal  but  uneven  quality.  Hero,  sent  to  orphan- 
age, runs  away  with  devoted  dog.  Murder  oc- 
curs, dog  suspected,  formally  tried  in  court,  but 
acquitted  with  aid  of  genial  old  veterinary 
deftly  played  by  Harry  Davenport.  12-20-38 
(A)  Hardly  (Y)  Perhaps  (C)  Fair 
Pacific  Liner  (McLaglen,  C.  Morris.  Wendy  Bar- 
rie)  (RKO)  Grim  melodrama  with  some  strong 
character  interest,  laid  below-decks  of  Shanghai- 
San  Francisco  freighter.  Doctor  and  nurse  fight 
cholera,  chief  engineer  fights  to  keep  up  steam 
with  dying  crew.  Grisly  cremations  of  dead  add 
to  depressinglv  entertaining  struggle.  1-10-39 
(A)  Very  good  of  kind  (Y)  Dbtfl.  value  (C)  No 
Paris  Honeymoon  (Bing  Crosby.  F.  Gaal)  (Para) 
Slight,  fantastic  romantic  comedy  laid  in  at- 
tractive settings  of  mythical  European  country. 
Bing.  millionaire  cowboy,  is  engaged  to  heiress 
but  marries  persistent  peasant  maid.  Deft 
comedy  by  Tamiroff.  Much  use  made  of  liquor 
which  causes  funny  convulsions.  1-3-39 
(A)  Thin  (Y)  Perhaps  (C)  Little  interest 
Personal  Secretary  (William  Gargan,  Joy  Hod- 
ges) (Univ)  More  or  less  absurd  yarn  of  news- 
paper man  and  woman  tracking  down  poison 
murderer,  with  much  admixture  of  astrology, 
thwarted  love,  and  important  doings  of  a  dog. 
Rather  good  acting  by  leading  players  in  un- 
fortunately inadequate  story.  12-13-38 
(A)  Mediocre  (Y)  Fair  (C)  Hardly 
Prairie  Moon  (Gene  Autry,  Tommy  Ryan)  (Re- 
public) Usual  western  stuff,  with  Autry  sing- 
ing and  elementary  acting.  Somewhat  original 


in  bringing  west  three  very  tough-mug  city 
kids  who  steal  picture  with  their  supreme  im- 
pudence, rough-house  antics,  gutter  English, 
making  fools  of  all  the  adults.  12-27-38 

(A)  Mediocre       (Y)  Hardly       (C)  Decidedly  not 

Rebellious  Daughters  (Marjorie  Reynolds,  George 
Douglas)  (Progressive)  Cheap,  unskillful  at- 
tempt to  capitalize  on  theme  of  over-strict  par- 
ents and  independent  children.  Two  girls  leave 
home,  fall  in  with  city  racketeers,  till  one  is 
grewsomely  murdered  and  the  other  safely  dis- 
illusioned. Mediocre  acting.  12-13-38 
(A)  Crude                        (Y)  No  (C)  No 

Say  It  in  French  (Milland,  Bradna)  (Para) 
Frothy,  sophisticated  comedy  of  complications. 
Hero  and  French  bride  keep  marriage  secret  to 
help  his  family  out  of  financial  difficulties,  she 
masquerading  as  maid  while  he  pretends  en- 
gagement to  wealthy  girl.  Forced  situations,  some 
in  bad  taste.  Ridiculous  chase  at  end.  12-27-38 

(A)  Inane  (Y)  Unsuitable  (C)  No 

Secrets  of  a  Nurse  (E.  Lowe,  D.  Foran,  Helen 
Mack)  (Univ)  Grim,  tedious,  incredible  melo- 
drama involving  nurse,  pugilist-hero,  successful 
criminal  lawyer  and  gangsters.  Ingredients  are 
crooked  fight,  three  murders,  an  execution,  trial 
which  convicts  hero  of  murder,  and  last  minute 
confession    that   saves    him.  1-3-39 

(A)  Mediocre  (Y)  Unpleasant  (C)  Certainly  not 
The  Shining  Hour  (Crawford,  Sullavan,  Doug- 
las, Young)  (MGM)  Oldest  son  brings  cabaret 
dancer  wife  to  ultra-gorgeous  "farm"  home. 
Married  brother  falls  in  love  with  her.  Tense 
situation  till  two  wives  restore  status  quo  in 
startling  style.  Convincing  triangle  drama,  fine 
in  acting,  dialog  and  character  interest.  12-20-38 
(A J  Very  good  of  kind     (Y)  Too  mature     (C)  No 

Spring  Madness  (M.  O'Sullivan.  L.  Ayres) 
(MGM)  Light,  amusing,  rather  enjoyable 
comedy  of  college  youth.  Despite  some  farcial 
exaggerations,  wholesome  serious  underlying 
romantic  element.  Clever  dialog,  smartly  pro- 
duced, well  acted  except  for  Burgess  Meredith's 
overdone    eccentric    role.  12-27-38 

(A)  Good  (Y)  Good  (C)DoubtfuI  interest 

Storm  (Bickford,  Foster,  McLane)  (Univ)  Pre- 
tentious, loosely  knit  "sea  saga"  wanders  over 
world  till  chief  characters  meet  on  same  ship 
in  terrific  storm.  Heroine  nurse  performs  sec- 
ond ''movie"  operation  by  radio!  Heavy  drink- 
ing, hard  fighting,  super  heroics,  clumsy  me- 
chanical effects.  12-13-38 
(A)  Depends  on  taste    (Y)  Mere  thriller    (C)  No 

Sweethearts  (MacDonald,  Eddy,  and  outstand- 
ing cast)  (MGM)  Victor  Herbert's  music,  beau- 
tifully sung  and  played  in  gorgeous  settings. 
Rest  is  welter  of  torrential  color,  incessant 
sound,  dizzying  action.  Charming  original  is 
hectically  "modernized"  with  jazz  tempos,  fa- 
shion show,  and  is  tiringly  long.  1-3-39 
(A)  Disappointing     (Y)  Prob.  good     (C)  No  int. 

Thanks    for    the    Memory    (Bob    Hope.    Shirley 

Ross)  (Para)  Merry,  sophisticated  little  farce- 
comedy  of  married  couples,  money  troubles,  other 
man.  other  woman,  separation,  but  coming  baby 
solves  all.  Free  and  easy  social  behaviour  with 
heavy  drinking  featured.  Rather  well  done  by 
good  cast.  Hope  surprisingly  good.  1-10-39 

(A)  Good  of  kind  (Y)  Better  not  (C)  No 

Trade  Winds  (Fredric  March.  J.  Bennett)  (U. 
A.)  Unique,  clever  detective-murder-mystery 
with  philandering  hero-detective  chasing  love, 
liquor  and  supposed  murderess-heroine  around 
the  world.  High  comedy  by  Ann  Sothern  as 
drunken  secretary,  and  Bellamy  as  dumb  de- 
tective. Deftly  sexy  throughout.  12-27-38 
(A)  Depends  on  taste  (Y)  Unwholesome  (C)  No 

Up  the  River  (P.  Foster,  A.  Treacher)  (Fox) 
Humorous  farce  showing  "pleasant"  side  of 
prison,  with  inmates  engaged  in  football  and 
theatricals.  Principals  are  two  "con  men," 
gridiron  stars,  who  escape  to  save  fellow  con- 
vict's mother  from  fleecing  by  crooks  and  return 
in  time  to  win  game  by  amusing  coup.  1-3-39 

'  \)  Prob.  amusing    (Y)  Doubtful  theme    (C)  No 

Young  in  Heart  (Roland  Young.  Gaynor.  Burke, 
Godard,  Dupree,  Fairbanks)  (UA)  Engaging, 
chronically  crooked  family  of  four,  firmly  averse 
to  work,  find  sweet,  rich  old  lady  an  easy  mark. 
But  her  faith  in  their  "goodness"  brings  con- 
vincing reform.  Slow,  whimsical  character  com- 
edy finely  done,  intelligently  amusing.  12-13-38 
(A)  (Y)  Very  good  (C)  If  it  interests 


January,   19  i9 


Page   33 


1  llusirated  is  RCA  Victor  Console  Recorder  MI- 1 2700 
. . .  records  and  reproduces  at  speeds  of  78  or  33  1/3 
r.  p.  m.  using  10',  12'  or  16"  records,  inside  out  or 
outside  in.  Has  pick-up  tone  arm  and  speaker  for  im- 
mediate play  back. ..high  fidelity  amplifier  and  speaker 
...especially  designed  motor  assembly  insures  accurate 
recording  and  play  back. 


Splendid  new  equipment 

bringsyou  ali4  essentials 

of  a  modern  recorder 

1.  Records  and  reproduces  with 
amazing  accuracy. 

2.  Sturdily  constructed  —  with- 
stands hard  knocks. 

3.  Utmost  dependability. 

4.  Extremely  simple  operation. 

Many  teachers  and  school  ex- 
ecutives have  found  that  the  use 
of  recording  equipment  pro- 
vides them  with  the  most  accu- 
rate and  scientific  means  of 
determining  and  correcting 
speech  defects  —  and  measur- 
ing pupils'  progress  in  speech 
and  music  instruction.  A  re- 
corder  is   also    invaluable  for 


future  play  back  of  recordings 
of  radio  talks  by  prominent 
speakers,  for  the  study  and  pro- 
nunciation  of  foreign  lan- 
guages, for  the  recording  of 
school  plays,  dramas,  debates 
and  other  uses. 

RCA  Victor's  newest  recorder 
is  illustrated  on  this  page.  Look 
at  its  outstanding  features— and 
remember— it  insures  the  very 
finest  in  quality  at  extremely 
low  cost.  For  more  complete 
details  write  to  the  address  be- 
low. No  obligation,  of  course. 
•         •         • 

RCA  presents  the  Magic  Key  every  Sunday, 
2-3  P.  M..  E.  S.T.,  on  the  NBC  Blue  Network. 

Modern  schools   Uay  modern  with  RCA 
radio  tubes  in  their  sound  equipment. 


USE  THE  COUPON 


SOUND  SERVICE  FOR  SCHOOLS 

Educational  Depi..  KCA  Manufacfurins  Co..  Inc..  Camden.  N.  J. 
A  Service  of  the  Radio  Corporation  of  America 


FMucatiomal  Departmeml~KCA  Manufacturing  Co.,  Inc..  Camden,  N.  ) 

Please  send  detailed   information  and  price  quotations  on  RCA  Victor 
Console  Recorder  MM2''O0. 


Sam€  _ 


AiUms^ 


Do  you  desire  a  demonstration?  (No  obligatioa). 


Page   34  The  Educational  Screen 

AMONG  THE  PRODUCERS  l^L..  iL  c^erdj 


ritfft^  atttto-uM-ce  new  ptcJiuct^  unJi  JievelopnteH.ti  ar  mtete^t  to  lite  tLelJL. 


Ampro  Announces 
Two  New  Models 

The  Ampro  Corporation,  Chicago,  Illi- 
nois, are  announcing  two  radically  new 
and  improved  low-priced  16  mm.  sound- 
on-film  projectors,  Models  X  and  Y, 
basically  new  in  design,  at  prices  well 
within  the  reach  of  a  moderate  budget. 
A  new  adaptation  of  Ampro's  standard 
sound  mechanism  assures  sound  repro- 
duction of  a  quality  found  in  higher 
priced  Ampro  models.  Brilliant  picture 
projection  is  achieved  by  the  750-1000 
watt  illumination. 

The  machines  are  compactly  construct- 
ed, quiet,  and  easy  to  operate.  All  in  one 
case,    small    and    portable,   the   projector 


New  Ampro  Sound  Projector 


weighs  only  49  lbs.,  including  1600  ft. 
reel,  carrying  case,  accessories  and  cords. 
All  controls  are  centralized  on  a  single 
illuminated  panel,  and  reel  arm  brackets 
are  permanently  attached  and  swiveled 
into  position.  Threading  is  simple — only 
two  sprockets,  and  further  facilitated  by 
film  guides. 

Every  fundamental  of  Ampro  quality 
is  retained  in  appearance,  construction 
and  performance  and  is  backed  by  the 
regular   standard   .Ampro   guarantee. 

Amprosound  Model  "Y,"  designed  for 
classrooms  and  small  auditoriums, 
equipped  with  Universal  AC-DC  motor 
with  silent  film  speed,  is  priced  at  $295.00. 
Amprosound  Model  "X,"  designed  espe- 
cially for  industry,  equipped  with  60 
cycle  AC  motor,  is  priced  at  $275.00. 

If  interested,  write  to  the  Ampro 
Corporation,  2839  N.  Western  Avenue, 
Chicago,  Illinois,  and  complete  specifi- 
cations will  be  furnished  promptly. 


Low  Priced   Projector 
Announced  By  Spencer  Lens 

The  Spencer  Lens.Cunipany  of  Buffalo, 
New  York,  manufacturers  of  microscopes 
and  scientific  optical  instruments,  have 
announced  another  new  projector  for 
2"  X  2"  slides,  and  have  promised  de- 
liveries beginning  January  20.  It  fol- 
lows only  three  months  after  the  an- 
nouncement of  their  750  watt  auditorium 
projector.  Model  GK. 

The  new  instrument  will  be  known  as 
Model  MK  Dclineascope,  and  the  basic 
unit  will  be  priced  at  $22.50.  The 
manufacturers  claim  that  this  100-watt 
projector  is  far  more  efficient  than  would 
be  expected  from  its  size  and  price, — 
that  it  remains  cool  enough  to  handle  at 
all  times,  and  assures  safety  for  color 
films. 

A  feature  that  will  influence  many 
purchasers  is  accessory  equipment  that 
will  soon  be  available.  The  front  of  this 
instrument  is  so  designed  that  it  may  be 
removed  by  loosening  a  knurled  thumb 
screw,  and  the  accessory  equipment  to 
handle  strip  film  in  double  frame  or 
single  frame,  added.  Increased  illumin- 
ation will  be  available  for  use  in  class- 
rooms. 

The  Spencer  projection  lens  is  5" 
focal  length,  and  has  a  speed  of  F  :3.6. 
Operation  is  simple.  Slides  are  placed 
in  a  conventional  type  lantern  slide  car- 
rier, all  metal  and  carefully  fitted.  The 
instrument  has  a  self-leveling  elevating 
device  held  by  a  knurled  thumb  screw. 
The  lamp  house  is  hinged,  permitting 
easy  access  to  lamps  and  condensers. 

RCA  School  Catalog 

The  third  edition  of  "RC.\  Victor 
Sound  Service  For  Schools,"  a  catalog 
devoted  to  the  application  of  radio, 
recorded  music,  sound  movie  projectors, 
transmitters,  sound  reinforcing  equip- 
ment, and  electronic  instruments  for 
schools  of  any  size,  has  been  announced 
by  the  Educational  Department  of  the 
RCA    Manufacturing    Company. 

The  catalog  is  available  to  interested 
teachers  and  school  executives  through 
RCA  Victor  distributors  or  directly 
from  the  Company.  Like  the  earlier  edi- 
tions, the  32-page  book  is  printed  in 
two  colors,  is  lavishly  illustrated  and 
includes  extensive  notes  and  comments 
to  explain  the  application  of  each  type 
of  equipment   to   school   purposes. 

Radio  and  sound  equipment  never 
before  included  in  the  catalog  is  listed, 
including  two  centrally  controlled 
school  sound  systems  and  two  record- 
ing and  instantaneous  play-back  instru- 
ments. Also  described  are  ultra  short- 
wave radio  transmitting  and  receiving 
equipment,  radio  parts  and  test  equip- 
ment for  laboratory  use,  a  new  portable 


sound  reinforcement  system,  and  nearly 
a  score  of  new  radios  and  Victrolas 
particularly  suited  for  school  use.  In- 
formation about  four  battery-operated 
instruments  for  rural  schools  is  also 
included. 

"This  new  catalog  is  the  most  cam- 
plete  of  its  kind,'  said  Ellsworth  C. 
Dent,  Director  of  the  Educational  De- 
partment. "It  shows  how  much  has 
been  done  by  RCA  Victor  to  develop 
and  make  available  practically  all  types 
of  radio  and  sound  equipment  which 
may  be  used  eflfecively  in  schools  and 
other  educational  institutions.  "We 
have  included  ultra  short-wave  trans- 
mitting and  receiving  equipment  to 
meet  requests  among  educators  for  in- 
formation which  will  help  them  to  util- 
ize the  new  radio  broadcast  channels 
allotted  for  educational   use." 

The  back  cover  of  the  catalog  is  de- 
voted to  an  outline  of  radio  broadcasts 
of  interest  to  schools. 

DeVry  Centralized  System 

The  new  De  Vry  Centralized  Control 
System  shown  in  the  illustration  has 
been  built  to  meet  a  demand  for  a  low- 
cost,    light    weight    Centralized    Control 


unit.     This  outfit  provides  two-way  com- 
munication between  a  number  of  rooms. 

Universal  16mm  Sound 
Projectors  Licensed  by  ERPI 

Along  with  news  of  their  new  models, 
comes  an  announcement  from  Universal 
Sound  Projector  that  arrangements  are 
being  made  by  which  they  will  manu- 
facture under  the  following  licenses : 

"Manufactured  under  licenses  from 
Electrical  Research  Products,  Inc.,  under 
United  States  patents  of  American  Tele- 
phone and  Telegraph  Company  and  Wes- 
tern Electric  Company,  Incorporated,  for 
use  only  in  connection  with  the  exhibi- 
tion of  motion  pictures." 

The  improvements  incorporated  in  the 
new  projectors  allow  Universal  to  be 
one  of  the  few  granted  permission  to 
operate  under  this  license. 


January,  1959 


Page  35 


Bell  &  Howell  Film  Book 

The  Pilinosouiul  Film  Library  Book 
just  issued  by  Bell  &  Howell  Company 
lists  in  its  sixty-four  8}<ixll  inch  pages 
over  2800  reels  of  sound-on-filni  features, 
comedies,  cartoons,  adventure,  nature  sub- 
jects, music,  religion,  history,  news  reels, 
sixirts  and  teacher  training,  offered  for 
rental  or  sale  by  the  Bell  &  Howell 
Kilniosiniiid  Library.  There  is  also  much 
interesting  information  on  the  method 
of  Ixjoking  and  servicing  film  prints,  on 
the  varied  application  of  listed  films  to 
subject-matter  fields,  and  criteria  for  the 
appraisal  of  all  offerings.  The  book  is 
profusely  illustrated  with  scenes  from 
listed  films.  A  separate  8-pagc  alpha- 
betical index,  treated  as  an  in.sert,  fa- 
cilitates finding  films  known  by  title  and 
gives  outright  sale  prices.  Both  Filmo- 
sound  Library  Book  and  index  are 
"binder-punched"  for  the  later  inclusion 
of    anticipated    additions    and    for    filing. 

A  majority  of  film  listings  in  the 
Filmosound  Library  Book  —  over  2000 
reels — are  for  entertainment,  but  selected, 
too,  with  a  view  to  distinct  cultural  value. 
.\  foreword  describes  the  method  of  us- 
ing feature  films  in  school  auditoriums 
for  educational  purposes,  tied  in  directly 
with  classroom  preparatory  and  review 
activities.  Similar  suggestions  are  in- 
cluded with  the  headings  of  other  major 
groups  of  films,  such  as  serials,  travel, 
nature,  current  events,  foreign  language 
teaching,   vocations,  etc. 

A  copy  of  the  book  is  sent  free  to 
every  owner  of  a  16mm.  sound  projector 
registered  in  the  Bell  &  Howell  files. 
.^dditional  copies  and  copies  to  non- 
ow^ners  of  sotmd  equipment  are  priced  at 
2Sc  each.  Further  information  may  be 
had  by  addressing  Bell  &  Howell  Com- 
pany, 1801  Larchmont  Avenue,  Chicago, 
Illinois. 

New  100  Watt 
Leiti  Projector 

Designed  for  showing  pictures  in  the 
classroom,  in  the  home  or  to  any  small 
group  of  people,  the  new  Leitz  VHI-C  100 
watt  stillfilm  projector  presents  many 
novel  features.  Scarcely  larger  than  a 
book,  measuring  only  6^  x  6%  x  3 
inches,  not  including  lens,  it  is  made  of 
plastic  and  metal,  plastic  around  the 
front  of  the  projector  where  heat  should 
not  be  transmitted  and  metal  around  the 
lamp  house  where  heat  should  be  trans- 
mitted. The  projector  may  be  used  for 
projecting  either  2x2  inch  glass  slides 
or  3Smm  film  strips.  The  slide  changing 
gate  is  interchangeable  with  the  film 
carrier  and  the  front  of  the  projector  may 
be  rotated  so  that  both  horizontal  and 
vertical  pictures  may  be  projected  fr  ti 
film  strips.  A  three  lens  condenser  sys- 
tem and  a  silvered  reflector  behind  the 
projection  lamp  are  said  to  make  the 
illuminating  system  unusually  efficient  for 
a  100-watt  projector.  The  condenser  sys- 
tem is  easily  removable  so  that  either 
50  mm  Ixica  Camera  lenses  or  a  special 
85mm  projection  lens  may  be  used.  .^ 
heat  absorption  filter  between  the  lamp 
and  condenser  system  aids  in  dissipat- 
ing the  heat,  while  the  black  top  of  the 
bulb  permits  the  tops  of  the  inner  and 


B 

ft'',    *    .     .V    \. 

\%^!^ 

^^^^               •*  / 

^ 

\*    .^^r 

Trademark  <»f 

l)i>pf>ndabilily  in   I6nifn 

Mnliiin     I'U'lurr     Strvitr 

1  ADDRESS  FOR 

1 

r\          .      r  1        n 

Wjbosh,  Ind. 

1                                                                                                       1 

outer  lamp  housings  to  be  open  for  max- 
imum ventilation. 

Prices  and  more  information  may  be 
had  by  writing  to  E.  Leitz,  Inc.,  730 
Fifth   .Avenue,  New  York,   N.  Y. 

Current  Film  Releases 

{Concluded  from  page  2A) 

immersed  in  liquid  air  and  the  effect 
shown.  The  qualities  of  liquid  oxygen  are 
also  illustrated. 

Film    Review 

Coast  Guard  Coiiimunieations,  a  16 
mm.,  three  reel  sound  film  in  monotone, 
with  a  running  time  of  33  minutes,  was 
produced  by  the  Bray  Studios  in  1937 
cooperating  with  the  units  of  the  Coast 
Guard  Service. 

This  film  holds  the  interest  of  pupils 
from  Grade  8  through  12  from  start  to 
finish.  It  portrays  the  means  developed 
by  the  Coast  Guard  to  maintain  its  lines 
of  communication.  The  use  of  flares  and 
beacons,  semaphores  and  other  manual 
means  of  communication  are  indicated 
but  the  major  part  of  the  film  illustrates 
the  great  efficiency  of  radio  and  radio- 
telephone in  the  routine  work  of  this 
branch  of  the  Government  Service.  Con- 
comitantly, the  pupil  gets  a  clear  picture 
of  the  place  of  the  Coast  Guard  and  its 
work. 

Shots  of  ships  at  sea,  the  radio  room 
"Sparks"  at  work,  the  transmitting  and 
receiving  stations  of  the  Coast  Guard 
are  all  clear  and  filled  with  action.  The 
narrator  "Fades  out"  frequently  to  en- 
able the  story  to  be  told  by  those  par- 
ticipating in  the  film  itself.  One  sees 
action  on  the  bridge,  hears  the  clang  of 
engine  room  signals,  hears  the  snappe<l 
commands  and  scuffle  of  men  leaping  into 
action. 

The  film  is  an  excellent  medium  for 
bringing  out  this  colorful  but  unsung 
branch  of  the  Federal  Government.  It 
should  prove  helpful  to  classes  in  civics 
and  the  like.  It  is  also  of  value  to 
students  of  general  science  who  see  a 
clear-cut  picture  of  adaptation  of  elec- 
tricity to   communication. 

By  L.  HALL  BARTLEH 
Head,  Social  Studies  Department 
Garden  City  High  School 
Garden  City,  New  York 


Additions  to  "School  List"  Rims 

Word  from  Films,  Incorporated,  states 
that  The  Plainsman  has  been  added  to  its 
"School  List"  of  Photoplays  now  avail- 
able in  16  mm  size.  Maid  of  Salem  will 
be  available  after  February  1st  and 
Clarence  after  March  15th.  Complete 
information  on  this  organization's  dis- 
tribution plan  to  schools  can  be  had  by 
writing  to  headquarters,  330  West  42nd 
Street,  New  York  City. 

New  Film  on  Coffee 

The  story  of  coffee  culture  is  depicted 
in  the  new  two-reel  edticational  talking 
picture.  Coffee — from  Brasil  to  You,  pro- 
duced by  William  Burton  Larsen  for  the 
Pan  American  Union,  Washington,  D.  C. 
Coffee-growing  procedures  as  practiced 
on  the  big  plantations  of  Brazil  are  il- 
lustrated—the "burning  over"  of  newly 
cut  area  selected  for  a  new  plantation, 
planting  the  coffee  beans  from  which 
coffee  plants  are  grown— followed  by 
scenes  of  process  work  and  the  loading 
of  coffee  into  ships  at  Santos.  The  story 
finishes  in  the  roasting  plants  in  Brooklyn 
with  the  packaging  of  the  coffee.  The 
film  is  loaned  free  to  responsible  educa- 
tional institutions  except  for  express 
charges.  Prints  are  available  in  16inm 
and  35mm  sound.  It  is  suggested  to  those 
who  wish  to  book  the  picture  to  kindly 
send  two  or  three  alternative  dates. 


Puppets  Depict  History  of  Oil 

A  unique  Technicolor  puppet  film,  fea- 
turing a  new  type  of  flexible  rubber 
figurine,  created  and  animated  by  Louis 
Bunin,  noted  puppeteer,  will  be  shown 
by  the  Petroleum  Industry  Exhibition  at 
the  New  York  World's  Fair,  1939.  These 
puppet  characters  make  possible  a  me- 
dium for  film  fantasy  possessing  all 
the  appeal  of  the  animated  cartoon.  The 
illusion  of  animation  is  secured  by  mov- 
ing the  puppets  fractionally  from  one  po- 
sition to  the  next.  The  film  will  tell  the 
story  of  the  discovery  and  development 
of  oil  in  America,  and  its  place  in  the 
world  of  today.  The  little  rubber  puppets 
will  move  against  a  shifting  panorama, 
beginning  with  a  puppet  horse  pulling  a 
covered  wagon  across  the  desert,  and 
winding  up  against  the  impressionistic 
backgroimd  of  a  super -modem  city. 


Page  36 


The  Educational  Screen 


HERE  THEY   ARE 


A  Trade  Directory 

for  the  Visual  Field 


FILMS 

Akin  and  Bagshaw,  Inc.  (6) 

1425  Williams  St.,  Denver,  Colo. 
Audio-Film   Libraries  (5) 

661  Bloomficid  Ave.,  Bloomfield,  X.  J. 

(See  advertisement  on  page  27) 

Beacon  Films  (6) 

43  E.  Ohio  St.,  Chicago 

(See  advertisement  on  page  24) 

BcU  &  Howell  Co.  (6) 

1815  Larchmont  Ave.,  Chicago 

(See  advertisement  on  inside  back  cover) 

Bray  Pictures  Corporation  (3,  6) 

729  Seventh  Ave.,  New  York  City 
Cine  Classic  Library  (5) 

1041  Jefferson  Ave.,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 

(See  advertisement  on   page  28) 

Dudley  Visual  Education  Service      (4) 

736  S.  Wabash  Ave.,  Chicago 

4th  Fl.,  Coughlan  Bldg. 

Mankato,  Minn. 
Eastin  16  mm.  Pictures  (6) 

707  Putnam  Bldg.,  Davenport,  la. 

Burns  Bldg.,  Colorado  Springs,  Colo. 

Eastman  Kodak  Co.  (1,  4) 

Rochester,  N.  Y. 

(See  advertisement  on  outside  back  cover) 

Eastman  Kodak  Co.  (4) 

Teaching  Films  Division, 
Rochester.  N.  Y. 

(See  advertisement  on  page  31) 

Eastman  Kodak  Stores,  Inc.  (6) 

102O  Chestnut  St.,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

606  Wood  St.,  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 
Edited  Pictures  System,  Inc.  (6) 

330  W.  42nd  St.,  New  York  City 
Erpi  Classroom  Films,  Inc.  (2, 5) 

35-11  35th  Ave.,  Long  Island  City, 

N.  Y. 
Films,  Inc.  (6) 

330  W.  42nd  St.,  New  York  City 

64  E.  Lake  St.,  Chicago 

925  N.  W.  19th  St.,  Portland,  Ore. 
Fisher  Body  Division  (2,  5) 

General  Motors  Corp.,  Detroit,  Mich. 
(See  advertisement  on  page  25) 

General  Films,  Ltd.  (3,  6) 

1924  Rose  St.,  Regina,  Sask. 
156  King  St.,  W.  Toronto 

Walter  O.  Gutlohn,  Inc.  (6) 

35  W.  45th  St.,  New  York  City 

(See  advertisement  on  page   1) 

Harvard  Film  Service  (3,  6) 

Biological  Laboratories. 

Harvard  University,  Cambridge,  Mass. 
Guy  D.  Haselton,  Travelettes     (1,  4,  5) 

7936  Santa  Monica,  Blvd., 

Hollywood,  Calif. 
Howard  Hill  Motion  Picture  Service  (5) 

280  Scenic-Piedmont,  Oakland,  Cal. 

Chamber  of  Commerce  Bldg., 

Los  Angeles,  Cal. 

J.  H.  Hoffberg  Co.,  Inc.  (2,  5) 

729  Seventh  Ave.,  New  York  City 
Ideal  Pictures  Corp.  (3,  6) 

28  E.  Eighth  St.,  Chicago,  III. 

(See  advertisement  on  page   1) 

Leroy  Dennis  Film  Bureau  (6) 

Wabash.  Ind. 

(See  advertisement  on  page  35) 

Lewis  Film  Service  (6) 

105  E.  1st  St.,  Wichita.  Kan. 

(See  advertisement  on  page  22) 

The  Manse  Library  (4,  5) 

2439  Auburn  Ave.,  Cincinnati,  O. 

(See  advertisement  on  page  28) 


Post  Pictures  Corp.  (6) 

723   Seventh   .Ave.,   New   York   City 
(See  advertisement  on  page  23) 

UFA  Educational  Films  (3,  6) 

729   Sevcntli   .\ve.,    New   York   City 

( .See    advertisement   on    page   29) 

United  Projector  and  Films  Corp.  (1,  4) 

228  Franklin  St..  BuiTalo,  N.  Y. 
Universal  Pictures  Co.,  Inc.  (2) 

Rockefeller  Center,  New  York  City 

(See   advertisement  on  page  27) 

Visual  Education  Service  (6) 

131  Clarendon  St.,  Boston,  Mass. 

Wholesome  Films  Service,  Inc.     (3,  4) 
48  Melrose  St.,  Boston,  Mass. 

Williams,  Brown  and  Earle,  Inc.  (3,  6) 
918  Chestnut   St.,   Philadelphia,   Pa. 

Y.M.C.A.  Motion  Picture  Bureau  (1,  6) 
347  Madison  Ave.,  New  York  City 
19  S.  LaSalle  St.,  Chicago 
351  Turk  St.,  San  Francisco,  Cal. 


MOT/ON  PICTURE 
MACHINES  and  SUPPLIES 

The  Ampro  Corporation  (6) 

2839  N.  Western  j^ve.,  Chicago 

(See   advertisement   on    page   5) 

Bell  &  Howell  Co.  (6) 

1815   Larchmont  Ave..  Chicago 

(See  advertisement  on   inside  back  cover) 

Central  Camera  Co.  (6) 

230  S.  Wabash  Ave.,  Chicago 

(See  advertisement  on  page  28) 

DeVry  Corporation  (3,  6) 

1111   Armitage  St.,  Chicago 

(See  advertisement  on  inside  front  cover) 

Eastman  Kodak  Co.  (6) 

Rochester,  N.  Y. 

(See  advertisement  on  outside  back  cover) 

Eastman  Kodak  Stores,   Inc.  (6) 

1020  Chestnut  St.,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

606  Wood  St.,  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 
General  Films,  Ltd.  (3,  6) 

1924  Rose  St..  Regina,  Sask. 

156  King  St.,  W.  Toronto 
Howard  Hill  Motion  Picture  Service  (5) 

280  Scenic-Piedmont,  Oakland,  Cal. 

Chamber  of  Commerce  Bldg., 

Los  Angeles,  Cal. 
Holmes  Projector  Co.  (3,  6) 

1813  Orchard  St.,  Chicago 

(See  advertisement  on   page  29) 

Ideal  Pictures  Corp.  (3,  6) 

28  E.  Eighth  St.,  Chicago 

(See  advertisement  on  page  1) 

RCA  Manufacturing  Co.,  Inc.  (5) 

.Camden,  N.  J. 

(See  advertisement  on  page  33) 

S.  O.  S.  Corporation  (3,  6) 

636  Eleventh  Ave..  New  York  City 

Sunny  Schick  National  Brokers  (3,  6) 

407  W.  Wash.  Blvd.,  Ft.  Wayne,  Ind. 

United  Projector  and  Films  Corp.  (1,  4) 

228  Franklin  St.,  Buffalo,  N.  Y. 

Universal  Sound  Projector  (5) 

1921  Oxford  St..  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

(See  advertisement  on   page  26) 

Victor  Animatograph  Corp.  (6) 

Davenport,   Iowa 

(Sec  advertisement  on  page  23) 

Visual  Education  Service  (6) 

131   Clarendon  St.,  Boston,  Mass. 

Williams,  Brown  and  Earle,  Inc.  (3,  6) 
918  Chestnut  St.,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 


PICTURES  and  PRINTS 

Colonial  Art  Co. 

1336  N.W.  1st  St.,  Oklahoma  City,  Okla. 

SCREENS 

Da  Lite  Screen  Co. 

2717  N.  Crawford  Ave.,  Chicago 

(See  advertisement  on  page  25) 

Eastman  Kodak  Stores,  Inc. 

1020  Chestnut  St..  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

606  Wood  St.,  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 
Williams,  Brown  and  Earle,  Inc. 

918  Chestnut  St.,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

SLIDES  and  FILM  SLIDES 

Eastman  Educational  Slides 

Johnson  Co.   Bank  Bldg., 

Iowa  City,  la. 
Edited  Pictures  System,  Inc. 

330  W.  42nd  St.,  New  York  City 
Ideal  Pictures  Corp. 

28  E.  Eighth  St.,  Chicago,  III. 

(See  advertisement  on  page  1) 

Keystone  View  Co. 

Meadville,  Pa. 

( See   advertisement   on    page   6) 

Radio-Mat  Slide  Co.,  Inc. 

1819  Broadway.  New  York  City 
(See  advertisement  on  page  28) 

Society   for   Visual   Education 
327  S.  LaSalle  St..  Chicago,  III. 

(See  advertisement  on   page  22) 

Visual  Education  Service 

131   Clarendon   St.,  Boston,  Mass. 
Visual  Sciences 
Suffern,  New  York 

(See  advertisement  on  page  28) 

Williams,  Brown  and  Earle,  Inc. 

918  Chestnut  St.,   Philadelphia.   Pa. 

STEREOGRAPHS  and 
STEREOSCOPES 

Keystone  View  Co. 
Meadville,   Pa. 

(See  advertisement  on   page   6) 

STEREOPTICONS  and 
OPAQUE  PROJECTORS 

Bausch  and  Lomb  Optical  Co. 

Rochester,  N.  Y. 

(See  advertisement  on   page  2) 

Eastman  Kodak  Stores,  Inc. 

1020   Chestnut   St.,   Philadelphia,   Pa. 

606  Wood  St.,  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 
General  Films  Ltd. 

1924  Rose   St.,  Regina,  Sask. 

156  King  St.,  W.  Toronto 
Keystone  View  Co. 

Meadville,  Pa. 

(See  advertisement  on  page  6) 

Spencer  Lens  Co. 

19  Doat  St.,  Buffalo,  N.  Y. 

(See  advertisement  on  page  21) 

Williams,  Brown  and  Earle,  Inc. 

918  Chestnut  St.,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 


REFERENCE  NUMBERS 

(1)   indicates    firm    supplies 

35   mm. 

silent. 

<2)    indicates    firm    supplies 

35    mm. 

sound. 

(3)    indicates    firm    supplies 

35    mm. 

sound  and   silent. 

(4)    indicates    firm    supplies 

16    mm. 

silent. 

(5)    indicates    firm    supplies 

16    mm. 

sound-on-film. 

(6>   indicates   firm    supplies 

16    mm. 

sound  and  silent. 

Continuous  insertions  un(ier  one  heading,  $1.50  per  issue;  additional  listings  under  other  headings,  75c  each. 


1  HI  (C  ATIO  MAL 


|e  Magazine  Devoted  Exclusively 
>  the  Visual  Idea  in  Education 


IN  THIS  ISSUE 

A  Cooperative  Plan 

for  Viiualizing 

Education 

Movie  Theater  Comes 
to  School 

The  Candid  Camera  in 

a   Classroom    Study 

of   Housing 

A  Flea  for  the 
Magic   Lantern 

Motion  Pictures — 
Not  for  Theatres 


FEBRUARY,   1939 

Public  Library 

Kansas  City,  Mo. 

Teachers  Library 


VOLUME  XVIII.  NUMBER  2 
WHOLE      NUMBER       169 


Temple  Compound  and  a  Tower  of  fhe  East  at  the  Golden  Gate  International  Exposition 


CONVENTION     ISSUE 


A    C 


$2.00    PER    YEAR 


Model  AA  with  head 
in  vertical  position  for 
showing  standard  sin- 
gle   frame    filmslides. 


Model  AA  with  head 
swiveled  for  showing 
DOUBLE    frame    hori- 
zontal   film. 


It  takes  only  a  minute  to 
ctiange  the  Model  A  A 
from  a  flimslide  projec- 
lor  to  a  glass  slide  pro- 
jector. A  double  slide 
carrier    is    provided. 


Built  on  Time- Proved 
Principles 

THE  300  WATT 
MODEL  AA 

PROJECTOR 

Combines  Brilliant  Projection 
with  Unequalled  Convenience 

—  Cooler  at  the  aperture  than  any  other 
projector  on  the  market. 


Three  years  ago  when  the  100  watt  Model  of  the 
S.V.E.  Tri-Purpose  Projector  (the  Model  CC)  was  in- 
troduced, it  set  a  new  standard  for  efficient  projection 
of  black  and  white  filmstrips  and  Kodachrome  2"x2" 
glass  slides  and  won  widespread  popularity  among 
visual  educators. 

The  Model  AA  300  watt  Tri-Purpose  Projector  is 
built  upon  the  same  time-proved  principles.  It  merely 
provides  still  greater  brilliance  and  greater  conveni- 
ence with  even  less  heat  on  the  film  or  slide  —  the 
coolest  projector  on  the  market.  The  stronger  illumi- 
nation of  its  300  watt  lamp  permits  its  use  in  even 
large  auditoriums.  The  greater  brilliancy  is  espe- 
cially appreciated  in  showing  Kodachrome  sUdes. 
The  Model  AA  can  be  readily  adjusted  as  shown  in 
these  illustrations  to  project  single  frame  filmstrips, 
double  frame  filmstrips,  or  the  2"x2"  glass  sUdes. 
The  Model  AA  has  as  standard  eguipment  the  new 
S.V.E.  Rewind  Take-Up  which  rewinds  the  filmstrips 
in  proper  sequence  as  they  are  being  shown.  Write 
for  literature  today,  and  see  this  modern  compact, 
light  weight  equipment  at  your  supplier's!  Made 
entirely  in  the  U.  S.  A. 


SOCIETY  for  VISUAL  EDUCATION,  inc. 


Dept.     2     ES 


1 00    East     Ohio     Street 


Chicago,     Illinois 


^fis.  EDUCATIONAL  SCREEN 


FEBRUARY,   1939 


VOLUME  XVIII 


Contente 

A  Cooperative  Plan  for  Visualizing  Education. 
John  S.  Carroll 

Movie  Theater  Comes  to  School. 
Don  G.  Williams 

The  Candid  Camera  in  a  Classroom  Study  of  Housing. 
Edward  B.  Olds 


A  Plea  for  the  Magic  Lantern. 
Paul  hi.  Van  Ness 

Motion  Pictures — Not  for  Theatres. 
Arthur   Edwin    Krows 


43 


45 


46 


48 


49 


Composition  in  Line  and  Form — 

Presented  in  hIand-Made  Lantern  Slides 

By  Ann  Gale. 53 

Among  Ourselves — Notes  from  and  by 
The  Department  of  Visual  Instruction 
Conducted  by  The  Editorial  Committee 54 

New  and  Notes 

Conducted  by  Josephine  Hoffman  56 

Among  the  Magazines  and  Books 

Conducted  by  The  Staff 60 

Current  Film  Releases 64 

In  and  For  the  Classroom 

Conducted  by  Wilber  Emmert 66 

Film  Estimates 70 

Here  They  Are!  A  Trade  Directory  of  the  Visual  Field.      .   72 


NUMBER  TWO 


The  EDUCATIONAL  SCREEN  published  monthly  eicept  July  end  August  by  The 
Educetlonel  Screen,  Inc.  Publication  Office,  Pontiac,  Illinois;  Executive  Office,  64 
East  Lake  St.,  Chicago,  Illinois.  Entered  at  the  Post  Office  at  Pontiac,  Illinois,  as 
Second  Class  Matter.  Copyright,  February,  1939,  by  The  Educational  Screen. 
Address  communications  to  Executive  Office,  64  East  Lake  St.,  Chicago,  III. 
$2.00  a  Year  (Canada,  $2.25;  foreign,  $3.00)  Single  Copies  25  cts. 


THE  EDUCATIONAL  SCREEN,  Inc. 
Directorate  and  Staff 

Nation  L.  Greene.  Editor         Jescphine  Heffman 

Evelyn  J.  Baker  F.  Dean  McClutky 

Wilber  EaiBert  Stanley  B.  Breaae 

Ann  Sale  Stelto  Enlyn  Myara 


Page  40 


The  Educational  Screen 


"AW,  NO  PICTURES 


// 


Above,  Model  B  Balopticon  for 
lantern  slide  projection. 
Below,  Model  BOT,  the   same 
as   model   B    but   with    a   con- 
veoient  tilting  base. 


In  that  expression  lies  the  key  to  the  value  of  the  B  &  L  Balopticon  as  a 
teaching  tool.  Pictures  bring  a  new  and  more  vivid  reality  to  words, 
translating  lessons  into  a  language  every  pupil  can  understand.  Students 
of  every  age,  from  kindergarten  to  post-graduate  course,  learn  with  less 
effort  and  more  enjoyment  when  a  B  &  L  Balopticon  is  used  to  supplement 
lectures  and  reading. 

Write  for  B  &  L  Catalog  E-11  describing  the  complete  line  of  Balopticons 
for  every  teaching  need.  Address  Bausch  &  Lomb  Optical  Co.,  688  St. 
Paul  St.,  Rochester,  New  York. 


BAUSCH  &-  LOMB 


....WE  MAKE  OUR   OWN  GLASS  TO 
INSURE  STANDARDIZED  PRODUCTION 


FOR  YOUR  GLASSES  INSIST  ON   B  »  L 
ORTHOGON  LENSES  AND  B  *  L  FRAMES  . . . 


February,  1939 


Page  43 


A  Cooperative  Plan  for  Visualizing 


Education 


Presenting  the  background  and  basic  fea- 
tures of  the  Connecticut  project,  its  present 
status,    and   possible    future    developments. 


By     JOHN     S.     CARROLL 
Department  of  Education,  Yale  University 


DL'RIXCj  the  last  two  di-cades,  earnest  advocates 
of  various  s|X!cialized  jjlatis  in  the  field  of  visual 
education  have  come  to  the  fore,  stated  their  cases 
and,  in  some  notable  examples,  have  receded  to  a  frozen 
status  in  research  bibliojjraphics.  Sometimes  these  plans 
are  readvocated  at  a  later  date,  to  succeed  or  fail  again. 
By  such  repetition  and  survival  is  the  true  worth  of  an 
idea  demonstrated.  That  has  been  the  case  with  the 
cfioperative  factor  in  visual  education  work.  It  has  been 
used  many  times  in  various  sections  of  the  country. 
It  is  the  basic  feature  in  this  description  of  the  visual 
education  work  in  Connecticut. 

'i'he  work  in  visual  education,  as  it  emanates  from 
the  State  Department  of  Education,  is  fortunately 
characterized  by  the  consistent  sense  of  balance  observ- 
able in  the  long  history  of  education  in  Connecticut. 
On  the  visual  side  this  sense  of  balance  is  secured  by 
dividing  visual  education  into  five  large  areas,  pro- 
gressing from  the  basically  concrete  to  the  relatively 
abstract.  These  five  divisions  include,  (1)  Field  Trips 
( 2)  Objects.  Specimens  and  Models  (3)  Motion  Pic- 
tures (4)  Still  Pictures  and  (5)  Graphic  Materials. 
This  five  form  division,  admittedly  arbitrary,  serves  as 
a  means  for  a  balanced  approach  to  visual  education,  in 
which  no  one  phase  is  set  up  as  the  whole  of  visual 
education  to  the  detriment  of  the  other  phases.  Far 
too  often  an  over-enthusiastic  individual  or  group  has 
sought  to  advance  one  integral  part  of  visual  in- 
struction as  a  "new"  way  in  education.  The  anti-climax 
attending  such  dramatic  advances  is  evidence  of  the 
inherent  strength  of  the  movement  to  hold  a  dominant 
place  in  spite  of,  rather  than  because  of,  the  ministra- 
tions of  the  messiahs. 

The  economic  factor  is  always  a  most  important  one 
whenever  serious  consideration  is  being  given  to  visual 
education  plans.  The  community  school  systems  look  to 
the  state  department  for  aid,  the  state  department  looks 
to  the  legislature  for  aid,  the  legislature  looks  to  the 
community  for  revenue  plan  approval — and  there  the 
cycle  starts  and  ends.  The  Connecticut  Plan  would 
seem  to  have  certain  desirable  features  that  can  func- 
tion well  under  whatever  amount  of  aid  is  available 
from  the  several  sources.  The  immediate  situation  in- 
cludes a  cooperative  approach  that  involves  ( 1 )  the 
State  Department,  (2)  a  mutual  organization  known 
as  The  Connecticut  Cooperative  Visual  Education 
Society,  and  (3)  a  state-wide  Works  Progress  Admin- 
istration project  which  is  engaged  in  facilitating  vari- 
ous phases  of  the  state-wide  visual  education  plans. 

The  membership  of   The   Connecticut   Cooperative 


Visual  Education  Society  is  composed  of  a  number  of 
School  Superintendents,  with  schools,  school  systems 
and  other  educational  institutions  as  co-sponsors.  A 
slightly  diflferent  tyj)e  of  membership  is  supplied  by 
an  affiliated  group  of  state  and  municipal  health  edu- 
cation specialists  who  are  interested  in  a  prog^ram  of 
visualizing  health  education.  The  project  is  an  out- 
growth of  a  smaller  project  originally  established  to 
do  certain  experimental  work  and  production  of  special 
filmstrips.  The  filmstrip  project  soon  met  the  inevitable 
question  put  by  the  school  people,  "Shall  I  use  film- 
strips  or — "  and  the  alternatives  ran  the  whole  gamut 
of  visual  aids.  The  eventual  answer  was  a  natural  one; 
the  project  was  expanded  to  include  the  general  field 
of  visual  education.  The  result  has  been  added  impetus 
to  the  membership  of  the  State  Society  and  additional 
service  to  the  members  by  the  project.  This  service  has 
been  in  the  form  of  materials  produced,  research  ac- 
complished, professional  counsel  rendered,  and  demon- 
stration materials  placed  before  the  visiting  public.  At 
all  times  the  Society  has  aimed  to  encourage  schools 
and  school  systems  to  establish  visual  education  cen- 
ters, school  museums,  and  to  place  in  charge  thereof 
a  person  who  is  able  to  devote  at  least  part  time  to 
the  visual  education  program.  The  relationships  between 
all  of  the  organizations  concerned  in  the  whole  visual 
education  plan  for  the  state  are  shown  in   Figure   1. 

In  initiating  the  project,  the  State  Director  visited 
a  number  of  visual  education  centers  and  visual  educa- 
tion mu.seum  extension  projects  in  other  states.  The 
members  of  the  supervisory  staff  of  the  new  project 
were  selected  with  particular  emphasis  on  their  experi- 
ence in  the  visual  ficltl.  Several  of  these  staff  members 
visited  projects  and  visual  education  centers.  The 
counsel  of  the  Director  of  the  Bureau  of  Field  Service 
in  the  State  Department  of  Education  was  sought  in 
planning  the  project  program.  The  memlKrs  of  the 
Society  and  other  interested  educators  in  the  state  and 
in  nearby  states  were  consulted.  Thus  was  achieved  a 
highly  commendable  situation,  with  the  Federal  govern- 
ment agency,  the  state  agency,  the  local  school  people 
and  individual  educational  authorities  all  cooperating 
in  the  plans,  the  policies,  the  objectives  and  the  final 
production. 

As  a  result  of  this  combined  planning,  the  materials 
produced  by  the  project  are  educationally  and  cur- 
ricularly  pertinent.  The  materials  produced  are  mainly 
of  the  more  easily  duplicable  type.  There  is  included 
a  wide  variety  of  filmstrips,  a  series  of  historical  cos- 
tume   posters    and   costume    figurines    that    relate    to 


Page  44 


The  Educational  Screen 


Colonial-American  History,  a  similar  set  of  historical 
dioramas,  a  silk  screen  service  for  a  variety  of  ma- 
terials and  many  other  visual  aids.  Despite  dupli- 
cability,  material  cost  remained  as  a  prime  factor.  This 
problem  has  been  solved  by  having  the  Society  furnish 
the  raw  materials.  These  materials  are  processed  by 
the  project  and  then  returned  to  the  Society  and  the 
particular  member  thereof  that  placed  the  order.  Thus 
the  finished  products  reach  the  schools  on  the  cost-of- 
materials  basis. 

As  the  statewide  project  was  originially  planned  by 
the  coordinating  officials,  several  demonstration  cen- 
ters were  to  be  established  at  various  points  about  the 
state.  This  status  of  the  plan  has  not  as  yet  been  fully 
achieved.  However,  the  basic  work  by  the  units  already 
established  assures  that  future  units,  when  established, 
may  benefit  by  the  work  already  done  and  the  train- 
ing given  to  key  people  for  placement  in  the  new  units. 
In  the  matter  of  production  by  existing  units,  for  ex- 
ample, a  visualized  health  unit,  operating  in  a  city 
separate  from  the  parent  project,  prepares  visual  aids 
of  all  types,  but  only  as  they  pertain  to  the  health 
education  program.  In  another  instance,  project  person- 
nel is  used  to  produce  visual  materials  used  in  a  com- 
munity museum. 

Another  initial  objective  was  to  train  people  in  the 
preparation  and  handling  of  visual  aids  and  then  to 
place  these  same  people  in  schools  throughout  the  stale. 
In  these  schools  there  would  be  previous  agreement 
with  the  school  officials  for  the  establishment  of  a  school 
museum  or  visual  education  center.  In  addition,  a  staff 
member  would  be  appointed  by  the  school  officials  to 
act  as  visual  education  director,  supervisor  or  commit- 
tee chairman.  The  resultant  of  this  planning  should  be 
in  the  direction  of  maximum  educational  efficiency.  The 
school  people  of  Connecticut  seem  to  be  especially 
aware  of  their  responsibility  for  the  proper  expenditure 
of  funds  for  educational  purposes.  Results  must  be 
evident  in  the  planning  before  the  plans  are  adopted. 
Necessarily,  therefore,  time  elapses  between  the  various 
stages  in  the  development  of  the  program  concerned. 
By  this  same  token,  the  progress  eventually  achieved 
should  be  all  the  more  lasting.  As  the  plan  materializes 
in  the  wider  sense,  it  would  seem  that  education,  as  a 
whole,  would  stand  to  benefit  in  a  very  material  way 
and  that  teaching  efficiency  would  increase. 

Of  the  three  cooperating  factors  in  the  state-wide 
program,  the  State  Department  of  Education  is  handi- 
capped by  a  limited  budget — a  familiar  condition  with 
state  departments.  Even  so,  it  can  render  valuable 
service  in  a  supervisory  and  articulative  capacity.  This 
observer  believes  that  the  Department  intends  to  func- 
tion primarily  in  this  way.  The  cooperative  Society  is 
just  beginning  to  experience  the  benefits  of  coopera- 
tion. As  the  project  increases  the  production  of  the 
duplicable  types  of  visual  aids,  then  the  Society  mem- 
bers will  undoubtedly  benefit  increasingly  from  their 
cooperative  efforts.  As  regards  the  Federal  and  State 
work-relief  agencies,  the  present  Congressional  discus- 
sion, centering  around  the  policies  and  practices  of  the 
Works  Progress  Administration,  has  not  given  the 
deserved  emphasis  or  recognition  to  the  production  of 
educational  materials  that  have  inherent  worth.    From 


the  standpoint  of  social,  economic  and  educational 
worth,  the  principle  of  work  relief  personnel  being  as- 
signed to  the  production  of  aids  to  education,  under 
professional  sponsorship  and  supervision,  would  seem 
to  be  well  established. 

In  considering  any  state-wide  program  for  visual 
education,  a  working  plan,  to  be  adequate,  must  utilize 
all  of  the  five  general  types  of  visual  aids,  and  must 
have  jjrofessional  counsel  and  direction  of  the  activity. 
The  accumulated  benefit  of  years  of  study,  training  and 
experience ;  with  due  consideration  of  psychological, 
sociological  and  educational  principles,  are  essential  for 
success.  The  best  general  source  for  such  knowledge 
and  experience  is  doubtless  in  the  placement  bureaus 
of  the  training  institutions  and  in  the  personal  "mem- 
ories" of  the  national  authorities  in  the  field.  The  ever 
present  problem  of  leadership  is  present  in  this  phase 
of  education  as  well  as  in  general  educational  adminis- 
tration. The  eventual  evaluation  that  may  be  placed  on 
any  program  of  this  type  will  be  largely  commensurate 


CONNECTICUT  COOPERATIVE    PLAN 
FOR  VISUAU2ING  EDUCATION 


1    "'I'-'    r 


OXj.Itr.O'.  3^^.A-  ..rr   ■j»--T«>NT  OJ. .-»,«'  •"'"■    *"*" 


1      ^— -«>^      J 


_f  obJfcTiv(^  o*  »•«  1_ 


{*i"i  .<.*Tt  «ri"K>.;l 


BETTER  CITIZENS  WITH 
BETTER  UNDERSTANDING 
AS  ACHIEVED  T>l ROUGH 
VISUAL  EDUCATION 


The  above  chart  shows  the  organization  of  the  Connecticut 
statewide  visual  education  project  as  planned  by  the  three 
cooperating  factors — the  State  Department,  the  Connecticut 
Cooperative  Visual  Education  Society,  and  the  Works 
Progress  Administration. 

with  the  amount  of  educational  leadership  and  planning 
in  its  initial  stages.  Documentation  of  the  present  and 
evaluation  of  the  future  values  would  seem  to  be 
prerequisite  to  real  progress. 


Edjtor's  Note :  This  is  the  first  of  a  series  of  articles  dealing 
with  the  general  topic  of  Cooperative  planning  in  visual  educa- 
tion. The  next  article,  to  appear  in  an  early  issue  of  Educational 
Screen,  will  deal  with  more  specific  functional  aspects  of  a 
cooperative  visual  education  center. 


February,  19i9 

Movie  Theater  Comes  to  School 


Page   45 


Effective  teaching  of  motion  picture  appreciation  ac- 
complished through  high  school-theater  cooperation. 

By     DON     G.     WILLIAMS 

Director  of  Visual  Aids,  Great  Falls,  Montana 


THE  Great  Falls  High  School  has  worked  out  a 
ax)]K'rative  arrangement  with  one  of  the  local 
theaters,  hy  which  the  hetter  coniniercial  films  be- 
come essentially  a  part  of  the  school  program.  Motion 
picture  appreciation  is  lieing  thereby  promoted  as  part 
of  the  desirable  equipment  of  every  adult  in  our  modern 
world. 

We,  in  the  Great  Falls  schools,  believe  that  intelli- 
gent enjoyment  of  commercial  motion  pictures  can  be 
greatly  increa.sed.  To  that  end  we  strive  to  give  our 
pujiils  such  background  knowledge  and  .standards  of 
selection  as  will  iiicrea.se  their  enjoyment  and  apprecia- 
tion of  the  motion  picture.  Being  engaged  in  education 
and  believing  that  critical  audiences  are  the  only  ef- 
fective means  of  improving  motion  pictures,  we  hope 
that  this  knowledge  and  appreciation  will  make  these 
young  people  a  more  critical  audience. 

No  teacher  would  think  of  teaching  a  course  on  short 
stories  unless  she  could  have  at  least  one  short  story 
to  read  to  the  class  in  order  to  give  them  a  common 
starting  jwint  for  discussion.  Assuming  that  the  same 
thing  holds  true  for  motion  pictures,  we  have  recognized 
the  need  for  supplying  experiences  in  this  field.  This 
is  being  done  in  two  ways.  In  the  first  place,  we  have 
arranged  to  run  two  double- feature  repeat  shows  at 
one  of  our  less  expensive  commercial  houses.  Wanting 
our  young  people  to  see  the  shows  at  the  same  time, 
we  excuse  them  from  their  other  classes  for  these  pro- 
grams. I  realize  that  some  of  you  may  criticize  the 
double  bill.  But  please  remember  that  we  are  dealing 
with  an  actual  twentieth  century  school  situation  and 
not  with  a  nineteenth  century  theory.  We  try  to  be 
realistic.  "Movie"  appreciation  is  only  one  unit  in  our 
tenth  year  English,  and  we  do  not  by  any  means  spend 
all  of  our  time  attending  the  theater. 

Furthermore,  the  time  used  must  include  a  diversi- 
fied group  of  films  since  we  want  our  young  people  to 
see  four  types  of  program :  musical  romance,  comedy, 
drama,  and  "thriller."  Our  original  statement  was  that 
commercial  motion  pictures  are  primarily  for  enjoy- 
ment, and  some  people  enjoy  "thrillers." 

Another  reason  for  the  double  bill  is  one  of  economy. 
We  can  call  back  a  double  feature  for  almost  the  same 
price  as  a  single  bill.  Because  the  visual  aids  budget 
must  cover  all  pupils,  we  have  to  economize.  The  entire 
theater  is  rented  for  a  matinee  exclusively  for  high 
school  pupils.  In  this  way  it  is  easy  to  have  some  check 
on  the  crowd.  We  have  found  that  an  audience  which 
is  ninety  per  cent  high  school  sophomores  and  ten  per 
cent  town  people  is  not  satisfactory.  The  students  are 
excused  from  afternoon  classes  about  2:30,  and  are 
admitted  to  the  theater  in  classes.  This  insures  both 
teacher  and  pupil  attendance. 

This  program  gives  the  classes  a  common  basis  for 


discussion  and  comparison.  The  second  phase  of  our 
arranged  showings,  a  series  of  "student  days"  when 
single  features  are  presented,  gives  the  teachers  a 
chance  to  see  if  they  have  really  accomplished  something 
in  their  unit.  In  this  coimection,  a  series  of  first-class 
second-run  pictures  is  arranged  at  one  of  the  local 
theaters.  We  have  two  groups,  of  eighteen  selected 
pictures  each,  that  are  called  back  every  year.  The  man- 
ager of  the  theaters  makes  up  a  season  pass  carrying 
the  student's  name,  age.  sex,  advisory  room  number, 
and  a  series  of  numbers  from  one  to  eighteen.  These 
passes  are  good  only  on  student  night,  and  are  punched 
at  the  door.  We  have  found  this  routine  much  easier 
than  trying  to  arrange  any  other  system  of  individual 
tickets.  It  has  another  advantage,  namely,  that  our 
second  run  selected  pictures  are  invariably  of  a  higher 
type  than  some  of  the  ordinary  first  run  pictures,  and 
we  hope  thereby  to  encourage  attendance  at  these 
shows.  We  have  found  that  if  a  pupil  has  to  pay  cash 
for  a  show,  he  is  going  to  go  to  whatever  happens  to 
strike  his  fancy  or  the  fancy  of  the  crowd  he  "runs 
with."  If  he  has  already  purcha.sed  a  ticket  to  our 
show,  he  is  less  likely  to  go  to  another. 

Our  English  teachers  sell  these  passes  to  students 
for  $1.50.  or  about  eight  cents  per  show.  The  first  year 
that  we  worked  out  this  arrangement,  we  sold  some 
600  tickets.  This  year  we  have  sold  about  1100  to  a 
high  school  student  body  of  approximately  1900.  The 
increase  is  probably  due  to  an  increased  confidence  in 
our  ability  to  get  good  shows.  .\t  first,  the  pupils  were 
afraid  that  the  programs  would  be  too  "high  brow"  for 
them. 

The  director  of  visual  aids  arranges  the  program 
by  having  all  the  English  teachers  compile  a  list  of 
films  that  they  would  like  to  have  returned.  Then  these 
teachers  ask  their  classes  for  further  suggestions.  The 
list  is  then  turned  in  to  the  director  of  visual  aids,  who 
makes  up  a  list  of  about  sixty  films  from  all  those  sug- 
gested. The  director  cuts  off  those  that  are  too  far 
out  of  line,  which  is  the  only  censorship  involved.  An 
election  is  then  held  in  the  English  classes  to  select 
forty  films.  Of  the  forty  chosen  there  are  always  a  few 
which  are  not  available.  The  list  that  is  finally  agreed 
upon  is  taken  to  the  social  science,  natural  science,  and 
other  interested  teachers  to  see  if  they  have  any  parti- 
cular choice  of  dates  for  various  films.  Often  we  find 
that  there  are  films  on  the  list  which  are  of  particular 
interest  to  particular  classes  in  the  school.  We  try  to 
show  these  films  when  they  will  be  most  helpful  to 
such  groups.  The  completed  list  is  then  dated  and  sent 
to  the  theater  manager,  who  books  the  pictures,  if 
possible,  in  the  order  we  indicate. 

Last  year  our  regular  student  night  was  on  Tuesday. 
This  year  it  will  come  on  Thursday.  Friday  would  be 


Page   46 


The  Educational  Screen 


the  ideal  day,  but  we  are  unable  to  get  ihe  theater  that 
night  because  it  is  always  a  profitable  night  for  un- 
sponsored  pupil  attendance  at  full  prices. 

On  student  days  we  run  a  matinee  starting  at  3:15, 
and  showings  continue  until  1 1 :30.  This  gives  the 
pupils  living  in  the  country  a  chance  to  go  to  the  pic- 
ture show  and  still  get  home  before  dark.  These  shows 
are  also  open  to  the  general  public  at  regular  admission 
prices  and  are  quite  well  attended  because  of  the  high 
type  of  picture  recalled.  On  such  occasions  we  have  a 
single  feature.  To  build  up  our  programs  we  have  a 
news  real,  one  cartoon,  and  a  novelty  or  educational 
short.  As  a  sample  of  films  selected  for  these  pro- 
grams the  list  used  for  our  second  program  of  1937-38 
is  here  given : 


1.  Story  of  Louis  Pasteur 

2.  Trail  of  the  Lonesome 
Pine 

3.  The  King  Steps  Out 

4.  Show  Boat 

5.  Under  Two  Flags 

6.  Ex  Mrs.  Bradford 

7.  Captain  January 

8.  Mr.  Deeds  Goes  to 
Town 


9.  Voice  of  Bugle  Ann 

10.  I   Found   Stella   Parish 

11.  Sylvia  Scarlett 

12.  Transatlantic  Tunnel 

13.  Captain  Blood 

14.  Tale  of  Two  Cities 

15.  Fang  and  Claw 

16.  Ah,  Wilderness 

17.  Follow  the  Fleet 

18.  Lost  Horizon 


Now  for  a  brief  resume  of  our  teaching  unit.  For  a 
textbook  we  use  How  to  Appreciate  Motion  Pictures 
by  Edgar  Dale  (  Macmillan,  1933).  To  supplement  this, 
we  use  the  large  still-pictures  and  study  guides  put  out 

(Continued  on  page  58) 


The  Candid  Camera  in  a  Classroom 


Study  of  Housing 


RECENTLY  a  Pittsburgh  Junior  High  School 
found  a  new  use  for  the  candid  camera  in  applying 
visual  educational  methods  to  the  study  of  hous- 
ing. The  school  was  located  in  a  slum  district  and  near  a 
federal  housing  project  which  was  planned  to  partially 
replace  the  slum  dwellings.  Pupils  in  the  school  were 
naturally  becoming  excited  about  housing  since  some 
of  them  had  lived  in  the  old  slum  homes  which  were 
being  torn  down  to  make  way  for  the  project.  O.her 
pupils  were  reading  about  the  project  in  newspapers, 
which  gave  it  considerable  publicity.  The  spontaneous 
interest  in  housing  made  the  subject  an  excellent  one 
for  a  special  school  study  project. 


Demonstrates  a  new  and  significant  use  of  the 
miniature  camera  as  a  visual  teaching  tool. 

By     EDWARD     B.     OLDS 

Bureau  of  Social  Research  of  the  Federation  of  Social 
Agencies  of  Pittsburgh  and  Allegheny  County,   Pa. 

The  work  of  several  classes  was  adapted  to  the 
housing  study  project,  which  came  to  a  climax  on  Par- 
ent's Night,  when  the  pupils  entertained  their  parents 
with  exhibits  of  their  work.  Mechanical  drawing  stu- 
dents drew  plans  of  the  new  houses,  and  made  charts 
and  maps  of  existing  conditions.  Manual  training 
classes  constructed  model  houses.  Home  economics 
classes  studied  furnishings  for  the  new  homes.  Even  a 
dramatics  class  was  involved  in  setting  up  a  pui)i)et 
show  to  depict  vividly  the  eflfect  of  good  housing  on  i 
family  life.  ' 

Perhaps  the  most  interesting  of  all  these  projects, 
from  the  viewpoint  of  the  pupils,  was  a  series  of  photo- 


At  left — Rear  of  tene- 
ment to  be  demolished, 
showing  outdoor  pri- 
vy and  goods  of  last 
family  to  evacuate 
building. 

At  right  —  students 
examining  water  leak- 
ing from  underground 
pipes  outside  tene- 
ment to  be  demolished. 


February,  19J9 

observation  tours.  Groups  of  six  sludents  were  con- 
ducted on  tours  through  tlie  district  to  view  the  housing 
sites  and  the  sUini  dwellings  to  \ye  demolished.  They 
were  acconi])anied  by  facidty  nienilKTS,  housing  ex- 
perts, and  photograijhers  with  a  candid  and  a  motion 
picture  camera.  As  the  significant  features  were  pointed 
out  by  representatives  of  the  Housing  Authority,  the 
cameras  clicked  and  ground  to  record  the  condition  of 
the  homes  and  the  reactions  of  the  pupils.  The  young- 


N/LL  District 
Housing    Projcc  t 


Equjpmca/t  Or  Homcs 
//v  /////  D/s  r/f/c  T 


HITH 

wiTHOur 

84X 

fi6aaaoooi 

)a 

TSX 

AAAOOOAf 

)A0 

ax 

i 

/6X 


Example  of  poster 
made  by  Junior  High 
School  students  using 
pictorial  symbols  and 
statistics  from  Real 
Property  Inventory, 
and  an  enlargement 
from  35mm.  snapshot 
taken  near  school.  The 
right  hand  picture 
shows  one  of  two  hy- 
drants and  drains  in 
a  tenement  courtyard 
— as  sole  water  and 
drain  equipment  for 
30  families. 

( Symbols  below  supplied  by 
Picrtorial  Statistic*,  Inc.) 


sters  entered  into  the  spirit  of  the  project  and  made 
admirable  subjects  for  the  photographers. 

Pictures  were  taken  of  unsanitary  outdoor  toilets, 
crowded  and  dilapidated  dwellings  with  one  water 
faucet  for  fifteen  families,  un.safe  fire  escapes,  and  sag- 
ging walls.  The  small  groups  of  pupils  were  then 
"snapped"  viewing  the  maps  of  the  demolitions  pro- 
ceeding in  preparation  for  the  new  housing.  Buildings 
being  torn  down  were  jjortrayed  as  well  as  families 
moving  out  of  the  condemned  homes.  A  leaking  pipe 
illustrated  the  lack  of  attention  given  by  owners  to  these 
tenant-occupied  dwellings.  A  bit  of  broken  mirror  re- 
moved from  a  dwelling  being  demolished  caught  the 
expression  of  one  boy  as  he  gazed  at  the  wreckers 
busily  tearing  down  a  house.  An  orange  crate  in  a 
window  and  a  string  of  onions  hanging  on  the  outside 
of  a  house  were  "shot"  to  illustrate  primitive  methods 
of  refrigeration.  To  contrast  the  wretched  conditions 
( xisting  in  the  slums,  and  to  forecast  the  new  develop- 
ment, snapshots  were  taken  of  several  completed  pro- 
jects in  a  nearby  city. 

In  order  to  point  out  the  slum  conditions  to  the 
hundreds  of  students  who  did  not  go  on  the  tours, 
about  80  of  the  best  "shots"  were  enlarged  to  8  by 
10  inches.  Some  of  these  were  tacked  onto  bulletin 
boards  and  immediately  drew  great  attention  from  the 
pupils  who  crowded  around  to  identify  the  familiar 
landmarks  and  the  lucky  classmates  who  went  on  the 
observation  tours.  Other  enlargements  were  turned 
over  to  the  art  and  mechanical  drawing  classes.  They 
used  dry  mounting  tissue  and  a  hot  iron  to  mount  the 
photos  on  large  placards.  Pictorial  symbols  were  pasted 
in  rows  underneath  the  pictures  to  show  the  proportion 
of  homes  lacking  facilities  such  as  central  heating,  refri- 
geration, and  private  indoor  toilets.  The  calculations 


Page  47 

for  these  charts  were  performed  by  a  mathematics  class 
from  published  statistics  gathered  by  the  Real  Property 
Inventory.  Captions  and  titles  were  neatly  lettered  to 
explain  the  pictures  and  symbols.  The  completed  post- 
ers were  then  set  up  in  conspicuous  places  for  Parent's 
Night,  with  sixjilights  trained  on  them  and  students 
assigned  to  ])rovide  explanations  of  what  they  showed. 
The  fact  that  the  pictures  showed  familiar  faces  and 
landmarks  was  largely  resjxinsible  for  the  interest  they 
aroused.  This  interest  was  used  to  enlighten  the  ob- 
servers as  to  the  extent  of  the  housing  problem  in  their 
neighlx)rhood  and  as  to  what  was  being  done  to  correa 
the  undesirable  conditions. 

As  a  further  attraction,  the  16mm.  movie  "shots" 
were  pieced  together  with  api^ropriate  titles  to  make 
up  an  interesting  travelogue  of  the  slum  district.  The 
appearance  of  student  "actors"  on  the  screen  aroused 
great  enthusiasm  from  the  pupils.  This  enthusiasm  was 
very  probably  increased  because  the  still  photographs 
had  served  to  advertise  and  familiarize  the  pupils  with 
the  scenes  depicted. 

The  entire  cost  of  the  materials  used  for  the  135  still 
pictures  and  the  80  enlargements  was  under  $10.  The 
cost  was  kept  down  by  purchasing  the  35mm.  film  in 
bulk  and  loading  it  on  spools  in  the  darkroom.  The 
equipment  was  loaned  and  the  photographing,  develop- 
ing, and  enlarging  supplied  by  a  staff  member  of  the 
Federation  of  Social  Agencies.  Each  negative  was  en- 
larged to  size  3j4  by  ^Va  inches.  From  these  proofs 
the  negatives  to  be  enlarged  to  size  8  by  10  inches  were 
selected.  The  use  of  precision  equipment  and  fine  grain 
developer  produced  enlargements  almost  indistinguish- 
able from  contact  prints. 


Junior  High  School  pupils  viewing  demolition  of  dwelling 
in  preparation  for  housing  project. 

The  project  gave  the  pupils  and  their  parents  a 
realization  that  environmental  problems  such  as  bad 
housing  were  not  insoluble,  but  could  be  corrected 
through  the  cooperative  efforts  of  governmental  and 
community  agencies.  The  sequel  or  sequels  to  this  pro- 
ject remain  to  be  undertaken.  A  similar  method  can 
be  used  with  such  problems  as  poor  health,  illiteracy, 
safety,  and  crime.  The  candid  camera  offers  an  inex- 
pensive and  graphic  tool  for  use  in  such  projects  in 
the  field  of  education  and  community  organization. 


Page  48 


The  Educational  Screen 


A  Plea  for  the  Magic  Lantern 


IN  my  interest  in  visual  education,  I  have  frequently 
sought   out   gatherings   of   enthusiasts   in   the   field. 

Generally,  I've  noticed  that  when  such  folk  get  to- 
gether, the  discussion  centers  around  the  relative  teach- 
ing advantages  of  the  silent  and  the  sound  film.  The 
sheep  are  divided  from  the  goats:  the  fortunate  few 
who  have  sound  projectors,  from  those  still  bound  to 
the  silent  past.  For  a  time  I  maintain  a  humble  silence ; 
then,  in  a  lull,  I  say,  "I  like  lantern  slides."  They  look 
my  way,  with  puzzled  expressions.  "What?  ....  Oh, 
lantern  slides.  Yes,  I  guess  they  do  have  their  place." 
It's  like  telling  a  group  of  car  salesmen,  "I  think  hiking 
boots  are  nice." 

But,  you  know,  I  do  like  lantern  slides.  And  I  feel 
they  have  a  place  in  teaching  that  will  not  and  can- 
not be  filled  by  the  movie — silent  or  sound — any  more 
than  the  letter-carrier  was  put  out  of  business  by  the 
telephone.  Of  course,  the  movie  will  be  more  help  to 
me  in  teaching  how  a  frog  swims,  or  how  leaves  sway 
in  the  breeze.  In  any  subject  where  the  motion  is  the 
prime  factor,  the  slide  cannot  compete  with  the  film. 
But  in  many  other  cases,  I  find  the  slide  a  greater  aid. 
There  are  several  reasons  for  this. 

In  the  first  place,  with  the  film,  I  teach  someone 
else's  lesson.  I  may  preview  the  film,  and  by  class  dis- 
cussion prepare  the  pupils  for  it;  I  may  help  them  see 
afterwards  how  it  applies  to  the  question  at  hand.  But, 
do  what  I  will,  I  can't  change  the  film.  The  sequence 
of  ideas,  and  the  relative  importance  of  these  ideas  in 
the  picture,  were  worked  out  by  someone  else.  That 
somone  may  be  an  expert  in  his  subject.  But  he  is  a 
total  stranger  to  my  pupils,  and  their  interests  and 
their  background. 

Not  so  with  the  slides ;  with  these  I  teach  my  own 
lesson.  AVhen  I  receive  my  set,  on  China  perhaps,  from 
the  New  Jersey  State  Museum,  I  can  spread  them  out 
on  my  desk  and  examine  them.  In  the  light  of  our  in- 
terests and  aims  and  objectives — mine  and  my  pupils — 

♦Reprinted  from  New  Jersey  Educational  Review. 


A  pertinent  reminder  that  the  lantern  slide  re- 
mains an  efficient  and  indispensable  teaching  aid. 

By     PAUL     H.     VAN     NESS 

Public  Schools,  Scotch  Plains,  New  Jersey 

I  make  my  selection.  First,  the  map,  to  show  the  river 
valleys.  Then  this  one  which  shows  how  these  valleys 
teem  with  life.  These  carrier  coolies,  to  show  that 
where  people  are  crowded,  human  life  is  cheap.  More 
scenes  of  the  river  valleys.  Then  the  map  again,  to  in- 
troduce the  views  of  the  vast  waste  lands.  Perhaps 
we  repeat  here  a  houseboat  scene  on  the  Whang  Poo, 
to  bring  out  the  contrast.  The  leaning  pagoda  of  Soo- 
chow  is  interesting,  but  not  significant.  We'll  omit  that. 
John  asked  about  the  Great  Wall.  We'll  leave  one  view 
of  that.  And  so  on — sorting,  selecting,  discarding.  Per- 
haps we'll  use  twenty  from  a  set  of  fifty.  If  we  own 
the  slides,  that's  better  still.  The  whole  lesson  may  be 
built  around  two  or  three. 

Of  course,  China  seethes  with  motion.  Your  film  will 
catch  the  motion;  my  slides  stand  still.  But,  on  the 
other  hand,  China  glows  with  vivid  color,  hard  to  por- 
tray in  the  varying  greys  of  your  film ;  readily  available 
in  my  lantern  view.  China  is  a  vast  land  of  contrast. 
With  the  slide,  I  can  step  at  will  from  the  mountains 
of  Tibet  to  the  junks  on  the  Yangtze.  Frequently,  the 
film  is  more  restricted  in  locale. 

Without  thought,  there  is  no  learning:  no  teaching. 
In  the  leisurely  pace  of  the  lantern  view,  we  find  time 
to  think.  We  can  question  and  discuss.  The  coolies  will 
not  haul  the  heavy-wheeled  old  cart  out  of  sight  be- 
hind the  pagoda  before  we  have  time  to  wonder  why 
they  do  a  machine's  work.  We  can  examine  the  strange 
old  waterwheel  that  for  centuries  has  quenched  the 
thirst  of  the  rice  field,  without  danger  of  being  whisked 
into  the  center  of  that  selfsame  field  ere  our  examina- 
tion is  half  concluded.  May  we  not,  in  this  one  quality 
of  leisure  alone,  be  requited  for  our  loss  of  motion? 
We  lose  movement :  we  gain  the  significant  moment 
of  pause. 

In  conclusion,  then,  here  is  my  plea:  as  we  do  not 
discard  our  hiking  boots  when  we  buy  our  automobile, 
let  us  not  forget  the  lantern  slide  in  our  joyous  wel- 
come of  the  sound  projector. 


Auspicious  Start  for  the  new  "Film  Evaluation  Plan" 


Response  to  our  January  Editorial  was  most 
heartening,  even  a  bit  brea'.h-taking.  The  first  vol- 
unteer came  posting  back  in  24  hours ;  in  24  days 
(at  this  writing)  replies  came  from  22  States  and 
Canada ;  scores  of  teachers  were  sending  in  score 
cards  before  our  receiving  files  were  ready ;  many 
more  "interested"  teachers  had  to  be  kejrt  waiting 
for  "whatever  is  necessary  to  start  the  work" ; 
major  city  systems  were  asking  for  booklets  in 
bundles  for  use  by  selected  teachers !  IVe  had 
looked  jor  assent,  but  hardly  for  assault. 


We  have  stepped  up  our  originally  too  modest 
working  plan.  By  the  time  this  word  reaches  our 
readers,  we  shall  have  caught  up  on  correspond- 
ence, delivered  all  card  booklets,  and  will  be  ready 
to  meet  any  demand  from  here  on  in.  The  value 
of  results  will  be  directly  proportional  to  the  size 
of  the  Evaluation  Committee.  Several  hundred 
new  judges  each  month  will  be  a  healthy  incre- 
ment. Hence  our  renewed  invitation  to  all  teachers 
using  films  —  Join  the  national  project.  Your 
postal  will  bring  our  data  by  return  mail. 


February,  19)9 


Page  49 


Motion  Pictures  — 
Not  For  Tlieatres 


By    ARTHUR    EDWIN    KROWS 

Editor  of  "The  Spur,  "  New  York  City 


Twenty  to  forty  years  have  passed  since 
venturesome  photographers  began  investigating 
the  possibilities  of  motion  pictures  made  at 
accelerated  and  reduced  speeds,  front  the 
air,  beneath  the  sea,  by  nticroscopy  and 
using    x-rays.      We    here    present    Part    Six. 


TO  be  sure,  many  historical  subjects 
had  been  essayed  by  regular  theat- 
rical companies.  V'itagraph  had 
made  a  greatly  admired  two-reel  "N'apol- 
eon"  about  1910,  with  Coney  Island  serv- 
ing as  St.  Helena ;  and  there  had  been  a 
much  praised  "Washington"  about  the 
same  time.  These  were  to  be  completely 
overshadowed  in  production  authenticity 
by  the  Cines  productions,  imported  from 
Italy,  "Quo  Vadis  ?"  and  the  rest ;  but 
the  interest  inherent  in  most  of  these 
Roman  spectacles  was  religion,  not  his- 
tory. In  September,  1913,  Barker  & 
Company  of  London,  were  reproducing 
with  great  care,  the  life  of  the  late  Queen 
Victoria ;  but  this  was  first  of  all  an  alien 
theatrical  venture  and,  as  interesting  as 
the  subject  would  be  in  the  United  States, 
it  still  was  not  as  close  to  the  hearts  of 
.Americans  as  a  good  film  made  from 
their  own  annals  might  be. 

The  American  group  of  films 
in  this  classification  was  build- 
ing up.  For  some  productions, 
holidays  had  given  the  needed 
incentive  —  Independence  Day, 
especially.  A  typical  item  here 
was  the  single  reel,  "Washing- 
ton Relics,"  issued  by  Pathe 
at  the  end  of  June,  1911,  in 
time  for  July  4,  and  comprising 
scenes  associated  with  the  life 
of  the  Father  of  His  Country. 
Another  was  about  1914  when 
a  six-reel  picture  was  made  in 
cooperation  with  the  U.  S.  Gov- 
ernment and  released  under  the 
title  "Indian  Wars  Re-fought 
by  the   U.  S.  Army." 

That  production  was  super- 
vised by  the  old  Indian  fighter. 
General  Nelson  A.  Miles.  It 
employed  more  than  1,000 
United  States  troops.  How 
many  Indians  there  were  is  left 
to  conjecture.  "Buffalo  Bill — the 
real  one — appeared  prominently.  The  pic- 
ture was  released  on  a  state  rights  basis ; 
and  one  buyer,  at  least,  W.  H.  Bell — 
previously,  I  believe,  a  regional  repre- 
sentative of  Selig  and  then  operating  in 
Ohio,  Indiana,  Illinois,  Michigan  and 
Wisconsin — seems  to  have  exhibited  it 
quite  profitably.  Buffalo  Bill  received  a 
larger  and  less  divided  attention  in  1917 
—  when  Essanay  released  his  "Ad- 
\ciitures." 

It  was  Selig — Col.  William  Nicholas 
Selig  of  Chicago,  head  of  the  Selig 
Polyzcope  Company,  actor,  inventor, 
theatrical  manager  and  in  the  film  business 
since  1896 — who  produced  the  first  "stu- 
pendous"    American     historical     picture. 


"The  Coming  of  Columbus."  In  1893, 
the  year  of  the  Columbian  Exposition, 
which  was  unavoidably  twelve  months 
late,  the  Spanish  Government  had  sent  to 
Chicago  three  full -sized,  presumed  re- 
productions of  the  first  ships  of  Co- 
lumbus. When  the  fair  was  over,  these 
vessels  were  placed  in  the  Jackson  Park 
lagoon  where  they  were  to  be  seen 
for  many  years  thereafter.  Col.  Selig 
must  have  thought  of  them  often  as 
theatrical  properties.  About  1909  he  began 
his  active  plans  to  use  them — plans  which 
materialized  in  a  three-reel  release.  May 
6,    1912. 

The  cost  was  estimated  at  $50,000 
and,  although  there  was  readily  avail- 
able the  exhaustive  research  which  had 
been  carried  out  for  the  400th  anniversary 
of  the  great  discovery  by  such  thoughtful 
students    as    Paul    Leicester    Ford    and 


The  eager  cameraman  is  F.  Percy  Smith.  In  the  quarter- 
century,  more  or  less,  since  this  photograph  was  made  his 
brilliant  pioneer  work  for  education  is  all  but  forgotten. 


Nester  Ponce  de  Leon — not  to  forget  the 
celebrated,  detailed  histories  by  John 
Fiske  and  Washington  Irving  reprinted 
for  the  occasion — the  Selig  publicity  de- 
partment boasted  of  "three  years  of  labor- 
ious preparation."  Unhappily,  however, 
the  results  did  not  bear  out  the  claim. 
One  of  the  most  glaring  defects  (although 
it  is  to  be  found  also  in  a  famous  painting 
of  the  landfall),  showed  a  priest  prom- 
inently in  the  party  when  it  is  quite 
certain  that  there  was  not  one  aboard. 
But.  of  course,  the  public  did  not  know 
that  and  cared  less ;  and  the  picture 
was  a  huge  popular  success.  Among  other 
tokens  of  recognition,  Selig  received 
from  the  Pope  a  commemorative  medal 


bearing  a  likeness  of  His  Holiness. 

By  large  stretches  of  the  imagination, 
one  may  adduce,  in  the  pre-war  period, 
a  few  films  useful  in  teaching  apprecia- 
tion of  music  and  literature.  Klaw  & 
Erlanger  imported  from  Germany  in 
November,  1913,  a  four-reel  "Life  of 
Richard  Wagner,"  and  presented  it  in 
New  York  with  an  accompanying  lecture 
by  R.  S.  Piggot.  The  preceding  spring 
Mr.  Piggot  had  entertained  New  Yorkers 
with  a  recital  of  "Hiawatha — a  Picture 
Masque,"  four  reels  accompanying.  And 
here,  in  the  spring  of  1914,  is  a  "liter- 
ature" film  presented  in  more  consistent 
circumstances — Scott's  "The  Lady  of  the 
Lake,"  produced  by  Giles  R.  Warren,  a 
former  scenarist,  and  shown  before  pu- 
pils of  certain  schools  in  the  West, 
which  were  closed  that  all  the  youngsters 
might  attend  the  affair  at  one  time. 

Later  in  1914  Warren  became 
a  feature  writer  for  Selig;  al- 
though in  the  "Lady  of  the 
I^ke"  period  he  identified  him- 
self as  director  for  the  Whit- 
man Feature  Film  Company, 
of  Cliflfside,  N.  J.,  which,  judg- 
ing from  the  name,  had  designs 
on  works  of  the  Good  Gray 
Poet.  But  when  it  came  to 
verse,  the  theatres  of  1913-1914 
were  being  canvassed  for  an- 
other venture  considerably  more 
ambitious — that  of  the  Poem-o- 
Graph  Company  of  Cleveland, 
which  made  films  illustrating 
poems  recited  by  actors. 

Probably  the  most  persistent 
early  champion  of  school  uses 
of  the  cinematograph  was  Al- 
fred H.  Saunders,  who  had 
been  editor  successively  of  the 
Moving  Picture  World  and  of 
the  Motion  Picture  Nezvs. 
While  in  these  offices  he  was 
instrumental  is  publishing  many 
columns  urging  development  of  this  teach- 
ing phase.  One  article  on  the  subject, 
from  his  own  pen,  appeared  in  the  Annual 
Report  of  the  U.  S.  Commissioner  of 
Education  in  1913,  and,  in  1914,  the 
National  Education  Association  Journal 
of  Proceedings  published  still  another 
over  his  name  entitled,  "Motion  Pictures 
as  an  Aid  to  Education."  On  this  last- 
named  occasion  he  was  identified  as 
Manager  of  the  Exlucational  Department 
of  the  Colonial  Motion  Picture  Corpor- 
ation of  New  York   City. 

Information  from  other  sources  indi- 
cates that  the  Colonial  Corporation  was 
newly  formed.  Its  president  was  James 
G.   Ijw.     His   son.   Duff   C.    Law,   "in- 


Page    50 


The  Educational  Screen 


ventor  of  many  improvements,  including 
sound  synchronization  and  color,"  was 
active  in  management.  Associated  with 
Saunders  in  conducting  the  educational 
division  was  Richard  G.  Hollaman,  pres- 
ident of  the  Eden  Musee  and  of  Grand 
Central  Palace.  It  was  the  declared 
plan  of  Saunders  to  produce  school  and 
industrial  films  for  the  concern  under 
the  guidance  of  a  board  of  college 
specialists. 

In  the  early  years  of  the  century, 
when  Saunders  came  to  America  from 
England  as  an  expert  in  the  production 
and  distribution  of  lantern  slides,  he  was 
already  middle-aged.  About  1907  he 
persuaded  J.  P.  Chalmers  to  begin  pub- 
lishing the  Moving  Picture  World,  but 
only  a  year  later  left  that  undertaking  to 
establish  the  Motion  Picture  Neivs — 
selling  that  to  William  A.  Johnston  in 
1913.  About  1910  he  had  begun  a  short- 
lived periodical  devoted  to  educational 
films.  He  lectured  extensively  on  mo- 
tion pictures,  and  taught  for  a  time  at 
Columbia  University.  June  6,  1937,  he 
died  suddenly  while  in  Cincinnati  as  a 
delegate   to  a   Masonic   convention. 

When  I  was  reviewing  films  for  the 
Dramatic  Mirror,  about  1913,  I  used  to 
meet  in  the  screening  rooms  reporters 
from  other  publications  in  the  amusement 
field.  Among  them  was  a  quiet  little  Scotch 
girl  who  frequently  uttered  high  hopes 
for  the  cinematograph  in  schools.  She 
also  referred  occasionally  to  the  serious 
and  progressive  school-films  development 
"on  the  other  side."  The  rest  of  us 
understood  that  she  had  had  some  train- 
ing as  a  teacher,  attributing  her  interest 
to  that  and  otherwise  giving  little  thought 
to  the  importance  of  the  subject. 

She  was  Margaret  I.  MacDonald ;  and 
her  effort  to  further  the  cause  which  she 
had  championed  so  steadfastly  to  us,  well 
deserves  mention  in  this  record.  She 
became  editor  of  the  Educational  Depart- 
ment of  the  Moving  Picture  World.  She 
was  still  serving  there  loyally  when  the 
World  War  had  ended  and  a  chastened 
generation  was  seeing  the  prospect  of 
school  films  with  new  eyes.  About  Decem- 
ber 1916  the  Moving  Picture  World 
began  issuing,  under  her  editorship,  a 
separately  published,  semi-annual  List  of 
Educational  and  Selected  Films. 

Pictures  Become  Valuable 

In  August,  1911,  the  New  York  Dra- 
matic Mirror  raised  the  question  of  what 
steps  should  be  taken  to  preserve  films 
of  great  historical  interest,  notable  either 
as  reproductions  of  past  events  or  as  con- 
temporaneous records.  No  action  seems 
to  have  followed  this.  The  editorial  did 
not  mention  the  matter  remarked  cas- 
ually by  Charles  Urban  in  one  of  his 
pamphlets,  about  1909,  that,  "the  National 
Library  at  Washington  holds  a  film  col- 
lection which  is  exceedingly  large  and 
varied,"  the  subjects  "reserved  solely  for 
use  by  the  different  branches  of  the 
Government."  Urban  may  have  mistaken 
the  Government's  huge  collection  of  still 
photographs  for  subjects  in  motion. 

When  Bernhardt's  "Camille"  was 
brought  to  the  United  States  by  the 
French-American  Film  Company  in  1912, 
the  press  agent  won  some  space  by  of- 


fering free  copies  of  the  feature  to  the 
Congressional  Library  and  the  New 
York,  Boston  and  Philadelphia  public 
libraries,  "provided  that  tliey  would  open 
'photo  play'  departments,  and  would  use 
the  films  for  educational  purposes  only." 
Of  course,  the  institutions  named  could 
not  accept,  for  they  had  no  facilities  of 
the  sort  demanded. 

In  1913.  when  Edison  was  making  his 
abortive  talking  pictures,  it  was  an- 
nounced that  those  which  he  had  made  of 
living  celebrities  would  be  preserved  by 
an  organization  known  as  the  Modern 
Historic  Records  Association  and,  in  Jan- 
uary, 1914,  it  was  reported  that  "the 
first  government  film  record  office  in  the 
world  had  been  inaugurated  at  Copen- 
hagen." Edison  at  once  cabled  his  con- 
gratulations. 

A  bill  was  submitted  to  Congress  in 
the  spring  of  1924,  requiring  the  United 
States  Government  to  establish  a  Bureau 
of  Motion  Picture  History  and  to  make 
film  records  of  all  important  current 
events ;  but  that  undoubtedly  was  asking 
a  little  too  much  for  a  starter.  Two 
years  later,  however,  the  Smithsonian 
Institution  at  Washington  apparently  had 
begun  such  a  library,  for  Edwin  Mark- 
ham,  the  poet,  was  reciting  his  "The 
Man  With  the  Hoe"  before  Phonofilm 
cameras   as   a   record   to   go   into   it. 

In  the  fall  of  the  same  year.  Will 
Hays,  of  the  Motion  Picture  Producers 
and  Distributors  of  America,  conferred 
with  President  Coolidge  on  the  preser- 
vation of  historical  films  at  Washington, 
and  reported  some  progress.  But  the 
matter,  as  far  as  .America  was  concerned, 
was  not  settled  until  the  summer  of  1935, 
when  the  passage  of  Public  Law  Num- 
ber 432  authorized  the  institution  of  a 
film  library  in  the  new  National  Archives 
Building. 

New  Points  of  View 

Instead  of  trying  to  group  the  remain- 
ing films  of  the  pre- War  days  as  school 
subjects,  which  would  be  gross  misrep- 
resentation of  a  teaching  situation  that 
had  barely  begun  to  use  pictures  of  any 
sort,  it  seems  more  aligned  with  our 
purpose  of  studying  beginnings  to  review 
them  merely  as  applications  of  new 
mechanical  techniques  to  new  educa- 
tional needs ;  that  is  to  say,  to  enum- 
erate the  ways  which  had  been  devised 
then  for  cameras  to  see  where  the  un- 
aided, ordinary  human  eye  had  never  seen 
— from  high  in  the  air,  from  below  the 
surface  of  the  sea,  at  retarded  and  ac- 
celerated speeds,  by  microscopic  enlarge- 
ment and  even  by  super-vision,  as  with 
the  aid  of  the  mysterious  x-ray. 

Motion  pictures  in  the  air  were  essayed 
almost  from  the  beginning  of  modern 
aviation.  In  Deccmlier,  1903,  the  Wrights 
made  their  first  successful,  heavier-than- 
air,  passenger  flights  at  Kitty  Hawk ; 
and  there  were  flight  films  produced  soon 
afterward,  including  some  for  J.  Stuart 
Blackton  of  Vitagraph,  made  by  the 
aviator  Frank  Coffyn.  About  1911,  to 
my  own  direct  knowledge,  Eustace 
Hale  Ball,  a  writer  and  director  for  the 
old  Reliance  or  Majestic  Company, 
staged  a  scene  for  one  of  his  own  dramas, 
involving   two    airplanes    circling    about 


the  surely  surprised  Statue  of  Liberty. 

In  April,  1913,  Essanay  cameramen  took 
pictures  from  a  balloon  crossing  the 
Apennines  from  Rome  to  Verona.  In 
191S-1916,  a  news  cameraman  strapped 
to  an  airplane,  took  pictures  of  the 
retreat  of  the  Serbian  Army  before  the 
Austro-German  forces.  ."^nd  then,  of 
course,  one  recollects  the  plan  of  Kine- 
macolor,  in  1911.  to  photograph  the 
plant  of  the  National  Cash  Register 
Company  at  Dayton,  from  a  balloon. 

The  history  of  submarine  motion  pic- 
tures properly  begins  early  in  1913  when 
Captain  J.  H.  Williamson,  of  Norfolk, 
Va.,  took  his  newly-invented,  telescopic, 
collapsible  tube — which  had  a  windowed 
chamber  at  the  bottom  capable  of  holding 
three  men — out  to  Hampton  Roads  and 
lowered  it  tlirough  his  boat,  like  a  center- 
board,  to  a  depth  of  thirty-four  feet.  In 
it,  with  a  camera  and  four  powerful 
electric  lights,  was  one  of  the  inventor's 
sons,  John  Ernest  Williamson,  who  then 
proceeded  to  photograph  his  brother, 
George  Williamson,  diving  in  the  water 
outside  the  window. 

In  the  summer  of  1914  Thanhauser  re- 
leased scenes  taken  by  the  Williamsons 
in  this  manner  off  Bermuda.  Then  the 
Williamsons  were  engaged  by  Laemmle 
for  Universal  to  make  a  thrilling  version 
of  Jules  Verne's  Tiventy  Thousand  Lea- 
gues Under  the  Sea.  including  Captain 
Nemo's  fight  with  an  ingenious  property 
octopus.  From  then  on  they  produced 
many  theatrical  and  scientific  films  re- 
quiring the  tube.  John  Williamson  still 
contracts  for  such  business  from  his 
home  at  Nassau,  in  the  Bahamas.  The 
only  person  to  attempt  submarine  pho- 
tography previously  was  said  to  have  been 
Dr.  Francis  Ward,  of  London ;  and  he 
merely  made  still  pictures  in  a  home 
aquarium. 

Motion  picture  photography  through 
the  microscope  was  perfected  and  pos- 
sibly originated  by  Dr.  Jean  Comandon, 
a  Parisian  bacteriologist.  With  the  as- 
sistance of  technical  experts  at  the  studios 
of  Pathe  Freres,  he  constructed  an  ap- 
paratus for  the  purpose  in  the  very 
early  years  of  the  century.  It  need  not 
have  been  a  very  elaborate  affair,  because 
it  is  quite  possible  to  make  effective 
movies  of  this  sort  merely  by  bringing 
the  camera  lens  close  to  the  eyepiece  of 
the  microscope. 

A  fairly  technical  microscopic  film  by 
Comandon,  entitled  "Sleeping  Sickness," 
was  released  in  1910.  The  American 
public  was  given  its  first  considerable 
opportunity  to  see  results  of  the  method 
in  April,  1911,  when  Pathe  released  a 
film  called  "Boil  Your  Water."  It  had 
been  produced  some  months  before,  re- 
lease having  been  delayed  to  meet  time- 
liness of  the  spring  season  when  bac- 
teriological life  would  begin  to  swarm. 
Of  course,  Edison  had  not  gone  into 
production  on  "Microscopic  Pond  Life" 
until  1914,  although  one  would  look  for 
photography  of  this  kind  in  "The  Man 
Who  Learned,"  a  picture  dealing  with 
the  dangers  of  impure  milk,  which  the 
Edison  Company  had  made  about  1908. 
It  was  just  about  1908  that  F.  Percy 
Smith,  the  young  Englishman  whose 
work   was    already    distinguished   in   the 


February,  1959 


Page   )l 


Vrbiinora  catalogue,  was  making  his 
magnilied  piiture  studies  of  the  housefly. 
X-ray  motion  pictures  have  been 
"fake<l"  frc(|uently  by  making  a  succes- 
sion of  still  photograplis.  and  tlien  re- 
cording these  on  a  moving  film  after 
the  manner  of  drawings  used  in  anima- 
tion ;  but  there  have  been  evolved  more 
legitimate  ways  of  obtaining  the  result. 
.'\s  I  understand  it,  the  chief  difficulty 
is  that  x-rays  cannot  be  made  to  con- 
verge like  light  rays.  The  first  genuine 
pictures  of  this  type  arc  accredited  to 
M.  J.  Carvallo,  of  the  Marey  Institute 
in  Paris.  They  showe<I  the  process  of 
digestion  in  certain  small  animals.  In 
1912  the  American  x-ray  specialist,  Seth 
Isaac  Hirsch.  applied  to  patent  a  device 
for  taking  heart  beats  and  movements 
of  other  internal  organs  at  the  rate  of 
one  hundred  per  minute.  In  January, 
1918,  x-ray  motion  pictures  ma<Ie  by 
Dr.  E.  L.  Crusius,  in  cooperation  with 
the  Universal  Film  Company,  were  shown 
in  N'cw  York  and,  in  1920,  Dr.  Coman- 
don,  of  the  micro-photographic  achieve- 
ments, appeared  once  more  in  the  news, 
this  time  as  co-inventor  with  Dr.  Lorman, 
of  an  x-ray  motion  picture  combination 
subsequently  said  to  have  Ijeen  used  suc- 
cessfully in  cancer  cases. 

TiiK  Marey  Institute 

It  seems  that  for  most  of  the  scientific 
applications  of  the  motion  picture  cam- 
era such  as  these,  the  world  is  indebted 
to  the  research  laboratory  which  arose 
on  the  foundation  laid  by  the  eminent 
French  psychologist,  fitienne  Jules  Marey. 
In  1883  he  established  at  Paris  an  atelier 
for  the  study  of  animal  motion.  In  the 
course  of  his  work  there  he  devised 
numerous  pieces  of  apparatus  for  making 
photographic  records. 

After  his  death  his  followers  carried  on 
in  the  laboratory  named  in  his  memory 
the  Institut  Marey.  The  evidence  shows 
that  they  continued  worthily  for,  out  of 
this  workshop,  came  what  is  said  to  have 
been  the  first  slow-motion  photography, 
the  first  ultra-rapid  photography,  the 
first  microphotography,  the  first  x-ray 
photography  and  the  first  time-lapse  pho- 
tography— in  motion  pictures,  of  course, 
not  stills. 

.■\bout  1904  M.  Nogues,  an  as.sistant 
at  the  Institute,  built  for  use  in  scientific 
investigation  a  camera  capable  of  taking 
240  pictures  per  second,  the  normal  rate 
then  being  sixteen.  When  this  high 
speed  photography  was  projected  at  the 
usual  number  per  second,  the  recorded 
action  appeared,  of  course,  greatly  slowed. 
The  phenomenon  must  have  been  known 
previously,  especially  because  cameras 
and  projectors  both  then  were  cranked 
by  hand,  and  experimental  variations  in 
speed  were  surely  accompanied  by  the 
usual  grotesque  effects  on  the  screen. 
In  fact,  Edison's  motion  picture  camera 
of  1889  made  46  exposures  per  second, 
later  being  modified  to  what  became  for 
many  years  the  standard  rate,  already 
mentioned,  of  sixteen. 

Amusement  possibilities  of  the  Nogues 
camera  seem  not  to  have  occurred  im- 
mediately to  the  theatrical  producers 
who  belonged  to  the  Institute.  Or  they 
may  have  been  discouraged  by  problems 


of  illumination  which  then  seemed  in- 
sui)erable,  because  the  shorter  the  pho- 
tographic exposure  the  more  light  is 
required  to  register  the  images.  But,  a 
few  years  later,  Lucien  Bull,  a  colleague 
of  Nogues,  constructed  a  camera  on 
what  was  said  to  be  an  entirely  new 
principle — using  an  intermittent  electric 
spark  to  light  the  object.  Thereby  he 
was  able  to  obtain  exposures  at  the  rate 
of  1,500  to  approximately  3,500  per 
second,  a  speed  still  difficult  to  grasp. 

The  avidity  with 
which  the  daily  news- 
papers throughout  the 
world  seized  this  news 
as  it  came  from  the 
first  demonstrations  in 
December,  1910  —  the 
initial  reports  had  it 
"5,000  pictures  per 
second"  —  led  Pathe 
Frercs  to  examine  the 
matter  more  atten- 
tively and,  in  March, 
1913,  the  concern  gave 
a  private  showing  to 
newspapermen  of  pic- 
tures taken  at  "1,200 
per  second,"  showing 
a  jet  of  water  sur- 
mounted by  a  ball,  a 
bullet  fired  through  a 
bubble,  and  a  few 
other  interesting  items. 
The  collected  subjects 
were  entitled  "The  Analysis  of  Motion." 
Soon  after  the  enthusiastic  opening  no- 
tices, this  novelty  was  released  to  the 
view  of  a  fascinated  public  in  the  theatres. 
Meanwhile,  in  Germany,  Dr.  C.  Cranz, 
at  the  Berlin  Military  Academy,  was  de- 
veloping a  camera  actually  to  take  the 
lately  incredible  5,000  pictures  per 
second. 

But  it  was  November  or  December, 
1915,  before  Pathe  issued  another  group 
made  with  the  "ultra-rapid"  camera,  in- 
dicating, I  am  sure,  that  such  production 
had  plenty  of  difficulty  still  to  be  over- 
come. As  a  matter  of  fact,  also,  there 
were  only  a  comparatively  few  high- 
speed movements  which  could  prove  of 
popular  interest  when  slowed  in  this 
fashion.  Nine  years  were  to  elapse  before 
Pathe  found  that  the  best  slow  motion 
for  sustained  public  enjoyment,  was  pho- 
tographed at  only  "eight  times  faster 
than  normal,"  or,  by  standards  then,  only 
128  pictures  per  second.  The  slow-mo- 
tion camera  accomplishing  this  result, 
operated  in  the  United  States  by  C.  P. 
Watson  and  called  the  Novograph,  began 
its  work  for  the  newly-founded  Pathe 
Review  about  1920. 

The  outstanding  first  result  of  the  re- 
verse discovery,  that,  by  taking  pictures 
very  slowly,  the  action  on  the  screen 
would  be  correspondingly  accelerated, 
was  "The  Runaway  Train"  of  Lyman 
Howe.  That  was  called  "slow  cranking." 
By  stopping  indefinitely  between  expos- 
ures, employing  "time-lapse  photography," 
as  they  say,  animated  cartoons  became 
possible;  and  so  did  magical  pro<luctions, 
such  as  the  animated  toys  of  J.  Stuart 
Blackton  and  the  trick  work  of  Melies. 
But  it  remained  for  a  quiet,  unassuming 
assistant  in   the   London   Department   of 


The  name  of  George  J.  Zebrung 
cannot  be  excluded  from  any 
complete  reference  to  the  im- 
portant work  of  the  Y.M.C.A. 


Education,  F.  Percy  Smith,  who  spent  his 
leisure  time  making  lantern  slides  of  in- 
sect life,  to  discover  in  this  curious  result 
an  unending  educational  miracle. 

F.  Percy  Smith 

He  wanted  the  Education  Department 
to  adopt  the  cinematograph  as  a  teaching 
instrument.  The  suggestion  being  scorned, 
he  resigned  and  undertook  to  prove  his 
case  with  the  practical  faith  of  his  own 
small  money  resources.  One  day,  while 
he  was  photographing 
a  snail  and  cranking 
very  slowly  to  increase 
exposure  and  so  to 
compensate  for  a  poor 
light,  the  idea  came  to 
him  that  if  he  cranked 
still  slower  —  stopped 
for  whole  minutes  at 
a  time  between  expos- 
ures— a  nearby  creeper 
might  be  seen  actually 
growing  over  a  lattice. 
He  began  experiment- 
ing and  realized  that 
he  had  stumbled  on  an 
eflfect  which  was  really 
new. 

AlKJut  1902,  Smith 
caught  the  interest  of 
Charles  Urban  with 
his  ideas  and  experi- 
ments and  Urban 
helped  him  to  im- 
prove his  home-made  equipment  and  to 
explore  further.  So  Smith  completed,  by 
this  method,  two  short  subjects  called 
"The  Birth  of  a  Flower"  and  "The  Germ- 
ination of  Plants"  —  approximately  500 
feet  each.  But  they  had  been  photo- 
graphed in  black  and  white ;  and  although 
Urban  had  another  company  called  Ki- 
neto,  Ltd.,  which  dealt  in  monochrome 
pictures,  he  wanted  this  novelty  to  adorn 
his  first  program  at  the  Scala  Theatre. 
He  was  taking  this  playhouse  over  as 
the  future,  permanent  home  of  Kinema- 
color. 

So  Urban  purchased  the  two  remarkable 
films  as  a  sort  of  retainer,  and  put  them 
aside  until  Smith  had  made  him  a  series 
by  the  Kinemacolor  process.  They  were 
shown  at  the  Scala  as  planned  under  the 
general  title,  "Bud  to  Blossom."  Re- 
ception of  these  films  was  gratifying 
indeed ;  and  whether  Smith  wanted  to 
continue  his  herculean  labors  or  not 
(although  happily  he  did),  he  found 
himself  launched  upon  a  life  work  which 
today  ranks  him  as  one  of  the  great 
pioneers  in  visual  education. 

It  ranks  him  as  one  of  the  pioneers,  but 
how  many  are  aware  of  that?  And  in 
the  universal  ignorance,  I  have  known 
at  least  three  educators  who  have  dab- 
bled in  films  just  since  the  nineteen- 
twenties,  who  have  had  the  effrontery  to 
publish  claims  as  the  alleged  originators 
of   time-lapse   photography. 

Now  here,  surely,  described  in  this 
long  chapter,  was  a  mass  of  material 
in  all  major  departments  of  visual  in- 
struction which  should  have  proved  ex- 
cellent for  non-theatrical  uses.  Yet, 
nearly  all  of  it  was  directed  first  toward 
the  theatres. 
But  very  much  better  days  were  coming. 


Page    52 


The  Educational  Screen 


Chapter  III  -  War-Tim e  Rally 


AMERICA'S  entrance  into  the 
World  War  had  a  peculiar  and 
profound  effect  on  the  non-theat- 
rical picture  field  in  the  United  States, 
for  it  meant  tying  together  all  loose 
ends  for  the  long  pull  toward  victory. 
Of  course,  this  was  no  more  than  was 
true  at  that  time  of  any  other  form  of 
public  service. 

For  centuries  the  necessity  of  provid- 
ing amusement  for  soldiers  had  been 
recognized.  In  even  so  grave  a  time  as 
the  terrible  winter  at  Valley  Forge, 
Washington  had  sponsored  for  his  troops 
a  diversion  called  "Fort  Nonsense."  The 
great  Marshal  de  Saxe  included  a  theat- 
•sj3puB[j  ui  S33J0J  siq  ui  adnoj;  [B3u 
When  Cortez  advanced  for  the  conquest 
of  Mexico,  he  had  tumblers,  singers, 
dancers  and  musicians  in  his  train.  And 
one  may  find  illustrations  of  this  method 
of  sustaining  the  morale  of  fighting  men 
all  the  way  back  through  world  history. 

Camps  and  Cantonments 

In  a  sudden  roundup,  about  one  and 
a  half  million  American  civilians  were 
now  placed  into  sixteen  scattered  canton- 
ments for  military  training  before  board- 
ing the  transports  for  the  fighting  zones. 
To  insure  their  social  welfare,  the  Sec- 
retaries of  War  and  the  Navy,  Newton 
D.  Baker  and  Josephus  Daniels,  each 
appointed  ~a  Commission  on  Training 
Camp  Activities ;  and  both  of  these  com- 
missions were  put,  in  1917,  under  the 
chairmanship  of  the  well  known  lawyer, 
Raymond  B.  Fosdick. 

The  Commissions  did  not  at  first  try 
to  organize  new  local  machinery  save  in 
those  places  where  none  had  previously 
existed.  They  used,  wherever  prac- 
ticable, the  facilities  already  provided  by 
private  enterprise,  such  as  the  Young 
Men's  Christian  Association  and  the 
Knights  of  Columbus,  both  of  which 
already  had  erected  buildings  suitable 
to  their  work  in  the  various  camps. 
Through  the  new  powers  of  the  Got- 
ernment,  however,  each  cantonment  be- 
came, by  the  end  of  December,  1917, 
the  possessor  of  a  fully  equipped  modern 
theatre,  all  built  from  the  same  plans 
and  each  seating  approximately  3,000 
persons. 

At  the  same  time,  under  the  super- 
vision of  the  New  York  theatrical  firm 
of  Klaw  &  Erlanger,  volunteer  companies 
of  vaudevillians  and  dramatic  actors 
were  organized  to  play  the  new  circuit. 
Also  presented  were  amateur  entertain- 
ments staged  by  the  soldiers  themselves, 
and  about  an  equal  number  of  donated 
motion  picture  programs.  As  further 
diversion,  but  more  educational  in  char- 
acter, Harry  P.  Harrison,  head  of  the 
Redpath  Chautauqua  System,  maintained 
his  tents  in  most  of  the  camps.  A  very 
nominal  admittance  charge  —  fifteen, 
twenty  and  twenty-five  cents — was  made 
for  these  attractions  merely  to  cover 
the  actual  costs ;  and,  to  simplify  the 
arrangements,  Harrison  was  given  gen- 
eral charge  of  all  the  paid  entertainments. 
When  it  came  to  recreation  on  the  trans- 


ports and  in  the  war  area  overseas,  mo- 
tion pictures  naturally  took  precedence 
as  being  more  portable  and  generally 
easier  to  manage,  although  the  other 
forms,  of  course,  were  not  neglected. 

It  was  quite  in  keeping,  therefore, 
that  the  United  States  Government  should 
now  make  provision  for  an  extensive 
use  of  films.  Those  in  power  did  not 
conceive  this  move  as  a  mere  change 
in  direction  for  the  motion  picture  pro- 
ducers and  exhibitors.  The  recognized 
film  people  consequently  were  not  ex- 
pected to  give  up  their  existing  work 
of  relieving  the  strained  nerves  of  the 
public  as  a  whole  through  the  regular 
civilian  theatres.  That,  in  the  opinion 
of  the  President,  himself  (although  evi- 
dently not  in  the  opinion  of  some  others 
— Frank  A.  Vanderlip,  for  instance,  who, 
at  the  start  of  1918,  urged  the  public 
to  conserve  its  nickels  by  less  theatre- 
going),  constituted  an  essential  wartime 
industry. 

And  it  was  a  very  welcome  opinion, 
not  only  because  those  were  days  when 
every  man  who  did  not  get  into  a 
uniform  was  expected  to  identify  him- 
self with  an  occupation  which  might 
be  construed  necessary  to  winning  the 
War,  but  because  workers  in  the  amuse- 
ment field  were  then  at  the  very  peak 
of  prosperity,  making  money  literally 
hand  over  fist.  Another  welcome  view 
was  that  it  was  felt  officially  that  the 
regular  grist  of  theatrical  pictures  pleas- 
ing the  civilian  public  was  equally  good 
for  the  men  at  the  front. 

This  opinion  was  only  partially  true, 
because  the  psychologies  of  audiences 
in  the  two  places  were  vastly  different ; 


?iext  Month 

Part  Seven  follows  in  March. 
The  time  is  that  of  the  World 
War  period.  The  narrative 
traces  the  amazing  story  of  the 
Fosters  and  their  Community 
Motion  Picture  Bureau  which 
supplied  the  Allied  land  and  sea 
forces  with  non-theatrical  film 
entertainment.  In  those  world- 
shaking  days  and  In  such  cir- 
cumstances the  non-theatrlcal 
field  gained  its  first  stature  and 
definition.  This  unique  history  Is 
scheduled  to  run  for  many 
months  to  come.  It  Is  Important 
that     you     subscribe     now. 


but,  in  the  rough-and-tumble  emergency 
of  1916-1917,  snap  judgments  had  to  be 
the  rule.  Nevertheless,  official  belief  that 
the  national  motion  picture  industry  was 
an  essential  one  was  put  to  a  severe 
test  as  quickly  as  December,  1917,  when 
it   had   to   be   decided   to  allow,    for  the 


continued  manufacture  of  films,  a  gen- 
erous share  of  the  supply  of  nitric  acid 
which  was  needed  also  for  high  ex- 
plosives. 

The  production  of  specialized  films 
might  come  later.  For  the  present  the 
supply  of  material  needed  was  too  vast 
to  be  brought  into  being  overnight,  and 
theatrical  subjects  were  nearly  enough 
right  to  stop  the  gap.  Immediate  atten- 
tion was  given,  therefore,  not  to  produc- 
tion but  to  the  necessary  forms  of  non- 
theatrical   distribution  and  exhibition. 

First  to  be  considered  under  those 
heads  was  the  experience  of  European 
nations  which  had  been  fighting  in  the 
War  for  some  two  years  prior  to  the 
participation  of  the  United  States.  More- 
over, there  was  excellent  opportunity  for 
such  study  for  two  leading  reasons — • 
one,  the  American  relief  organizations, 
including  the  Red  Cross,  the  Young  Men's 
Christian  Association  and  the  Knights 
of  Columbus  operating  as  neutrals,  had 
had  much  to  do  with  entertainment  be- 
hind the  lines ;  and,  two.  English,  French, 
Italian  and  German  film  production,  hav- 
ing been  shut  down  to  a  mere  dribble 
through  the  exigencies  of  war  beginning 
in  1914,  the  European  supply  of  pictures 
had  been  coming  heaviest  from  this 
country. 

The  American  relief  organizations  had 
their  own  projectors  and  screens  and, 
by  and  large,  were  doing  a  splendid  job. 
To  have  supplanted  their  seasoned  ef- 
forts, which  they  now  were  willing  and 
anxious  to  expand  for  the  benefit  of 
their  own  country,  with  those  of  a  new, 
untried  organization  would  have  been 
folly,  even  if  this  had  not  been  a  day 
of  make-the-most-of-what-you-have.  In 
the  summer  of  1917  the  Y.M.C.A.  was 
even  equipping  trucks  with  projection 
machines  and  films  to  provide  entertain- 
ments at  the  remote  training  places.  In 
the  fall  of  1917  there  was  also  formed 
a  U.  S.  Soldiers'  Photoplay  Association 
for  amusement  of  the  men  in  camp. 

Pause  for  a  moment  to  glance  at  the 
apprenticeship  served  by  the  Y.M.C.A. 
for  its  great  entertainment  work.  Its 
Bureau  had  been  begun  about  1914  to 
provide  films  to  its  own  Association 
rooms  over  the  country.  In  the  late 
summer  of  1916,  when  John  J.  Pershing 
(succeeding  Funston)  was  trying  to  ad- 
just the  bandit  difficulties  on  the  Mex- 
ican border,  the  Y.M.C.A.  undertook  to 
supply  films  to  the  U.  S.  Army  camps 
there.  For  the  purpose  thirty  projectors 
were  purchased,  including  a  portable  unit 
with  its  own  lighting  plant ;  and  arrange- 
ments were  made  with  the  theatrical 
producers  and  distributors  to  lend  films. 
Prior  to  the  organizatic^n  of  this  service, 
the  Bureau  never  had  had  more  than 
thirty  reels  at  any  one  time  to  dis- 
tribute. Headquarters  for  the  new  work 
were  established  at  Dallas,  Texas,  under 
the  name  Y.M.C.A.  Border  Motion  Pic- 
ture Service;  and  Russell  Binder,  son 
of  J.  W.  Binder,  executive  secretary  of 
the  New  York  Motion  Picture  Board  of 
Trade,  was  appointed  secretary  there. 
All  this  was,  of  course,  excellent  pre- 
liminary experience  for  the  heavy  duties 
to  come. 

(To   be  continued) 


February,  19)9  Page   5 J 

Composition  in  Line  and  Form — Presented  in  Hand-made  Lantern  Slides 

By  ANN  GALE  Art  Depar+meni,  Lindblom  High  School,  Chicago 


KEGINN'ING  art  students  arc  so  sure  that  a  photographic 
type  of  realism  is  the  height  of  achievement  in  art  that 
it  is  difficuh  to  show  them  that  good  paintings  are  well  de- 
signed. For  high  school  students,  one  way  of  demonstrating 
that  good  pictures  are  well  organized  is  to  analyze  for  them 
the  line  and  form  designs  of  some  good  paintings. 

1.  Millet's  "Sower"  is  an  organization  of  diagonal  lines  used 
in  opposition  to  each  other. 

2.  The  forms  of  the  same  paintings  are  cylinders  organized 
along  diagonal  lines. 


3.  (Jrant  Wood's  "American  Gothic"  is  an  arrangement  of 
curves,  triangles,  horizontal  lines  and  a  few  verticals.  The 
triple  verticals  of  the  pitchfork  is  repeated  in  the  house 
window  and  in  the  overalls. 

4.  The  fcrm  organization  is  that  of  vertical  ovoids  with 
triangular  forms  in  the  building. 

5.  Van  Gogh's  "Moulin,  the  Postman"  in  line  is  an  organ- 
ization of  radiating  lines — first  from  the  face,  and  second  from 
the  waist  out  to  the  shoulders  and  below  out  to  the  knees. 

6.  In  form  the  painting  is  an  organization  of  cylinders 
around  opposing  diagonal  lines. 


The    sim- 
plest   type 
of  ha  n  d  - 
made      slide 
is    made   by 
draiving     or 
tracing     o  n 
finely       fin- 
ished etched 
glass      with 
ordinary 
medium  lead 
pencil.    Col- 
or,   by   spe- 
cial  crayons 
or  inks,  en- 
hances the 
slides  great- 
ly.   Fine  ef- 
fects are  ob- 
tained    b  y 
blending 
with   cray- 
ons.    About 
one  -   tfiird 
inch   margin 
should     be 
left     all 
around     the 
slide.    The 
slide  is  read- 
ily    cleaned 
uith  soap  or 
washing 
po7vder      to 
receive 
a    new    pic- 
ture. 


Page   54 


The  Educational  Screen 


AMONG  OURSELVES 

Notes  from  and  by  the  Department  of  Visual  Instruction,  N.E.A. 


Conducted  by  the  Editorial  Committee 

Etta  Schneider,  Chairman 


PROGRAM 

DEPARTMENT  OF  VISUAL  INSTRUCTION 

Annual  Convention  of  the  American  Association  of 

School  Administrators 

February  27 — March  1,  1939,  Cleveland,  Ohio 

Department  Headquarters — Hotel  Carter 

Rita  Hochheimer  Dr.  William  M.  Gregory 

President  Chairman,  Local  Committee 

Monday,  February  27,  1939 

1 :00  P.  M.  Informal  Luncheon — Hotel  Carter 

2:00  P.  M.  General  Meeting — Ballroom,  Hotel  Carter 
General    Topic — The    Superintendent    of    School 
Looks  at  Visual  Instruction 
"Adapting  Visual   Material   to   Instruction" 
Charles  H.  Lake,  Superintendent  of  Schools,  Cleve- 
land, Ohio 

"Evaluating  Visual  Aids  to  Instruction" 
Paul  G.  Edwards,   Director  of  Visual   Instruction 
(Speaking  for  Dr.   William  H.  Johnson,   Superin- 
tendent of  Schools,   (Chicago) 
"Visual  Instruction  in  Our  Schools" 
Dr.  John  A.   Spargo,   Superintendent  of  Schools, 
Nutley,  New  Jersey 

Showing  of  new  British  films  on  Social  Science 
subjects  in  cooperation  with  the  Association  of 
School  Film  Libraries,  Inc. 

4 :00  P.  M.  Special  Business  Meeting  for  proposal  of 
Amendments  to  Constitution  and  By-Laws 

6:30  P.M.  Dinner  Meeting — Rainbow  Room 

Address  by  Dr.  Reuben  A.  Shaw,  President  of  the 
National  Education  Association 
Showing  of  film  and  filmslides  of  the  N.E.A.  meet- 
ing in  New  York  City 

Tuesday,  February  28,  1939 

9:00  A.M.  Ballroom,  Hotel  Carter 

Chairman :  B.  A.  Aughinbaugh,  Director  of  Visual 
Instruction,  State  Department  of  Education,  Ohio 
Showing  of  new  and  significant  visual  aids  at  Ele- 
mentary School,  Junior  High  School,  Senior  High 
School,  and  College  level.  Materials  for  Social 
Science,  Natural  Science,  Primary  reading,  etc. 
12:30  P.  M.  Informal  Luncheon— Hotel  Carter  ($1.25) 

2 -00  P.  M.  Business  Meeting  for  Members  of  the  De- 
partment Only.  Reports  of  Committees.  Reports 
on  Administration  of  grants  for  production  and 
distribution  of  visual  aids.  Proposed  Amendments 
to  Constitution  and  By-laws.  etc. 

8 :00  P.  M.  Special  Showing  of  a  current  theatrical 
motion  picture — Courtesy  of  Warner  Brothers. 
(Tickets  may  be  secured  at  Department  Head- 
quarters.) 


Wednesday,  March  1,  1939 
9:00A.M.  Meeting   to    be    held    at   the    Educational 
Museum    of   the    Cleveland    Public    Schools,    4914 
Gladstone  Avenue,  Cleveland,  Ohio 
General  Topic — The  School  Journey  As  a  Visual 
Aid 

Speaker:  Dr.  S.  B.  Zisman,  Department  of  Agri- 
culture, A.  &  C.  College,  Texas,  "The  School 
Journey  as  Part  of  the  Community  Program  in 
Social  Sciences" 

School  Journey  by  the  group  through  the  Educa- 
tional Museum  under  the  leadership  of  Dr.  William 
H.  Gregory,  Director  of  the  Educational  Museum 
12 :00  Noon  Joint  Luncheon  with  the  Department  of 
Secondary  Education.  Hotel  Carter  ($1.25) 
Speaker :  Dr.  Ben  M.  Cherrington,  Chief  of  the 
Cultural  Relations  Division,  State  Department, 
Washington,  D.  C. 

"The  Motion  Picture  As  a  Means  of  International 
Friendship" 
2:30  P.M.  Joint    Meeting   with   the   Department   of 
Secondary  Education  of  the  N.E.A. 
Subject:  Visual  Education  in  Secondary  Schools 
Speaker:   Dr.  A.  J.   Stoddard,   Superintendent  of 
Schools,  Denver,  Colorado 
New  motion  pictures  will  be  shown. 

Our  Members  in  Action 

HPHE  following  activities  are  being  carried  on  by 
members  of  the  Department  of  Visual  Instruction : 
Dr.  Edgar  Dale,  Bureau  of  Educational  Research, 
Ohio  State  University. 

A  project  to  assist  motion  picture  producers,  both 
amateurs  and  others,  in  making  films  for  traffic  safety 
education  is  now  being  carried  forward  at  the  Bureau 
of  Educational  Research,  under  Dr.  Dale's  guidance, 
and  with  the  assistance  of  Mr.  Roy  Wenger.  The  study 
was  made  possible  l^y  a  grant  from  the  Highway  Edu- 
cation Board,  Washington,  D.  C,  and  is  being  carried 
on  under  the  auspices  of  the  Department  of  Visual 
Instruction,   N.E.A. 

The  final  report  will  include: 

a)  A  "film  encyclopedia"  listing  several  hundred 
driver  and  pedestrian  errors  that  lead  to  acci- 
dents. 

b)  Illustrations  on  how  motion  picture  scenarios 
may  be  written  from  these. 

c)  A  recommendation  on  principles  to  be  followed 
in  producing  safety  pictures,  as  discovered  after 
reviewing  existing  films  in  the  traffic  safety  field. 

d)  Proposals  on  how  to  determine  the  importance 
of  items  to  be  included  in  a  film  and  on  how  to 
measure  the  effectiveness  of  a  safety  program. 


February,  19)9 


Page  5  5 


Miss  Hila  Hoclihciiiier,  Bureau  of  Visual  Instruclion, 
New  i'ork  City 

Miss  Hochhcimer  was  invited  to  address  the  general 
session  of  the  New  Jersey  State  Teachers'  Association 
last  November  on  the  topic  of  visual  aids  in  education. 

A  studv  guide  to  accompany  discussion  and  apprecia- 
tion of  the  outstanding  French  photoplay,  "Grand 
Illusion."  has  l)ecn  prejwired  by  Miss  Hochheimer,  and 
is  unusually  valuable  for  social  studies,  French,  Ger- 
man, and  jihotoplay  ap])rcciation  classes. 
Mr.  Illias  Kate,  Teacher  in  the  Nciv  York  City  Schools, 
ami  director  oj  Art  Films 

Heginning  with  the  licccmljer,  1938,  issue  of  Design, 
Mr.  Katz  is  condvicting  a  department  devoted  to  motion 
pictures  in  art  and  art  education. 

Miss  E.  IVinijred  Craivford,  Director  of  Visual 
Education,  Montclair,  N.  J. 

.\  comprehensive  survey  of  the  status  of  teacher- 
training  courses  in  visual  education  has  recently  been 
completed  by  Miss  Crawford  for  the  Motion  Picture 
Committee  of  the  Department  of  Secondary  Education 
of  the  N.E.A. 

Mrs.  Grace  Fisher  Ramsey,  Associate  Curator,  Depart- 
ment of  Education,  American  Museum  of  Natural 
History,  New  York  City 

A  very  helpful  summary  of  the  assistance  being  ren- 
dered by  museums  to  the  schools  of  the  United  States 
has  been  prepared  by  Mrs.  Ramsey  in  her  book,  "The 
Educational  Work  of  Museums  in  the  United  States." 
(To  be  continued  next  month) 

Report  on  Safety  Film 

Tlie  film  Speaking  of  Safety  has  been  shown  10,005 
times  to  2,842,  225  people  in  its  one  year  and  three 
months  of  distribution  up  to  December  31,  1938.  and 
with  100  prints  in  circulation  is  reaching  the  school 
children  of  the  country  at  the  rate  of  more  than 
200,000  per  month. 


Distribution  Statistic* 

Total    Showing   Days    (Days   of   .'\ctiial    Showings)  10,005 

New  England  States 962 

Atlantic     States 4.044 

East   Central   States 3,071 

West   Central    Sutes 593 

Mountain    Slates 431 

Pacific    States 904 

Total    Attendance 2,842,225 

New   England   States 318,453 

Atlantic    States 913,762 

East   Central    States 975,508 

West    Central    States 241,495 

Mountain    States 142,762 

Pacific   States 250,245 


Average  .\ttendance  for  Each  Showing  Day 

Average  Attendance  per  Annum  for  Each  Print... 

Average  Number  of  Prints  in  Circulation 

Number  of  Prints  in  Circulation  Dec.  31,  1938 


284 

23,917 

92 

100 

This  film  is  a  one-reel  silent  picture  made  under 
the  supervision  of  the  Metropolitan  New  York  Branch 
in  1937  under  a  grant  from  the  Automotive  Safety 
Foundation  in  collaboration  with  the  Highway  Edu- 
cation Board  and  issued  as  a  presentation  of  this  De- 
partment. It  is  the  only  motion  picture  for  public 
exhibition  which  has  been  made  by  this  Department. 

It  was  jjlaimed  with  the  cooperation  of  several 
elementary  schools  in  city  and  suburban  communities 
as  preliminary  testing  ground.  The  result  represents 
the  combined  eflforts  of  pupils,  teachers  of  elementary 
grades,  principals,  visual  instruction  experts  and  the 
commercial  producer.  The  picture  was  produced  and 
is  being  distributed  under  the  supervision  of  the 
Metropolitan-New  York  Branch  by  Films  of  Com- 
merce Co.,  Inc. 

A  teaching  guide,  prepared  jointly  by  the  Metro- 
politan-New York  Branch  and  the  producer,  outHning 
the  motion  picture  content  and  giving  suggestions  of 
the  techniques  in  the  use  of  the  film,  is  supplied  to  all 
schools  where  the  film  is  used.  The  film  has  been  re- 
ceived most  favorably  by  many  schools  throughout  the 
country,  and  educators  have  testified  in  high  praise  of 

(Concluded  on  page  63) 


(Courtesy  of  Will  Johnstone  and  World  Trlesram) 

Reproduction  of  cartoon  based  on  the  film  "Speaking  of  Safety." 


Page   56 


The  Educational  Screen 


NEWS  AND   NOTES 


teina    buer    notaL 


torn    ott    AcancticAn 


r 


trLcant    Xi 


ocna^   anJL   events   en    tke   vlauaL   rLcLJi. 
Conducted  by  Josephine  HoflFman 


Texas  Educator  Films  Class  Activities 

Stardom  in  Hollywood  may  not  be  their  reward,  but 
twenty  of  the  youngest  students  at  The  University  of 
Texas  daily  "strut"  their  way  across  the  silver  screen 
before  an  intent  audience.  These  tiny  motion  picture 
luminaries  are  pupils  attending  the  University  Nursery 
School ;  their  roles  consist  of  being  natural  for  a 
"round  the  clock"  story  of  Nursey  School  activities. 
The  audience  is  comprised  of  students  in  elementary 
education  and  educational  psychology  classes  at  the 
University. 

Three  hundred  feet  of  silent  motion  picture  film  were 
taken  to  portray  a  full  day's  activities  at  the  school, 
showing  the  2-  to  6-  year  olds  eating  their  morning 
cereal,  playing  on  ladders  and  seesaws  in  the  shady 
back  yard,  drinking  orange  juice,  taking  their  1  o'clock 
siesta,  and  dressing  to  meet  Mother  at  4  o'clock.  After 
the  stars,  featured  players  and  extras  become  accus- 
tomed to  the  presence  of  the  cameraman,  they  went 
about  their  duties  without  prompting,  according  to 
Dr.  B.  F.  Holland,  assistant  professor  of  educational 
psychology,  who  took  the  movies. 

One  of  Dr.  Holland's  aims  has  been  the  building  up 
of  laboratory  material  suitable  for  teaching  visual  edu- 
cation. The  nursery  school  film  is  but  one  of  the  de- 
vices he  has  prepared.  Another  is  a  100-foot  film  show- 
ing classroom  activities  in  one  of  the  primary  grades 
in  the  Austin  public  schools.  He  proposes  ultimately  tb 
have  a  film  library  showing  typical  teaching  problems 
in  all  levels  of  secondary  education. 

For  many  years  Dr.  Holland  has  been  devoting  much 
of  his  attention  to  the  field  of  visual  instruction  in  edu- 
cation. Due  to  his  efforts  courses  in  visual  instruction 
have  been  inaugurated  in  a  half  dozen  or  more  Texas 
colleges,  notably  Abilene  Christian  College,  Texas 
Technological  College,  North  Texas  State  Teachers 
College,  Sul  Ross  State  Teachers  College,  Baylor  Uni- 
versity and  others.  The  University  of  Texas  has  given 
attention  to  this  field  for  many  years.  Nearly  every 
college  in  the  State  will  include  such  a  course  in  its 
1939  summer  curriculum. 

Organization  of  the  Texas  Visual  Education  As- 
sociation was  undertaken  at  the  close  of  last  summer, 
with  about  20  teachers  from  various  parts  of  the  State 
in  attendance  at  the  organization  meeting.  Its  purpose 
is  by  cooperative  methods  to  collect,  organize  and  dis- 
tribute information  concerning  the  production,  sources, 
values  and  uses  of  visual  aids  in  teaching.  Dr.  Holland 
is  its  sponsor. 

Progressive  Education  Association  Meets 

The  Progressive  Education  Association  will  hold  its 
annual  national  conference  in  Detroit  February  22-25. 
The  sessions  will  open  on  Wednesday,  February  22, 
with  a  unique  series  of  twenty-three  all-day  consulta- 
tion conferences,  membership  limited  to  25  each,  in 
which  resource  leaders  selected  for  their  experience  in 


special  fields,  will  confer  with  o'.hers  on  problems  of 
educational  significance.  Registration  for  these  con- 
ferences must  be  made  in  advance  with  Dr.  George 
Hilliard,  Western  State  Teachers  College,  Kalamazoo, 
Michigan. 

General  sessions  of  the  first  day  will  consider  educa- 
tion and  the  international  scene  with  Harold  Rugg, 
Bertrand  Russell,  and  Harold  Laski  as  speakers,  to- 
gether with  the  famous  movies  on  education  by  Julien 
Bryan. 

Visual  Aids  Used  by  Chicago  Schools 

More  than  100.000  reels  of  educational  films  are 
circulated  to  the  Chicago  public  schools  each  year, 
reports  Superintendent  William  Johnson.  Ninety-five 
per  cent  of  the  elementary  schools  are  equipped  with 
16mm  silent  motion  picture  projectors,  while  the  high 
schools  use  both  silent  and  sound  films  in  their  class- 
rooms. Every  elementary  school  is  equipped  with 
lantern  slide  projectors  for  which  one  and  one  quarter 
million  colored  stereoptican  slides  have  been  made 
available. 

History  In  Three  Dinnenslons  at  World's  Fair 

Brave  deeds  of  brave  men — the  bold  adventurers  of 
the  Pacific,  will  be  vividly  dramatized  at  the  1939  Golden 
Gate  International  Exposition  on  San  Francisco's  Trea- 
sure Island.  Realistic  dioramas  will  depict  history  in 
three  dimensions,  bringing  the  discoveries  of  Balboa, 
Magellan,  Captain  Cook,  Roald  Amundsen  and  others 
before  the  millions  of  visitors  to  the  World's  Fair  of  the 
West,  which  is  subtitled  "A  Pageant  of  the  Pacific." 
Dioramic  displays  of  industry  and  other  phases  of 
Pacific  Area  life  will  be  included  in  this  visual  exhibit. 

The  series  of  dioramas,  the  work  of  John  N.  Towns- 
ley  of  San  Francisco,  will  be  placed  in  Pacific  House, 
the  theme  building  of  the  Exposition,  and  the  center  of 
the  Pacific  Area,  a  chain  of  colorful  lagoons  with  the 
nations  of  the  Pacific,  housed  in  buildings  of  typical 
native  architecture,  clustered  around  them.  Every  as- 
pect of  their  industries,  arts,  cultures,  histories,  ideals, 
exotic  foods,  entertainment  and  life  will  be  interpreted 
here. 

The  dioramas,  every  detail  of  which  is  being  done  by 
•  hand,  will  be  historically  true,  constructed  on  the  basis 
of  research  done  by  the  University  of  California.  The 
ships  of  the  explorers,  costumes  of  the  sailing  men 
and  their  equipment  will  be  characteristic  of  the  his- 
toric periods ;  the  flora,  fauna,  and  typography  of  each 
location  will  be  carefully  reproduced. 

Townsley,  who  has  had  no  formal  art  education,  has 
developed  his  own  diorama  technique.  His  materials 
include  bits  of  wood,  bunches  of  steelwool  which  he 
turns  into  trees,  sawdust,  mustard  seeds,  cereals,  peb- 
bles,  several  weights  of  paper  and  cardboards,  cork. 


February,  19  }9 


Page  57 


Spencer    Delineascopes 

rat  ecayioniii    anJi  cj:j:LCUi^icu    ii^    tcackina 
COLOR  SLIDES   -   -    LANTERN  SLIDES   -   -   OPAQUE  PROJECTION 


Model  GK  Aiiditoriiiin 
Delineascope 

For  2"  X  2"  and  3«4"  l>y  4"  slides.  This  new 
750-walt  Spencer  instrument  projects  more  brill- 
iant images  from  small  or  large  slides  than  does 
the  average  3Vi'  x  4"  1000-watt  auditorium 
projector.  An  ingenious  cooling  system  provides 
complete  protection  against  film  damage. 


Combination   Classroom 

Delineascope  Model  VA 

(Model  V  for  opaque  only) 

Lantern  slides  and  opaque  objects  such  as  post- 
cards, photographs,  drawings,  illiislrations  in 
books,  mineral  and  biological  specimens,  can  be 
projected.    A  film  slide  attachment  may  be  added. 


Model  D  Classroom  Delineascope 

Plus  its  ability  to  project  remarkably  sharp 
brilliant  pictures  from  lantern  slides,  this  model 
possesses  many  advantageous  features  for  the 
convenience  of  teachers.  It  is  exceptionally  easy 
to  operate. 


Model  B  Science 
Delineascope 

Projects  lantern  glides, 
materials  in  Petrie 
dishes,  and  experiments 
in  biology  and  physics 
such  as:  mercury 
amoeba,  electrolysis^ 
properties  of  magnetic 
fields,  etc.  Teacher  faces 
class;  screen  is  back 
of  him. 


Model  MK  Delineascope 

A  new,  inexpensive  quality  projector  (100  watt) 
which  projects  2"  x  2"  slides  (either  color  or 
black  and  white)  with  a  brilliance  and  clarity 
heretofore  possible  only  with  large,  expensive 
equipment.  Attachments  provide  for  projecting 
roll  film  or  for  viewing  film  before  making  slides. 


See  Spencer  Delineascopes  in  actual  use 

BOOTHS  G  27-29,  A.A.S.A.  of  the  N.E.A.  CONVENTION 

CLEVELAND,  FEBRUARY  25  to  MARCH  2 


Spencer  Lens  Company 


MICROSCOPES 
MICROTOMES 
PHOTOMICROGRAPHIC 
EQUIPMENT 


REFRACTOMETERS 
COLORIMETERS 
SPECTROMETERS 
PROJECTORS 


Page    58 


The  Educational  Screen 


2  Outstanding   16mm  Sound  Films 


Sacha   Guitry's  famous 
French    production 

*'Pearls  of  the 
Crown" 

French    and    English    dia- 
logue.     English    subfifles. 


The  story  of  "Chuf,"  the 
Kangaroo 

"Wild 
Innocence" 

A     nature    story    of    the 
Australian    bush    country. 

Send  for  free   catalogue 

Lewis     Film     Service 

105    E.    First    St.  Wichita,    Kansas 


EDUCATIONAL  FILM  SERVICE 

77    Woolnough    Ave.,    Battle    Creek,    Mich. 
Producers  nf  Clas.srooni  Films 

I6mnn 
HERE  COMES  THE  CIRCUS 
CIRCUS  CITY 
ANIMALS  OF  THE  ZOO 

(Old  World) 
ANIMALS  OF  THE  ZOO 

(Americas) 
DINNER  TIME  ON  THE  FARM 
THE  STORY  OF  MILK 

Silent 

A  LOAF  OF  BREAD 
THE  POST  OFFICE 
FIRE  FIGHTERS 
CECROPIA  MOTH 
BOATS   OF  THE   GREAT 

LAKES 
THE  LOCKS  AT  SAULT  STE. 

MARIE 

Rental   $1.25   per  reel 

Free  loan   IRON   ORE  TO 

Sale   $25  per   reel 

STOVES  2   reels  silent 

A    lumber    of    these    films    are    especially    suited    to 
PRIMARY  GRADES 

Make   Your   Own   Ground   Glass    Slides 

easily  and  quickly,  by  usins  GLASSIVE,  an  abrasive  which  makes 
ground  srlass  slides  from  plain  cover  glass  for  only  a  fraction 
of  a  cent  each  I     50c  packagre. 

For  I^on-Photographic  Slides 

use  CELLOSLIDE.  Has  many  uses — for  enlarging  illustrative  ma- 
terials, for  making  song  slides,  announcements,  cheers,  etc.  Elimi- 
nates necessity  of  writing  on  glass.     500  sheets  for  $1.00. 

TEACHING       AIDS       SERVICE 

JAMAICA    PLAIN  MASSACHUSETTS 


16MM.    SOUND    ON    FILM 

for 
HEIVT  —  EXCHANGE  —  SALE 

A  few  of  our  Large  Catalogue  of 
REIVTAL     SUBJECTS 

THE  LOST  JUNGLE  *  KEEPER  OF  THE  BEES  *  GALLANT 
FOOL  it  THE  GIRL  OF  THE  LIMBERLOST  -k  I  CON- 
QUER THE  SEA  it  MILLION  DOLLAR  BABY  it  IN 
OLD  SANTA  FE  ♦  EAT  'EM  ALIVE  *  CITY  LIMITS 
it  MAN'S  BEST  FRIEND  it  KENTUCKY  BLUE  STREAK 
it  SILENT  ENEMY  *  JANE  BYRE  *  KLONDIKE  * 
RUSTLER'S  PARADISE  -*  HEARTS  OF  HUMANITY  it 
RETURN  OF  CASEY  JONES  *  MIDNIGHT  PHANTOM 
*•  NOW  OR  NEVER  •  THIRTEENTH  GUEST  •  RED 
HAIRED  ALIBI  it  all  PETER  B.  KYNE'S  SUBJECTS  it 
■II  TOM  TYLER.  JACK  PERRIN  and  JACK  HOXIB'S  WEST- 
ERNS -*  all  RICHARD  TALMADGE'S  pietnrM  -*  and 
RIN  TIN  TIN.  Jr. 

Allasether    150    Features    and    400    ShorU 

from       which       to      pick       yonr      procranu 

Not  One  Mediocre  Picture  in  Our  Library 

Film    Rental    Catalocne  —  Film   Sale  Catalocn* 

Write   for    them 

CINE  CLASSIC  LIBRARY 

1041    JEFFERSON    AVE.  BROOKLYN.    N.    Y. 


College,   High   School,   Grade   Teachers 

We  Place  You  In  The  Better  Positions 

_  Our  Territory  Middle   West   and   West  < 


floci<r Mr- Teachers 

AGfTA/CY 


2°"  410   U.   S.    Nat.    bank   BIdg..    Denver.    Colo.  '^^ 

3  WM.    BUFFER,    Ph.D..    Manager  ^ 

MINNEAPOLIS.    MINN..    Plymouth    Bldg..    A.    Gloor.    A.  M..    Mgr. 
LarKest,  Most  Successful  Agency  in  the  West 


linen  and  muslin,  brushes  and  paints,  and  scores  of 
other  odds  and  ends.  New  needs  develop  with  each 
individual  diorama,  and  each  diorama  presents  a  new 
problem  to  be  solved,  according  to  Townsley. 

Proposed  16mm.  Restrictions  Dropped  in  Denver 

A  group  of  nine  theatre  managers  in  Denver,  Colo- 
rado, recently  submitted  a  resolution  to  the  president 
of  the  City  Council  to  restrict  the  use  of  16  mm.  films 
to  licensed  operators  in  places  subject  to  entertainment 
license  fees  and  to  all  building  regulations  that  apply 
to  theatres.  The  resolution  stated  that  "There  has  re- 
cently developed  in  our  community  a  non-taxable,  non- 
licensing,  series  of  exhibitions  of  motion  pictures  prin- 
cipally on  the  16  mm.  film  in  churches,  schools,  and 
other  non-theatrical  places  of  exhibition ;  and  while 
this  16  mm.  film  is  non-inflammable,  nevertheless,  it 
calls  for  expert  knowledge  of  electrical  conditions,  other- 
wise audiences  are  endangered  because  there  are  no 
regulations  as  to  lighting,  aisle  clearance,  etc." 

So  much  public  protest  was  aroused  among  those 
who  use  16  mm.  films  in  schools,  churches,  homes,  etc.. 
that  the  theatre  managers'  organization  withdrew  their 
request,  stating  lliat  they  did  so  "because  of  the  mis- 
understanding at  this  time  of  the  prime  question,  public 
safety."  Their  letter  of  withdrawal  added  that  "Many 
fans  for  the  16  mm.  home  size  film  have  felt  that  this 
would  interfere  with  their  personal  showings  of  their 
own  film,  which  is  not  the  intention." 

Movie  Theater  Comes  to  School 

(Continued  from  page  46) 

by  the  Motion  Picture  Producers  and  Distributors  of 
America,  Inc.  Sample  copies  of  this  may  be  obtained 
free  from  their  office  at  28  West  Forty-fourth  Street, 
New  York,  New  York.  Additional  copies  are  sold  for 
a  nominal  fee.  Our  library  now  has  quite  a  large  col- 
lection of  these  on  file.  Pupils  also  bring  in  motion  pic- 
ture materials  which  they  encounter  in  their  reading. 
The  following  is  taken  from  the  "Course  of  Study 
in  English,"  Great  Falls  High  School: 

1.  The  teacher  must  vary  her  method  to  suit  the 
needs  of  the  group,  the  individual,  and  the  parti- 
cular type  of  films  that  are  available  at  that  time. 

2.  The  teacher  should  remember  that  the  purpose  of 
photoplays  is  primarily  for  enjoyment. 

3.  A  teacher  must  be  "movie  wise"  in  order  to  win 
the  pupils'  confidence:  in  other  words,  if  neces- 
sary, to  know  more  about  film  materials  than  the 
students  do  at  that  particular  time. 

A  few  of  the  aims  that  strike  me  as  being  worth- 
while are  the  following : 

1.  To  develop  the  pupils'  apprecia'.ion  of  the  art  of 
photoplay. 

2.  To  develop  the  pupils'  appreciation  of  the  literary 
sources  of  plays.  (Through  this  we  aim  to  show 
the  correlation  between  photoplays  and  literature). 

3.  To  develop  the  pupils'  understanding  of  the  basic 
theories,  movements,  and  conflicts  in  selected  cur- 
rent photoplays. 

4.  To  develop  the  pupils'  understanding  of  the  stand- 
ards of  tastes  for  judging  photoplays. 


February,  1959 


Page   59 


Till-  unit  covers  a  three  weeks  period,  which  is  a 
ratlar  short  time.  But  wc  have  recently  also  added 
a  unit  on  newspajjers  and  one  on  magazine  reading  to 
an  alrtady  full  course  of  study ;  consequently  more 
ws.vk-  unit  time  is  not  yet  available.  To  allow  for  in- 
dividual di (Terences,  i)Ui)ils  are  encouraged  to  stress 
various  phases  of  motion  picture  production ;  such  as 
direction,  photography,  make-up,  trick  photography, 
costumes,  etc.  In  this  way  a  larger  number  of  in- 
dividuals are  stimula.ed  and  interested. 

During  the  unit  course  each  class  selects  members 
for  our  Critic  Club.  This  club  conducts  the  movie 
column  in  our  high  school  \XL\reT.  The  purpose  is  to 
try  to  ac(|uaint  the  high  school  reader  with  the  caliber 
of  the  otTtrings  at  the  local  theaters  for  the  coming 
week.  The  evaluations  are  liased  on  reading  and  on  a 
summary  of  other  critical  ratings,  such  as  Educational 
Sirciii  "Film  Estimates"  and  reviewing  columns  in 
Time,  Neu'S7ccck,  Liberty  and  elsewhere.  This  column 
is  clipi)ed  and  posted  on  the  bulletin  boards  in  the  sopho- 
more English  classes  and  is  a  constant  reminder  of  the 
movie  a()preciation  unit. 

That  we  are  at  least  partially  successful  in  raising 
\oung  jjeoples'  movie  standards  is  indicated  by  the  girl 
who  ironically  put  into  one  very  terse  sentence  the 
sentiment  of  a  large  number  of  our  young  theater 
attendants.  "I  don't  like  this  stuff.  I  used  to  enjoy 
ever\  show  I  went  to,  but  now  you  have  spoiled  about 
half  of  them  for  me."  Here  we  see,  although  the  stu- 
dent herself  does  not  as  yet  recognize  this  clearly,  the 
beginnings  of  di.scrimination.  Increasing  experience  will 
(iiahle  her  to  cut  ofT  her  list  the  "half"  she  does  not 


From  The  Laboratory  Of 

PROF.  I.  V.  PAVLOV 

(Nobel   Prize  Winner) 

Comes   A   Study   Unsurpassed 
In  Thoroughness  On  The  Subject  Of 

The  Nervous  System 

A   16nim  Silent  Film  in   5  Secfioni 

1st  Section — The  Development  Of  The  Nervous 
System  In  Vertebrates  And  Invertebrates.    2  Reels 

2nd  Section — Reflex  Action:  Development  Of  Neu- 
rons; Function  Of  Motor  Nerve;  Responses 
To  Stimulation:  Etc.  I    Reel 

3rd  Section — The  Spinal  Cord:  Study  OF  The 
Function  Of  The  Spinal  Cord.  2  Reels 

4th    Section — ^The    Brain:    Structure    And    Function. 

5  Reels 

5th  Section — The  Study  of  Conditioned  And 
Unconditioned  Reflex  Behavior  in  Different 
Organisms.  ^  Reels 

Unique  For  Its  Utilization 

Of  Experiments  On 

Living  Subjects 


Now  Available  For  Outright  Sale  Or  Lease 
For  Defailtd  Information — Write 

IMS        DEPT.        P 
1600  BROADWAY.  N.  Y.  C. 


GARRISON  u 


Many  unusual  bargains  offered  in  Central's 
40th  Anniversary  Clearance  Sale  Book  — 
just  outi  Everything  photographic  —  new 
and    used.      Write    for    Free    Copy    NOWl 

CBWERB  CO. 

230     SO.     WAIASH.     DEPT.     S2.     CHICAOO     (E«t.     1899) 

now  enjoy  and  attend  only  the  good  films.  So  once  more 
she  will  be  enjoying  every  film  she  sees,  but  it  will 
now  be  an  informed  atid  enriched  enjoyment.  .\  still 
better  hint  of  the  effectiveness  of  our  work  is  that 
twenty-four  out  of  a  total  of  twenty-five  pupil  nomin- 
ations of  films  as,  "outstandingly  good,"  were  after- 
ward included  in  a  composite  rating  put  out  by  na- 
tionally recognized  groups.  The  twenty-fifth  was  a 
foreign  film  which  had  not  been  shown  in  Great  Falls. 


35      HUM.      FILM      SLIDES      by 


L/ljual    ci^f 


deuce J^ 


GENERAL  SCIENCE 

Ten  months'  work  in  this  subject  visualized  on  film — 450 
frames  in  11  rolls  as  follows:  Water,  Air,  Levers,  Inclined 
Planes,  Pulleys,  Energy,  Heat,  Sound,  Light,  Magnetism, 
Electricity;  $2  each  roil,  $20  per  set  of  11  rolls.  Also  a 
collateral   roll  on  Optical  Illusions  at  $2. 

PHYSICS 

Thos<?  topics  imivernally  considered  minimum  require- 
ments for  high  school  courses  are  covered  in  Principles  of 
Physics — 245  frames  in  seven  rolls  at  $2  each  or  $12  for 
the  set.  Collateral  rolls  on  Optical  Illusions  and  Mechanical 
Motion  at  $2  each.  Also  a  standard  lantern  slide  of  the 
American  Flap  in  complementary  colors  which  strikingly 
demonstrates  retinal  fatigue  and  negative  after-images, 
priced  at  fl..50. 
CHEMISTRY 

Principles  of  Chemistry  deals  with  the  minimum  essen- 
tials for  high  school  courses— 380  frames  in  eight  rolls  at 
$2  each  or  $14  for  the  set. 

FOR    CONVENIENCE    CLIP    COUPON 
VISUAL  SCIENCES,  Suffern,  New  York. 

Gentlemen :  ,         *  ^i  m 

IMeaae  send  me  free  literature  and  sample  Ktrlpe  of  nim.  My 
particular  interest*  are  checked  below : 


General  Science 

Name 

School ...« ->.~.. 

Addms ....._... 


Phyaica 


.  Chemistry 


Page   60 


The  Educational  Screen 


AMONG   THE 
AND    BOOKS 


MAGAZINES 


Conducted  by  The  Staflf 


The  Journal  of  Educational  Sociology  (12:  129- 
192,  November  '38)  As  stated  on  the  cover,  "The  Mo- 
tion Picture  as  an  Educational  Medium"  is  the 
subject  treated  in  the  six  articles  comprising  this 
issue  of  which  Frederic  M.  Thrasher,  New  York 
University,  is  editor. 

"Film  Appreciation  in  Great  Britain,"  by  Ernest 
Dyer,  argues  for  the  training  of  film  taste  and  dis- 
crimination in  children  because  "if  the  standard  of 
public  taste  in  films  is  to  be  raised  we  must  begin 
with  the  children."  Eflforts  of  various  English  and 
Scottish  Film  Societies  in  this  direction  are  sum- 
marized. It  is  significant  that  the  new  Handbook 
issued  by  the  Board  of  Education  for  the  first  time 
gives  official  recognition  to  the  importance  of  films 
in  education,  oflfering  suggestions  for  effective  ac- 
tivity to  teachers. 

"Hollywood  and  Pedagogy,"  by  Ralph  Jester, 
presents  in  brief  the  attitude  of  the  theatrical  indus- 
try to  the  production  of  instructive  and  documen- 
tary films.  Most  producers  are  indifferent  to  the 
social  implications  of  the  motion  picture,  being  con- 
cerned only  with  the  entertainment  angle.  How- 
ever, the  writer  believes  that  when  and  if  the  edu- 
cational market  is  developed  to  a  profitable  point, 
Hollywood  will  produce  for  it.  As  a  step  in  that 
direction,  the  short  subjects  made  from  Paramount 
features  for  the  school  field  are  cited. 

"The  Cinema  Explodes  the  Stork  Myth,"  by  Ger- 
aldine  Sartain,  is  a  resume  of  the  controversy  which 
attended  the  exhibition  of  the  educational  picture.  The 
Birth  of  a  Baby.  Of  all  the  editorial  comment  praising 
the  film,  that  of  The  Churchman  is  quoted.  They  pre- 
dict that  the  film  "will  accomplish  for  humanity  one 
of  the  most  constructive  services  in  the  history  of 
civilization." 

"The    Motion-Picture    Program   and    Policy   of   the 


Have  you  discovered  ^ 

NATURE  NOTES* 


TEACHERS,    park    naturalists,    others    write    us, 
"Why  haven't  I  Itnown  about  NATURE  NOTES 
before?"  "A  big  help  in  my  work."  "It  human- 
izes  nature   study."    "Has   excellent   illustrations." 

There's  no  other  magazine  quite  like  NATURE 
NCTES.  Though  small  in  size,  it  is  packed  with 
authentic  nature  lore.  Not  dry — not  too  sentimental 
— it  treats  nature  like  the  fascinating  subject  it  is. 

Send  25c  coin  or  stamps  for  a  4  months'  trial  and 
embark  on  a  voyage  of  discovery.  Better  still,  send 
$1  for  a  full  year's  subscription.  (SPECIAL — 6  free 
back    numbers    with    each    new    yearly    subscription. 

while    our   supplies    last.) 

NATURE     NOTES 

The  Magazine  of  Outdoor  Information 
4800    PROSPECT    ROAD  PEORIA,    ILLINOIS 


United  States  Government,"  by  Fanning  Hearon,  pre- 
sents a  complete  and  interesting  summary  of  film  pro- 
duction and  distribution  activities  of  the  various  gov- 
ernment departments.  Three — Agriculture,  Inferior  and 
War — have  their  own  laboratory  facilities ;  others  have 
their  films  made  by  commercial  producers.  The  most 
outstanding  Government  film  unit  at  the  moment  is 
the  Farm  Security  Administration  with  its  two  ex- 
cellent films,  The  Plow  that  Broke  the  Plains  and  The 
River,  which  films  have  stimulated  the  use  of  Federal 
films.  The  work  of  the  Division  of  Motion  Pictures  of 
the  Department  of  Interior,  including  data  on  the  cost 
of  operation,  is  covered  in  more  detail  inasmuch  as  the 
writer  was  formerly  director  of  this  Division. 

"Some  Recent  Developments  in  the  Educational  Film 
Field,"  by  Hilla  Wehberg,  surveys  recent  projects  or- 
ganized for  the  promotion  of  research,  distribution, 
production  and  planning  in  this  field.  The  General  Edu- 
cation Board  of  the  Rockefeller  Foundation  has  given 
financial  assistance  to  all  the  national  efforts  described. 

"The  Possibilities  of  Teaching  French  with  Motion 
Pictures,"  by  Cybele  Pomerance,  finds  that  a  French 
language  film  aids  little  in  the  teaching  of  vocabulary 
but  a  film  on  phonetics  can  contribute  a  great  deal. 
Geography,  history,  literature,  habits  and  customs  of 
France  can  be  taught  effectively  with  the  film.  Specific 
films  are  recommended  for  use  with  these  subjects, 
thereby  adding  considerably  to  the  value  of  the  article. 

Michigan  Education  Journal  (16:  218-19,  January 
'39)  "Moviecation,"  by  J.  Harry  Adams,  Principal, 
Central  High  School,  Bay  City,  Michigan. 

The  organization  and  administration  of  a  "movie- 
cation"  program  at  Bay  City  School  is  here  outlined 
in  some  detail.  At  an  initial  cost  of  $750,  for  a 
sound  projector  and  screens,  the  needs  of  2200  stu- 
dents are  served.  The  showing  of  noon-hour  movies 
at  a  two  to  five  cent  charge  has  helped  to  defray 
this  cost.  Mr.  Adams  recommends  that  schools  pur- 
chase films  insofar  as  they  can  afford  them,  as  this 
plan  is  more  economical  in  the  long  run.  Further,  it 
offers  the  advantage  of  having  the  subjects  avail- 
able when  wanted,  and  permits  teachers  to  make 
more  careful  adaptation  of  them  to  the  course  of 
study. 

The  Elementary  School  Journal  (39:  280-88, 
December  '38)  "What  Children  See  in  Pictures," 
by  William  A.  Miller,  Butler  School,  Springfield, 
Illinois. 

The  importance  of  teacher  guidance  in  the  use  of 
pictures  as  a  teaching  aid,  is  demonstrated  in  this 
interesting  report  of  a  study  made  to  determine 
what  children  in  the  third  grade  saw  in  six  pictures 
without  the  suggestion  of  any  definite  direction. 
One  hundred  children  furnished  the  data  for  the 
study.  Results  of  the  investigation  showed  (1)  that 
children  see  relatively  few  of  the  items  which  make 


February,  19)9  Page   6\ 


For  Health  and  Physical 
Education  Directors 

Keystone  Units  in  Health  and  Safety 


HEALTH 

Posture   25  Lantern  Slides 

Skeletal  and  Muscular  System 25  Lantern  Slides 

Digestive  System 25  Lantern  Slides 

Circulation  and  Respiration 21  Lantern  Slides 

Special  Senses 16  Lantern  Slides 

Teeth  25  Lantern  Slides 

Each  unit  is  accompanied  by  a  descriptive  manual  for  the 
teacher,  prepared  by  F.  W.  Maroney,  M.D„  Associate  Pro- 
fessor of  Physical  Education  and  Instructor  in  Anatomy  and 
Physiology,  Teachers  College,  Columbia  University. 

SAFETY 

Safety  on  the  Highway 30  Lantern  Slides 

Safety  in  the  Home 30  Lantern  Slides 

Each  unit  is  accompanied  by  a  descriptive  manual  for  the 
teacher,  prepared  by  Harry  Barsantee,  of  The  Travelers  Insur- 
ance Company,  well-known  authority  on  safety  problems. 

Any  or  all  units  will  be  sent  to  subscribers 
to  Educational  Screen  on  ten  days'  approval 

Keystone  View  Company 

MEADVILLE.  PENNA. 


Page   62 


The  Educational  Screen 


Educational  Attractions^ 

Informative  themes  in  delightful  dramatic  dressings.  In  16mm.  film. 

"WILD  INNOCENCE" 

An  unusual   presentation   of   w^ild   life   in   the   Australian 
'       wilderness.         Featuring     the     taming     and     training     of 
kangaroo,    in    an    obsorbing    dramatic    setting.  —  In    6 
reels,   S.O-F.      Running   time:    63   minutes. 

"THE  FIGHT  FOR  PEACE" 

Vivid,  authentic,  awe  inspiring  scenes  of  the  devastations, 
vrar   terrors,   and   civilian   distress   in   Europe,    Asia    and 
Africa.    Compiled  and  produced  by  WILLEM  HENDRIK 

VAN  LOON.  In  8  reels.  S.O.F.  Running  time  75  minutes. 
"DrtDT    e\'    C  Kl   I   "  INTIMATE    WORLD 

r\JK.  I     \J     WMkk  TRAVEL  SERIES. 

Far    reaching,    exceptionally    intimate    visits    to    the    far 
comers    of    the    world.       Produced    by    the    noted    world 
traveler   and   lecturer,    DEAN    H.    DICKASON.      A    series 
of  31   single  reel  S.O.F.  subjects. 

POST    PICTURES    CORP."^rw^V'o^R'*K':"ctTY 


"Educational  Films  of  Merit" 

THE        STREETCAR 

ABC      OF      TRANSPORTATION      SERIES.      PART      TWO 
One    Reel    Silent,    $24.00    with    Study    Guide 

For  preview  print,   inj ormation,   or   catalog   write   to 
BAILEY      FILM      SERVICE 

3405  University  Avenue,  Los  Angeles,  California 


Authentic;       Realistic!       Dramatic! 

TERRITORIAL  EXPANSION  OF  THE  U.  S. 

•upplemented     with     mapt     snd     diagrftms. 

I  Write  for  rental  or  purchase  price  and  catalos  list-  I 
inff  selected   Shorts,   Features   and   Recess   Programs.  | 

AUDIO-FILM    LIBRARIES 

limm.  Sound  Exclusively 
861    BU*ma*ld   Ave.  Dcpt.  K  BIeeaifi*14,   N.   J. 


BICYCLE    SAFETY    FILM 

SPINNING  SPOKES  is  a  swift,  convincing  story  in  I  reel,  16  mno 
silent.  School  produced  for  school  audiences.  Rental,  $1.00  for 
a  day's  use  or  $3.00  for  a  week,  plus  postage. 

H.    M.    Kuckuk,    4106    IVorth    24th    Place 

MILWAUKEE,  WISCONSIN 


<=i 

"Type-It"  Slides. 

i 

TYPEWRITE   YOUR 
MESSAGE 
On  "TYPE-IT"  Slides 
for  Quick  Projection. 
In  use  over  20  years 
50  "T,pe-lf  Slidil  $1.25 
In  5  colon  or  assorted 

■¥■ 

SLIDE  MAKERS  SINCE  1309 

LAIVTERIV  SLIDES  made  in 
colors  or  black  and  white  from  photos, 
books,  magazines,  charts,  maps,  etc. 
Satisfaction    guaranteed. 

Kansas  City  Slide  Company 

1719    Wyandotte,    Kansas    City,    Mo. 

Ask    for  sample    "Type-It"   Slide. 


Only      the      Best 

16mm     SOUND     FILM     16mm 

Low    rental    rates    include    transportation    charges. 

Write  for  our  new  double  size  list. 

Our  rates   remain   at  their  former  low   level. 

2439     AUBURN     AVE 
CINCINNATI.     OHIO 


THE     MANSE     LIBRARY 


"NEWS  PARADE  OF  THE  YEAR" 

A  Current  Events  Film  for  Your  School  Library 

Modern  History  in  Review  .  .  .  European  Crises,  Spanish 
and  China  Wars  .  .  .  Aviation's  March  .  .  .  and  other 
notable   -world    events. 

I6MM:    360'    SILENT,     $  8.75  350'    SOUND-ON-FILM,    $17.50 

8MM:    180'    SILENT,     $  5.50 


CASTLE    FILMS 

30  ROCKEFELLER   PLAZA    •    NEW  YORK  CITY 


MAIL 

THIS 

COUPON 

TODAY! 


For  NEW  1939  catalogue  describing  "News  Parade 
of  the  Year"  and  50  Historic,  News,  Travel  and  other 
educational  iilms. 

Name 

Address-.'. 

City State 


up  a  picture,  and  (2)  the  items  are  seen  in  isolation 
rather  than  as  parts  of  a  unified  whole,  the  most 
important  items  often  escaping  the  notice  of  the 
children.  Few  saw  the  relations  between  the  three 
or  four  generalized  items  which  unite  to  make  the 
meaning  of  the  ])icturc  clear. 

Journal  of  the  N.E.A.  (28:  20-21,  January  '39) 
"Second  Graders  Learn  Photography,"  by  Elmer 
A.  Finch. 

The  construction  and  use  of  pinhole  cameras 
furnished  a  valuable  and  pleasant  experience  for 
the  second-grade  children  of  Amityville  Public 
Schools,  New  York,  according  to  their  general 
science  teacher.  The  pupils  took  joy  also  in  the 
printing  and  mounting  of  the  pictures.  Such  a  pro- 
ject as  Mr.  Finch  describes  involves  a  wide  variety 
of  skills  and  considerable  integration  with  regular 
class  work. 

Western  Journal  of  Education  (44:10-11,  No- 
vember '38)  "A  High  School  'Goes  Hollywood'", 
by  John  Allan  Smith. 

In  this  account  of  a  cinematic  venture  by  the 
students  at  the  Fremont  High  School,  Los  Angeles, 
all  the  phases  of  producing  a  motion  picture  are 
discussed — the  script,  photography,  editing  and 
sound  recording.  The  total  cost  of  "Our  World," 
as  the  students  titled  their  feature-length  movie, 
was  approximately  $800.  The  article  ends  with  a 
few  little  helpful  hints  which  should  be  observed 
by  other  schools  who  engage  in  similar  projects. 

Book  Reviews 

■  Teaching  with  Motion  Pictures,  by  Mary  E.  Townes. 
Published  by  Bureau  of  Publications,  Teachers  College,  Co- 
lumbia University,  New  York,  1938.  25  pages.  Paper.  25c. 

This  new  publication  from  Columbia  University  provides  a 
compact  little  bibliography  on  sources  of  information  and 
materials  which  will  be  helpful  to  teachers  who  are  using  the 
motion  picture  as  a  teaching  aid,  as  well  as  to  groups  interested 
in  the  study  of  the  theatrical  film  as  an  educative  force.  Part 
I  lists  important  basic  books,  research  studies,  periodicals  and 
yearbooks  devoted  to  the  educational  film,  and  source  lists 
for  such  films.  Part  I  lists  research  studies  on  the  effect  of 
theatrical  films  on  children,  books  and  manuals  on  photoplay 
appreciation,  and  other  material  pertinent  to  this  topic.  A  brief 
bibliography  on  "Making  Motion  Pictures  in  the  School"  is 
offered  in   Part   III. 

■  S.'VFETY  Education  Through  Schools — Research  Bulletin, 
Vol.  XVI,  No.  5,  November  1938.  Published  by  the  Research 
Division  of  the  National  Education  A'ssociation.  298  pages, 
paper,    25c. 

In  November  1937  the  Research  Division  mailed  a  ques- 
tionnaire to  100,000  classroom  teachers  on  the  teaching  of  safety 
in  schools.  An  analysis  of  their  replies  constitutes  the  major 
portion  of  the  material  included  in  this  bulletin  which  should 
prove  a  decidedly  stimulating  and  suggestive  guide  to  others 
in  the  teaching  field. 

The  first  five  parts  of  this  bulletin  deal  with  (1)  current 
school  practices  in  safety  education,  (2)  methods  of  safety 
teaching,  (3)  sources  of  instructional  materials  used,  (4)  neces- 
sary improvements  in  the  teaching  of  safety,  and  (5)  problems 
that  lie  ahead.  The  sixth  part  includes  lists  of  educational  and 
non-school  agencies  making  available  school  materials  on 
safety — posters,  charts,  pamphlets  and  other  publications — • 
national,  state  and  local  sources  distributing  films  and  slides, 
and    a    compilation   of    representative    state    courses    of    study. 


February,  19)9 


Page  63 


MAKE  YOUR  OWN 

TYPEWRITER     SLIDES 

For    Screen    Projection 

USE        RADIO        MATS 

on   sale   by   Theatre   Supply   Dealer* 
Write  for  F.-ee  Sample 

RADIO-MAT  SLIDE  CO..  Inc. 

IHlt  Broadway.  Dept.V.  New  York  City 


Part  seven  re\icvvs  over  100  safety  films  and  slides  on  various 
phases  of  safety — street  and  highway,  fire  prevention,  first 
aid,  driver  training,  etc. — with  information  as  to  prices,  grade 
level  snitahility,  and  sources.  These  last  two  chapters  of  the 
bulletin  should  be  of  special  benefit  to  directors  of  visual 
instruction,  curriculum  committees,  and  others  concerned  with 
the  problem  of  securing  goo<I  instructional  visual  aids  for  the 
teaching  of  safety. 

Among  Ourselves 

(Coiuludcd  Irani    pa<ic  55) 

its  value  and  quality  as  a  teaching  film  and  of  the 
excellent  results  in  safety  education  which  it  gives. 

The  picture  is.  through  the  grant  of  the  Automotive 
Safety  I'nuiKlation  and  the  Highway  Education  Board, 
loaned  free  to  schools  so  far  as  the  available  supply  of 
prints  makes  possible,  on  application  to  the  national 
distributor.  Films  of  Commerce  Co.,  Inc.,  21  West 
46th  Street,  New  York  City.  Prints  are  on  deposit 
with  most  of  the  Visual  Instruction  Bureaus  of  the 
state  universities,  other  educational  film  libraries,  and 
most  of  the  larger  school  systems  of  the  country  which 
have  visual  instruction  bureaus.  It  is  also  being  dis- 
tributed directly  by  the  national  distributor  from  Bos- 
ton, New  York  and  Pittsburgh.  Automobile  clubs  and 
Safety  Councils  have  been  of  great  aid  in  the  showing 
of  the  film  and  many  thousands  of  spectators  have  seen 
it  through  these  channels. 

Schools  having  motion  picture  equipment  are  cir- 
cularized periodically  with  announcement  of  the  avail- 
ability of  the  film  and  application  blanks  for  use  in 
order  to  maintain  the  demand  for  the  film.  The  exist- 
ing demand  continues  to  be  more  than  twice  as  great 
as  can  be  supplied  with  the  present  available  prints 
and  more  requests  have  to  be  refused  or  postponed  than 
can  be  granted. 

The  press  of  the  country  were  most  generous  in 
providing  publicity  for  the  picture.  Several  feature 
articles  and  two  full-page  feature  stories  concerning  the 
picture  appeared  in  metropolitan  dailies  and  shorter 
stories  appeared  concerning  it  in  several  thousand 
papers  and  many  magazines.  Illustrations  from  the 
film  appeared  in  several  hundred  papers  and  Will 
Johnstone,  of  the  New  York  W'orld  Telegram,  based 
one  of  his  cartoons  on  it,  which  is  reproduced  with 
this  article. 

American  Education  Week  Cartoon  Project 

This  project  in  connection  with  the  1939  observance 
of  American  Education  Week,  announced  by  the  Journal 
of  the  N.E..\.,  is  open  to  any  high  school  student. 
Awards  will  be  given  to  those  submitting  the  best 
cartoons,  many  of  which  will  be  publishe<l.  Write 
to  the  Division  of  Publications,  N.E.A.,  1201  Sixteenth 
St.,  N.  W..  Washington,  D.  C,  for  full  details. 


NEW  FEATURES 

of  Outstanding  Excellence  in 
16mm.    SOUND-ON-FILM 


RAINBOW  ON  THE  RIVER 

with  the  sensational  young  songster,  BOBBY  6REEN, 
supported  by  MAY  ROBSON,  CHARLES  BUTTER- 
WORTH  and  the  HALL  JOHNSON  CHOIR.  A  dra- 
matic, touching  story  of  the  aftermath  oi  the  Civil 
War  in  the  striietorn  South.    8  reels. 

HEARTS  DESIRE 

featuring  RICHARD  TAUBER  in  a  stirring  drama  of  a 
great  singer  who  rises  from  obscurity  to  fame.  8  reels. 

RADIO  FOLLIES 

with  HELEN  CHANDLER.  A  six  reel  musical  that  is 
entertainment  plus. 

ROMANCE  OF  THE  LIMBERLOST 

Gene  Stralton-Porter's  wholesome,  heartwarming 
story,  brilliantly  acted  by  Jean  Parker,  Eric  Linden 
and  a  strong  cast.   9  reels. 

MARINES  ARE  HERE 

The  amusing,  thrilling  tale  of  two  marines  who  are 
loyal  to  the  memory  of  their  buddy.  Tense,  timely, 
with  a  top-ranking  cast.   7  reels. 

•      •      • 
TRAVELS    IN    COLOR 

Presenling  ior  the  flrst  time.  ISnun.  sound  nimi  in  color,  with  luch 
noteworthy  picttires  as: 

FRANCE 

French  life  in  city  and  country  with  John  Martin  as  commentator. 
4  reels.    Silenl  as  well  as  sound  version  available. 

TIBET 

"PENTHOUSE  OF  THE  GODS" 
The  innermost  Lamaseries  and  cities  of  Tibet  as  seen  by  Theoa 
Bernard,  the  only  white  man  lo  become  a  Lamo.    4  reels. 


Send  for  catalog  of  over  1200 
Educational  and  Entertainment 
subjects  —  for     rent    or    sale. 


WALTER  O. 


GUTLOHN,  Inc. 

35  W.  45th  St.        Dept.  E-2        New  York 


Page   64 


The  Educational  Screen 


Current  Film  Releases 


An  Australian  Animal  Picture 

Wild  Innocence  gives  an  interesting 
portrayal  of  wild  life  in  the  Australian 
bush  and  tells  an  absorbing  dramatic 
tale  in  which  an  extraordinary  boxing 
kangaroo,  named  Chut,  stars.  After  its 
mother  is  shot  by  hunters,  Chut  finds 
its  way  to  a  ranch,  where  the  kind  owner 
raises  the  animal  as  a  pet  and  teaches  him 
to  box.  Mortgage  trouble  forces  the 
rancher  to  sell  Chut  to  a  circus  where 
he  becomes  a  hit  but  is  cruelly  treated. 
After  whipping  his  trainer.  Chut  es- 
capes, is  chased,  but  rescued  by  his 
former  master  and  brought  back  to  the 
ranch. 

This  six-reel  sound  feature  is  instruct- 
ive and  engaging  entertainment.  16mm 
rights  are  controlled  by  Post  Pictures 
Corporation,  723  Seventh  Avenue,  New 
York  City.  The  subject  may  be  rented 
from  Lewis  Film  Service,  224  N.  Market 
St.,  Wichita,  Kansas,  and  also  from 
Ideal  Pictures,  30  E.  Eighth  St.,  Chicago. 

A  New  Release — "How 
Motion  Pictures  Move 
and  Talk" 

This  significant  production  by  the  Bell 
and  Howell  Company —  Haw  Motion 
Pictures  Move  and  Talk — is  available  in 
either  sound  or  silent  version.  Any  school 
may  have  one  day's  free  use  of  either 
version  through  the  distribution  channels 
of  Castle  Films,  Wrigley  Building,  Chi- 
cago, or  by  writing  Bell  and  Howell 
Company,  1801  Larchmont  Avenue,  Chi- 
cago. 

This  film  offers  a  clear,  vivid,  ex- 
tremely compact  presentation  of  the  me- 
chanical, electrical  and  visual  principles 
behind  modern  talking  movie  films.  The 
pictured  story  traces  the  production  of 
a  Hollywood  feature  from  the  unper- 
forated  raw  film  to  the  final  shipment 
of  16mm.  reduction  sound  prints  in 
labeled  metal  containers.  It  illustrates 
"persistence    of    vision,"    the    momentary 


retention  of  images  within  the  eye  which 
alone  makes  possible  the  illusion  of  mo- 
tion on  the  screen.  The  part  played  by 
each  successive  machine— perforator,  cam- 
era, developing  machine,  splicer,  printer, 
projector — is  then  made  clear.  The  re- 
cording of  sound  on  the  film  and  its 
reproduction  are  portrayed  by  animated 
drawings  (see  accompanying  illustration 
from  the  film),  and  by  showing  an  actual 
image  of  the  sound  track  of  the  voice 
explaining  how  sound  reproduction  takes 
place. 

A  particularly  full  teachers'  pamphlet 
accompanies  the  film.  Features  are  an  his- 
torical outline  of  the  moving  picture  idea 
from  1600  B.C.  to  the  present  time— a 
list  of  needed  technical  terms — a  vocab- 
ulary aid  on  words  new  to  pupils— and 
especially  a  series  of  selected  stills  from 
the  film  with  elaborate  explanatory  cap- 
tions giving  the  contents  in  continuity 
form.  By  use  of  both  sound  and  silent 
versions  with  different  test  groups  teach- 
ers can  make  interesting  comparisons  in 
teaching  results  and  teaching  methods 
with  the  two   film  forms. 

By  NELSON  L.  GREENE 

New  Gutlohn  Films 

Walter  O.  Gutlohn,  Inc.,  announces 
the  release  for  the  first  time  of  a  four- 
reel  16mm.  sound  picture  on  France  in 
color,  portraying  the  colorful  beauty 
of  that  country,  with  its  folk  lore  and 
quaint  customs.  Paris,  Brittany,  Bor- 
deaux, Cannes  and  other  world-famed 
centers  of  historical,  artistic  and  timely 
significance  are  shown  in  great  detail. 
A  silent  version  is  also  available.  With 
the  aid  of  the  French  Chamber  of  Com- 
merce, who  will  supervise  the  handling 
of  these  films  in  the  future,  the  Gutlohn 
Company  plan  to  distribute  many  addi- 
tional French  films  in  conjunction  with 
the  French  Cinema  Center. 

Out  of  Tibet  comes  an  unusual  color 
picture  in  16mm  sound  which  has  been  ac- 


quired by  Gutlohn.  This  four-reel  film  is 
the  work  of  Theos  Bernard,  the  first  white 
man  ever  to  live  in  the  Lamasteries  and 
Cities  of  Tibet,  and  records  his  life 
amongst  the  Tibetans.  The  beauty  of  the 
mysterious  plateau  with  its  deeply  re- 
ligious people  is  fully  revealed  in  the 
picture. 

Walter  O.  Gutlohn  Inc.  also  aimounce 
the  release  of  a  two-reel  16mni  silent  film 
in  color  on  Hungary,  depicting  its  color- 
ful peasant  dances,  customs  and  handi- 
craft. 

Sailing  last  month,  on  board  the  S.  S. 
Stellar  Polaris  to  produce  a  series  of 
educational  and  theatre  travelogues,  Capt. 
R.  Stuart  Murray,  member  of  the  Ex- 
plorers Club  and  active  Direirtor  of 
Geographical  Films,  will  seek  not  only 
the  unusual  but  the  routine  arts,  crafts 
and  customs  of  the  natives  of  many  little 
known  places  in  the  South  Seas  and 
other  countries  on  his  world  tour.  The 
films  when  released  in  16mm.  sound  and 
silent  will  be  distributed  by  Walter  O. 
Gutlohn,   Inc. 

Additions  to  Ideal  Library 

Bertram  Willoughby,  President  of  Ideal 
Pictures  Corporation,  announces  the  ac- 
quisition of  three  16  mm  sound  features 
of  especial  interest  to  its  school  field. 
Tundra,  in  8  reels,  is  a  heroic  drama  of 
the  Arctic.  It  tells  a  thrilling  story  of 
the  "Flying  Doctor,"  risking  his  life, 
to  save  the  isolated  villages  of  the 
Tundra.  The  largest  assembly  of  Arctic 
wild  animal  life  ever  photographed  ap- 
pears in  this  picture.  With  Williamson 
Beneath  the  Sea  presents  six  reels  of 
nature's  drama  of  beauty  and  tragedy 
beneath  the  sea.  It  shows  the  spearing 
of  thirty-foot  devil  fish,  divers  explor- 
ing sunken  treasure  galleons,  man-eating 
sharks,  hand-to-hand  combats,  and  swim- 
mers clutched  in  the  death  tentacles  of 
the  giant  octopus. 

Wild  Innocence,  described  as  a  delight- 
ful  animal   picture,   is   the   third  release. 

Incidentally  Bertram  Willoughby  is 
working  on  his  1939-40  catalogue,  which 
will  be  the  20th  Anniversary  Catalogue 
of  his  entry  into  the  non-theatrical  busi- 
ness. 


Animated  diagram  showing  how  sound  waves  are  recorded  on  motion  picttire  film.     On  the  screen,  the  action  starts  at  the 
extreme  left-hand  margin,  and  is  limited  to  one  element  and  one  action  at  a  time,    (l-'rom  How  Motion  Pictures  Move  and  Talk) 


February,  7  93  9 

STUDENTS,    SCIENCE    TEACHERS 
By     These     Magical     Educafianal     Films! 


Page   65 


Natural  Sciences  Explained  with  Aid 
of  Scientific  Cinematography 

P  RE-VIEW  au<lifnrt>s  of  student-s  aiui  promint>nt  AmtTican  educators 
have  literally  applaudi-d  thettf  remarkable  educational  filma.  Beins 
products  of  patiencv.  skill,  and  love  for  the  natural  sciences,  they 
reveal  months  of  enliffht«>nintr  laboratory  demonstrations  performed  by 
eminent  European  scientists.  With  the  use  of  scientific  cinematography, 
plants  actually  assume  the  characteristics  of  human  beinsa.  Experi- 
ments in  physics  disclose  facts  never  before  demonstrated  in  the 
»chiK>l  lab. 

UFA  Educational  Films  are  the  newest  achievement  in  the  dramatiza- 
tion of  science.  Now  available  for  purchase  or  rental  in  silent  or 
■ound  in  16  MM  or  35  MTW.  Write  immediately  for  literature  describinK 
"Plant  Power."  "St-nsitivity  in  IMant-n."  "I.j<|tiid  Air."  "Mnvinn  X-Ray." 
"The   Ant  City."   "The    lAfv  of  tho   Hi*e." 


UFA  EDUCATIONAL  FILMS 

729  Seventh  Avenue      •      New  York  City 


■     ISEtr  ALL-PLAY/ ALLH         ^    ^^ 

Universal  |  k 

Smm  PROJECTORS  g5@ 

New  All-Purpose  Model 

Combined  uiitliy  is  offered  in  this 
newly  designed  16MM  Sound  Pro- 
jector. Precision  built.  Completely 
flexible  for  the  varied  demands 
of  classroom  and  auditorium. 


Complete,  ready  to  operate 

Oniversal  Sound  Projector 

SENTRY  SAFETY  CONTROL  CORP. 

1921  Oxford  St.,  PhiU.,  P«. 

Show  Room— 1600  Broadway.  N.  Y.  C. 


Elementary  Grade  Subjects 

Kduialional  Film  Service  ol  Battle 
Creek,  Michigan,  has  produced  several 
16mm  silent  subjects  in  response  to  the 
need  for  film  material  suitable  for  the 
early  elementary  grades.  Some  of  the 
titles  are  Dinner  Time  on  the  Farm, 
Animals  of  the  Zoo,  Circus  City,  Here 
Comes  the  Circus,  Boats  of  the  Great 
Lakes.  The  Story  of  Milk,  A  Loaf  of 
Bread.  The  Post  Office  and  Pire  Fighters. 
Many  of  these  reels  are  also  suitable 
for  other  grade  levels.  Mr.  Keith  Elliott, 
formerly  chairman  of  the  visual  education 
committee  in  the  local  public  schools 
and  now  manager  of  the  Educational 
Film  Service,  oflFcrs  this  material  for 
rental  or  sale.  One  free  film.  Iron  Ore 
to  Stot'es.  suitable  for  later  elementary 
classes,  high  school  science  or  shop 
classes,  is  available. 


Bailey  Film  Service,  3405  University 
Avenue,  Los  .\ngeles,  is  another  source 
for  educational  films  designed  specially 
for  elementary  and  intermediate  grades. 
One  of  their  most  recent  films  is  a 
16mni  silent  reel  on  The  Streetcar,  the 
second  in  a  series  called  The  ABC  of 
Transportation,  the  first  of  which  was  on 
Eltfated  Trains.  The  film  shows  the  im- 
portant part  the  streetcar  plays  in  .\mer- 
Ican  urltan  transportation,  using  one  of 
the  new  strcamlinc<l  models  in  service 
on  the  Ijjs  .Angeles  railway  as  an  ex- 
ample of  the  typical  streetcar.  Other 
productions  which  the  Bailey  Film  Service 


have  completed  are  four  films  in  their 
I  'nited  Xational  Parks  Series,  one  in 
The  .IliC  of  Pottery  Making  Series,  and 
a  reel  entitled  A  Day  of  Threshing  Grain. 
Study  guides  are  included  with  most  of 
these  subjects  at  no  extra  cost. 


Foreign  Historical 
Feature  in  1 6mm 

The  notable  production,  Pearls  of  the 
Ooii'H,  has  been  condensed  from  a 
12-reel  picture  to  a  6-reel  16mm  version, 
cutting  out  the  ijiodern  story  completely. 
Sequences  which  have  been  too  mature 
for  any  but  adult  audiences  have  also 
been  deleted,  making  the  film  a  suitable 
historical  picture  for  the  educational 
field.  This  revision  has  been  made  by 
Pictorial  Film  Library,  130  W.  46th  St., 
New  York  City.  The  film  is  also  avail- 
able for  rent  from  Lewis  Film  Service, 
Wichita,  Kansas. 

The  subject  matter  of  the  picture  in- 
volves four  centuries  and  tells  the  stories 
of  seven  famous  pearls,  given  in  the  16th 
century  by  the  Pope,  Clement  VH,  to 
his  niece  Catherine  de  Medici.  The  story 
ends  with  the  insertion  of  four  of  the 
pearls  into  the  Crown  of  England  by 
Queen  Victoria.  The  film  has  a  fine 
cast,  including  Sacha  Guitry,  an<l  is 
recommended  for  language  students  par- 
ticularly, although  it  can  be  understood 
by  all  audiences.  Dialogue  is  in  French, 
Italian  and  English,  with  English  trans- 
lations 


Three  New  Castle  Subjects 

The  Sport  Parade  of  1938.  a  companion 
picture  to  their  News  Parade  of  the 
Year,  has  been  released  by  Castle  Films, 
Rockefeller  Plaza,  New  York  City,  in 
16min  sound  and  silent,  and  Smm  silent. 
The  world's  champions  and  record- 
breakers  are  seen  making  new  sport 
history — among  them  Captain  Eyston, 
auto  si)eed  ace,  Joe  Lewis,  Count  Rossi, 
Italian  speed-l)oat  king.  Glenn  Cunning- 
ham, Birger  Ruud.  ski  master.  Other 
significant  matches  in  water  sports,  tennis, 
polo,  golf  and  horse  racing  are  pictured. 
-Another  new  Castle  sport  subject  is 
Sea  Going  Thrills,  a  startling  camera 
record  of  Captain  Warwick  M.  Tomp- 
kins' daring  adventure  cruise  around 
Cai)c  Horn  with  his  brave  family  and 
crew  on  his  85  foot  sloop.  .\  third  pro- 
duction is  a  travel  film  on  A'cte  York, 
the  Wonder  City,  presenting  intimate 
glimpses  of  the  city  and  its  people, 
striking  panoramas,  famous  streets  and 
buildings,  and  magnificent  night  scenes. 
(Concluded  on  page  69) 


S.V.E.  Moves 

.^ftcr  twenty  years  at  327  South  La- 
Salle  Street,  the  Society  for  Visual 
Education,  pioneer  manufacturers  of 
Picturol  projectors  and  filmslides,  have 
moved  their  headquarters  to  100  East 
Ohio  Street,  Chicago.  Increased  busi- 
ness demands  and  production  activity 
have  necessitated  larger  quarters. 


Page   66 


The  Educational  Screen 


IN  AND  FOR  THE  CLASSROOM 


Conducted  by  Wilber  Emmert 

Director  Visual  Educafion,  State  Teachers  College,  Indiana,  Pa. 


Projectors  and  Projection  Techniques  Improved  through 
Department  Regulations 


A  MONG  the  duties  of  the  Department  of  Labor  and 
■^^  Industry  of  Pennsylvania  is  the  supervision  of 
the  use  of  lantern  slide  projectors  and  motion  picture 
projectors  in  schools  and  other  public  buildings  of  the 
Commonwealth.  In  pursuit  of  this  obligation,  and 
through  the  cooperation  of  the  visual  education 
workers,  the  Department  has  set  up  regulations  for  the 
use  of  projectors  in  school  buildings ;  standards  which 
projectors  must  meet  to  be  approved  for  use  in  such 
buildings ;  and  license  requiremen'.s  for  non-theatrical 
projectionists.  These  regulations  are  in  the  interest  of 
personal  and  property  safety,  economy  in  the  purchase 
of  projectors,  and  efficiency  in  classroom  instruction. 
The  Department  recognizes  two  types  of  motion  pic- 
ture films:  one,  the  inflammable  or  nitro-cellulose 
films  ;  and  the  other,  the  slow  burning,  non-inflammable 
or  acetate-cellulose  films.  Two  types  of  building  per- 
mits are  also  provided.  One  covers  buildings  or  rooms 
in  which  either  inflammable  or  non-inflammable  films 
may  be  used.  Such  permits  are  only  issued  when  an  ap- 
proved fireproof  booth  is  provided.     The  other  permit 

The  HOLMES  16mm. 

that  has  made  theatre  profes- 
sionals sit  up  and  take  notice. 


24  feet  wide  on  screen  over 
125  feet  away  and  the  audi- 
ence never  realized  it  wasn't 
a  35mm.  Holmes  arc  lamp 
projectors  have  placed 
16mm.  in  a  new  field  of  oper- 
ation, where  large  audiences, 
extra  speakers,  microphones 
and  electrical  transcriptions 
are  desired. 


Write  for  latest 
Catalog  and  about 
FREE  DEMON- 
STRATION. 


HOLMES    PROJECTOR    CO. 

1813  Orchard  St.  Chicago 


covers  buildings  in  which  slow-burning  film,  both 
35-mm  and  16-mm,  only  may  be  exhibited.  Since 
all  16-mm  film  is  of  safety  stock,  and  the  projectors 
used  must  be  on  the  approved  list,  the  Department  has 
ruled  that  no  permit  is  required  for  exhibiting  16-mm 
motion  pictures  for  classroom  instruction,  but  the  pro- 
jectionist must  be  licensed.  License  cards  are  issued 
by  the  Department  of  Labor  and  Industry  without 
sound  equipment  for  classroom  and  public  exhibitions, 
or  with  sound  for  classroom  instruction  purposes  only. 
A  state  examination  and  a  license  fee  are  required  for 
the  license  to  use  the  16-mm  projector  for  public  ex- 
hibitions. All  portable  projectors  must  be  approved 
by  the  Department  of  Labor  and  Indu.stry.  A  list  of 
both  still  and  motion  picture  projectors  which  have 
been  approved  may  be  obtained  from  the  Department 
upon  request. 

Standards  For  Still  Projectors 

The  Department's  set  of  standards  for  still  pro- 
jectors state  that  all  still  projectors  should  (a)  be 
sturdy,  simple,  safe  from  fire  hazards,  durable ;  (b) 
be  easy  to  clean,  adjust,  carry,  operate;  (c)  be  pro- 
vided with  a  brilliant  illuminant,  but  so  ventilated  as 
to  prevent  excessive  heating;  (d)  have  good  mirrors, 
large  condensers,  and  "half  size"  objective  lenses; 
(e)  produce  sparkling  "screen  pictures"  in  the  average 
classroom.  No  license  is  required  to  operate  the  still 
projectors. 

Similar  standards  have  been  adopted  by  manufac- 
turers of  projectors.  For  instance,  one  company  has 
been  featuring  in  its  ads,  "The  Essential  Features  of 
a  Modern  Classroom  Lantern,"  as  follows:  (a)  Pedes- 
tal base  with  rubber  feet,  (b)  Double-tilting  device — 
horizontal  and  perpendicular;  (c)  Non-heat  conduct- 
ing; (d)  Hinged  lamp  house,  permitting  easy  access 
to  lamp  and  condenser;  (e)  Large  diameter  lens,  al- 
lowing operation  in  partially  darkened  room;  (f) 
Ventilated  lamp  house;  (g)  Dull  finish,  eliminating 
annoying  reflections ;  (h)  Universal  condensers,  ac- 
commodating lenses  from  63^"  to  22"  focus  without 
change;  (i)  Precentered  base  lamp,  eliminating  any 
adjustment  by  the  teacher;  (j)  Double  slide  carrier; 
(k)   Spiral  focusing  lens,  the  "fool  proof"  adjustment. 

Standards  for  16mm  Motion  Picture  Projectors 

Since  inferior  machines  are  a  liability  to  school 
districts,  schools  are  urged  to  purchase  only  those 
projectors  approved  by  the  Department  of  Labor  and 
Industry.  The  16-mm  motion  picture  projectors  on 
the  approved  list  must  be:  (a)  Simple,  safe,  durable; 
(b)  Easy  to  operate,  adjust,  clean,  oil,  carry ;  (c)  Easy 


February,  19}9 


Page  67 


16mm  Sound    NEW     16mm  Sound 

EDUCATIONAL 
FEATURES 

for  the 

Enrichment  of 
Learning 

if  TUNDRA— an  heroic  drama  of  the  wind- 
swept barrens  of  the  Arctic.  Produced  by 
Carl  Laemmle. 

if  WILD  INNOCENCE— a  "Black  Beauty"  type 
of  story,  about  CHUT,  the  kangaroo.  Filmed 
in  Australia. 

if  WITH  WILLIAMSON  BENEATH  THE  SEA— 
a  thrilling  story  of  undersea  life. 

if  BRING  'EM  BACK  ALIVE— Frank  Buck's  im- 
mortal record  of  the  Kings  of  the  Jungle. 

if  LIFE  AND  LOVES  OF  BEETHOVEN— a  great 
musical  and  dramatic  film,  with  French  dia- 
logue and  English  titles.  Harry  Bour  as 
Beethoven. 

(4)     FOUR  LAUGH-PRODUCING 
COMEDY  DRAMAS       (4) 

For  THAT  Entertainment 

*  WHEN'S  YOUR  BIRTHDAY?— (released  the- 
atrically by  RKO).  Joe  E.  Brown,  supported 
by  Marian  Marsh,  Fred  Keating,  and  Edgar 
Kennedy. 

*  RIDING  ON  AIR— (released  theatrically  by 
RKO).  Joe  E.  Brown,  supported  by  Guy 
Kibbee,  Florence  Rice,  Vinton  Hawarth. 

*  FIT  FOR  A  KING— (released  theatrically  by 
RKO).  Joe  E.  Brown,  supported  by  Helen 
Mack,  Paul  Kelly. 

if  THE  GANG — "The  Skipper"  loses  his  posi- 
tion, and  organizes  a  theatrical  troup  among 
the  Boy  Scouts,  which  pinch-hits  for  the 
Faust  (Company  when  it  failed  to  arrive  for 
the  show. 

Ask  for  our  "Golden  Rod"  Supplement  Listing 
These  New  Releases 

Also 

Our  65.Page  CATALOGUE  of 

INSTRUCTIONAL  FILMS 

(For  Classroom  and  Assembly) 

IDEAL  PICTURES 
CORPORATION 

28  East  8th  Street 
CHICAGO,  ILLINOIS 


ELECTROL 


HANGING  SCREENS  arc  available  in  spring-operated  model* 
with  While,  .Silver  or  Glass-Beaded  surfaces  from  22"  x  30"  to 
12'  X  12'  and  in  the  Eleclrol  electrically  operated  model  with  White 
or   Glass-Beaded   surface   in    all    sizes   up   to   20'  x  20'    inclusive. 


There*s  a 


UM. 


SCREEN 


REG.    U.    8.    PAT.    OFF. 


FOR  EVERY  PROJECTION 
REQUIREMENT 


THE      CHALLENGER 

-  the  most  popular  of  all 
portable  models  —  consists 
of  the  Da-Lite  Glass- 
Beaded  surface,  carrying 
rase  and  tripod  all  in  one 
unit.  It  can  be  set  up  any- 
where in  15  seconds  and 
is  adjustable  in  height. 
Square  tubing  in  the  cen- 
ter rod  of  the  tripod  and 
the  extension  support 
keeps  the  entire  screen  in 
perfect  focus.  Adjustable 
in  height.  12  sizes  from 
30''x40"  to  70"x94" 
inclusive. 


THE  DA-LITE  MODEL  D  houses  the  Glass- 
Beaded  Screen  in  a  leatherette-covered  box.  Its 
single  extension  support  automatically  locks  in 
place  when  extended.  No  strings!  No  thumb- 
screws!  10  sizes  22"  X  30"  to  72"  x  %"  inclusive. 

SEND  FOR  CATALOG  of  the  Complete  Line  and  Name  of 

the  Noare.st  Supplier! 

Da -Lite  Screen  Co.,  inc. 

Uauufacturert  of  Thtatrical  mmi  Nom-Proftiuonal 

ScTtemt  tvitb  all  Tyfei  of  Surfaces  and  Hountimgi 

0«pt.      2ES,      2723      N.      Crawlord      Ave.      Chicago.      III. 


Page   68 


The  Educational  Screen 


SEEING 

IS  BELIEVINGI 

No  matter  what  the  subject 
taught  .  .  .  the  mind  receives 
fullest  significance,   understands 
with  greatest  clarity  —  if  the  les- 
son has  been  conveyed  by  the  eyes! 

YOU  WILL  EDUCATE   BEST 

IF  YOU  EDUCATE 

PICTORIALLY! 


FOR  ENTERTAINMENT,  NO  GREATER 
PICTURES  ARE  AVAILABLE 

LEHER  OF  INTRODUCTION 

MAD  ABOUT  MUSIC 

100  MEN  AND  A  GIRL 

THREE  SMART  GIRLS 

THE  RAGE  OF  PARIS 

MERRY  GO  ROUND  OF  1938 

YOU'RE  A  SWEETHEART 

SHOWBOAT 

(and  many  others) 


Write    to    Universal's    Non-Theatrical 

Department  for  further  information 

regarding  short  and  feature-length 

pictures,  travelogues,  cartoons 

and  other  motion  pictures. 

CATALOGUE   16 


UNIVERSAL  PICTURES 
COMPANY,  INC. 

Rockefeller  Center  New  York.  N.  Y. 

CIRCLE  7-7100 


to  set  up  in  the  classroom,  and  reasonably  quiet  in 
operation;  (d)  Safe  from  fire  hazards  and  approved 
by  the  Department  of  Labor  and  Industry;  (e)  High 
quality  optica!  system,  with  strong  enough  light  to 
produce  brilliant  images ;  For  sound — (f)  Clear,  well 
modulated  speech ;  (g)  Undistorted  musical  tones. 

Similar  standards  have  been  submitted  by  the  makers 
of  motion  picture  projectors  in  describing  the  outstand- 
ing features  of  their  products.  For  instance,  one  ad- 
vertisement in  the  Educational  Screen  lists  the  fol- 
lowing "Basic   Requirements   of   Perfect   Projection." 

(1)  Rocksteady  pictures,  free  from  jump  and  weave; 

(2)  Brilliant,  uniformly  illuminated  pictures;  (3) 
Flickerless  pictures,  eliminating  eyestrain ;  (4)  Simple 
errorproof  operation;  (5)  A  long  life  of  constant  de- 
pendability ;  (6)  Ease  of  maintenance  .  .  .  simplicity 
of  oiling,  cleaning,  replacing  lamps;  (7)  complete  film 
protection — and  also,  in  sound  film  projection ;  (8) 
Clear,  crisp  speech  reproduction;  (9)  Pleasant,  natural 
musical  quality. 

A  check  list  of  standards  may  be  found  in  another 
advertisement  in  the  magazine  under  the  heading 
"These  Features  Insure  Better  Showings."  And  in 
another,  under  the  heading,  "Look  for  These  Features 
In  16-mm  Sound  Projectors,"  one  finds  a  detailed 
list  of  standards  for  (a)  the  projector  itself,  (b)  Sound 
head  specifications  and  features,  (c)  Speaker  specifi- 
cations and  features,  and  (d)  Amplifier  specifications 
and  features. 

Many  other  references  could  be  cited,  but  these 
should  suffice  to  indicate  that  the  manufacturers  of 
projectors  are,  in  general,  satisfactorily  meeting  the 
standards  set  up  by  the  Department  for  its  approval. 

The  requirements  for  the  non-theatrical  license  for 
the  16-mm  sound,  motion  picture  projector,  while  not 
extremely  exacting,  do  demand  that  a  person  be  quite 
familiar  with  the  projector  itself  and  with  the  regu- 
lations governing  its  use,  as  is  seen  by  a  study  of  the 
typical  set  of  test  questions  given  below. 

Examination  for  License  to  Operate  Portable 
Sound  Motion  Picture  Projectors 

(a)  What  is  a  volt?  (b)  An  ampere?  (c)  An 
ohm? 

If  a  100  volt  lamp  is  rated  at  1000  watts,  what 
current  (amperes)  does  it  take? 
How  would  you  adjust  the  tension  on  the  take- 
up  device?  (On  the  projector  with  which  you 
are  familiar.) 

Describe     the     principle     of    the    intermittent 
movement. 

Why  are  upper  and  lower  loops  necessary? 
What  legal  requirements  are  necessary  before 
a  school  building  may  be  used  for  the  exhibition 
of  motion  pictures? 

What  is  meant  by  (a)  direct  current?  (b)  al- 
ternating current? 

What  is  (a)  a  fuse?  (b)  what  would  you  do 
in  case  of  a  blown-out  fuse?  (c)  Give  some 
causes  for  a  fuse  blowing  out  repeatedly  ? 
What  is  the  length  of  a  standard  reel  of  (a) 
16-mm  silent  film?  (b)  16-mm  sound  film? 
What  is  the  length  of  running  time  for  (c)  a 
reel  of  silent  film;  (d)  sound  film? 


1 


3. 


8 


February,  19)9 


Page  69 


10.  What  is  the  <litYerence  between  an  arc  light  and 
an  incandescent  lamp? 

11.  A  16-mm  picture  projector  is  placed  40  feel 
from  a  5  foot  screen.  W'liat  equivalent  focal 
lengtli  objective  lens  was  required  to  fill  the 
screen  ? 

12.  A  picture  projected  through  a  2  inch  lens  at 
50  feet  measures  9  ft.  4  in.  Tiie  projector  is 
moved  forward  18  feet.  Will  the  picture  be 
larger  or  smaller,  and  how  much  ? 

13.  If  the  film  breaks  while  the  projector  is  in 
motion,  what  would  you  do? 

14.  What  liappens  when  the  film  breaks  between 
the  intermittent  and  upper  sprocket? 

15.  What  i?  the  function  of  (a)  the  exciter  lamp? 
(b)  photo-electric  cell? 

16.  What  is  the  function  of  the  rotary  shutter? 

17.  Which  side  of  the  film  faces  the  lamp? 

18.  What  safety  measures  should  be  observed  when 
operating  a  motion  picture  machine? 

19.  What  are  some  causes  of  fuzzy,  nmffled,  or 
indistinct  sounds  from  the  loud-speaker? 

20.  What  is  the  base  in  the  manufacturing  of  non- 
inflammable  motion  picture  film? 

In  most  visual  instruction  courses  considerable  time 
is  given  to  the  standards  projectors  should  meet,  and 
the  mechanical,  eleclrical.  and  optical  systems  involved, 
as  well  as  the  pedagogical  principles  underlying  the 
use  of  projected  materials  in  the  classroom.  Manu- 
facturers are  striving  to  improve  the  quality  of  their 
projectors.  A  whole  hearted  attack  by  all  groups  should 
result  in  more  satisfactory  classroom  projection  work. 

Current  Film  Releases 

(Concluded  from  page  65) 

A  Film  on  Democracy 

A  timely,  effective  Paramount  ncwsreel,  entitled  A 
Year  oj  Contrasts,  has  Ixfen  released  in  16mm  sound  by 
Films,  Inc.  This  film  is  a  valuable  presentation  of  the 
ideals  of  democracy  which  are  incorporated  in  our  Con- 
stitution and  Bill  of  Rights.  ]X)inting  out  how  the  events 
of  the  past  year  have  emphasized  their  impor'.ance. 

.After  a  kaleidoscopic  review  of  the  year's  news  head- 
lines, with  accompanying  e.x])lanatory  conmients,  the 
picture  depicts  a  typical  .American  home  and  Mr. 
Average  .American  interpreting  the  news  to  his  son. 
"These  usual  headlines."  he  says,  "are  not  the  out- 
stantling  news  that  1938  has  brought  to  America.  .  .  . 
The  biggest  news  is  the  U.  S.  Constitution  and  Bill  of 
kights."  *  *  *  Shots  of  the  Spanish  and  Japanese  wars, 
and  scenes  in  Germany  show  the  fear,  intolerance,  and 
cen.sorship  which  exist  in  these  countries  today,  in  con- 
trast to  our  own  freedom  of  si)eech,  freedom  of  the 
press,  and  religious  tolerance  —  principles  written  into 
our  Constitution. 

A  Year  of  Contrasts  carries  a  splendid  message  for 
the  youth  of  America,  to  whom  it  is  dedicated.  It  is 
available  on  a  rental  basis  from  Films,  Inc.,  330  W. 
42nd  Street,  Xew  York  City,  or  64  E.  Lake  Street, 
Chicago.    Running  time  is  eleveji  minutes. 

J.  H. 


VICTOR  REFUSED 

to  ^*Xe#  wwU  enou\ 


So,     THE     WORLD'S     MOST     WIDELY     USED 
16    MM    SOUND    PROJECTOR    GETS    A 

New,  Super  Endurance  ^Mechanism/ 

ANIMATAPHONE  Leadership  dates  from  al- 
most the  very  beginning  of  16  mm  sound.  Con- 
tinuation of  that  leadership  has  been  made 
secure,  for  LOOKING  AHEAD,  Victor  has  cre- 
ated for  TODAY'S  16  MM  PROJECTOR  USERS 
a  Super-Endurance  *  Mechanism  that  anticipates 
the  performance  demcmds  of  the  future! 

Not  only  does  this  epoch-making  advcmce  in 
mechanism  design  provide  definite  assurance 
of  UNPRECEDENTED  PERFORMANCE,  but  it 
dwrarfs  service  cmd  parts-replacement  problems 
to  a  mere  nothing  I  A  five  year  study  of  servic- 
ing records  and  user  reports  ...  on  machines 
definitely  knowm  to  hcrve  seen  greater  than 
average  use  . . .  served  as  the  guiding  influence 
in  the  creation  of  this  new  Master  'Mechanism. 

New  EFFICIENCY  — Greater  ENDURANCE 
to  MORE  than  meet  modern-user  needs 
for    heavier    duty    Projection    Equipment 

*     ♦     ♦ 

JMt  a  f«w  of  tht  hifhlichtt  of  VICTOR'S 
nrw  SUPER  ENDURANCE  MECHANISM  aroi 

FEWER  MOVING  PARTS  .  .  .  "STRIP-PROOF"  GEARS 
.  .  .  LIFE-TIME  BEARINGS  thai  need  NO  OILING  ...  300 
PERCENT  STRONGER  CAM-ASSEMBLY  ...  NO  FUCKER 
even  at  sub-normal  speeds  .  .  .  INCREASED  FLATNESS 
OF  FIELD  without  loss  of  Ughl  .  .  .  INCREASED 
SMOOTHNESS  and  CLARITY  In  sound  reproduction  due 
to  improvements  in  Filter  and  Optics. 

So  ...  IIP  goes  the  efficiency  curve  and  DOWN  goes 
the  upkeep  cost— if  you  choose  the  new  ANIMATOPHONE 
.  .  .  priced  at  $275  upl  Demonstrations,  without  obligation, 
gladly  arranged.         IV rite  today  t 

*  Available  now  in  the  New,  Improved  Model  3}, 
M  and  }6  Animatophonet.  Soon  available  in  all 
Animatopbones  and  VICTOR  SILENT  Proiectori. 


VICTOR    ANIMATOGRAPN    CORPORATION 

DAVENPORT.  lOtWA 
Chicago  Los  Anotes  New  York 


Page   70 


The  Educational  Screen 


THE    FILM    ESTIMATES 


Adventure  in  Sahara  (Paul  Kelly,  Henry  Gor- 
don) (Columbia)  Hero  joins  Foreign  Legion  to 
"get"  inhuman  Commander  whose  brutality 
killed  his  brother.  Legionnaire  life  made  night- 
mare of  sweltering  cruelty  and  suffering,  with 
villain  winning  out  by  impossible  feat  at  the 
end.  Romance  lugged  in.  1-24-39 

(A)  Depends  on  taste  (Y)  No  value  (C)  No 
Always  in  Trouble  (Jane  Withers,  Jean  Rogers) 
(Fox) Preposterous,  over-acted  comedy  with  dash 
of  melodrama.  Jane  again  incredibly  resource- 
ful and  cleverer  than  adults.  Her  connivings 
get  family  into  precarious  situations  including 
encounter  with  smugglers,  outwitted  by  Jane 
in  their  kidnapping  scheme.  1-17-39 

(A)  Absurd  (Y)  Depends  on  taste  (C)  Doubtful 
Arrest  Bulldog  Drummond  (J.  Howard,  Heath- 
er Angel)  (Para)  Drummond,  thickly  involved 
in  spy  ring  plot  over  new,  pseudo-scientific 
"death  ray"  machine,  postpones  his  wedding. 
incurs  grave  suspicion,  but  deftly  solves  all ! 
Well-acted,  agreeably  puzzling  little  thriller 
more  amusing  than  seai-y-  2-7-39 

(A)  Good  of  kind  (Y)  (C)  Fairly  good 

Blondie  (Arthur  Lake.  Penny  Singleton)  (Co- 
lumbia) First  of  another  series  (cartoon  strip) 
offers  hilarious  inanity  about  ultra-stupid  sales- 
man, his  nice  little  wife,  and  endless  mistakes 
and  farcically  coiyipromising  situations.  Merit- 
orious for  little  noisfr.  much  funny  pantomime, 
and  generally  laughable  stuff.  1-24-39 

(A)  Hardly  (Y)  (C)  Funny 

Dawn  Patrol.  The  (Errol  Flynn.  Rathbone,  Niv- 
en)  (Warner)  British  flying-base  setting  for 
starkly  tragic,  telling  portrayal  of  war's  futile 
waste.  Some  exaggerated  heroics,  but  effective 
realism  in  military  discipline  sacrificing  young 
lives  to  war  machine.  Fine  acting  and  produc- 
tion, but  depressing  as  entertainment.  1-10-39 
^A)  Fine  of  kind  (Y)  Grim  (C)  No 

Devil's  Island  (Boris  Karloff)  (Warner)  Wrongly 
sentenced  to  Devil's  Island,  great  doctor  endures 
governor's  brutality,  saves  and  saves  his  daugh- 
ter by  operation.  Still  narrowly  avoids  guillo- 
tine after  escape-attempt  fails  ironically.  Bes- 
tial cruelty  and  hideous  sufferings  for  thrills. 
Karloff's    acting  chief   merit.  1-31-39 

(A)  Depends  on  taste  (Y)  No  (C)  No 

Duke  ol  West  Point.  The  (Louis  Haywood,  Tom 
Brown.  R.  Carls(m)  (U.A.)  Convincingactingand 
direction,  despite  old  plot  and  some  stock  devices, 
give  story  of  three  "plebe"  roommates  genuine 
quality.  One,  wrongly  sentenced  to  "silence,"  takes 
it  manfully  for  comrade's  sake  and  wins  out. 
Cadet  ideals.  Academy  traditions  ring  true.  1-31-39 
(A)  Entertaining  (Y)  Excellent  (C)  Good 
Friends  (Russian-English  titles)  (Amkino)  Bald 
propaganda  glorifying  rise  of  Bolshevism  in 
1917,  when  Caucasian  tribes  were  united  by 
able  hero  to  triumph  over  Soviet  enemies. 
Some  striking  scenery,  but  lumbering  nar- 
rative, slow  tempo,  motionless  close-ups  and 
endless   "talk"  clog  action.  1-24-39 

(A)  Depends  on  taste  (Y)  No  (C)  No 

Great  Man  Votes,  The  (John  Barrymoref  (RKO) 
Distinctive,  often  engaging  role  by  Barrymore 
as  former  Harvard  scholar,  after  wife's  death 
a  drunken,  but  still  pedantic  night-watchman, 
finally  reformed  by  his  two  ultra-precocious 
children  and  crude  politics.  Largely  artificial, 
unreal,  and  sometimes  absurd.  1-24-39 

(A)  (Y)  Mostly  entertaining  (C)  Little  interest 
Gunga  Din  (C.  Grant,  McLaglen,  Fairbanks 
Jr.)  (RKO)  Excellent,  picturesque  thriller  of 
British  army  life  in  India,  informative  in  sets. 
costumes,  customs  and  routine.  But  action 
bristles  with  absurdities  and  burlesque  heroics, 
with  actors  striving  to  be  boxoflSce  attractions, 
not  British   soldiers.  2-7-39 

(A)  (Y)  Very  good  (C)  Too  strong 

Homicide  Squad  (Bruce  Cabot)  (Columbia) 
Lieutenant-detective-hero  is  "benched"  for  an 
error,  but  quietly  follows  big  junk-dealer-rack- 
eteers shipping  scrap  to  Orient,  gets  them  and 
saves  his  own  Captain.  Usual  fists,  guns,  im- 
perilled heroine,  and  hero's  super-heroics  be- 
come unintentionally  comic.  1-24-39 
(A)  Hardly                 (Y)  No  value  (C)  No 

I  Am  a  Criminal  (J.  Carroll,  Martin  Spellman) 
(Monogram)  Rich  racketeer  gambler  is  grad- 
ually softened  by  engaging  orphan  newspaper 
"pal,"  till  he  accepts  his  due  punishment  to 
clear  his  record.  Pleasing  little  theme  marred 
by  dragging  narrative  and  very  amateurish  act- 
ing and  direction.  Boy  role  is  chief  merit.  2-7-39 
(A)  Hardly  (Y)  (C)  Fair 

Idiot's  Delight  (Norma  Shearer.  C.  Gable )  ( MGM ) 
Elaborate  screening  of  clever  Sherwood  play, 
combining  strong  anti-war  propaganda,  whim- 


Being   the  Combined  Judgments  of  a   National  Committee  on  Current  Theatrical   Filmi 
(A)  Discriminating  Adults  (Y)  Youth  (C)  Children 

Date    of    mailing    on    weekly    service    is    shown    on    each    film. 


sical  character  study,  and  rather  thin  comedy. 
Over-prolonged  "recognition"  motif  weakens 
dramatic  power.  Splendidly  acted.  Technique 
masterful.  But  will  disappoint  many.  2-7-39 

(A)  Very  good  of  kind  (Y)  Doubtful  (C)  No 
Illegal  Traffic  (Naish,  M.  Carlisle.  Robert  Pres- 
ton) (Para)  Fast,  none  too  credible  yarn  or  racket 
within  racket.  Arch  villain  heads  risky  business 
of  transporting  crooks  to  safety  from  law. 
Ruthless,  doublecrossing  gangster  falls  at  last 
to  police  and  special-agent  hero  (Preston). 
1  Preston  has  promise).  1-17-39 

(A)  Hardly  (Y)  No  (C)  No 

Jesse  James  (Power,  Fonda.  Nancy  Kelly)  (Fox) 
Impressive,  forceful  story  of  notorious  bandit's 
lawless  career  interwoven  with  tragic  married 
life.  Fine  direction,  acting.  Technicolor,  authen- 
tic backsrrounds.  Thrilling  entertainment  but 
moral  values  very  dubious.  Whitewashes  and 
creates   svmpathy   for  Jesse.  1-31-39 

(A)  Excellent  of  kind  (Y)  Dbt.  effect  (C)  No 
Kreutzer  Sonata  (French-English  titles)  (For- 
eign Cinema  Arts)  Tense,  sensuous,  very  con- 
tinental tale  of  rich,  philandering  hero's  ar- 
dent romances  and  near  tragic  jealousy.  Mar- 
riage with  fine  heroine  finally  wins  happiness. 
Fairly  well  done,  but  lighting  and  sound  poor. 
Beethoven  music  a  notable  feature.  1-24-39 

(A)  Good  of  kind  (Y)   (C)  By  no  means 

Last  Express,  The  (Kent  Taylor,  Dorothy  Kent) 
lUniv)  Absurdly  complicated  mystery  melodrama 
of  little  dramatic  merit  but  at  least  packed 
with  goings-on.  Everybody  chases  everybody  in 
and  out,  and  up  and  down.  Cluttered  with 
clews,  clowning,  conflict  and  romance.  One  of 
Crime  Club  series.  1-31-39 

(A)  Mediocre  (Y)  No  value  (C)  No 

Men  of  Ireland  (Native  cast)  (Natl  Irish  Films) 
Dublin  medical  studt-nt  visits  idyllic  Blasket 
is'ands.  finds  tangled  romance  with  tragic  end 
for  his  friend  and  rival.  Quaint  primitive  life, 
wistfully  played,  with  much  human  appeal 
despite  naive  acting  and  direction,  clumsy 
narrative  and  obvious  absurdities.  1-17-39 

(A)  Good  of  kind  (Y)  (C)  Little  interest 

Mother's  Lullaby  (Beniamino  Gigli)  (Italian, 
Eng.  titles)  Gigli's  wonderful  singing  featured 
throughout  operatic  stage  story.  Hero  learns 
his  adored  child  is  son  of  wife's  former  lover. 
A  shooting  and  more  music  solves  all.  Tech- 
nically poor  and  sound  reproduction  quite 
terrible.  1-31-39 

(A)  Depends  on  taste  (Y)  No  (C)  No 

Mysterious  Miss  X  (Michael  Whalen,  Mary  Hart) 
(Republic) Crude  attempt  at  comic  murder-mys- 
tery  piling  one  absurdity  on  another  without 
probability  or  sane  motivation.  Down-and-out 
actors  on  road  mistaken  for  great  Scotland  Yard 
detectives.  Irrelevant  comedy,  slapstick,  horse- 
plav,  anything  for  a  vacuous  laugh.  1-31-39 
(A)  Absurd  (Y)  No  value  (C)  No 

Newsboys'  Home  (Jackie  Cooper,  and  "Gang") 
(Univ.)  Country  boy  becomes  "tops"  in  big  city 
home  built  for  newspaper  owner's  newsboys. 
who  just  eat,  sleep,  sell,  and  fight  furiously. 
Mismanagement  and  gangster  competition 
threaten  paper  but  boys  crash  through  to  save 
it.  Lively,  low-brow  realism.  1-17-39 

(A)  Good  of  kind    (Y)  Probably  amusing   (C)  No 

Out  West  with  the  Hardy's  (Mickey  Rooney, 
Lewis  Stone)  (MGM)  Another  good  Hardy  film. 
Family  jaunts  West,  father  to  help  old  friend's 
legal  troubles,  Mickey  to  be  shown  up  as  ten- 
derfoot. Mickey  dominates  whole,  but  he  should 
learn  from  Lewis  Stone  to  drop  mannerisms 
when   they  become  too  pronounced.  1-24-39 

(A)  Good  (Y)  CO  Very  good 

Ride  a  Crooked  Mile  (Tamiroff.  F.  Farmer,  L. 

Erikson)  (Para)  Largely  artificial,  futile  melo- 
dramatic concoction  about  a  Cossack  cattle 
rustler  and  his  son.  with  theme  of  conflicting 
loyalties  buried  under  much  that  is  violent,  un- 
pleasant or  merely  absurd.  Unsuccessful  at- 
tempt to  build  a  vehicle  for  Tamiroff.  2-7-39 
(A)  and  (Y)  Poor  (C)  No 

Sharpshooters  (Brian  Donlevy.  Lynn  Bari)  (Fox) 
Brazen,  smartaleck  American  cameraman  barges 
into  Europe,  sneers  at  their  ways,  makes  fools 
of  police,  tricks  crooks,  outsmarts  officials,  re- 
stores boy  king  to  throne — practically  single- 
handed — with  endless  noise  and  blatant  wise- 
cracks. Sad  advertising  for  America.  1-31-39 
(A)  Crude  (Y)  No  (C)  No 

Smashing  the  Spy  Ring  (Ralph  Bellamy,  Regis 
Toomey,  Fay  Wray)  (Columbia)  Rather  good  lit- 
tle spy-melodrama,   well   acted,    with   consider- 


able novelty,  and  without  violence.  Clever  Wash- 
ington operatives  dn  elaborate  frame-up  to 
catch  head  of  ring  stealing  airplane  plans. 
Adequate  in  thrills,  suspense  and  climax.  1-31-39 
(A)  Depends  un  taste  (Y)  (C)  Good  Thriller 

Son  of  Frankenstein  (Rathbone.  Karloff,  Lugosi) 
(Univ)  Scientist-son  of  first  Frankenstein  re- 
stores laboratory,  brings  monster  back  to  life, 
with  grewsome  consequences.  Weird  settings. 
Misses  mark  as  super  spine-chiller,  often  amus- 
ing in  effort  to  ".^care".  Good  acting  provides 
chief  interest.  1-17-39 

(A)  Hardly  (Y)  No  value  (C)  No 

Story  of  a  Cheat.  The  (Written,  produced,  act- 
ed, directed  by  Sacha  Guitry  )  (Gallic  I  Unique 
tour-do-force  in  films.  Guitry  only  speaker  of 
both  dialog  and  commentary.  English  titles  by 
John  Krskine.  Clever,  risque  story  of  boy-to- 
man career  of  enforced  crookedness.  Fine  cast 
acts    silently.    Guitry    speaks.  1-10-39 

(A)  Very  good  of  kind  (Y)  (C)  By  no  means 

Tail  Spin  (A.  Faye.  C.  Bennett.  N.  Kelly) 
(Fox)  Novel,  well-acted  aviation  drama  with 
girls  as  air  heroines  competing  for  prizes. 
Slight  but  forceful  plot.  Entry  of  heiress 
in  race  brings  dismay  to  hard-working  girl 
flyers  and  tragic  consequences  for  one.  Tense, 
exciting   plane  sequences.  2-7-39 

(A)   (Y)  Fairly  good  (C)  Too  tragic 

Tarnished  Angel  (Sally  Filers,  Lee  Bowman) 
(RKO  )  Gambling  -  house  -  entertainer  -  heroine, 
forced  by  detective  to  leave  town,  turns  fake 
evangelist  and  "converts"  crowds  with  big  fi- 
nancial success.  Finally  believes  her  own  gospel 
and  marries  detective,  her  old  nemesis.  Sup- 
posed expose  of  religious  racketeering.  1-17-39 
(A)  Ordinary  (Y)  Doubtful  value  (C)  No 

Thanks  for  Everything  (Haley,  Oakie,  Menjou) 
(Fox)  Lively,  merry  farco-comedy  with  involved, 
unique  plot,  well  directed  and  acted.  Haley  en- 
gaging as  contest  winner  duped  and  exploited 
by  "ad"  agency  to  get  average  man's  reaction 
to  various  merchandise.  Climaxed  by  highly 
amusing  war  scare  sequence.  1-17-39 

(A)  (Y)  Entertaining  (C)  Probably  amusing 

The  Frog  (Noah  Beery  and  all  English  Cast) 
(GB) Slow-moving,  ponderous  thriller  of  unseen, 
unknown  master-mind,  with  designs  on  heroine, 
building  reign  of  terror  that  demoralizes  police. 
Heavily  solved  by  Beery.  Chief  comedian,  a  po- 
lice lieutenant,  not  nearly  so  funny  as  pro- 
ducers obviously  supposed.  12-20-38 
(A)  Mediocre                   (Y)  Poor  (C)  No 

The  Lady  Vanishes  (M.  Lockwood.  P.  Lucas) 
(Gau.  Brit.)  Intriguing,  human-interest  spy- 
thriller,  deftly  handled  in  tone,  manner,  con- 
tent, and  subtleties  for  intelligent  enjoyment. 
Pleasingly  intricate,  with  suspense,  surprise,  and 
comedy  adequate.  Plot,  acting,  directing  very 
satisfying,  though  quite  un-Hollywood.  2-7-38 
(A)  Very  good  (Y)  Good    (C)  If  it  interests 

There's  That  Woman  Again  (Melvyn  Douglas, 
V.  Bruce)  (MGM)  Breezy,  sophisticated  mys- 
tery farce,  mildly  puzzling.  Parts  amusing, 
but  Bruce  painfully  distorts  dumb  wife  role, 
and  some  loose  ends  and  prosaic  solution 
weaken  story.  Funny  but  highly  suggestive 
climax.    Douglas    deft    as    usual.  1-17-39 

(A)  Fair  (Y)  Sophisticated  (C)  No 

Torchy  Gets  Her  Man  (Glenda  Farrell.  Barton 
MacLane)  (Warner)  Rather  good  little  puzzl.r 
in  "Torchv  Blane"  series,  with  no  undue  vio- 
lence. Elusive  forger  poses  as  U.  S.  Secret 
Service  man  until  policeman  hero  gets  him  and 
gang  with  help  of  Breezy  little  newspapoi- 
fiancee  and   engaging   police  dog.  l-lO-'i'' 

(A)  (Y)  (C)  Good  of  kind 

Western  Jamboree  (Gene  Autry)  (Republic  1 
Elementary  story  of  hero  and  villain  both 
after  helium  found  on  ranch.  Usual  good 
riding,  gun  play  and  scenery,  also  nasal, 
off-key  singing,  infantile  comedy,  dull  ro- 
mance, crude  direction,  and  no  acting  talent 
visible   in   whole  cast.  2-7-'iO 

(A)  Stupid  (Y)  (C)  Harmless  but  inaii.- 

Zaza  (Colbert.  Marshall.  Lahr.  Westley)  (Para) 
Opens  with  dizzy  tempo  to  show  frantic  tem- 
perament and  loose  morals  of  common  little 
vaudeville  heroine.  Then  real  love  for  the  stolid 
Marshall,  then  disillusion  and  farewell.  Best 
efforts  of  good  cast  fail  to  transform  the 
antique  very  much.  1-24-39 

(A)  Good  of  kind  (Y)  Better  Not  (C)  No 


'3  1  m  (C  ATIOMAL 


t  Magazine  Devoted  Exclusively 
(lithe  Visual  Idea  in  Education 


MARCH.  1939 

Public  Library 

Kansas  City,  Mo 

Teachers  Library 


VOLUME  XVIII.  NUMBER  3 
WHOLE      NUMBER      170 


The  Old  Oregon  Trail 


Paintinr  by   Kotwrt    Wesley    Amwk 
Courtesy    of    Colonial    Art   Company 


IN  THIS  ISSUE 

The  Administration  of  Visual 
Aids  in  a  City  System 

A  Pupil  Constructed  Scenario 


Evaluation  of  Still  Picturn 
for  Instructional  Use 

Motion  Pictures  —  Not  for  Theatret 


25c    A    copy    *     $2.00    PER    YEAR 


INCREASE  THE   USEFULNESS 

on  uout  Salopticon 


The  Balopticon  is  a  very  adaptable  teaching  tool. 
Many  schools  are  finding  that  with  very  moderate 
expenditures  for  Balopticon  Accessories  they  can 
increase  the  range  of  usefulness  many  times  — 
can  handle  additional  subjects  and  present  old  ones 
in  new  and  attractive  fashion.  Bausch  &  Lomb 
has  designed  a  wide  variety  of  interesting,  valuable 
and  convenient  Balopticon  Accessories  to  meet 
specific  teaching  problems.  They  will  help  you 
do  a  better  job.  They  are  fully  described  in 
Catalog  Ell  which  is  yours  for  the  asking.  Write 
for  details  to  Bausch  &  Lomb  Optical  Co., 
688  St.  Paul  Street,  Rochester,  N.  Y. 


The    B«L    FILM    PROJECTOR    AT- 
TACHMENT converts  your  lantern 
slide   Balopticon   into   a   still   iilm 
projector. 


The  Bit  MICRO-PROJECTOR  AT- 
TACHMENT when  attached  to  a 
Balopticon  allows  you  to  use 
microscope  slides  for  projection 
material. 


ADDITIONAL  PROJECTION  LENSES 
enable  you  to  obtain  an  image  oi 
the  proper  size  even  though  you 
must  use  your  Balopticon  at  fixed 
or  limited  projection  distance. 


A   BALOPTICON  TABLE   provides 

a  substantial,  convenient  support 

for    ttie    instrument.     Saves    time 

and  trouble. 


BAUSCH  &-  LOMB 


FOR    VOUR    EVES,    INSIST    ON    BAUSCH   «   LOMB    EYEWEAR,    MADE    FROM    BAUSCH   «   LOMB 
GLASS    TO    BAUSCH   A   LOMB    HIGH    STANDARDS    OF    PRECISION 


^fiE  EDUCATIONAL  SCREEN 


MARCH,   1939 


VOLUME  XVIII 


Contents 

The  Administration  of  Visual  Aids  in  a  City  System 
Paul  G.  Edwards    .  .-. 


A  Pupil  Constructed  Scenario 
Robert  B.  Nixon 

Evaluation  of  Still  Pictures  for  Instructional  Use 
Leiia  Trolinger 


Editorial' 


Motion  Pictures — Not  for  Theatres 
Arthur  Edwin  Krows 


Among  Ourselves — Notes  from  and  by 
The  Department  of  Visual  Instruction 
Conducted  by  The  Editorial  Committee. 


The  Federal  Film 

Conducted  by  Arch  A.  Mercey.  

In  and  For  the  Classroom 

Conducted  by  Wilber  Emmert  

Among  the  Magazines  and  Books 

Conducted  by  The  Staff 

Current  Film  Releases 

Film  Estimates 

Among  the  Producers 

Here  They  Are!  A  Trade  Directory  of  the  Visual  Field. ... 


77 

79 

81 
84 

85 

89 
92 
94 

100 
104 
106 
107 
108 


Th»  EDUCATIONAL  SCREEN  published  monthly  except  July  and  August  by  The 
Educational  Screen,  Inc.  Publication  Office,  Pontlac,  Illinois;  Eiecutive  Office,  64 
East  Lake  St.,  Chicago,  Illinois.  Entered  at  the  Post  Office  at  Pontiac,  Illinois,  as 
Second  Class  Matter.  Copyright,  March.  1939,  by  The  Educational  Screen. 
Address  communications  to  Eiecutive  Office,  64  East  Lalie  St.,  Chicago,  III. 
$2.00  a  Yaar  (Canada,  $2.25;  foraign,  $3.00)  Single  Copies  25  cts. 


NUMBER  THREE 


THE  EDUCATIONAL  SCREEN,  Inc. 

Directorate  and  Staff 

Ne  son  L.  Greene.  Editor  Jeitphlne  Htflaiaii 

Evelyn   J.   Baker  F     Oean   McClMlar 

Wilber  Eniaerl  SUnley   R.   Green* 

Ann   Gnle  Slelt*   Enlirn   Mytn 


Page  76  The  Educational  Screen 


For  Health  and  Physical 
Education  Directors 

Keystone  Units  in  Health  and  Safety 


HEALTH 

Posture   25  Lantern  Slides 

Skeletal  and  Muscular  System 25  Lantern  Slides 

Digestive  System 25  Lantern  Slides 

Circulation  and  Respiration 21  Lantern  Slides 

Special  Senses 16  Lantern  Slides 

Teeth  25  Lantern  Slides 

Each  unit  is  accompanied  by  a  descriptive  manual  for  the 
teacher,  prepared  by  F.  W.  Maroney,  M.D.,  Associate  Pro- 
fessor of  Physical  Education  and  Instructor  in  Anatomy  and 
Physiology,  Teachers  College,  Columbia  University. 

SAFETY 

Safety  on  the  Highway 30  Lantern  Slides 

Safety  in  the  Home 30  Lantern  Slides 

Each  unit  is  accompanied  by  a  descriptive  manual  for  the 
teacher,  prepared  by  Harry  Barsantee,  of  The  Travelers  Insur- 
ance Company,  well-known  authority  on  safety  problems. 

Any  or  all  units  will  be  sent  to  subscribers 
to  Educational  Screen  on  ten  days'  approval 

Keystone  Vieiv  Company 

MEADVILLE,  PENNA. 


March,  19)9 


Page  77 


The  Administration  of  Visual  Aids  in 
a  City  System 

A  concise  summary  of  the  functioning  of  the 
visual  instruction  bureau  of  a  large  city  system., 
given  at  the  Cleveland  meeting  of  the  De- 
partment of  Visual  Instruction  of  the  /V.  E.  A. 


THE  future  of  Visual  Instruction  lies  in  the  ability 
of  the  classroom  teachers,  directors  of  visual 
instruction  bureaus,  film  and  projector  manu- 
facturers to  work  together  to  develop  a  program  of 
instruction  suitable  to  and  properly  articulated  with 
the  work  of  the  classroom. 

First,  there  must  be  someone  to  direct  the  work  of 
gathering  a  worth  while  film  and  slide  collection  and 
make  it  available  without  unnecessary  red  tape.  He 
must  know  how  to  select  films  and  slides  from  the 
standpoints  of  quality  and  correlation.  Schools  require 
high  standards  from  publishers  of  text  books  and  like- 
wi.se  should  demand  that  material  recorded  by  methods 
other  than  the  printing  press  be  of  similar  high  quality. 
Inasmuch  as  a  projector  is  required  to  make  films  and 
slides  usable,  this  director  of  visual  aids  must  also 
know  something  of  the  mechanics  of  the  projection 
to  assure  intelligent  purchase  and  use. 

Second,  the  manufacturer  and  producer  of  educational 
films  and  slides  must  get  together  with  school  people 
to  learn  more  accurately  and  specifically  what  is  needed 
in  a  workable  program.  They  can  learn  much  from 
studying  the  methods  of  text  book  publishers  who  have 
had  years  of  experience  in  developing  the  modem  text 
books  suitable  for  classroom  instruction. 

Third,  the  projector  manufacturers  must  learn  that 
inferior  machinery',  sold  at  a  price,  will  do  more  to 
defeat  the  long  time  program  than  possibly  any  other 
factor  in  the  industry.  Projectors  should  produce  a 
brilliant,  well  defined,  steady,  flickerless  picture  on  the 
screen.  Sound  reproduction  should  be  accurate  and 
cover  a  range  from  at  least  50  cycles  to  5000  cycles 
without  distortion  at  needed  volume.  All  of  these  factors 
can  and  should  be  instrument-measured  by  objective 
tests. 

Fourth,  teachers  must  be  trained  to  know  what  is 
available  and  how  to  use  the  material  correctly.  This 
means  classes  in  teacher-training  institutions  both  for 
prospective  teachers  and  teachers  in  service  directed 
by  teachers  who  know  what  the  work  of  visual  instruc- 
tion is  all  about  and  have  had  practical  experience  in 
the  field.  These  classes  should  include  much  more 
than  theoretical  discussions. 

With  a  correct  program,  proper  materials,  and  trained 
teachers,  visual  instruction  can  simplify  the  work  of 
teaching.  Simplicity  always  increases  eflfectiveness,  and 
effectiveness  is  a  supreme  end  in  American  education. 


UL    G.    EDWARDS 

of  VIsiifll   Instruction 
'lools 


By     PAUL     &. 

Director  of  Visual   I 
Chicago  Public  Sch< 


The  Chicago  Public  School  System  maintains  325 
elementary  school  buildings,  37  high  school  buildings,  30 
branch  high  schools,  30  special  schools,  3  junior  col- 
leges and  one  teachers'  training  school.  All  of  the 
elementary  and  special  schools  have  one  or  more 
stereopticon  lanterns  and  one  or  more  silent  16mm  pro- 
jectors. Thirty  elementary  schools  have  16mm  sound 
projectors.  All  of  the  high  schools  and  colleges  have 
more  than  one  stereopticon  lantern,  and  several  silent 
and  sound  16mm  motion  picture  projectors.  All  of 
this  equipment  is  purchased  through  sealed  bids  by  the 
Board  of  Education  upon  recommendation  by  the  Su- 
perintendent of  Schools  who  in  turn  calls  upon  the 
Director  of  Visual  Instruction  for  advice  and  council. 

One  of  the  difficulties  connected  with  operating  a 
large  city  bureau  is  to  get  the  films  to  the  schools  when 
needed.  In  Chicago  all  elementary  schools  are  handled 
on  a  "Block  Booking"  basis.  Five  reels  of  films  and 
four  sets  of  slides  on  assorted  subjects  are  packed  in 
a  shipping  unit.  The  contents  of  this  unit  remain  intact 
during  the  school  year  and  are  listed  inside  the  cover 
of  the  heavy  fiber  shipping  cases.  The  subjects  in- 
cluded cover  geography,  science,  health,  and  children's 
literature.  Thirty-two  schools  are  placed  on  a  round- 
robin  shipping  schedule,  each  school  on  the  circuit 
getting  one  shipment  per  week  for  thirty-two  weeks. 
Thus  each  school  will  receive  a  total  of  160  reels  of 
films  and  128  sets  of  slides  per  year.  Ten  such  circuits 
are  now  in  operation. 

At  the  beginning  of  the  school  year  every  school  is 
notified  what  shipping  units  they  will  receive,  the  con- 
tents of  each  unit,  and  the  shipping  and  pick-up  dates. 
These  booking  notices  are  placed  on  the  bulletin  board 
in  the  office  of  the  school  so  that  teachers  may  know 
far  in  advance  what  to  expect  and  plan  their  work 
accordingly.  We  have  found  that  the  flexible  cur- 
riculum of  the  elementary  school  adapts  itself  to  this 
booking  plan  and  teachers  like  it  better  than  any 
other.  Nothing  disappoints  or  discourages  a  teacher 
more  than  to  make  repeated  requests  for  films  and 
slides  only  to  have  them  denied  because  material  is 
not  available.  The  "Block  Booking"  plan  determines 
a  pre-arranged  program  for  the  school  and  we  find  that 
it  works  to  better  advantage  for  all. 

Material  is  never  sent  from  school  to  school.  While 
on  paper  the  round-robin  may  so  indicate,  we  actually 
bring  the  films  and  slides  into  our  inspection  depart- 
ment after  each  school  uses  them  and  before  they  are 


Page  78 


The  Educational  Screen 


sent  forward.  One  fourth  of  this  material  is  moved 
on  each  of  the  days — Tuesday,  \\'ednesday,  Thursday, 
and  Friday. 

The  following  chart  shows  how  these  shipping  units 
are  programmed,  each  number  indicating  a  given  ship- 
ping unit.  It  should  be  noted  that  the  chart  only 
shows  the  shijjping  day.  The  pick-up  day  is  always 
two  school  days  previous  to  the  date  of  shipment.  This 
permits  one  day  for  transportation  and  one  day  for  in- 
spection. The  chart  of  course  is  only  partial,  but  gives 
the  general  idea. 

September 


find  that  the  people  ])repared  to  render  the  service 
can  do  it  better  than  we  can  ourselves.  Our  deliveries 
leave  the  department  at  8  A.M.  and  we  have  a  receipt 
for  the  delivered  merchandise  the  same  evening.  Me- 
chanical troubles,  labor  troubles,  difficulty  due  to 
weather,  etc.,  are  all  borne  by  the  hired  delivery 
company. 

A  constant  running  inventory  of  every  piece  of 
equipment,  on  a  separate  card  form  for  every  film  and 
slide,  is  kept  up  to  date  and  is  never  more  than  six 
hours    behind    the    shipping    schedule. 

October 


School  Name         13    14  |  15    16    20  |  21    22    23    27    28  |  29    30 

1  4  1  5  1  6  1  7  1  11 '1  12]  13    14 

11                 2  1                ■       3          !       1 

!  4  1       1       1       1   5  1       1 

I         32                       1   1                          2  1 

1       1  3  1              1          4  1 

31                1         32                       111 

1112          1              1  3 

1       !                30         1                31                1         32 

1       1       1       !   1   1              1          2 

II                       29  1                       30         1       1 

|31|       1       1       132         1 

1                            |28                        29  1       1 

1       1  30 1       1       1         31  1 

I              1              1         27                       ;  28  1 

1       1       I29|       1              |30 

Portion  of  Chart  Record  on  circulation  of  units  to  Elementary  Schools 


High  school  and  college  courses  are  not  as  flexible 
as  the  work  of  the  elementary  school.  Therefore  all 
films  and  slides  are  "Spot  Booked"  for  use  in  these  in- 
stitutions. Each  high  school  teacher  orders  directly 
from  our  booking  clerk.  If  the  film  required  can  be 
booked  within  one  week  of  the  date  requested  the 
booking  is  made  and  the  teacher  notified.  If  the  booking 
cannot  be  made  within  that  time  limit  the  request 
is  denied. 

The  booking  record  of  each  film  for  an  entire  year 
is  kept  on  a  single  folded  form  lying  flat  in  a  visible 
file.  This  "film  booking  record"  form  holds  also  sep- 
arate record  of  each  duplicate  of  the  film  up  to  eight 
copies.  For  films  with  more  than  eight  duplicates  a 
second  form  is  placed  in  the  file.  One  twelfth  of  this 
form — for  a  single  month-;— for  a  film  with  eight  copies 
— is  shown  below  : 


All  minor  repairs  on  projection  equipment  are  made 
in  the  bureau.  We  have  found  that  it  is  not  practical 
or  economical  to  install  a  service  bureau  for  major 
repairs  which  require  elaborate  and  expensive  tools  and 
instruments.  Once  each  year  every  projector  receives 
a  thorough  inspection,  usually  made  during  the  summer 
vacation  period. 

Practically  all  of  the  work  of  caring  for  records  of 
film  showings  in  the  schools,  and  the  actual  work  of 
projection,  is  done  by  crews  of  trained  student  oper- 
ators. Our  larger  high  schools  have  between  50  and  100 
boys  available  in  crews  during  their  school  periods 
when  they  are  not  actually  in  class.  The  student 
secretary  on  duty  for  a  given  period  has  the  schedule 
for  the  day  before  her  each  period  and  assigns  these 
operators  to  duty  in  the  proper  rooms.  About  25  of 
these  students  actually  carry  on  the  mechanical  routine 


Form  for  re- 
cording Spot 
Bookings  to 
High  Schools. 


BOARD  OF 

CITY  OF 

EDUCATION 
CHICAGO 

FILM 

aooKi 

NG 

RECORD 

ACME 
22622- 

61 

c 

) 

z 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13  1  14  1  15  1  16  ]  17  1  18  1  19 

20 

21 

22 

23 

24 

25 

26 

27 

28 

29 

30 

31 

SEPT 

EMBER 

1 

2 

3 

— 

4 

5 

6 

7 

1 

3 

When  this  booking  has  been  entered  (merely  by 
writing  the  name  of  school  on  horizontal  line  under 
proper  date)  the  orders  are  filed  by  the  name  of  the 
school  in  chronological  order.  As  each  shipping  day 
arrives  the  orders  for  that  day  are  assembled  for  the 
day's  shipment. 

All  deliveries  are  made  by  Package  Delivery  Service 
at  25c  per  stop.  We  have  found  this  cheaper  and 
more  efficient  than  our  own  trucking  service.  The 
delivery  problem  is  a  special  business  in  itself  and  we 


of  visual  instruction,  thus  leaving  the  teacher  free  to 
teach  the  children  and  develop  their  best  reactions  to 
the  visual  lesson. 

Material  for  Pan  American  Day 

Schools,  colleges  and  universities,  clubs,  civic  and 
commercial  associations,  and  the  public  generally, 
observe  Pan  American  Day,  April  14,  with  appropriate 
ceremonies.  Suitable  material  for  the  use  of  groups 
planning  to  present  such  programs  may  be  secured  free 
from  the   Pan  American  Union,   Washington.   D.   C. 


I 


March,  19}9 


Page  79 


A  Pupil  Constructed  Scenario 


I\  THJ{  icachinjj  of  Commercial  Geography  the 
alert  teacher  will  prepare  a  list  of  motion  pic- 
tures to  be  used  tliiring  the  term  to  illustrate  the 
importance  and  processes  of  making  the  various 
commodities  studied  by  his  classes.  However, 
(luring  the  past  few  years  a  better  understanding 
of  the  Tobacco  industry  has  been  denied  to  our 
pupils  since  there  is  no  such  film  to  be  had  from 
■'free"  sources. 

Kither  the  tobacco  companies  have  ignored  the 
possibilities  of  explaining  to  the  public  the  im- 
portance of  the  industry  to  thousands  of  workers  in 
our  country,  or  they  have  avoided  trouble  (in  some 
communities)  which  might  arise  by  showing  the 
process  of  raising  and  making  the  "evil  weed"  into 
the  various  products  for  which  it  has  been  found 
useful. 

We  do  find  meager  accounts  of  the  industry  in 
texts,  perhaps  a  few  pictures  to  illustrate  the  pro- 
cess of  cultivation,  and  billboards  everywhere  are 
covered  with  advertisements  of  the  virtues  of  va- 
rious packaged  products.  There  are  of  course  other 
uses  for  tobacco  besides  that  of  pipe,  cigarettes, 
plug,  etc.  In  addition,  the  crop  has  had  an  interest- 
ing history,  and  its  cultivation  and  preparation  for 
the  consumer,  be  he  a  future  smoker  or  sprayer 
of  plants,  promises  a  profitable  study  for  the  pupil 
interested  in  Commercial  Geography. 

Because  we  could  not  secure  a  film  for  the  less 
gifted  pupils  to  see  and  learn  in  a  visual  manner 
the  steps  in  tobacco  production,  the  teacher  told 
the  class  of  tenth  year  Commercial  Geography  pu- 
pils at  Radnor  High  School  that  they  would  make 
their  own  scenario.  Perha]>s  some  company,  seeing 
what  they,  the  pupils,  thought  should  be  told  on  the 
screen,  so  that  they  might  better  understand  this 
industry,  would  make  such  a  film  possible  for 
future  classes. 

Preparation  of  Scenario 

The  teacher  first  explained  liow  a  motion  picture 
was  constructed.  Each  pupil  prepared  a  synopsis 
of  what  he  had  read  about  tobacco.  From  this 
synopsis  each  pupil  was  to  construct  his  scenario. 
However,  the  pupils  were  given  in  class  the  rudi- 
ments of  scenario  construction.  They  were  told  the 
meaning  of  such  terms  as  sub-title,  dissolve  in,  fade 
out,  time  lapse  photography,  long  shot,  panorama 
shot,  medium  shot,  close  up,  wipe  off.  montage,  a 
"still"  which  then  becomes  a  motion  picture  scene, 
lapse  dissolve,  transition  shot,  etc. 

Pupils  were  warned  that  merely  indicating  the 


Pri'Sftitiiif!  in  full  lU'lail  the  procpdurp  for 
production  of  a  contplptc  uorkinf;  scenario  by 
a  High  School  class  in  Commercial  Geography. 

By     ROBERT     B.     NIXON 

Radnor  High  School,  Wayne,   Penna. 

name  of  a  scene  was  not  describing  the  action  to 
be  presented  on  the  screen.  They  were  also  told 
that  a  motion  picture  to  be  a  motion  picture  must 
have  action  in  it.  The  camera  was  not  to  do  the 
moving  as  in  so  many  weak  educational  ventures. 

Because  there  might  be  use  of  graphs  in  the  pic- 
ture the  pupils  were  instructed  how  these  graphs 
might  be  presented  by  animated  drawings,  as  would 
be  the  maps  to  show  world  distribution. 

A  period  of  class  time  was  devoted  to  reading  the 
references  and  texts  issued  to  pupils  for  use  during 
the  term.  They  have  a  standard  text  which  is  is- 
sued to  all  pupils,  and  there  are  five  other  texts 
used  as  references.  .Ml  pupils  do  not  have  the  same 
reference  text,  but  are  given  a  list  of  names  of  pupils 
in  their  class  who  have  various  texts  which  they 
themselves  may  not  have. 

In  addition  a  list  of  library  references  such  as 
encyclopedias  etc.,  was  given.  These  were  read  dur- 
ing library  periods  or  after  school. 

The  pupils  prepared  an  outline  or  synopsis  at 
home  and  polished  it  up  during  a  class  period,  after 
which  they  began  to  outline  a  method  of  attack  for 
making  the  picture  itself  (or  scenario). 

The  class  of  sixty  pupils  was  then  divided  into 
committees.  The  basis  for  committees  was  that  of 
approach  to  the  film.  Some  pupils  used  an  his- 
torical approach,  other  uses,  some  a  story  told  by 
a  store  keeper  when  a  lady  was  purchasing  cigar- 
ettes, and  still  others  the  cultivation  of  the  crop. 

The  committee  chairmen  volunteered  to  guide 
their  groups.  There  were  fifteen  groups,  each  con- 
sisting of  a  chairman  and  three  other  pupils.  The 
members  of  committees  were  selected  by  the  chair- 
man, although  each  pupil  had  the  right  to  say  he 
desired  to  work  with  that  chairman.  It  was  inter- 
esting to  note  pupils  of  similar  characteristics  of 
work  grouped  together. 

After  three  days  of  working  out  a  scenario  by 
each  committee  we  were  ready  for  a  master  scenario 
to  be  constructed  from  the  results  of  each  com- 
mittee. Each  committee  meml>er.  while  his  com- 
mittee was  making  its  committee  scenario,  was 
supposed  to  continue  with  his  individual  scenario 
so  that  he  would  have  material  for  presentation 
to  the  committee  in  construction  of  the  committee 
scenario.  It  was  in  the  committee  meetings  during 
class  periods  where  the  arguments  of  presentation 
were  presented  by  various  members.  Each  scene 
before  accepted  was  voted  upon  by  the  various 
members.  With  the  committee  scenarios  were 
turned  in  the  individual  ones,  for  the  teacher  felt 


Page  80 


The  Educational  Screen 


there  would  be  scenes  and  ideas  not  even  accepted 
by  the  committees  which  might  prove  valuable  in 
making  the  master  scenario.  The  teacher  was  right 
in  this  supposition. 

In  making  the  master  scenario  each  pupil  had 
before  him  his  own,  and  the  chairman  held  the 
committee  scenario.  From  this  the  final  product 
was  evolved.  Each  pupil,  as  each  scene  was  sug- 
gested and  the  action  described,  was  made  to  feel 
that  if  he  could  prove  his  scene  and  action  were 
better,  that  he  had  a  chance  to  have  it  included 
instead  of  the  one  suggested  by  a  committee  chair- 
man from  the  committee  scenarios.  One  individual 
had  six  scenes  accepted  at  the  very  start  of  the 
picture  for  all  committees  had  failed  to  include  them 
in  their  work. 

It  should  be  said  here  that  the  class  at  the  be- 
ginning of  their  work  decided  upon  whether  they 
wanted  their  ^'picture"  to  be  a  talkie  or  a  silent 
picture.  The  majority  favored  a  silent  version  be- 
cause their  school  is  not  equipped  with  talking  pic- 
ture equipment  and  in  view  of  the  fact  that  there 
are  more  schools  equipped  for  silent  pictures  and 
not  talking  pictures  the  decision  seemed  quite 
sound.  However,  pupils  were  told  they  could  in- 
clude dialogue  or  commentary  with  their  scenes, 
and  also  a  musical  background.  To  assist  them  in 
selecting  music  appropriate  for  such  a  film  a  list  of 
musical  compositions  descriptive  of  the  South  was 
made. 

Fortunately,  also,  we  had  available  two  films 
which  showed  the  good  and  bad  points  of  silent 
pictures.  One  picture  used  too  long  and  too  many 
sub-titles,  plus  too  many  technical  details  not 
easily  understood  by  high  school  pupils  unless 
shown  step  by  step  through  animated  diagrams. 
The  other  film  told  its  story  through  action  on  the 
screen,  and  in  such  manner  that  it  was  easily  under- 
stood by  the  pupils.  Sub-titles  where  used  were 
short  and  snappy,  and  few  in  number.  Pupils  in 
reviewing  these  films  were  told  to  analyze  them 
with  one  thing  constantly  in  mind:  "Does  the 
action  on  the  screen  tell  the  story  or  do  the  sub- 
titles tell  the  story?" 

Here  are  the  results  of  this  cooperative  effort 
to  make  a  scenario  for  a  Tobacco  movie. 

SCENE  ACTION                                 SHOT 

Sub-title:   Hundreds  of  years  ago  tobacco  was  used  by  the  Chinese. 

1.  Chinese  Lord  The  mandarin  is  smoking  a  pipe  long  shot 
in  luxurious  with  some  friends  who  are  fade  out 
room.  conversing.  dissolve  to 

2.  Chinese  tobacco  Chinese  cultivating  field  of  panorama 
field  tobacco 

Sub-title:   Later   Columbus    discovered   the    American  Indians   knew  its 
use. 

3.  Ships  at  sea  Nina,    Finta    and    Santa    Maria    long 

sail  into  the  foreground 

4.  Landing  of  Columbus     getting     down     from    long 
Columbus                   ship  into  row  boat 

5.  Meeting  the  exchanges    greetings    with  long 
Indians                       Indians   who 

6.  Exchanging  Gifts     give   him   gifts    in   exchange  for    medium 

trinkets.      One    of    the    gifts    is 
tobacco. 

7.  Columbus  throws       Columbus    throws    away    the    to-    medium 
tobacco  overboard    bacco   upon   return  to   the  ship. 

Sub-title:   It  remained  for  Monsieur  Nicot,  French  Ambassador  to  Por- 
tugal, to  introduce  "Madame  Nicotine"  to  France. 

8.  Room  in  embassy       Monsieur     Nicot     is     giving     in- 

Nicot  with  structions  to  messenger  to  whom    medium 

messenger  he  entrusts  a  package 


9.   Messenger  on 
horseback 
countryside 
lO-   Messenger  at 
border 


Messenger    riding    thru    country 

side  long 


Messenger    dismounts    at    border 
to   have   passport   examined  and 
continues   journey    ...   A    sign     long 
marked     France     indicates     the 
way  he   is  headed. 
Sub-title:   But  tobacco  was  not  accepted  by  all.  Its  use  meant  fines,  im- 
prisonment, torture  and  death  in  some  countries. 

11.  Penalty  for  A  group  of  people  read  a  public       Transition 
use  of  tobacco  notice  to  the  effect  that  tobacco       shots 

is  prohibited.  This  furnishes 
food  for  discussion.  Some  cross 
themselves. 

12.  Penalties  Man  burned  at  stake 

13.  Penalties  Man  pelted  with  eggs  and  refuse 

in   stocks 

14.  Penalties  Whipping  Post 

15.  Penalties  Hanging 

Sub-title:    Sir  Walter   Raleigh  made  tobacco  respectable  in  England   by 
importing  it  from  his  Virginia  Colony. 

16.  Sir  Walter  Sir    Walter    smoking    with    back    long 
Raleigh's                      to    camera    in   large    chair.    Ser- 
Sitting  Boom               vant     enters     from     foreground, 

seeing  his  master  smoking" 
hurries  out  and  returns  with 
vessel  of  water  which  he  throws 
on  master.  Sir  Walter  rises  and 
remonstrates  with  servant  who 
shows  embarrassment. 
Svb-title :   To-day    the    use    and    production    of    tobacco    is    world    wide. 

17.  World  Map  At     the    appearance     of     World 

Wide  a  wipe  off  starts  and  a 
world  map  appears 

18.  World  Map  On   the    outline    map    names    ap-     long 
animated                    pear  in  bold  black  type  as  area    yet  detailed 

grows  light  gray.  to    allow 

United  States       Brazil  names  of 

British  India        Japan  countries  to 

Russia  Greece  be  read. 

Java  Turkey  fade  out 

Madura  Philippines  dissolve  in 

Cuba,   etc.  to 

19.  Preparation  of  Man    is    carefully    breaking    up    medium 
soil  for  seedling        lumps  of  soil  in  seedling  bed  in 

bed.  greenhouse 

20.  Sproutinglof  Man  takes  bag,   soaks  in  water,     close  ups 
seeds                           fills  bag   with  fine  tobacco  seed. 

21.  Each    of    these    Close    up    of    man's    hands    ex- 
scenes,     No.     19-    amining  sprouted  seeds  which  he    close  up 
20-21-22,     are  has  removed  from  bag. 
fade-out-dissolve- 
in 

22.  Planting  sprouted    Plants  seeds   in   seedling  close  up 
seeds                           beds. 

Sub-title:   After  sprouts  have  grown  six  inches  high  they  are  transplanted 
to  the  fields. 

23.  Plowing  fields  Farmer    completes    plowing    field    long 

with  tractor 

24.  Transplanting  Machine   transplanting   seedlings    perambulator 
Sub-title:  Frequent  cultivation  kills  weeds  and  breaks  up  soil.  Spraying 

kills  insects  which  damage  the  leaves, 

25.  Cultivation  Cultivator    going    thru    rows    of    perambulator 

tobacco  close    up    of 

work  done  by 
machine 

26.  Spraying  Sprayer  spraying  tobacco  medium  detail 
Sub'title:   Top  flowers  and  side  shoots  are  removed  to  send  strength  of 

plant  into  the  leaves. 

27.  Topping  Top  and  side  shoots  removed  by     medium   to 

hand  and  knife  close  up 

28.  Testing  for  farmer    tests    tobacco    leaves    by     close   up 
ripeness                      bending 

29.  Harvesting  tobacco  being  cut  by  hand  medium 

30.  Spearing  man  spearing  tobacco  leaves  and    long  shot 

hanging  six  plants  on  each  lath 

31.  Collecting  man     loads     laths     on     wagon,    long  shot 

Wagon  driven  away. 

Note:    From  scene  23  to  scene  31  and  all  process  scenes  thereafter  the 

title  of  scene  appears  as  a  super-imposed  sub-title  in  black  letters 

for  a  short  time  across  a  "still"  of  the  scene  showing  operation. 

Each  scene   doses   as  a   fade   out   and  appears   as  a  dissolve   in 

with   the    "still"    showing.    This    is   to   enable    the   pupil   to    have 

time  to  get  a   good  mental  picture  of  the  shot   without  motion. 

Suh-title:   Tobacco  must  be  cured  in  well  ventilated  barns  or  sheds  to 

dry  out  or  season. 

32.  Curing:  interior       Placing    tobacco    on    racks    in         long  shot 
of  sheds  shed 

33.  Curing  and  Sea-      men    inspecting   leaves    for    cur-     perambulator 
soning  inspection     ing   and   seasoning 

34.  Auctioning  Auctioneer  moving  from  one  of-    perambulator 
tobacco  fering  to  another ;  buyers  follow 

and  bidding 
Super-imposed  title:   Auctioning  tobacco  to  buyers. 

35.  Tobacco  Com-  panorama  of  storage  houses  for     panorama 
pany'slStore  fermentation,  etc. 

Houses 

(Concluded  on  page  98) 


I 


tAarch,  19)9 


Page   81 


Evaluation  of  Still  Pictures  for 
Instructional  Use 


By     LELIA     TROLINGER 

Secretary,  Bureau  of  Visual  Instruction 
University  of  Colorado,  Boulder,  Colo. 


This  article  discusses  the  basis  of  the  study  and 
the  method  for  developing  the  score  card.  April 
and  May  articles  will  present  the  score  card, 
analysis    thereof    and    tests    conducted    thereon. 


THE  lack  of  standards  for  evaluat- 
ing various  types  of  aids  is  a  seri- 
ous handicap  in  any  program  for  im- 
proving the  training  of  teachers  in  methods 
of  use  of  visual  aids.  The  comments, 
questions,  and  references  which  constantly 
occur  when  teachers  discuss  visual  ma- 
terial with  a  supervisor,  an  instructor,  or 
one  in  charge  of  a  distributing  center, 
emphasize  the  need  of  more  definite 
standards. 

A  personal  experience  illustrates  the 
results  which  may  and  frequently  do 
happen  when  teachers  are  asked  to  evalu- 
ate visual  aids,  if  no  criteria  are  provided 
against  which  they  may  check  various 
qualities  of  the  aid.  A  Unit  Class  in 
Visual  Aids  was  being  given  at  Teachers 
College,  Columbia  University.  One  day 
before  the  class  had  begun  the  study  of 
pictures,  the  instructor  distributed  geo- 
graphy textbooks.  They  were  modern 
texts,  and  were  used  merely  because  the 
instructor  had  sufficient  copies  to  furnish 
identical  books  to  each  member  of  the 
class.  The  class  was  asked  to  scan  the 
book  hastily,  then  to  select  examples  of 
wliat  to  each  individual  seemed  the  best 
and  the  poorest  illustrations,  judged  from 
the  standpoint  of  teaching  value.  It  just 
hapi)ened  that  the  picture  which  was 
selected  by  both  the  writer  and  the  in- 
structor of  the  class  (both  of  whom  had 
had  considerable  experience  in  the  selec- 
tion of  pictures  for  instructional  pur- 
poses) as  the  poorest  picture  for  class- 
room use,  was  selected  by  two  teachers 
as  the  best.  The  picture  was  a  street 
scene  in  a  foreign  city — it  might  have 
been  any  city  in  any  country.  There  was 
nothing  characteristic  about  it,  and  there 
was  nothing  in  the  picture  which  would 
be  new  to  any  child  who  had  ever  seen 
a  city  or  even  a  large  town.  The  instruc- 
tor asked  for  the  reasons  for  the  selec- 
tion, but  when  the  teachers  tried  to 
justify  their  choice,  it  was  found  that 
there  had  been  no  analysis  of  the  picture 
whatever.  This  simple  test  was  used  by 
that  instructor  to  demonstrate  to  the 
class  that  teachers  need  standards  for 
judging  pictures  which  they  mean  to 
ii.ie  for  instructional  purposes. 

The  surprising  thing  about  this  case 
was  that  the  class  was  composed  of  a 
rather  superior  group  of  teachers,  for 
the  most  part  graduate  students.  All  the 
members  of  the  class  were  teachers  who 


might  be  expected  to  have  had  actual 
experience  in  selecting  and  using  pictures 
in  the  classroom.  This  particular  instance 
is  just  one  of  the  many  similar  cases 
which  visual  instruction  supervisors  en- 
counter when  teachers  or  students  are 
asked  to  evaluate  visual  aids  for  specific 
classroom  situations.  Future  progress  in 
the  field  of  visual  instruction  will  be 
greatly  augmented  if  standards  of  demon- 
strated value  to  teachers  in  the  selection 
of  visual  aids  can  be  established.  This 
study  is  an  attempt  to  furnish  such  stand- 
ards for  use  in  evaluating  the  still  picture. 
In  any  problem,  certain  facts  are  usually 
taken  for  granted.  This  study  is  based  on 
three  assumptions,  namely,  (1)  pic- 
tures are  valuable  aids  to  learning;  (2) 
teachers  need  and  do  not  have  adequate 
standards  for  judging  the  value  of  pic- 
tures for  instructional  purposes;  and  (3) 
the  combined  judgments  of  a  group  of 
experts  in  the  field  of  vistial  instruction 
constitute  the  best  criteria  for  standards 


Editor's  Note — We  are  pleased  to 
be  able  to  present  this  outstanding 
study  of  picture  evaluation,  made 
in  connection  with  graduate 
courses  at  Columbia  University. 
This,  and  two  following  install- 
ments in  April  and  May,  offer  a 
partial  printing  of  the  study.  The 
complete  reprint,  to  appear  about 
June  1st,  will  include  also  the 
entire  thesis  material,  with  lists, 
tables,  bibliographies,  appendices, 
and  all  pictures  actually  used  in 
the   investigation. 


of  evaluation  tliat  are  at  present  available. 

If  the  first  assumption  is  incorrect 
basically,  most  of  the  modern  educators 
are  wrong.  Teachers  and  textbook 
writers  alike  give  pictures  an  important 
place  in  all  visual -sensory  aids.  Because 
of  the  cost,  many  textbooks  do  not  have 
as  many  pictures  as  some  teachers  find 
desirable,  but  modern  texts  have  many 
more  illustrations  than  those  of  a  gen- 
eration ago,  and  in  most  cases  the  quality 
of  the  illustrations  has  improved.  The 
weight  of  evidence  supports  the  validity 
of  the  first  assumption. 

The  best  evidence  of  the  truth  of  tlie 
se»:ond  assumption  is  the  reaction  of 
teachers  themselves.  As  has  been  pre- 
viously mentioned,  few  authors  have  sug- 


gested definite  standards  for  judging  pic. 
tures,  either  in  books  on  visual  instruc- 
tion or  in  subject-matter  texts  for  teach- 
ers' training.  In  the  first  part  of  the 
experiment,  teachers  were  asked  to  grade 
a  group  of  pictures  which  was  referred 
to  a  particular  unit  for  the  third  grade, 
and  no  score  card  was  provided.  Again 
and  again  teachers  would  ask,  "How  are 
we  to  grade  them?"  "On  what  are  we  to 
base  our  judgment?"  "What  are  we  to 
look  for?"  Since  the  experiment  was 
aimed  at  that  point — to  test  for  stand- 
ards, if  any — the  only  instruction  possible 
was  to  use  their  own  judgment.  In  the 
second  part  of  the  experiment  when  the 
score  card  was  included  with  the  pictures 
and  returned  to  the  teachers  for  a  second 
evaluation,  the  concrete  suggestions 
seemed  to  give  assurance  and  confidence. 
Numbers  of  teachers  remarked  at  the  end 
of  the  test  that  the  score  cards  helped 
them  greatly  and  asked  permission  to 
keep  the  copy  of  the  score  card  for  their 
own  assistance  later. 

The  experiment  which  followed  the 
construction  of  the  score  card  was  an 
attempt  to  discover  the  truth  of  the  third 
assumption,  i.e.,  that  the  combined  judg- 
ments of  a  group  of  experts  who  are  de- 
voting their  time  to  the  problems  of  visual 
instruction  constitute  the  best  criteria 
for  standards  for  evaluating  pictures  for 
instructional  purposes  at  present  avail- 
able. 

The  Outline  of  the  Study 

(a)  The  Score  Card. 

The  investigation  logically  fell  into  two 
parts.  The  first  part  was  the  construc- 
tion of  a  score  card.  As  a  preliminary  to 
the  construction,  a  survey  of  all  the  liter- 
ature on  the  subject  was  made.  Standards 
which  were  suggested  or  implied  for  the 
evaluation  of  pictures  for  instructional 
use  were  collected ;  duplications  were  eli- 
minated ;  new  criteria  were  added ;  and 
terms  were  defined.  A  tentative  list  of 
desirable  qualities  or  characteristics  re- 
sulted from  this  survey.  A  group  of  ex- 
perts,* hereafter  called  judges,  consented 
to  assist  in  assigning  values  to  the  quali- 
ties listed  and  add  others  which  the  group 
of  judges  felt  should  be  included.  While 
the  standards  of  one  person  might  arouse 
criticism,   the  combination  of  judgments 


*List  will  appear  in  the  complete  re- 
print   (June). 


Page   82 


The  Educational  Screen 


of  a  large  group  of  men  and  women  who 
are  studying  the  problems  of  visual  in- 
struction represents  the  best  opinions  at 
present  available  for  evaluating  pictures. 
The  collection  of  numerical  judgments 
for  the  score  card  was  made  by  means 
of  a  questionnaire.  (It  might  be  ex- 
plained here  parenthetically  that  the  term, 
"scale,"  was  loosely  used  both  during 
the  collection  of  the  data  and  during  the 
experiment.  Because  of  the  explanations, 
the  word  was  not  misconstrued,  but  in 
the  report,  instead  of  "scale"  which  con- 
notes equal  step  intervals,  the  term  was 
changed  to  the  more  accurate  word,  score 
card.) 

Since  an  experiment  was  planned  to 
follow  the  construction  of  the  score  card, 
it  was  decided  to  arrange  the  standards 
in  a  form  with  numerical  values.  The 
numerical  values  were  included  for  two 
reasons,  first,  to  show  comparison  of  im- 
portance of  different  qualities  of  a  pic- 
ture when  a  careful  analysis  is  needed, 
and  second,  to  make  statistical  computa- 
tion possible.  Looking  ahead  a  bit,  it 
is  the  opinion  of  the  writer  that  most 
teachers  will  use  the  score  card  as  a 
check  list  more  often  than  as  a  means  of 
actually  setting  up  a  numerical  estimate 
of  a  picture  which  is  being  considered. 
For  most  teachers  this  will  be  the  wiser 
plan.  Whether  one  quality  is  judged  to 
be  of  greater  value  than  another  by  a 
few  points  is  not  so  important  in  most 
cases  and  to  most  teachers  as  to  know 
that  these  several  qualities  are  of  value 
and  contribute  to  the  sum  total  of  what 
is  known  as  a  good  picture. 

(6)     Experiment  to   Test   Value  of  the 
Score  Card. 

The  experiment  to  check  the  value  of 
the  score  card  constitutes  the  second  part 
of  the  study.  The  experiment  might 
have  taken  either  of  two  forms.  A  test, 
to  see  if  pictures  which  rate  high  by  the 
criteria  were  more  effective  in  pupil 
learning  than  those  pictures  which  rate 
low,  would  be  interesting;  or  a  study 
with  teachers  to  determine  whether  or 
not  the  criteria  were  helpful  in  distin- 
guishing between  good  and  poor  pictures 
was  another  alternate.  Since  the  selection 
of  pictures  by  teachers  usually  precedes 
the  use  in  class,  and  since  the  writer  at 
present  is  more  interested  in  teacher- 
training  than  in  the  classroom  exercises, 
the  second  possibility  of  the  experiment 
was  chosen.  An  attempt  was  made  to 
test  the  score  card  for  actual  value  to 
teachers  in  training,  teachers  in  service, 
teachers  who  have  had  training  in 
methods  of  use  of  visual  aids  either 
through  a  course  or  under  a  director, 
and  teachers  who  have  had  no  guidance 
whatever. 

Specifically,  the  experimental  check  de- 
cided upon  was  a  comparison  of  grade 
values  given  by  teachers  and  students  to 
a  selected  group  of  pictures,  referred  to 
a  designated  unit  of  study,  first  without 
the  score  card,  and  then  later  with  the 
score  card,  in  order  to  see  if  the  grades 
given  the  pictures  with  the  score  card  ap- 
proached the  evaluation  given  by  the 
judges  to  the  same  pictures  more  con- 
sistently than  they  did  without  it. 


The  Score  Card 

1.     The  Source  of  Criteria  For  the  Ten- 
tative Score   Card 

Many  experiments  have  been  made  and 
have  been  reported  upon  which  have 
made  use  of  visual  aids,  but  most  of  these 
experiments  have  dealt  with  motion  pic- 
tures or  lantern  slides.  Very  few  have 
been  devoted  to  the  pictures  which  are 
used  daily  on  the  study  table,  in  the 
opaque  projector,  or  found  in  the  text. 
A  comprehensive  study  was  made  of  all 
the  literature  available  to  check  direct 
or  implied  standards  to  be  used  in  judg- 
ing pictures  before  the  present  study  was 
begun.  After  the  study  was  practically 
completed,  for  the  personal  .satisfaction 
it  offered,  a  check  was  made  with  the 
digest  published  in  1936  by  Dr.  Fannie 
W.  Dunn  and  Miss  Etta  Schneider  in 
their  book,  "Teacher  Preparation  In 
Visual  Instruction."  It  was  found  that  in 
addition  to  many  books  and  articles  which 
had  not  been  reviewed  in  their  book,  be- 
tween seventy-five  or  eighty  per  cent  of 
tliose  reviewed  had  either  been  read  while 
the  study  was  in  preparation,  or  before, 
and  that  the  findings  of  several  not 
counted,  were  known  through  previous 
reviews  and  reports.  This  is  mentioned 
merely  to  indicate  something  of  the 
search  which  was  made  for  data  to  in- 
corporate in  the  group  of  standards  of 
this  study. 

Since  many  well-informed  educators 
contend  that  visual  instruction  should  not 
f)e  taught  as  a  thing  apart,  but  rather  as 
a  part  of  the  subject-matter  where  it  is 
to  be  used,  the  investigation  was  not 
limited  to  articles  and  books  under  the 
direct  caption  of  visual  instruction.  Vari- 
ous subject-matter  texts,  prepared  for 
use  in  teacher-training,  were  examined. 
A  few.  principally  in  geography,  de- 
voted a  chapter  or  an  occasional  para- 
graph to  the  use  of  pictures.  Standards 
for  future  guidance  for  the  teachers  in 
most  cases  were  so  vague  as  to  be 
negligible. 

2.     Classification  of  Criteria 

.-\ftcr  the  survey  of  the  current  litera- 
ture on  visual  instructiton,  related  litera- 
ture which  might  make  a  contribution, 
class  discussion,  and  a  consideration  of 
the  standards  proposed  by  various 
authors,  the  qualities  which  are  desirable 
for  a  picture  for  instructional  purposes 
seemed  to  fall  into  two  rather  clear-cut 
groups.  Technical  and  Instructional.  Un- 
der Technical  were  listed  qualities  de- 
signated as  "artistic,"  "clear  and  definite," 
"free  from  blemishes,"  "of  practical  size," 
and  "properly  colored" ;  under  Instruc- 
tional were  listed  "truthful,"  "authentic," 
"relevant,"  "significant,"  "stimulative." 
and  "suggestive  of  size."  These  terms 
ar-e  for  the  most  part  self-explanatory, 
but  to  avoid  any  possible  misunderstand- 
ing, pertinent  questions  or  statements 
were  listed  as  illustrations  of  the  mean- 
ing. .A  more  complete  discussion  of  the 
terms  used  follows  later  in  the  chapter 
with  the  completed  score  card.  Different 
terminology  was  frequently  used,  but  in 
most  cases,  it  was  possible  to  combine. 


group,  and  re-state  the  qualities  or  char- 
acteristics  witliout   much  over-lapping. 

Finally  a  preliminary  questionnaire 
which  included  most  of  the  above  quali- 
ties was  sent  to  fifteen  recognized  educa- 
tional leaders  in  visual  instruction.  One 
of  those  had  died  a  few  weeks  before 
the  letter  was  sent,  but  of  the  others, 
eight  replied  with  helpful  suggestions  for 
improving  the  questionnaire  before  it  was 
written  in  its  final  form.  .All  the  replies 
indicated  agreement  wi;h  the  general 
division  of  the  qualities.  Several  addi- 
tions were  suggested  to  further  define  tlie 
terms  used  in  the  subdivision.  As  fully 
as  possible,  the.se  suggestions  were  incor- 
porated in  the  later  questionnaire  from 
which  the  values  for  the  score  card  were 
derived. 

.5.     .Selection  of  the  Jndcies 

The  final  questionnaires  were  sent  to 
a  group  of  visual  exports  throughout 
the  United  States.  In  order  to  make  the 
list  as  objective  as  possible,  the  selection 
(if  names  was  based  on  the  Visual  In- 
struction Directory  of  the  Department 
of  Visual  Instruction  of  the  National 
Education  Association,  19J3,  the  latest 
directory  when  this  part  of  the  study 
was  being  done.  Questionnaires  were 
mailed  to  all  officers  of  the  Department 
of  Visual  Instruction  of  the  National 
Education  Association,  1934-1935,  to  all 
officials  in  charge  of  State  Visual  In- 
struction Service,  to  all  officials  in  charge 
of  city  or  county  departments  of  visual 
instruction  in  cities  of  200,000  popula- 
tion or  more,  where  one  person  was 
designated  as  being  in  charge.  Persons 
in  these  positions  who  are  giving  their 
full  time,  at  least  in  most  cases,  to  prob- 
lems of  visual  instruction,  form  a  group 
of  experts,  if  such  a  group  can  be  said 
to  exist  in  a  relatively  new  field. 
4.     The  Questionnaire 

The  questionnaires  in  addition  to  other 
information  requested,  and  a  short  para- 
graph relative  to  the  proposed  problem, 
included  the  various  qualities  under  biith 
the  headings  of  Technical  and  Instruc- 
tional with  descriptive  questions  and 
statements.  For  convenience  a  total  of 
one  hundred  points  was  taken  as  the 
basis  of  the  distribution  of  points  for  the 
various  characteristics.  Tho,se  com- 
jileting  the  questionnaire  for  the  con- 
struction of  the  score  card  were  asked 
first  to  apportion  the  hundred  points  be- 
tween the  two  general  classifications. 
Technical  Quality  and  Instructional  Qual- 
ity. Then  those  points  in  each  class  were 
further  apportioned  to  specific  qualities 
under  those  two  heads.  The  division, 
40-60,  forty  points  for  Technical  Qual- 
ity and  the  sixty  for  Insiructiinal  Qual- 
ity, represents  the  mean  values  assigned 
by  the  judges  who  returned  the  com- 
pleted questionnaires.  The  variation  in 
values  assigned  to  specific  qualities  was 
nuich  greater  than  it  was  in  the  division 
of  points  between  Technical  and  Instruc- 
tional qualities.  Some  qualities  may  not 
have  Ijeen  completely  understood  despite 
the  explanatory  questions,  but  that  could 
hardly  have  been  responsible  for  all  thu 
difference.     There   is   considerable  over- 


\farch,  19}9 

lappmn  in  some  of  the  ()ualities  listed. 
That  may  have  caused  some  of  the 
fliflfcrence  of  opinion.  Men  and  women 
who  go  into  a  new  tield  usually  have  a 
hackKroimd  of  some  specific  subject- 
matter  only  partially  related  to  the  new 
one.  A  Mian  who  has  stiulicd  or  taught 
science  may  Uxik  lor  somewhat  diflterent 
qualities  in  a  picture  from  those  looked 
for  hy  one  who  lias  spe(ialize<l  in  geog- 
raphy, or  history.  .Mso  many  who  are 
working  in  this  field  of  education  are 
working  more  with  motion  pictures  than 
with  still  pictures,  and  that  may  have 
inlluenced  some  of  the  opinions.  How- 
ever, a  score  derived  from  the  group  is 
as  tiearly  reliable  as  it  would  be  possible 
to  secure  at  present.  The  mean  of  the 
individual  scores  was  taken  as  the 
measure  of  central  tendency  and  used  on 
the  score  card.  The  modes  and  medians 
were  als4)  computed  and  were  found  to 
agree  very  closely  with  the  values  of  the 
means  which  were  assigned  in  the  ques- 
tionnaire. 
(Juestionnaircs  sent : 

To  national  officers    2 

To  state  officials 36 

To  city  and  county  officials. . .  .29 

Total     —      67 

tjnestioimaire   returns : 

Not  returned    30 

Returned  unopened- 
individual    moved    1 

Returned  too  late  to  be  used..   1 
Returned  but  inadequate 

for  statistical  purposes  S 

Returned    satisfactorily 

completed     30 

Total     —      67 

Of  the  usable  questionnaires: 
Twenty-seven  indicated  a  felt  need  for 

some  such  score  card. 
Two  indicated  no  need    fone  of  these 
stated   that   judging   pictures   is  the 
business     of     the     supervisors,     not 
teachers'  business,  failing  to  realize 
that    probably    many    more    pictures 
are  used  in  schools  with  no  super- 
vision   than    where    there    are    su- 
pervisors). 
One  did  not  check  this  point. 
.Ml  thirty  indicated  the  two  divisions. 
Technical    and    Instruclional,    were 
satisfactory. 
Of   the    five    questionnaires    w-hich    were 
not  usable  because  of  lack  of  complete 
data: 
Four   indicated  a   felt   need    for   some 

such  score  card. 
Three   indicated   the   two   divisions   of 

qualities  were  satisfactory. 
One  indicated  this  division  satisfactory 

with   some  reservations. 
One  suggested  a  check  list  rather  than 

a  scale   (the  term  first  used). 
Four  agreed  to  assist  in  an  experiment 
by    grading    a    group    of    pictures 
themselves. 
Three  agreed  also  to  assist  by  having 
their  pupils  grade  the  pictures  in  ad- 
dition to  their  own  grading. 
There    was    considerable    variation    in 
the  distribution  of  points  for  each  quality 
under  discussion.    .^    complete   summary 
of  these  evaluations  is  given  in  the  fol- 
'•>wing  tables: 


DISTRIBUTION   OF   POINTS   BY  THIRTY  JUDGES 


Judge 

I 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 
10 
II 
12 
13 
14 
15 
16 
17 
18 
19 
20 
21 
22 
23 
24 
25 
26 
27 
28 
29 
30 


Artistic 

15 
10 
10 

2 
10 

5 

5 
10 

7 
15 
20 
10 
12 
10 

7 
10 
10 
10 
10 
15 

7^ 
10 

8 
15 

5 
30 
15 
12 

15 

10 


TECIIMCAL 
Clear  and 
Definite 

5 

10 
25 

8 

5 
15 
12 
15 

7 
10 
10 
10 
10 
10 
10 
30 
10 
10 
15 

5 
10 
10 

8 

5 
15 

5 
10 

7 
10 
10 


QUALITY 
Free  From 
Blemishes 

5 

0 

0 

2 

5 

5 

1 

4 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 
10 

2 

2 

8 
10 

5 

5 

5 

5 

8 

5 

2 

5 

5 

7 

10 

5 


Of  Practical 

Size 

10 

10 

5 

4 
10 

4 

2 
13 

4 

5 
10 

5 

8 
10 

7 

2 
10 
10 

5 

5 

5 
10 

8 
15 

6 

5 

5 

7 
10 
10 


Page  83 


Properly 
Colored 

S 
10 
10 

4 

5 

1 
10 

8 

7 

5 

5 
10 

5 

0 

4 

6 
12 
10 

5 
10 

2^ 

5 

8 
10 

2 

5 

5 

7 

5 

5 


Total 

my. 

i22 

140 

220 

186^ 

Mean 

11.01 

10.73 

4.86 

7.33 

622 

(Approx.) 

11 

11 

5 

7 

6 

Sigma 

5.1 

5.3 

5.2 

3.1 

2.7 

INSTRUCTIONAL  QUALITY 

Suggestive 

Judge  Truthful 

Authentic 

Relevant 

Significant  Stimulative 

Of  Size 

1 

15 

0 

10 

15 

15 

5 

2 

15 

0 

15 

15 

10 

5 

3 

25 

0 

0 

10 

10 

5 

4 

30 

5 

10 

10 

15 

10 

5 

15 

10 

10 

10 

15 

5 

6 

30 

10 

10 

10 

5 

5 

7 

1* 

10 

25 

12 

20 

2 

8 

9 

9 

8 

8 

8 

8 

9 

12 

12 

12 

12 

12 

10 

10 

15 

10 

10 

10 

10 

5 

11 

10 

10 

10 

5 

10 

5 

12 

10 

5 

10 

10 

20 

S 

13 

10 

10 

15 

10 

7 

8 

14 

10 

15 

10 

10 

10 

5 

15 

20 

5 

10 

8 

15 

12 

16 

30 

10 

4 

4 

1 

1 

17 

8 

7 

10 

9 

8 

8 

18 

8  1/3 

8  1/3 

8  1/3 

8  1/3 

8  1/3 

8  1/3 

19 

10 

10 

10 

10 

10 

10 

20 

S 

IS 

10 

10 

15 

5 

21 

IS 

20 

20 

0 

10 

5 

22 

8 

8 

10 

IS 

15 

4 

23 

14 

11 

11 

11 

11 

2 

24 

15 

3  1/2 

10 

10 

10 

1  1/2 

25 

30 

7 

3 

10 

15 

5 

26 

10 

5 

10 

10 

10 

5 

27 

30 

10 

0** 

5 

10 

S 

28 

8 

10 

16 

8 

12 

6 

29 

6 

7 

12 

7 

10 

8 

30 

15 

7 

15 

8 

10 

5 

Total         439  1/3 
Mean  14.64 

(Approx.)     IS 
Sigma  8.1 

*  Note  added  to  the 
is   substituted   for 


249  5/6 

8.33 

8 

4.3 


314  1/3 
10.48 
11 
4.7 


280  1/3 
9.34 
9 
2.5 


337  1/3 
1124 
11 
4.0 


173  5/6 
5.79 

6 
2.4 


effect  that  this  can  be  determined  only  by  experts — "Authentic" 
"Truthful." 


•♦Note  added  to  the  effect  that  best  picture  in  the  world  is  irrelevant  if  used  when 
foreign  subject  is  being  discussed. 


Page  84 

EDITORIAL 


The  Educational  Screen 


Alfred  J.  Sloan  Foundation  and  Department  of  Visual  Instruction 


THERE  has  now  been  a  national  organization  for 
visual  instruction  in  continuous  existence  for 
twenty  years.  In  November,  1919  the  National 
Academy  of  Visual  Instruction  was  born  at  Madison, 
Wisconsin.  The  writer  was  there,  and  has  attended  or 
studied  the  proceedings  of  every  meeting  since.  The 
merger  of  the  Academy  and  the  Department  of  Visual 
Instruction  of  the  National  Education  Association  in 
1932  made  for  continuation  but  little  immediate  change. 
Meetings  continued  to  be  small  family-circle  talkfests, 
with  veteran  members  discussing  ideas,  methods  and 
doctrines  long  familiar  to  their  equally  veteran  audi- 
ence. The  habitual  resolutions  passed,  committees  ap- 
pointed, elections  held,  and  printed  "Proceedings" 
wishfully  suggested,  the  group  adjourned  for  a  six 
months  Departmental  hibernation.  No  "Proceedings" 
ever  being  printed,  resultant  values  of  the  meeting  be- 
came a  secret  possession  of  the  Corporal's  guard  pres- 
ent. 

Yet  the  achievement  of  the  first  fifteen  of  those 
twenty  years  in  keeping  alight  the  vestal  flame  cannot 
be  belittled.  It  was  the  sturdy  devotion  of  those  pioneer 
leaders  in  the  field,  staunchly  maintaining  their  mem- 
bership and  participation  in  the  meetings — most  of 
whom  are  still  with  us  and  are  still  leaders — that  built 
vigor  and  tenacity  into  the  Department  which  preserved 
it  as  a  vital  nucleus  for  real  growth  when  the  time 
for  growth  should  come.     It  came. 

Some  five  years  ago  the  field's  development  had 
made  possible  real  Departmental  growth.  Addresses 
and  proceedings  were  reprinted  in  this  magazine,  giv- 
ing a  reading  audience  a  hundred  fold  greater  than  the 
listening  audience.  Membership  rose  to  four,  five,  and 
now  six  times  the  first-fifteen-year  average.  The  De- 
partment came  to  include,  within  its  membership  and 
by  intimate  contacts  outside,  the  talent,  judgment  and 
authority  in  matters  visual  to  qualify  it  for  construc- 
tive as  well  as  discussive  functions.  It  was  ready  to 
produce  values,  not  merely  argue  them,  when  oppor- 
tunity should  come.     It  came. 

Recently  the  Alfred  J.  Sloan  Foundation  reached  a  de- 
cision which  can  be  epochal  for  the  visual  field,  namely, 
to  make  financially  possible  the  production  of  serious 
educational  films.  It  searched  for  a  proper  educational 
group  to  cooperate  and  sponsor  the  work,  oflfering  ideal 
terms  for  division  of  authority  and  responsibility,  and 
finally   chose  the  Department  of   Visual   Instruction. 


As  the  first  move  the  Foundation  produced 
an  experimental  film,  "The  Challenge"  —  one  of  a 
planned  series  of  ten  one-reel  films  on  Economics — and 
asked  that  a  Departmental  Committee,  approved  by  ihe 
Executive  Committee,  test  its  worth  from  every  edu- 
cational angle  as  the  Department's  first  share  in  the 
proposed  cooperation.  The  Committee  acted,  reported 
favorably  to  the  Department  in  session  at  Cleveland, 
showed  the  film,  and  asked  the  Department's  reaction. 
Then  occurred  the  supreme  absurdity  of  our  tzvcnty 
long  years.  I 

The  Department  had  the  long-awaited  chance  to  ac- 
cept with  open  arms  cooperation  with  a  great  Founda- 
tion already  eminent  for  its  service  to  our  national  wel- 
fare, in  constructive  work  for  the  field.  Probably  99% 
of  our  membership  would  have  voted  an  enthusiastic 
"yes"  on  the  proposition.  But  one  or  two  voices  at  the 
meeting,  raised  in  misunderstanding  protest,  managed 
to  confuse  and  temporarily  shelve  the  whole  issue.  The 
"questions"  they  raised  were  specifically  answered  in 
the  Committee's  report,  in  the  film  itself,  and  especial- 
ly in  the  carefully  annotated  manual  accompanying  the 
film — had  they  listened,  looked  and  read.  Incredibly 
enough  they  saw  fit  also  to  cast  doubt  on  the  motives 
and  good  faith  of  the  Alfred  J.  Sloan  Foundation ! 

It  was  a  pitiful  performance.  We  need  but  recall  that 
practically  no  private  school,  college  or  university,  no 
educational,  scientific  or  social  enterprise  of  magnitude, 
ever  started  in  this  country  without  commercial  funds 
for  the  start  and  often  for  the  continuance.  We  need  only 
think  of  Foundation  names  like  Carnegie,  Rockefeller, 
Rosenwald,  Wiebolt,  and  others,  and  what  they  have 
meant  in  libraries,  universities,  museums,  observatories, 
and  in  priceless  research  and  service  in  scholastic, 
scientific,  medical,  and  social  fields.  And  now  another 
name,  Sloan— first  of  the  Foundations  to  contemplate 
a  systematic,  long-term  financing  of  educational 
films — offers  to  make  possible  immeasurable  values  for 
the  visual  field,  ofifers  us  a  share  in  the  sort  of  creative 
work  we  have  dreamed  of  for  twenty  long  years — ^and 
we  hesitate  1  No,  not  "we"  but  two  or  three  of  us !  To 
the  Sloan  Foundation  and  to  ourselves,  we  owe  an  em- 
phatic rectification  of  the  Cleveland  fiasco,  perhaps  by 
a  complete  and  sweepingly  unanimous  vote  by  the 
whole  membership  to  give  this  splendid  proposition  the 
answer  it  deserves. 


The  National  Film 

THE  word  "national"  seems  justified.  Scarcely 
two  months  old,  the  Film  Evaluation  Project  has 
enlisted  over  400  teachers  in  32  States,  with  many 
more  immediate  prospects.  The  influx  of  returning 
cards  has  begun  and  increases  daily.  With  a  guide 
card  made  for  each  film  as  the  first  score  card  there- 
on comes  in,  some  300  guides  already  stand  in  file 
and  duplications  are  just  beginning.  Prediction  is  fu- 
tile, but  value  and  significance  seem  assured. 


Evaluation  Project 

Many  are  eager  to  "learn  the  results."  We  fully 
share  their  eagerness.  But  we  must  bear  in  mind  that 
lime  is  the  essence  of  success  in  such  work.  One 
teacher's  opinion  on  one  film  is  meaningless.  Three 
or  four  opinions  can  mean  little  more.  Only  multiple 
judgments,  averaged,  can  be  significant  and  we  as- 
sure the  field  that  it  will  be  informed  of  significant 
results  as  fast  as  they  are  achieved. 


March,  19)9 


Page  85 


Motion  Pictures  — 
Not  For  Theatres 


By    ARTHUR    EDWIN    KROWS 

Editor  of  "The  Spur,"  New  York  City 


Part  Seven  —  being  principally  the  story 
of  Community  Motion  Picture  Bureau,  which 
arose  in  1917  to  meet  constructive  enter- 
tainment   needs    of    Allied    nations    at    war. 


Slcnal  Corpt  A.E.F.  Photo 
Former  recreation  hall  of  Krnpp  employees  at  Sayn,  near  Cob- 
lentz,  Germany,  used  to  show  films  to  American  Soldiers  when 
Commnnity  contracted  to  supply  the  Rhine  Army  of  Occupation. 


IN  the  fall  of  1917  the  Lubin  Company 
failed.  The  plant  at  Betzwood  and 
all  of  the  pictures  it  owned  were 
placed  on  the  auction  block.  The 
Y.M.C.A.  heard  of  the  situation,  obtained 
an  appropriation  from  the  American  Red 
Cross,  and  bought  in  the  Lubin  library 
at  a  dollar  a  reel.  It  was  the  organiza- 
tion's first  large  stock  of  films.  Some 
say  that  the  Y.M.C.A.  was  made  aware 
of  the  opportunity  by  an  Iowa  State 
College  professor,  who  had  produced 
some  of  those  interesting  studies  of  the 
oyster  and  the  crab  for  Lubin  —  Dr. 
Maurice  Ricker,  who  was  then  living  in 
New  York  producing  more  natural  hi»- 
tory  films  of  the  same  type. 

Some  of  these  later  reels  Ricker  sold 
to  no  less  a  person  than  Charles  Urban. 
Ricker  was  assisted  in  the  production 
by  a  young  Englishman  who  lived  with 
him,  Walter  A.  Yorke.  Yorke,  stirred 
by  Ricker's  enthusiasm,  wished  to  enter 
the  business  more  importantly ;  so,  when 
the  Y.M.C.A.  sought  a  man  to  inspect 
and  classify  the  Lubin  reels,  Ricker  rec- 
ommended Yorke,  and  Yorke  was 
promptly  taken  on.  In  the  meantime 
Ricker,  himself,  was  sent  abroad  to  or- 
ganize the  Y.M.C.A.  exhibition  circuit 
there. 

The  really  weak  link  in  the  World 
War  motion  picture  service,  at  first,  was 
that  there  was  no  adequate  censorship 
of  the  films  poured  generously  into  the 
camps  and  cantonments  by  a  patriotic 
industry.  Of  course,  as  long  as  Uncle 
Sam  remained  at  peace,  there  could  be 
no  such  regulation,  save  by  individual  na- 
tions. But,  now  that  war  was  the  order 
of  the  day.  Uncle  Sam  created  a  sort 
of  clearing-house  for  films  to  be  shown 
to  the  armies  and  navies  of  the  Allies. 
In  this  country,  it  was  called  the  Com- 
munity Motion  Picture  Service  and,  in 
Great  Britain,   Community  Service,   Ltd. 

Community  Sesvice 

The  Community  Motion  Picture  Bu- 
reau, as  it  became  known  then  to  those 
obliged  to  stay  at  home,  had  rather 
a  Cinderella  start.  Only  a  year  or  so 
before,  it  had  been  the  inconspicuous 
name  on  a  door  leading  to  a  couple  of 
offices  in  Boston,  in  a  building  near 
Copley  Square. 


Presiding  there  was  a  young  man,  in 
his  early  thirties,  who  had  dreamed  of 
a  peaceable  non-theatrical  distribution 
for  his  own  profit ;  and  I  am  quite  sure 
that  he  was  not  then  proving  his  point 
very  well  for  the  simple  reason  that 
probably  nobody  whatever  at  that  time 
could  have  done  it  by  that  means.  His 
struggling  film  service  bureau  supplied 
no  actual  films.  He  was  just  a  broker. 
He  merely  advised  on  "planned"  non- 
theatrical  programs,  leaving  the  physical 
handling  to  those  who  actually  had  the 
films  and  acted  on  his  order.  Fortunately, 
this  young  man — Warren  Dunham  Foster 
was  his  name — did  not  depend  for  his 
income  wholly  on  this  enterprise.  For 
seven  years  he  had  been  one  of  the 
editors  of  The  Youth's  Companion.  Be- 
fore that  he  had  been  a  newspaperman 
in  Chicago,  and  an  instructor  in  English 
at   Iowa   State  College. 

But,  while  in  his  little  Boston  hide- 
away, Foster  conceived  the  idea  of  de- 
veloping the  wartime  picture  work  of 
the  International  Y.M.C.A.  under  his 
own  direction.  Being  in  New  York 
shortly  thereafter,  he  went  into  the  City 
Qub  and,  on  two  or  three  pages  of  note- 
paper,  hastily  drafted  a  proposal  to 
supply  the  International  Y.M.C.A.  with 
all  the  pictures  needed.  The  work  was 
to  be  done  at  cost,  including  Foster's 
own  salary.  To  be  sure,  the  Y.M.C.A. 
had  had  a  slight  apprenticeship  in  pro- 
viding films  for  the  soldiers  during  the 
late  Mexican  trouble;  but  now  the  of- 
ficials were  literally  swamped  by  the 
terrific,  unprecedented  demands  of  world- 
wide war  service — and  Foster  had  ap- 
peared, almost  providentially,  it  seemed, 
to  relieve  them  of  a  sizeable  mass  of 
troublesome  detail.  Consequently,  they 
signed  his  proposal  at  once  and  rather 
off  hand. 

Able  now  to  draw  money  on  vouchers 
as  needed,  Foster  began  to  build  his 
organization.  Unused  to  the  physical 
handling  of  films,  he  engaged  Henry 
Bollman  as  one  who  could  care  for  that 
phase.  Bollman  had  lately  graduated  from 
Harvard  and  had  attended  the  New 
England  Conservatory  of  Music  in  Bos- 
ton, and,  by  virtue  of  that  training,  was 
then  in  New  York,  occupied  in  writing 
cued  scores  for  Becker,  the  musical 
director  for  Fox  Films,  and  in  engaging 


men   for  the  Fox  theatre  orchestras. 

It  now  became  practicable  for  the 
Community  Motion  Picture  Bureau  to 
remove  to  New  York,  Foster  opening 
offices  at  71  West  23rd  Street,  the  Ma- 
sonic Temple  Building.  The  Y.M.C.A. 
backing,  both  money  and  influence,  en- 
abled him  to  begin  large  scale  operations 
at  once.  As  to  obtaining  pictures,  he  was 
authorized,  through  the  Y.M.C.A.  for  the 
Government,  to  draw  upon  the  theatrical 
exchanges.  And  then  it  was  simple  enough 
to  spread  word  that  he  was  in  the 
market  for  supplies  from  other  quarters. 
Then;  were  many  concentrated  stocks 
lying  idle,  to  be  had  just  as  cheaply 
as  the  Lubin  library  had  been  taken 
over. 

The  matter  of  censoring  collected  ma- 
terial being  another  vital  consideration, 
he  summoned  his  mother,  Mrs.  Edith 
Dunham  Foster,  a  truly  remarkable 
woman,  and  made  her  chief  editor.  His 
father  was  brought  in,  too;  but  the 
old  gentleman  was,  all  and  all,  rather  a 
vague  figure  on  the  scene,  making  need- 
ful speeches  now  and  then  on  the  char- 
acter of  the  work,  but  otherwise  not 
nearly  as  active  as  the  other  members 
of  his  family.  Then  there  was  an  effi- 
cient and  personable  young  woman  named 
Gladys  Whitehill.  She  found  a  formid- 
able job  alvaiting  her  as  secretary  and 
volunteer-at-large. 

Henry  Bollman  was  with  the  organi- 
zation only  briefly  at  first,  just  long 
enough  to  institute  a  routine  in  handling 
reels.  Then  he  enlisted  in  the  Army, 
became  a  first  lieutenant,  and  went  to 
France.  He  was  there  for  a  year.  Re- 
turning intact,  he  was  reengaged  by 
Foster  and  placed  in  charge  of  the  Navy 
section,  the  function  of  which  was  to 
purvey  entertainment  films  to  about  a 
hundred  ships.  It  was  after  that  that 
he  added  the  romantic  touch  to  the 
enterprise  by  persuading  the  comely  Miss 
Whitehill  to  become  Mrs.  Bollman. 
Together  these  two  subsequently  wrote 
Motion  Pictures  for  Community  Needs, 
one  of  the  first,  sizable  books  on  non 
theatricals  —  the  "community"  of  the 
title  being  in  the  general  sense,  and  not 
referring  to  Community  Motion  Pictures 
Bureau. 

Also  prominent  among  the  aides  was 
Forrest     Izard.      He    had    served    with 


Page   86 


The  Educational  Screen 


William  Horton  Foster's  chief 
importance  to  Community  was  his 
platform  eloquence  in  attesting  ac- 
complishments of  his  wife  and  son. 

Foster  as  a  staff  writer  on  The  Youth's 
Companion  in  Boston.  Apart  from  con- 
siderations of  friendship,  there  was  ex- 
cellent reason  to  believe  that  he  was  a 
competent  judge  of  dramatic  values.  A 
well-received  book  of  his,  Heroines  of 
the  Modern  Stage,  had  been  published  in 
1915  in  a  series  of  which  Foster  was 
the  general  editor ;  and  when  Izard  was 
summoned  to  New  York,  he  left  a  happy, 
enviable  place  as  assistant  to  H.  T.  P., 
celebrated  dramatic  and  musical  critic 
of  the  Boston  Transcript.  Mr.  Parker 
would  not  have  had  Mr.  Izard  there  had 
Mr.  Izard  been  unable  to  deliver. 

The  Fosters  coaxed  and  cajoled  and 
possibly  browbeat  theatrical  producers, 
industrialists,  and  many  others  who  had 
made  motion  pictures,  into  donating 
prints  for  the  great  war  service.  Those 
who  simply  could  not  give  were  per- 
suaded, as  a  patriotic  duty,  to  part  with 
prints  at  cost — and  the  laboratories  made 
Community  special  rates  to  reduce  that. 
No  doubt,  as  the  inevitable  detractors 
said,  the  Fosters  acquired  large  stocks 
of  useless  material ;  but  that  criticism 
might  be  directed  against  any  group 
undertaking  work  on  so  vast  a  scale  and 
in  such  an  emergency.  Besides,  such 
opinion  is  no  part  of  this  history.  For 
these  pages  it  may  be  set  down,  rather, 
that  heavy  buying  by  the  Fosters  enabled 
many  a  little  non-theatrical  producer 
who  could  not  otherwise  dispose  of  his 
earnest  work  at  any  price,  to  survive  for 
better  things. 

Most  of  Mrs.  Foster's  editorial  work 
was  to  sit  in  judgment  on  the  newly- 
received  films,  cutting  out  all  the  pretty 
ladies,  drinking  scenes,  naughty  titles 
and  similar  slips  which  might  demoralize 
the  soldiers  in  the  trenches.  Reporting 
to  her,  for  her  guidance,  were  division 
workers  of  the  Bureau  and  of  the 
Y.  M.  C.  A.,  stationed  at  many  strategic 
points  over  the  United  States  and  in 
Europe.  But  whenever  she  had  a  batch 
of  films  satisfactory  to  herself,  she  was 
able  to  unload  the  responsibility  on  a 
committee  of  ladies  and  gentlemen  who 
represented  expert  knowledge  on  as  many 
channels  of  specialized  picture  exhibition. 
It  was  known  as  the  Motion  Picture 
Division  of  the  War  Work  Council  of 
the    Y.M.C.A. 


Working  With  Thk  Fosters 

On  this  committee  was  Mrs.  Elizabeth 
Richey  Dessez.  For  George  Kleine  she 
just  lately  had  been  promoting  church 
and  school  support  of  Edison's  "Conquest 
Pictures,"  which  was  the  name  of  Edi- 
son's theatrical  "family  program."  And, 
if  this  was  not  recommendation  enough, 
one  might  point  to  the  fact  that  she  had 
attracted  Kleine's  attention  originally  by 
her  marked  success  as  a  pioneer  in  de- 
veloping Saturday  morning  movie  mati- 
nees for  children. 

One  of  the  still  more  active  members 
of  the  committee  was  George  J.  Zeh- 
rung,  a  young  Ohioan  destined  heavily 
to  influence  the  later  shaping  of  the  non- 
theatrical  field.  Zehrung  represented  the 
Y.M.C.A.  International  Committee,  which 
he  had  joined  in  1916  after  thirteen  years 
spent  as  an  instructor  in  fine  and  manual 
arts  in  the  New  York  City  schools.  When 
he  first  came  to  the  Y.M.C.A.  he  had 
been  in  charge  of  the  stereoptican  slides 
for  .Association  centers ;  and  then  he  per- 
sonally drew  posters  and  charts  for  the 
entertainment  programs.  His  presence 
on    this    particular    committee    indicated 


When  Opportunity  knocked,  Warren 
Dunham  Foster  was  ready.  His  Com- 
munity Motion  Picture  Bureau  was  the 
most  striking  non-theatrical  manifest- 
ation of  wartime,  from   1917   to   1921. 


that,  despite  the  great  new  activity  of 
Community,  the  Y.M.C.A.  Motion  Pic- 
ture Bureau  had  not  gone  out  of  exist- 
ence. The  Fosters  were  engaged  pri- 
marily in  caring  for  the  army  and  navy 
aspects ;  and  the  Y.M.C.A.,  therefore, 
had  plenty  of  other  deserving  non-com- 
batant groups  to  be  cheered  and  educated. 

At  the  New  York  headquarters  of  the 
Y.  M.  C.  A.  Bureau  which,  for  most  of 
the  war  period  was  on  upper  Seventh 
Avenue,  was  Dr.  Ricker's  young  friend 
Walter  Yorke,  who  also  was  destined  to 
become  well-known  in  the  field.  Laboring 
efficiently,  in  his  modest  way,  Yorke  was 
doing  menial  operations — although,  as  a 
matter  of  fact,  even  while  he  then  carried 
reel  cans,  patched  and  rewound  films  and 
scraped  off  old  labels,  he  was  better  in- 
formed on  what  constituted  theatrical 
effectiveness  than  most  of  those  who  gave 
him  orders. 

The  truth  was  that  Walter  Yorke  was 
deliberately,  and  with  characteristic  thor- 
oughness, learning  the  business  from  the 
Ijottom  upward.  The  Y.  M.  C.  A.  opening 
had  been  found  for  him  by  his  good 
friend  Dr.  Ricker ;   but  probably  nobody 


else  tlicrcabouts  dreamed  that  Walter 
Yorke  liad  a  larger  background  in  the 
entertainment  field.  He  had  been  an 
actor.  In  a  team,  the  other  member  of 
which  had  been  the  present  British  screen 
star,  Percy  Marmont,  he  had  barnstormed 
the  English  provinces,  one  of  the  most 
positive  schoolings  in  modern  histrionics. 
Marmont  had  come  to  .America  at  about 
the  same  time  as  Yorke  did,  had  found 
an  opening  at  old  Vitagraph  and,  about 
192.S,  had  lieconie  a  star  in  his  own  riglit 
in  that  organization.  By  then,  as  has  been 
seen,  Yorke  had  found  his  future  in 
another  phase  of  the  business. 

Maurice  Ricker,  representing  the  Y. 
M.  C.  A.  service  abroad,  had  accom- 
plished much  since  he  had  first  arrived 
on  his  European  mission.  Now  he  was 
recalled  by  the  International  Y.  M.  C.  .\. 
and  placed  in  charge  of  the  War  Work 
Council  filtn  work  handling  the  Allied 
Armies  and  Prisoners  of  War  reels — 
the  Fosters  had  only  the  American  .Army 
and  Navy  services  to  consider.  Foster 
probably  had  known  Ricker  earlier,  be- 
cause Ricker  came  from  Iowa  State 
College  and  Foster  himself  had  been  con- 
nected with  the  faculty  there.  But,  apart 
from  all  personal  considerations,  Ricker 
was  well  prepared  to  receive  Foster 
when  that  gentleman  journeyed  to  France 
in  the  spring  of  1917  to  canvass  the 
situation  with  twenty-seven  assistant  in- 
vestigators. They  found  that  important 
regional  centers  of  distribution  had  been 
established  and  that  shows  were  already 
being  given — some  dangerously  within 
range  of  the  big  guns,  between  the  first 
and  second-line  trenches.  One  of  the 
lesser  representatives,  who  was  giving 
Community  shows  in  just  such  circum- 
stances, was  Homer  Croy,  the  well  known 
novelist  and  magazine  writer  of  today. 
The  four  film  distributing  posts  were  es- 
tablished at  Ricker's  central  office  in 
Paris,  at  .American  headquarters  near  the 
front,  and  at  two  base  ports. 

When  Warren  Foster  returned  to  New 
York,  in  August,  1918,  he  told  the  ship 
news  reporters  that  not  only  was  Com- 
munity handling  the  film  service  for  the 
.American  Army,  but  it  was  making  itself 
responsible  for  two-thirds  of  that  for 
the  British  .Army,  all  for  the  Canadians. 
Australians  and  New  Zealanders,  and 
was  cooperating  with  France  through 
the  Foyer  du  Soldat.  In  addition,  an 
especial  extension  was  serving  the  Chi- 
nese, many  thousands  of  whom  were 
working  with  the  British,  French  and 
Americans  now  that  China  had  entered 
the  War.  For  the  English  section  there 
were  a  London  headquarters  and  five 
branches  in  the  United  Kingdom.  Fos- 
ter's avowed  purpose,  as  explained  then, 
was  to  see  that  even  the  small,  remote 
units,  such  as  those  of  the  Coast  Guard, 
were  served,  and,  as  far  as  Americans 
were  concerned,  to  see  that  the  dough- 
boys found  motion  pictures  all  along  the 
line,  beginning  in  the  cantonments. 

As  early  as  May,  1918,  it  was  stated 
that  Community  was  providing  7,000 
thousand-foot  reels  weekly  to  the  United 
States  cantonments  and  100  reels  a  week 
to  the  camps  in  France  where  l.SOO 
reels  already  were  in  circulation.  In  the 
transport  service  were  900  reels,  and  the 
vessels  of  the  Atlantic  Fleet  were  inter- 


March,  19)9 


Page   87 


cliaiiging  US  more.  After  each  show  the 
system  required  the  return  to  Mrs. 
Foster  ol  a  "recreation  canl,"  reporting 
the  si/c  of  the  audience  and  tlic  nature 
oi  the  reception  to  guide  future  bookings. 
Still,  without  questioning  Warren  Fos- 
ter's press  utterances,  it  must  not  be 
supiM'sed  that  Community  stood  for  the 
whoU'  motion  picture  activity  of  the 
American  Government.  Many  leading  di- 
visions maintained  their  own  se|)arate 
film  contacts,  some  of  them  more  or  less 
accidental,  as  when  the  Foreign  Press 
Bureau  noted  the  extraordinary  number 
of  old,  worn-out  American  motion  pic- 
tures which  were  being  shipped  into 
the  Scandiiavian  countries,  and  thereby 
unciivcrcd  the  astounding  fact  that  these 
tattered  films  were  being  relayed  on  into 
Germany,  the  celluloid  base  there  to  be 
reconverted  into  guncotton  for  ammuni- 
tion to  be  used  against  the  Allies. 

\aTIONS    as    PlCTl'RK    .VlAKtRS 

TiiKouc.iroi'T  the  war  period  the  Amer- 
ican (loxcrnment  had  its  own  cinema- 
tographers  regularly  attached  to  Army 
and  Navy  units,  making  official  pictures 
to  be  stored  away  in  the  national  archives. 
These  were  in  addition  to  the  regular 
newsreel  men  assigned  to  war  duty.  The 
"archives"  were,  of  course,  merely  nom- 
inal at  that  time  as  far  as  adequate  pro- 
vision for  films  was  concerned.  At  inter- 
vals, prints  from  the  U.  S.  Government 
negatives  were  released  for  propaganda 
Use  to  the  newsrcels.  Today,  as  a  result 
of  legislation  obtained  by  Secretary  of 
War  Newton  D.  Baker  in  the  summer 
of  1919,  prints  of  most  of  these  negatives 
are  obtainable  at  an  approximate  cost 
of  ten  cents  per  foot  by  any  citizen  re- 
(luiring  such  material  for  a  legitimate 
purjiose. 

When  the  Government  made  its  need 
of  photographers  known,  the  Easttnan 
Kodak  Company  assigned  a  building  in 
its  Rochester  plant  for  the  training  of 
Uncle  Sam's  aspiring  cameramen;  and 
there,  under  some  of  the  finest  photo- 
graphic engineers  in  the  profession,  the 
awkward  squads  were  put  through  a  rig- 
I  irons  preparation  lasting  about  three 
months,  after  which  came  a  period  of 
further  training  at  the  ariny  fields.  Co- 
lumbia University,  too,  gave  courses  in 
that  line,  with  Carl  Gregory  as  "pro- 
fessor." 

For  the  United  States  Government  to 
be  in  the  picture  business  was  not  exactly 
new.  Photographers  had  been  officially 
in  its  employ  for  many  years.  Indeed, 
when  Edward  Muybridge  made  his  first 
"motion  pictures"  in  1872  for  Leiand 
Stanford,  then  Governor  of  California, 
he  was  on  a  leave  of  absence  from  the 
United  States  service  covering  the  Pa- 
cific Coast.  However,  the  United  States 
Government  was  not  the  first  to  make 
.Xmcrican  motion  pictures  of  the  World 
War  or  to  supervise  their  production. 
Even  the  pictures  showing  the  American 
preparations  to  go  overseas  in  1917,  to 
ho  presented  in  France  to  hearten  the 
defenders  there,  were  photographed  by 
Oaumont,  although  in  the  same  year 
Essanay  contracted  with  the  Government 
to  film  the  American  Army  canton- 
ments throughout  the  country. 
From  the  very  beginning  of  hostilities 


newsreel  men  had  Iwen  risking  and  los- 
ing their  lives  to  obtain  scenes  of  the 
fighting.  Moreover,  many  were  veteran 
photographers  of  other  wars.  Gaumont 
had  had  cameramen  with  the  Allies  and 
with  the  opposing  Turks  in  1912.  .\nd 
from  the  beginning  one  hears  of  their 
daring.  The  Boer  War  in  the  Transvaal, 
seen  in  retrosjwct  when  |)cace  had  l)ecn 
ratified,  had  no  recollection  more  strik- 
ing to  a  writer  in  the  staid  Outlook 
of  June  7,  1902,  than  the  cool  behavior, 
under  fire  at  Pretoria,  of  an  unknown 
photographer  with  a  movie  camera. 
Whoever  he  was,  he  probably  was  the 
man  who  made  the  Boer  films  advertised 
by  Urbanora  in  1909. 

But,  if  the  war  cameramen  took  chances 
with  the  enemy,  they  were  generally 
welcome  to  the  officers  to  whose  staflfs 
they  had  been  assigned.  The  hospitality 


The  broad,  calm  view  of  Edith  Dunham 
Foster  unquestionably  inspired  and  shaped 
the  powers  of  her  son  in  consolidating  his 
advantages.  A  truly  remarkable  woman. 


sometimes  seems  to  have  been  rather 
extreme — almost  as  extravagant  as  that 
shown  by  Pancho  Villa  to  the  camera- 
men of  Mutual.  At  least  one  open  charge 
w^as  made  in  1919,  by  a  Lieutenant  G. 
Malins,  that  a  British  general  had  de- 
layed his  attack  on  a  German  redoubt 
solely  that  its  capture  might  tie  properly 
filmed. 

In  the  period  from  1915  to  1916  the 
real  flood  of  "official"  war  pictures  from 
abroad  began  pouring  into  the  United 
States.  In  June.  191S,  had  come  the 
first  official  French  war  films,  first  of 
the  Allied  pictures  of  this  censored  type; 
and  there  already  has  been  mentioned  the 
chagrin  of  Count  von  Bernstoff  at  not 
having  been  able  to  persuade  Wilhelm- 
strasse  to  provide  him  with  German  films 
to  counteract  those  of  the  British.  But 
at  that  time  the  British  had  not  been  at 
it  very  long.  However.  Charles  Urban, 
with  his  Kinemacolor  experience  and 
his  French  Government  service  to  pro- 
vide excellent  credentials,  had  not  been 
precipitate  with  English  propaganda  films 
brought  over  in  1916.  He  had  other 
advantages.  He  stood  so  well  with  the 
American  Government  that  Kinemacolor 
was  even  making  training  pictures  for 
the  United  States  .Army.  And.  of  course, 
once  the  service  was  started,  it  was 
continued.  In  October.  1917,  the  British 
War  Office  proclaimed  that  it  would 
issue   films  from   the   front   to  keep   the 


public  informed,  distributing  prints  over 
France,  Italy,  Portugal,  the  British  Em- 
pire and  the  United  States. 

There  seems  to  have  been  some  con- 
fusion over  the  French  pictures  in  1917, 
for  "official"  prints  were  being  distrib- 
uted from  New  York  and  from  Chicago 
by  a  certain  Mrs.  M.  F.  Fulton,  who 
oflFered  them  to  theatrical  jobbers  on  a 
"state  rights"  basis.  Mrs.  Fulton  not 
only  professed  to  have  "the  only"  official 
French  war  films,  but  she  advertised  also 
a  Belgian  picture  which  she  asserted  had 
been  spirited  to  America  through  Ger- 
many. Pathe  reported  that  its  films  had 
"the  sanction"  of  the  French  Govern- 
ment, and  declared  that  "In  the  Wake  of 
the  Hun"  was  "one  of  the  first."  and  "we 
have  official  credentials  to  prove  this." 
In  the  autumn  of  1917,  further  to  be- 
wilder the  war-torn  public  attention,  came 
the  "official"  films  of  the  Russian  Revo- 
lution, different  versions  appearing  va- 
riously amidst  threats  of  injunction. 

Then,  starting  in  the  fall  of  1917,  the 
.American  Government  produced  especial 
wartime  pictures  for  its  own  study  pur- 
poses, chiefly  through  the  Signal  Corps, 
the  Army  Medical  Museum  of  the  War 
Department,  and  the  Recruiting  Division 
and  the  Marine  Corps  of  the  Navy  De- 
partment. In  1912,  for  instance,  Lieu- 
tenant Edward  H.  Griffith— today  one  of 
the  most  esteemed  directors  in  Holly- 
wood—made "Fit  to  Fight,"  a  film  on 
venereal  di.seascs  for  the  War  Department 
Committee  on  Training  Camp  Activities. 
The  Signal  Corps,  by  virtue  of  its  wide 
field  of  activity  at  this  time,  was  the 
most  prolific.  There  had  been  Army 
pictures  made  under  Government  auspices 
only  a  few  years  earlier,  and  some  I  have 
mentiotied ;  but,  in  the  light  of  the 
recent  experience  on  the  .Allied  fronts, 
most  of  the  existing  ideas  of  what  con- 
stitutes a  good  soldier  had  been  scrapped. 
This  was  apparent  to  civilians  as  well 
as  to  those  actively  in  the  service — but 
I  never  did  know  what  became  of  the 
West  Point  Film  Company,  incorporated 
at  Utica,  N.  Y.,  in  1917,  to  film  military 
evolutions. 

The  Recruiting  Division  of  the  Navy 
made  its  first  really  ambitious,  modem 
production  for  the  Government  in  1917, 
when  it  released  "The  Life  of  a  Sailor." 
Intending  to  keep  the  making  of  this 
free  from  amateur  defects,  naval  officials 
approached  the  HollywocxI  producer. 
Thomas  H.  Ince,  for  his  cooperation. 
He  arranged  for  them  the  supervision  of 
Charles  Johnson  Fost,  West  Coast  pub- 
licity representative  of  Triangle  Film 
Corporation  through  which  Ince  features 
were  released.  The  result  was  notable; 
but  it  is  interesting  to  observe  that  Post 
was  preeminently  an  .Army  man.  a  vet- 
eran of  the  Spanish-.American  War,  "a 
"charter  member."  I  believe,  of  Theodore 
Roosevelt's  Rough  Riders.  Apart  from 
Post's  dual  capabilities  as  a  vigorous 
writer  and  a  gifted  illustrator,  he  was 
then  peculiarlv  in  line  with  the  policies 
of  the  wartime  Demm-ratic  President.  In 
1916  he  was  a  member  of  the  executive 
campaign  coinmittce  and  chairman  of  the 
publicity  committee  of  the  Woodrow 
Wilson  Independent  League  of  Southern 
California. 


Page  88 


The  Educational  Screen 


Committee  on  Pubuc  Information 

It  required  no  trained  eye  to  see  that, 
in  this  critical  period,  the  Government 
needed  publicity  men  even  more  than 
studio  experts  in  its  propaganda  film 
endeavors;  and  it  was  entirely  fitting 
that  work  of  that  sort  came  speedily 
under  the  command  of  a  public  relations 
department.  One  of  the  early  acts  of 
Woodrow  Wilson  after  the  declaration 
of  war  was  the  organization  of  the 
American  propaganda  bureau,  called  the 
Committee  on  Public  Information. 

Its  appointed  head — designated  "chair- 
man" in  the  spring  of  1917,  with  the 
Secretaries  of  Navy  and  War  as  members 
— was  George  Creel,  a  young  man  re- 
markable at  once  for  fearlessness,  jour- 
nalistic skill  and  political  prudence.  These 
qualifications  had  manifested  themselves 
in  his  work  as  editor  of  newspapers  in 
Kansas  City  and  Denver,  as  police  chief 
of  the  latter  city  in  a  turbulent  time, 
and  as  contributor  of  alert,  penetrating 
articles  on  national  issues  to  the  fore- 
most magazines.  He  also  enjoyed  a  re- 
flected fame  in  being  the  husband  of 
Blanche  Bates,  the  Belasco  stage  star. 
And,  many  years  later,  in  1934,  with 
frequent  public  appearances  between, 
George  Creel  was  to  be  the  Democratic 
candidate  for  the  governorship  of  Cal- 
ifornia. 

In  July,  1917,  the  President  specifically 
asked  the  National  Association  of  the 
Motion  Picture  Industry  to  cooperate 
with  the  new  Committee  and,  the  mem- 
bers, responding  promptly  with  a  pledge 
to  contribute  films  for  U.  S.  soldiers 
while  they  were  on  French  soil,  appointed 
to  act  for  them  a  War  Board  headed  by 
William  A.  Brady.  This  Board  continued 
its  useful  work  throughout  the  war  period 
and,  at  the  close,  was  thanked,  compli- 
mented and  dismissed  by  the  President. 
During  the  spring  of  1918,  Universal 
Film  Company  released  a  picture  called 
"The  Yanks  are  Coming"  and,  inasmuch 
as  the  Wright-Dayton  Airplane  Company 
had  been  financially  interested  in  its  pro- 
duction and  it  was  considered  commer- 
cial propaganda  taking  advantage  of  the 
wartime  screens,  the  Film  Board  of  the 
Committee  on  Public  Information  stopped 
it.  The  Universal  Company,  through  its 
vice-president,  Robert  H.  Cochrane,  at 
once  charged  the  Hearst  interests  with 
the  move,  and  gave  out  a  list  purporting 
to  show  that  all  members  of  the  Board 
were  former  Hearst  men.  The  squabble 
continued  into  midsummer,  typical  of 
the  obstacles  put  in  the  way  of  Creel's 
performance  of  duty  at  a  crucial  time 
in  the  national  welfare. 

In  November,  1918,  chiefly  to  forestall 
embarassments  of  this  sort.  Creel  ap- 
pointed an  experienced  newspaperman, 
Charles  S.  Hart,  war  supervisor  for  the 
Committee's  Division  of  Films.  He  was 
given  jurisdiction  over  all  commercial 
production,  leading,  of  course,  to  further 
charges  of  despotism,  suppression  of  free 
speech  and  all  the  remaining  abuse  usual 
in  such  circumstances.  There  were  a 
great  many  other  political  efforts  to 
"knife"  Creel  until  he  announced  his 
resignation,  his  work  done,  to  take  effect 
in  the  spring  of  1919.  Hart  worked 
steadily  along  with  him  to  the  end,   his 


/Veart  Month 

April  brings  Part  Eight.  It  will 
describe  the  dramatic  incep- 
tion of  Francis  Holley's  Bureau 
of  Commercial  Economics  and 
the  development  of  some  other 
early  efforts  to  supply  peace- 
time audiences  with  industrial, 
educational  and  social  service 
motion  pictures.  No  one  Inter- 
ested In  the  broad  subject  of 
visual  education  can  afford  to 
miss  this  unique,  first  history 
of  the  non -theatrical  field, 
which  will  continue  serially  In 
these  columns  for  many  months 
to  come.    Subscribe  now. 


last  big  job  in  January,  1919,  when  he 
arranged  to  film  the  overseas  trip  of 
President  Wilson  and  his  party  to  the 
Peace  Conference  at  Versailles.  In  the 
midsummer  of  1919,  however.  Creel  and 
the  other  officials  of  the  Committee  on 
Public  Information  were  constrained  pub- 
licly to  relate  what  they  had  done  to 
serve  their  country  and  to  deny  film 
frauds. 

One  of  the  first  obviously  wise  moves 
in  making  large  activities  work  smoothly 
is  to  merge  duplicating  efforts.  This 
was  done  in  commanding  the  .Allied 
armies,  and  it  was  done  by  Creel  with 
the  foreign  propaganda  films  which  were 
promptly  merged  and  issued  for  Ameri- 
can audiences  as  the  "Allied  War  Re- 
view." The  material  received  from 
abroad  was  edited  by  the  dependable 
Charles  Urban,  assisted  by  the  ex- 
perienced Ray  L.  Hall. 

Hall,  whose  name  has  not  occurred  in 
these  pages  heretofore,  had  the  journal- 
istic recommendation  of  having  been 
born  a  Hoosier,  seasoned  by  various  jobs 
with  the  International  Press  Association. 
After  having  been  successively  editor  of 
the  short-lived  "Hearst-Selig  News  Pic- 
torial" and  the  "Hearst-Vitagraph  News 
Pictorial."  he  had  been  called  npon  to 
organize  the  motion  picture  activities  of 
the  American  Red  Cross,  at  which 
juncture,  it  seems,  he  was  requisitioned 
for  the  "Allied  War  Review,"  and  to 
serve,  indeed,  as  production  manager  of 
the  entire  Creel  Division  of  Films. 

There  were,  of  course,  many  other 
film  activities  of  the  Government  over 
which  the  Creel  committee  had  no  juris- 
diction— the  secret  motion  picture  work 
of  the  Army  and  the  Navy,  for  example. 
For  another  instance,  in  December,  1918, 
the  Fuel  Administration  engaged  Pathe 
to  make  a  film  to  be  used  in  stimulating 
the  coal  output.  It  was  in  story  form, 
starred  no  less  a  screen  favorite  than 
Pearl  White,  and  was  directed  by  George 
B.  Seitz.  The  scenario  was  by  Bertram 
Millhauser.  There  were  also  State  ef- 
forts uncontrolled  bv  Creel,  such  as  the 
subject  undertaken  in  1917  by  the  De- 
fense Commission  of  Pennsylvania  to 
urge  farmers  to  increase  food  produc- 
tion.    To  build  the  figurative  ring  fence 


around  these  was  more  than  any  national 
Committee  on  Public  Information  could 
hope  to  do. 

Creel  had  many  acquaintances  in  the 
motion  picture  field — some  very  eager 
ones  as  soon  as  he  was  marked  by  the 
finger  of  political  preferment— but,  when 
it  came  to  preparing  films  for  home 
consumption,  he  sought  out  some  jour- 
nalistic friends  of  his  less  turbulent  days. 
One  was  Rufus  Steele,  magazine  writer, 
Sunday  Editor  of  the  San  Francisco 
Chronicle  in  the  time  of  the  great  earth- 
quake and  fire,  and  in  recent  years  and 
until  his  death  in  December,  1935,  writer 
of  the  "March  of  the  Nations"  column 
on  the  front  page  of  the  Christian 
Science  Monitor. 

Another  was  Carlyle  Ellis,  formerly 
with  Theodore  Dreiser  in  the  editorial 
department  of  the  Butterick  Publica- 
tions, and  later  eastern  scenario  editor 
of  Triangle  Films  Corporation,  in  New 
York.  I  well  remember  the  day,  early 
in  1916,  when  George  Creel,  a  slender, 
quiet,  serious  chap,  called  on  my  friend 
Carlyle  Ellis,  in  the  open  office  of  Tri- 
angle, to  obtain  dependable,  confidential 
information  on  how  the  film  industry  was 
being  run — although  that  was  ostensibly 
for  a  magazine  article.  Two  years  were 
to  elapse  before  the  time  was  ripe  for 
Ellis  to  join  Creel  at  the  Committee  on 
Public  Information.  Government  appoint- 
ments do  not  come  about  as  rapidly  as 
many  persons  think  they  do. 

Nevertheless,  in  the  interval  between 
Creel's  visit  and  his  actual  engagement, 
Ellis  was  to  have  some  useful  ex- 
perience. Steele  was  taken  on  first,  with 
the  title  Editor  of  the  Films  Division, 
his  work  primarily  to  be  the  selection, 
cutting  and  assembly  of  American  war 
scenes  for  propaganda  use.  When  place 
was  made  for  Ellis,  it  was  as  an  assistant 
who  knew  actually  how  to  handle  film, 
to  see  it  through  the  laboratory,  to  edit 
it — if  need  be,  to  photograph  it. 

Before  Ellis  had  been  appointed  eastern 
scenario  editor  of  Triangle,  he  had  been 
West  Coast  publicity  representative  of 
the  same  organization,  predecessor  in 
Los  Angeles  of  Charles  Johnson  Post, 
spending  days  and  months  in  close  con- 
tact with  Hollywood  and  Culver  City 
studios  of  Ince,  Griffith  and  Sennett,  the 
outstanding  theatrical  film  producers  of 
the  time.  The  Eastern  studios  presently 
proved  impracticable  to  maintain,  and 
Ellis  found  himself  at  liberty.  Universal 
Film  Manufacturing  Company  —  they 
were  very  slow  in  changing  their  anti- 
quated name — had  just  opened  an  indus- 
trial production  department  under  Harry 
Levey,  of  whom  more  later;  and  Ellis 
joined  the  staff  as  scenario  writer.  This 
onerous  duty  expanded  and  he  was  made 
a  director,  because  Levey,  with  more 
executive  aspirations  than  learnings 
toward  art,  did  not  wish  to  direct  pic- 
tures himself;  and  in  this  capacity  Ellis 
produced  the  second  film  starring  May 
Irwin.  The  first  was  that  notorious 
Edison  subject,  "The  Kiss,"  which  she 
made  with  John  C.  Rice  in  1896,  and 
which  is  commonly  held  to  have  been 
the  earliest  provocation  to  screen  cen- 
sorship. 

(To  be  continued) 


March,  19)9 


Page  89 


AMONG  OURSELVES 

Notes  from  and  by  the  Department  of  Visual  Instruction,  N.E.A. 


Conducted  by  the  Editorial  Committee 
Etta  Schneider,  Chairman 


Reflections  on  the  Cleveland  Meeting:  An  Open  Letter 


T\  t,AR  Mfiiihers: 

When  I  joined  the  Department  of  Visual  In- 
struction, it  was  with  much  enthusiasm  because  I 
believed  that  the  ideals  for  which  this  Department 
stood  would  strongly  affect  the  progress  of  educa- 
tion in  general.  I  have  just  returned  from  an  in- 
teresting, yes,  even  exciting  session  at  Cleveland, 
and  after  a  good  sleep,  I  have  taken  time  for  re- 
flection. I  should  like  to  share  with  you  some  of 
my  misgivings,  and  place  before  you  some  of  the 
lines  of  action   which   seem   to   be   urgently   needed. 

If  democracy  is  to  survive  in  this  country,  edu- 
cation must  face  its  responsibility  toward  its  preser- 
vation— and  every  agency  of  education  must,  in 
turn,  expend  all  its  efforts  to  that  end.  The  De- 
partment of  Visual  Instruction,  it  seems  to  me, 
has  never  been  in  so  favorable  a  position  to  act 
for  the  general  good  as  it  is  now.  The  immediate 
problem  is  not  so  much,  Should  we  have  a  consti- 
tution now  or  in  June;  Should  the  director  of  visual 
education  insist  on  advance  requisitions  for  ma- 
terials, etc.  It  should  be :  How  can  materials  on 
democracy  and  international  relations  best  be  pro- 
duced to  serve  in  the  large  program  in  which  we 
are  all  engaged? 

The  appeals  of  so  illustrious  a  group  of  educa- 
tional leaders  as  Dr.  Shaw,  Dr.  Cherrington,  and 
Dr.  Stoddard  must  not  go  unanswered.  Dr.  Reuben 
T.  Shaw,  President  of  the  National  Education  As- 
sociation, for  example,  made  an  impassioned  plea 
for  films  which  would  interpret  what  we  mean  by 
democracy ;  for  films  which  would  interpret  the 
achievements  and  shortcomings  of  American  edu- 
cation ;  for  films  made  by  teachers  as  a  wholesome 
form  of  creative  expression.  Dr.  Ben  M.  Cherring- 
ton, Chief  of  the  Cultural  Relations  Division,  State 
Department,  Washington,  D.  C,  in  speaking  to 
about  400  persons  at  a  joint  luncheon  meeting  of 
the  Department  of  Visual  Instruction,  the  Depart- 
ment of  Secondary,  and  the  Department  of  Tech- 
nical High  Schools,  appealed  especially  to  the  visual 
instructionists  to  accelerate  the  cultural  relations 
program  with  Latin  America  through  the  produc- 
tion of  films  in  which  we  could  interpret  our  Ameri- 
can ideals  of  democracy  to  our  neighbors.  Dr.  A.  J. 
Stoddard,  Superintendent  of  Schools  of  Denver, 
for  some  years  identified  with  the  motion  picture 
movement,  described  an  interesting  film-production 
activity  in  Denver.  The  keynote  of  his  talk,  how- 
ever,  was   that  teachers   can  no  longer  afford  to 


overlook  the  power  of  the  motion  picture  as  a 
medium  of  instruction. 

These  leaders  in  education  came  to  our  Depart- 
ment with  definite  requests  for  cooperation  in  a 
common  cause.  To  what  extent  are  we,  as  a 
Department,  functioning  in  collaboration  with  other 
educational  agencies?  To  what  extent  are  we 
narrowly  limiting  our  efforts  toward  getting  more 
projectors  placed  in  schools  and  more  films  in 
classrooms  ?  , 

The  Department  of  Visual  Instruction,  I  believe, 
should  be  acting  in  a  position  of  leadership  to 
integrate  the  efforts  of  many  other  agencies  and 
individuals  in  this  field.  General  Education  Board, 
Carnegie  Foundation,  Sloan  Foundation,  to  name 
a  few  of  the  philanthropic  organizations,  are  sub- 
sidizing some  remarkable  experimentation  under 
the  direction  of  outstanding  people.  Other  educa- 
tional groups,  such  as  the  Department  of  Secondary 
Education,  the  Department  of  Elementary  Prin- 
cipals, the  National  Council  of  Teachers  of  English, 
the  Society  for  Curriculum  Study  are  all  engaged 
in  exploratory  and  creative  work  in  this  field. 
What  should  our  Department  be  doing  in  relation 
to  all  these  efforts? 

I  believe  that  some  clarification  of  purposes  and 
lines  of  action  are  necessary  at  this  time.  With  a 
membership  made  up  of  producers,  distributors, 
research  workers,  administrators,  supervisors,  and 
classroom  teachers  we  certainly  should  be  able  to 
produce  significant  materials  and  see  that  these 
materials  are  intelligently  put  to  use.  Let  us  con- 
sider the  contributions  that  each  member  of  the 
Department  can  make  to  the  cause  of  education 
through  our  organization. 

There  are  several  possibilities  for  carrying  a  sig- 
nificant program  into  action  at  this  time.  The 
greatest  need,  however,  is  for  concentrating  our 
efforts  on  the  question :  What  is  a  significant  pro- 
gram for  our  Department?  Significant,  I  should  ex- 
plain, not  to  any  particular  group  in  society,  but  to 
the  children  whomi  we  are  all  engaged  in  guiding 
and  developing. 

There  are  three  groups  now  being  set  up  in  the 
Department  to  carry  out  the  wishes  of  the  mem- 
bership regarding  further  steps: 

1.  The  program  committee  for  the  San  Francisco 
N.E.A.  convention.  Should  we  instruct  them  to  plan 
for  small  gn"oup  meetings  of  our  own  membership? 
Should  we  instruct  them  to  try  a  program  of  col- 
laboration with  other  departments  of  the  N.E.A. 
as  far  as  possible? 


Page  90 


The  Educational  Screen 


2.  The  Yearbook  committee,  now  working  in 
collaboration  with  the  Society  for  Curriculum 
Study.  What  should  the  visual  aids  do  in  a  modern 
curriculum?  Are  we  agreed  on  the  educational 
objectives  to  be  served,  and  the  types  of  materials 
necessary  in  such  a  program?  If  we  are,  it  is  likely 
that  visual  aids  that  are  entirely  different  from  those 
now  available  will  have  to  be  produced. 

3.  The  committee  to  study  the  possibility  of 
using  visual  aids  in  intercultural  relations. 

One  of  the  most  outstanding  activities  reported 
upon  at  the  Cleveland  meetings  was  that  of  the 
Sloan  Foundation.  Our  Department  has  been  called 
upon  for  advice,  based  on  experimentation,  regard- 
ing the  possibility  of  producing  motion  pictures  to 
serve  as  a  basis  for  discussion  in  the  field  of  eco- 
nomics. Here  is  a  challenge  to  put  into  practice 
some  of  the  ideas  about  which  we  speak. 

We  should  like  very  much  to  have  expressions 
of  opinion  from  our  membersliip.  The  columns  of 
"Among  Ourselves"  are  yours  for  carrying  your 
judgment  to  other  members.  How  can  our  Depart- 
ment best  serve  the  needs  of  education?  Unless 
we  can  pick  up  basic  issues  as  they  arise,  and  pitch 
in  toward  a  socially  desirable  solution,  have  we  a 
reason  for  being? 

Sincerely  yours, 
Etta   Schneider 

Query  of  the  Month 

A  very  interesting  aspect  of  our  field  which  merits 
some  discussion  by  our  readers,  is; 

Should  a  Department  of  Visual  Instruction  be  con- 
cerned zmth  the  trends  in  theatrical  film  production, 
their  influence  on  children,  and  the  power  they  wield 
as  a  social  force  in  the  lives  of  our  citizens? 

Answers  to  Previous  Query 

Some  of  the  interesting  comments  from  our  alert 
readers  regarding  the  question  "Are  there  any  good 
educational  films?"  read  as  follows: 

"I  am  not  so  concerned  over  the  item  which  claims  there  are 
no  good  educational  films  on  the  market  if  the  item  gives  no 
definition  of  the  term,  'educational.'  ....  I  have  used  films  in 
my  classes  for  ten  years.  I  am  of  the  opinion  that  a  film  may 
be  or  may  not  be  educational  just  to  the  extent  that  the  teacher 
makes  it  so. 

"If  we  define  the  term  educational  as,  causing  the  child  to 
make  desirable  generalizations  which  will  enable  him  to  make 
individual  adjustments  to  his  social  conditions ;  then  I  would 
contend  that  there  are  educational  films  on  the  market  available 
to  schools.  But  any  discussion  of  educational  films,  whether 
silent  or  sound,  should  not  omit  the  importance  of  the  teacher. 
.  .  .  Yes,  in  the  light  of  my  theories  concerning  motion  pictures, 
there  are  many  good  educational  films  on  the  market. 

Carl  W.  Dalrympi.e,  (in  charge  of  visual  aids) 

Pettingill  Jr.  High  School 

Lansing,   Michigan 

"I  disagree  with  the  statement  that  there  are  no  good  educa- 
tional films.  In  using  films  as  aids  to  children's  learning,  we 
have  found  some  that  have  supplemented  school  experiences  in 
a  very  worth  while  manner.  We  are  interested  in  using  films 
of  outstanding  merit  which  serve,  better  than  any  other  avail- 
able materials,  specific  needs  of  our  children A  discussion 

of  a   'good   educational   film'  must  include,   in  my  opinion,   the 
purpose  which  it  serves  and  the  way  in  which  it  is  used." 

Florence  E.  Taylor,  (chairman.  Film  Committee) 
Horace  Mann  School,  Teachers  College 


"...  I  cannot  agree  with  the  statement  that  there  are  no 
good  educational  films  on  the  market. 

"Probably  ten  years  from  now  we  may  look  back  upon  the 
educational  films  of  today  as  obsolete,  but  nevertheless,  in  terms 
of  past  experiences  and  in  terms  of  modern  teaching  techniques 
and  procedures,  there  are  many  good  educational  films  on  the 
market  today.     If  we  were  to  select  any  number  of  these  films, 
such  as  "The  Old  South"  (Eastman,  silent)  or  "The  .-Xd ventures 
of  Bunny  Rabbit"   (Erpi,  sound)   and  present  them  to  a  group 
of  interested  teachers,  I  think  you  would  find  very  few  teachers 
who  would  have  any  suggestions  for  improving  the  film." 
Alvin  B.  Roberts,  Principal 
Haw  Creek  Township  High   School 
Gibson,  Illinois 

"I  believe  that  the  person  who  wrote  that  article  stating  that 
there  were  no  good  educational  films  on  the  market  was  mis- 
taken. I  also  heard  an  educator  in  visual  education  work  make 
a  similar  statement  about  the  films.  While  many  of  the  films 
leave  much  to  be  desired,  we  have  found  just  as  many  helpful 
ones.  ...  I  have  shown,  for  example,  a  film  on  Spiders  to 
one  group  who  were  so  interested  that  they  brought  in  a  spider 
to  school,  read  all  they  could  about  spiders,  asked  the  biology 
department  about  the  kind  they  had  found,  and  finally  returned 

it  to  the  place  where  it  was  found I  could  cite  many 

other  examples  about  the  films  and  the  attitudes  of  children 
toward  them,  because  I  show  the  films  myself  every  day  and 
I  have  eyes  to  see !" 

Mrs.  R.  B.  Jainer  (Visual  Instruction  Committee) 

Lincoln  School 

New  Brunswick,   N.  J. 

"As  a  teacher,  I  have  used  many  films  I  consider  to  be  ex- 
cellent, both  from  the  standpoint  of  learning  and  from  the 
standpoint  of  adaptation  to  classroom  methods.  But  most  of 
these  films,  well  suited  as  they  were  for  one  situation,  would 
be  poorly  suited  in  another.  A  survey  type  of  film  would  be 
as  unsatisfactory  in  presenting  specific  items  of  information, 
as  would,  for  example,  a  film  on  the  action  of  the  licart  in 
explaining  the  action  of  the  human  as  a  whole.  Many  films 
are  suited  principally  for  traditional  methods  of  subject  matter 
presentation  while,  at  the  same  time,  many  are  equally  well 
adapted  only  to  a  child  centered  program. 

"Nevertheless,  I  agree  with  the  statement  to  the  extent  of 
believing  that  the  great  majority  of  films  now  available  are 
poor.  The  difficulty  for  a  teacher,  when  she  is  faced  with  a 
selection  of  films,  unless  she  has  a  thorough  knowledge  of  the 
field,  must  be  admitted.  No  doubt,  it  is  a  similar  lack  of  ac- 
quaintance with  the  field,  or  lack  of  knowledge  of  the  many 
teaching  techniques  and  of  the  psychology  of  learning  that 
prompted  the   sweeping   condemnation  quoted. 

"If,  as  was  suggested,  the  writer  of  that  statement  does 
propose  to  enter  into  the  production  of  educational  films,  let 
us  hope  that  he  takes  thorough  cognizance  of  the  psychology 
of  learning,  of  modern  educational  method  and  philosophy,  of 
curriculum  trends,  and  of  administrative  problems  through  the 
supervision  and  advice  of  educators." 

Donald    C.    Doane,    Graduate    Student 
Teachers  College,  Columbia  University 

New  England  Section  to  Meet 

The  New  England  Section  of  the  Department  of 
Visual  Instruction  of  the  N.  E.  A.,  will  hold  its  Tenth 
Annual  Visual  Education  Conference  on  Saturday, 
April  8,  1939  at  Boston  University  School  of  Education. 
There  will  be  two  sessions,  the  morning  starting  at  10 
A.  M.  and  the  afternoon  at  2  P.M.  Many  producers 
and  distributors  of  visual  material  will  exhibit. 

The  speakers  include:  Mrs.  Anne  O.  Peet,  Head  of 
the  Exhibits  Department  of  the  Childrens  Museum, 
who  will  speak  on  the  "Use  of  Museum  Material  in 
the  Classroom ;"  Dr.  Howard  A.  Gray,  Director  of 
Field  Studies,  Erpi  Classroom  Films,  whose  subject 
will  be  "Use  of  Instructional  Sound  Film ;"  Dr.  Earl 


March,  I9i9 


Page   91 


U.  Tiiilli-.  Repri'scntative  of  Eastman  Teaching  Films, 
wlio  will  discuss  and  dt'nionslrate  silent  fdms ;  Mr. 
George  K.  Hamilton,  Vice  President  of  Keystone 
View  Co..  who  will  give  a  lecture  demonstration  on 
"Showing  vs.  Using  I.antern  Slides;"  Mr.  William  F. 
Krnse  of  the  Hell  and  Howell  Co.,  who  will  talk  on 
"Kxtending  the  Walls  of  the  Classroom;"  and  Dr. 
Irving  Anderson  of  Harvard  University,  who  will 
show  his  remedial  reading  fdms  and  discuss,  "Use  of 
Motion  Picture  fur  Remedial  Reading." 
New  Jersey  Meetings 

The  Second  .\iinual  Northern  New  Jersey  Confer- 
ence and  Dinner  Meeting  of  the  New  Jersey  Visual 
Education  Association   was    held    in    Englewood    on 


Thursday.  February  9.  1939.  .\n  hour's  Conference 
jK-riod  was  devoted  to  "Visualization  in  the  Cur- 
riculum." dealing  with  subject  matter,  organization 
and  administration,  and  demonstration.  This  was  fol- 
lowed by  the  dinner  meeting  which  included  on  its 
program  a  presentation  of  "Radio  Vision"  by  Joseph 
Moriarty  of  Wallington ;  "1-aiitern  Slides"  by  Paul 
Van  Ness,  Scotch  Plains;  "Marionettes"  by  Emily 
.\mson  of  New  York  City ;  "Technique  of  Classroom 
Use  of  a  Silent  F^ilm,"  by  \V.  V.  Robinson  of 
Bayonne. 

Plans  are  going  forward  for  the  Central  New 
Jersey  Meeting,  which  is  expected  to  be  held  at  High- 
land Park  in  the  Spring. 


Association  of  School  Film  Libraries  Meets 


On  February  28tli  at  the  Statler  Hotel  in  Cleveland, 
was  hell!  the  first  member  meeting  of  the  Associa- 
tion of  School  F'ilm  Libraries,  a  non-profit  corpora- 
tion, established  in  June.  1938,  through  a  grant  from 
the  General  I'.ducation  Board,  under  which  it  is 
assured  of  financial  support  through  June,  1939.  Mr.  J. 
C.  Wardlaw.  President  of  the  Association's  Board 
of  Directors,  acted  as  Chairman  of  the  meeting 
which  he  said  was  called  to  seek  suggestions,  and 
counsel  on  the  further  development  and  direction 
of  the  Association's  efforts,  and  recommendations 
of  action  which  would  strengthen  and  increase  its 
services.  Mr.  Fanning  Hearon,  Executive  Director, 
reported  on  the  Association's  present  membership 
and  the  progress  luade  during  the  seven  months 
of  its  existence. 

-Active  membership  in  the  ASFL,  as  previously 
reported  in  these  pages,  is  limited  to  educational 
institutions  and  non-commercial  film  distributors 
serving  the  educational  field.  Of  such  members  it 
now  has  39.  They  pay  an  annual  fee  of  $25.00.  In 
addition,  Mr.  Hearon  reported,  there  are  some  100 
subscribers  to  the  Association's  film  catalog.  These 
subscribers,  who  pay  $5.00  a  year,  can  be  individual 
organizations  or  institutions,  commercial  or  non- 
commercial. The  catalog  is  described  as  a  list  of 
films  "which  have  been  declared  to  have  exceptional 
educational  value."  The  ASFL  does  not  itself  eval- 
uate films,  but  uses  the  film  evaluations  of  the 
Mark  May  Committee,  the  British  Film  Institute, 
and  the  Motion  Picture  Evaluation  project  of  the 
American  Council  on  Education.  The  first  volume 
of  the  catalog,  partially  complete,  is  ready  with 
about  100  films.  It  is  expected  to  be  complete  with 
about  250  filius,  perhaps  in  April.  According  to 
Mr.  Hearon,  additional  catalog  volumes  "will  ap- 
pear as  good  filius  appear,  and  we  shall  forward 
new  pictures  to  the  evaluation  groups  as  regularly 
as  available.  It  is  likely  that  about  200  films  will 
qualify  for  listing  each  year."  The  catalog  will  list 
not  only  products  of  U.  S.  producers,  but  also  those 
from  Gaumont-British  Instructional,  the  British 
and  Swiss  documentary  makers  and  Ufa,  with  which 
the  Association  has  e'^tablished  relations.  It  is  also 
in  contact  with  the  League  of  Nations  film  makers. 


and  the  French  and  Scandinavians. 

One  of  the  Association's  objectives  is  to  secure 
for  its  members  access  to  desirable  films  not  here- 
tofore available,  and  it  has  recently  secured  the 
16  mm  rights  to  the  March  of  Time  documentary 
newsreel  series.  Members  present  reported  excellent 
reaction  to  this  scries  by  educational  film  users. 

Discussion  was  had  on  the  question  of  whether 
the  ASFL  should  encourage  interest  in  the  produc- 
tion of  films  by  schools  and  colleges.  Should  it  set 
up  facilities  to  clear  information  on  school  produced 
films,  and  embark  on  a  coojierative  plan  to  circulate 
such  films?  Should  it  endeavor  to  list  such  films 
in  its  catalog?  In  not  all  instances,  however,  are 
school  produced  films  available  for  distribution  and 
use  by  other  schools.  In  such  cases  no  good  pur- 
pose is  served  in  listing  them.  Dr.  Zook,  Presi- 
dent of  the  American  Council  on  Education,  who 
was  present,  expressed  the  opinion  that  it  woidd 
be  desirable  to  keep  at  least  a  record  of  school 
produced  films  in  the  Association's  headquarters, 
and  it  was  suggested  that  a  committee  be  appointed 
to  work  out  a  definite  plan  of  action  looking  toward 
the  accumulation  of  this  information. 

The  question  of  whether  the  memlx-rship  is  ready  for 
"electrical  transcriptions"  from  the  radio  was  briefly 
touched  upon,  but  no  definite  conclusion  reached  as  to 
whether  the  Association  should  imiuediately  plan  to 
extend  its  activities  in  this  direction.  Although  the 
ASFL  is  devoting  most  of  its  time  and  energy  to  motion 
pictures,  its  articles  of  incorporation  cover  "educational 
films  and  other  mechanical  aids." 

Perhaps  the  most  iinportant  discussion  of  the 
meeting  was  consideration  of  having  commercial 
film  producers  and  distributors  become  affiliated 
with  the  .ASFL.  The  members  present  agreed  it 
was  essential  to  the  organization's  successful 
achievement  of  its  purposes,  to  have  the  coopera- 
tion of  commercial  film  companies,  and  that  their 
affiliation  with  the  ASFL  would  be  a  guarantee  to 
each  group  of  good  will,  confidence  and  cooperation 
on  the  part  of  the  other.  Hence  a  motion  was 
made  and  carried  that  an  opportunity  to  become  as- 
sociated with  the  organization  be  extended  to  com- 
mercial producers  and  distributors. 


Page  92 


The  Educational  Screen 


THE  FEDERAL  FILM 


A  page  edited  by  Arch  A.  Mercey 

Assistant  Director,  United  States  Film  Service, 
Washington,   D.   C. 


Editor's  Note :  Beginning  this  month  Educational 
Screen  zmll  publish  a  page  in  ecuh  issue  on  Federal 
films.  The  department  zvill  include  new  notes,  questions 
and  answers,  and  other  data  on  Government  motion 
picture  and  film  strip  actiifities.  Address  any  questions 
to  the  editor  of  this  page,  in  care  oj  the  United  States 
Film  Service,   Washington,  D.   C. 


Pan-American  Films 

'T'HE  Federal  Government  is  moving  forward  on  a 
■*•  broad  front  for  the  purpose  of  improving  our  rela- 
tions with  the  republics  of  Central  and  South  America. 

The  Committee  on  Cooperation  with  the  American 
Republics,  representing  13  departments,  made  a  six- 
month  study  of  the  Pan-American  problem  and  pre- 
sented to  the  President  a  comprehensive  series  of 
recommendations  which  included  cooperation  through 
cultural,  economic,  and  educational  channels.  The 
recommendations,  included  in  the  report,  requiring 
additional  funds  are  subject  to  congressional  action 
during  the  present  session,  but  certain  activities  can 
be  carried  out  by  the  various  departments  without  the 
necessity  of  additional  appropriations. 

Of  special  significance  to  those  interested  in  the  mo- 
tion picture  as  a  medium  of  good  will  is  that  section 
of  the  report  devoted  to  a  film  program  for  the 
American  Republics.  The  recommendations  include 
three  principal  divisions :  production  of  new  films ; 
establishment  of  distribution  facilities ;  and  the  equip- 
ment of  the  various  American  embassies  with  16mm. 
and  35mm.  projection  equipment. 

As  a  member  of  the  Interdepartmental  Committee, 
the  United  States  Film  Service*  made  an  extensive 
study  of  the  film  problem  and  submitted  recom- 
mendations to  the  Committee  which  were  accepted  and 
incorporated  in  the  report  to  the  President. 

The  rcommendations  included : 

Production : 

-re-scoring  and  re-editing  in  Spanish  and 
Portuguese  six  films  designed  to  show  South 
Americans  interesting  attributes  of  this  country, 
-production  of  a  documentary  film  on  life  in 
America  for  distribution  in  South  America, 
-production  of  a  film  on  South  America  for  dis- 
tribution in  the  United  States. 

Distribution : 

-distribution  and  exploitation  of  films  which  will 
include  the  provision  of  posters,     still     photos. 


♦The  United  States  Film  Service,  a  division  of  the  National 
Emergency  Council,  is  the  successor  to  the  Documentary  Films 
Section  of  the  Farm  Security  Administration,  producer  of  The 
Ploiv  that  Broke  the  Plains  and  The  River.  These  films  are 
now  being  distributed  by  the  Film  Service,  which  is  headed  by 
Pare  Lorentz. 


study  guides,  and  general  informational  aids 
and  supplemental  material  for  theatres,  schools, 
and  radio  stations. 

-establishment  of  a  Pan-American  Film  Library 
and  Film  exchange  serving  the  Latin-American 
republics. 

-contribution  toward  the  expenses  of  a  traveling 
representative  in  the  principal  South  American 
republics  to  meet  officials  and  educational  lead- 
ers and  to  hold  previews. 

Special : 

-equipment  for  the  American  embassies  in  the 
Argentine,  Brazil,  Chile,  Colombia,  Cuba, 
Mexico,  and  Peru,  including  both  35mm.  and 
16mm.  projectors,  turntables,  screens,  and  ac- 
cessories. 

-provision  for  certain  re-edited  films  which 
will  be  used  by  the  United  States  Coast  Guard 
during  good-will  tours  to  South  America. 
These,  in  brief,  are  the  recommendations  for  the  be- 
ginning of  a  film  program  for  the  South  American 
republics.  As  a  result  of  these  recommendations,  cer- 
tain implications  are  discernible. 

It  will  be  noted  that  the  program  is  established  on 
a  reciprocal  basis.  It  is  felt  that  the  United  States 
knows  too  little  about  South  America  and  in  turn 
the  other  American  republics  often  have  distorted 
ideas  of  our  own  folk  ways.  The  establishment  of  a 
film  library,  the  production  of  a  picture  in  South 
America,  and  the  exchange  of  information  all  point  to 
a  closer  relationship  through  broader  understanding  of 
mutual  problems.  Moreover,  with  the  embassies 
equipped  for  the  projection  of  films,  it  is  hoped  that 
the  Government  and  educators  in  this  country  will 
receive  immediate  and  periodic  reports  of  films  being 
made  and  released  by  South  American  producers. 
In  the  report,  $45,000  is  recommended  as  the  pro- 
duction budget  for  each  of  the  new  films,  and  $30,000 
is  to  be  expended  on  the  re-editing  and  re-scoring  of 
the  six  existing  films.  Distribution,  film  Hbrary, 
equipment,  Coast  Guard  and  other  expenses  for  the 
remainder  of  the  program  account  for  the  balance  of 
$46,500,  bringing  the  toal  program  to  $176,500  for 
the  first  fiscal  year. 

If  the  proposed  program  operates  as  successfully  as 
its  proponents  feel  that  it  should,  educators  in  this 
country  should  have  new  horizons  of  inter-continental 
relationships  opened  to  them  and  their  pupils.  Through 
more  detailed  knowledge,  through  cooperation  with 
our  friends  to  the  South,  and  through  integration  of 
the  film  program  into  the  concerted  efforts  of  this 
country  to  effect  greater  understanding,  we  shall  see 
the  good  neighbor  policy  translated  into  various  forms 
of  inviting,  interesting,  and  informative  action  for  all 
of  us  whether  educators,  pupils,  or  private  citizens 


I 


March,  19}9 


Page  93 


Spencer  Lens  Company 


BUrFALO.    N.    V. 


MICROSCOPES 
MICROTOMES 
PHOTOMICROGRAPH  10 
EQUIPMENT 


REFRACTOMETERS 

COLORIMETERS 

SPECTROMETERS 

PROJECTORS 


For  a  demoiuitration,  write  Dept.  Qli,  and  we  will  have  oim 
of  our  repretenlativeM  in  your  vicinity  communictUe  with  you. 


ettet  ataJU^— 


r 


ewet 


raiii 


ute^ 


because   they   remember 
what  they  see! 

•  Few  classroom  activities  are  more  en- 
thralling than  the  projection  of  pictures. 
Grades  improve,  failures  dwindle,  in 
subjects  presented  with  the  stimulating 
vividness  of  this  method  of  instruction. 
Before  you  buy  a  projector,  arrange 
for  a  demonstration  of  the  Spencer 
Combination  Delineascope.  You  then 
can  see  how  brilliantly  it  projects  and 
magnifies  opaque  materials  —  photo- 
graphs, drawings,  postcards  —  or  glass 
slides,  and  how  easily  even  a  4th  grade 
pupil  can  operate  it. 


New  Maritime  Film 

The  United  States  Maritime  Commission  has  just 
released  a  new  two-reel  sound  subject  entitled, 
Good  Neighbors.  This  film  traces  the  voyage  of  the 
first  "Good  Neighbor  Fleet"  ship,  the  S.  S.  Brazil  on 
its  inaugural  cruise  last  autumn.  The  subject  shows 
the  departure  of  the  ship  and  scenes  at  each  of  the 
principal  ports  of  call.  This  film,  which  is  of  general 
interest,  is  available  for  schools  from  the  United  States 
Maritime  Commission  or  the  United  States  Film 
Service,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Public  Health  Service  Film 

A  syphilis-control  experiment  in  southeastern 
Georgia  is  interestingly  portrayed  in  a  new  two-reel 
sound  film,  Three  Counties  Against  Syphilis,  produced 
by  the  United  States  Public  Health  Service.  This 
film  shows  methods  of  combating  venereal  disease  in 
three  Georgian  counties  in  a  controlled  experiment.  A 
trailer  clinic  makes  a  comprehensive  trip  over  three 
main  routes  every  week.  Although  this  film  is  not  a 
clinical  subject,  it  is  of  primary  interest  to  health  or- 
ganizations, medical  societies,  welfare  and  legislative 
groups  desiring  to  see  how  a  controlled-treatment  plan 
operates.  Address  your  request  to  the  United  States 
Public  Health  Service,  Office  of  Health  Education, 
Washington,  D.  C,  indicating  the  purpose  for  which 
you  wish  the  film,  and  the  name  of  the  sponsoring 
organization. 


16mm.    Talking    Picture 

LIFE    OF 
THEODORE     ROOSEVELT 

Rental  $2.00  per  day. 

A  dramatic  portrayal  of  the  outttand- 
ing  events  in  the  public  life  of  our 
2£th  pretident,  including  the  building 
of  the  Panama  Canal  —  hit  conierva- 
tion  plan  —  naval  modernization  and 
other  noteworthy  achievement*. 
running  time  17  min. 

Send  for  eatalog   of   Featuret,   ShorU 
and  Rtcett  Proaranu 

AUDIO-FILM    LIBRARIES 

16mm,   Sound   Exclusively 
661    Bloomfield   Ave.  Dept.   E  Bloomfield,   N.   J. 


GARRISON 


PROUDLY    PRESENTS 


*       Tfte   Choice    Foreign    Language    Foafarei       * 

CARNIVAL  IN  FLANDERS 

PROF.  MAMLOCK 

LIFE  OF  BEETHOVEN 

CHILDHOOD  OF  MAXIM  GORKY 

For  a  Complefe   Llif  —   Wrlfe   "J 6mm   Dept." 

AAnni^Ay  ril  ma  leoo  broadway 

Uflllllldvll   riLlflO  NEW  YORK  CITY 


Page  94 


The  Educational  Screen 


IN  AND  FOR  THE  CLASSROOM 

Conducted  by  Wilber  Emmert 


Director  Visual  Education,  State  Teachers  College,  Indiana,  Pa. 


Inexpensive  Lettering  Aids  For  Teachers 


By     BRYAN     EMMERT 

Athletic  Director,  Teacher  Training  Unit, 

Western  State  Teachers  College,  Paw  Paw,  Michigan 

IJ  EAL  situations  and  concrete  objects  are  invaluable 
■*•*•  in  the  teaching  ])rocess,  but  not  always  available. 
In  such  cases  more  abstract  visual  aids  can  often  be 
used,  and  materiils  j^rescnted  graphically.  Not  only 
does  graphic  material  lose  much  of  its  effectiveness 
if  improperly  or  poorly  labeled,  but  in  many  instances 
teachers  do  not  even  attempt  to  prepare  charts  and 
graphs  because  of  their  lack  of  skill  in  free-hand 
lettering. 

Teachers,  however,  need  not  abandon  the  idea  of 
presenting  facts  graphically  because  of  their  inability  to 
properly  letter  the  material.  Numerous  mechanical 
lettering  devices  and  aids  arc  now  available  at  little 
cost,  and  the  use  of  these  will  greatly  facilitate  the 
work  of  preparing  visual  aids  for  teaching  purposes. 
Three  distinct  benefits  accrue  to  the  teacher  unskilled 
in  the  art  of  free-hand  lettering  who  uses  these  aids. 
(1)  Economy  of  time  is  effected  in  the  preparation  of 
graphs,  charts,  maps,  posters,  exhibits  and  display 
material  of  all  sorts  ;  (2)  neater  and  more  quickly  legible 
identifications  can  be  attached  to  graphic  material ; 
and  (3)  pupils  learn  correct  alphabet  form  more  readily 
by  handling  stencils,  patterns,  type  faces  and  actual 
letters  than  by  copying  incorrect  forms  designed  by 
unskilled  teachers. 

Great  economy  of  time  is  effected  by  the  use  of 
mechanical  lettering  aids,  since  the  measuring  and  draw- 
ing of  guide  lines  and  the  drudgery  of  shaping  letters 
is  eliminated.  No  "roughing  in"  in  pencil  is  necessary. 
The  "T-square"  and  the  triangle  are  totally  abandoned, 
since  it  is  not  essential  to  have  a  drawing  board  to 
turn  out  artistic  work.  A  faintly  penciled  base  line  or 
straight  edge,  depending  on  the  type  of  aid  used,  is 
usually  all  that  is  required  for  the  proper  alignment  of 
the  letters.  Much  time  is  also  saved  in  the  matter  of 
spacing,  because  the  lettering  must  fit  into  a  given 
space,  and  letter  patterns,  for  example,  eliminate  the 
preliminary  pencil  sketching  necessary  in  free-hand 
work  for  approximate  spacing.  The  letter  pattern,  or 
actual  cut-out  lettering,  may  be  placed  on  the  back- 
ground and  easily  shifted  to  the  desired  position  for 
correct  spacin.g  and  artistic  arrangement  before  any 
permanent  work  is  done.  The  teacher  and  pupil  can 
not  only  reduce  by  more  than  half  the  time  usually 
required  in  lettering,  by  the  use  of  the  lettering  aids, 
but  the  finished  product  will  be  much  neater,  more 
quickly  legible,  and  far  more  artistic.  This  is  an  ad- 
vantage which  must  not  be  overlooked,  because  in  all 
graphic  work  quick  readability  is  the  first  law. 


One  has  only  to  look  at  the  bulletin  board  and  poster 
work  in  any  classroom  to  see  that  the  average  teacher 
and  pupil  have  little  knowledge  of  correct  alphabet 
forms.  By  working  with  accurate  patterns,  correctly 
formed  type  faces,  or  die  cut  stencils,  gummed  paper 
and  felt  letters,  both  teacher  and  pupil  quickly  learn 
to  distinguish  between  improperly  and  properly  formed 
letters  and  the  alphabet  styles  in  common  use  in  every- 
day life,  as  only  these  are  marketed  commercially. 

Lettering  aids  for  teachers  as  discussed  in  this  article 
can  be  divided  into  three  main  types :  ( 1 )  letter  pat- 
terns, stencils  and  templates;  (2)  sign  and  chart 
printers,  and  changeable  rubber  type  stamps;  and  (3) 
cut-out  letters  and  numbers. 

Accurate,  durable,  and  inexpensive  letter  patterns 
can  be  obtained  from  many  commercial  concerns  en- 
gaged in  supplying  this  type  of  merchandise.  The 
materials  commonly  used  in  these  patterns  are  heavy 
oiled  stencil  board,  and  from  six  to  twelve  ply  poster 
board.  A  complete  set  of  patterns  consisting  of  the 
alphabet,  numerals,  comma,  period,  eic.  ranges  in  price 
for  the  one  inch  size  75c  to  $3.00  and  $4.00  for  the 
eight  to  ten  inch  heights.     Pattern  blanks  marked  out 

"Columbia"  Chart  Printers 

Aa  Aa  M  3Mm 

Qa  aA  aA 

on  heavy  easy-to-cut  parchment  can  be  obtained  from 
one  company  for  approximately  one-third  the  price 
of  the  cut-out  patterns.  This  concern  has  available  in 
stock  twelve  alphabet  styles  from  the  Roman  to  tin- 
very  condensed  and  the  novelty  Gothic,  from  one  inch 
to  eight  inches  in  height.' 

These  accurate  and  up-to-date  patterns  are  not  onI\- 
inexpensive,,  but  are  easy  to  use  and  will  save  loads  of 
time.  All  that  is  necessary  is  to  place  enough  patterns 
on  the  background  to  determine  the  correct  spacing, 
trace  around  the  patterns  lightly  with  pencil,  then 
fill  in  with  pen  or  brush  in  the  desired  color.  It 
is  not  necessary  to  have  a  lot  of  different  patterns 
at  hand  as  the  simple  Gothic  and  Roman  styles 
should  be  sufficient  for  most  purposes.  It  is  well 
to  have  about  three  sizes  of  patterns  on  file.  The 
title  to  any  graphic  material  should  have  the  larg- 
est lettering,  with  the  subtitles  about  one-half  or 
three-quarters  the  size  of  the  titles.     .\11  other  let- 


March,  19)9 


Page   95 


Q  /. 


iA^\^fX<^i 


Otis  viith 
n/tAer! 


It's  the  ideal  way  to  measure  students'  progress 
in  speech  and  music  instruction  —  to  mal<e  records 
of  important  radio  programs  and  school  activities 

An  RCA  Victor  Recorder  in  your  school  will 
prove  extremely  useful  and  valuable.  For  one  of 
these  fine  new  instruments  will  enable  you  to 
make  greater  progress  with  students  retarded  by 
faults  in  speech.  Because  an  RCA  Victor  Recorder 
I  leans  discovering  and  correcting  speech  deficien- 
cies far  more  effectively  than  ever  before! 

You  will  also  find  an  RCA  Victor  Recorder  of 
great  value  in  determining  your  pupils'  progress 
in  speech  and  music  instruction ...  for  the  study 
of  foreign  language  pronunciation.. .for  recording 
of  radio  talks  by  prominent  speakers — talks  you 
may  use  advantageously  in  class  at  another  time 
...and  for  the  recording  of  school  plays,  dramas 
and  debates.  You  can  do  all  this  — at  amazingly 
low  cost — with  the  splendid  new  portable  RCA 
Victor  Recorder  illustrated  here.  For  further  de- 
tails send  the  coupon. 


New  RCA  Victor  Recorder  offers  you  these  4  essentials: 

1.  R»<ordt  and  r»pro4uc«»  with  omaiing  accurocy 

2.  Sturdily   constructed  .  .  .  withstands   hard   usage 

3.  utmost  dependability        4.  Extreme'y  simple  operation 


i 


i 


RCA  Victor  Portable  Re- 
corder MI- 1 270 1 . . .  comes 
in  an  attractive  gray  carry- 
ing case.  Is  so  light  it  may 
be  easily  carried  from  room 
to  room.  Records  at  speed 
of  78  r.p.m.  on  10'  or  12' 
records,  using  outside-in 
recording  method.  Is  de- 
livered to  you  complete 


with  amplifier,  visual  indi- 
cator meter,  and  famous 
RCA  Aerodynamic  Micro- 
phone. Has  pick-up  tone 
arm  and  speaker  for  im- 
mediate play-back.  An  ex- 
ceptional value. 


Lisleu  to  the  Magic  Key  rtrry  Sunday.  2  lo  i  P.  M.,  E.  S.T.,  »n  NBC 
B/ue  Network. 

Medern  eclioele  miMy  modern  with  RCA  radio  tubes 
in  ttieir  seund  equlpnient 


You  uc  cordi- 
aUy_  invited  to 
visit  our  ex- 
hibit at  NEA 
Co  nve  ntifin . 
CleveUnd,  Feb. 
25  to  March  2. 
Booths  D-2  3  lu 
D.31. 


^^04  Vietoi. 

SOUND  SERVICE  FOR  SCHOOLS 

RCA   MANUFACTURING  COMPANY.  INC.,  CAMDEN,  N.  J 
A  SERVICE  OF  THE   RADIO  CORPORATION  OF  AMERICA 


"'"«  -nd  detailed  i„r  '  "'  ^^  "'• 

-«-Vic.„,p--:^-.;.p.ce,uo...^ 


Page  96 


The  Educational  Screen 


History  in  tiie  malcing 

on  the  16mm.  talking  screen 

Hendrik  Willem  Van  Loon's  "THE  FIGHT  FOR  PEACE" 

The  best  anti-war  film  to   date 

LEWIS  FILM  SERVICE  105  East  First  Street 

WICHITA.   KANSAS 


35  mm.  General  Science.  11  rolls.  $20 
FILM  Principles  of  Physics.  7  rolls,  $12 
SLIDES     Principles  of  Chemistry.  8  rolls.  $14 

Ordei  on  opproToI  or  sand  for  bee  folder  and  samirie 

VISUAL  SCIENCES,  Suffem.  New  York 


16MM.    SOUND    ON    FILM 

for 
RENT  —  EXCHANGE  —  SALE 

A  few  of  our  Large  Catalogue  of 
RENTAL     SUBJECTS 

THE  LOST  JUNGLB  it  KEEPER  OF  TUB  BEES  -k  GALLANT 
FOOL  -k  THE  GIRL  OF  THE  LIMBERLOST  ir  I  CON- 
QUER THE  SEA  it  MILLION  DOLLAR  BABY  it  IN 
OLD  SANTA  FE  •  EAT  'EM  ALIVE  *  CITY  LnUTS 
it  MAN'S  BEST  FRIEND  it  KENTUCKY  BLUE  STREAK 
*  SILENT  ENEMY  it  JANE  EYRE  it  KLONDIKE  it 
RUSTLER'S  PARADISE  it  HEARTS  OF  HUMANITY  it 
RETURN  OF  CASEY  JONES  *  MIDNIGHT  PHANTOM 
it  NOW  OR  NEVER  it  THIRTEENTH  GUEST  it  RED 
HAIRED  ALIBI  it  all  PETER  B.  KYNE'S  SUBJECTS  A 
all  TOM  TYLER,  JACK  PERRIN  and  JACK  HOXIE'S  WEST- 
ERNS -A-  all  RICHARD  TALHADGG'S  pictnrM  '*  and 
RIN  TIN  TIN,  Jr. 

Altocethcr     150     Features    and    40*    ShorU 

from      which      to      pick      joor      prosrama 

Not  One  Mediocre  Picture  in  Our  Library 

Film  RonUI   Catalogue  —  Film  Sale  CaUlocsa 

Write  for   them 

CINE  CLASSIC  LIBRARY 


IS4I    JEFFERSON    AVE. 


BROOKLYN,   N.    Y. 


Maiie   Your   Own  Ground   Glass   Slides 

easily  and  quickly,  by  using  GLASSIVE,  an  abrasive  which  makes 
ground  glass  slides  from  plain  cover  glass  for  only  a  fraction 
of  a  cent  each  !     50c  package. 

For  Non-Photographic  Slides 

use  CELLOSLIDE.  Has  many  uses — for  enlarging  illustrative  ma- 
terials, for  making  song  slides,  announcements,  cheers,  etc.  Elimi- 
nates necessity  of  writing  on  glass.     500  sheets  for  JI.OO. 

TEACHIIVG       AIDS       SERVICE 

JAMAICA    PLAIN  MASSACHUSETTS 


MAKE  YOUR  OWN 

TYPEWRITER     SLIDES 

For    Screen    Projection 

USE        RADIO        MATS 

on   sale  by  Theatre  Supply  Dealen 
Write  for  Free  Sample 

RADIO-MAT  SLIDE  CO..  Inc. 

1819  Broadway.  Dept.V.  New  York  City 


Only      the      Best 

16mm     SOUND     FILM     16mm 

Low    rental    rates    include    transportation    charges. 

Write   for  our  new  double  size  list. 

Our    rates    remain    at   their   former   low   level. 

THE     MANSE     LIBRARY 


2439    AUBURN     AVE 
CINCINNATI.     OHIO 


College,   Higli  School,  Grade   Teachers 

We  Place  You  In  The  Better  Positions 

Q  Our   Territory   Middle    West    and    West  < 


RocKrrfr  Fea  ch£rs 

AGCTNCY 


com 


410   U. 
WM. 


Nat.   Bank  Bldg..    Denver.  Colo.  ^^ 

3  WM.   RUFFER,    Ph.D.,    Manager  ^ 

MINNEAPOLIS,    MINN.,    Plymouth   Bldg.,    A.   Gloor,    A.  M.,   Mgr. 
Largest.  Most  Successful  Agency  in  the  West 


^' 'Educational     Films     of     Merit" 

The  Finest  Silent  Teaching  Films 
New  Releases 

ADOBE    BRICK    MAKING 

ABC    OF    POTTERY    MAKING 

ELEVATED    TRAINS 

For  Your  Recess  or  Noon  Hour  Programs 

HOLLYWOOD   HIGHLIGHTS 

sound  or  silent 

guaranteed  free  from  contaminating  influences 

WRITE   FOR  BULLETIN    E-2 

BAILEY  FILM  SERVICE 

340S  University  Avenue  Los  Angeles,  California 


tering  should  be  as  small  as  possible,  depending 
on  the  use  to  be  made  of  the  finished  product.  It 
should  be  remembered  that  the  readability  of  a 
simple  style  makes  it  desirable  in  graphic  work. 
Pictorial  Statistics,  for  example,  generally  use  Fu- 
tura  type  because  of  its  legibility. 

The  stencil  is  really  another  form  of  pattern  and 
one  which  can  be  used  advantageously  by  both 
teacher  and  pupil.  Stencil  alphabets  and  numbers 
are  die-cut  out  of  oiled  stencil  board  or  brass. 
Brass  stencils  are  made  in  separate  pieces,  revolving 
discs,  and  adjustable  interlocking  sets.  These  metal 
stencils  are  too  expensive  and  are  unnecessary  for 
the  work  to  be  done  in  the  average  classroom.  A 
complete  set  of  stencil  alphabet  and  numbers  made 
from  oil  board  paper  are  but  slightly  more  expensive 
than  the  same  size  cut-out  patterns.  Stencils  are 
generally  made  in  only  the  plain  Roman  and 
Gothic  styles.  Excellent  work  can  be  done  with 
stencils  if  the  proper  brush  and  the  correct  type 
and  color  of  ink  or  paint  is  used.  The  stencil  effect 
can  be  easily  eliminated  by  retouching  the  ties. 
The  Umba  style  of  alphabet  is  one  which  needs  no 
retouching  to  remove  the  stencil  efTect." 

For  smaller  lettering  in  the  preparation  of  charts, 
graphs,  and  diagrams,  lettering  templates  can  be 
used  advantageously.  These  lettering  instruments 
are  available  in  a  great  number  of  styles  and  sizes 
of  lettering,  ranging  in  size  from  one-eighth  to  two 
inches  in  height.  By  the  aid  of  these  devices  per- 
sons unskilled  in  the  art  of  free-hand  lettering  can 
do  excellent  work,  as  they  are  quite  simple  to 
operate.  A  pen  of  a  special  type  is  placed  against 
the  template  at  the  desired  letter  and  drawn  around 
the  outline  of  the  letter.  The  chief  disadvantage 
of  the  template  is  the  cost.  However,  it  is  made 
of  laminated  xylonite  especially  seasoned  and  prac- 
tically indestructible.  An  individual  guide  con- 
taining an  alphabet  and  numerals  costs  approx- 
imately $3.00.  A  special  lettering  pen  costing  about 
$1.80  is  necessary  also.  Each  size  and  style  of 
guide  requires  its  own  special  pen.  Every  opening 
in  every  guide,  such  as  the  Wirco"  and  the  Nor- 
mograph'  is  cut  with  extreme  accuracy,  with  the 
result  that  every  letter,  numeral,  or  other  symbol 
made  is  perfect. 

The  "Leroy"  lettering  sets,  manufactured  by  the 
same  firm  producing  the  Normograph,   involves  a 


March,  19}  9 


Page  97 


somewliat  different  but  simple  technique  to  oper- 
ate. All  lettering  is  formed  well  above  the  tem- 
plate in  full  view  of  the  operator  by  means  of  a 
special  device  holding  a  lettering  pen  known  as  a 
"scriber."  These  scribers  are  made  in  two  types : 
the  adjustable  scriber  that  produces  both  vertical 
and  slanting  letters  from  a  single  template ;  and  the 
fixed  scriber  which  produces  vertical  letters  only. 
No  special  skill  is  needed  to  operate  one  of  these 
sets  and  perfect  lettering  can  be  produced  on  the 
very  first  trial  by  anyone.  The  cost  of  the  Leroy 
template,  lettering  pen,  and  scriber  is  somewhat 
greater  than  the  price  of  a  Wirco  or  a  Normograph 
outfit. 

Sign  and  chart  printers  are  in  common  use  in 
practically  all  school  systems,  and  teachers  general- 
ly are  familiar  with  their  simple  operation.  These 
rubber  face  sets  contain  complete  alphabets  of 
capital  and  lower  case  letters,  numerals  and 
punctuation  marks  together  with  inked  stamp  pads, 
printing  gauges,  and  rulers.  Sets  can  be  purchased 
from  most  school  supply  houses,  complete  in  wood 
boxes,  ranging  in  price  from  $2.00  to  $9.00,  de- 
pending on  the  height  of  type.  It  is  not  generally 
known  by  teachers  that  these  sign  and  chart  print- 
ers are  manufactured  with  type  as  small  as  a 
quarter  inch  and  as  large  as  three  inches,  in  a  great 
number  of  easily  read  and  attractive  alphabet  styles 
in  both  solid  and  outline  letters." 

Neat  and  attractive  lettering  can  be  done  quick- 
ly with  these  sets  as  they  are  precision  made  with 
a  clearness  of  printing  faces  and  accurate  align- 
ment of  characters.  Used  with  a  suitable  grade  of 
ink,  these  sets  will  make  impressions  on  all  sorts 
of  paper,  cardboard,  wood,  metal,  glass,  fiber,  and 
other  materials.  Charts  made  with  the  outline  let- 
ter sets  are  particularly  attractive  and  eye-catching 
if  filled  in  with  one  or  more  colors.  Color  in  the 
preparation  of  all  graphic  work  should  not  be  over- 
looked as  it  adds  greatly  to  the  vividness  of  a 
chart  or  poster,  thus  making  it  easier  to  read. 
Sources  from  which  Lettering  Aids  may  be  obtained 
The  numbers  below  correspond  to  the  numbers  in  the  article : 

1.  Display  Letters  Co.,  8309  Third  Ave.,  Brooklyn  N.  Y. 

2.  Rouge  Products  G).,  3731  98th  Street,  Corona,  N.  Y. 

3.  Wood  Regan   Instrument  Co.,   Inc.,   New   York   City, 

4.  Keuffel  and  Esser  Co.,  127  Fulton  Street,  New  York 

5.  Hans    H.    Hellescoe,    2444    Ainslie    Street,    Chicago, 

(To  be  concluded  in  April) 

Pennsylvania  College  Conference 

An  interesting  program  has  been  arranged  for  the 
second  annual  Audio- Visual  Education  Conference  at 
the  Pennsylvania  College  for  Women,  Pittsburgh,  Pa., 
on  March  31  and  April  1,  1939.  Out-of-town  speak- 
ers will  be  William  Gregory  of  Qeveland,  Arch  A. 
Mercey  of  Washington,  D.  C,  and  Howard  Gray  of 
New  York  City.  Their  topics  will  be,  respectively, 
"The  Visual  Radio  Lesson  in  Elementary  Schools," 
"Implementing  Education  with  the  Motion  Picture," 
and  "Coordinating  the  Production  of  Social  Studies 
Films  with  Curricular  Demands."  Pittsburgh  teach- 
ers will  show  some  of  the  audio-visual  work  which 
is  being  done  in  their  schools  in  connection  with  the 
teaching  of  physical  science,  character  education, 
elementary   science   and   motion   picture   appreciation. 


Da-L!te  Model  C  for  Large  Classrooms  and  Assembly  Halls 
This  popular  model  is  mounted  on  a  heavy  dirty  metal 
spring  roller  and  a  backboard  which  has  brackets  for 
hanging  against  a  wall  or  from  the  ceiling  or  from  Da-Late 
super  tripods.  Available  with  Da-Lite  Glass-Beaded  sur- 
face or  Da-Lite  Mat  White  surface.  8  sizes  from  6'  by  8' 
to  12'  by  12'  inclusive. 

Get  FULL  VALUE 

from  Visual  Teaching   Material! 

When  you  buy  or  rent  film  slides,  motion  pic- 
tures or  glass  slide.s,  you  try  to  select  only 
pictures  of  high  photographic  quality  —  illus- 
trations that  will  explain  the  lesson  clearly. 
Whether  you  rent  or  buy  this  material  you 
are  paying  for  quality.  But  are  the  students 
getting  what  you  pay  for!  They  are,  only  if 
the  projection  equipment  is  up  to  date  and 
if  the  screens  are  in  good  condition  and  have 
the  right  surface  for  the  projection 
requirements. 


SCREENS 


(Reg.  U.S.  Pat.  Off.) 


Show   Pictures    at   Their    Best 

Da-Lite  Screens  are  available  with  three 
types  of  surfaces  —  white,  silver  and  glass- 
beaded.  For  average  projection  require- 
ments in  schools,  Da-Lite  recommends  the 
glass-beaded  surface.  30  years  of  experience 
in  making  screens  for  all  projection  condi- 
tions have  shown  Da-Lite  that  the  glass- 
beaded  surface  is  the  most  efficient  for  aver- 
age requirementji.  It  reflects  the  maximum 
of  light  yet  there  is  no  sparkling  or  glare. 
Da-Lite  Screens  are  available  in  many  types 
of  mountings  including  the  new  Electrol, 
electrically  operated  hanging  screen.  Write  for 
latest  catalog  and  name  of  nearest  supplier! 

DA-LITE    SCREEN    CO.,   inc. 

Dtpt.      3ES,      2723      N.      Crawford      Av«..      Chicago.      III. 


Page  9S 


The  Educational  Screen 


A  Pupil  Constructed  Scenario 

(Concluded  from  payc  80) 

Sub-title:    After  iVrmentation  tobacco  is  rtadj-  for  manufacture. 


36.   Shredding 


37.    Mixing 


Tobacco   being   cut    and   stripped     elof^e  up 
before    being    made    into    cigar- 
ettes. 


38.   Cigarette 
Manufaetur 


Tobacco  being  mixed  with  choco- 
late, malt,  molasses,  etc.  Eacli 
container  of  material  to  be  mixed 
well  marked  so  audience  may 
read. 

Man    feeding    tobacco    lo 
machines 
Sui>t-r-imj)oiiP({  nubtitlr:    Making  Cigarettes. 

39.  Putting  paper  machine   puts  paper  on   cigarette 
on  cigarettes 

40.  Rolling 
Cigarettes 

41.  Completed 
cigarettes 

42.  Packing 
cigarettes 

43.  Cleanliness 
of  workers 

44.  Shops  where  sold 


iin-diiim 


iiu  tliiiiH 


im  diuin 


animated    diagram    of    cigarette     close  up 

being  made  by  the  machine 

cigarettes  roll  out  of  machine  medium 


45.   Places  to  buy 
product 


cigarettes  being  packed  in  boxes     medium 
by   girls   or   machines 

Showing  view  thru  floor  of  plant    perambulator 
with    girls    neatly    drest-ed. 
Persons     shown     buying     cigar-     medium 
cttes.  One  opens  pack  and  lights 
up. 

Walgreen's  transition 

Whalen's    Drug   Store 
United   Cigars 
Schulte's 

Independent  store 
Sub-title:   Nicotine  of  tobacco  and   tobacco   dust   are   used  as  spray  for 
plants. 

PERPETUATE  YOUR  THOUGHTFULNESS 
WITH  A 

CLASS  MEMORIAL 

The  Old  Oregon  Trail  by  Robert  Wesley  Amick  and 
The  Old  Santa  Fe  Trail  by  John  Younghunter  are  ideal 
subjects. 


Aiiiick- 


Old 


Oregon 


Trail 


sheet  Framed 

Amick— OLD  OREGON  TRAIL  28x40 $24.00  $50.00 

Younghunter— OLD  SANTE  FE  TRAIL 

26x48   -.  24.00  50.00 

SPECIAL  — Until  Midnight,  April  30th,   1939. 

Sheet   Picture— Each   $15.00— Framed    Each  $37.50 


Identify  your  Class  Memorial  with  a  NAME  PLATE 

"Class  of  '39,"  Etc.  -'/(xS  inches,  50c  each 

Other  Special  Plates  1x4  inches,  $1.25  up 


Send  25c  for  89  page  Catalog  No.  20 
Nearly  1000  illustrations 

FREE  ART  EXHIBITION  for  your  School 
Write  for  complete  details  today 

THE   COLONIAL   ART   COMPANY 

"World's  Largest  Picture  House'* 
OKLAHOMA  CITY  ■  CHICAGO 


46.  Spraying  Spraying   with   liquid 

47.  Dusting  Dusting    with    tobacco    powdered 
Sub'title :   Tobacco  enters  world  trade  as — 

48.  Products  of 
tobacco 


medium 
medium 

each    product 
appears    one 
at  a  time  with 
close   up   of 
article    and 
name  above  it. 


49.   Graph  of  tobacco 
products 


there    appears    packages    of    the 
following  with  name  above  each. 

Cigars 

Cigarettes 

Snuff 

Pipe  tobacco 

Plug    tobacco 

Sprays 
c.ich  of  the  above  are  shown  by    long 
a    mound    of    material    to    show 
relative    size    of    pile    of    tobacco 
t- 1  be  used  in  producing  annual 
,1  mount    used. 

What  Did  the  Pupils  Get  from  This  Activity? 

1.  .-\ii  uiulerstaiuliiig:  of  the  tobacco  industry  and 
it.s  history.  Better  and  more  references  might  have 
produced  a  more  finished  product. 

2.  A  spirit  of  cooperation  in  producing  an  indiv- 
idualized-cooperative  project  which  might  find 
a  real  use  in  the  instruction  of  future  classes. 

3.  The  project  motivated  the  pupils  of  a  non- 
college  calibre  to  research  without  much  driving 
on  the  part  of  the  teacher.  This  is  probably 
due  to  the  fact  that  boys  and  girls  are  interested 
in  movies  and  how  they  are  made. 

4.  They  learned  the  rudimenfs  of  construction  of 
a  motion  ])icture  and  the  glaring  weaknesses 
of  many  pictures. 

5.  They  were  allowed  originality  of  thought,  each 
individual's  opinion  considered  as  important  as 
the  other  fellow's. 

6.  They  covered  the  same  amount  of  material  as 
required  by  the  question  -  answer  method  of 
teaching  Tobacco,  and  more,  for  when  they 
needed  information  to  make  the  story  complete, 
they  had  to  resort  to  references  they  ordinarily 
would  not  have  used.  The  production  of  a 
scenario  meant  no  recitations  as  such  were 
needed.  The  making  of  the  Master  Scenario 
was  the  recitation. 

7.  Since  little  information  could  be  had  concern- 
ing the  technicalities  of  cigar,  cigarette  and 
spray  manufacture  the  pupils  felt  at  the  close 
of  the  project  that  they  still  did  not  know 
everything  about  Tobacco  and  its  manufacture. 
This  is  one  of  the  healthy  states  of  mind  which 
we  try  to  create  in  to-day's  children. 

.8  Pupils  got  away  from  the  habit  of  thinking  in 
terms  of  words.  They  had  to  visualize.  If  the 
reader  thinks  this  is  easy  he  should  try  to 
construct  moving  pictures  from  his  thoughts. 
It  was  noticed  some  pupils  were  superior  in  this 
sort  of  mental  effort,  and  they  were  not  always 
the  bright  pupils. 
9.  The  pupils  have  become  critical  of  pictures 
they  now  see  on  the  screen  for  only  the  other 
day  the  writer  heard  a  comment  made  by  one 
pupil  to  another  that  he  thought  a  film  which 
had  been  shown  could  have  been  made  better 
and  told  more  in  the  footage  used. 
10.  Pupils  showed  by  the  production  of  scenarios 
how  they  would  present  a  topic  in  such  man- 
ner that  the  non-reader  or  pupil  of  little  ability 
would  be  able  to  understand  the  more  involved 
processes  around  which  words  often  wrap  a 
veil  of  obscurity  and  boredom. 


March,  1939 


Page  99 


A  new  Eastman  Classroom  Film 
on  one  o.  Europe's  most  impo-tantUey  states 


buUdings   and    charac„       ^        ^^, 
""""'  t  t  rl«  new  housing  proj- 

:tx'r^r:;f;'-;f-rjn. 

r  "^:"S«--t  S-rpH.a.e 
ing.  Agncuu  direction 

"ZlZTl  ;"pt.  indiviauaU, 


^  small  farm  and  its   peasant 
owned  ^^^y  home  life,  cus- 

akind„gar,.na„dpnmao.^g 
•■T/ A^^rfn ""dynfa,  Poland^s 
'      «    staport    on   .he    B.Ui<:— he 

KnroT.u-«»--r"" 

Polish  exports.  1  reel 


Order  now  for  prompt  deli  very,  or  write  for  fur- 
ther details  .  .  ■  Eastman  Kodak  Company, 
Teaching   Films    Division,    Rochester,    N.   Y. 


Eastman  Classroom  Films 


Page    100 


The  Educational  Screen 


AMONG   THE 
AND    BOOKS 


MAGAZINES 


Conducted  by  The  StaflF 


School  Life  (24:142,  February  '39)  "Visual  Aids 
to  Instruction  Then  and  Now,"  by  Katharine  M. 
Cook,  Washington,  D.  C. 

An  enlightening  comparison  between  the  theory 
and  application  of  visual  aids  in  our  schools  of 
today  and  the  approved  practice  in  1832  is  pre- 
sented by  the  writer  after  her  perusal  of  a  lecture 
on  "The  Utility  of  Visible  Illustrations,"  delivered 
before  the  American  Institute  of  Instruction  in  Bos- 
ton by  Walter  Johnson  in  that  year.  Mr.  Johnson 
pointed  out  values  and  limitations  of  visual  aids 
that  are  still  being  emphasized,  discussing  prac- 
tically all  the  types  which  we  know  today,  except 
projected  aids,  and  stressing  the  desirability  of  first- 
hand contacts.  That  pupil  participation  was  not 
unknown  then,  is  also  indicated.  Since  1832  we 
have  added  extensively  to  our  equipment,  through 
projected  aids,  but  we  are  using  also,  in  much  greater 
degree,  unprojected  pictorial  materials,  objects, 
globes,  models,  and  the  like.  This  is  due  to  the 
obstacles  in  the  way  of  using  aids  requiring  mech- 
anical equipment,  namely,  expense,  lack  of  suitable 

Qpertiaent    points 

In  the  words  of  noted  educators 


Ready  to  Carry 
1 


1      "Easy    to    transport."     Pro- 
■*■  •  jector    32    lbs. — 2.    Amplifier 

with  speaker  28  lbs. 
O     "Speaker  locks  to  amplifier 
*  for    portable   public   address 

requirements." 
O     "A   handy  combination 

unit.      The    two    units    lock 

together   for    sound    on    film 

projection. 

"Amplifier  instantly  de- 
tached" for  use  in  project- 
ing silent  films. 

"Holmes    Electric    Turntable 

quickly  operates  with  speaker 

and   amplifier  combination." 

"Microphone  operates  per- 
fectly with  turntable,  speaker 

and  amplifier   combination." 

"Simple     switch"     regulates 

from  silent  to  sound  on  film 

speeds. 

"Without    lamp    adjustment 

lamphouse     accommodates 

500-750  or  1000  watt  lamps." 

Sprockets     -     Decimittent 

Movement   -   no   claw;    Hold 

Back    -    absolutely    essential 

for    perfect    sound ;    Filtered 

Sound    -    same    as    used    in 

theatre    machines. 

Write  for  technical  detail? 
to  check  features  with  b 
professional  operator, 

HOLMES    PROJECTOR    CO. 

1813    Orchard  St.  Chicago 


materials,  insufficient  training  of  teachers.  The 
author  anticipates  the  satisfactory  solution  of  these 
problems,  however,  in  due  time. 

Science  Education  (22:  358-63,  December  '38) 
"Making  Use  of  Motion  Pictures  in  Teaching 
Science,"  by  Walter  W.  Bennett,  Charlotte  High 
School,  Rochester,  New  York. 

Here  is  a  splendid  contribution  to  the  literature 
on  the  use  of  films  as  teaching  aids,  offering  food 
for  thought  to  all  teachers.  Common  errors  in 
film-teaching  technique  are  pointed  out,  the  laissez- 
faire  teacher  contrasted  with  the  skillful  one.  A 
good  film  lesson  requires  dynamic  mental  activity 
on  the  part  of  the  teacher,  involving  advance  plan- 
ning, previewing  and  purposeful  showing  of  the 
film,  integrating  it  closely  with  the  topic  studied. 
To  make  these  suggestions  more  concrete,  actual 
teaching  situations  are  described,  in  each  of  which 
the  film  is  used  for  a  different  purpose  —  to  initiate 
a  unit,  to  establish  concepts  of  a  unit,  to  enrich  a 
unit,  for  survey  or  building  background,  to  sum- 
marize or  review. 

School  Activities  (10:  212-14,  January  '39)  "An 
Introduction  to  Visual  Aids,"  by  Alvin  B.  Roberts, 
Principal  Haw  Creek  High  School,  Gilson,  Illinois. 

As  the  title  indicates,  this  articles  has  been  written 
for  the  benefit  of  schools  planning  a  visual  aid  pro- 
gram. The  writer  emphasizes  first  the  importance 
of  correct  interpretation  of  a  picture  and  suggests  a 
few  factors  one  should  be  aware  of  in  viewing  a 
picture.  He  then  describes  the  various  types  of  pro- 
jection materials  for  the  classroom — still  and  mov- 
ing pictures — pointing  out  the  advantages  and  dis- 
advantages of  each.  Consideration  of  these  points 
will  enable  schools  to  select  the  equipment  best 
suited  to  their  needs. 

California  Journal  of  Secondary  Education  (14: 
46-49,  January  '39)  "Germany's  Leadership  in 
School  Films,"  by  John  Brown  Mason,  assistant 
professor  of  Social  Science,  Fresno  State  College. 

This  survey  of  the  educational  film  situation  in 
Germany  is  quite  startling  when  compared  to  the 
progress  made  in  America  to  date.  30,000  of  Ger- 
many's 60,000  schools  are  equipped  with  16mm 
projectors,  and  7000  are  being  added  each  year 
until  all  are  equipped.  564  educational  films  are 
available,  produced  especially  for  instructional  pur- 
poses and  a  considerable  number  are  in  production. 
Nearly  all  are  silent  films  as  sound  is  still  too  ex- 
pensive. However,  they  hope  to  use  sound  films 
in  the  future,  especially  for  "reproduction  of  .rounds 
which  may  be  absent  from  students'  previous  ex- 
perience." Students'  contributions  provide  the  funds 
for  projection  equipment. 

The  writer  has  found  German  films  excellent 
technically  and  objective  in  presentation.     Most  of 


March,  19)9 


Page    101 


lV* 


.t^' 


.\«^ 


.\<^^*:.\« 


.ti 


^0' 


,oV 


•HOOT  MO  Nl 
SEND  FOR  TH€ 

fPR-E£B 

40th  Inventory 
SMLbBOOKl 


Many  unusual  bargains  offered  in  Central's 
4(Mh  Inventory  Sale  Book  —  just  out.  Every- 
thing photographic  —  new  and  used.  Write 
for  Free  Copy  NOW! 

trvbiol 

CBWERB  CO. 

230  SO.  WABASH.  DEPT.  53.  CHICAGO  (E«t.  189*) 

them  are  free  from  propaganda,  being  excepted 
from  government  censorship.  Great  leeway  in  the 
selection  of  films  is  permitted  individual  instruc- 
tors. There  are  several  reasons  for  Germany's 
progress  in  the  educational  film  field,  an  important 
one  being  that  it  has  one  centralized  nation-wide 
system  of  education.  The  Reich  Office  for  Educa- 
tional Films  supervises  the  school  use  of  films,  as- 
sisted in  their  distribution  by  regional  and  local 
organizations,  headed  by  teachers.  Their  system 
deserves  careful  attention  and   study. 

Book  Reviews 

■  Motion  Pictures  and  Radio,  by  Elizabeth  Laine.  Mc-Graw- 
Hill  Book  Company,  New  York.  January,  1939.  16S  pages, 
cloth.  $1.75. 

This  is  one  of  a  series  of  studies  by  the  University  of  the 
State  of  New  York,  made  under  the  Regent's  Inquiry  into  the 
character  and  cost  of  public  education  in  the  State  of  New 
York.  It  is  a  refreshing,  ably  written  piece  of  work  such  as 
one  meets  none  too  often,  unfortunately,  in  the  research  field. 
It  seeks  a  definite  and  important  end,  namely,  the  critical 
examination  and  appraisal  of  present  educational  outcomes, 
methods  and  costs,  and  the  formulation  of  policies  and  programs 
for  long-range  objectives  ahead.  It  does  not  aim  at  "great 
masses  of  statistics"  or  endless  descriptive  details  via  the 
"questionnaire"  route.  Rather,  it  surveys  widely  and  intensively 
through  the  best  available  sources  the  existing  status  of  things, 
concentrates  on  the  most  significant  virtues  and  faults,  and 
presents  conclusions,  from  the  evidence  and  from  considered 
judgment,  in  clear,  terse  and  eminently  readable  English. 
Much  of  the  survey  necessarily  presents  facts  already  familiar 
to  close  students  of  the  field,  but  even  these  will  find  stimulating 
value  in  the  discerning  conclusions  and  fertile  suggestions  that 
abound  throughout.  The  great  majority  of  the  field  will  find 
the  able  summary  of  real  essentials  equally  valuable.  It  is  a 
book  that  will  repay  reading  by  any  and  all. 

Four  chapters  discuss  the  Motion  Picture:  (1)  "The  Influence 
of  the  Motion  Picture  Theatre"  considers  its  feature  and 
short  length  pictures,  the  chief  researches  so  far  conducted  on 
audience  effect,  the  "motion  picture  appreciation"  movement, 
and  expresses  doubt  that  it  will  ever  be  possible  to  measure 
with  any  exactness  the  vast  "influence  that  motion  pictures 
exert  on  human  life  and  thought"  ...  but  "the  impact  of  ideas, 
no  matter  how  communicated,  constitutes  a  tremendous  in- 
fluence on  the  thoughts  of  all  members  of  society."  (2)  "Non- 
Theatrical    Motion    Pictures"    surveys    Industrial.   Government 


"LIFE            ^ 

■ 

BENEDICTINE     ■ 

MONASTERY"    ■ 

3   REELS 
16MM  Sound  on  Film 

PICTORIAL 
FILM  LIBRARY,  Inc. 

130  W«»t  46th  St..  N.  Y.  C. 

e> 

'•T>p«-lt"  Sli(l». 

TTPEWRITE   TOUR 

MESSAGE 

On  "TYPE  IT"  Slldel 

lor  Qukk  Projtction. 

In  ut«  o»«r  20  ytars 
n"Ii>>  II"SM<|  SI  25 
InScolersof  Mtortcd 

3 

♦ 

ftLIDC   MAKCRt  SIMCC   IMS 

L.IMUO  SMIIKS  mod*  In 
colors  or  black  and  white  from 
photoi,  bookt.  magaiinei,  charts, 
mops,  etc.    Satitfaction  guarantood. 

KanNaw     City     Slide     Co. 

1719    Wyandotte,    Kaniu   Citjr.   Mo. 

Ask    for  sample  "Type-It"  Slide. 


BICYCLE    SAFETY    FILM 

SUNNING  SPOKES  Is  a  swiff,  convincing  story  in  I  r**l,  16  mm 
silent.  School  produced  for  school  audiences.  Rental,  $1.00  for 
a  day's  use  or  $3.00  for  a  week,  plus  postage. 

H.    M.    Knekuk,    4106    North    24th    Plae« 
MILWAUKEE,  WISCONSIN 


YOUR  BUDGET 

For  Visual  Education 


Your  budget  should  include  our  out- 
standing educational  pictures,  avail- 
able for  rental  and  sale  at  prices 
within  your  means. 


When  you  visit  the 

WORLD'S    FAIR 

Make  a  note  to  say  "hello"  and  use  our 
projection  room  for  the  screening  of 
films  that  are  of  interest  to  you. 

Educators  are  cordially  invited  to  use 
our  facilities  when  in  New  York. 


Send  for  catalog   of  over    1200  Educational 
and  Entertainment  subjects — for  rent  or  sale. 


WALTER  0.  GUTLOHN,  Inc. 

35  W.  45th  St.     Dept.  E-3     New  York 


Page    102 


The  Educational  Screen 


Show  Filmstrips  or  M.iniature  Slides 

with  the        ^W  Tr/-/^tir/nfxe 

PROJECTOR 

Increasing  use  of  the  35  mm  black  and  white 
filmstrips  and  2"  x  2"  Kodachrome  glass 
slides  has  made  S.V.E.  Tri-Purpose  Projectors 
more  popular  than  ever. 

The  Model  CC  100  watt  projector  has  proved 
its  efficiency  in  thousands  of  classrooms. 
The  300  watt  Model  AA  has  been  made  on 
the  same  time-tested  principles.  Both  show 
single  or  double  frame  filmstrips  and  2"  x  2" 
glass  slides. 

Write  today  for  descriptive  literature  and 
catalog  of  available  filmstrips. 

Society  for  Visual  Education,  Inc, 

100      EAST     OHrO      STREET  CHICAGO.      ILLINOIS 


PROMINENT     EDUCATORS 

ACCLAIM 

These     Educafional     Films 


Scientific  Cinematography  Enthralls 
Students,  Scientific  Bodies! 

The  genius  of  eminent  European  scientists,  aided  by  modern  scientific 
cinematography,  has  produced  an  amazing  series  of  educational  films  ! 
In  "The  Ant  City",  you  see  examples  of  the  ants'  architectural  and 
economic  perfection,  their  organization  and  elaborate  habitations,  how 
they  collect  food  supplies,  care  for  the  young,  wage  wars  and  protect 
themselves  from  rain-storms.  In  "The  Life  of  the  lice",  you  watch 
the  founding  of  a  new  "city"  in  the  Spring,  the  birth  and  death  of 
the  queens,  the  life  cycle  of  the  worker,  the  massacre  of  the  males,  and 
finally,  a  death-struggle  with  the  bee's  ancient  enemy,  the  ant. 
Write  at  once  for  literature  describing  these  and  other  subjects  — 
Plant    Power,     Sensitivity     of    Plants,     Liquid     Air,     Moving     X-Rays. 

Available  in  silent  or  sound.  16  MM  or  35  MM. 
FOR    SALE    OR    RENTAL 


UFA  EDUCATIONAL  FILMS 

729  Seventh  Avenue      •      New  York  City 


and  Miscellaneous  production,  efforts  to  utilize  wholes  or  parts 
of  theatrical  films,  the  great  need  for  more  and  different  edu- 
cntional  films,  the  prohlem  of  general  distrihution,  experiments 
in  distribution  to  the  school  field,  the  costs  involved  and  some 
trenchant  considerations  on  "whether  the  value  received  from 
the  use  of  films  justifies  the  cost."  (3)  "Adaptation  of  Motion 
Pictures  to  Education"  summarizes  the  outstanding  research  to 
date,  points  out  the  difficulties  in  classroom  procedure  and 
curricular  adaptation,  discusses  the  great  range  of  potentialities 
of  films  in  teaching  and  their  natural  correlation  with  modern 
methods  in  education.  (4  I  "Role  of  the  State  in  an  Educational 
Motion  Picture  Program"  treats  dissemination  of  information, 
film  evaluation,  experimentation,  research,  circulation  of 
equipment,  and  teacher  training — for  "no  matter  how  excellent 
a  particular  film  may  be,  its  value  to  the  class  rests  almost 
entirely  with  the  classroom  teacher." 

Radio  also  receives  four  chapters  (V'l-VIII)  of  attention.  The 
first  discusses  radio  as  a  general  medium  for  mass  impression, 
its  influence  on  national  culture,  and  factors  determining  the 
nalure  of  broadcasts.  Sustaining  programs  are  far  superior  in 
cultural  content  and  quality  to  advertiser-spon.sored  programs, 
yt*  the  latter  are  vastly  more  popular,  which  accords  with  the 
I'si'.al  trend  of  public  taste  in  all  fields.  Governmental  control 
in  foreign  countries  is  contrasted  with  private  ownership  under 
the  preferred  .American  practice,  which  has  led  to  the  con- 
centration of  control  in  the  hands  of  three  great  broadcasting 
chains  for  a  practical  monopoly  of  the  air.  The  stations,  the 
companies  and  the  I'ederal  Communications  Commission  have 
all  been  objects  of  severe  criticism  and  the  author  suggests  that 
educators  could  do  much  to  counteract  the  difficulties. 

Chapters  VI  and  VII  consider  the  adaptation  of  radio  to 
education,  stressing  its  great  value  in  presenting  current  events, 
or  history  in  the  making,  with  a  speed  surpassing  press  or 
cinema,  and  the  selective  and  interpretative  function  possible 
with  good  broadcasting.  It  is  unique  in  presenting  music,  the 
actual  voices  of  great  personalities,  in  its  possibilities  in  im- 
proving national  speech  and  increasing  power  of  attention. 
Important  experimental  studies  so  far  completed  are  sum- 
marized, together  with  problems  yet  to  be  solved.  Many 
educational    projects    in    broadcasting    are    fully    treated,    both 


Miircb,  19)9 


Page  10} 


!.,cal  ami  nation  wide,  with  si>ccial  emphasis  on  spccilically 
scholastic  broadcasting,  such  as  the  notable  activities  in 
Kmhesttr.  Cleveland.  N'cw  Vork,  Ohio  State  University,  Uni- 
versity of  Chicago,  and  others.  That  the  way  has  been  rough 
appears  from  the  fact  that  125  eilncational  stations  in  1925  had 
shrunk  to  iS  in  1936.  The  last  chapter  points  out  the 
necessary  and  inevitable  role  that  must  be  played  by  the  State 
ill  the  final  solution  of  the  many  problems. 

liy  far  the  greater  part  of  the  values  found  for  radio  are 
for  adult  minds,  the  adaptation  for  young  minds  being  obviously 
far  more  difficult.  The  author  recognizes  freely  how  much 
remains  to  Ik-  learned  alwiut  this  tremendous  force  that  has 
swept  uixm  us  with  a  s]K-ed  outstripping  all  attempts  at  research, 
but  concludes  that  "although  neither  the  value  nor  the  Iwst 
methijd  of  teaching  by  radio  has  been  conclusively  demon.strated 
...  no  institution  or  department  of  learning  can  afford  to  ignore 
entirely  education  by  radio  .  .  .  and  eventually  radio  technique 
is  liound  to  influence  vitally  the  whole  educational  procedure." 

N.  L.  G. 

I  ■  The  Usk  ok  Visiai.  .\ii>s  in  Tf.aciiin<;.  by  Ella  CallisU 
Oark.  of  Stale  Teachers  College,  Winona.  Minnesota,  and 
Instructor  in  Visual  .Vids,  College  of  Education,  University  of 
Minnesota.  Bulletin  of  Winona  SUte  Teachers  College.  24 
pages,    paper.    25    cents. 

.\  concise  and  highly  informative  little  pamphlet,  ably 
written  and  attractively  printed,  that  packs  in  small  compass  a 
deal  of  scholarly  discussion  and  helpful  directions  for  the 
sound  use  of   visual   materials. 

After  a  compact  introduction  of  a  page  or  two  on  visual 
aids,  what  they  are.  why  use  them,  and  how  not  to  use  them, 
the  author  discusses  in  detail  the  Excursion,  the  Still  Picture, 
the  Steretigraph.  the  Lantern  Slide,  the  Film  Slide,  and  the 
Motion  Picture.  The  booklet  is  rich  in  suggestions  for  a  wider 
range  of  uses  for  familiar  materials  and  equipment,  every  page 
giving  hints  for  procedures  that  will  be  novel  to  many  who 
have  long  used  visual  aids. 

There  is  no  theoretical  utterance  here,  no  wasted  words,  no 
padding.  It  is  sane,  direct,  stimulating.  It  has  all  evolved  from 
Miss  Clark's  rif)e  experience  in  the  classroom,  in  preparing 
teachers  in  visual  instruction,  and  in  serving  as  a  Icadmg  iii- 
rtuence  in  the  notable  developments  and  expanding  interest  in 
visual  instruction  becoming  so  apparent  in  the  Minnesota  area. 
Local  demands  for  this  pamphlet  required  reprinting  soon  after 
its  first  appearance,  but  its  value  will  be  the  same  for  teachers 
ar.ywhere  who  are  interested  in  improving  their  u.se  of  visual 
materials.  N-  ^-  ^• 

■  Visual  Review —Eleventh  Annual  Edition,  1939.  Published 
by  The  Society  for  Visual  I->iucation.    (A  pages,  pai)er. 

The  eleventh  edition  of  this  practical  little  handbook,  otT  the 
press  last  month,  offers  the  usual  meaty  material  to  its  readers, 
particularly  with  respect  to  the  tilmstrip.  Mr.  O.  L.  .\mistrong 
of  the  University  of  North  Carolina  reports  on  the  use  of  film- 
strips  by  North  Carolina  teachers  of  vocational  agriculture. 
"The  Filmstrip  in  CCC  Camp  Education"  is  summarized  by 
Homer  T.  Rosenberger,  Research  Assistant  to  Director  of  CCC 
Camp  Education,  Washington.  D.  C,  while  "Filmslides  in  the 
Visual  Education  program  of  the  church  is  described  by  Keith 
C.  Von  Hagen,  Baptist  Sunday  School  Board,  Nashville,  Teiin. 
The  procedure  followed  in  the  production  of  filmslides  for  the 
visual  education  work  of  the  Connecticut  State  Department  of 
Education,  is  an  interesting  contribution  from  John  S.  Carroll. 
Department  of  Education,  Yale  University,  and  Paul  J.  Gray- 
bill,  Supervisor  of  the  WPA  Visual  Education  project.  Twenty- 
six  teacher-made  filmslides,  produced  as  an  aid  in  vocational 
education,  are  described  by  Ray  McCrory,  West  Di\'ision  High 
School,   Milwaukee. 

The  address,  "Records  and  Recording  Equipment  for 
Schools,"  given  by  Ellsworth  C.  Dent  at  the  .\tlanta  Audio- 
Visual  Conference  last  November,  is  reproduce<l.  More  general 
irticles  are  "Visual  Aids  in  the  Classroom,"  by  Camilla  Best. 
New  Orleans  Public  Schools,  and  an  account  of  a  study  made 
to  determine  the  effectiveness  of  visual  aids  in  teaching  poetry 
in  the  Wcirton,  West  Virginia,  High  School.  A  splendid 
feature  is  the  section  on  Visual  Education  Courses  in  1938 
Summer  Schools,  wherein  the  experience  of  several  instructors 
are  presented. 

Visual  Re\'iew  is  available  free  upon  request  to  the  Society 
for  \'istial  Education,  ,^27  S.  USalle  Street,  Chicago.— J.  F.  H. 


TO    OUR   PATRONS 
on  the  WEST  COAST 

In  Order  to  Better  Serve  You 

We 

Have  Opened  an  Office  at 

A-63  Chamber  of  Commerce  Building 

Los  Angeles 

Where  the  Facilities 

of 
Our  Gigantic  Library- 
Are  at  the  Disposal  of 
OUR  WEST  COAST  FRIENDS 

Ideal  Pictures 
Corporation 

28  E.  Eighth  Street.  Chicago 
Chamber  oi  Commerce  Building,  Los  Angeles 


Universal  Ik 

SOUND  PROJECTORS  S^ 

New  All-Purpose  Model 

Combined  utility  is  offered  in  this 
newly  designed  16MM  Sound  Pro- 
jector. Precision  built.  Completely 
flexible  for  the  varied  demands 
of  classroom  and  auditorium. 


Complete,  ready  to  operate 

Universal  Sound  Projector 

SENTRY  SAFETY  CONTROL  CORP. 
1921  Oxford  St..  Phili..  Pa. 

ShowRoom—  laoo Broadway, N.  Y.C. 


Page  104 

Current  Film  Releases 


Kodascope  "Universal"  16mm 
Subjects  Taken  Over  by 
Bell  &  Howell 

Ten  Universal  feature  films,  formerly 
distributed  by  Kodascope  Libraries  Di- 
vision of  Eastman  Kodak  Company,  will 
henceforth  be  available  through  Bell  & 
Howell's  Filmosound  Library.  The  switch 
was  occasioned  by  the  discontinuance  of 
the  Kodascope  Library,  and  the  transfer  of 
Eastman's  film  rental  activities  to  their 
retail  stores.  This  change,  effective 
March  31,  1939,  adds  10  Universal  fea- 
tures and  15  short  subjects  to  the  27 
features,  3  serials  and  55  shorts  already 
handled  for  Universal  by  Bell  &  Howell. 
The  feature  16mm.  films  involved  in  this 
change  of  distribution  include  Show  Boat, 
My  Man  Godfrey,  Imitation  of  Life, 
Magnificent  Obsession,  The  Good  Fairy, 
Once  in  a  Lifetime,  Diamond  Jim,  His 
Night  Out,  My  Pal  the  King,  and  Three 
Kids  and  a  Queen.  The  fifteen  shorts 
include  Oswald  Rabbit  Cartoons,  Lowell 
Thomas  Travelogs,  Mentone  Musicals 
and  several  comedies. 

The  conditions  under  which  the  Uni- 
versal films  are  distributed  remain  virtu- 
ally unchanged  with  Bell  &  Howell  hand- 
ling. Rentals  are  made  through  local 
motion  picture  dealers  or  through  Filmo- 
sound Branch  Libraries  in  New  York, 
Chicago  and  Hollywood.  A  new  catalog 
supplement  describing  these  and  other 
recent  film  additions  will  be  sent  free. 
on  request.  Address  Films  Division, 
Bell  &  Howell  Company,  1801  Larch- 
mont  Avenue,   Chicago,   Illinois. 

Biographical  Picture 

Audio-Film  Libraries,  661  Bloomfield 
Avenue,  New  Jersey,  announce  the 
availability  of  a  16mm  sound  film  on  the 
Life  of  Theodore  Roosevelt,  which  covers 
the  important  highlights  of  his  career.  He 
is  seen  as  Rough  Rider,  Governor  of 
New  York,  Civil  Service  Commissioner, 
Vice-President  and  President.  Clearly 
portrayed  are  his  conservation  policy, 
building  of  the  Panama  Canal  during  his 
administration,  his  development  of  our 
modern  navy,  and  many  other  outstanding 
historical  events.  The  picture,  which 
runs  seventeen  minutes,  may  be  obtained 
for  a  reasonable  rental  charge. 

Material  for  the  Improvement 
of  Reading 

The  Harvard  Film  Service  in  co- 
operation with  the  Psycho-Educational 
Clinic,  Harvard  University,  announces  a 
new  type  of  film  material  for  the  im- 
provement of  reading.  These  16mm 
films  consist  of  reading  material  so  pre- 
sented that  successive  phrases  of  the  sep- 
arate lines  are  exposed  rapidly  across 
and  down  the  screen.  The  film  serves  as 
a  "pacer"  and  the  pupil  is  stimulated  to 
keep  up  with  the  rate  of  exposure.  As 
the  training  progresses,  selections  with 
longer    and    longer   lines   are    presented, 


thereby  gradually     increasing     the     eye 
span. 

Twenty  selections  averaging  125  feet 
each,  adapted  to  the  senior  high  school 
and  college  levels,  together  with  a 
teacher's  manual  and  a  set  of  compre- 
hension tests  for  each  film  are  now  ready. 
By  April  first,  in  time  for  a  two  months 
training  period  this  year,  there  will  be 
available  thirty  selections  for  Grades  3 
to  5 ;  by  next  September,  a  third  set  for 
Grades  6  to  9.  These  films  are  for  sale 
only.  Sample  selections  will  be  sent  for 
preview  purposes  on  request  to  the  Har- 
vard Film  Service,  Cambridge,  Massa- 
chusetts. 


New  UFA  Subjects 

Two  more  scientific  films  in  their 
biology  series,  titled  Life  of  the  Bee 
and  The  Ant  City  have  been  released  by 
Ufa  Films,  729  Seventh  Avenue.  New 
York  City.  The  film  on  bees  shows  the 
hive  that  awakens  in  the  Spring,  forma- 
tion of  the  swarm,  foundation  of  the  new 
city,  the  short  life  cycle  and  duties  of 
the  worker,  the  birth  and  death  of  new 
queens,  the  massacre  of  the  males  and 
finally,  a  death  struggle  with  their 
ancient  enemy,  the  ant.  The  Ant  City 
presents  examples  of  their  architectural 
and  economic  perfection,  their  organ- 
ization and  elaborate  habitations.  The 
bu?y  routine  of  the  neuter-sex  ants  is 
depicted,  and  such  fascinating  incidents 
as  a  war  between  two  colonies,  ants  at- 
tacking a  snail,  and  the  feverish  activity 
of  the  colony  in  preparation  against  an 
oncoming  storm. 

These  educational  subjects,  which  have 
been  highly  endorsed  by  science  teachers, 
are  available  in  16mm  and  35mm,  sound 
or  silent.  The  sound  films  are  narrated 
by  a  newsreel  commentator. 


Free  Loan  Films 

A  new  two-reel  sound  motion  picture, 
Let's  Go  Fishing,  starring  Tony  Accetta, 
U.  S.  professional  bait  and  fly-casting 
champion,  has  been  produced  by  the 
Fisher  Body  Division  of  General  Motors, 
Detroit.  The  film  presents  a  compre- 
hensive lesson  in  fishing  and  casting,  en- 
couraging participation  in  the  sport  and 
emphasizing  the  basic  rules  of  sports- 
manship. Right  and  wrong  methods  of 
casting,  proper  methods  of  landing  a  fish 
and  other  fine  points  of  the  art  are 
illustrated.    Narration  is  by  Ted  Husing. 

Another  recent  picture  issued  by  Fish- 
er Body  is  This  Moving  World,  in  two 
reels,  which  is  a  dramatic  portrayal  of 
the  history  of  transportation,  from  tlie 
discovery  of  the  wheel  to  the  introduction 
of  the  streamlined  train,  the  trans-oceanic 
airliner  and  other  modern  means  of  travel. 
Both  of  these  subjects  are  available  in 
16mm  and  35mm  sound,  without  charge 
except  for  the  cost  of  shipment. 


The  Educational  Screen 

French  Productions 

Walter  O.  Gutlohn,  Inc.,  have  added 
two  French  films  in  16mm.  sound  to  their 
growing  library  of  foreign  subjects.  The 
Violin  (Le  Violon),  a  two-reel  short, 
depicts  the  history  of  the  development  of 
the  violin  and  the  members  of  its  family, 
including  the  various  delicate  stages  of 
manufacture.  Jacques  Thibaud,  well- 
known  French  violinist,  is  heard  playing 
one  of  his  favorite  compositions.  This 
film  was  awarded  the  grand  prize  at  the 
World's  Fair  in  Paris.  English  version 
will  be  available  soon.  Andorre  is  the 
title  of  a  three  reel  film  on  the  tiny  na- 
tion of  Andorre,  situated  between  France 
and  Spain,  which  has  the  distinction  of 
being  the  smallest  republic  in  the  world. 
This  documentary  film  presents  an  au- 
thentic picturization  of  the  customs  and 
characteristics  of  the  natives. 


Spanish  War  Release 

The  Will  of  a  People,  latest  and 
most  complete  film  record  of  the  war  in 
Spain,  is  announced  by  Garrison  Films 
Inc.,  1600  Broadway,  New  York  City. 
Produced  in  Catalonia  and  in  the  nine 
provinces  of  Central  Spain,  the  film  is 
an  important  film  document  of  the  un- 
fortunate conflict  between  the  people  of 
the  Republic  of  Spain  and  the  insurgent 
Fascists  and  Moors.  Additional  historical 
scenes  were  obtained  from  the  Govern- 
ment's film  archives.  The  editing  was 
completed  in  America  by  Louis  Frank, 
producer.  The  film  is  6  reels  and  is 
available  is  3Smm  and  16mm  sound,  for 
both  rental  and  sale. 


West  Coast  OfRce  for  Ideal 

On  March  1st  Ideal  Pictures  Corpora- 
tion of  Chicago  took  over  by  purchase 
the  Howard  Hill  Motion  Picture  Service 
of  Los  Angeles.  Mr.  Willoughby,  Presi- 
dent of  Ideal,  spent  a  few  days  in  Los 
Angeles  getting  the  new  office  going  "the 
Ideal  way."  The  West  Coast  office  will 
continue  under  the  management  of  Don- 
ald Reed,  as  it  has  for  the  past  year 
under  Howard  Hill's  ownership. 


Film  on  Monastery  Life 

Pictorial  Film  Library,  130  West  46th 
Street,  New  York  City,  has  secured  ex- 
clusive rights  to  Life  in  a  Benedictine 
Monastery,  a  three-reel  16mm  film  pro- 
duced in  France,  and  have  added  an  ex- 
planatory commentary  in  English.  The 
picture  intimately  portrays  the  life  in  a 
monastery  in  Normandie,  showing  the 
monks  at  their  tasks — cultivating  their 
soil,  spinning  cloth,  preparing  their 
manuscripts — and  at  their  daily  prayers. 
A  novitiate  ceremony  is  also  seen.  There 
are  actual  recordings  of  Gregorian  chants 
and  Latin  prayers.  This  subject  should 
have  appeal  not  only  to  those  of  Catholic 
faith,  but  to  general  audiences  as  well 
since  it  portrays  a  kind  of  life  which 
has  changed  little  since  the  Middle  Ages. 


March,  1959 


Page   105 


SEEING 

IS  BELIEVINGI 

No  matter  what  the  subject 
taught  ...  the  mind  receives 
fullest  significance,   understands 
with  greatest  clarity  —  if  the  les- 
son has  been  conveyed  by  the  eyes! 

YOU  WILL   EDUCATE   BEST 

IF  YOU  EDUCATE 

PICTORIALLY! 


FOR  ENTERTAINMENT,  NO  GREATER 
PICTURES  ARE  AVAILABLE 

LEHER  OF  INTRODUCTION 

MAD  ABOUT  MUSIC 

100  MEN  AND  A  GIRL 

THREE  SMART  GIRLS 

THE  RAGE  OF  PARIS 

MERRY  GO  ROUND  OF  1938 

YOU'RE  A  SWEETHEART 

SHOWBOAT 

(and  many  others) 


Write    to    Universal's    Non-Theatrical 

Department  for  further  information 

regarding  short  and  feature-length 

pictures,  travelogues,  cartoons 

and  other  motion  pictures. 

CATALOGUE   16 


UNIVERSAL  PICTURES 
COMPANY,  INC. 

Rockefeller  Center  New  York,  N.  Y. 

CIRCLE  7-7100 


NEW 


CLASSIFIED     DIRECTORY 
OF     FILM      SOURCES 


50c  Per  Copy 
Sand  Order  to 


Never  before  has  there  been  such  a  clear  cut 
Subject-Source  Index  with  its  many  classifi- 
cations and  divisions  tabulated  in  a  film  di- 
rectly. It  Is  unquestionably  the  most  compre- 
hensive film  selection  list  ever  published. 
Instead  of  the  user  wading  through  many 
classifications  to  find  a  certain  subject,  this 
New  Directory  permits  him  to  consult  the 
Subject-Source  Index,  where,  under  the 
proper  headings,  he  will  find  a  list  of  sources 
that  have  such  films  available  .  .  .  both  silent 
and  with  sound.  Sources  are  numbered  and 
user  then  consults  source  listings  to  deter- 
mine what  each  source  can  supply. 
Another  noteworthy  innovation  is  an  en- 
larged editorial  section  that  provides  perti- 
nent information  and  data  on  all  non-theatri- 
cal applications  of  the  motion  picture  .  .  • 
featuring,  in  particular,  the  educational  field. 

This  edition  of  the  VICTOR  Directory  is  the 
result  of  thousands  of  requests  for  a  contin- 
uation of  this  VICTOR  service  to  16mm  users. 
As  VICTOR  was  one  of  the  first  to  publish  a 
film  directory  years  ago,  it  now  carries  on 
with  the  most  complete  and  helpful  film 
diredorv  ever  published. 

FOR  YOUR  COPY 

Send  50c  with  complete  and  fully  legible 
maUing  address  to  the  DIRECTORY  EDITOR. 
at  the  home  office  of  Victor  Animatograph 
Corp.,  in  Davenport,  Iowa. 


m 


VICTOR    ANIMATOGRAPH    CORPORATION 

DAVENPORT.  IOWA 
Chicago  Los  Anfeles  New  Yorfc 


AN  IM  ATOPHO N E      IC     SOUND      PHOJfCTOBS 


Page    106 


The  Educational  Screen 


THE    FILM    ESTIMATES 


Beachcomber.  The  {  Lauirhton.  Lanchcstcrl 
(Para)  MauRham  short  story  of  degenerate, 
gin-soaked,  repulsive  derelict,  supposedly  irre- 
sistible to  women,  demoralizing  South  Sea 
social  order.  Rigid  lady-missionai-y  fights  to 
deport  him  but  ends  by  marrying  him  herself. 
Unpleasant  theme  expertly  done.  2-21-39 

(A)  Fine  of  kind  (Y)  (C)  By  no  means 

Blondie  Meets  the  Boss  (Lake,  Singleton,  Larry 
Simms)  (Colum)  Second  in  comic-strip  series. 
Domestic  comedy  of  nonsense  and  slapstick. 
Engaging  little  dog  and  Baby  Dumpling,  talk- 
ing far  beyond  his  years,  steal  picture.  Little 
spark  or  ability  in  rest  of  cast.  Fun  if  you 
laugh  easily.  3-7-30 

(A)  Elementary  (Y)  Fair  (C)  Good 

Cafe  Society  (Madeleine  Carroll,  Fred  MacMur- 
ray)  (Para)  Expert  picture  of  flippant,  so- 
phisti(;ated  "playboy"  life,  incessant  wisecracks 
with  appearance  of  wisdom  but  no  evidence, 
built  round  wrangling  love  affair  and  snap 
marriage.  Elegantly  cheap,  blase,  unwholesome 
living  made  alluring.  Carroll  notable.  3-7-39 
(A)  Very  good  of  kind  (Y)  (C)  By  no  means 

Edge  of  the  World  (John  Laurie,  Belle  Chrystall) 
(Pax)  Fine  British  documentary  study  of  life  on 
rocky,  barren  island  off  Scotland.  Absorbing  hu- 
man drama  of  romance  and  conflict  between 
two  families  interwoven  with  stirring  portray- 
al of  inhabitants'  losing  struggle  for  existence 
and  final  exodus.  Superb  photography.  2-28-39 
(A)  Notab'e  (Y)  Mature  (C)  Too  heavy 

Fighting  Thoroughbreds  (Mary  Carlisle,  Geo. 
Hayes)  (Republic)  Ordinary  little  story  with  fa- 
miliar plot  of  rivalry  between  families  over  su- 
premacy of  their  horses,  and  the  usual  race-track 
climax,  which  adds  excitement  of  attempted  kid- 
napping by  crooks  trying  to  throw  the  race.  Good 
shots  of  horses  and  outdoor  scenes.  2-14-39 

(A)  Hardly  (Y)  F'air  (C)  Doubtful  int. 

Fight  to  the  Last  (Chinese-English  titles)  Chi- 
nese production  showing  ruthless  Japan  deci- 
mating unprepared  China.  Story  centers  around 
appealing  Chinese  family,  all  dying  grisly 
deaths.  Technically  poor,  with  dizzy  transitions 
and  montage,  but  vivid,  horrible,  convincing 
realism  favoring  China  in  present  War.  2-14-39 
(A)  and  (Y)  Strong  and  grewsome  (C)  No 

Fisherman's  Wharf  (Bobby  Brcen,  Galli,  Car- 
rillo,  Armctta)  (RKO)  Sentimental,  realistic, 
homely  comedy  of  Italian  fishermen's  life  on 
San  Francisco  waterfront,  centered  round  ap- 
peatintr  orphan  bov.  his  foster-father,  and 
scheming  widow  with  unbearable  son.  Bobby's 
singing  and  fine  role  by  Galli  are  features.  3-7-39 
(A)  Good  of  kind  (Y)  Good  (C)  Good 

Gambling  Ship.  The  (Robt.  Wilcox.  Helen  Mack) 
(Univ)  Father  killed  by  rival  gambler,  daughter 
takes  over  gorgeous  gambling  ship  to  get  re- 
venge. Hero  plays  both  sides.  Glamorous  gam- 
bling and  gangsterism  sanctified  because  father 
and  daughter  found  and  finance  orphan  asylum 
from   "honest"   roulette  wheels.  2-28-39 

(A)  Mediocre  (Y)  No  (C)  No 

Girl  Downstairs,  The  (Franciska  Gaal,  Franchot 
Tone)  (MGM)  Light,  gay  romantic  comedy. 
Wealthy  hero  poses  as  chauflfeur  and  courts  scul- 
lery maid  to  gain  access  to  home  of  rich  fiancee 
whose  father  opposes  the  match.  Flimsy,  trite 
theme  but  simple,  refreshing  charm  of  Miss  Gaal 
wins   audience  as  well   as  hero.  2-28-39 

(A)  Fairly  amus.  (Y)  Entertaining  (C)  No  int. 
Honolulu  (Young.  Powell.  Burns,  Allen)  (MGM) 
Fast,  merry  musical  romance,  with  dual  role  for 
Young  as  much-pursued  movie  star  and  his 
double,  a  Hawaiian  planter.  Amusing  complica- 
tions on  ship  and  shore,  roles  perfectly  fitted 
to  players,  tuneful  music,  and  Eleanor's  fine 
dancing.   Deftly  done  throughout.  2-21-39 

(A)  (Y)  Very  good  of  kind  (C)  If  it  interests 

Huckleberry  Finn  (Mickey  Rooney)  (MGM)  Se- 
rious and  fairly  successful  attempt  at  true  film- 
ing of  Mark  Twain  classic  in  proper  tempo, 
times  and  settings.  Director  Thorpe  has  manag- 
ed to  suppress  most  of  Mickey's  usual  antics 
and  a  quite  convincing  "Huck"  results.  Near- 
execution  of  Jim  made  pretty  strong.  3-7-39 
(A)  Fairly  good  (Y)  Good  (C)  Strong  but  good 
I  Was  a  Convict  (Barton  McLane)  (Repub)  Old 
business  man,  after  jail  term  for  tax  evasion, 
hires  jail  cronies  and  estranges  stockholders. 
Dubious  moments  but  policy  finally  proves  sound. 
Too  much  improbability,  low  comedy  and  melo- 
drama to  make  convincing  plea  for  hiring 
convicts.  3-14-39 

(A)  Crude  (Y)  (C)  Doubtful  value 

King  of  the  Underworld  (Kay  Frances,  Hum- 
phrey Bogart)  (Warner)  Her  husband  killed  by 
gangsters,  doctor-heroine  invades  underworld 
for  revenge  and  wins  out  in  highly  improbable 
fashion.  She  finds  new  romance  amid  wild 
gunplay,  hairbreadth  escapes  and  extra  heavy 
villainy.      Waste   of    Kay    Francis.  2-21-39 

(A)  Mediocre  (Y)  No  (C)  No 


Being   the  Combined  Judgments  of  a    National  Committee   on  Current  Theatrical   Filmi 
(A)  Discriminating  Adults  (Y)  Youth  (C)  Children 

Date    of    mailing    on    weekly    service    is    shown    on    each    film. 


Let  Freedom  Ring  (Nelson  Eddy,  Virginia  Bruce) 
(MGM)  Lusty  tale  of  old  west  and  coming  of  the 
railroad.  Hero  pretends  sympathy  with  unscru- 
pulous railroad  agents  who  rob  settlers  of  land, 
and  outwits  them  by  preaching  doctrines  of  true 
Americanism  to  immigrant  workers.  Characteriz- 
ations and  Nelson's  singing  best  features.  2-28-39 
(A)  Fair         (Y)  Bather  good        (C)  Too  mature 

Life  Dances  On  (Un  Carnet  do  Hal)  (French— 
Eng.  titles)  Outstanding  film  artistically  done,  su- 
perbly acted  and  directed,  beautifully  photo- 
graphed. Absorbing  episodic  drama  unified  by 
central  character,  lonely  widow  who  seeks  out 
girlhood  admirers.  Experiences  range  from  grip- 
ping tragedy  to  fine  comedy.  Notable  cast.  2-21-39 
(A)  Excellent         (Y)  Mature         (C)  Unsuitable 

Little  Orphan  Annie  (Ann  Gillis,  Robert 
Kent)  (Para)  Cheap  amateurish  effort  to 
cash  in  on  comic  strip.  Annie  sponsors 
prizefighter  to  make  money  to  help  neigh- 
bors. Crazy  slapstick  throughout,  with  women 
beating  up  hoodlums  with  rolling  pins  for 
climax.  3-14-39 

(A)  Absurd  (Y)  No.  (C)  No 

Long  Shot  (Gordon  Jones,  Marsha  Hunt)  (Gr. 
Matl)  Another  racetrack  story  with  some  origi- 
nal turns  in  plot  and  fairly  average  acting. 
Plenty  of  track  villainy  as  usual,  but  con- 
siderable human  and  "horse"  interest  gets 
the  emphasis.  Harry  Davenport  does  the  out- 
standing role.  3-14-3'> 
(A)  Fair                                     (Y)  (C)  Good  of  kind 

Lone  Wolf  Spy  Hunt  (Warren  William.  Ida  Lu- 
pino)  (Columbia)  Government  plans  for  new 
aircraft  gun  shuttle  around  from  government  to 
crooks  to  Lone  Wolf  in  an  intricate  hodge-podge 
of  comedy,  crookery,  mystery,  peril  and  ro- 
mance. Smooth,  suave  role  by  William  with 
effective   supporting    cast.    ,  2-28-39 

(A)  Good  of  kind  (Y)  Fairly  go;)d         (C)  No 

Man  with  a  Gun,  The  (Russian-Eng.  titles)  (Am- 
kino)  The  1917  revolution  and  overthrow  of  Ker- 
ensky  under  Lenin  and  Stalin,  who  are  made 
quite  charming.  Engagingly  ignorant  private  sol- 
dier has  leading  role.  Faster  tempo,  more  char- 
acter interest  and  much  humor  make  this  more 
effective  propaganda  than  usual.  2-28-39 

(A)  Good  of  kind  (Y)  No  (C)  No 

Navy  Secrets  (Fay  Wray,  Grant  Withers)  (Mono- 
gram) Colorless,  confused  spy-melodrama.  Hero 
and  heroine  are  Secret  Service  agents,  on  same 
case  and  ignorant  of  each  other's  identity.  Ap- 
prehension of  spies,  to  whom  traitorous  sailor 
has  been  selling  secrets,  requires  guns,  fisti- 
cuffs, and  some  suspense.  2-21-39 
(A)  Mediocre            (Y)  Passable            (C)  Hardly 

North  of  Shanghai  (Betty  Furness.  James 
Craig)  (Columbia)  Mediocre  thriller  built  around 
Chinese  war.  Heroine,  ace  reporter  from  the 
States,  and  cameraman  hero  track  down  spy  ring 
and  succeed  in  wiping  out  conspirators  in  air 
raid  climax.  Fast-moving  but  little  suspense. 
Fairly  well  acted.  2-14-39 

(A)  Hardly  (Y)  Ordinary  (C)  No 

Off  the  Record  (O'Brien,  Blondell,  Bobby  Jor- 
dan) (Warner)  Glorifies  tough,  insolent,  incor- 
rigible boy  who  flouts  would-be  benefactors, 
runs  his  own  lawless  course,  dictates  his  own 
"reform."  Hero  and  heroine,  breezy  newshawks, 
are  helpless  before  him,  but  manage  to  wise- 
crack themselves  into  marriage.  3-7-39 
(A)  Hardly                             (Y)  (C)  Unwholesome 

Pagliacci  (Richard  Tauber,  Steffi  Duna)  (G-B) 
Sincerely  acted  film  version  of  famous  opera, 
telling  tragic  story  of  jealousy  and  murder. 
Excerpts  from  original  finely  sung  in  Eng- 
lish by  Tauber.  Photographically  appealing, 
but  final  scenes  in  Technicolor  rather  inef- 
fectual. 3-14-39 
(A)  (Y)  Good  of  kind                        (C)  No  interest 

Peck's  Bad  Boy  with  the  Circus  (Tommy 
Kelly.  Ann  Gillis)  (RKO)  Hilarious  adven- 
tures of  youngsters  at  circus,  complicated  by 
animosity  between  hero  and  rival,  fighting 
lions,  slapstick  comedy,  circus  acts,  culminat- 
ing in  wild  ride  to  camp  for  race  which 
hero  wins.  3-14-39 

(A)  Elementary  (Y)  (C)  More  or  less  amusing 
Pride  of  the  Navy  (Jas.  Dunne.  Rochelle  Hud- 
son) (Repub)  Happy-go-lucky  hero,  fired  from 
Annapolis  but  a  mechanical  genius,  proves  invalu- 
able to  navy  in  developing  new  submarine.  Ro- 
mance with  Commander's  daughter  complicates 
things,  but  hero  finally  wins  trials,  navy  rank, 
and  girl.  Light,  unskillful  amusement.  2-21-39 
(A)  Hardly  (Y)  Fair  (C)  Fair 


Pygmalion  (Wendy  Hiller.  Leslie  Howard) 
(MGM)  Expertly  made,  finely  acted  British 
translation  of  famous  play.  Brilliant  dialog  re- 
tains Shaw's  clever  .satire  and  wit.  Hiller  not- 
ably fine  in  role  of  cockney  flower  girl  who  is 
transformed  into  charming  lady  by  an  eccentric 
professor.    Delightfully   entertaining.  2-14-39 

(A)  Exclnt.  (Y)  Gd.  tho.  mature  (C)  Too  mature 
Stagecoach  (Trevor,  Wayne.  Thos.Mitchell)  (UA) 
A  mere  stagecoach  travel-episode  in  Indian  days 
^-killfully  spun  into  cense,  sensational  Western 
melodrama  of  varied  character  interest,  fine 
.scenery  and  unlimited  thrills.  Historical  value 
marred  by  exaggeration,  impossibilities,  and 
overdone  sound  and  background  music.  2-28-39 
(A)  Fineof  kind  (Y)  Tense  thriller  (C)  No 
Stand  Up  and  Fight  (Taylor,  Beery)  (MGM) 
Vague  pre-Civil-War  "history"  of  stagecoach, 
new  railroad  and  stolen  slave  traffic  thoroughly 
melodramatized  with  thrilling  thuggery.  Two- 
fisted  "gentleman"  and  swaggering  roughneck 
furnish  much  fighting  but  little  drama  -  though 
Hollywood  thinks  they  are  synonyms.  2-28-39 

(A)  Good  of  kind  (Y)  Doubtful  value  (C)  No 
Soviet  Border  (  Russian.  English  titles)  (Amkino) 
Lonf.  lumbering  sti>ry  of  Soviet-Manchuria  fron- 
tier. Many  civil  and  military  characters,  com- 
plex allegiance,  tricks,  treacheries,  loyalties, 
spyings,  endless  talk,  abundant  unenlightening 
titles,  make  whole  practically  unintelligible. 
Then  Soviet  crushes  Japs  !  3-7-39 

(A)  Dull  (Y)  No  (C)  No 

St.  Louis  Blues  (Lamour.  Lloyd  Nolan)  (Para) 
Mediocre  "swing"  musical  in  Mississippi  show- 
boat setting,  with  stale,  hodge-podge  plot,  built 
to  exploit  Lamour's  "singing"  and  figure.  Some 
obvious  sex  emphasis.  Jesse  Rolph  supposed  to 
be  very  funny  as  hard-bitten,  wise-cracking, 
cigar-smoking  old  woman.  2-21-39 

(A)  Depends  on  taste  (Y)  No  value  (C)No 
Strange  Case  of  Dr.  Meade  (Jack  Holt,  Beverly 
Roberts)  (Columbia)  Somber  little  story,  un- 
pretentious, but  not  without  merit,  about  a  fa- 
mous surgeon  who  tries  to  bring  modern  med- 
ical practice  and  sanitation  to  a  Southern 
backwoods  village  and  finally  wins  out  against 
ignorance  and  hostile  opposition.  2-14-39 

(A)  and  (Y)  Fair  (C)  No  interest 

Swing.  Sister,  Swing  (Ken  Murray,  Kathryn 
Kane)  (Univ)  Trivial  but  lively  and  somewhat 
appealing  little  story  about  small-town  "jitter- 
bugs" brought  to  New  York  by  press  agent 
to  revive  failing  studio  with  new  dance.  They 
achieve  temporary  fame,  returning  home  when 
fad    passes.     Glorifies    "swing".  2-21-39 

(A)  Thin  (Y)  Probably  enjoyable  (C)  Perhaps 
They  Made  Me  a  Criminal  (Garfield,  Robson.  G. 
Dickson)  (MGM)  Tough,  low-minded  prize-fight- 
er hero  fiees  unjust  murder  charge,  lands  on  wes- 
tern ranch,  gradually  learns  better  values.  Gar- 
field convincing,  but  sordid,  violent  action,  and 
slum  slang  and  sly  trickery  of  glorified  Dead  End 
kids,  largely  nullify  character  values.  2-14-39 

(A)  Gd.  of  kd.  (Y)  Unsuitable  (C)  By  no  means 
Three  Musketeers  (Don  Ameche.  Ritz  Brothers) 
(Fox)  Merry  travesty  of  classic,  with  the  fa- 
miliar plot,  gay  with  song  and  music,  Ameche 
an  engaging  D'Artagnan  and  Ritz  Brothers 
(mistaken  for  the  three  musketeers)  in  clown 
comedy  rather  less  crude  than  usual.  Fun 
for  the  uncritical.  3-7-39 

(A)  Depends  on  taste  (Y)  (C)  Mostly  good 

Topper  Takes  a  Trip  (C.  Bennett,  R.  Young) 
(U.  A,)  Diverting,  sophisticated  sequel  to  first 
Topper  fantasy  with  same  amazing  camera 
tricks.  Concerns  spectral  heroine's  attempts  to 
reunite  the  troubled  Topper  with  wife.  Pranks  of 
ungaging  ghosts — girl  and  dog— and  embarrass- 
ing situations  for  Topper  provide  fun.  2-14-39 
(A)  and  (Y)  Very  amusing  of  kind  (C)  Dtfl.  int. 
Torchy  Blane  in  Chinatown  (G.  Farrell.  B.  Mac- 
Lane)  (Warner)  Only  excuse  for  title  of  this 
feeble  murder  mystery  is  that  Chinese  are  sus- 
pected murderers  of  three  men  who  prove  to  be 
very-much-alive  extortioners.  Again  repoi*ter- 
heroine  outsleuths  dumb  detective-hero.  Usual 
pitiful  comedy  efforts  by  Tom  Kennedy.  2-14-39 
(A)  Poor  (Y)  Worthless  (C)  No 

While  New  York  Sleeps  (Michael  Whalen,  Jean 
Rogers)  (Fox)  Routine  Mystery  melodrama  in 
Roving  Reporters  series.  Involves  stolen  bonds, 
several  murders,  night  club  action,  and  agreeable 
romance.  Reporter-hero  wrangles  with  police  in- 
spector and  shows  him  up  by  cleverly  solving 
crimes.  Acting  passable,  direction  weak.  3-7-39 
(A)  Mediocre  (Y)  Not  the  best  (C)  No 


March,  19}9 


Page   107 


AMONG  THE  PRODUCERS  'WU  iL  c.^.cul 


i^ 


Lxnti  UHHCUHCe  new 


vtl^J-ucU  anJ.  JieveLovftteHU  or  inUte^f  tc  tke  ^itLtL. 


16mm.  Projector  Without 
Belts  or  Chains 

March  1st,  Bell  &  Howell  replaced 
three  former  16mm.  projector  models 
with  one  machine  which  is  asserted  to 
be  the  finest  moderately-priced  16mm. 
motion  picture  projector  ever  offered  by 
that  company.  The  new  projector,  called 
the  "Filmaster,"  is  entirely  gear-driven. 
It  has  no  belts  or  chains  inside  or  out. 
The  gears,  enclosed  by  rigid  aluminum- 
alloy  die  castings,  are  said  to  be  excep- 
tionally silent. 

Additional  specifications  of  the  Film- 
master  indicate  considerable  versatility. 
The  film  rewinds  quickly  and  quietly; 
either  300,  400,  500  '  or  750- watt 
line  voltage  lamp  may  be  used;  the 
lens— a  2-inch  F  1.6,  same  as  supplied 
with  higher  priced  B&H  machines — is 
interchangeable  with  eight  different  focal 
length  lenses;  standard  lens  and  lamp 
illumination  is  increased ;  the  lamp  may 
be  turned  off  during  the  film  rewinding ; 
a  no-glare  pilot-light  illuminates  the 
mechanism.  The  light  is  operative  as 
soon  as  the  projector  current  supply  cord 
Is  connected  with  current  source,  and  is 
turned  on  automatically,  simply  by  pull- 
ing the  pilot  light  cap  out  of  its  housing. 
The  film  can  be  run  backward  simply  by 
throwing  a  lever.  By  disengaging  the 
clutch  any  single  film  frame  may  be  pro- 
jected as  a  still  picture,  protected  from 
heat  by  an  automatic  safety  shutter.  The 
price,  within  the  United  States  is  $139.00. 

RCA  New  Educational 
Division  and  Products 

Appointment  of  Paul  C.  Richardson 
as  head  of  a  newly  formed  Educational 
Sales  Division  of  the  RCA  Manufactur- 
ing Qimpany  has  been  announced.  It 
will  be  the  function  of  this  division  to 
coordinate  and  expand  the  sale  of  the 
G)mpany's  products  to  schools  and  other 
educational    institutions. 

Mr.  Richardson  joined  RCA  Victor  in 
1936.  His  earliest  business  experience 
was  in  connection  with  the  educational 
field.  Since,  he  has  had  several  years 
of  experience  in  the  radio  field.  The 
duties  of  Ellsworth  C.  Dent,  RCA  Vic- 
tor Educational  Director,  will  remain  un- 
changed. He  will  continue  to  determine 
and  coordinate  the  development  of  prod- 
nets  needed  for  the  school  market,  and 
to  direct  sales  promotional  activities 
among  educational  institutions. 

Two  instantaneous  recording  and  play- 
back instruments,  one  a  deluxe  console 
type  which  achieves  fine  quality  of  re- 
production while  maintaining  simplicity 
of  operation,  and  the  other  a  handy  low- 
cost  portable,  have  been  announced  for 
school  use  by  Mr.  Dent.  These  versatile 
new  instruments  serve  a  multitude  of 
school    needs.      They   are    valuable    for 


detecting  and  correcting  speech  defects, 
and  in  teaching  speech,  dramatics,  music 
and  related  subjects.  They  can  also  be 
used  to  record  unusual  events  affecting 
the  school,  such  as  plays,  debates  and 
prominent  speakers. 

EJich  of  the  recorders  is  a  completely 
self-contained  unit,  having  a  reproducing 
pick-up,  tone  arm  and  loudspeaker  in 
addition  to  microphone,  recording  head 
and  amplifier.  Of  especial  importance 
is  the  newly  developed  cutter  head 
"Float  Stabilizer,"  which  counteracts 
"flutter."  , 

The  console  instrument  is  housed  in 
an  attractive  cabinet.  It  will  record  and 
reproduce  at  speeds  of  78  or  33%  r.p.m., 
using  10-,  12-,  or  16-inch  records,  and  is 
equipped  for  recording  either  from  the 
outside  in  or  the  inside  out.  The  port- 
able instrument  is  in  a  sturdy  canning 
ca-se,  and  weighs  only  37^4  pounds,  mak- 
ing it  easy  to  move  from  one  room  to 
another,  or  from  building  to  building. 
It  records  and  reproduces  10-  and  12- 
inch  records  at  78  r.p.m.,  using  the  out- 
side-in  method  of  recording.  It  is  com- 
plete with  amplifier,  loudspeaker  and 
Visual    Indicator. 


S.O.S.  Test  Reel 

A  new  16mm  precision  test  reel  for 
projection  in  sound  has  been  announced 
by  the  S.O.S.  Cinema  Supply  Corpora- 
tion of  New  York  City,  as  the  only 
projected  test  print  of  its  kind  com- 
bining visual  and  sound  tests  for  all 
sound  track  adjustments  both  on  one 
reel.  This  test  reel  is  especially  valu- 
able to  the  Visual  Education  or  Phy- 
sics Department  in  schools  and  institu- 
tions and  wherever  16mm  sound-on- 
film  pictures  are  projected  and  studied. 
It  is  of  great  help  in  maintaining  a 
rigid  mechanical  check  on  the  entire 
sound  and  picture  reproducer. 

Among  the  features  included  on  the 
reel  are:  recordings  of  both  male  and 
female  voices,  piano  and  orchestra,  re- 
corded on  Western  Electric  Mircophonic 
Equipment ;  fixed  frequencies  for  focus- 
sing sound  optical  systems  and  for  de- 
termining reproducer  characteristics, 
frequency  range,  flutter,  and  sound 
track  adjustments ;  charts  and  visual 
targets  for  checking  picture  sharpness, 
lens  aberration,  travel  ghost,  picture 
jumps  or  side  sway,  screen  brightness 
and  general  projector  characteristics. 

Selectroslide  Projection 
Equipment 

The  Selectroslide,  an  automatic  slide 
changing  device  that  takes  the  small 
2x2  inch  slides,  has  been  introduced  on 
the  market  by  Spindler  &  Sauppe,  86 
Third  Street,  San  Francisco.  The  equip- 


ment consists  of  an  electric  driven 
mechanism  contained  in  a  drum-shaped 
housing  of  cast  aluminum,  finished  in 
black  crystal  lacquer.  It  carries  an  in- 
terchangeable magazine  of  Bakelite 
holding  forty-eight  slides  in  numbered 
slots.  With  each  magazine  forty-eight 
simple  metal  frames  are  furnished  into 
which  two  glasses  with  the  pictures  are 
inserted.  The  glasses  can  be  inserted 
with  or  without  binding  tape. 

The  Selectroslide  can  be  operated  by 
remote  "push-button"  control  by  the 
speaker  from  where  he  is  standing  in 
the  room.  For  display  purposes  it  may 
be  operated  to  give  continuous  operation 
over  long  periods  of  time.  The  appara- 
tus is  approximately  8  inches  in  dia- 
meter, 9J4  inches  high  and  weighs  thirty 
pounds  complete.  A  bracket  secures  it 
to  the  Leitz  VIII-S  projector  for  which 
the  Selectroslide  was  especially  de- 
signed. 

Film  Directories 

The  Seventh  Edition  (1939)  of  the 
universally-known  Victor  Directory  of 
16mm  Film  Sources  is  off  the  press.  An 
important  innovation  is  a  new  style  of 
subject  index  that  quickly  identifies 
sources  with  certain  general  classifica- 
tions of  film  subjects.  Sources  are  di- 
vided into  three  classified  groups,  each 
source  numbered.  Listings  of  the  in- 
dexed sources  are  consulted  for  specific 
information  on  what  each  source  can 
supply. 

Another  noteworthy  improvement  is 
to  be  found  in  the  nature  of  the  edi- 
torial contents.  In  the  new  edition  there 
is  more  in  the  nature  of  concrete  ma- 
terial that  serves  as  a  guide  to  practical 
utilization  of  audio-visual  aids.  A  bib- 
liography is  also  included.  This  section 
touches  on  industrial,  religious  and  mis- 
cellaneous uses  of  motion  pictures  as 
well  as  on  the  strictly  educational. 

Whereas  previous  editions  of  the  di- 
rectory were  distributed  free,  there  will 
be  a  charge  of  50  cents  per  copy  for  the 
new  book.  Requests,  accompanied  by 
cash,  should  be  addressed  to  Directory 
Editor,  Victor  Animatograph  Corpora- 
tion, Davenport,  Iowa. 

Free  Films  for  Schools  has  just  been 
published  by  the  DeVry  Corporation, 
1111  Armitage  Avenue,  Chicago.  It 
lists  alphabetically  1400  free  films  from 
over  300  sources  throughout  the  United 
States.  Cross  references  under  60  dif- 
ferent headings  show  at  a  glance  what 
films  are  available  for  school  projects. 
Physical  data  of  each  film  is  recorded, 
the  number  of  reels,  whether  16mm.  or 
3Smm.  and  whether  sound  or  silent 
.\ddresse5  of  sponsors  or  distributors 
of  each  film  are  also  given. 

The  catalog  is  a  well  printed  book  of 
64  pages,  6x9.  that  sells  for  25  cents 


Page  108 


The  Educational  Screen 


HERE  THEY   ARE 


A  Trade  Directory 
for  the  Visual  Field 


FIUAS 

AUb  and  Bagshav,  Inc.  (0) 

1425  Williams  St.,  Denver,  Colo. 
Audio-Film  Libraries  (S) 

661  Bloomfield  Ave.,  Bloomfield,  N.  J. 

(See  advertisement  on  page  93) 

Bailey  Film  Service  (4) 

3405  University  Ave.,  Los  Angeles,  Cal. 
(See  advertisement  on  paere  97) 

BeU  &  Howell  Co.  (6) 

1815  Larchmont  Ave.,  Chicago 

(See  advertisement  on  inside  back  cover) 

Bray  Pictures  Corporation  (3,6) 

729  Seventh  Ave.,  New  York  City 
Cine  Classic  Library  (5) 

1041  Jefferson  Ave.,  Brooklyn.  N.  Y. 

(See  advertisement  on  page  96) 

Dudley  Visual  Education  Service     (4) 

736  S.  Wabash  Ave.,  Chicago 

4th  Fl.,  Coughlan  Bldg. 

Mankato,  Minn. 
Eaitin  16  mm.  Pictures  (6) 

707  Putnam  Bldg.,  Davenport,  la. 

Burns  Bldg.,  Colorado  Springs,  Colo. 

Eastman  Kodak  Co.  (1,  4) 

Rochester,  N.  Y. 

(Se«  advertisement  on  outside  back  cover) 

Eastman  Kodak  Stores,  Inc.  (6) 

1020  Chestnut  St.,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 
606  Wood  St.,  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 

Eastman  Kodak  Co.  (4) 

Teaching  Films   Division,   Rochester, 
N.  Y. 

(See  advertisement  on  page  99) 

Edited  Pictures  System,  Inc.  (6) 

330  W.  42nd  St.,  New  York  City 
Etpi  Classroom  Films,  Inc.  (2,5) 

35-11  3Sth  Ave.,  Long  Island  City. 

N.  Y. 
Films,  Inc.  (6) 

330  W.  42nd  St.,  New  York  City 

64  E.  Lake  St.,  Chicago 

925  N.  W.  19th  St.,  Portland,  Ore. 
Garrison  Films,  Inc.  (3,  6) 

1600  Broadway,  New  York  City 
(See  advertisement  on  page  93) 

General  Films.  Ltd.  (3,  6) 

1924  Rose  St.,  Regina,  Sask. 
156  King  St.,  W.  Toronto 

Walter  O.  Gutlohn,  Inc.  (6) 

35  W.  45th  St.,  New  York  City 

(See  advertisement  on  page  101) 

Hairard  Film  Service  (3,  6) 

Biological  Laboratories, 

Harvard  University,  Cambridge,  Mass. 
Guy  D.  Haselton,  Travelettes    (1,  4,  5) 

7936  Santa  Monica,  Blvd., 

Hollywood,  Calif. 

J.  H.  Ho&berg  Co.,  Inc.  (2,  5) 

729  Seventh  Ave.,  New  York  City 

Ideal  Pictures  Corp.  (3,  6) 

28  E.  Eighth  St.,  Chicago,  111. 

(See  advertisement  on  page  103) 

Lewis  Film  Service  (6) 

105  E.  1st  St.,  Wichita.  Kan. 

(See  advertisement  on  page  96) 

The  Manse  Library  (4,  5) 

2439  Auburn  Ave.,  Cincinnati,  O. 

(See  advertisement  on  page  96) 

Pictorial  Film  Library,  Inc.  (6) 

130  W.  46th  St.,  New  York  City 

(See  advertisement  on  page  101) 

UFA  Educational  Films  (3,  6) 

729  Seventh  Ave.,  New  York  City 

(See  advertisement  on  page  102) 


United  Projector  and  Films  Corp.  (1.  4) 
228  Franklin  St..  Buffalo,  N.  Y. 

Universal  Pictures  Co.,  Inc.  (2) 

Rockefeller  Center,  New  York  City 

(See  advertisement  on  page  105) 

Visual  Education  Service  (6) 

131  Clarendon  St.,  Boston,  Mass. 

Wholesome  Films  Service,  Inc.  (3,  4) 
48  Melrose  St.,  Boston,  Mass. 

Williams,  Brown  and  Earle,  Inc.  (3,  6) 
918  Chestnut  St.,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

Y.M.C.A.  Motion  Picture  Bureau  (1,  6) 
347  Madison  Ave.,  New  York  City 
19  S.  LaSalle  St.,  Chicago 
351  Turk  St.,  San  Francisco,  Cal. 


MOTION  PICTURE 
MACHINES  and  SUPPLIES 

The  Ampro-  Corporation  (6) 

2839  N.  Western  Ave.,  Chicago 

(See  advertisement  on  page  74) 

Bell  &  Howell  Co.  (6) 

1815  Larchmont  Ave.,  Chicago 
(See  advertisement  on  inside  back  cover) 

Central  Camera  Co.  (6) 

230  S.  Wabash  Ave.,  Chicago 

(See  advertisement  on  page  101) 
DeVry  Corporation  (3,  6) 

nil  Armitage  St.,  Chicago 

(See  advertisement  on  page  73) 

Eastman  Kodak  Co.  (6) 

Rochester,  N.  Y. 

(Sea  advertisement  on  oataide  back  cover) 

Eastman  Kodak  Stores,  Inc.  (6) 

1020  Chestnut  St.,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

606  Wood  St.,  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 
General  Films,  Ltd.  (3,  6) 

1924  Rose  St.,  Regina,  Sask. 

156  King  St.,  W.  Toronto 
Hirsch  &  Kaye  (6) 

239  Grant  Ave.,  San   Francisco,  Cal. 
Holmes  Projector  Co.  (3,  6) 

1813  Orchard  St.,  Chicago 

(Sec  advertisement  on  page  100) 

Ideal  Pictures  Corp.  (3,  6) 

28  E.  Eighth  St.,  Chicago 

(See  advertisement  on  page  103) 

Jarrell-Ash  Company  (6) 

165  Newbury  St.,  Boston,  Mass. 

RCA  Manufacturing  Co.,  Inc.  (5) 

Camden,  N.  J. 

(See  advertisement  on  page  95) 

S.  O.  S.  Corporation  (3,  6) 

636  Eleventh  Ave.,  New  York  City 

Sunny  Schick  National  Brokers  (3,  6) 
407  W.  Wash.  Blvd.,  Ft.  Wayne,  Ind. 

United  Projector  and  Films  Corp.  (1,  4) 
228  Franklin  St.,  Buffalo,  N.  Y. 

Universal  Sound  Projector  (5) 

1921  Oxford  St.,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

(See  advertisement  on  page  103) 

Victor  Animatograph  Corp.  (6) 

Davenport,  Iowa 

(See  advertisement  on  page  105) 

Visual  Education  Service  (6) 

131  Clarendon  St.,  Boston,  Mass. 

Williams,  Brown  and  Earle,  Inc.  (3,  6) 

918  Chestnut  St..  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

PICTURES  and  PRINTS 

Colonial  Art  Co. 
1336  N.W.  1st  St.,  Oklahoma  City,  Okla. 

(See  advertisement  on  page  98) 


SCREENS 

Da  Lite  Screen  Co. 

2717  N.  Crawford  Ave.,  Chicago 

(See  advertisement  on  page  97) 

Eastman  Kodak  Stores,  Inc. 

1020  Chestnut  St.,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

606  Wood  St.,  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 
Williams,  Brown  and  Earle,  Inc. 

918  Chestnut  St.,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

SLIDES  and  FILM  SLIDES 

Eastman  Educational  Slides 

Johnson  Co.  Bank  Bldg., 

Iowa  City,  la. 
Edited  Pictures  System,  Inc. 

330  W.  42nd  St.,  New  York  City 
Ideal  Pictures  Corp. 

28  E.  Eighth  St.,  Chicago,  111. 

(See  advertisement  on  page  103) 

Keystone  View  Co. 

Meadville,  Pa. 

(See  advertisement  on  page  76) 
Radio-Mat  Slide  Co.,  Inc. 

1819  Broadway,  New  York  City 

(See  advertisement  on  page  96) 

Society  for   Visual  Education 
327  S.  LaSalle  St.,  Chicago,  111. 

(See  advertisement  on  page  102) 

Visual  Education  Service 
131  Clarendon  St.,  Boston,  Mass. 

Visual  Sciences 
Suffern,  New  York 

(See  advertisement  on  page  96) 

Williams,  Brown  and  Earle,  Inc. 
918  Chestnut  St.,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

STEREOGRAPHS  and 
STEREOSCOPES 

Keystone  View  Co. 
Meadville,  Pa. 

(See  advertisement  on   page  76) 

STEREOPTICONS  and 
OPAQUE  PROJECTORS 

Bausch  and  Lomb  Optical  Co. 
Rochester,  N.  Y. 

(See  advertisement  on  inside  front  cover) 

Eastman  Kodak  Stores,  Inc. 

1020  Chestnut  St.,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

606  Wood  St.,  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 
General  Films  Ltd. 

1924  Rose  St.,  Regina,  Sask. 

156  King  St.,  W.  Toronto 
Hirsch  &  Kaye 

239  Grant  Ave.,   San   Francisco,  Cal. 
Jarrell-Ash  Company 

165   Newbury  St.,   Boston,   Mass. 
Keystone  View  Co. 

Meadville,  Pa. 

(See  advertisement  on  page  76) 

Spencer  Lens  Co. 
19  Doat  St.,  Buffalo,  N.  Y. 

(See  advertisement  on  page  98) 

Williams,  Brown  and  Earle,  Inc. 
918  Chestnut  St.,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 


REFERENCE  NUMBERS 

(1)  indicates   firm   suppliea   S5   mm. 
silent. 

(2)  indicates   firm   sapplies  35  mm. 
sound. 

(3)  indicates  firm   snppliea  35  mm. 
■ound  and  silent. 

(4)  indicates   firm   supplies   16   mm. 
silent. 

(6)  indicates   firm  sappliea   16   mm. 

sound-on-film. 
(6)  indicates   firm   supplies   16   mm. 

sound  and  silent. 


Continuous  intertiont  undor  one  heading,  $1.50  per  inue;  additional  listings  under  other  headings,  75c  each. 


E  1  M  (C  ATKH  MAL 


ie  Magazine  Devoted  Exclusively 
the  Visual  Idea  in  Education 


IN  THIS  ISSUE 


Adapting  Visual 
Materials  to  Instruction 


AudiO'Visual  Aids  in 

Teaching  American 

Literature 


Evaluation  of 
Still  Pictures  for 
Instructional  Use 


Using  Visual  Aids  in 
Teacher  Training 


Motion  Pictures — 
Not  for  Theatres 


VOLUME  XVIII,  NUMBER  4 
Public  Library 
Kansas  City,  Mo. 
Teachers  Library 


Carpet  of  Allah 


TT. 


WHOLE  NUMBER  171 


PaintinE  by  S«yre 
(CourtMv  of  Colonial  Art  Company) 


APRIL,    1939 


25c    A    COPY    *     $2.00    PER    YEAR      J 


This  New 
Amprosound 


HAS  EVERYTHING 


Check   the    Features    of   This    Radically    New    Projector 


1.  Simplicity  of  Operation — You  simply  set  up  the  machine, 
plug  it  in  and  turn  it  on.  All  controls  are  centralized  on  one 
convenient  illuminated  panel.  Threading  has  been  simplified  so 
that  it  is  as  easy  as  on  the  ordinary  silent  projector. 

2.  Extreme  Quietness  of  Operation — There  is  none  ol  the  cus- 
tomary objectionable  loud  hum.  When  you  are  right  next  to  the 
projector  itself  you  are  scarcely  conscious  of  its  operation.  The 
proof  of  all  this  is  the  fact  that  no  case  or  "blimp"  is  required 
to  cover  the  projector  v/hen  it  is  being  operated. 

3.  Convenient  Portability — These  machines  can  be  packed  in 
a  ievf  moments  time  —  they  are  light  in  weight  —  they  sv/ing 
into  operation  as  easily  and  as  quickly  as  a  portable  type-vrriter! 

4.  Numerous  Other  Features — These  include:  A  Quick-aeaning 
Optical    System;    Economical    Operation,    v/ith    the    standard    pre- 


AMPRO 

PRECISION    CINE    EQUIPMENT 

Ampro  loipoialion,  2839  M.  Western  Ave.  Chicago,  III. 


focused  projection  lamps;  New  Simplified  Design  —  it  is  just 
mechanically  impossible  to  tear  film  perforation  —  and  fast  Auto- 
matic Rewinding.  And  to  top  these  all  are  the  new  low  prices  • — ■ 
so  that  now  even  the  most  infrequent  user  of  sound  films  can  no 
longer  afford  to  be  without  efficient  sound  projection  equipment. 
Send  coupon  for  full  details. 

NEW  LOW  PRICES 


X"— equipped  with   60  cycle  A.C-   motor,  including    1600  ioot 
dynamic  speaker,  complete  accessories  and  cords,     ^O^C 


MODEL 

reel,  I 

comes  in  one  case  all  weighing  only  49  lbs 


MODEL  "Y" — equipped  with  Universal  A.C.-D.C.  motor  for  both  silent 
and  sound  film  speeds,  including  complete  accessories  and  ^OQC 
cords,  with  12"  dynamic  speaker,  comes  in  2  compact  cases,      ■^fc  #^ 

(Model   "Y"  also  is  available  in  one  case,   complete  accessories  with 
8"  speaker-) 


PImw  tend  m«  llhe  new  1939  Ampro  Catalog.  I  am  parllcnlarly  intereited  Int  '^ 
□  New  Amprosouod  Models  "X**  and  "Y" 

Q  Ampro  16  mm.  Silent  and  Convertible  to  Sound  Projectors  ' 

Q  All  Ampro  16  aini.  Sound  Projectors  including  Anipro-Arc 
G  Amj&ro  16  mm.  Conlinuooe  Projectors  (for  DiHplavB—  World's  Fair 
and  Convention  Exhibits) 

Name. 


City 


^fis  EDUCATIONAL  SCREEN 


APRIL,  1939 

VOLUME    XVIII 

NUMBER  FOUR 

C  o  D  t  e  u  t  s 

Adapting  Visual  Materials  to  Instruction 
Charles  H.  Lake 

113 

Audio-Visual  Aids  in  Teaching  American 
Lulu  Soilde  

Literature 

115 

Evaluation  of  Still  Pictures  for  Jnstructiona 
Leiia  Trolinger       

lUse 
116 

Using  Visual  Aids  in  Teacher  Training 
A    L.  Heer 

118 

Summer  Courses  in  Visual  Instruction 

119 

Motion  Pictures — Not  for  Theatres 

Arthur  Edwin  Krows 

12! 

Editorial                   

125 

Among  Ourselves — Notes  from  and  by 
The  Department  of  Visual  Instruction 
Conducted  by  The  Editorial  Commi 

ftee 126 

The  Federal  Film 

Conducted  by  Arch  Mercey 

128 

In  and  For  the  Classroom 

Conducted  by  VV'ilber  Emmert 

: 1 30 

News  and  Notes 

Conducted  by  Josephine  hloffman... 

132 

The  Next  Step  in  Visual  Education 

Donald  P.  Bean 

134 

Among  the  Magazines  and  Books 

Conducted  by  The  Staff 

1 36 

Among  the  Producers                         

139 

Current  Film  Releases 

140 

Film  Estimates 

142 

Here  They  Are!  A  Trade  Directory  of  the  Visual  Field... .    144 

Th«  EDUCATIONAL  SCREEN  publlihed  monthly  eicept  July  «nd  August  by  Tli» 
Educational  Scretn,  Inc.  Publication  Office,  Pontiac,  lllinoii;  Executive  Office,  64 
East  Lake  St.,  Chicago,  Illinois.    Entered  at  the  Post  Office  at  Pontiac,  Illinois,  as 
Second     Class     Matter.      Copyright.     April,     1939.     by    The     Educational     Screen. 
Addreu    communications    to    Executive    Office,    64    East    Lake    St.,    Chicago,    III. 
^$2.00  a  Year               (Canada,  $2J5:  foreign,  $3.00)               Single  Copies  25  cH. 

THE  EDUCATIONAL  SCREEN.  Inc. 
Directorate  and  Staff 

NclMii  L.  Grecnt,  Editor         JtMohlit  Httaiaa 
Enlyn  J.  saar                        F.  Daaa  HtClatky 
Wllkcr  EaiBtrt                            tUnlty   R.    Grwne 
Ann  6al<                                   SKIIa  Enlyn  Myart 

Page   112 


The  Educational  Screen 


Publications  on  the  Visual  Teaching  Field 


EDUCATIONAL  SCREEN 

The  only  magazine  in  the  field  of  visual  and  audio 
yisnal  instruction.  0£Scial  organ  of  the  Department  of 
Visual  Instruction  of  the  National  Education  Association. 
Discusses  methods,  procedures  and  results  with  various 
types  of  visual  teaching  aids  to  instruction,  and  provides 
up-to-date  information  on  progress  and  developments 
generally.  A  clearing-house  of  thought,  fact  and  ex- 
perience on  all  phases  of  the  field.  Published  monthly 
except  during  July  and  August 

Subscription:  $2.00  one  year;  $3.00  two  years. 

VISUALIZING  THE  CURRICULUM. 

By  C.  F.  Hohan,  C.  F.  Hoban,  Jr.,  and  S.  B.  Zisman. 

Presents  in  theory  and  in  practice  the  basic  methodology 
of  visual  instruction  in  relation  to  classroom  procedure. 
Throughout  the  text  the  theory  of  visual  aids  is  applied 
tQ  textbook  illustration.  "Visualizing  the  Curriculum", 
itself  a  splendidly  "visualized  text",  provides  an  abundance 
of  technical  guidance  in  the  form  of  illustrative  drawings 
of  photographs,  reports  of  school  journeys,  suggeslions 
for  mounting  materials,  for  making  slides,  film  strips,  etc. 
It  incorporates  up-to-date  material,  provides  a  fine  balance 
in  the  treatment  of  various  teaching  aids,  evaluates  various 
types  of  aids,  and  defines  the  functions  and  values  of  each 
in  the  learning  process. 
320  pp.  illus.    Price  $3.50.(20%  discount  to  schools) 

THE  AUDIO-VISUAL  HANDBOOK. 
Bj  Ellsworth  C.  Dent. 

Presents  in  convenient  form,  practical  information  for 
those  interested  in  applying  visual  and  audio-visual  aids 
to  instruction.  The  six  chapters  include  discussions  on 
"The  Status  of  Visual  Instruction,"  "Types  of  Visual 
Aids  and  Their  Use,"  "Types  of  Audio-Visual  Aids  to 
Instruction,"  "Types  of  Sound  Aids  for  Schools,"  "Or- 
ganizing the  Audio-Visual  Service,"  "Source  List  of  Ma- 
terials and  Equipment." 

180  pp.  Illus.  Paper  binding,  $1.25;  Cloth,  $1.75. 

PICTURE  VALUES  IN  EDUCATION. 
By  Joseph  J.  Weber,  Ph.  D. 

An  important  contribution  to  the  literature  of  the  visual 
field.  Presents  in  unusually  interesting  form  the  results 
of  extended  investigations  on  the  teaching  values  of  the 
lantern  slide  and  stereograph. 

156  pp.  Illus.  Price  $1.00  (67c  to  E.  S.  subscribers) 

COMPARATIVE  EFFECTIVENESS  OF  SOME  VIS- 
UAL AIDS  IN  SEVENTH  GRADE  INSTRUCTION. 
By  Joseph  J.  Weber,  Ph.  D. 

The  first  published  work  of  authoritative  research  in  the 
visual  field,  foundational  to  all  research  work  following  it. 
Not   only   valuable   to   research   workers,    but   an    essential 
reference  work  for  all  libraries. 
131  pp.    Price  $1.00  (67c  to  subscribers  of  E.  S.) 


"1000  AND  ONE"  FILM  DIRECTORY 

"1000  and  One"— the  Blue  Book  of  Non-Theatrical 
Films,  published  annually,  is  famous  in  the  field  of  visual 
instruction  as  the  standard  film  reference  source  indis- 
pensable to  film  users  in  the  educational  field.  The  current 
(i4TH)  edition,  recently  published,  lists  some  4500  films, 
carefully  classified  into  147  different  subject  groups  (In- 
cluding large  group  of  entertainment  subjects).  Shows 
whether  16  mm  or  35  mm,  silent  or  sound,  title,  number 
of  reels,  summary  of  contents,  sources  distributing  the 
films,  and  range  of  prices  charged. 

104  pp.  Price  75c  (25c  to  subscribers  of  E.  S.) 

THE   EDUCATIONAL   TALKING   PICTURE. 
By  Frederick  L.  Devereux. 

Presenting  preliminary  solutions  of  some  of  the  more 
important  problems  encountered  in  adapting  the  talking 
picture  to  the  service  of  education.  The  first  six  chapters 
deal  with  the  development  of  fundamental  bases  of  pro- 
duction, with  the  experimentation  which  has  been  con- 
ducted, and  with  suggested  problems  for  future  research. 
The  remaining  chapters  are  devoted  to  the_  practical  prob- 
lems involved  in  utilizing  the  film  eflfectively  in  educa- 
tional  programs. 

220  pp.  Illus.     Price  $2.00.(20%  discount  to  schools) 

HOW  TO  USE  THE  EDUCATIONAL  SOUND  FILM. 
By  M.  R.  Brunstetter,  Ph.  D. 

Discusses  the  utilization  of  the  educational  sound  film, 
and  lists  and  illustrates  techniques  for  placing  the  film 
into  effective  service  in  the  classroom.  The  procedures 
suggested  are  based  upon  extended  experience  in  studying 
teachers'  use  of  sound  films  and  in  helping  to  organize 
programs  of  audio  visual  instruction  in  school  systems. 
Two  valuable  Appendices  and  a  full  index  round  out  the 
volume. 
175  pp.  Illus.     Price  $2.00.  (20%  discount  to'schools)  - 

MOTION    PICTURES   IN    EDUCATION    IN 
THE  UNITED  STATES.     By  Cline  M.  Koon. 

A  report  on  the  instructional  use  and  indirect  educa- 
tional influence  of  motion  pictures  in  this  country,  divided 
into  nine  units  covering  (1)  the  educational  influetice  of 
motion  pictures;  (2)  the  motion  picture  in  the  service  of 
health  and  social  hygiene;  (3)  the  motion  picture  in 
governmental  service  and  patriotism ;  (4)  the  use  of  motion 
pictures  in  vocational  education;  (5)  the  motion  picture 
in  international  understanding;  (6)  motion  picture  legis- 
lation; (7)  the  technique  of  making  and  exhibiting  motion 
pictures ;  (8)  the  systematic  introduction  of  motion  pictures 
in  teaching;  and  (9)  educational  problems  of  a  general 
nature  resulting  from  the  introduction  of  motion  pictures 
in   teaching. 

106  pp.  Price  $1.00.  (20%  discount  to  schools) 


U.  S.  1  year,  $2.00  D 
Foreign  1  year,  $3.00  D 
Canada    1  year,  $2.25  D 


2  years,  $3.00  U 
2  years,  $5.00  D 
2  years,  $3.50  D 


TO  ORDER,  Check  Material  Desired  and  Fill  in  Blank  Below 

Educational  Screen  subscribers  check  right  column,  others  left  column 

Subscription  to  THE  EDUCATIONAL  SCREEN 

To  subscrib- 

Price  era  of  E.  S. 

"1000  and  One"  Film  Directory i  .75  0  »  -25  0 

Visualizing  the  Curriculum 3.50  D  3.50  □ 

(To    Schools)    2.80  a  2.80  D 

The  Audio-Visual  Handbook 

Paper  Binding   1.25  0  1.26  O 

Cloth    Binding    1.7B  Q  1.76  O 

Picture  Values   in  Education 1.00  D  .67  Q 

Comparative  EiTectiveness  of 

Some  Visual   Aids 1.00  D  -67  0 

The   Educational   Talking   Picture 2.00  0  2.00  0 

(To    Schools)    1.60  O  1.60  D 

How  to  Use  Educational  Sound  Film     2.00  O  2.00  O 

(To    Schools)    1.60  O  1.60  O 

Motion  Pictures  in  Education  in 

The   United   SUte* 1.00  Q  1.00  Q 

(To    Schools)     80  n  -80  0 


Educational    Screen 

64   E.    Lake   St.,    Chicago 

I  have  indicated  items  desired  and  enclose  check  for  $. 


Name. 


School  or   Street. 


City. 


Sute. 


April,  19)9 


Page    113 


Adapting  Visual  Materials  to  Instruction 


A  comprehensive  trell -balanced  discussion  of  problems 
and  materials,  presented  at  the  Cleveland  meeting 
of  the  Department  of  Vistial  Instruction  of  the  IS.E.A. 

By     CHARLES     H.     LAKE 

Superintendent  of  Cleveland  Public  Schools,  Ohio 


OUR  inetliods  and  materials  of  education  have 
changed  much  since  education  began  to  be  a 
matter  of  ]mhlic  concern  in  the  United  States. 
The  advances  in  education  will  continue  to  be  made 
through  a  Ix-tter  understanding  of  jjeople,  and  through 
better  methods  and  materials  of  instruction. 

The  educator  always  is  in  search  of  the  most  ef- 
fective materials  and  methods  to  be  used  in  the  class- 
rooms. Most  of  us  believe  that  the  modern  visual 
materials  stimulate  and  clarify  many  desirable  con- 
cepts and  ideas  for  pupils  and  that  much  attention 
should  Ix-  given  to  the  .selection  and  adaptation  of  such 
materials  for  classroom  use. 

To  solve  this  problem  of  the  adaptation  of  visual 
materials  to  school  activities  requires  the  cooperation 
of  the  school  principal,  the  classroom  teacher,  the 
director  or  supervisor  of  visual  instruction,  and  the 
budget  maker.  As  visual  instruction  directors,  you 
will  be  called  upon  to  furnish  working  plans  for  the 
program  of  visual  instruction  and  the  materials  to 
make  the  i)rogram  effective.  Your  first  assignment  is 
to  ascertain  what  materials  are  desirable  to  supplement 
the  existing  program  of  studies ;  your  next  will  be 
the  selection  of  materials  within  the  limits  of  the 
budget.  As  a  director  of  visual  instruction  you  must 
be  skilled  in  the  techniques  of  these  new  tools  as  they 
apply  to  classroom  instruction.  You  must  be  constant- 
ly revising  your  material,  rejecting  that  which  proves 
to  be  relatively  valueless,  improving  that  which  is 
"out  of  date"  or  inferior,  and  adding  new  material  to 
keep  abreast  of  the  course  of  study. 

You  cannot  be  too  much  devoted  to  any  single  type 
of  visual  tool.  The  director  should  be  able  to  give 
teachers  a  skillful  technique  in  the  use  of  all  materials. 
1  te  should  prepare,  organize,  and  deliver  this  material 
!<■  the  classroom  at  the  proper  time.  He  should  be  an 
I  Xpert  in  the  analysis  of  courses  of  study  and  in  the 
■^election  and  purchase  of  suitable  visual  materials  for 
them.  Materials  which  contain  a  maximum  of  ad- 
vertising and  a  minimum  of  instructional  value  should 
be  avoided. 

It  is  obvious  that  materials  can  be  improved  in  their 
technical  and  educational  qualities.  This  improvement 
will  come  only  through  a  careful  discrimination  in 
selection  which  is  based  upon  some  established  stand- 
ards for  use.  Research  in  visual  instruction  has 
proved  that  visual  materials  are  very  imporant  as  an 
aid  to  learning,  but  there  are,  as  yet,  few  standards  for 
the  selection  and  evaluation  of  visual  education  ma- 
terials. There  should  be  definite  rating  and  scoring 
methods  for  the  various  qualities  and  uses  of  visual 
materials.  Of  course,  some  materials  have  an  enter- 
tainment value,  but  for  the  classroom  use  we  should 


not  use  material — a  movie,  a  picture,  or  a  chart,  unless 
it  has  a  definite  relation  to  the  subject  under  dis- 
cussion. 

Motion  pictures  are  excellent  as  an  instructional 
device.  They  are  expensive,  of  course,  and  there  is 
still  much  room  for  the  development  of  films  which 
accurately  supplement  the  work  of  the  school  room. 
I  am  not  certain  that  the  manufacturers  of  school 
films  have  been  given  as  much  help  as  they  should 
have  been  given  by  educators  who  are  interested  in 
visual  education.  If  the  manufacturer  knew  what  we 
wanted,  I  believe  that  it  would  be  produced. 

Then  there  is  the  question  of  the  advertising  film. 
Many  of  these  films  contain  valuable  instructional  ma- 
terial, and  I  have  no  great  worry  about  using  a  good 
film  which  is  adapted  to  the  regular  course  of  study, 
even  if  it  does  contain  some  advertising.  I  do,  how- 
ever, object  to  the  use  of  a  film  which  contains  but  a 
small  amount  of  material  that  amplifies  or  clarifies  the 
course  of  study,  just  because  the  film  is  free. 

Another  field  which  deserves  attention  is  the  se- 
lection and  grouping  of  still  pictures  according  to  sub- 
jects and  levels  of  learning.  Haphazard  collections  of 
pictures,  chromoes,  magazine  illustrations,  and  similar 
materials  are  difficult  to  use  and  are  rarely  worth  the 
effort  expended  to  collect  them.  .'Ml  still  pictures 
should  ')e  suitably  mounted,  properly  labeled,  docu- 
mented, and  arranged  systematically  in  topical  sets  for 
quick  reference  and  classroom  use.  The  development 
of  illustrative  material  for  local  community  study  has 
not  received  the  attention  that  it  deserves.  Com- 
munity material  should  sensitize  the  pupil  to  the  local 
industries  and  govermental  problems.  Such  material 
is  within  the  reach  of  tlie  ingenious  director  of  visual 
education  and  should  constitute  a  valuable  aid  for 
instruction  leading  to  community  understanding. 

Graphs,   Slides,  Charts 

Let  me  direct  your  attention  more  closely  to  the 
lantern  slide.  The  glass  lantern  slide  is  a  visual  tool, 
the  serviceability  of  which  can  be  much  increased  with 
a  little  ingenuity  in  adaptation.  There  is  no  reason 
why  the  lantern  slide  should  not  replace  to  a  large  ex- 
tent mounted  pictures,  charts,  graphs,  wall  maps, 
diagrams,  and  similar  graphic  material.  In  the  place 
of  wall  maps  and  wall  charts,  a  small  box  of  lantern 
slide  maps  will  give  more  service  at  less  cost.  The 
slide  is  easily  used,  can  be  easily  stored,  and  is  readily 
adapted  to  the  usual  uses  made  of  charts,  diagrams, 
graphs,  and  maps.  lantern  slides  make  it  possible  for 
a  teacher  to  work  without  loss  of  time  and  at  small 
cost.  The  use  of  the  lantern  slide  should  increase 
rapidly  because  of  its  extreme  flexibility  and  adapt- 


Page   114 


The  Educational  Screen 


ability  to  many  different  types  of  class  exercises.  The 
director  oi'  visual  instruction  should  develop  and  make 
available  graphs  for  the  visual  presentation  of  all  sorts 
of  social  and  economic  statistics.  Much  valuable  ma- 
terial of  this  pictorial  statistical  type  in  lantern  slide 
form  should  be  adjusted  to  various  courses  in  com- 
munity civics,  modern  problems,  and  social  studies,  and 
made  readily  available  to  teachers.  The  new  lantern 
slides,  litho-printed  on  transolene,  are  so  cheap  that 
they  are  supplied  to  Cleveland  schools  in  quantity  city- 
wide.  I  see  many  opportunities  for  the  use  of  your 
imaginations  with  this  new  type  of  flexible  low  cost 
slide. 

Lantern  slides  become  static  through  their  organiza- 
tion into  large  sets  which  hinder  instead  of  help  the 
busy  classroom  teacher.  The  breaking  up  of  these  large 
sets  into  small  units  that  can  be  taken  into  the  class- 
room will  change  the  slide  from  a  storehouse  tool  into 
one  readily  usable. 

Problems  of  Educational  Films 

Extensive  experiments  have  proved  that  the  motion 
picture  is  an  aid  to  learning,  but  I  suspect  that  com- 
paratively few  of  these  essential  findings  have  been 
applied  in  the  school  use  of  films.  Not  enough  dis- 
crimination is  used  in  selecting  the  pictures  and  too 
frequently  the  real  need  of  the  teacher  who  is  to  use 
the  film  is  ignored.  There  are  three  important 
problems  in  the  adjustment  of  motion  pictures  in  the 
school  curriculum.    They  are  : 

1.  The  problem  of  relating  the  film  content  to  the 
curriculum 

2.  The  problem  of  the  classroom  technique  used  by 
the  teacher 

3.  The  problem  of   the  cost   of  the  equipment   in- 
cluding the  projector  and  films. 

The  solutions  of  these  three  problems  are  vital  to  real 
progress  in  the  use  of  films  for  instruction  purposes. 

The  film  content  is,  of  course,  just  as  important  as 
the  content  of  a  textbook.  It  is  important  that  the 
content  of  the  film  shall  stimulate  thought  concerning 
the  unit  of  study  before  the  class.  At  the  present 
time  there  are  many  good  films  in  the  field  of  bio- 
logical science  which  are  adapted  to  the  subject  matter 
and  which  are  a  real  aid  to  instruction  in  this  subject. 
Other  examples  might  be  given,  but  the  point  I  am 
emphasizing  is  that  specific  films  for  specific  units  of 
study  should  be  a  recognized  standard  to  be  followed. 
All  films  for  all  pupils  in  a  building  indicates  poor  use 
of  otherwise  good  material  and  should  never  be  per- 
mitted. 

The  educational  standards  of  the  director  of  visual 
education  in  a  school  system  or  in  a  building  can  be 
checked  when  you  inspect  the  films  which  he  recom- 
mends to  teachers.  The  films,  of  course,  should  supple- 
ment the  various  units  being  taught.  In  the  use  of 
educational  films,  the  director  of  visual  instruction 
should  exert  a  very  important  influence.  He  is  both 
a  supervisory  and  an  administrative  officer  of  the  school 
system.  He  is  administrative  in  so  far  as  the  manage- 
ment of  his  visual  education  library  or  museum  is  con- 
cerned. He  should  have  control  of  the  budget  for  the 
purchase  of  visual  education  materials.  He  admin- 
isters the  distribution  of  all  such  materials.  His 
supervisory  duties  include  the  suggesting  of   suitable 


materials  for  the  use  of  teachers  in  the  various  fields 
of  work. 

An  adequate  budget  for  the  purchase  of  visual  ma- 
terials is,  of  course,  essential.  In  so  far  as  possible, 
suitable  materials  should  be  purchased  outright  and  be- 
come a  part  of  the  regular  ec[uipment  of  the  school 
system.  Rentals  for  short-time  use  generally  are  un- 
satisfactory, and  rarely  enable  teachers  to  make  satis- 
factory adjustments  wholly  suitable  to  instruction. 
Some  states,  like  Ohio,  have  a  central  visual  aid  or- 
ganization, which  supplies  films  free  to  schools.  This 
solves  the  expense  problem  for  small  schools  and 
country  school  systems,  and  enables  them  to  use  some 
films  that  are  educational  rather  than  depend  upon 
rentals  or  advertising  films.  A  film  that  is  purchased 
and  used  should  not  be  considered  expensive  when 
over  a  period  of  time  it  costs  twenty  cents  per  show- 
ing. 

Following  the  problem  of  film  cost,  come  other 
problems  when  the  film  is  i^laced  in  the  hands  of  a 
teacher  and  pupils.  If  it  is  shown  to  passive  pupils,  it 
becomes  a  mild  entertainment  with  small  educational 
value.  Each  instructor  using  a  film  should  follow  at 
least  this  miniinum  routine : 

1.  Preview  each  film  that  he  contemplates  using 

2.  Adjust  the  film  ideas  to  the    purpose   of   the 

lesson 

3.  Prepare  the  class  to  receive  the  film 

4.  Allow  time  before  and  after  the  showing  of 

the  film  for  class  activity 

5.  Make  a  "check  up"  of  the  ideas    which    the 

pupils  got  from  the  showing 
This  routine  determines,  in  a  large  measure,  the  suc- 
cess or  the  failure  of  the  film  as  an  aid  to  instruction. 
In  this  short  summary,  I  have  directed  attention  to 
the  high  value  of  the  film  when  it  is  adapted  to  study 
units.  Again,  this  is  an  opportunity  for  the  director  of 
visual  instruction  to  aid  teachers  with  suggestions  for 
worth-while  techniques. 

The  Radio  and  Visual  Materials 

Recently  we  have  been  experimenting  with  the 
radio  as  a  connecting  link  between  the  puj^ils,  teachers, 
and  the  visual  materials!  In  1938  the  Cleveland  Pub- 
lic Schools  constructed  an  ultra-high  frequency  broad- 
casting station  (41.5  mc),  WBOE.  This  station, 
located  on  the  sixth  floor  of  the  Board  of  Education 
Building  broadcasts  many  lessons  daily  to  Cleveland 
schools.  Each  school  has  a  receiving  set  and  it  is 
possible  to  reach  all  classes.  The  radio  equipment  has 
been  supplemented  by  selected  visual  materials,  mostly 
lantern  slides.  At  the  present  time,  130.000  lantern 
slides  are  arranged  into  3,000  small  units,  closely 
correlated  with  these  radio  lessons.  Each  unit  con- 
sists of  fifty  slides  which  cover  a  series  of  broadcast 
lessons.  The  subjects  of  visual  radio  lessons  are 
history,  science,  geography,  health,  .safety,  and  art. 
Other  fields  will  be  added.  These  lessons,  15  minutes 
in  length,  are  broadcast  after  they  have  been  carefully 
prepared  and  tried  out  in  classes  in  curriculum  centers. 
The  script  is  written  by  practical  classroom  teachers, 
and  the  visual  material  is  provided  by  the  Educational 
Museum.  The  radio  lessons  are  part  of  the  regular 
instruction    prescribed    by    the    curriculum    and  give 

{Concluded  on  page  127) 


April,  19)9 

Audio-Visual  Aids  in  Teaching 
American  Literature 


Page    115 


A  brief  summary  of  specific  visual  activities  proved 
advantageous    in    the    teaching    of    this    subject. 

By     MISS     LULU     SPILDE 

Director  of  Extension,  Southern  State 
Nornnal  School,  Springfield,  S.  D. 


F'  >K  a  miinhiT  of  years  the  writer  has  conducted 
ila.sse.s  in  American  IJteralure  and  found  tiiat  the 
colonial  age  was  less  interesting  to  students  than 
were  the  other  divisions  of  American  Literature.  This 
\ear  a  luniiher  of  au(hV)-visual  aids  were  used  and  the 
results  were  ((uite  ditTerent.  Ten  points,  with  brief 
and  specific  conuneiUs  alxiut  each,  are  listed  below : 

1.  A  pictorial  map  oj  American  Literature 

This  map  was  placed  on  ihe  hulletin  board  at  the 
Ix'ginning  of  the  course.  I'Vequeni  references  were 
made  to  it.  The  students  automatically  associated 
names,  places,  and  faces.  The  work  was  more  in- 
teresting. ( This  ma])  may  be  .secured  from  The 
I 'aimer  Comjwnv.  370  .\tlantic  Avenue,  Boston. 
.Ma.s.s.     Price  $l!00). 

2.  Frequent  but  brief  dramatizations 

.Students  took  a  real  deliglu  in  the  dramatizations 
of  Puritan  and  Colonial  scenes.  Such  work  was 
correlated  with  the  Dramatic  Art  projects.  These 
scenes  were  very  realistic  and  educational.  The 
Puritan  kitchen  scene  is  given  as  a  concrete  ex- 
ample. 


Students  Dramatize  a  Puritan  Scene 

Correlation  of  class  H'ork  with  social  life 
A  certain  amount  of  class  work  may  well  be  cor- 
related with  social  life.  The  Colonial  tea  scene 
is  a  concrete  exaiuple.  Teas  are  often  given  away 
in  connection  with  school  life.  Why  not  a  Colonial 
tea  instead  of  a  desultory  one? 

The  presentation  of  portions  of  plays  indicative  of 
the  period  under  study 

It  is  well  to  keep  in  mind  that  plays  need  not 
always  be  presented  in  costume  or  in  their  entire- 
ty. For  example  "Lantern  Light"  (published  by 
Samuel   French)   is  very  cliaracteristic  of  witch- 


craft. .\  few  scenes  read  from  it,  letting  students 
take  the  different  parts,  make  the  witchcraft  period 
much  more  realistic.  The  little  sketch  "The  Select- 
men of  Plymouth  Meet"  (found  in  Instruc- 
tor") is  very  typical  of  the  du'.ies  of  Bradford, 
Winthrop.  and  other  selectmen.  Why  should 
former  days  be  studied  in  terms  of  abstract  re- 
views in  perfunctory  assignments? 

Correlation  tvith  Music  and  Art 
The  class  of  the  writer  was  very  nuich  interested 
in  attempting  to  sing  a  few  of  the  old  psalms  as 
found  in  the  old  "Bav  Psalm  Book."     Victor  rec- 


A  Colonial  Tea  Scene  Acted  by  Students 

ords  such  as  "Spinning  Song"  (V13153)  "Merry 
Wives  of  Windsor,"  (V35764)  and  "Country 
Gardens,"  (V20642)  are  very  characteristic  of  the 
period.  Such  ])icUires  as  "Departure  of  the  May- 
flower." "The  Gleaners,"  etc.,  are  typical  of  pos- 
sible art  correlations.  It  is  not  the  intention  of  the 
writer  to  give  a  complete  list  but  merely  to  suggest 
the  plan. 

6.  Picture  recognition  tests 

At  regular  intervals  pictures  can  be  used  for  iden- 
tification. A  student  chairman  or  the  teacher  can 
easily  make  the  selections,  cover  the  names  of  the 
pictures,  prepare  a  key,  and  give  the  tests  to  the 
class.  The  Perry  Picture  Company,  Maiden, 
Mass.,  has  excellent  pictures  (2  cents)  in  the 
field  of  American  Literature  which  could  well  be 
used  for  such  a  ])urpose.  The  plan  is  definitely 
educational  and  the  class  interest  is  more  easily 
secured. 

7.  The  use  of  motion  pictures 

Many  motion  pictures  may  be  secured  for  such 

(Concluded  on  f>age  129) 


Page   116 


The  Educational  Screen 


Evaluation  of  Still  Pictures  for 
Instructional  Use  -  Pan  ii 


By     LELIA    TROLINGER 

Secretary,  Bureau  of  Visual  Instruction 
University  of  Colorado,  Boulder,  Colo. 


FROM  the  results  of  the  question- 
naires returned  by  the  judges,  the 
score  card  was  constructed  as  an 
aid  to  teachers  in  judging  pictures  to  be 
used  in  teaching  situations.  The  score 
card  as  finally  prepared  is  here  given  in 
complete   form. 

Description  of  Technical  Qualities 

Brief  explanatory  questions  are  given 
on  the  check  list  to  reduce  misunder- 
standing to  the  minimum.  However, 
more  detailed  description  of  the  quali- 
ties   or    characteristics    seems    desirable 


This  second  article — in  the  series  of  three  an- 
nounced in  March — presents  the  Score  Card 
with  analysis  and  description  thereof.  (Complete 
reprint   of  the  study  will  be  ready  in  June.) 


for    a    complete    understanding    of    the 
study. 

Artistic 
Throughout  the  school  life  of  the  child, 
teachers  strive  to  give  him  a  better  con- 
ception of  the  beautiful  things  about 
him.  Art  is  included  in  practically  all 
curricula.  It  is  true  that  many  teach- 
ers know  little  of  the  fundamental  prin- 
ciples of  art  but  if  attention  is  called 
to  some  of  those  principles,  most  teach- 
ers can  develop  a  sense  of  proportion, 
perspective,  balance,  rhythm,  and  unity. 
It    seems    futile   to    spend    time     in     art 


THE   RESULTANT   SCORE   CARD 
FOR  CHECKING  PICTURES  FOR  CLASSROOM   USE 

TECHNICAL  QUALITY—  40  POIXTS 


Quality 


Perfect  Score 


Explanation  or  Description  of  Term 


A  Picture  Should  Be: 
Artistic  1 1 

Clear  and  Definite  H 

tree  from  Blemishes  5 

Of  Practical   Use  7 

Properly  Colored  6 


Is  the  picture  attractive?  Does  it  comply  with  fun- 
damental principles  of  proportion,  perspective,  sim- 
plicity, balance,  rhythm,  and  unity? 

Are  significant  objects  in  sharp  focus?  Is  the  finish 
such  that  there  will  be  no  light  reflections  if  it  is 
used  for  a  group? 

From  a  purely  mechanical  standpoint,  is  the  pic- 
ture free  from  flaws? 

If  the  print  is  to  be  used  in  a  group  discussion,  is 
it  large  enough  to  be  seen  by  all?  If  for  iiidkndual 
study,  is  it  a  convenient  size  for  handling?  Is  it 
large  enough  to  be  studied  without  eyestrain? 

Is  the  color  essential?  If  colored,  is  the  coloring 
truthful  and  artistic? 


INSTRUCTIONAL  QUALITY— 60  POINTS 


Truthful  IS 


Authentic 


Relevant  H 


Significant 


Stimulative  1 1 


Suggestive  of  Size 


Does  the  picture  actually  represent  a  true  situation, 
or  is  it  a  copy  of  a  fanciful  drawing  or  painting? 
Does  it  convey  a  true  impression?  Is  it  typical  or 
is  it  unusual  ?    Is  it  natural — not  posed  ? 

Are  the  facts  or  sources  of  the  picture  well  enough 
vouched  for  to  make  possible  the  assumption  that 
truthfulness  is  inherent? 

Is  the  picture  pertinent  to  the  subject  under  discus- 
sion? Is  it  appropriate  to  the  age  level  of  the 
children  to  whom  it  is  to  be  shown?  Is  it  witliin 
their  level  of  appeal  and  understanding? 

Does  the  picture  portray  a  fact,  events  or  objects 
of  importance?  Does  it  direct  attention  to  significant 
facts  or  are  they  obscured  by  unimportant  details? 

Does  the  picture  possess  characteristics  which  may 
be  utilized  by  a  competent  teacher  to  develop  thought 
activity?  Does  it  raise  questions  and  problems? 
Does  it  picture  procedure,  life  of  a  people,  human 
contact,  etc.,   rather  than   merely  views? 

Does  the  picture  include  some  known  object  by 
which  an  intelligent  comparison  of  size  is  possible? 


classes  trying  to  teach  and  develop  this 
artistic  sense  if  in  other  classes  pic- 
tures are  used  with  no  consideration  of 
these  values.  According  to  the  opinions 
of  workers  in  the  field  of  visual  in- 
struction, this  quality  is  of  great  im- 
portance and  should  be  given  specific 
attention. 

Clear  and  Definite 

Most  adults  have  had  the  experience 
of  enduring,  either  in  public  addresses 
or  in  social  contacts,  the  exhibition  of 
photographs  or  lantern  slides  which  were 
not  clear,  the  focus  so  poor  that  many 
objects  were  merely  blurs,  or  the  print- 
ing so  poor  that  nothing  was  gained 
from  the  pictures.  Yet  frequently  teach- 
ers will  use  pictures,  which  have  the 
same  defects,  in  the  classroom  and  then 
wonder  why  the  children  do  not  gain 
the  expected  information  from  those 
pictures.  In  many  schools  the  children 
help  collect  pictures  for  projects  under 
discussion.  Generally  when  this  is  done 
it  is  necessary  for  a  committee  to  select 
the  best  pictures  from  this  group  for 
the  school  collection.  This  criterion 
of  clearness  and  definiteness,  children 
can  and  will  apply  when  making 
selections  and  rejections  for  the  school 
collection.  No  picture  at  all  is  some- 
times preferable  to  one  which  is  dim 
or  out  of  focus  since  such  a  picture 
may  cause  misunderstanding. 

Related  to  the  clearness  of  the  picture 
it.self  is  the  finish  of  the  picture.  Some 
pictures  which  are  themselves  clear,  have 
such  a  high  gloss  that  even  in  a  small 
group,  the  reflection  may  cause  a 
distorted  vision  for  part  of  the  group. 
In  such  cases,  it  may  be  preferable  to 
u.'e  the  pictures  for  individual  study 
rather  than  for  the  group.  At  any  rate, 
it  is  a  point  which  may  well  be  con- 
sidered in  selecting  pictures  for  use 
in  the  classroom. 

Free  from  Blemishes 

This  may  refer  either  to  flaws  in 
printing,  light  streaks,  dust  spots,  or 
other  defects  in  printing ;  or  it  may 
refer  to  frayed,  torn  or  bent  pictures. 
There  is  a  question  as  to  the  wisdom 
of  using  pictures  which  have  these 
flaws.  No  one  can  be  arbitrary  about 
it.  Conditions  may  warrant  the  use 
of  even  a  poor  picture  at  times.  Also 
other  qualities  may  overbalance  mechani- 
cal defects ;  but  at  least  it  is  well  to 
keep  the  point  in  mind  when  a  picture 
is   being   chosen. 

Of  Practical  Size 

The  use  to  which  the  teacher  expects 
the    picture    to    be    put    must    determine 


April,  19)9 


Page   117 


the  choice  of  the  size.  Some  teachers 
use  pictures  for  the  entire  class  dis- 
cussion. There  are  few  situations  more 
productive  of  lack  of  interest  and  dis- 
traction than  a  group  discussion  directed 
to  a  picture  which  is  so  small  that  only 
a  fraction  of  the  class  can  see  it  clear- 
ly. It  is  surprising  how  large  a  picture 
must  be  to  be  clearly  visible  to  an  en- 
tire class.  A  teacher  must  check  from 
every  corner  of  the  classroom  if  she  is 
using  a  picture  for  the  entire  group. 
On  the  other  hand,  a  picture  large 
enough  for  the  entire  group  would  be 
awkward  for  individual  study  at  the 
desks  or  on  the  library  table.  Some 
teachers  use  postcard  size  pictures  ad- 
vantageously for  individual  study ; 
others  will  u.se  nothing  smaller  than  a 
five  by  seven  inch  picture,  and  prefer 
that  the  picture  be  larger  than  that.  It 
depends  somewhat  u|>on  the  age  of  the 
children,  but  certainly  no  picture  should 
be  u.sed  which  might  cause  eyestrain  in 
the   children    using    them. 

Properly  Colored 
Whether  color  is  essential  in  a  par- 
ticular picture  is  a  controversial  issue. 
Many  teachers  prefer  colored  pictures. 
Others  have  little  preference.  However, 
most  teachers  agree  that  if  a  picture  is 
colored,  it  must  be  correctly  and 
artistically  done.  An  uncolored  picture 
is  better  than  one  which  is  poorly  color- 
ed. Experimentation  is  too  limited  at 
present  in  this  field  to  warrant  a  state- 
ment as  to  the  value  of  color  in  the 
learning  process,  or  in  any  particular 
field;  but  if  a  colored  picture  is  used, 
it  should  be  artistically  and  truthfully 
done. 
Description  of  Instructional  Qualities 
Most  of  the  men  and  women  reply- 
ing to  the  questionnaire  seemed  to  feel 
that  while  the  technical  quality  of  the 
picture  is  important,  and  that  teachers 
should  seek  the  best  pictures  available, 
yet,  instruction  qualities  deserve  the 
greater  weight  in  the  distribution  of 
points.  Several  felt  that  there  was  con- 
siderable overlapping  in  qualities  under 
the  head  of  Instructional  Quality.  How- 
ever, since  the  score  card  is  meant  to  be 
a'  guide  rather  than  an  actual  yardstick, 
it  was  felt  necessary  to  include  the 
several  different  characteristics,  even  if 
there  was  some  over-lapping. 
Truthful 
This  quality  was  rated  as  the  most 
important  by  the  majority  of  the  judges 
assigning  values.  If  a  picture  does  not 
represent  a  true  situation,  it  has  little 
place  in  most  classroom  discussions. 
Many  children  and  adults  as  well  would 
be  surprised  at  the  lack  of  wooden  shoes 
in  a  modern  Holland  dty.  The  pic- 
turesque costumes  that  are  still  retained 
for  gala  occasions  in  parts  of  Holland, 
Germany,  and  other  countries  of 
Europe  are  seen  in  pictures  much  more 
than  the  daily  dress.  These  pictures 
have  a  place  in  the  classroom,  but  teach- 
ers should  recognize  that  they  are  not 
typical  of  the  daily  costume.  Ijirge 
numbers  of  pictures  of  Colorado  moun- 
tains— rugged  peaks,  glaciers,  timber- 
line   trees,   lovely    mountain   lakes,    wild 


animals  and  wild  flowers — are  scattered 
over  the  United  States  each  summer  by 
enthusiastic  tourists.  Most  of  these  are 
actual  photographs  and  truly  represent 
the  particular  spot  shown.  However, 
they  do  not  tell  the  complete  story  of 
Colorado.  They  are  typical  of  certain 
sections  of  Colorado,  but  they  do  not  tell 
the  story  of  the  thousands  of  acres  of 
semi-arid  land  in  eastern  Colorado,  the 
vast  orcliards  of  the  western  slojw.  or 
the  famous  sand  dunes  of  the  San  Luis 
Valley.  It  seems  a  human  character- 
istic of  photographers  to  pick  out  the 
most  striking  example  of  the  thing  they 
are  photographing — if  it  is  a  harvest  of 
fruit,  the  largest  specimens  are  selected ; 
if  it  is  the  havoc  wrecked  by  a  dust 
storm,  the  most  desolate  home  is  selec- 
ted ;  and  if  a  scenic  road  is  portrayed,  the 
most  striking  section  of  that  road  is 
shown.  Most  teachers  have  sufficient 
background  in  the  subjects  which  they 
are  teaching  to  recognize  the  divergence 
from  the  normal,  but  too  often  that 
difference  is  not  in  the  foreground  of 
their  minds  when  the  pictures  are  being 
selected   for  the  classroom. 

Autbemtic 

Undoubtedly  this  quality  of  authen- 
ticity is  closely  allied  with  the  one  just 
preceding.  However,  there  seems  to  be 
sufficient  difference  to  justify  a  separate 
classification.  The  term  "authentic" 
carries  the  idea  of  authority,  and  this 
classification  in  effect  deals  more 
specifically  with  the  source  of  the  pic- 
ture than  with  the  picture  itself.  For 
example,  pictures  which  may  have  been 
truthful  twenty  years  ago,  may  be  ex- 
actly the  reverse  at  the  present  time,  for 
with  a  rapidly  changing  world,  a  pic- 
ture becomes  out-of-date  and  sometimes 
actually  false  in  a  few  years.  If  the 
person  or  organization  presenting  this 
picture  under  consideration  is  a  recog- 
nized authority  on  the  subject  and  the 
approximate  date  of  the  picture  is 
known,  a  teacher  can  be  reasonably  sure 
that  she  is  giving  her  class  an  accurate 
representation  of  the  subject  being  dis- 
cussed. While  the  source  of  a  picture  is 
essential  in  order  to  fix  the  date,  that 
is  not  the  only  contribution  which  a 
reliable  source  can  authenticate.  Ac- 
curacy in  technical  details  which  belong 
to  the  former  classification  of  truthful- 
ness are  important  and  teachers  should 
know  whether  or  not  the  source  of  the 
picture  is  such  that  they  can  safely  as- 
sume that  the  picture  is  truthful  and 
representative.  If  the  source  is  unknown, 
then  it  is  necesasry  to  check  the  facts  of 
the  picture  with  generally  accepted 
knowledge  of  the  subject;  but  an 
authentic  source  can  be  a  valuable  guide 
for  a  teacher. 

Relevant 
Many  pictures  which  are  excellent  pic- 
tures judged  by  most  standards,  are 
worthless  as  they  are  used.  Interesting 
as  cotton  picking  may  be.  a  picture  of 
a  cotton  field  and  the  laborers  may  be 
\-alueless  or  even  detrimental  if  shown 
while  the  turpentine  industry  is  being 
studied,  even  though  both  industries  may 
be  in  the  same  state.     Too  many  teach- 


ers, when  they  are  teaching  a  unit  on  a 
country  or  an  industry,  collect  all  the 
pictures  they  can  find  on  the  general 
subject,  regardless  of  whether  or  not 
facts  shown  in  the  pictures  are  stressed 
in  the  unit.  Just  because  a  class  may 
lie  studj-ing  Africa,  is  not  reason  to 
assume  that  any  picture  on  Africa  is 
worth  using.  A  picture  of  animal  or 
bird  life  in  some  remote  section  of 
Africa  may  be  of  tremendous  interest 
to  scitntists  but  it  may  have  no  sig- 
nificance for  a  class  stud>'ing  the  physical 
aspects  of   Africa. 

Pictures  detailed  in  content  and  far 
above  the  age-level  of  the  children  are 
frequently  used.  Such  use  of  pictures 
is  of  little  or  no  value — instead  of  clear- 
ing up  difficulties,  they  may  add  new 
problems.  Age-level,  interest,  under- 
standing, and  pertinence  to  the  subject 
under  discussion  must  be  considered.  As 
one  expert  suggested,  the  best  picture  in 
the  world  is  worthless  if  it  does  not 
pertain  to  the  subject  being  discussed. 

Significant 
The  old  ada<?e  that  one  cannot  see  the 
forest  for  the  trees,  is  frequently  a  very 
true  statement  in  picture  study.  Many 
children  do  not  see  the  fact  being 
illustrated  because  of  the  details  of  the 
picture.  A  valuable  picture  for  class- 
room use  portrays  facts,  events  or  ob- 
jects of  importance  with  unimportant  de- 
tails only  as  a  background.  Ideally,  pic- 
tures used  for  classroom  instruction  and 
aid  should  be  simple,  with  emphasis  on 
just  one  or  two  important  facts.  Of 
course  the  ideal  cannot  usually  be  reach- 
ed, but  at  least  that  criterion  can  be  con- 
sidered if  there  is  a  choice  of  pictures. 

Stimulative 

Perhaps  no  picture  in  itself  is  stim- 
ulative, but  certainly  some  pictures 
possess  characteristics  which  may  be 
utilized  by  a  good  teacher  to  arouse 
interest  and  initiative,  while  others  lack 
those  qualities  to  an  alarming  degree. 
Pictures  which  show  something  of  the 
life  of  a  people,  of  human  contact,  of 
an  activity,  usually  interest  children  and 
arouse  thought.  A  picture  of  a  vacant 
lot  is  not  very  inspiring  to  either  chil- 
dren or  adults,  but  add  a  group  of  boys 
playing  baseball,  and  immediately  that 
picture  may  acquire  value  in  directing  the 
attention  of  a  group  to  means  of  keep- 
ing children  off  the  streets,  in  a  safety 
campaign.  A  home  in  a  city  in  Switzer- 
land may  arouse  only  mild  interest,  but 
show  a  group  of  children  a  little  moun- 
tain home  with  large  rocks  on  the  roof 
and  most  children  will  immediately  have 
questions.  Such  examples  could  be 
multiplied  indefinitely.  This  quality 
may  be  of  less  importance  in  some  cases 
than  in  others.  If  a  picture  is  being 
used  to  answer  a  question,  it  may  be 
that  the  stimulative  qualities  are  of  less 
importance,  but  generally  speaking,  this 
characteristic  deserves  active  considera- 
tion. 

Suggestive   of   Size 

Many  funny  stories  told  of  children  are 
based  on  the  child's  misunderstanding  of 

(Concluded  on  page  142) 


Page    118 


The  Educational  Screen 


Using  Visual  Aids  in  Teacher  Training 


By      A.      L.      HEER 

Kent  State  University,  Kent, 


Ohi, 


Urging  more  use  of  visual  aids  in  teaching 
teachers  to  use  visual  aids,  with  special  emphasis 
on  materials  equally  valuable  as  motion  pictures. 


THE  subject  for  discussion  by  the  panel  has  a 
two-fold  implication — first,  that  college  teach- 
ers in  the  various  subject-matter  fields  can  use 
visual  aids  to  make  subject-matter  more  meaningful 
and,  second,  that  teachers  should  be  taught  how  to 
use  visual  aids  effectively  in  teaching.  To  a  certain 
extent  these  two  objectives  can  be  achieved  to- 
gether. There  is  no  doubt  that  visual  aids  used  by 
college  instructors  in  their  teaching  will  give  pros- 
pective teachers  some  appreciation  of  their  value  in 
teaching.  However,  this  incidental  instruction  can 
hardly  be  considered  sufficient  to  train  teachers 
properly  in  the  techniques  for  eflfective  use  of  visual 
aids.  Obviously,  teachers  should  have  some  specific 
training  in  the  use  of  visual  aids  which  should  re- 
sult in  a  greater  appreciation  of  the  use  of  visual  aids 
and  the  ability  to  choose,  to  make,  and  to  use  them 
effectively.  A  course  should  be  j^rovided  for  them 
which  will  secure  these  results. 

Because  so  many  persons  think  of  visual  aids  pri- 
marily in  terms  of  moving  pictures,  I  would  like  to 
stress  some  of  the  other  visual  aids.  Included  in 
visual  aids  are,  maps,  charts,  graphs,  pictures,  ex- 
cursions, models,  museums,  dramatics,  stereo- 
graphs, lantern  slides,  filmstrips,  e'.c.  Let  us  note  the 
possibilities  of  some  of  these  aids. 

As  a  general  rule  teachers  do  not  make  the  most 
effective  use  of  maps.  All  too  often  the  use  of  maps 
is  limited  to  locations.  There  is  no  attempt  to  be- 
little this  use  of  maps,  but  rather  to  suggest  that 
maps  have  many  other  uses  which  are  being  over- 
looked. Geography  is  concerned  with  a  study  of 
the  earth  as  the  home  of  man.  It  is  concerned  with 
the  consideration  of  the  effects  of  the  geographic 
environment  upon  man.  Maps  are  a  graphic  repre- 
sentation of  geographic  environment,  and  should  be 
so  read. 

The  cultural  heritage  of  any  people  is  an  impor- 
tant factor  in  determining  their  activities.  Their  ac- 
tivities are  very  much  influenced  by  surface,  climate, 
and  natural  resources.  These  three  factors  of  geo- 
graphic environment  are  very  frequently  represented 
on  maps  in  the  text  book.  Teachers  should  be  taught 
how  to  use  these  maps  in  teaching. 

Let  us  take  a  specific  illustration.  Suppose  that  in 
the  study  of  the  United  States  as  a  whole  there  are 
available  maps  which  depict  rainfall,  temperature, 
and  density  of  population  respectively.  Beginning 
with  the  population  map,  it  is  possible  to  note  its 
distribution  and  make  comparisons  with  the  other 
maps  to  note  these  phases  of  geographic  environ- 
ment which  influence  distribution  of  population. 
From  these  phases  of  the  study  there  can  be  deduced 


geographic  principles  which  Ijccome  tools  for  the 
further  study  of  geography. 

Again,  most  of  us  have  inaccurate  imagery  of  the 
geographic  environment  represented  upon  maps. 
When  we  think  of  the  United  States  we  visualize  a 
map  of  the  United  States.  Very  few  of  us  visualize 
an  expanse  of  territory  approximately  3000  miles 
from  east  to  west  and  1500  miles  from  north  to 
south.  We  do  not  see  the  actual  mountain  ranges 
in  the  east  and  west ;  the  great  central  plains ;  the 
desert  in  the  south-west,  etc.  Our  concepts  of  these 
are  inaccurate.  Too  often  the  desert  is  merely  a 
broad  expanse  of  sand.  We  fail  to  visualize  the 
mountains  in  the  desert  and  all  of  the  forms  of  plant 
and  animal  life  found  there. 

A  group  of  fourth  grade  children  were  taking  an 
imaginary  journey  across  the  United  States  on  one 
of  its  highways.  They  had  an  outline  map  sketched 
on  paper  and  about  three  by  five  feet  in  size.  The 
highway  over  which  this  imaginary  journey  was  to 
be  taken  was  sketched  on  the  map.  As  they  started 
across  the  United  States  they  secured  pictures  de- 
picting the  various  surface  features  and  pasted  them 
on  the  map.  In  addition  to  the  surface  features  these 
pictures  showed  man's  activities;  they  showed 
cities,  factories,  railroad  and  river  transportation, 
coal  mining,  the  productive  farms  of  our  great 
plains,  the  desert  with  its  various  surface  features, 
etc.  These  were  pasted  upon  .he  outline  map  until 
it  was  filled  with  pictures  of  typical  regions  and  ac- 
tivities along  this  transcontinental  highway.  When 
this  journey  had  been  finished,  the  teacher  placed  a 
physical-political  map  along  side  of  the  map  they 
had  made.  She  led  the  children  to  discover  how 
various  colors  and  symbols  were  used  on  the  maps 
to  represent  geographic  factors.  Such  a  procedure 
undoubtedly  led  to  a  much  different  type  of  visual 
imagery  than  most  of  us  get  from  maps. 

In  the  preceding  illustration  one  of  the  types  of 
visual  aids  used  was  pictures.  Our  text  books  are 
filled  with  pictures,  yet  so  comparatively  few  of  our 
teachers  use  them  effectively.  Pictures  which  are 
very  valuable  in  teaching  can  be  found  in  our  daily 
press,  in  travel  literature,  in  magazines,  and  in  ad- 
vertisements. Yet  relatively  few  of  our  teachers 
appreciate  their  possibilities  and  still  a  lesser  num- 
ber preserve,  classify,  and  file  them  as  aids  to  more 
effective  teaching. 

As  a  single  illustration,  here  is  the  use  which  one 
teacher  made  of  pictures. 

It  is  difficidt  for  children  to  comprehend  how 
much  different  our  world  is  from  that  of  a  century 
or  two  ago.  To  lead  the  children  to  appreciate  this 
difference  and  what  brought  it  about  was  the  ob- 


April,  19)9 


Page   119 


jective  of  a  history  teacher  in  jjrade  seven.  They 
were  to  begin  the  study  of  the  industrial  revohition. 
She  had  collected  nmnerous  pictures  showing  the 
old  and  the  new  way  of  doin^  thinps.  These  pictures 
were  mounted  on  a  cardboard,  each  showing  the  oi<l 
and  the  new.  A  picture  of  the  shoemaker  and  of  a 
shoe  factory  were  inoiuited  together ;  threshing 
grain  by  hand  and  a  modern  combine,  etc.  These 
pictures  were  passed  out  to  the  class  and  the  pupils 
were  instructed  to  look  at  a  inimber  of  them  and  to 
discover  in  what  way  they  were  alike.  They  soon 
di.scovered  the  contrast  of  the  old  and  the  new. 
Some  of  the  (jupils  inquired  as  to  what  brought 
about  the  changes;  another  asked  when  these 
changes  were  made ;  another  wanted  to  know  where 
these  changes  began ;  and  many  other  questions 
were  raised  by  various  niend)ers  of  the  class.  It  is 
very  evident  now,  through  the  judicious  use  of  pic- 


tures, that  teacher  secured  interest  and  purpose  in 
her  pupils.  This  led  to  purposing  and  planning  by 
the  pupils  which  resulted  in  genuinely  valuable  ex- 
periences in  their  study  of  the  industrial  revolution. 

We,  as  educators,  may  insist  upon  the  need  for 
courses  in  the  use  of  visual  aids  in  teaching.  Yet  our 
subject-matter  friends  feel  that  there  are  already 
too  many  courses  in  "professional  education."  For 
seven  years  I  have  been  attempting  to  teach  a  course 
in  the  use  of  visual  aids.  At  the  close  of  these 
courses  many  of  the  students  wovdd  approach  me 
and  say  that  they  had  learned  more  history  or  geog- 
raphy or  science  in  the  course  than  they  had  in  the 
regtdar  courses  in  these  subjects.  I  am  not  so  naive 
as  to  accept  the  statements  in  toto.  However,  I  do 
believe  that  the  course  did  make  a  distinct  contri- 
bution to  the  enrichment  of  student  experiences  in 
many  fields. 


Summer  Courses  in  Visual  Instruction,  1939 

Compiled  in  Co-operation  with  The  Society  for  Visual  Education 


The  following   courses   have   heem    reported   to   date, 
(Figures   in   parentheses   show   credit   hours.) 

Arizona 

Utatc  Teachers  College,  Flagstaff  June  5- Aug.  11 

Visual  Education  (3  quarter  hrs.)  Herman  Buckner 

( 'nivcrsily  of  Arizona,  Tucson 

June  12-July  IS  and  July  17-Aug.  19 

Visi;al  and  Auditory  .\ids  in  Teaching  (2)        E.  L.  Larson 
California 
Lnircrsily  of  Southern  California,  Los  Angeles 

June  17-JuIy  28  and  July  29- Sept.  1 

Visual  Education  184A  and  184M  (2  each)     Cline  M.  Koon 
Colorado 
Colorado  Agricultural  College,  Fort  Collins  July  1-31 

Visual  Education  (1J4)  L.  E.  Aspinwall 

Colorado  State  College  of  Education,  Greeley    June  19-Aug.  11 

Techniques  and  Materials  of  Visual  Education  (4) 

James  D.  Finn 

i'mtvrsity  of  Colorado,  Boulder  June  19-July  21 
Education  Through  Motion  Pictures  (3  quarter  hrs.) 

and  Visual  .Aids  (3  quarter  hrs.)  Lelia  Trolinger 

Connecticut 

Teachers  College,  New  Britain  July  S-Aug.  11 

Visual  Aids  (2)  Ernest  Whitworth 

Florida 

University  of  Florida,  Gainesville 

June  12-July  21  and  July  24-Aug.  25 

Audio- Visual  Education  (2)  W.  L.  Goette 

Georgia 

Slate  College  for  Women,  Milledgeville 

Visual  Education  (3^^) 
Illinois 
State  Xormal  University,  Normal 

Visual  Education  240  (3) 
University  of  Chicago,  Qiicago 

Visial  Instruction  390  ('A  cr. ) 
University  of  Illinois,  Urliana 

Visual  and  Auditory  Instruction  Aids 
Westerti  Stale  Teachers  College,  Macomb 

Visi'al  Education  320  (4  quarters) — '. 


June  14-July  22 
Walter  S.  Bell 

June  12-Aug.  4 

Clarence  L.  Cross 

June  19-July  21 

Dr.  Edgar  Dale 

June  19-.\ug.  12 

Louis  A.  Astell 

June  12-July  21 

2  courses 

Alvin  B.  Rot)erts 


(2) 


Indiana 

Ball  State  Teachers  College,  Muncie 
Teaching  Materials  (2) 


June  12-July  14 
Miss  Virginia  Bell 


An    additional    list    will    appear    in    the    May    issue, 
(See    Editorial   note   on    page    125,    this    issue,) 

Iowa 

State  Teachers  College,  Cedar  Falls  June  5-Aug.  23 

Visual  Education  (I)  Dr.  H.  A.  Riebc 

State  University,  Iowa  City  June  12-Aug.  4 

Demonstration  lectures  (no  credit)  L.  W.  Cochran 

Kansas 
Municipal  Unizvrsily,  Wichita  June  12-Aug.  4 

Visual -Sensory  Aids  in  Education  (3)  W.  A.  Bonwcll 

University  of  Kansas,  I^wrence  June  14-Ai'g.  9 

Visual  Education  in  Elementary  and  Secon<lary 
SchfK)ls  (2)  Fred  S.  Montgomery 

Kentucky 
Iniversily  of  Kentucky,  Lexington  June  12- July  15 

\isfal   Teaching   (3)  Louis  Clifton 

Motion  Pictures  in  Education  (3)  W.  Gayle  Starncs 

Visral  Teaching  (3)    July  17-Aug.  19.    W.  Gayle  Starncs 
Louisiana 
Slate  University,  Baton  Rouge  June  5- Aug.  3 

N'isual  Education  150  (3)  Roy  Wenger 

Maine 
l.'niversily  of  Maine,  Orono  July  5-Aug.  12 

Visval  Education  (2)  Dr.  Paul  S.  Miller 

The  Mo'.ion  Picture  in  Education  (2)        Dr.  Paul  S.  Miller 
Maryland 
(  niz'ersity  of  Maryland,  College  Park  June  26- Aug.  4 

Visual  Education  (2)  Dr.  Henry  Brechbill 

Massachusetts 
Boston  (University.  Boston  July  5-Aug.  12 

Visual  Methods  in  Nature  Study  (2)  Earle  A.  Brook- 

Harvard  University,  Cambridge  July  5-.Aug.  1 

.■\udio-Visual  .'Xids  to  Instruction   (3) 

James  R.  Brewster,  Dr;  Harold  W.  Griffi 
Michigan 
Michii/an  Stale  College,  East  I^nsing  June  19-July  27 

Visvalizing  Instruction  (3)  E.  L.  Austin 

I'niversily  of  Michigan,  .Ann  Arbor  June  26-Aug.  18 

\'isual  Education  B133s  (2)  Dr.  F.  D.  McQusky 

Minnesota 
State  Teachers  College,  St.  Cloud  June  12-July  21 

Visual  Education  (4)  Roland  M.  Torgerson 

Stale  Teachers  College,  Winona  July  22-Avg.  25 

Audio-Visual   Education    (4)  Alice   B.  Grannis 

University  of  Minnesota,  Minneapolis 

June  12-July  28  and  July  21-Sept.  1 

Visual  Aids  in  Teaching  (3)  Ella  Callista  Clark 


Page   120 


The  Educational  Screen 


Missouri 

St.  Louis  University,  St.  Louis 
Visual  and  Auditory  Aids   (3) 

Washington  University,  St.  Louis 
Visual  Instruction   (3) 


June  19-Jnly  29 

W.  D.  Shewniau 

June  19-July  28 

Mrs.  Alma  B.  Rogers 


June  12-Aug.  11 
Paul  Anderson 

June  26- Aug.  4 
Austin  L.  Olney 

July  5 

H.  Dwight  Carle 

July  5-Aug.  10 

F.  Richmond 

June  26-Aug.  5 

George  W.  Wright 

July  S-Aug.  11 


Montana 

Montana  State  Normal  College,  Dillon 

Visual  Education  (2  quarter  hrs.) 
New  Hampshire 
University  of  New  Hampshire,  Durham 

Sensory  Aids  in  Teaching  (2) 
New  Jersey 
Keene  Normal  School,  Keene 

Visual  Education   (3) 
New  Jersey  State  Normal  School,  Newark 

Visual  Instruction   (2) 
State  Teachers  College,  Glassboro 

Visual  Education   (2) 
State  Teachers  College,  Montclair 

Integration  408— Visual  Education    (2) 

Miss  E.  W.  Crawford 
State  Teachers  College,  Trenton  June  29-Aug.  S 

Laboratory  Course  in  Visual  Aids  (2)        Lycia  O.  Martin 
New  York 

Columbia  University,  New  York  City  July  5-Aug.  11 

Visual  Education   117-A   (2) 

Dr.  M.  R.  Brunstetter,  Dr.  V.  C.  Arnspiger 

New  York  University,  New  York  City  July  6- Aug.  11 

Laboratory  Course  in  Visual  Aids  (2)  John  H.  Shaver 

Practical  Application  of  Visual  Aids  (2)      John  H.  Shaver 

North  Carolina 

Normal  and  Teachers  College,  Asheville 
Visual  Aids  to  Instruction  (2) 

North  Dakota 

State  Teachers  College,  Minot 
Visual  Education  (2) 


June  6-July  IS 
Hazel  Gibbony 

June  12-Aug.  4 
Lester  Hartnett 


June  19-  July  24 

Argra  Ruffer 

June  19-Sept.  1 

(Instructor  not  selected) 

June  12-Aug.  4 


Ohio 

Kent  State  University,  Kent 

Using  Visual  Aids   (2) 
Ohio  State  University,  Columbus 

Visual  Education  602  (3) 
State  Unii'ersity,  Bowling  Green 

Audio-Visual  Aids  in  Education   (3) 

Administration  of  Audio- Visual  Aids  in  Education  (3) 

Dr.  L.  L.  Ramseyer 
University  of  Akron,  Akron  June  19-July  28 

Visual   Education   (2)  J.   Ray  Stine 

Oklahoma 

Okla.  Agri.  &  Mechanical  College,  Stillwater      May  31-July  31 
Visual  Education  402,  302,  502   (3  each) 

Dr.  J.  C.  Muerman,  Dr.  Haskell  Pruett 
Southwestern  State  Teachers  College,  Weather  ford 

May  29-July  2S 

Visual  Education   (1)  J.  G.  Naimon 

University  of  Oklahoma,  Norman  June  6-Aug.  26 

Visual  Education  (2)  grad.  course  Boyd  Gunning 

Oregon 

Oregon  State  College,  Corvallis 

June  19-July  28  and  July  31-Sept.  1 
Construction  and  Use  of  Visual  Aids  (3)  George  Eby 

Educational  Cinematography   (3)  George  Eby 

Organization  and  Supervision  of  Visual  Instruc- 
tion  (3)  —  Second  Session  George  Eby 
University  of  Oregon,  Eugene                              June  12-JuIy  21 
Attdio- Visual  Aids  in  Education  (3)       Dr.  Lester  F.  Beck 

Pennsylvania 

Duquesne  University,  Pittsburgh  July  S-.^ug.  14 

Sensory  Techniques  in  Education   (2)  H.  J.  Leahy 

Juniata  College,  Huntingdon  June  19-Aug.  18 

Visual   Sensory  Aids    (3)  Paul   Rumel 

Pennsylvania  State  College,  State  College  July  3-Aug.  11 

Visual  and  Other  Sensory  Aids  in  Education   (3) 

Fred  E.  Kelly 
State  Teachers  College,  California  June  26-Aug.  5 

Visual  Education   (1)  Newton  Kerstetter 


June  19-July  29 
D.  D.  Peirce 
June  19-July  29 
Willier  Enimert 
June  19-July  29 
L.  J.  Ulmer 
June  25-Aug.  6 
Dr.  Cyril  Stout 


State  Teachers  College.  Clarion 

Visual  Education   ( 1 ) 
State  Teachers  College,  Indiana 

Visual  Education  (1) 
State  Teachers  College,  Lock  Haven 

Visual  Education   ( 1 ) 
State  Teachers  College,  Mansfield 

Visual  Education   (2) 
State  Teachers  College,  Slippery  Rock 

June  19-Jnly  28  and  July  31-Aug.  19 

Visual  Education  (1  or  2)  Dr.  R.  A.  Waldron 

State  Teachers  College,  West  Chester  June  19-July  29 

Visual  Education  (1)  Thomas  J.  Heim 

Temple  University  Teachers  College,  Philadelphia 

June  26-Aug.  4 

Projection  Apparatus  (2) 

Illustrative  Materials  (2) 
University  of  Pennsylvania,  Philadelphia 

Visual  and  Sensory  Techniques  (2) 
University  of  Pittsburgh,  Pittsburgh 

Visual  Education  (2) 
Waynesburg  College,  Waynesburg, 


John  T.  Garman 
John  T.  Garman 
June  26-Aug.  8 
Dr.  J.  H.  Minnick 
July  6- Aug.  11 
Dr.  Herbert  T.  Olander 
June  19-Aug.  18 


July  6-July  22 
Dr.  Bruce  Fisher 


June  13-Aug.  4 
D.  Leon  McCormac 


Visual  Educ.  and  Sensory  Techniques   (3)         C.  O.  Riggs 

Rhode  Island 

Rhode  Island  State  College,  Kingston 
Dramatized  Instruction   (2) 

South  Carolina 

University  of  South  Carolina,  Columbia 
Visual  Education  S  155  (3) 

South  Dakota 

Southern  State  Normal  School,  Springfield  May  31-July  7 

Audio-Visual  Aids   (2)  Lulu  Spilde 

State  Normal  College,   Spearfish 

June  5-July  14  and  July  17-Aug.  12 

Visual  Educatiton  118s  (4  term  hrs.)  H.  A.  Henderson 

Visual  Education  119s  (4  term  hrs.)  H.  A.  Henderson 

Tennessee 

George  Peabodv  College  for  Teachers,  Nashville 

June  12-Aug.  25 
Nature  and  Use  of  Audio- Visual  Aids  (4)        M.  L.  Shane 
Audio-Visual  Aids  in  Modern  Language  Teach- 
ing (4)  M.  L.  Shane 
The  Use  of  Audio- Visual  Aids  in  Elementary 
Schools   (4)                                                 Geo.  P.  Mecham 

Texas 

Hardin-Simmons  College,  .Abilene  June  2- Aug.  21 

Audio-Visual  Education   (3)  R.  A.  Collins 

Texas  Technological  College,  Lubbock 

June  S-July  14  and  July  17-Aug.  24 

Visual  Education  3315   (3)  Dr.  L.  B.  Cooper 

University  of  Texas,  Austin   June  6-JuIy  17  and  July  17-Aug.  28 

Use  of  Visual  Aids  in  Teaching  (3)  B.  F.  Holland 

Utah 

University  of  Utah,  Salt  Lake  City  June  12-July  21 

Education  201  and  207  (2j4  each)  Arthur  L.  Marble 

Washington 

Central  Washington  College  of  Education,  Ellensburg 

June  13-Aug.  16.     Visual  Education   (3).     E.  L.  Muzzall 
East  Washington  College  of  Education,  Cheney  June  14-Aug.  16 
Visual  Education   (5) 

Miss  Margaret  McGrath,  Raymond  Hawk 
State  College  of  Washington,  Pullman 

June  19-July  28  and  June  19-Aug.  11 
Visual    Sensory   Aids   in   Education    (2  or   3) 

Ford  L.  Lemler 


West  Virginia 

IVest  Virginia  University,  Morgantown 
Audio-Visual  Aids  (2) 

Wisconsin 

Marquette   University,  Milwaukee 

Visual  Education   (3) 
State  Teachers  College,  Platteville 

Visual  Instruction   (3) 


June  12-July  23 
H.  B.  Allen 


June  26-Aug.  4 
Sidney  de  Ranitz 

June  13-July  22 
Dr.  V.  E.  Nylin 


April,   19)9 


Page   121 


Motion  Pictures  — 
Not  For  Theatres 

By    ARTHUR    EDWIN    KROWS 

Editor  of  "The  Spur,"  New  York  City 


Comes  Part  Eight.  The  World  War  ends 
and  non-theatricals  begin  their  peacetime 
adjustments  in  many  departments,  with 
strenuous  efforts  made  to  salvage  organiza- 
tions  originally  formed  for  emergency  service. 


OR  was  it  the  third  May  Irwin  film 
that  Carlyle  Ellis  produced  for 
Universal  ?  When  Ellis  read  the 
allegation  in  the  paragraph  hefore  this 
that  he  had  done  the  second,  he  wrote 
me  from  Hollywood,  where  he  lives  to- 
day, to  say  that,  according  to  his 
recollection  the  second  was  really  pro- 
duced by  J.  L.  Bernard :  "shot  with 
portable  lights  in  one  of  the  Universal 
offices  at  1600  Broadway,"  although  he 
adds,  "I  did  direct  her  in  a  brea<I- making 
reel  for  Fleischmann's  Yeast.  .  .  . 

"When  I  went  to  Universal,"  he  con- 
tinues, "it  was  first  to  work  for  Jack 
Cohn  as  title  writer  on  the  Universal 
Weekly.  Levey  borrowed  me  to  drama- 
tize canned  shrimps  or  something,  and 
then  there  was  a  laugliable  feud  between 
him  and  Jack  for  possession  of  me. 
Levey,  of  course,  won,  much  against  my 
will ;  so  my  gratitude  to  Rufus  Steele 
for  dragging  me  away  to  war  work  was 
monumental." 

In  the  same  letter  Ellis  presents  in- 
teresting sidelights  on  "The  Yanks  Are 
Coming,"  the  Universal  film  which  was 
halted  by  the  Committee  on  Public  In- 
formation: "It  was  a  commercial  for 
the  Dayton-Wright  Airplane  Company 
(not  the  Wright-Dayton  Company),  and 
I  went  out  to  Dayton  to  direct  it. 
There  was  one  full  reel  of  flying  stuff 
and  the  rest  was  manufacturing.  It  was 
boiled  down  a  lot  and  released  after 
awhile;  and  much  of  the  flying  stuff 
was  used. 

"It  might  well  be.  I  induced  the 
surviving  Wright  brother  to  get  out 
the  second  Wright  plane,  had  the 
factory  tune  it  up,  and  Mr.  Wright 
flew  it  for  us  all  about  the  place, 
making  a  landing  right  up  to  the 
camera,  and  a  semi-closeup  of  him 
stepping  down.  We  also  sent  it  on  a 
sidc-by-side  takeoff  with  the  first 
American  DeHavilland.  and  showed 
how  the  warplane  could  out-climb 
it.  Also,  I  had  my  cameraman  and 
his  camera  strapped  into  a  DeH.  to 
shoot  the  first  (I  think)  tailspin 
from  the  spinning  plane  ever  photo- 
graphed. 

"But  afterwards  we  found  that  the 
Marines  were  shooting  some  beauti- 
ful air  stuff  down  in  Florida  at  the 
same  time,  I  think,  with  Roxy's 
supervision  or  something,  so  there 
are  doubts  about  several  'firsts.' 
Seems  to  me  this  stuff  was  com- 
bined with  ours  in  the  final  release, 
but  it  is  all  very  vague  now  ..." 

Not  so  vagtie,  though,  as  the  torch 
race  of  recollection  kindles  from  the 
circumstantial  information  of  such  an 
admirable  start.  For  example,  when  I 
showed  Ellis's  interesting  letter  to  Frank 


One  of  America's  most  interesting  pion- 
eers in  educational  production,  distri- 
bution and  exhibition,  Maurice  Ricker's 
work   has   been   all   behind   the   scenes. 

A.  Tichenor,  who  in  those  days  was  the 
chief  of  the  General  Film  Corporation, 
he  remarked  that  he,  himself,  was  the 
one  who  caused  the  banning  of  "The 
Yanks  Are  Coming."  He  saw  a  pre- 
view of  the  film  in  the  office  of  Charles 
Hart,  he  explains,  and,  noticing  that 
the  manufacturing  processes  shown 
were  all  of  English  DeHavillands,  ad- 
vised that  the  subject  would  be  found 
too  discriminatory  for  American  ac- 
ceptance as  helpful  "preparedness"  prop- 
aganda.   Hart  evidently  agreed. 

But  our  present  point  is  the  ap- 
propriateness of  Ellis  for  hfs  place  with 
the  Committee  on  Public  Information; 
and  enough  has  been  told,  I  am  sure,  to 
show  that  when  his  name  was  suggested 
to  Rufus  Steele  as  that  of  a  possible 
assistant,  it  indicated  a  man  who  had 
had  a  short  but  severe  schooling  in  the 
very  sort  of  knockabout,  self-sufficient 
work  which  was  needed.  It  was  Ellis 
who  edited  and  arranged  the  material  in 
the  two  first  feature-length  pictures 
issued  by  the  Government  to  promote 
the  First  Liberty  Loan — "Pershing's 
Crusaders"  and  "America's  Answer." 
"Under  Four  Flags"  was  the  third  long 
U.  S.  Government  film  in  this  series, 
released   in    November,    1918. 

New  Uses  For  Old  Films 

But,  as  far  as  the  non-theatrical  field 
IS  concerned,  the  great  service  of  the 
Government  during  the  war  period  was 
to  marshal  the  miscellaneous  material 
produced  outside  the  regular  studios  and 
to  build  up  an  organization  to  distribute 
it.      There    was    almost    no    legitimately 


made  film  which  could  not  find  place  in 
Community  Service  and  the  Inter- 
national Y.  M.  C.  A.,  reaching  as  they 
did,  all  recognized  wartime  welfare 
agencies  throughout  the  world.  The 
picture  made  long  ago  by  the  local 
factory  owner,  to  soothe  his  own  vanity, 
might  now  be  used  for  broadening  knowl- 
edge of  trades ;  another,  made  for  pro- 
motion of  a  new  dentifrice,  might  be- 
come a  feature  on  a  health  program 
presented  to  benighted  people  in  the  Far 
(last.  The  list  was  long  and  the  appli- 
cations ingeniously  many.  The  most 
inept  subtitles  on  the  screen  could  be 
used  for  teaching  English  to  foreigners ; 
casual  views  of  prosperous  American 
farms  might  become  of  high  importance 
in  impressing  backward  communities 
with  the  efficacy  of  modern  agricul- 
tural machinery. 

It  was  a  notable  service  to  the  non- 
theatrical  field  because  it  laid  a  founda- 
tion upon  which  peacetime  activities 
might  arise.  The  original  intent,  to  be 
sure,  had  been  an  emergency  structure; 
but  those  concerned  in  it,  as  in  all 
similar  groups,  were  loath  to  let  it  go 
when  the  armistice  was  declared.  Nor 
was  their  hope  of  a  certain  continuance 
in  vain,  for  the  world  which  dawned 
with  peace  was  entirely  new  and  entirely 
well  disposed  toward  regenerative  ef- 
forts. 

No  account  of  the  period  immediately 
following  the  World  War  can  be  com- 
plete without  considering  the  changed 
economic  and  social  background  of  the 
United  States.  Industry  had  learned 
much  about  giant  organization ;  stan- 
dardized products  and  fairly  recent  in- 
ventions— some  the  result  of  patents 
pooled  in  the  late  emergency  by  rival 
manufacturers  intent  upon  helping  their 
Government  to  win — had  made  life  com- 
paratively luxurious  in  even  remote 
I)arts  of  the  country;  returning  soldiers 
had  acquired  a  cosmopolitan  point  of 
view — they  had  "seen  the  world" ;  there 
was  an  unprecedented  development  of 
women's  clubs  and  Rotary  Clubs  and 
Chambers  of  Commerce. 

Most  of  the  last-named  activity  was 
due  to  the  wartime  responsibility  when 
men  had  joined  for  Liberty  Loan  drives 
and  women  to  roll  bandages  for  the  Red 
Cross.  The  women,  especially,  only  a 
short  time  before  admitted  to  nationwide 
suffrage,  appreciated  their  earned  place 
in  a  new  freedom  and  did  not  intend 
to  relinquish  it.  The  various  wartime 
groups  were  reluctant  to  lose  their 
identity  and,  in  this  new  time,  they 
tried   to  find   reasons  for  continuing. 

To  make  their  meetings  attractive, 
common     recourse   was   had   to    motion 


Page   122 


The  Educational  Screen 


pictures.  Teachers,  principals  and  dis- 
trict superintendents  were  fascinated  by 
the  prospect  of  having  films  in  the 
schools  similar  to  those  which  they  had 
seen  arousing  enthusiasm  in  the  theatres ; 
religious  leaders  and  settlement  work- 
ers envied  the  social  force  of  the  neigh- 
borhood exhibitor  and  burned  to  arro- 
gate it  to  themselves.  They  did  not 
think  deeply  about  the  probable  cost  of 
these  films,  nor  of  the  machinery  neces- 
sary to  project  them. 

The  Non-The.\trical  Field  Quickens 
We  have  had  glimpses  of  the  re- 
ligious interest  involving  the  George 
Kleine  service  of  Chicago,  the  Presby- 
terian contract  with  the  Edison  Com- 
pany, the  various  Catholic  film  enter- 
prises and  the  interesting  venture  of 
the  Mormons.  In  the  autumn  of 
1910,  churches  in  Detroit  had  experi- 
mented with  film  programs  in  their 
Sunday  Schools;  in  1911,  the  Rev. 
George  Beeker  had  startled  exclusive 
Montclair,  New  Jersey,  by  introducing 
Biblical  films  during  his  Sunday  sermon 
at  Grace  Church;  in  1913,  at  the  Church 
of  St.  Jude  and  the  Nativity,  in  the 
New  York  metropolitan  area,  penny 
motion  picture  shows  were  given  every 
week.  In  1916  was  published  Motion 
Pictures  in  Religious  Education  Work, 
which  was  a  report  prepared  by  Ed- 
ward M.  McConoughey  for  the  com- 
mission on  the  church  and  social  service 
of  the  Federal  Council  of  Churches  of 
Christ  in  America.  In  1915  the  dig- 
nitaries of  the  Methodist  Episcopal 
Church  had  discussed,  at  their  New 
York  Conference,  the  value  of  films  to 
increase  churchgoing ;  in  May  1919,  they 
announced  definitely  that  they  would 
use  the  screen  to  spread  the  Gospel, 
with  D.  W.  Grifiith  as  advisor,  and. 
about  two  months  later,  Grifiith  filmed 
for  them  their  pageant,  "The  Way- 
farer," at  Columbus,  Ohio. 

The  Methodists  had  .  made  a  fairly 
extended  investigation.  Their  Centenary 
Committee,  through  its  Department  of 
Education,  had  circularized  Methodist 
pastors  with  a  questionnaire,  receiving 
approximately  3,000  replies  favoring 
films  in  the  church.  In  consequence, 
there  was  established  for  the  Metho- 
dists, a  Division  of  Stereopticons,  Mo- 
tion Pictures  and  Lectures,  through 
which  pastors  might  rent  films  at  cost. 
The  first  motion  picture  distributed  by 
the  new  Division  was  a  six  reel  sub- 
ject showing  the  Methodist  Exposition 
at  Columbus,  in  1919.  In  June,  1920, 
eighty-six  Methodist  missionaries  left 
New  York  for  their  foreign  stations, 
taking  propaganda  films  along.  View- 
ing American  churches  of  all  sorts,  it 
was  estimated  by  the  Literary  Digest, 
in  May,  1920,  that  films  were  being 
used  in  approximately  2,000. 

As  to  the  formal  educational  interest, 
there  were  symptoms  of  that  every- 
where. Before  1913.  films  were  used 
sporadically  in  grade  schools  of  New 
York,  Chicago,  Cleveland,  Detroit,  Pasa- 
dena. Denver,  Paducah.  South  Bend  and 
Pueblo  among  other  places.  The  State 
of  Texas  had  purchased  a  large  number 
of  projectors  to  be  used  throughout  its 
school  system;  the  University  of  Wis- 
consin was  employing  films  to  cut  down 


truancy;  the  University  of  Minnesota 
iiad  them  for  adult  education  as  well  as 
for  juveniles,  particularly  to  teach  dairy- 
ing throughout  the  extension  division ; 
Milton  C.  Cooper,  district  superinten- 
dent of  Philadelphia,  had  requested  a 
projector  for  every  school  in  the  city ; 
Arthur  G.  Balcom,  later  to  become 
prominent  in  visual  education  circles, 
was  making  similar  recommendations  to 
the  School  Board  of  Orange.  New  Jer- 
sey. The  Mississippi  Federation  of 
Women's  Clubs,  in  cooperation  witli  the 
State  Department  of  Health,  was  dis- 
tributing health  films,  while  the  Vermont 
Stale  Board  of  Health  had  purchased 
not  only  a  portable  projector  but  a 
generator  with  which  to  operate  it  in 
remote   communities. 

The  School  Board  of  Berkeley,  Cali- 
fornia, began  its  September  session  in 
1910   with   favorable   consideration   of  a 


Mrs.  Elizabeth  Richey  Dessez,  member  of 
the  War  Work  Council  of  the  Y.M.C.A. 
film  division,  began  her  picture  career  by 
organizing  movie  matinees  for  children. 

plan  to  rent  school  films  regularly;  in 
Milwaukee,  at  about  the  same  time,  an 
experimental  free  showing  of  films  in 
schools  to  the  public  was  voted  a  great 
success  and  to  be  continued ;  December, 
1912,  commendation  was  given  to  a  test 
school  program  at  Elgin,  Illinois,  the 
pictures  being,  "The  Lady  of  the  Lake," 
"Climbing  Mt.  Ranier,"  "The  Pineapple 
Industry"  and  the  "first  act"  of  Bern- 
liardt's  "Queen  Elizabeth."  At  the 
February,  1914.  meeting  of  the  State 
Superintendents  of  Illinois,  a  plan  was 
presented  and  fa\ored  for  placing  pro- 
iectors  in  all  schools  and  distributing 
films  by  interchanging  them  over  three 
circuits  to  be  established  in  the  State. 
At  the  close  of  1914,  the  California 
State  Commissioner  of  Secondary 
Schools  had  recommended  supplemental 
instruction  by  films  from  the  fifth  to 
the  eighth  grades ;  and  in  the  Badger 
State,  about  150  schools  had  actually 
been  equipped  with  projectors  and  films 
on  approval  of  the  University  of  Wis- 
consin. 

But  of  course,  too,  the  schools  of 
other  nations  were  awakening  to  the  ad- 
vantages of  the  new  teaching  instrument. 


Charles  Urban  had  agitated  the  matter 
in  England  as  early  as  1902.  The  French 
Government  is  said  to  have  weighed 
the  possibility  even  before  1900.  In  1912, 
schools  in  France  and  Germany  were 
using  films  for  geography,  history  and 
civics,  while  educators  in  the  latter 
country  were  issuing  testimonials  to  their 
worth  for  the  benefit  of  those  interested 
elsewhere.  The  school  films  of  Japan 
in   1914,  already  have  been  mentioned. 

The  thought  of  children  to  be  served 
reminds  one  that  there  was  another  im- 
portant stimulus  to  development  of  the 
non-theatrical  field  which  has  not  been 
named  as  such.  That  was  the  reform 
movement,  which  declared  the  unsuit- 
ability  of  the  average  theatrical  film 
program  to  children,  the  implication  be- 
ing that,  if  the  theatre  could  not  be 
restrained,  the  children  should  see  their 
motion  pictures  in  more  controllable  cir- 
cumstances. Extreme  positions  in  this 
matter,  evinced  before  the  turn  of  the 
century,  at  the  very  start  of  the  indus- 
try, were  reconciled  by  the  National 
Board  of  Censorship,  organized  in  1909, 
one  compromise  being  the  presentation  of 
films  for  children  Saturday  mornings 
when  there  was  no  school. 

.About  1914  this  cliildren's  Saturday 
Morning  Matinee  idea  was  promulgated 
and  put  energetically  into  practice  in 
New  York  City  by  Mrs.  Elizabeth 
Richey  Dessez,  a  Southern  newspaper- 
woman, whose  work  has  been  mentioned 
earlier,  in  cooperation  with  a  Virginia 
woman  friend  and  a  local  theatrical  man- 
ager. Her  success  caused  her  to  be 
noticed  by  George  Kleine,  who  was  pre- 
paring with  Thomas  .\.  Edison  to  at- 
tack the  problem  in  another  way  by 
releasing  to  the  theatre — under  the  name 
Conquest  Pictures — a  prearranged,  cir- 
cumspect family  film  program ;  and  he 
engaged  Mrs.  Dessez,  first  in  charge  of 
his  Community  Service  Department  to 
open  the  non-theatrical  market  and 
then,  in  1917,  to  tour  the  country  in 
promotion  of  the  Conquest  plan.  Dur- 
ing the  World  War  Mrs.  Dessez  served, 
as  I  have  told  you,  with  the  committee 
which  helped  select  films  for  the  War 
Work  Council  of  the  International  Y. 
M.  C.  A. 

The  Fosters   See  a  Way   Out 

Anyway,  here  was  a  great,  en- 
thusiastic demand  for  non-theatrical  sub- 
jects. Here,  also,  as  the  Fosters  ob- 
served of  their  lately  whirring  machine, 
called  "the  C.M.P.B.,"  was  a  great  non- 
theatrical  distributing  system  at  their 
own  hand,  with  thousands  of  "purified" 
reels  in  stock  and  with  representatives 
everywhere  suddenly  to  be  thrown  out 
of  employment.  The  Government,  think- 
ing of  the  setup  as  a  mere  wartime  ex- 
pedient, felt  that  it  had  no  further 
serious  use  for  any  of  it.  The  properties 
would  be  sold  out  for  a  song,  perhaps 
given  for  the  asking.  Of  course,  the  war 
work  of  the  Community  Service  had 
been  free  to  the  users.  The  Govern- 
ment defrayed  the  cost  of  operation.  But 
now  that  the  users  had  learned  to  value 
the  system,  long  and  consistently  iden- 
tified with  the  Fosters,  no  doubt  they 
might  be  persuaded  to  pay  something 
for  it.  And,  in  the  meantime,  probably, 
the    outlying    representatives     could    be 


April,  19)9 


Page    123 


IK-rsuaiictl  to  Ramble  on  the  future  with 
the  cstal)li.'-hi'<l  leaders. 

The  Govrriimc-nt  might  possibly  ha\c 
made  constructive  use  ol  its  lilm  sup- 
|ily  there  ior  awhile  at  least.  The  way 
had  Ix-cn  oiiened  in  1920.  for  then  Com- 
munity had  distributed  some  films  on 
housing  problems,  which  were  consid- 
erations l>elonk'inR  distinctly  to  "recon- 
struction." But  the  larger  opportunity 
was  overlooked.  High  officials  opined 
that  the  war  was  over.  They  were  mis- 
taken. They  were  thinking  just  of  the 
military  phase.  War  continues  ever- 
lastingly ill  this  world.  There  is  just  an 
alternation  of  kinds — military  and  eco- 
nomic. .-\nd  now  that  the  uniformed 
soldiers  rested,  the  fight  for  trade  re- 
sumed where  it  had  twen  interrupted  for 
the  soldiers  in  mufti ;  and  the  film  be- 
came a  iioleiit  instrument  for  the  ex- 
pansion of  markets. 

Those  in  the  Government  service 
whose  duty  it  was  to  realize  this,  name- 
ly, members  of  the  U.  S.  Department  of 
("ommerce,  sought  an  appropriation  to 
meet  the  new  situation,  hoping  to  pro- 
duce films  on  .Xmerican  industries  for 
foreign  exhibition.  They  reminded  those 
who  licld  the  keys  to  the  Treasury  that 
England  already  was  using  sucl)  films 
for  her  own  aggrandizement  in  a  move- 
ment called  "British  Industrial  Expan- 
sion." Under  that  name,  and  with  the 
auspices  of  the  British  Chamber  of 
Commerce,  exhibitions  had  been  given, 
iluring  the  preceding  year,  in  South 
\it)erica,  Canada,  India,  .\frica,  Egypt, 
Australia,  New  Zealand  and  the  chief 
cities  of  Western  Europe.  But  the  ap- 
I)eal  for  that  particular  solution  in 
.\mcrica  was  in  vain.  The  public  here 
probably  was  just  sick  at  that  moment 
of    international    rivalries. 

The  Fosters  really  had  ample  time  to 
consider  their  changed  situation,  for  al- 
though the  armistice,  following  the  col- 
hpse  of  Turkey,  Bulgaria  and  Austria- 
Hungary,  came  to  an  overjoyed  world 
in  November,  1918,  all  the  months  un- 
til the  following  June  28,  when  the 
treaty  of  peace  was  signed,  had  to  go  by, 
and  after  that  there  was  still  work  for 
Community  Service  in  the  camps  pend- 
ing the  slow  demobilization  of  the 
troops.  And,  in  the  face  of  some  op- 
position, they  did  acquire  the  contract 
to  serve  the  American  Army  of  Occu- 
pation at  Coblentz.  The  official  end  of 
the  wartime  Community  Service  in  the 
camps  did  not  come,  therefore,  until 
1921.  The  Fosters  were  still  actually 
producing  films  for  the  work  in  1920, 
six  reels  of  popular  .science  ranging  from 
astronomy  to  geography,  made  for  them 
under  the  direction  of  young  William 
Park,  being  previewed  that  summer  at 
the  American  Museum  of  Natural  His- 
tory. 

But,  beyond  the  attenuated  Govern- 
ment contract,  the  scheme  of  continuing 
Community  Service  was  worth  trying,  not 
only  for  the  Fosters,  but,  as  has  been 
suggested,  for  some  of  their  direct  as- 
sociates and  for  a  chosen  few  of  their 
regional  agents.  Some  of  these  last- 
named  persons  had  never  been  in  motion 
picture  work  before  and  now  saw 
especial  opportunities  of  their  own. 
Many  a  non-theatrical  specialist  of  later 


years  owed  his  real  start  to  Community. 

Thus  it  came  about  that  Community 
Service  returned  to  peacetime  activity, 
its  wartime  contract  fulfilled,  and  with 
Warren  Foster  and  his  mother  still  in 
command.  There  was  a  large  stock  of 
films.  The  Government  didn't  want 
them — had  no  place  now  to  keep  them^ — 
and  the  original  owners,  with  the  excep- 
tion of  a  few  such  as  the  disintegrating 
General  Film  Cor|X)ration,  which  de- 
manded its  property  back,  had  uncon- 
ditionally surrendered  their  rights  in  the 
fo<jtagc.  Warren  Foster  retained  the 
New  York  office  for  awhile,  and  the  one 
ill  Paris  through  which  he  sought  to 
negotiate  various  foreign  enterprises 
other  than  Community  Service.  But  the 
great,  unifying  spirit  was  gone.  The 
prevailing  common  purpose  of  winning 
the  war  had  l)een  achieved ;  and  one  pri- 
vate project  was  as  good  as  another. 
.As  a  sheer  psychological  release,  it  was 
now  every  man  for  himself.  As  a  great 
institution    Community   dwindled. 

But  playing  a  lone  hand  was  an  old 
exjiericnce  for  Warren  Foster.  He 
merely  retired  at  last  for  reflection  and 
quiet  into  office  space  in  the  Masonic 
Temple  Building  rented  to  him  by  his 
friend  the  Rev.  James  K.  Shields,  Anti- 
Saloon  League  Superintendent  of  New 
Jersey.  He  did  not  lose.  So  you  will 
meet  him  later  in  these  pages  as,  at  his 
own  convenience,  he  steps  again  upon 
the  scene,  once  more  master  of  the 
situation. 

In  disposing  of  its  war  paraphernalia 
which  seemed  to  have  salvage  value,  the 
U.  S.  Government  unloaded  it  on  the 
market  with  but  one  idea — to  be  rid  of 
it  promptly.  An  incident  in  this  process 
is  of  particular  interest  here.  The  mo- 
tion picture  exhibition  equipment  re- 
turned from  abroad  was  received  at  New 
York.  There  it  was  placed  on  sale  for 
whatever  it  would  bring,  in  a  loft  build- 
ing which  had  once  been  a  well  known 
1 4th  Street  department  store — Siegel  & 
Cooper's.  Many  readers  will  recall  this 
store  with  the  rotunda  in  which  stood 
for  many  years,  to  encourage  the  say- 
ing "Meet  me  at  the  fountain,"  the 
great  symlxilical  statue  of  "Agriculture" 
from  the  Buffalo  World's  Fair.  Now 
that  it  was  a  mere  storage  loft,  many 
good  projectors  were  to  be  had  there 
at  a  few  dollars  apiece;  and  out  of  tliis 
collection,  which  had  cost  the  Goveni- 
menf  top  prices  in  the  beginning,  more 
than  one  daring  church  pastor  obtained 
his  first  film  equipment.  Why  most  of 
these  projectors  should  have  gone  to 
churchmen  rather  than  to  teachers,  is 
explainable,  probably,  by  the  fact  that 
near  the  old  store  was  a  neighborhood, 
northward  along  Fourth  Avenue,  where 
large  Protestant  groups  maintained  their 
headquarters. 

If  the  users  of  non-theatrical  films  had 
not  counted  the  cost  of  obtaining  pro- 
grams, other  shrewd  observers  had 
studied  conditions  for  their  own  profit, 
and  had  hit  upon  a  way  out.  .Mmost 
from  the  start  of  the  making  of  non- 
theatrical  films,  the  owners  were  will- 
ing to  lend  prints  at  no  charge  provided 
that  they  could  be  assured  of  audiences 
and,  when     propaganda     pictures     were 


Miss  Anita  Maris  Boggs,  co-founder  in 
1913  of  the  Bureau  of  Commercial  Eco- 
nomics, became  its  efificient  director  after 
the  death  of  Dr.  Francis  Holley  in  1923. 

made  for  social  service  organizations 
they,  too,  were  anxious  to  cooperate  in 
the  same  way.  In  fact,  both  groups 
were  even  willing  to  pay  within  reason 
for  the  sake  of  having  their  pictures 
shown.  The  conclusion  was  irresistible 
that  some  middleman  would  some  day 
find  it  worth  his  while  to  join  the  prop- 
agandists and  the  audiences  eager  to  see 
but  unwilling  to  pay,  and  earn  a  living 
by  distributing  films  for  nothing. 

The  Bureau  of  Commercial  Economics 

As,  far  as  I  am  able  to  determine,  the 
first  considerable  distribution  of  this 
sort  was  set  up  in  Washington,  D.  C. 
in  1913,  at  the  instance  of  Dr.  Francis 
Holley.  To  be  sure,  the  Y.  M.  C.  A. 
Bureau  had  been  started  almost  as  early; 
but  its  scope  at  first  had  been  limited  to 
Association  centers.  Dr.  Holley,  then  a 
man  of  about  fifty  years  of  age,  had 
arisen,  virtually  self-educated,  through 
the  engineering  corps  of  the  Northern 
Pacific  and  Canadian  Pacific  Railways, 
to  become  a  successful  civil  engineer  in 
independent  practise.  When  he  was 
about  twenty-two,  his  more  ambitious 
plans  had  been  halted  suddenly  by  blind- 
ness. For  nine  years  he  travelled 
through  Europe  and  the  Orient  seeking 
restoration  of  his  sight  and  vowing  that, 
should  that  seeming  miracle  be  wrought, 
he  would  devote  his  remaining  years  to 
the  betterment  of  mankind.  At  last  a 
Paris  surgeon  brought  about  the  result 
for  which  he  had  prayed.  And  then, 
true  to  his  vow,  he  sought  a  vehicle  for 
his  great  work — and  chose  the  motion 
picture. 

It  probably  is  not  surprising  that  a 
man  who  had  been  blind  would  think  of 
the  eye  as  the  best  avenue  for  education, 
although  its  superiority  is  amply  acknowl- 
edged also  by  those  who  see.  Anyway, 
after  careful  investigation  such  as  would 
characterize  the  start  of  any  prudent 
business  man  in  a  new  line,  and  with 
sympathy  and  support  of  his  close  friend, 
the  celebrated  blind  senator  from  Okla- 
homa,   Thomas     P.    Gore,     Hollev    or- 


Page    124 


The  Educational  Screen 


ganized  at  Washington  the  Bureau  of 
Commercial  Economics,  "an  association 
of  leading  institutions,  manufacturers, 
producers  and  transportation  lines  in 
this  country  and  abroad,  to  engage  in 
disseminating  industrial  and  vocational 
information  by  the  graphic  method  of 
motion  pictures,  upon  the  recommenda- 
tion of  the  leading  educators  of  the  coun- 
try." The  films  were  loaned  to  schools 
and  other  responsible  institutions  upon 
the  sole  condition  that  the  public  would 
be  admitted  to  see  them  without  charge. 
The  corporation  had  no  capital  stock 
and  was  declared  to  be  "not  for  profit." 
An  unfortunate  feature  was  that  the 
name,  associated  with  the  address,  im- 
plied that  it  was  a  department  of  the 
national  Government  with  which  the 
Bureau  had  no  official  connection.  The 
service  of  the  Bureau,  supported  by  en- 
dowment and  by  subscription,  was  to 
conduct  a  lending  library  of  free  films, 
"to  advance  through  motion  pictures 
education  and  pride  in  America's  insti- 
tutions." The  early,  specimen  subjects 
were  on  Cattle-Raising,  Com,  Cotton  and 
its  products,  and  Aluminum — largely  in- 
dustrials originally  made,  I  believe,  for 
the  International  Harvester  Company. 
The  work  thrived  and,  in  a  few  years,  the 
Bureau  boasted  of  affiliations  with  more 
than  125  universities  and  colleges. 

A  co-founder  with  Holley  was  Miss 
Anita  M.  Boggs,  an  A.  B.  from  Bryn 
Mawr  and  an  A.  M.  from  the  Uni- 
versity of  Pennsylvania.  At  the  outset 
she  became  dean  of  the  Bureau  and,  in 
1922  when  Holley's  health  began  to 
fail,  she  become  co-director.  In  Decem- 
ber, 1923,  Holley  died  and  then  Miss 
Boggs  succeeded  him  as  director.  Dur- 
ing her  career  thus  far,  she  has  served 
at  various  times  as  especial  collaborator 
in  visual  instruction  for  the  U.  S.  De- 
partment of  Education  and  as  an  Ameri- 
can educational  representative  of  sev- 
eral foreign  governments.  A  letter  ad- 
dressed to  her  at  the  Bureau,  after  being 
forwarded  to  several  places,  returned  to 
me  marked  "out  of  business." 

In  the  spring  of  1921  Holley  offered 
10,000  posts  of  the  American  Legion 
1,000  films  on  education  and  travel.  At 
that  time  the  service  reached,  it  was 
said,  around  the  world.  Among  remoter 
places.  Bureau  films  were  being  exhibited 
in  China,  India,  Siberia  and  Arabia. 
In  many  localities  the  Bureau  provided 
not  only  the  programs  but  the  projection 
as  well.  This  was  true  in  Alaska, 
Northern  Canada  and  Newfoundland 
and  in  mining  communities  in  Chili  and 
Peru.  It  was  operating  in  the  United 
States  six  especially  equipped  automobile 
trucks,  complete  even  to  the  extent  of 
lighting  plants,  touring  the  factory  and 
mining  towns  and  the  farm  districts. 
Two  Bureau  trucks  were  touring  Eng- 
land and  ten  more  were  on  order. 

It  will  be  remembered  that  the  situa- 
tion of  the  Community  Service  head- 
quarters in  New  York  was  at  the  Ma- 
sonic Temple  Building,  71  West  23rd 
Street — and  thereby  also  hangs  a  tale. 
Tightening  regulations  of  the  National 
Board  of  Fire  Underwriters  were  con- 
centrating the  film  business  in  several 
fireproof  buildings   about   the   city.     My 


^ext  Month 

The  first  non-thea+rical  history 
moves  on.  In  May  comes  Part 
Nine.  In  it  Henry  Ford  tries 
his  hand  at  producing  films  for 
education,  Walter  Yorke 
founds  Edited  Pictures  System 
and  llsley  Boone  contracts  to 
supply  the  New  York  City 
schools.  More  and  more  the 
scene  fills  with  persons  you 
know,  and  some  thirty  more 
installments,  each  as  rich  in 
detail  as  this,  are  scheduled 
for  publication.  Subscribe  now. 


recollection  is  that  at  this  time  the 
number  was  five.  In  addition  to  the 
Masonic  Temple  Building  there  were 
designated  the  Candler  Building  at  220 
West  42nd  Street,  the  Mecca  Building 
at  1600  Broadway — where  Universal 
maintained  its  headquarters — the  Leavitt 
Building,  130  West  46th  Street,  and  the 
Exchange  Building,  at  145  West  45th 
Street.  The  Godfrey  Building,  729 
Seventh  Avenue,  came  later.  The 
Brokaw  Building,  1482  Broadway,  had 
also  been  designed  for  film  tenants,  the 
upper  floors  having  been  occupied  by 
Triangle  Films ;  but  Triangle  had  stipu- 
lated in  its  lease  that  no  other  film 
concern  should  be  permitted  to  occupy 
space  in  the  premises  during  its  tenancy 
and,  when  Triangle  departed,  the  place 
was  abandoned  for  film  purposes.  Any 
history  of  the  motion  picture  business 
in  America  necessarily  must  deal  heavily 
with  firms  located  at  these  addresses. 

The  Masonic  Temple  Building,  how- 
ever, was  for  a  long  time  the  broad 
shelter  for  a  fertile  portion  of  the  non- 
theatrical  field.  On  the  two  uppermost 
floors  were  the  offices,  tanks,  vaults  and 
other  equipment  of  the  Kineto  Company. 
Here  presided  that  colorful,  friendly  per- 
sonality, Charles  Urban,  now  a  man  of 
middle  age,  but  still  active  and  receptive 
to  new  ideas.  His  name  has  recurred 
here  over  and  over  again.  We  found 
him  producing  and  encouraging  the  pro- 
duction of  almost  the  first  educational 
films  and  issuing  the  first  educational 
films  catalogue;  we  saw  him  taking  over 
the  Scala  Theatre  in  London  for  his  re- 
markable Kinemacolor  pictures ;  he 
brought  the  sensational  coronation  and 
Durbar  films  to  America ;  he  imported 
also  the  official  British  vvar  films.  And 
there  was  much  more.  But  it  was  Ur- 
ban's  fate  to  be  a  disappointed  man. 
His  Kinemacolor  Company  died  out  in 
America. 

Nevertheless,  he  now  had  remaining 
his  Kineto  Company,  the  once  relatively 
unimportant  side  enterprise  which  hand- 
led black  and  white  subjects,  and  which 
now  had  some  color  objects,  too.  More- 
over, in  this  foreign  land  he  had  many 
friends.  He  knew  America  well  enough 
— had  known  it  for  years.  In  the 
mid-nineties  he  had  been  a  salesman  in 
London  for  an  American  invention,  the 
Edison  Kinetoscope.  Iii  1897.  in  New 
York,  he  had   installed  one  of  the  first 


projectors  for  Richard  G.  HoUaman  at 
the  Eden  Musee.  And  now,  at  the 
close  of  the  war.  here  he  was  operating 
a  commercial  film  laboratory  at  71  West 
23rd  Street.  In  1917  he  had  taken  over 
the  studios  and  laboratories  at  Bayonne, 
New  Jersey,  left  by  Dave  Horsley  when 
that  worthy  had  moved  to  California; 
and  it  was  said,  even  at  that  time,  that 
Urban  was  releasing  800,000  feet  of  film 
per  week  and  needed  the  new  facilities 
for  the  purpose  of  doubling  his  out- 
put. Let  us  consider  the  nature  of  the 
increased  business. 

Swords   Into  Plowshares 

When  America  joined  the  Allies  it 
became  practical  to  combine  the  ofiicial 
pictures  sent  by  all  nations  from  the 
battle  areas ;  so,  as  already  stated,  there 
came  into  being  a  regular  theatrical 
number  called  the  "Allied  War  Review," 
released  through  Pathe  exchanges.  Ur- 
ban, with  his  highly  creditable  experi- 
ence in  handling  British  propaganda  films 
previously,  did  much  constructive  work 
with  this  new  offering. 

The  release,  however,  being  frankly 
intended  to  influence  opinion,  was 
necessarily  biased  and,  after  its  novel- 
ty had  worn  oflf,  it  could  not  successfully 
compete,  in  terms  of  popular  interest, 
with  the  war  scenes  appearing  in  the 
regular  newsreels.  One  of  the  most 
successful  of  the  latter  enterprises  was 
the  "Mutual  Weekly."  But  problems  of 
another  sort,  arising  out  of  the  war 
situation,  now  threatened  that.  It  may 
have  been  that  the  Gaumont  Company 
which  produced  it,  was  rather  too  close- 
ly involved  with  the  distressed  fortunes 
of  England  and  France  for  the  proper 
expansion  of  the  native  Mutual  Film 
Corporation  which  was  steadily  gaining 
strength.  In  all  events,  in  January  1918, 
Mutual — from  its  headquarters  in  the 
Masonic  Temple  Building — authorized 
its  alert  and  exceedingly  able  adver- 
tising and  publicity  director,  Terry 
Ramsaye,  to  supplant  the  "Mutual 
Weekly"  with  a  new  newsreel  called  the 
"Screen  Telegram,"  issued  twice  as 
often.  And  in  February,  Gaumont  saved 
its  face  by  announcing  its  own  sub- 
stitute, the  "Gaumont  News  Service." 
The  "Screen  Telegram"  proved  very 
successful.  Ramsaye  summoned,  to  edit 
and  develop  it,  Ray  L.  Hall,  late  of 
the  Hearst  newsreels,  and  later  still  of 
Creel's  Division  of  Films.  Hall  remain- 
ed there  after  Ramsaye  left,  in  Decem- 
ber 1918,  to  assume  charge  of  the  pub- 
licity department  of  S.  L.  Rothafel 
("Roxy")  for  the  Rialto  and  Rivoli 
Theatres. 

But,  when  the  war  was  over,  many 
previously  sustained  successes  became 
mere  loose  ends,  and  complete  reor- 
ganization, with  entirely  new  purposes, 
was  required  to  supply  a  continuity  into 
peacetime.  The  "Allied  War  Review" 
ceased,  and  the  "Pathe  Review"  was 
begun  as  a  substitute  in  the  Pathe  ex- 
changes which  had  distributed  it.  The 
Mutual  Film  Corporation,  itself,  then 
was  replaced,  in  a  manner  speaking,  and 
the  "Screen  Telegram"  ceased,  leaving 
an  apparent  gap  for  some  competent  ob- 
server to  fill  for  his  own  profit. 
■    (-To  he  continued) 


April,  19)9 

DIVERSITORIALS 


Page   12$ 


The  "Annual"  Forum  of  the  Mid-West 

HKKK  is  anotlu-r  promising  sign  of  life  in  the  visual 
field.  Liuler  its  dynamic  Chairman,  Donald  P. 
Bean  of  the  University  of  Chicago  Press,  a  Committee 
has  completed  arrangements  for  a  vigorous  visual  in- 
struction program  to  be  held  on  May  12  and  13  at  the 
Morrison  Hotel  in  Chicago.  Out.standing  speakers, 
expert  demonstrations,  ])lanned  discussions,  three  simul- 
taneous clinics  sfjecifically  designed  for  teachers  in 
Klemcntary  School.  High  School,  and  College  respec- 
tively, select  exhibits  of  expressly  educational  interest, — 
and  all  housed  for  ideal  comfort  and  convenience  in  the 
famous  "Casino"  and  nearby  rooms — are  features 
of  the  session.  Superintendents,  Principals,  Teachers 
within  the  widest  possible  radius  around  Chicago  should 
do  their  utmost  to  attend.  Only  two  little  days — but 
they  should  give  rich  returns  to  those  who  come. 
Response  to  the  plan  is  already  wide  and  enthusiastic. 
The  program  in  full,  with  a  write-up  by  Mr.  Bean, 
appears  on  pages  134-5.  If  "evidence"  is  a  thing  to 
be  trusted,  this  meeting  will  be  but  the  first  of  a  con- 
tiiuious  annual  series,  growing  steadily  in  importance. 
Be  in  at  the  beginning  of  something  important  — 
cj'erybody! 

The  Coming  Summer  Courses 

WE  ARE  a  month  ahead  of  last  year  in  presenting 
the  list  of  summer  courses  in  visual  instruction, 
prei^red  as  before  with  the  efficient  and  invaluable  co- 
operation of  the  Society  for  Visual  Education.  Eighty 
courses  appear  on  pages  119  and  120  of  this  April  issue 
— the  same  number  as  appeared  in  the  May  issue  of 
1938 — and  of  the  eighty  courses  about  thirty  are  new 
over  last  year's  list !  Additional  entries,  will  be  given  in 
the  May  issue  and  will  represent  the  increase  of  1939 
courses  over  1938.  Our  readers  can  help.  Send  us  a 
line  regarding  any  course,  not  listed  in  this  issue,  that 
has  come  to  your  attention. 

Another  Legislative  Threat 

'T'HERE  is  now  under  way  in  New  York  State 
•*•  another  attempt  to  throttle  the  state-wide  educa- 
tional use  of  films  and  fatten  the  pay  envelopes  of  union 
oiierators.  The  Crews  Bill  (Assembly  No.  1915)  has 
passed  the  Rules  Committee  and  is  pending  before  the 
New  York  State  Assembly  at  Albany.  It  declares  it  un- 
lawful for  anyone,  in  cities  of  one  million  or  over,  to 
operate  any  moi'ie  projector  in  any  building,  public  or 
private,  "unless  he  shall  have  been  duly  licensed"  under 
the  following  terms:  He  must  be  over  21,  must  have 
served  six  months  apprenticeship  to  a  licensed  of)er- 
ator,  must  pass  an  examination,  and  must  pay  a  $15.00 
fee  the  first  year  and  $10.00  a  year  thereafter. 

This  outrageous  legislation,  if  passed,  will  ban  sub- 
standard film  showings  in  schools,  churches,  clubs,  lab- 
oratories and  hotnes — exclude  projector  operation  by 
teachers  or  students,  for  the  fees  will  be  prohibitive 


in  most  cases — and  thus  force  employment  of  licensed 
operators  at  rates  impossible  for  most  non-theatrical 
interests.  It  would  mean  the  deliberate  killing  of  most 
of  the  present-day  school  activity  with  films.  The  pro- 
posed law  is  based  on  the  specious  pretext  of  "safety," 
yet  all  16mm  film  (the  standard  size  used  in  schools) 
is  on  acetate  stock  and  therefore  as  safe  as  the  film  in 
our  cameras. 

Our  valued  contemporary,  Movie  Makers,  magazine 
of  the  Amateur  Cinema  League,  is  making  a  heroic 
fight  against  this  insolent  threat  to  our  scholastic  wel- 
fare. New  York  schools  are  in  danger.  Once  this  law 
passes  for  the  large  cities,  the  next  steps  will  be  to 
hamstring  the  whole  State,  then  invade  other  States. 
.\t  the  moment,  other  S'.ates  can  do  little  to  help  the 
fight.  But  every  New  York  State  teacher  should  send 
at  once  to  his  Assemblyman  his  own  opinion  of  the 
Crews  Bill  in  unmistakable,  even  blazing  terins. 


Still  Following  Hollywood 

'T'R.KDITION,  analogy  and  convention  are  powerful 
factors  in  human  thought  and  action.  Early  Greek 
architecture  fashioned  its  marble  architraves  and  tri- 
glyphs  to  resemble  wooden  beams,  rather  than  to  in- 
augurate a  new  and  epochal  development  in  the  building 
art.  Early  American  horseless  carriages  showed  whip- 
sockets  on  the  dash.  And  -American  educational  film 
production  runs  true  to  form. 

Hollywood  starts  most  of  its  productions  with  more 
or  less  deafening  music  behind  the  leader  to  whet 
audience  attention.  The  din  excites  to  emotional  eager- 
ness for  what  is  to  come.  It  is  a  fairly  logical  device, 
for  the  theatrical  movie  seeks  emotional  appeal  and 
musical  blare  is  definitely  emotional  stimulus.  Educa- 
tional producers  naively  follow  the  theatrical  lead  and 
frequently  open  a  little  one-rceler  with  an  orchestral 
crash  thoroughly  bewildering  to  ears  and  minds.  The 
classroom  aims  at  the  intellect  rather  than  the  emotions. 
Let  educational  films  begin  with  soft  music,  rising 
steadily  to  a  level  of  pleasing  but  not  startling  volume, 
and  thus  agreeably  induce  a  pupil  state  of  mind  that  is 
thoughtful  and  eagerly  receptive,  not  stunned  or  aim- 
lessly excited.  In  time  we  shall  learn  to  leave  to  the 
theatre,  and  spare  the  classroom,  that  nerve-wracking 
opening  blast. 

The  Film  Evaluation  Project 

C  PRING  vacations  naturally  slowed  up  somewhat 
*^  the  influx  of  evaluation  cards,  but  the  project  still 
shows  definite  progress  over  the  status  reported  in 
March.  Instead  of  400  teachers  evaluating  in  32  States, 
we  have  over  500  teachers  in  34  States.  The  number 
of  different  films  covered  has  risen  from  300  to  over 
600,  with  from  one  to  seven  cards  on  each. 

Nelson  L.  Greene 


Page    126 


The  Educational  Screen 


AMONG  OURSELVES 

Notes  from  and  by  the  Department  of  Visual  Instruction,  N.E.A. 


Conducted  by  the  Editorial  Committee 

Etta  Schneider,  Chairman 


After  Cleveland -What? 

rpiO  THE  MEMBERS: 

Ttie  shouting  and  the  tumult  have  died.  We  are 
now  about  a  month  older  than  we  were  in  Cleve- 
land. We  have  about  three  months  before  San  Fran- 
cisco. As  your  President  I  am  wondering  how  far 
we  have  real  achievement  to  our  credit,  and  how  we 
may  most  constructively  utilize  for  the  advance- 
ment of  the  cause  of  visual  instruction  in  our 
schools  the  interval  before  our  next  meeting.  Ob- 
viously, our  meetings  are  our  public  appearance, 
but  the  real  work  of  any  group  is  the  day  to  day 
endeavor.  How  can  we  work  effectively  during 
these  months?     Here  are  a  few  suggestions. 

Our  committees  must  be  energetic  and  effective. 
It  is  not  enough  to  say  that  we  are  all  busy  on  our 
own  jobs,  and  in  this  way  evade  the  responsibility 
of  committee  work.  Other  departments  of  the 
N.E.A.  have  active  committees  with  concrete  re- 
sults to  their  credit.  This  has  not  been  sufficiently 
true  of  our  committees.  We  need  help.  We  need 
concrete  specific  suggestions  of  tasks  on  which  the 
Department  can  properly  assist.  Above  all,  we  need 
the  readiness  to  dig  into  problems  without  the 
glamour  of  public  meetings  or  reports.  We  need 
that  quiet  persistence  which  sees  a  job  through,  and 
finally  we  need  an  appreciation  of  each  other's 
achievements  and  a  cordial  recognition  of  each 
other's  fine  purposes.  In  other  words,  a  high  pro- 
fessional attitude  toward  each  other,  an  absence  of 
malice  and  back-biting,  a  devotion  to  the  cause, 
and  a  readiness  to  push  forward  whatever  project 
or  undertaking  may  be  possible  to  the  end  that 
progress  in  this  field  may  ensue. 

This  we  attempted  to  do  at  Cleveland.  We 
brought  into  the  meeting  of  the  Visual  Instruction 
Department  representatives  of  various  visual  in- 
struction projects  which  touch  our  work.  We  wel- 
come the  assistance  of  each  one  of  these  repre- 
sentatives. We  had  from  the  President  of  the  N.E.A. 
a  heartening  challenge  to  help  at  San  Francisco  to 
make  clear  to  the  educational  world  the  possibilities 
of  visual  aids,  particularly  the  motion  picture.  We 
had  from  the  Chief  of  the  Division  of  Cultural  Re- 
lations of  the  Department  of  State  at  Washington, 
D.  C,  a  proffer  of  opportunities  to  make  our 
contribution  toward  international  understanding 
through  visual  aids.  Small  committees  at  present 
are  at  work  on  these  problems.  We  need  to  know 
across  the  country  what  all  of  us  are  thinking  and 
doing  in  all  these  fields.  We  need  many  hands  push- 


ing, straining  forward  so  that  our  children  may  reap 
the  benefit  of  our  united  efforts.  Valid  criticism  to 
our  attempts  are  welcome ;  but  the  carping  critic 
should  not  deter  us  from  the  performance  of  our 
solemn  duty  in  the  interest  of  democracy  and  the 
future  of  America. 

Now,  what  shall  we  do  next?  I  shall  give  you  a 
few  of  the  ideas  I  have  for  what  they  may  be  worth. 
First,  I  would  like  this  constant  du])lication  of 
effort  to  cease.  A  film  in  geography  or  science 
which  is  a  good  film  is  now  seen  by  each  one  of  us 
in  the  field,  and  we  all  arrive  at  about  the  same 
conclusion.  And,  unlike  a  similar  process  of  book 
reviewing  and  book  selection,  each  time  the  print  is 
shown  lessens  its  value.  I  would  like  to  see  a  seal 
of  approval  comparable  to  the  stamps  placed  on 
theatrical  films  devised  and  kept  meaningful.  Per- 
haps the  Film  Evaluation  Project  now  going  on  is 
the  beginning  of  such  a  movement. 

Then,  visual  instruction  equipment  shall  be  a 
recognized  standard  for  all  new  school  l^uildings  in 
all  parts  of  the  country.     We  need  to  push  for  this. 

Thirdly,  the  old  problem  of  teacher  training  in 
visual  instruction  is  still  with  us.  How  near  solution 
is  it?  We  are  not  very  far  along  in  my  part  of  the 
country.  What  are  we  doing  about  it?  How  are  we 
doing  it? 

Here  are  a  few  problems.  Their  solution  requires 
cooperative  endeavor,  "a  united  front."  Can  we 
secure  it?  Rita  Hochheimer,  President 


High    Points   of   the    Business    Meetings   of   the 
Department  of  Visual  Instruction 

(Cleveland  Convention  February  27  -  March  I,  1939) 

The  report  of  the  Committee  on  the  amended  Con- 
stitution was  accepted  and  referred  to  the  Ex- 
ecutive Committee  for  report  back  to  the  Depart- 
ment at  the   San  Francisco  meeting. 

A  report  was  made  of  the  grant  made  by  the 
Alfred  P.  Sloan  Foundation  to  the  Department  for 
a  try-out  of  the  experimental  film.  The  Challenge, 
which  had  been  made  by  the  Foundation,  and  of  the 
progress  to  date  on  the  try-out.  The  film  is  a  three- 
reel  production  on  the  subject  of  technological  un- 
employment made  on  an  experimental  basis  by  the 
Foundation  to  prompt  interest  and  discussion  on 
economic  subjects.  Experimental  showings  of  the 
film  were  made  under  the  direction  of  a  committee 
appointed  by  the  President  for  this  purpose.  Under 
its  direction  the  film  was  shown  to  schools  and 
adult    groups    in     New    York    City,    Westchester 


April,  19i9 

County  and  l.onp  Island.  Xiw  York,  and  in  Ohio, 
and  the  response  to  tlie  experiments  noted  and  tabu- 
lated. The  experiment  was  to  be  completed  in 
March  and  a  report  pre])ared  on  the  findings.  The 
Challenge  was  shown  to  the  Department. 

A  report  was  made  by  the  Metropolitan-New 
York  Branch  of  the  Department  that  the  Committee 
on  Scientific  Aids  to  Learninj;  had  made  a  jjrant  to 
that  Branch  for  the  production  of  a  series  of  talking 
slide  films  for  the  puri)ose  of  determining  the  suit- 
ability of  this  medium  for  school  use,  and  that  the 
Branch  was  engaged  in  the  production  of  several 
film  slides  under  this  grant  in  the  areas  of  story- 
telling, vocational  guidance,  nature  study,  human 
relations,  and  graphs.  The  first  of  the  series,  that 
on  story-telling  in  the  form  of  a  film  slide  on  The 
Country  Mouse  and  the  City  Mouse,  was  shown  at 
the  meeting. 

Following  the  suggestions  made  by  Dr.  Reuben 
T.  Shaw,  President  of  the  N.E.A.  in  his  talk  at  the 
dinner  meeting  of  the  Department,  the  President 
a])pointed  the  following  committees: 

1 )  A  committee  of  coojieration  with  the  World 
Federation  of  Educational  Associations,  consisting 
of:  Mr.  Chester  A.  Lindstrom,  Chairman;  Mr.  Eric 
H.  Haight,  Dr.  James  G.  Sigman. 

2)  A  committee  to  recommend  to  Warner 
Brothers  ten  historical  subjects  for  production  in 
the  form  of  theatrical  shorts  consisting  of:  Dr. 
William  Gregory.  Chairman,  Miss  Carrie  B.  Francis, 
Mr.  Alvin  B.  Roberts.  A  special  showing  for  the 
Department  of  the  historical  shorts  already  released 
by  Warner  Brothers  was  made  on  the  evening  of 
February  28. 

At  the  meeting  of  the  Department  on  the  day 
following,  the  following  resolutions  were  adopted: 

"Whereas,  Warner  Brothers  Pictures,  Inc.,  has 
recently  produced  a  series  of  historical  shorts  which 
are  of  high  educational  and  inspirational  value  and 

Whereas,  other  producers  have  also  produced 
films  of  conspicuous  educational  character  and 

Whereas,  such  films  are  greatly  needed  for  visual 
instruction  in  the  schools. 

Therefore,  Be  it  Resolved,  that  we  commend  and 
express  our  sincere  appreciation  for  the  contribution 
to  education  and  patriotism  made  by  these  produc- 
tions and  be  it  further, 

Resolved  that  we  urge  that  such  films  of  out- 
standing instructional  merit  be  made  available  also 
in  sixteen  millimeter  size  so  that  they  may  be  of 
use  for  instruction  in  schools." 

Don  Cari-os  Ellis,  Secretary 

Meeting  of  New  England  Branch 

Xotice  of  the  .\nnual  Visual  Education  Confer- 
ence of  the  New  England  Section  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  Visual  Instruction  at  Boston  University, 
April  8.  appeared  in  this  department  last  month. 
The  program  as  printed  was  incomplete,  lacking 
the  names  of  Miss  Rita  Hochheimer,  Director  of 
Visual  Education,  New  York  City  Schools,  who 
spoke  on  "Trends  in  the  Use  of  Teaching  Aids," 


Page   127 

and  Mr.  Chester  Lindstrom,  Division  of  Motion 
Pictures,  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture,  who  pre- 
sented for  the  first  time  "U.  S.  Government  Films 
Re-edited  for  School   Use." 

Our  Members  in  Action 

Dr.  James  E.  Mendenhall,  editor  of  Building  Amer- 
ica, addressed  the  American  Educational  Research 
Association  in  Cleveland  on  a  "Critique  of  Visual 
Education." 

Dr.  Edgar  Dale  led  an  interesting  discussion  before 
a  General  Session  of  the  American  Association  of 
School  Administrators  on  the  role  of  the  movies, 
the  radio,  and  the  press  as  new  educational  tools. 

Dr.  VV.  Gayle  Starnes,  assistant  professor  of  Edu- 
cation, at  the  Extension  Division  of  the  University 
of  Kentucky,  announces  that  visual  instruction  is 
now  a  major  course  for  graduate  work  at  that 
institution. 

Dr.  Lloyd  L.  Ramseyer,  secretary-treasurer  of  the 
Department  of  Visual  Instruction  during  the  presidency 
of  Edgar  Dale,  1937-8,  has  been  appointed  President 
of  Bluflfton  College,  Bluf?ton,  Ohio. 

Mr.  E.  H.  Herrington  of  Denver,  Colorado  is 
chairman  of  the  Visual  Aids  Committee,  Depart- 
ment of  Elementary  Principals  of  the  N.E.A.  His 
school  system  is  cooperating  with  the  Motion  Pic- 
ture Project  of  the  American  Council  on  Education 
in  the  production  of  school-made  films  interpreting 
the  community  to  the  schools. 

Adapting  Visual  Materials 
to  Instruction 

(Concluded  from  payc  114) 

pupils,  as  well  as  teachers,  the  benefit  of  expertly  pre- 
pared lessons. 

Education  by  radio  is  still  in  the  experimental  stage 
and  it  is  hoped  through  our  experimentation  to  test  the 
feasibility  and  effectiveness  of  radio  communication  on 
an  ultra-high  frequency  as  it  applies 

1.  To  direct  teaching  on  the  several  grade-levels 

2.  To  the  supervision  of  instruction  in  any  or  all 
branches 

3.  To  the  problems  of  administration  in  a  large 
school   system 

4.  To  the  promotion  of  special  types  of  education 
such  as  the  safety-education  program 

5.  To  the  stimulation  and  ihe  unification  of  the 
work  of  parent-teacher  groups  and  other  co- 
operating organizations 

6.  To  information  for  groups  of  patrons  and  in- 
terested citizens  with  respect  to  the  policies, 
program,  and  needs  of  the  school  system 

7.  To  the  presentation  of  the  "news  of  the  day"  to 
pupils  of  the  junior  and  senior  high  schools 

8.  To  the  presentation  of  special  feature  programs, 
such  as  those  of  school  musical  organizations, 
successful  dramatizations,  and  short  talks  on  sub- 
jects of  special  interest  to  pupils 

Our  station  is  a  cooperative  project  in  the  interests  of 
better  educational  methods  and  results,  and  we  shall 
probably  find  many  uses  for  visual  materials  to  ac- 
company the  regular  lesson  broadcasts. 


Page    128 


The  Educational  Screen 


THE  FEDERAL  FILM 


A  page  edited  by  Arch  A.  Mercey 

Assistant  Director,  United  States  Film  Service, 
Washington,   D.  C. 


Soil  Conservation  Filmstripg 

'C'lLMSTRIPS — or  slide  films — are  being  developed 
■^  extensively  by  the  Soil  Conservation  Service  as 
material  for  educating  the  general  public  as  well  as 
farmers  in  the  problems  of  soil  erosion,  and  the  meth- 
ods of  conserving  this  basic  national  resource.  Cover- 
ing both  localized  and  nation-wide  subject  matter, 
these  films  are  purchasable  at  low  cost,  and  can  fre- 
quently be  borrowed  from  the  Service  for  use  by  edu- 
cational groups. 

Typical  of  the  general  presentation  of  this  subject 
is  film  No.  244 — "Soil  Erosion — A  National  Menace," 
containing  96  frames.  Based  on  H.  H.  Bennett's  pub- 
lished bulletin  by  the  same  name,  the  film  depicts  the 
destructive  efifects  of  soil  erosion  on  lands  of  different 
types  throughout  the  United  States,  and  describes  the 
efforts  being  made  both  in  this  country  and  in  foreign 
lands  to  stabilize  the  soil  and  to  conserve  its  productive 
capacities.  Accompanying  the  film  come  lecture  notes 
by  H.  H.  Bennett,  which  before  describing  each  frame 
of  the  film  point  out  briefly  the  magnitude  of  the 
problem  of  soil  erosion  which  has  virtually  destroyed 
100,000,000  acres  of  once  productive  land,  and  robs 
American  farm  lands  of  $200,000,000  worth  of  plant 
nutrients  every  year. 

In  addition  to  other  generalized  soil  conservation 
films,  many  of  those  prepared  by  this  branch  of  the 
Department  of  Agriculture  discuss  the  problem  of 
conserving  farm  lands  as  it  applies  to  a  specific  State 
or  region.  Sample  releases  include  "Erosion  Control 
in  the  Southeast,"  "Keeping  lUinftis  Soil  At  Home," 
and  "Soil  Conservation  in  California."  Of  special  in- 
terest to  farm  groups  are  a  series  of  films  describing 
in  greater  detail  the  methods  used  to  control  gulleys, 
sheet  erosion  and  dust  storms.  "Farming  Practices 
That  Conserve  Soil  and  Water"  is  typical  of  these. 

Filmstrips  prepared  by  the  Soil  Conservation  Serv- 
ice have  been  widely  used  in  many  localities  by  school 
groups,  and  the  Service  follows  a  positive  policy  of  co- 
operating with  educational  institutions  from  element- 
ary to  college  levels.  Lists  of  films  may  be  obtained 
by  writing  to  the  Section  of  Information,  Soil  Con- 
servation Service,  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture, 
Washington,  D.  C.  This  office  will  also  provide  the 
names  and  addresses  of  regional  and  project  repre- 
sentatives in  the  various  States  from  whom  films  may 
be  obtained  on  loan  if  available.  Sale  of  the  film 
strips  is  handled  through  the  Division  of  Cooperative 
Extension,  Extension  Service,  U.  S.  Department  of 
Agriculture,  Washington,  D.  C.  All  films  are  ac- 
companied by  lecture  notes. 

With  its  recently  expanded  program  of  land  con- 
servation, the  Soil  Conservation  Service  is  planning 
additional  films  on  such  subjects  as  submarginal  lands, 
farm  forestry,  water  facilities,  and  flood  control  which 


are  closely  related  to  the  central  theme  of  conserving 
the  nation's  farm  lands. 

Additional  information   on    filmstrips    prepared    by 
other    Government    departments    will    appear    on    this 
page  next  month. 
Be  Specific  —  Be  Complete 

When  borrowing  films  from  the  various  Govern- 
ment agencies  which  have  them  available,  educators 
should  be  specific  in  their  requests  and  complete  in 
their  explanation  of  the  film's  use.  Certain  respon- 
sibilities rest  on  the  school  ordering  films  to  provide 
complete  information.  Although  it  may  seem  element- 
ary to  stress  these  simple  provisions,  careful  attention 
paid  thereto  will  save  the  school  and  the  film  library 
time  and  extra  correspondence. 

1.  Please  specify  the  size  of  film  (16-  or  35  mm.) 
and  type  (sound  or  silent). 

2.  Return  the  film  to  the  film  library  promptly. 
Holding  a  print  causes  inconvenience  to  others 
for  whom  the  film  is  booked.  Be  sure  to  return 
the  film  to  the  proper  office. 

3.  Give  the  film  library  adequate  advance  notice. 
A  film  user  on  the  West  Coast,  for  example, 
cannot  air  mail  a  letter  on  Monday  and  expect 
to  receive  a  film  print  on  the  following  Friday 
or  Saturday.  Allow  sufficient  time  for  booking 
and  shipping. 

4.  Give  three  optional  dates  in  order  of  preference. 

If  the  school  is  planning  a  special  celebration  in 
which  the  film  forms  part  of  the  program  and 
you  feel  that  special  effort  should  be  made  to 
fill  the  request,  please  so  indicate. 

5.  Please  see  that  the  films  are  handled  with  care 
since  the  user  is  responsible  for  any  damage 
resulting  from  use  while  in  his  custody. 

These  simple  rules  if  followed  will  save  the  time 
and  effort  of  bookers  and  correspondents  and  enable 
the  school  to  receive  more  efficient  service. 

Questions  and  Answers 

1.  A  number  of  inquiries  have  resulted  from  the 
March  Educational  Screen  article  on  Pan-American 
films.  The  chief  question :  is  the  Government  em- 
ploying personnel  now  on  the  proposed  program? 

The  Pan-American  film  program  is  included  in  a 
series  of  recommendations  made  to  the  President  by 
the  Inter-departmental  Committee  on  Cooperation 
with  the  American  Republics.  The  institution  of  pro- 
duction and  distribution  of  films  as  recommended  in 
the  Report  is  subject  to  affirmative  action  by  Cong- 
ress. Unless  Congress  authorizes  such  a  program  and 
appropriates  money  therefor,  definite  plans  cannot  be 
made  foi-  the  film  program  and  no  personnel  can  be 
employed. 

2.  What  are  the  principal  types  of  films  requested 
which  are  not  readily  available  from  the  Govern- 
ment ? 


April,  1959 


Page   129 


Aiiswlt:  From  a  careful  chock  of  several  thou- 
sand letters  received  from  all  types  of  school  users  of 
films,  the  following  can  be  said  to  represent  the  com- 
posite requests :  housinjf,  the  social  sciences,  health, 
vocational  guidance,  coiuniercial  education,  and  safety. 
3.  Does  the  Government  furnish  operators  and  pro- 
jectors for  showing  films? 

Answer:  Government  departments  are  not  in  a 
position  to  furnish  operators  or  projectors  for  educa- 
tional showings.  The  only  exception  to  this  is  the 
Navy  Dejiartmcnt.  Xavy  films  are  available  to 
educational  organizations  under  restricted  distribution, 
but  are  shown  only  in  charge  of  Service  operators. 

Audio  Visual  Aids  in 
Teaching  American  Literature 

(Concluded  from  page  115) 

purposes,  such  as  the  familiar  Yale  Chronicles  of 
America  illustrating  the  Jamestown  Colony,  witdi- 
craft  days,  etc.  It  should  be  kept  in  mind  that 
motion  pictures  nmst  relate  specifically  to  the 
topics  under  study,  not  used  as  an  irrelevant  en- 
tertainment. Preparation  of  topics  should  be 
made  in  advance  of  the  picture  showing,  and 
discussion  should  follow. 

8.  The  student  collection  of  significant  pictures 
Many  pictures  are  available  to  illustrate  this  per- 
iod. These  pictures,  which  often  are  to  be  found 
in  magazines,  newspapers,  etc.,  are  very  economi- 
cal. Free  pictures  in  quantity  can  be  had  for  the 
asking  and  collecting.  Student  project  books  are 
interesting.  The  writer's  class  found  about  700 
free  pictures,  which  would  otherwise  have  reached 
the  waste  paper  basket  in  due  time.  Pictures  of 
furniture,  musical  instruments,  social  life,  etc.,  etc., 
make  the  age  much  more  realistic.  In  order  to 
understand  the  literature  of  a  people  it  is  essential 
to  understand  their  intimate  surroundings  which 
help  to  picture  life  itself. 

9.  The  preparation  oj  an  exhibit 

The  final  collection  of  prepared  booklets,  pictures, 
etc.,  may  well  be  prepared  as  an  exhibit.  This 
feature  creates  interest  and  automatically  rewards 
the  class  for  their  voluntary  projects.  The 
writer's  class  prepared  such  an  exhibit  and  it 
was  taken  to  a  state  teacher's  meeting.  Schools 
are  more  and  more  exchanging  exhibits.  This 
may  easily  be  done  in  the  field  of  literature. 
10.    Local  photographs  of  projects 

Students  develop  interest  in  the  local  photography 
of  their  individual  projects  as  well  as  their  joint 
exhibits.     The  arrangement  of  materials  for  such 
photography  automatically  calls  for  a  more  inti- 
mate study  of  the  age.     The  results  of  their  own 
work  make  the  period  more  significant  for  them. 
As  a  result  of  the  above  ten  points  having  been  car- 
ried out,  the  students  manifested:   (1)  additional  in- 
terest,  (2)  a  greater  understanding  and  appreciation 
of  the  period  than  otherwise  would  have  been  possible, 
(3)  continued  interest  after  the  course  closed,  and  (4) 
initiative  in  going  before  clubs  to  discuss  and  illustrate 
the  colonial  period  of  literature.     This  last  activity  was 
in  connection  with  the  student  speakers'  bureau. 


D  A  -  L  I  T  E  MODEL  B  SCREEN  This  spring-operated  moUel 
is  housed  in  a  protective  metal  case  and  may  be  hung 
against  the  wall  or  from  the  ceiling  or  from  a  pair  of 
Da-Lite  super  tripods.  12  sizes  from  22"  x  30'  to  63"  x 
84"  inclusive.    From  $8.00  up. 

There  Are  28  Sfandard  Sizes 
of 


(R«9.  U.S.  Pat.  Off.] 


HANeiNG  SCREENS 

The  Da-Lite  line  of  projection  screens  offers  a  broad  se- 
lection of  surfaces,  sizes  and  mountings  to  meet  every 
projection  requirement. 

Da-Lite  Hanging  Screens  are  available  in  28  standard 
sizes  ranging  from  22"  x  30"  to  20'  x  20'.  There  are 
square  sizes  for  showing  glass  slides  as  well  as  rectangu- 
lar sizes  for  showing  motion  pictures  and  standard  single 
frame  film  strips.  Sizes  up  to  12'  x  12'  inclusive  permit 
a  choice  of  White,  Silver  or  Glass  Beaded  surfaces.  Sizes 
larger  than  12'  x  12'  have  either  White  or  Glass-Beaded 
surfaces. 

Spring-Operafed  or 
Elecfrlcally  Controlled 

Sizes  up  to  6'  X  8'  are  spring-operated.  Screens  6'  x  8' 
and  larger  may  be  either  spring-operated  or  electrically 
controlled.  The  former,  known  as  Model  C,  are  furnished 
with  or  without  covers.  The  latter,  known  as  the  Elec- 
trol,  can  be  lowered,  raised  or  stopped  at  any  position  by 
a  remote  control,  placed  anywhere  in  the  room. 

Compromises  are  never  necessary  when  you  choose  screens 
from  the  Da-Lite  line.  Write  for  the  latest  catalog  and 
the  name  of  the  nearest  supplier. 

DA-LITE    SCREEN    CO.,   Inc. 

Dapt.   4ES,   2723    N.   Crawford   Avenue.   Chicago,   III. 


Page    130 


The  Educational  Screen 


IN  AND  FOR  THE  CLASSROOM 


Conducted  by  Wilber  Emmert 

Director  Visual  Education,  State  Teachers  College,  Indiana,  Pa. 


Inexpensive  Lettering  Aids  For  Teachers 

{^Concluded  from  March  issue) 


By     BRYAN     EMMERT 

Western  State  Teachers  College,  Paw  Paw,  Michigan 

'T'HE  usor  of  inks  and  paints  should  remember 
-■-  that  there  are  no  all-purpose  materials  in  these 
fields.  Inks  which  are  commonly  classified  as  to 
use  are  manufactured  in  many  forms  of  vehicular 
matter.  In  selecting  the  proper  ink  to  use,  it  is 
important  to  consider  whether  the  surface  to  be 
lettered  is  absorbent  or  non-absorbent,  as  inks 
depend  either  upon  absorption  or  evaporation,  or 
both,  to  produce  a  suitable  effect.  Obviousl^%  hekto- 
graph  ink  would  be  unsatisfactory  for  stencil  work, 
and  stencil  ink  would  be  undesirable  for  rubber 
stamp  lettering.  Stencil  ink,  rubber  stamp  ink,  and 
India  ink  can  be  obtained  in  a  number  of  standard 
colors,  thus  giving  the  user  a  wide  latitude  of 
choice  of  colors  for  his  work. 

One  of  the  handiest  devices  on  the  market  for 
lettering  graphs  and  charts  and  labeling  museum 
exhibit  materials  is  the  inexpensive  rubber  stamp 
with  changeable  type.  Practically  all  rubber  stamp 
works  make  this  article,  but  two  manufacturers 
have  recently  put  on  the  market  an  entirely  new 
product  which  greatly  simplifies  printing  with  rub- 
ber type.  These  amazing  new  sets  sell  from  $2.00 
to  $3.00  complete,  depending  on  the  point  of  body, 
size  of  font,  total  type  pieces,  and  number  of  lines 
of  type  holder.  In  both  the  "Swiftset""  and  the 
"Nick'"  sets  the  type  is  grooved  so  that  it  can  be 
easily  slid  into  special  ribbed  type  holders.  There 
is  no  longer  the  need  to  study  letters  from  top  to 
bottom,  since  they  slide  into  the  type  line  in  only 
one  way — the  right  way — which  automatically  sets 
them  in  their  proper  printing  position.  The  type 
does  not  have  to  be  forced  into  place  by  com- 
pression, as  in  the  old  sets,  but  is  held  correctly  by 
the  tiny  notch  or  nick. 

With  both  of 
these  new  sets  the 
type  can  be  slid 
quickly  and  easily 
into  place  with 
the  letters  in  per- 
fect alignment, 
and  with  printing 
faces  on  exactly 
the  same  level. 
The  result,  obvi- 
ously, is  a  neat, 
orderly  set-up 
which  gives  a  perfect  imprint.  A  handy  and  in- 
valuable bakelite  type  tray,  with  alphabetical  com- 
partments for  sorting  and  storing  type,  is  included 


Swiftset   Rubber   Type 


with  the  outfit  at  no  extra  charge.  Simple  direc- 
tions for  setting  the  rubber  type  accompanies  each 
set.  Type  in  various  styles,  range  in  height  from 
one-sixteenth  to  three-quarters  of  an  inch. 

Another  rubber  type  hand  printing  outfit,  very 
useful  in  preparing  graphical  material,  is  the  alpha- 
bet band  stamp.  These  stamps  are  similar  in  op- 
eration to  the  changeable  single  line  daters  obtain- 
able in  all  ten  cent  stores.  The  "Justrite"  alphabet 
stamp  is  available  in  five  type  sizes  from  one-eighth 
to  three-eighths  of  an  inch,  and  from  two  to  six- 
teen bands  (each  band  containing  a  complete 
alphabet.)"  A  word  of  sixteen  letters,  or  two  or 
three  words  of  not  more  than  this  number,  includ- 
ing spaces,  can  be  made  with  one  impression  by  the 
sixteen  band  stamp.  This  single  line,  changeable 
band,  stam])  is  not  as  versatile  a  hand  printing  out- 
fit as  the  Swiftset  or  the  Nick  changeable  type  sets, 
and  is  more  expensive.  A  single  line  number  stamp 
to  use  with  the  alphabet  stamp  is  essential  for  use 
in  preparing  tables  and  all  statistical  work.  The 
alphabet  stamji  ranges  in  price  from  $1.90  to  $8.90, 
depending  on  the  size  of  type  and  number  of  bands. 
The  line  numberer  costs  from  50c  in  the  small  size 
to  $3.10  for  a  ten  band  stamp  with  three-eighths 
inch  numerals.  Both  these  devices  are  constructed 
with  solid  steel  bridges,  which  make  possible  bright 
clear  impressions.  The  chief  advantages  of  these 
stamps  are  their  compactness  and  the  speed  with 
which  the  type  can  be  changed.  No  cumbersome 
type  case  is  necessary  and  there  will  be  no  lost  or 
misplaced  type  as  it  is  all  attached  to  the  bands. 

As  cut-out  letters  and  numerals  can  be  obtained 
at  little  cost  it  is  no  longer  necessary  for  teachers  to 
waste  time  in  the  drudgery  of  clipping  these  from 
calendars,  newspaper  headlines  and  advertisements. 
Die-cut  letters  can  be  purchased  in  a  variety  of 
styles,  colors,  and  sizes  in  gummed  paper,  poster 
board,  and  felt.  The  well  known  Willson's"  gum- 
med paper  letters  and  figures  are  made  up  in  sev- 
eral styles  from  one-eighth  to  three-quarters  inches 
in  height,  and  can  be  obtained  in  black,  white,  and 
colors.  The  letters  are  put  up  in  envelopes  of  10 
or  boxes  of  100  in  one  style,  color,  and  character 
size  to  the  package.  A  balanced  assortment  of  one 
size,  containing  letters,  numerals,  and  punctuation 
marks  is  also  put  up  in  a  handy  wood  box  with 
compartments.  As  these  letters  are  as  easy  to  use 
as  postage  stamps,  and  since  they  can  be  applied  to 
almost  any  surface  by  merely  moistening  them, 
they  have  found  wide  acceptance  where  one  or  two 
copies  of  a  visual  display  message  is  demanded. 

The  gummed  paper  letter  can  be  used  only  once, 
but  the  die  cut  poster  board  letter  may  be  used  re- 
peatedly and  can  serve  also  as  a  pattern  in  case  hand 


April,  1939 


Page   131 


li'ttcriii},'  is  (k-sired.  Tlie  poster  hoard  cut-outs  can 
be  (juickly  fastened  to  the  desired  background  with 
a  special  re-usable,  stainless  adhesive,  creating  a 
very  pleasing  effect.  These  letters  can  be  obtained 
in  a  number  of  colors  and  attractive  styles  from 
one  inch  to  nine  inches  in  height,  with  a  cost  of 
api)roximately  one  cent  for  each  inch  of  height.'" 
.\n  unusual  effect  in  high  lights  and  shadows  in 
poster  work  can  be  created  by  using  die-cut 
corrugated  paper  letters  obtainable  in  color  from 
the  same  source.  The  poster  board  letters  are  really 
inexjiensive  as  they  are  made  of  heavy  six  to  twelve 
])ly  stock  and  will  last  almost  indefinitely. 

Die-cut  felt  letters  have  recently  found  wide  ac- 
ceptance in  the  commercial  world  as  an  effective 
display  medium.  There  is  no  reason  why  teachers 
should  not  adapt  this  inexpensive  material  to  their 
own  particular  lettering  problems,  for  it  has  been 
found  that  of  all  the  different  materials,  letters  cut 
from  felt  top  the  list  as  being  the  most  economical 
and  easiest  to  se.  The  letters  will  cling  to  any 
rough  surfaced  material  such  as  felt,  duvetyn,  crash, 
canvas,  velvet,  etc.  Just  put  the  letters  in  place, 
line  them  u])  wth  a  straight  edge,  and  press  them 
flat.  They  will  stay  in  place,  yet  are  easily  removed 
and  rearranged  into  a  new  message  or  title.  The 
same  letters  can  be  used  over  and  over  again.  No 
tacks,  pins,  or  adhesive  are  necessary.  Duvetyn 
which  resembles  felt  in  outward  appearance  is  an 
ideal  background  medium  to  use  for  large  poster 
work  as  it  is  inexpensive  and  can  be  purchased  in 
a  number  of  pleasing  colors." 

Suede  -  faced 
cardboard  is  com- 
monly used  for 
small  poster  and 
display  cards." 
Felt  silhouettes 
are  available  in  a 
number  of  colors 
in  small  and  large 
sizes,  and  can  be 
easily  cut  from 
patterns  clipped 
from  magazines. 
Silhouettes  placed  on 
contrasting  backgrounds  are  especially  effective  for 
attracting  attention  to  posters  and  signs.  Felt 
strips  and  circles  used  with  cut-out  letters  are 
handy  in  making  up  bar,  pie,  or  circle  graphs,  and 
attention  compelling  visual  cards.  The  die-cut  let- 
ters and  numbers  are  available  in  a  variety  of  colors 
and  styles  from  one  to  nine  inches  in  height.  The 
user  of  felt  materials  is  always  agreeably  surprised 
at  the  speed  and  ease  with  which  quickly  legible 
and  artistic  work  can  be  turned  out  with  this  new- 
est of  display  materials.  The  price  of  the  felt  letters 
varies  considerably,  but  they  can  be  purchased  from 
one  firm  for  as  little  as  one  cent  per  piece  for  each 
inch  in  height  of  letters."  They  can  be  cut  out 
quickly  from  stencil  board  or  poster  board  patterns 
at  considerably  less  expense,  especially  in  larger 
sizes,  if  one  buys  the  felt  material  by  the  yard. 

Persons  interested  in  this  problem  will  find  de- 
tailed instructions  and  valuable  suggestions  in  the 


MODERN 
CONDENSED 
STYLE  FELT 

LETTERS 


Felt  Letters  on  Duvetyn 
newspapers  and  old  posters. 


catalogues  supplied  by  the  comi)anies  listed  below. 

6.  Superior  TyiK-  Co., '3940  N.  Kavcnswood  Ave.,  Oiicago. 

7.  Sacord  Stamp  Works,  205  \V.  Madison  Street,  Chicago. 

8.  Louis   Meliiid   Co.,   362   W.   Chicago   .\venuc,   Chicago. 

9.  Tablet    and    Ticket    Co.,    1021     West    Adams    Street. 
Chicago,  Illinois. 

10.  Felt  Letter   Studios,  538  South  Wells   Street,  Chicago. 

11.  Maharam   Fabric  Corp.,  6  East   Lake   Street,  Chicago 

12.  Display     Creations.      Inc.,     1322     Broadway,     Detroit. 

13.  Hertz  and  Tubell,  753  Bnadway,  New  York  City,  N.  Y. 


COVER  to  COVER 

16mm.    Sound    Film 

f  0  r 

ENGLISH   and 
LITERATURE    CLASSES 

•    Two   Raels   • 

Portraying  the  hUtory  of  WritiiiK  from  ancient  times  followed 
by  a  detailed  study  of  the  inspiration,  writing,  t^itinir.  publishing 
and  printiniir  *'f  a  novel.  Brief  talks  with  practical  advice  are 
fciven  by  Somerset  Maacham.  Julian  Huxley  and  Rebeeca  West, 
eminent   KnRlish  authors. 

Rental    $3.00    per   day.      Also    available    for   sale. 

Send  for  catalog  of  Features,  Shorts  and  Recess  Programs 

AUDIO-FILM    LIBRARIES 

}6mm.    Sound   Exclusively 

661    Bloomiield    Ave.  Dept.    E  Bloomfietd,   N.    J. 


Pro-soasoii  .Viiiioiiiiociiioiil:  — 

16  MM  S-O-F  EDUCATIONAL  FILM  SERVICE 
50  reels  on  a  fee  service  for  1939-40  school  year 

Write  for  complete   details 

LEWIS  FILM  SERVICE  105  East  First  Street 

WICHITA.   KANSAS 


Universal  Ik 

SOINO  PROJKTORS  6^8 

New  All-Purpose  Model 

Combined  utility  is  offered  in  this 
newly  designed  16MM  Sound  Pro- 
jector. Precision  built.  Completely 
flexible  for  the  varied  demands 
of  classroom  and  auditorium. 


Complete,  ready  to  operate 

Universal  Sound  Projector 

SENTRY  SAFETY  CONTROL  CORP. 

1921  Oxford  St.,  Phila..  Pa. 

Show  Room  —  1 600  Broadway.  N.  Y.  C. 


Page   132 


The  Educational  Screen 


NEWS   AND   NOTES 


yein, 


f 


htLcr 


no, 


tilUi 


T 


l{l 


Lon^    Oft    ii^ftifccant    d-oma^   an 


T 


evenu   in    tlte    vcMial   tuLJL. 
Conducted  by  Josephine  Hoffman 


The  American  Film  Center 

A  report  on  the  work  of  The  American  Film  Center, 
30  Rockefeller  Plaza,  New  York  City,  was  given  by 
Donald  Slesinger,  Executive  Director,  at  the  recent 
meeting  of  the  Department  of  Visual  Instruction  in 
Cleveland.  The  purpose  of  this  organization  is  to 
promote  the  production  and  use  of  films  of  educa- 
tional value  for  the  school  and  theatrical  screens. 
In  order  to  accomplish  its  objectives,  it  is  prepared 
to  offer  research,  consultation,  administrative  and 
planning  services  to  organizations  who  wish  to 
use  films  for  public  purposes.  The  following  is  a 
partial  list  of  the  Center's  present  activities. 

1.)  A  study  of  the  interchange  of  films  among  the 
three  Americas.  2.)  A  cooperative  program  with  the 
Department  of  Agriculture  in  which  we  are  assisting 
the  Department  in  editing  its  films  for  school  use. 
3.)  A  municipal  reporting  film,  in  cooperation  with  the 
city  of  Schenectady.  4.)  The  assembling  of  material 
from  all  over  the  world  on  the  financing,  production, 
and  exhibition  of  documentary  films.  5.)  A  series  of 
in-service  training  films  in  cooperation  with  the  Na- 
tional Association  of  Housing  Officials.  The  general 
subject  is  housing  management.  The  first  topic,  selec- 
ted by  the  Association,  is  termite  control.  6. )  A  series 
of  three  health  films  in  cooperation  with  the  New  York 
Department  of  Health.     The  first  of  these  will  be  on 

Educational  A  ttYactions  ^ 

InioimotiTe  themes  in  delightful  dramatic  dressings.  In  IGnun.  film. 

"WILD  INNOCENCE" 

An  unusual  presentation  of  wild  life  in  the  Australian 
wilderness.        Featuring    the    taming    and    training    os 
kangaroo,    in    an    absorbing    dramatic    setting.  —  In    6 
reels,  S.O-F.     Running  time:   63   minutes. 

"THE  FIGHT  FOR  PEACE" 

Vivid,  authentic,  awe  inspiring  scenes  of  the  devastations, 
war  terrors,   and  civilian   distress  in  Europe,   Asia   and 
Africa.    Compiled  and  produced  by  WILLEM  HENDRIK 

VAN  LOON.  In  8  reels,  S.O.F.  Running  time  75  minutes. 
<>D/\DT   C\'    r*AI  I  "  INTIMATE   WORLD 

rSjK  I     yJ     V^AUL  TRAVEL  SERIES. 

Far    reaching,    exceptionally    intimate    visits    to    the    far 
comers    of    the    world.       Produced    by    the    noted    world 
traveler  and  lecturer,   DEAN  H.   DICKASON.      A   series 
of  31  single  reel  S.O.F.  subjects. 

POST    PICTURES    CORP.^^rw'vo'R'K'^ctrT 

DEPT.     ES-4 


■NORTHl 
SEA" 


A  thrilling,  dramatic  saga  of  the 
gallant  North  Sea  Fishermen  from 
Scotland.  An  outstanding  documen- 
tary of  these  hardy  trawlermen. 
3  REELS  ...  16  MM  SOUND-ON-FILM 
Pictorial  Film  Library,  Inc. 

130    West    46th    St.  New    Yorii    City 


35  mm.  General  Science.  11  rolls,  $20 
FILM  Principles  oi  Physics,  7  roUs,  $12 
SLIDES     Principles  oi  Chemistry,  8  rolls,  $14 

Order  on  approval  or  send  for  iree  folder  and  sample 

VISUAL  SCIEIWCES,  Sufiem,  New  York 


the  common  cold  7.)  Planning  of  a  dramatic  health 
film  in  cooperation  with  the  New  York  Department  of 
Health  and  a  theatrical  producer.  8.)  A  film  on  pro- 
gressive education,  working  with  the  Progressive  Edu- 
cation Association  and  a  documentary  producer. 

The  basic  budget  of  the  American  Film  Center  is 
being  met  until  January,  1941,  by  a  grant  of  $60,000 
from  the  Rockefeller  Foundation.  The  services  of 
the  Center  are  available  on  a  fee  basis.  The  grant  of 
the  Foundation  makes  it  possible  for  the  American 
Film  Center  to  render  as  complete  a  service  to  an  edu- 
cational project  with  a  small  budget  as  to  one  with  a 
large  one. 

Courses  on  Motion  Pictures 

A  course  entitled  "The  Motion  Picture  Today"  be- 
gan in  January  at  the  Rand  School  of  Social  Science  in 
New  York  City.  It  is  being  conducted  by  Dr.  Richard 
R.  Plant,  University  of  Basle,  Switzerland.  Topics 
covered  by  the  course  include  the  history  of  the  mo- 
tion picture,  its  commercial  aspects — production 
and  distribution,  the  European  film,  the  American 
entertainment  film,  newsreel  and  cartoon  films,  the 
film  and  literature. 

"The  Motion  Picture:  Its  Artistic,  Educational  and 
Social  Aspects"  is  being  offered  again  this  term  at  New 
York  University  by  Professor  Frederic  Thrasher  and 
others.  Among  those  who  will  lecture  in  this  course 
are  Dr.  A.  A.  Brill,  famous  psychiatrist,  Dr.  Raymond 
Ditmars,  Curator  at  New  York  Zoological  Park,  Mary 
Brady,  of  the  Harmon  Foundation,  V.  C.  Arnspiger  of 
Erpi  Picture  Consultants,  Grace  Fisher  Ramsey, 
American  Museum  of  Natural  History,  William 
Lewin,  Motion  Picture  Chairman,  Department  of 
Secondary  Education,  N.  E.  A.,  and  Fanning  Hear- 
on,  Director,  Association  of  School  Film  Libraries. 

Dr.  Otto  Neurath  Visits  U.  S. 

Dr.  Otto  Neurath,  Director  of  the  International 
Foundation  for  Visual  Education  in  The  Hague, 
Holland,  recently  arrived  for  a  brief  visit  in  New 
York  and  Chicago..  Dr.  Neurath  is  best  known 
today  for  his  development  of  isotypes  as  a  sort  of 
international  picture-language.  Isotypes,  as  first 
worked  out  by  Dr.  Neurath  some  fifteen  years  ago 
and  since  brought  to  perfection  by  him  and  his 
staff,  are  in  essence  exact  and  simplified  represen- 
tations of  men  and  things,  reduced  to  the  barest 
essentials  and  with  all  irrelevant  detail  omitted,  and 
used  as  a  means  of  transmitting  ideas  graphically. 
Isotypes  have  been  used,  and  have  demonstrated 
their  value,  in  various  schools  abroad;  in  Amer- 
ica they  have  become  increasingly  familiar  dur- 
ing the  past  several  years.  Later  this  year  they  will  be 
introduced  to  additional  thousands  of  people ;  for  a 
display  of  isotype  charts,  prepared  by  Dr.  Neurath  for 
the  Department  of  Social  Affairs  of  the  Dutch  Gov- 


April,  1959 


Page    133 


eriinifiit.  will  be  shown  at  the  N'ctherlands  Paviliion  at 
the  forthcoming  New  York  World's  Fair.  Dr. 
Neurath's  book,  "Modern  Man  in  the  Making,"  a 
study  of  man  in  his  relation  to  the  modern  world 
told  largely  by  means  of  isotypes,  is  to  be  published 
this  year  by  Alfred  A.  Knopf,  Inc. 

Foreign  Film  Showings  at  New  York  Fair 

(ileal  I'lritain  will  show  films  jK-rtainiiig  to  the  Uni- 
ted Kingdom,  its  life,  scenery  and  activities,  for  26 
weeks  at  the  British  Pavilion  at  the  New  York 
World's  Fair.  Already  more  than  200  documentaries 
and  short  subjects  have  been  listed  from  which  to 
.select  those  films  deemed  appropriate.  Difficulty  is 
being  exf)erienced,  however,  in  obtaining  feature  pic- 
tures for  the  Fair  and  all  British  producers  have 
been  asked  to  select  features  on  their  schedules  which 
they  deem  typical  of  British  life  and  suitable  for  show- 
ing at  the  Fair. 

The  schedule  of  French  documentary  films  for  show- 
ing at  the  French  Pavilion  at  the  New  York  World's 
Fair  is  now  definitely  set.  Contracts  have  been  signed 
and  production  started  under  supervision  of  some  of 
France's  best  known  directors. 

In  Brussels,  The  Ministry  of  Colonies  has  voted 
1.000,000  francs  for  the  production  of  four  short  sub- 
jects dealing  with  progress  in  the  Congo.  At  least  two  of 
the  shorts,  it  is  stated,  will  be  shown  at  the  New 
York  World's  Fair.  Versions  will  be  made  in  English, 
French  and  Flemish. 

National  Conference  on  Visual  Education 

The  Ninth  Session  of  The  National  Conference 
on  \'isual  Education  and  Film  Exhibition,  spon- 
sored by  DeVry  Corporation,  is  announced  for 
June  19-22  inclusive  at  the  Francis  W.  Parker 
School,  Chicago.  Among  those  who  will  appear  on 
the  program  are: 

Professor  L.  W.  Cochran  of  Iowa  University, 
who  will  exhibit  and  explain  Professor  Barnes'  mo- 
tion studies  which  have  excited  intense  interest  in 
engineering  and  industrial  circles;  Mr.  A.  P.  Heflin 
of  the  Lane  Technical  High  School,  Chicago;  Dr. 
James  E.  Bliss  of  Western  Reserve  University; 
Dr.  I.  E.  Deer,  of  the  MPPDA;  Mrs.  Richard  M. 
McClure,  President  of  the  Better  Films  Council  of 
Chicagoland ;  W^m.  G.  Hart,  Director  of  Visual  Edu- 
cation in  the  Harvey  W.  Lowrey  School,  Dearborn, 
Michigan ;  Mrs.  Charles  Joe  Moore,  Director  of  Visual 
Instruction  Bureau,  University  of  Texas,  Austin ;  Mr. 
Alvin  B.  Roberts  of  the  Gilson,  Illinois  Schools,  who 
will  give  the  Conference  the  results  of  his  research 
study  on  the  status  of  Visual  Education  in  Illinois ;  Mr. 
B.  A.  Aughinbaugh,  producer  of  the  famous  Ohio 
Travelogues,  and  Director  of  the  State  Department 
of  Visual  Education,  Columbus;  Miss  Kathryn 
Troy  with  her  unique  films  on  marionettes ;  William 
I..  Zeller,  cinematographer  of  wild  birds  in  color; 
and  E.  W.  Cooley.  Director  of  Cinematography,  Wau- 
watosa,  Wisconsin,  will  show  his  Indian  pictures. 
There  will  be  almost  continuous  showings  of  in- 
dustrial and  educational  films,  and  various  Govern- 
ment Departments  will  be  well  represented.  George 
T.  Van  der  Hoef  will  exhibit  the  new  FHA  filnTs; 
Mrs.  Rebecca  Hourwich  Reyher,  the  WPA,  and 
A.  A.  Mercev  the  latest  Government  documentaries. 


Like  a  Giant 
Magnifying  Glass 

JtiVERY  EYE  in  the  classroom  gives  un- 
divided attention  to  pictures  magnified  and 
projected  by  the  Spencer  VA  Combination 
Delineascope. 

The  clarity  and  brilliance  of  projection 
— -whether  of  opaque  illustrations  or  of 
glass  slides  —  stimulates  the  pupil's  inter- 
est. Grades  improved  and  failures  reduced. 

The  Spencer  VA  has  many  points  of 
superiority.  Its  optical  quality,  second  to 
none,  assures  bright,  clear  pictures,  defin- 
itely improving  opaque  projection.  Its  open 
back  construction  permits  of  the  use  of 
luiusually  large  books  or  periodicals.  A 
special  elevating  device  permits  quick,  easy 
adjustment  of  the  picture  of  the  screen. 
It  has  a  most  effective  cooling  system. 

The  Spencer  dealer  in  your  vicinity  will 
be  glad  to  arrange  a  demonsration. 


For  bulletins  describing  Spencer  pro- 
jection equipment,  write  Dept.  R12. 


Spencer  Lens  Company 


BUFFALO,    M.   V. 


MICROSCOPE* 
MICROTOMES 
PHSTOMICROGRAPHIC 
EQUIPMENT 


REFRACTOMETERS 
COLORIMETERS 
SPECTROMETERS 
PROJECTORS 


Page   134 


The  Educational  Screen 


The  Next  Step  in  Visual 
Education 

By     DONALD     P.     BEAN 

University  of  Chicago  Press 

^^  ISUAL  Education  in  the  judgment  of  the  writer 
is  ready  for  new  and  important  developments. 
The  steps  which  have  been  taken  so  far  are  the  fal- 
tering and  playful  steps  of  infancy  and  early  child- 
hood. We  have  been  elated  with  each  new  toy  as 
it  was  invented  and  presented  to  a  room  already 
full  of  useful  and  beautiful  playthings.  The  stereop- 
ticon,  the  stereoscope,  the  phonograph,  the  silent 
movie,  the  filmslide,  the  radio,  and  now  the  sound 
films,  in  natural  color  if  desired,  have  followed  one 
another  in  rapid  succession.  The  school  world  is 
somewhat  in  the  situation  of  the  over-indulged  child 
on  Christmas  morning.  Each  development  has  been 
heralded  as  the  most  beautiful,  the  most  interesting, 
and  the  most  useful,  and  for  a  time  has  eclipsed  the 
others. 

The  situation,  in  fact,  is  not  very  different  from 
the  adult  world  surfeited  with  the  inventions,  ma- 
chines, and  gadgets  produced  by  a  scientific  age. 
Many  people  contend  that  the  supply  should  be 
stopped  to  give  mankind  a  breathing  space  which 
would  permit  society  to  learn  how  to  use  wisely  the 
resources  which  have  already  been  developed.  There 
is  no  doubt  of  the  need  to  subordinate  machines  and 
science  to  the  interest  of  man's  well-being,  but  those 
of  us  who  are  so  close  to  the  artist,  the  scientist, 
and  the  scholar  are  amused  and  dismayed  by  the 
thought  that  anyone  would  wish  to  stop  the  creation 
of  more  and  more  useful  tools  for  society,  or  that 
any  amount  of  discouragement  could  dissuade  the 
discoverer  from  his  search. 

It  is  not  even  certain  that  a  breathing  spell  would 
accomplish  the  desired  results.  The  fault  is  not  the 
inventors',  but  the  laziness  and  inertia  of  society 
which  refuses  to  study  these  inventions  and  to  take 
the  steps  necessary  to  adapt  them  wisely  to  its 
own  needs.  Toys  they  may  be  when  they  are  first 
invented,  but  it  requires  only  imagination  and  ex- 
perience to  subordinate  and  convert  them  into  use- 
ful tools  for  man's  cjuest  for  the  better  life. 

Is  there  a  parallel  between  society  and  the  school 
world  in  this  respect?  Do  classroom  teachers  in 
any  large  numbers  know  about  these  tools  which 
have  been  developed  in  such  swift  succession?  Have 
they  tried  to  adapt  them  to  their  own  problems? 
Have  they  sat  down  together  to  compare  notes 
about  their  experiences,  to  show  one  another  their 
results,  and  to  return  to  their  own  classroom  to  ex- 
periment still  further  in  specific  teaching  situations? 
The   answer  cannot   be  an   unqualified   affirmative. 

The  signs,  however,  are  now  more  hopeful  that 
teachers  are  ready  for  the  next  step.  They  are 
asking  for  more  teacher  training  courses,  and  most 
forward  looking  training  institutions  are  answering 
that  need.  They  are  asking  for  more  first-hand  in- 
formation about  these  tools  and  about  the  methods 
which   other  teachers  are   employing  in   their  use. 


So  much  so  that  a  group  of  educators  in  the  Mid- 
west have  sensed  the  need  for  a  Forum  to  facilitate 
that  exchange  of  ideas  between  classroom  teachers. 
They  resort  to  the  old  gag  of  "another  meeting," 
but  they  do  resolve  that  it  shall  not  be  one  for  those 
who  expect  to  go  to  meetings  and  to  sleep.  For  this 
one  hopes  to  stimulate  small  groups  of  people  who 
are  interested  in  the  same  problems  from  the  point 
of  view  here  expressed.  The  program  will  be  de- 
voted entirely  to  the  schoolroom  and  the  teacher's 
problems  in  the  use  of  visual  tools  along  with  the 
textbook,  the  blackboard,  and  the  desks  which  are 
already  there. 

If  you  don't  believe  that  the  Committee  really 
means  business,  note  the  program's  ])rovision  for 
classroom  clinics  for  elementary  teachers,  high 
school  teachers,  and  college  teachers,  and  the  sub- 
jects suggested  for  them.  Demonstration  and  dis- 
cussion, not  lectvires  and  reports,  are  the  order  of 
the  day. 

All  sessions  will  include  showings  of  slides  or  film- 
slides  especially  selected  for  the  groups  concerned. 
Another  practical  feature  of  the  Forum  will  be  the 
exhibits,  which  will  include  the  latest  developments 
in  all  visual  materials  produced  for  the  classroom. 
There  will  be  some  lectures,  to  be  sure,  and  a  ban- 
quet, and  after  dinner  speeches,  but  they  will  all  be 
specifically  directed  to  these  same  practical 
problems.  The  Committee  hopes  that  those  who  are 
interested  will  volunteer  suggestions  for  the  pro- 
gram of  the  clinics,  will  register  early  (preferably 
by  mail),  attend  all  of  the  sessions,  but  above  all 
that  they  will  make  it  their  meeting  and  participate 
actively  in  the  discussions.  The  main  question,  of 
course,  is  whether  the  teachers  of  the  Midwest 
Region — Illinois,  Indiana,  Ohio,  Michigan,  Wis- 
consin, Minnesota,  Iowa,  Nebraska,  Missouri,  Ken- 
tucky, and  Tennessee — are  ready  for  the  next  step 
in  Visual  Education. 


Preliminary  Program 
The  First  Mid-Western  Forum  on 
Visual  Teaching  Aids 
Hotel  Morrison,  Chicago,  May  12-13,  1939 
Friday,  May  12 
9:00  A.  M. — First  General  Session 
Registration — Terrace  Casino 
Hoiv  to  Get  the  Most  Out  of  This  Forum — Donald   P. 

Bean,  Chairman  of  Forum  Committee. 
Neiv  Film  Sources  and  How  to  Get  Information  About 
Them — Fanning   Hearon,   Executive   Director,   Ass'n 
of  School   Film  Libraries,   Inc. 
Evaluating     Visual     Materials     for     Specific     Teaching 
Problems — Charles  F.  Hoban,  Jr.,  American  Council 
on  Educational  Film  Projects. 
11 :00  A,  M. — Organization  Meeting  of  Classroom  Clinics 
Elementary  School  Clinic   (Roosevelt  Room) 

Frank   N.   Freeman,   University   of   Chicago,   Chairman ; 
E.   C.   Waggoner,   Elgin    Public    Schools,    Secretary. 
High  School  Clinic  (Parlor  B) 
G.    L.    Freeman,    Northwestern    University,    Chairman; 
James  P.  Fitzwater,  Lake  View  High  School,  Sec- 
retary. 
College  Clinic   (Parlor  C) 
Harvey   B.   Lemon,   University  of   Chicago,    Chairman; 
Erwin     William    Strom,     Northwestern     University, 
Secretary. 


April,  19  i9 


Page   135 


K^W^]^n  Thc>  .Sunn,  famous  composilion  by  Saint 
.1.-  __  Saens,  beouliiuUy  illuitrated  with  living  awans, 
r  11^.^1       ^^„    be    your,    lor    wnl.V    S».00!      (l/j    ««' 

16mm.     sound'On  Film).     Guaranteed     satisiac- 


Hon  or  money  back. 

U  \  I  L  E  Y     F  1  L  >i     SERVICE 

3  105  I  niversily  Ave.,  Lo.«  .\ngeleN.  California 


May  field.  University   High 
Thornton   Township    High 


12:30 — Clinic  Luncheons 

12:30  P.  M. — Luncheon  and  Round  Table  for  Directors  of 
Visual  Education — Kciom  1.  I'oston  Oyster  House 
J.  K.  Hansen,  Chairman;  Samuel  N.  Stevens,  Secretary. 
A  Special  ProRrani  for  the  Afternoon  is  Being  Ar- 
ranged on  the  Financial,  Distribution,  and  Produc- 
tion Problems  of  the  Administration  of  School 
Visual    Education    Programs. 

2:00  P.  M. — Second  Session  of  Clinics 

The  following  people  have  been  asked  to  arrange  class- 
room demonstrations : 
lilcnifntary  School  Clinic 

Social  Science  Demonstration — "The  Mexican  People" — 
Arranged  by  Dr.  V.  C.  Arnspiger,  Erpi  Qassroom 
Films,    Inc. 
Discussion    leaders :    I.yle    F.    Stewart,    Oak    Park  and 
River    Forest    Township    High    School ;    J.    S.    Mc- 
intosh, Nichols  School,  Evanston. 
Hif/h   School  Clinic 
Physics     Demonstration — "The     Molecular     Theory     of 
Matter" — Arranged  by  Carl  Benz,  Hammond  High 
School. 
Discussion  leaders :   John   C. 
School ;    P.    S.    Godwin, 
School. 
College  Clinic 
Movies   in    College  Science — \    Symposium   by   College 
Teachers  of   the   Chicago   Area :    .\ndrew   Stauflfer, 
James    B.    Parsons,    Jesse    F.    Schuett,    Herluf    H. 
Strandskov,  William  C.  Krumbein. 
4:30  P.M. — Inspection  of  Equipment  and  Exhibits 

6:30  P.  M. — First  Annual  Banquet — Terrace  Casino 

Hoti'    Can     III-     I'sc    Mnlion     Pictures    to    Humanize 

Knozcledgc — Edgar  Dale,  Ohio  State  University. 
Hollyzi'ood    and    Educational    Pictures  —  Ralph    Jester, 
President,     .\incrican    Pictures,    Inc.,    formerly    of 
Paramount  Pictures,  Inc. 
Hozf  Erpi  Plans  Pictures — V.  C.  Arnspiger,  Erpi  Qass- 
room Films,  Inc. 
The  Classroom  of  the  Future — Ralph   W.   Tyler,  Uni- 
versity of  Chicago. 

Saturday,  May  13 

9:30  A.  M. — Final  Session  of  Classroom  Climes 
Elementary  School  Clinic 

Continuation  of  Classroom  Demonstrations. 
Special   Showing  and  Discussion — "The  Harvard  Read- 
ing Films" — Harry  O.  Gitlet,   Principal,  University 
Elementary  School. 
High  School  Clinic 

Contiiuiation    of     Classroom     Demonstrations. 
Discussion  of  Yale  Report— "Motion  Pictures  in  Ameri- 
can  History" — Robert  B.  Weaver,  University  High 
School. 
College  Clinic 
Continuation  of  Qassroom  Demonstrations 
Demonstration  Laboratories  in  Science  General  Courses 

— Selby  S.  Skinner,  University  of  Chicago. 
"Microscopic  Movies  In  College  Biology" — Ralph  Buchs- 
baum.  University  of  Chicago ;    R.   H. 
and  Howell  Company. 
11:00  A.  Mj — Final  General  Session 

What   this    Forum    has    .Vccomplished. 
Reports  from  Classroom  Qinics 
.Should   the   Forum   be   repeated   in    1940? 
Discussion  and   Business  Session 


Unseld,   Bell 


MULTIPLE- VARIATION 
MULTIPLE-USE 

MoiiOH.  PioUtAe.  Piojecio^ 
ana  Soumo.  Sifdiem. 


ADD+A+UNIT  is  a  revc 
lutionory,  NEW  ideal  It 
is  as  practical  as  it  is 
new  and  as  economical 
as  it  is  practical.  Begin- 
ning with  a  small,  com- 
pact BASIC  SOUND 
PROJECTOR  —  A  or  B  — 
(Series  40  Animatophone), 
of  5-8  or  15  Watts  output, 
which  is  complete  in  it- 
self, one  may  acquire  on 
outfit  of  any  size  or  price 
desired  by  simply  adding 
auxiliary  units  (O,  J,  K,  V, 
etc.)  ADD+A+UNIT  — a 
VICTOR  creation  —  is 
distinctively  different  .  .  . 
Nothing   else   like   it! 

Write  now  for  full 
iniormation. 

VICTOR 

ANIMATOPHONE 

CORP. 


A  COMPLETE  but  COMPACT 
SMALL  ROOM  OUTFIT 


ADD  an  AMPUFIER  and  SPEAKER 


LARGE  AUDITORIUM 
PROJECTION  or 
PUBLIC  ADDRESS 


VMEO 


DAVENPORT,  IOWA 

Chicago   •   Los  Angeles 

San    Francisco 

New  York 


ADD  CENTRAL  RADIO  P.A- 
SOUND  SYSTEM 

For  rdaying  broadcasts, 
rtcortlings  and 
annoBiKMnents 


...  to  as  many 
rooms  as  desired. 


/lloo*  aA»  ottitt  3  oj  Miutit'  Po^^iU*  ComiimaiioMi 


Page   136 


The  Educational  Screen 


AMONG    THE 
AND    BOOKS 


MAGAZINES 


Conducted  by  The  Staflf 


Social  Education  (3:122-4,  February,  39)  "Mak- 
ing Slides  in  Elementary  School,"  by  Delia  M. 
Angell,  LaPorte,  Indiana. 

Slide-making  by  pupils  is  advocated  is  this  con- 
cise little  account,  which  states  that  such  pupil 
activity  develops  creative  ability  and  provides  the 
thrill  of  accomplishment.  Among  other  advantages 
of  slides  which  are  cited  are :  they  enrich  vocabu- 
laries, increase  comprehension  of  a  subject,  stimu- 
late interest  in  safety,  health  and  other  projects. 
Instructions  for  making  slides  are  clearly  given, 
together  with  a  suggested  outline  of  a  typical  lesson 
procedure.  After  the  completion  of  a  unit,  the 
slides  can  be  shown  at  an  assembly,  accompanied 
by  various  forms  of  dramatization. 

The  High  School  Journal  (22:  12-20,  January  '39) 
"A  Teacher  Considers  Visual  Aids,"  by  Helen 
MacManus,  Central  High  School,  Charlotte,  N.  C. 

This  article  fervently  recommends  the  use  of 
visual  aids,  with  particular  reference  to  films  and 
slides.  In  discussing  the  different  procedures  fol- 
lowed by  individual  teachers,  the  interesting  fact 
is  brought  out  that,  when  questioned,  87%  of  the 
students  stated  they  preferred  to  see  the  slide  at 


Welcomes    Comparisons 

Test  a  16  mm.  HOLMES  PROJECTOR  with  others  costing 
much  more  — PICTURE  — SOUND  — SMOOTHNESS  AND 
QUIETNESS  OF  ACTION— EASE  OF  OPERATION 
AND  FREEDOM  FROM  FILM  INJURY  — EASE  OF 
THREADING     AND     QUICK     LAMP     REPLACEMENTS. 

HOLMES 
'  intensity 


Ask  your  local  Mo- 
tion Picture  Theatre 
Operator  to  test  it  on 
a  125  foot  throw  on  a 
24  foot  screen. 

THEN  DECIDE. 

Write   for 
demonstration 


HOLMES  PROJECTOR  CO. 


1813    ORCHARD    STREET 


CHICAGO 


Catalog 
on  request. 


the  beginning  of  the  unit.  How  these  teaching 
tools  increase  learning,  develop  critical  attitudes, 
and  build  up  a  strong  social  consciousness,  are  il- 
lustrated. A  student-developed  project,  in  which 
they  make  their  own  pictures,  shows  one  of  the 
potentialities  of  visual  aids  in  a  program  of  inte- 
gration. Recognizing  the  need  for  proper  educa- 
tional films,  the  author  asserts  that  teachers  should 
cooperate  with  producers  to  make  their  objectives 
clear  and  speed  up  the  lag  in  production  of  instruc- 
tional material. 

School  Activities  (10:197-99,  January  '39)  "Movie 
Making  Moves  In— To  Stay,"  by  Roy  F.  Scott, 
Educational  Division,  Bell  and  Howell  Company. 

A  short  account  on  the  school  movie  club,  an  ex- 
tra-curricular activity  that  contributes  to  the  ef- 
fectiveness of  class  work,  school  enterainment,  par- 
ent-teacher programs,  athletic  and  musical  training, 
and  school  publicity.  Some  are  merely  projection 
clubs,  confining  their  activity  to  the  study  and 
operation  of  equipment,  thereby  becoming  ac- 
quainted with  the  requirements  necessary  for  good 
projection,  as  set  forth  by  the  writer.  For  those 
which  acquire  a  camera  and  make  their  own  movies, 
a  few  hints  are  also  given. 

Book  Reviews 

■One  Reel  Scen.^rios  —  For  Amateur  Movie  Makers, 
edited  by  Margaret  Mayorga.  Published  by  Samuel  French, 
New    York    City,    1938.      232    pages,    illustrated,    cloth.    $2.50 

The  subtitle,  "A  Handbook  for  those  who  wish  to  make 
their  own  films,"  is  an  accurate  description  of  this  attractive 
volume.  It  offers  some  si.xteen  working  scripts  of  varied 
one-reel  subjects  ready  for  shooting,  with  a  generous  copy- 
right announcement  that  "these  scripts  are  royalty-free  to 
amateurs,  and  films  made  from  them  may  be  shown  at  public 
performances  and  meetings  where  admission  is  charged"  with 
the  sole  provision  that  "a  line  of  credit-acknowledgment  must 
appear  on  the  screen." 

The  foreword  makes  clear  how  easily  a  project  for  school- 
made  silent  movies  may  be  started  with  "less  than  $100"  for 
camera,  films,  light  meter,  and  lighting  equipment  for  inside 
pictures.  More  can  of  course  be  advantageously  spent  as  the 
activity  broadens.  It  emphasizes  the  importance  of  a  correct 
working  script  (which  this  book  supplies  in  perfect  form) 
as  well  as  the  camera  technique,  and  concludes  with  a  full 
description  of  procedure  for  production  from  first  steps  to 
final  projection  of  the  finished  picture. 

Part  I  presents  eight  miniature  scenarios,  supplying  action 
depictable  in  100-foot  lengths  of  films,  for  family  and  local 
newsreels.  Limitless  modification  in  script  is  of  course  pos- 
sible to  adapt  the  scripts  for  local  purposes.  Football  Game, 
Scout  Hike,  Lake  Picnic,  Swimming  Meet,  Hallowe'en  Weird- 
ness.  Sledding  Party,  Glorious  Fourth,  Morning  on  the  Links 
are  the  subjects.  Their  "The  Big  Game  Hunt"  is  given 
in  two  complete  forms,  scenario  and  shooting-script. 

Part  II  oft'ers  photoplays  for  400-foot  pictures  (16mm)  in 
script  form  for  immediate  production.  They  include  slap- 
stick comedy,  vacation  story,  old-fashioned  sentiment,  domestic 
comedy,    camera    stunt    picture,    and    a    western.     Again    a 


April,  19)9 


Page    137 


cijinplcte  oiu--act  stage  play  is  presented  cnmplcte  in  two  lorms, 
stage  version  and  sliiniting-script. 

Part  III  illustrates  documentary  films  with  two  actual 
scripts  from  March  nj  Time  and  an  English  produced  story 
of  a   social   experiment. 

Extensi\c  bibliographies  of  reference  reading,  a  dated  list 
of  outstanding  world  ;)roductions  from  1889  to  1938  for  study 
purposes,  and  a  Glossary  of  terms  complete  a  hand-book  that 
cannot  fail  to  he  of  value  to  schools  contemplating  film- 
production  activities.  N-  L.  G. 

■The  DotiMKNTARY  Film,  Histobv  and  Principles,  by 
Edward  H.  Scbustaclc  Published  by  Film  and  Sprockets 
Society  of  City  College.  New  York  City.  1938.  32  pages, 
paper.     Available   frtmi   the   Society. 

This  publication.  Number  2  by  the  Society,  is  stated  to  be 
the  first  in  this  country  on  The  Documentary  Film — a  genre 
which  unquestionably  has  a  tremendous  future  awaiting  it — 
and  the  second  in  the  world,  only  Rotha's  book  published  in 
England  (1936)  havini»  preceded  it. 

It  is  a  brief  and  meaty  discussion  of  all  aspects  of  the 
"dticumentary"  from  Flaherty's  "Nanook  of  the  North"  to 
Lorentz'  "The  River,"  the  developments  achieved  between 
these  productions  being  illustrated  by  scores  of  examples  in- 
tervening. Beginning  with  .Vmerica's  pioneer  in  the  genre, 
Flaherty,  with  his  three  documentaries,  and  the  epic  documents 
by  James  Cruze.  and  John  Ford,  the  author  ranges  over  the 
foreign  field.  The  ".^vant  Garde"  movement,  with  Cavalcanti, 
Epstein.  Deslav.  Ruttman,  is  treated ;  the  Newsreel's  part  in 
the  development  is  analyzed ;  next,  the  "Kino-Eye"  school 
under  Verto.-,  seeking  new  methods  for  achieving  undistorted 
actuality:  the  great  Russians,  Eisenstein,  Pudovkin,  Turin, 
Kaufman,  Schneiderov,  and  the  propaganda  film ;  and  the 
notable  productions  of  Joris  Ivens,  the  great  Dutch  docu- 
mcntalist.  Chapter  seven  is  devoted  to  the  British  document- 
ary, giving  detailed  study  to  the  work  and  influence  of 
Grierson,  Elton,  I-egg,  Watt,  .\nstey.  and  Paul  Rotha,  per- 
haps the  outstanding  figure  of  them  all. 

Chapter  eight  is  devoted  to  the  "Rising  .American  Documen- 
tary" and  the  last  three  summarize  new  tendencies,  the  present 
norm  of  the  "modern  documentary,"  and  the  probable  future 
of  the  genre.  N.  L.  G. 

■Indian  Children  of  the  Eastern  Woodlands,  by  Cornelia 
H.  Dam  of  the  University  of  Pennsylvania  Museum,  and 
edited  by  .Arthur  C.  Parker  of  the  Rochester  Museum  of  .Arts 
and  Sciences.  Published  by  Orthovis  Publishing  Company, 
Chicago.     40  pages,  cloth.     School  Edition,  $1.20. 

This  attractive  Ixmk,  in  the  well-known  Orthovis  series, 
visualizes  a  bit  of  Anthropology  for  the  young.  The  life  and 
ways  of  famous  eastern  tribes  at  work  and  play — their  homes 
both  "summer"  and  "winter."  food,  clothing,  weapons,  music, 
and  hou.sehold  arts — are  vividly  described  and  pictured.  The 
four  chapters  present  tribal  stories  current  among  the  Eastern 
Indians,  which  involve  ^  wealthy  of  interesting  details  of 
activities,  thoughts  and  imaginings  of  the  Red  Man,  but  all 
well  within  the  mental   reach  of  young  students. 

Wide  margins  around  each  text  page  carry  elementary 
drawings  to  illumine  and  vivify  the  large-print  written  matter. 
Eight  full  pages  of  color  pictures,  seen  in  three  dimensions 
through  the  orthoscope  accompanying  each  Ixxjk,  with  full 
captions  integrating  picture  with  chapter  content,  are  distinctive 
feaures.  Original  Indian  art  motifs  and  native  songs  complete 
a  comprehensive  survey  of  Eastern  Indian  life  which  should 
prove  absorbing  to  young  students  anywhere.  N.  L.  G. 

■  AciUAUTY  IN  School,  by  G.  J.  Cons  and  Catherine  Fletcher. 
London :  Methuen  &  Co.,  Ltd.  1938. 

A  very  interesting  and  detailed  account  of  a  project  designed 
to  bring  actuality  into  a  classroom  of  Kender  Street  Junior 
Mixed  Sch(M)l  in  London,  England,  is  described  by  two  lecturers 
in  the  training  department  of  Goldsmiths'  College.  The  educa- 
tional experiment  was  based  on  the  exploration  of  the  neigh- 
borhtxKl  in  which  the  school  is  located.  In  addition  to  the 
excursions  taken  by  the  students,  a  number  of  the  workmen  of 
the  community  who  were  engaged  in  ordinary  everyday  pursuits 
were  brought  into  the  classroom  in  the  uniforms  and  with  the 
tools   which   they  use   in   their   work,   and   questioned   by   the 


7<»t  BRIGHTER 

IMAGES 

from  fllmslides 

and  2"  X  T 

glass  slides 

THE  300  WATT 
,        .  MODEL  AA 

W^  Tii'Nritosii 
PROJECTOR 

ThU  •qulpment  \%  powerful  enough  to  us*  in  auditoriums,  yet  its 
moderate  cost  makes  it  practical  lor  classrooms.  The  model  AA,  with 
its  advanced  optical  system  and  300  watt  lamp  protects  brighter, 
life  size  images  from  35  mm.  single  or  double  frame  fllmslides  and 
%*'  X  2"  glass  slides  yet  does  not  increase  the  heat  on  the  film  or  slid*. 
Ideal  for  showing  Kodachrome  transparencies,  stock  Picturols  from  th* 
S.V.E.  filmslide  library,  and  film  strips  made  by  any  35  mm.  miniatur* 
camera-     Write  for  details  today. 

Society   for   Visual    Education,    inc. 

D*pt.  4ES.  100  E.  Ohio  St..  Chicago.  III. 


For  RECESS  PERIODS 
and      CLASSROOM     DISCUSSIONS 

Groupings  of  Correlated  Subjects  in  16mm. 

Film  available  at  an  unusually 

low  rental  rate. 

THE     AMERICAN     SCENE 

Washington   in   Virginia 

Presidents  oi  the  United   States 

Washington,  Heart  oi  the  Nation 

Melody  on  Parade 

The  American  Way 

Titles  oi  other  Programs  cae: 

CURRENT  EVENTS,  SCIENCE, 

MUSICAL  INSTRUMENTS,  COLONIAL  HISTORY, 

MUSIC   APPRECIATION,    HAND   CRAFTS    (silent) 

Programs  average  40  minutet  running  time. 


Send   for  catalog  of  over    1200  Educafional 
and  Entartainmanf  tubjectt— for  rent  or  sale. 


WALTER  0.  GUTLOHN,  Inc. 

35  W.  45th  St.     Dept.  E-4     New  York 


Page    138 


The  Educational  Screen 


GARRISON 


PROUDLY    PRESENTS 


*        The    Choice    Foreign    Language    Features        * 

CARNIVAL  IN  FLANDERS 

PROF.  MAMLOCK 

LIFE  OF  BEETHOVEN 

CHILDHOOD  OF  MAXIM  GORKY 

For  o  Complete  List  —  Write  "16mm  Dept." 

1600  BROADWAY 
I  NEW  YORK  CITY 


GARRISON  FILMS 


Sound     and     Silent 
1  6  ni  ni     Films 

for   instruction   and   entertainment 
in  classroom   or  auditorium 

FEATURES     —     SHORT     SUBJECTS 

available    from    the 

largest  film   library 

in  the  Middle  West 

Also  large  selection  of  8  mm  films 

Send   for   complete    catalogs 

Ideal    Pictures    Corporation 

28   E.   Eighth   Street  Chicago,   III. 


o 

"Type-It"  Slides. 

TVPEWRITE   YOUR 
MESSAGE 
On  "IVPE-IT"  Slides 
lor  Quick  Proiection. 
le  »e  over  20  years 
S«"ri»elt"  Slides  $1.25 
In  5  colors  or  assorted 

P 

M 

SLiDC  MAKERS  SINCE  1909 

LAIVTERX  SLIDES  mode  in 
colors  or  black  and  white  from 
photos,  books,  magazines,  charts, 
maps,  etc.    Satisfaction  guaranteed. 

Kansas     City     Slide     Co. 

1719    Wyandotte,    Kansas   City,   Mo. 

Ask  for  sample  "Type-It"  Slide. 


T6MM.    SOUND    ON    FILM 

for 
RENT  —  EXCHANGE  —  SALE 

A  few  of  our  Large  Catalogue  of 
RENTAL     SUBJECTS 

THE  LOST  JUNGLE  *  KEEPER  OF  THE  BEES  ir  GALLANT 
FOOL  *  THE  GIRL  OF  THE  LIMBERLOST  *  I  CON- 
QUER THE  SEA  *  MILLION  DOLLAR  BABY  •  IN 
OLD    SANTA    FE     •     EAT    'EM    ALIVE     •     CITY    LIMITS 

*  MAN'S   BEST    FRIEND     *     KENTUCKY    BLUE   STREAK 

*  SILENT  ENEMY  *  JANE  EYRE  •  KLONDIKE  • 
RUSTLER'S  PARADISE  •  HEARTS  OF  HUMANITY  • 
RETURN     OF     CASEY      JONES     •     MIDNIGHT    PHANTOM 

*  NOW  OR  NEVER  *  THIRTEENTH  GUEST  •  RED 
HAIRED  ALIBI  •  all  PETER  B.  KYNE'S  SUBJECTS  * 
all  TOM  TYLER.  JACK  PERRIN  and  JACK  HOXIE'S  WEST- 
ERNS -k  all  RICHARD  TALMADGE'S  pictures  -Ar  and 
RIN  TIN  TIN,  Jr. 

Altoiether     150     Features    and    400    Shorts 

from      which       to      pick      year      prosrrama 

Not  One  Mediocre   Picture  in   Our   Library 

Film   Rental    Catalogue  —  Film   Sale  Catalogue 

Write   for   them 

CINE  CLASSIC  LIBRARY 


1041    JKFKKKSON    AVE. 


BROOKLYN,    N.    Y. 


Talk  from  yout 

screen  with  quickly 

TYPEWRITTEN 

MESSAGES 

50  Radio-Mau  J1.50 

[  White,  .\mbcr.  Green  | 

Accept  no  BubKritutc 


MAKE  YOUR  OWN 

TYPEWRITER     SLIDES 

For    Screen    Projection 

USE        RADIO        MATS 

nn    i^aie   by   Theatre  Supply   Dealers 
Write  for  Free  Sample 

RADIO-MAT  SLIDE  CO..  Inc. 

1R19  Broadway,  Dept.  V.  New  York  City 


Only      the      Best 

16mm     SOUND     FILM     16mm 

Low    rental    rates    include    transportation    charges. 

Write  for  our  new  double  size  list. 

Our   rates   remain   at   their   former   low   level. 

THE     MANSE     LIBRARY 


2439     AUBURN     AVE 
CINCINNATI.     OHIO 


College, 


High  Scliool,  Grade   Teachers 

We  Place  You  In  The  Better  Positions 


Our  Territory  Middle   West   and   West 


R()C/<rrir  Teachers 


Sm 


z°>  410  U.  S.   Nat.   Bank  Bldg..    Denver.   Colo.  ^^ 

3  WM.    BUFFER,    Ph.D..    Manager  ^ 

MINNEAPOLIS,    MINN.,    Plymouth    Bldg.,    A.    Gloor,    A.  M.,    Mgr. 
Largest,  Most  Successful  Agency  in  the  West 


pupils.  A  stenographic  report  of  the  questions  asked  by  the 
pupils  and  the  answers  given  by  the  workmen  form  the  most 
interesting  part  of  the  book.  These  people  were  asked  not  to 
lecture  to  the  pupils  but  merely  to  answer  the  questions  which 
would  be  asked  of  them.  The  success  of  the  venture  in  bringing 
meaningful  experiences  to  the  pupils  is  attested  by  the  account 
of  the  classroom  activity. 

Two  excellent  chapters  are  included  on  how  the  radio  and 
the  motion  picture  were  tied  into  the  project.  Recommendations 
on  how  these  instruments  of  communication  could  have  been 
produced  so  that  they  would  have  been  more  valuable  are  added. 

The  book  is  brief  and  very  readable.  Teachers  desiring 
to  discover  additional  techniques  for  presenting  classroom 
material  in  a  vital  manner  will  find  the  volume  very  valuable. 

Roy  Wenger. 

Proceedings  of  Conference  on 
School-Made  Films 

A  120-page  document,  mimeographed  and  durably  covered, 
dealing  with  the  Proceedings  of  a  Conference  on  Educational 
Production  of  Motion  Pictures,  is  now  available  for  $1.25  from 
the  Publications  Office,  Ohio  State  University.  Columbus.  The 
chapter  headings  arc  as  follows : 

School-Made  Films  for  General  Education ;  Critical  Prob- 
lems in  the-  Production,  Use,  and  Distribution  of  School  and 
College  Films ;  A  Film  on  Indian  Life ;  Films  for  General 
Psychology ;  Making  the  Motion  Picture  "The  Lady  of  the 
Lake"  ;  Demonstration  and  Discussion  of  Films  in  Commercial 
Subjects;  A  Production  Formula  for  16mm  Silent  Motion  Pic- 
tures ;  Some  Problems  Faced  in  the  Production  of  University 
Films ;  The  Status  and  Future  of  Educationally  Produced 
Films;  Reaching  English  Objectives  through  School-Made 
Films;  The  School-Made  Film  in  a  Program  of  Pulilic  Rela- 
tions ;  Community  Group  Activities ;  Discovering  Content  for 
Films  in  Highway  Safety;  Production  of  Educational  Sound 
Films  with  16mm  Apparatus ;  Sound  .Accompaniment  for  Silent 
Films ;  \  Teaching  Film  for  Photography. 

A  Visual  Education  Monograph 

Organizing  a  Visual  Education  Service  in  a  Large  City  High 
School,  a  27-page  monograph,  has  been  prepared  by  James  P. 
Fitzwater,  Lake  View  High  School,  Chicago,  in  answer  to  a 
number  of  requests  for  information  concerning  the  functioning 
of  the  visual  program  in  this  school.  Problems  connected  with 
handling  films  and  slides  in  the  schools,  projecting  them,  and 
making  arrangements  for  their  delivery  in  a  way  most  con- 
venient to  the  teachers,  are  considered.  The  setting  up  of  an 
effective  visual  service  involves  ordering,  scheduling,  and  ad- 
ministering operator  service.  The  plan  developed  by  Mr.  Fitz- 
water to  meet  these  problems,  is  thoroughly  described.  The 
brochure  includes  reproductions  of  order  forms,  verification 
blanks,  teacher's  program  forms,  personnel  application  blanks 
for  student  operators,  assignment  blanks,  and  other  miscellane- 
ous forms  used. 

\  measure  of  the  effectiveness  of  this  service  can  be  found 
in  the  fact  that  before  there  was  such  organization  only  two 
or  three  teachers  used  visual  material,  whereas  fifty  teachers 
now  have  signified  their  desire  for  such  material.  The  mono- 
graph should  be  of  definite  help  to  others  who  face  similar 
problems.  A  copy  may  be  secured  for  SOc  by  writing  to  James 
P.  Fitzwater,  715  Mulford  Street,  Evanston,  111. 


April,  1959 

Among  The  Producers 

New  Da-Lite  Catalog 

The  Ua-Lite  Screen  Company  has  jnst  pnblished  a  new 
cataliiK  that  is  more  than  just  a  listinp  of  Oa-I.ite  Screens. 
This  book  contains  technical  information  on  the  brightness 
characteristics  of  various  types  of  screen  surfaces,  charts  of 
picture  sizes  which  facilitate  the  selection  of  the  right  size 
of  screen  for  use  with  various  kinds  of  still  and  motion 
picture  projectors,  practical  suggestions  regarding  the  .selection 
of  the  right  type  of  mounting  for  each  user's  requirements  and 
recommendations  on  the  care  of  screens  to  obtain  maximum 
service  from  them.  The  data  should  be  helpful  to  anyone  con- 
■ildering  the  selection  of  a  screen  regardless  of  the  make. 

One  chart  is  particularly  interesting  to  tho.se  who  have  given 
consideration  to  ways  of  minimizing  distortion.  Many  claims 
have  l>een  made  for  projection  screens  to  the  effect  that  certain 
types  of  surfaces  aid  in  reducing  distortion.  The  chart  and 
explanation  of  it  in  the  Da-l-ite  catalog  indicate  that  it  is 
not  the  function  of  the  screen  to  eliminate  distortion  and  that 
distortion  is  a  phenomena  of  perspective — that  the  screen  cannot 
cause  it,  and  cannot  control  it.  It  shows  that  regardless  of  the 
type  of  screen  surface  people  seated  far  to  either  side  of  it 
will  always  see  .1  picture  which  is  distorted  by  persiwctivc, 
in  which  the  objects  appear  narrower  and  taller  than  normal. 
The  solution  is  through  seating  the  audience  within  viewing 
an.gles  which  will  minimize  this  eflfect  of  perspective. 

The  New  Da-Lite  catalog  has  u  page  size  8%  x  11 — con- 
venient for  filing— and  a  heavy  red  cover  with  titles  in  gold 
ink.  Included  in  its  48  pages  is  a  list  of  the  new  low  prices 
now  in  etTcct  on  Da-Lite  Screens. 

Da- Lite  makes  all  types  of  surfaces  but  recommends  the 
:jlass-lx-adcd  as  the  most  efficient  for  average  projection  re- 
i|uircmeiits.  The  Da-Lite  glass-beaded  surface  reflects  the 
maximum  of  light  yet  it  is  so  con,structed  that  there  is  no  glare 
r  sparkling.  Its  greater  brilliance  is  especially  appreciated  in 
iilor  pictures  because  the  density  of  color  film  cuts  down  the 
light  from  the  projector.  The  Da-Lite  line  includes  hanging 
screeens,  table  models,  tripcxl  models  and  other  popular 
mountings  in  a  very  complete  selection  of  sizes. 

Kodaslide  Ready-Mount  Changer 

A  new  magazine-feed  device  for  the  Kodaslide  Projector, 
Model  2.  is  announced  from  Rochester  by  the  Eastman  Kodak 
Company.  This  modestly-priced  accessory,  known  as  the 
Kodaslide  Ready-Mount  Changer,  is  intended  for  showing 
groups  of  Kodachrome  still  transparencies  or  black-and-white 
film  jMisitives  in  the  new  Kodak  Ready-Mounts.  In  combination 
with  the  Projector,  it  provides  a  convenient,  smooth-working 
projection  means,  as  the  operator  can  show  a  sequence  of 
slides  without  once  removing  his  eyes  from  the  screen,  .\nother 
advantage  is  that  the  operator  may  sit  comfortably  at  a 
moderate  distance  from  the  projector,  and  soiucwhat  ahead 
of  it,  so  that  he  is  not  disturbed  by  stray  light  or  a  stooped 
position. 

Up  to  fifty  slides  may  lie  placed  in  the  supply  magazine  of 
the  K(xlaslide  Ready-Mount  Changer  at  one  time.  Slides  are 
arranged  in  the  order  in  which  they  are  to  l)e  projected,  and 
then  are  set  in  the  magazine  as  in  a  carrier,  with  thumb-spot  in 
the  upper  right-hand  corner.  The  slide-shifting  mechanism  is 
operated  by  a  flexible  30-inch  plunger,  resembling  a  cable 
release  of  the  type  used  on  a  camera,  but  larger.  This  plunger 
can  be  operated  by  the  first  fingers  and  thumb  of  one  hand, 
leaving  the  other  hand  free  for  holding  notes.  When  all  the 
slides  of  a  group  have  been  shown,  they  are  found  in  the 
receiving  magazine  in  the  same  order  as  when  placed  in  the 
supply  magazine — so  that  no  rearrangement  is  necessary  for 
the  next   showing. 

Precise  and  sturdy  in  construction,  the  Kodaslide 
Ready-Mount  Changer  is  made  of  handsomely-finished  alum- 
inum, with  small  parts  in  bright  metal.  It  is  easily  placed 
in  the  carrier  slot  of  the  projector,  and  easily  removed.  Retail 
prici  of  the  Kodaslide  Ready-Mount  Changer  is  $12. 


Page    139 


SEEING 

IS  BELIEVING! 

No  matter  what  fhe  subject 
taught  .  .  .  the  mind  receives 
fullest  significance,   understands 
with  greatest  clarity  —  if  the  les- 
son has  been  conveyed  by  the  eyes! 

YOU  WILL  EDUCATE   BEST 

IF  YOU  EDUCATE 

PICTORIALLY! 


FOR  ENTERTAINMENT,  NO  GREATER 
PICTURES  ARE  AVAILABLE 

THAT  CERTAIN  AGE 

SERVICE  DE  LUXE 

NEWSBOYS  HOME 

SON  OF  FRANKENSTEIN 

YOU  CAN'T  CHEAT  AN  HONEST  MAN 

LEHER  OF  INTRODUCTION 

MAD  ABOUT  MUSIC 

(and  many  others) 


Write    to    Universal's    Non-Theatrical 

Department  for  further  information 

regarding  short  and  feature-length 

pictures,  travelogues,  cartoons 

and  other  motion  pictures. 

CATALOGUE   U 


UNIVERSAL  PICTURES 
COMPANY,  INC. 

Rockefeller  Center  New  York,  N.  Y. 

CIRCLE  7-7100 


Page    140 

Current  Film  Releases 


New  Release  on  China 

The  400,000,000,  six-reel  documentary 
film  of  the  struggle  in  China,  is  announced 
by  Garrison  Film  Distributors.  Inc.,  1600 
Broadway,  New  York  City.  The  picture 
was  produced  by  Joris  Ivens  and  John 
Ferno,  who  also  made  The  Spanish 
Earth,  document  of  the  war  in  Spain, 
The  400,000,000  is  a  thorough  historical 
record  of  the  background  of  the  events 
in  China,  showing  the  birth  of  New 
China  under  the  leadership  of  Dr.  Sun 
Yat  Sen,  the  first  beginnings  of  industrial 
civilization  and  the  attempted  throttling 
by  Japan.  The  real  basis  of  Chinese 
resistance  is  shown  and  its  extent  is 
demonstrated  by  sequences  taken  in  the 
most   remote  provinces. 

The  English  commentary  was  written 
by  Dudley  Nichols,  author  of  Stagecoach, 
and  Fredric  March  is  the  narrator. 

Special  Programs 
Offered  by  Gutlohn 

In  an  endeavor  to  increase  the  efficiency 
of  the  use  of  their  films,  Walter  Gut- 
lohn, Inc.,  New  York  City,  have  created 
a  series  of  groupings  of  correlated  sub- 
jects available  at  unusually  low  rental 
rates.  These  programs  are  especially  pre- 
pared for  recess  periods  and  for  class- 
room discussions.  The  material  selected 
has  been  well  chosen  and  embraces  the 
following  groups,  each  containing  from 
three  to  five  films :  The  American  Scene, 
Current  Events,  Musical  Instruments, 
Music  Appreciation,  Science,  Colonial 
History,  and  Hand  Crafts.  All  are  16mm 
sound  films  with  the  exception  of  the 
Hand  Crafts  subjects,  which  are  silent. 
The  average  running  time  of  each  pro- 
gram  is   forty  minutes. 

News  Films 

Two  new  film  releases  by  Castle  Films, 
Inc.,  Rockefeller  Center,  New  York,  are 
Coronation  of  Pope  Pius  XI!  and  San 
Francisco  IVorld's  Fair,  latest  in  the 
News  Parade  series,  featuring  events  of 
world-wide  importance.  Both  films  were 
produced  in  8mm  and  16mm  widths  in 
both  sound  and   silent   versions. 

Coronation  of  Pope  Pius  XII,  goes  be- 
hind the  scenes  of  the  actual  coronation. 
Introductory  scenes  of  Vatican  City,  the 
Swiss  guards,  the  late  Pope  Pius  XI,  his 
death  and  funeral,  arrival  of  the  American 
Cardinals  and  election  of  the  new  Pope, 
all  help  to  create  a  feeling  of  expectation 
for  the  great  event  to  come.  Continuing 
further  the  film  gives  a  background  of 
Cardinal  Pacelli,  showing  his  visits  to 
France,  Hungary  and  America.  The  sec- 
ond half  of  the  subject  is  devoted  entirely 
to  the  great  and  impressive  coronation 
itself,  the  pageantry  of  the  throngs  as- 
sembled to  witness  the  spectacle,  the 
coronation  processional,  the  ceremony  in 
St.  Peter's  Cathedral,  and  finally  the 
crowning  of  Pope  Pius  XII  on  the  world 
famous  basilica,  held  there  for  the  first 
time  since   1870. 


San  Francisco  World's  Fair  illustrates 
the  theme  of  the  great  exposition — man's 
achievements  and  progress  through  peace. 
With  transportation  used  to  illustrate  the 
point,  introductory  scenes  contrast  the 
world  of  yesterday  with  that  of  today.  The 
Golden  Gate  and  Bay  Bridges  are  seen, 
with  man-made  Treasure  Island,  site  of 
the  San  Francisco  fair,  in  between  them. 
Following  scenes  give  a  comprehensive 
picture  of  the  buildings  and  exhibits  of 
the  fair  itself.  Pictured  are  reminiscences 
of  early  Spain  which  influenced  the  colon- 
ization of  the  coast ;  the  lofty  Tower  of 
the  Sun  in  the  center  of  the  fair;  the 
Gay  W^ay,  amusement  center,  and  the 
Cavalcade  of  the  West,  which  brings  to 
life  chapters  of  the  early  West  on  a 
gigantic  stage.  Continuing  its  theme  of 
progress,  the  film  shows  exhibits  from 
the  Far  East.  Japan,  China,  Indo-China 
and  Australia  are  among  those  countries 
represented. 

March  of  Time  Subjects 

Arrangements  with  The  March  of  Time 
for  the  release  of  16mm  sound  prints  of 
a  selected  series  of  their  subjects  for 
educational  use  in  schools  and  colleges 
has  been  announced  by  Fanning  Hearon, 
executive  director  of  the  Association  of 
School  Film  Libraries.  The  thirty  sub- 
jects which  will  be  made  available  were 
selected  according  to  a  preference  vote 
among  the  recognized  authorities  on  the 
educational  value  of  motion  pictures. 
Prints  will  be  sold  only  to  members  of  the 
Association  of  School  Film  Libraries,  9 
Rockefeller  Plaza,  New  York  City  and 
can  be  purchased  through  that  organiza- 
tion. The  thirty  films  are  classified  into 
the  following  groups :  Youth  Problems, 
Conservation  Problems,  Civic  Problems, 
Safety,  Health,  Labor  Problems,  War 
and  Peace.  A  complete  list  of  these  sub- 
jects may  be  obtained  upon  request  to  the 
Association. 

Foreign  Productions 

The  International  Film  Bureau,  Inc., 
59  East  Van  Buren  Street,  Chicago,  has 
acquired  the  exclusive  16mm  rights  to 
Mayerling.  They  will  not  sell  prints  but 
will  handle  all  rental  business  for  the 
country.  International  Film  Bureau  has 
acquired  also  several  12-reel  prints  of 
Pearls  of  the  Crown,  produced  by  Sacha 
Guitry,  the  famous  French  dramatist. 
Arrangement  has  been  made  for  demon- 
stration showing  of  Pearls  of  the  Crown 
as  a  regular  part  of  the  program  of  the 
Modem  Language  Association  of  the 
Middle  West  meeting  in  annual  conven- 
tion at  the  Drake  Hotel,  April  22nd  and 
23rd. 

The  College  Film  Center,  also  located 
at  59  East  Van  Buren  Street,  Chicago, 
announces  the  availability  of  Medieval 
(tillage.  Expansion  of  Germany  and  Ex- 
pansion of  the  United  States. 

The  first  of  these  films  was  produced 
by  British  historians  with  the  technical 
assistance   of    Gaument    British    Instruc- 


The  Educational  Screen 

tional  Pictures.  The  College  Film  Center, 
which  is  a  non-profit  library  concentrating 
in  the  college  and  adult  education  field, 
is  now  importing  a  series  of  documen- 
tary films  of  value  for  social  science 
teaching. 

Animated  Sound  Cartoons 

The  lOnini  rights  on  the  well-known, 
humorous  Flip  the  Frog  series  of 
cartoons,  produced  for  Metro-Goldwyn- 
Mayer  Pictures,  are  controlled  ex- 
clusively by  Post  Pictures  Corporation, 
723  Seventh  Avenue,  New  York  City. 
The  fourteen  subjects  which  they  have 
for  sale  are  "The  Music  Lesson,"  "The 
Circus,"  "The  Pony  Express,"  "The 
Goal  Rush,"  "Nurse  Maid,"  "School 
Days,"  "Flying  Fists,"  "Soup  Song," 
"Fire  Fire,"  "What  a  Life,"  "The 
Bully,"  "Room  Runners,"  "Funny  Face" 
and  "Coo  Coo  the  Magician." 

Bailey  Produces  Two 

Bailey  Film  Service,  3405  University 
Avenue,  Los  Angeles,  have  completed 
another  film  in  their  National  Park 
Series.  It  is  an  educational  one-reel 
silent  subject  in  color,  on  V ellowstone 
Park.  This  picture  is  also  available  as 
Geysers  of  the  Ycllozvstone  in  a  one- 
half  reel  edition.  If  demand  warrants, 
it  will  be  offered  as  a  sound  release  as 
well. 

They  are  also  announcing  a  new  film 
for  entertainment,  Hollyxvood  High- 
lights, showing  the  intimate  side  of 
Hollywood — stars  at  work  and  at  play, 
famous  sports  places  and  nightclubs, 
homes  of  the  stars  and  studios.  It  can 
be  secured  in  both  16mni  silent  and  sound. 

Addition  To  Audio  Library 

Audio  Film  Libraries,  Bloomfield,  New 
Jersey  has  added  to  its  library  the  16mm 
sound  film  Cover  to  Cover,  a  two- 
reel  subject.  The  film  opens  with  a  his- 
tory of  writing  from  ancient  times  and 
then  shows  clearly  the  inspiration,  writ- 
ing, editing,  publishing,  and  printing  of 
a  novel.  Brief  inspirational  talks  and 
advice  are  given  by  Somerset  Maugham, 
Julian  Huxley,  and  Rebecca  West,  emi- 
nent   English   authors. 

Films  Inc.  Catalogue 

A  new  96-page  film  catalogue  for  1939- 
40  has  been  issued  by  Films  Incor- 
porated, 330  West  42nd  Street,  New 
York  City,  distributors  of  16mm  sound 
motion  pictures.  It  is  an  attractive, 
profusely  illustrated  directory  and  has 
l)een  planned  for  the  greatest  con- 
venience of  film  users,  titles  of  the 
feature  programs  being  listed  both  in 
a  Topical  Index  and  an  Alphabetical 
Index.  The  catalog  is  devoted  mainly 
to  a  description  of  these  feature  pic- 
tures, the  short  subjects  being  listed  by 
title  only.  Of  particular  interest  is 
the  School  List  of  some  fifty-odd  fea- 
tures which  have  been  carefully  selected 
from  major  productions  for  school  use. 
The  famous  Popular  Science  series  of 
short  subjects,  and  the  unique  Paramount 
series.  Unusual  Occupations,  both  in  col- 
or, are  announced  as  now  available  on 
16ram  for  school  rental.  The  price  of 
the  catalogue  is  25c. 


April,  1939 


Page   141 


DESCRIPTIVE  MANUALS 


are 


J\row  Provided  for  All  o£  the  Units  on 

''''TRANSPORTATION'^'^  Listed  in  Our 

Social  Studies  Circular 


Lantern  Slide  No.   13   from 
The  Story  of  the  Iron  Horse 


Lantern  Slide   No.   15   from 
Transportation  through  the  Air 


These  units  are: 

Boats 

Bridges  — Ancient  and  Modern 

Roads 

The  Story  of  the  Iron  Horse 

Transportation  through  the  Air 

Transportation  by  Vehicles 

Ships 


Twenty-five  Stereographs  and  Twenty-five 
Lantern  Slides  in  Each  Unit 

For    Furfher  Informafion    Write 

Keystone  View  Company 

MEADVILLE,  PENNA. 


Page    142 


The  Educational  Screen 


THE    FILM    ESTIMATES 


Abused  Confidence  (  Danielle  Darriuux  i  Frt-nch, 
Eng. titles)  (Colum.)  Finely  acted,  realistic,  very 
continental  story  of  orphaned  heroine  driven  to 
deception  to  win  law  degree.  In  notable  court 
scene,  her  heartfelt  eloquence  successfully  de- 
fends girl  guilty  of  same  offense  and  wins 
pardon  for  herself.  Darrieux  splendid.  3-28-39 
(A)  Very  good  (Y)  No  (C)  No 

Alexander  Nevsky  (Russian,  Eng.  titles)  (Am- 
kino)  Notable  historical  film  of  artistry  and  pow- 
er, written  and  directed  by  Eisenstein,  of  Russia 
in  1242  threatened  by  Tartars  and  Teutons.  Strik- 
ing scenes  of  grim,  primitive  warfare  when 
Prince  Nevsky  rallies  motley  hordes  to  beat 
Germans  on   Lake   Peipus   ice.  4-4-39 

(A)  Very  good  of  kind       (Y)  Dbfl.  int.       (C)  No 

Ambush  (Lloyd  Nolan,  Ernest  Truex,  Gladys 
Swarthout)  (Para)  Genial,  poetic,  but  ruthless  old 
man  heads  bank  gang  trying  getaway  in  truck 
driven  by  hero  and  heroine  at  pistol  point.  Old 
"chase"  motif  adorned  with  hair-raising  threats, 
thrills,  sluggings,  killings  —  and  Swarthout 
doesn't  even  sing !  Well  acted.  4-4-39 

(A)  Hardly  (Y)  No  value  (C)  No 

Boy  Slaves  (Ann  Shirley,  Roger  Daniel,  and 
Boys)  (RKO)  Fine  little  hero  is  beaten  into 
joining  "Dead  End"  gang,  and  all  are  shang- 
haied to  Georgia  turpentine  camp.  Harrowing 
cruelties,  escape,  guns,  bloodhounds,  hero  killed, 
boy  threatens  to  shoot  heroine,  judge's  speech 
supposedly  redeems  all.  Outrageous  film.  4-11-39 
(A)  See  it  and  think  (Y)  (C)  By  no  means 

Boy  Trouble  (Ruggles,  Boland.  Billy  Lee) 
(Para)  Usual  Ruggles-Boland  twittering  farce 
with  rather  more  human  appeal.  Endless  trials 
dog  poor,  crotchety  salesman,  still  his  wife 
adopts  two  orphans.  He  fights  hard,  but  sen- 
timental pressure  wins  out  and  sudden,  im- 
probable, happy  ending  comes.  3-21-39 
(A)  Good  of  kind    (Y)  Prob.  amus.    (C)  Doubtful 

Charlie  Chan  in  Honolulu  ( Sidney  Toler) 
(Fox)  Toler's  first  role  as  Chan  quite  worthy 
of  the  late  Warner  Oland.  Suave,  clever 
solution  of  two  murders  on  board  Ha  waiian 
freighter  is  pleasantly  puzzling.  Two  of  his 
thirteen  children  help.  Wild  animal  comedy 
absurdly    out    of    place.  3-21-39 

(A)Good  of  kind   (Y)Good   (C) If  not  too  exciting 

Code  of  the  Streets  (Harry  Carey,  Frankie 
Thomas)  (Univ.)  Tough,  cop-hating  slum  kids 
seek  vengeance  for  pal  wrongly  convicted.  A 
fine  cop  and  his  son  save  the  situation  and  the 
tough  kids  see  the  light.  Well  knit,  human 
little  tale  of  real  heroism,  despite  underworld 
tone.  3-28-39 

(A)  Hardly         (Y)  Good  of  kind         (C)  Perhaps 

Concentration  Camp  (Russian.  Eng.  titles) 
(Amkino)  Dreary  expose  of  rank  injustice  and 
outrageous  brutality  of  Nazi  regime  toward 
Jews,  Communists  and  even  Germans  for 
chance  remark  or  trivial  offense.  Continuous 
talk,  raucous  sound,  monotonous  action  niake 
it  a  stupid  film.  Violently  anti-Hitler.  3-28-39 
(A)  Dull  (Y)    No  (C)  No 

Fast  and  Loose  (R.  Montgomery,  R.  Russell) 
(MGM )  Another  direct  descendant  of  "The  Thin 
Man."  Murder-mystery-comedy  concerned  with 
rare-book  collectors,  ably  written,  breezily  played 
by  fine  cast.  Montgomery  and  Russel!  do  out- 
standing roles  as  married  hero  and  heroine 
who  solve  the  problem.  4-4-39 

(A)  (Y)  Very  good  of  kind  (C)  Doubtful 

Forged  Passport  (Paul  Kelly,  L.  Talbot,  June 
Lang)  (Republic)  Cheaply  sensational  stuff 
about  immigrant-smuggling  racket  across  Mexi- 
can border.  Customs  officer,  dismissed  for  quick 
temper,  pretends  to  join  racketeers  to  trick 
them  into  self-betrayal.  Fists,  guns,  crude  ro- 
mance, and  Gilbert's  sneezes.  4-4-39 
(A)  Crude                   ( Y)  No  value                  (C)  No 

Four  Girls  in  White  ( Florence  Rice,  Kent 
Taylor)  (MGM)  Nurse-training  in  hospital 
shown  vividly,  and  at  length.  Then  story  turns 
"melo".  Heroine,  whose  cheap  ideals  and  tac- 
tics at  first  succeed,  is  supposedly  reformed 
by  preposterous  flood  climax.  Some  good  real- 
ism ruined  by  absurd  melodrama.  3-28-39 
(A)  Hardly                (Y)  Better  not  (C)  No 

Grand  Illusion  (French-English  titles)  (World) 
Masterful  portrayal  of  life  in  German  prison 
camp  during  great  war.  Stern  realism,  with 
tense  interest  in  varied  characters  thrown  to- 
gether by  fortune  of  war,  lightened  by  humor, 
notable  acting  and  expert  technique.  Strong 
argument  for  peace.  4-11-39 

(A)  Notable  (Y)  Mature  (C)  No 


Being  the  Combined  Judgments  of  a   National  Committee  on   Current  Theatrical   Films 
(A)  Discriminating  Adults  (Y)  Youth  (C)  Children 

Date    of    mailing    on    weekly    service    is    shown    on    each    film. 


Ice  Follies  of  1939  (Stewart.  Crawford,  Ayres. 
and  famous  skaters)  (MGM)  Impecunious  hero 
and  heroine  marry,  separate,  win  sudden  star- 
dom on  ice  and  screen  respectively,  and  she  re- 
signs to  rejoin  husband !  Gorgeously  beautiful 
ice  carnival  in  Technicolor  makes  the  film 
notable  despite  artificial   plot.  4-4-39 

(A)  (Y)  Fine  of  kind  (C)  Little  interest 

Last  Warning.  The  (Preston  Foster.  Joyce 
Compton)  (Univ.)  Ineffectual  murder  mystery 
in  flippant  comedy  vein,  pair  of  detectives  mix- 
ing sleuthing  with  pleasure  at  estate  of  wealthy 
young  man  and  sister,  threatened  by  many 
"last  warning"  notes.  Two  murders  and  kid- 
napping occur  before  killer  is  uncovered.  3-21-39 
(A)  Mediocre  (Y)  No  value  (C)  No 

Little  Princess  (Shirley  Temple)  (Fox)  Shirley's 
best  to  date,  an  emotional,  strongly  human 
story  of  child-father  devotion,  superlatively 
acted.  Father's  reported  death  in  Boer  War 
brings  sufferings  for  heroine  in  exclusive 
English  school,  but  with  genuinely  happy  end- 
ing. Fine  technicolor.  3-28-39 
(A)  Delightful                                (Y)  (C)  Excellent 

Love  Affair  (Chas.  Boyer.  Irene  Dunne)  (RKO) 
A  masterpiece  of  cinema,  in  character,  drama, 
settings,  sound,  photography,  acting  and  direc- 
tion. Mature  romance  between  European  playboy 
and  American  business  girl,  both  with  check- 
ered pasts.  Simple  plot  and  perfect  technique 
combined  in  exquisitely  artistic  film.  3-28-39 
(A)  Very  good  (Y)  No  (C)  No 

Made  for  Each  Other  (Jas.  Stewart.  C. 
Lombard)  (UA)  Realistic  domestic  comedy  of 
husband,  job,  wife,  baby,  slim  income,  and 
mother-in-law.  Very  well  done,  but  realism 
suffers  by  bits  more  funny  than  true  dmly 
greatest  acting  can  keep  balance)  and  jarring 
melodramatic    finish.  3-21-39 

(A)  Very  good  of  kind         (Y)  Mature         (C)  No 

Midnight  (Colbert.  Ameche,  J.  Barrymore,  Led- 
erer)  (Para)  Gay,  smartly  set,  farce  comedy, 
built  round  fortune-seeking  American  heroine 
stranded  in  Paris.  Very  amusing  in  dialog  and 
sophisticated  comedy  situations,  but  obvious  ab- 
surdities and  prolonged  exaggeration-^  in  latter 
half,  serious  flaws.  Deft  roleby  Barrymore.  3-21-39 
(A)  Very  good  of  kind    (Y)  Sophisticated    (C)  No 

Mr.   Moto's   Last   Warning    (B.   Lorre,   R.    Cor- 

tez)  (Fox)  Deep  villiany  plans  to  blow  up 
French  fleet  in  Mediterranean  and  throw  blame 
on  England.  But  diminutive,  grotesque  Moto 
again  does  impossible  feats,  fells  huge  men 
right  and  It^ft,  and  saves  all.  Usual  thrills 
and    grewsome    killings.  3-21-39 

(A)  Hardly  (Y)  Grim  thriller  (C)  No 

Nancy  Drew,  Reporter  (Bonita  Granville)  (War- 
ner) Second  in  series.  Bonita  good  as  irrepres- 
sible high  school  girl  who  jauntily  goes  sleuth- 
ing, enlists  reluctant  boy  friend  and  even  her 
fine  lawyer-father.  Gets  poison-killer  amid  lively 
gun-play.  Increasing  "thrills"  and  lessening 
human    interest    will    spoil    series.  3-21-39 

(A) Depends  on  taste   (Y)Mature   (C)No  interest 

(War- 

at  its 
riU-de- 
illfully 
venge- 
Uy  im- 
3-28-39 
(C)No 


Oklahoma  Kid  (Cagney.  Bogart,  Crisp) 
ner)  Glorified  "Western"  melodrama 
wildest  and  stalest,  using  every  old  th 
vice,  mixing  history  and  hokum,  all  sk 
done.  Very  cocky  outlaw  hero  wreaks 
ance  on  gambler  villains  by  ridiculou; 
possible  feats  of  gun  and  fist. 
( A  ►  Depends  on  taste   ( Y)Thrilling  hokum 

Peg  of  Old   Drury    (Neagle.   Hardwicke)    (Tri- 

Nat'DFine  English  production,  telling  absorbing 
tale  of  rise  to  fame  of  the  Irish  actress.  Peg  Wof- 
fington,  and  her  romance  with  David  Garrick. 
Unconventional  situations  handled  with  dignity 
and  restraint.  Delightful  characterizations,  inter- 
esting ISthcenturysettingsandcostumes.  3-21-39 
(A)  Excellent         (Y)  Mature         (C)  No  interest 

Star  Reporter  (Warren  Hull.  Marsha  Hunt) 
(Monogram)  Another  complex  crime  mess.  Re- 
pellent old  killer,  supposedly  dead,  is  father 
of  reporter-hero  and  husband  of  old  lady 
who  welters  in  worry  over  situation.  Even 
District  Attorney  is  implicated.  Mediocre  on 
all  counts.  4-4-39 

(A)  Worthless  (Y)  No  (C)  No 

Story  of  Vernon  and  Irene  Castle  (Astaire, 
Rogers)  (RKO)  Simple  human  story,  quite  true 
to  Castles'  careers,  fine  in  sets,  costumes,  act- 
ing and  historical  background.  Notable  dancing 
to  old  tunes,  a  bit  modernized.  Pleasing  pictor- 
ial narrative,  rather  than  drama,  leading  to 
pathetically    tragic    end.  4-11-39 

(A)  Good  (Y)  Very  Good  (C)  Good 


Strange  Faces  (Frank  -Jenks,  Dorothea  Kent) 
(Univl  Another  cheap  crime-newshawk  concoc- 
tion. Hunted  criminal  coolly  has  his  "double" 
killed  and  takes  his  place.  Engaged  hero  and 
heroine,  reporters  on  rival  papers,  trick  and 
scoop  each  other  until  villain's  death  ends  their 
feud.     Just  a  potboiler.  4-4-39 

(A)  Poor  (Y)  No  (C)  No 

Wife,  Husband  and  Friend  (Baxter,  L.  Young, 
Binnie  Barnes)  (P^ox)  Lightsome,  amusing  mix- 
ture of  character  comedy,  nonsense  farce,  and 
satire  of  singing  ambition  without  voice,  well 
done  by  fine  cast.  Inoffensive  sophisticated  tri- 
angle. Elaborate  drunken  scenes  by  hero  and 
heroine  are  gratuitous  flaws.  4-4-39 

(A)  Very  good  of  kind      (Y)  Better  not     (C)  No 

Wings  of  the  Navy  (Brent,  de  Havilland.  John 
Payne)  (Warner)  Navy  aviation's  high  ideals 
and  serious  activities  at  Pensacola  and  San 
Diego  splendidly  shown  in  experiences  of  three 
enlisted  men.  Mild  romance  included,  with 
hero  nobly  giving  up  his  fiancee  to  younger 
rival.      Reasonable    thrills.  3-14-39 

(A)  lY)  Very  good  of  kind        (C)  Probably  good 

Woman  Doctor  (Frieda  Ineseort,  H.  Wilcoxen) 
f  Republic) Trite  theme,  smoothly  done  and  avoid- 
ing cheapness.  Doctor-wife's  professional  duties 
lead  to  estrangement  and  near  divorce  from 
husband,  till  accident  to  child  brings  recon- 
ciliation. Convincing  acting,  save  for  Sybil 
Jason's    too    hysterical    child    role.  3-28-39 

(A)  Perhaps  (Y)  Mature  (C)  No 

Yes,  My  Darling  Daughter  ( Priscilla  Lane, 
Roland  Young,  Lynn,  Bainter,  Robson)  (War- 
ner) Finely  acted,  very  "modern",  highly  amus- 
ing film  from  stage  play,  of  daughter  adopting 
trail  marriage  despite  family  opposition.  All 
comes  out  well  and  "family  sees  the  light." 
Notable  character  roles  by  all  save  hero.  3-14-39 
(A)  Very  good  of  kind    (Y)  By  no  means    (C)  No 

You  Can't  Cheat  an  Honest  Man  (Fields,  Ber- 
gen, McCarthy)  (Univ)  Fields,  with  all  old 
tricks  and  few  new,  is  crooked  head  of  trav- 
eling circus,  sheriff  at  his  heels.  Bergen  and 
McCarthy  are  chief  sideshow  attraction.  Rowdy 
slapstick,  crazy  adventures,  and  much  Fields 
submerge    flimsy    plot.  3-14-39 

(A)Depends  on  taste  (Y)  (C)Prob.  quite  amusing 


Evaluation  of  Still 
Pictures 

(Concludc'd  from  page     117) 

commonly  known  facts.  Some  of  these 
misconceptions  have  their  foundation  in 
the  child's  interpretation  of  the  pictures 
in  his  picture  book,  or  on  his  blocks.  If 
the  picture  of  the  monkey  on  his  block 
is  the  same  size  as  the  picture  of  the 
horse,  what  is  more  natural  than  for 
him  to  assume  that  the  animals  are  the 
same  size.  The  same  type  of  thing  is 
frequently  found  with  older  children,  or 
even  with  adults.  Show  a  picture  of  a 
coffee  plant  to  a  group  of  teachers.  If 
no  person  is  shown  in  the  picture,  the 
guesses  as  to  the  size  of  the  plant  will 
vary  from  two  to  fifteen  feet.  A  pic- 
ture unless  it  is  shown  in  connection 
with  other  pictures  which  may  give  a 
comparison  of  relative  size,  should  have 
something  by  which  the  child  may  make 
a  reasonable  guess  as  to  the  size  of  the 
object  being  studied.  It  may  be  a  man ; 
it  may  be  a  child ;  it  may  be  a  well- 
knowti  animal  or  object ;  but  .something 
which  will  serve  as  a  "measuring  stick" 
is  valuable  to  give  a  correct  concept  of 
the  object  which  is  being  studied. 


April,  19}9 


Page  143 


Thm  Trapp  tamUy  Choir,  unujum  Amtrmn  Jamily  group  which  ha$  eapturrd  thm  imagtnnlum  and  crititai  apptau**  oj  mtuieai  America.  Thmy  record  •xctusivmly  for  yictor. 


>X\ 


AMONG  recent  recordings  much  in  demand  in 
^  schools  is  the  Victor  Album  "Early  Choral 
Music"  sung  by  the  Trapp  Family  Choir.  Inval- 
uable as  a  living  lesson  on  the  sacred  and  secu- 
lar music  of  the  15th,  16th,  and  17th  Centuries, 
this  album  is  typical  of  the  fine  music  Victor 
makes  available  to  educators. 

Working  together  with  prominent  educators 
in  music  and  with  famous  musicians,  Victor  has 
assembled  a  vast  library  of  records  that  carry 
education  in  music  from  elementary  grades  up 
through  college. Contained  in  the  catalog  of  Victor 
Records  for  Elementary  Schools  is  a  listing  of  all 
the  music  you  need  to  afford  young  children  a 
real  background  in  music  appreciation.  Records 


Miiim  ■»lmt«  atar  i«<»i»  tHtk  RCA  lla«*  TakM  la  llMir  •««•«  ■<«lp»nii< 

Litf*  to  (*•  "Mtttie  Kty  of  RCA"  »i»r»  Sunday.  ttcSP.M..  K.  S.  T..  on  t»«  NBC 
HiMt  Nrltfork 


SOUND  SERVICE  FOR  SCHOOLS  J 

Educational  Department  •  RCA  Mfg.  Co.,  Inc.,  Camden,  N.J. 
A  Service  of  the  Radio  Corporation  of  America 


suitable  for  High  Schools  and  Colleges  are  listed 
in  the  general  catalog  of  Victor  Records. 

We'll  gladly  send  you  absolutely  free  a  copy  of 
the  catalog  of  Victor  Records  for  Elementary 
Schools  if  you'll  send  in  the  coupon  below.  Note 
that  you  can  also  secure  a  free  copy  of  Sound 
Service  for  Schools,  giving  you  complete  infor- 
mation about  the  new  RCA  Victor  School  Sound 
Systems.  And,  if  you'll  send  fifteen  cents  to  cover 
handling  and  mailing  costs,  we'll  send  vou  the 
famous  Victor  Record  Catalog  listing  more  than 
7,500  selections. 


^'^n 


««: 


"'••'  fi„ 


COif 


^/v 


i-''<«/. 


•'»'*. 


[^) 


■'»"<nd 


'"»ofV 


■""l'c::s: 


**.. 


'.«. 


T-^U 


'.?•■•. 


«, 


.?*r*'J^:!""''*- 


••«n,, 


.•9-w,  , 


_."»  Vi 


Page   144 


The  Educational  Screen 


HERE  THEY   ARE 


A  Trade  Directory 
for  the  Visual  Field 


HLM.S 

Akin  and  Bagshaw,  Inc.  (6) 

1425  Williams  St.,  Denver,  Colo. 
Audio-Film   Libraries  (5) 

661  Bloomfield  Ave.,  Bloomfield,  N.  J. 

(See  advertisement  on  paKe  131) 

Bailey  Film  Service  (4) 

3405  University  Ave.,  Los  Angeles,  Cal. 

(See  advertisement  on  page  135) 

Bell  &  Howell  Co.  (6) 

1815  Larchmont  Ave.,  Chicago 

(See  advertisement  on  inside  back  cover) 

Bray  Pictures  Corporation  (3,  6) 

729  Seventh  Ave.,  New  York  City 
Cine  Classic  Library  (5) 

1041  Jeflferson  Ave.,  Brooklyn.  N.  Y. 

(See  advertisement  on  paRe  138) 

Dudley  Visual  Education  Service     (4) 

736  S.  Wabash  Ave.,  Chicago 

4ih  Fl.,  Coughlan  Bldg. 

Mankato,  Minn. 
Eastin  16  mm.  Pictures  (6) 

707  Putnam  Bldg.,  Davenport,  la. 

Burns  Bldg.,  Colorado  Springs,  Colo. 

Eastman  Kodak  Co.  (l>  4) 

Rochester,  N.  Y. 

tS.e   advt'itifiement  on   outside  bacl<   cover) 

Eastman    Kodak    Stores,    Inc-  (6) 

Kodascope    Libraries 

3  6  Madison  Ave.,  New  York  City 

Eastman  Kodak  Stores,  Inc.  (6) 

1020  Chestnut  St.,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 
606  Wood  St.,  Pittsburgh.  Pa. 

Edited  Pictures  System,  Inc.  (6) 

330  W.  42nd  St.,  New  York  City 

Erpi  Classroom  Films,  Inc.  (2,5) 

35-11  35th  Ave.,  Long  Island  City, 
N.  Y. 

Films.  Inc.  (6) 

330  W.  42nd  St.,  New  York  City 

64  E.  Lake  St.,  Chicago 

925  N.  W.  19th  St.,  Portland,  Ore. 
Garrison  Films,  Inc.  (3,  6) 

1600  Broadway,  New  York  City 

(See  advertisement  on  page  138) 

General  Films.  Ltd.  (3,  6) 

1924  Rose  St.,  Regina,  Sask. 
156  King  St.,  W.  Toronto 

Walter  O.  Gutlohn,  Inc.  (6) 

35  W.  45th  St..  New  York  City 

(See  advertisement  on  page  137) 

Harvard  Film  Service  (3,  6) 

Biological  Laboratories, 

Harvard  University,  Cambridge,  Mass. 
Guy  D.  Htselton,  Travelettes    (1,  4,  5) 

7936  Santa  Monica,  Blvd., 

Hollywood,  Calif. 
J.  H.  Hoffberg  Co.,  Inc.  (2,  5) 

729  Seventh  Ave.,  New  York  City 

Ideal  Pictures  Corp.  (3,  6) 

28  E.  Eighth  St.,  Chicago,  111. 

(See  advertisement  on  page  138) 

Lewis  Film  Service  (6) 

105  E.  1st  St.,  Wichita.  Kan. 

(See  advertisement  on  page  131) 

The  Manse  Library  (4,  5) 

2439  Auburn  Ave.,  Cincinnati,  O. 

(See  advertisement  on  page  138) 

Pictorial  Film  Library,  Inc.  (6) 

130  W.  46th  St.,  New  York  City 

(See  advertisement  on  page  132) 

Post  Pictures   Corp.  (6) 

723  Seventh  .\ve.,  New  York  City 
(See  advertisement  on  page  132) 


United  Projector  and  Films  Corp.  (1,  4) 

228  Franklin  St..  Buffalo,  N.  Y. 
Universal  Pictures  Co.,  Inc.  (2) 

Rockefeller  Center,  New  York  City 

(See  advertisement  on  page  139) 

Visual  Education  Service  (6) 

131  Clarendon  St.,  Boston,  Mass. 

Wholesome  Films  Service,  Inc.  (3,  4) 
48  Melrose  St.,  Boston,  Mass. 

Williams,  Brown  and  Earle,  Inc.  (3,  6) 
918  Chestnut   St.,   Philadelphia,   Pa. 

Y.M.C.A.  Motion  Picture  Bureau  (1,  6) 
347  Madison  Ave.,  New  York  City 
19  S.  LaSalle  St.,  Chicago 
351  Turk  St.,  San  Francisco,  Cal. 

MOTION  PICTURE 

MACHINES  and  SUPPLIES 

The  Ampro  Corporation  (6) 

2839  N.  Western  Ave.,  Chicago 

(See  advertisement  on   inside  front  cover) 

Bell  &  Howell  Co.  (6) 

1815  Larchmont  Ave.,  Chicago 
(See  advertisement  on  inside  back  cover) 

DeVry  Corporation  (3,  6) 

1111   Armitage  St.,  Chicago 

(See  advertisement  on  page  110) 

Eastman  Kodak  Co.  (6) 

Rochester,  N.  Y. 
(See  advertisement  on  outside  back  cover) 

Eastman  Kodak  Stores,  Inc.  (6) 

Kodascope  Libraries 

356  Madison  Ave.,  New  York  City 
Eastman  Kodak  Stores,  Inc.  (6) 

1020  Chestnut  St.,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

606  Wood  St.,  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 
General  Films,  Ltd.  (3,  6) 

1924  Rose  St.,  Regina,  Sask. 
.  156  King  St.,  W.  Toronto 
Hirsch  &  Kaye  (6) 

239   Grant  Ave.,   San   Francisco,   Cal. 
Holmes  Projector  Co.  (3,  6) 

1813  Orchard  St.,  Chicago 

(See  advertisement  on  page  136) 

Ideal  Pictures  Corp.  (3,  6) 

28  E.  Eighth  St.,  Chicago 

(See  advertisement  on  page  138) 

Jarrell-Ash  Company  (6) 

165  Newbury  St.,  Boston,  Mass. 
RCA  Manufacturing  Co.,  Inc.  (5) 

Camden,  N.  J. 

(See  advertisement  on  page  143) 

S.  O.  S.  Corporation  (3,  6) 

636  Eleventh  Ave.,  New  York  City 
Sunny  Schick  National  Brokers  (3,  6) 

407  W.  Wash.  Blvd.,  Ft.  Wayne,  Ind. 
United  Projector  and  Films  Corp.  (1,  4) 

228  Franklin  St.,  Buffalo,  N.  Y. 
Universal  Sound  Projector  (5) 

1921  Oxford  St.,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

(See  advertisement  on  page  131) 

Victor  Animatograph  Corp.  (6) 

Davenport,  Iowa 

(See  advertisement  on  page  135) 

Visual  Education  Service  (6) 

131  Clarendon  St.,  Boston,  Mass. 

Williams,  Brown  and  Earle,  Inc.  (3,  6) 
918  Chestnut  St..  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

PICTURES  and  PRINTS 

Colonial  Art  Co. 
1336  N.W.  1st  St.,  Oklahoma  City,  Okla. 

SCREENS 

Da  Lite  Screen  Co. 

2717  N.  Crawford  Ave.,  Chicago 
(See  advertisement  on  page  129) 


Eastman  Kodak  Stores,  Inc. 

1020  Chestnut  St.,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

606  Wood  St.,  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 
Williams,  Brown  and  Earle,  Inc. 

918  Chestnut  St.,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

SLIDES  and  FILM  SLIDES 

Eastman  Educational  Slides 

Johnson  Co.  Bank  Bldg., 

Iowa  City,  la. 
Edited  Pictures  System,  Inc. 

330  W.  42nd  St.,  New  York  City 
Ideal  Pictures  Corp. 

28  E.   Eighth  St.,  Chicago,  111. 

(See  advertisement  on  page  138) 

Keystone  View  Co. 
Meadville,  Pa. 

(See  advertisement  on  page  141) 

Radio-Mat  Slide  Co.,  Inc. 

1819  Broadway.  New  York  City 

(See  advertisement  on  page  138) 

Society   for   Visual   Education 
327  S.  LaSalle  St.,  Chicago,  111. 

(See  advertisement  on  page  137) 

Visual  Education  Service 
131  Clarendon  St.,  Boston.  Mass. 

Visual  Sciences 
Suffern,  New  York 

( See  advertisement  on  page  132) 

Williams,  Brown  and  Earle,  Inc. 
918  Chestnut  St.,   Philadelphia,   Pa. 

STEREOGRAPHS  and 
STEREOSCOPES 

Keystone  View  Co. 
Meadville,   Pa. 

(See  advertisement  on  page  141) 

STEREOPTICONS  and 
OPAQUE  PROJECTORS 

Bausch  and  Lomb  Optical  Co. 

Rochester.  N.  Y. 

(See  advertisement  on  page  109) 

Eastman  Kodak  Stores,  Inc. 

Kodascope  Libraries 

356  Madison  Ave.,  New  York  City 
Eastman  Kodak  Stores,  Inc. 

1020  Chestnut  St.,  Philadelphia,   Pa. 

606  Wood  St.,  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 
General  Films  Ltd. 

1924  Rose  St.,  Regina,  Sask. 

156  King  St.,  W.  Toronto 
Hirsch  &  Kaye 

239   Grant  Ave.,   San   Francisco,  Cal. 
Jarrell-Ash  Company 

165   Newbury  St.,   Boston,   Mass. 
Keystone  View  Co. 

Meadville,  Pa. 

(See  advertisement  on  page  141) 

Spencer  Lens  Co. 
19  Doat  St.,  Buffalo,  N.  Y. 

(See  advertisement  on  page  133) 

Williams,  Brown  and  Earle,  Inc. 

918  Chestnut  St.,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 


REFERENCE  NUMBERS 

(1)   indicates    firm    supplies 

35    mm. 

silent. 

(2)    indicates    arm    supplies 

35    mm. 

sound. 

(3)   indicates    6rm    supplies 

35    mm. 

sound  and  silent. 

(4)   indicates    firm    supplies 

16    mm. 

silent. 

(5)   indicates    Arm    supplies 

16    mm. 

sound-on-film. 

(6)   indicates   arm    supplies 

16   mm. 

sound  and  silent. 

E  IM  (C  ATIO  RJAL 


MH^im^ 


he  Magazine  Devoted  Exclusively 
I  the  Visual  Idea  in  Education 


MAY.      19  3  9 


IN  THIS  ISSUE 


Electrifying  English 


Interpreting   the   Public 
Schools    through 
Motion  Pictures 


Evaluation  of 
Still  Pictures  for 
Instructional  Use 


Motion  Pictures — 
Not  for  Theatres 


What  Are  We  Teaching 

in  Our  Audio-Visual 

Aids  Courses  this 

Sumnter 


I 


VOLUME  XVIII.  NUMBER  5 
WHOLE       NUMBER       172 


public  Library 
Kansas  City,  Mo. 


Flowers  of  the  Red- Bud  Tree 


Pboto  bjr  Dr.  John  Vou,  Proria 
Ooarlnjr  of  Xatikk  Nutxi 


25c    A    copy    *     $2.00    PER    YEAR 


Another  One  For  The 
Keystone    Lantern 


The   Keystone  Flashmeter 

A  device  for  attachment  to  the  front  lens  of  any 
standard  stereopticon  with  500  watts  of  illumina- 
tion, enabling  the  operator  to  flash  pictures,  words, 
phrases,  and  sentences  on  the  screen  for  definite 
fractions  of  a  second. 

Full  of  interest  for  pupils  and  teachers. 

Diagnostic  and  remedial  uses  in  quickness  of  per- 
ception, speed  in  reading,  and  use  of  perception 
span  unlimited. 


Information  Furnished  on  Request. 

Keystone  View  Company 

MEADVILLE,  PENNA. 


Df. 


s.  EDUCATIONAL  SCREEN 


MAY.  1939 


Contents 


Electrifying  English 
Walter  Glnsburg 


VOLUME  XVIII 


149 


Interpreting  the  Public  Schools  through  Motion  Pictures 

Nerval  L.  Martin 151 


Motion  Pictures — Not  for  Theatres 
Arthur  Edwin  Krows 


Evaluation  of  Still  Pictures  for  Instructional  Use 
Leila  Trollnger   


153 
157 


Among  Ourselves — Notes  from  and  by 
The  Department  of  Visual  Instruction 
Conducted  by  The  Editorial  Committee 160 

A  Farm  Program  —  Presented  in  Hand-Made 

Lantern  Slides.  By  Ann  Gale _...    163 

The  Federal  Film 

Conducted  by  Arch  Mercey 164 


News  and  Notes 

Conducted  by  Josephine  Hoffman. 


166 


In  and  For  the  Classroom 

Conducted  by  Wllber  Emmert 171 

Among  the  Magazines  and  Books 

Conducted   by  the  Staff 173 

Film   Estimates  1 76 

Here  They  Are!  A  Trade  Directory  of  the  Visual  Field...  1 80 


NUMBER  FIVE 


The  EDUCATIONAL  SCREEN  published  monthly  eicapt  July  «nd  August  by  The 
Educational  Screen,  Inc.  Publication  Office,  Pontiac,  Illinois;  Eiecutive  Office,  64 
East  Lake  St.,  Chicago,  Illinois.  Entered  at  the  Post  Office  at  Pontiac,  Illinois,  as 
Second  Class  Matter.  Copyright.  May.  1939,  by  The  Educational  Screen. 
Address  communications  to  Eiecutive  Office,  64  East  Lake  St.,  Chicago,  III. 
$2.00  a  Year  (Canada,  $2.25;  foreign,  $3.00)  Single  Copies  25  cH. 


THE  EDUCATIONAL  SCREEN.  Inc. 
Directorate  and  Staff 

N«tMR  L.   GrMnt.  Editar  JaMphine   HfffMaa 

Evtlyn  J.  Baktr  F.    Dean   McCluiky 

Wllbtr  Eamrt  ttmnlay    R.    GrMiit 

Ana  fiala  fcltlla  Enlyn  Myirt 


Page   148 


The  Educational  Screen 


People    sometimes   '^f  ^"^^    ^^^I  to 
have  devoted  so  much  of  my  Ife  to 

Visual  Education.    My   answer 

vwual  Education  means  so 
Because  Visual  e-uu 
„uch    to    the    educational    life 

America. 

H.  A.  DeVry,  President 


devry  features 


THEATER  QUALITY  PROJECTION 


Every  professional  theater  projector  uses  the  Intermittent  Sprocket  principle,  but  only 
DeVry  —  builder  of  fine  professional  machines  —  brings  this  principle  to  the  16mm.  field. 
Send  for  facts  about  this  NEW  improvement  which  changes  all  standards  of  16mm.  values 
.  .  .  also  24  other  DeVry-engineered  features  assuring  more  brilliant  pictures  with  less 
flicker;  clear,  life-like  sound;  easy  threading;  automatic  synchronization;  constant-speed 
operation;  less  wear  on  films;  and  other  advancements  you  will  instantly  appreciate.  Mail 
coupon  today  for  new  illustrated  literature  giving  full  descriptions,  NEW  LOW  PRICES, 
and  details  of  the  exclusive  DeVry  "Self  Liquidating  Plan" — of  special  interest  to  schools 
which  may  not  have  ready  funds  available. 


Write  for  Information  on  the  National  Conference  on  Visual 
Education  and  Film  Exhibition,  Chicago,  June  19,  20,  21,  22. 


devry  corporation 


New  York 


Est.  1913 
103  Armitage  Ave.,  Chicago 


Hollywood 


SE»0  COUPON   NOW 


DeVRY  CORPORATION 
1103  Armitage  Ave.,  Chicago 

Send    illustrated    literature.    NEW    LOW    PRICES,    and    "DeVry    Self-Liquidating 
Plan." 


Name  . 


Address '. 
City 


..State.. 


School 

n  Check  here  and  enclose  2Bc  if  you  desire  new  64-page  book,   "Free  Films  for 
Schools". 


Makers  of  the  most  complete  line  of  16  and  35  mm.  Silent  and  Sound 
Projectors  and  Cameras  for  Professional  and   Institutional  Use 


May,   19}9 


Page    149 


Electrifying  English 


This  article  (Part  I)  discnssps  educational 
derivatives  obtainable  from  theatrical  pro- 
ductions.  Part  II  (June)  nill  present  values 
of  the  microfilni  in  the  teaching  of  English. 


By     WALTER     GINSBURG 

English  Department,  Teachers  College 
Columbia   University,  New  York  City 

IN  COXXECTIOX  with  the  annual  convention  of 
the  National  Council  of  Teachers  of  English  at 
St.  Louis,  a  Committee  on  the  Applications  of 
Technical  Advances  to  English  held  a  meeting  listed 
in  the  program  as  "Teaching  English  by  Electricity." 
So  now  it's  electricity  and  the  application  of  techni- 
cal advances !  The  tireless  company  of  restless  English 
teachers  marches  along;  but  here,  surely,  it  comes  to 
the  culmination  of  its  explorations.  For  now  are  we 
not  in  the  outermost  edge  of  program  development? 
Surely  this  is  the  end  of  the  road.  Is  it?  If  you  and 
I  know  anything,  we  know  this:  the  only  permanent 
thing  is  change.  And  with  the  changes,  vital  English 
teaching  evolves  and  modifies  to  the  new  demands  and 
values  in  life.  As  life  grows  more  complicated  and — 
we  hope — richer,  so  must  our  program,  professedly 
based  on  life,  become  more  complicated  and — we  are 
again  hoping — richer.  Right  now  we  are  far  from 
the  end ;  indeed,  we  are  only  beginning.  We  stand 
but  on  the  threshold  of  the  new  scientific  advances. 

The  striking  recency  and  rapidity  of  scientific  ad- 
vances may  be  realized  if  we  use  the  illustration  given 
by  Dr.  Raney*.  distinguished  director  of  the  University 
of  Chicago  libraries,  that,  although  we  are  about  half 
a  million  years  removed  from  our  simian  progenitors, 
the  beasts  of  the  trees — hard  as  this  long  span  may 
be  to  grasp  in  the  light,  or  rather  the  darkness,  of 
the  bestial  barbarism  observable  in  a  certain  part 
of  Europe  today — the  record  of  man's  culture  does 
not  exceed  four  figures  in  years.  To  visualize  the 
short  span  of  our  recorded  culture,  compress  the 
500,000  years  to  50.  On  this  scale  the  printing  press 
is  just  a  few  weeks  old.  Darwin's  Origin  of  Species  ap- 
peared this  morning,  and  the  motion  picture,  the  radio, 
the  photo-electric  cell  are  matters  of  the  last  few  seconds. 
Indeed,  the  scientific  developments  subsequent  to  the 
discovery  of  the  electric  impulse  are  still  in  their 
early  dawn. 

Only  the  dawn — but  we  are  excitedly  aware  of 
technological  advances  already  affecting  the  great  ex- 
pressional  and  interpretational  areas  of  life  with  which 
our  English  teaching  is  concerned.  And  here  we 
recognize  that  science  provides  us  not  only  with 
the   background   materials   so   needed   in   the   service 


'1b  a  p*prr  md  liffore  the  C*tbolic  Library  Auociation,  Kansas  City, 
Jnoe  le,  1038,  and  pablished  in  Tkt  Journal  of  Documtntam  Rtfro- 
inetion.  Wanhincton.  D.  0.,  fiannMr,  1988,  titlni,  "Throuth  tbe  Ere 
of  a  Needle." 


Characters  fiom  Dickens'  "A  Tale  of  Two  Cities"  come  to 

life  for  the  student  when  he  sees  this  filming  of  the  famous 

novel  (Metro-Goldwyn-Mayer). 

of  the  present  program's  contents ;  what  is  far  more 
significant,  it  opens  completely  new  spheres  of  ex- 
periences. The  motion  picture  and  the  radio  g^ve  us 
new  forms  of  art,  providing  new  provinces  in  ex- 
pression and  interpretation.  The  great  goal  of  all 
our  work  in  English  is  to  enable  the  student,  through 
abilities  in  expression  and  comprehension,  to  develop 
the  power  to  meet  his  present  and  future  life's  problems 
successfully,  in  terms  of  his  own  happiness,  the 
happiness  of  his  society,  and  in  terms  of  the  preserva- 
tion of  the  democracy  so  essential  to  this  kind  of  in- 
dividual growth.  In  this  light,  we  must  attend  to  the 
development  of  abilities  as  demanded  by  the  new  media 
of  expression  and  comprehension — these  new  instru- 
ments of  scientific  advance.  The  New  York  Times, 
commenting  editorially  on  one  of  the  most  significant 
and  comprehensive  examinations  of  an  entire  system 
of  education,  the  New  York  State  Regents'  Inquiry 
into  the  Character  and  Cost  of  Education,  infers  from 
the  study  that  "we  need  a  new  education  for  a  new 
kind  of  civilization ;  education  to  keep  pace  with 
modem  technology,  education  to  make  democracy  a 
living  fact^." 

Ask  about  scientific  advances  as  an  aid  in  teach- 
ing English,  and  usually  the  first  thing  mentioned  is 
the  motion  picture.  No  wonder!  With  sight  and 
sound,  this  most  familiar  of  all  the  scientific  infants 
comes  as  close  to  reality  as  any  artificial  presenta- 
tion of  life  can.  Special  groups  of  experts  within  such 
bodies  as  the  National  Council  of  Teachers  of  English 
devote  themselves  entirely  to  the  study  of  motion 
pictures  in  English  teaching.  Without  presuming 
even  to  begin  to  cover  the  field,  I  wish  merely  to 
make  a  few  observations  here : 

First,  that  the  richest  aspect  of  the  motion  picture 
development  as  it  applies  to  our  English  program 
remains  the  photoplay  in  the  theater  outside  the  school. 
Until  the  effective  techniques  of  exjjert  Hollywood 
production  are  applied  to  material  suggested  by  cur- 
riculum, this  must  continue  to  be  the  case.     Here  we 


•Neir    Tork    Time*,    NoTember    18,    1938,    editorial    tilled,    "Sebool    for 
Ciliienship." 


Page   150 


The  Educational  Screen 


may  find  the  photoplay  as  an  experience  in  its  own 
right,  conveying  to  audiences  interpretations  of  Hfe — 
a  veritable  literature  of  its  own.  Here,  also,  we  have 
the  kinds  of  material  most  sought  by  English  teachers — 
the  material  that  makes  books  spring  to  life  for  the 
first  time  in  the  students'  experience.  Tale  of  Two 
Cities,  David  Coppcrfield,  Little  Women,  Captains 
Courageous,  Elephant  Boy,  Romeo  and  Juliet  form  but 
a  short  part  of  the  long  list  of  photoplays  that  give 
vitality  to  the  characters  of  the  books  read  in  class^. 
Helping  us  to  make  fuller  use  of  the  theatrical  film 
outside  the  school  are  the  agencies  such  as  the  Motion 
Picture  Committee  of  the  National  Education  As- 
sociation's Department  of  Secondary  Education,  the 
Educational  and  Recreational  Guides,  Inc.,  and  the  of- 
fices of  the  Motion  Picture  Producers  and  Distri- 
butors of  America,  Inc.  The  last  organization  has 
valuable  material  for  distribution  to  a  representative, 
preferably  the  librarian,  of  each  school.  These  in- 
clude free  broadsides  giving  stimulating  visualiza- 
tions prepared  by  the  research  staflfs  of  the  produc- 
tion companies'  authenticated  feature  pictures,  and 
sets  of  large,  clear  stills  selected  from  the  feature 
productions  likely  to  be  of  most  use  as  background 
in  your  classroom  work.  The  stills  are  provided  at 
cost,  one  dollar  for  a  set  of  ten  to  fifteen  select- 
ions. Some  of  the  sets  now  available  include  Robin 
Hood,  Boys  Tozvn,  David  Copperfield,  The  Good  Earth, 
Victoria  The  Great,  Gunga  Din,  Heidi,  Lloyds  oj 
London,  Treasure  Island,  Kidnapped,  Maid  of  Salem, 
Prince  and  the  Pauper,  Midsummer  Night's  Dream, 
Tom  Sazvyer,  and  Dead  End. 

.Second,  that  vivid,  meaningful  literary  and  historical 
backgrounds  may  soon  be  made  available  for  class- 
rofmi  use  as  a  result  of  the  growing  in'.erest  of  certain 
large  producers  in  what  they  call  "the  research  clip- 
pings." These  materials  culled  from  the  feature  pro- 
ductions based  on  historical  or  literary  interpretation, 
and  composed  into  short,  effective  units  on  I6mm 
film,  would  have  the  appealing  quality  of  the  best 
pictures  exhibited  in  the  theater  outside  the  school. 

Third,  that  in  this  development  of  editing  and 
processing  the  feature  films  into  effective  shorts  for 
use  in  the  classroom,  we  have  an  aspect  of  the  motion 
picture  in  relation  to  the  English  class  that  transcends 
subject  matter  boundaries  and  enters  into  the  dynamics 
of  character  foundation  and  attitude  growth.  Here 
I  need  only  refer  to  the  work  of  the  Progressive 
Education  Association's  Commission  on  Human  Re- 
lations Motion  Picture  Project,  under  the  direction 
of  Alice  Keliher.  This  committee  edits  shorts  from 
the  feature  productions,  choosing  sequences  illustra- 
ting various  significant  phases  of  human  conflicts  in 
contemporary  life.  These  shorts  are  being  tried  ex- 
perimentally in  several  cooperating  schools.  If  their 
use  is  successful,  they  will  be  placed  at  the  disposal 
of  all  schools*.  For  this  academic  year,  the  list  of 
films  includes  excerpts  from  The  Good  Earth,  to  show 


the  status  of  peasant  women  in  China ;  from  Arrozv- 
smith.  to  show  medical  science  vs.  huniani.y;  from 
Dead  End,  to  show  social  conditions  leading  to  crime ; 
from  Cavalcade,  to  show  mother's  reaction  to  two 
generations  of  war ;  from  The  Informer,  to  show  be- 
trayal of  friend  for  financial  gain ;  and  from  many 
other  films,  showing  other  aspects  of  conflicts.  Doesn't 
this  come  as  close  to  English  in  its  objectives  as  any- 
thing we  ever  talk  about  concerning  "the  enrich- 
ment of  experience"  and  "the  enlargement  of  one's 
understanding  of  life"? 

Fourth,  and  last,  that  very  recently  announcement 
was  made  in  the  press  of  a  new  group  formulated 
among  educators  in  coopera'.ion  with  producers  to 
make  motion  pictures  in  the  direct  service  of  pro- 
moting democracy.  Through  the  screen  techniqvies 
of  dramatization  and  emotional  appeal,  the  human 
values  of  the  democratic  way  of  life  will  be  made 
more  vivid.  As  the  end  of  all  subjects  in  the  American 
school,  democracy  is  the  end  of  English ;  and  we  shall 


'£  _X'  ■  t.  . 

.;w~^  ^Hk     ^**»''      ^H 

s  Motion  Picture  Producers  and  Distributors  of  America,  Inc.,  28 
West  44th  Street,  New  York  City,  supplies  a  mimeograplied  list  of 
about  ninety  recent  films  made  from  books  which  would  interest  high 
school  students. 

*When  the  films  are  ready  for  school  use,  they  will  be  released 
through  the  Associated  School  Film  Libraries,  9  Rockefeller  Plaza, 
New   York    City. 


"Barkis  is  Willin'  "  in  this  scene  from  the  M-G-M  production 
of  Dickens'  masterpiece,  "David  Copperfield." 

have  to  explore  this,  too,  as  a  significant  application 
of  the  motion  picture  to  the  translation  of  a  great 
concept  into  functioning  meanings. 

The  work  of  applying  science  progresses.  Not  only 
in  motion  pictures,  but  on  other  fronts  as  well  new 
mechanisms  and  techniques  constantly  are  being  ex- 
plored and  applied.     In  passing  we  may  note : 

1.  The  apparatus  used  in  diagnosis  and  correction 
of  reading  disabilities.  Stella  Center  and  Gladys 
Persons  thoroughly  discuss  the  applications  of 
these  instruments  to  an  actual  reading  improve- 
ment program,  in  a  1937  National  Council  of 
Teachers  of  English  publication^. 

2.  The  radio — modem  wonder  in  the  school  and  in 
the  home.  The  significance  of  the  radio  for  Eng- 
lish teaching  is  undergoing  a  patient  and  illumin- 
ating study  by  the  Ohio  State  University  Com- 


^Center,  S,  and  Persons,  G.  Teaching  High  School  Students  to  Read 
The  National  Council  of  Teachers  of  English,  Monograph  6.  D.  Apple- 
tonCentury  Co.,  New  York,   1937. 

{Continued  on  page  152) 


May,   19)9 


Page   ISl 


Interpreting  the  Public  Schools 
Through  Motion  Pictures 


EDUCATION'  is  the  biggest  single  business  in 
which  most  communities  engage.  In  fact,  onho- 
dox  courses  and  textbooks  in  school  administra- 
tion make  analogies  to  corporate  business  in  describing 
the  ideal  organization  of  a  public  school  system.  A 
parallelism  can  be  drawn  in  which  the  general  public 
is  rnmparcd  with  the  stockholders  of  a  corporation  and 
the  school  board  with  the  directors  of  the  corporation. 

\\'hether  or  not  this  parallelism  is  accepted  as  sound, 
nearly  every  one  must  agree  that  this  business  of  pub- 
lic education  is  a  cooperative  concern  in  which  every- 
one is  interested.  Every  taxpayer  has  an  investment 
and  should  be  eagerly  anticipating  and  expecting  divi- 
dends. These  investors  must  be  shown,  not  spasmodi- 
cally, but  continuously — the  real  worth  of  the  schools 
as  measured  by  their  products.  Frontier  thinkers  in 
education  are  meeting  this  challenge  by  providing  an 
intelligent,  continuous  and  honest  program  of  publicity 
and  interpretation. 

One  of  the  most  efficient  devices  for  an  interpreta- 
tion program  is  that  of  movies  of  the  school  activities 
during  the  year.  The.se  pictures  are  not  so  cos'.ly  but 
that  almost  any  school  with  a  visual  education  program 
could  very  conveniently  afford  it.  Some  of  the  follow- 
ing activities  might  l>e  photographed  with  a  moving 
picture  camera: 

1.  The  first  faculty  meeting  of  the  year  when  plans  for  the 
opening  of  the  school  year  are  made  and  discussed. 

2.  The  students  as  they  arrive  at  the  school  building  in 
busses. 

3.  Formal  registration  of  the  students.  A  picture  of  each 
home  room  where  the  students  register. 

4.  First  convocation  of  the  year. 

5.  Each  department  of  the  school  as  it  actually  operates 
during  the  year. 

6     Each  club  in  session. 

7.  The  annual  homecoming  football  game  with  its  cheering 
section. 

8.  A  fire  drill  when  it  is  given  by  local  and  state  fire  officials. 

9.  The  school  lunch  room  or  cafeteria  during  lunch  hour. 

10.  The  recreational  activities  for  those  pupils  who  remain  at 
school  during  the  lunch  hour. 

11.  Outstanding  programs  at  the  school  after  school  hours 
such  a.«.  receptions  for  new  students,  teas  for  new  faculty 
members,  teas  for  mothers  of  pupils  enrolled. 

12.  Hi-Y   father  and  son  banquet. 

13.  Various  phases  of  the  guidance  program. 

14.  Convocations  composed  of  student  talent. 

15.  The   N-isiting   teacher   and   her   work. 

16.  School  clinics  (Health,  Dental,  Eyes). 

17.  Charity  drives  prior  to  the  Christmas  vacation. 

18.  The  school  paper  staff  at  work,  editing  an  edition  of  the 
paper. 

19.  The  library  with  students  and  teachers  at  work. 

20.  Various  bulletin  boards   for   students. 


Concrete  suggestions  tia  to  how  a  school  may 
visualize  itself  before  the  eyes  of  the  community 

By     NORVAL    L.    MARTIN 

Director  of  Visual  Education 
Shields  High  School,  Seymour,  Ind. 

21.  Musical  and  dramatic  productions  during  the  year. 

22.  Pageants. 

23.  .Ml  phases  of  athletics  including  varsity  and  intramural 
participation  of  football,  basketball,  baseball,  track,  tennis, 
golf,  swimming. 

24.  The  Visual   Instruction  department  at  work. 

25.  The  work  of  the  director  of  safety  with  its  safety  patrol 
and  its  safety  club. 

26.  Various  contests  during  the  year  and  the  winners  of  each 
such  as,  Latin,  Mathematics,  Typing,  Music,  Oratory, 
Spelling. 

27.  The  debate  team  in  action. 

28.  Parent  teacher  programs  during  the  year. 

29.  School  exhibits,  open  house. 

30.  Celebration  of   National    Education  Week. 

31.  Honor   Day  activities. 

32.  The  academic  honor  rolls  (six  weeks  and  semester). 

33.  Pupils  with  perfect  attendance  during  the  year. 

34.  May  Day  activities. 

35.  Freshman  introductory  day  in  the  Spring  for  next  year's 
prospective  freshmen. 

.16.    Parent-teacher  forums. 

37.  Local  Teachers'  Federation  in  session. 

38.  Observance  of  special  days  as.  Thanksgiving,  Armistice 
Day,  Easter,  Mother's  day,  World  Peace  Day,  Poppy  Day, 
Constitution  day. 

39.  Observance  of  Special  weeks  as.  Book  Week,  Boy  and 
Girl  Scout  Week,  Good  English  Week,  Music  Week, 
Courtesy  Week,  Good  Teeth  Week,  Good  Manners  Week, 
Fire  Prevention  Week. 

40.  Evening  extension  classes  for  teachers. 

41.  Excursions  to  local  industries,  places  of  historical  and 
geographical  interest. 

42.  Teacher's  hobbies  during  vacations. 

43.  New  building  and  new  equipment. 

44.  Teacher's  as  they  leave  for  the  annual  State  Teachers 
Association   Convention. 

45.  Pep  meeting  prior  to  athletic  events. 

46.  Members  of  the  speech  classes  as  they  talk  before  city 
PT.'X  groups,  service  clubs,  tuberculosis  meetings. 

47.  Mile  of  pennies  for  annual  T.  B.  Drive. 

48.  Toys  which  are  collected,  repaired  and  redecorated  for 
needy  children  at   Christmas. 

49.  Junior-Senior  Reception. 
50     Agricultural   and   Industrial   exhibit   in   which  the  school 

cooperates. 

51.  Distribution  of  yearbooks  with  students  autographing 
same. 

52.  Commencement  activities  and  graduation  exercises,  in- 
cluding Baccalaureate,  senior  breakfast  and  picnics. 

53.  Superintendent  and   Principal   signing  diplomas. 

54.  Scholarships  and  special  awards  among  the  graduating 
class. 

These  and  many  other  activities  of  the  school  could 
be  photographed  during  the  school  year.  Such  a  pro- 
gram should  be  continuous  during  the  whole  year ;  it 
must  be  inclusive,  honest  and  understandable.  It 
should  be  dignified  but  aggressive,  an  attempt  must  be 
made  to  reach  every  student  of  the  school  and  thus 
reach  every  home  represented  in  the  school. 


Page    152 


The  Educational  Screen 


Footage  devoted  to  the  various  topics  would  vary 
endlessly,  of  course.  Combination  of  these  sequences 
into  reels  of  suitable  length  and  content  calls  for  care- 
ful selection,  cutting,  editing,  titling,  etc.  Completed 
reels  of  this  type  can  then  be  used  very  appropriately 
as  a  part  of  the  program  of  Parent-Teacher  meetings 
and  other  meetings  of  a  similar  nature.  They  could  be 
used  occasionally  as  a  part  of  the  program  of  such 
meetings  as  service  clubs,  civic  association,  dedication 
of  new  buildings  and  other  special  occasions,  meetings 
of  business  and  professional  clubs  and  organizations, 
and  meetings  of  other  organizations  which  are  organ- 
ized for  charitable  and  social  purposes. 

When  a  program  of  interpretation  of  this  type  is 
developed  it  can  be  used  very  effectively  in  creating, 
developing  and  maintaining  a  high  type  of  good-will 
among  the  stockholders  in  this  business  called  Public 
Education.  When  the  paying  public  is  correctly  in- 
formed as  to  the  activities  and  functions  of  the  local 
school  system,  the  chances  will  be  greatly  reduced  that 
the  local  tax  adjustment  board  will  remonstrate  to  the 
supposedly  high  tax  rate  in  the  budget  for  school  pur- 
poses. 

Electrifying  English 

(^Concluded  from  page  ISO) 

mittee  on  the  Evaluation  of  School  Broadcasts, 
with  the  aid  of  a  General  Education  Board  grant*. 

3.  The  transcriptions  of  valuable  broadcasts,  over- 
coming time-schedule  difficulties  through  avail- 
ability of  the  programs  as  recorded  on  phono- 
graph records.  The  Radio  Corporation  of  Ameri- 
ca, through  a  subsidiary,  is  developing  trans- 
scriptions  of  educational  radio  programs'^. 

4.  The  recordings  of  the  Shakespeare  plays  by 
Orson  Welles  and  his  Mercury  Theater  Group. 
The  series  of  recordings  calls  itself  "The  Mercury 
Theater  of  the  Classroom,"  and  is  being  made 
available  through  the  Columbia  Phonograph  Co.^ 
A  Carnegie  Corporation  Committee  under  Dr. 
Irvin  Stewart  is  subsidizing  the  experimental 
use  of  these  materials  in  a  group  of  representa- 
tive American  high  schools.^ 

5.  The  recordings  of  students'  speech,  used  as  stim- 
ulation, aid  in  diagnosis  and  correction,  and  as 
a  measure  of  improvement.  "Hear  yourself 
as  others  hear  you,"  one  enthusiastic  teacher  I 
know  tells  her  students  as  they  come  in  to  have 
their   speech   recorded. 

6.  The  latest  advance  in  the  new  mechanisms  of 
communication — facsimile  broadcasting.  What  is 
it?  Through  facsimile  broadcasting  picture  and 
text  materials  are  faithfully  reproduced  over 
the  air.  For  example,  when  you  roll  out  of 
bed  in  the  morning,  you  can  find  at  your   feet 


the  wirelessed  newspaper,  just  rolled  out  of  vour 
radio !  Whatever  is  placed  before  the  board- 
casting  scanner  travels  through  the  ether  and 
comes  out  of  the  receiver.  And  this  is  already 
here!  On  December  8  Station  KSD,  operated 
experimentally  by  the  St.  Louis  Post-Dispatch, 
began  a  regular  broadcast  of  a  specially  pre- 
pared facsimile  newspaper.  Leading  news  of  the 
day,  s]3orts,  cartoons,  radio  programs,  and  finan- 
cial quotations  made  up  the  Volume  One,  Num- 
ber One  copy  of  the  radio  newspaper,  using 
the  Post-Dispatch's  regular  7-point  type.  It  is 
not  necessary  for  the  reader  to  be  present  when 
the  newspaper  comes  over  the  radio.  A  clock 
automatically  starts  the  receiver  at  the  beginning 
of  the  facsimile  broadcast,  and  stops  it  at  the 
conclusion. 

7.  The  proximity  of  television.  The  facsimile  broad- 
casting already  here  is  but  the  shadow  of  won- 
derful things  soon  to  come!  Reports  of  suc- 
cessful television  broadcasts  in  realistic  non-labora- 
tory situations  appear  frequently  in  the  press. 
"Television  By  Springtime"  read  one  news  story 
telling  of  the  statement  from  the  offices  of  the 
Radio  Corporation  of  America,  that  television 
would  be  available  for  home  use  by  the  open- 
ing of  the  New  York  World's  Fair  in  April,  1939. 
•'  And  "Movies  by  Wireless"  is  the  headline  over 

the  news  that  a  large  motion  picture  company 
plans  to  place  on  the  market  soon  a  television  set 
for  reception  of  films  specially  edited  down  to 
telecasting.  The  motion  picture  in  the  class 
room  simply  by  snapping  the  button  of  the 
television  receiver ! 

Thus  in  this  dawn  of  scientific  advancements  are 
we  English  teachers  aware  of  great  applications  already 
made,  and  soon  to  be  made,  to  our  teaching.  Partic- 
ularly to  the  radio  and  the  motion  picture,  the  National 
Council  of  Teachers  of  English  has  maintained  a  search- 
ing alertness  attested  by  several  of  its  publications.^'' 
But  there  is  a  certain  practicable  technological  de- 
velopment already  here,  to  which  we  are  not  as  alert 
as  we  should  be.  Because  its  potentialities  seem  so 
great,  and  because  its  applications  remain  almost 
unknown  to  our  work,  I  should  like  to  discuss  micro- 
photography  with  all  the  emphasis  I  can  command. 


^"Max  .T^_Herz_berg,_  editor.  Radio  and  the   Teacher  of  English;  William 
"'    '     '         '     ireciatinn   ^""     -i  ™ -".■■-'■  ^-    rj,--.i.    o^i — 1„ .    d„.,j     t.t 

The   English  Journal. 


Lewis,    Photoplay   Appreciation 
and    Lewis     "      " 


oplay   Appreciation   in   American   High    Schools:    Rand,    H. 
I£.    B.    Film   and    School;    and    numerous    other    articles    in 


•Committee  on  Evaluation  of  School  Broadcasts,  Ohio  State  University, 
Columbus,    Ohio.      Dr.    Alton    O'Steen,    chairman   of  section  on  English. 

'RCA    Manufacturing    Company,     Inc.,     Camden,     New    Jersey.     Ells- 
worth   C.    Bent,    Director    of    Kducational    Department. 

'Columbia  Phonograph   Company,    1775   Broadway,   New  York  City. 
•Committee  on   Scientific  Aids  to   Learning,    41    East  42nd  Street,   New 
York   City. 


Editor's  Note : 

In  March  we  ran  the  first  of  what  was  to  be  a 
consecutive  series  of  four  articles  on  Visual  In- 
struction in  Connecticut,  by  John  S.  Carroll,  of 
Yale  University.  Due  to  present  changes  and  ad- 
justment in  the  Connecticut  Plan,  the  remaining 
articles  in  the  series  could  be  presented  better  at  a 
later  date.  It  is  the  author's  contention,  and  ours, 
that  the  series  be  continued  when  complete  data 
are  available  on  the  interesting  developments  in 
the  State  program. 


May,    19)9 

Motion  Pictures  — 
Not  For  Theatres 

By    ARTHUR    EDWIN    KROWS 

Editor  of  "The  Spur,"  New  York  City 


Page   153 


Part  Nine:  recalling  the  "Ford  Educa- 
tional Weekly"  of  1916,  the  first  prac- 
tical organizations  begun  to  reclaim 
theatrical  films  for  non-theatrical  use, 
and  the  remarkable  distributing  machin- 
ery awaiting  New  York  schools  in  1920 


THIS  opportunity,  after  the  arm- 
istice, to  salvage  the  property 
represented  in  tlie  "Screen  Tele- 
gram," was  realized  especially  by  sev- 
eral persons :  Charles  Urban,  who  had 
a  lalxjratory  to  keep  occupied ;  Terry 
Ranisaye,  who  had  started  the  "Screen 
Telegram,"  and  Ray  Hall  who  had 
edited  it.  There  was  also  another  ini- 
l>ortant  figure  who,  in  Urban's  com- 
petent opinion,  was  an  excellent  person 
to  care  for  the  business  organization  of 
a  new  venture  of  the  contemplated  sort. 
This  individual  was  George  McLeod 
Bayncs.  a  very  tall,  .slender  Englishman, 
aged  under  forty,  who  had  arrived  in 
New  York  toward  the  end  of  1915  as 
chief  salesman  for  the  Hepworth  Manu- 
facturing Company,  Ltd..  a  London  film 
concern.  He  was  called  "Captain."  his 
military  service  said  to  have  l>cen  with 
His  Majesty's  Forces  in  India,  where  be 
possibly  had  met  Urban  at  the  time  of 
the   Durbar. 

Accordingly,  early  in  1919.  there  was 
organized  at  the  Kineto  offices —  in  the 
Masonic  Temple  Building — a  new,  in- 
dependent newsrccl  called  "Kinograms." 
The  name  recalled  somewhat  forcibly 
that  of  the  Edison  Company's  house 
organ  in  1910,  the  Kinctogram.  Baynes 
was  made  president,  and  for  editor  was 
chosen  Terry  Ramsaye.  But,  in  1920, 
Ramsaye,  who  now  had  other  interest? 
largely  in  editing  and  cutting  important 
expedition  films  and  in  planning  his 
monumental  history  of  motion  pictures 
entitled  A  Million  and  One  Nights, 
retired.  Ray  Hall  succeeded  him  as 
editor.  .\s  assistant  editor  Forrest  Izard 
was  taken  over  from  the  disintegrating 
Community  Service,  and  Hazel  E. 
Flynn,  a  former  theatrical  press  agent, 
became  a  title  writer  for  the  release. 
Urban  was  content  to  be  merely  "of  the 
company,"  possibly  because  he  didn't 
want  the  British  Government  to  think  he 
had   trafficked  in   spoils   of  war. 

In  the  meantime,  and  not  too  un- 
expectedly, there  was  another  film  or- 
ganization awaiting  a  successor  to  carry 
on — no  less  than  the  American  Gaumont 
Company,  now  fallen  to  extreme  diffi- 
culties, .^mong  its  remaining  assets 
were  a  renowned  newsreel  and  a  fine 
laboratory,  the  latter,  situated  con- 
veniently in  the  New  York  metropolitan 
area  at  Flushing,  Long  Island ;  and  those 
properties  seemed  highly  attractive  to 
the  Canadian  Pacific  Railway  which  had 
decided  that  motion  pictures  would  be 
a  most  profitable  form  of  publicity.  So 
the  C  P.  R.  quietly  bought  the  American 
Gaumont  for  a  sum  said  to  have  been 
approximately  half  a  million  dollars — the 
now  traditional  mark  of  success  in  non- 
theatricals,  although   it   remained  to  be 


.\lcI.»Uithlln-Ai'ro  l>ltn*.*t    photo. 

Henry  Ford's  idea  of  educational  mo- 
tion pictures  was  to  use  them  to  in- 
terpret modern  America.  He  spent 
thousands  of  dollars  trying  to  prove  it. 

seen  in  this  case  to  whom  the  success 
belonged,  the  buyer  or  the  seller.  For 
the  C.  P.  R.  to  appear  too  prominently 
in  the  management  of  this  new  under- 
taking— especially  of  the  newsreel — 
would,  of  course,  be  prejudicial  to  pub- 
lic acceptance  of  it ;  so  the  C.  P.  R.  ar- 
ranged with  Captain  Baynes  not  only 
to  manage  the  newsreel,  but  to  move  his 
entire  outfit  to  the  Gaumont  Laboratories 
in  Flushing. 

To  make  the  Bayne  menage  still  more 
complete,  he  was  called  upon  to  super- 
vise also  the  newsreel  included  in  the 
ambitious  plan  of  the  Selznicks,  father 
and  son,  who  had  suddenly  arisen  as 
powers  in  regular  motion  picture  the- 
atricals. For  the  proper  functioning  of 
the  three  weekly  releases,  "Kinograms," 
"The  Gaumont  News"  and  "The  Selz- 
nick  News"  (not  to  forget  the  inevit- 
able magazine  release  which  cares  for 
the  human  interest  overflow).  Ba>'nes 
organized  a  holding  corporation  called 
"The  Associated  Screen  News" — a  large 
business,  conjured,  one  may  say,  out  of 
thin  air.  And.  for  the  present,  we  may 
leave  Baynes,  satisfied  that  he  has 
olenty  to  keep  him  busy  for  awhile 
without  seeking  further  complications. 
We  will  meet  him  later,  again. 

"The  Ford  Educational  Weekly" 
At  this  juncture,  believe  it  or  not, 
there  is  still  another  newsreel  to  be 
considered,  and  one  which  was  to  leave 
a  strong  impression  on  non-theatricals. 
It   was  issued  by  that  dynamic  person- 


age, Henry  Ford.  In  June,  1916,  came 
the  news  that  the  newly-formed  Atlas 
Motion  Pictures  Corporation  in  Detroit, 
with  its  large  laboratory  and  extensive 
equipment,  was  backed  by  the  automobile 
manufacturer  named ;  and  soon  there- 
after appeared  "The  Ford  Educational 
Weekly." 

For  something  over  two  years  he  dis- 
tributed it  through  independent  ex- 
changes to  about  3,000  theatres;  then, 
in  January,  1919,  the  Goldwyn  Corpora- 
tion, which  already  was  issuing  the 
"Goldwyn- Bray  Pictograph,"  undertook 
to  distribute  it  to  a  larger  audience  at 
cost.  I  don't  know  what  the  cost  was 
to  them ;  but  previously  it  was  estimated 
to  have  been  approximately  $750,000  per 
year.  Of  this  sum  not  one  cent  came 
back  to  the  sponsor  or  to  the  treasurer 
of  the  Ford  Motor  Company  and  the 
weekly  quantity  of  film  ran  to  between 
400,000  and  half  a  million  feet. 

Ford,  a  warm  friend  and  hearty  ad- 
mirer of  Thomas  A.  Edison,  had  been 
greatly  impressed  with  the  advantages  of 
the  screen  in  public  education,  but  he 
felt  that  many  genuine  opportunities  were 
being  missed  by  the  newsrecls  then  in  cir- 
culation. He  wanted  citizens  of  the 
United  States  to  sec  what  their  Govern- 
ment was  doing,  to  understand  how  public 
money  was  being  spent,  and  to  know  the 
constructive  work  of  Big  Business.  Some- 
thing of  his  aim  may  be  appreciated  by 
noting  titles  from  the  first  Goldwyn  re- 
lease. One  was,  "What  Uncle  Sam  Will 
Do  for  Two  Cents,"  the  story  of  the 
Post  Office  Department;  a  second,  "The 
Truth  About  the  Liberty  Motor."  a  pic- 
torial description  of  the  Government's 
wartime  airplane  engines;  a  third.  "Hang 
It  All,"  or  the  making  of  wallpaper; 
fourth,  "Carrying  Old  Glory  to  the  Seven 
Seas,"  showing  the  work  of  the  great 
Hog  Island  shipyards;  fifth,  "Canada's 
Mountain  of  Tears,"  a  scenic  of  Mt. 
Edith  Cavell;  sixth.  "Where  'the  Spirit 
That  Won'  was  Bom,"  a  Washington's 
Birthday  release  showing  historic  Phil- 
adelphia. Valley  Forge,  and  Mt.  Vernon; 
and  seventh,  "Rough  Stuff,"  a  review  of 
the  carborundum  industry. 

The  unusual  attention  given  to  num- 
bers such  as  these  undoubtedly  stimulated 
manufacturers  and  business  men  gener- 
ally to  propaganda  uses  of  films;  but  at 
the  same  time  it  probably  made  exhibitors 
suspect  that  their  theatres  were  being 
used  for  "cuckoo"  advertising,  in  the 
profits  of  which  they  were  not  permitted 
to  share.  They  were  never  quite  satisfied 
that  so  shrewd  a  business  man  as  Henry 
Ford  was  getting  nothing  out  of  it.  But 
even  exhibitors  who  did  not  raise  that 
question  did  not  want  too  many  newsreels 


Page   154 


The  Educational  Screen 


on  their  programs.  They  gave  precedence, 
of  course,  to  the  regularly  established 
theatrical  ones,  and  required  space,  too, 
for  comedies  and  novelties.  So,  in  its 
theatrical  aspects,  "The  Ford  Educational 
Weekly"  died  away. 

In  the  summer  of  1919,  William  H. 
Dudley,  educator  at  the  University  of 
Wisconsin,  was  invited  to  head  a  com- 
mittee, selected  by  himself,  which  was  to 
come  to  the  Ford  plant  at  Detroit  and 
edit  the  Ford  films  for  school  use.  He 
responded  promptly  with  a  group  includ- 
ing Charles  Roach,  of  the  State  College 
of  Iowa  Department  of  Visual  Educa- 
tion ;  W.  M.  Gregory,  an  expert  geog- 
rapher, of  Cleveland ;  and  J.  V.  Ankeney, 
of  the  University  of  Minnesota.  The 
work  was  done  speedily  and,  in  1920, 
Fitzpatrick  &  Elroy  were  advertising  the 
library,  with  themselves  as  sole  repre- 
sentatives. As  to  what  became  of  some 
of  the  unused  industrial  subjects,  I  have 
reason  to  believe  that  they  were  given, 
possibly  at  cost,  to  the  manufacturers 
whose  plants  and  operations  were  shown. 
Which  must  have  made  it  difficult,  for  a 
time,  for  the  small  local  producers  of 
films  to  persuade  those  favored  manu- 
facturers to  make  news  subjects  for 
themselves. 

Before  me  as  I  write  is  a  leaflet  en- 
titled The  Ford  Educational  Library, 
copyrighted  1922  by  the  Ford  Motor 
Company,  which  no  doubt  represents  the 
early  work  of  the  Dudley  committee. 
The  films  are  described  as  having  been 
produced  and  as  being  distributed  by 
the  Ford  Motion  Picture  Laboratories  of 
Detroit  There  are  fifty-one  subjects, 
classified  as :  Agriculture.  Nature  Study, 
Recreation,  History,  Sanitation  and 
Health,  Safety,  Industrial  Geography, 
Regional  Geography,  Cities,  Cities  and 
Citizenship,  and  Technical  —  the  last- 
named  subdivided  into  Surgery,  Me- 
chanical, Chemical  and  Electrical. 

"Each  film."  the  reader  is  told,  "has 
a  complete  synopsis  or  syllabus  contain- 
ing: the  title  and  subtitles,  the  educa- 
tional aim.  data  suitable  to  aid  the 
teacher,  definite  questions  for  presenting 
the  lesson,  problems,  questions  and  a  list 
of  references.  The  film  lesson  is  arranged 
in  accord  with  modern  methods,  and  the 
photography  is  the  finest  artistry  of  the 
laboratory."  One  is  informed,  moreover, 
that  "many  new  classroom  films  are  now 
in  preparation.  The  technical  series- 
surgical,  mechanical,  electrical  and  chem- 
ical— will  receive  addition  of  specialized 
subjects  for  trade  schools,  technical  in- 
stitutions and  colleges." 

The  Ford  Laboratories  still  carry  on 
this  work,  serving  the  entire  United 
States  through  Ford  dealers.  Films  are 
rented  at  low  rates,  some  offered  "free" 
(plus  transportation  charges),  and  most 
of  them  are  available  for  purchase — 
five  cents  per  foot  for  nitrate  prints  and 
ten  for  non-flam  in  35-millimeter  width. 
Purchase  is  urged  as  the  best  method 
and,  to  those  schools  which  cannot  afford 
themselves  to  buy,  it  is  suggested  by  the 
sponsors  that  they  form  a  "Ford  Educa- 
tional Library  Association"  with  other 
schools  for  the  purpose  of  acquiring  the 
material. 


The  P.vrRON  S.mxt  of  23rd  Street 

Community  Service  used  the  Kineto 
Laboratory  for  virtually  all  its  output, 
and  in  the  train  of  the  Fosters  came 
many  other  non-theatrical  workers  who 
had  offices  in  the  building.  In  fact,  de- 
liberately or  not,  Urban  made  a  minor 
specialty  of  non-theatrical  developing  and 
printing.  It  probably  was  Community 
Service  which  first  attracted  the  strug- 
gling little  non-theatrical  producer  ten- 
ants because  of  the  market  it  afforded  to 
their  product ;  but  they  found  the  Kineto 
Laboratory  a  convenience,  too,  with  the 
genial  Urban  lending  a  sympathetic  ear 
to  their  tales  of  woe — possibly  because, 
compared  with  his  own  handsome  diffi- 
culties, these  were  too  small  to  be  dis- 
turbing. Certainly,  with  the  efforts  of 
Kinemacolor  to  save  itself  by  making 
educationals  and  industrials,  and  the 
contacts  of  old  Urbanora  House  with 
the  once  struggling  pioneers  such  as  F. 
Percy  Smith,  who  had  almost  starved 
while  he  made  amazing  novelties,  Urban 
knew  supremely  well  what  hard  scratch- 
ing it  was  to  make  a  living  in  non- 
theatricals. 

The  Masonic  Temple  Building  shel- 
tered not  only  small  producers  attracted 


Walter  Yorke's  careful  preliminary 
survey  of  non-theatricals  made  him 
one  of  the  least  disillusioned  men  in 
it.     He    never    expected    too    much. 

there,  but  offshoots  of  Community  Serv- 
ice itself — or,  rather,  one  ought  to  say, 
perhaps,  offshoots  of  the  Community 
wartime  system.  The  Y.M.C.A.  Motion 
Picture  Bureau  now  was  here ;  and 
George  Zehrung  was  carrying  on  with 
a  much  reduced,  peacetime  appropria- 
tion. Zehrung  was  director,  of  course, 
with  a  very  capable  young  assistant,  A. 
L.  Frederick,  as  secretary,  and  Walter 
Yorke  supervising  the  actual  physical 
handling  of  the  films  going  in  and  out. 

But  by  this  time  Walter  Yorke,  in  his 
patient,  thorough  way,  had  satisfied  him- 
self that  he  knew  the  general  working 
of  this  curious  new  trade,  while  he  also 
had  arrived  at  certain  opinions  about 
how  the  machinery  might  be  bettered.  Of 
one  thing  he  was  especially  certain — 
that  the  money  to  be  made  there  was  not 
along  the  lines  of  the  Y.M.C.-X.  work 
in  supplying  free  films.  It  might  be 
proper  enough  for  its  Association  pur- 
poses, but  in  other  circumstances  he  felt 


tliat  non-theatrical  users  should  pay  for 
the   service. 

"Free"  films,  as  listed  in  non-theatrical 
catalogues,  are  usually  so  designated  in 
quotation-marks,  which  is  a  little  puzzling 
to  the  uninitiated  I'ntil  one  explains  that 
it  means  that  the  films  are  free  save  that 
the  user  pays  transportation  charges 
both  wajs — or,  in  a  new  instances,  just 
for  return.  That  the  subjects  are  other- 
wise free  means  usually  also  that,  with 
the  exception  of  a  few  endowed  sets  here 
and  there,  they  are  dripping  with  propa- 
ganda. Walter  conclrded  that  there 
were  clients  who  would  be  willing  to  pay 
a  nominal  sum  for  relief  from  these 
embarrassments  and,  on  this  concept,  he 
determined  to  found  his  own  business. 

Of  course,  there  seemed  to  be  only  one 
substantial  source  of  material  for  such 
a  project,  and  that  was  the  theatrical 
exchange  with  its  outworn  pictures.  There 
was,  however,  another,  lesser  source 
which  never  has  been  sufficiently  appre- 
ciated ;  and  that  comprised  the  entertain- 
ment films  made  for  theatres  but  which 
the  theatrical  booking  offices,  for  one 
reason  or  another,  had  never  accepted. 
.^nd  then,  also,  he  concluded,  when  one 
refers  to  "used"  theatrical  material,  it 
need  not  necessarily  mean  cracked,  torn, 
dirty  prints.  .As  long  as  the  non-the- 
atrical rights  are  legitimately  obtained, 
the  buyer  commonly  has  the  right  to  have 
new  prints  made  at  a  laboratory  desig- 
nated by  the  owner  of  the  negative. 

The  Reclamation  Idea 

While  it  is  clear  from  much  going 
before  in  these  pages  that  salvage  of 
theatrical  films  for  non-theatrical  exhibi- 
tion was  not,  at  this  late  date,  a  new 
idea — Lyman  Howe  having  profited  from 
it  in  the  Nineties — there  apparently  had 
been  no  business  founded  completely  upon 
it  until  the  later  days  of  the  General 
Film  Company.  The  educational  lists 
of  Urban  and  Kleine,  dating  back  to  the 
same  broad  period,  actually  represented 
just  lesser  outlets  for  fundamental  the- 
atrical enterprises.  The  narrow  General 
Film  story  is  interesting ;  and  it  owes 
its  being  to  an  original  member  of  the 
reviewing  committee  of  the  old  National 
Board  of  Censorship,  Mrs.  Ruth  Gould 
Dolese. 

Mrs.  Dolese,  seeing  the  thousands  and 
thousands  of  feet  of  new  subjects  as 
they  issued  from  the  Patents  companies, 
thought  of  their  potentialities  in  the  cause 
of  education,  and  became  curious  about 
what  happened  to  the  reels  when  the 
theatres  had  finished  with  them.  Her 
investigation  resulted  in  the  formation 
of  an  Educational  Department  by  Genera! 
Film  primarily  to  engender  good  will 
in  public  relations.  She  was  placed  at 
the  head  of  it,  but  physical  handling  was 
referred  to  Louis  R.  de  Lorme. 

De  Lorme's  department  was  given  the 
privilege  of  taking  over  any  of  the 
fit  reels  returned  by  the  exchanges  as 
theatrically  exhausted,  without  charge, 
his  duty  being  then  to  see  what  he  could 
obtain  for  them  from  churches,  schools, 
clubs  and  so  on.  To  facilitate  matters, 
in  December,  1911,  while  General  Film 
was  still  at  200  Fifth  Avenue,  a  tall, 
narrow,  illustrated  catalogue  of  some  forti' 
pages,  was  printed  to  call   these  subjects 


May,   19  }9 


Page   1S5 


to  the  attention  of  the  non-theatrical 
field.  I  am  renewing  my  acquaintance 
with  a  copy  of  it  now. 

The  listing  is  of  perhaps  SOO  items. 
rather  pompously  grouped  under  the  head- 
ings Philosophy,  Religion,  Sociology, 
Philology,  Natural  Science,  Useful  Arts, 
Fine  Arts,  Literature  and  History,  with 
a  little  straining  here  and  there  to  make 
given  subjects  conform.  On  the  back 
cover  are  four  quotations  evidently  de- 
signed to  impress  the  non-theatrical  user 
and  somewhat  quaint  in  reading  today. 
Mark  Twain  said,  it  seems,  that,  "The 
modern  motion  picture  show  makes  one 
feel  brighter,  healthier  and  happier."  El- 
bert Hubbard  was  more  succinct.  He 
observed  simply,  "I  am  a  motion  picture 
fiend."  The  ever-surprising  Thomas  A. 
Edison  remarked,  "The  death  knell  of 
the  saloon  is  sounded  through  the  modern 
picture  show,"  and  there  is  an  inevitable 
quotation  from  the  ubiquitous  Professor 
Frederick  Starr  of  Chicago  University, 
"The  moving  picture  is  the  highest  type 
of  entertainment  in  the   world." 

What  interests  me  especially,  however, 
is  to  notice  the  generous  inclusion  of  the 
real  non-theatrical  subjects — notably  the 
social  service  and  industrial  items.  Here 
is  the  two-reeler  made  for  the  Visiting 
Nurses'  Association;  the  films  made  for 
New  York's  Fire  and  Police  Depart- 
ments ;  the  pictures  of  Army  and  Navy ; 
"The  Boy  Scouts  of  America  at  Silver 
Bay" ;  the  Edison  chemistry  pictures ; 
Pathe's  "Boil  Your  Water";  Lubin's 
"Marble  Quarrying  in  Tennessee" ;  "King 
Cotton" ;  Edison's  homily  on  impure  milk 
—"The  Man  Who  Learned";  "The  Birth 
and  Adventures  of  a  Fountain  Pen" ; 
"The  Red  Cross  Seal"  and  other  old 
friends  with  sentimental  memories  clust- 
ering around  every  one. 

But  this  department  of  General  Film 
still  is  not  the  business  founded  exclu- 
sively upon  used  films  to  which  I  re- 
ferred. To  General  Film  the  enterprise 
remained  just  a  form  of  salvage  and  an 
encouragement  to  theatregoers;  to  old 
De  Lorme  it  was  much  more.  He  re- 
mained with  General  Film  Company, 
building  his  dream,  until  came  the  un- 
mistakable writing  on  the  wall  which 
made  certain  the  end  of  that  interesting 
attempt  at  monopoly.  Then,  with  the  aid 
chiefly  of  two  friends.  Henry  Major. 
Jr.,  and  Charles  H.  l.amb,  he  bought  in 
a  sufficient  library  of  the  scrap  film  and. 
in  June.  1915.  he  formed  the  Public  Edu- 
cational Film  Company,  with  a  capitaliza- 
tion of  $5,000. 

A  little  later  came  an  opportunity  for 
stronger  support  from  Mr.  Schwanhauser. 
of  the  Qiarles  Beseler  Company  of  133 
East  23rd  Street.  This  organization, 
engaged  in  supplying  stereopticons  and 
lantern  slides  to  lecture  circuits,  and  in- 
cluding the  active  free  lecture  system  of 
the  City  of  New  York,  and  no  doubt  im- 
pressed by  the  activities  of  the  Kleine 
Optical  Company  in  Chicago,  saw  in  De 
Lorme's  enterprise  an  opportunity  for 
themselves ;  so  De  Lorme  sold  out  to 
them  for  a  snug  little  profit  and  hied 
himself  to  his  homeland.  The  new  owners 
formed  the  Beseler  Film  Company,  with 
offices  in  the  Masonic  Temple  Building. 
But  after  about  two  years,  when  the 
War  began  and  the  Fosters  became  active. 


the  Beseler  Film  Librarj-  was  sold  to 
Community  Service  for  another  snug  little 
profit.  The  Beseler  Film  Company, 
however,  continued  as  a  casual  service 
to  inquiring  friends. 

Before  the  departure  of  De  Lorme, 
some  General  f-'ilm  officials  had  begun 
to  realize  that  the  non-theatrical  field 
might  be  developed  into  larger  profits. 
Besides,  the  mere  fact  of  De  Lorme's 
going  did  not  stop  continued  requests 
from  the  field  to  that  address.  So  the 
non-theatrical  department  was  kept  go- 
ing, now  in  charge  of  Catherine  F.  Carter. 
Mrs.  Carter  was  an  excellent  choice.  She 
was  one  who  had  caught  the  idea  of  im- 
proving small  opportunities  as  the  secret 
of  success,  and  she  now  worked  at  this 
new  opportunity  with  all  of  the  self- 
denial  and  surrounding  discipline  of  a 
stern  old  soldier. 

Although,  with  the  ultimate  and  in- 
evitable fall  of  General  Film,  it  was  out 
of  the  question  to  expect  this  depart- 
ment to  go  on  independently,  Mrs.  Carter 
did  succeed,  in  the  comparatively  short 
time  remaining,  in  developing  a  sufficient 
number  of  personal  contacts  and  enough 


Dr.  Henry  Marcus  Leipziger  did  his 
memorable  work  in  the  cause  of  adult 
education.  Visual  teaching  in  New 
York's  public  schools  was  greatly 
aided  by  the  machinery  he  established. 

confidence  in  her  ability  to  serve  customers, 
so  that,  when  the  end  did  come,  she  was 
able  to  start  a  little  non-theatrical  busi- 
ness of  her  own.  Her  office  was  opened 
in  the  nearest  structure  where  tenants 
were  permitted  to  traffic  in  celluloid,  the 
now  familiar  Masonic  Temple  Building. 

A  Business  for  W.\i.ter  Yorke 
While  Walter  Yorke  was  pondering 
on  these  things  and  many  more,  a  man 
named  Borthwick,  a  successful  salesman 
of  asbestos  products,  had  come  impul- 
sively into  the  business.  Borthwick's 
Christian  name,  Lincoln,  would  not  call 
for  comment  if  he  had  not  had  a  brother 
named  James  Garfield  and  another,  rumor 
had  it,  named  William  McKinley,  making 
the  trio  of  assassination  complete. 

Borthwick  had  been  visiting  casually 
around  Yorke's  workshop,  probably  try- 
ing to  sell  asbestos  booths  or  materials 
for  them,  when  it  occurred  to  him  that 


here  was  an  opportunity  for  a  nice  little 
business  of  another  sort.  Yorke,  being 
more  substantially  of  the  same  mind, 
agreed,  but  pointed  out  the  difficulty  of 
obtaining  new  pictures.  Borthwick  re- 
plied that  that  was  no  problem  at  all 
as,  in  his  travels,  he  could  easily  pick 
up  all  that  might  be  required.  He  was 
so  persuasive  that  finally  Walter  Yorke 
gave  him  a  sum  of  money  with  which 
to  purchase  a  supply.  Borthwick  there- 
upon went  oflf,  and  for  several  months 
Yorke  heard  nothing  from  him.  But 
Borthwick,  despite  his  silence,  was  doing 
a  highly  constructive  piece  of  work. 

He  was  in  Canada,  and  he  had  learned 
that,  for  some  reason  or  other  (  a  ques- 
tion of  customs  duty,  no  doubt),  the 
Paramount  branch  operating  in  the  Do- 
minion was  disposing  of  a  large  number 
of  unused  reels.  He  acted  quickly  and 
bought  them  in.  They  really  were  an 
excellent  lot ;  but  the  deal  was  a  risky 
one  for  Paramount  to  permit  because  of 
possible  complications  over  the  specific 
ownership  of  non-theatrical  rights.  Para- 
mount never  sold  any  more  that  way 
again.  But  Paramount  had  done  it  this 
time.  So  Borthwick  arrived  in  New 
York  with  his  treasure;  and  he  and 
Walter  Yorke  promptly  formed  a  part- 
nership to  market  it.  They  called  their 
concern  Edited  Pictures  System.  Zehrung 
was  willing  to  reduce  his  own  rent  by 
sharing  his  quarters  in  the  Masonic 
Temple  Building,  so  Edited  Pictures 
System  began  there. 

That  this  arrangement  with  the 
Y.M.C.A.  lasted  as  long  as  it  did  was 
a  tribute  to  the  excellent  characters  of 
both  Yorke  and  Zehrung.  That  it  could 
not  go  on  indefinitely  was  apparent  to 
even  casual  observers,  because  the  re- 
spective business  purposes  of  Yorke  and 
Zehrung  were  essentially  opposed.  The 
former  sought  to  rent  his  films  in  a 
period  when  rental  was  by  no  means  a 
popular  way  to  obtain  them;  the  latter 
offered  his  reels  free  of  charge  save 
that  the  user  had  to  pay  for  carriagre. 
Zehrung's  plan  was  supported  by  indus- 
trial concerns  anxious  to  secure  distri- 
bution of  their  propaganda  films,  giving 
the  Y.M.C.A.  the  requisite  number  of 
prints  and  paying— at  that  more  liberal 
time — $25  per  reel  annually  for  inspec- 
tion and  storage  expenses.  The  pictures 
were  sent  not  only  to  Y.M.C.A.'s  but 
to  churches,  clubs,  welfare  organizations 
and  virtually  all  of  the  other  groups 
from  which  Yorke  hoped  to  gain  revenue. 

The  upshot  was  that,  about  1923, 
George  Zehrung  and  his  outfit  moved 
uptown  again,  this  time  to  share  less 
prejudicial  quarters  with  the  Motion 
Picture  Bureau  of  the  Western  Electric 
Company,  in  41st  Street.  I  am  glad  to 
report,  however,  that  Walter  Yorke  and 
George  Zehrung  remain  friends. 

The  separation  did  not  involve  Borth- 
wick. Some  little  time  before  it  came 
poor  Borthwick  had  died.  He  had  been 
in  ill  health  for  many  months  and,  during 
his  retirement  from  business,  Yorke  had 
managed  to  buy  out  his  share  in  Edited 
Pictures.  In  fact.  Borthwick  was  still 
living  and  Zehrung  was  still  a  joint 
tenant  when  Yorke  contemplated  another 
association,  the  long-to-be-sustained  one 
with   Dr.    Ilsley   Boone. 


Page    156 


The  Educational  Screen 


Boone,  and  another  impressive  gentle- 
man, with  a  beribboned  pinc-nez,  named 
Dr.  Carl  T.  Pierce,  who  was  a  vice- 
president  of  Urban's  Kineto  Company, 
had  some  office  space  of  their  own 
in  the  Masonic  Temple  Building.  As 
trained  educators  and  able  promoters 
they  had  won  an  exceedingly  attractive 
non-theatrical  prize,  namely  the  contract 
to  supply  pedagogical  motion  pictures  to 
the  New  York  City  schools.  A  little 
poetic  justice  lay  in  this,  too,  for  in 
Kleine's  catalogue  submitted  to  the  New 
York  Board  of  Education  in  1910,  the 
stronger  educational  items  had  come 
from  Urban.  In  the  interest  of  present 
clarity,  and  to  prepare  for  discussion 
later,  it  is  important  here  to  sketch  the 
circumstances  in  which  this  present  con- 
tract was  awarded. 

The  Director  of  Visual  Education  for 
the  New  York  City  school  system — an 
office  recently  established — was  E.  E. 
Crandall.  The  country  as  a  whole  had 
just  been  swept  by  a  great  impluse  to 
use  films  in  the  classroom  and,  in  the 
spring  of  1922,  Dr.  Crandall,  a  little 
envious,  perhaps,  of  visual  education 
centers  developing  in  Chicago  and  Wash- 
ington, had  become  president  of  a  Man- 
hattan group  calling  itself  the  Visual 
Instruction  Association  of  America.  In 
this  organization,  Rowland  Rogers, 
largely  by  virtue  of  his  recent  exper- 
iences as  editor  of  an  educational  reel 
lately  circulated  in  theatres,  was  chair- 
man   of    the     Curriculum     Committee. 

Rogers,  incidentally,  had  rented  office 
space  from  Boone.  Here,  obviously,  was 
a  situation  out  of  which  a  carefully 
adapted  commercial  group  might  make 
money  by  supplying  the  film  needed. 
Boone  became  the  visible  representative 
of  the  idea  and,  requiring  a  company 
status  to  make  a  contract  with  the  City, 
formed  a  close  organization  called 
Argonaut  Pictures.  As  far  as  I  know, 
it  was  not  a  resurrection  of  the  Argo- 
naut Flms,  Inc.,  announced  in  October, 
1916,  the  principals  of  which  were  Oscar 
A.  C.  Lund,  William  H.  G.  Wyndham- 
Martyn  and  H.  G.  Crosby,  especially  as 
the  last-named  group  had  been  capitalized 
for  $250,000.  Boone  was  still  seeking 
capital,  and  employed  for  general  pro- 
motion of  that  sort,  one  Dr.  Russell,  a 
Baptist  minister  from  Syracuse. 

What  this  pedagogical  Argonaut  also 
did  not  have  worked  out  were  the  not 
inconsiderable  details  of  where  the  films 
were  coming  from  and  of  their  physical 
handling.  But  Boone,  being  a  resource- 
ful person,  looked  around  and  saw  Walter 
Yorke  as  the  very  man  to  fill  the  gap. 
Walter  was  agreeable  because  it  meant 
a  profitable  outlet  for  his  wares  and 
services ;  so  Boone  and  Argonaut,  being 
richer  in  ideas  and  contracts  than  in 
funds,  brought  theii*  belongings  to  a 
larger  office  space  at  Edited  Pictures. 

I  knew  Boone  very  well  indeed,  and, 
in  common  with  a  great  many  others, 
genuinely  liked  him.  He  was  reserve 
pastor  of  the  Ponds  Reformed  Church 
in  the  little  New  Jersey  community  of 
Oakland.  He  had  been  connected  with 
the  Nassau  County  Welfare  Board  and 
the  Rockefeller  Interchurch  World  Move- 
ment, and  had  had  some  editorial  ex- 
perience    with     a     religious     publishing 


house.  He  knew  a  great  deal,  too,  about 
prevailing  teaching  methods  in  the  grade 
schools.  With  assurance  and  ease  he  could 
converse  on  terms  of  complete  equality 
with  either  ministers  or  school  officials. 
Also,  he  could  show  Yorke  what  to  pro- 
vide and  what  to  omit  in  his  classroom 
subjects.  Altogether  he  was  an  excellent 
man  for  an  unassuming  non-theatrical 
distributor  to  have  around. 

The  relationship  of  Boone  and  Yorke 
lent  many  an  interesting  sidelight  on  the 
latter's  character.  Yorke  never  changed 
his  attitude  towards  the  business  from 
the  time  when  he  experimentally  juggled 
film  cans  for  the  Y.M.C..\.  When  he 
came  to  head  his  own  enterprise  and 
stand  among  the  few  consistently  sub- 
stantial figures  in  the  entire  non- 
theatrical  field,  he  still  was  to  be  found 
by  unsuspecting  strangers,  working  in 
the  vaults  and  at  the  cutting-tables, 
completely  and  sincerely  deferential  to 
his  humblest  customers.  I  never  have 
met  a  man  so  lacking  in  affectation  in  a 
business  where  affectation  is  a  prevail- 
ing vice. 

If  one  came  in  asking  for  the  head  of 
the  establishment,  Yorke  invariably  then 
referred  him  to  Boone — if  Boone  was  in. 
He  felt  that  he  could  be  a  better  judge 
of  values  by  remaining  an  observer  and 
by  attending  to  his  own  department  of 
the  business.  There  is  an  amusing  story 
about  that.  A  gentleman  who  had  long  dealt 
with  Edited  Pictures,  without  knowing 
much  about  its  personnel,  once  stopped 
on  his  way  out  and,  putting  his  hand 
on  Walter's  shoulder  said  confidentially: 
"I've  just  been  talking  to  the  boss  about 
how  efficient  you  are.  He  said  some 
complimentary  things  about  you,  and  I 
wouldn't  be  surprised  if  he  gives  you 
a  raise.^  Walter  just  thanked  him 
earnestly,  and  said  nothing  about  it  to 
anyone.  The  incident  became  known 
only  because  there  was  a  witness. 

There  were  various  assistants  in  the 
place.  There  was  the  kindly  and  willing 
man-of-all  work,  Emil  Eppright.  There 
was  Boone's  daughter,  doing  typing. 
There  was  Freddie,  the  film  boy  for 
George  Zehrung  during  his  tenancy.  Two 
women  working  variously  for  Yorke  and 
Zehrung,  sat  at  the  film  inspection  tables. 
But,  above  all,  there  was  Madge 
Brotherton.  She  had  general  charge  of 
the  front  office.  Miss  Brotherton  had 
been  with  General  Film  while  De  Lorme 


f^ext  Month 

June  brings  the  tenth  install- 
nnent  of  "Motion  Pictures  — 
Not  For  Theatres."  The  Farm 
Bureau  Federation  establishes 
its  own  non-theatrical  circuit; 
Educational  Pictures,  Inc.,  is 
formed  by  Earle  Mammons,  but 
capitulates  to  the  public  pref- 
erence for  slapstick  comedies; 
and  Watterson  Rothacker  sets 
up  the  first  company  exclu- 
sively to  produce  pictures  for 
deserving  non-theatrical  clients. 


was  working  out  his  non-theatrical  plans; 
she  had  been  with  Community  Service; 
she  had  seen  this  field  grow  from  the 
beginning. 

An  attractive,  highly  intelligent  girl, 
with  plenty  of  spirit,  she  had  seen  so 
iTiuch  imcompetence,  bluff  and  general 
dishonesty  in  various  phases  of  this  fan- 
tastic motion  picture  industry,  that  she 
particularly  prized  the  genuine,  practical 
unassuming  character  of  Walter  Yorke. 
About  1927,  Walter  Yorke  and  Madge 
Brotherton  were  married.  For  the  in- 
crease of  the  happiness  which  they  have 
known  bountifully  since,  I  wish  with  all 
my  heart  that  the  union  might  have  been 
much   earlier. 

The  association  of  Yorke  and  Boone 
to  serve  the  New  York  City  school 
system  was  based  on  something  more 
than  a  contract  and  a  mere  premonition 
that  the  work  would  become  profitable. 
The  possibilities  had  been  somewhat  ex- 
plored. George  Kleine's  painstaking 
demonstration  before  the  Board  of  Edu- 
cation in  1910  had  led,  in  1911,  to  suc- 
cessful local  experiments  with  classroom 
films  and  to  Superintendent  Maxwell's 
recommendation  that,  at  the  start  of  the 
next  school  year,  projectors  be  installed 
in  educational  institutions  throughout  the 
City.  In  the  autumn  of  1912  the  Brooklyn 
Teachers'  Association  had  conducted 
further  tests  and,  sporadically  during  the 
War  period  and  in  the  few  years  im- 
mediately thereafter,  those  favorable 
findings  had  been  confirmed. 

Leipziger  Paves  the  Way 

Even  the  system  for  handling  the  films 
had  been  organized  to  a  surprising  de- 
gree, although  not  with  the  express  in- 
tention of  providing  them  to  classrooms. 
The  person  who  had  done  this  was  the 
extraordinary  Dr.  Henry  M.  Leipziger, 
supervisor  of  the  Free  Lecture  Bureau 
of  the  New  York  City  Board  of  Educa- 
tion from  1889  until  December  1,  1917, 
when  he  died. 

The  Bureau  existed  to  provide  adult, 
popular  education  from  the  lecture  plat- 
form, using  school  auditoriums  after 
school  hours,  and  presenting  competent 
speakers  who  were  either  willing  to  donate 
their  services  or  to  give  them  for  nomin- 
al sums  representing  their  expenses.  The 
plan  had  been  instituted  with  apparent 
success  in  1888,  at  the  suggestion  of  the 
New  York  World;  but  attendance  fall- 
ing off  during  the  second  year  in  the 
six  schools  used  for  the  experiment. 
Miles  O'Brien,  Commissioner  of  Educa- 
tion, appointed  Leipziger. 

Leipziger  was  then  a  man  of  about 
thirty-six  years  of  age.  He  had  been 
born  in  Manchester,  an  English  Jew, 
coming  to  America  at  the  age  of  eleven. 
He  had  been  educated  in  the  New  York 
City  public  schools  and,  in  1872.  had 
become  a  teacher  there.  He  studied  law 
and  was  admitted  to  the  bar  in  1875 ;  but 
he  never  practiced,  continuing  as  a 
teacher  until  about  1880,  when  an  attack 
of  consumption  obliged  his  resignation. 
As  his  health  then  slowly  responded 
to  remedial  treatment,  he  was  made  the 
head  of  the  newly-formed  Hebrew 
Technical  Institute,  where  he  speedily 
showed  his  administrative  genius. 
(To  be  continued) 


May,   J 939 


Page   157 


Evaluation  of  Still  Pictures  for 
Instructional  Use  -  Pan  iii 


By     LELIA    TROLINGER 

Secretary.  Bureau  of  Visual  Insfruction 
University  of  Colorado,  Boulder,  Colo. 


IT  is  highly  improbable  that  many 
teacliers  will  take  the  trouble  to 
grade  eacli  picture  used  by  assigning 
values  for  the  various  qualities.  After  a 
few  have  been  graded,  it  is  much  more 
likely  that  they  will  hastily  check  to  see 
if  most  of  the  qualities  are  average  or 
above,  and  judge  the  picture  as  a  whole 
on  that  basis.  The  chief  value  of  the  score 
card  is  probably  in  its  power  of  sug- 
gestion to  a  teacher  who  is  interested. 
Many  teachers  unconsciously  consider  a 
number  of  the  qualities  listed  on  the 
score  card  when  they  select  a  picture. 
However,  some  of  the  most  important 
qualities  may  have  been  overlooked.  This 
score  card  merely  suggests  the  criteria 
which  a  teacher  may  use  in  selecting 
pictures  for  use  in  the  classroom,  and 
adds  values  which  represent  what  ex- 
perts in  the  field  of  visual  instruction 
have  indicated  as  appropriate.  In  the 
distribution  of  points  to  indicate  value 
lies  the  superiority  of  the  score  card 
over  a  check  list  without  numerical 
values.  The  fact  that  experts  judge 
truthfulness  as  more  than  twice  as  im- 
portant as  color  in  a  picture  may  be  of 
interest  and  value  to  teachers.  Whether 
the  teacher  uses  the  scorecard  to  grade 
each  picture,  taking  each  quality  separ- 
ately, or  whether  she  merely  estimates  the 
value  of  the  picture  after  becoming 
familiar  with  the  various  criteria  de- 
pends upon  individual  habits.  The  im- 
portant thing  is  that  she  will  probably 
take  more  qualities  into  consideration 
than  she  would  have  done  if  she  had 
never   seen   the   score   card. 

Overview  of  Plan  of  Procedure 

The  first  consideration  in  planning 
the  experiment  was  how  to  set  up  an 
experiment  which  would  prove  to  be 
reliable  and  valid,  and  which  would 
indicate  whether  or  not  the  score  card 
had  value  in  aiding  teachers  to  select 
pictures  for  classroom  use.  It  was  evi- 
dent that  there  would  have  to  be  a 
comparison  of  grades  given  to  pictures 
both  without  and  with  the  score  card, 
but  that  would  prove  nothing  unless 
some  means  could  be  found  to  arrive  at 
a  standard  which  could  be  used  as  a 
basis  of  measurement.  After  considera- 
tion of  ways  and  means,  the  judges 
who  had  assisted  in  the  information  of 
the  score  card  were  asked  to  help  again 
by  evaluation  of  a  group  of  pictures. 
Then  using  the  same  pictures,  with 
those  evaluations  as  a  basis,  compari- 
sons were  made  with  the  grades  g^ven  to 
the  pictures  by  teachers  and  students,  first 


Third  and  concluding  article  of  series  begun  in 
March.  The  three,  including  all  supplementary 
material  and  cuts  of  the  twenty  pictures  used  in 
the  study,  will  be  ready  in  reprint  form  in  June. 


without  and  then  with  the  score  card, 
to  see  if  any  noticeable  improvement 
resulted. 

Selection  of  a  Unit  of  Study  for 
Reference 

Since  the  value  of  a  picture  depends 
greatly  upon  where  it  is  to  be  used  and 
in  what  connection,  it  was  necessary 
to  select  a  unit  of  study  for  reference, 
and  also  to  designate  the  grade  level. 
Through  the  courtesy  of  the  Denver 
Public  Schools,  permission  was  given 
to  use  a  portion  of  their  course  of 
study.  The  unit  chosen  was  selected  for 
two  or  three  reasons.  From  a  practical 
standpoint,  one  had  to  be  selected  for 
which  pictures  would  be  available.  Also 
it  was  thought  wise  to  select  one  which 
would  have  general  interest,  since  it 
was  planned  to  have  data  supplied 
from  as  widespread  area  of  the  United 
States  as  was  possible.  Regional  in- 
terest also  played  a  part  in  the  selec- 
tion. The  unit  finally  chosen  was  one 
on  the  American  Indians.  This  subject 
seems  to  be  of  almost  nationwide  in- 
terest, and  most  courses  of  study  in- 
clude one  or  more  units  on  the  Indians 
during  the  elementary  school  course.  In 
the  Denver  course  of  study,  four  units 
are  offered  in  the  third  grade  on  the 
American  Indians.  One  was  sufficient 
for  this  study,  and  the  one  dealing  with 
the  Indians  of  the  Southwest  was  se- 
lected. Topics  emphasized  in  that  unit 
are  food,  clothing,  shelter,  art  and  re- 
ligion. 

Since  teachers  in  eastern  states  might 
be  unfamiliar  with  the  background,  the 
habits,  and  characteristics  of  the 
Indians  of  the  Southwest,  a  short  sum- 
mary of  the  information  given  in  the 
bibliography  of  the  course  of  study  for 
that  unit  was  made.  One  or  two  refer- 
ences were  included  in  the  reading  for 
that  factual  background  for  the  teachers 
who  were  to  take  part  in  the  experi- 
ment. This  factual  background  given 
as  a  basis  for  the  material  to  be  pre- 
sented in  the  unit  also  insured  to  some 
degree  a  more  uniform  consideration  of 
the  pictures.  Copies  of  the  unit  and 
also  of  the  factual  background  are 
given  in  the  appendix. 

Selecting  the  Pictures 

The  selection  of  the  pictures*  was 
more  or  less  a  subjective  matter.  The 


•All  tw»nty  pictorca  us«d  in  the  rxperfanent 
will  tw  reproduccM)  in  the  complete  reprint,  to- 
scethor  with  much  material  necessarily  omitted 
in  these  installments,  plug  apiiendices.  biliio- 
craphies.  etc.  The  reprint  (Price  50  cenU)  will 
be  ready  June  1st.  1989. 


writer  felt  that  it  would  be  wise  to 
include  a  few  pictures  on  which  there 
would  be  relative  uniformity  of  opinion. 
Hence  several  excellent  pictures  were 
chosen.  A  few  were  selected  because  they 
were  definitely  poor  in  quality.  In  fact, 
some  were  so  poor  that  it  is  a  question 
whether  a  teacher  would  ever  be  justi- 
fied in  using  them.  Some  of  them  show 
practically  every  quality  which  good 
pictures  should  not  have :  hazy,  inartis- 
tic, underexposed,  fuzzy  in  outline,  poor 
selection  of  finish  and  paper,  no  sug- 
gestion of  relative  size,  inappropriate 
to  age-level,  etc.*  Some  of  the  pictures 
were  chosen  because  they  were  good 
for  some  teaching  situations  but  were 
questionable  for  the  unit  used  in  the 
experiment.  In  general,  an  attempt  was 
made  to  select  the  pictures  so  that  some 
were  good,  some  fair,  some  bad  and 
some  very  bad.  A  truly  excellent  pic- 
ture is  likely  to  be  judged  that  by  all 
studying  it,  but  it  takes  a  poor  picture 
to  determine  discrimination.  A  strong 
argument  for  the  need  of  definite  stand- 
ards is  the  general  acceptance  by  so 
many  teachers  of  these  exceedingly  poor 
pictures  as  valuable  aids. 

The  final  evaluation  of  the  pictures 
was  of  course  dependent  upon  the  judg- 
ment of  the  experimenters.  However, 
an  Extension  class  in  visual  aids,  com- 
posed of  experienced  teachers,  was  in 
progress  at  the  time  the  pictures  were 
being  selected.  Lantern  slides  of  about 
a  hundred  Indian  subjects  were  avail- 
able for  which  there  was  access  to  the 
negatives.  These  were  shown  on  the 
screen  and  the  teachers  were  asked  to 
select  a  group  which  they  considered 
worth  using,  another  which  were  con- 
sidered excellent,  and  a  third  which 
would  be  of  no  value.  In  the  process 
of  elimination,  the  group  of  some 
twenty-five  or  thirty  finally  were  select- 
ed from  the  hundred.  From  that  group, 
after  removing  those  which  were  to  a 
certain  extent  duplications,  seventeen 
pictures  were  selected.  Two  railroad 
companies,  the  Atchison.  Topeka  and 
Santa  Fe,  and  the  Denver  and  Rio 
Grande  Western,  had  offered  to  make 
one  or  two  pictures  for  the  experiment. 
Several  subjects  which  were  not  repre- 
sented in  the  group  selected  from  the 
negatives  belonging  to  the  Bureau  of 
Visual  Instruction  of  the  University  of 
Colorado,  were  listed  and  these  two 
railroad  companies  selected  what  they 
considered  good  prints  of  those  subjects 
and  submitted  them  for  the  experiment. 

When  the  pictures  were  made  from 
the  available  negatives,  through  a  mis- 


Page   158 


The  Educational  Screen 


understanding,  several  were  made  on 
the  wrong  type  of  paper  for  good  photo- 
graphic results.  Five  complete  sets  of 
the  twenty  pictures  were  made  alto- 
gether. In  order  to  make  considerable 
contrast  and  bring  out  certain  qualities 
given  on  the  score  card,  several  of  these 
poorly  printed  pictures  were  retained. 
A  number  of  others  were  made  on  dif- 
ferent paper.  The  prints  made  by  the 
railroad  companies  were  of  a  still  dif- 
ferent finish.  The  result  gave  a  rather 
wide  variation  in  the  pictures.  Some 
which  might  be  classed  as  good  from 
an  instructional  standpoint,  were  poor 
technically  speaking  and  vice  versa. 
This  plan  seemed  advisable  if  discri- 
mination was  to  be  exercised.  The 
number  of  twenty  for  the  group  was 
purely  arbitrary.  More  than  twenty 
seemed  to  make  too  cumbersome  a 
group  to  ask  teachers  to  evaluate. 
Fewer  than  twenty  might  have  been 
criticised  because  of  the  lack  of  variety 
in  subject-matter.  Actually  in  teaching 
the  unit,  many  teachers  during  the  three 
to  five  weeks  usually  given  to  the  sub- 
ject would  use  from  twenty  to  forty 
pictures.  Others  might  use  fewer. 
Twenty  seemed  to  be  a  usable  group 
which  would  be  free  from  severe  criti- 
cisms from  either  angle. 

The  pictures  were  numbered  by 
chance,  and  following  the  title,  a  short 
descriptive  paragraph  was  typed  on  the 
back  of  the  picture.  The  first  form 
made  definite  suggestions  as  to  grade 
placement  depending  upon  the  judgment 
of  the  subject  doing  the  work  as  to 
the  excellence  of  the  picture.  Teachers 
were  asked  to  consider  90 — 100  as  ex- 
cellent; 80-89  as  good,  70—78  as  fair, 
60 — 69  as  poor,  and  below  60  as  very 
poor  or  of  little  value,  discriminating 
as  much  as  possible  within  those  gradu- 
ations of  those  which  might  be  termed 
good,  excellent  or  fair.  Without  these 
suggestions,  it  was  feared  that  the  term 
"good"  might  mean  seventy  to  one  and 
ninety  to  another.  The  pictures  were 
numbered  and  a  number  corresponding 
to  the  number  on  the  picture  was  pro- 
vided for  the  grade  of  that  picture. 
Instructions   for    Grading   the   Pictures 

In  order  to  make  the  experiment  as 
objective  as  possible,  care  was  taken 
to  make  the  instructions  for  the  persons 
grading  the  pictures  clear  and  concise. 
Certain  data  had  to  be  explicit,  hence 
the  first  instruction  sheet  included  a 
number  of  statements  which  could  be 
checked  for  that  information.  Besides 
the  general  results,  a  comparison  of 
the  grades  given  by  experienced 
teachers,  with  several  years  actual 
classroom  teaching,  by  inexperienced 
teachers,  and  by  teachers  who  had  some 
training  with  visual  instruction  proced- 
ure, seemed  advisable  and  offered  op- 
portunity for  interesting  contrast.  Pro- 
vision was  made  on  the  first  instruc- 
tion sheet  for  these  and  other  data 
which   made  comparison   possible. 

The  second  instruction  sheet  which 
accompanied  the  score  cards  was  brief 
since  more  of  the  detailed  information 
was  included  on  the  first  sheet.  It  did 
explain  the  method  of  use  of  the  score 
card    and    contained    blanks    for    tabu- 


lating each  specific  quality  listed  on  the 
score  card. 

A  letter  was  sent  to  those  who  were 
to  conduct  the  experiment,  giving  full 
instructions  for  the  procedure.  Along 
with  these  instructions  and  the  pictures 
were  sent  also  the  second  instruction 
sheets  and  the  score  card  for  the  second 
part  of  the  experiment.  Returns  from 
the  first  one  or  two  groups  indicated 
that  there  was  confusion  about  two  points, 
so  an  addendum  was  made  to  clear  these 
points.  Those  who  had  misunderstood 
were  given  a  chance  to  correct  that 
misunderstanding.  Apparently  with 
that  correction,  the  instructions  were 
clear  since  later  the  teachers  seemed 
to  have  no  difficulty  in  completing  the 
forms.  Of  course  a  few  evaluations 
were  incomplete  or  mis-read,  but  in 
general  the  returns  which  had  to  be 
discarded  were  few  in  comparison  with 
the  total  group  which  assisted  in  the 
experiment.  In  the  experiment  proper 
238  returns  were  used  and  53  discarded 
because  they  were  incomplete. 

When  the  pictures  and  the  tabulation 
forms  weie  ready  and  a  suitable  letter 
prepared,  the  questionnaires  of  those 
who  had  helped  to  make  the  score  card 
were  checked.  Those  judges  who  had 
participated  in  making  the  score  card 
and  also  had  consented  to  aid  in  the 
experiment  were  listed.  There  was  no 
special  order  in  the  list.  It  was  more 
or  less  in  the  order  in  which  their 
letters  had  been  received  and  filed. 
Some  judges  had  indicated  that  they 
could  aid  by  having  teachers  or  stu- 
dents in  classes  in  education  grade  the 
pictures  ;  others  were  willing  to  grade 
the  pictures  themselves  but  had  no 
facilities  for  helping  beyond  that.  The 
two  groups  were  listed  separately  and 
letters  were  written,  to  two  or  three  at 
a  time,  asking  them  when  it  would  be 
most  convenient  for  them  to  render  the 
aid  that  they  had  promised.  The  dif- 
ferent sets  of  pictures  were  then  booked 
to  these  judges  who  were  evaluating  the 
pictures  themselves  or  having  it  done 
by  groups  of  students  or  teachers,  as 
fast  as  the  limited  number  of  sets  of 
pictures  could  be  scheduled.  With  each 
shipment  of  pictures,  went  a  form  letter 
to  the  judge  with  full  instructions  for 
his  part  of  the  work ;  enough  forms  of 
both  the  first  and  the  second  part  to 
accommodate  the  number  of  persons  he 
had  indicated  would  help  him  when  he 
suggested  the  dates  for  his  part  of  the 
work;  the  same  number  of  factual  back- 
grounds, outlines  and  score  cards.  The 
judge  was  asked  to  let  at  least  four 
days  elapse  between  the  first  and  the 
second  part  of  the  experiment,  and 
those  aiding  were  asked  to  refrain 
from  a  discussion  of  the  experiment 
until  the  second  part  was  finished. 
While  no  check  was  made  on  the  man- 
ner in  which  the  judges  actually  con- 
ducted the  work,  the  high  caliber  of  the 
men  and  women  who  were  assisting 
and  their  interest  in  the  work,  would 
insure  an  honest  and  careful  attempt 
to  carry  out  the  instructions  in  the  most 
scientific   manner. 

When  the  tests  were  completed,  the 
two  forms  of  each  person  participating, 


the  pictures  and  any  otiier  data  which 
they  did  not  care  to  keep,  were  returned 
to  the  writer  and  placed  on  file  in  the 
order  in  which  they  were  received. 
During  the  summer  school,  evaluations 
were  made  by  classes  in  visual  aids 
and  other  related  subjects  taught  by  the 
writer.  These  classes  were  composed  of 
teachers  from  many  sections  of  the 
United  States.  Several  classes  during 
the  school  year  at  the  University  of 
Colorado  were  given  a  chance  to  assist, 
and  since  most  of  these  were  prospec- 
tive teachers,  it  gave  a  further  cross- 
section  of  ability. 

The  collection  of  the  actual  data  was 
begun  in  the  fall  of  1935,  continued 
through  that  school  year,  was  carried 
on  during  the  summer  of  1936  as  exten- 
sively as  could  be  done,  and  was  con- 
tinued in  the  school  year  of  1936-37  to 
about  the  first  of  January,  1937.  .\  few 
reports  from  judges  were  received  after 
that  date,  but  the  student-teacher  eval- 
uations were  completed  in  January  for 
the  experiment   proper. 

Teachers  who  are  interested  in  com- 
paring their  estimates  of  the  pictures 
with  those  the  judges  and  experiments, 
will  find  a  complete  summary  of  the 
grades,  including  the  means  which  were 
not  actually  used  in  the  report  of  the 
study,  in  Table  III.* 

Scope  of  Data 

Sixty-seven  questionnaires  were  sent 
to  national,  state,  city  and  county  of- 
ficials to  secure  the  data  for  the  score 
card.  Of  the  thirty-five  who  returned 
the  questionnaire  in  time  to  be  used, 
thirty-three  indicated  that  they  would 
be  willing  to  help  again  in  grading  the 
pictures  if  an  experiment  was  under- 
taken. When  the  pictures  and  forms 
were  ready  for  the  experiment,  letters 
were  written  to  these  thirty-three,  stat- 
ing that  the  preparatory  work  was  com- 
pleted and  asking  them  when  they  could 
carry  out  their  part  of  the  experiment 
most  conveniently.  Because  of  changes 
during  the  lapse  of  time  between  their 
first  help  and  the  request  for  the  second 
part,  several  found  it  impossible  to  aid 
further.  One  or  two  judges'  data  sheets 
had  to  be  discarded  because  they  were 
incomplete  or  did  not  follow  the  out- 
lined plan.  Nineteen  judges  contribut- 
ed to  the  picture  scores  which  were 
taken  as  the  basis  of  comparison. 
Teacher  and  student  returns  numbered 
291,  but  of  this  group  S3  were  incom- 
plete and  were  discarded.  While  the 
number  of  judges  who  assisted  was 
small,  the  geographic  distribution  of  the 
total  number  of  those  who  took  part, 
including  the  judges,  was  national  in 
scope.  Twenty-eight  states,  from  Rhode 
Island  to  California,  from  Minnesota 
to  Florida,  were  represented  in  the  final 
collection  of  data. 

Possible  Causes  for  Unusual  Variation 
in  the  Grades  Given  to  the  Pictures 
A  few  extreme  cases  appeared  in  the 
grades  given  the  pictures  by  both  the 
judges  and  the  teacher-student  group. 
To  minimize  the  effect  of  these  ex- 
treme cases,  the  median  (see  appendix) 


•Table   III    will    appear    in    the   reprint. 


May,   19)9 


Page    159 


of  the  scores  was  chosen  as  the  measure 
of  central  tendency.  The  great  varia- 
tion may  have  been  due  in  part  to  in- 
dividual likes  and  dislikes.  The  emo- 
tional reaction  to  pictures  is  likely  to 
he  more  pronounced  than  it  is  to  the 
printed  page.  Pictures  which  create  a 
favorable  reaction  on  one  person  may 
have  the  opposite  effect  on  another  if 
the  latter  has  not  had  sufficient  prepa- 
ration for  them.  The  reaction  of 
teachers  who  had  little  or  no  previous 
knowledge  or  interest  in  Indian  culture 
and  Indian  life,  despite  the  factual 
background  which  was  given  to  each 
person  helping  with  the  experiment, 
would  not  be  the  same  as  that  of  a 
teacher  who  had  a  richer  background 
for  the  subject. 

The  unit  for  which  the  pictures  had 
been  selected  was  a  third  grade  project. 
Only  a  fractional  part  of  those  partici- 
pating in  the  experiment  were  third 
grade  teachers.  Naturally  the  reaction 
of  the  third  grade  teachers  differed 
from  that  of  teachers  of  advanced 
grades,  high  school,  or  of  principals  and 
superintendents.  High  school  teachers, 
when  attempting  to  evaluate  the  pic- 
tures for  the  third  grade  level,  often 
expressed  a  doubt  concerning  their  de- 
cisions even  when  the  age  level  was 
consciously  considered. 

Also  different  standards  for  grading 
contributed  undoubtedly  to  the  varia- 
tions on  the  grades.  To  one  person  the 
numerical  score  of  a  good  picture  may 
be  ninety;  to  another  it  may  be  eighty; 
while  to  a  third  it  may  be  seventy-five. 
Scores  for  pictures  are  not  unique  in 
this  respect.  Tests  have  shown  that  in 
as  concrete  a  subject  as  arithmetic,  the 
same  paper  when  graded  by  different 
teachers  may  vary  almost  from  zero  to 
a  hundred  when  graded  on  a  percentage 
basis.  The  same  thing  happened  in  this 
experiment.  One  hundred  points  repre- 
sents a  perfect  score.  Yet  grades  for 
a  specific  picture  had  a  range  in  some 
cases  of  almost  a  hundred. 

Rank   CorreUtions 

Most  teachers,  however,  despite  vari- 
ation in  standards  for  grading  do  make 
comparisons  of  one  paper  or  picture 
with  another  when  evaluation  of  a 
group  is  being  made.  That  is,  if  one 
picture  is  graded  eighty,  one  which  is 
considered  just  a  little  better  is  graded 
eighty-one,  eighty-two,  or  eighty-five. 
This  difTerentiation  is  even  more  pro- 
nounced when  a  number  of  qualities  are 
considered.  Evidence  of  this,  statistic- 
ally speaking,  was  the  fact  that  in 
general  the  quartile  deviation  for  the 
scores  with  the  score  card  was  greater 
than  it  was  without  the  score  card.  Be- 
cause of  the  tendency  to  base  grades 
more  or  less  upon  comparisons  between 
pictures  or  qualities,  the  calculation  of 
ranks  of  the  pictures  was  selected  as  a 
straightforward  method  which  would 
give  greatest  reliability  to  the  conclu- 
sions. 

The  pictures  were  ranked  according 
to  the  scores  given  by  the  medians  of 
the  judges.  Then  ranks  were  assigned 
to  the  pictures  based  on  the  scores  of 
the  various  classifications  of  the  teach- 


ers and  students,  both  with  and  without 
the  score  cards.  A  comparison  of 
ranks  gave  a  basis  for  comparison  to 
discover  if  the  score  card  actually  was 
helpful. 

Table  I*  gives  a  complete  summary 
of  the  rank  correlations  of  the  various 
group  classifications.  In  every  case, 
the  correlation  between  the  judges  and 
the  group  under  consideration  was 
greater  with  the  score  card  than  it  was 
without  it.  In  every  case  except  one, 
the  correlation  between  the  judges  and 
the  group  under  consideration  was 
greater  than  it  was  between  the  same 
group  with  and  without  the  score  card. 
The  one  exception  was  in  the  group  of 
teachers  who  taught  on  the  grade  level 
of  the  unit  to  which  the  pictures  were 
referred.  Since  in  many  schools  the  unit 
on  Indian  life  is  given  in  second,  third 
or  fourth  grade,  teachers  who  taught 
in  any  one  of  those  three  grades  were 
grouped  together.  In  that  group,  the 
correlation  between  the  grades  given 
with  and  without  the  score  card  was 
.026  higher  than  was  the  correlation 
between  the  judges  and  the  group  with 
the  score  card.  The  number  of  teachers 
in  this  group  was  relatively  small,  too 
small  to  make  any  conclusions  about  it 
definite,  statistically. 

The  results  of  the  group  which  had 
courses  in  visual  instruction  was  disap- 
pointing. Judging  by  the  rank  correla- 
tion, their  course  had  contributed  little 
to  their  ability  to  judge  pictures  for 
classroom  use.  However,  the  explana- 
tion of  this  lack  of  ability  may  lie  in  the 
fact  that  more  than  half  of  those  re- 
porting that  they  had  had  courses  in 
visual  aids,  reported  also  that  they  were 
students  with  no  teaching  experience. 
They  had  had  no  opportunity  to  test 
their  knowledge  in  a  concrete  situation. 
Part  of  this  same  group  reported  that 
they  had  had  experience  under  a  visual 
instruction  director.  Since  they  had  had 
no  teaching  experience,  except  as  stu- 
dent teachers,  this  lack  of  actual  class- 
room experience  under  a  supervisor 
may  have  affected  that  group  correla- 
tion somewhat  also. 

With  the  exception  of  the  inter-group 
correlation  of  the  second,  third  and 
fourth  grade  teachers,  the  highest  cor- 
relations without  and  with  the  score 
card  with  the  judges  and  within  the 
group,  was  for  those  teachers  who  had 
had  from  one  to  five  years  teaching 
experience.  Again,  however,  this  was 
such  a  small  group  that  conclusions 
cannot  be  drawn  from  it  with  any  de- 
gree of  certainty.  Teacher  training 
institutions  during  the  past  ten  years 
have  placed  much  more  emphasis  upon 
visual  aids  than  was  done  previously 
and  it  is  possible  that  had  a  larger 
number  been  represented  in  this  group 
in  the  experiment,  the  results  would 
have  been  similar.  The  difference  of 
the  rank  correlations  of  those  in  the 
groups  which  had  had  more  than  five 
years  experience  was  so  slight  as  to  be 
Reliability  of  the  Experiment 

In  order  to  check  the  score  card  for 

•Tabic   I   will   appear    in    the   reprint, 
negligible. 


reliability,  a  second  small  experiment 
was  performed  in  the  summer  of  1937. 
In  two  classes  in  summer  school,  the 
teachers  were  asked  to  help  in  the  ex- 
periment. The  object  of  the  experiment 
was  not  explained,  and  no  information 
was  given  in  advance  of  the  method. 
This  time  they  were  given  the  pictures 
with  no  score  card  and  with  all  the 
instructions  which  had  been  given  to 
the  original  group  who  had  helped. 
They  graded  the  pictures  just  as  the 
previous  group  had  done.  After  two 
days,  they  were  given  the  same  pictures, 
the  same  instructions  and  asked  to  re- 
grade  them,  again  with  no  score  card. 
The  following  week  they  were  asked  to 
grade  the  pictures  with  the  score  card, 
and  after  two  or  three  days,  were  again 
asked  to  grade  them  with  the  score 
card.  This  was  done  in  the  attempt  to 
see  whether  or  not  the  correlation  be- 
tween the  same  group  under  the  same 
conditions  would  be  as  great  without 
the  score  card  as  with  it. 

About  ninety  teachers  assisted  during 
the  summer,  but  several  forms  were  not 
complete.  Eighty-one  cases  without  the 
score  card  were  complete.  Eighty  were 
complete  with  the  score  card  with  the  ex- 
ception of  one  picture  in  one  case.  This 
omission  was  not  discovered  until  most 
of  the  data  was  tabulated  so  that  case 
was  included  for  the  other  nineteen 
pictures.  The  teachers  in  the  group 
represented  a  fair  sampling.  Seventeen 
states  were  represented.  Both  gradu- 
ate and  under-graduate  students,  ex- 
perienced and  inexperienced  teachers, 
and  grade  levels  from  kindergarten  to 
public  school  executives,  were  repre- 
sented in  the  group. 

Comparison  of  the  results  was  made 
for  the  two  grades  given  the  pictures, 
both  without  the  score  card  and  with 
the  score  card  by  means  of  the  Pearson 
"r"  (see  Table  H*).  The  correlations 
were  not  high  for  either  group  but  for 
all  except  three  pictures,  that  is  for 
85%  of  the  pictures,  the  correlations 
were  higher  for  the  grades  with  the 
score  card  than  without  it. 

The  pictures  were  then  ranked  just 
as  they  had  been  in  the  first  part  of  the 
experiment,  by  means  of  the  medians. 
The  rank  correlations  were  computed 
and  it  was  found  just  as  in  the  experi- 
ment proper,  the  rank  correlations  were 
higher  with  the  score  card  than  without 
it,  and  also  that  the  correlation  between 
the  judges  and  the  group  with  the  score 
card  was  higher  than  it  was  between 
the  group  itself  without  and  with  the 
score  card  (See  last  part  of  Table  1. 

Present  Status  of  Standards  for 
Judging  Pictures 
In  establishing  standards  for  judg- 
ing pictures,  most  authorities  have  se- 
lected arbitrarily  a  few  qualities  which 
are  desirable  for  an  instructional  pic- 
ture and  have  emphasized  those  particu- 
lar qualities  in  their  writings.  Experi- 
mentation is  very  meager.  Most  of  the 
qualities  seem  to  comply  with  accepted 
laws  of  learning,  but  diflFerentiation  of 
values  of  different  qualities  remain  to 
*Table  II  will  appear  in  the  reprint. 

(Concluded  on  page  178) 


Page   160 


The  Educational  Screen 


AMONG  OURSELVES 

Notes  from  and  by  the  Department  of  Visual  Instruction,  N.E.A. 


Conducted  by  the  Editorial  Committee 

Etta  Schneider,  Chairman 


What  Are  We  Teaching  in  Our  Audio-Visual 
Aids  Courses  This  Summer? 


By  W.  GAYLE  STARNES 

In  Charge  of  Audio-Visual  Aids 
University  of  Kentucky,  Lexington,  Ky. 

SOON  several  thousand  teachers  and  prospective 
teachers  will  enroll  in  summer-session  general 
audio-visual  aids  courses  in  colleges  and  univer- 
sities throughout  the  nation.  What  shall  we  have  to 
offer  them?  Will  the  courses  be  a  study  in  electricity, 
optics,  or  mechanics  of  motion  picture  projection,  de- 
pending upon  the  whims  or  "special  interests"  of  the 
instructors?  Or  will  they  deal  impartially  with  those 
aids  usually  included  in  the  teacher's  syllabus? 

Last  September  a  student  who  had  completed  gen- 
eral courses  in  audio-visual  aids  in  two  of  our  better 
known  universities  enrolled  in  our  institution  as  a 
candidate  for  a  graduate  degree  in  audio-visual  aids. 
On  a  preliminary  examination  he  omitted  several  items 
pertaining  to  the  stereoscope.  He  frankly  admitted  he 
knew  nothing  of  this  mstrument  as  a  teaching  tool. 
This  student  has  an  excellent  record,  both  in  scholar- 
ship and  teaching  experience,  and  it  is  quite  safe  to 
assume  that  had  the  stereoscope  been  discussed  in 
either  of  his  courses,  he  would  have  been  able  at  least 
to  identify  it  as  a  visual  aid. 

A  superintendent  remarked,  after  having  made  an 
"A"  in  a  "general"  course,  "My  time  was  wasted.  All 
we  did  was  sit  in  a  hot,  stuffy  room  and  look  at  motion 
pictures  for  an  hour  and  fifteen  minutes  every  day 
during  the  term." 

Ballyhoo  and  the  spectacular  nature  of  certain  aids 
have  spread  the  erroneous  impression  that  most  other 
visual  aids  have  been  supplanted  as  teaching  tools  by 
the  newer  ones.  A  prominent  high  school  principal 
said  publicly  not  long  ago,  "Our  school  has  kept  up 
to  date  in  the  use  of  audio-visual  aids :  years  ago  we 
used  flat  pictures  and  excursions ;  when  lantern  slides 
became  popular  we  substituted  them  for  the  older  aids ; 
then  we  discarded  the  slides  for  the  silent  motion  pic- 
tures; and  now  we  use  only  sound  motion  pictures." 

It  is  up  to  us  who  believe  in  the  scientific  use  of 
these  materials  as  teaching  tools  to  combat  such  ignor- 
ance. It  is  doubtful  whether  we  shall  ever  be  able 
to  educate  this  principal — he  knows  too  much  already — 
but  we  can  help  his  teachers  and  those  who  will  become 
his  teachers. 

A  director  of  visual  instruction  in  a  city  school  sys- 
tem was  asked  to  submit  a  syllabus  for  a  general  course 


which  might  be  taught  in  the  summer  school  of  a  large 
university.  The  director  included  in  his  outline  those 
topics  generally  accepted  by  authorities  in  the  field.  He 
was  informed  that  he  was  at  least  ten  years  behind  time. 
The  university  wanted  a  teacher  who  was  up  to  date — 
one  who  would  devote  the  course  to  "talkies."  The 
director  did  not  get  the  job. 

Not  long  ago  the  writer  was  called  into  an  emergency 
conference.  A  critic  teacher  in  a  teacher  training  in- 
stitution had  to  be  absent  the  next  day  and  a  student 
teacher  who  had  had  no  previous  experience  was  to 
conduct  a  certain  class.  The  student  teacher,  hurriedly 
selecting  a  film  from  our  catalog,  remarked,  "I  surely 
hope  this  film  is  in,  since  I  have  to  take  charge,"  and 
"Will  it  run  the  full  period  ?"  When  it  was  explained 
as  gently  as  possible  under  the  circumstances  that 
several  hours  of  preparation  on  the  part  of  the  student 
teacher  would  be  necessary  before  the  film  could  be 
used  elTectively,  and  that  she  needed  more  than  ever 
the  supervision  and  guidance  of  the  critic  teacher  when 
a  film  was  to  be  used,  she  began  to  discuss  the  possibili- 
ties of  other  plans — and  when  she  was  informed  the 
running  time  of  the  film  was  eleven  minutes,  the  idea 
of  having  the  film-aided  lesson  was  definitely  discarded. 

Last  semester  a  very  intelligent  looking  young  lady 
enrolled  in  our  general  audio-visual  aids  course.  At 
the  first  class  meeting  the  usual  preliminaries,  including 
a  brief  outline  of  the  course,  were  discussed.  At  the  end 
of  the  period,  the  young  lady  came  to  the  instructor  and 
explained  that  she  had  enrolled  in  the  course  to  learn 
how  to  operate  a  motion  picture  projector  and  that  if 
the  course  included  "philosophy  and  methodology,  I 
don't  want  it.  I  have  had  enough  of  that  in  other  edu- 
cation courses."  She  was  advised  that,  if  after  hearing 
an  explanation  of  the  course  she  still  felt  that  learning 
to  operate  a  motion  picture  projector  was  all  there 
should  be  to  it,  she  should  not  take  the  course,  and  that, 
if  she  would  come  to  the  laboratory  some  afternoon, 
the  boys  would  teach  her  to  operate  the  projector. 

It  is  very  doubtful  whether  students  taking  their 
first  course  in  the  field  should  be  permitted  to  follow 
their  special  interests  to  the  exclusion  of  a  fundamental 
understanding  of  the  general  philosophy  and  techniques 
of  the  use  of  all  the  tools  usually  included  in  the  term 
audio-visual  aids.  It  is  doubtful  whether  students  can 
pursue  their  special  interests  intelligently  without  this 
fundamental  understanding.  Because  those  who  are 
vitally  interested  have  not  spoken  and  written  in  inde- 
finable terms  so  indispensable  to  the  vocabularies  of 
some   educators,   and   because    we   have    not   tried   to 


May,   19}9 


Page    161 


shroud  tlie  use  uf  these  materials  in  mystery,  most 
teachers  think  that  the  only  qualification  necessary  to 
be  called  an  expert  in  the  field  is  the  knowledge  of  how 
to  operate  several  projection  machin\.^.  Therefore,  it  is 
our  duty  to  get  across — if  we  can — in  our  general 
courses  the  idea  that  there  is  more  to  this  audio-visual 
aids  business  than  the  speaker  at  the  education  meet- 
ing was  able  to  tell  in  sixty  minutes. 

We  hasten  to  explain,  lest  some  misconstrue  the  first 
sentence  of  the  preceding  paragraph,  that  we  believe 
students  should  be  permitted  to  make  detailed  studies 
of  their  sptcial  interests.  At  the  University  of  Ken- 
tucky this  is  taken  care  of  by  allowing  students  to  enroll 
in  specialized  and  problems  courses,  ajter  they  have 
successfully  completed  the  general  course. 

When  the  students  have  completed  our  general 
courses  this  .summer,  will  they — 

1 .  Understand  that  there  are  many  audio-visual  aids, 
not  just  two  or  three; 

2.  Have  incorporated  into  their  philosophy  of  edu- 
cation the  fundamental  principles  underlying  the 
use  of  these  aids ; 

3.  Appreciate  the  fact  that  the  various  aids  have 
definite  contributions  to  make  in  particular  teach- 
ing situations  and  that  the  effective  use  of  each 
aid  must  be  accompanied  by,  in  addition  to  gen- 
eral methodology,  techniques  peculiar  to  that  in- 
dividual aid ; 

4.  Realize  that  the  work  of  the  teacher  who  uses 
these  materials  scientifically  is  increased,  not  de- 
creased ;  that  unusual  care  in  planning  is  essential ; 

5.  Before  using  any  aid,  ask  themselves  questions 
similar  to  the  following: 

Why  am  I  using  this  particular  aid? 
What  objective  or  objectives  do  I  expect  to 
satisfy  by  its  use? 

Is  this  the  best  aid  available  for  this  particular 
purpose  ? 

Will  the  hoped-for  end  be  worth  the  time  and 
trouble  required  in  the  use?  Or  could  I  ac- 
complish the  desired  end  without  the  use  of 
any  audio- visual  aid? 

6.  Fully  understand  that  the  use  of  audio-visual 
aids  should  be  a  part  of  the  curriculum,  just  as 
is  the  use  of  books  and  laboratory  apparatus,  and 
not  supplementary  to  it;  and 

7.  Know  the  sources  and  cost,  and  understand  the 
care,  storage  and  of)eration  of  the  various  aids? 

Many  of  us  do  not  fully  realize  the  enormous  respon- 
sibility that  rests  ujKJn  us  who  are  now  engaged  in 
teaching  audio-visual  aids  courses.  Because  of  the 
comparative  newness  of  the  courses  as  part  of  the 
teacher  education  curriculum  more  than  an  average 
amount  of  attention  is  focused  upon  it.  The  college 
administrators  are  watching  to  see  whether  it  has  any 
real  contribution  to  make.  Their  decision  will  deter- 
mine the  role  such  a  course  will  play  in  the  future  in 
teacher  education.  If  the  gross  misuse  of  many  of  the 
aids  is  not  checked,  the  movement  will  eventually  pass 
into  oblivion.  labelled,  "just  another  of  the  many  pass- 
ing fads  in  education."  Therefore,  what  we  are  now 
teaching  will  greatly  affect  the  future  of  the  entire 
audio-visual  aids  movement. 


New  Englanders  in  the  News 

Come  very  interesting  activities  have  been  reported 
'^  from  members  in  the  New  England  area,  and  we 
are  summing  them  up  briefly  here  for  your  perusal. 

1.  Boston  University's  School  of  Education  ap- 
pears to  be  a  veritable  bee-hive  of  visual  activity  since 
the  appointment  of  Abraham  Krasker  as  Director  of 
the  Division  of  Teaching  Aids.  Courses  for  teachers 
and  administrators  are  only  a  portion,  though  a  major 
portion,  of  all  the  services  offered  here.  Other  activi- 
ties are :  1 )  Establishment  of  film  libraries  in  the  vari- 
ous subject  areas,  starting  with  biology ;  2)  An  edu- 
cational theatre  in  which  current  educational  film  re- 
leases are  oflfered  to  education  students  for  review  and, 
incidentally,  for  education  ;  (similar  activities  are  going 
on  at  Teachers  College,  Columbia  University,  and  at 
the  School  of  Education  of  Ohio  State  University.) 
3)  Visual  education  service  for  small  school  systems, 
by  which  $10,000  worth  of  material  will  be  available 
to  member  schools  at  a  nominal  fee. 

2.  The  Harvard  Film  Service  at  the  Biological 
Laboratories  received  newspaper  publicity  through  the 
Associated  Press  facilities,  by  the  announcement  of  the 
remedial  reading  motion  pictures  now  being  developed 
there.  Mr.  James  R.  Brewster,  one  of  our  loyal  mem- 
bers in  the  D.V.I.,  is  the  director. 

3.  The  lOth  Annual  Visual  Education  Conference 
of  the  New  England  Section  of  the  D.V.I,  attracted 
an  audience  of  about  400  persons  on  April  8th.  One 
of  the  talks  which  drew  much  comment  at  this  con- 
ference was  that  of  Mr.  C.  A.  Lindstrom,  of  the  Motion 
Picture  Office,  U.  S.  Dept.  of  Agriculture — who  was 
recently  appointed  chairman  of  the  Committee  on 
International  Understanding  through  Visual  Aids  for 
D.V.I.    We  print  here  a  copy  of  this  address  in  full : 

Address  by  Mr.  C.  A.  Lindstrom 

¥  N  1934  a  momentous  convention  was  held  in  Rome. 
■*■  For  the  first  time  in  history  delegates  from  practi- 
cally every  country  in  the  world  met  to  discuss  and 
plan  the  utilization  of  a  medium  of  expression  that 
speaks  a  universal  language.  The  fact  that  thinking 
men  and  women  of  many  nationalities  and  varied  walks 
of  life  would  come  from  all  comers  of  the  world  to  at- 
tend the  International  Congress  of  Educational  and  In- 
structional Cinematography  was  evidence  of  the  high 
valuation  placed  upon  the  motion  picture  as  an  aid  to 
learning.  As  I  look  back  upon  developments  in  the 
educational,  instructional  and  informational  motion  pic- 
ture field  since  that  time,  I  am  inclined  to  think  that 
this  convention  was  the  fulcrum  with  which  the  moun- 
tain of  doubt  was  removed  from  the  minds  of  thousands 
of  those  who  were  hesitant  to  employ  this  upstart  in  the 
educational  field  and  fashion  him  to  serve  their  needs. 
There  was  apparent  a  quickening  of  interest  in  non- 
theatrical  motion  pictures,  and  this  interest  galvanized 
into  action  in  various  ways  and  in  all  parts  of  the 
world.  In  this  country,  to  point  out  what  I  consider 
as  significant  steps,  a  survey  was  made,  the  first  of  its 
kind,  of  visual  aids  available  in  schools,  which  was 
published  in  the  National  Visual  Education  Directory. 
This  has  been  of  valuable  service  to  both  producers  and 


Page   162 

distributors.  There  has  also  been  established  a  Motion 
Picture  Project  in  the  American  Council  on  Education, 
various  other  educational  motion  picture  projects  have 
been  set  up  by  funds  from  various  foundations,  and 
film  libraries  have  been  established  in  most  of  the  State 
Universities. 

However,  we  still  seem  to  lack  systematic  method  of 
financing,   of  production  of  pictures  on  an  adequate 
scale,  of  acquisition  of  prints  and  equipment  adequately 
to  serve  our  needs,  and  we  have  fallen  woefully  short 
of  reported  accomplishments  abroad.     The  last  survey 
showed  some   10,000  motion  picture  projectors  of  all 
kinds  available  in  the  schools  of  this  country  with  a 
population  of  some  130,000,000  people.     Compare  this 
with  the  figures  which  a  foreign  observer  reports  from 
Germany.     Says  he,  there  are  now  nearly  30,000  pro- 
jectors installed  in  the  schools  of  Germany,  the  ultimate 
goal  being  70,000.     They  have  in  use  some  250,000 
copies  of  some  500  school  films.  The  service,  however, 
is  not  free.     Each  public  school  child  must  pay  20  pfg. 
per  term  for  three  terms  a  year,  trade  school  pupils 
double  that  amount  and  high  school  and  university  stu- 
dents one  mark  per  term.     About  7,000,000  marks  an- 
nually are  provided  for  the  film  service  by  this  means. 
With  almost  twice  the  population  we  have  a  little  more 
than  one-third  of  the  facilities  for  showing  films   in 
schools.    We  are  pitifully  behind  in  the  number  of  films 
made  for  school  use  and  woefully  short  in  the  number 
of  prints  available.    This  is  a  challenge. 

Though  I  have  no  recent  figures  from  other  Euro- 
pean nations,  it  is  a  generally  known  fact  that  they  are 
using  motion   pictures   extensively   and    systematically 
for  the  development  of  their  moral  and  intellectual  life 
and  ideals.    As  a  delegate  from  this  Government  to  the 
Congress  in  Rome  in   1934,   I  had  an  opportunity  to 
study  the  use  made  of  motion  pictures  in  agricultural 
extension   in   several   European   countries.      I   learned 
that  since  1921  France  has  had  an  organization  operat- 
ing on  a  budget  of  2,000,000  francs  annually  for  the 
acquisition  and  circulation  of  agricultural  films.     We 
have  nothing   approaching  that   in   this   country.      In 
Sweden   a   producing  company   working  in   close   co- 
ordination with  governmental  and  educational  authori- 
ties had  acquired  or  produced  up  to  1934  about  2,700 
school  film  subjects  with  an  unknown  number  of  prints. 
These  films  provided  5,000,000  study  periods  annually 
for  the  country's  pupils.     If  my  figures  are  right,  that 
would   be   the   equivalent   of    100.000,000   film    study 
periods  in  a  country  with  our  population. 

Are  we  doing  as  well,  and  if  not,  what  are  the  dif- 
ficulties and  what  can  we  do  about  them?  Here  are  a 
few  things  that  can  be  done. 

One  of  the  questions  that  we  in  the  Department  of 
Agriculture  frequently  are  asked  is,  "What  films  would 
you  recommend  for  such  and  such  a  study?"  This 
points  to  the  need  for  study,  evaluation,  classification 
and  cataloging  of  pictures  advertised  as  educational.  I 
know  that  this  subject  is  taboo  among  many  heads  of 
visual  education  departments  who  would  rather  place 
their  own  evaluation  on  any  pictures  in  their  library. 
but  as  one  who  has  had  to  answer  the  complaints  of 
teachers  throughout  the  country,  I'm  sure  that  in  the 
absence  of  better  advice,  such  a  catalog  would  fill  a 

(Continued  on  page  169) 


The  Educational  Screen 


DIVERSITORIALS 


1  N  the  June  issue  we  shall  summarize  the  five  months' 
mfancy  of  the  Film  Evaluation  Project.  It  seems 
to  hold  excellent  promise  of  going  places  and  doing 
thmgs  m  the  coming  school  year.  The  number  of  dif- 
ferent films  evaluated  has  now  passed  800,  with  from 
one  to  fourteen  cards  on  each  film. 

■  An  April  "Diversitorial"  fulminated  a  bit  over  the 
New  York  State  "Crews  bill."  It  seems  that,  at  about 
the  tnne  of  our  writing,  an  amendment  was  added  to 
guard  against  misunderstanding  and  assure  free  use  of 
sub-standard  film  by  schools.  Those  schools  attempting 
use  of  35mm  films,  however,  may  still  find  grave  diffi- 
culties in  their  way.  We  are  indebted  to  Ward  C. 
Bowen  for  the  information. 

■  We  would  urge  readers  not  to  miss  a  syllable  of 
Gayle  Starnes  article  in  the  D  V  I  section,  "Among 
Ourselves,"  in  this  issue  (page  160).  It  is  a  trenchant 
commentary  on  things  as  they  are,  unfortunately,  which 
should  be  healthfully  thought-provoking  for  thousands 
\yho  still  suppose  "motion  pictures"  and  "visual  instruc- 
tion" to  be  synonyms.  Films  are  inevitably  visual  in- 
struction, but  visual  instruction  is  far,  far  bigger  than 
films.  A  hammer  is  a  highly  important  carpenter's 
tool  but  certainly  not  his  whole  kit.  Visual  teaching 
confined  to  films  is  a  pedagogic  cripple. 

■  Last  month  we  listed  80  visual  instruction  courses 
to  be  given  this  summer.  We  now  add  some  40  more 
(page  168).  This  represents  about  50%  increase  over 
last  month's  list,  and  likewise  50%  increase  over  the 
total  list  for  last  summer !  .  .  .  which  is  rather  unmis- 
takable  evidence   of  progress. 

■  As  this  issue  goes  to  press  the  "first"  Midwestern 
Visual  Education  Forum  is  under  way.  Prospects  for 
a  meeting  of  real  significance  were  excellent.  If  real- 
ized, the  Midwestern  Forum  should  become  an  annual 
function  of  high  value.  With  this  "first"  conference  over, 
another  is  near  at  hand.  The  "ninth"  National  Confer- 
ence on  Visual  Education  (DeVry  Foundation)  begins 
its  four-day  session  June  19th,  notable  for  its  abundant 
showings  of  new  educational  films  on  a  wide  range  of 
subjects.  Coming  after  schools  are  closed,  hundreds  of 
teachers  too  busy  during  the  term  are  free  to  be  present 
and  attendance  has  increased  remarkably  at  each  suc- 
ceeding meeting.     (Full  program  on  page  170). 

■  To  our  extreme  regret,  this  May  issue  lacks  an  item 
common  to  all  our  May  issues  for  many  years  past, 
namely,  the  full  program  of  the  session  of  The  Depart- 
ment of  Visual  Instruction  of  the  N  E  A,  always  held 
in  conjunction  with  the  summer  meeting  of  the  National 
Education  Association.  No  information  whatever  has 
been  forthcoming.  We  can  therefore  pass  on  to  our 
readers  merely  our  earnest  hope  that  the  meeting  will 
take  place  in  San  Francisco  on  July  3rd  and  4th  next, 
at  headquarters  unknown.  Nelson  L.  Greene. 


May,  19 }9  P«8e   »63 

A  Farm  Program --In  Hand-Made  Lantern  Slides 

By     ANN     GALE  Art  Department,  Lindblom  High  School,  Chicago 


ygrr  hen  the  farm  is  studied  in  the  primary  grades, 
lantern  slides  prove  very  helpful  for  the  final  program 
whether  it  is  a  party,  an  assembly  or  just  a  special  class 
exercise.  The  various  stories  that  children  have  created 
about  each  phase  of  the  farm  study  may  be  given  as  each 
slide  is  shown  on  the  screen. 
These  six  pictures  may  be  traced  on  slides  and  projected 


on  the  screen  for  such  a  program. 

1.)  The  trip  to  the  farm. 

2.)  The  arrangement  of  the  farm  buildings  and  fields. 

3.)  Corn,  one  of  the  important  plants  grown  on  the  farm. 

4.)  Wheat,  another  important  farm  plant. 

5.)  Farm  animals — cows  and  sheep. 

6.)  Morr  farm  animals— chickens  and  horses. 


The  sim- 
plest type 
of  ha  n  d  - 
made  slide 
is  made  by 
drazving  or 
tracing  o  n 
finely  fin- 
ished etched 
glass  with 
ordinary 
medium  lead 
pencil.  Col- 
or, by  spe- 
cial crayons 
or  inks,  en- 
hances t  h  e 
slides  great- 
ly. Fine  ef- 
fects are  ob- 
tained b  y 
blending 
wit  h  cray- 
ons. About 
one  -  third 
inch  margin 
should  be 
left  all 
around  the 
slide.  The 
slide  is  read- 
ily cleaned 
with  soap  or 
washing 
powder  to 
receive 
a  new  pic- 
ture. 


ooao 
oOoo 
aOao 


II 


(-^ 


Page   164 


The  Educational  Screen 


THE  FEDERAL  FILM 


*i 


A  page  edited  by  Arch  A.  Mercey 

Assistant  Director,  United  States  Film  Service, 
Washington,   D.  C. 


Government  Filmstrips 

'I^HE  number  of  inquiries  received  by  the  Film  Serv- 
■^  ice  regarding  sources  of  filmstrips  indicates  that 
this  relatively  economical  visual  aid  is  being  used  ex- 
tensively by  visual  instruction  teachers  and  others 
throughout  the  country.  The  thought  occurs  that  an 
even  wider  utilization  would  be  made  of  filmstrips, 
were  potential  users  assured  of  their  effectiveness  and 
a  continuance  of  supply. 

The  Cooperative  Division  of  the  Farm  Credit  Ad- 
ministration has  prepared  an  excellent  and  comprehen- 
sive filmstrip  titled,  "Co-op  Cotton  Moves  To  Market." 
This  strip,  on  35mm.  film,  consists  of  85  frames  or 
pictures  illustrating  the  development,  organization, 
operating  practices  and  policies  of  cooperative  cotton 
marketing  associations.  Supplementary  mimeographed 
lecture  notes,  also  prepared  for  use  in  presenting  the 
subject,  accompany  the  strip.  Electrical  sound  record- 
ings of  the  notes,  30  minutes  in  length,  are  available 
for  those  who  have  suitable  sound  equipment  for  their 
presentation.    Address  Director  of  Information. 

This  filmstrip  has  been  developed  for  the  use  of  the 
cotton  cooperatives  in  their  membership  meetings,  teach- 
ers of  vocational  agriculture  in  regular  and  evening 
school  classes,  and  agricultural  extension  agents  in 
community  and  club  meetings.  It  would  also  be  of 
considerable  interest  and  instructional  value  to  classes 
in  economics  or  economic  geography,  since  the  frames 
trace  the  story  of  cotton  from  the  cotton  field  through 
the  various  steps  ot  procedure — "Hauling  Seed  Cotton 
to  Gin,"  "Map  of  Areas  Served  by  Cotton  Co-ops," 
"Hedging-Wire  to  A.C.C.A.,"  "Warehouse-Weighing," 
"Sales— In  Touch  With  World  Markets,"  "Foreign 
Sale — Closing  the  Hatches  of  Loaded  Ship,"  being  some 
of  the  legends  included. 

The  Farm  Credit  Administration  also  has  the  film- 
strip  "Applj'ing  for  Production  Credit,"  consisting  of 
34  frames;  "The  Profitable  Use  of  Farm  Credit"  in 
53  frames ;  and  "Loans  By  Federal  Land  Banks  and 
Land  Bank  Commissioner"  in  50  frames ;  avail- 
able for  purchase  at  reasonable  prices,  or  brief  loan. 

The  various  Divisions  of  the  Department  of  Agricul- 
ture have  filmstrips  ranging  from  the  Agricultural  Ad- 
justment Administration's  "Wheat  Storage  in  the 
Ever-Normal  Granary"  to  the  miscellaneous  "Rural 
Colonial  and  Early  American  Homes  and  Gardens." 
There  is  also  "Filmstrips  and  Their  Preparation,"  in 
48  frames.  The  filmstrips  available  from  Agriculture 
are  purchasable  at  prices  of  from  45  to  60  cents.  For 
further   information    address    the    Extension    Service. 

The  Bureau  of  Fisheries,  Department  of  Commerce, 
has  filmstrips  averaging  between  50  and  70  frames  each 
on  the  following  subjects:  "Fisheries  of  New  England," 
"The  Oyster  and  the  Oyster  Industry,"  and  "Salmon 


Fisheries  of  the  Pacific  Coast."  There  is  no  charge 
for  the  loan  of  the  strips  but  the  borrower  is  expected 
to  pay  return  postage.  They  are  distributed  to  schools 
and  other  groups  upon  request,  and  may  also  be  pur- 
chased for  from  50  to  75  cents. 

The  Rural  Electrification  Administration  has  pre- 
pared for  35mm.  film  strip  projectors  only  a  series  of 
strips  with  prepared  lectures.  These  strips  showing 
the  general  rural  uses  of  electricity,  the  advantages  and 
uses  of  the  electric  water  pumping  system,  and  how  to 
obtain  the  best  satisfaction  from  electric  light  on  the 
farm  are  purchasable  at  a  price  of  55  cents  each  from 
the  comm.ercial  producer. 

In-Service  Training  Film  Studies 

A  number  of  Federal  officials  in  administrative  and 
personnel  posts  are  studying  the  general  use  of  the 
motion  picture  as  an  implement  for  in-service  employee 
training.  Films  made  by  the  Federal  Government  and 
by  business  organizations  are  being  screened  by  a 
group  of  officials  who  hope  to  explore  the  possibilities 
for  further  use  of  both  the  motion  picture  and  the  slide- 
film.  Winston  B.  Stephens,  Coordinator  and  Director 
of  Training  of  the  United  States  Civil  Service  Com- 
mission and  Dr.  Lyman  S.  Moore,  Consultant  in  Pub- 
lic Service  Occupations  of  the  Office  of  Education,  are 
acting  as  sponsors  of  the  informal  exploratory  study. 

The  first  program,  held  on  April  27th,  included  War 
Department  training  films,  a  film  on  telephone  line  con- 
struction shown  to  new  C.C.C.  enrollees,  and  two  busi- 
ness sales-training  films.  Major  R.  T.  Schlosberg  ex- 
plained the  general  use  of  training  films  for  army  in- 
structional purposes.  The  next  program  scheduled  will 
include  general  organizational  films  for  employee  in- 
formation. After  the  film  screenings,  demonstrations 
and  discussions  of  slidefilm  will  be  held. 

How  Are  Governmen+  Films  Shipped? 

The  question  frequently  arises  as  to  how  Government 
films  are  shipped.  Some  Government  films  are  sent 
under  frank.  The  franking  privilege  is  extended  to 
shipments  weighing  four  pounds  and  under.  This  in- 
cludes all  16mm.  one-reel  films  and  some  two-reel  films. 
Shipments  weighing  over  four  pounds  are  sent  express 
collect.  In  cases  where  the  exhibitor  is  located  a  great 
distance  from  an  express  office,  films  are  shipped  parcel 
post.  In  such  cases  it  is  necessary  for  the  exhibitor 
to  send  the  stamps  to  cover  cost  prior  to  date  of  ship- 
ment. Information  on  the  amount  of  postage  neces- 
sary may  be  obtained  from  the  post  office;  however, 
it  is  necessary  to  obtain  from  the  agency  distributing 
the  films  the  exact  weight.  Shipping  weight  of  one 
reel  of  16mm.  film  varies  1 3/2  to  4  pounds.  Shipping 
weight  of  one  reel  of  35mm.  film  varies  from  5  to  9 
pounds. 


May,    /93  9 


Page    165 


It's  the  ideal  way  to  measure  students'  progress 
in  speech  and  music  instruction  —  to  make  records 
of  important  radio  programs  and  school  activities 

•A-  -if  -A- 
An  RCA  Victor  Recorder  in  your  school  will 
prove  extremely  useful  and  valuable.  For  one  of 
these  fine  new  instruments  will  enable  you  to 
make  greater  progress  with  students  retarded  by 
faults  in  speech.  Because  an  RCA  Victor  Recorder 
i-ieans  discovering  and  correcting  speech  defiden- 
cies  far  more  effectively  than  ever  before! 

You  will  also  find  an  RCA  Victor  Recorder  of 
great  value  in  determining  your  pupils'  progress 
in  speech  and  music  instruction  . . .  for  the  study 
of  foreign  language  pronunciation. ..for  recording 
of  radio  talks  by  prominent  speakers — talks  you 
may  use  advantageously  in  class  at  another  time 
...and  for  the  recording  of  school  plays,  dramas 
and  debates.  You  can  do  all  this  —  at  amazingly 
low  cost — with  the  splendid  new  portable  RCA 
Victor  Recorder  illustrated  here.  For  further  de- 
tails send  the  coupon. 


New  RCA  Victor  Recorder  offers  you  these  4  essentials: 

1.  R»corda  and  r«produc«s  with  amazing  accuracy 

2.  Sturdily   constructed  .  .  .  witlistandi   hard   usage 

3.  Utmost  dependability        4.  Extremely  simple  operation 


RCA  Victor  Portable  Re- 
corder MI- 12701...  comes 
in  an  attractive  gray  carry- 
ing case.  Is  so  light  it  may 
be  easily  carried  from  room 
to  room.  Records  at  speed 
of  78  r.p.m.  on  10'  or  12' 
records,  using  outside-in 
recording  method.  Is  de- 
livered  to  you   complete 


with  amplifier,  visual  indi- 
cator meter,  and  famous 
RCA  Aerodynamic  Micro- 
phone. Has  picl(-up  tone 
arm  and  speaker  for  im- 
mediate play-back.  An  ex- 
ceptional value. 


Medern  eclieele  utmy  medera  with  RCA  redte  twbee 
In  ttieir  seund  eoullMnenl 


Page    166 


Th:  Educational  Screen 


NEWS  AND   NOTES 

yetn^    htLC-^    nAattoni^    on    iLijiii-^Lcat^it    Jioltta^   anJi   evenU    In    tke    vImuiL    tiell. 

Conducted  by  Josephine  HoflFman 


Denver  Schools  Produce  Films 

The  production  of  educational  films  for  the  city's 
entire  school  system  has  been  undertaken  by  the  teach- 
ers and  students  of  Denver,  under  the  direction  of  Dr. 
Roy  A.  Hinderman,  school  special  service  chief.  Many 
schools  throughout  the  country  have  made  films  but 
this  citywide  project  is  one  of  the  most  significant  to 
date.  Five  subjects,  approximately  400  feet  in  each, 
are  to  be  completed  by  June  1,  1939.  Titles  are: 
Denver's  Food  Supply,  Shelter  in  Denver,  The  Pro- 
tection of  Our  Health,  How  to  Have  a  Good  Time  in 
Denver,  How  to  Get  a  Job  in  Denver. 

The  project  is  under  the  general  advisement  of 
Charles  F.  Hoban,  Jr.,  and  F.  E.  Brooker,  of  the 
American  Council  on  Education.  The  responsibility 
of  administration  and  supervision  has  been  delegated 
to  commi.tees  consisting  of  teachers  and  students,  each 
committee  supervising  the  production  of  a  motion 
picture  relative  to  its  assigned  subject.  The  work  has 
been  divided  into  four  parts:  (1)  organization  of  ma- 
terials, (2)  preparation  of  scenarios  and  shooting 
scripts,   (3)   photography,   (4)  editing. 

One  of  the  aims  of  the  project,  as  stated  by  Dr. 
Hinderman,  is  to  determine  the  practicability  and  edu- 


N.  Y.  WORLD'S  FAIR 


When  you  visit  the  Fair  step  in 
to  see  us,  and  discuss  your 
1 6mm.  Film  plans  for  1 939-40. 

Educators  are  cordially  invited 
to  make  full  use  of  our  projec- 
tion room  facilities  for  the 
screening  of  films,  both  sound 
and  silent. 


Send   for  Free   Catalog   of  over  1200 
Entertainment  and  Educational  Subects 


WALTER  O.GUTLOHNiNc. 


cational  values  to  be  derived  from  having 


ils 


35  West  45tli  Street 


Dept.  E-5 


New  Yorli.  N.  Y. 


.j;  pupils  and 

teachers  cooperate  in  the  production  of  films  to  be  used 
in  the  study  of  community  life.  It  will  be  interesting 
also  to  discover  the  extent  of  community  as  well  as 
school  participation  that  was  promoted  by  the  project. 

Educational  Motion  Pictures  at 
Horace  Mann  School 

For  the  past  two  years  the  faculty  of  the  elementary 
department  of  the  Horace  Mann  School,  Teachers' 
College,  Columbia  University,  lias  conducted  a  study 
of  motion  picture  aids  as  an  integral  part  of  the  cur- 
riculum. The  teachers  felt  that  there  were  times  when 
a  film  would  serve  the  needs  of  the  children  better 
than  any  other  material  available.  Two  difficulties  were 
frec^uently  encountered.  Often  no  suitable  film  could 
be  found  after  extended  search ;  or,  if  a  film  were 
found,  it  might  not  be  available  at  the  time  it  was 
needed  in  the  classroom.  Since  the  need  for  a  study 
and  investigation  was  evident,  the  study  was  under- 
taken. As  the  experimental  use  of  films  proceeded,  it 
was  seen  that  a  survey  of  the  available  films  was 
necessary,  and  in  addition  criteria  were  needed  for 
their  selection  and  evaluation.  These  were  developed  as 
the  films  were  used. 

When  a  teacher  decides  that  a  film  will  serve  as  an 
aid  to  learning,  better  than  any  other  material  available, 
she  consults  the  catalogues  and  chooses  the  film  that 
gives  promise  of  meeting  her  specific  need.  Since  the 
descriptions  in  the  catalogues  often  are  meager,  this 
sometimes  is  difficult.  Upon  its  arrival,  the  film  is  pre- 
viewed by  all  the  faculty  that  are  interested  in  that 
particular  subject.  Those  who  feel  it  is  worthwhile 
for  their  groups,  invite  the  children  to  see  it  the  next 
day.  This  gives  opportunity  for  the  teacher  and 
pupils  to  decide  what  points  of  emphasis  are  of 
greatest  significance  to  them.  Definite  questions  are  in 
the  minds  of  the  children  as  they  see  the  picture. 
Afterwards,  a  discussion  is  held  in  which  the  pupils 
and  the  teacher  make  an  evaluation  of  the  film.  Often 
questions  or  differences  of  opinion  arise  and  the 
group  wishes  to  see  the  film  a  second  time  to  settle 
these.  A  copy  of  the  evaluation  is  sent  to  the  chairman, 
who  makes  a  composite  for  the  school  files. 

Though  the  study  is  still  in  an  experimental  stage, 
some  tentative  conclusions  may  be  drawn  at  this  time. 
Progress  to  date  indicates  that  both  faculty  and 
children  are  becoming  increasingly  critical  of  films  and 
their  use.  Evaluations  by  the  children  make  an 
especially  significant  contribution  to  the  study.  Know- 
ledge of  available  films  is  increasing,  while  areas  in 
which  films  are  needed  are  appearing.  Techniques  of 
using  motion  pictures  as  aids  to  children's  learning  are 
improving  as  greater  use  is  made  of  films.  A  detailed 
account  will  be  written  later  in  the  year  by  Miss 
Florence  Taylor,  who  has  directed  the  study. 


May,   1959 


Page   167 


l*r('-s4sisoii  AiiiKMiiictMiicnt:  — 

16  MM  S-O-F  EDUCATIONAL  FILM  SERVICE 

50  reels  on  a  fee  service  for  I939-40  school  year 

Write   for   complete   details 

LEWIS  FILM  SERVICE  105  East  First  Street 

WICHITA.    KANSAS 

New  Director  for  Los  Angeles 

The  Los  Angeles  Board  of  Education  announced 
the  appointment  of  a  permanent  director  of  the 
Visual  Education  Section,  in  the  person  of  Bruce 
Findlay,  former  Assistant  Superintendent  of 
Schools,  and  of  late,  head  of  the  Conventions  De- 
partment of  the  Chamber  of  Commerce.  The  Visual 
Education  Department  has  been  without  a  perma- 
nent director  since  the  death  of  Mr.  Charles  Roach. 

The  choice  of  Mr.  Findlay  is  a  happy  one  for  he  is 
vigorous,  constructive,  progressive,  and  a  fine  ad- 
ministrator. 

Indiana  Visual  Meeting 

Till-  Southern  Indiana  Visual  Education  Conference 
took  place  at  the  University  in  Bloomington,  Saturday, 
April  1.  1939.  Mrs.  Pauline  J.  Ellis,  Indiana  Uni- 
versity Visual  Service,  and  Lorin  Ashbaucher,  Bloom- 
ington High  School,  presided  over  the  sessions.  Some 
of  the  topics  discu.ssed  were:  "Visual  Aids  in  New- 
Types  of  Courses  Contemplated  as  a  Result  of  the 
University  Survey" — Dr.  W.  W.  Wright,  University 
School  of  Education;  "Micro-slide  Projection" — Merle 
Wimmer,  Bargersville ;  "Visual  Education  Program 
of  Evansville" — Alex  Jardine;  "WPA  Museum  Pro- 
ject"— Mrs.  Mary  Addington ;  "Visual  Aids  in  Science 
Teaching"  —  Dr.  Murvel  Garner,  Earlham  College ; 
"Sound  Films" — Dr.  H.  A.  Gray;  "Federal  Govern- 
ment Films" — Ray  B.  Linville,  Lafayette.  Classroom 
demonstrations  of  lantern  slides  and  sound  films  were 
interesting  features.  A  Round  Table  discussion  at  the 
luncheon  meeting  was  led  by  George  Mclntire,  Presi- 
dent Visual  Section,  Indiana  State  Teachers  Associa- 
tion. 

School-Made  Public  Relations  Films 

An  interesting  contribution  to  the  series  of  reports 
presented  at  one  of  the  "Informal  Conferences"  during 
the  recent  NEA  convention  at  Cleveland  was  the  show- 
ing of  a  public  relations  motion  picture,  entitled  Re- 
porting through  Movies,  produced  by  Mercer  County 
Schools,  West  Virginia,  and  photographed  by  Godfrey 
M.  Elliott  of  the  Oakvale  Schools.  The  film  was  pre- 
pared to  show  the  possibilities  in  the  use  of  the  public 
relations  movie.  The  footage  consisted  of  excerpts 
from  three  previously-produced  films  to  illustrate : 
(1)  the  city  or  county  system  film  showing  samples 
of  elementary  school  work,  such  as  music  and  art  ac- 
tivities, (2)  The  city  or  county  film  which  attacks 
a  particular  problem  common  to  the  entire  school 
system,  and  (3)  the  film  produced  by  the  individual 
school.  The  Mercer  County  Schools  have  produced 
over  4000  feet  of  16mm  film  on  this  subject  in  the 
past  three  years,  believing  that  it  is  the  most  valuable 
and  eflTcient  contact  they  have  with  the  taxpayer  and 
public  in  general. 


Illustrate  your  Experiments 

to  the  entire  Class  with  the 

Spencer  Science  Projector 

Here  are  but  a  few  of  the  experiments  wkich  can 
be  most  eflectively  dramatized  by  projection  to  the 
entire  class  with  the  Spencer  Model  B  Delineascope. 

1.  Magnetic  lines  of  force 

2.  Properties  of  magnetic  fields 

a.  Oersted's  Experiments 

b.  Motion  of  a  magnet  in  a  magnetic  field 

3.  Surface  tension 

a.  Soap  film  experiments 

b.  Mercury  Ameba 

4.  Mechanics 

a.  Hooke's  Law  ^ 

b.  Elastic  limit  ,, 

5.  Polarized  light 

Majority  of  the  many  phenomena 

6.  Electrolysis 

a.  Polarization  at  anode 

b.  Crystal  growth 

c.  Farady  Effect 

7.  Precipitation  Experiments  in  Chemistry 

8.  Thermometer  and  other  meter  readings 

9.  Contours  of  insects,  small  animals,  plants,  etc. 

Details  too  small  for  the  class  to  see  in  the  expcTi- 
ment  itself,  are  readily  observed  when  magnified 
through  projection.  Transparent  materials  can  be 
projected  in  true  colors.  The  contours  of  opaque 
materials  can  also  be  projected.  When  motion  is 
present  it  is  shown  vividly  on  the  screen. 

Investigate   this    new   and   better   method. 
Write  Dept.  S12  for  compUte  information. 

Spencer  Lens  Company 


BUFFALO.    N.    V. 


MICROSCOPES 

MICROTOMES 

PHOTO  MICROGRAPHIC 

EQUIPMENT 


RCFRACTOMETCRS 

COLOKIHETCR* 

•PECTROMITCRS 

PROJECTORS 


Page   168 


The  Educational  Screen 


WPA  Film  Bibliography 

The  publication  of  a  three-volume  bibliography  on 
the  motion  picture,  compiled  by  the  WPA  Federal 
Writers'  Project  of  New  York  City,  will  be  sponsored 
by  the  Film  Library  of  the  Museum  of  Modern  Art. 
The  work,  tentatively  titled  "The  Film  in  America," 
is  intended  to  provide  the  world's  most  comprehensive 
guide  to  the  literature  of  the  motion  picture.  Volume 
1,  now  being  published,  comprises  9,000  book  and 
magazine  references  grouped  under  five  general  head- 
ings— history,  aesthetics,  technique,  and  academic  study 


of  the  motion  picture,  selected  articles  and  reviews  of 
3,500  important  films,  including  material  as  old  as 
1887.  Preliminary  work  for  the  other  two  volumes  is 
under  way. 

"The  bibliography  was  conceived,"  declared  Mr. 
John  Hay  Whitney,  president  of  the  Museum  Film 
Library,  "as  a  means  of  bringing  order  to  the  chaotic 
state  of  the  motion  picture's  vast  literature."  To  pro- 
duce the  work  it  was  necessary  to  catalogue  more  than 
25,000  film  references  culled  from  public,  private  and 
university  libraries. 


Summer  Courses  in 
Visual  Instruction,   1939 

{Supplement  to  April  List.     Compiled  in  co- 
operation with  Society  for  Visual  Education) 

(Figures  in  parenthesis  show  credit  hours) 

California 

Claremont  College,  Claremont  June  26-July  31 

Problems  in  Reading  (3),  Problems  of  Vision   (3) 

Kelley-Spencer-Wirt 

Canada 

Normal  School,  Victoria.  B.  C.  July  1-Aug.  5 

Principles  and   Methods  of   Audio-visual 
Instruction    (2i^)  L.  J.   Clarke 

Colorado 

University  of  Denver,  Denver  June  19-July  21 

Vitalizing   Instruction  Through  Visual   Aids 

(2.5  quarter  hours)  Eugene  Herrington 

Iowa 

Iowa  State  College,  Ames  June  13-Aug.  26 

Lecture  demonstrations  (no  credit)  H.  L.  Kooser 

Kansas 

State  Teachers  College,  Emporia  May  31-July  28 

Visual  Education  60   (2)  Dr.  Cram 

Louisiana 

Southwestern  Louisiana  Institute,  Lafayette         June  S-Aug.  4 
Visual  Instruction  in  the  Primary  Grades  (3)  and 
Visual  Instruction  in  the  Upper  Elementary 

Grades  and  High  School  (3)  Myrtle  Rodgers 

Michigan 

Michigan  State  Normal,  Ypsilanti  June  26- Aug.  4 

Visual  Auditory  Aids  in  Education   (4)  Floyd  Leib 

Missouri 

University  of  Missouri,  Columbia  June  12-Aug.  4 

Problems  in  Visual  Education   (2)  W.  C.  Bicknell 

New  York 

Columbia  University,  New  York  City  July  5- Aug.  11 

Laboratory  Course  in  Visual  Education,  Ed.  117Ax  (1) 

Etta  Schneider 
Visual  Materials  and  Techniques  in  Junior  High 

School  Social  Studies   (1  or  2)  W.  H.  Hartley 

Visual  Materials  and  Techniques  in  Teaching  Social 
Studies  in  the  Intermediate  Grades 
(1  or  2)  W.  H.  Hartley 

Cornell  University,  Ithaca  July  3- Aug.  11 

Observational  Aids   (2-3)  P.  G.  Johnson 

New  York  University,  New  York  City  July  6- Aug.  11 

Visual  and  Auditory  Materials  in  the  Social 

Studies    (2)  Dr.   D.   C.   Knowlton 

Si.  Lawrence  University,  Canton  July  3- Aug.  11 

Research  and  Planning  for  tlie  Educational 

Motion  Picture   (2)  Evelyn  S.  Brown 

Administration  of  Visual  Aids   (2)  Everett  L.  Priest 

North  Carolina 

Appalachian  State  Teachers  College,  Boone 

June  6-July  l.S  and  July  18-Aug.  25 
Visual  Education   (3)  Orby  Southard 


July  19- July  28 
W.  M.  Gregory 

W.  M.  Gregory 

July  12-Aug.  11 

John  S.  Mclsaac 

June  19-July  29 

Lester  O.  Johnson 

Sister  M.  Sylvia 

Sister  M.   Sylvia 

July  3-Aug.   11 

Harold  E.  Miller 


Ohio 

Western  Reserve  University,  Cleveland 

Visual  Aids  in  Education   (3) 

Graduate   Problems   in   Visual 
Instruction   (3) 
Pennsylvania 
Geneva  College,  Beaver  Falls 

Visual  Education   (3) 
Gettysburg  College,  Gettysburg 

Visual  Education  (3) 
Marywood  College,  Scranton 

Visual  Aids  to  Teaching   (3) 

Motion   Picture  Appreciation    (1) 
Muhlenberg  College,  Allentown 

Visual  Instruction   (3) 
Texas 
East  Texas  State  Teachers  College,  Commerce 

June   S-July   15   and   July   15- Aug.  25 

Audio- Visual  Instruction    (3)  W.  W.  Freeman 

Sam  Houston  State  College,  Huntsville  June  6-July  14 

The  Administration  of  Audio- Visual  Education   (3) 

E.  E.  Sechriest 
Virginia 

State   Teachers  College,  Harrisonburg 

June  12-July  21  and  July  22-Aug.  25         Dr.  W.  J.  Gifford 
University  of  Virginia,  University  June   19-July  29 

Visual  Aids  to  Curriculum  Activities  (1)      John  A.  Rorer 
Washington 
University  of  Washington,  Seattle 

June  19-July  19  and  July  20-Aug.   18 

Audio  and  Visual  Aids  to  Teaching   Dr.  Francis  F.  Powers 

Wisconsin 

The  Stout  Institute,  Menomonie  June  26-Aug.  4 

Visual  Education  (2)  Paul  C.  Nelson 

Experiments  in  Visual  Education   (2)         Paul  C.  Nelson 

Central  State  Teachers  College,  Stevens  Point    June  19-  July  28 

Audio-Visual  Education  (3)  C.  D.  Jayne 

State  Teachers  College,  Superior  June  12-JuIy  21 

Audio-Visual   Education    (2)  Herbert   Kimmel 

Courses  will  also  be  offered  at  the  following  institutions 

but  we  do  not  have  complete  data  on  them. 

Pennsylvania:  State  Teachers  College,  Kutztown  (Allen 
Buebeck)  ;  Elizabethtown  College,  Elizabethtown  (R.  P. 
Bowman);  Shippensburg  State  Teachers  College,  Shippens- 
burg  (Leslie  C.  Krebs)  ;  Susquehanna  University,  Selins- 
grove  (George  Fisher)  ;  State  Teachers  College,  Millersville 
(A.  Stienhocser)  ;  Lehigh  University,  Bethlehem  (W.  R. 
White).  Texas:  Stephen  F.  Austin  State  Teachers  College, 
Nacogdoches  (W.  A.  Miller) ;  McMurray  College,  Abilene 
(T.  F.  Huggins).  Canada:  University,  Saskatoon,  (E.  A. 
Chatwin) ;  Regina  College,  Regina  (E.  A.  Chatwin) ;  Uni- 
versity of  Manitoba,  Winnipeg  (Andrew  Moore). 

Correction:  W.  J.  Truitt  will  conduct  the  course  in 
Audio-Visual  Education  at  the  University  of  Florida  during 
the  second  term  of  the  summer  quarter,  and  not  Mr.  Goette. 
Miss  Ruth  Livermon,  as  well  as  Miss  Gibbony,  has  been 
named  as  instructor  in  the  course  at  Asheville,  North  Caro- 
lina, Normal  and  Teachers  College,  listed  in  the  April  issue. 


May,    7  93  9 


Page   169 


Among  Ourselves 

(C  (>ii/imii'(/  /mill  patje  162) 

real  need,  encourage  the  use  of  motion  pictures  for  edu- 
cational purposes  and  increase  their  usefulness. 

Second  :  There  are  qualified  motion  picture  producers 
willing  and  anxious  to  produce  educational  pictures  if 
they  could  but  have  reasoiiahlc  assurance  that  the  pic- 
tures would  be  acceptable  to  educators.  This  points  to 
the  need  for  study  and  development  of  a  complete  pro- 
duction plan  covering  the  entire  curriculum  of  at  least 
primary  and  high  schools.  Such  a  plan  should  list 
subjects  in  each  course  that  are  considered  suitable  for 
screening,  include  the  preparation  of  an  outline  for 
each,  and  the  supervision  of  production.  With  the 
school  authorities  of  the  entire  counJry  as  prospective 
purchasers  and  with  the  assurance  of  acceptability  that 
supervision  by  qualified  authority  would  give,  pro- 
ducers probably  would  be  willing  to  risk  the  necessary 
production  expenses. 

Third :  Organization  for  distribution  should  be  ex- 
tended and  improved.  Every  state  should  have  its  cen- 
tral library  located  with  reference  to  accessibility  rather 
than  other  considerations,  to  act  also  in  a  promotional 
and  advisory  capacity,  and  with  the  thought  uppermost 
that  decentralization  of  physical  handling  should  take 
place  as  fast  as  libraries  to  serve  smaller  geographical 
or  administrative  units  can  be  set  up.  These  are  some 
of  the  things  that  can  be  done. 

In  the  Department  of  Agriculture  in  Washington 
we  are  trying  to  make  our  own  contribution.  There  has 
been  in  the  Department  at  Washington  a  imit  produc- 
ing and  distributing,  since  1913,  motion  pictures  on 
better  ways  to  raise  hogs  and  crops,  timber,  cattle  and 
children,  in  fact  on  almost  all  conceivable  subjects  re- 
lated to  activities  with  which  the  Department  has  to 
do.  In  that  time  hundreds  of  subjects  have  been  pro- 
duced, but  unlike  Shakespeare,  and  wine,  motion  pic- 
tures must  not  be  old  if  they  are  to  be  appreciated. 
The  result  is  that  negatives  must  be  discarded  after  a 
few  years,  so  we  are  able  to  maintain  a  library  of  only 
some  200  subjects,  the  annual  accretions  offsetting  the 
annual  discards.  Our  free  distribution  service  is 
limited  by  the  number  of  both  personnel  and  films,  and 
these  are  sufficient  only  to  take  care  of  extension  needs. 
Hence  we  have  been  obliged  usually  to  tell  teachers 
who  apply  for  films  that  the  only  way  they  could  obtain 
one  of  our  films  was  by  purchase.  The  replies  and 
discussions  with  teachers  confirmed  our  belief  that 
shortage  of  funds  was  one  of  the  greatest  obstacles  to 
more  general  use  of  films  in  schools.  With  this  thought 
in  mind,  Mr.  Raymond  Evans,  Chief  of  the  Depart- 
ment's motion  picture  service,  conceived  the  idea  of 
reediting  Department  motion  pictures  into  subjects  of 
one-half  reel  or  more,  thus  giving  educational  institu- 
tions the  benefit  of  the  use  of  negative  already  taken 
with  costs  charged  ofT  against  other  projects,  and 
further  reducing  unit  costs  by  cutting  the  lengths  to 
about  200  feet  16mm.  thus  bringing  the  cost  finally 
to  within  a  figure  that  it  was  felt  educational  institu- 
tions could  afford  to  pay.  Through  the  financial  co- 
operation of  the  American  Eilm  Center,  Inc.,  it  has 

{Concluded  on  page  175) 


*7<4e  ^i^  and  Otdtf, 

MULTIPLE- VARIATION 
MULTIPLE-USE 

.  and  Sound  Stffltetn 


ADD+A+UNIT  is  a  revc 
lutioncny,  NEW  ideal  It 
is  as  practical  as  it  is 
new  and  as  economical 
as  it  is  practical.  Begin- 
ning writh  a  small,  com- 
pact BASIC  SOUND 
PROJECTOR  —  A  or  B  — 
(Series  40  Animalophone), 
of  5^  or  15  Watts  output, 
v/hich  is  complete  in  it- 
self, one  may  accjuire  an 
outfit  of  any  size  or  price 
desired  by  simply  adding 
auxiliary  units  (O,  I,  K,  V, 
elc.)  ADD+A+UNIT  — a 
VICTOR  creation  —  is 
distinctively  different  .  .  . 
Nothing   else   like   ill 

Write  now  for  full 
iniormalion. 

VICTOR 

A  N  I  M  A  T  0  P  H  0  N  E 

CORP. 

DAVENPORT,  IOWA 


Chicaco  •   LosAnK»lM 

San    Francisco 

Niw  York 


A  COMPLETE  but  COMPACT 
SMALL  ROOM  OUTFIT 


ADD  M  AMPUFIER  uA  SPEAKER 


FOR  LARGE   AUDITORIUM 
PROJECTION  or 
PUBUC  ADDRESS 


ADD  CENTRAL  RADIO  P.A- 
SOUND  SYSTEM 


For  rttoymf  brNdeasts, 


Al>04M  aA*  (utlu  3  o^  Mat*4f  P<unLU  ComlUMoiioHi. 


Page    170 


The  Educational  Screen 


PRICES  ;^^m/ 

^  DA- LITE 

SCREENS 


For  the  second  time  in  the  past  three  years,  Da-Lite 
again  reduces  prices  and  brings  top  quality  projec- 
tion screens  within  the  reach  of  every  school.  The 
same  superior  reflective  qualities  which  have  charac- 
terized Da-Lite  Screens  for  30  years  are  available 
for  visual  education  to  meet  every  requirement. 
Da-Lite  glass-beaded,  silver  and  white  screens  are 
unsurpassed  in  their  respective  fields.  For  average 
requirements  the  Da-Lite  glass-beaded  surface  is 
recommended  as  it  gives  the  clearest  pictures  with- 
out glare.  At  the  new  low  prices,  Da-Lite  Screens 
represent  outstanding  values. 


Write     for     NEW 
4B   page   catalog! 


This  interesting:  book  is  more  than  a 
list  of  Da-Lite  Screens.  It  contains 
valuable  information  on  surfaces, 
mountingrs.  correct  picture  sizes  and 
other  factors  which  should  be  con- 
sidered in  the  selection  of  any  pro- 
jection screen.  Write  today  for  your 
copy  and  the  name  of  the  DaLite 
supplier   nearest   you. 


COMPARE  QUALITY  &  RESULTS 


IS  THE  ^^BUY^^ 


Reg.  U.  S.   Pat.  Off. 

DA-LITE    SCREEN    CO.,   Inc. 

Dept.  5ES,  2723   N.  Crawford   Ave.,   Chicago,   III. 


Program  of  Nafional  Conference  on  Visual 

Education  and  Film  Exhibifion 

(DeVry  Founda+ion) 

June  19  to  22  inclusive, 
at  Francis  W.  Parker  School,  Chicago 

MONDAY,  JUNE  19 

9  to  12  .\.  M.— Film  Showings— "George  Washington's  Rail- 
road" (Chesapeake  and  Ohio  RR),  "Our  Plant  and  Its  Peo- 
ple" and  "Diesel  Simplicity"  (Caterpillar  Tractor  Company). 
Address:  "Visual  Education  in  CCC  Camps'— Arthur  Hatch, 
CCC  District  Educational  Adviser,  Baltimore,  Md. 
Panel  Discussion  (1)  Puppetry  in  Movies:  Little  Black 
Sambo— A.  P.  Heflin,  Lane  Technical  H.  S.,  Chicago,  Movies 
of  Marionettes — Kathryn  Troy,  Chicago  Park  System,  Jerry 
Pulls  the  Strings — American  Can  Company. 
Panel  Discussion  (11)  County  Systems  of  Visual  Education: 
H.  E.  Ryder,  Co.  Supt.  of  Schools,  Fremont,  Ohio;  C.  D. 
Vermilya,  Co.  Supt  of  Schools,  Ottawa,  Ohio;  Wm.  E. 
Morse,  Co.  Supt.  of  Schools,  Boise,  Idaho. 
2  to  3:00  P.  M.  Address:  "Visual  Education  Advances  at  the 
Glassboro  State  Teachers  College"— George  W.  Wright, 
Supr.  Principal,  Public  Schools,  Glassboro,  N.  J. 
Film  Showings— Dr.  Broadbent's  film  "Child  Growth  and 
Development  of  the  Face"  (presented  by  Dr.  John  W.  Rich- 
ardson, Western  Reserve  University,  Cleveland,  Ohio). 
"From  Pinheads  to  Parades"  (a  show-up  of  camera  sins', 
by  Dr.  James  E.  Bliss,  Western  Reserve  University), 
"Federal  Housing  Administration  Film"  (George  T.  Van  der 
Hoef,  Chief,  Radio  and  Motion  Picture  Section,  FHA,  Wash- 
ington). 

7:30  to  9  P.  M.— Address:    "The  United  States  Film  Service" 
Arch   A.   Mercey,   United   States    Film   Service,  Washington 

p.  C. 

"China's  Struggle  and  Recovery" — Movie  lecture  by  Captain 
Patrick  Smith, 

TUESDAY,  JUNE  20 
9  to  12  A.  M.— Film  Showings— "Harvest  of  the  Years" 
(Ford  Motor  Company),  "Secrets  of  Success"  (extracts  from 
Hollywood  productions,  by  Dr.  I.  E.  Deer,  M.P.P.D.A.) 
"Poetry  and  Geography  Dramatized"  (Mr.  and  Mrs.  Matz, 
Chicago). 

Address:     "The  Movement  for  Better  Films,"  Mrs.  Richard 
McClure,  Better  Films  Council,  Chicago. 
1  to  3:30  P.  M.— Film  Showings— "Start  the  Music"  (Stand- 
ard   Oil    Company),    "Citrus    on    Parade"    (California    Fruit 
Growers  Assoc). 

Illustrated  Address — "Teaching  Television,"  DeForest  Train- 
ing School.  Chicago.  Address — "Laboratory  Technique  in  Re- 
lation to  Sound''— Stuart  Grant,  Pure  Oil  Co.,  Chicago. 
7:30  P.  M. — Film  Showings— "Recreating  the  American 
Indian"  and  "American  Geography," — E.  W.  Cooley,  Wau- 
watosa.  Wis..  "Teaching  Lettering  by  Movies" — Prof.  Justus 
Rising,  Purdue  University. 

WEDNESDAY,  JUNE  21 
9  to  12  A.  M.— Film  Showings— "Hold  that  Farm"  ((Allis- 
Chalmers),  "Firestone  Films"  (Firestone  Tire  and  Rubber 
Co.)  "Foreign  Color"  (Mexico,  Morocco,  Libya) — Walter 
L.  Brabski,  Cleveland,  "Snow  Fighters"  (International  Har- 
vester Co.) 

Address:      "Status   of   Visual   Education   in    Illinois'' — Alvin 
B.   Roberts.   Supt.   of   Schools,   Gilson,   111. 
Business   meeting — Election   of   Resolutions    Committee   and 
Conference   Council. 

1  to  3:30  P.  M.— Film  Showings — "Ohio  Travelogues"— B. 
A.  Aughinbaugh,  Director,  Visual  Instruction,  State  Dept.  of 
Education,  Columbus,  Ohio,  "Birds  in  Color" — Wm.  L. 
Zeller,  Peoria,  111.  "Movie  Studies  on  Economy  of  Motion" 
— L.  W.  Cochran,  Director  Visual  Instruction,  University 
of  Iowa,  "Recording  and  Controlling  Eye  Movements  in 
Reading" — Prof.  B,  F.  Holland,  Universitv  of  Texas. 
6:30  P.  M.— Banquet. 

THURSDAY,  JUNE   22 
9  to   12  A.   M.— Film  Showings— "Good    Neighbors"   (U.    S. 

{Concluded  on  page  171) 


May,   19}9 


Page    171 


IN  AND  FOR  THE  CLASSROOM 


Conducted  by  Wilber  Enimert 

Director  Vitual  Education,  Stat*  Taachari  Collaga,  Indiana,  Pa. 


A  Synchronized  Visual-Sensory  Experience 


By     RUTH     S.     BASTIAN 

Brighton  Avenue  School,  Atlantic  City,  N.  J. 

'T'HE  opera  '•Aiila",  with  its  Egyptian  background 
■*•  was  told,  then  read  to  a  group  of  sixth  grade 
children  as  an  integrated  ex])erience  during  a  cor- 
related stuily  of  ancient  Egypt,  and  modern  Egypt. 
A  few  of  the  children  had  heard  all  or  part  of  the 
opera  over  the  radio,  given  by  local  Italian  opera 
groups,  or  on  the  music  pier  where  operas  are  fre- 
quently given  by  well-known  operatic  stars.  The 
music  of  the  opera  was  played  on  the  victrola,  se- 
lecting the  better  known  compositions  with  which 
tluy  should  be  familiar.  There  was  an  interest  in 
telling  this  story  to  other  children  who  were  study- 
ing Egypt.  We  decided  to  present  it  for  an  audi- 
torium program.  Someone  .said,  "Let's  make  the 
0])era  story  into  a  play".  But  many  problems  arose ; 
costumes,  stage  scenery,  and  settings  were  difficult. 

The  class  had  been  using  slides  in  the  stereopti- 
con,  showing  scenes  of  different  countries  we  had 
been  studying.  They  wanted  to  know  if  they  could 
make  slides  similar  to  those  we  were  using,  which 
would  tell  the  story.  One  boy  volunteered  to  bring 
scrap  glass,  another  to  have  his  father  cut  it  with 
an  electric  glass  cutter.  A  committee  of  boys  meas- 
ured the  slides  to  obtain  the  dimensions.  Ten  cent*; 
purchased  some  carborundum  (600  M.)  at  the  hard- 
ware store.  A  committee  was  shown  how  to  hand- 
etch  the  glass  by  placing  a  small  amount  of  the 
powder  between  the  glass  slides  and  rubbing  the 
two  together  until  smoothly  etched  on  one  side  of 
each  piece.  We  tried  the  glass  in  the  slide  machine 
and  discovered  that  the  etching  must  be  carefully 
done  or  there  would  be  uneven  and  blotchy  places. 
Some  discarded  bicycle  tape  was  used  for  binding 
the  edges  of  the  slides  for  easy  handling. 

We  owned  a  very  fine  colored  edition  of  ".^ida" 
recently  published  as  an  authorized  edition  of  the 
Metropolitan  Guild,  which  was  used  for  ideas  of 
characters   and   scenes.      The   pupil-artists   in   the 

Program  of  Visual  Conference 

(Concluded  from  page  170) 

Documentary),  "Shock  Trojps  of  Disaster"  (Rebecca  Hor- 
wich  Reyer,  for  W.P..\.),  "U.  S.  Coast  Guard  Films,"  ".Mways 
Trust  a  Lifeguard"  (Goodyear  Tire  and  Rubber  Co.) 
Address:  "Visual  Education  in  Colorado" — Arthur  L.  Payne, 
Director  Visual  Instruction,  Public  School,  Greeley,  Colo. 
1  to  3:30  P.  M.— Film  Showings— "Fit  for  the  Future"— 
Major  Henderson,  Culver  Military  Academy,  "The  Red 
Poacher"  and  "Michigan's  Land  of  Hiawatha" — Clarence  J. 
Tinker.  State  Dept.  of  Conservation,  "Siren"  and  Vacation- 
land" — Eugene  Sanborn,  Wisconsin  Dept.  of  Conservation, 
"The  Man  at  the  Wheel"  (March  of  Time).  "A  New  Series 
of  Geography  Films" — F.  C.  Wythe,  New  York  City. 


room  sketched  with  jjcncil  on  the  glass,  scenes  and 
characters.  The  others  colored  the  costumes  and 
scenery,  or  settings.  Some  printed  names  and 
labeled  the  slides  so  that  they  could  be  placed  in 
numerical  order.  Most  of  the  work  was  accom- 
plished in  free  periods  during  the  day  and  in  the 
art  period. 

The  next  problem  for  consideration  was  that  the 
story  must  be  told  to  the  audience.  The  group 
decided  to  do  just  what  is  done  on  the  radio.  The 
characters  were  to  speak  their  parts  without  acting. 
We  needed  the  opera  music  so  we  enlisted  the  music 
supervisor's  assistance  in  obtaining  some  of  the 
most  important  and  famous  selections  from  the 
opera,  for  example,  "Celeste  Aida",  "Grand  March", 
Ballet  music,  "O  Terra  Addio",  and  others. 

The  cast  wrote  their  parts  taken  from  the  words 
used  in  the  libretto  of  the  opera.  The  whole  scheme 
was  synchronized  in  this  manner.  The  announcer 
presented  the  author  of  the  opera  Verdi  by  showing 
a  slide  of  him,  and  the  pupil  representing  him  told 
briefly  the  story  of  his  life  and  why  he  had  written 
the  opera.  The  audience  could  not  see  the  char- 
acters in  person  but  the  slides  portrayed  them, 
while  the  children  created  the  per.sonality.  The 
whole  opera  was  presented  in  this  way.  The 
commentator  gave  the  parts  which  were  explana- 
tory between  the  speaking  parts.  The  slide  which 
illustrated  the  scene  was  thrown  on  the  screen, 
the  characters  spoke  their  lines,  and  where  there 
was  a  solo,  a  ballet,  or  duet  the  composition  from 
the  opera  was  played  on  the  victrola.  The  whole 
effect  was  the  complete  opera,  almost  as  it  would 
appear  on  the  stage,  over  the  radio,  or  in  films. 

As  an  introduction  to  the  performance  a  brief 
discussion  on  why  we  are  interested  in  this  story, 
as  integrated  with  our  study  of  ancient  Egypt  and 
geographical  knowledge  attained,  was  given. 

This  performance  held  the  attention  of  an  as- 
sembly of  several  hundred  children  ranging  in  age 
from  eight  to  fourteen.  The  length  of  the  opera  was 
approximately  forty-five  minutes.  A  check-up  was 
made  in  an  average  fourth  grade  to  check  under- 
standing and  comprehension  of  the  story,  and  ap- 
parently a  large  majority  thoroughly  enjoyed  the 
contribution  to  their  learning.  Music  supervisors 
might  question  the  use  of  this  tragic  opera,  pre- 
ferring "Hansel  and  Gretel",  or  perhaps  "Lohen- 
grin", which  definitely  have  their  place  as  children's 
operas  with  an  appeal.  The  writer  would  like  to 
add  this  comment,  that  in  this  modem  age  with 
thrillers,  for  comic  strips,  movies,  picture  maga- 
zines and  stories  which  excite  the  senses,  surely  the 
opera  may  substitute  for  the  tawdry. 


Page   172 


The  Educational  Screen 


SEEING 

IS  BELIEVINGI 

No  matter  what  the  subject 
taught  .  .  .  the  mind  receives 
fullest  significance,   understands 
with  greatest  clarity  —  if  the  les- 
son has  been  conveyed  by  the  eyes! 

YOU  WILL  EDUCATE   BEST 

IF  YOU  EDUCATE 

PICTORIALLY! 


FOR  ENTERTAINMENT,  NO  GREATER 
PICTURES  ARE  AVAILABLE 

THAT  CERTAIN  AGE 

SERVICE  DE  LUXE 

NEWSBOYS  HOME 

SON  OF  FRANKENSTEIN 

YOU  CAN'T  CHEAT  AN  HONEST  MAN 

LETTER  OF  INTRODUCTION 

MAD  ABOUT  MUSIC 

(and  many  others) 


Write    to    Universal's    Non-Theatrical 

Department  for  further  information 

regarding  short  and  feature-length 

pictures,  travelogues,  cartoons 

and  other  motion  pictures. 

CATALOeUE   16 


UNIVERSAL  PICTURES 
COMPANY,  INC. 

Rockefeller  Center  New  York,  N.  Y. 

CIRCLE  7-7100 


Suggested  recordings  of  "Aida"  for  possible  use 
are :  the  complete  opera,  Victor  Musical  Master- 
pieces Album  54;  Celeste  Aida  (Heavenly  Aida), 
Victor  7770;  Grand  March  (Triumphal  Scene  Act 
II.),  Victor  11885  Parlophone  E.  11041;  Ballet 
Music  (Act  II),  Polydor  66584;  O  Terra  Addio 
(Farewell  to  Earth)  and  Finale  Act  IV,  Victor 
3040-3041. 

Suggested  reference  book  is  "Aida",  the  author- 
ized edition  of  the  Metropolitan  Opera  Guild,  Inc., 
giving  the  story  of  Verdi's  greatest  opera.  Adapted 
by  Robert  Lawrence,  illustrated  by  Barry  Hart.  Pub- 
lished by  Silver  Burdett  Company,  New  York,   1938. 

Method  for  Holding  Slides 

By     MAX     R.     KLEIN 

Instructor  of   Industrial   Arts, 
Public  Schools,  Cleveland,  Ohio 

A  SIMPLE  device  for  holding  the  lantern  slide  in 
place  while  making  the  copy  on  it  is  herewith 
illustrated.  When  making  home  made  slides  it  is  some- 
limes  necessary  to  have  the  slide  in  position  for  ruling 
straight,  parallel  lines  as  for  graphs  and  charts,  or 
for  ruling  parallel  lines  to  guide  freehand  lettering.  A 
heavy  cardboard,  slightly  thicker  than  an  etched  glass 
slide,  should  be  used  along  with  a  small  sized  draw- 
ing board,  T-square,  and  thumb  tacks  or  staples.  With 
a  sharp  knife  or  razor  blade,  cut  out  from  the  card- 
board a  rectangle,  4  inches  by  3^4  inches,  the  size  of 
a  standard  lantern  slide.  When  the  slide  is  placed  into 
the  cut  out  area,  "square-up"  the  slide  so  that  the 
horizontal  edges  are  parallel  with  the  T-square ;  then 
with  thumb  tacks  or  staples  fasten  the  cardboard  to 
the  drawing  board.  When  necessary  to  draw  verticle 
lines  use  an  ordinary  drafting  triangle  (a  45  degree  or 
30-60  degree)  held  firmly  on  the  upper  edge  of  the 
T-square  blade,  thus  assuring  lines  at  right  angles 
to  the  horizontal.  With  a  little  practice  it  will  be 
found    that   accurate    and    neat    homemade    slides   are 


{-T HUM 6  TACK. 

1 5PACL  fOR.  JCUT  OUT| 

GLASS     Ito  fIT  i     DR-AWING 
.slidlJ       board 


The  Ensemble 

easy  to  make  with  this  device.  The  slide,  as  shown 
in  the  illustration,  similates  a  small  drawing  area  upon 
which  an  idea  may  be  developed  for  projection.  If 
permanency  is  desired,  a  cover  glass  should  be  placed 
over  the  finished  etched  glass  slide,  then  bound  with 
tape  in  the  usual  manner  for  finished  slides. 


May,   19)9 


Page  173 


AMONG   THE 
AND    BOOKS 


MAGAZINES 


Conducted  by  The  Staff 


The  English  Journal — Hi},'h  School  K(iitit)n  (28: 
\20-l2'>.  I'chruary  .59)  "A  Preview  of  an  Investi- 
gation of  Motion-Picture  Class  and  Cluh  Activi- 
ties," by  Constance  McCuIlough,  Hiram  College, 
Hiram,  Ohio. 

This  article  gives  in  some  detail  the  information 
secured  from  a  study  of  the  techniques  in  use  for 
teaching  motion  picture  appreciation.  The  data 
obtained  represents  40  classes  and  40  clubs,  mostly 
from  senior  high  schools.  The  motion  picture  study 
clubs  reported  on  the  nature  of  their  organization, 
money-raising  schemes,  how  funds  are  used,  com- 
mittee activities,  typical  programs  at  meetings, 
amateur  film  production,  conmiunity  cooi^eration 
and  contacts,  and  club  attempts  to  educate  school 
and  community  in  film  discrimination.  The  teachers 
of  classes  in  motion  picture  evaluation  told  of  the 
materials  used  as  texts,  activities  engaged  in  (many 
similar  to  those  tindertaken  by  the  clubs),  topics 
for  study,  problems  encountered,  and  how  stand- 
ards of  evaluation  are  established.  The  writer,  in 
conclusion,  warns  teachers  and  club-sponsors  that 
the  study  of  motion  pictures  in  school  will  not  hold 
a  respected  and  secure  place  in  the  curriculum 
unless  they  show  tangible  proof  of  the  educational 
worth  of  such  activities. 

Modern  Language  Journal  (23:  357-361,  February 
'39)  "Using  Films  and  Slides  Effectively,"  by 
Edward  G.  Bernard. 

.\  discussion  of  the  visual  techniques  to  be  uti- 
lized in  teaching  modern  languages.  Films  and  slides 
are  declared  to  be  valuable  for  creating  interest  in 
and  teaching  the  civilization  of  the  country  whose 
language  is  being  studied ;  also  for  vocabulary  and 
composition.  Sound  films  are  helpful  in  pronuncia- 
tion work.  The  importance  of  advance  preparation 
of  the  class  for  a  film  is  stressed,  and  various  meth- 
ods of  conducting  a  film  lesson  are  suggested.  A 
number  of  effective  variations  can  be  devised  by 
an  ingenious  teacher.  Reviews  of  six  French  films 
complete  the  material. 

(23:  367-370,  February  '39)  "French  by  Sound 
Pictures,"  by  Clifford  S.  Parker,  University  of  New 
Hampshire,  Durham. 

Some  concrete  evidence  of  the  value  of  films  in 
foreign  language  instruction  is  oflfered  in  this  article 
a])pearing  in  the  same  issue. 

A  questionnaire  was  passed  out  at  the  showing 
of  a  French  talking  film  to  find  out  how  much  of 
the  language  the  audience  understood.  70  per  cent 
of  the  audience  was  taking  a  French  course  and 
half  had  just  read  the  play.  It  was  found  that  only 
advanced  students  are  likely  to  understand  the 
dialogue  and  profit  by  it.  The  author's  conclusions 
parallel  those  of  Mr.  Bernard,  namely,  that  such 


films  have  value  mainly  in  stimulating  interest  in 
French  and  in  giving  authentic  views  of  French  life. 

Education  (59:  415-417,  March  '39)  "A  Director 
of  Visual  Education  in  Science,"  by  Kenneth 
Edwards  and  H.  S.  Busby. 

The  functions  and  activities  of  a  director  of 
Visual  Education  in  Science,  to  which  subject  of 
the  curriculum  this  issue  is  devoted,  are  briefly  set 
forth  to  be :  careful  selection  of  material  and  adapt- 
ing it  to  the  curriculum,  training  in  the  principles 
of  audio-visual  projection  and  in  the  technique  of 
instruction,  distributing  and  scheduling  the  mater- 
ials. A  not  unimportant  duty  of  the  director  also 
is  the  instilling,  in  the  heart  of  the  students,  of  a 
desire  to  develop  a  scientific  attitude. 

The  Illinois  Teacher  (27:  200-201,  March  '39)  "A 
New-Type  Visual  Commencement,"  by  C.  C.  Logan 
and  Hal  Hall. 

The  Senior  Class  and  Faculty  of  the  University 
High  School,  Southern  Illinois  State  Normal  Uni- 
versity, presented  a  commencement  program  last 
year  which  was  a  radical  departure  from  the  tradi- 

IT  SELLS  ITSELF 

Let  the  audience  decide  its  merits  on  picture  and 
sound  performance.  Let  any  professional  Motion  Picture 
Operator  decide  on  its  smooth,  q[uiet 

mechanical  action  —  its 
predominance  of  ma- 
chined parts — its  depend- 
able beltless  drives,  ball 
bearings,  etc.,  and  ease 
of  operation,  threading, 
changing  of  all  lamps, 
etc.  ' 

Ask  the  Film  Owner 
how  slight  the  film 
breakage  and  wear.  , 
Write  for  catalog  today. 

ONLY  BO  LBS.  TOTAL 
Pro)*ctor — Amplifier — Speaker 

ASK  ABOtn  OUR  FREE 

DEMONSTRATION   OFFER 

HOLMES    PROJECTOR    CO. 


1(13  Orchard  St- 


CHICAGO 


^^' 


16  mm  a*u^  35  mm 
R      O       J         E 


Page    174 


The  Educational  Screen 


Universal  Ik 

SOUND  PROJECTORS  ^ 

New  All-Purpose  Model 

Combined  utility  is  offered  in  this 
newly  designed  1 6MM  Sound  Pro- 
jector. Precision  built.  Completely 
flexible  for  the  varied  demands 
of  classroom  and  auditorium. 


Complete,  ready  to  operate 

Universal  Sound  Projector 

SENTRY  SAFETY  CONTROL  CORP. 

1921  Oxford  St.,  Phila.,  Pa. 

Show  Room— 1600  Broadway.  N.  Y.  C. 


in  HJouz  ^CLEncE  CLa±±E± 


S.  V.  E.      P  I  C  T  U  R  O  L  S 

These  rolls  of  .W  mm  film  containing  Bcrles 
at  still  pictures  »re  available  for  all  fields 
of  study  includUig  chemistry,  phj-sics,  botany, 
biology,  zoology  and  nature  study.  Each 
roll  has  from  25  to  50  pictures.  Wnte  lor 
list  of  Picturols  and  fUmslides. 


and     the 
PROJECTOR 

that  shows  Picturols  and 
other  filmslides,  either 
single  or  double  frame, 
and  2"  x  2"  glass  slides. 


PROJECTOR 

Kodaohrsme  pictures  made  with  miniature  cameras  by  students  can  be  mounted  in 
2"  X  2"  glass  slides  and  projected  life  size  with  the  SVE  Tri-Purpose  Projector. 
The  Model  AA  illustrated  above  has  a  300  watt  lamp  and  may  be  used  in  audi- 
torium as  well  as  classrooms.  It  also  has  as  standard  equipment,  the  SVE  Rewind 
Take-up    which    rewinds    Picturols    and    other   flim    strips    as   they   are    being    shown. 

Inc. 


Write  for   literature  today. 


Society   for   Visual    Education, 

Dept.   5ES,   100   East  Ohio   Street,   Chicaqo,   II 


tional  type.  Instead  of  the  usual  speeches,  the 
program  consisted  of  a  one-act  play  dealing  with  a 
current  social  problem,  and  thirty  minutes  of  pic- 
tures of  school  activities  and  students,  particularlj' 
members  of  the  graduating  class.  Several  hundred 
candid  and  posed  pictures  had  been  taken  through- 
out the  school  year  and  converted  into  filmstrips 
and  slides  for  projection.  Such  a  vitalized  pro- 
gram as  described  herein  receives  more  publicity, 
increases  attendance,  and  stimulates  greater 
audience-interest.  Doubtless,  many  other  schools 
will  be  inspired  to  initiate  a  similar  procedure. 

The  Journal  of  Geography  (38:  58-62,  February 
'39)  "The  Use  of  Toy  Projection  Aids  in  the 
Teaching  of  Geography,"  by  Harold  Gluck,  A\^alton 
High  School,  New  York  City. 

"The  purpose  of  this  article,"  declares  the  author, 
"is  to  show  how  suitable  equipment  may  be  ob- 
tained at  little  or  no  cost."  By  "toy  projection 
aids,"  he  means  the  great  variety  of  devices  which 
have  been  introduced  on  the  market  for  the  amuse- 
ment of  children  but  which  can  be  used  to  great 
advantage  by  the  geography  teacher.  And  he  tells 
how.  Among  these  devices  are  the  postal  card 
projector,  the  magic  lantern,  8  mm  and  16  mm  mo- 
tion picture  equipment,  still  film  slides. 

Proceedings  of  Pennsylvania  Conference 

The  second  annual  Audio-Visual  Education  Con- 
ference was  held  at  the  Pennsylvania  College  for 
Women,  Pittsburgh,  on  March  31  and  April  1,  as  an- 
nounced in  our  March  issue.  Approximately  two  hun- 
dred representatives  from  schools,  colleges,  clubs,  and 
social  agencies  attended  the  sessions.  Durably  bound 
mimeographed  proceedings  of  the  conference  may  be 
obtained  for  25c  by  writing  to  James  S.  Kinder,  Director, 
PCW  Film  Service,  Pennsylvania  College  for  Women. 

Source  List  of  Films  on  Current  Problems 

Films  of  Everyday  Life  is  the  title  of  a  61-page  bibliography 
of  selected  films  on  current  problems  compiled  by  Hilla  Weh- 
l-.erg  for  the  Production  Committee  of  the  Metropolitan  Motion 
Picture  Council,  100  Washington  Square  East,  New  York  City. 
The  purpose  of  this  valuable  compilation  is  "to  give  organiza- 
tions interested  in  making  films  a  cross  section  of  the  work 
already  done  in  their  respective  fields."  The  236  films  are 
classified  under  the  following  24  subject-grc  ps :  Agriculture 
and  Rural  Life,  Business,  Civil  Liberties,  Consumers  and  Coop- 
eratives, Crime  Prevention,  Culture  Patterns.  Education,  Health, 
Housing,  International  Relations,  La'  or.  Marriage  and  Family, 
Mental  Hygiene,  Political  Science,  Racial  Relations,  Recreation, 
Religion  and  the  Community,  Safety,  Social  Service,  Unemploy- 
ment, Vocational  Training,  War  and  Peace,  Youth,  Mis- 
cellaneous. 

Data  is  given  on  each  film  as  to  producer,  number  of  reels, 
whether  16mm  or  3Smm,  sound  or  silent,  distribitor,  and  con- 
tents. The  price  of  the  directory  is  $2.00,  but  members  of  the 
Motion  Picture  Council  may  obtain  it  for  SOc. 

Los  Angeles  Bulletin  on  School  Journey 

The  School  Trip — Elementary  Superintendents'  Bulletin 
No.  5.  Published  by  Los  Angeles  City  School  District,  January, 
1939.    24  pages. 

This  bulletin  contains  a  comprehensive  account  of  the  work- 
ings of  the  "School  Journey"  in  the  Los  Angeles  school  system. 
Preparations  for  a  "trip"  are  described  in  full  detail.  Then 
scores  of  trips  regularly  made  in  and  around  the  city  are  listed, 
with  transportation  directions.     Several  of  these  journeys  are 


May,   19)9 


Page   175 


Have  you  discovered  ^ 

NATURE  NOTES* 

TP:ACHERS,    park     naturaliitts.    others    write    u«. 
"Why  haven't  I  known  about  NATURE  NOTES 
before?"  "A  biR  help  in  my  work."  "It  human- 
iua    nature  itudy."    "Ha«   excellent    illustrations." 

There's  no  other  magazine  quite  like  NATURE 
NOTES.  ThouKh  small  in  size,  it  is  packed  with 
authentic  nature  lore.  Not  dry — not  too  sentimental 
— it  treats   nature   like  the  fascinatinK  subject  (t  la. 

Send  25c  coin  or  stamps  for  a  4  months'  trial  and 
embark  on  a  voyage  of  discovery.  Bett4>r  still,  send 
II  for  a  full  year's  subscription.  (SPECIAL — 6  free 
back  numbers  with  each  new  yearly  subscription, 
while    our   .supplies    last,  i 

NATURE     NOTES 

The  Magazine  of  Outdoor  Information 
UU    PROSPECT    ROAD  PEORIA.    ILLINOIS 


selected  for  detailed  treatment — an  account  of  purpose  and  pre- 
paration by  the  teacher,  and  written  reactions  by  pupils — in- 
cluding the  Airport,  a  Museum,  a  Dairy,  the  Harbor,  San 
Fernando  Mission,  Griffith  Park  Observatory.  Bibliographic 
references  are  plentiful  throughout  and  the  bulletin  concludes 
with  some  seven  pages  of  suggestive  discussion  in  the  form 
of  two  essays  on  "Understanding  the  Child"  and  "Every  Teacher 
a  Counselor"  which  are  thoroughly  worth  reading  for  all  con- 
cerned with  School  Journey  activities. — N.L.G. 

Among  Ourselves 

(Concluded  from  fxtge  169) 

been  possible  to  put  the  plan  into  effect  for  experimental 

production. 

If  this  plan  works  out,  we  hope  to  be  able  to  make 
these  shorts  available  at  perhaps  $7.50  per  2(X)-foot 
unit  complete  imth  study  guide,  through  the  Association 
of  School  Film  Libraries.  Of  course,  the  subjects  avail- 
able will  l)e  those  related  to  agriculture.  However,  we 
feel  that  the  acquisition  of  these  films  will  have  a  tend- 
ency to  encourage  greater  use  of  films  and  consequently 
the  purchase  of  films  on  other  subjects  which  can  not 
be  made  available  at  such  low  cost.  It  was  not  until 
the  price  of  the  Ford  came  down  that  the  more  ex- 
pensive cars  became  popular.  So  we  feel  and  hope  it 
will  be  with  films.  We  hope  to  have  a  number  of  films 
completed  and  available  for  purchase  in  the  near  future. 
Announcement  will  be  made  through  the  Association 
of  School  Film  Libraries  of  subjects  available. 

Editors  Who  Have  Helped 

Requests  from  our  Editorial  Committee  for  con- 
sideration of  problems  in  visual  education  were  met 
with  whole-hearted  support  by  several  publishers.  We 
heartily  endorse  the  following  to  our  members: 

Nation's  Schools  (Chicago  and  N.  Y.)  Each  month 
film  listings  are  given,  together  with  reviews  of  new 
educational  releases.  Look  for  the  June  issue,  in  which 
a  special  "portfolio"  on  the  administration  of  visual 
education  will  appear. 

School  Science  and  Mathematics  (Chicago)  Begin- 
ning in  February,  a  motion  picture  review  service  for 
science  teachers  was  initiated.  See  also  the  excellent 
articles  on  motion  pictures  appearing  in  the  March  and 
April  issues. 

Scholastic  (N.Y.C.)  "Sight  and  Sound"  includes 
film  reviews  and  news  notes  for  the  teacher  of  social 
studies  or  English. 


16MM.    SOUND    ON    FILM 

for 
RENT  —  EXCHANGE  —  SALE 

A  few  of  our  Large  Catalogue  of 
RENTAL    SURJECTS 

THE  LOST  JUNGLK  *  KEEPER  OP  THE  BEES  It  GALLANT 
POOL  it  THE  GIRL  OF  THE  LIMBERL08T  It  I  CON- 
QUER THE  SEA  *  MILLION  DOLLAR  BABY  it  IN 
OLD  SANTA  FE  •  EAT  'EM  ALIVE  *  CITY  LIMITS 
*  MAN'S  BEST  FRIEND  it  KENTUCKY  BLUE  STREAK 
it  SILENT  ENEMY  *  JANE  EYKE  •  KLONDIKE  it 
RUSTLER'S  PARADISE  *  HEARTS  OF  HUMANITY  * 
RETURN  OF  CASEY  JONES  •  MIDNIGHT  PHANTOM 
it  NOW  OR  NEVER  '*  THIRTEENTH  GUEST  -*  RED 
HAIRED  ALIBI  *  all  PETER  B.  KYNE'S  SUBJECTS  * 
■II  TOM  TYLER.  JACK  PERRIN  and  JACK  HOXIE'S  WEST- 
ERNS it  all  RICHARD  TALMADGE'S  pictorM  it  bb4 
RIN  TIN  TIN,  Jr. 

Alloicthtr     lit     Featarn    and    400    Shorta 

from       which       to       pick       7oar      provraaa 

Not  One  Mediocre   Picture  in   Our  Library 

rUm  RanUI  Catalorna  —  Film  Sal*  CatalacM 

Write   for   them 

CINE  CLASSIC  LIBRARY 


\U\    JEFFERSON    AVE. 


BROOKLYN.    N.    Y. 


Th«    Mediterranean    It    News    Again! 

A  history  of  the  MediUTrancan  Sea  from 
before  the  Roman  Empire  to  the  present, 
portrayinir  the  riae  and  fall  of  empire*  on 
this  bnttloyround  of  conquest.  8,000  yean 
of    History    in   panorama. 

2  REELS  ...  18  MM  SOUND  ONLY 
PICTORIAL  FILMS.  INC 


1650     Broadway 


N«w    York    City 


Soand     and     Silent 
IGmm     Films 

for  Initryction  and  •Mertainment 

in  cloMroom  or  auditorium 

FEATURES     —     SHORT     SUBJECTS 

available   from   tli* 

iorgeit  film  library 

in  til*  IMiddle  Watt 

Alio  lorqo  loloction  of  8  mm  films 

Send  for  compfefa   eafaiogs 

Ideal    Pictures    Corporation 

28  E.  Eiglifli  Stroot  Chicago,  III. 


35 

FILM 

SUDES 


General  Science,  11  rolls,  $20 
Principles  of  Physics,  7  rolls,  SI 2 
Principles  of  Chemistry,  8  rolls,  S14 


Order  on  opproral  or  lend  for  fre»  folder  and  sample 

VISUAL  SCIEl^CES,  Suffem,  New  York 


Tallc  (rem  your 

acrecn  with  quickly 

TYHWRrniN 

MISSAOES 

n  lUdlo-Maca  Sl.n 

[  White.  Amber.  Crccn  | 

Acccvt  BO  tabcritutc 


MAKE  YOUR  OWN 

TYPEWRITER     SLIDES 

For    Screen    Projection 

USE        RADIO        MATS 

on   aale  by  Theatre  Supply  Oaeleie 
Write  for  Free  Sample 

RADIO-MAT  SLIDE  CO..  Inc. 

■  HI*  Broadway.  Depl.  V.  New  York  CUy 


Only      the      B  e  m  t 

16mm     SOUND     FILM     16mm 


THE 


Lrf>w    rental    ratce    include    trsnaportatlon    ctaarcaa. 

Writ*  for  our  new  double  aixe  liat. 

Our    rataa    remain    at   their   former   low   leral. 

MAMtB        IIBRAIIV  243t    AUBURN     AVC 

A   M  1  K        LIBnMni  CINCINNATI.     ONIO 


k 


Page   176 


The  Educational  Screen 


THE    FILM    ESTIMATES 


Being  Ihe  Combined  Judgments  of  a  National  Committee  on  Current  Tfieatrical  Filmt 
(A)  Discriminating  Adults  (Y)  Youth  (C)  Children 

Date    of    mailing    on    weekly    service    is    shown    on    each    film. 


Ballerina  (French-English  titles)  (Mayer-Dur- 
styn)  Expertly  picturizes  life  in  isolated  art 
world  of  French  Opera  ballet  school.  Earnest 
little  pupil  trying  to  help  teacher  cripples  for 
life  teacher's  rival.  Remorse,  struggle,  forgive- 
ness make  real  drama.  Charming  child  acting 
and  dancing.  4-25-39 

(A)  (Y)  Very  good  of  kind  (C)  Bevond  them 

Beauty  for  the  Asking  (Lucille  Ball,  Patric 
Knowles)  (RKO)  Glittering  sets  and  supposed 
"insight"  into  doings  of  the  cosmetics  business 
help  little  this  thoroughly  artificial,  unconvinc- 
ing triangle  theme.  Nothing  objectionable,  just 
dull  and  unreal^  often  absurd,  and  dramatic 
unity    lacking.  4-18-39 

(A)  Mediocre  (Y)  Hardly  (C)  No 

Blackwell's  Island  (John  Garfield,  Rosemary 
Lane)  (Warner)  Utterly  exaggerated,  cheaply 
sensational  stuff  about  crude  racketeer  who  is 
jailed,  but  cows  warden  and  runs  huge  prison 
to  suit  himself  until  foiled  by  colorless  re- 
porter-hero. The  crass,  ignoramus  villain  steals 
the  picture.  5-2-39 

(A)  Preposterous  (Y)  No  (C)  No 

Broadway  Serenade  (MacDonald.  Ayres.  Ian 
Hunter)  (MGM)  Lavish,  costly  musical  hung 
on  trite,  obvious  plot  of  little  interest.  Jean- 
nette  sings  beautifully,  but  Tchaikowsky's 
music  is  brutally  mangled  in  grotesque  cli- 
max that  strives  to  be  colossal.  Notable  role 
by    Al    Shean    as    old    music-master.  5-2-39 

(A)  Elaborate     (Y)  Good  of  kind     (C)  Little  int. 

Crisis  (Produced  in  Sudetenland)  (Mayer-Bur- 
styn)  Strong,  straight-forward,  anti-Nazi  docu- 
mentary film  tracing  Hitler  doings  from  Aus- 
trian Anschluss  to  rape  of  Czecho-Slovakia  de- 
serted by  democratic  allies.  Thought-provoking, 
full  of  authentic  details,  vivid  portrayal  of  world 
danger,  fine  narrative  accompaniment.  4-18-3& 
(A)  Very  good  of  kind  (Y)  (C)  If  it  interests 

Dark  Victory  (Bette  Davis,  George  Brent) 
(Warner)  Artistic,  unusual,  deeply-moving  film, 
splendid  in  all  respects.  Notable  for  direction 
and  Bette's  superb  portrayal  of  girl  who  re- 
adjusts her  life  and  bravely  awaits  tragic 
death  that  faces  her.  Fine  restraint  and  char- 
acter values.  Tender  love  story.  5-2-39 
(A)  Excellent       (Y)  Very  sad       (C)  Too  mature 

Disbarred  (Otto  Kruger,  Gail  Patrick)  (Para) 
Clever,  engaging  criminal  -  lawyer  -  racketeer 
gaily  accepts  disbarment,  installs  innocent 
lawyer-heroine  to  win  crooked  trials  for  his 
gang,  thwarts  justice  consistently  until  hero- 
ine learns  truth  and  changes  sides.  Well 
acted.  4-11-39 

(A)  Hardly  (Y)  No  (C)  No 

Dodge  City  (Errol  Flynn,  de  Havilland)  (War- 
ner) Lavish  Technicolor  western  thriller,  bury- 
ing history  in  seething  melodrama.  Railroad  dis- 
places stagecoach,  hero  shoots  heroine's  brother, 
longest  and  smashingest  barroom  fight  ever 
done,  golden  spike  driven,  lurid  gun-fight  in 
burning  train,  andjheroine  forgives  hero.  4-11-39 
(Aj  Depends  on  taste        (Y)  Thrilling        (C)  No 

Family  Next  Door  (Hugh  Herbert,  Joy  Hodges) 
(Univ)  New  series  of  domestic  comedies  a  la 
'Jones  Family,  but  less  sense  and  more  bedlam. 
Harebrained  father,  social-climber  mother,  rat- 
tlebrained son  with  big  money-making  dreams 
are  caricatures.  Slapstick  realism  with  all  the 
stock    laugh-devices.  4-18-39 

(A)  Hardly  (Y)  (C)  More  or  less  amusing 

Hound  of  the  Baskervilles  (Rathbone,  Bruce, 
Greene,  Barrie)(Fox)  Fine  screening  of  classic, 
notable  cast  and  settings,  with  story  content 
by  Doyle,  not  Hollywood.  Result,  artistic  thrill- 
er absorbing  in  character,  action,  atmosphere 
and  natural  dialog.  Should  start  "Holmes" 
series   with   same  cast.  4-25-39 

(A)  (Y)  Excellent  (C)  Very  exciting 

I'm  from  Missouri  (Bob  Burns,  Gladys  George) 
(Para)  Usual  Burns  drawl-comedy  but  he  is 
crude  mule-raising  banker(  !)  and  married  to 
dainty  Gladys  George(  !).  Starts  as  amusing 
Missouri  realism,  then  a  slapstick  invasion  of 
society  in  England  which  is  laughable  unless 
too  preposterous.  4-11-39 

(A)  Depends  on  taste       (Y)  (C)  Mostly  amusing 


King  of  the  Turf  (Menjou,  Roger  Daniel)  (U  A) 
Well-acted,  sentimental,  "horse"  melodrama 
about  former  great  racetrack  figure,  now  a 
drunken  bum,  regenerated  by  track-struck  boy 
who  proves  to  be  his  son !  Coincidence  over- 
worked, ethics  mixed,  logic  of  depressing  end- 
ing doubtful.  5-9-39 
(A)  Depends  on  taste        (Y)  Doubtful        (C)  No 

Lady  and  the  Mob  (Fay  Bainter)  (Columbia) 
tavely.  thoroughly  improbable  comedy  of  rich, 
belligerent  little  old  lady  bent  on  curing 
wrongs  regardless  of  method.  Hires  gang  to 
fight  gang.  Whole  story  burlesques  reality  but 
Fay  Bainter  gets  full  values  from  greatly 
overdrawn    role.  4-18-39 

(A)  Perhaps      (Y)  Probably  good     (C)  Doubtful 

Let  Us  Live  (Fonda,  O'Sullivan)  (Columbia) 
Engaging,  innocent  newly-weds  suddenly  caught 
in  preposterous  miscarriage  of  justice,  ar- 
tificially induced,  and  District  Attorney  gloats. 
Her  heart-breaking  struggles  finally  free  hus- 
band from  death  cell,  but  whole  agony  is 
still  gratuitous  and  harrowing.  5-9-39 

(A)  Depends  on  taste  (Y)  (C)  By  no  means 

Lucky  Night  (Loy,  Robert  Taylor)  (MGM)  Gay. 
flippant  stuff.  Couple  "broke",  park  bench, 
steal  dime,  slot  machine,  roulette,  prosperity, 
food,  drink,  drunken  marriage  unremembered 
— whole  achievement  blessed  by  her  rich,  in- 
credibly "understanding"  father !  Clogged  by 
much  pseudo-philosophic  "talk."  5-9-39 

(A)  Depends  on  taste  (Y)  Unwholesome  (C)  No 

My  Son  is  a  Criminal  (Alan  Baxter.  Jacqueline 
Wells)  (Columbia)  Unpleasant,  strong  melo- 
drama. Fine,  retired  police-chief  father  wants 
son  to  join  department  but  latter  is  unsus- 
pected head  of  hijacking  gang,  using  his  police 
contact  to  advantage.  Son  is  finally  killed  by 
his   own   father  in   a   robbery.  5-2-39 

(A)  Mediocre  (Y)  No  (C)  No 

My  Wife's  Relations  (The  Gleasons,  Davenport) 
(Republic)  Second  in  Higgins  Family  series. 
Realism  and  character  interest  spoiled  by  car- 
icature acting,  poor  low  comedy,  and  impossible 
child  conduct.  Boorishness  in  drawing-room, 
chair-smashing,  water-squirting  are  features. 
Waste  of  Davenport.  4-25-39 

(A)  Worthless  (Y)  No  value  (C)  No 

Mystery  of  Mr.  Wong  (Karloff)  (Monogram) 
Well  tangled  little  thriller  about  couple  of  so- 
ciety murders  over  "cursed"  jewel.  No  clutch- 
ing hands,  secret  panels  or  grewsomeness.  Kar- 
loff iwnderously  impressive  as  James  Lee  Wong 
of  the  Collier  stories,  supported  by  fairly 
adequate  cast.  5-9-39 

(A)  Perhaps  (Y)  (C)  Fairly  good 

Mystery  of  the  White  Room  (Bruce  Cabot) 
(Univ)  Complex  and  absurd  "Crime  Club" 
thriller  laid  in  "hospital"  where  routine  con- 
sists of  few  operations  and  many  duet  scenes 
of  doctors  kissing  their  pet  nurses,  stupid  com- 
edy, plus  impossible  murders  by  jealous  little 
nurse  tossing   tiny   scalpels !  4-25-39 

-(A)  Stupid  (Y)  No  (C)  No 

One  Third  of  a  Nation  (Sylvia  Sidney,  Leif 
Ericson)  (Para)  Sincere,  earnestly-acted  argu- 
ment for  slum  clearance.  Argues  more  eloquently 
through  dialog  than  visually,  despite  vivid  scenes 
of  tenement  squalor  and  disease-ridden  fire- 
traps.  Many  weaknesses  as  drama,  but  focuses 
attention   on   serious   social   problem.  5-2-39 

(A)  (Y)  Good  of  kind  (C)  Too  mature 

Pirates  of  the  Skies  (Kent  Taylor.  Rochelle 
Hudson)  (Univ,)  Breezy  headstrong  hero,  fired 
from  Air  Police  service,  still  tracks  down  from 
the  air  a  bank-robbing  gang  making  its  es- 
capes by  plane  kept  cleverly  hidden.  Very  or- 
dinary in  acting,  cast  and  direction.  No  undue 
thrills    or    violence.  4-18-39 

(A)  Mediocre  (Y)  (C)  Perhaps 

Prison  Without  Bars  (British)  (UA)  Powerful, 
finely  acted,  Korda-directed  story  of  life  in  girls* 
reform  school.  New  superintendent  transforms 
system  and  its  effects  convincingly,  sacrificing 
her  own  romance  for  sake  of  heroine,  the 
leading  inmate.  Appealing,  absorbing,  and 
technically   well   done.  4-11-39 

(A)  Interesting         (Y)  Very  mature  (C)  No 


Saint  Strikes  Back  (George  Sanders,  Wendie 
Barrie)  (RKO)  Well-known  fiction  character, 
suave  adventurer,  uses  incredibly  clever  talents 
(and  quite  dubious  methods)  to  help  girl  clear 
deceased  father's  name  and  unmask  crooks  who 
framed  him.  Lively,  fairly  absorbing,  well 
acted,   improbable,   very   involved.  5-2-39 

(A)  Fair  (Y)  Perhaps  (C)  No 

School  for  Husbands  (English  cast)  (Hoffberg) 
Naive  effort  at  breezy,  sophisticated  society 
comedy  about  supposedly  irresistible  playboy 
teaching  husbands  how  to  restore  wifely  affec- 
tion by  risque  methods.  Acting,  dialog  and 
direction  all  too  lacking  in  deftness  and 
subtlety  to  convince  or  amuse.  4-11-39 

(A)  Amateurish  (Y)  No  (CJ  No 

Sergeant  Madden  (Wallace  Beery.  Tom  Brown) 
(MGM I  Beery  in  sympathetic,  convincing  role 
as  humble  but  worthy  policeman  whose  ideals 
and  example  inspire  one  son  but  fail  to  keep 
the  other  from  downward  path  of  crime. 
Rambling  plot,  gangster  atmosphere,  but  total 
effect  probably  distinctly  wholesome.  4-18-39 
(A)  Fair         (Y)  Mostly  good         (C)  Unsuitable 

Smiling  Along  (Gracie  Fields)  (Fox)  British- 
made  hilarious  farce-comedy  of  trials  of  tour- 
ing vaudeville  troup  finally  outwitting  crooked 
manager  who  fired  them.  Typical  English  clown- 
ing done  with  artistry  even  to  the  slapstick. 
Gracie  again  proves  her  right  to  be  England's 
outstanding    comedienne.  4-18-39 

(A)  (Y)  (C)  Very  good  of  kind 

Society  Smugglers  (Preston  Foster.  Irene  Her- 
vey)  (Univ)  Intricate  little  puzzler  of  chase 
by  U.  S.  Secret  Service  after  clever  gang  of 
transatlantic  diamond  smugglers.  Heroine 
planted  with  gang  is  key  of  whole  action. 
Some  hectic  romance  included.  Minimum  of 
guns   and   fists.  4-25-39 

(A)  Hardly  (Y)  Fairly  good  (C)  Hardly 

Story  of  Alexander  Graham  Bell  (Don  Ameche, 
Fonda,  L.  Young)  (Fox)  Detailed,  well-acted, 
appealing  picture  of  Bell's  struggles,  romance 
and  final  triumph  in  developing  the  tele- 
phone. More  narrative  than  drama,  but  of 
real  value  as  a  document  on  America's 
economic  history.  4-25-39 

(A)  (Y)  Very  good  (C)  If  it  interests 

Three  Smart  Girls  Grow  Up  (Deanna  Durbin, 
Winninger)  (Univ)  Excellent  cinema.  Winsome 
star,  even  lovelier  in  voice  and  finer  in  acting 
than  ever,  manipulates  her  two  sisters'  tangled 
love  affairs  in  rare  comedy.  Songs  deftly  inte- 
grated with  plot.  Winninger  splendid  as 
absent-minded  father.  5-2-39 

(A)  (Y)  Delightful  (C)  Good 

Twelve  Crowded  Hours  (Richard  Dix)  (RKO) 
Mere  formula  thriller  about  elusive  bag  of 
stolen  bills,  heroine  kept  in  peril  to  help  news- 
paper-publisher-hero clinch  evidence  against 
gang.  Thick  with  usual  gunplay,  hard  drink- 
ing, heavy  villainy,  stock  heroics,  etc.  Dix 
deserves  better.  4-26-39 

(A)  Mediocre  (Y)  No  (C)  No 

Wuthering  Heights  (Merle  Oberon,  L.  Oliver.  D. 
Niven)  (UA)  Masterful  screening  of  Emily 
Bronte  classic  of  sombre  atmosphere  and  fan- 
tastic mood,  true  to  its  period,  splendidly  net, 
cast,  and  directed.  Old-time  love  story  power- 
fully told  from  childhood  to  final  tragedy  and 
eerie  aftermath.  Notable  achievement.  4-1S-39 
(A)  Excellent        (Y)  Mature  but  good        (C)  No 

With  a  Smile  (Maurice  Chevalier)  (French- 
Eng.  titles)  (Malmar)  Engagingly  brazen 
hero  with  disarming  smile,  untroubled  by 
ethics,  elbows  way  to  top.  despite  friend  or 
foe,  from  door-opener  on  curb  to  head  of  the 
national  Opera.  Clever  acting  and  panto- 
mime. Continental  sophistication.  4-25-39 
(A)  Good  of  kind                  (Y)  No  (C)  No 

Whispering  Enemies  (Dolores  Costello,  Jack 
Holt)  (Columbia)  Hero  heads  racket  of  whis- 
pering campaigns  against  products  of  rival 
firms,  forcing  them  to  fail.  Finally  repents, 
confesses,  goes  to  jail,  becomes  hero  when  he 
foils  jailbreak,  and  marries  heroine  whose 
business   he  had  almost  ruined  !  5-2-39 

(A)  Stupid  (Y)  No  (C)  No 


May,   1959 


Page    177 


Publications  on  the  Visual  Teaching  Field 


EDUCATIONAL  SCREEN 

The  only  magazine  in  the  field  of  riinal  and  andio 
Tiinal  iaitroction.  Official  organ  of  the  Department  of 
Visual  Initraction  of  the  National  Edacation  Association. 
Discusses  methods,  procedures  and  results  with  various 
tjrpes  of  visual  teaching  aids  to  instruction,  and  provides 
up-to-date  information  on  progress  and  developments 
{•nerally.  A  clearing-house  of  thought,  fact  and  ex- 
perience on  all  phases  of  the  field.  Published  monthly 
except  during  July  and  August 

Subscription :  $2.00  one  year ;  $3.00  two  years. 

VISUALIZING  THE  CURRICULUM. 

By  C.  F.  Hoban,  C.  F.  Hoban,  Jr.,  and  S.  B.  Zisman. 

Presents  in  theory  and  in  practice  the  basic  methodology 
of  visual  instruction  in  relation  to  classroom  procedure. 
Throughout  the  text  the  theory  of  visual  aids  is  applied 
to  textbook  illustration.  "Visualizing  the  Curriculum", 
itself  a  splendidly  "visualized  text",  provides  an  abundance 
of  technical  guidance  in  the  form  of  illustrative  drawings 
of  photographs,  reports  of  school  journeys,  suggestions 
for  mounting  materials,  for  making  slides,  film  strips,  etc. 
It  incorporates  up-to-date  material,  provides  a  fine  balance 
in  the  treatment  of  various  teaching  aids,  evaluates  various 
types  of  aids,  and  defines  the  functions  and  values  of  each 
in  the  learning  process. 
320  pp.  illus.     Price  $3.50.(20%  discount  to  schools) 

THE  AUDIO-VISUAL  HANDBOOK. 
By  Ellsworth  C.  Dent. 

Presents  in  convenient  form,  practical  information  for 
those  interested  in  applying  visual  and  audio-visual  aids 
to  instruction.  The  six  chapters  include  discussions  on 
"The  Status  of  Visual  Instruction,"  "Types  of  Visual 
Aids  and  Their  Use,"  "Types  of  Audio-Visual  Aids  to 
Instruction,"  "Types  of  Sound  Aids  for  Schools,"  "Or- 
ganizing the  Audio-Visual  Service,"  "Source  List  of  Ma- 
terials and  Equipment." 
180  pp.  Illus.  Paper  binding,  $1.25;  Cloth,  $1.75. 

PICTURE  VALUES  IN  EDUCATION. 
By  Joseph  J.  Weber,  Ph.  D. 

An  unportant  contribution  to  the  literature  of  the  visual 
field.     Presents   in   tmusually   interesting  form   the   results 
of  extended   investigations   on   the   teaching   values   of   the 
lantern  slide  and  stereoeraph. 
156  pp.  Illus.  Price  $1.00  (67c  to  E.  S.  subscribers) 

COMPARATIVE  EFFECTIVENESS  OF  SOME  VIS- 
UAL AIDS  IN  SEVENTH  GRADE  INSTRUCTION. 
By  Joseph  J.  Weber,  Ph.  D. 

The  first  published  work  of  authoritative  research  in  the 
visual  field,  foundational  to  all  research  work  following  it. 
Not  only  valuable  to  research  workers,  but  an  essential 
reference  work  for  all  libraries. 

131  pp.    Price  $1.00  (67c  to  subscribers  of  E.  S.) 

THE  STEREOGRAPH  and  LANTERN  SLIDE 
IN  EDUCATION.    By  G.  E.  Hamilton. 
The  most  comprehensive  discussion  yet  published. 
47  pj).     Price  15c. 


"1000  AND  ONE"  FILM  DIRECTORY 

"1000  and  One"— the  Blue  Book  of  Non-Theatrical 
Films,  published  annually,  is  famous  in  the  field  of  visual 
instruction  as  the  standard  film  reference  source  indis- 
pensable to  film  users  in  the  educational  field.  The  current 
(I4TH)  edition,  recently  published,  lists  some  4S00  films, 
carefully  classified  into  147  difierent  subject  groups  (In- 
cluding large  group  of  entertainment  subjects).  Shows 
whether  16  mm  or  35  mm,  silent  or  sound,  title,  number 
of  reels,  summary  of  contents,  sources  distributing  the 
films,  and  range  of  prices  charged. 

104  pp.  Price  75c  (25c  to  subscribers  of  E.  S.) 

THE   EDUCATIONAL   TALKING   PICTURE. 
By  Frederick  L.  Deverenx. 

Presenting  preliminary  solutions  of  some  of  the  more 
important  problems  encountered  in  adapting  the  talldng 
picture  to  the  service  of  education.  The  first  six  chapters 
deal  with  the  development  of  fundamental  bases  of  pro- 
duction, with  the  experimentation  which  has  been  con- 
ducted, and  with  suggested  problems  for  future  research. 
The  remaining  chapters  discuss  the  effective  use  of  the 
sound  film  in  teaching. 

220  pp.  Illus.     Price  $2.00.  (20%  discount  to  schools) 

HOW  TO  USE  THE  EDUCATIONAL  SOUND  FILM. 
By  M.  R.  Brunstetter,  Ph.  D. 

Discusses  the  utilization  of  the  educational  sound  film, 
and  lists  and  illustrates  techniques  for  placing  the  film 
into  effective  service  in  the  classroom.  The  procedures 
suggested  are  based  upon  extended  experience  in  studying 
teachers'  use  of  sound  films  and  in  helping  to  organize 
programs  of  audio  visual  instruction  in  school  systems. 
Two  valuable  Appendices  and  a  full  index. 

175  pp.  Illus.     Price  $2.00.  (20%  discount  to  schools) 

MOTION    PICTURES   IN    EDUCATION    IN 
THE  UNITED  STATES.    By  Cline  M.  Koon. 

A  report  on  the  instructional  use  and  indirect  edtica- 
tional  influence  of  motion  pictures  in  this  country.  HiviHeH 
into  nine  units.  Treats  the  motion  picture  (1)  as  an  edu- 
cational influence :  (2)  in  the  service  of  health  and  social 
hygiene;  (3)  in  governmental  service  and  patriotism; 
(4)  in  vocational  guidance ;  (S)  in  international  under- 
standing: (6)  Motion  picture  legislation;  (7)  technique 
of  production  and  distribution ;  (8)  systematic  introduc- 
tion of  films  in  teaching;  (9)  general  educational  problems 
of  films  in  teaching. 

HOW  TO  MAKE  HAND-MADE  LANTERN 
SLIDES.    By  G.  E.  Hamilton. 

Simple  directions  for  making  this  economical  and  in- 
creasingly popular  teaching  aid. 

24  pp.    Price  10c. 

TO  ORDER,  Check  Material  Desired  and  Fill  in  Blank  Below 

Subscription  to  THE  EDUCATIONAL  SCREEN 

U.  S.  1  year,  $2.00  D 
Foreign  1  year,  $3.00  D 
Canada    1  year,  $2.25  D 


To  subscribers 
Price     of  E.  S. 
"1000  and  One"  Film  Directory t  .75  D    I  -SS  D 


Viiumliiinc  the  Currieulam S.EO  Q 

(To    SchoolB)     «.80a 

The  Andio-Viauml  Handbook 

Paper   Bindinc   1.25  Q 

Cloth    Bindins    1.76  D 

Picture   Values   In  Edaeatkm „ 1.00  O 

Comparative  EfTectivenesa  of 
Some  VUual   Aids  1.00  Q 

The  Educational  Talkinc  Pictura 2.00  CI 

(To   SchooU)    l.SOn 

How  to  ITse  Educational  Sound  Film     2.00  O 
(To    Schools)  l.SOO 

Motion  Pictures  in  Education  in 

The    United    States 1.00  Q 

(To    Schools)  ... ._ son 

StereOKraph  and   Lantern   Slide  in 

Education  .IB  D 

How    to   Kake   Handmade   Lantern 
Slides    „ 10  n 


2.80  D 
2.80  D 


1.25  0 

1.75  D 

.«7n 
.67  n 

2  00D 
l.SOD 
2.00  o 
l.SOD 

1.00  n 
.son 

.WD 
.10  D 


2  years,  $3.00  D 
2  years,  $5.00  D 
2  years,  $3.50  D 


Educational    Screen 

64   E.    Lake   St..   Chicaeo 

I  have  indicated  items  desired  and  enclose  check  for  S. 


Name. 


School  or   Street. 


City. 


Sute. 


Page   178 


The  Educational -Screen 


^^^^^^1 

r^Pi 

^^I^^^^^Hj^^H^^^Bfc., ..        __;  ^"^^ , 

s 

0||^H  ^^ 

N 

S^^^H^  -^ 

1 

AMICK 


The 

Phantom 

Canyon 


Regular  prices: 
14x30— $10.00;    Framed— $22.50 

CLASS  MEMORIAL  SALE  PRICE 
Sheet— $6.66;     Framed— $15.00 


This  and  other  important  Indian  Subjects 
together  with  hundreds  of  Fine  Art  publi- 
cations   now   on    sale. 

Write  for  our  Twentieth  Annual  Class 
Memorial     Sale     Catalog     mailed     free. 


THE     COLONIAL     ART     COMPANY 


Oklahoma    City 


World's   Largest   Picture   House 


Chicago 


16  mm  Association  Formed 

The  Allied  Non-Theatrical  Film  As- 
sociation was  organized  at  a  meeting  re- 
cently held  in  New  York  City.  Its  mem- 
bership is  composed  of  manufacturers  of 
16  mm  motion  picture  equipment  and 
those  engaged  in  the  production,  distri- 
bution, and  the  sale  and  rental  of  16  mm 
films.  Officers  were  elected  as  follows : 
President,  Bertram  Willoughby  of  Ideal 
Pictures  Corporation ;  First  Vice-Presi- 
dent, Harry  A.  Kapit  of  W.  O.  Gutlohn, 
Inc. ;  Second  Vice-President,  Wm.  Hed- 
wig  of  Nu-Art  Films ;  Secretary,  Thomas 
J.  Brandon  of  Garrison  Films ;  Trea- 
surer, W.  O.  Post  of  Post  Pictures. 
Other  members  of  the  Board  of  Di- 
rectors are:  J.  H.  Hoflfberg.  of  Hoffberg 
Pictures,  S.  C.  Atkinson  of  General  Films 
Limited,  Laurence  Saltzman  of  Audio- 
Film  Libraries  and  H.  T.  Edwards  of 
Edwards  Productions.  Objectives  of  the 
Association  include  the  bringing  about  of 
closer  cooperation  among  the  various 
firms  in  the  field  and  that  of  producers 
and  distributors  with  the  16  mm  film 
users.  By  concerted  watchfulness  and 
action  it  hopes  to  put  a  stop  to  the  duping 
and  bootlegging  of  prints  and  to  prevent 
legislation  adversely  affecting  the  inter- 
ests of  the  16  mm  field.  Present  member- 
ship consists  of  thirty  firms,  with  an  ex- 
tensive membership  drive  under  way. 

Timely  Historical  Subject 

Sea  of  Strife,  a  two-reel  film  dis- 
tributed by  Pictorial  Film  Library,  130 
West  46th  Street,  New  York  City,  is  a 
historical  document  of  considerable  timely 
interest.  It  presents  the  fascinating  story 
of  the  Mediterranean  Sea,  showing  how 
it  has  always  been  the  scene  of  conflict 


between  nations  from  ancient  to  modern 
times.  Scenes  from  old  silent  films  por- 
tray the  battles  of  the  Romans  and  Car- 
thaginians. The  narrator  then  proceeds 
down  through  the  ages  to  the  present 
with  shots  of  the  Ethiopian  War,  the 
Spanish  War.  Mussolini  and  the  British 
fleet,  pointing  out  Italy's  rise  to  naval 
power  until  today  it  shares  control  of 
the  Mediterranean  amicably  with  Great 
Britain.  Pictorial  offers  this  subject  in 
both  16mm  and  35mm  sound.  Commen- 
tary is  by  Hal  Baumstone. 

Bell  &  Howell  New  Models 
and  Price  Reductions 

March  1st  Bell  &  Howell  announced 
an  entirely  changed  sales  set-up,  new 
motion  picture  camera  and  projector 
models,  sweeping  price  reductions, 
simplification  of  lines  and  replacement 
of  catalog  letter-and-number  designa- 
tions of  most  models  with  easy-to-re- 
member  proper  names. 

The  new  prices  of  the  Filmo  141 
16mm.  camera  range  from  $115.00  to 
$160.50,  the  Filmo  70's  from  $124.00  to 
$243.50.  and  the  Filmo  121  from  $76.00 
to  $121.50.  In  the  silent  16mm.  pro- 
jector line,  model  JJ  becomes  "Diplo- 
mat," reduced  from  $242.00  to  $198.00; 
model  129-D  the  "Showmaster,"  re- 
duced from  $222.00  to  $215.00.  The 
Filmosound  16mm.  sound-on-film  pro- 
jector line  has  been  simplified.  Five 
models  covering  a  wide  range  of  audi- 
torium requirements  are  offered,  rang- 
ing in  price  from  $276.00  to  $410.00  for 
four  of  them,  and  $875.00  to  $1550.00 
for  the   1200-watt   "Auditorium"  model. 


Evaluation  of  Still 
Pictures 

(Concluded  from  page  159) 
be  determined.  The  desirable  qualities 
seem  to  fall  into  two  well  defined 
groups,  the  one  relating  to  technical 
qualities  and  the  other  to  the  instruc- 
tional qualities  of  a  picture. 

Conclusions  which  Seem  Evident  from 
the  Experiment 

a.  In  every  group  classified  accord- 
ing to  teaching  experience  and  in  the 
total  group  as  well,  the  rank  correla- 
tion indicated  that  the  score  card  in- 
creased the  ability  of  the  teachers  to 
grade  the  pictures  more  nearly  in  ac- 
cord with  the  evaluation  given  by  the 
judges. 

b.  With  the  score  card,  the  rank  of 
the  pictures  by  the  teachers  and  judges 
were  in  closer  agreement  than  the 
teachers  were  with  themselves  when  the 
grades  given  without  and  with  the  score 
card  were  compared,  except  in  one  case 
where  the  teachers  were  actually  teach- 
ing on  the  grade  level  of  the  unit  used 
in  the  experiment. 

c.  Teaching  experience  in  itself  was 
no  indication  of  superiority  in  the  scor- 
ing of  the  pictures. 

d.  Visual  instruction  courses  or 
work  under  a  supervisor  seemed  to  have 
had  little  effect  in  the  ability  to  evaluate 
specific  pictures  for  a  designated  unit 
of  study,  but  the  inclusion  of  so  many 
who  had  had  work  only  as  practice 
teachers  with  no  actual  classroom  ex- 
perience may  have  affected  the  results 
in  this  group. 

General  Conclusions 

a.  The  extreme  variation  of  individ- 
ual scores  indicates  a  need  of  greater 
standardization  in  the  important  work 
of  evaluating  pictures  for  instructional 
purposes. 

b.  It  must  be  remembered  that  this 
score  card  on  which  the  experiment  is 
based  is  a  compilation  of  the  opinions 
of  men  and  women  who  are  working  in 
this  field  of  education  and  who  are 
as  nearly  competent  to  judge  standards 
as  any  group  which  is  available.  How- 
ever, they  would  be  the  first  to  disclaim 
authority  in  their  opinions.  The  pro- 
posed score  card  offered  in  this  study 
probably  needs  revision  and  refinement. 
It  is  a  beginning  from  which  perhaps 
a  more  reliable  score  card  may  be 
constructed.  Some  of  the  over-lapping 
qualities  possibly  should  be  combined. 
Other  qualities,  in  actual  practice,  may 
be  found  to  be  over-emphasized.  A 
more  objective  method  of  scoring  each 
item  might  be  more  effective.  Further 
experimentation  is  needed  to  determine 
more  specifically  the  value  of  most  of 
the  qualities  listed  on  the  present  score 
card. 

c.  If  classroom  teachers  and  visual 
instruction  directors  will  continue  the 
work  of  testing  and  checking  the 
qualities  which  are  desirable  for  an  in- 
structional picture,  the  results  can  be 
combined  into  a  set  of  standards  which 
will  be  a  valuable  contribution  to  edu- 
cation. 


May,  19}9 


Page  179 


STREET  SAFETY 

PREPARED    IN    COOPERATION   WITH    THE    NATIONAL    SAFETY   COUNCIL   AND 
THE    AMERICAN    AUTOMOBILE    ASSOCIATION 


IMPRESS  the  "do's"  and  "don'ts"  of  street 
safety  on  your  students'  minds  clearly, 
dramatically,  and  unforgettably  through 
these  films,  prepared  in  cooperation  with 
the  National  Safety  Council  and  the 
American  Automobile  Association. 

FOR  ADVANCED  GRADES  — One  full 
reel,  for  use  with  advanced  grades,  illus- 


trates fundamental  safety  principles  de- 
signed to  govern  the  outdoor  activities  of 
older  children  or  adults.  Price,  $24. 

FOR  PRIMARY  GRADES  — A  half  reel, 
for  primary  grades,  employs  a  trained 
police  dog  as  well  as  human  actors — 
demonstrates  cardinal  points  of  street 
safety  by  the  indirect  method.  Price,  $12. 


36  OTHER  EASTMAN  CLASSROOM  FILMS  ON  HEALTH 


There  are  additional  Eastman 
Classroom  Films  on  Bacteria ... 
Modern  Basketball  Fundamen- 
tals...The  Blood...  Body  Frame- 
work...Breathing. ..The  Living 
Cell. ..Circulation. ..Circulatory 
Control.. .Cleanliness  (Bathing, 
Clean  Clothes,  Clean  Face  and 
Hands,  Keeping  the  Hair 
Clean) . . .  Digestion . . .  Diph- 


theria . . .  The  Feet . . .  First  Aid 
(Care  of  Minor  Wounds,  Car- 
rying the  Injured,  Control  of 
Bleeding,  Life  Saving  and  Re- 
suscitation)...Food  and  Growth 
...Modern  Football  Fundamen- 
tals...Good  Foods  (A  Drink  of 
Water,  Bread  and  Cereals, 
Fruit  and  Vegetables,  Milk)... 
Home  Nursing  (The  Bed  Bath, 


Routine  Procedures,  Special 
Procedures)... The  House  Fly 
...Mold  and  Yeast. ..Muscles... 
Posture... Sewage  Disposal... 
Skin...  Teeth... Tuberculosis 
and  How  It  May  Be  Avoided. 

• 
For  further  details  write  Eastman 
Kodak  Company,  Teaching  Films 
Division,  Rochester,  N.  Y. 


Whm  yov'm  of  Ihm  Naw  York  World's  Fair,  bo  iwr*  to  vUU  rim  Kodak  Building  and  <m  "Iho  Grootnt  Photographit  Show  on  Barth" 

Eastman  Classroom  Films 


Page    180 


The  Educational  Screen 


HERE  THEY   ARE 


A  Trade  Directory 
for  the  Visual  Field 


FILMS 

Akin  and  Bagshaw,  Inc.  (6) 

142S  Williams  St.,  Denver,  Colo. 
Audio-Film  Libraries  (5) 

661  Bloomfield  Ave.,  Bloomfield,  N.  J. 
Bell  &  Howell  Co.  (6) 

1815  Larchmont  Ave.,  Chicago 
(See  advertisement  on  inside  back  cover) 

Bray  Pictures  Corporation  (3,  6) 

729  Seventh  Ave.,  New  York  City 
Cine  Classic  Library  (5) 

1041  Jefferson  Ave.,  Brooklyn.  N.  Y. 
(See   advertisement  on  page   175) 

Dudley  Visual  Education  Service     (4) 

736  S.  Wabash  Ave.,  Chicago 

4th  Fl.,  Coughlan  Bldg. 

Mankato,  Minn. 
Eastin  16  mm.  Pictures  (6) 

707  Putnam  Bldg.,  Davenport,  la. 

Burns  Bldg.,  Colorado  Springs,  Colo. 
Eastman  Kodak  Co.  (1>  4) 

Rochester,  N.  Y. 

(See  advertisement  on  outside  back  cover) 

Eastman  Kodak  Co.  (4) 

Teaching   Films    Division,  Rochester, 

N.  Y. 

(See  advertisement  on  page  179) 

Eastman    Kodak    Stores,    Inc.  (6) 

Kodascope    Libraries 
356  Madison  Ave.,  New  York  City 
Eastman  Kodak  Stores,  Inc.  (6) 

1020  Chestnut  St.,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

606  Wood  St.,  Pittsburgh.  Pa. 
Edited  Pictures  System,  Inc.  (6) 

330  W.  42nd  St.,  New  York  City 
Erpi  Classroom  Films,  Inc.  (2,5) 

35-11  3Sth  Ave.,  Long  Island  City. 

N.  Y. 
Films,  Inc.  (6) 

330  W.  42nd  St.,  New  York  City 

64  E.  Lake  St.,  Chicago 

925  N.  W.  19th  St.,  Portland,  Ore. 
Garrison  Films,  Inc.  (3,  6) 

1600  Broadway,  New  York  City 

General  Films,  Ltd.  (3,  6) 

1924  Rose  St.,  Regina,  Sask. 
156  King  St.,  W.  Toronto 

Walter  O.  Gutlohn,  Inc.  (6) 

35  W.  45th  St.,  New  York  City 

(See  advertisement  on  page  166) 

Harvard  Film  Service  _  (3,  6) 

Biological  Laboratories, 

Harvard  University,  Cambridge,  Mass. 
Guy  D.  Haselton,  Travelettes    (1,  4,  5) 

7936  Santa  Monica,  Blvd., 

Hollywood,  Calif. 
J.  H.  Hoffberg  Co.,  Inc.  (2,  5) 

729  Seventh  Ave.,  New  York  City 
Ideal  Pictures  Corp.  (3,  6) 

28  E.  Eighth  St.,  Chicago,  111. 
(See  advertisement  on  page   175) 

Lewis  Film  Service  (6) 

105  E.  1st  St.,  Wichita.  Kan. 

(See   advertisement   on    page    167) 

The  Manse  Library  (4,  5) 

2439  Auburn  Ave.,  Cincinnati,  O. 
(See  advertisement  on  page   175) 

Norman-Willets  Co.  (6) 

318  W.  Washington  St.,  Chicago. 
Pictorial  Film  Library,  Inc.  (6) 

130  W.  46th  St.,  New  York  City 

(See   advertisement   on   page   175) 

United  Projector  and  Films  Corp.  (1,  4) 
228  Franklin  St.,  Buffalo,  N.  Y. 


Universal  Pictures  Co.,  Inc.  (2) 

Rockefeller  Center,  New  York  City 

(See   advertisement   on    page    172) 

Visual  Education  Service  (6) 

131  Clarendon  St.,  Boston,  Mass. 

Wholesome  Films  Service,  Inc.  (3,  4) 
48  Melrose  St.,  Boston,  Mass. 

Williams,  Brown  and  Earle,  Inc.  (3,  6) 
918  Chestnut  St.,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

Y.M.C.A.  Motion  Picture  Bureau  (1,  6) 

347  Madison  Ave.,  New  York  City 

19  S.  LaSalle  St.,  Chicago 

351  Turk  St.,  San  Francisco,  Cal. 

MOTION  PICTURE 
MACHINES  and  SUPPLIES 

The  Ampro  Corporation  (6) 

2839  N.  Western  Ave.,  Chicago 

(See  advertisement  on  page  146) 

Bell  &  Howell  Co.  (6) 

1815  Larchmont  Ave.,  Chicago 
(See  advertisement  on  inside  back  cover) 

DeVry  Corporation  (3,  6) 

1111  Armitage  St.,  Chicago 

(See  advertisement  on   page    148) 

Eastman  Kodak  Co.  (6) 

Rochester,  N.  Y. 

(See  advertisement  on  outaide  back  cover) 

Eastman  Kodak  Stores,  Inc.  (6) 

Kodascope  Libraries 

356  Madison  Ave.,  New  York  City 
Eastman  Kodak  Stores,  Inc.  (6) 

1020  Chestnut  St.,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

606  Wood  St.,  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 
General  Films,  Ltd.  (3,  6) 

1924  Rose  St.,  Regina,  Sask. 

156  King  St.,  W.  Toronto 
Hirsch  &  Kaye  (6) 

239  Grant  Ave.,   San   Francisco,   Cal. 
Holmes  Projector  Co.  (3,  6) 

1813  Orchard  St.,  Chicago 

(See  advertisement  on  page  173) 

Ideal  Pictures  Corp.  (3,  6) 

28  E.  Eighth  St.,  Chicago 

(See    advertisement   on    page    176) 

Norman-Willets  Co.  (6) 

318  W.   Washington   St.,  Chicago 
RCA  Manufacturing  Co.,  Inc.  (5) 

Camden,  N.  J. 

(See  advertisement  on  page  166) 

S.  O.  S.  Corporation  (3,  6) 

636  Eleventh  Ave.,  New  York  City 

Sunny  Schick  National  Brokers  (3,  6) 
407  W.  Wash.  Blvd.,  Ft.  Wayne,  Ind. 

United  Projector  and  Films  Corp.  (1,  4) 

228  Franklin  St.,  Buffalo,  N.  Y. 

Universal  Sound  Projector  (5) 

1921  Oxford  St.,  Philadelphia.  Pa. 

(See  advertisement  on  page  174) 

Victor  Animatograph  Corp.  (6) 

Davenport,  Iowa 

(See   advertisement   on    page    169) 

Visual  Education  Service  (6) 

131  Clarendon  St.,  Boston,  Mass. 

Williams,  Brown  and  Earle,  Inc.  (3,  6) 
918  Chestnut  St..  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

PICTURES  and  PRINTS 

Colonial  Art  Co. 
1336  N.W.  1st  St.,  Oklahoma  City,  Okla. 

(See  advertisement  on  page  178) 

SCREENS 

Da  Lite  Screen  Co. 

2717  N.  Crawford  Ave.,  Chicago 

(See   advertisement   on    page   170) 


Eastman  Kodak  Stores,  Inc. 

1020  Chestnut  St.,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

606  Wood  St.,  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 
Williams,  Brown  and  Earle,  Inc. 

918  Chestnut  St.,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

SLIDES  and  FILM  SLIDES 

Eastman  Educational  Slides 

Johnson  Co.  Bank  Bldg., 

Iowa  City,  la. 
Edited  Pictures  System,  Inc. 

330  W.  42nd  St.,  New  York  City 
Ideal  Pictures  Corp. 

28  E.  Eighth  St.,  Chicago.  111. 

(See    advertisement    on    page    176) 

Keystone  View  Co. 
Meadville,  Pa. 

(See  advertisement  on  inside  front  cover) 

Radio-Mat  Slide  Co.,  Inc. 
1819  Broadway,  New  York  Citv 

(See   advertisement   on    page    175) 

Society   for   Visual   Education 
327  S.  LaSalle  St.,  Chicago,  111. 

(See   advertisement    on    page    174) 

Visual  Education  Service 

131  Clarendon  St.,  Boston,  Mass. 
Visual  Sciences 
Suffern,  New  York 

(See   advertisement   on    page    175) 

Williams,  Brown  and  Earle,  Inc. 

918  Chestnut  St.,  Philadelphia,   Pa. 

STEREOGRAPHS  and 
STEREOSCOPES 

Keystone  View  Co. 
Meadville,  Pa. 

(See  advertisement  on    inside  front  cover) 

STEREOPTICONS  and 
OPAQUE  PROJECTORS 

Bausch  and  Lomb  Optical  Co. 

Rochester,  N.  Y. 

(See  advertisement   on  page   146) 

Eastman  Kodak  Stores,  Inc. 

Kodascope  Libraries 

356  Madison  Ave.,  New  York  City 
Eastman  Kodak  Stores,  Inc. 

1020  Chestnut  St.,  Philadelphia,   Pa 

606  Wood  St.,  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 
General  Films  Ltd. 

1924  Rose  St.,  Regina,  Sask. 

156  King  St.,  W.  Toronto 
Hirsch  &  Kaye 

239  Grant  Ave.,   San   Francisco,  Cal. 

Keystone  View  Co. 
Meadville,  Pa. 

(See  advertisement  on  inside  front  cover) 

Norman-Willets  Co. 

318  W.  Washington   St.,  Chicago 
Spencer  Lens  Co. 

19  Doat  St.,  Buffalo,  N.  Y. 

(See   advertisement   on    page    167) 

Williams,  Brown  and  Earle,  Inc. 
918  Chestnut  St.,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 


REFERENCE 

NUMBERS 

(I) 

indicates 
■ilent. 

firm 

supplies 

35 

mm. 

(2) 

indicates 
aonnd. 

firm 

supplies 

36 

mm. 

(3) 

indicates 

firm 

supplies 

35 

mm. 

sound  an 

d   site 

nt. 

(4) 

indicates 
silent. 

firm 

supplies 

16 

mm. 

(5) 

indicates 
sound-on- 

firm 
film. 

supplies 

16 

mm. 

(«) 

indicates 

firm 

supplies 

It 

mm. 

sound  and  silent. 

E  1  M  (C  ATIO  MAL 


fhe  Magazine  Devoted  Exclusively 
10  the  Visual  Idea  in  Education 


IN  THIS  ISSUE 

Electrifying  English 


A  Case  for  Integration 
through  Slides 


Motion  Pictures  — 
Not  for  Theatres 


PROCEEDINGS 

OF  THE   FIRST 
MIDWESTERN    FORUM 
ON 
VISUAL  TEACHING  AIDS 


JUNE,     1939 

PubJio  Library 
Kansas  City,  iv  o. 
Teachers  Librar 


VOLUME  XVIII,  NUMBER  6 

WHOLE       NUMBER       173 


The  Tower  of  the  Sun  and  one  of  the  Elephanf  Towers  which 
flank   fhe   mam   entrance   of  fhe  Golden   Gafe   Exposition. 


/  25c    A    COPY    *     $2.00    PER    YEAR 


...with  INSTRUCTIONAL  FILMS 
made  solely  for  classroom  use 


TEACHERS  who  have  used  Qass- 
room  Films  find  their  pupils 
learn  more  quickly,  more  thoroughly 
—  remember  more  clearly.  Slow 
motion,  time-lapse,  microscopic  and 
animated  photography — integrated 
with  oral  interpretations — demon- 
strate complex  points  in  a  way  that 
is  vivid,  dramatic,  unforgetable! 

Classroom  Films  differ  funda- 
mentally from  other  films.  Each  one 
is  produced  as  an  integral  part  of 
a  unit  of  instruction  in  a  particular 
course.  Emphasizing  the  salient  fea- 
tures of  a  specific  body  of  subject 


matter,  it  may  be  employed 

(1)  to  stimulate  interest  in  a  new 
unit  of  instruction 

(2)  as  a  direct  teaching  aid  in  pre- 
senting material  otherwise  difficult 
or  impossible  to  present 

(3)  to  enrich  or  extend  the  con- 
tent of  a  unit 

(4)  to  summarize  or  review  a 
unit's  work. 

Erpi  Classroom  Films,  Inc.,  offers 
you  scores  of  true  teaching  films 
covering  a  wide  range  of  subjects. 
Write  today  for  your  copy  of  the 
catalog  which  gives  full  information. 


!'"**i!!..ffia5ai»JT0  THE  CLASSROOM  ^ 


BIOLOGICAL  SCIENCE  SERIES 

PHYSICAL  SCIENCE   SERIES 

HUMAN  GEOGRAPHY  SERIES 

MUSIC  SERIES 

ART  SERIES 

PRIMARY  GRADE  SERIES 

TRACK  AND   FIELD  ATHLETIC  SERIES 

CHILD  PSYCHOLOGY  SERIES 


Erpi  Classroom  Films  Inc, 

35-11  Thirty-fifth  Avenue,  Long  Island  City,  N.  Y. 

1^'  An   \n%\\\K}\\on  devoted  exclusively  fo  the  service  of  Education 


[7^£  EDUCATIONAL  SCREEN 


JUNE.  1939 


VOLUME  XVIII 


Contents 

Electrifying  English 
Walter  Ginsberg 


A  Case  for  Integration  Through  Slides 

Paul  S.  Miller  and  Mildred  A.  Schenck 

Motion  Pictures — Not  for  Theatres 

Arthur  Edwin   Krows _. .. 


Proceedings  of  the  First  Midwestern  Forum  on 
Visual  Teaching  Aids 


Diversitorials 

Annong  Ourselves — Notes  from  and  by 
The  Department  of  Visual  Instruction 
Conducted  by  The  Editorial  Committee..^.,..., 

News  and  Notes 

Conducted  by  Josephine  Hoffman _. 


The  Federal  Film 

Conducted  by  Arch  Mercey. 


In  and  For  the  Classroom 

Conducted  by  Wilber  Emmert. 

Among  the  Magazines  and  Books 
Conducted  by  the  Staff 


Current   Film    Releases 

Among  the  Producers 

Film   Estimates  

Here  They  Are!  A  Trade  Directory  of  the  Visual  Field. 


187 
189 
191 

195 

209 

210 

213 

214 

216 

220 
222 
224 
226 
228 


NUMBER  SIX 


Th*  EDUCATIONAL  SCREEN  publlthed  monthly  nc»pi  July  «nd  August  by  Tlia 
Educttional  Scr»«n,  Inc.  Publication  Office,  Pontiac,  Illinois;  Eiecutiv*  Office,  64 
East  Lala  St.,  Chicago,  Illinois.  Entered  at  the  Post  Office  at  Pontiac,  Illinois,  as 
Second  Class  Matter.  Copyright,  June,  1939.  by  The  Educational  Screen. 
Address  communications  to  Executive  Office,  64  East  Lake  St.,  Chicago,  III. 
$2.00  a  Year  (Canada.  $2.25;  foreign,  $3.00)  Single  Copies  25  cti. 


THE  EDUCATIONAL  SCREEN,  Inc. 
Directorate  and  Staff 

Nelson  L.  GrMA*.  Editsr         Jtsaphlne  Htffaaa 
Emiyn   I.   Ottur  F.    Dun   McClmky 

Wllbir  Emnvt  ManUr    R.    Gr—mt 

Am   S*l<  Stella   E»lyi    Mnn 


Page    184 


The  Educational  Screen 


KEYSTONE 

Handmade' 
Lan  tern  'Slide 

Materials 
Are  the  Best 


Keystone  Etched  Glass  is  mud-ground,  with  a  satiny 
surface  that  has  no  superior  in  the  possibiUties  of 
even,  smooth  projections. 

Keystone  Lantem-Slide  Crayons  are  free  from  all 
wax,  which  is  found  in  all  ordinary  colored  pencils 
or  crayons;  they  have  fast,  true  colors  and  a  com- 
position that  will  stand  the  heat  of  a  lantern  —  the 
only  lantern-slide  crayons  or  pencils  made  for  the 
purpose.    Results,  colorful  and  beautiful  projections. 

Keystone  Lantem-Slide  Ink  is  the  successful  result 
of  years  of  experimentation  to  get  a  coating  that 
would  resist  heat  and  produce  durable,  attractive 
high  colors. 


Keystone  Cellophane  and  Carbon  Paper  are  the  ap- 
proved products  of  a  long  period  of  investigation 
and  experimentation  to  get  a  durable,  attractive 
cellophane  and  a  carbon  paper  that  would  produce 
clean  clear-cut  copy  on  the  screen- 
All  other  items  in  the  list  of  endorsed  Keystone 
Handmade-Lantern-Slide  Materials  are  of  the  best 
and  highest  quality,  thus  assuring  a  high  level  of 
interest  on  the  part  of  the  pupil  and,  therefore,  the 
effective  and  continued  use  on  the  port  of  the 
teacher. 


The  successful  and  continued  use  of  handmade  lantern  slides  depends  to  a  very  large 
degree  on  the  attractiveness  of  the  slides  that  can  be  made  from  the  materials  furnished. 


Before  you  permit  anyone  to  sell  you  something  "cheaper  but  'just  as  good',"  investigate 
the   real  economy   of   using   exclusively   Keystone  Handmade-Lantern-Slide  Materials. 


Keystone  View  Company 


Meadville,     Penna 


Junr,  1939 


Electrifying  English 

(Concluded  from  May  Issue) 


IN  THK  field  oi  pliotoprajjhic  reproductions  English 
teachers  undoubtedly  are  familiar  with  the  photosta- 
iiig  of  library  material  and  the  photo-reprint  meth- 
od of  reproducing  textual  and  pictorial  material  in 
quantity.  In  1936  the  English  Jourttal  described  the 
photo-reprint  method  of  producing  the  school  pajjer,  a 
method  that  has  in  many  places  given  new  life,  if  not 
life  for  the  first  time,  to  the  school  paper."  And  in  the 
Spring  of  1938  the  Teachers  College  Bureau  of  Pub- 
lications had  occasion  to  make  available  to  English 
teachers  full-size  photographic  reproductions  of  rare  il- 
lustrative Shakespeare  materials. '^  But  here  let  me 
tell  you  about  the  most  recent  and  most  thrilling  de- 
velopment of  photographic  reproduction — a  develop- 
ment for  our  purpt).ses  reallv  of  only  the  last  two  years. 
I  am  referring  to  microphotography. 

What  is  microphotography  ?  It  is  a  young  genius  in  the 
miniature  camera  family,  related  to  the  candid  camera 
so  much  in  amateur  vogue,  in  that  it  uses  the  same  size 
him,  35mm — also  the  size  of  the  professional  movie 
film.  Books,  charts,  manuscripts,  pictures  of  all  kinds 
are  photographed  on  the  microfilm  in  the  form  of 
minute  stills,  each  occupying  a  "frame"  of  space.  Eight 
to  sixteen  frames  occupy  a  foot  of  this  film.  Thus 
eight  to  sixteen  pages  of  a  book  can  be  placed  on  a  foot 
of  film,  at  a  cost  varying  with  the  librarj-  or  lalioratory 
where  the  work  is  done  from  about  one  to  three  cents  a 
"frame"  or  page. 

An  entire  book  in  microfilm  literally  can  be  carried 
in  that  much-stuflFed  vest  (xjcket !  Recently  I  inquired 
at  the  New  York  Public  Library's  newspaper  division 
for  a  certain  September  day's  copy  of  the  New  York 
Herald-Tribune.  The  attendant  handed  me  a  small 
container  no  bigger  than  four  and  one-half  inches  in 
diameter  and  two  inches  high,  and  said.  "Here  is  the 
Tribune  for  the  whole  month  of  September,  Sunday 
editions,  too."  It  was  on  microfilm,  and  he  showed  me 
to  the  nearest  reading  machine. 

As  with  so  many  things  that  arc  new,  the  idea  is  old. 
In  this  case  it  goes  back  to  the  French  photographer, 
Dagron,  who  in  1870  had  to  send  information  out  of  be- 
sieged Paris.  He  reduced  the  document  photograph- 
ically, then  wrapf)ed  it  around  a  pigeon's  leg.  But 
electric  developments  have  brought  microphotography 
around  to  its  promising  stage  of  today.  The  essential 
equipment  for  viewing  niaterial  on  the  microfilm  is  a 
reading  machine  or  projector.  The  most  recent  as  well 
as  the  cheapest  instrument,  costing  less  than  a  good 
typewriter,  has  the  economy  of  being  used  either  as  a 


>>  Oinsbcrit,  Wiltfr  "LowOmI  Production  of  the  S«hool  Paper,"  MnfHth 
Journal,  December,  1S86. 

''Jewptt.    IdB    A.    and    OiBuheric.    Walter    Tht    Hhakttptart    CoUtMon, 
Bureau  of  Publicatiani,  Trarberi  College,  Columbia  (JniTrniitr,  1038. 


Page    187 


A  discussion  of  potential  values  deriv- 
able front  microphotography  for  English 
classes  trhich  fete  schools  have  yet  realized. 

By     WALTER     GINSBERG 

English  Department,  Teachers  College 
Columbia  University,  New  York  City 

reading  machine  for  the  individual  or  as  a  projector  for 
the  group. 

What  can  microphotography  do  for  us  English 
teachers?  For  one  thing,  it  makes  library  walls  dis- 
appear! The  magic  microfilm  camera  has  penetrated 
tlie  great  rejx)sitories  of  recorded  culture.  Materials 
w^e  could  not  even  dream  of  having — the  rare,  the  in- 
accessible, the  cumbersome — now  we  can  have  them, 
arranged  in  proper  sequence  for  vivid  presentation  to 
the  class  with  the  projector,  and  for  re-examination  by 
the  individual  student  after  class  with  the  reading  ma- 
chine. Using  35mm  strips  or  rolls  of  safety  film,  the 
libraries  will  copy  their  books  and  manuscripts  on  your 
demand,  for  your  i)ermanent  possession  at  a  cost  almost 
negligible.  Through  the  Bibliofilm  Service  of  the 
American  Documentation  Institute,*'  the  vast  resources 
of  the  Library  of  Congress  and  other  great  Washington 
reserves  may  be  microfilmed  to  your  order.  Among 
other  institutions  ofTering  the  service  of  microfilming 
are  the  New  York  Public  Library,  the  Huntington 
Library  and  Art  Gallery  in  California,  the  libraries  of 
the  University  of  Michigan,  the  University  of  Chicago, 
the  Massachusetts  Historical  Society,  Yale  University, 
Harvard  University.  University  of  North  Carolina, 
Brown  University,  and  the  University  of  Washington. 
Think  of  the  wealth  of  rare  books,  manuscripts,  special 
collections,  and  other  materials  made  available!  Nor 
do  we  have  to  stop  at  the  edge  of  the  Atlantic.  From 
the  libraries  of  Cambridge,  the  British  Museum,  and 
Bodleian  in  England  you  can  order  through  University 
Microfilms  at  Ann  Arbor,  Michigan.  University  Micro- 
films now  is  engaged  in  filming  all  the  books  printed  in 
England  before  1550,  and  making  the  positive  prints 
of  the  films  available  here  on  a  subscription  basis. 

The  Bibliofilm  Service  will  put  the  teacher's  own 
materials  on  microfilm,  in  the  form  of  a  pictorial  film- 
strip.  The  costs  of  this  significant  service  depend  on 
the  amount  of  work  involved  in  the  copying  and  titling, 
but  the  general  rate  is  commensurate  with  the  very 
low  charge  for  microfilming  the  libraries'  own  mater- 
ials. Additional  film  prints  of  the  negative  in  the 
microfilm  process  can  be  had  as  easily  as  extra  prints 
of  the  snapshots  you  took  on  the  beach  last  summer. 
In  this  regard,  microphotography  becomes  an  amaz- 
ingly low-cost  form  of  publishing. 

Precursive  H.  G.  W'ells,  contemplating  the  develop- 
ment of  microphotography  and  what  it  means  for  the 
preservation,  release,  and  exchange  of  information,  ex- 
claimed. "It  .  .  was  the  beginning  of  a  world  brain  .  . 
a  sort  of  cerebrum  for  humanity  .  .  which  will  constitute 
a  memory  and  also  perception  of  current  reality  for  the 


» Bibtioflim    Serrice    of    the    American    Documentation    Institute    O/o 
Tnited   Stntes   Department   of  Affricnlture  Library,   WaBhincton,    D.  C. 


Page   188 


The  Educational  Screen 


entire  human  race  .  .  In  these  days  of  destruction, 
violence,  and  general  insecurity,  it  is  comforting  to 
think  that  the  brain  of  mankind,  the  race  brain,  can 
exist  in  numerous  identical  replicas  throughout  the 
world.  .  ."'^ 

Mr.  Wells'  imagination  was  excited  by  the  possibili- 
ties of  microphotography  for  intellectual  progress.  Let 
your  own  imagination  play  a  bit  upon  the  possibilities, 
if  not  for  the  intellectual  progress  of  all  mankind,  then 
for  the  progress  and  enrichment  of  the  work  in  English 
teaching.  Let  your  imagination  play,  and  soon  you  will 
be  fashioning  applications  that  will  excite  you  tremend- 
ously ! 

In   order   to   explore   and    suggest   a   few    types   of 
possibilities,    I    have    taken    representative    materials, 
and  have  placed  them  on  a  strip  of  microfilm.     The 
strip   becomes  a  series  of   projected   stills,   each   held 
before  the  group  or  individual  for  as  long  as  the  dis- 
cussion  study   may   demand.      With   splendid   results, 
I  experimentally  had  these  materials  microfilmed  r^^ 
1.     Rare  Library  Materials:  From  the  Shakespeare 
First   Folio,    1623,   showing  the  title  page   with 
portrait,  introductory  pages,  and  Macbeth  as  it 
appeared  in  print  for  the  first  time ;  from  Holin- 
slted  Chronicles,  1586-7,  historv  of  Scotland,  the 


3. 


scientific  day,  we  may  have  a  resurgence  of  inter- 
est in  the  old  materials.  At  least  some  of  these 
crumbling,  precious  volumes  become  preserved 
for  future  generations  and  available  to  all. 
Scenes  from  Outstanding  Stage  Productions : 
English  teachers  need  such  material  and  have 
bemoaned  the  difficulty  of  securing  it.  Here  I 
have  examples  of  how  we  can  present  to  the  en- 
tire class  scenes  showing  the  Orson  Welles 
Caesar  and  the  Maurice  Evans  Hamlet.  Past 
productions,  too,  could  well  serve  our  work.  In 
1923  David  Belasco  presented  David  Warfield  as 
Shylock  in  a  very  notable  production  of  Merchant 
of  Venice.  To  commemorate  the  accomplish- 
ment, Mr.  Belasco  issued  for  limited  distribution 
a  souvenir  of  the  production,  containing  about 
thirty  beautiful  photographs  illustrating  the  vivid 
scenes  of  the  play.  What  these  could  do  for  a 
class  now  studying  the  work,  all  English  teachers 
know.  But  no  copies  of  the  book  can  be  had  for 
classroom  use.  That  is,  no  copies  in  the  old  sense. 
For  I  have  taken  it  with  me  to  the  classroom,  all 
of  it  on  microfilm,  and  right  in  that  vest  pocket ! 
Scenes  from  the  Photoplays :  Probably  no  ma- 
terials are  in  greater  demand  than  those  of  the 


PMft^ 


i5ipmi9  Tbjo  f^rt  f5»<  Tl»nft  fii  6^  W* 
f-oiouyjt  3  Qiof  6'  ifiie  of  t^tt^mouq 
fyimtit  Spoil  toll)nc(te5(eout$ 
(>,  1  ;(ol»n(  foCunJ  to  t§f  bntt 

a  boutr  6'6nectf8n0r(gi»i(mrl  bol&lir 

ire.  5oIt  fomtl  ««Ct«  miO;  6u  9(B»  lltt  BtoBBf 

fltit  Cfrifftifr  6t  die  a  (joe«  fttjttr 

J-|lli:fminpaC[aurifofttri»f!!(64W«l«ttt« 

f  totjurixu?  aiatt*  UXjtfc  tUftfiapmaij  ftflje 

Cftiptffonftvntftotffff  nobfix 

j(  Itial  6c  faiijfil  inHliiK*  *  8i»«<"  Sonte 

IVlsatnorffnl  t5<pn6omtlo»iKrrtOB8» 

C<ulo(6i«"afllor.brnl»u6ul7t'« 

r,ie|tr(iiicflanl>6iBC4uiiO"eO'"i6'i'"* 

iiioMr&tuglien  iwonf  <nC  6tB  [oCKmanaflt 

Ca<t(llU«llOi«fi«li«frO>il«u(."Oi»:it«Jt 

flart>r6.tta»«n^*"'"^"^'"5*    *  ... 
bits  manrl'"»f'"'"^''» ''"*"'" 


The  Workcsof William Shakcfpcrarf, 

conwiningall  his  Comedies,  Hiftorics,  and 

Triiictlics.-Tnj'rly  fetfbnh,  according lo  ihtti  fini 
0T{JG  )N.^LL 


The  Names  of  the  Pnncipill  Aftors 

millilicrcHUycs. 

gra /,;,,„„  J*4#...<. 

Smiriqillmi. 

^^H  ffe*  J"' B"*  %• 

%if7liArmin. 

J,lnH,.m,,ns>. 

tl^JUmOfiin. 

^..ufi«rukp- 

:>(MiM^Ft,U. 

u  tlliitii  K.tfff- 

fUVrJ'raixJ. 

IhmtiTMfr. 

7<jMluT»h. 

gn'^t-B't"'- 

lyjkamfaltfml. 

HnrjCtndtU. 

f^rfkUh- 

llJiimSljr. 

■Rglm'S^M- 

■%*.JC"fr- 

%.i^q«^. 

ftimLniM. 

■R^lmif^^. 

i-«J  (,<(?,.                         1   A*'i*«('- 

t/ixW^rCM...                       '    '^'^"■ 

From  the  1490  Pynson  illustrated  "Can- 
terbury Tales",  a  page  of  the  "Prologue." 


From  "Holinshed  Chronicles,"  used 
by     Shakespeare,     the     title     page. 


Courtesy  of  New  York  Public  Library 

From    the    Shakespeare   "First    Folio," 
a  page  showing  the  names  of  the  actors. 


pages  giving  the  sources  of  passages  in  Macbeth; 
from  the  1490  Pynson  illustrated  Canterbury 
Tales,  the  "Prologue"  ;  from  Washington  Irving's 
Knickerbocker  History  of  New  York,  a  page  of 
manuscript  showing  revisions  in  Irving's  own 
hand ;  from  the  Lenox  Collection,  a  rare  portrait 
of  Washington  Irving.  Here  are  some  things  the 
students  have  heard  us  tell  about,  but  which 
neither  they  nor  more  than  a  very  few  of  us 
have  ever  seen.  It  it  interesting  to  contemplate 
that    through    this    development    of    the   modern 

"  From  an  address  before  the  World  Congress  of  Universal  Documenta. 
tion.    1937,   Paris,   quoted  by  .*<rience  Service,  Washington,    T>.  C. 

"These  were  demonstrated  by  the  author  during  his  address  at  the 
Natiomal  Council  of  Teachers  of  English,  St.  Louis,  Missouri,  Not. 
36,   1938. 


authenticated  motion  picture.  As  literary  and 
historical  background,  and  in  connection  with 
photoplay  appreciation,  we  here  have  a  technique 
for  presenting  still  materials  to  the  class.  I  have 
taken  scenes  from  Tale  of  Tivo  Cities,  David 
Copperfield,  Well  Fargo,  and  The  Citadel. 

4.  Looking  at  Life :  Making  vivid  to  the  whole  class 
at  once  certain  important  meanings.  For  example, 
from  Life  magazine,  contributions  of  the  negro  to 
American  culture,  and  candid  snaps  showing 
natural,  eflfective  gestures  in  public  speaking. 

5.  Written  Expression  of  Students :  Here  is  a  tech- 
nique for  presenting  the  students'  compositions  to 
the  entire  group.    Useful  in  theme  discussion  and 


June,    19}9 


Page    189 


correction,  this  is  the  kind  of  aid  English  teachers 
are  eager  to  have. 
These  suggesteti  possibilities  can  no  more  than  mere- 
ly indicate  all  the  implications  of  microphotography  for 
enriching  the  English  program.  I  could  go  on  to  elab- 
orate concerning  teachers  and  students  creating  their 
own  strips  as  cooiierative  group  projects,  or  teachers 
in  different  sections  of  the  country  recording  and  ex- 
changing visualizations  of  the  significant  social  and 
literary  background  of  their  own  locales.  Mut  perhaps 
enf>ugli  has  been  .said  to  intimate  that  microphoto- 
grafjhy  as  a  visual  aid  has  vast  significance  for  English 
teaching. 

In  cf)mmenting  on  the  recent  notable  advances  in  the 
new  machines  to  help  communication  and  thought,  the 
Regents'  In(|uiry  into  the  Character  and  Cost  of  Public 
Education  in  the  State  of  New  York  observes,  "Any 
ediicatifHial  system  which  ignores  these  new  methods 
and  mechanisms  will  soon  find  it  is  out  of  date."'*  ."Mert 
English  teaching,  with  its  active  awareness  of  radio  and 
motion  i>ictures  and  other  scientific  develo])ments, 
seems  far  from  the  danger  of  becoming  out  of  date. 
However,  any  coinprehensive  cognizance  of  the  appli- 
cations of  scientific  advances  to  the  teaching  of  English 
surely  must  include  the  tremendous  |X)ssibilities  of 
microphotography. 

The  motion  picture,  the  radio,  microphotography 
today — television  before  tomorrow.    What  next  for  the 


'•  Kriuirl  of  tha  t^CKmU'  Inquiry,  £<i««aMoii  for  Amtrican  Li/t,  1088, 
MKiiawHill.   New   York. 


PhotOKraph  by  Vandamm  Studio 

Scene  from  the   Mercury  Theater  production  of 
"Caesar",  with  Orson  Welles  as  Brutus. 

company  of  English  teachers?  Tireless  marchers  in 
the  educational  legion  striving  ever  to  gain  new  salients 
of  progress,  we  wheel  into  the  corridor  of  scientific 
advancements.  From  far  ahead  the  call  echoes  and  re- 
echoes, growing  louder  and  louder,  finally  reaching  us 
with  its  clear  crescendo  to  "Forward!"  into  new  fields 
whose  "margin  fades  for  ever  and  for  ever"  as  we 
march  with  the  torch  of  progress  held  high.  And  we 
know,  it's  an  electric  torch ! 


A  Case  For  Integration  Through  Slides 


THE  term  integration  as  applied  to  the  learning 
process  has  frequently  been  the  cause  of  much  con- 
fusion.    This  confusion  has  existed  in  the  minds 
of  pupils. 

Among  the  major  problems  which  confront  the 
teachers  is  the  inability  to  form  a  clear  concept  of  the 
organization  of  subject  matter  in  an  integrated  unit. 
Some  have  thought  of  it  as  a  combination  of  several 
subjects,  while  others  have  considered  it  in  the  light 
of  parallel  subjects  or  courses.  For  our  purposes  we 
are  considering  integration  as  a  process  of  learning 
which  takes  place  in  the  minds  of  pupils.  The  pres- 
entation of  subject  matter  is  the  means  through  which 
the  pupils  interpret  and  understand  certain  related  con- 
cepts. The  extent  to  which  these  concepts  are  under- 
stood by  the  learner  depends  to  a  large  degree  upon 
the  methods  employed. 

It  is  almost  universally  accepted,  that  all  teaching 
may  be  enriched  and  learning  facilitated  by  means  of 
practical  methods  which  bring  the  pupil  in  direct  con- 
tact with  objects  and  concrete  experiences.  Unfor- 
tunately, many  teachers  are  unable  to  provide  facilities 


Hotv  student-made  lantern  slides  can 
clarify  and  enrich  learning  not  only  for 
the  class  hut  for  the  rest  of  the  school. 

By  PAUL  S.  MILLER  and  MILDRED  A.  SCHENCK 

Eastern  School,  East  Orange,  N.  J. 

for  such  a  procedure,  because  they  lack  the  training 
and  experience  themselves. 

The  purpose  of  this  article  is  to  explain  how  one 
method  was  employed  by  means  of  sensory  experiences, 
which  was  considered  a  valuable  aid  in  clarifying 
ideas,  as  well  as  giving  opportunity  for  the  develop- 
ment of  the  important  educational  process — self  ex- 
pression. 

At  the  beginning  of  the  school  year  in  September, 
the  fourth  grade  began  the  study  of  music  designated 
for  that  grade.  The  first  rote  song  which  was  taken 
from  Beethoven's  "Sixth  Symphony"  aroused  the 
curiosity  on  the  part  of  some  pu])ils  about  the  person 
who  comiwsed  this  selection.  The  inipils  were  anxious 
to  learn  .something  of  Heethoven's  Iniyhood.  how  he 
happened  to  become  a  com])oser.  his  experiences  in 
early  life  as  a  musician,  and  how  he  became  famous. 
The  study  was  not  confined  to  Beethoven  and  his  com- 
positions, but  included  other  comjKjsers  and  their  pro- 
ductions. However,  there  were  certain  favorites,  chief 
among  them  was  Haydn,  or  "Paim"  as  they  loved  to 
call  him. 


Page   190 


The  Educational  Screen 


The  "Childrens'  Symphony"  and  how  it  was  written 
made  an  especial  appeal  to  the  pupils.  It  was  evident 
at  this  point  that  definite  avenues  of  learning  were 
manifesting  themselves  and  that,  under  proper  direc- 
tion, excellent  results  might  be  achieved. 

Those  who  wrote  compositions  found  a  new  use  for 
the  dictionary.  They  realized  that  correct  spelling  and 
correct  sentence  structure  were  essential.  Those  who 
had  a  desire  to  express  themselves  through  the  medium 
of  art,  discovered  that  it  was  necessary  for  them  to 
read  extensively  the  lives  and  experiences  of  the  com- 
posers. It  was  in  connection  with  this  activity  that 
the  idea  found  expression  in  the  form  of  slides.  The 
learning     process 


had  now  changed 
from  that  of  drill 
and  mastery  of  facts 
to  a  game,  which 
was  interesting  and 
to  which  each  could 
make  his  contribu- 
tion. 

Before  the  pupils 
proceeded  with  the 
project  it  was  nec- 
essary to  conform 
to  certain  principles 
in  the  learning  pro- 
cess. In  order  to 
meet  this  require- 
ment the  topic  was 
presented  with  the 
following  aims  in 
view : 

1.  To  keep  the 
project  within 
the  range  of 
ability  of  the 
pupils. 

2.  To  give  each 
pupil  a  task  to 
perform  that 
was  of  vital 
interest  to 
him. 

3.  To  assist  each 
pupil  in  the 
preparation  of 
his  material. 

4.  To  encourage 
him  to  com- 
plete his  work 
in  a  satisfac- 
tory   manner. 

5.  To  exercise 
critical  judg- 
ment in  select- 
ingthe  subject 
which  each 
pupil  wished 
to  present. 

When  there  was 
sufficient     evidence 


Samples  of  Pupils'  Slides 


pradice     a^  nc^  ■ 


v>(as      TT^cwie,   ^^ 


NofvHOU 


that  these  aims  had    L;1iW  "Bacl,  v.<.ik«l  mil.»-t.  \^r^^ 


been  accomplished,  the  actual  work  of  making  the  slides 
began. 

Making  the  Slides 

Each  pupil  selected  a  subject  with  which  he  was  al- 
ready familiar  and  began  to  draw  the  figures  on  slides. 
The  illustrations  shown  here  represent  a  few  of  tne 
types  of  subjects  chosen.  The  slides  consisted  of  pieces 
of  plain  cover  glass,  size  3j4x4  inches.  A  large  can  of 
carborundum  was  purchased  at  a  low  cost  and  the 
pupils  soon  learned  how  to  cover  the  slides  with  this 
emulsion.  In  this  way  they  prepared  their  own  etched 
slides.  Colored  drawing  pencils  were  used  to  draw  the 
figures  on  the  slides.  In  order  to  protect  the  drawing, 
another  piece  of  glass,  size  3^x4  inches  was  placed 
over  the  drawing.  Each  slide  was  bound  with  tape  in 
the  usual  way. 

Wlien  the  task  was  completed,  the  group  decided 
that  they  would  like  to  share  their  knowledge  and  ex- 
periences with  other  pupils  in  the  school.  The  method 
that  was  agreed  upon,  was  to  present  the  unit  before 
the  school  assembly.  Since  it  was  impossible  for  the 
entire  class  to  participate,  the  pupils  selected  those 
whom  they  considered  most  capable  and  those  who 
had  prepared  the  best  slides. 

Probable  Outcomes 

To  the  individual  pupils  participating,  the  activity  of- 
fered desirable  learning  activities  through : 

1.  Vicarious  experiences: 

a.  Self-reliance,  b.  Initiative,  c.  Exercising  judg- 
ment, d.  Listening  to  others,  e.  Sense  of  pride  in 
achieving,  f.  Opportunity  for  creative  ability. 

2.  Generalizing  experiences : 

a.  Evaluating,  b.  Comparing,  c.  Selection  and  or- 
ganization of  facts. 

3.  Expressing  one's  ideas  by  means  of : 

a.  Discussing,  b.  Dramatizing,  c.  Demonstrating, 
d.  Characterizing. 

4.  Sensory  Experiences : 

a.  Observation,  b.  Construction,  c.  Accuracy,  d. 
Obtaining  data  from  original  sources,  e.  Identify- 
ing, f.  Visualizing. 
It  is  generally  accepted  that  learning  is  not  a  matter 
of  the   intellect  only,   but   also   of  the   emotions.   The 
method  used  in  this  project  illustrates  how  it  is  pos- 
sible  to   integrate  the   activities   which   encourage   the 
pupil's  growth,   with  full   consideration   of   his  needs, 
interests,  aptitudes  and  abilities. 

F.  Dean  McClusky  Honored 

Dr.  F.  Dean  iVIcClusky,  active  leader  in  the  visual 
instruction  movement,  was  honored  on  Sunday, 
May  28,  1939  by  the  Board  of  Trustees,  the  Board 
of  Administration,  and  the  Faculty  of  Scarborough 
School  on  the  occasion  of  his  tenth  anniversary  as 
Director  of  Scarborough  School,  Scarborough-on- 
Hudson,  X.  Y. 

The  guest  of  honor  was  presented  with  a  sound 
motion  picture  projector !  Best  wishes  for  the  con- 
tinued success  of  Dr.  McClusky.  Other  school 
boards  please  take  notice,  and  follow  suit ! 


Junr,  19}  9 

Motion  Pictures  — 
Not  For  Theatres 

By    ARTHUR    EDWIN    KROWS 

Editor  of  "The  Spur,"  New  York  City 


Page   191 


The  Tenth  Installment.  How  an  educa- 
tional film  company  was  sidetracked  into 
presenting  slapstick  comedies  and,  on  the 
other  hand,  how  a  theatrical  war  evolved 
the  first  company  of  record  to  special- 
ize in  making  industrial  motion  pictures 


TO  New  Yiirk's  lecture  service  Leip- 
ziger  applied  the  unprecedented 
method  of  advertising  to  the  public 
and.  presently,  the  system  arose  into  great 
popularity.  In  1890  he  relinquished  his 
school  work  entirely  in  its  favor.  Among 
those  whom  he  persuaded  to  lecture  there 
were  such  celebrities  as  Theodore  Roose- 
velt. Woodrow  Wilson,  Talcott  Williams 
and  Hamilton  Wright  Mabie.  From 
186  audiences  in  1889,  with  an  appro- 
priation of  $15,000,  the  number  arose  to 
1,295,907,  with  expenditures  of  $140,000. 
in  the  season  of  1914-1915.  After  that, 
the  growing  circumstances  of  the  World 
War.  theatrical  motion  pictures,  the  auto- 
mobiles and  other  distractions  easily  to 
be  understood  as  we  look  backward, 
exacted  their  toll  and  the  system 
dwindled  as  rapidly  as  it  ha<l  expanded. 
In  1928  the  last  glow  of  the  educational 
torch,  which  he  had  carried,  flickered 
out :  and  all  remaining  is  an  annual 
lecture  given  in  memory  of  somebody 
named  Henry  M.  Leipziger  at  the  Town 
Hall  in  New  York  City. 

It  was  fortunate  that  during  Leipzig- 
cr's  heyday  the  New  York  Superinten- 
dent of  Schools  was  William  H.  Max- 
well. Here  was  a  man  enthusiastic 
about  new  trends  in  education;  and  his 
rei>eated  efforts  to  introduce  them,  into 
the  classrooms  under  his  control,  had 
led  to  many  a  newspaper  cartoon  and 
jibe  satirizing  "Maxwell's  Fads  and 
Fancies."  The  free  lecture  system  stood 
high  among  the  alleged  "frills"  enjoying 
his  support.  He  did  not  long  survive 
his  remarkable  supervisor  for  he,  him- 
self, died  in   1920. 

I  recall  Dr.  Leipziger  quite  well.  He 
had  a  habit  of  dropping  in  unexpectedly 
on  some  one  of  the  lectures,  always  at  the 
last  moment  and  always  requiring  a 
chair  on  the  platform  and  an  introduc- 
tion to  the  audience.  A  man  of  medium 
height,  dressed  in  dark  clothes,  with  a 
delicately  white,  heavily-bearded  face,  he 
always  seemed  to  enjoy  himself  without 
outward  signs  of  pleasure.  He  invariably 
gave  a  short  talk,  and  usually  made  the 
local  superintendent  thoroughly  uncom- 
fortable by  his  mere  presence,  which 
was  that  of  a  severe  schoolmaster  with 
scholars  going  through  a  probation 
period. 

Even  his  remoter  centers  advertised 
distinguished  names.  I,  myself,  heard 
among  other  talks  in  the  svstem,  twenty- 
eight  lectures  on  art  by  Ernest  Fenollosa, 
as  many  more  on  jurisprudence  by 
George  Kirchwey.  then  dean  of  the  Co- 
lumbia Law  School,  and  a  series  on 
natural  evolution  of  species  by  Samuel 
S.  Schmucker,  of  the  University  of 
Pennsylvania.  As  time  went  on  there 
was   scarcely    a    scliool    building    within 


Earle  Hammons  founded  Educa- 
tional Pictures  Corporation  believing 
that  the  public  craved  instructional 
films  and  discovered  that  theatrical 
audiences  assemble  to  be  amused. 

the  city  limits  where  free  lectures  were 
not  to  be  heard  for  two  evenings  a  week 
from  8  to  9  P.M. 

The  extreme  case  to  which  the  more 
experienced  speakers  liked  to  refer  with 
amusement,  was  that  of  a  school  on 
Barren  Island,  where  New  York  City 
disposed  of  much  of  its  garbage.  Over 
there  was  a  little  community  composed 
principally  of  the  workers  and  their 
families.  The  visiting  lecturer  was 
obliged  to  remain  over  night,  invariably 
receiving  a  cordial  welcome  but  scarcely 
enjoying  his  stay. 

I  have  dwelt  upon  all  this  because  I 
want  to  make  clear  that  the  non-theatri- 
cal readiness  of  the  New  York  Board  of 
Education  in  this  period  was  unique,  as, 
indeed,  were  the  sources  of  material 
supply.  Most  of  the  lectures  given  for 
Leipziger  were  illustrated  with  lantern 
slides,  which  meant,  of  course,  that  the 
halls  had  to  be  equipped  with  stereop- 
ticons,  each  set  requiring  an  operator 
who  ordinarily  was  also  the  janitor  of  the 
building. 

Magic  Lantekns  As  Stepping  Stones 

About  1911  Leipziger  had  begun  to 
feel  the  serious  need  of  having  motion 
picture  equipment,  especially  for  the 
lecturers  on  travel,  most  of  whom  by 
now   were   making  their  own   cinemato- 


graphic films  in  addition  to  their  jwn 
lantern  slides.  Their  training  in  still 
photography  had  made  the  next  step  into 
animated  pictures  entirely  logical  and, 
now  that  they  had  the  films,  if  Leipziger 
could  not  provide  the  means  of  exhibition, 
well,  there  were  other  lecture  circuits 
which  could  and  at  better  prices  than 
the  ten  or  fifteen  dollars  apiece  which 
the  New  York  Board  of  Education  could 
squeeze  out  for  them.  Some  of  the  lec- 
turers, indeed,  carried  their  own  projec- 
tion equipment  at  first,  although  that 
did  not  by  any  means  insure  their  success 
with  it  because  strict  fire  regulations 
were  likely  to  rule  them  out.  But  in 
1913  Leipziger  met  the  requirements  of 
the  National  Board  of  Fire  Underwriters, 
and  was  able  to  boast  of  four  free  lecture 
centers  permanently  equipped  with  pro- 
jectors. 

The  stereopticon  equipment,  and  trften 
the  slides,  too,  were  purchased  and  rented 
largely  from  Dr.  Leipziger's  good  friend, 
Mr.  Schwanhauser,  of  the  Beseler  Slide 
Company.  Nevertheless.  Leipziger  counted 
no  friendships  in  business ;  and  he 
authorized  the  establishment  of  a  little 
handyman  machine  shop  of  the  Bureau's 
own,  for  the  repair  and  maintenance  of 
the  large  number  of  stereopticons  in  serv- 
ice. That  shop  now  gradually  took  over 
a  used  film  projector  or  two  which  might 
be  sent  out  on  very  particular  occasions. 
Sometimes  these  particular  occasions 
were  to  show  films  for  the  politicians 
who  wished  to  impress  their  constituents, 
although  the  irritable  and  conscientiotjs 
Leipziger  naturally  did  not  respond 
kindly  to  that  sort  of  thing.  In  all  events, 
the  stock  of  motion  picture  projectors 
grew  and  stereopticon  equipments  tended 
to  become  mere  attachments  on  them. 
Booths  were  built  and  especial  operators 
trained.  The  development  was  inevitable 
but,  unfortunately.  Leipziger,  who  was 
paying  the  penalty  of  broken  health  for 
having  burned  the  candle  at  both  ends 
during  his  early  life,  could  not  live  to 
see  it. 

It  was  to  be  expected,  when  principals 
and  teachers  began  to  call  for  films  in 
the  classroom,  that  the  Board  of  Elduca- 
tion  would  think  of  the  equipment  used 
by  the  department  of  lectures,  and  used 
almost  exclusively  at  night.  Leipziger 
could  have  no  serious  objection — indeed, 
he  might  easily  become  enthusiastic — 
if  they  used  his  equipment  for  classroom 
tests  in  visual  education.  The  only 
trouble  was  that  his  work  was  done ;  this 
new  phase  was  to  be  carried  out  by 
others. 

Toward  the  close  of  his  life  he  either 
had  appointed  or  had  had  assigned  to 
him  the  services  of  Miss  Rita  Hoch- 
heimer.  a   former  grade  school  teacher; 


Page   192 


The  Educational  Screen 


and  it  became  her  duty  to  pass  on  the 
subject  matter  of  all  films  used  in  the 
schools.  When  Leipziger  then  died  and 
was  succeeded  in  his  post  by  Ernest 
E.  Crandall,  Miss  Hochheimer  was  con- 
firmed in  her  position.  When  the  lecture 
system  was  about  to  end,  Crandall 
dropped  the  old  title  Supervisor  of  Lec- 
tures and  became  Director  of  Visual 
Education.  He  held  this  place  until  about 
1931,  when  illness  obliged  him  to  take 
a  leave  of  absence.     During  it  he  died. 

Crandall's  superior,  Dr.  Eugene  A. 
Colligan,  assistant  superintendent  of 
schools,  was  himself  interested  in  visual 
education  and,  instead  of  replacing  Cran- 
dall with  Miss  Hochheimer,  as  was 
generally  expected,  took  on  the  duties  of 
the  position  personally.  About  1934 
Colligan  was  made  president  of  Hunter 
College,  but  his  successor  still  kept  the 
work  in  his  own  charge  without  chang- 
ing  the    status    of    Miss    Hochheimer. 

But  Crandall  and  Rita  Hochheimer 
were  in  command  when  Boone  and  Yorke 
began  the  active  operation  of  Argonaut 
Pictures  to  serve  the  New  York  City 
schools.  They  speedily  found  that  Ilsley 
Boone,  besides  knowing  a  great  deal 
concerning  the  film  industry  which  they 
did  not,  was  able  also  to  converse  with 
them  in  terms  of  pedagogy,  while  Walter 
Yorke  kept  the  machinery  of  supply 
going  smoothly.  Consequently,  for  the 
time,  at  least,  they  were  well  content  to 
have  the   Argonaut  arrangement. 

Sudden  Systems  of  Distribution 

In  1919  free  films  were  especially  rife, 
and  strong  hearts  still  not  as  stout  as 
Walter  Yorke's  would  have  beeh  daunted. 
One  of  the  many  enterprises  indirectly 
threatening  his  own  plan  of  rental  was 
that  of  the  Bureau  of  Education  of  the 
United  States  Department  of  the  Interior, 
with  its  4,000  reels — many  duplicates,  of 
course.  Persons  in  charge  of  that  col- 
lection at  Washington  were  begging  for 
an  appropriation  to  keep  the  reels  in 
circulation  and  to  care  for  them  properly ; 
but  it  did  not  come.  In  1920  they  solved 
the  problem  by  depositing  the  reels  in 
lots  averaging  113  each,  in  thirty-five 
extension  departments  of  Staje  univers- 
ities, normal  schools,  departments  of  edu- 
cation and  museums.  Each  of  these 
agreed  to  act  as  a  distributor  to  local 
applicants. 

The  university  extension  departments 
went  to  work  with  a  will  on  this  new 
activity  handling  the  Government  films 
and  also  all  other  likely  subjects  they 
could  acquire.  They  issued  annual  and 
even  monthly  catalogues  which  in  bulk 
as  in  listings,  put  the  primitive  Urbanora 
and  Kleine  catalogues  to  shame.  National 
advertisers  found  the  institutions  splen- 
did outlets  for  their  propaganda  reels, 
and  theatrical  companies  discovered  that 
these  eager,  non-competitive  exchanges 
woidd  even  release  their  outworn  sub- 
jects on  a  rental  basis.  George  Kleine 
had  been  one  of  the  first  of  the  regular 
producers  to  make  his  releases  avail- 
able in  those  places.  As  for  Walter 
Yorke,  he  was  philosophical  about  it, 
as  one  would  expect  him  to  be,  having 
made  up  his  mind  about  "free"  films  long 
previously,   and   being   satisfied   that   the 


more  persons  who  were  stimulated  to 
the  use  of  non-theatrical  subjects,  the 
more  he  would  ultimately  find  to  serve. 

Another  blow  must  have  come  from 
that  outgrowth  of  the  great  agrarian 
crusade  of  the  past  half -century,  the 
American  Farm  Bureau  Federation, 
founded  in  1918  at  Chicago.  July  1. 
1921,  the  powerful  organization  estab- 
lished a  Farm  Films  Service  in  connec- 
tion with  the  Illinois  Agricultural  As- 
sociation. Samuel  R.  Guard,  director  of 
the  Department  of  Information,  of  which 
the  Farm  Films  Service  was  a  part,  tried 
at  first  to  obtain  what  he  considered 
authentic  farm  subjects  from  the  theatri- 
cal producers,  but  relinquished  that  plan 
in  bitter  disgust  at  the  outrageous  "hick 
types"  which  he  found  there.  The  serv- 
ice then  produced  two  films  of  its  own: 
"Spring  Valley,"  in  five  reels,  and  "The 
Homestead,"  in  two.  Several  other,  pre- 
viously  existing    films   were   adapted. 

Farm  Bureau  picture  distribution  was 
twofold.  Any  State  Federation  was  privi- 
leged to  purchase  prints  at  cost  and  to  ar- 
range distribution  in  its  own  territory 
or,  the  general  offices  at  Chicago  would 
book  the  films  at  the  local  theatre,  the 
manager  paying  therefor  either  a  flat 
rate  or  a  percentage  of  the  receipts.  The 
Bureau  also  supplied  portable  projectors 
at  cost.  In  1922  there  were  produced  for 
the  Federation  twenty-five  new  reels ;  and 
it  was  reported  officially  that  during  the 
year  films  had  been  supplied  for  3,609 
meetings  attended  by  721,800  persons. 

Guard  resigned  October,  1923,  and 
H.  R.  Kibler,  who  succeeded  him,  re- 
ported for  that  year  that  Farm  Bureau 
pictures  had  been  used  in  331  counties 
in  thirty-five  States,  statistics  which  were 
further  broken  down  to  3,552  meetings 
having  an  estimated  attendance  of  1,- 
670,600  persons.  In  1925  the  organization 
chart  showed  that  1,000  County  Bureaus 
had  projection  equipment.  There  was  a 
new  subject,  inspiringly  called  "My  Farm 
Bureau,"  produced  by  Homestead  Films, 
Inc.  In  1927  the  Farm  Bureau  story  was 
given  another  twist,   resulting  in  a   six- 


reeler  produced  by  the  .\tlas  Educational 
Film  Company.  Of  this  subject,  fifty 
prints  were  in  circulation,  furnished  to 
County  Farm  Bureaus  for  transportation 
charges  only. 

In  1928,  to  the  fifty  prints  just  men- 
tioned had  been  added  twenty-five  prints 
each  of  six  new  features,  making  200 
reels  in  all  available.  Four  other  subjects 
were  in  production,  and  plans  were  in 
process  for  ten  more  in  1929.  But  here 
the  mystery  clears.  The  annual  report  for 
1928  admits  that  to  help  pay  for  the 
pictures,  advertising  space  was  being 
sold  in  them  —  in  the  half-dozen  just 
made,  to  the  sum  of  $72,000.  Clear  now, 
also,  is  the  statement  that,  at  the  Na- 
tional Publicity  Conference  in  Chicago, 
September  20,  1923,  plans  had  been  made 
to  provide  every  Farm  Bureau  without 
charge  with  a  projector  and  a  regular 
film  service. 

The  organized  farmers  always  have 
been  a  rich  body  for  exploitation.  Many 
film  enterprises  have  sought  them  out. 
In  January,  1921,  the  national  press 
conveyed  news  of  the  Farmers'  Film 
Corporation.  According  to  the  announce- 
ment made  on  its  behalf  by  William  E. 
Skinner,  secretary  of  the  National  Dairy 
.Association,  the  new  corporation  "will 
enjoy  the  cooperation  of"  the  Federal  and 
State  Departments  of  Agriculture  and 
State  Agricultural  Association,  grange 
movements  and  cooperative  buying  and 
marketing  associations.  "One  of  the  first 
undertakings,"  concludes  the  report,  "will 
be  to  help  the  American  Bankers'  As- 
sociation to  raise  the  billion  dollar  trade 
expansion  fund  recently  decided  on  at 
the  Chicago  conference."  Not  to  help 
the  farmer,  you  see,  but  to  persuade  him 
to  help  the  bankers. 

With  the  best  of  intentions,  no  doubt, 
the  Farm  Bureau,  in  selling  advertising 
space,  was  playing  the  ancient  game  of 
self-deceit  called  "playing  both  ends 
against  the  middle."  It's  a  familiar  way 
to  pass  the  time  in  non-theatricals ;  but 
it  does  not  serve  there  any  more  than 
it  does  in  any  other  sensible  business. 


Chapter  IV A  New  Profession 


WHEN  the  motion  picture  business 
began  in  earnest  in  the  United 
States  the  theatrical  companies 
m.erely  dabbled  on  the  side,  as  has  been 
seen,  in  non-theatrical  production.  On 
the  other  hand,  when  non-theatrical  pro- 
ducers started  to  arise,  they  generally 
aimed  to  lift  themselves  out  of  such 
petty  endeavor  into  the  realm  of  higher 
profits  in  the  theatre.  In  other  words 
(although  in  another  sense),  it  was  the 
old  story,  that  theatrical  pictures  come 
first. 

Impetus  was  given  to  theatrical  re- 
lease of  so-called  "educationals"  by  the 
formation  of  Educational  Pictures,  Inc., 
in  New  York,  in  May,  1915.  It  was  the 
first  considerable  and  successful  effort 
to  establish  a  distributing  system  ex- 
clusively for  "shorts" — although  it  is  an 
interesting  comment  on  the  changing 
times  that  shorts  in  1915  were  as  long 
as  the  features  of  1911  and  1912. 
The  head  of  Educational  Pictures  was 


Earle  W.  Hammons,  thirty-three  years 
of  age  and  determined  to  come  up  in  the 
world.  Son  of  a  well-to-do  Southerner 
engaged  in  a  mercantile  line,  Hammons 
had  had  an  excellent  preliminary  educa- 
tion in  private  schools  of  Arkansas  and 
Texas  before  coming  north  to  attend 
Columbia  University.  There,  instead  of 
devoting  himself  to  a  "gentleman's''  pro- 
fession as  he  had  been  expected  to  do, 
he  studied  business  subjects.  In  1907, 
after  some  varied  small  experiences,  he 
entered  the  expanding  line  of  New  York 
suburban  real  estate.  Here  he  did  fairly 
well  for  awhile ;  but  he  was  diverted 
suddenly  to  films  by  a  chance  discussion 
of  the  releasing  arrangements  for  Rainey's 
Hunt  Pictures,  shown  at  a  banquet  of 
real  estate  men  at  Briarcliff  Lodge,  in 
Westchester. 

At  least,  that  is  how  the  story  usually 
is  told.  It  seems,  however,  that  Ham- 
mons had  already  considered  trying  for 
a   share   in    the   profits   of   this    dazzling 


June,   19)9 

new  tiliii  iiidiistry.  which  al  lliat  time  still 
had  njiisidcrablc  prodiictioii  activity  in 
the  New  York  mctroixilitan  area.  Inter- 
ested particularly  in  what  mijtht  be  dune 
hy  a  persim  with  little  or  no  nio'iey  cap- 
ital, his  attention  had  been  calletl  to  the 
ease  of  Catherine  Carter.  Mrs.  Carter, 
seekinK  new  material  to  distribute  to  her 
own  clients,  had  found  a  younij  man 
with  an  uiuisnally  iK'autiful  travel  subject 
which  he  himself,  had  produced  in  the 
Cascade  Mountains  in  the  State  of  Wash- 
ington. The  young  inan  was  Robert 
Cameron  Bruce  and  the  film,  entitled 
"When  the  Mountains  Call."  was  his 
first  motion  picture  made  to  sell.  He 
was  having  a  desperate  time  in  opening 
the  market.  Mrs.  Carter  had  obtained 
some  bookings  for  him ;  but  Hammons 
believed  that  he  could  manage  the  re- 
leases more  profitably,  although  he  was 
not  quite  sure  how  it  might  be  done. 

At  that  juncture  came  the  invitation 
to  Briarclifif ;  and  the  more  intimate  story 
has  it  that  Mrs.  Carter  loaned  Hammons 
her  husband's  dress  suit  that  he  might 
make  a  proper  appearance  at  the  speaker's 
table.  It  is  quite  possible,  therefore, 
that  the  discussion  of  releasing  arrange- 
ments on  the  Kainey  pictures  was  not  so 
fortuitous  after  all  and  that  Earle 
Hammons.  him.self,  may  have  started  it 
for  his  own  information  and  profit. 

Edvcational  Pictures,  Inc. 

Armed  now  with  a  larger  knowledge 
of  how  such  special  productions  were 
distributed,  Hammons  began  an  inten- 
sive investigation  of  possibilities  lasting 
a  couple  of  months.  Then  he  formed 
Educational  Pictures,  Inc.  It  is  interest- 
ing to  recall  that,  just  about  eight  months 
previously,  in  October,  1914,  another 
Educational  Film  Company,  headed  by 
one  C.  L.  Nagely.  had  announced  its 
formation  in  New  York  to  book  educa- 
tional features  in  "one-night  stand" 
theatres. 

Hammons  had  at  first  a  small  office 
at  171  Madison  Avenue,  and  his  concern 
started  with  the  very  modest  capital 
(for  the  film  business)  of  about  $5,800. 
Mrs.  Carter,  greatly  interested,  is  said 
even  to  have  suggested  the  "student 
lamp"  trade  mark,  drawn  by  Carl  Heck, 
which  Hammons  later  made  so  well 
known ;  but,  to  her  lasting  indignation, 
she  was  not  declared  in  on  the  incorpora- 
tion. Hammon's  first  release  was  the 
three-reeler  made  by  Robert  Bruce, 
"When  the  Mountains  Call,"  and  the  dis- 
cerning exhibitor  who  officiated  at  the 
debuts  of  the  two  promising  men  just 
named,  by  providing  a  Broadway  theatre, 
was  S.  L.  Rothafel — "Rothapfel,"  as  he 
spelled  his  name  then.  "Roxy"  was  al- 
ways ready  to  stand  back  of  persons  and 
pictures  interesting  him.  But,  of  course, 
a  single  release  did  not  mean  success 
for  Hammons.  It  was  a  hard,  uphill 
road  which  he  still  had  to  travel,  learn- 
ing and   pioneering. 

All  the  while  his  capital  was  dwin- 
dling ;  so  he  sought  more.  He  found  a 
mo<lerately  wealthy  man,  George  A. 
Skinner,  who  presently  invested  about 
$,10,000  just  l)ecau.se  he  was  interested 
in  films  to  be  used  in  education.  Skinner 
was  not  thinking  of  "educationals"  in 
the    loose    sense    understood    by    mast 


One    of    Carl    Laemmle's    plans    to 
break  the  hold  of  General  Film  Cor- 
poration  on   the   motion   picture    in- 
dustry led  to  the  Chicago  start  of  the 
first    "commercial    film"   company, 
theatrical   exhibitors ;    he   had    visions  of 
films    particularly    in    schools — and    for 
a  time  he  officiated  as  president  of  Edu- 
cational  Pictures.   Inc.     In   his  desire  to 
shape  events  as  he  saw  them,  he  caused 
to   be   built   at    Providence,    R.   I.,   under 
the    name    Coronet,    a    fine    little    studio, 
with  an  excellent  laboratory. 

The  location  was  chosen,  I  understand, 
at  the  suggestion  of  a  friend  named 
Burnham.  It  stood  on  Elmwood  .\venue, 
at  one  end  of  Roger  Williams  Park,  as 
the  more  extensive  studios  belonging  to 
I-'rederick  S.  Peck  of  General  Film,  stood 
at  the  other.  Here  Skinner  handled  the 
processing  and  general  assembly  of  "The 
Valley  of  the  Ten  Thousand  Smokes," 
the  production  of  which  he  had  arranged 
with  the  National  Geographic  ExiJedition 
to  Mt.  Katmai,  .Maska.  Here.  also,  was 
processed  "Unhooking  the  H(X)kworm." 
the  notable  subject  utilizing  the  researches 
of  Dr.  Charles  W.  Stiles,  made  by 
Coronet  for  the  International  Health 
Board  of  the  Rockefeller  Foundation — 
and,  through  its  wide  exhibition  in  trop- 
ical countries,  said  to  have  saved  thou- 
sands of  lives. 

Hammons  was  sympathetic  toward  the 
.strictly  educational  aspects  of  motion 
pictures;  but  he  felt  that  there  was  suffi- 
cient product  in  existence  to  meet  im- 
mediate needs  which  were  still  formative 
in  many  directions,  and  that  at  this  time 
the  energy  of  the  incorporators  should 
be  directed  toward  the  establishment  of 
a  distribution  system.  Skinner  had  dif- 
ferent ideas,  so  Hammons  proposed  buy- 
ing him  out ;  and  he  succeeded  in  doing 
this  in  1917  for  the  sum  of  $65,000.  The 
money  was  provided  by  a  newcomer  to 
the  concern,  the  automobile  man,  Wil- 
liam Mitchell  Lewis.  Skinner  told  me. 
years  afterward,  that  his  reason  for  hold- 
ing out  for  a  high  figure  was  that  he 
didn't  want  to  ga 

While  this  removed  some  of  the  ob- 
stacles in  the  way  of  Hammons,  it  still 
did  not  make  possible  the  expansion 
which  he  desired.  But  here  he  was  to  find 


Page    193 

an  unex|>ected  solution.  It  is  said  that 
Skinner,  directly  or  indirectly,  had  intro- 
duced him  to  Bruno  Weyers,  the  man 
who  opened  the  way  to  it ;  and,  if  this 
is  true,  the  circumstance  was  to  prove 
to  Hammons  worth  every  cent  which 
he  had  paid  to  his  former  jartner.  Weyers 
was  in  1918  the  New  York  representative 
of  the  historic  Hudson's  Bay  Company, 
of  London,  as  agent  for  which  he  had 
shipped  all  the  foodstuffs  .sent  by  the 
United  States  to  the  French  Government 
during  the  War.  But  now  the  War  was 
over;  and  Weyers  transferred  his  alleg- 
iance to  Educational  Pictures  as  vice- 
president  and  member  of  the  Iward.  For 
Hammons  he  arrange<l  a  meeting  in  Lon- 
don with  Sir  Robert  M.  Kindersley,  gov- 
ernor of  the  Hudson's  Bay  Company,  who 
made  due  investigation  and  eventually 
agreed  to  finance  the  exchange  system 
which  Hammons  so  much  wanted. 

From  then  on  the  growth  of  Educa- 
tional Pictures,  as  a  sheerly  commercial 
venture,  was  swift.  In  1920  the  newsreel 
"Kinograms,"  was  released  through  its 
exchanges.  There  were  many  more  sig- 
nificant pictures  on  its  programs :  Bruce 
scenics— Bruce  fulfilled  contracts  with 
Educational  forfourtecn  consecutive  years  ; 
nature  studies  by  Tolhurst  after  the 
manner  of  F.  Percy  Smith ;  the  fine  Dit- 
mars  "Living  Book  of  Nature";  the 
"Newman  Traveltalks" ;  Lyman  Howe's 
"Hodge  Ptxlge"  and  —  pardonably  —  a 
"Hudson's  Bay  Travel  Series."  But  more 
and  more  it  became  clear  that  the  short 
subjects  most  demanded  by  the  theatres 
were  slapstick  comedies. 

Presently  Hammons,  influenced,  no 
doubt,  by  the  strictly  business  considera- 
tions of  his  associates  as  well  as  by  his 
own  commercial  prudence,  yielded  to  the 
pressure  and  slapstick  comedies — Jack 
White's.  Lloyd  Hamiltcm's,  "Mermaids" 
and  the  rest — became  the  characteristic 
output,  strangely  belying  the  trade  mark 
and  arousing  indignation  among  educa- 
tors who  did  not  know  the  story. 

George  .\.  Skinner  died  in  New  York 
Dccemlier  21,  1935,  aged  sixty-four,  all 
the  years  of  his  life  since  his  adventure 
with  Earle  Hammons  devoted  to  the 
higher  uses  of  the  motion  picture  screen. 
He  was  treasurer  of  the  Payne  Fund, 
which  conducted  a  three-year  study  of 
the  effect  of  films  on  the  health,  char- 
acter and  conduct  of  children,  and  an 
organizer  of  the  Motion  Picture  Re- 
search   Council    to  act    on    the   findings. 

How  ever  Big  Business  men  in  New- 
York  may  have  regarded  the  matter, 
there  were,  in  the  early  years,  certain 
geographic  and  economic  factors  at 
work  in  the  Chicago  area  to  change  the 
IHjint  of  view  that  in  the  educational 
field  theatrical  pictures  come  first.  These 
circumstances,  no  doubt,  were  largely 
also  those  of  cities  recently  built,  un- 
hami)ered  by  tradition,  engaged  in  com- 
paratively new  industries  such  as  the 
manufacture  of  reapers,  automobiles  and 
cash  registers,  and  with  younger  men 
in  command.  Among  the  very  first 
business  organizations  to  use  films  in 
industry  had  been  the  International 
Harvester  Company  of  Chicago,  the 
Ford  Company  of  Detroit  and  the  Na- 
tional Cash  Register  Company  of  Day- 
ton. 


Page   194 


The  Educational  Screen 


The  vision  behind  the  "Ford  Educa- 
tional Weekly,"  although  that  enterprise 
had  been  scorned  as  "subsidized"  and  as 
a  "failure,"  was  symptomatic  in  that 
quarter  of  an  appreciation  of  twentieth 
century  opportunities  of  which  the  non- 
theatrical  field  was  most  decidedly  one. 
But,  along  with  the  noble  thoughts,  one 
must  bear  in  mind  that  the  "Patents" 
situation  being  what  it  was,  and  Chicago 
being  at  a  distance  from  the  New  York 
headquarters  of  General  Film,  the 
protestation  of  a  non-theatrical  purpose 
might  also  effectually  mask  the  rise  of 
a  theatrical  insurgent.  Who  knows, 
indeed,  but  that  the  circumstance  which 
I  am  about  to  mention,  was  the  reason 
why  the  Patents  Company  issued  its 
warning  phrase,  forbidding  its  licensee 
exhibitors  to  show  advertising  pictures 
"supplied    by  others?" 

Watterson  Rothacker 

In  all  events,  out  of  the  dabbling  of 
the  theatrical  men  from  above,  and  the 
ambitious  attempts  of  the  non-theatrical 
fellows  from  below,  and  during  the  in- 
dustrial stirrings  in  the  Great  Lakes 
country,  there  evolved  the  first  signifi- 
cant, responsible,  exclusively  non-theatri- 
cal concern.  The  place  was  Chicago, 
the  time  late  in  1910,  and  the  name 
was  the  Industrial  Moving  Picture 
Company. 

It  was  organized  by  a  triumvirate 
—  Carl  Laemmle,  then  a  rapidly 
arising  rival  of  the  Patents  Companies, 
who  had  "gone  Independent"  in  the 
spring  of  1909.  his  vice-president, 
Robert  H.  Cochrane,  and  Watterson  R. 
Rothacker,  who  since  1907  had  been 
western  manager  of  the  amusement 
weekly,  the  Billboard.  The  purpose  was 
stated  as  to  specialize  in  educational 
and  industrial  subjects,  although  it  is 
possible  that  this  was  at  first  a  mere 
blind,  because  Laemmle,  having  broken 
with  the  Motion  Picture  Patents  Com- 
pany, was  being  forced  to  produce  films 
to  supply  his  nine  Independent  theatrical 
exchanges.  But  in  November,  1910 
Laemmle  moved  to  New  York  from 
Chicago  to  conduct  his  battles  with 
"General  Flimco,"  as  he  elegantly  termed 
his  opposition.  And,  having  plenty  to  do 
in  that  respect,  he  disposed  of  his  stock 
in  this  industrial  venture  to  Rothacker, 
in  the  fall  of  1913. 

Rothacker,  who  thereafter  controlled 
the  business,  still  believed  that  there  was 
a  future  in  the  special  line  indicated  in 
the  first  announcements,  and  possibly 
he  saw  his  opportunity  as  being  quite 
as  shining  as  Laemmle's.  Certainly, 
from  the  start,  he  prosecuted  the  work 
vigorously  and  intelligently.  The  breadth 
of  his  view  was  demonstrated  in  January, 
1914,  when  other  non-theatrical  produc- 
tion specialists  had  mushroomed  into 
being,  and  he,  himself,  either  initiated 
or  immediately  supported  a  plan  to  or- 
ganize them.  In  doing  this  he  followed 
the  current  example  of  the  Patents  group 
and  the  Independents  in  the  regular  field. 
Rothacker's  purpose  was,  of  course,  for 
a  mutual  benefit,  stabilizing  prices, 
standardizing  product,  educating  clients. 
It  was  not  the  step  of  a  man  of  narrow 


A  meeting  was  called  in  Chicago  at 
that  time ;  and  there  was  appointed  a 
national  committeee  comprising  W.  R. 
Rothacker,  Charles  Stark  of  Essanay 
Film  Manufacturing  Company  and  J. 
Alexander  Leggett  of  Pathescope.  The 
group  was  commonly  referred  to  as 
"the  ad-film  men."  A  rival  call  to 
organize  was  issued  July,  1914,  by  New 
York  producers  who  probably  feared  a 
concentration  of  industrial  business  in 
Chicago.  This  appeal  was  signed  by 
Harry  J.  Elkan,  manager  of  the  indus- 
trial department  of  Pathe :  Arthur  N. 
Smallwood,  of  the  Smallwood  Film 
Company  which  you  may  recall  is  the 
concern  which  had  just  tried  to  emulate 
Pathescope  by  importing  the  German 
projector  called  Kinnx.  and  J.  M.  Torr. 
editor    of   Motion    Picture    Publicity. 

Their  meeting  was  scheduled  for 
August  15  at  Brighton  Beach.  But 
Rothacker's  next  move  was  quicker  and, 
still  earlier  in  August,  the  ad-film  men — - 
later  to  be  known  more  respectfully  as 
The  Screen  Advertisers'  Association — 
held  a  New  York  meeting  of  their  own 
at  the  Hotel  Claridge,  strengthening 
their  union  and  unanimously  reelecting 
the  members  of  their  national  committee. 

In  the  spring  of  1914  Rothacker  ad- 
vertised his  concern,  took  exhibition 
spaces  at  the  Coliseum  in  Chicago  and 
Grand  Central  Palace  in  New  York  to 
show  the  industrial  pictures  he  had  made. 

In  1917  he  issued  for  general  distribu- 
tion a  booklet  entitled  Why  to  Advertise 
with  Motion  Pictures  and,  in  1916,  he 
had  opened  in  Chicago  a  new  plant 
having  7,000  square  feet  of  floor  space, 
said  to  have  been  the  largest  institution 
anywhere  devoted  exclusively  to  that 
purpose.  He  rather  studiously  avoided 
the  term  "non-theatrical,"  no  doubt  be- 
cause, after  all,  his  most  prosperous 
line  had  become  nmning  the  film  labora- 


In  September 

Those  who  have  followed  this 
first  detailed  non-theatrical  his- 
tory since  the  start  of  its  pub- 
lication in  these  pages  in  Sep- 
tember, 1938,  will  be  qiad  to 
hear  of  its  continuation  through 
the  issues  of  the  year  to  come. 
As  in  the  case  of  each  install- 
ment until  now,  the  narrative 
will  add  steadily  and  richly  to 
that  store  of  valuable  informa- 
tion which  ultimately  will  com- 
plete for  the  reader  an  unprece- 
dentedly  clear  perspective  in 
viewing  this  important  phase  of 
visual  education. 
If  you  wish  to  profit  from 
this  otherwise  unobtainable  rec- 
ord of  far-reaching,  costly, 
practical  experience  in  all  non- 
theatrical  departments,  you  will 
maintain  uninterruptedly  your 
status  as  a  subscriber  to  this 
magazine. 


tory  for  theatrical  accounts,  and  theatres 
were  then  considered  to  be — as  they  still 
are  in  many  quarters — the  only  proper 
show  place  for  films  of  any  type.  It  was 
Rothacker  who  printed  the  "million 
dollar  Chaplins"  and  other  features  of 
the  First  National  Exhibitors'  Circuit  of 
New  York  in  1917.  He  also  confined 
his  own  productions  to  industrials,  so 
as  not  to  compete  with  his  steady 
customers,  barring  a  few  shorts  in  1917, 
such  as  "Zeppelin  Attacks  on  New  York" 
and  "From  Studio  to  Screen,"  shovdng 
how  movies  were  made. 

He  rented  his  studio  to  theatrical  pro- 
ducers, having  at  first  announced  that 
his  work  would  extend  beyond  mere 
commercial  productions,  but  he  had  one 
unpleasant  experience  when  a  company 
used  the  stage  to  make  an  allegedly 
salacious  picture.  "Watty,"  as  his  friends 
affectionately  called  him.  had  to  explain 
to  the  authorities  that  he  was  only  the 
irresponsible  landlord.  The  new  studio 
was  publicized  thoroughly  from  the 
time  the  plans  were  laid.  When  it  was 
completed,  just  before  the  formal  opening, 
he  gave  an  elaborate  "studio  ball."  to 
486  guests  seated  at  tables  about  an 
improvised  dance  floor,  receiving  gener- 
ous attention   from  the  press. 

Those  who  knew  Watterson  Rothacker 
in  those  early  days  were  not  surprised 
at  his  success.  From  the  start  he  was 
clearly  of  the  type  called  "hustler." 
He  knew  how  to  meet  people  and  to 
handle  them ;  he  knew  much  about  adver- 
tising and  he  manipulated  personal  pub- 
licity with  skill ;  he  was  intelligent  and 
quick;  he  was  young.  Above  all — and 
this  was  highly  important  then — he  was 
not  afraid.  Whether  the  available  busi- 
ness was  for  laboratory  service  or  in- 
dustrial production,  he  was  there  to  get 
it.  Well  known  in  both  New  York  and 
Chicago,  he  was  completely  at  home  and 
self-sufficient  in  either  city.  Surely  the 
infant  mdustrial  division  of  the  non- 
theatrical  field  needed  just  such  a  pioneer. 
His  staff  at  the  opening  of  the  new 
studio,  or  shortly  thereafter,  included 
E.  H.  Philippi,  sales  manager ;  L.  W. 
O'Connell,  formerly  of  Lord  &  Thomas, 
advertising  consultant;  W.  C.  Aldous, 
laboratory  superintendent;  E.  H.  Spears, 
lately  assistant  to  Dr.  Charles  E.  K. 
Mees  of  the  Eastman  Kodak  Company, 
as  laboratory  expert,  and  Vincent  Colby, 
in  charge  of  animated  cartoons.  At  this 
same  time  Rothacker  boasted  of  having 
nine  cameramen  on  staff  working  on  as 
many  projects,  and  talked  of  opening 
another  studio   on  the   Pacific   Coast. 

From  1914  on,  for  upwards  of  twenty- 
five  years,  one  frequently  encounters  the 
name  of  Rothacker's  organization  as  pro- 
ducer of  advertising  subjects.  In  1914 
alone,  the  concern  referred  proudly  to 
a  variety  of  films  which  it  had  made  for 
the  lumber  industry ;  a  paper-making 
subject  for  Peabody,  Houghteling  & 
Company  of  Chicago;  one  for  the  H.  J. 
Heinz  Company  of  Pittsburgh,  and  vari- 
ous items  for  the  State  of  Michigan  to 
show  at  the  forthcoming  Panama- 
Pacific    Exposition. 

In  that  early  time  Chicago  had  at 
least    one   other    concern    claiming 

{Continued  on  page  208) 


June,   19)9 


Page    195 


Proceedings  of  the 

Midwestern  Forum  on  Visual  Teaching  Aids 

{Held  in  Chicago,  May   12  and   13.   1939) 


GENERAL  SESSION 
(9:00  A.  M.,  Friday) 

AFTER  Registration — which 
reached  the  gratifying  total 
of  385  for  this  first  "annual" 
meeting  of  the  Forum,  the  morn- 
ing session  was  opened  by  the 
presiding  Chairman,  Noble  J. 
Puffer,  Superintendent  of  Cook 
County  Public  Schools,  Chicago, 
Illinois. 

Opening  Remarks:  How  to  Get 
the  Most  out  of  this  Forum,  by 
Donald  P.  Bean,  Chairman  of  the 
F"orum  Committee. 

(Given  below  in  full) 

¥  KNOW  that  you  are  not  here  under 
false  pretenses.  The  committee's  orig- 
inal announcement  about  this  meeting  in 
the  April,  1939  issue  of  The  Educational 
Screen  warned  those  who  were  not  se- 
riously interested  in  visual  education  that 
they  should  not  attend  this  meeting.  The 
preliminary  programs  which  were  dis- 
tributed in  advance  of  the  meeting  also 
indicated  that  this  would  be  a  working 
convention  for  teachers  who  wanted  help 
through  the  exchange  of  information 
about  their  experiences  with  various 
teaching  aids.  Your  Chairman  has  at- 
tended visual  education  meetings,  so- 
called,  for  many  years,  and  has  always 
wondered  why  the  problem  is  almost  in- 
variably presented  from  the  wrong  point 
of  view.  Even  progressive  educators  con- 
sider the  establishment  of  a  service  de- 
partment for  the  administration  of  vistul 
and  auditory  aids  the  correct  step  to  their 
proper  use  and  development.  If,  as  so 
often  happens,  this  activity  merely  be- 
comes a  clearing  house  for  films  and 
equipment,  the  administration  has  only 
mistaken  mere  use  with  effective  use, 
and  much  use  with  educational  progress. 
When  I  called  the  committee  that  ar- 
ranged this  program  together,  I  found 
nearly  all  of  them  shared  these  feelings, 
and  my  conviction  that  the  greatest  need 
in  this  field  today  is  adequate  and  ac- 
curate information  with  reference  to  the 
content  of  films,  and  serious  attention  on 
the  part  of  teachers  to  the  method  of 
choosing  and  using  these  visual  tools  in 
terms  of  the  teaching  objectives  of  the 
classroom.  Motion  pictures  and  the  radio 
are  new  media  of  communication  which 
have  effected  a  revolution  in  the  thinking 
of  the  public  at  large,  and  which  should 
make  an  equally  large  contribution  to 
the  educational  process  once  their  logic 
and  grammar  are  more  perfectly  under- 
stood. We  are  sorry  that  it  was  necessary 
to  restrict  the  program  entirely  to  the 
visual  aids,  but  with  two  days  only  at 
our  distribution,  it  seemed  well  to  keep 
this    initial    program,    at    least,    concen- 


trated on  one  of  these  media — the  visual. 
May  I  call  your  attention  to  certain 
special  features  of  the  program. 

The  Classroom  Clinics.  As  the  pro- 
gram indicates,  this  meeting  will  break 
up  into  three  sections,  roughly  graded 
as  to  school  level,  separate  groups  for 
those  interested  in  elementary  school 
problems,  in  high  school  problems,  in 
teaching  problems  at  the  college  level. 
Showings  of  films  and  visual  materials 
are  scheduled  for  every  classroom  clinic, 
and  for  every  program  of  this  Forum. 
They  will  be  shown  also  at  the  banquet, 
and  between  programs  in  the  exhibits. 
This  was  not  accidental,  it  was  planned 
in  line  with  the  point  of  view  already 
expressed  of  acquainting  you  with  a  wide 
range  of  materials,  particularly  new  ma- 
terial, available  for  school  use. 

Discussion  periods  also  are  arranged 
for  every  session  of  the  Forum.  The 
committee  hopes  particularly  that  the  dis- 
cussion at  the  general  se.ssion  on  Saturday 
morning  will  be  quite  frank  as  to  whether 
this  program  has  started  anything  that 
is  worth  while,  and  whether  it  should  be 
continued  in  the  future.  Your  Chairman 
has  just  returned  from  attendance  at  the 
Tenth  Institute  for  Education  by  Radio 
in  Columbus,  Ohio,  under  the  auspices 
of  the  Ohio  State  University.  He  has 
had  the  pleasure  of  attending  most  of  the 
ten  conferences,  and  has  been  impressed 
with  the  way  in  which  two  groups  of 
people,  a  few  educators  and  a  few  radio 
people,  who  starte<l  the  meetings  ten 
years  ago,  have  slowly,  through  the 
years,  worked  out  a  technique  of  ex- 
changing information,  of  increasing  par- 
ticipation in  studying  techniques  of  the 
production  and  use  of  radio  which  have 
cemeted  the  groups  into  one  of  the  most 
effective  conferences  which  it  is  his  plea- 
sure to  attend. 

The  committee  which  started  this  pro- 
gram has  no  axes  to  grind.  If  it  has  any 
ambitions,  they  are  merely  hopes  that 
the  program  as  planned  will  be  so  useful 
that  it  will  lead  to  a  series  of  meetings 
which  may  progress  along  these  same 
lines.  The  scope  of  the  program  is  ex- 
plained by  the  variety  of  educational  in- 
terests represented  by  this  committee.     I 


have  been  asked  questions  as  to  the 
auspices  of  the  meeting  and  the  method 
of  selection  of  the  committee  so  that  I 
believe  this  is  the  appropriate  time  to 
explain  the  circumstances  that  lead  to 
this  meeting.  The  Bell  and  Howell  Com- 
pany last  fall  entertained  in  this  same 
hall  several  hundred  school  administrators 
of  this  district  with  a  very  pleasant 
dinner.  I  was  one  of  the  guests  on  that 
occasion,  and  made  the  mistake  of  sug- 
gesting that  the  meeting  should  lead  into 
a  series  of  meetings  along  similar  lines. 
Officials  of  the  Bell  and  Howell  Company 
did  not  let  the  matter  rest.  They  asked 
me  to  suggest  nominations  for  a  com- 
mittee which  might  undertake  such  a  pro- 
gram. They  took  the  initiative  of  calling 
the  group  which  I  suggested  together. 
When  the  group  met  and  it  seemed  ad- 
visable to  seek  the  support  of  all  com- 
mercial interests  represented  in  this  field, 
they  voluntarily  urged  the  committee  to 
seek  that  form  of  support  and  to  plan  a 
program  which  should  be  to  the  best 
interests  of  all  commercial  and  educa- 
tional interests  in  this  field. 

A  Kodachrome  Journey  to  Our 
National  Parks  was  vividly  con- 
ducted by  Earl  A.  Trager,  Na- 
tional Park  Service,  who  showed 
a  great  number  of  beautiful  Koda- 
chrome slides,  with  verbal  ex- 
planations accompanying. 

Address:  New  Film  Sources  and 
Ho^v  to  Get  Infortiiation  about 
Them,  by  Fanning  Hearon,  Exec- 
utive Director,  Association  of 
School  Film  Libraries,  Inc.,  New 
York  City. 
(Extended  abstract  given  below) 

W^E  hear  a  great  deal  these  days  about 
the  btx)ader  usefulness  of  motion 
pictures  and  "the  educational  motion  pic- 
ture problem."  There  never  has  been  so 
much  talk,  nor  so  much  stirring  around. 
The  thought  that  the  motion  picture  can 
be  used  for  something  besides  fictionized 


Editor's  Note:  The  close-packed  two-day  program  of  the  first 
Midwestern  Forum  yielded  a  total,  in  manuscript  and  stenotype,  of 
over  100000  words.  The  minute-mileage  of  pictures  shown  is  not 
known.  Space  and  cost  considerations  preclude  complete  re])rinting. 
nor  is  it  necessary.  A  large  fraction  of  the  recorded  utterance 
naturally  concerns  the  immediate  moment  and  situation,  matter  of 
little  value  apart  from  the  occasion  itself.  By  omitting  this,  and  much 
that  is  inevitably  rejietitious  or  of  very  minor  value,  the  full  essentials 
oi  this  significant  meeting  can  be  made  available  to  all. 

About  one  third  of  the  full  Proceedings  (20.000  words)  apjiears 
in  this  issue.  This,  with  the  other  two  thirds,  will  l)e  reprinted  in  a 
48-page,  6x9  pamphlet  available  at  50  cents,  jxistage  prepaid — or  25 
cents  to  subscribers  of  The  Educ.\tionai.  Screen. 


Page    196 


The  Educational  Screen 


entertainment,  and  that  in  being  so  used 
need  not  be  dull,  is  running  riot.  Our 
amateur  intellectuals  and  sixteen-year-old 
cynics  have  come  upon  an  intriguing  new 
word,  and  are  wearing  it  over  their 
hearts,  or  on  their  sleeves.  The  word  is 
"documentary,"  used  to  describe  this 
new  type  of  film  which  moves  in  the  mist 
between  fairyland  fiction  and  schoolhouse 
dullness. 

Scotland's  John  Grierson  and  Britain's 
Paul  Rotha  say  it  is  a  dramatization  of 
reality,  and  they  are  about  right.  As  a 
pot  boiler  I  should  like  to  throw  in  "a 
factual  improvement  on  reality."  The 
Europeans  have  known  about  this  social 
usefulness  of  the  motion  picture  for  a 
long  time;  the  Russians,  the  Germans 
and  the  British  have  been  especially  suc- 
cessful. With  the  much  publicized  film 
"The  Plow  That  Broke  The  Plains" 
it  began  to  dawn  on  Americans  that  there 
could  be  movies  on  things  other  than 
people  in  love  or  pollen  in  transit.  The 
maker  of  that  film,  Pare  Lorentz,  has  had 
as  much  good  influence  on  the  film  of 
dramatized  fact  in  this  country  as 
Griffith  had  on  Hollywood.  Until  Lorentz 
broke  the  new  ground  with  his  "Plow" 
and  then  surged  over  us  with  his 
"River,"  except  for  those  glorious  strug- 
glers  such  as  Strand,  Steiner,  Van  Dyke 
and  the  Woodards,  we  were  complacently 
content.  Now  the  makers  of  our  business 
or  selling  films  are  planning  "docu- 
mentaries" on  the  social  significance  of 
chocolate  laxatives  and  touch  tuning. 
Producers  of  our  classroom  pictures  are 
out  to  document  everything.  The  Gov- 
ernment is  documenting  its  documents ; 
young  parents  are  documenting  their 
children ;  college  coaches  look  at  Monday 
morning  documents  of  Saturday  after- 
noon defeats ;  even  Hollywood  wants  to 
document  somebody.  The  iron  is  red 
hot.  What's  to  be  done  about  it?  The 
answer  lies  in  the  effective  distribution 
and  use  of  the  products  of  all  this  ac- 
tivity. People  who  make  films  for  the- 
atrical use  don't  have  to  wonder  whether 
they  will  be  shown.  They  know.  So 
that  phase  of  picture  making  is  a  busi- 
ness. If  this  situation  can  be  brought 
over  into  the  field  of  educational, 
documentary  and  industrial  films,  this 
phase  also  will  be  a  business.  The  solu- 
tion of  the  "educational  motion  picture 
problem"  is  to  organize  the  audience; 
first  the  educational  audience,  then  the 
whole  non-theatrical  audience.  How  do 
you  organize  an  audience?  As  for  the 
educational  audience,  made  up  of  schools, 
colleges  and  universities,  we  must  locate 
the  institutions  which  have  projection 
equipment  or  are  interested  in  securing 
such  equipment.  This  is  difficult.  But  by 
next  October,  if  the  plans  of  the  Car- 
negie Committee  on  Scientific  Aids  to 
Learning  materialize  as  expected,  this  in- 
formation will  be  in  hand. 

Meantime  the  Association  of  School 
Film  Libraries  is  going  along  with  what 
information  it  has.  This  Association  is 
a  non-profit  organization  supported  by 
the  General  Education  Board,  a  Rocke- 
feller foundation.  Today,  eight  months 
after  its  incorporation,  its  membership 
includes  47  of  the  largest  school  system 
and  university  film  libraries  in  the  U.  S. 


Interpreting  the  -Association's  program  in 
terms  of  what  the  members  "get  for 
their  money,"  it  may  be  said  that : 

( 1 )  They  ha\e  access  to  a  competent 
source  of  information  on  educational  uses 
of  motion  pictures,  particularly  film 
sources  and  evaluations. 

(2)  They  may  purchase  films  which 
non-members  can  not  buy ;  films  which, 
in  most  cases,  have  lieen  limited  to 
theatrical  exhibitions. 

(3)  They  will  be  organized  in  an  ef- 
fective cooperative  association  through 
which  they  can  take  united  action. 

In  addition  to  the  active  members, 
there  are  nearly  two  hundred  subscribers 
to  the  Association's  catalog  of  selected 
and  evaluated  films.  It  is  not  to  be 
all-inclusive  but  will  include  and  describe 
those  films  which  recognized  authorities 
have  found  to  have  outstanding  educa- 
tional value.  The  catalog  is  loose-leaf  in 
design,  will  grow  in  volume,  and  will 
contain  about  250  pictures,  with  full  de- 
scriptions. It  will  indicate  instructional 
areas  where  each  film  seems  appropriate, 
to  which  maturity  levels  best  adapted,  and 
to  what  educational  objectives  it  seems 
best  to  lend  itself.  So,  this  IS  a  begin- 
ning. We  are  rounding  up  the  audience ; 
getting  places  to  show  all  these  films  we 
are  talking  about. 

We  are  also  preaching  a  new  gospel, 
that  we  must  display  some  new  wares. 
In  this  we  had  an  encouraging  degree  of 
success.  We  have  made  progress  on  four 
fronts.  We  have  secured  the  16mm.  edu- 
cational rights  to  the  March  of  Time ; 
we  have  established  contacts  in  several 
European  countries  and  are  distributing 
the  better  educational  and  documentary 
films  from  these  countries  to  U.  S. 
schools  and  colleges :  we  have  the  spon- 
sors and  producers  of  our  more  desirable 
industrial  films  offering  free  prints  to 
our  member  libraries ;  and  we  are  being 
approached  by  film  people  who  ask  us 
what  they  should  produce,  and  how.  There 
is  one  front  along  which  we  have  only 
begun  to  move.  It  is  one  which  might 
well  lead  to  the  16mm.  release  of  cer- 
tain selected  subjects,  made  in  Holly- 
wood, but  perfectly  suited  to  the  class- 
room and  auditorium.  Such  shorts  as 
are  being  produced  by  Metro-Goldwyn- 
Mayer  on  great  personalities,  and  those 
on  the  virtues  of  Democracy  by  Warner 
Brothers  are  superb  for  educational  use. 
If  these  companies  would  turn  them 
loose  in  16mm.  after  they  have  run  their 
box-office  courses,  good-will  would  pour 
into  the  coffers  of  MGM  and  Warner 
and  all  the  rest.  These  efforts  to  get 
new  films  from  new  sources  are  not  di- 
rected against  the  U.  S.  producers  who 
have  made  such  substantial  contributions 
to  the  whole  educational  film  situation. 
Our  hope  is  that  these  pioneers,  who  have 
already  done  so  much,  and  those  of  us 
who  are  comparative  newcomers  and 
want  to  do  so  much  in  the  future,  can 
get  to  know  each  other  better.  The  As- 
sociation is  concentrating  on  the  opening 
of  new  film  sources,  not  on  interfering 
with  existing  sources.  It  also  sees  a  place 
for  itself  as  distributor  of  films  which 
sponsors  and  producers  want  handled 
through  non-commercial  channels,  or  as 
distributor  of  films  which  producers  have 


not  wanted  to  release  through  other  fa- 
cilities. In  our  European  contacts  we 
think  we  have  something  quite  worth- 
while. There  are  film  makers  over  there 
— independents,  not  the  majors — who  have 
products  which  should  get  into  the  Amer- 
ments  of  education  and  the  big  city  and 
ican  schools.  Most  of  these  films  lean 
in  the  documentary  direction,  and  the 
best  ones  come  from  England.  The  people 
with  these  films  are  not  certain  what  to 
do  about  getting  them  around  America, 
just  as  we  are  not  certain  how  to  get 
ours  around  over  there.  Among  these 
are  such  well  known  products  as  "Night 
Mail,"  "Today  We  Live"  and  "Housing 
Problems"  and  the  much  heralded  new- 
comers, "The  Londoners"  and  "New 
Worlds  for  Old." 

One  of  our  high  hopes  is  that  we 
shall  be  able  to  organize  the  distribution 
of  the  sponsored  industrial  films  that  are 
worthwhile   for  the  educational  audience. 

It  seems  absurd  that  this  particular 
phase  of  the  non-theatrical  distribution 
problem,  the  one  many  people  consider 
the  worst  jumbled,  is  protebly  the  simp- 
lest to  solve.  The  answer  lies,  sprawling, 
in  the  production  treatment  of  the  in- 
dustrial film  itself.  If  the  sponsors  of 
these  films  will  do  the  right  kind  of 
production,  the  colleges  and  schools  will 
pay  for  such  films — not  set  up  regula- 
tions prohibiting  their  exhibition.  Busi- 
ness can  accomplish  its  purpose  and  yet 
make  important  contributions  to  Educa- 
tion— by  simply  turning  off  the  ballyhoo 
and  turning  on  the  facts.  Let  industry 
and  commerce  dramatize  their  lives  and 
not  advertise  their  gadgets.  The  Gov- 
ernment will  endorse,  work  on  and  dis- 
tribute films  on  dams  sponsored  by  ce- 
ment or  steel,  and  on  Indians  or  national 
parks  sponsored  by  railroads  or  oil  com- 
panies, ."^nd  out  of  all  this  will  come 
films  for  Education  which  producers  of 
pictures  for  strictly  educational  use  can 
not  afford  to  make  until  many  more 
schools  and  colleges  are  in  the  market 
for  prints.  We  are  working  on  the 
immediate  situation  by  asking  industrial 
film  sponsors  to  place  prints  of  certain 
selected  subjects  on  permanent  deposit 
in  our  member  libraries,  to  avoid  the 
constant  shipping  back  and  forth  of 
prints.  Prints  of  films  endorsed  by  the 
Association  will  be  deposited  in  the 
country's  largest  libraries  and  kept  in 
constant  circulation  with  regular  exhibi- 
tion reports  to  the  sponsors. 

Encouraging  indeed  is  the  turning  of 
film  producers  to  the  Association  for 
advice  on  what  to  make  and  how  to  do 
it  so  the  finished  product  will  strike  the 
right  chord  and  sell  the  most  prints.  Also 
encouraging  are  the  producers  with  com- 
pleted jobs  who  want  to  know  what  to 
do  with  them.  Until  we  have  more  in- 
formation on  what  the  users  want,  we 
can  only  .say  that  "they  want  films  on  the 
social  sciences  and  vocational  guidance." 
Analysis  of  the  cry  for  films  "on  social 
sciences"  seems  to  mean  that  they  want 
movies  with  people  in  them ;  movies  on 
the  relations  of  human  beings  to  each 
other  and  the  things  around  them.  Films 
on  "vocational  guidance"  are  films  which 
tell  people  where  to  find  jobs,  something 
we  all   should   like  to  know. 


]uHe,    19)9 


Page   197 


StaiidiiiR  on  all  these  facts  and  specu- 
lations we  like  to  visualize,  not  so  fat 
away,  the  time  when  there  will  be  a  co- 
operative association  of  large  non-the- 
atrical film  libraries— one,  two.  three  or 
more  in  each  state — built  probably  around 
the  universities,  the  colleges,  the  dcpart- 
connty  school  systems.  When  that  time 
conies — and  it  will — the  ccrta.nty  ol  dis- 
tribution and  use  which  characterizes 
theatrical  production  will  have  spread 
into  the  non-theatrical  field  and  made 
that,  too,  a  business  and  not  a  noble 
experiment. 

Film  Showing  of  a  release  of 
"March  of  Time"  on  the  Prob- 
lem of  Relief. 

Address:  Evaluating  Visual  Male- 
rials  jor  Specific  Teaching  Prob- 
lems, by  Charles  F.  Hoban,  Jr., 
American  Council  on  Education 
Film  Project. 
(Abstract  by  the  author  below) 

'T'HF.  Motion  Picture  Project  of  the 
.American  Council  on  Education  is 
now  carrying  on  a  three-year  program 
of  film  evaluation  under  a  grant  from 
the  General  Education  Board.  The  first 
six  months  of  the  three-year  period  were 
spent  in  formulating  plans,  constructing 
evaluation  instruments,  and  selecting 
demonstration  centers.  In  the  spring  of 
1938  a  preliminary  evaluation  center  was 
established  at  the  Tower  Hill  School, 
Wilmington,  Delaware.  Here,  as  in  the 
centers  established  in  the  fall  of  1938, 
dims  were  evaluated  under  actual  class- 
room conditions  by  Iwth  teachers  and 
students. 

During  the  past  summer  the  Project 
cooperated  with  the  Workshops  of  the 
Progressive  Education  -Association  in  mo- 
tion picture  activities  and  in  these  Work- 
shops trained  some  of  the  personnel  for 
the  evaluation  centers. 

In  the  fall  of  1938  evaluation  activities 
were  continued  at  the  Tower  Hill  demon- 
stration center  and  activities  were  started 
in  the  Santa  Barbara  City  Schools,  Santa 
Barbara.  California ;  The  General  College, 
University  of  Minnesota ;  and  the  Denver 
Public  Schools,  Denver,  Colorado.  The 
demonstration  center  at  Denver  diflPers 
from  the  other  three.  Five  films  will  be 
priKluced  in  the  current  year.  Teachers  and 
students  will  cooperate  in  all  phases  of 
the  production  of  these  films,  and  the 
production  activities  will  be  evaluated  in 
terms  of  their  value  to  the  students, 
teachers,  and  community  groups,  in  addi- 
tion to  the  evaluation  of  the  films  which 
will  be  conducted  in  the  same  manner  as 
in  the  other  centers. 

On  the  evaluation  forms  used  in '  the 
demonstration  centers  teachers  are  asked 
to  indicate  the  purposes  for  which  the 
film  was  used,  how  well  the  film  served 
these  purposes,  the  strong  and  weak  points 
of  the  film  in  terms  of  these  purposes, 
and  a  brief  suggestion  of  the  teaching 
methods  used.  The  teachers  are  also 
asked  to  suggest  other  situations  or  units 
in  which  the  film  should  prove  valuable. 

.\s  the  evaluation  program  has  pro- 
gressed the  need  for  adequate  descriptions 


of  film  content  has  become  increasingly 
apparent.  In  June,  therefore,  the  Project 
plans  to  begin  previewing  activities  to 
.secure  such  statements  of  content  for 
new  films  and  films  for  which  no  ac- 
curate description  is  available.  It  is 
planned  to  release  these  through  the 
.Association  of  School  Film  Libraries, 
Inc.,  together  with  the  preview  appraisals 
compiled  at  the  Progressive  Education 
Association  Workshops  last  summer.  It 
is  also  planned  to  release  the  descriptions 
of  film  content  to  educational  journals. 

In  addition  to  the  regular  evaluation 
data  secured,  at  each  of  the  centers  some 
special  studies  on  film  use  are  in  prog- 
ress. It  is  planned  to  release  these 
utilization  studies  shortly  in  the  Ameri- 
can Council  on  Education  Studies  Series. 
The  first  of  these  will  be  the  Health 
Study  which  will  deal  with  the  use  and 
effect  of  films  related  to  the  problems  of 
tuberculosis.  This  will  be  followed  by 
the  Grade  Level  Study  which,  as  its  title 
indicates,  will  be  concerned  with  the  out- 
comes of  film  use  on  the  elementary  grade 
levels. 

LUNCHEON      AND      ROUND 

TABLE  FOR  DIRECTORS  OF 

VISUAL  EDUCATION 

(12:30  P.  M.,  Friday) 

Chairman,  J.  E.  Hansen,  Chief,  Bu- 
reau of  Visual  Instruction.  Uni- 
versity of  Wisconsin ;  Secretary. 
Samuel  N.  Stevens,  Dean,  Uni- 
versity College,  Northwestern 
University. 

This  proved  to  be  an  extraor- 
dinary session,  in  a  private  dining 
room  filled  to  capacity,  and  lasted 
continuously  for  four  solid  hours. 
Many  speakers  participated  in  a 
total  utterance  of  over  24,0(X)  words. 
Condensation  has  been  obviously 
necessary,  but  the  full  gist  of  every 
speech  has  been  carefully  retained 
on  the  three  major  topics  of  discus- 
sion ;  ( 1 )  The  Production  of  Visual 
Materials,  (2)  The  Administration 
of  a  Visual  Program,  (3)  Training 
Teachers  in  the  Use  of  Visual 
Materials. 

(The  complete  discussion  will 
appear  in  the  Reprint). 

Elementary   School 
Clinic 

(2:00  P.  M.,  Friday) 

Introduction  by  V.  C.  Arnspiger, 
Erpi  Classroom  Films,  Inc.,  followed 
by  class  session  of  2nd  Grade  stu- 
<lents  from  Elgin  Public  Schools, 
taught  by  Miss  Effie  Lundgren. 
using  the  Erpi  picture,  Mexican 
Children.  Audience  discussion  fol- 
lowed. Clinic  closed  with  a  discus- 
sion of  Harvard  Reading  Films  by 


Harry  O.  Gillet,  PrincijMil,  Univer- 
sity Elementary  School,  University 
of  Chicago. 

( Entire  Clinic  will  appear 
in  the  Reprint) 

High   School   Clinic 
(2:00  P.  M.,  Friday) 

Discussion  of  Motion  Pictures 
in  American  History  by  Robert 
B.  Weaver,  University  of  Chi- 
cago Laboratory  Schools.  Class 
Demonstration  in  Social  Science, 
with  students  from  the  Francis 
Parker  School,  Chicago,  prepared 
and  taught  by  James  Mitchell, 
using  selected  films  on  Pasteur 
and  Anthra.v.  Clinic  closed  with 
showings  of  foreign  geography 
filtns  with  graded  French  and 
.Spanish  dialog. 

(Full  transcript  will  appear 
in  the  Reprint) 

College    Clinic 
(2:00  P.  M.,  Friday) 

Round  Table  Discussion  by  nu- 
merous college  professors  on  How 
Effective  Are  Visual  Methods  in 
College  Science,  with  much  inter- 
esting difference  of  opinion  and  re- 
ports on  research  already  conducted. 
Clinic  closed  with  discussion  by 
Selby  M.  Skinner,  University  of 
Chicago,  on  Demonstration  Labora- 
tories in  General  Science  Courses. 

(Recordings  of  this  clinic  too 
meager  for  reprinting) 

ANNUAL  BANQUET 
(6:30  P.  M.,  Friday) 

Donald  P.  Dean,  University  of 
Chicago  Press,  Presiding. 

After  an  ample  menu,  enjoyed  by 
an  ample  gathering,  the  Chairman 
introduced  guests,  announced  fea- 
tures of  the  coming  program,  and 
introduced  the  speakers  as  follows: 

Address:    The    Classroom    of    the 
Future,    by     Ralph    W.     Tyler, 
Chairman,    Department    of    Edu- 
cation, University  of  Chicago. 
(Given    in   full   below) 

'T'  HIS  Conference  has  vividly  illtis- 
trated  the  rapid  development  of  vis- 
ual education  materials  and  techniques. 
These  demonstrations  might  lead  the  en- 
thusiast in  visual  education  to  describe 
the  classroom  of  the  future  as  a  place 
in  which  visual  materials  occupy  the 
major  teaching  role.  Such  an  obvious 
prediction  may  not,  however,  be  justified. 
A  cyclical  development  of  new  pro- 
cedures and  new  materials  in  education 
frequently    occurs.      A    new    method    is 


Page    198 


The  Educational  Screen 


inaugurated;  it  may  then  be  enthusiasti- 
cally received  and  for  a  short  period  of 
time  it  is  rapidly  adopted  throughout 
the  country.  Then  the  enthusiasm  wanes, 
and  in  a  few  years  only  traces  of  this 
method  are  to  be  found  in  the  practices 
of  our  schools.  Is  visual  education  des- 
tined to  be  a  passing  phase  or  will  the 
classroom  of  the  future  find  visual  ma- 
terials occupying  a  significant  place  in 
teaching?  The  answer  to  this  question 
I  believe  depends  upon  the  steps  taken 
by  you  who  see  the  possibilities  of  these 
new  techniques  and  materials  and  who 
are  responsible  for  their  development. 

Two  common  tendencies  account  for 
much  of  the  cyclical  character  of  educa- 
tional development  in  this  country.  If 
these  can  be  avoided,  I  believe  that  a 
continuing  and  sounder  development  is 
possible  for  visual  education.  The  first 
of  these  tendencies  is  to  consider  an 
educational  technique  or  material  as  good 
for  every  purpose,  thus  failing  to  diflfer- 
entiate  among  the  several  objectives 
which  we  seek  in  general  education.  It 
seems  to  me  clearly  possible  that  a  cer- 
tain specific  educational  film  may  have 
great  value  in  clarifying  certain  sig- 
nificant problems  in  the  social  science 
class  without  at  the  same  time  develop- 
ing such  other  objectives  as  the  acquisi- 
tion of  important  information,  the  de- 
velopment of  effective  ways  of  thinking, 
or  the  development  of  more  desirable 
social  attitudes.  Another  film  may  be 
particularly  effective  in  shifting  attitudes 
without  promoting  other  educational  ob- 
jectives. If  visual  education  materials 
are  to  occupy  an  important  place  in  the 
classroom  of  the  future,  teachers  need 
to  know  the  probable  eflfects  each  type 
of  material  will  produce.  This  means  that 
studies  must  be  made  to  find  out  whether 
and  to  what  extent  a  given  type  of 
material  affects  the  attitudes  of  students, 
their  acquisition  of  information,  their 
sensitivity  to  important  problems,  their 
ways  of  thinking,  their  interests,  or  their 
appreciations.  It  is  not  enough  to  say 
that  this  material  has  educational  value. 
We  need  to  find  out  what  kinds  of  value 
each  type  of  material  has  so  that  teachers 
may  choose  materials  in  terms  of  their 
educational  objectives.  If  this  is  not 
done,  many  teachers  will  select  materials 
blindly  because  they  have  heard  that  they 
are  helpful  in  education.  Then  they 
will  discover,  to  their  disappointment, 
that  the  materials  did  not  produce  the 
particular  effects  desired.  The  recognition 
that  teachers  have  several  important  edu- 
cational objectives  and  that  certain  ma- 
terials are  helpful  for  some  objectives 
and  not  for  others,  will  go  far  toward 
eliminating  the  initial  blind  enthusiasm 
which  in  turn  is  likely  to  be  followed  by 
a  waning  confidence  in  visual  education. 

The  second  danger  to  be  avoided  in 
the  development  of  effective  use  of  visual 
education  is  the  failure  to  recognize  in- 
dividual differences  in  students.  Students 
differ  in  abilities,  in  interests,  and  in 
the  kinds  of  media  through  which  they 
learn  most  effectively.  Some  students 
with  a  background  of  concrete  experience 
and  a  large  measure  of  ability  to  abstract 
and  to  generalize  may  get  very  vivid 
ideas  through  reading.   It  is  conceivable 


that  visual  materials  add  very  little  to 
their  understanding  in  certain  fields.  On 
the  other  hand,  there  are  other  students 
who  learn  most  effectively  through  more 
concrete  and  graphic  presentations.  Vis- 
ual materials  may  be  particularly  valuable 
for  them.  We  need  to  recognize  these 
differences  in  students  and  to  study  visual 
materials  not  only  in  terms  of  what 
kinds  of  educational  values  they  may 
promote  but  also  for  what  types  of  stu- 
dents they  are  most  helpful.  This  kind 
of  study  will  help  to  eliminate  unwise  at- 
tempts at  using  the  same  materials  in  the 
same  way   for  all   students. 

I  believe  that  the  classroom  of  the 
future  will  involve  a  considerable  use  of 
visual  materials  but  that  the  effectiveness 
of  these  materials  and  their  permanence 
in  the  program  largely  depend  upon  the 
steps  taken  by  the  group  represented 
at  this  Conference.  You  must  recognize 
that  there  are  several  objectives  of  gen- 
eral education  and  that  there  are  in- 
dividual differences  in  students.  If  this 
group  carefully  studies  each  type  of 
visual  material  in  terms  of  the  objectives 
it  may  serve  and  the  types  of  students 
whose  learning  it  will  facilitate,  then  I 
believe  that  visual  education  will  occupy 
an  increasingly  important  place  in  the 
repertoire  of  teaching. 

Film  Showing:  First  public 
showing  in  this  country  of  the 
English  documentary  film,  The 
Londoners.  Presented  by  Fanning 
Hearon. 


Address :  Planning  Educational  Pic- 
tures, by  V.  C.  Arnspiger,  Erpi 
Instructional  Films,  New  York 
City. 

(Brief  abstract  given  below) 
N  planning  for  an  educational  film,  it 
is  necessary  to  determine  what  the 
objectives  will  be.  No  educational  film 
is  the  work  of  one  man.  Someone  has 
given  the  definition  of  a  documentary 
film  as  follows:  that  quite  often  they 
grow  out  of  the  result  of  one  individual 
spraying  the  landscape  with  a  camera, 
and  editing  a  film  which,  if  it  is  not 
accepted  by  the  theatres,  becomes  a 
documentary  film. 

Much  research  and  investigation  is 
necessary  in  planning  an  educational  film. 

(1)  Curriculum  research.  Scope  of 
subject  matter  must  be  broader  than 
exists  in  textbooks.  Make  sure  there 
should  be  a  film  in  this  particular  field. 
What  elements  can  be  presented  by  means 
of  the  spoken  word?  What  elements 
may  be  presented  by  group  discussion? 
What  can  be  developed  in  laboratory  type 
of  procedure?  These  are  some  of  the 
questions  to  be  considered.  The  breaking 
down  of  subject  matter  is  more  or  less 
a  subjective  thing  and  opens  up  possi- 
bilities for  enrichment  of  such  material. 

(2)  Production  research.  How  can 
research  contribute  to  production  devices 
and  techniques?  In  planning  a  film, 
close  attention  to  detail  is  necessary. 
The  film  should  provide  a  powerful  stim- 
ulus   to    creative    thinking    and    action. 


I 


(Ruth  Livermon's  pupils'  activities  cited 
here).  No  film  has  been  made  which 
has  not  necessitated  the  use  of  new  pro- 
cedures and  devices.  There  must  be  a 
close  connection  between  the  film  and  ex- 
perience. Final  working  script  must  rep- 
resent certain  specifications. 

(3)  Utilization  procedures  in  the 
classroom,  (a)  Be  sure  that  every  pupil 
knows  definitely  what  the  purposes  in 
seeing  the  film  are;  (b)  There  should  be 
an  immediate  discussion  after  seeing  the 
film.  Divergence  of  interests  on  the  part 
of  the  students  after  the  film  showing 
can  be  shown  in  the  voluntarily  selected 
drawings  they  make  after  the  film.  Out 
of  that  will  grow  creative  work. 

The  speaker  concluded  with  a  strong 
plea  for  simplicity  in  teaching  and 
stressed  one  of  the  great  objectives  to  be 
attained  in  the  use  of  right  films,  namely, 
the  fostering  of  better  international 
understandings. 

Film  Showing:  The  Mexican  Peo- 
ple, an  Erpi  Instructional  Film. 

Address:  Hollywood  and  Educa- 
tional Pictures,  by  Ralph  Jester, 
Vice-President,  American  Pic- 
tures Inc.,  formerly  of  Paramount 
Pictures. 

(Abstract  given  below) 

Y  OU  will  notice  that  I  am  ambassador 
without  portfolio  from  Hollywood. 
Whatever  I  say,  about  any  persons,  living 
or  dead,  is  purely  intentional.  Let  me 
say  that  the  outstanding  keynote  of 
Hollywood's  attitude  toward  education 
is  one  of  monumental  disinterestedness. 
This  it  seems  to  me  is  an  extraordinary 
paradox. 

Hollywood  producers  are  the  greatest 
educators  of  today,  if  by  education  we 
mean  the  instillation  of  ideas  in  the  public 
mind,  a  development  of  social  attitudes. 
This  is  true  in  spite  of  their  lack  of 
interest  in  education.  Consider  what 
these  producers  can  do  to  or  for  the 
people  of  the  nation  in  such  a  picture,  for 
example,  as  "The  Confessions  of  a  Nazi 
Spy." 

Why  has  Hollywood  shown  so  little 
interest  in  education?  The  psychology 
of  the  producer  is  different  from  that  of 
the  professional  educator.  They  think  in 
different  terms.  They  have  been  trained 
in  the  show  business  and  their  main  aim 
is  to  please.  Educators  do  not  care 
whether  the  pupils  are  pleased  or  not. 
Pupils  do  not  pay  to  see  pictures  in  the 
classroom.  The  teacher  can,  therefore, 
do  as  he  pleases.  Therein  lies  the  dif- 
ference between  education  and  entertain- 
ment. 

Each  picture  contains  an  emotional 
overtone.  It  is  possible  to  produce  docu- 
mentary films  that  have  a  low  emotional 
overtone.  It  is  up  to  the  educator  to 
determine  what  that  tone  sliould  be,  par- 
ticularly in  Social  Science  films.  In  this 
field  will  motion  pictures  find  their 
greatest  opportunity. 

Going  back  to  the  Hollywood  producer. 
In    my    opinion,    very   little   can   be   ex- 


Jum,  1939 


Page    199 


pccted  from  Hollywood  for  years  to 
come  in  the  production  of  educatioiul 
material.  Hollywood  producers  are  terri- 
fied by  the  thought  of  education  as  teach- 
ers by  the  thought  of  entertainment.  I 
hold  out  little  hope  lor  the  riM-ase  of 
shorts  to  the  educational  field.  There 
have  been  gestures  made  to  evaluate 
shorts,  institutions  set  up  and  organized, 
and  it  is  indicated  that  these  materials 
may  be  available  any  minute.  The  root 
of  the  matter  is  the  attitude  of  ex- 
hibitors of  whom  the  producer  stands  in 
awe.  If  box  office  returns  are  jeopard- 
ized the  producer  will  drop  the  idea  of 
releasing  to  the  educational  field.  li 
children  see  pictures  in  schools,  it  is  going 
to  cut  down  their  desire  to  see  them  in 
the  theatre,  reason  some  exhibitors.  This 
is  just  as  fallacious  as  saying  that  read- 
ing their  textbooks  will  cut  down  on 
their  reading  of  books  outside  the  class- 
room. Making  them  picture-minded 
might  make  people  enjoy  pictures  more 
provided  the  pictures  they  see  are  good. 
There  has  been  a  lack  of  success  in 
presenting  the  idea  to  Hollywood  pro- 
ducers. Educators  have  often  taken  a 
belligerent  attitude  toward  them,  which  is 
the  way  to  get  nowhere  fast.  If  a  spirit 
of  cooperation  can  be  developed  between 
the  educator  and  producer,  and  the  latter 
approached  in  the  right  way,  he  can  be 
awakened  in  course  of  time  to  the  needs 
and  wants  of  the  educational  field. 

Film  Showing :  A  Fitzpatrick  Travel 
Talk  in  color,  Rural  Hungary. 

Address:  Hmv  Can  We  Use  Motion 
Pictures  to  Humanise  Knowledge? 
by  Edgar  Dale,  Ohio  State  Uni- 
versity. 

(Given  in  full  below) 

PERIODICALLY  we  are  pulled  up 
'  short  by  the  fact  that  some  scientific 
or  sociological  idea,  which  we  thought 
was  widely  accepted,  turns  out  not  to  be 
so  widely  accepted  after  all.  Those  who 
followed  the  testimony  in  the  Scopes 
monkey  trial  some  12  or  13  years  ago, 
were  struck  by  the  large  number  of 
persons  who  had  by  no  means  accepted 
the  evolutionary  hypothesis. 

Have  we  accepted  vaccination  against 
small  pox  as  a  universal  way  of  meeting 
this  disease?  I  doubt  it  very  seriously. 
As  a  matter  of  fact,  the  president  of 
the  Iowa  Parent-Teacher  Association 
recently  pointed  out  that  Iowa  was  one 
of  the  worst  states  in  the  Union  as  far 
as  smallpox  was  concerned.  Has  our 
public  education  system  given  us  vaccina- 
tion against  the  viruses  of  racial  and 
religious  hatreds?  Let  Meredith  Nichol- 
son answer  this  question  for  Indiana. 
He  said,  "Indiana  has  spent  hundreds 
of  millions  of  dollars  for  education  in 
the  last  fifty  years.  What  has  she  got 
for  all  that  expenditure?  Three  hundred 
thousand  members  of  the  Ku  Klux  Klan, 
turning  the  state  into  a  bedlam  of  vio- 
leiKe  and  bigotry."  And  don't  forget 
too,  that  the  state  which  nurtured  Horace 
Mami  recently  appointed  a  peanut  poli- 
tician as   its   state  director  of  education 


and  that  this  state  director  of  educa- 
tion recently  retired  under  pressure.  The 
state  of  Michigan  recently  put  through 
a  ripper  bill  which  destroyed  the  civil 
service  system — amid  protests  not  only 
of  groups  such  as  the  League  of  Women 
Voters,  but  also  to  the  tune  of  criticism 
of  conservative  papers  like  the  Detroit 
News. 

Also,  some  of  the  bills  current  in  our 
national  legislative  halls  look  suspiciously 
like  the  Alien  and  Sedition  Act  of  1798 
— an  act  which  ignominiously  failed  to  do 
what  it  was  supposed  to  do.  Now  do 
these  illustrations  merely  show  the  in- 
tractability of  the  human  animal  or  do 
they  show  something  else?  I  believe 
that  they  show  something  else.  I  believe 
that  somehow  or  other  many  of  these 
basic  social,  economic,  or  biological 
problems  have  never  actually  been  made 
clear  to  the  public.  They  may  have 
blindly  accepted  them — or  what  is  more 
likely  the  case,  failed  to  show  their  antag- 
onism— but  they  never  really  understood 
them. 

There  is  a  genuine  difference  between 
being  informed  and  having  understanding, 
yet  in  many  cases  the  mass  of  our  citizens 
never  were  even  informed  in  these  areas. 
Why  is  there  a  bottle-neck  between  those 
who  know  and  those  who  don't  know? 
Why  is  it  so  hard  to  transmit  methods 
of  thinking,  ideas,  and  ideals  to  the 
population  at  large  ?  One  thing  is  certain : 
We  have  failed  in  this  country  to 
democratize  or  socialize — or  humanize, 
if  you  will — knowledge  and  understand- 
ing. We  have  not  given  individuals  a 
feeling  of  participation  with  respons- 
ibility in  the  community  of  thought, 
feeling,  and  action  of  the  group.  This 
diffusion  of  verified  knowledge  is  abso- 
lutely indispensable  if  we  are  to  have 
genuine  progress.  Certainly  we  cannot  in 
a  democratic  society  have  effective  partici- 
pation of  our  citizens  in  our  government 
unless  they  do  share  in  this  store  of  veri- 
fied knowledge.  Certainly,  one  of  the 
things  that  dictatorship  nations  have  sup- 
plied is  that  they  symbolize  heroic  qual- 
ities in  a  leader  or  leaders.  Furthermore, 
they  effectively  publicize  what  they  have 
done.  We  have  been  altogether  too  lax 
and  have  failed  to  dramatize  our  great 
democratic  achievements.  Somewhere 
near  ten  million  dollars,  for  example,  is 
being  expended  right  now  in  Columbus 
on  housing  projects,  projects  for  the 
housing  of  students  at  the  Ohio  State 
University,  and  others  of  this  type, 
yet  all  too  rarely  in  our  press  do  we  have 
any  dramatizing  of  how  a  democracy 
does  things  for  its  citizens. 

Now  the  question  arises :  Why  are  we 
in  this  dilemma?  There  are,  of  course, 
many  reasons  and  perhaps  the  reasons 
which  I  discuss  are  not  the  best  ones. 
They  are,  however,  significant  ones  which 
must  be  taken  into  account  in  any 
study  of  the  entire  process.  One  of  our 
basic  difficulties  is.  of  course,  the  fact 
that  scientific  discoveries  have  moved 
ahead  in  airplanes,  while  social  inventions 
involving  the  democratization  of  these 
findings  have  trudged  behind  on  foot. 
Furthermore,  our  great  universities — 
here  I  am  thinking  especially  of  our  state 
tmiversities — have  all  too  frequently  seen 


their  campuses  as  bounded  by  the  walls 
of  their  classrooms.  They  have  not  seen 
the  vision  of  their  classrooms  extended 
to  the  utmost  boundaries  of  their  own 
states. 

A  second  reason  is  that  some  of  our 
experts  have  had  no  genuine  concern 
with  the  socialization  of  their  findings. 
Indeed,  some  of  the  them  dread  what 
they  term  "popularization."  I  suppose 
that  a  typical  bad  dream  of  a  college 
professor  is  that  he  finds  himself  a  popu- 
lar teacher  on  the  campus,  with  students 
flocking  to  his  courses.  That,  of  course, 
brands  him  as  not  being  a  scholar. 

A  third  reason  is  that  we  have  not 
been  willing  or  known  how  to  distribute 
these  findings.  One  professor  with  whom 
I  was  recently  conversing  on  this  topic 
said  that  a  student  of  his  recently  came 
to  him  and  complained  about  the  dif- 
ficulty of  the  textbook  which  the  professor 
himself  had  written.  The  professor  said 
"Thank  you."  The  student  queried,  "Why 
are  you  thanking  me?"  "Why,"  replied 
the  professor,  "I  would  not  have  con- 
sidered it  a  compliment  if  you  had  said 
the  book  was  easy." 

And  finally,  of  course,  we  must  realize 
that  the  adult  population  of  this  country 
has  an  eighth-grade  education  or  less, 
that  about  two-fifths  of  the  population  has 
a  reading  ability  on  the  sixth-grade  level 
or  less. 

This  is  a  long  but  necessary  introduc- 
tion to  my  simple  thesis.  It  is  that 
we  should  begin  now  to  use  the  motion 
picture  as  a  device  to  socialize  verified 
knowledge.  I  need  not  elaborate  with 
this  group  the  fact  that  pictorial  sym- 
bols, pus  simple  vocabulary,  will  help 
insure  understanding.  It  is  perhaps 
equally  unnecessary  to  point  out  to  you 
that  literally  millions  of  people  see  the 
March  of  Time  releases  each  month, 
which  give  in  the  compass  of  some 
twenty  minutes  a  much  clearer  notion 
of  what  is  going  on  in  the  country  than 
perhaps  any  other  single  source. 

Specifically,  how  might  one  go  about 
preparing  such  a  curriculum?  First  of 
all,  I  want  to  make  it  clear  that  I  should 
integrate  this  device  with  other  devices, 
including  radio,  panel  discussions,  and  the 
like.  My  discussion  here  merely  of  the 
motion-picture  medium  does  not  suggest 
that  I  think  this  medium  should  carry 
the  burden  alone.  It  is  rather  that  I  am 
showing  only  the  role  of  the  motion 
picture. 

First  of  all.  I  believe  that  we  must  begin 
now  to  show  the  problems,  the  benefits, 
of  living  in  a  democratic  nation.  I  think 
we  quite  commonly  forget  the  glorious 
contribution  of  our  public  education  pro- 
gram to  the  citizens  of  the  state.  In  our 
zest  for  correcting  some  of  the  evident 
deficiencies  of  that  program,  we  very 
frequently  ignore  the  basic  contributions 
that  have  been  made.  The  genuine  ap- 
preciation which  each  of  us  individually 
feels  in  regard  to  that  public  education 
program  should  be  dramatized  into  a 
compelling  document. 

Similarly,  we  need  to  show  very  clear- 
ly contributions  made  by  other  phases  of 
community  life,  especially  those  phases 
supported  by  public  taxation.  J.  Ray 
Stine.     principal     of    the    Akron     High 


Page  200 

School,  recently  made  a  film  in  which 
he  showed  to  the  people  of  Akron  the 
basic  broad  values  that  accrued  from  the 
meager  sum  of  money  spent  on  public 
health  in  that  city.  We  need,  further- 
more, motion  pictures  which  show  the 
rise  of  the  public  health  movement  in 
this  country,  and  just  what  the  govern- 
ment is  doing  to  aid  in  this  particular 
area.  Hundreds  of  government  meat 
inspectors  are  working  at  this  very  mom- 
ent in  the  stockyards  in  order  that  health- 
ful meat  may  be  provided  for  this  nation. 

A  second  significant  area  which  we 
need  to  socialize  understanding  relates  to 
the  question  of  human  liberties.  We 
have  failed,  I  believe,  to  give  to  the 
common  man  an  understanding  of  the 
great  struggle  we  have  constantly  had 
for  these  liberties — for  freedom  of  speech, 
freedom  of  assembly,  freedom  of  relig- 
ion, freedom  of  the  press.  I  see  no  great 
difficulty  in  developing  a  series  of  two- 
reel  motion  pictures  in  these  particular 
areas,  pictures  which  would  be  pro- 
foundly interesting.  It  is  bromidic,  of 
course,  to  say  that  freedom  must  be 
earned  by  every  single  generation,  yet 
I  think  it  is  quite  true.  Therefore,  as 
equipment  in  re-winning  our  civil  liber- 
ties we  ought  to  provide  these  experi- 
ences of  great  fighters  in  the  field  of 
civil  liberties  for  all  our  citizens.  We 
forget  that  the  restrictions  on  civil 
liberties  which  our  earlier  Americans 
found  so  distaseful  have  the  distressing 
habit  of  bobbing  up  again  and  again.  We 
should  be  fortified  with  the  earlier  ex- 
periences in  combatting  these  restrictions. 

A  third  basic  area  in  which  we  are 
illy  informed  is  the  broad  basic  problem 
of  the  conservation  of  natural  resources. 
Wc  had  in  1903  an  epochal  film  entitled 
'The  Great  Train  Robbery" ;  we  had 
another  in  1936  called  "The  Plow  that 
Broke  the  Plains",  that  might  well  have 
been  called  "The  Great  Soil  Robbery," 
because  it  showed  how  America  was  rob- 
bing itself  of  its  basic  resource,  the  good 
earth.  This  has  been  followed  up  by 
another  film,  "The  River,"  again  demon- 
strating the  need  for  conservation  of  soil 
resources  and  the  impact  of  these  prob- 
lems of  human  relationships.  We  need 
scores  of  similar  films,  and  we  trust  that 
the  Department  of  Agriculture,  or  what- 
ever government  department  finally  ends 
up  with  the  motion-picture  division,  is 
going  to  pursue  vigorously  this  particular 
area.  In  this  particular  connection  they 
should  pay  little  attention  to  self-ap- 
pointed critics  who  bark  at  the  heels  of 
progress.  I  have  found  only  universal 
praise   for  these  two   films. 

A  fourth  significant  area  in  which  we 
should  produce  films  relates  to  a  basic 
method  in  modern-day  living.  I  refer 
to  dramatizing  on  celluloid  specifically 
what  we  mean  by  the  scientific  method 
and  some  of  its  great  contributions.  Nor 
should  this  prove  a  difficult  task.  Our 
public  health  laboratories,  our  govern- 
ment laboratories,  with  testing  of  vac- 
cines and  serums,  exemplify  the  utiliza- 
tion of  control  methods.  The  photo- 
graphing of  some  of  the  identical  twin 
studies  that  have  gone  forward  would 
provide  a  good  opportunity  for  a  Pete 
Smith  short,  and  if  done  with  the  dignity 


of  the  Doctor  Carver  short,  should 
develop  a  good  deal  of  social  under- 
standing on  how  the  scientist  is  attempt- 
ing to  set  up  some  kinds  of  controls 
in  order  to  make  his  conclusions  more 
valid.  In  this  same  connection,  I  suggest 
that  colleges  of  education  might  well 
consider  seriously  the  production  of  films 
showing  statistical  techniques.  Much 
cloudy  thinking  is  being  carried  forward 
in  this  country  today  because  of  a  lack 
of  understanding  of  central  tendencies, 
of  correlations,  and  the  like.  The  use 
of  animated  devices  would,  I  believe, 
help  the  layman  understand  just  what  the 
scientist  is  about  when  he  uses  statistical 
methods.  Basic  in  all  of  this  program 
of  the  humanizing  of  knowledge  is  the 
portrayal  of  these  problems  as  basic 
human  problems,  their  impact  on  people 
themselves.  Therefore  I  would  suggest 
most  strongly  that  we  utilize  to  the  ut- 
most current  motion  pictures  which 
would  be  very  valuable  as  introductions 
to  the  films  with  more  specific  content. 
For  example,  as  a  fore-runner  of  films 
dealing  with  civil  liberties,  what  could 
be  more  useful  than  the  showing  of 
Paul  Muni  in  "The  Life  of  Emile  Zola" 
or  the  more  recent  picture,  "Juarez." 
Similarly,  films  dealing  with  scientific 
method  would  be  made  more  valuable 
if  they  were  seen  in  the  context  of  the 
experience  of  viewing  "The  Story  of 
Louis  Pasteur."  Other  suggestions  in 
reference  to  the  other  areas  which  I  have 
mentioned    will    readily   occur    to   you. 

I  trust  that  in  this  direction  I  have 
not  given  an  impression  that  our  educa- 
tional problem,  as  far  as  the  humanizing 
of  knowledge  is  concerned,  relates  only 
to  passing  on  what  is  already  known. 
Clearly  we  must  develop  a  citizenry  who 
are  capable  also  of  utilizing  this  infonna- 
tion  in  the  solution  of  problems.  There- 
fore, one  basic  suggestion  is  that  we  not 
only  socialize  solutions  to  problems,  but 
that  we  also  socialize  understanding  of 
the  problems  themselves,  with  the  clear- 
cut  inference  that  each  one  of  us  has  a 
responsibility  for  helping  to  solve  them. 

The  weakness  of  visual  instruction, 
it  seems  to  me,  is  that  it  has  not  had  a 
sufficiently  broad  base.  It  has  merely 
accepted  the  status  quo  and  has  attempt- 
ed to  do  better  the  things  we  are  now 
doing.  The  significance  of  these  new 
agencies  of  mass  communication  would 
he  lost  indeed  if  we  only  continued  to 
do  better  some  of  the  things  that 
ought  not  to  be  done  at  all.  Today 
human  understanding  is  no  longer  limited 
by  the  literacy  involved  in  the  interpre- 
tation of  the  written  word :  instead  we 
have  available  in  our  hands  ways  of 
speaking  and  portraying  which  can  be 
understood  the  world  over.  The  use  of 
this  power  is  the  basic  challenge  facing 
those  interested  in  the  field  of  visual 
materials. 


Film  Showing:  Man  oj  Conquest, 
the  AI  id  western  premiere  of  this 
feattire  film,  by  special  arrange- 
ment with   Re])ublic  Pictures. 


The  Educational  Screen 

Elementary  School 
Clinic 

(9:30  A.  M.,  Saturday) 

Class  Demonstration,  Science  in  the 
Third  Grade,  arranged  by  J.  S. 
Mcintosh  of  Evanston  Schools, 
students  from  Lincoln  School. 
Evanston,  taught  by  Miss  11a  M. 
Rice. 

(Given  in  full  l)elow) 

Chairman  Waggoner:  We  feel  that 
this  type  of  program  is  getting  right 
down  to  the  teacher's  real  work.  This 
morning  we  have  another  elementary 
school  demonstration  and  Mr.  Mcin- 
tosh, who  has  charge  of  the  visual  in- 
struction in  Evanston,  will  have  charge 
of  this  group.  Mr.  Mcintosh  is  to 
teach  a  course  this  summer  at  North- 
western University  in  visual  and  radio 
education.  After  this  class  demonstra- 
tion there  will  be  a  discussion  con- 
ducted by  Mr.  Blough  of  the  University 
of  Chicago  Elementary  School.  I  take 
great  pleasure  in  presenting  to  you  Mr. 
Mcintosh  who  will  have  cliarge  of  the 
class  demonstration. 

Mr.  Mcintosh:  It  really  is  a  pleasure 
to  be  here  and  that  expresses  the  thanks 
of  the  class,  of  Miss  Rice  and  of  my- 
self. Miss  Rice,  whose  third-grade 
class  had  been  studying  flowers  and 
plants,  is  here  with  her  students.  So 
this  morning  we  are  going  to  have  an 
Erpi  film,  which  the  class  has  not  seen, 
and  see  how  it  works  out  in  the  regular 
line  of  class  duty.  We  are  not  having 
a  special  show. 

I  want  to  tell  you  a  little  about  our 
visual  education  set-up.  Visual  educa- 
tion in  Evanston  school  District  76  is 
entirely  an  extra-curricular  activity 
from  the  business  end.  I  teach  a  full 
program  in  addition  to  directing  this. 
However,  the  teachers  and  all  the  ad- 
ministrators cooperate  in  every  way  to 
make  it  a  smooth  working  program 
The  Nichols  School  boys  in  the  seventh 
grade  attend  an  elective  which  meets 
three  times  a  week,  called  "Visual  Edu- 
cation Service."  They  come  to  this 
class  to  learn  how  to  run  slide  pro- 
jectors, motion  picture  projectors,  and 
opaque  projectors.  Whenever  a  teacher 
wants  a  film  or  some  visual  aid  ma- 
terial she  sends  in  an  order  for  it.  We 
furnish  it,  when  the  time  comes,  and  a 
boy  is  assigned  to  operate  the  pro- 
jector. Previews  and  motion  picture 
guides  are  used  extensively. 

The  class  is  composed  of  twenty-four 
this  morning.  Thirteen,  I  believe,  are 
third  grade  and  eleven  are  fifth  grade. 
The  fifth  grade  students  are  former 
students  of  Miss  Rice.  The  reason  we 
patched  our  class  this  morning,  so  to 
speak,  was  because  many  third  grade 
students  could  not  come.  It  is  not  at 
all  a  select  group. 

The  study  which  led  up  to  the  pres- 
ent study  in  plants  started  from  a  study 
of  foods  and  of  the  tropics,  of  bananas, 
pineapples,  etc.,  then  grains,  wheat, 
corn  and  oats.  In  connection  with  the 
study   of   grains   they   used   the   follow- 


June,   I9}9 

iiiK  tilni>:  tlhcal,  H'heat  Farms,  and 
From  ll'hcal  lo  Hrcad.  They  also  drew 
pictures  and  wrote  stories  oi\  their  ex- 
IKTienco.  They  collected  com  and 
wheat  and  oats  and  also  arranged  col- 
lections of  food  products  from  these 
Krains,  such  as  corn  Hakes  and  Wheat- 
ies.  The;,  planted  these  different  grains 
in  soil  and  in  water  to  sec  how  well 
they  would  grow. 

Since  September  there  had  been 
standing  in  the  room  an  Amaryllis  plant 
with  one  bud  on  it.  On  March  22  it 
burst  forth  in  bloom.  By  the  1 4th  of 
.April  there  were  blossoms  and  that  de- 
rinitely  started  the  study  of  flowers.  In 
connection  they  used  these  films :  Hotv 
I'ltmis  Live  and  Grotv,  The  Paris  of  a 
Plant.  The  IVork  of  a  Flower.  From 
flower  lo  Fruit.  Flowers  at  Work  and 
Plant  Growth.  They  are  now  in  the  pro- 
cess of  studying  the  Relation  of  Plant 
Groiiih  to  Man. 

Koots  have  been  studied  this  past 
week.  They  dug  up  a  dandelion  to  see 
what  kind  of  root  it  had.  They  studied 
roots  on  a  pussywillow  that  had  l)een 
put  in  water.  They  learned  something 
about  the  names  of  these  different  types 
of  roots.  The  adventitious  root  of  a 
pussywillow  is  exhibited  here  today, 
with  other  papers  and  diagrams  related 
to  their  study.  It  is  one  that  is  not 
mentioned  in  the  film  this  morning. 
They  are  also  starting  the  study  of 
minerals  and  food  values,  and  they  have 
taken  a  trip  to  the  water  works  and 
noticed  the  way  the  water  is  filtered. 
The  reason  I  mention  these  things  is 
not  to  confuse,  but  to  tell  you  some  of 
the  different  branches  that  their  think- 
ing is   going  on  these  days. 

Now.  I  do  not  know  what  the  reac- 
tion of  the  class  will  be  this  morning, 
for  there  is  little  possibility  of  a  stage 
demonstration  of  a  class  being  natural. 
.Miss  Rice  and  class  are  now  going  to 
take  over. 

Miss  Rice:  Boys  and  Girls:  This  is 
lor  the  benefit  of  the  children  who  have 
come  along  as  guests.  My  children  have 
seen  flowers  and  plants  at  work  and 
now  we  are  going  to  see  some  pictures 
n  roots.  I  want  you  to  think  about  the 
type  of  picture  that  you  are  seeing  as 

'  you  watch  the  picture  this  morning.  You 
kiiow  that  sometimes  they  make  a  series 
of  drawings  and  then  they  speed  up 
the  cariiera  and  make  them  seem  to  be 
in  motion.  Do  you  know  the  name  for 

^  that  type  of  picture?  You  see  it  often 
in  the  movies. 

Harmon:      Fast   motion? 

Miss  Rice:     Usually  it  is  in  connec- 

I  tion  with  cartoons.  .Animated  cartoons. 
They  seem  to  have  life.  They  seem  to 
be  moving.  Then  you  will  also  see  some 
pictures  that  were  taken  through  a 
microscope.  The  little  organisms  are  so 
small  that  they  have  used  a  microscope 
first  and  then  photographed  through 
that,  and.  of  course,  you  must  remem- 

;  ber,  too,  that  the  action  in  growth  that 
you  will  see  take  place  so  quickly  in 
the  picture  does  not  happen  in  nature. 
You  know  how  slowly  the  .Amaryllis 
opened  up  and  how  we  watched  it  for 
days  and  so  remember  that  the  growth 
IS  not  as  rapid  as  it  seems  to  be.  Listen 


as  carefully  as  you  can  and  watch  for 
old  and  new  facts  about  roots.  Now 
I   think  we  are  ready  to  start. 

(Shounng  of  film) 
Miss  Rice:     .Ml  right,  now  boys  and 
girls,   we   will   turn  our  chairs   around 
in  two  rows,  please.  How  did  you  like 
that?     Come   on   now,   speak   up.     This 
isn't  the  way  you  act  in  school. 
Betty:     I  liked  it  a  lot. 
Miss    Rice:      Why   did   you    like   it? 
(Interru/ttion     for     microphone     adjusl- 
mcnt). 

Timmie:  Those  were  short  movies. 
Miss  Rice:  Did  you  think  it  was 
short?  We  did  not  have  any  time- 
piece, Jimmie.  Now  would  you  like  to 
talk  first  about  why  you  liked  the  pic- 
ture ?     Betty  ? 

Betty:      Well,   it   left   no   question    in 
our  minds. 
Miss  Rice:     .About  what? 
Betty:      .About   how   the  plants  grow 
and  how  their  roots  grow. 

Miss  Rice:  Marie,  did  you  have 
something  you  would  like  to  say? 

Marie:  Because  the  man  spoke  very 
distinctly. 

Miss  Rice:  Yes,  the  sound  track  was 
very  good.  .Arc  there  any  other  com- 
ments about  the  picture?  How  about 
you  who  are  guests  today?  What  did 
you  like  abaout  it? 

Margie:  1  thought  it  was  very  in- 
teresting the  way  they  made  it  go 
faster  so  that  we  could  see  the  growth. 
It  did  not  take  as  long  as  it  would  have 
in  real  life. 

Miss  Rice:  Yes,  that  is  a  wonderful 
apparatus  that  they  have,  isn't  it,  be- 
cause, of  course,  it  would  take  months 
to  se.-  the  growth  of  the  plant.  Any 
other  comments? 

Elaine:  Well,  I  think  it  was  nice 
because  our  room  has  not  studied  roots, 
but  .vet  we  got  a  little  sort  of  essay 
of   it   right   thtn. 

Miss  Rice:  Do  you  suppose  vou  might 
write  some  papers  about  this  picture 
and  send  them  down  to  me  some  day? 
Would  you  like  to  do  that?  If  you  have 
a  little  spare  time,  you  ask  Miss  Fitz- 
gerald if  you  may  not  use  that  spare 
time  to  write  a  little  essay,  as  you  called 
It,   about   this    picture. 

Harmon:  You  learn  a  lot  from  that 
little  picture. 

Miss  Rice:  From  one  little  picture, 
^es.  I  think  so.  Perhaps  we  will  let 
you  tell  us  after  we  discuss  a  little 
more  thoroughly  what  you  got  out  of 
it. 

Mary:  It  told  me  everything  about 
the   roots. 

Miss  Rice:  Well,  when  you  say 
"everything"  that  is  pretty  broad.  Could 
you  give  us  more  details? 

Mary:  Well,  it  taught  me  how  the 
root  protects  itself,  how  the  root  helps 
the  plant,  and  about  difiPerent  kinds  of 
roots. 

Miss  Rice:  You  didn't  hear  very 
many  kinds  of  roots  mentioned.  While 
we  are  at  this  point,  what  roots  did  you 
hear  named?  Just  a  minute.  Let's  see 
if  some  of  these  friends  of  ours  cannot 
tell  us.  What  roots  did  you  hear  named? 
They  gave  them  specific  names? 


Page   201 

Scott:     Dandelion. 

Miss  Rice:  Yes.  What  kind  of  root 
is  the  dandelion?  Scott,  did  you  get  the 
name  of  the  dandelion  root?  Well,  we 
have  one  with  us.  Do  you  want  to 
unwrap  it  now,  John,  and  show  it  to  the 
children?  Perhaps  this  will  help  you 
to  remember  the  name. 
Scott:  I  hope  it  isn't  soggy. 
Miss  Rice:  Well.  I  think  it  won't  be 
soggy  after  being  out  of  the  ground 
two  days.  Turn  it  up  so  that  we  can 
see  it.  will  you.  Can  you  pull  out  some 
of  the  little  hairs?-  We  arc  interested 
in  the  root,  not  the  plant.  Does  that 
look  very  much  like  the  one  you  saw  in 
the  picture? 
Students:     Yes. 

Marie:       I    heard    the    man    mention 
"adventitious    root." 

Miss    Rice:       Did    you    all    hear   him 
mention  "adventitious  root'?  What  root 
was   he  talking  about  then? 
Marie:     The  pussywillow. 
Miss  Rice:    I  didn't  hear  him  talking 
about  that.     I  am  afraid  you  are  a  little 
mixed  up,  aren't  you?    He  talked  about 
the   fibrous   root,   and   what   plants   did 
he     mention     when     he     talked     about 
fibrous  roots?     Barbara. 
Barbara:     Rye,  wheat. 
Miss  Rice:     Betty. 

Betty:  He  talked  about  grass  and 
grains. 

Miss  Rice:    Yes.  Now.  we  are  a  little 
off   my   plan   here.    1    had   a    little   plan, 
but   1   guess   we   will   have   to  change   a 
bit.   Now,  we  have  talked  about  a  few 
old   facts.     There    are    other  roots  that 
he   mentioned   that   you   haven't   talked 
about    yet. 
Carroll:     Secondary  roots. 
Miss  Rice:     Did  he  mention  second- 
ary roots  ? 
Students:    Yes. 

Miss   Rice:      When   did    he   mention 
secondary  roots?  What  ro<its  are  they? 
He    didn't    call    them   secondary    roots, 
did   ho.  class? 
Students:     Yes. 

Miss  Rice:     Well.  I  missed  that. 
Barbara:     After  he  talked  about  the 
primary    root    then    he    referred    to    the 
secondary   roots. 

Miss  Rice:  And  they  are  the  roots 
that  do  what  ?  Betty  Anne,  can  vou  tell 
us  what  secondary  roots  do?  When  do 
they  grow,  that  is  what  we  want  you 
to  tell  us,  or  where  do  they  grow? 
Tommy. 

Tommy:      They   grow   out    from   the 
fibrous  roots. 
Miss  Rice:     No.     Carroll. 
Carroll:      They   grow   out   from   the 
main   root. 

Miss    Rice:       Yes.       In    this    sound 
track  today  they  mentioned  main  roots. 
They    did    not    say    "primary    roots,"    I 
do  not  believe.    All  right,  did  you  hear 
two    new    things    about    fibrous    roots, 
that  is,  we  didn't  say  them  in  just  that 
way?     Marie. 
Marie:    That  they  live  two  years. 
Miss  Rice:     Fibrous  roots  do  some- 
times   and    there    was    something    else 
when    he    first    showed    us    the    fibrous 
roots,  that  is,  he  said  two  things  about 
them  that  we  haven't  mentioned.  Elaine. 
Elaine:    I  think  it  was  the  other  root 
I  was  thinking  about. 


Page  202 


The  Educational  Screen 


Miss  Rice:  Well,  he  told  about  the 
number.  Do  you  remember  the  word 
he  used  when  he  said  that  there  are 
many  of  them?  He  didn't  say  "many." 
What  was  that?  He  said  "numerous." 
There  is  one  other  thing  about  the 
fascicled  roots.  They  are  formed  how? 
Did  you  get  that?  That  was  the 
dahlia  plant  shown  after  we  saw  the 
dandelion.     Betty. 

Betty:     I  think  it  was 

Miss  Rice:  Something  about  the 
main  root.    What  does  it  do? 

Betty:  The  main  root  parted  and 
then  that  made  other  roots. 

Miss  Rice:  Yes,  that  is  how  you 
have  that  number  of  roots.  All  right, 
now  some  of  the  new  things  that  we 
heard  about  roots.     Jimmie. 

Jimmie:     .■\bout  that  cartridge  thing. 

Miss  Rice:  What  did  you  learn  about 
that  particular  part? 

Jimmie:  I  learned  if  you  cut  the  tip 
off  of  the  main  root  if  there  is  some 
copper  in  the  ground,  it  will  poison  the 
root.     I  wonder  how  it  does  that. 

Miss  Rice:  I  would  like  to  know, 
too.  Perhaps  we  will  have  to  find  that 
out  through  reading.  I  was  wondering 
why  the  root  one  time  went  right  down 
to  the  copper.  Why  didn't  that  turn 
aside  like  the  first  one  did,  Margie? 

Margie:  Because  it  didn't  have  the 
guard  on  the  front. 

Miss  Rice:     Dennis. 

Dennis:  Because  one  of  the  edges 
were  off. 

Miss  Rice:  Yes,  it  had  been  cut  off. 
What  part  had  been  cut  off?  Jerretta. 

Jerretta:  The  tip  was  very  sensitive 
and  it  could  sense  anything  that  would 
be  poisonous. 

Miss  Rice:  Yes,  and  what  is  the  tip? 
What  part  of  the  root  is  that,  Marie? 

Marie:    The  cap,  I  think. 

Miss  Rice:  Well,  there  is  a  cap  there 
first.  That  is  the  root  cap  and  what 
does  the  root  cap  do?  What  does  the 
root  cap  do?  Mary  Ellen,  did  you  get 
that? 

Mary  Ellen:     No,  I  didn't  get  that. 

Miss  Rice:     Elaine. 

Elaine:     It  protects  the  plant. 

Miss  Rice:  What  part  of  the  root? 
It  is  a  very  important  part  just  behind 
the  root  cap. 

Mary:     It  protects  the  sensitive  part. 

Miss  Rice:  And  what  it  that  sensi- 
tive part?  It  is  a  very  important  part 
of  the  root.     Mollie. 

MoUie:     It  is  the  tip  of  it. 

Miss  Rice:  The  root  tip  and  what  is 
that  part?  That  is  the  important  part 
of  the  root. 

Mollie:     I  don't  know. 

Miss  Rice:  What  happened  down 
there  at  the  tip?  What  did  it  do? 

Mollie:    It  cut  off. 

Miss  Rice:  But  when  the  roots  went 
down  through  the  ground,  what  were 
they  doing? 

Mollie:    Boring. 

Miss  Rice:  Well,  yes,  they  pushed 
their  way  through  the  ground.  Betty. 

Betty:     Taking  minerals  in  them. 

Miss  Rice:  Well,  when  you  saw  the 
root  extending  on  down  through  the 
ground,  what  do  you  call  that? 

Jimmie:     Growing. 


Miss  Rice:  Growing,  yes,  that  is  the 
important  part.  That  is  very  important 
to  remember. 

Jimmie:    The  ink  spots  told  you  that. 

Miss  Rice:  Yes,  that  was  a  very  nice 
experiment  that  they  gave  us.  Could 
you  tell  us  how  you  understood  that? 
I  think  you  could.  Scott,  could  you 
explain  that? 

Scott:  It  showed  how  it  grew,  how 
far  down  it  went. 

Miss  Rice:  Yes,  and  where  did  you 
see  the  most  growth  in  the  root? 

Scott:     At  the  end  of  the  root. 

Betty:      At  the  end  of  the   root. 

Miss  Rice:  At  the  end  of  the  root, 
Betty  says.     Harmon. 

Harmon:     It  seemed  to  stretch. 

Miss  Rice:  Yes,  it  seemed  to  stretch. 
Well,  that  is  the  part  that  is  growing. 
You  remember  how  the  parts  near  the 
upper  part  of  the  root  were  so  close 
together  and  he  told  us  what,  Carroll? 

Carroll:  That  they  were  a  certain 
distance  apart. 

Miss  Rice:  They  put  the  little  spots 
on  the  root  and  then  you  saw  it  grow 
and  there  was  not  much  growth  at  the 
end.       Mollie. 

Mollie:  I  didn't  quite  understand — 
I  forgot — I  think  there  are  sacs  on  the 
end. 

Miss  Rice:  Little  sacs.  What  did 
he  call  those  little  things  on  the  end 
of  the  root?  My  old  standby s  here. 
Come  on,  somebody  else.  What  did  you 
hear  him  call  those  little  things  she 
calls  "sacs"  at  the  end  of  the  root? 
Carroll. 

Carroll:     Cells. 

Miss  Rice:  Yes,  and  what  is  a  little 
cell? 

Carroll:  It  is  a  little  room,  a  tiny 
room. 

Miss  Rice:  Yes,  there  are  all  kinds 
of  cells.  These  are  little  rooms  of  what? 
Marie. 

Marie:     Protoplasm. 

Miss  Rice:  Now,  what  did  you  learn 
about  those  cells  at  the  tip  of  the  root? 
What  happens  to  it  as  the  root  digs 
through  the  ground? 

Marie:     They  take  the  minerals. 

Miss  Rice:  No,  not  the  ones  that 
I  am  thinking  of.  Perhaps  you  are 
thinking  of  something  different.  Har- 
mon. 

Harmon:  They  get  the  starch  and 
sugar  and  the   water. 

Miss  Rice:  Yes,  eventually.  We  are 
talking  now  about  the  picture  where 
the  cells  were  shown  at  the  end  of  the 
growing  root,  the  root  cap.     Betty. 

Betty:     They  get  rubbed  off. 

Miss  Rice:  Yes,  they  are  worn  off, 
but  you  did  see  one  that  had  an  ac- 
cumulation of  cells,  too.  Mollie. 

Mollie:  When  they  are  rubbed  off 
how  do  the  roots  grow  new  cells  ? 

Miss  Rice:  What  do  you  think  about 
that?  She  has  asked  us  a  question  now. 
What  do  you  think?  Jerretta. 

Jerretta:  I  think  that  they  would 
have  to  grow  new  cells  because  if  they 
didn't  they  wouldn't  be  able  to  absorb 
these  sugars  and  minerals  from  the 
ground. 

Miss  Rice:     Yes,  they  must. 

Marie:       I    think    the    magnification 


view  of  the  protoplasm  growing  around 
was   very   nicely  done  . 

Miss  Rice:  Yes.  What  is  proto- 
plasm, Marie? 

Marie:  It  is  the  life  of  all  plants 
and   animals. 

Miss  Rice:  Yes,  and  you  could  see  it 
moving  very  easily ;  as  Marie  says,  that 
magnified  picture  was  wonderful. 
Betty. 

Betty:  We  tried  just  about  that  same 
thing,  not  quite.  We  cut  off  the  end 
of  a  dandelion  root  and  put  it  in  some 
red  ink  and  then  the  next  day  we  took 
it  out  and  found  out  that  it  had  taken 
up  all  the  moisture  and  it  was  all  red. 
The  ink  was  red  and  it  was  the  only 
moisture  that  it  could  take  up,  so  it 
took  up  the  red  ink  and  it  was  all 
red  the  next  moring. 

Miss  Rice:  Thank  you.  I  am  glad 
you  told  us  that.  Where  are  the  root 
hairs  ?  Where  did  you  see  the  root 
hairs  ?  Betty  Anne,  can  you  remember 
where  you  saw  the  root  hairs  on  these 
roots  ?  On  what  part  of  the  roots 
are  they? 

Betty  Anne:     The  sides. 

Miss  Rice:  Yes,  sure,  they  have  to 
be.     John. 

John:  They  are  on  the  secondary 
roots. 

Miss  Rice:  Yes,  usually,  but  they 
have  a  specific  case.  Gene,  you  haven't 
said  anything.  Come  on,  where  did  you 
see   root  hairs  growing? 

Gene:     On  the  main  root. 

Miss  Rice:  Yes,  sometimes.  That  is 
on  the  tap  root,  for  instance,  and  it 
certainly  has  hairs  on  it,  but  where  are 
the  root  hairs?  He  told  that  very 
distinctly.      Margie. 

Margie:  In  the  last  plant  they 
showed  there  were  hairs.  Those  mag- 
nifications there  were  hairs  that  were 
sticking  out.  They  were  to  protect  the 
plant. 

Miss  Rice:  Is  that  right?  Do  the 
root    hairs    protect   the    roots  ? 

Students:      No. 

Miss  Rice:  No,  they  do  not  do  any 
protecting,  but  where  are  the  root 
hairs  ?     Jimmie. 

Jimmie:     Not  on  the  growing  part. 

Miss  Rice:  No,  they  are  where  then, 
Jimmie? 

Jimmie:  They  are  not  around  the 
tip,  they  are  back  here. 

Miss  Rice:  Behind  the  growing  part, 
I  think  would  be  a  good  way  to  say  it. 
Yes,  they  are  behind  the  growing 
part.  What  are  these  little  root  hairs 
really,  Carroll? 

Carroll:  They  are  countless  roots 
that   won't   grow   into   bigger   roots. 

Miss  Rice:  Yes,  they  don't  grow  any 
larger.  What  else  can  you  tell  about 
these  root  hairs,  Mollie? 

Mollie:  They  suck  water  and  food 
from  the  ground. 

Miss  Rice:  And  they  are  cells,  aren't 
they?  Don't  you  remember  the  one 
picture  that  said  it  was  a  cell  bud 
that  burst  through  the  side  of  the  root 
and   then   continued  to  grow? 

Mollie:     Yes. 

Miss  Rice:  Well  now,  we  have 
talked  about  the  protoplasm.  We 
brought  that  up.     I  read  an  interesting 


June,    19}9 


Page   203 


thing  that  I  think  will  help  us  to  un- 
derstand the  growing  of  roots.  It  said 
it  was  like  laying  a  railroad  track. 
Thry  put  down  sonic  tracks.  Then  the 
cars  come  over  with  more  ties  and 
rails  and  they  use  those,  put  down  a 
bit  more  track,  then  more  cars  come 
along  with  more  ties  and  track  and 
they  build  another  section,  and  keep  on 
in  that  fashion.  I  thought  that  was  a 
pretty   good   explanation. 

Now,  let's  talk  about  the  experiment 
with  the  tube  of  sugar  water  and  the 
pure  water.  What  did  that  explain? 
Shall  we  let  sonic  of  these  folks  talk 
this    time? 

Student:      They   explained  that  if  it 
has  been  kept  in  the  water  long  enough 
the  -.ugar  will  go  to  the  top. 
Miss   Rice:      Yes. 

Student:  When  the  plant  has  a  cer- 
tain kind  of  thing  on  the  bottom. 

Miss  Rice:  Well,  of  course,  that 
membrane  took  the  place  of  what?  Do 
you  know,   Barbara? 

Barbara:     The  wall  of  the  cell. 
Miss  Rice:     Yes,  and  can  you  go  on 
and  explain  about  that,  Barbara?  What 
did   that   show   us? 

Barbara:  That  showed  that  the  cell 
sac  in  the  root  draws  the  sugar  water 
in  to  take  it  up  to  the  plant  leaves. 

Miss  Rice:  Yes,  it  goes  on  up  into 
the  plant.  Did  you  have  something  to 
add   to  that.   Betty? 

Betty:  When  it  gels  mixed  with  the 
cell  sac.  the  soil,  it  goes  up  then,  be- 
cause the  cell  sac  goes  to  the  bottom 
again  and  then  the  water  is  up  on  top, 
just  like  cream  goes  to  the  top  of  the 
milk  and  the  milk  goes  to  the  bottom. 
Miss  Rice:  Yes.  What  name  is 
given  to  this  process  of  water  being 
absorbed  through  the  cell  wall  into  the 
plant,  Jimmie? 
Jimmie:     Osmosis. 

Miss  Rice:     Yes,  that  is  the  name  of 
the  process.     Do  you  suppose  we  could 
do  that  experiment  at   school? 
Students:    Yes. 

Miss  Rice:  If  we  had  the  right  kind 
of  tube  and  a  bit  of  membrane  we 
could.  You  have  already  answered  the 
question  about  what  happens  to  the 
water,  that  the  minerals,  the  foods 
that  are  taken  in  through  the  root 
hairs — what  is  the  purpose  of  old  roots 
after  they  have  grown?  What  is  their 
purpose?  How  do  they  work?  What 
do  they  do?  Martha,  you  haven't  said 
anything.  What  do  old  roots  do? 
Scott. 

Scott:  After  they  have  grown  they 
get  the  water  and  minerals  out  of  the 
ground. 

Miss  Rice:  Well  then,  new  ones 
come  you  see,  and  I  think  they  told  us 
very  distinctly  what  the  purpose  of  the 
old  roots  was.  Elaine. 

EUine:  Don't  they  help  to  hold  the 
plant  in  the  ground? 

Miss  Rice:  Yes.  What  word  did  he 
use?  Did  you  catch  that  word?  That 
meant  to  hold  it  there. 
EUine:  To  anchor  it? 
Miss  Rice:  Yes,  they  are  like  an 
anchor.  They  hold  the  plant  there. 
What  is  the  purpose  of  the  new  roots, 
the    young    roots    and    the    root    hairs. 


Betty  Jane?  John,  what  is  the  purpose 
of  the  new  roots,  the  little  roots,  the 
hair   roots? 

John:  To  suck  in  the  water  and 
minerals   from  the  ground. 

Miss  Rice:  Yes.  And  where  do  the 
new  roots  appear?  After  the  root  starts 
to  grow  and  then  the  secondary  roots 
appear,  where  do  they  come,  Gene? 

Gene:     Out  of  the  main  root. 

Miss  Rice:  Yes,  they  come  out  of 
the  main  root  and  where  abouts? 
Where  is  their  position? 

Gene:     About  the  middle. 

Betty:  The  part  behind  the  growing 
tip. 

Miss  Rice:  In  what  direction  do  the 
main  roots  grow,  Betty  Anne? 

Betty  Anne:     Downward. 

Miss  Rice:  Yes.  And  there  was  an 
experiment  in  this  picture  today  with 
the  primary  root.  What  did  they  do 
with    the   primary    root,    Scott? 

Scott:  They  put  it  in  the  light  and 
showed   how   it   would   go   down. 

Miss  Rice:  Yes,  it  turned  away  from 
the  light.  What  other  experiment  did 
you  see  with  the  main  root,  Betty? 

Betty:  How  they  put  it  sidewards 
yet  it  would  not  go  down. 

Misa  Rice:  Horizontal.  They  made 
it  go  horizontal,  and  then  what  did  it 
do? 

Betty:  It  went  down.  It  didn't  keep 
growing  horizontal. 

Miss  Rice:  Yes,  they  have  a  will  of 
their  own,  haven't  they?     Mollie. 

MoUie:  There  is  one  thing  I  couldn't 
understand.  I  think  it  was  steel  or 
something. 

Miss  Rice:  We  talked  about  that  a 
few  moments  ago.  Would  you  like  to 
talk  about  that  again?  What  didn't 
you  understand? 

Mollie:    How  it  uses  the  plant  poison. 

Miss  Rice:  Well,  I  don't  know 
whether  I  can  tell  you  that  either.  We 
may  have  to  ask  some  of  these  boys 
about    that.     Harmon. 

Harmon:  Chemicals  come  from  the 
ground  and  if  could  be  a  lot  of  chemi- 
cals in  the  ground  which  make  poison 
in  the  copper. 

Miss    Rice:      Do   you   mean    the    re- 
action of  the  chemicals  in  the  ground 
on  the  copper? 
..Harmon:     Yes. 

Miss  Rice:  They  just  don't  like  the 
copper  that  is  in  the  cartridge  or  in 
the  bullet,  and  you  understand  why 
that  one  died  and  the  other  one  didn't, 
don't  you?  Why  was  that,  Mollie? 
Why  did  the  one  go  off  away  from  the 
cartridge  and  the  other  one  just  stood 
up? 

Mollie:  Because  the  tip  was  not  cut 
off. 

Miss  Rice:  Yes.  What  part  is  the 
tip?  What  is  down  there  at  the  tip? 
What   is   it  doing?     Jimmie. 

Jimmie:      The   growing  part. 

Miss  Rice:  You  want  to  remember 
that  is  important.  The  tip  is  the 
growing  part.     Betty. 

Betty:  Maybe  the  same  thing  hap- 
pens when  the  baby  seeds  get  on  the 
stone.  They  cannot  find  any  food  to 
grow  with  so  that  they  have  to  die. 

Miss  Rice:     How  did  you  happen  to 


bring  that  up?     Have  you  read  about 
that  or   what? 

Betty:  No,  I  haven't  read  about  it. 
I  just  saw  another  movie  where  the 
baby  seed  landed  on  a  stone  and  tried 
to  climb  through  the  soil  and  get 
minerals   but    it   could   not. 

Miss  Rice:  Do  plants  ever  have 
more  food  than  they  need? 

Students:     Yes. 

Miss  Rice:    And  then  what  happens? 

Marie:  Then  they  just  make  more 
starch. 

Miss  Rice:  They  turn  it  into  starch 
and  do  what  with  it? 

Marie:     And  store  it. 

Miss  Rice:  Yes.  Where  is  food 
stored  in  plants  ?  Can  you  name  some 
parts,  Jerretta? 

Jerretta:     In  the  cells. 

Miss  Rice:  Yes,  but  parts  of  the 
plant  in  which  it  is  stored.     Miriam? 

Miriam:  Sometimes  in  the  roots  and 
leaves. 

Miss  Rice:  Yes,  and  any  other  place, 
Barbara? 

Barbara:     In  the  stalks. 

Miss  Rice:    And  one  more  place. 

Student:      Leaves. 

Miss  Rice:  I  think  she  mentioned 
leaves. 

Marie:     The  seeds. 

Miss  Rice:  Can  you  name  some  of 
the  plants  that  have  food  stored  in 
the  roots  that  we  eat,  Miriam? 

Miriam:     Tap  roots. 

Miss  Rice:  In  the  tap  roots.  Will 
vou  name  some  tap  roots  for  us? 

Miriam:      Beets,  carrots,   turnips. 

Miss  Rice:  All  right.  Thank  you. 
Can  you  think  of  some  others,  Har- 
mon? 

Harmon:     Broccoli,  isn't  it? 

Miss  Rice:  Would  that  be  roots?  Do 
you  eat  the  roots  of  broccoli  ? 

Harmon:    No,  but  you  eat  the  leaves. 

Miss  Rice:  Yes,  you  eat  the  leaves. 
Then  it  isn't  a  tap  root.  We  are  talk- 
ing about  the  roots  that  we  eat.  Could 
you  mention  any  more,  Elaine? 

Elaine:     Parsley. 

Miss  Rice:     Parsley? 

EUine:  No,  I  don't  mean  parsley. 
I  mean  parsnips. 

Miss  Rice:  What  part  of  the  pars- 
ley plant  do  we  eat? 

EUine:     It  would  be  the  leaves. 

Scott:     Potatoes. 

Miss  Rice:  Yes,  our  good  friend  the 
potato.     Mollie. 

Mollie:    Turnips. 

Miss  Rice:  Yes,  I  guess  maybe  that 
was  not  mentioned.  Do  you  know  any 
seed  plants  where  we  use  the  seeds 
instead  of  the  roots?  Could  you  name 
those,  Carroll? 

Carroll:      Grains. 

Miss  Rice:  Yes.  Some  others.  That 
takes  in  quite  a  few.  We  saw  a  movie, 
you  know,  about  what  plant?  It  was 
a  whole  story  of  this  one  little  plant. 
We  use  the  seeds. 

Barbara:    Peas. 

Miss  Rice:  Yes,  that  is  a  very  com- 
mon one,  I  think.  We  saw  in  this  pic- 
ture a  carrot  that  grew  a  new  plant. 
How  did  that  happen?  Why  was  that 
possible?     Jimmie. 


Page  204 


The  Educational  Screen 


Jimmie:  Because  it  had  food  stored 
there. 

Miss  Rice:  Yes.  And  when  did  that 
plant  appear?     Anne. 

Anne:      In   the   fall. 

Miss   Rice:     No,  I  don't  think  so. 

Anne:      The   next  year. 

John:      The   next   spring. 

Miss  Rice:  Yes,  the  next  spring  it 
would  come  out,  and  do  you  know  what 
happened  to  that  plant  that  grew  the 
second  year?  What  did  it  produce? 
Marie. 

Marie:      Leaves. 

Miss  Rice:  Yes,  it  grew  a  plant 
right  out  of  the  top  of  the  carrot,  but 
what  would  that  plant  produce  that  is 
very    necessary    to    man? 

Marie:    .Another  carrot. 

Miss  Rice:  Well  no,  it  would  not 
grow  another  carrot.  It  used  up  the 
food  in  the  carrot  that  we  saw  there 
to  produce  that  plant.  Then  what  did 
that  plant  produce  that  is  very  essen- 
tial?    Betty. 

Betty  Jeanne:    Seeds. 

Miss  Rice:  Yes,  that  is  the  plant 
that   puts   forth   the   new   seeds. 

Scott:  Where  does  the  carrot  have 
its   seeds? 

Miss  Rice:  Can  any  of  you  answer 
that?  Where  does  the  carrot  have  its 
seeds?  It  is  like  the  parsnip.  They 
grow   in   the   same   place. 

Carroll:      Above  the  ground. 

Miss  Rice:  They  would  be  above  the 
ground,  yes.  At  what  time  of  year 
would  they  appear? 

Students     In  the  fall. 

Miss  Rice:  That  might  be  something 
for  you  to  look  up,  Scott  and  see  if  you 
can  find  out  a  little  more  about  that. 
I  guess  you  mentioned  that  you  liked 
the  sound  track,  Marie. 

Marie:     I  did. 

Miss  Rice:  Do  you  have  any  more 
comments  about  the  pictures  or  are 
there  any  things  that  you  saw  that 
we   haven't   touched   on?     Mollie. 

Mollie:  It  showed  in  the  main  root 
where  this  sugar  came  in.  I  think  it 
looked  like  cells  in  rows. 

Miss  Rice:  Yes,  it  was  very  inter- 
esting, a  little  complicated  but  in- 
teresting.     Elaine. 

Elaine:  I  think  the  same  thing  that 
Mollie  said,  that  they  made  it  simpler 
by  using  the  little  lines  instead  of 
making  all  the  tiny  cells  that  really  do 
belong  in  there. 

Miss  Rice:  Did  you  see  the  starch 
gather  in  one  of  the  pictures?  What 
did  that  make  you  think  of,  John? 

John:  Our  potato.  We  sliced  a  little 
bit  of  potato  and  we  had  some  iodine 
and   iodide. 

Miss  Rice:  That  is  right,  potassium 
iodide.     That   is   a  good  word. 

John:  .And  we  put  the  potato  in  the 
pan  with  the  iodide  and  it  turned 
black. 

Miss  Rice:    And  that  indicated  what? 

John:      Starch. 

Miss  Rice:  We  could  see  where  the 
starch  had  gathered.  Jimmie,  did  you 
have   something  to   say?     Harmon. 

Harmon:  What  is  the  percentage  of 
starch  in   a  potato? 

Miss   Rice:      I  don't  know.  Harmon. 


I  think  you  will  have  to  find  that  out 
for  me.     Marie. 

Marie:  It  showed  so  very  plainly 
how  the  roots  grew  out. 

Miss  Rice:  But  you  must  remember 
that   roots  do  not  grow  that   fast. 

Marie:      Yes,  I  know  that. 

Miss  Rice:  It  is  much  slower  than 
that.  .And  it  magnified  the  root  hairs 
very  nicely  and  you  could  see  the 
protoplasm.  What  do  you  think  about 
the  value  of  pictures  ?  Do  you  like  to 
have    pictures    in   school? 

Student:    Yes. 

Bl^iss  Rice:     Why? 

Student:  Because  thev  teach  vou  a 
lot. 

Miss  Rice:  All  right,  thank  you. 
Mollie. 

Mollie:  They  show  so  many  things 
you  want  to  see  and  you  haven't  seen. 

Miss  Rice:  We  would  not  be  likely 
to  see  these  things  happen,  would  we? 
It  is  a  good  point.     Margie. 

Margie:  And  it  is  lots  more  fun 
than  reading  a  lot  of  books.  I  mean 
when  you  can  see  how  they  develop 
instead   of   reading  about   it. 

Miss  Rice:  Would  you  say  that  you 
wound  want  to  give  up  books  entirely? 

Students:      No. 

Miss  Rice:  No,  you  would  not  want 
to,  but  this  is  a  nice  variation.     Scott. 

Scott:  Miss  Rice,  I  like  books  some- 
times because  you  can  go  back  over 
them  and  check  up  and  see  if  you 
are  right. 

Miss  Rice:  That  is  a  good  point. 
Yes,  you  can  always  go  back  and  see  in 
black  and  white  whether  you  are  cor- 
rect   about    something.      Betty. 

Betty:  Sometimes  the  books  were 
written  so  long  ago  that  they  hadn't 
discovered  some  things  yet,  and  so  it 
is  always  nice  to  have  other  things 
that  can  show  you  what  they  have  dis- 
covered and  then  you  know  if  the 
books   are  right  or  wrong. 

Miss  Rice:  Yes,  changes  take  place 
constantly.     Juliana. 

Juliana:  Sometimes  the  books  use 
big  words  and  you  cannot  understand 
what   they   mean. 

Miss  Rice:  Did  you  all  understand 
"protoplasm"  this  morning?  Did  you 
get  that  pretty  well   from   the  picture? 

Students:     Yes. 

Carroll:  Well,  sometimes  you  read 
something  in  a  book  and  you  do  not 
understand  it  and  when  you  see  it  in 
the   movies   you   understand   it. 

Miss  Rice:  It  makes  it  just  a  little 
clear,  doesn't  it.     Scott. 

Scott:  When  you  do  not  understand 
it,  you  can  ask  your  teacher  and  show 
her    the    book. 

Miss  Rice:  You  mean  that  if  you 
are  using  a  book  and  you  do  not  under- 
stand it  you  can  ask  the  teacher? 

Scott:     Yes,  you  can  ask  the  teacher. 

Miss  Rice:  Well,  of  course,  there 
might  be  things  in  pictures  that  we 
would  not  understand,  but  there  are 
certainly  many  things  that  are  clearer 
because  of  pictures.  Well,  I  think  if 
you  haven't  arty  more  comments,  we 
will  call  our  work  over  with,  Mr. 
Mcintosh. 


Chairman  Waggoner:  .As  I  told  you 
before,  this  will  be  discussed  and 
evaluated  by  Mr.  Blough,  and  I  want 
you  people  to  participate  in  this  dis- 
cussion, if  he  asks  you  to,  the  same  as 
these  very  willing  youngsters  did.  I  am 
glad   to   present,    Mr.    Blough. 

Mr.  Blough:  Whenever  we  use  one 
method  in  a  classroom  in  preference  to 
another,  we  supposedly  do  it  because  it 
will  accomplish  certain  aims  which  we 
are  otherwise  unable  to  do.  Then  Miss 
Rice  asked  the  children  about  this 
method  and,  in  their  own  language,  1 
should  like  to  tell  you  what  they  said 
in  case  you  in  the  back  of  the  room 
did  not  hear.  One  said,  "It  teaches 
you  a  lot,"  another,  "You  would  not  be 
able  to  see  these  in  any  way  except  by 
seeing  them  pictured  here,"  another. 
"It  is  a  lot  more  fun  to  see  it  than 
it  is  just  to  read  about  it."  Another 
very  good  point  was  made  that  some- 
times you  read  books  that  have  old 
copyrights  on  them,  but  these  films  are 
likely  to  be  up  to  date,  which  I  be- 
lieve is  a  very  scientific  attitude  for  a 
third-grade  person  to  have.  When 
Miss  Rice  suggested  that  they  would 
not  care  to  give  up  books  entirely, 
there  were  several  reasons,  and  one 
of  the  very  important  ones  was  that 
you  cannot  take  this  picture  home  with 
you  but  you  can  take  a  book  home  and 
look  it  over  at  your  leisure. 

I  believe  these  things  were  significant 
in  the  presentation.  It  explained  point? 
that  had  not  been  quite  clear  to  the 
pupils  For  example,  their  idea  of 
root  hairs  probably  until  now  had  not 
been  quite  clear  and  I  think  the  film 
helped  to  clarify  some  of  those  things. 
I  feel  that  the  explanation  and  the  pic- 
ture and  the  various  manipulations  of 
fibrous  roots  gave  them  a  clearer  idea. 
I  think  it  also  helped  to  stimulate 
further  discussion  and  to  clarify  things. 
For  example,  the  osmosis  experiment. 
Are  you  now  planning  to  do  that? 

Miss  Rice:  Well,  I  thought  we 
would  try  it,  yes. 

Mr.  Blough:  That  is  a  little  bit  diffi- 
cult, probably  for  the  third  grade,  but 
I  think  since  they  have  seen  it  happen 
here,  they  could  set  it  up  and  get 
whatever    they   can    from    it. 

Miss  Rice:  Yes.  In  the  Teacher's 
Guide  it  suggested  that  you  use  a  car- 
rot, that  you  insert  the  tube  in  the  car- 
rot and  then  give  the  carrot  water. 

Mr.  Blough:  Which  would  be  a  very 
much  simpler  way  than  the  one  they 
showed  in  the  picture.  I  think  that 
this  film,  used  in  the  way  that  it  is. 
would  stimulate  some  pupils  to  do  fur- 
ther studies  by  themselves.  For 
example,  the  boy  who  wanted  to  know 
about  the  cartridge  and  just  how  that 
worked  can  perhaps  find  out  some 
material  for  himself. 

I  think  a  film  like  this  is  also  im- 
portant because  it  presents  things  in 
sequence  so  that  children  can  get  the 
relationship.  Sometimes  when  you  set 
up  experiments  and  discuss  them  on 
successive  days,  you  are  not  quite  so 
likely,  perhaps,  to  get  a  good  sequence 
in  the  child's  mind.  Here,  presented 
from  the  beginning  in  a   logical   order. 


June,  1959 


Page  20) 


scicntitically  thought  out,  the  child  can 
get  a  better  idea  of  sequence.  And  I 
believe  that  a  fihii  like  this,  through 
its  mental  imagery,  could  correct  any 
wrong  ideas  he  has.  So  many  times 
when  I  am  talking  about  root  hairs  in 
third  grades,  or  about  the  process  of 
how  plants  take  in  water,  I  would  give 
anything  to  know  what  actually  is  the 
mental  image  of  the  discussion.  Here 
they  can  actually  see  growth  taking 
place.  (I  was  very  glad  to  hear  Miss 
Rice  sev,.>ral  times  make  the  point  that 
roots  actually  were  speeded  up  there 
and  that  they  really  do  not  grow  as 
fast   as   this.) 

Again,  they  could  see  what  the  root 
cap  does,  they  could  see  the  ri>ots  push 
along  into  the  ground.  It  is  one  thing 
to  tell  them,  or  to  let  them  read  a 
story  that  tells  where  growth  takes 
place,  but  you  could  see  the  growing 
region  here.  A  summary  and  film  used 
as  it  was  given  here  is  a  very  enjoy- 
able thing  for  children,  whereas  a 
summary  which  more  or  less  presents 
the  material  in  the  same  way  again 
might  not  function  nearly  as  well. 
Such  a  summary  also  helps  children  to 
bring  out  the  important  points  from 
materials  which  they  have  studied,  to 
discuss  them  as  we  have  seen  here,  and 
also  to  connect  material  previously 
studied  to  the  new  material  in  better 
integration. 

Now,  I  had  that  to  say  and  one 
other  thing  before  we  finish.  I  think 
that  Miss  Rice  would  agree  that  we  all 
need  a  little  advice  about  how  to  use 
films.  So  many  times  when  you  see 
a  performance  like  this,  you  think, 
"Well,  I  will  go  home  and  start  that 
out."  I  think  there  are  several  pit- 
falls that  we  might  point  out  before  the 
discussion  is  over,  some  things  that 
might  not  work  as  easily  as  they  appear 
to  work  here,  but  before  doing  that, 
are  there  questions  you  would  like  to 
ask   Miss  Rice  about  her  procedure? 

Member:  Miss  Rice,  how  much  time 
is  devoted  to  this  particular  film?  Do 
you  tie  up  the  next  day? 

Miss  Rice:  Well,  we  won't  tie  up 
any  more  than  we  did  today  excepting 
perhaps  a  little  art  work.  I  shall  cer- 
tainly let  them  draw  anything  they 
want  to  draw  as  a  result  of  seeing  this 
picture.  I  previewed  this  picture.  I 
do  not  usually  do  that.  I  do  not  have 
time,  but  the  guides  that  go  with  the 
pictures  are  very  good  and  it  is  really 
an  easy  matter  to  read  it  yourself  and 
then  discuss  it  with  the  children.  I 
think  they  should  be  prepared  for  what 
they  are  going  to  see.  There  were  new 
things  today.  For  instance,  the  root 
cap.  We  had  not  mentioned  that  and 
that  was  a  little  confusing  to  them, 
you  see,  and  I  hope  that  with  other  pic- 
tures that  we  will  perhaps  be  able  to 
get  through  our  library  it  will  be 
clearer  to  some  of  them. 

Member:  Is  it  particularly  valuable 
to  show  a  picture  twice? 

Miss  8ice:  Yes,  it  is  sometimes.  Of 
course,  with  our  set-up  our  boys  from 
the  junior  high  school  come  over  and 
operate  the  pictures  for  us  and  I  do 
not    like    to    take    too    much    of    their 


time. 

Member:  I  mean  does  it  always  turn 
out   to   bo   worthy  of   the  extra   effort? 

Miss  Rice:  Yes,  I  think  it  is.  They 
say,  "I  really  didn't  know  that."  For 
example,  I  didn't  really  know  that  sec- 
ondary nwts  had  been  mentioned  in 
this  picture.  I  didn't  hear  those 
words. 

Member:  Have  you  ever  tried  run- 
ning the  film  first  with  sound  and  then 
running  it  without  sound  the  second 
time,  letting  the  youngsters  see  what 
the  eyes  missed?  Letting  them  ask 
"What  does  that  mean?"  and  answering 
it   on    the    spot  ? 

Miss  Rice:  We  have  not  tried  that, 
but  1  think  it  would  be  very  good. 
Monday  1  had  "Plant  Growth.''  That 
film  is  a  silent  film.  They  talked  cons- 
tantly. I  was  sorry  Mr.  Mcintosh 
wasn't  there  because  it  was  all  very 
spontaneous  and  fun. 

Question:  Do  you  feel  the  need  of 
stills  taken  from  the  film  afterwards  ? 

Miss  Rice:  I  think  that  would  be  a 
very  fine  thing. 

Question:  And  do  you  not  get  the 
feeling  that  the  teacher  and  the  child 
are  both  talking  about  the  same  point 
through  the  film  or  through  anything 
visual  on  a  screen  which  you  cannot 
do  with  a  book? 

Miss  Rice:  Yes,  definitely.  No,  you 
cannot. 

Question:  Would  you  want  to  build 
up  as  much  preparation  in  presenting 
this  film  at  the  beginning  of  the  unit, 
before  the  youngsters  have  done  any 
reading  or  any  research  on  the  prob- 
lem, for  the  purpoiie  of  setting  up 
through  cooperative  effort  the  goal  of 
the  unit?    Would  you  prepare  them? 

Miss  Rice:  Well,  1  don't  know.  I 
am  just  going  into  it  rather  blindly. 
I  haven't  had  any  training.  I  should 
think  it  would  be  a  good  thing.  I 
guess  I  have  never  shown  a  film  that 
we  haven't  had  some  study  first.  I 
think  when  I  am  through  with  this  I 
should   like  to  try  that. 

Member:  It  seems  to  me  that  it  is 
a  very  important  phase  of  visual  edu- 
cation, for  a  preview  of  the  unit  and 
for  the  purpose  of  setting  up  goals  that 
they  are  going  to  look  for. 

Miss  Rice:  Oh,  yes,  I  think  that 
you  can  start  out  very  nicely  that  way. 

Mr.  Blough:  Would  not  a  film  like 
this  be  very  good  shown  first  perhaps 
and    then    shown   after   the   study? 

Member:    That  is  what  I  had  in  mind. 

Member:  Do  you  find  that  films  of 
this  sort  encourage  outside  activities, 
you  might  say  hobby  activities,  on  the 
part  of  your  youngsters  ? 

Miss  Rice:     Yes,  I  do. 

Member:  Under  normal  circum- 
stances would  you  have  more  ex- 
pressional  activities?  I  would  say  that 
probably  the  talk  was  a  little  longer 
than  ordinary  and  I  wonder  whether 
you  would  have  broken  it  up  under 
normal  circumstances  where  you  would 
have   a   blackboard,   for  example? 

Miss  Rice:  Oh,  yes,  definitely.  Oh, 
yes,  they  go  to  the  board  and  write  and 
I  write,  too,  during  the  conversation. 
Then,    of    course,    too,    it    depends    on 


how  lo:ig  after  you  have  seen  a  pic- 
ture before  you  have  another  scheduled 
period.  You  do  not  always  have  your 
full  discussion  imjnediately  after  a 
picture. 

Member:  There  you  have  to  let  the 
youngsters  have  free  play? 

Miss  Rice:  Yes,  I  do  not  usually 
ask  as  many  questions  as  I  did  today. 
I  let  them  talk  a  little  more. 

Question:  These  are  all  along  the 
same  line  but  I  was  wondering  when 
the  children  were  talking  how  much 
meaningful  vocabulary  had  been  built 
up  before  the  picture  and  how  much 
they  got  out  of  the  picture. 

Miss  Rice:  I  brought  the  ingredi- 
ents to  school. 

Question:  Now,  that  is  what  I  was 
trying  to  get  at  on  "osmosis". 

Miss  Rice:  Yes,  I  had  explained 
that. 

Member:  In  other  words,  here  is  the 
point.  1  believe  that  if  you  build  up  a 
meaningful  vocabulary  before  they  see 
the  picture,  they  appreciate  the  picture 
because  they  can  understand  the  pic- 
ture and  the  meaning  of  the  words. 

Miss  Rice:  I  would  never  show  a 
picture  otherwise  with  as  many  differ- 
ent words  as  this  has  in  it — osmosis 
and  protoplasm. 

Member:  .And  you  build  that  vocab- 
ulary not  by  telling  them  about  it  but 
showing  them:  It  was  a  senseful 
vocabulary,  not  a  memory  one? 

Miss  Rice:  No,  I  think  they  under- 
stand fully. 

Mr.  Blough:  About  protoplasm,  I 
think  you  never  need  to  apologize  for 
third  grade  children  not  knowing 
protoplasm  and  osmosis,  because  I 
think  if  we  got  right  down  to  brass 
tacks  and  asked  people  in  this  room 
just  what  is  protoplasm,  we  would  have 
a  lot  of  people  troubled. 

Member:  Do  you  find  that  the 
children  who  have  trouble  in  reading 
are  helped?  I  think  this  gives  them 
all    an    equal    foundation. 

Mr.  Blough:  I  believe  that  this  would 
even  be  a  help  to  children  who  have 
difficulty  in  reading,  in  visualizing  what 
they  do  read,  a  reading  readiness,  we 
might  say,  for  as  high  up  as  the  third 
and   fourth   grade. 

Question:  Where  we  have  films  like 
that,  that  arc  adapted  to  a  wide  range 
or  shall  we  say  to  a  wide  age  level 
range,  is  the  teacher  justified  in  pro- 
viding her  own  continuity,  for  example, 
on  the  third  grade  level  cut  out  the 
sound  track  and  do  her  own  explaining 
of  the   film? 

Miss  Rice:  When  it  is  as  clear  and 
understandable  as  this,  I  do  not  see  any 
reason  for  it  myself. 

Question :  I  was  thinking  that  many 
of  the  vocabulary  difficulties  might  be 
simplified 

Miss  Rice:  Yes,  on  the  other  hand 
you  cannot  call  "osmosis"  anything  else 
and  so  they  might  just  as  well  be  pre- 
pared for  it  and  then  hear  it  from 
someone  else. 

Mr.  Blough:  It  is  my  opinion  that 
many  times  we  encounter  a  vocabulary 
at  the  third  grade  level  which,  we  only 
really  begin   to   teach,   and   when   they 


Page  206 


The  Educational  Screen 


are  encountered  again  later  in  another 
connection,  in  a  further  study  of 
plants,  we  will  say  at  the  sixth  grade 
level,  we  have  begun  the  concept  in 
the  third  grade  and  it  is  added  to  in 
the  sixth  and  perhaps  again  in  biology 
and  in  high  school.  Do  you  think 
that   is   true? 

Miss  Rice:  Yes,  I  do.  Of  course,  we 
keep  a  vocabulary  list  when  we  make  a 
study  like  this,  but  I  do  not  attempt 
to  have  them  learn  the  words  to  spell 
them.  I  think  copying  them  is  suf- 
ficient. But  they  do  keep  their  list,  and 
I  know  that  some  of  my  children  who 
are  on  the  lower  level  in  reading  can 
read  those  words  very  nicely  and  they 
recognize  them  when  they  come  back 
to   them. 

Mr.  Blough:  I  think  learning  to 
spell  the  words  would  even  be  a  dis- 
tinct  detriment   to  these   children. 

Miss  Rice:  Yes,  I  think  so  to.  I 
do  not  think   it  is   at   all  necessary. 

Question:  Miss  Rice,  do  these  chil- 
dren know  what  elapsed-time  photog- 
raphy  means  ? 

Miss  Rice:  No,  I  have  never  used 
that  term  with  them,  but  "Visualizing 
the  Curriculum,"  by  Hoban,  Hoban  and 
Zisman,  explains  these  types  of  photo- 
graphy very  nicely. 

Member:  You  are  not  going  to  have 
these  children  make  pictures  like  these, 
are   you  ? 

Miss  Rice:  No,  I  want  them  to  draw 
to  see  what  their  reaction  will  be.  I 
would  have  had  them  do  that  today 
right  here,  but  some  of  them  need  to 
get  back. 

Question:  Have  you  a  microscope  in 
that    class? 

Miss  Rice:  Yes,  I  have  one  that 
I  bought  and  they  are  very  fond  of  it. 
This  is  part  of  their  leisure  time  work. 
They  sometimes  make  slides.  That  is 
just  something  more  that  they  can  do. 
The  study  of  the  Amaryllis  was  really 
very  interesting.  It  is  a  beautiful  plant 
to  begin  with  and  we  are  now  watch- 
ing the  seed  cases  form. 

Question:  Would  you  use  in  con- 
nection with  this  your  other  film  ? 

Miss  Rice:  Oh,  yes,  From  Flower  to 
Fruit.  Then  we  saw  the  parts  of  the 
plant  and  we  saw  pollination.  If  you 
will  look  at  those  pictures  on  display 
back  there.  I  think  you  will  see  pic- 
tures that  are  an  outgrowth  of  these 
pictures  that  they  have  seen. 

Mr.  Blough:  I  do  not  know  if  there 
is  need  to  summarize  this  or  not. 
There  are  several  things  that  could  be 
brought  together  in  this  discussion.  In 
the  first  place,  whenever  we  show  a 
film  to  children  we  ought  to  be  very 
sure  that  they  have  the  purpose  of  the 
film  in  mind  so  that  they  know  what 
to  look  for;  otherwise,  the  thought 
processes  might  be  either  confused  or 
totally  absent. 

I  think  that  there  is  a  grave  possi- 
bility of  showing  too  much  film  at  one 
time,  too  long  a  film  for  the  third 
grade  at  one  time.  I  think  a  short 
film,  other  things  being  equal,  might 
be  better  than  one  that  stretches  their 
minds  over  too  long  an  amount  of 
science  content. 


Question:  At  this  point,  right  in  that 
connection,  might  I  ask  this  question, 
frankly,  to  dispel  a  little  of  my  own 
ignorance:  Is  this  an  unusual  situa- 
tion? Is  this  class  going  into  this  de- 
tailed minute  study  of  the  life  of  plants 
a  usual  procedure  in  the  third  grade  in 
Evanston?  Is  that  a  part  of  the  cur- 
riculum outline,  or  is  this  the  out- 
growth this  year,  this  semester,  this 
time  of  a  blossoming  of  an  Amaryllis 
plant  in  Miss  Rice's  room? 

Mr.  Mcintosh:  I  think  I  can  answer 
that  in  part,  and  that  is,  in  the  first 
six  grades  they  have  not  set  curriculum 
at  all.  This  happens  to  be  the  usual 
procedure  for  this  third  grade.  It  may 
be  entirely  diflferent  in  another  third 
grade. 

Question:  I  see,  well,  isn't  it  fine 
that  you  have  that  flexibility  of  the 
curriculum,  because  I  wondered  if  you 
gave  your  third  graders  this  detailed 
study  of  plant  life,  which  I  must  tell 
you  has  more  detail  than  my  tenth 
graders  are  getting  in  biology  right 
now.  I  used  the  same  film  a  week  ago 
and  we  did  not  go  into  it  to  anywhere 
near  the  detailed  extent  that  we  saw 
done  so  beautifully  today,  and  if  it  is 
repeated  again  in  the  sixth  grade  there 
will  be  no  need  for  high  school  biology. 

Mr.  Mcintosh:  I  would  not  be  will- 
ing to  go  all  the  way  with  you  on 
that. 

Question:  I  just  want  to  check  my 
thinking  in  that  regard.  It  seems  to  me 
that  these  science  concepts  which  we 
teach  throughout  the  elementary  and 
secondary  schools  is  a  matter  of  pro- 
gressive understanding,  that  at  our 
lower  levels  there  are  certain  levels  of 
understanding  or  meaning  that  we  can 
inject  into  those  science  principles  and 
as  we  go  through  the  grades  we  begin 
to  add  deeper  and  more  meaningful 
concepts  to  the  science  children,  so  that 
I  do  not  think  your  biology  is  in 
danger  at  all. 

Question:  I  am  not  worried  about 
my  job,  but  it  occurred  to  me  that  cer- 
tainly the  root  hair  concept,  the  osmos- 
is concept,  the  classification  of  roots, 
the  purposes  of  roots,  and  so  on,  are 
fundamentals  which  are,  after  all,  the 
heart  of  the  whole  subject. 

Question:  In  the  high  school  we  ex- 
pect them  to  understand  why. 

Question:     Why  what? 

Question:  What  the  theories  are 
underlying  the   principle  of  osmosis. 

Mr.  Blough:  I  think  it  is  a  very  im- 
portant thing  in  this  connection  to 
look  at  this  class  as  a  whole  and  not 
think  that  because  one  person  has  made 
the  corect  response  to  what  "osmosis" 
is  that  we  have  taught  osmosis  to  this 
whole  group.  Their  idea  at  the  present 
I  believe  is  that  "osmosis"  means  that 
roots  suck  up  moisture.  Now,  you  are 
not  content  with  that  in  the  sixth  grade, 
are  you? 

Question:     No. 

Mr.  Blough:  So  I  think  they  have 
the  beginning  experience  here.  I  think 
when  you  get  up  into  your  field  you  go 
a  great  step  farther,  and  just  because  a 
child  mentions  "protoplasm"  and  two  or 
three    people    say   the    word    and    have 


an  idea,  I  think  we  should  be  very 
careful.  Not  being  derogatory  or  tear- 
ing down  this  lesson,  but  so  many 
times  you  and  I  judge  our  own  lessons 
by  the  reaction  which  we  get  from  two 
or  three  of  the  smart  kids  who  maybe 
knew  it  before.  I  think  that  we  ought 
to  be  very  sure  that  we  make  allowance 
for   that. 

Question:  I  should  like  to  ask  one 
question  as  to  the  feasibility  of  this 
type  of  film  for  third  graders.  As  I 
sat  here  this  morning  and  looked  at 
that  film  I  did  not  feel  that  it  was  at 
all  suitable  for  the  type  of  idea  that 
you  want  that  child  to  get  into  his 
mind.  I  believe  that  the  film  at  the 
start  should  have  told  that  a  root  is 
an  anchor  for  a  plant  and  that  if  those 
children  tried  to  pull  dandelions  from 
their  own  lawns  they  would  understand, 
and  secondly,  that  that  root  in  there  as 
an  anchor  is  also  an  absorbing  organ 
that  takes  the  plant  water  and  minerals 
from  the  ground  up  through  the  stem 
to  the  leaves,  and  stop  there. 

Mr.  Blough:  That  is  what  I  won- 
dered, if  you  let  third  grade  people  get 
a  wide  spread  and  try  to  do  too  much. 
I  think  that  is  what  the  sister  had  in 
in  mind  when  she  asked  how  long  you 
would  spend  on  this  film.  Now,  of 
course,  we  do  not  know  what  Miss 
Rice  has  planned  to  do  with  this  at 
the  end.  If  Miss  Rice  had  done  only 
that  much  there  would  have  been  many 
people  here  who  would  have  said,  "I 
saw  such  a  little  bit  of  that,  I  couldn't 
get  the  idea."  I  think  that  is  always 
the  difficulty  in  a  demonstration  lesson. 

Question:  That  is  why  I  suggested 
that  the  teacher  provide  her  own  con- 
tinuity at  the  lower  level  where  we 
are  using  materials  over  a  wide  range. 

Mr.  Blough:  Yes,  and  I  think  it  is 
possible  that  seeing  this  film  more 
than  one  time  would  be  advantageous. 

Mr.  Mcintosh:  May  I  say  on  this 
point  that  Miss  Rice  feels  that  she 
does  not  like  to  have  a  film  shown 
twice  to  these  third-graders  because 
that  makes  a  period  of  some  twenty- 
four  minutes  of  seeing  films.  Of  course, 
in  the  upper  grades  we  do  show  the 
film  twice  in  the  same  class  period. 

Question:  Have  you  ever  tried  using 
films  with  sound  and  then  quiet? 

Mr.  Mcintosh:  Some  of  the  teachers 
in  the  district  have  and,  in  fact,  some 
of  them  preview  them  and  write  their 
own  continuity.  Someone  suggested  that 
procedure,  which  we  use.  It  all  depends 
upon  the  teacher  who  uses  the  film. 

Mr.  Blough:  I  think  that  a  teacher 
who  knows  the  third  grade  surely  could 
do  a  very  good  job  of  that  and  leave 
out  a  great  deal  of  the  vocabulary  and 
concept  development  which  she  might 
only  want  to  touch  on  in  her  group. 

Question:  Do  you  have  any  better 
teachers  than  Miss  Rice  in  the  third 
grade  ? 

Mr.  Mcintosh:    Thank  you. 

Question:  In  the  showing  of  the  film 
the  second  time  on  another  occasion, 
do  you  have  your  own  library  that  you 
can  draw  on?  We  have  to  rent  for  the 
elementary  schools  as  well  as  for  the 
high  schools.     That  makes   it  very  dif- 


June,    1939 


Page  207 


ficult  to  use  it  again  another  day  than 
the  day  for  which  it  is  scheduled. 

Mr.  Intosh:  We  rent  most  of  our 
films.  Ot  course,  there  are  over  125 
teachers  who  send  in  orders  for  films 
and  quite  often  orders  overlap.  We  have 
been  sometimes  justified  in  bringing  them 
back  a  second  time  on  that  basis.  In 
the  seventh  and  eighth  grade,  for  in- 
stance, this  film  would  have  been  used 
at  this  time.. 

Question:  Have  you  tried  the  mak- 
ing of  any  films  in  your  grades  at  this 
level  ? 

Mr.  Mcintosh:  VV'e  have  not  gone 
beyond  films  directed  at  publicity,  that 
is,  films  regarding  the  activities  of 
schools  for  P.T.A.  use.  But  we  make 
a  good  many  stills,  on  field  trips,  etc. 
Students  have  those  very  cheap  35mm. 
cameras  and  they  take  pictures  with 
them  and  develop  them  in  the  dark 
room.  Not  on  this  level,  but  in  the 
seventh  and  eighth  grades.  Parents 
often  come  along  with  their  motion 
picture  cameras  and  take  shots  not  of 
subject  matter  value  but  of  trip  value 
which  indirectly  may  help,  but  often 
they  do  take  stills  of  the  thing  they  ac- 
tually see,  such  as  the  water  works, 
etc.,  formal  flower  gardens,  or  some- 
thing of  that  sort,  and  sometimes  leaves 
and  animals.  They  go  in  pretty  strong 
for  animals,  of  course.  But  there  is 
no  direct,  formal  effort  toward  that  sort 
of  thing  as  subject  matter  value. 

Mr.  Blough:  Then  I  should  like  to 
say  in  summarizing  that  1  think  it  is 
very  important  to  be  sure  that  the  film 
is  at  the  proper  grade  level,  which  I 
believe  is  pretty  difficult.  I  would  think 
twice  before  spending  too  much  time 
with  films  that  are  too  advanced,  in  the 
first  place  because  they  confuse.  I 
think  we  sometimes  fall  short  when  we 
try  to  have  a  child  see  a  film  too  dif- 
ficult for  him  and  to  try  to  remember 
part  of  it  and  to  connect  it  up  with  the 
simple  experiments  he  is  doing.  I  think 
that  we  ought  to  see  the  film  before 
we  use  it.  I  am  almost  sure  that  you 
should  never  show  a  film  without  see- 
ing it.  In  the  first  place,  there  are 
films  and  films  about  roots  and  you 
could  get  a  film  about  roots,  no  matter 
what  the  title  was,  that  might  stress 
things  that  would  be  entirely  in  con- 
trast to  what  you  are  trying  to  do. 

Question:  Will  you  carry  that  out 
to  its  logical  conclusion?  I  have  in 
mind  film  orders  for  next  year.  We 
have  ordered  them  clear  through  next 
June,  1940.  Would  that  mean  that  be- 
fore I  could  logically  make  my  selec- 
tion of  a  film  on  roots  for  my  own 
class  I  should  view  several  films  on 
roots  and  then  make  my  selection  and 
write  my  order? 

Mr.  Blough:  I  would  say  this.  For 
this  level,  if  I  wanted  to  use  a  film  for 
teaching,  not  for  pleasure  and  not  to 
give  a  rough  idea,  I  would  never  show 
it  to  a  third  grade  without  having  seen 
it  first  myself  because  it  might  make 
me  decide  to  write  my  own  continuity. 
Now,  for  your  situation  in  the  tenth 
grade,  I  believe  that  is  another  matter. 

Qneation:  I  handle  the  visual  edu- 
cation  for  my   school  and   I   have  en- 


couraged teachers  to  come  in  for  pre- 
views of  their  films,  social  science 
teachers,  for  instance.  Those  things 
are  definite,  a  factual  subject  matter 
and  they  ought  to  see  them  in  advance. 
Well,  the  actual  physical  limitations 
of  time  just  prevent  them  and  we  just 
simply,  if  you  must  know  it,  never  use 
previews. 

Mr.  Blough:  I  would  still  contend 
that  is  what  I  would  do.  I  believe  also 
that,  especially  for  an  elementary 
school,  when  I  am  using  a  film  to 
teach  I  would  not  have  the  slightest 
idea  what  to  do  otherwise.  How  could 
I  possibly  plan  a  discussion  of  this  in 
any  kind  of  a  logical  way  without  hav- 
ing seen  it  first.  I  know  that  is  dif- 
ficult, but  I  am  putting  it  as  a  caution 
to  the  rest  of  you  when  you  use  them. 
I  agree  absolutely  that  it  is  very  dif- 
ficult. 

Mr.  Mcintosh:  Your  point  is  well 
taken,  I  want  to  agree  with  Miss  Rice 
that  a  good  many  of  the  films  she  uses 
she  does  not  preview  because  of  her 
particular  limitation  of  time.  Other 
teachers  do  preview  them.  However,  if 
she  does  not  use  an  Eastman  film  or 
an  Erpi  film  she  does  preview  most  of 
them. 

Then  there  is  another  thing  that  we 
do.  All  of  our  films  are  previewed,  if 
not  by  the  teachers,  by  this  club  of  boys 
who  often  write  the  sequence  to  send 
along  in  advance  in  addition  to  any 
guides  that  come.  I  remember  that  we 
had  a  film  called,  "Beautiful  Holland," 
which,  incidentally,  was  a  beautiful  pic- 
ture. We  got  it  from  some  shipping 
line,  I  believe,  and  the  boys  just  recent- 
ly, last  week,  wrote  up  a  sequence  of 
scenes  for  it  and  sent  it  a  half-day  in 
advance  because  that  was  the  only 
arrangement  that  could  be  made. 

Question:  May  I  ask  this  question 
right  on  that  point?  That  particular 
film  came  from  our  library  and  it  is 
that  type  of  film  that  I  am  asking  this 
question  about.  Would  the  teachers 
find  it  valuable  in  this  particular  prob- 
lem that  is  being  discussed  now  if  the 
supplier  of  the  film  gave — I  do  not 
mean  one  of  these  sales  talks  manuals 
that  teachers  would  not  have  time  to 
read — she  could  look  at  the  film  before 
she  could  read  it — I  mean  taking  an  in- 
dividual film  and  breaking  it  down  and 
saying  it  has  the  following  sequence, 
not  dramatic  sequence,  not  photo- 
graphic sequence,  but,  for  instance,  it 
shows  the  original  desigm  of  the  root 
and  it  shows  the  root  hairs,  etc.?  There 
would  probably  be  only  a  few  places 
where  this  particular  film  could  be 
used,  but  I  am  thinking  of  a  chart  that 
has  the  sequences  down  one  side  and 
has  types  or  classes  of  course  across 
the  other  way.  A  gentleman  said  that 
he  has  ordered  his  films  for  June.  1940. 
Immediately,  not  next  June  but  im- 
mediately, he  gets  a  study  of  all  of 
these  films  and  he  gets  a  chart  and  he 
says,  "These  can  be  used  in  history  and 
geography  or  human  relations,  and  this 
can  be  used  in  physiology  and  botany," 
etc.  and  showing  these  various  se- 
quences, not  for  us  or  for  one  individ- 
ual to  say,  "You  ought  to  use  it  here." 


Say,  for  instance,  under  botany  you 
would  have  a  particular  thing  that  it 
might  contribute.  Whether  you  like  it 
or  not,  it  tells  you  what  the  film  says 
and  where  it  would  be  of  value.  Would 
that  be  useful  and,  if  so,  would  the 
teachers  use  it  in  cases  where  they  do 
not  have  time  to  preview  the  film? 

Question:  I  feel  that  particularly 
those  of  us  who  are  acting  as  the  di- 
rectors in  the  local  schools  would  like 
to  have  some  data  like  that,  supplied 
by  the  makers  of  the  films  or  the  rental 
bureaus,  whatever  they  are,  which  will 
enable  us  to  have  at  least  a  crude  evalu- 
ation of  the  film. 

Mr.  Blough:  To  how  many  people 
in  here  would  that  sort  of  chart  be 
very  useful  or  welcome?  If  you  were 
selecting  films  to  how  many  people 
would  that  be  a  distinct  help?  Are 
there  people  who  feel  that  it  isn't  of 
sufficient  value  to  need  it  and  that  it 
would  not  give  you  enough  value  for 
the  time  it  would  take  to  prepare  that 
kind  of  thing? 

Question:  Would  that  be  given  in 
your  manual  when  you  send  out  that 
list  of  rental  films  or  would  it  come 
with  the  film,  because,  after  all,  it 
would  be  for  people  who  are  looking 
ahead  and  planning  and  I  know  that  I 
would  not  want  to  pay  the  freight.  I 
know  that  I  used  to  pay  freight  on 
things  that  I  would  not  waste  time 
showing,  so  I  think  that  ought  to  be 
briefly  stated  before. 

Question:  It  could  not  possibly  be 
included  in  the  catalogs  unless  the 
catalogs  were  charged  for.  Take  our 
library.  For  instance,  we  have  1200 
films.  If  we  sent  out  1200  charts  that 
would  be  a  book  of  1200  pages.  But 
those  lists  would  be  sent  to  you  on  re- 
quest. It  would  be  a  good  thing  to  do 
and  if  the  teachers  want  it. 

Question:  I  should  like  to  ask  one 
more  question.  I  am  quite  sure  that 
the  film  here  is  for  the  seventh  grade. 

Question:  I  was  just  looking  it  up 
on  Erpi's  rating.  It  is  from  the  fourth 
to  twelfth.  I  think  we  saw  that  these 
youngsters,  being  of  a  superior  mental 
caliber,  certainly  took  on  this  film.  I 
do  not  know  that  my  tenth  graders 
would  pick  up  the  idea  of  "osmosis" 
any  better  than  these  little  nine-year 
olds  did. 

Mr.  Mcintosh:  I  do  not  know  how 
superior  they  are.  They  were  just 
taken  from  the  class. 

Question:  They  have  had  a  back- 
ground that  many  children  from  the 
ordinary  schools  do  not  have. 

Chairnuin  Waggoner:  I  wish  that 
we  could  continue  this  discussion,  but 
I  want  to  take  this  opportunity  to 
thank  Mr.  Mcintosh  and  Mr.  Blough 
and  certainly  Miss  Rice  and  the  stu- 
dents for  coming  here.  I  want  to 
thank  Bell  &  Howell  for  doing  the  pro- 
jection. 

I  should  like  to  know,  is  it  the 
opinion  of  you  people  who  are  here 
that  this  sort  of  demonstration,  or  this 
sort  of  clinic,  as  we  chose  to  call  it,  is 
very  much  worth  while,  very  much 
better  for  us  teachers  than  it  is  to  hear 


Page   208 

somebody  talk  for  an  hour  and  a  half? 
(Approval)  I  think  you  will  authorize 
me  to  carry  that  to  the  group  as  a 
whole.  I  believe  that  you  people  who 
are  here  will  do  that.  I  hope  we  will 
have  another  such  clinic  in  another 
year. 

High  School  Clinic 
(9:30  A.  M.,  Saturday) 

Physics  demonstration  with  the 
film,  Molecular  Theory  of  Matter, 
arranged  by  Carl  Benz,  Hammond 
High  School,  Hammond,  Indiana, 
and  discussion  led  by  P.  S.  Godwin. 
Township  High  School,  Thornton, 
Illinois. 

(Partial  transcript  will  appear 
in  Reprint) 

College  Clinic 

(9:30  A.  M.,  Saturday) 

Presentation  of  some  very  re- 
markable microscopic  films  in 
Biology,  discussion  led  by  Ralph 
Buchsbaum,  University  of  Chi- 
cago. Showing  of  very  fine  color 
film,  made  and  discussed  by  R. 
H.  Uhseld,  Bell  and  Howell  Com- 
pany. Discussion  of  Harvard 
Remedial  Readings  For  College 
level. 

(Brief  abstract  will  appear 
in  the  Reprint) 

FINAL  GENERAL  SESSION 
(11:00  A.  M.,  Saturday) 

Chairman,  John  A.  Bartky,   Presi- 
dent, Chicago  Teachers  College 

General  Topic,  Producing  Visual 
Materials  in  the  Local  School. 
Demonstration  and  discussion  of 
varied  school  activities  in  this  line 
including  Marionette  Movies,  by 
Arnold  Heflin,  Lane  Technical 
High  School,  Chicago  ;  Slides  and 
FilmslideSr  by  J.  Kay  White.  Pjin- 
cipal,  Pershing  School,  Berwyn. 
Illinois.  Lyle  F.  Stewart,  Oak 
Park  High  School,  and  G.  F. 
Hairiilton,  Keystone  View  Com- 
pany, Meadville,  Pennsylvania ; 
and  Microslides,  by  I.  P.  Daniel, 
Lake  View  High  School,  Chicago. 

The  session  closed  with  brief  re- 
ports from  Classroom  Clinics,  gen- 
eral discussion  of  what  the  Forum 
had  accomplished,  and  brief  Busi- 
ness Session. 

(Full  abstract  will  appear 
in  the  Reprint) 


Motion  Pictures  — 
Not  for  Theaters 

(.Continued  from  page  194) 
devotion  to  "commercial"  and  industrial 
films.  It  was  called  the  Advance  Mo- 
tion Picture  Company ;  and  it  seems  to 
have  begun  in  1912.  George  L.  Cox,  a 
former  writer  and  director  for  the  Selig 
and  American  Companies,  had  been  en- 
gaged as  "master  of  production."  In 
the  summer  of  1913  he  had  become 
general  manager.  Functioning  in  that 
place  he  tried  valiantly  for  a  year  or 
so  to  emulate  Rothacker's  talent  for 
keeping  his  activities  in  the  public  eye, 
but  with  little  success ;  and  the  Advance 
Company  faded  then  into  the  background. 
The  Atlas  Educational  Film  Company, 
which  claims  a  beginning  in  1913  will 
be  discussed  later  in  another  connection. 

There  doubtless  were  many  other  early 
film  enterprises  which  it  would  be  point- 
less to  recall,  although,  as  a  matter  of 
proving  the  observation  that  companies 
were  frequently  organized  in  the  non- 
theatrical  field  merely  as  a  way  of  en- 
tering theatrical  production,  an  example 
or  two  of  that  type  may  be  cited.  Here, 
for  instance,  in  January,  1913,  at  an 
obviously  unpromising  New  York  ad- 
dress, is  begun  the  Commercial  Motion 
Picture  Company  which  quickly  essays 
to  make  theatrical  offerings,  and  which, 
almost  precisely  one  year  later,  is  an- 
nounced as  having  been  absorbed  by  the 
Life  Photo  Corporation.  Or  witness 
the  declaration  of  Rath  &  Seavolt,  com- 
mercial film  makers  of  St.  Paul,  in 
September,  1914,  that  they  "will  en- 
large their  business  and  enter  the  regular 
production  field."  And  that  this  method 
remained  a  popular  one  was  attested  in 
June,  1916.  when  the  tantologically  named 
Niaeara  Films  Motion  Picture  Company, 
at  Niagara  Falls,  N.  Y.,  declared  its 
establishment  "to  produce  religious,  ed- 
ucational, historical,  travel  subjects  and 
liic/li  class  comedies."  The  italics  are  mine. 

But  it  was  not  necessarily  lack  of 
principle  or  vision  which  kept  the  non- 
theatrical  producers  close  to  the  theatre. 
Rothacker,  himself,  as  I  have  pointed 
out,  maintained  a  prosperous  theatrical 
laboratory.  There  simply  was  not,  in  the 
non-theatrical  field,  a  profit  commensu- 
rate with  the  amount  of  labor  then 
required  to  serve  it.  That  fact  is  still 
generally  true.  If  one  looks  attentively 
enough  at  almost  any  apparently  pros- 
perous non-theatrical  production  venture, 
he  will  soon  see  that  its  real  strength 
is  derived  from  some  closely  allied,  more 
substantial  line  of  business. 

Non-Theatrical  Departments 
In  many  respects,  therefore,  the  pro- 
ducers who  dabbled  in  non-theatrical  pro- 
duction, were  in  sounder  position  and 
more  reasonably  fitted  to  pioneer.  The 
Edison  Company,  largely  because  of  the 
great  inventor's  personal  interest,  never 
ceased  to  favor  educational  efforts  while 
that  motion  picture  enterprise  lasted. 
As  late  as  1915,  it  will  be  remembered, 
Edison's  films  on  chemistry,  physics, 
natural  science  and  history  were  being 
released  and,  in  June  of  that  same  year, 
Eugene    Nowrfand    and     Seldon    Warner 


The  Educational  Screen 

of  the  Edison  Company  were  giving 
lectures  on  the  past,  present  and  future  of 
educational   pictures. 

Industrial  production  was  less  altruis- 
tic and  probably  at  that  time  more  ad- 
visable. Virtually  all  members  of  the 
Patents  group,  along  with  Edison,  dipped 
into  propaganda  and  advertising  pro- 
duction at  every  opportunity — although 
none  of  these  went  at  the  development 
as  systematically  as  did  the  great  In- 
dependent,   Carl    Laemmle,   of   Universal. 

When  Laemmle  sold  his  interest  in 
Rothacker's  company  in  1913,  he  did  not 
long  remain  out  of  industrial  produc- 
tion. Only  a  couple  of  years  elapsed 
before  he  instituted  a  department  for  that 
kind  of  service  at  his  New  York  head- 
quarters in  the  Mecca  Building.  This 
move  was  no  doubt  partly  at  the  urgence 
of  one  Harry  Levey.  Levey's  name  will 
be  recalled  by  many  New  Yorkers,  not 
for  his  film  achievements,  but  for  his 
widespread  advertising  that  he  would 
clean  gloves  for  five  cents  per  pair. 
His  proudest  boast  then  was  that  he  had 
plastered  Dr.  Parkhurst's  abandoned 
old  Fifth  Avenue  Church  from  top  to 
bottom  with  one-sheets  stating  that 
Levey  the  Cleaner  would  renovate  gloves 
at  the  given  price.  But  that  was  an  old 
business.  Levey  had  looked  with  shrewd 
appraisal  at  this  rapidly  growing  new 
film  industry,  and  had  decided  that  his 
fortune  lay  in  the  une.xploited  line  of 
commercial  production.  Laemmle  ap- 
proved his  enthusiasm  and  took  him  on. 

Of  course,  Levey  was  determined  to 
make  a  go  of  it.  By  canvassing  the 
indrstries  he  obtained  orders  for  ad- 
vertising pictures,  selling  at  prices  as 
high  as  the  traffic  would  bear,  and  oblig- 
ing the  scenario  writers,  directors  and 
cameraman  who  made  the  reels  for  him, 
to  work  within  inversely  small  budgets 
What  came  between  you  see,  was  profit. 
His  stafT  included  Carlyle  Ellis,  first 
borrowed  from  the  "Universal  Weekly" 
as  a  scenario  writer  and  soon  impressed 
as  a  director,  and  William  Ganz,  a 
cameraman.  Ganz,  in  later  years,  set 
himself  up  as  a  commercial  producer 
in  New  York,  and  made  good.  .\nd  Ellis, 
from  this  strange  debut,  was  to  gain 
a  none-theatrical  eminence  of  his  own. 
Another  cameraman  who  cranked  there 
for  I^e\ey  in  these  days  before  the  War, 
but  was  destined  for  higher  achievement, 
was  .'Mbuin  Mariner.  By  way  of  demon- 
strating the  mad  fortunes  of  this  strange 
business.  Mariner,  just  a  few  years 
earlier,  had  "cranked"  as  house  cinema- 
tographer  to  the  King  of  England. 

Divers  devices  carried  Levey  through 
the  fantastic  nightmare  of  the  World 
War ;  and  May  8,  1921  he  sprang  into 
the  spotlight  as  subject  of  an  interview 
in  the  editorial  sect'on  of  the  New  York 
Times.  In  a  statement  bulwarked  with 
handsome  figures  of  how  many  users  of 
non-theatrical  films  there  were  in 
.America,  he  announced  the  incorpora- 
tion of  National  Non-Theatrical  Pic- 
tures, himself  as  president  and  with 
forty-two  exchanges  over  the  country 
which  would  supply  films,  projectors, 
screens  and  operators  to  those  who 
wished  to  have  their  own  private  film 
shows. 

(To    be    continued) 


June,   1939 


Page  209 


UIVERSITORIALS 


The  National  Film  Evaluation  Project 

THIS  ))r()ji'Ct  iirigiiiatfd  in  wishful  thinking  at  maga- 
zine hi-adquarters,  and  was  announced  w'ith  wist- 
ful hoping  in  our  issue  of  last  January.  It  differed 
fundaniintally  from  other  jirojects,  already  under  way 
or  comemi)laled.  in  that  it  (  1  )  gathers  nation-wide  in- 
dividual judgments  of  teachers  actually  using  the  film 
in  class  teaching,  not  the  judgments  of  committees  or 
selected  individuals  viewing  the  film  a|iart  from  the 
class  situation;  and  that  it  (2)  will  produce  results  in- 
creasingly reliahle  and  authoritative  I)ecause  these  are 
liased  on  nuiltiple  professional  opinions  rather  than  on 
the  fixed  and  final  dictum  of  a  single  judge  or  com- 
mittee. The  consensus  opinion  afforded  b\'  this  project 
will  not  remain  fixed,  for  additional  cards  will  con- 
stantly affect  the  averages.  Logically,  as  new  film 
production  improves,  the  evaluation  on  a  given  film 
I)reviously  produced  may  be  expected  to  become  lower 
gradually,  for  later  score  cards  w-ill  tend  to  show  a 
lower  estimate  on  an  old  film  in  comijari.son  with  the 
newer  and  often  l)etter  productions.  The  judgment  of 
the  Committee  is  likely  to  become  more  severe  and 
discriminating  with  the  general  improvement  in  educa- 
tional film  production  as  time  goes  on. 

The  project  has  received  a  national  approval  nothing 
short  of  enthusiastic,  but  approval  was  not  enough. 
Success  depende<l  wholly  on  active  cooperation  from 
teachers  and  the  start  was  made  at  the  wrong  time  of 
year  to  gel  it.  Nevertheless,  cooperation  has  fully 
kept  \ysice  with  approval,  even  to  the  bitter  busy  end 
of  the  school  year  with  welcome  summer  in  the  offing, 
when  vacation  anticipations  compete  seriously  with 
labors  of  love.  We  could  have  hoped  for  nothing  more, 
and  our  sincerest  thanks  go  out  to  the  more  than  500 
teachers,  principals.  su|)erintendents.  directors  and  su- 
pervisors in  the  visual  field  whose  splendid  cooperation 
has  made  pos.sible  this  auspicious  start. 

l-'igures  and  statistics  on  the  work  change  with  every 
mail  for  the  cards  still  come  in.  At  this  writing,  how- 
ever, some  420  teachers  in  160  schools  in  36  states  have 
put  thousands  of  signed  Score  Cards  into  our  cunui- 
lative  file  which  is  planned  for  an  ultimate  150.000 
cards.  DiflFerent  films  evaluated  to  date  number  9,^8. 
There  is  a  guide  card  for  each.  Behind  the  guides 
already  stand  from  1  to  24  cards  on  each  film.  In  the 
fall  we  shall  begin  consultations  on  the  problem  of 
weighting  the  ([uestions  and  averaging  the  cards  so  as 
to  produce  the  most  accurate  and  u.sable  percentile  score 
for  each  film. 

With  so  much  encouraging  evidence  in  liand  on  the 
project,  our  Septemlx-r  plans  are  growing.  With  the 
new  .school-year,  every  teacher  already  identified  with 
the  work  will  hear  from  us  direct.  The  present  evaluat- 
ing committee  bids  fair  to  remain  practically  intact  and 
we  shall  aim  at  a  200^^  increase.  This  should  mean 
a  still  greater  increase  in  the  influx  of  cards  from  the 
sheer  momentum  of  a  successful  project. 


AlVORD  to  our  present  420  judges.  Although  cards 
are  still  coming  in.  the  scoring  .season  may  be 
considered  about  clo.sed.  There  remain  some  hundreds 
of  10-card  booklets  still  outstanding  and  only  partially 
used.  Please  try  not  to  lose  them  in  the  summer  shuffle. 
The  cards  remaining  will  Ik-  just  as  usable  in  the  fall 
as  now .  Our  letter  to  you  in  September  will  name  your 
booklet's  serial  number  and  the  numljer  of  cards  therein 
that  have  not  yet  found  their  way  home.  We  hope  to 
learn  that  you  have  it,  and  that  cards  from  it  will 
resiune  their  travels. 

The  Score  Card,  as  it  now  stands  after  a  second  re- 
printing, embodies  slight  modifications  suggested  from 
various  sources  after  some  three  months  of  actual  use. 
It  is  doubtless  susceptible  of  further  improvement.  We 
earnestly  invite  the  whole  field  to  recommend  changes, 
additions  or  subtractions.  We  hope  for  change  in  the 
direction  of  greater  simplification  if  it  can  be  accom- 
plished without  vitiating  eflfectiveness  of  results.  It 
should  be  Ixirn  in  mind  that  the  standard  index-card 
size  is  compulsory  from  filing  considerations.  Therefore 
in  proposing  additions  some  corresponding  omission 
should  be  indicated. 

One  specific  change  in  the  card  is  contemplated  for 
next  fall,  on  which  we  shall  appreciate  a  reaction  from 
our  present  judges.  We  may  omit  the  Business  Reply 
form  now  printed  on  the  back  of  the  card,  supply 
instead  a  Ku.siness  Reply  cnveIof)e  for  return  of  10 
cards  in  one  mailing,  and  thus  leave  the  back  of  each 
card  blank  for  additional  remarks  when  needed.  This 
plan  will  mean  considerable  saving  in  postage  cost  for 
the  project,  but  we  would  like  assurance  from  our 
judges  on  the  following  points:  (1 )  Will  the  mailing  of 
10  cards  at  once,  instead  of  individually,  be  an  accept- 
able procedure?  (2)  Will  you  be  inclined  to  make  use 
of  the  back  of  the  card  occasionally  for  comments 
(which  are  most  valuable  in  the  final  records)? 

The  Midwestern  Forum  on  Visual  Teaching  Aids 

'T'HE  experimental  first  session  of  the  Midwestern 
■•  Forum  is  now  historj'.  and  a  pleasant  bit  of  his- 
tory it  is  for  the  visual  field.  We  doubt  if  there  has 
been  jiresented.  in  the  same  length  of  time,  more  varied 
food  for  thought  and  stimulus  to  action.  That  crowded 
day-and-a-half  was  a  rich  congeries  of  theory  and 
practice,  vision  and  experience,  description  and  demon- 
stration, methods  and  materials,  production  and  distri- 
bution, the  pro  and  con  of  many  actual  and  hypothetical 
((uestions.  together  with  certain  flaws  and  foibles  equally 
illuminating  with  the  rest  of  the  matter,  both  for  those 
who  attended  and  for  those  who  will  read.  A  study 
of  the  class  demonstrations,  for  example,  will  yield 
interesting  evidence  both  for  and  against  the  procedure 
used.  To  .see  faults  is  the  e.s.sential  first  step  toward 
their  elimination. 

To  extend  the  values  of  this  meeting  beyond  the  few 
hundreds  who  were  present,  to  the  thousands  who 
could  not  attend,  we  are  printing  full  Proceedings  (see 
page  195).  We  have  undertaken  this  rather  costly 
venture  because  we  believe  the  material  valuable  to  the 
field.  It  is  not  only  profitable  reading  for  every  teacher 
seriously  interested  in  visual  education  but  should  jirove 
an  excellent  addition  to  the  text  material  used  in  any 
and  all  courses  in  visual  instruction. 


Page   210 


The  Educational  Screen 


AMONG  OURSELVES 

Notes  from  and  by  the  Department  of  Visual  Instruction,  N.E.A. 


Conducted  by  the  Editorial  Committee 

Etta  Schneider,  Chairman 


Visual  Instruction  at  the  NEA 
Convention  in  July 

A  UDIO-Visual  instruction  will  receive  a  just 
•^^  share  of  attention  at  the  meetings  in  San  Fran- 
cisco, in  keeping  with  the  theme,  "The  Respon- 
sibilities of  Our  Profession."  Among  other  import- 
ant problems  to  be  taken  up  in  the  General  Sessions 
are  Radio  in  Education,  and  Use  of  Visual  Education 
in  Forming  Attitudes  of  Children. 

The  Department  of  Visual  Instruction  has  care- 
fully arranged  a  program  which  will  supplement 
the  other  programs  on  the  responsibilities  of  our 
profession. 

Monday,  July  3,  2:00  P.  M. 
Everett  Jr.  High  Gymnasium 
"The  Development  of  the  Photoplay  Appreciation 
Movement"  will  be  the  theme  of  a  joint  meet- 
ing to  be  held  with  the  Department  of  Second- 
ary Education,  N.E.A. 
Speakers:      John    Dugan,    Princeton    High    School, 
Princeton,  N.  J. ;  Gardner  Hart,  Supervisor  of 
Visual     Education,     Oakland,     Gal. ;     Frieda 
Lichtman,  Julia   Richman   High   School,   New 
York    City;    Corda    Peck,    CoUinwood    High 
School,  Cleveland,  Ohio. 
Presiding :  Rita  Hochheimer,  President  of  the  D.V.I. 
Discussion    Leader:      William     Lewin,     Chairman, 
Committee  on  Motion  Pictures,  Department  of 
Secondary  Education. 

Wednesday,  July  5,  10:00  A.  M. 

Room  403,  Civic  Auditorium 
"Pre-release   Showing  of  U.   S.   Dept.   of   Agricul- 
ture Films." 
Prepared  with  the  cooperation  of  the  U.  S.  De- 
partment   of    Agriculture    and    the    American 
Film  Center,  N.Y.C. 

Wednesday,  July  5,  12:30 

Mural  Room,  Women's  City  Club,  465  Post  St. 
Luncheon  meeting  for  the  members  of  the  D.V.I. 

and    their    friends.    Place    to    be    announced. 

About  $1.25. 

Wednesday,  July  5,  2 :00  P.  M. 

Business  Meeting — For  members  only. 

1.  Report    of    Committee    on    Cooperation    with 
Warner  Bros. 

2.  Report    of    Committee    on    International    Re- 
lations with  the  aid  of  Films 

3.  Report  of  the  Constitution  Committee 

4.  Illustrated  report  of  the  Metropolitan  Branch, 
D.V.I.  Showing  of  sound  film  slides. 

5.  Election  of  Officers. 

Members  of  the  D.V.I,  are  urgently  requested  to 
return  their  ballots  before  June  15th  in  order  that  the 


nomination  slate  may  be  as  representative  as  possible. 
Send  in  your  nominati(jn  for  officers  and  additional 
members  of  the  Executive  Committee. 

Experimental  Production  Carried 
Out  by  Metropolitan  Branch 

¥N  April,  1938  the  Carnegie  Committee  on  Scien- 
tific  Aids  to  Learning,  under  the  direction  of 
Dr.  Irvin  Stewart,  voted  a  grant  to  the  Metropolitan 
Branch  of  the  D.V.I,  to  produce  talking  film  slides 
for  experimental  use.  The  Executive  Committee  of 
the  Metropolitan  Branch  accepted  the  grant,  and 
working  as  a  committee  of  the  whole,  laid  out  the 
areas  in  which  it  seemed  to  them  desirable  to  under- 
take experimental  production. 

It  was  decided  to  produce  films  in  the  following 
areas : 

a)  Safety  —  primary 

b)  Story-telling  —  primary 

c)  Nature  study  —  Intermediate 

d)  Graphic  charts  —  junior  high  school 

e)  Foreign  languages — junior  high  school 

f)  Democratic  living  —  senior  high  school 

g)  Vocational  guidance  —  senior  high  school 
Further  consideration   revealed   that   one   of   the 

topics  would  have  to  be  temporarily  postponed.  For 
this  reason  the  filmstrip  on  foreign  languages  was 
omitted.  For  each  of  the  other  topics  a  sub-com- 
mittee was  appointed  to  be  in  charge  of  production. 
In  addition,  a  production  committee  which  was 
made  up  of  representatives  from  commercial  or- 
ganizations as  well  as  education,  directed  the  pro- 
duction of  each  film  for  technical  quality. 

Six  sound  filmslides  are  now  available,  and  will 
be  presented  to  the  members  of  the  national  or- 
ganization at  the  July  5th  meeting.  Three  of  the 
films  (the  first  three  listed  above)  are  in  color;  the 
others  are  in  black  and  white.  During  the  coming 
school  year,  it  is  planned  to  try  out  these  materials 
in  schools  in  order  to  determine  their  educational 
value. 

Address  all  inquiries  to  Dr.  Irwin  Stewart,  Com- 
mittee on  Scientific  Aids  to  Learning,  41  E.  42nd 
St.,  New  York  City. 

Are  You  Meeting  the  Responsibili- 
ties of  Your  Profession?  ?  ? 

'T'HE  theme  of  the  N.E.A.  Convention,  "The 
■"■  Responsibilities  of  Our  Profession,"  calls  to  mind 
the  kind  of  responsibilities  which  we  in  visual  in- 
struction are  being  called  upon  to  meet.  Closest 
to  the  heart  and  mind  of  every  teacher  today  is  the 
problem  of  making  democracy  stable  and  irrevoc- 
able. The  radio  and  the  cinema  are  splendidly 
facing  the  issues,  and  their  representatives  are  look- 


lune,    19}9 


Page   211 


16MM.    SOUND    ON    FILM 

for 
REIVT  —  EXCHANGE  —  SALE 

A  few  of  our  Large  Catalogue  of 
REIVTAL    SUBJECTS 

THE  LOST  JUNGLE  *  KEEPKR  OP  THE  BEES  *  GALLANT 
POOL  *  THE  GIRL  OF  THE  LIMBERLOST  it  I  CON- 
QUER THE  SEA  *  MILLION  DOLLAR  BABY  *  IN 
OLD    SANTA     FE     •     EAT    'EM     ALIVE     *     CITY     LIMrTS 

*  MAN'S    BEST    FRIEND     #     KENTUCKY    BLUE   STREAK 

*  SILENT  ENEMY  *  JANE  EYRE  *  KLONDIKE  * 
RUSTLER'S  PARADISE  -*  HEARTS  OF  HUMANITY  * 
RETURN      OF      CASEY      JONES     *     MIDNIGHT    PHANTOM 

*  NOW  OR  NEVER  -*  THIRTEENTH  GUEST  *  RED 
HAIRED  ALIBI  -*  all  PETER  B.  KYNE'S  SUBJECTS  * 
all  TOM  TYLER.  JACK  PERRIN  and  JACK  HOXIE'S  WEST- 
ERNS *  all  RICHARD  TALMADGE'S  pictorca  *  and 
RIN   TIN  TIN,  Jr. 

Altoccthcr     IS*     Featnm    and    40*    Shortt 

from       which      to      pick      yonr      procraMa 

Not  Ont  MtJiocTt  Picture  In   Our  Library 

Film    RanUI   Catalocac  —   Film   Sale  CaUloca* 

Write   for    them 

CINE  CLASSIC  LIBRARY 


1*41    JEFFERSON    AVE. 


BROOKLYN.    N.    T. 


iny  to  us  lor  moral  and  ])liysical  support  which  can 
assure  them  that  they  are  serving  educational  ends. 
Xo  doubt  many  social  organizations  are  being 
formed  in  each  community  to  strengthen  the  cause 
of  democracy.  There  are  many  ways  in  which 
motion  pictures  can  be  put  to  proper  use  for  this 
purpose,  and  toward  this  end  there  have  been 
established  in  New  York  City  recently  two  groups, 
which  can  do  much  to  benefit  our  mutual  cause: 

1.  The  Film  Division,  of  the  Theatre  Arts  Com- 
mittee, 132  West  43rd  Street,  N.  Y.  C. 

This  organization  has  undertaken  to  promote  the 
production  of  socially  significant  dramas,  motion 
pictures,  and  radio  programs.  It  includes  in  its 
membership  some  of  the  outstanding  writers,  di- 
rectors, and  actors  whose  support  is  invaluable  in 
the  campaign  for  better  films.  Read  TAC  Magazine. 

At  a  recent  meeting  in  which  the  problem  of 
censorship  was  discussed.  Miss  Rita  Hochheimer, 
our  President,  presented  the  point  of  view  of  the 
educator. 

2.  Film  Audiences  for  Democracy,  342  Madison 
.\venue,  N.  Y.  C. 

This  organization  has  a  three-fold  purpose: 

a)  To  build  a  nationwide  mass  organization  of 
movie-goers  who,  as  consumers,  will  demand  and 
get  progressive,  pro-democratic  motion  picture  en- 
tertainment from  the  industry  which  they  support. 

b)  To  encourage  patronage  of  films  which  de- 
fend and  strengthen  American  democracy  against 
intolerance  and  bigotry. 

c)  To  expose  and  combat  reactionary  film  prop- 
aganda. 

Beyond  this,  it  is  hoped  to  be  able  to  distribute 
information  about  16mm.  motion  pictures  to  be 
used  as  instructional  aids  in  high  school  and  adult 
groups. 

Professor  Henry  Pratt  Fairchild,  of  New  York 
University,  is  chairman  of  this  organization.  Among 
the  group  of  educators  in  the  Executive  Commit- 
tee are  Miss  Hochheimer  and  Etta  Schneider.  Read 
Films  for  Democracy. 

Two  other  organizations  w^hich  have  been  carry- 
ing on  important  work  are : 

1.  Peace  Action,  a  peace  group  in  Columbus  of 


D«-L!ie  Model  C  <or  large  classrooms  and  assembly  halls.  In 
this  model,  the  screen  surface  Is  either  Da-Lite  Glass-Beaded 
or  Da-Lite  Mat  White,  is  mounted  on  a  heavy  duty  metal  spring 
roller  and  a  backboard  which  has  brackets  for  hanging  against 
the  wall  or  from  Da-Lite  super  tripods.  Available  in  8  sizes  from 
6' X  8'    to    12' X  12'    inclusive. 


J7t^  "£^ 


S£ 


xant 


ri 


intQ 


-G^ain  FOR   SCREENS 

AS  WELL  AS  STUDENTSI 

Increasing  use  of  visual  aids  during  the  past  school 
year  has  probably  brought  you  many  demands  for 
new  screens  and  for  replacement  of  old  screens  which 
have  become  damaged  or  •worn. 


OA-KlTF 


SCREENS 


Reg.  U.S.  Pat.  Off. 

HoMe  the  Features   You  Want 

There  are  Da-Lite  Screens  with  White,  Glass-Beaded 
and  Silver  surfaces  and  in  convenient  mountings  and 
a  broad  range  of  sizes  to  meet  every  school  projection 
requirement.  Their  advanced  features  are  the  result 
of  30  years  of  leadership  in  screen  manufacture.  As 
a  demonstration  w^ill  prove,  they  will  pass  any  screen 
test  that  you  care  to  give  them. 

Send     for    NEW 
CATALOG 

It»  48  paces  are  filled  with  helpful   facta 

for  everyone  responsible  for  the  selection 

of  projection  screens.  Mail  the  coupon  now 

for   your   free   copy   of   the  NEW   LOw/  ^      /ff^     -i 

PRICES     ON     DA-LITE     EQUIPMENT.^-<'       ^^^^^'hj 

\ -""^\ 

DA-LITE   SCREEN    COMPANY,    INC. 
I      Dept.  6ES.  2723  N.  Crawford  Av«..  Ckieoqe,  III.  | 

Please    .send    your    new    free   catalog   on    Da-Lite 
I     ScretTis  and  new  reduced  prices.  | 

I     Name | 

School 

Address ' 


Page   212 


The  Educational  Screen 


C( 


THE  TIMELY  FILM  DOCUMENT 
OF  LASTING  IMPORTANCE! 

Joris    Iven's — Screen    Story    of    China    Today 

THE    400,000,000 


IS 


Written  by 

-         Spoken  by 

— 

Mus/e  by 

DUDLEY 

FREDRIC 

HANNS 

NICHOLS 

MARCH 

EISLER 

6   reels   —   UMM    SoHnd   —   Rental    and    Sale    • 
For  terms  ond  dates   write: 

1600  BROADWAY 
NEW  YORK  CITY 


GARRISON  FILMS 


Two  New  Film  Services  for  1939-40 

16  mm  Silent  —  Ifi  mm  Sound  on  Film 
Speclnl    Rates   to    K«liioationaI    InNtitutlons 

Place    your    name    on    our    mailing    list — 
Catalogues  ready  in  August 

LEWIS  FILM  SERVICE,  105  E.  First  St. 

Wichita,      Kansas 


35  mm.  General  Science,  11  rolls,  $20 
FILM  Principles  of  Physics,  7  rolls,  $12 
SLIDES     Principles  of  Chemistry,  8  rolls,  $14 

Order  on  approval  or  send  for  free  iolder  and  sample 

VISUAL  SCIENCES,  Suffem,  New  York 


Sound     and     Silent 
IGrnm     Films 

for  instruction  and  entertainment 
in  classroom  or  auditorium 

FEATURES     —     SHORT     SURJECTS 

available  from   the 

largest  film  library 

in  the  IVliddle  West 

Also  large  selection  of  8  mm  films 

Send  for  complete   eatalogi 

Ideal    Pictures    Corporation 

28  E.  Eighth  Street  Chicago,  III. 


MAKE   YOUR   OWN 

TYPEWRITER     SLIDES 

For   Screen    Projection 
USE        RADIO        MATS 

on   Bale  by  Theatre  Supply  Dealen 
Write  for  Free  Sample 

RADIO-MAT  SLIDE  CO..  Inc. 

IA19  Broadway.  Dept.  V.  New  York  City 


WE    HAVE 

MOVED 

TO    LARGER    QUARTERS 

THE 

MANSE      LIBRARY 

1521 

DANA 

AVENUE 

CINCINNATI, 

OHIO 

16    MM 

SOUND    FILMS 

Over 

100    Selected 

Features 

.     A    card    will    bring-  our 

catalog. 

Special 

A 

free    short    subject    sent    with    each 

feature 

O  ft 

e  r  : 

used   during 

June.   July.   August  and   September 

College,   High  School,  Grade  Teachers 

We  Place  You  In  The  Better  Positions 

^  Our  Territory  Middle   West   and   West  < 


Koc/<rr7rr£ACH£:Rs 

AGfTA/CY 


410   U.   S.    Nat.    Bank   BIdg.,    Denver,   Colo. 


0)00 
US 


WM.   RUFFER,   Ph.D..    Manager 

MINNEAPOLIS,    MINN.,    Plymouth    Bldg..    A.    Gloor,    A.    M..    ifgr. 

Larffeat.  Most  Successful  Agency  in  the  West 


which  our  famous  i;a.st  president.  Edgar  Dale,  is 
a  leading-  member.  That  group  started  a  round 
robin  to  Charlie  Chaplin  for  a  peace  movie,  and  a 
recent  appeal  to  Warner  Brothers  for  non-theatri- 
cal distribution  of  that  great  screen  epic.  Lije  Oj 
Emile  Zola,  both  of  which  we  are  confident  will 
not  go  unanswered.  Can  it  be  that  The  Dictator 
had   some   beginnings   from   this   movement? 

2.  The  Institute  for  Propaganda  Analysis,  New 
York  City,  is  distributing  materials  of  instruction 
for  high  school  and  adult  groups  on  propaganda 
tricks  found  in  current  films,  newspapers,  and  radio. 

Teachers  are  meeting  the  responsibilities  of  their 
profession  when  they  cooperate  with  groups  out- 
side of  their  own  profession  whose  ends  are  in 
harmony  with  their  own.  By  such  concerted  efforts 
can  we  hope  to  be  heard  in  the  complexity  of  our 
modern  civilization. 

They,  Too,  Are  Serving  Our  Cause 

A  hasty  survey  of  recent  magazine  articles  on 
motion  pictures  or  other  aspects  of  visual  instruc- 
tion reveals  a  surprising  number  of  our  own  mem- 
bers represented,  all  expressing  their  views  in 
periodicals  of  a  broad  scope.  This  is  a  great  aid  to 
the  cause  of  visual  instruction,  for  we  resolved  some 
time  ago  that  not  alone  among  ourselves  should 
we  promote  the  effective  use  of  visual  aids,  but  also 
among  other  educators  in  all  parts  of  the  country. 
Notice  the  wide  variety  of  professional  journals 
represented  by  the  following  articles : 

Dale,  Edgar   (Public  Opinion  Quarterly,  April,   1939).  "The 
Public   Relations   of   the   Motion    Picture   Industry."   Nov. 
1938. 
Dale,   Edgar    (Nation's   Schools,   November,    1938)    "Movies 

That   Distribute    Ideas." 
Astell,    Louis   A.    (Journal    of    Chemical   Education,    March, 
1939)    "Significant    Aspects    of    Visual    Aids    in    Chemical 
Education." 
Gregory,    William    M.    (New   Era,    March,    1939)    "Visual 

Radio  Lesson   in  Cleveland   Schools." 
McClusky,  F.  Dean    (The  Instructor)    "Problems  of  Visual 

Aids,"   monthly  issues. 
Roberts,   Alvin   B.    (School  Activities,   January,    1939)    "In- 
troduction to  Visual   .Aids." 
Reed,     Paul     C.      (Educational     Trends,     February,     1939) 

"  'Free'   Educational   Films." 
Mendenhall,  James  E.   (The  American  Teacher,  Apn\,  1939) 

"New  Material?  of  Instruction." 
Schneider,  Etta  (Church  Property  and  Administration,  Sept.- 

Oct.,  1939)  "Education  and  Motion  Pictures." 
Ramseyer,  Lloyd  L.  (Educational  Administration  and  Super- 
vision, February,  1939)  "Teaching  Social  Awareness  with 
Motion  Pictures." 
Dale,  Edgar  and  Ramseyer,  Lloyd  L.  (American  Educa- 
tional Research  Association  Bulletin,  1939)  "Visual  and 
Auditory  Aids :  Implications  of  Research  for  the  Class- 
room Teacher." 

The  above  articles  have  all  reached  audiences 
which  are  usually  unlikely  to  give  serious  considera- 
tion to  this  important  aspect  of  the  curriculum. 
Equally  important,  of  course,  are  the  excellent  arti- 
cles which  have  recently  appeared  in  the  pages  of 
Educational  Screen  by  members  of  the  D.V.I,  on 
important  professional  problems.  All  of  these  ef- 
forts can  do  much  to  make  appropriations  for  ex- 
penditures involving  visual  materials  im]>ortant 
parts  of  the  budget.  Keep  it  up ! 


June,    1939 


Page   213 


NEWS   AND   NOTES 

p^eina    pttcf    nclaticns    en    Miinificant    JLoutai   anJL 


outai   anA,  events   tn    lite   visual   rield, 
Conducted  by  Joeephine  Hoffman 


Visual  Meeting  in  Oklahonna 

A  conlVrciK'f  on  \  isual  Mducation  will  take  place 
July  10-11  at  the  University  of  Oklahoma,  Norman, 
sponsored  jointly  by  the  University  Extension  Divis- 
ion, the  State  \VPA  Museums  and  the  State  Depart- 
ment of  Education.  The  convention  will  he  o|)ened  hy 
Hoyd  (junninj;.  director  of  visual  education  for  the  Uni- 
versity Extension  Division.  Mr.  S.  B.  Zisman  of  Texas 
A  &  M  College  will  discuss  "Utilizing  Local  and  Re- 
gional Re.sources  for  Visual  Education."  Other 
.sjH*akers  will  include  university  faculty  members,  visual 
education  leaders  from  high  sch(>ols  and  colleges,  school 
suj)erintcndents  and  State  Museum  workers.  J. 
Andrew  Holley,  director  of  curriculum  of  the  state  de- 
partment of  education,  will  lead  a  panel  discussion  on 
jtrogrtss  in  the  rural  schools  of  Oklahoma  in  the  field 
of  visual  education.  A  panel  tm  using  local  museums 
in  teaching  will  be  led  by  Powell  Hoyd,  State  Museum 
I  )irector.  One  of  the  highlights  of  the  program  will  be 
an  exhibition  of  Oklahoma  .school-made  films. 

Central  Jersey  Visual  Institute 

More  than  XX)  teachers  and  administrators  are 
reported  to  have  attended  the  second  annual  Central 
Jersey  \"isual  F.ducation  Institute  held  May  11  in 
Highlan<l  I'ark.  The  latest  methods  of  visual  teach- 
ing technique  were  demonstrated  in  twelve  educa- 
tional clinics  which  were  held  on  different  subjects 
in  the  curriculum,  from  elementary  to  senior  high 
^chool  level. 

.Arthur  M.  Judd,  supervising  principal  of  North 
Brunswick  schools,  was  general  chairman  of  the 
Institute  and  conducted  the  series  of  general  lec- 
tures which  preceded  the  clinics.  A  demonstration 
on  "The  Technitpie  of  the  Preparation,  Presenta- 
tion and  Follow-up  of  Silent  Motion  Picture  Films" 
was  given  by  Dr.  Walter  F.  Robinson,  president  of 
the  New  Jersey  Visual  Education  -Association,  the 
sponsors.  He  was  followed  by  Dr.  Guy  Bruce. 
Head  of  Science  Department.  Teachers  College  of 
Newark,  who  illustrated  "The  Use  of  Home-made 
l-".t|uipment  for  Teaching   Elementary  Science." 

Launch  Radio  Series  on  Federal  Exhibits 

The  Office  of  Education,  I3ei)artment  of  the  Interior 
in  coo]ieration  with  the  Columbia  Broadcasting  System, 
is  presenting  a  new  weekly  coast-to-coast  radio  series 
interpreting  and  sujiplementing  the  F'ederal  Exhibits  at 
the  New  ^'ork  World's  Fair.  The  program  is  on  the 
air  every  Sunday,  2  to  2 :30  p.m.  EDST,  over  CBS  and 
affiliated  stations.  The  new  series,  titled  "Democracy 
in  .Action"  succeeds  the  Office  of  Education  program 
".Americans  All — Immigrants  .All."  recently  named  by 
the  Women's  National  Radio  Committee,  as  the  "most 
original  and  informative  program"  of  the  year. 

The  purpose  of  the  series,  according  to  Commis- 


sioner of  Education  John  W.  Studebaker,  is  to  promote 
wider  understanding  of  demcx-ratic  processes  and 
functions  as  revealed  by  the  ways  in  which  our  -Ameri- 
can government  ojx'rates,  and  tf)  extend  the  values  of 
the  Federal  Exhibits  at  the  New  N'ork  World's  F'air. 
The  weekly  dramatizations  will  include  descriptions 
of  more  than  one  hundred  Federal  agencies  at  work. 
The  script  exchange  of  the  Office  of  Education  will  pre- 
serve the  scripts  for  future  use  in  schools. 

Motion  Pictures  and  Art 

-A  section  of  Motion  Pictures,  conducted  by  Elias 
Katz,  is  now  a  regular  monthly  feature  of  the  maga- 
zine Design.  This  section  covers  the  making  of  mo- 
tion pictures  as  a  creative  art  activity,  the  appreciation 
of  the  motion  picture  as  an  art  form,  and  the  use  of 
films  for  instructional  purposes  in  art  teaching.  Art 
teaching  films  are  listed  and  reviewed,  one  outstand- 
ing film  of  the  month  from  the  art  point  of  view  is  re- 
viewed, and  the  production  of  motion  pictures  from  the 
art  aspect  is  described  and  explained.  All  art  teachers 
are  invited  to  communicate  with  the  editor  of  this  sec- 
tion, giving  the  benefit  of  their  experience  in  the  use 

(Concluded  on  page  219) 


NEW  FEATURES 


In   1 6mm.   Sound 

FORBIDDEN  MUSIC 

by  Oscar  Strauu,  composer  of  "A  Walti 
Dream"  and  "The  Chocolate  Soldier"  starring 
lunmy    Durante    and    Richard    Tauber. 


SPY  OF  NAPOLEON 

Historical    drama    with    Richard    Barthelmess. 

e 

The   PRISONER   of  CORBAL 

toclurinq     Nils     Asther.     Noah     Beery,     Haxel 

Terry. 

e 

WHEN  KNIGHTS  WERE  BOLD 

with      Jack      Buchanon      and      Fay      Wroy. 

SOUTHERN  ROSES 

The  LILAC  DOMINO 

• 

Send   for   Free   Catalog   of   ovar   1200 

Entertainment  and  Educational  Subjects 


WALTER  O.GUTLOHNiNc. 


35  West  45th  Street 


Dept.  E-i 


New  York.  N.  Y. 


Page  214 


The  Educational  Screen 


THE  FEDERAL  FILM 


A  page  edited  by  Arch  A.  Mercey 

Assistant  Director,  United  States  Film  Service, 
Washington,   D.  C. 


Government  Filnns  Exhibited  at  Two  Fairs 

Fair-going  teachers  will  have  an  opportunity  to  see 
a  variety  of  Government  motion  pictures  at  the  Golden 
Gate  International  Exposition  where  a  daily  showing 
of  35mm.  films  is  scheduled  in  the  Federal  Building 
on  Treasure  Island.  In  addition  to  the  prize-winning 
"The  River"  and  "The  Plow  That  Broke  The  Plains," 
the  following  films  are  being  exhibited :  "Washington — 
The  Nation's  Capital,"  "Business  Pulse  of  the  Nation" 
(Department  of  Commerce),  "Couriers  of  the  Nation" 
(Post  Office  Department),  "Social  Security  of  the 
Nation"  (Social  Security  Administration),  "Labor  of 
the  Nation"  (Department  of  Labor),  "Help  by  the 
Carload"  (Government  Printing  Office),  and  "Shock 
Troops  of  Disaster"  (Works  Progress  Administra- 
tion). The  Services  are  represented  by  "United  States 
Navy"  (Navy  Department),  "U.  S.  Marines"  (U.  S. 
Marines),  and  "The  Army  Carries  On"  (War  Depart- 
ment). The  Department  of  Agriculture  is  showing  five 
films — "U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture — Its  Aims 
and  Functions,"  "Clouds,"  "Tree  of  Life,"  "Muddy 
Waters,"  and  "Sugar  Cane" ;  the  Tennessee  Valley 
Authority  one,  "Wasted  Waters" ;  and  the  Veterans' 
Administration  one,  "Service  to  Those  Who  Served." 

Programs  of  films  to  be  shown  in  the  Auditorium 
of  the  Federal  Building  at  the  New  York  World's  Fair 
will  include  a  selection  of  representative  films  from 
Government  agencies  which  are  of  interest  to  edu- 
cators. In  addition  to  these  programs,  "The  River" 
and  "The  Plow  That  Broke  The  Plains"  will  be  shown 
in  the  Science  and  Education  Building,  and  all  Works 
Progress  Administration  films  will  be  screened  daily  in 
that  agency's  building. 

These  showings  of  Government  films  will  be  of  in- 
terest to  teachers  aware  of  their  existence  and  alert 
to  additional  suggestions  for  their  visual  instruction 
work  in  the  next  school  year,  and  will,  no  doubt,  stimu- 
late the  curiosity  of  fair-goers  unaware  of  their  Govern- 
ment's participation  in  the  realm  of  motion  pictures. 
The  individual  films  will  not  only  denote  the  different 
types  of  Government  movies  and  the  purposes  for 
which  they  are  made,  but  will  provide  as  well  a  sub- 
stantive reply  to  the  query,  "Why  does  the  Government 
make  movies?" 

New  Directory  Lists  Seventeen  New  Pictures 

The  June  issue  of  the  Directory  of  U.  S.  Government 
films,  now  in  preparation  by  the  United  States  Film 
Service,  contains  seventeen  new  pictures  recently  pro- 
duced by  various  Government  agencies.  Among  the 
new  films,  which  are  of  varied  appeal  and  interest,  are 
the  Department  of  Agriculture's  "Re-Creation,"  a 
3-reel  film  (sound  and  silent)  showing  how  one  family 
escaped  the  distractions  of  city  life  through  a  vacation 
in  the  National  Forests,  and  "Picturesque  Guatemala," 
a   2-reel    film    (sound   and  silent)    showing   the   new 


Inter-American  highway  connecting  the  United  States 
with  Panama  City  and  the  methods  and  machinery 
used  in  making  roads.  Glimpses  of  the  life  and  occupa- 
tions of  a  friendly  people  are  also  shown.  Of  interest 
particularly  in  the  Western  area  of  the  country,  and 
introduced  recently  by  clips  in  the  commercial  news- 
reels,  is  "The  Mormon  Cricket,"  which  depicts  the  life 
history,  migration,  and  damage  done  by  this  pest  of 
western  Agriculture. 

The  Department  of  Interior  adds  four  new  pictures 
to  the  list,  including  "For  the  People,"  a  2-reel  film 
tour  of  the  recreational  spots  afforded  the  people  in  the 
Nation's  Capital :  the  National  Youth  Administration 
two ;  the  Works  Progress  Administration  one ;  and  the 
Bureau  of  Fisheries  one.  "Design  and  Construction 
of  Three  Small  Homes,"  recently  revised  by  the  Federal 
Housing  Administration,  is  of  interest  for  its  step-by- 
step  construction  of  small  homes  from  foundation  to 
completion.  This  film  is  in  the  16  mm.  sound  edition 
only. 

Baltimore  Theatre  to  Show  All  Government  Films 

The  Westway  Theatre,  5300  Edmondson  Avenue, 
Baltimore,  is  currently  running  a  unique  advertisement 
in  connection  with  the  regular  announcement  of  its 
forthcoming  feature.  The  advertisement,  which  is  at 
once  suggestive  of  what  might  be  done  in  the  way  of 
theatrical  distribution  of  Government  films,  states :  "To 
better  acquaint  you  with  the  beauty,  progress,  and  de- 
fences of  your  country,  we  have  arranged  to  exhibit 
through  the  courtesy  of  Government  Dept.,  their  entire 
library  of  film  in  conjunction  with  our  regular  pro- 
gram. Every  man,  woman,  and  child  will  find  these 
subjects  of  educational  value  as  well  as  entertaining." 

The  manager  of  this  theatre,  J.  I.  Elliott,  has  availed 
himself  of  the  relay  service  of  the  United  States  Film 
Service  to  secure  the  films  of  the  various  Departments, 
and  consonant  with  the  popularity  of  the  individual 
films,  it  is  planned  to  run  some  for  a  week's  booking 
and  others  for  three-day  showings.  "The  Story  of  the 
Coast  Guard"  inaugurated  the  series,  and  "Submarines 
and  Service,"  "The  River,"  "Good  Neighbors,"  and 
pictures  depicting  phases  of  South  American  life  and 
industry  are  scheduled  for  early  showings. 

NBC  Televises  Federal  Films  at  Fair 

Those  attentive  to  the  uses  made  of  Government  films 
will  be  interested  to  know  that  the  National  Broad- 
casting Company's  Television  Production  Division  is 
regularly  televising  from  one  to  three  Government  made 
films  per  week  on  its  experimental  schedule  at  the 
New  York  World's  Fair.  Non-Government  shorts  are 
also  used.  One-reel  films  containing  some  action  are 
the  type  being  requested  for  the  program,  which 
presages  the  future  trend  of  film  re(|uirements  for 
television  purposes. 


June,    19}9 


Page   21S 


Teach  visually  the  modern  way 
with  Spencer  Delineascopes 

Teaching  takes  on  new  interest  both  to  pupils  and  instruc- 
tors when  projection  dramatizes  the  presentation  of  subjects. 
And  economy  joins  with  efficiency,  for  one  set  of  material 
whether  it  be  glass  or  film  slides,  actual  specimens,  or  opaque 
illustrations  from  books,  magazines  or  prints  —  serves  the 
entire  class. 

Spencer  builds  quality  equipment  to  meet  practically  every 
class  room  or  auditorium  need,  ranging  from  the  Combina- 
tion Model  VA  for  lantern  slides  and  opaque  material,  shown 
above,  to  the  various  instruments  illustrated  to  the  right. 

Write  Dept.  T12  for  literature  which  describes  Spencer 
Delineascopes  in  detail. 


Model  GK  Anditorinm  Delincucope  (7S«-waH)— 

for  2"x2"  Knd  8^''x4''  slides,  either  natural  color 

or  black  and  white. 


Model  MK  Dellneaacope 

—for  2"x  2"  slid**.  This 
100-watt  instrument 
projects  slid(«  with  a 
brilliance  and  clarity 
heretofore  possible  only 
with  larser.  more  costly 
equipment. 


Model    B   Science    Deiineascopc 

— projects  lantern  slides,  ma- 
terial in  Petrie  dishes,  and  ex- 
periments in  bioloffy  and  physics. 
Teacher  faces  class  :  screen  la 
in  back  of  him. 


Spencer  Lens  Company 


MICROSCOPES 
MICROTOMES 
PHOTOMICROGRAPHIC 
EQUIPMENT 


REFRACTOMETERS 
COLORIMETERS 
SPECTROMETERS 
PROJECTORS 


Page  216 


The  Educational  Screen 


IN  AND  FOR  THE  CLASSROOM 


Conducted  by  Wilber  Emmerl 

Director  Visual  Education,  State  Teachers  College,  Indiana,  Pa. 


Improvement   of  iDStruction    Through  Graphic  Presentations 


1"  N  considering  the  content  of  the  course  in  visual 
■*•  instruction,  the  writer  heartily  endorses  the  stand 
taken  by  the  spokesman  of  the  Department  of 
Visual  Instruction  of  the  National  Education  As- 
sociation for  May,  1939.  and  recorded  in  the  Educa- 
tional Screen  for  that  month,  namely :  that  a  bal- 
anced, well-rounded  course,  including  all  the  various 
visual-sensory  aids  should  be  the  aim  of  each  instruc- 
tor in  this  area  of  the  teacher  teacher  training  program ; 
and  recommends  further  that  all  persons,  beginners  as 
well  as  veterans,  conducting  summer  courses  in  this 
field,  deliberately  stress  some  of  those  phases  which 
have  generally  been  neglected. 

The  area  of  Graphic  Materials  including  as  it  does, 
the  illustration,  the  cartoon,  the  poster,  the  m-ap,  the 
chart,  the  graph  (pictorial,  bar.  area  diagram,  and  line 
graph),  and  the  diagram,  constitutes  a  fruitful  region 
for  a  departure  from  the  course  heavily  weighted  with 
motion  picture  materials.  Since  graphic  materials  are 
so  usefully  integrated  with  other  visual  aids,  a  clear 
understanding  of  the  psychological  implications,  the 
standards  for  construction,  and  the  techniques  for  the 
use  of  these  abstract,  symbolic  representations  should 
appreciably  enrich  the  methodology  of  the  classroom 
teacher. 

The  alert,  progressive  teacher  has,  perhaps,  in  some 
thoughtful  mood  remarked,  "I  noticed  that  the  motion 
picture  just  used  started  off  with  a  map,  at  another 
point  there  was  an  animated  diagram,  then  a  summary 
of  the  findings  was  presented  in  chart  form."  Or,  "Why 
is  it  that  the  cartoon  motion  picture  is  so  popular  at 
the  theater?"  Again,  "Why  do  the  financial  pages  of 
the  newspaper,  and  the  government  bulletins  present 
their  statistics  in  graph  form?"  "Specifically,  what  are 
these  symbolic  representations,  and  why  are  they  so 
effective  as  communicative  devices?"  "Might  not  these 
types  of  presentations  and  techniques  be  used  in  the 
schools?"  "How  can  I  learn  about  tlieni  and  know 
the  standards  they  should  meet?" 

One  answer  to  these  questions  is :  that  tlie  teacher 
preparation  should  include  a  course  in  visual  aids  and 
sensory  techniques ;  and  that  such  a  course  should  have 
a  unit  on  graphic  materials,  with  actual  experience  in 
constructing  and  evaluating  such  devices.  Another 
solution  lies  in  a  study  and  mastery  of  the  literature 
in  this  area  of  learning.  Of  course  a  study  of  the 
literature  should  constitute  a  part  of  the  work  in  the 
organized  course,  but  the  teacher-in-service  can  profit 
immeasurably  by  self-directed  study. 

To  assist  both  the  teacher  of  visual  instruction  and 
the  teacher-in-service  there  is  given  here,  (1)  a  brief 
bibliography  of  ]:)ublications  in  which  graphic  presenta- 
tions are  delineated;  and  (2)  some  quotations  to  indi- 
cate the  nature  of  the  materials  in  the  references. 
The  books  cited  are  those  most  likely  to  be  on   the 


library  reserve  shelves  for  the  course  in  visual  instruc- 
tion, together  with  a  few  which  might  be  conveniently 
"borrowed"  from  the  education  department.  The  list 
is  intentionally  brief,  but  the  books  contain  concepts 
and  techniques  which  are  fundamentally  sound. 

REFERENCES 

1.  Dent.  Ellsworth  C,  "The  Audio-Visual  Handhook." 

2.  Dorris,    Anna    V.,    "Visual    Instruction    in    the    Public 
Schools." 

3.  Hoban,  Hoban.  &  Zisman.  "Visualizing  the  Curriculum." 
4     Knowlton,  Daniel  C,  "Making  History  Graphic." 

5.    McCall.  William  A.,  "How  to  Measure  in  Education." 
fS.    Williams.  J.  Harold.  "Graphic  Methods   in  Education." 

7.  The   Educational   Screen   Magazine   (See  the   December 
Index  each  year). 

8.  Arkin    and    Colton,    "Graphs :    How   to    Make   and   Use 
Them." 

In  discussing  the   forms   and   functions   of   graphic 
materials,  Hoban,  Hoban  and  Zisman  state  that: 
"The  illustration  is  a  pictorial  representation  convey- 
ing information  in  the  manner  of  still  pictures. 
"The  cartoon  is  an  interpretive  illustration  or  sketch, 
giving  a  point  of  view  or  portraying  things  and 
scenes  through  syiubolization. 
"The  poster  is  a  more  or  less  geometrical  abstract 
of  a  scene,  action  or  idea  for  the  purpo.se  of  creat- 
ing strong  and  lasting  impres.sions. 
"The  map  is  a  graphic  means  of  showing  location, 
direction  and  size  by  relatively  huge  reductions  in 
scale,  conventionalizing  areas  and  their  colors,  and 
conveying  information  by  symbols. 
"The   chart   is   a   formal    arrangement   of   facts   for 
making  comparisons,  for  summarizing,  for  showing 
quantities  and  developments. 
"The  graph  is  a  chart  form  of  presenting  statistics 

and  relations  of  quantities  to  time. 
"The  diagram  is  a  highly  conventionalized  geometric 
presentation   showing  interrelations  of  parts   and 
the  flow  of  operations." 
The  text  which  follows  these  definitions  clearly  in- 
dictates  the  scope  of  each  form,  the  standards  they  should 
meet,  and  the  technique  for  individual  use  as  well  as 
the  manner  in  which  they  may  be  integrated  with  other 
school  work. 

In  Hcnv  to  Measure  in  Education  (Cha])ter  12). 
McCall  concisely  lists  seventeen  simple  standards  for 
the  construction  and  placement  of  tables.  The  students 
should  be  given  opportunities  to  construct  and  evaluate 
tables,  books,  bulletins,  government  reports,  maga- 
zines and  the  daily  newspapers  abound  in  such  graphic 
materials.  Such  sources  should  serve  for  practice 
materials  and  as  standards  for  individual  construction 
work. 

The  references  listed  contain  similar  sets  of  standards 
for  each  of  the  various  graphic  forms,  together  with 
the   techniques   for   their   use.   Teachers   and   students 


I  line,    J  9  59 


Page  217 


SATISFY 

FUTURE  MAGELLANS 

Travel  via  the  picture  route  .  .  .  pictures  of  far  places, 
strange  lands  and  customs  . .  .  help  to  satisfy  the  inner 
desire  of  young  adventurers  . .  make  geography  lessons 
vivid  and  vitally  interesting. 

In  teaching  any  subject,  to  pupils  of  any  age,  B&L 
Balopticon  projected  pictures— make  every  instruction 
period  more  interesting . . .  make  learning  a  pleasure  . .  and 
lessons  unforgettable. 

B&L  Balopticons  are  available  for  projecting  still 
films,  lantern  slides,  photographs,  clippings  and  even  actual 
objects  and  specimens.  Write  for  descriptions  and  prices. 
Ask  for  catalog  E- 1 1.  Bausch  &  Lomb  Optical  Co.,  688 
St.  Paul  Street,  Rochester,  N.  Y. 

BAUSCH  &-  LOMB 

rOK    YOUII    EVES,    INSIST    ON    BAUSCH   t    LOMB    EyCWEAB.    MADE    FItOM    BAUSCH    *    LOMB 
CLASS    rO    BAUSCH   «  LOMB    HIGH    STANDAIIDS    OF    PRECISION 


Page  218 


The  Educational  Screen 


SEEING 

IS  BELIEVING! 

No  matter  what  the  subject 
taught  .  .  .  the  mind  receives 
fullest  significance,   understands 
with  greatest  clarity  —  if  the  les- 
son has  been  conveyed  by  the  eyes! 

YOU  WILL  EDUCATE   BEST 

IF  YOU  EDUCATE 

PICTORIALLY! 


FOR  ENTERTAINMENT,  NO  GREATER 
PICTURES  ARE  AVAILABLE 

THAT  CERTAIN  AGE 

SERVICE  DE  LUXE 

NEWSBOYS  HOME 

SON  OF  FRANKENSTEIN 

YOU  CANT  CHEAT  AN  HONEST  MAN 

LEHER  OF  INTRODUCTION 

MAD  ABOUT  MUSIC 

(and  many  o'fhers) 


Write   to    Universal's    Non-Theatrical 

Department  for  further  information 

regarding  short  and  feature-length 

pictures,  travelogues,  cartoons 

and  other  motion  pictures. 

CATALOGUE   16 


UNIVERSAL  PICTURES 
COMPANY,  INC. 

Rockefeller  Center  New  York,  N.  Y. 

CIRCLE  7-7100 


are  urged  to  become  proficient  in  the  use  of  graphic 
materials  in  their  class  work.  Since  they  employ  ab- 
stract symbols  as  the  means  of  communication,  con- 
siderable latitude  is  allowed  for  creative  work  on  the 
part  of  those  using  them. 

A  Convenient  Film  Carrier 

By  BURDETTE  BUCKINGHAM 

Director   of   Teaching    Aids 
Public   Schools,   Quincy,    Mass. 

XT  AVE  you  ever  tried  to  unlock  the  door  of  your 
automobile  while  carrying  a  double-armful  of 
16mm  movie  films?  The  experience  may  serve  to  en- 
rich the  vocabulary,  though  not  with  words  suitable  for 
classroom  use.  The  best  procedure  seems  to  be  simply 
to  drop  them  all  on  the  sidewalk  and  in  the  gutter.  The 
business  of  finding 
the  keys  and  get- 
ting the  door  open 
may  then  be  under- 
taken with  complete 
freedom,  and  the 
reel  cans  may  be 
recovered  from  be- 
neath the  car  singly 
or  in  twos  and 
threes. 

To  make  things 
easier  for  us  under 
these  circumstances, 
certain  suitcase-like 
carrying  cases  are 
available  with  com- 
partments for  the 
reel  cans.  This  is  a 
great  improvement 
over  the  previously 
described  "scram- 
ble-grab" system,  but  these  cases  are  relatively  expen- 
sive, they  weigh  as  much  as  four  or  five  reels  of  film, 
and  occupy  the  same  space,  whether  completely  filled 
or  half  empty. 

To  overcome  these  objectionable  features,  a  simple 
film  carrying  device  was  designed.  This  carrier  can  be 
produced  in  the  average  school  wood-working  shop  for 
less  than  a  dollar.  It  is  lighter  than  two  reels  of  film 
and  can  expand  with  the  needs  of  the  situation  to  ac- 
commodate from  three  to  twenty  reels,  taking  up  almost 
no  space  when  empty.  All  in  all,  it  has  proved  to  be 
the  answer  to  many  a  profane  invocation. 

The  device  consists  of  a  handle  fastened  to  a  top 
disk  of  oak,  a  bottom  double  disk  of  plywood,  and  a 
pair  of  cotton  webbing  straps  which  connect  the  top  and 
bottom  with  the  film  cans  securely  compressed  between. 
This  makes  a  compact  one-hand  package  from  what 
might  otherwise  be  a  very  amateurish  juggling  act. 

Additional  Summer  Courses 

Northivcstcrn  University.  Evanston,  111.  June  19-Aug.  12 

Visual  Aids  and  Radio  in  Education  (3)  J.  S.  Mcintosh 

Louisiana  Polytechnic  Institute.  Ruston  June  S-Aug.  5 

Audio-Visual  Aids  in  Teaching   (2)  R.  H.  Mount 


Method  of  use  illustrated. 


June,    1939 


Page  219 


News  and  Notes 

(Concluded  from  page  213) 

of  films  or  inquiring  as  to  methods  and  materials.  Mr. 
Katz  may  be  addressed  c  o  Motion  Pictures  Section, 
6P  Bedford  Street.  Xew  York  City. 

Film  Screenings  af  Columbia 

To  extend  interest  in  tlie  possibilities  of  the  educa- 
tional film  and  to  assist  teachers  in  their  selection,  the 
Student  Council  of  Teachers  College,  Columbia  Uni- 
versity, is  sponsoring  a  weekly  evening  film  program. 
Emphasis  is  given  to  recent  releases  in  order  that 
teachers  may  l)ecome  acquainted  with  the  new  material. 
Represented  on  these  programs  are  the  films  of  educa- 
tional film  producers,  theatrical  producers,  government 
and  public  services  agencies,  and  industrial  concerns. 
Elach  program  is  followed  by  a  discussion  of  the  poten- 
tial values  and  uses  of  the  films.  Critical  reviews  arc 
prepared,  .so  far  as  is  possible,  by  members  of  the  fac- 
ulty or  advanced  graduate  students  in  whose  field  the 
subject  matter  of  the  tilm  falls. 

Ohio  School-Made  Films 

A  study  of  film  production  in  Ohio  schools  with 
s[>ecial  reference  to  films  dealing  with  public  relations, 
has  been  completed  by  William  Wagner,  a  graduate 
student  in  the  College  of  Education  at  Ohio  State  Uni- 
versity, according  to  the  April  issue  of  the  Nezvs  Letter. 
This  study  discloses  that  38  schools  in  that  state  have 
already  produced  such  films,  and  plans  are  being  formu- 
lated for  a  conference  of  such  schools,  to  be  held  on  the 
Ohio  State  Univer-sity  campus  in  the  near  future. 

Hollywood  Motion  Picture  Forum 

The  sixth  annual  session  of  this  Forum  will  be 
held  on  July  14  and  15  next  at  the  Academy  of  Mo- 
tion Picture  Arts  and  Sciences  Theatre  in  Holly- 
wood. The  chairman  is  Bruce  Findlay,  Director  of 
Visual  Education  in  the  Los  Angeles  Public 
Schools.  Notable  features  are  trips  to  a  Motion 
Picture  Studio  in  actual  production,  and  to  a  Radio- 
broadcasting studio.  The  meeting  is  timed  to  make 
it  easy  for  teachers  attending  the  San  Francisco 
meeting  to  include  the  Forum  also  in  their  itinerary. 

1 6mm  Sound  Film  in  Color  Shown 
in  Public  Theatre 

The  initial  performance  of  16mm.  sound  film,  in 
color,  on  the  regular  35mm.  screen  of  a  public  theater, 
was  given  recently  in  the  Rockefeller  Center  Newsreel 
Theater.  New  York  City.  It  was  agreed  by  the  many 
attending  theater  executives  that  only  the  trained  eye 
of  one  experienced  in  motion  picture  projection  could 
distinguish  that  a  change  had  been  made  from  35mm. 
to  16mm.  film.  Projection  was  made  from  the  same 
booth,  covering  same  length  of  throw,  and  the  16mm. 
pictures  completely  filled  the  regular  theater  screen 
used  for  35nnn.  pictures.  The  film  shown  was  a 
special  subject  in  color  titled  On  the  Ice  showing 
famous  skaters  performing  on  the  Rockefeller  Center 
skating  {wnd.  The  machine  used  was  one  of  the  new 
Bell  &  Howell  Filmoarc,  16mm.  arc-lamp  sound  film 
projectors. 


LOOK  FOR   THIS 


INSIGNIA 


^r  "*   ^     /EJn      CdlTIlL        ^E. 


^  PNONO 

"T        TIINTtlLE 


cdiTimi 

RADIO  "W 


16  MM 

SOUND  PICTURE  PROJECTOR 
THAT  FITS  EVERY  NEED 


aemoM»'»t«    "     ,^.;,+Un.t    Sound 

•«    """""^     iwWo.reC-W'''"' 
p,o-,ec*or— "O  ^„j  .dv.se 


VICTOR  ANiMATOGRAPH  CORPORATION 

DAVENPORT,     IOWA 

CHICAGO  -  NEW  YORK 
LOS  ANGELES 

ANIMATOPHONE  leni  SOUND  PROJECTORS 


Page  220 


The  Educational  Screen 


AMONG   THE 
AND    BOOKS 


MAGAZINES 


Conducted  by  The  Staff 


The  New  Era  (March.  '39)  "The  Visual  Radio 
Lesson  in  Cleveland  Schools,"  by  William  M.  Gregory. 

The  mechanical  set-up.  organization  and  work- 
ing of  the  successful  radio-visual  teaching  method 
developed  in  the  Cleveland  Public  Schools,  is 
described  here  concisely  and  definitely.  The  educa- 
tional station  WBOE  was  established  in  1938  and 
through  its  150  sets  placed  in  all  elementary  schools, 
lessons  for  teachers  and  pu])ils  are  Ijroadcast,  ac- 
companied by  the  showing  of  lantern  slides.  These 
lessons  are  prepared  six  months  in  advance  by  ex- 
pert teachers  in  the  curriculum  centre  concerned, 
and  the  visual  material  carefully  chosen  from  the  re- 
sources of  the  Educational  Museum.  A  table  shows 
the  sets,  grades  and  subjects  for  the  radio  material 
in  lantern  slide  form  that  is  now  in  use.  This  ma- 
terial has  been  in  process  of  organization  since 
1934.  A  program  of  last  fall's  radio  lessons  is  also 
reproduced. 

Science  Education  (23:83-86,  February  '39)  "The 
Relative  Value  of  Sound  Motion  Pictures  and 
Study  Sheets  in  Science  Teaching,"  by  Roy  V. 
Maneval. 

The  results  of  six  previous  investigations  on  the 
value  of  educational   sound  films,  are  summarized 


JUDGED  BY  ITS  MERITS 


•  HOLMES  Sound-on-Film 
Projectors  are. a  revelation 
to  users  of  motion  picture 
equipment,  when  they  become 
acquainted  with  their  su- 
perior operating  qualities, 
enduring  service  and  finished 
workmanship. 

•  Holmes  Projectors 
are  precision -built, 
and  all  materials  en- 
tering into  their  con- 
struction must  stand 
the  most  rigid  of  engineering 
tests. 


Speaker 
Unit 


li  mm  Projector  Unit 
and  Amplifier  Unit 
—     locl(ed     together. 


•  The  Holmes  laboratory  checks  every  ma- 
chine on  performance  as  to  smooth  mechanical 
action,  quietness,  picture  and  tone  quality. 
It  must  be  a  superior  product,  and  at  no 
increase  in  cost. 

"Write   for   catalog   and   ask   about 
our   free   demonstration   offer. 

HOLMES  PROJECTOR  COMPANY 

Manufacturers   of    16   mm   and    35    mm    sound    projectors. 

1813  ORCHARD  STREET  CHICAGO 


briefly  by  the  writer.  He  then  goes  on  to  present 
the  experiment  made  with  eighth  grade  science 
pupils  at  Horace  Mann  Junior  High  School  of 
Tulsa,  to  determine  the  relative  value  of  two  meth- 
ods of  instruction:  (1)  by  the  use  of  educational 
sound  motion  pictures ;  and  (2)  by  the  use  of  printed 
study  sheets,  made  to  resemble  parts  of  science 
texts  and  workbooks  as  nearly  as  was  practical.  Of 
the  300  ])upils  replying,  70.3%  preferred  the  sound 
film  method  and  62.67';  thought  they  learned  more 
by  the  sound  film  than  b}'  the  use  of  study  sheets. 
The  data  collected  indicated  that,  when  testing  for 
immediate  recall,  study  sheets  were  superior, 
whereas,  when  testing  for  delayed  recall,  the  pupils 
taught  with  sound  films  retained  the  factual  ma- 
terial better. 

Secondary  Education  (8:74-77,  March  '39) 
"School  Films  with  a  Purpose,"  by  Godfrey  M.  El- 
liott, Oakvale,  West  Virginia. 

This  discussion  gives  some  sound,  practical  ad- 
vice on  the  production  of  school  films  for  use  in  the 
public  relations  field.  The  writer  declares  that 
most  school  newsreels  are  merely  16mm  snapshot 
albums,  serving  a  limited  purpose  but  do  little  to 
build  up  intelligent  understanding  of  the  school. 
Technical  problems  in  the  production  of  school 
films  are  easily  solved.  The  greatest  problem  is 
the  intelligent  planning  of  the  picture.  The  scen- 
ario must  be  carefully  constructed  to  tell  a  story, 
using  as  few  titles  as  possible,  showing  what  the 
child  does  at  school  and  why.  The  entire  develop- 
ment of  a  project  cannot  be  shown  because  of  the 
time  element.  In  illustration,  Mr.  Elliott  outlines 
the  scenes  which  should  be  shot  in  the  presentation 
of  a  Home  Economics  lesson  and,  as  an  example 
of  an  academic  subject,  a  Mathematics  class  at 
work.     The  question  of  editing  is  also  covered. 

School  Science  and  Mathematics  (39:  342-351, 
.April  "39)  "A  Science  Teacher  Looks  at  the  Class- 
room Film,"  by  H.  Emmett  Brown,  Teachers  Col- 
lege, Columbia  University. 

Here  is  a  thought-provoking  survey  of  educa- 
tional films  by  a  well-known  name  in  the  field.  Mr. 
Brown  has  had  long  experience  with  classroom 
films  and  has  contributed  to  the  literature  on  the 
subject.  Although  convinced  of  the  value  of  films 
as  an  aid  in  teaching,  he  confesses  that  several  ob- 
jectionable features  have  troubled  him  at  various 
times  in  his  work  with  films. 

His  enumerated  criticisms  apply  to  certain  fea- 
tures of  the  films  themselves,  and  of  their  produc- 
tion and  use.  He  contends  educators  are  prone  to 
claim  too  many  values  for  films,  they  embrace  the 
new  too  eagerly,  neglecting  older  and  equally  valu- 
able aids.  Some  of  the  faults  he  has  found  with 
films  are  that  they  often  lack  the  vital  element  of 


June,    19)9 


Page  221 


motion,  attempt  to  cover  too  much  ground,  are  too 
general,  often  dull  and  inaccurate,  do  not  have  the 
right  balance  between  too  much  and  too  little  de- 
tail, fail  to  stress  the  imaginative  side,  contain 
poor  photography,  outmoded  acting  and  clothes, 
objectionable  advertising,  and  have  misleading  titles. 

Library  Journal  (64:  212-214.  March  15,  '39) 
"The  School  Library  Adopts  Movies,"  bv  Phyllis 
Raymond  and  Eleanor  Child,  Greenwich,  Conn. 

The  manner  in  which  the  school  library  at  Green- 
wich High  School  cooperates  with  the  Photoplay 
Club  reveals  an  activity  that  is  gaining  in  popular- 
ity throughout  the  country.  The  collection  of  the 
club  which  is  displayed  on  the  library's  shelves  in- 
cludes books,  magazines  and  pamphlets  on  movie 
appreciation,  script  writing,  amateur  movie-mak- 
ing and  -stories  that  have  been  filmed,  press  sheets, 
clippings  and  other  related  material.  The  library 
bulletin  board  is  often  devoted  to  pictures  illustrat- 
ing outstanding  movies  and  film  reviews.  School- 
prepared  exhibits  in  the  library  are  frequently 
stimulated  by  movies,  as  is  the  reading  of  books  re- 
lated to  outstanding  films. 

School  Life  (24:  199-200,  April  '39)  "School 
Tours."  by  Carl  A.  Jessen,  Specialist  in  Secondary 
Education. 

Field  trips  are  becoming  more  and  more  com- 
mon as  teachers  in  increasing  numbers  are  recogniz- 
ing the  importance  of  learning  through  concrete 
experience  and  observation.  Most  school  excursions 
are  local  in  character.  To  learn  what  was  being  done 
by  schools  systems  in  conducting  longer  tours,  the 
Office  of  Education  sent  an  inquiry  form  to  school 
superintendents  in  326  cities  in  the  United  States 
having  30,000  or  more  population.  The  summary  of 
these  reports  discloses  some  interesting  facts  as  to 
destinations,  purposes,  costs  and  educational  sig- 
nificance. 

A  Comparative  Study  of  Photoplays  and  Scenarios 
"Selected  Historical  Photoplays  and  Scenarios  as 
Extracurricular  Aids  in  Eleventh  Grade  Social 
Studies,"  is  the  title  of  a  dis.sertation  by  Arthur 
Lawrence  Marble,  prepared  under  the  direction  of 
the  Committee  on  Studies,  Los  Angeles. 

The  purpose  of  this  study  was  to  observe,  with 
experimental  technique,  the  reactions  of  high  school 
pupils  to  historical  narratives  presented  in  two 
forms :  ( 1 )  the  original  script,  to  be  read  in  the 
classroom,  and  (2)  the  photoplay  itself,  to  be  shown 
in  the  auditorium.  George  Washington  High  School 
in  Los  .-\ngeles  was  cho.sen  for  the  investigation. 
Steps  in  the  procedure  are  described — class  group- 
ing, construction  and  analysis  of  the  tests,  experi- 
mental organization,  and  follow-up.  From  the  evi- 
dence obtained,  it  was  concluded  that  selected  his- 
torical photoplay  scenarios  may  be  an  important 
aid  to  social  studies  as:  (1)  the  learning  possibili- 
ties of  the  film  scripts  compared  favorably  with  the 
motion  pictures,  particularly  in  common  verbal 
elements  of  plot  and  dialog,  (2)  the  reading  of  scenarios 
increased  appreciation  of  historical  photoplays,  and  (3) 
they  developed  more  interest  in  the  field  of  social 
studies. 


•   How     the     Motion     Picture 
Records      our      Civilization 

DOCUMENTARY  FILM 

By  PAUL  ROTHA 

Through  the  creative  reporting  of  social  facts 
in  film,  motion  picture  photographers  have  given 
the  public  a  contact  with  life  that  is  deeper, 
more  significant,  and  more  intimate  than  any- 
thing the  other  arts  or  journalism  have  been 
able  to  achieve.  In  Documentary  Film,  Mr. 
Rotha  presents  a  complete  and  lucid  account  of 
the  background,  aims,  methods,  problems  and 
technical  aspects  of  this  new  form,  from  its  be- 
ginnings to  the  present,  in  this  country  and 
abroad.     Illustrated  $3.75. 

W.   W.   NORTON   &   CO.,   70   Fifth   Avenue,   New   Yerii 


for    your    summer    classes 

HOW  TO  USE  THE  EDUCATIONAL 

SOUND   FILM.  By  M.   R.   Brunstetter 

Educational  Screen  says:  ".  .  .  .  an  excellent  sum- 
mary and  trenchant  discussion  of  the  art  of  teaching 
with  'films'  ....  pertinent  and  helpful  information 
on  the  unique  characteristics  of  sound  films,  teach- 
ing purposes  served  by  them,  the  necessity  for 
careful   integration."  $2.00 

Among  schools  using: 
Oglethorpe   University  Columbia 

University  of  Florida  U.  of  So.  California 

Oregon  Agricultural  College 

THE  EDUCATIONAL  TALKING 
PICTURE 

By  Frederick  L.  DEVEREinc  School  and  Society 
says:  ".  .  .  .  a  wealth  of  information  and  counsel. 
....  He  sees  in  the  talking  picture  a  vivacity, 
versatility  and  grip."  $2.00 

MOTION  PICTURES  IN  EDUCATION 
IN  THE  UNITED  STATES 

By  Cline  M.  Koo.n.  ".  .  .  .  presents  in  concrete, 
detailed  fashion  what  every  teacher  and  adminis- 
trator in  the  United  States  ought  to  know." — 
Edgar  Dale,  Ohio  State  University.  $1.00 

Write  for  illustrated  broadside,  For  a  Sound 
Education,  describing  visual  aid  materials 
sponsored  by  the  University  of  Chicago,  in- 
cluding New  Plan  texts  in  the  physical  and 
biological  sciences. 

THE  UNIVERSITY  OF  CHICAGO  PRESS 

5750  Ellis  Avenue,  Chicago,  III. 


Page  222 

Current  Film  Releases 


New  Motion  Picture  on 
Typewriter 

Harmon  Foundation,  140  Nassau 
Street,  New  York  City,  have  just  com- 
pleted a  motion  picture.  Know  Your 
Typewriter,  showing  what  a  typewriter 
is  and  how  to  use  it.  The  film  was  made 
in  cooperation  with  the  six  major  type- 
writer companies,  and  is  the  first  of  its 
kind  to  be  produced.  A  three-reel  16mm 
silent  subject,  it  is  designed  for  use  by 
school  and  club  groups  as  an  aid  in 
teaching  typewriting  to  persons  "from 
seven  to  seventy."  The  picture  gives 
clear-cut  technical  information  on  the 
working  of  the  mechanical  elements  of 
the  machine  and  places  emphasis  on  type- 
writing as  an  art  of  today.  The  setting 
up  of  letters,  statistical  work,  stencils, 
and  the  like,  is  demonstrated.  The  proper 
posture  in  working  at  the  typewriter  is 
also  shown. 

This  film  may  be  rented  or  purchased 
on  a  lifetime-lease-of-the-print  basis. 
Reference  Outlines,  of  value  in  building 
a  study  program  around  the  film,  are 
available. 

The  American  Films  Foundation 

A  new  educational  non-profit  organi- 
zation, called  The  American  Films 
Foundation,  Inc.,  announces  the  produc- 
tion and  distribution  of  a  series  of  one- 
reel  sound  films  "upholding  the  free  in- 
stitutions and  the  moral  and  spiritual 
ideals  which  constitute  the  foundations  of 
the  national  greatness  of  the  United 
States,"  as  stated  by  John  Beardslee 
Carrigan,  Executive  Vice-President, 
formerly  editor  of  Movie  Makers  Maga- 
zine. Louis  M.  Bailey  is  National 
Director  of  the  Foundation,  which  in- 
cludes in  its  leadership  fifty  officers  and 
members  of  the  National  Advisory 
Board,  representative  of  ediication  and 
other  broad  interests.  The  purpose  of 
this  venture  is  to  utilize  the  motion  pic- 
ture as  a  medium  of  mass-education  on 
vital  economic  and  social  questions. 

The  production  schedule  calls  for 
twelve  films  a  year  for  monthly  release, 
free  of  charge  to  schools,  churches, 
clubs  and  other  non-theatrical  outlets, 
as  well  as  to  theatres.  Scripts  are  pre- 
pared by  Mr.  Bailey  in  collaboration 
with  authorities  outstanding  in  the  fields 
covered  by  the  films.  A  considerable 
percentage  of  the  footage  in  each  picture 
must  be  especially  produced.  James 
Clemmenger,  radio  commentator,  is  the 
narrator  for  the  films.  Subjects  already 
available  include  The  American  Way. 
which  tells  how  the  Constitution  protects 
our  liberties.  The  Right  to  Work,  deal- 
ing with  labor  and  capital  and  Oh.  Say 
Can  You  See,  a  presentation  of  "every 
man's"  share  in  the  tax  burden.  Prints 
of  these  films  are  distributed  by  many 
non-theatrical  libraries,  and  are  also  sent 
directly  from  American  Films  Founda- 
tion headquarters  at  542  Fifth  Avenue, 
New  York  City. 


A  unique  feature  of  the  theatre  distri- 
bution of  the  films  lies  in  the  activity 
of  local  contacts  who  arrange  with 
theatre  managers  for  the  pre-viewing 
and  showing  of  the  pictures  when  they 
are  ready  for  release.  After  seeing  that 
the  film  is  booked,  these  local  contacts 
send  news  stories  to  the  local  papers  and 
see  that  heads  of  such  groups  as  the 
American  Legion,  Parent  Teachers  As- 
sociations, Federation  of  Womens  Clubs, 
and  others,  are  informed  of  the  theatre 
showing  of  the  film  and  urged  to  see  it 
because  of  its  free  availability  in  16mm 
or  35mm  for  their  organization,  or  for 
school  and  church  use. 

New  Release  in  Historical  Series 

The  second  subject  in  the  series  of 
educational  sound  films  on  the  history  of 
the  United  States  has  been  produced  by 
International  Geographic  Pictures,  52 
Vanderbilt  Avenue,  New  York  City.  This 
new  release,  entitled  Territorial  Posses- 
sions of  the  United  States,  covers  in  de- 
tail the  acquisition  of  the  insular  posses- 
sions of  this  country,  and  of  Alaska  and 
the  Canal  Zone.  Animated  maps  are 
used  to  show  the  locations  and  sizes,  and 
authentic  scenes  of  the  possessions  are 
supplemented  by  original  motion  pictures 
of  historical  events  and  personalities.  Fol- 
lowing the  precedent  established  in  the 
first  film.  Territorial  Expansion  of  the 
United  States,  the  film  concludes  with  a 
review  map  which  re-emphasizes  dates 
and  important  facts. 

Garrison  Adds  Foreign 
Language  Films 

To  its  long  list  of  foreign  language 
films  available  on  16mm  soundfilm.  Gar- 
rison Films,  Inc.,  has  added  Three  Lucky 
Fools,  featuring  Tito  Schipa  (Italian)  ; 
Fight  to  the  Last  produced  by  the  Chi- 
nese Government ;  Sous  Les  Vcux  D'Oc- 
cident,  based  on  Joseph  Conrad's  novel 
(French)  ;  The  Oppenheim  Family, 
based  on  Lion  Feuchtwanger's  novel 
(Russian)  ;  Childhood  of  Maxim  Gorky, 
based  on  the  author's  "My  Childhood." 

Copies  of  the  Check  List  of  for- 
eign films  are  available  free  of  charge 
upon  request  to  Garrison  Films,  1600 
Broadway,  New  York  City. 

Movie  Shows  Making  of 
Cartoons 

Cartoon  movies  in  the  making  are  re- 
vealed by  Lowell  Thomas  in  the  Univer- 
sal 16mm.  film  Cartoonland  Mysteries. 
available  on  rental  from  the  Bell  & 
Hewell  Filmosound  Library.  In  this  film 
the  production  of  an  Oswald  Rabbit  car- 
toon Softball  Game  is  explained  in  in- 
teresting and  hilarious  detail.  Those  in- 
terested in  what  goes  on  behind  the 
scenes  in  Hollywood  can  see  a  rip-roar- 
ing cartoon  in  the  making,  and  then,  on 
the  same  program  see  the  finished  result. 


The  Educational  Screen 


the  completed  cartoon  movie.  Or  the 
order  can  be  reversed ;  the  complete  car- 
toon being  shown  first,  followed  by  the 
film  showing  how  it  was  done.  For 
further  information  write  Films  Division, 
Bell  &  Howell  Company,  1801  Larch- 
mont   Avenue,   Chicago,   Illinois. 

Gutlohn  Announcements 

Walter  O.  Gutlohn,  Inc.,  announce  the 
release  of  a  one-reel  French  film  in 
16mm.  sound  entitled  Learning  Through 
Play  (En  se  donnant  la  main).  This 
picture  has  been  made  by  the  University 
of  Nancy  and  represents  a  most  inter- 
esting study  of  the  co-operative  spirit  of 
children  at  play. 

Educators  who  plan  to  be  in  New 
York  for  the  World's  Fair  are  cordially 
invited  to  avail  themselves  of  the  Gutlohn 
facilities  for  the  screening  of  films. 

An  American  Red  Cross  Film 

A  one-reel  motion  picture  entitled 
Footsteps,  which  dramatically  portrays 
the  training  of  the  Red  Cross  Nurse  and 
the  humanitarian  work  she  performs,  has 
been  prepared  for  free  distribution  by 
the  American  Red  Cross.  The  purpose  of 
this  documentary  film  is  to  acquaint  the 
public  with  the  scope  and  nature  of  the 
activities  of  the  Red  Cross  in  behalf  of 
mankind.  The  picture  illustrates  the  in- 
tensive education  given  the  student  nurse, 
with  interesting  and  colorful  glimpses 
of  the  inside  of  a  great  hospital. 

Red  Cross  nurses  can  serve  in  three 
different  classifications.  Footsteps  gives 
striking  views  of  what  reserve  nurses  do 
in  time  of  war,  in  hurricanes,  floods, 
epidemics.  Another  field  is  that  of  Home 
Hygiene  Nursing.  The  final  sequence 
pictures  the  self-sacrificing  work  of  the 
Red  Cross  Public  Health  Nurse  who 
serves  in  remote  sections  where  doctors, 
nurses  and  hospitals  are  few. 

This  film,  a  William  J.  Ganz  Production, 
may  be  had  in  16  mm  or  35  mm.  without 
cost  (except  for  transportation  charge) 
by  writing  to  Douglas  Griesemer,  director 
of  public  relations,  American  Red  Cross, 
19  East  47th  Street,  New  York  City. 

Bell  and  Howell  "Silents" 

Silent  motion  picture  projector  users 
will  be  interested  to  learn  that  there  has 
been  no  lag  in  the  production  of  educa- 
tional silent  films,  as  shown  in  the  latest 
catalog  of  16mm.  silent  films  issued  by 
Bell  and  Howell  Company,  1801  Larch- 
mont  Avenue,  Chicago.  This  catalog 
now  lists  365  silent  film  titles.  Of  these, 
58  have  been  added  since  the  last  print- 
ing, about  six  months  ago.  Among  the 
new  subjects  added,  the  following  titles 
indicate  the  typically  educational  trend : 
Sahara,  Workaday  France.  Modern  Rome, 
Maguey  Culture  in  Mexico,  Bread  from 
Acorns.  Present-Day  Germany,  and  four 
Eskimo  films  by  Comm.  Donald  B. 
MacMillan. 

Film  on  Plastics 

The   story  of  a   fast-growing  industry 

is  told  in  Modern  Plastics  Preferred,  the 

(Concluded  on  page  225) 


Jum,   19)9 


Page  223 


answer  your 

School  Sound 

Questions 


AS  A  MODERN  EDUCATOR  you  are  doubtless 
XJL  giving  much  thought  to  an  RCA  Victor 
centralized  i^ound  system  for  your  school.  You 
are  well  aware  of  the  administrative  aid  ren- 
dered by  such  a  system.  You  know  how  valu- 
able it  is  for  students . . .  how  it  enables  them, 
in  any  or  all  classrooms,  to  have  the  benefit 
of  fine  educational  radio  programs  .  .  .  hear 
recordings,  lectures  •  .  .  receive  instructions 
. . .  even,  with  the  aid  of  an  RCA  Victor  Re- 
cording Attachment,  make  their  own  records. 

You  know  these  advantages — but  in  your 

•        •       • 

Tradrniirk  "RCA  Victor"  n%MftrA  U.  S.  Hal.  Off.  h»  RCA  Mf(.'C<>.,  Inc. 
Modern  •chuuUiraj>'ino4lern  with  RCAradin  tiibeiiin  their •ouadequipm«nl. 


mind  there  are  many  questions  about  this 
equipment.  Its  cost,  how  it  will  fit  in  with 
your  school  layout — these  and  other  things 
are  bothering  you. 

Why  not  let  RCA  Victor  help  solve  your 
problem?  We  maintain  a  staff  of  school  sound 
experts — men  whose  engineering  knowledge 
and  familiarity  with  school  requirements  will 
be  extremely  helpful  to  you.  Just  fill  in  and 
mail  the  coupon  and  we'll  send  one  of  these 
men  to  see  you  —  without  cost  or  obligation. 


ii 
ii 
11 
fi 
II 


t'omden.  New  jj^f  <-"'"f>«nv.  ,„,,. 


SOUND  SERVICE  FOR  SCHOOLS 

RCA  Manufacturing  Company,  Inc.,  Camden,  N.  J. 

A  Service  of  the  Radio  Corporation  of  America 


Page   224  The  Educational  Screen 

AMONG  THE  PRODUCERS  ^^e«  tL  c.^^e.cJ 


TLttftA  OM-naunce  new  ptaJiiccti  hhA  JLeveLi>vm,enU  at  Lntete^t  to  tke  tieiJi. 


New  Amprosound  Model 

Ampro  Corporation  have  brought  out 
a  new  sound-projector  Model  "UB"  en- 
closed in  a  sound-proof  blimp  case,  af- 
fording extreme  quietness  in  operation. 
The  machine  has  an  amplifier  output  of 
IS  watts,  undistorted,  a  12-inch  perma- 
nent magnet  field  speaker  and  750  watt 
lamp.  In  addition  to  the  usual  features 
of  Ampro  projectors,  the  new  model  has 
several  innovations,  such  as  a  speaker- 
hiss  eliminator  which  enables  the  operator 
to  obtain  full  volume  without  hiss,  even 
at  low  voltage ;   and  an   amplifier  signal 


Sound-Proof  Model   "UB" 

light  which  indicates  when  amplifier  is 
on,  and  location  of  volume  and  tone 
control  knobs. 

With  the  sound-proof  blimp  case,  the 
projector  is  designated  as  Model  "UB," 
selling  at  $365.00,  and  with  standard 
case,  as  Model  "U,"  selling  at  $345.00, 
Complete  specifications  and  features  will 
be  sent  upon  request  to  The  Ampro 
Corporation,  2839  North  Western  Avenue, 
Chicago. 

Picture  Units  for  Classroom  Use 

A  unit  of  teaching  pictures  on  "The 
Farm,"  the  seventh  in  a  series  of  such 
units,  has  just  been  published  by  Inform- 
ative Classroom  Picture  Association, 
Grand  Rapids,  Michigan.  This  portfolio 
of  teaching  pictures  consists  of  twenty- 
one  8^"  X  11"  black-and-white  draw- 
ings, by  Kreigh  Collins,  illustrating  the 
main  types  of  farming  carried  on  in  the 
United  States  and  portraying  farm  life 
in  a  way  that  is  vitally  interesting  to 
children.  Each  picture  is  printed  on  an 
individual  sheet  of  heavy,  durable  paper. 

A  full  sheet  of  early  elementary  text, 
l)y  Elizabeth  Webster,  accompanies  each 
picture.  This  reading  material  is  printed 
in  large  type,  and  the  vocabulary  and 
sentence   structure  especially   chosen   for 


second  and  third  grade  children.  Five 
thousand  words  of  later  elementary  text, 
by  Raymond  E.  Fideler,  are  provided  for 
Grades   4-5-6. 

Other  units  in  this  social  science  series 
are  entitled  "Pioneer  Days,"  "Indian 
Life,"  "Life  in  Colonial  America," 
"Knighthood — Life  in  Medieval  Times," 
"Early  Civilization"  and  "Christmas  in 
Many  Lands." 

Victor  Announces 
All-Purpose  Projector 

The  new  Victor  Add-A-Unit  Anima- 
tophone,  just  recently  announced,  provides 
16mm  motion  picture  and  sound  equip- 
ment adaptable  to  all  requirements.  This 
new  multiple-variation  and  multiple-use 
motion  picture  projector  and  sound  sys- 
tem, manufactured  by  Victor  Animato- 
graph  Corporation,  should  be  practical 
and  economical,  because  units  may  be 
added  as  desired  and  all  units  of  the 
machine  are  interchangeable. 

The  Animatophone  basic  projector 
which  is  complete  in  itself,  provides  silent 
or  sound  motion  pictures,  microphone  fa- 
cilities and  phonograph  record  amplifi- 
cation for  an  average  size  room,  without 
addition  of  any  Add-A-Unit  equipment. 
Adding  an  amplifier  and  another  larger 
size  speaker  furnishes  sound  motion  pic- 
ture or  public  address  facilities  for  a 
large  auditorium.  Broadcasts,  recordings 
and  announcements  may  be  relayed  to  as 
many  rooms  as  desired,  when  the  Central 
Radio  P.A.  Sound  System  unit  is  added. 
According  to  Alexander  F.  Victor,  presi- 
dent, other  units  may  be  added  to  make 
possible   the   showing   of   sound   pictures 


«Di..jjmf,f«   ,oo....sptAKEi.  1 1, .."'.;■.','.'.',•;;.. 


Victor  Basic  Projector  and  Units 

in  one  location,  while  public  address  or 
music  amplification  are  being  used  in 
another. 

Complete   information   about   this  new 


all-purpose  motion  picture  and  sound 
system  may  be  secured  by  writing  to  the 
Victor  Animatograph  Corp.,  Davenport, 
Iowa. 

New  Eastman  Product 

A  new,  compact,  efficient  and  inex- 
pensive projector  for  2  x  2-inch  slides, 
the  Kodaslide  Projector  Model  1,  is  an- 
nounced from  Rochester,  New  York,  by 
the  Eastman  Kodak  Company.  Sturdily 
made  and  retailing  at  only  $18.50,  this 
new  projector  is  said  to  possess  operating 
conveniences  and  a  quality  of  construction 
that  are  unusual  in  its  price  range.  It  is 
suitable  for  showing  either  Kodachrome 
"stills"  or  black-and-white  positives. 
With  a  10-foot  throw,  its  4-inch  Kodak 
Projection  Lens  yields  a  26  x  38-inch 
picture  from  a  double-frame  35mm.  trans- 
parency, or  a  30  X  44-inch  screen  picture 
from  a  Kodak  Bantam  transparency.  The 
projector  lens  is  free  from  distortion  and 
chromatic  aberration,  and  is  well-cor- 
rected against  astigmatism.  Owing  to  the 
efficient  design  of  the  optical  system,  ade- 
quate screen  illumination  is  obtained  from 
a  100-watt  projection  lamp.  A  disk  of 
special  heat-absorbing  glass  prevents 
overheating  of  slides. 

The  Kodaslide  Model  1  does  not  utilize 
a  slide  carrier.  Slides  are  simply  fed 
through  a  slot  equipped  with  light  springs 
which  hold  the  slide  steadily  in  the 
plane  of  focus.  The  Kodaslide  Ready- 
Mount  Changer,  magazine  feed  device, 
can  be  used   with  this  model. 

B  &  H  Installs  "Vaporating" 
Laboratory  in  Hollywood 

The  Peerless-Vaporate  film  treatment 
which  has  been  offered  by  the  Bell  & 
Howell  film  laboratory  throughout  the 
middle  west  for  the  last  two  years,  is 
now  available  also  from  the  Hollywood 
laboratory  of  the  company  located  at  716 
North  La  Brea  Avenue. 

In  the  recent  report  issued  by  the 
Research  Council  of  the  Academy  of 
Motion  Picture  Arts  and  Sciences  on 
"Release  print  film  preservative  tests," 
the  committee  of  experts  stated :  "These 
tests  indicate  that  because  of  the  fact  that 
a  film  preservative  contributes  to  better 
projection  as  well  as  longer  life,  all  re- 
lease prints  should  be  given  some  treat- 
ment before  being  placed  in  use."  Con- 
ditions for  preservative  treatment  were 
described  as  follows:  (1)  "Prevents 
scratches  in  new  or  green  emulsion.  (2) 
Thoroughly  lubricates  the  emulsion  so 
that  it  will  not  adhere  to  any  part  of 
the  projector.  (3)  Impregnates  the 
gelatine  with  a  fixed  chemical  which  will 
not  be  dissipated  by  the  intense  heat  of 
the  projection  lamp,  but  which  will  take 
the  place  of  the  moisture  that  is  with- 
drawn   to    thus    prevent    warping    and 


June,   19}9 


Page   225 


YOUR  PREE  COPY 

of  1939-1940 

SEASON 

CATALOG 

16mm   Sound   and   Silent 

EDUCATIONAL 

CLASS      ROOM 

and 
AUDITORIUM 

MOTION   PICTURES 

will  Be  Ready  for  Mailing  Sept.   1st 

Fifteen  Hundred  Subjects 
Free  and  Rental 

Send  Name  and  Address 
to  the 

Motion    Picture    Bureau 

of  the  Y.M.C.A 


NEW    YORK 
347     Madison     Ave. 

SAN    FRANCISCO 
351   Turk  St. 


CHICAGO 
19    So.    LaSalle    St. 


Universal  lb 

SOIND  PROJLCTORS  P& 

New  All-Purpose  Model 

Combined  utility  is  offered  in  this 
newly  designed  1 6MM  Sound  Pro- 
jector. Precision  built.  Completely 
flexible  for  the  varied  demands 
of  classroom    anil    auditorium. 


Complete,  ready  to  operate 

Universal  Sound  Projector 

SENTRY  SAFETY  CONTROL  CORP. 

1921  Oxford  St..  Phil...  P«. 

Show  Room—  1600  Broadway.  N.  Y.  C. 


buckliiiR.      (4)    Retain  the  film's  pliabil- 
ity  indefinitely." 

All  of  these  conditions  are  met  by  the 
V'aporate  treatment,  which  was  one  of 
the  processes  subjected  to  these  tests. 

DeVry  Arc  Projector 

The  DeVry  Corporation  has  added 
a  new  professional  16mm.  Arc  Lamp 
Sound  Pro- 
jector designed 
for  large  audi- 
torium and 
theatrical  use, 
to  their  exten- 
siveline of  pro- 
jectors. This 
machine  incor- 
porates alt  of 
the  essential 
35mm.  me- 
chanical r  e  - 
qui  rements 
necessary  for 
heavy  duty  use 
including  a 
.sprocket  inter- 
mittent system. 
By  means  of 
a  new  develop- 
ment in  forceil 
draft  ventila- 
tion, it  is  pos- 
sible to  use  a 
specially  de- 
signed high 
intensity  arc 
lamp  without  creating  heat  at  the  pic- 
ture aperture. 


This  machine  makes  possible  the  use 
of  16mm.  sound  films  in  large  auditor- 
iums, as  it  is  said  to  deliver  a  20x24 
ft.  picture  at  a  distance  of  over  125 
feet  from  the  screen.  It  has  a  4000  ft. 
16mm.   reel   capacity. 

Micro   Attachment 
for  Leiti  Projector 

Microscope  slides  may  be  projected 
onto  a  screen  as  easily  as  ordinary 
2x2  inch  glass  slides  with  a  new  at- 
tachment which  fits  onto  the  Leitz 
VIII-S  projector.  This  accessory  is  a 
valuable  aid  to  the  teaching  of  biology 
and  chemistry,  as  the  teacher  can  pre- 
sent the  microscope  slides  to  the  class, 
by  projection  so  that  all  the  students 
see  the  same  thing  at  the  same  time. 

The  Micro  Projection  Apparatus  con- 
sists of  a  microscope  stage  with  clips  to 
hold  a  microscope  slide;  an  objective 
carrier  into  which  either  of  two  micro 
objectives  may  be  screwed:  and  a  bar 
on  which  the  objective  carrier  slides. 
Two  micro  objectives  are  available  for 
use  with  this  apparatus,  the  one  giving 
a  inagnification  on  the  screen  of  about 
twice  that  of  the  other,  with  the  pro- 
jector used  at  the  same  distance  from 
the  screen  in  each  case.  In  use,  the 
apparatus  takes  the  place  of  the  lens 
carrier  and  slide  changer  on  the  VIII-S 
projector.  The  change  from  straight 
projection  to  micro  projection  can  be 
easily  and  rapidly  made.  Full  informa- 
tion on  this  equipment  may  be  obtained 


from  E.  Leitz,  Inc.,  730  Fifth  Avenue, 
New   York  City. 

Current  Film  Releases 

(^Concluded  from  page  222) 

first  non-technical,  non  commercial  film 
on  the  subject  of  "plastics."  This  16  mm 
film  was  produced  in  sound  and  color 
for  Modern  Plastics  Magazine,  by  the 
T.  W.  Willard  Motion  Picture  Company 
of  New  York  City.  It  pictures  the 
origin  of  the  various  plastic  materials 
in  the  laboratory,  their  production  in 
steel  molds  with  pressure  and  heat,  and 
also  other  processes.  It  shows  their  ap- 
plication for  products  used  in  every  con- 
ceivable industry,  which  are  better  look- 
ing and   better    functioning. 

Gold  Mining  Filmed 

Canada's  gold  mining  industry  comes 
to  the  screen  in  a  motion  picture  film 
with  sound  narrative,  produced  by  the 
Department  of  Mines  and  Resources,  Ot- 
tawa, in  conjunction  with  the  Canadian 
Government  Motion  Picture  Bureau. 
Three  reels  of  16mm  film,  each  a  story 
within  itself,  have  been  released.  The  first 
reel  depicts  scenes  of  placer  mining  in 
the  historic  Klondike  gold  rush  days, 
lode-gold  mining  and  underground  min- 
ing. The  next  reel  shows  the  various 
steps  of  the  process  for  the  recovery 
of  the  gold,  followed  by  a  reel  on  the 
refining  of  the  rough  bullion  at  the  Royal 
Canadian  Mint.  Copies  of  the  film  may 
be  borrowed  from  the  Director  of  the 
Government  Motion  Picture  Bureau. 


Page  226 


The  Educational  Screen 


THE    FILM    ESTIMATES 


Being  the  Combined   Judgments  of  a   National  Committee  on   Current  Theatrical   FUmt 
(A)  Discriminating  Adults  (Y)  Youth  (C)  Children 

Date    of    mailing    on    weekly    service    is    shown    on    each    film. 


Almost  a  Gentleman  (James  Ellison,  the  dosr 
"Ace")  (RKO)  Unpretentious  story  notable  for 
remarkable  performance  of  police  dog.  Embit- 
tered revengeful  hero  trains  him  for  dog-show 
to  beat  hated  ex-brother-in-law's  entry.  Sen- 
timental dog  murder  trial  and  a  kidnapping 
are  other  ingredients.  5-23-39 

(A)  Fair  (Y)  Fairly  good  (C)  No 

Arizona  Wildcat  (Jane  W  ithers)  (Fox)  Moretom- 
boy  stuff  for  Jane  in  lively,  hilarious  Western. 
Jane,  a  la  Paul  Revere,  rouses  old  bandit  gang 
of  her  foster  father,  a  retired  Robinhood,  to 
catch  Sheriff,  who  is  really  a  murderous  outlaw 
"hiding  out."  Impossible  doings  by  Jane 
as    usual.  5-16-39 

(A)  Hardly  (Y)  Fair  (C)  No 

Big  Town  Czar  (Barton  MacLane,  Tom  Brown) 
(Univ)  Potentially  decent  kid  brother  climbs 
from  slums  to  college,  but  leaves  to  join  "big 
shot"  big  brother  in  racketeering.  Good  minor 
characters  outweighed  by  crudity  and  deprav- 
ity of  principals.  Mostly  gratuitous  trash  by 
columnist  Ed  Sullivan.  5-30-39 

(A)  Trash  (Y)  (C)  By  no  means 

Boy's  Reformatory  (Frankie  Darro,  Grant 
Withers)  (Monogram)  Slum  hero  takes  "rap" 
for  boy  pal,  becomes  trusty  in  reform  school, 
to  which  his  pa!  soon  comes  also,  framed  by 
a  gang.  Seemingly  faithless  to  trust,  hero  leads 
escape  but  only  to  aid  in  trapping  whole  gang. 
Dull  stuff.  5-16-39 

(A)  Stupid  (Y)  Worthless  <C)  No 

Calling  Dr.  Kildare  (Ayres,  Barrymore)  (MGM) 
Second  of  promising  series  on  medical  profes- 
sion, with  same  cast  in  tensely  human  char- 
acter play.  But  now  young  Kildare  must  inno- 
cently treat  gunshot  wound,  tangle  with  law, 
and  fall  in  love  with  a  gangster's  moll !  Series 
cheapened  for  supposed   "punch."  5-23-39 

(A)  (Y)  Mostly  good  (C)  No 

Confessions  of  a  Nazi  Spy  (Robinson,  Lederer, 
Lukas)  (Warner)  Vivid,  sensational  film  on 
clash  of  ruthless  Nazi  ideals,  propaganda  and 
espionage  with  U.  S.  Government  Secret  Serv- 
ice. Masterful,  absorbing  drama  frankly  anti- 
Hitler  but  not  pro-war.  Notable  screen  achieve- 
ment to  make  this  country  think.  5-30-39 
(A)  Notable  (Y)  Mature  but  good  (C)  No 
East  Side  of  Heaven  (Crosby,  Blondell,  Auer) 
(Univ)  Light,  heartwarming  story  featuring 
adorable  baby  and  Bing's  lullabies.  Crooning 
cab-driver  gets  involved  in  marital  troubles 
of  rich  couple  and  takes  care  of  baby  until 
their  reunion,  his  own  wedding  postponed 
thereby.  Amusing  dialog  and  situations.  5-16-39 
(A)  Entertaining  (Y)  Very  good  (C)  Good 
Fight  for  Peace  (by  Hendrik  Willem  Van  Loon) 
(Warwick)  Huge  composite  newsreel  with  good 
vocalogue—  30  years  ago  to  date — showing  war 
and  politics  in  Russia.  Italy,  Germany,  Japan, 
China,  Spain,  etc.  Some  grisly  scenes,  much 
faking,  but  whole  is  grim,  thought-provoking 
and  definitely  anti-war.  5-30-39 
(A)  Good  of  kind  (Y)  Mature  (C)  No 
First  Offenders  (Walter  Abel,  Johnny  Downs) 
(Colum)  Fine  youth  convicted  of  murder,  turns 
"tough  guy"  in  prison  and  on  release  (unex- 
plained pardon)  seeks  revenge  on  assistant  D. 
A.  But  latter's  farm  for  young  ex-convicts  works 
cure.  Well-acted  film  with  earnest  message 
and  character  values.  5-23-39 
(A)  Thought-provoking  (Y)  Mature  (C)  No 
Flying  Irishman.  The  (Douglas  Corrigan)  (RKO) 
Corrigan's  life  and  story  of  his  famous  flight 
told  in  simple  biographical  style.  Interesting 
as  fine  example  of  determined  ambition  and 
perseverance  winning  out  over  poverty  and  dis- 
couragement. Appealing  personality  atones  for 
woeful  lack  of  acting  ability.  6-6-39 
(A)  Fair         (Y)  Very  good         (C)  If  it  interests 

For  Love  or  Money  (June  Lang,  Robt.  Kent) 
(Univ)  Much  hilarious  fun  and  hectic  thrill  in 
preposterous  yam  about  $50,000  cash  lost  in 
transit  between  big  racetrack  bookie  and  un- 
known millionaire  winner.  Hectic  romance, 
dire  death  threats,  crazy  chase  sequences,  nitwit 
actions,  and  nobody  suffers  after  all.  6-6-39 
(A)  Depends  on  taste        (Y)  Doubtful        (0)  No 

Gorilla.  The  (Ritz  Brothers.  Anita  Louise)  (Fox) 
Re-filming  of  old  burlesque  mystery  thriller. 
Slapstick  antics  of  the  Ritz  Brothers  as  dumb, 
frightened  detectives  fail  to  amuse  and  stock 
scare  devices,  secret  panels  and  the  like,  fail  to 
thrill.  Absurd,  complicated  plot.  Patsy  Kelly 
provides  best  comedy.  6-6-39 

(A)  Hardly    (Y)  Prhps.  amus.    (C)  Too  exciting 


Inside  Story  (Michael  Whalen,  Jean  Rogers ) 
(Fox)  Columnist  writes  booze-inspired  invita- 
tion to  "loneliest  girl"  from  "loneliest  man." 
Clip-joint  hostess  answers  and  they  jaunt  off 
together.  Her  gangster  boss,  fearing  she 
may  '*talk,"  tries  murder  but  hero  saves  and 
solves  all.  5-16-39 

(A  Fair  of  kind  (Y)  No  (C)  No 

It's  a  Wonderful  World  (Colbert,  Stewart) 
(MGM)  Lively,  hilarious,  clever  series  of  bur- 
lesque adventures.  Detective-hero,  fleeing  law 
and  chasing  murderer  at  same  time,  is  crazily 
"helped"  by  "poetess"  heroine.  High  comedy 
values  largely  ruined  by  bellowed  dialog,  rau- 
cous noise,  and  over-crude  slapstick.  5-30-39 
(A)  Only  fair  (Y)  Probably  amusing  (C)  No 
Juarez  (Muni,  Aheme,  Rains,  Garfield,  Daven- 
port, Crisp,  Sondergaard,  Bette  Davis)  (Warner) 
Masterpiece  of  historical  drama,  accurate,  pow- 
erful, splendidly  written,  acted  and  directed, 
and  at  same  time  document  on  democracy  vastly 
impressive  in  present  world  situation.  Just  as 
good  with  fewer  grewsome  scenes.  6-6-39 
(A)  (Y)  Outstanding  (C)  Too  strong  and  beyond 
Lady's  from  Kentucky  (Raft,  Drew.  Herbert, 
Pitts)  ( Para)  Rural  settings  and  fine  horses 
sole  interest  in  trite,  artificial,  feebly-acted 
story  of  unconvincing  character  -  transformation 
of  tough,  unprincipled  gambler-hero.  Much 
footage  on  bookies  and  betting.  Hugh  Herbert 
minus  "woo-woo"  a  welcome  change.  5-23-39 
(A)  Hardly  (Y)  Very  doubtful  (C)  No 
Mikado.  The  (D'Oyly  Carte  Opera.  Kenny  Bak- 
er) (Univ)  Expert.  English-made  version  of 
famous  light  opera,  rich  in  color,  costume  and 
sets,  delightfully  sung  and  acted  with  all  the 
flavor,  spirit  and  satirical  humor  of  orig- 
inal. Should  please  all  lovers  of  Gilbert  and 
Sullivan.  6-6-39 
(A)  (Y)  Excellent  (C)  If  it  interests 
Mr.  Moto  in  Danger  Island  (Peter  Lorre)  (Fox) 
Typical  of  the  series,  with  fragile,  goggle-eyed 
little  Moto  outwitting  and  outpunching  every- 
body. Impossible  heroics,  grewsome  thrills. 
absurd  hokum  for  the  unthinking,  with  some 
very  dumb  comedy  for  relief.  Unintentionally 
comic  at  times.  5-30-39 
(A)  Hardly  (Y)  Perhaps  (C)  No 
Never  Say  Die  (Bob  Hope.  Martha  Ray e)  (Para) 
Utter  nonsense  farce  about  hypochondriac  at 
Alpine  hotel,  expecting  early  death  from  wrong 
diagnosis,  crazily  involved  in  romance  and 
marriage.  Would-be  clever  wisecracks,  crude 
slapstick  and  low-taste  buffoonery  make  hi- 
larious fun  for  the  low  I  Q's.  5-23-39 
(A)  Futile  (Y)  No  value  (C)  No 
On  Trial  ( Litel,  Lindsay.  Janet  Chapman ) 
(Warner)  Third  screening  of  old  Rice  melo- 
drama, intelligently  done,  modernized  a  bit 
with  radio  and  airplanes,  suspenseful,  and  with 
notable  child  role.  Tamer  than  present-day 
thrillers  and  more  convincing.  Really  above- 
average  Class  B  picture.  5-30-39 
(A)  Good  of  kind  (Y)  Mature  (C)  No 
Outside  the  Walls  (Michael  Whalen,  Virginia 
Weidler)  (Colum)  Honest,  released  convict, 
frankly  admitting  jail-term,  seeks  work  but 
meets  endless  trouble.  Even  his  little  daughter 
scorns  him.  but  he  flnally  wins  her  back 
and  she  saves  him  from  being  framed  for 
return  to  jail.  5-23-39 
(A)  Passable  (Y)  Fair  (C)  Hardly 
Persons  in  Hiding  (Lynne  Overmann,  Patricia 
Morison)  (Para)  Unpleasant  yarn  of  poor 
country  girl  in  city.  Loves  at  first  sight  a 
wretched  petty  thief  and  turns  ruthless  crim- 
inal to  make  a  big-timer  of  him.  Overmann's 
convincing  role  as  G-Man,  and  work  of  Federal 
Bureau  of  Investigation,  only  merit.  5-9-39 
(A)  Hardly                              (Y)  (C)  Decidedly  not 

Return  of  the  Cisco  Kid  (Warner  Baxter,  Lynn 
Bari)  (Fox)  Engaging  Mexican  Robinhood,  after 
his  fake  execution,  meets  heroine  on  stagecoach 
he  had  meant  to  rob.  Instead,  redeems  her  mort- 
gaged ranch  from  tricky  Sheriff  with  Sheriff's 
own  money.  His  thwarted  romance  is  pleasantly 
pathetic.  'Thriller  not  over  violent.  6-6-39 

(A)  Good  of  kind  (Y)  (C)  Good  thriller 

Risky  Business  (George  Murphy,  Dorothea 
Kent)  (Univ)  More  sensational  gang-melo- 
drama. Excessively  brave  radio-announcer,  old- 
time  pal  of  big  gangster,  turns  detective  and 
executioner.  Fastens  kidnapping  upon  his  pal, 
shoots  him  dead,  and  announces  achievement 
over  the  air  himself  I  5-16-39 

(A)  Mediocre  (Y)  Doubtful  value  (C)  No 


Rose  of  Washington  Square  (Power,  Faye,  Jol- 
son)  (Fox)  Another  "Alexander"  echo  of  the  past 
—  old  Broadway  actors,  singers,  dancers  readily 
identifiable— with  many  weak  spots  and  ana- 
chronisms. Heroine  loves  devotedly  hero,  an  in- 
curably crooked  and  contemptible  cad.  Rather 
cheap  stuff  cloaked  in  heavy  sentiment.  5-30-39 
(A)  Depends  on  taste  (Y)  Doubtful  (C)  No 
Society  Lawyer  (Pidgeon.  Bruce)  (MGM)  So- 
phisticated society  romance,  murder  and  swank 
gaiety  in  night-clubs  and  penthouses.  Smooth 
lawyer,  aided  by  heroine  and  cabaret  owner  of 
checkered  past,  traps  the  arch-gangster.  And  they 
have  Virginia  sing !  Remake  of  1933  picture. 
"Penthouse."  Well  acted  and  directed.  5-16-39 
(A)  Good  of  kind  (Y)  Better  not  tC)  No 

Some  Like  It  Hot  (Bob  Hope.  Shirley  Ross) 
(Para)  "Small  time"  promoter  breezes  along 
on  bluff  and  brass  till  his  troup  deserts  and 
climbs  high.  Devoted  heroine  brings  down-and- 
out  hero  back  into  picture.  Tortured  "swing" 
music  a  big  feature.  Cheap  exploitation  of  a 
ne'er-do-well.  6-6-39 

(A)  Feeble  (Y)  Little  value  (C)  No 

Sorority  House  (Ann  Sheridan,  James  Ellison) 
(RKO)  In  silliest  "college"  to  date,  slim- 
brained  girls  emote  endlessly  over  Sorority  bids, 
till  humble  country  girl  wins  the  bid  and  the 
philandering  College-doctor-hero.  Less  saccha- 
rine heroine  would  have  helped  some,  but  stuff 
is  largely  amateurish  and  inane.  5-30-39 

(A)  Silly  (Y)  No  (C)  No 

Streets  of  New  York  (Jackie  Cooper,  Martin 
Spellman)  (Monogram)  Wholesome,  telling 
story  of  social  and  fistic  struggles  of  clean, 
true  boy  to  overcome  slum  antecedents  and 
win  law  education.  Worthy  little  picture  de- 
spite over-sentimental  bits,  some  obvious  ser- 
monizing, and  rather  ineffective  ending.  5-23-39 
(A)  Fair  (Y)  (C)  Mostly  good 

Spirit  of  Culver  (Jackie  Cooper,  F.  Bartholo- 
mew) (Univ)  Surly  vagabond  boy.  sent  to  Cul- 
ver (by  American  Legion )  is  painfully  re- 
bellious till  fine  roommate  and  comrades  restore 
his  patriotism.  Return  of  his  father,  supposed 
dead  hero,  and  Freddie's  cabaret  romance, 
doubtful  plot  values.  Total  effect  good.  5-9-39 

(A)  (Y)  Very  good  of  kind  (C)  Fairly  good 

The  Hardys  Ride  High  (Rooney.  Stone,  Holden, 
Haden)  (MGM)  More  pretentious  and  less  in- 
teresting of  series.  Supposed  sudden  wealth 
starts  family  on  hilarious  social  expansion. 
Bubble  bursts  and  they  are  themselves  again. 
fortunately.  Mickey's  role  offers  fine  chance  for 
overacting  and   he  takes   it.  5-16-39 

(A)  Good  of  kind  (Y)  (C)  Mostly  amusing 

They  Made  Her  a  Spy  (Sally  Eilers,  Allan  Lane) 
(RKO)  Hero  and  heroine.  Secret  Service  op- 
eratives, are  planted  as  members  of  spy  ring  but 
unknown  to  each  other.  All  is  solved  by  suicides 
and  killings.  Features  supposed  gang-shooting 
of  Chief  of  F.  B.  I.  and  a  suicide  dive  from  top 
of  the  Washington  Monument !  6-6-39 

(A)  Ordinary  (Y)  No  (C)  No 

This'll  Make  You  Whistle  (British)  (C  &  M) 
English-made  farce  comedy  about  irresistible, 
philandering  hero,  hampered  by  well-meaning 
pals,  finally  winning  his  one  real  love.  Fran- 
tic but  mistaken  effort  to  be  funny  a  la  Holly- 
wood, with  antiquated  slapstick,  stale  laugh 
devices,  and  naive  overacting.  5-9-39 

(A)  Absurd  (Y)  No  (C)  No 

Union  Pacific  (Stanwyck,  McCrea,  Overmann. 
Tamiroff)  (Para)  Typical  DeMille  historical  ex- 
travaganza, costly  and  long,  on  pioneer  railroad 
building  to  end  all  railroad  building.  Valor  and 
villainy,  riot  and  romance,  bullets  and  booze, 
death  and  disaster,  mileage  and  multitudes,  on 
a  mass  production  basis.  5-9-39 

(A)  (Y)  Very  good  of  kind  (C)  Strong 

Women  in  the  Wind  (Kay  Francis,  William  Gar- 
gan)  (Warner)  Aviatrix-heroine,  to  get  money  to 
save  her  crippled  brother,  tricks  hard-boiled  ace 
aviator  into  letting  her  fly  in  women's  trans- 
continental air-race.  She  wins  both  prize  and 
hero,  naturally.  Just  another  airplane  thriller 
of  little  distinction.  5-16-39 

(A)  Ordinary  (Y)  Perhaps  (C)  Hardly 

Zero  Hour  (Otto  Kruger,  Frieda  Inescourt) 
(Repub)  Grim  little  story,  with  some  fine  char- 
acter acting,  about  producer  suddenly  crippled 
for  life  when  about  to  marry  girl  he  has 
trained  to  stage-stardom.  His  refusal  to  marry 
and  final  suicide  release  loyal  heroine  for 
stage  success  and  another  love.  5-23-39 

(A)  Good  of  kind  (Y)  Mature  (C)  No 


E  1  HI  C  ATEdD  MAL 


MdiSiill^ 


he  Magazine  Devoted  Exclusively 
0  the  Visual  Idea  in  Education 


SEPTEMBER.     I 
public  Ubrary 
^  -ity,  Mo. 

Library 


9  39 


Kansas  City, 


Teacbers 


VOLUME  XVIII.  NUMBER  7 

WHOLE       NUMBER       174 


[^C^O■i^-^^      A-M 


IN  THIS  ISSUE 


The  Radio  and 
Visual  Aids 


'Measuring  Some  "Intangible" 

Effects  of  Motion 

Pictures 


The  Status   of  Visual 

Instruction  by 

Projection  in 

Illinois 


Motion  Pictures — 
Not  for  Theatres 


ConsTKisT  OF  Natubi  Notes 


25c    A    copy    *     $2.00    PER    YEAR 


i\ute  how  conveniently  targe  periodicals  are  used. 


Teaching  Technique  with  the 

Spencer  Delineascope 


Today's  treasure  chest  of  pictures  is  an  almost 
bottomless  one.  News  weeklies,  travel  maga- 
zines, educational  publications,  photographs, 
post  cards  and  lantern  slides  yield  a  wealth  of 
material  which  can  be  magnified  vividly  and 
dramatically  in  the  classroom  by  means  of  this 
Spencer  Combination  Delineascope. 

This  type  of  instniment  is  rapidly  being 
recognized  as  the  logical  teaching  aid  in  current 


events,  history,  geography,  art,  and  many  other 
subjects.  Material  is  always  available  and  at 
no  cost.  Indifference  is  transformed  to  eager 
interest  when  students  summarize  their  projects 
by  opaque  projection.  Grade  school  children 
enjoy  operating  the  instrument. 

The  Spencer  dealer  in  your  vicinity  will  be 
glad  to  arrange  a  demonstration.  Or,  if  you 
prefer,  we  will  send  you  an  illustrated  folder 
upon  request.    Write  Dept.  W12. 


Spencer  Lens  Company 


MICROSCOPES 
MICROTOMES 
PHOTOMICROGRAPHIC 
EQUIPMENT 


REFRACTOMETERS 
COLORIMETERS 
BUrrALQ  I  I  SPECTROMETERS 
PROJECTORS 


Dfi 


£  EDUCATIONAL  SCREEN 


SEPTEMBER,  1939                                                    VOLUME  XVIII 

NUMBER  SEVEN 

Contents 

Diversltorlals                                                  

234 

The  Radio  and  Visual  Aids 

W.  M.  Gregory 

235 

Measuring  Sonne  'Intangible'  Effects  of  Motion 

Pictures 

Lloyd    L.    Ramseyer 

237 

The  Status  of  Visual  Instruction  by  Projection 

In  Illinois 

Alvin   B.   Roberts 

239 

Motion  Pictures — Not  for  Theatres 

Arthur   Edwin    Krows 

242 

Among  Ourselves — Notes  fronn  and  by 

The  Departnnent  of  Visual  Instruction 

Conducted  by  The  Editorial  Comnnittee. 

246 

Film   Estimates 

248 

Teaching  Fundamentals  of  Blocking — in  Hand 

■made 

Lantern  Slides.     R.  N.  Southard 

249 

Among  the  Magazines  and  Books 

Conducted  by  the  Staff 

250 

The  Federal  Film 

Conducted  by  Arch  Mercey 

256 

News  and  Notes 

Conducted  by  Josephine  Hoffman 

258 

In  and  For  the  Classroom 

Conducted  by  Wilber  Emmert 

262 

Current  Film  Releases 

266 

Among  the  Producers 

268 

Here  They  Are!  A  Trade  Directory  of  the  Visual  Field... 

272 

The  EDUCATIONAL  SCREEN  published  monfhiy  except  July  and  August  by  The 
Educatlonel  Screen,  Inc.  Publicetlon  Office,  Pontiac,  Illinois;  Executive  Office,  64 
Eeit  Lele  St.,  Chicago,  Illinois.  Entered  at  the  Post  Office  at  Pontiac.  Illinois,  at 

Address    communications    to    Executive    Office,    64    East    Lalia    St.,    Chicago,    III. 
$2.00  a  Year               (Canada,  $2.25;  foreign,  $3.00)                Single  Copies  25  ets. 

THE  EDUCATIONAL  SCREEN,   Inc. 

Directorate  and  Staff 
Ndun    L.    GrMiii.    Editor      Jouphlne    Hrtau 
Evelyn    J.    Bahrr                         F.    Dtln    McClusky 
Wllbcr    EiniMrt                         Stanley    R.    Greene 
Ann    Gale                                      Etta   Schneider 

Page  232 


The  Educational  Screen 


SATISFV 

FUTURE  MAGELLANS 

Travel  via  the  picture  route  .  .  .  pictures  of  far  places, 
strange  lands  and  customs  . .  .  help  to  satisfy  the  inner 
desire  of  young  adventurers  . .  make  geography  lessons 
vivid  and  vitally  interesting. 

In  teaching  any  subject,  to  pupils  of  any  age,  B&L 
Balopticon  projected  pictures — make  every  instruction 
period  more  interesting . . .  make  learning  a  pleasure  . .  and 
lessons  unforgettable. 

B&L  Balopticons  are  available  for  projecting  still 
films,  lantern  slides,  photographs,  clippings  and  even  actual 
objects  and  specimens.  Write  for  descriptions  and  prices. 
Ask  for  catalog  E- 1 1.  Bausch  &  Lomb  Optical  Co.,  695 
St.  Paul  Street,  Rochester,  N.  Y. 

BAUSCH  &•  LOMB 

FOR    yOUR    EYES,    INSIST    ON    BAUSCH   >    LOMB    EYEWEAR,    MADE    FROM    BAUSCH    t    LOMB 
CLASS    TO    BAUSCH   «   LOMB    HIGH    STANDARDS    OF    PRECISION     ......... 


September,   79  19 


Page   233 


Now  ^^^  School  Con  Afford 
TAIKIN6  MOTION  PICTORES   ~ 


New  Low-Cost  Sound  Projectors  are  within  the  reach  of  All 


Many  hundreds  of  schools  have  adopted  the  new  Amprosound 
Projectors.  Their  low  prices  have  brought  them  within  the  reach  of 
every  budget.  With  these  remarkable  new  models  you  can  project 
sound  pictures  inexpensively — anywhere  and  at  a  moment's  notice! 
You  simply  set  up  the  machine,  plug  it  in  and  turn  it  on.  It  is  as 
simple  as  that!  All  controls  are  centralized  on  one  convenient  illu- 
minated panel.  Threading  has  been  simplified  so  that  it  is  as  easy 
as  on  the  ordinary  silent  projector.  Truly — the  merest  novice  can 
operate  these  new   units  as  easily  as  a  radio. 

Another  important  feature  of  Ampro's  new  Models  X  and  Y  is 
the  extreme  quietness  of  operation.  There  is  none  of  the  customary 
objectionable  loud  hum.  When  you  are  right  next  to  the  projector 
itself  you  are  scarcely  conscious  of  its  operation.  The  proof  of  all 
this  is  the  fact  that  no  case  or  "blimp"  is  required  to  cover  the 
projector  when  it  is  being  operated. 

Convenient  portability  is  another  characteristic  of  the  new 
Amprosound  models.  These  machines  can  be  packed  in  a  few 
moments'  time — they  swing  into  operation  as  easily  and  as  quickly 
as  a  portable  typewriter! 


AMPRO 

PRECISION    CINE    EQUIPMENT 

Ampre  (erporitUa,  »3»  M.  Weiltia  Ate.  Chicago,  III. 


MANY  OTHER  UNUSUAL  FEATURES! 

In  addition,  the  new  AraproHound  Unitft  offer  numerouH  other  special 
features  and  advantages  that  make  (hem  today's  Krentest  sound  projector 
Talu«?s.  These  include:  A  Quick-Cleaning  Optical  System;  Kconomical 
Operation,  with  the  standard  pre-fooused  projection  lampM;  New  Simpli- 
fied Design — it  is  just  mechanically  impossible  to  tear  film  pArforalion — 
and  fast  Automatic  Rewinding.  And  to  top  these  all  are  the  new  low 
prices  so  that  now  even  the  most  infrequent  user  of  sound  films  can  no 
longer  afford  to  be  without  efficient  stmnd  projection  equipment.  Send 
coupon  below  for  full  details. 

NEW  LOW  PRICES 

Model  **X*'- — equipped  with  60  cycle  A.C.  motor,  indudlnt; 
1000  foot  reel,  S"  dynamic  speaker,  complete  accessori(f« 
and  cords,  comes  in  one  case  all  weighing  only 
49    lbs 

Model  '*Y" — equipped  with  Universal  A.C.-D.C.  motor  for 
both  silent  and  sound  film  speeds,  including  completf 
accessories  and  cords,  with  12"  dynamic  speaker.  comeK 
in    2    compact    cases 

(Model  "Y"   also  is  available   in   one  case,   complete   accessories,   with   S'^ 

speaker. — Can    also    be    obtained    Reverse    and    Still    Picture    Button    at 

slight   extra   cont.) 


$275 
$295 


Plea««  ftcnd  mr  ibe  bpw  1939  Ampro  <UtaloK.  1  am  parllralarly  tntereited  lat     '^ 
[_j   New  Atnproonund  Model*  "X"  sod  "V" 

n    Ampro   16  mm.  hilrol  and  Coovrrlihtr  to  Sound  Projector* 
l_]  All  Ampro  16  mm.  Sound  I'mjerlors  including  Ampro<Arc 
n  Ampro  16  mm.  Conlinuon*  Projector*  (for  Ui»play*—  World**  Fair 
and  CoDvcnlion  Exhibit*) 

Namm 


.  SiaMl. 


Page   2  34 


The  Educational  Screen 


'^ii/et5itoti€il5 


The  Film  Evaluation  Project 

IN  VIEW  of  the  most  auspicious  beginning  last  Spring,  the 
project  for  a  national  evaluation  by  teachers  of  films  used 
in  their  own  classrooms  will  be  substantially  extended  during 
this  school  year.  The  March-to- June  experimental  effort 
brought  in  thousands  of  Score  Cards  from  more  than  300 
teachers  in  36  States,  on  1095  different  films.  Our  new  plans 
contemplate  a  Judging  Committee  of  a  thousand  teachers.  All 
present  judges  will  hear  from  us  shortly  by  direct  mail. 

The  first  elementary  data  to  be  printed  on  results  so  far  will 
appear  in  the  forthcoming  15th  edition  of  "1001  Films."  An 
entirely  new  feature  of  that  edition  will  be  a  complete  Alpha- 
betical Listing  of  the  nearly  5000  films  appearing  in  the  body 
of  the  book  under  subject  classifications.  This  alphabetical 
list  will  indicate  the  1095  films  so  far  evaluated.  One  *  after 
a  film  means  that  at  least  one  Score  Card  has  been  received 
on  that  film.  Two  **  mean  that  Score  Cards  in  file  are  fairly 
numerous.  Three  ♦**  mean  that  the  Score  Cards  are  approach- 
ing the  number  needed  for  a  significant  rating  of  the  film  from 
multiple  teacher  judgments. 

Each  teacher  on  the  Judging  Committee  this  year  will 
receive  free  copy  of  the  new  "1001  Films".  The  alphabetic 
listing  will  permit  checking  off  those  films  already  evaluated  by 
the  teacher,  and  will  also  show  the  films  on  which  Score  Cards 
are  most  needed.  As  the  **♦  films  reach  the  quota  needed  for 
a  reliable  composite  rating,  all  judges  will  be  advised  and  will 
omit  scoring  said  films  thereafter. 


An  Addition 

THE  Educational  ScRrEN  plans  to  add  an  Editorial  Ad- 
visory Board  of  Ten.  We  want  it  thoroughly  representa- 
tive of  and  satisfactory  to  the  field,  and  it  should  therefore 
be  elected  by  the  field  as  well  as  the  magazine.  To  this  end 
we  sent  ballots  to  twenty-four  outstanding  leaders  in  visual 
instruction — eight  in  the  West,  eight  in  the  Mid-West,  eight 
in  the  East  and  South.  Within  ten  days,  18  of  the  24  ballots 
came  back,  and  the  rest  are  expected  soon.  Announcement  of 
the  new  Board  will  be  made  in  October. 


An  Enlargement 

WE  suspect  that  our  enlarged  department  "The  Literature 
in  Visual  Instruction — A  Monthly  Digest",  formerly 
called  "Among  the  Magazines  and  Books",  will  be  emphatically 
approved  by  many  readers.  We  invite  your  careful  perusal 
of  same  and  your  reaction  by  mail,  if  and  as  the  spirit  moves. 
Address  Miss  Etta  Schneider,  the  new  Departmental  Editor. 


Something  New  in  "Surveys" 

THE  Roberts  survey  of  the  status  of  visual  instruction  pro- 
jection in  the  schools  of  Illinois,  presented  in  this  issue, 
impresses  us  as  the  sort  of  thing  greatly  needed  for  all  the 
48  states.  Among  the  many  questionnaire  "surveys"  previously 
made  in  various  areas,  this  one  is  more  or  less  unique  (1) 
in  showing  a  return  of  about  30%  on  nearly  2000  question- 
naires; (2)  in  being  thoroughly  concrete  and  practical  in  its 
quest;  (3)  in  keeping  the  number  of  questions  asked  within 
reasonable  bounds ;  (4)  in  avoiding  hypothetical  questions  to 
which  only  vague  answers  can  be  made  and  which  therefore 
yield  statistics  of  a   meaning  and  value  quite  uncertain;    (5) 


finally,  in  being  concise,  precise,  and  factual,  less  pretentious 
and  more  effective,  and  thus  presenting  simply,  clearly  and 
accurately  an  actual  status  quo. 

We  hope  to  offer  similar  surveys  of  other  States  at  intervals 
as  frequent  as  possi1)le.  A  standard  questionnaire,  the  same 
form  to  be  used  in  all  States,  would  yield  data  readily  tabulated 
into  totals  for  the  entire  country.  Mr.  Roberts'  data  for 
Illinois  are  much  more  complete  and  informative  than  any 
previously  gathered.  A  questionnaire  similar  in  size  and  scope 
would  doubtless  produce  equally  reliable  results  in  any  State 
if,  the  Union. 


Airlines  and  Schools 

A  TRIO  of  Marbles  from  California,  father,  mother,  and 
five-year-old  son,  visited  us  this  summer  in  Michigan. 
Arthur  L.  Marble  gives  the  summer  courses  in  visual  instruc- 
tion at  the  University  of  Utah.  This  year  he  added  a  novel 
feature  to  the  course  which  we  would  pass  on  to  other  Directors 
of  Visual  Courses  for  judicious  imitation  wherever  the  situation 
permits. 

Mr.  Marble  convinced  the  authorities  at  a  trans-continental 
airline  base  at  Salt  Lake  City  that  it  would  be  to  their  ad- 
vantage to  furnish  a  21 -passenger  ship  with  crew  for  one-hour 
flights  by  members  of  his  classes,  who  might  wish  the  ex- 
perience, at  the  bargain  price  of  $1.00  per  head  for  the  hour. 
Seven  flights  were  made  during  the  course,  the  Director  and 
20  students  filling  the  plane  for  each  flight. 

The  benefits  to  all  concerned  must  be  obvious.  The  students 
gained  a  visual  knowledge  of  the  Great  Salt  Lake  area  over  a 
100-mile  radius  obtainable  in  no  other  way;  and  the  great 
majority,  making  their  first  flight,  became  real  flying  enthus- 
iasts. The  airline  company,  at  minimum  advertising  cost  and 
effort,  achieved  141  whole-hearted  boosters  for  the  flying  idea 
who  will  inevitably  communicate  their  glowing  convictions  to 
thousands  of  their  pupils,  all  potential  customers  for  the  air  lines 
immediately  or  in  the  very  near  future.  We  urged  Mr.  Marble 
to  consider  seriously  the  idea  of  developing  on  a  nation-wide 
scale  such  cooperation  by  the  airlines  with  the  visual  instruction 
field.  There  are  real  and  practical  values  there  for  both  the 
schools  and  the  airlines. 


The  Film  Estimates 

THIS  month  marks  the  completion  of  13  consecutive  years 
of  the  Film  Estimate  service  as  printed  in  this  magazine 
and  elsewhere.  More  than  5000  theatrical  features  have  been 
covered  since  September,  1926.  Our  problem  of  "space"  be- 
comes more  serious  every  year  as  the  visual  movement  grows, 
despite  the  increase  we  have  made  in  the  number  of  pages  with 
each  succeeding  volume.  The  current  volume  (XVIII)  for 
example,  carries  12%  more  pages  in  its  first  6  issues  than  the 
corresponding  issues  of  Volume  XVII,  but  space  requirements 
arc  still  pressing. 

We  plan,  therefore,  to  gain  a  bit  more  space,  for  material 
specifically  on  our  field  of  visual  education  in  schools,  by 
dropping  the  Film  Estimates  from  the  magazine  hereafter. 
(This  does  not  apply  to  the  weekly  service  of  Film  Estimates 
nor  to  syndication  of  same  in  other  publications).  Therefore, 
unless  there  is  a  very  wide  and  strident  chorus  of  objection 
from  our  readers,  the  pages  of  Film  Estimates  in  this  issue 
will  be  the  last  to  appear  in  the  Educational  Screen. 

N.L.G. 


THE  RADIO 

AND 
VISUAL  AIDS 


Summarizing  the  major  steps  involved  and 
equipment  used  in  Cleveland's  remarkable 
adaptation   of  radio  for   visual   instruction. 


By    W.    M.    GREGORY 

Educational  Museum  of  Cleveland  Schools 


ONE  hundred  twenty-three  schools  are  eciuipped 
with  radio  receiving  sets,  projectors,  and  the 
complete  set  of  lantern  slide  lessons.  This  forms 
a  network  that  binds  closely  together  the  classroom 
work  of  pupils,  teachers,  and  visual  aids. 

The  lessons  are  broadcast  from  WBOE  (41.5  mc) 
which  is  owned  and  operated  by  the  Cleveland  Board 
of  Education.  The  three  radio  studios  are  on  the  sixth 
floor  of  the  Cleveland  Board  of  Education  Building. 
At  Lafayette  School  is  located  the  500  watt  Collins 
transmitter  room  and  broadcasting  antenna.  The  qual- 
ity of  reception  has  been  reported  as  satisfactory  in  94% 
of  the  outlets.  An  increase  in  the  height  of  the  anten- 
na will  create  better  reception  for  all  schools. 

The  results  of  the  experimental  broadcast  of  radio 
lessons  in  15  minute  periods  have  justified  the  cost  and 
extra  planning  in  that  the  type  of  supervision  has 
changed,  courses  of  study  are  more  mobile  juid  visual 
aids  are  in  active  use. 


1.    The  School  Unit. 

1.  A  school  unit  for  radio  visual  lessons.  A  short 
wave  high  frequency  receiver  and  loud  speaker  at  the 
center,  two  projectors,  the  units  of  lantern  slide  lessons 
and  the  scripts.  Each  elementary  public  school  in 
Oeveland  has  this  equipment  ready  for  use.  Radio 
lesson  slides  in  each  building  (1939)  are  listed  as  fol- 
lows: 


Title 

No.  of  Units 

No.  of  slides 

Art 

2 

68 

Art — Junior  high 

2 

59 

Elementary  Science 

6 

181 

Geography 

6 

288 

Geography  Maps 

1 

50 

Health  and  Hygiene 

6 

67 

Handcraft 

1 

12 

History 

3 

128 

History  Maps 

1 

25 

Kindergarten   Stories 

1 

29 

Safety 

4 

165 

Adult  Education  (your 

child)  2 

98 

Social  Graphs 

1 

50 

Writing 

1 

50 

Total 

37 

1270 

2.    One  of  the  Selection  Committees. 


2.  Committees  select  the  visual  materials  and 
prepare  the  script  for  each  radio  lesson.  This  is  the 
art  committee  consisting  of  the  art  director,  the  art 
supervisor,  and  a  representative  of  the  Educational 
Museum.  There  are  twelve  committees  working  to  ad- 
just the  lessons  to  pupils.  Elementary,  junior  high, 
and  senior  high  schools  have  special  centers  for  the 
experimental  class  room  work  of  each  committee.  The 
visual  materials  are  supplied  by  the  Educational  Mu- 
seum for  these  trial  lessons.  When  the  material  is 
found  to  be  suitable  to  the  grade  level  it  is  then  re- 
turned to  the  Educational  Museum  to  be  duplicated 
and  organized  into  lantern  slide  lesson  sets  for  each 
school  in  the  city. 

The  various  committees  prepare  the  lesson  script 
for  the  broadcast,  the  guide  sheets  for  the  class  room 
teacher  and  make  the  necessary  adjustments  tliat  are 
required  for  the  city-wide  use  of  curriculum  materials. 


Page  236 

3.  Visual  material  is  frequently  obtained  by  the 
camera  for  special  use.  Captain  Roth  of  the  police 
department  and  Miss  Georgiana  Downing  of  Robert 
Fulton  School  are  making  a  jx)sitive  safety  picture  to 
be  used  city-wide  to  train  pupils  to  do  the  safe  thing 
at  a  hazardous  crossing.  This  picture  becomes  the 
basis  of  a  script  that  is  written  at  Robert  Fulton  School 
under  the  direction  of  Georgiana  Downing,  principal, 
and  Leslie  R.  Silvernale,  safety  supervisor.  The  script 
thus  prepared  is  used  in  trial  lessons  with  pupils  and 
becomes  a  definite  part  of  the  Cleveland  Course  of 
Study  in  safety.  The  Safety  Council  of  Cleveland  and 
other  organizations  are  interested  in  these  broadcast 
lessons.  This  particular  item  is  only  one  of  the  many 
where  the  camera  brings  into  the  classroom  local  situa- 
tions that  have  valuable  lessons  for  the  entire  school 
system.  Local  materials  have  been  secured  in  social 
studies,  covering  voting,  street  cleaning,  water  supply, 


.-,.     ■■Shuulin^"  a   scene   lu:    a  salcly  piclu!'--. 

garbage  disposal,  sewage  disposal,  shipping  of  heavy 
raw  materials,  and  other  important  civic  activities. 

4.  Art  sketches,  graphs,  diagrams,  charts  and 
maps  are  drawn  to  fit  lessons  in  history,  geography, 
health,  elementary  science,  safety,  and  other  subjects. 
This  is  a  series  of  simple  basic  sketches  for  history 
which  have  been  rotaprinted  on  thin,  clear  transolene 
and  made  into  cheap  lantern  slides  so  that  all  classes 
may  have  the  material  at  the  time  needed.  Special 
artists  make  the  sketches  which  are  approved  by  the 
various  committees. 


The  Educational  Screen 

These  simple  sketches  have  proved  to  be  an  excel- 
lent aid  to  all  the  pupils  in  a  class.  This  method  of 
displaying  materials  by  the  lantern  slide  where  all  may 
clcarlv  see  has  been  found  superior  in  the  radio  lessons 
to  the  use  of  similar  material  in  a  text  book. 

5.  Assembling  duplicate  sets  of  lantern  slide  les- 
sons to  be  sent  to  classrooms  in   Cleveland  for  radio 


S.     Assembling  slides  for  radio  lesson. 

broadcasts.  These  sets  have  been  selected  as  above  by 
committees  and  are  the  basis  of  radio  lessons.  The 
slides  for  each  subject  are  assembled  about  fifty  in  a 
slide  box.  Each  box  has  the  slides  for  a  division ;  e.g.  in 
elementary  geography  there  are  six  boxes,  one  each 
for  4B,  4A,  5B,  5A,  6B,  6A.  This  gives  a  teacher  the 
exact  material  required  for  the  grade  level  of  her  class. 
The  small  box  is  a  convenient  method  of  handling  the 
material.  Each  subject  has  its  colored  labels  so  that 
the  slides  for  various  subjects  are  easily  identified. 

It  is  well  to  note  that  all  lantern  slides  used  in  the 
Cleveland  radio  lessons  are  returned  at  the  close  of  the 
spring  semester  to  the  Educational  Museum  for  replace- 
ments, corrections,  changes  in  the  pictorial  subjects,  etc. 

6.  This  fifteen  minute  radio  history  lesson  is  in 
progress  in  one  of  the  120  5A  history  classes  of  Cleve- 
land. It  is  received  from  the  central  station  over  the 
radio  loud  speaker  at  the  left.  The  specially  prepared 
map  is  projected  onto  the  screen  in  a  semi-dark  room. 
About  4,500  pupils  are  receiving  this  lesson.  This  is 
a  method  of  using  modern  tools  to  put  the  ideas  of  the 
course  of  study  into  operation  in  the  classrooms  of  a 
large  city  school  system.  This  lesson  uses  a  map  and 
two  or  three  lantern  sides  from  the  especially  prepared 
set  of  lantern  slide  lessons  which  is  retained  by  the 
teacher  as  a  basic  set  for  the  semester's  work.  The 
lantern  slides  are  always  at  hand  for  check  up  and 
review.  There  is  an  added  advantage  in  having  ma- 
terial selected  for  the  grade  level. 


Series  of  sketches  for  history. 


visual-radio  classroom. 


September,  19}9 


Page  237 


7.  This  is  tlie  rcpular  program  for  radio  lessons. 
Each  lesson  is  15  minutes  in  length  and  in  each  lesson 
there  are  silent  periods  for  pupil  activity.  The  radio 
lesson  is  not  one  of  mere  jiassive  listening  but  it  pro- 
vides frefiufiit  opportunity  for  questions,  checking,  and 
otiier  activities. 

In  the  spaces  reserved  for  junior  and  senior  high 
schools  are  broadcasts  of  current  events,  discussion  of 
modern  ])rol)lenis.  Jind  other  types  of  activities  suited  to 
the  secondary  levels. 

These  experiments  with  visual  radio  lessons  in  Cleve- 
land have  indicated  the  value  of  these  new  tools  as  fol- 
lows : 

1.  High  grade  mass  instruction. 

2.  Exposure  to  good  English. 

.?.     Pointed  use  of  maps,  charts,  and  pictures. 

4.  Guidance  in  observation. 

5.  Presentation  of  new  ideas. 


Time        Mon.            Tues.             Wed.           Thurs. 

Fri. 

9 :1S  6B  Spellinj!  t)B  Spelling  oB  Spelling 

6B  Spelling 

9:35                            4B             5B-A             2A 

Geography     Science     Arithmetic 

10:00  5B  Histof)  2B  Music  6B  English       4B-A 

Jr.-Sr.H.S. 

10:35                                                                 Science 

Programs 

11 :00      6B  Art          3B-A       4B    Health 

Science                          Reserved 

11.30                                                                For 

1 :35  5B  Spelling  5B  Spelling  5B  Spelling  Programs 
2:00'  4B  Music  5B  Science  YourChild  ^o    Junior 

SB  Spelling 

Primary 

Tryout         and  his     and  Senior 

Safety 

Lesson         School          High 

2:40                                          Parents   of     Schools 

Pre-School 

Children 

3:15                      ElcmPhys. 

Ed.  Tchrs. 

1st  &  3rd 

Tues. 

7.     Schedule  for  radio  lessons. 


MEASURING  'INTANGIBLE'  EFFECTS 
OF  MOTION  PICTURES 


By    LLOYD    L.    RAMSEYER 

President  of  Blufiton  College, 
Bluffton,  Ohio 


Some  systematic  testing  for  other  than  factual 
values  derivable  from  use  oi  documentary  films 


IT  is  a  generally  accepted  fact  that  motion  pictures 
are  an  aid  in  the  teaching  of  factual  information. 
Many  experiments  demonstrate  clearly  the  useful- 
ness of  films  for  this  purjio-se.  It  is  now  generally  con- 
ceded that  if  films  are  ])ro])crly  used  in  the  cla.ssroom 
they  will  result  in  a  saving  of  time  and  energy  in  teach- 
ing the  informational  subject  matter  of  the  usual  course 
of  study. 

We  must  admit,  iiovvever,  that  the  communication  of 
information  is  only  one  of  the  many  aims  of  instruction 
in  any  subject  and  in  any  classroom.  W'e  want  to  create 
awareness  of  problems,  desirable  .social  attitudes,  clarity 
of  thinking,  and  the  like.  Much  less  work  has  been 
done  in  the  measurement  of  these  so-called  "intangible" 
results  of  the  use  of  films  than  in  the  measurement  of 
the  increase  of  factual  information. 

The  study  rejxjrted  here  concerned  itself  primarily 
with  the  attempt  to  reach  some  of  these  non-factual  ob- 
jectives. Motion  picture  films  of  the  docimientary 
type  were  used.  The  study  consisted  of  the  use  of  two 
groups  of  films.  In  the  first  group  were  films  dealing 
with  the  work  of  the  \N'P.\,  in  which  Hands  and  vari- 
ous parts  of  Work  Pays  America  were  used.  The  second 
group  dealt  with  the  problem  of  .soil  erosion,  The  Plow 
that  Broke  the  Plains  and  The  River  being  used. 

Answers  were  sought  to  such  questions  as  the  fol- 
lowing :  What  effects  do  such  films  have  on  the  social 
attitudes  of  pupils?  Do  films  make  individuals  more 
conscious  of  the  existence  and  importance  of  social 
problems?    Do  such  films  aid  people  to  see  the  social 


implications  of  situations  involving  the  social  problem 
in  question?  What  effect  does  such  a  film  have  on 
the  relative  importance  which  pupils  attribute  to  human 
and  finincial  values?  Do  individuals  think  more  clearly 
and  consistently  about  these  problems  after  seeing  a 
motion  picture  than  they  did  before? 

Nearly  two  thousand  individuals  in  the  schools  of 
Ohio  were  included  in  the  experimental  and  control 
groups.  These  individuals  were  enrolled  in  fourteen 
widely  scattered  schools  in  the  state  of  Ohio,  the  com- 
nmnitics  chosen  representing  different  ])opulation  types. 
Subjects  ranged  from  the  seventli  grade  to  and  includ- 
ing adults.  Only  a  part  of  this  total  group  was  used 
in  the  attempt  to  find  answers  to  some  of  the  questions. 
In  connection  with  attitudes,  however,  data  are  avail- 
able from  the  entire  group. 

Movies  and  Attitudes 

The  Payne  Fund  studies  have  shown  quite  clearly 
that  tlicatrical  motion  pictures  do  affect  the  social  at- 
titudes of  children.  Little  has  Ijeen  known,  however, 
about  the  effectiveness  of  less  highly  dramatic  and  more 
factual  films,  shown  under  school  conditions.  All 
showings  in  this  study  were  under  normal  school  con- 
ditions. In  all  cases  but  one,  sixteen  millimeter  pro- 
jection equipment  was  used.  Showings  ranged  from 
thirty  to  forty-five  minutes  in  length. 

Attitude  tests  used  were  built  and  scaled  by  the 
use  of  Thurstone  technique.  Two  sets  of  tests  were 
employed.    One  of  these  measuretl  attitude  toward  the 


Page  238 


The  Educational  Screen 


WPA  and  was  used  in  connection  with  the  WPA  pic- 
tures. A  test  on  attitude  toward  government  help  in 
the  control  of  soil  erosion  was  used  in  connection  with 
the  soil  erosion  pictures. 

A  total  of  784  individuals  was  in  the  experimental 
groups  which  saw  the  WPA  films.  They  showed  a 
shift  in  attitude  in  the  direction  of  a  more  favorable 
attitude  toward  the  WPA  as  a  result  of  seeing  the  pic- 
ture. The  shift  in  mean  score  was  from  6.61  to  7.27. 
This  change  was  fifteen  times  the  probable  error  of 
the  difference  in  means.  After  a  period  of  two  months, 
the  difference  between  the  attitude  then  shown  and  the 
original  attitude  was  still  six  times  the  probable  error. 

A  total  of  600  individuals  was  in  the  experimental 
group  which  saw  The  Plow  that  Broke  the  Plains. 
They,  to,  made  a  shift  in  attitude  which  was  in  the 
direction  expected,  more  favorable  to  government  help 
in  the  control  of  soil  erosion.  Before  seeing  the  picture 
the  median  attitude  test  score  was  8.09,  which  changed 
to  8.42  after  seeing  the  picture.  The  difference  in  these 
scores  was  11.4  times  the  probable  error.  After  two 
months,  much  of  the  change  still  remained,  the  dif- 
ference between  the  attitude  then  shown  and  the  ori- 
ginal attitude  being  6.9  times  the  probable  error. 

A  group  of  134  high  school  pupils  saw  The  River. 
The  mean  attitude  test  score  of  this  group  was  8.25 
before  seeing  the  picture  and  8.53  after  .seeing  it.  This 
difference  was  7.6  times  the  probable  error.  In  this 
case  no  attempt  was  made  to  find  the  retention  of  the 
attitude  change. 

Failure  to  secure  a  greater  shift  in  attitude  toward 
government  help  in  soil  erosion  control  was  partly  due 
to  the  fact  that  most  pupils  were  originally  very  much 
in  favor  of  such  control.  This  made  further  shifts 
difficult  to  secure. 

Several  hundred  individuals  were  included  in  control 
groups.  Tests  were  given  to  these  groups  at  the  regular 
intervals  but  no  stimulus  material  was  presented.  Al- 
though there  was  some  change  of  score  without  the 
picture,  these  changes  were  not  of  statistical  significance. 

From  these  data  it  is  evident  that  documentary  films 
of  the  type  used  do  change  social  attitudes,  and  that 
these  changes  do  have  a  degree  of  permanence. 

Movies  and  Social  Awareness 

Change  of  attitude  is  some  evidence  of  increased 
awareness  to  the  existence  and  importance  of  a  social 
problem.  Another  efl^ort  to  get  at  this  question  was 
made  through  the  use  of  essay  type  statements  made 
by  pupils.  Some  of  these  indicate  that  the  individual 
had  a  better  grasp  of  the  significance  of  the  problem 
after  seeing  the  picture  than  he  had  before  seeing  it. 
Some  of  these  statements,  made  after  seeing  the  WPA 
pictures,  follow. 

"I  believe  the  motion  picture  broadened  my  understanding 
of  the  work  of  the  WPA." 

"It  made  me  feel  better  toward  them  because  now  I  know 
what  they  do  and  how  much  good  work  they  do." 

"These  pictures  have  made  me  a  little  less  prejudiced  against 
the  WPA  and  I  now  realize  some  of  its  good  works." 

"It  did  make  me  change  my  mind  in  some  degree  mainly  be- 
cause it  increased  my  rather  limited  understanding  and  knowl- 
edge of   the  subject." 

Some  of  the  statements  collected  from  those  who  saw 
the  soil  erosion  films  provide  more  clear  cut  evidence 


of  increased  sensitivity  to  a  problem.  A  few  of  these 
are  quoted  below. 

"It  made  it  clear  how  serious  it  was.  I  didn't  think  much 
about  it  when  I  read  about  it  in  the  papers." 

"The  picture  opened  my  eyes  to  things  I  never  knew 
existed." 

"I  never  sensed  that  the  Great  Plains  were  in  such  a  dis- 
tressed situation." 

"I  have  read  about  the  dust  storms  in  the  Great  Plains  but 
I  never  realized  it  was  such  a  terrible  thing.  Something  should 
be  done  about  it  soon." 

"The  picture  showed  me  that  soil  erosion  problems  are  too 
big  for  the  individual  farmer  to  handle." 

"It  gave  me  the  idea  that  soil  erosion  is  a  very  serious 
problem  facing  us  today." 

Statements  such  as  these  indicate  an  increased  con- 
sciousness of  the  importance  and  seriousness  of  the 
social  problem  involved  as  a  result  of  seeing  the  film. 

Movies  and  Ability  to  see  Social  Implications 

In  order  to  find  an  answer  to  this  problem  a  type  of  test 
was  constructed  in  which  a  social  situation  was  described 
and  then  a  series  of  possible  results  were  given.  Some 
of  those  given  actually  would  be  results,  others  would 
not  be.  Four  situations  of  this  kind  were  included  in 
the  entire  test.  One  of  these  is  given  here  as  a  sample 
of  the  type  of  material  used.  Pupils  marked  these 
possible  effects  as  either  "results,"  "uncertain,"  or 
"not  results  "  They  were  also  asked  to  mark  the  three 
most  important  and  the  three  least  important  results. 

Condition  III  Some  people  are  unemployed  who  have  never 
been  trained  to  work  in  factories,  to  dig  with  a  pick  and  shovel, 
or  to  do  white  collar  jobs  such  as  clerical  and  office  work.  Many 
of  these  people,  however,  are  good  actors,  fine  musicians,  or  able 
painters.  The  government  might  pay  these  people,  at  the 
regular  rate  for  such  work,  to  put  on  plays,  organize  and  play 
in  orchestras,  or  to  beautify  public  buildings  with  works  of 
art.    If  the  government  does  this,  then: 

1.  Folks   who  work  at  other   jobs   won't   be   provided  for 
as  they  should. 

2.  It  will  take  large  sums  of  money  for  things  we  could 
get  along  without. 

3.  Some  of  the  finer  things  of  life  will  be  encouraged. 

4.  These  people  will  feel  that  their  art  is  really  worthwhile. 

5.  Many   artists,   actors,   and   musicians   will    come   to   this 
country  from  abroad. 

6.  There   will   be   an   increase   in   the   demand   for   supplies 
for   musical   instruments. 

7.  These   people   can    furnish   necessary   clothing   for  their 
children. 

8.  The  pay  of  musicians  will  be  lowered. 

9.  The  public  will  be  entertained  by  the  work  of  the  actors 
and  musicians. 

10.  These   people   will   have   a   chance    to   practice   and   im- 
prove their  art. 

11.  The   public   will    become   less    interested   in   worthwhile 
things. 

12.  Attendance    at    motion    picture    theatres    will    be    much 
larger. 

13.  More  supplies  will  be  sold  for  painters. 

14.  Artists  will  have  money  to  buy  food  for  their  families. 

15.  Owners  of  public  halls  can  rent  them  for  these  musical 
entertainments  and  plays. 

In  general,  after  seeing  the  picture,  pupils  were  bet- 
ter able  to  differentiate  the  results  which  would  prob- 
ably follow  the  condition  described  from  those  which 
would  not  be  results.  Changes  in  ability  to  pick  these 
effects  were  not  phenomenal,  but  there  was  a  distinct 
trend  in  the  direction  of  a  clearer  insight  into  probable 
consequences  of  the  condition  described.  In  so  far  as 
the  values  were  concerned,  there  was  a  general  shift 

(Concluded  on  page  261) 


September,  1939 


Page  239 


STATUS  OF  VISUAL  INSTRUCTION 
BY  PROJECTION  IN  ILLINOIS 


By     ALVIN     B.     ROBERTS 

Principal  Haw  Creek  Township 
High  School,  Giison,  Illinois 


An  original  and  significant  survey 
of  Illinois  schools  with  the  excep- 
tion of  Chicago  and  Cook  Coiuity. 


THE  major  purpose  of  this  study 
was  to  determine  not  only  wliat  is 
being  done  in  the  field  of  visual 
instruction  in  the  state,  but  how  it  is 
being  done  also.  School  men  of  today 
are  not  only  interested  in  what  is  being 
done  today,  but  wliat  schools  will  be 
doing  four  or  five  years  hence.  This,  of 
course,  cannot  be  accurately  determined, 
but  supposition  can  be  based  upon  certain 
trends.  Those  who  are  interested  in  fur- 
thering the  cause  of  visual  instruction, 
by  assisting  teachers,  principals,  or  super- 
intendents with  their  particular  problems 
in  this  field,  may  find  the  results  of  this 
study  helpful. 

True,  a  number  of  national  surveys 
have  been  made,  but  frequently  only  the 
larger  schools  were  contacted.  These 
surveys,  of  course,  cannot  reveal  the 
problems  pertaining  to  the  small  schools 
only.  In  other  studies,  only  schools 
owning  projectors  have  been  contacted. 
Such  a  study  cannot  show  the  reaction  of 
the  sch<x)ls  not  owning  projectors  in  re- 
gard to  the  development  of  a  visual  aid 
program.  A  national  survey  cannot  pre- 
sent the  problems  of  any  one  state,  and 
it  is  only  when  these  local  problems  arc 
known  that  real  progress  can  be  made. 

The  information  used  in  the  preparation 
of  this  article  was  obtained  through  the 
questionnaire  method.  These  question- 
naires, which  were  limited  to  projection 
material  only,  were  sent  to  1987  schools 
or  school  .systems  in  the  state  of  Illinois, 
with  the  exception  of  the  schools  of 
Chicago  and  Cook  County.  All  private 
schools  recognized  and  accredited  were 
contacted  also.  In  all,  558  schools  returned 
the  questionnaire.  Of  this  number,  315 
reported  that  they  owned  projectors  and 
were  carrying  on  a  visual  instruction 
program.  Owing  to  the  fact  that  all 
schools  did  not  check  each  item,  the  pcr- 

CHART  I 

CloMilteation  0/  SehooU  Conduclinp  A 
TiMuat  InMlrurtiou  Propram 


Number  of 

Oto 

ISl  to 

301  and 

PupiU 

160 

SOO 

Above 

ToUl 

Elementary 

28 

16 

26 

64 

HiRh  School 

45 

30 

28 

103 

Elementary  A 

HiKh  School 

41 

S7 

70 

148 

ToUl> 

109 

82 

124 

816 

Grand  ToUl  of  All  Schools  Ill 

centage  when  given  (beginning  with 
Chart  III)  is  based  on  the  total  number 
of  replies  to  each  item.  Chart  I  shows 
how  the  schools  were  classified  and 
grouped  according  to  size.  There  is  a 
fairly  even  distribution  for  each  classifi- 
cation.    From  a  study  of  this  chart  it 


would  seem  that  the  schools  of  the  ele- 
mentary group  arc  not  keeping  pace  with 
the  other  two.  Only  sixty-four  ele- 
mentary schools  rei)orted ;  this  is  approx- 
imately 11%  of  the  total  number  of 
schools  reporting.  This  may  be  due  to 
the  fact  that  teachers  have  felt  that 
movie  films  and  slides  were  more  suited 
for  the  advanced  grades  and  high  school. 
It  is  true  also,  that  films  for  the  lower 
grades,  especially  the  primary,  are  just 
beginning  to  come  on  the  market. 

In  studying  the  high  school  group,  one 
may  be  inclined  to  say  that  the  smaller 
schools  are  doing  more  in  the  field  of 
visual  education.  However,  one  should 
keep  in  mind  the  fact  that  twenty-eight 
high  .schools  of  301  pupils  or  above  is  a 
much  higher  percentage  of  the  total  num- 
ber of  that  size  in  the  state,  than  forty- 
five  of  the  high  schools  with  an  enroll- 
ment of  less  than  150.  In  the  combined 
high  school  and  elementary  group,  one 
may  assume  that  the  larger  schools  are 
most  active  in  the  use  of  visual  materials. 

It  is  surprising  to  note  in  Chart  II 
the    number    of  3Smm.    projectors    (88) 


fully  convinced  of  the  value  o{  the  sound 
film  as   a   teaching   aid. 

In  regard  to  the  other  projectors  listed, 
it  would  seem  that  these  have  been  pur- 
chased to  supplement  the  movie  projector. 
This  is  not  true  in  all  cases,  but  a  check 
shows  over  2.6  projectors  per  school 
reporting.  In  the  still  projector  group, 
the  35mm.  film  strip  and  the  opaque  ma- 
chine rank  nearly  equal  for  future  pur- 
chase. Since  the  opaque  machine  may  be 
equipped  to  handle  either  lantern  slides 
or  35mm.  strip  film  in  addition  to  the 
opaque  material  this  probably  accounts 
for  its  selection.  The  35mm.  strip  film 
projector,  is  no  doubt,  being  considered 
because  of  price  and  better  adaptability 
for  individual  classroom  use.  The  I'xZ" 
lantern  slide  projector  has  not  been  on  the 
market  long  enough  for  schoolmen  to 
become  fully  acquainted  with  it. 

In  reply  to  the  question  "Which  of  the 
above  projectors  have  you  found  iriost 
satisfactory?"  a  great  variety  of  answers 
was  received.  It  was  impossible  to  tab- 
ulate these,  but  the  great  majority  re- 
ported, "It  depends  on  what  the  teacher 


CHART  U—Prolectorii   (Ownrd) 


SCHOOL  AND  SIZE 


81 
Is 


li 


2S       Si 


^1 


■82 


1 


41 

fcl. 


H  K  c 


S6mm.    Sound    1  1  2  3  27  10 

S6mm.     Silent    2  3  IS  6  11  3  4  18  61  1 

16mm.    Sound    1  I            9  15  11  19  8  8  86  108  132 

16mm.    Silent    9  9         17  21  16  19  20  11  38  160  81 

Lantern    Slide 5         16  14  13  23  10  17  37  134  11 

2"    X    2"    Slide    222  284  6  21  6 

S6mm.   Film  Strip  6  5  16  14  13  7  12  27  100  28 

Opaque     1  1           6  8  8  13  2  6  18  68  22 

TOTALS             19  16         58  91  69  100  54  64  183  654  285 


owned  by  the  different  school  groups. 
However,  61  are  for  silent  film,  and  from 
the  comments  of  the  person  making  the 
report,  practically  none  of  these  machines 
is  in  use.  Please  note  that  only  one 
school  expects  to  buy  a  35inm.  silent 
machine.  Nearly  evcr>'  one  of  the  35mm. 
sound  machines  are  owned  by  the  larger 
schools,  and  used  almost  wholly  for  audi- 
torium purposes. 

On  the  basis  of  the  number  owned,  one 
might  say  that  the  16mm.  silent  is  most 
widely  used.  However,  only  31  schools 
are  planning  to  buy  the  silent  machine, 
while  132  are  contemplating  the  purchase 
of  sound  machines.  This  is  probably  due 
to  three  factors :  the  price  of  sound  ma- 
chines has  been  greatly  reduced  during 
the  last  few  years :  more  sound  films  are 
now  available;  and  schoolmen  are  more 


is  trying  to  do."  It  is  very  encouraging 
to  find  that  educators  as  a  group  recog- 
nize the  value  of  other  projectors,  even 
though  the  movie  is  at  the  present  time 
receiving  major  emphasis. 

A  study  of  Chart  III  shows  that  less 
than  one-seventh  of  the  schools  reporting 
on  this  item  own  movie  cameras,  birt 
approximately  one-third  have  made  films. 
Over  eighty-one  percent  reporting  on  the 
use  of  school-made  movies  believe  that 
they  will  have  a  place  in  our  visual 
instruction  program  of  tomorrow.  The 
glassl>ead  screen  appears  most  widely 
used,  the  plain  white  is  second,  and  the 
aluminum-coated  is  third. 

The  section  of  the  questionnaire  deal- 
ing with  materials  owned,  materials 
rented,  and  the  source  of  rented  ma- 
terials, was  so  poorly  filled  out  that  the 


Page   240 


The  Educational  Screen 


section  could  not  be  tabulated.  How- 
ever, eighty-eight  schools  reported  us- 
ing the  film  library  of  the  University 
of  Illinois.  Fifty-two  were  securing 
films  from  industrial  concerns.  Other 
sources  listed  by  a  few  schools  were 
the  Y.  M.  C.  A.,  the  State  Department 
of  Public  Health,  and  the  Federal  Gov- 
ernment. Seventeen  schools  are  using 
the  film  libraries  of  other  states. 


In  reply  to  the  statement,  ".Approx- 
imate annual  expenditure  for  visual 
aids",  the  answers  ranged  from  0  to 
$1120.  In  many  instances  the  higher 
figures  evidently  included  the  price  of 
machines  and  other  equipment.  Many 
schools  seem  to  be  depending  entirely 
upon  free  material  for  the  visual  pro- 
gram. The  annual  expenditures  most 
frequently  given  was  thirty  dollars,  and 


CHART  ni—EqmpmenI 


SIZE  or  SCHOOL 


=  g      15 


An 


School   own 

a    movie 

camera  ? 

Has    your 

school    made 

films? 


c  u 

SI 


5S 


eg 


&1. 


Yes 
No 


1 
16 


G 
36 


5 
25 


26 


27 


9 
66 


40 
239 


279 


Yes 
No 


2 

14 


7 
16 


7 
28 


14 

7 


11 

14 


10 

14 


Believe    in 
use  of  school 
made  movies  ? 


23 


24 
30 


80 
150 


230 


Yes 
No 


15 
2 


20 
3 


30 

7 


14 
4 


28 


21 
6 


39 
16 


SCREENS: 
Glassbead     .... 

White   

Aluminum-Coated 


193 
44 


237 


17 
9 
5 


17 
12 


13 
9 
9 


23 

12 

5 


15 

16 

4 


12 
15 


36 
26 
16 


TOT.VLS 

145 

106 

56 


CHART    IV — Administration 


SIZE  OF  SCHOOL 


S.g 


—  LT  ^O 


Have  a  director 
of   Visual 
Education  ? 

Who*s   respon- 
sible,  if  not? 

Do  students 
handle 
material  ? 


Yes 
No 


1 
23 


1 
37 


7 
20 


4 
23 


1 
33 


11 

50 


25 

247 


272 


Supt. 

Prin.  15 

Teacher         2 


15 
10 
5 


1  1 

24  13 

13  7 


1 
12 
11 


12 
16 

4 


12  28 

9  19 

6  9 


74 
123 

58 


Yes 

No 


13 
6 


19 

7 


21 
13 


22 

4 


22 
13 


19 
12 


43 

18 


268 


Do  students 
operate 
projectors ? 


Yes 
No 


17 
9 


12 
22 


21 
5 


19 
15 


14 
12 


23 


150 
110 


260 


Do  students 
care  for 
projectors ? 


Yes 
No 


4 
16 


7 
25 


13 
12 


15 
11 


11 
19 


6 

14 


19 

41 


82 
165 


CHART  V— Instruetion 


SniOOI,  AND  SIZE 


5S      tdi 


15 


Room 


Class 
Special 


14 
6 


l9 

18 


30 

17 


IS  13 
23 
12 


2c4 


eg 


SK2 


u  o  o 

1&2 


22 
15 


23 
13 


16 
10 


41 
32 


Number  of 
times  films 
were  shown 


One 

Two 
Three 
Four 
More 


195 

128 


3  1  13 

5  8  16 

2  5  6 

1  6  1 


6 
14 
6 
1 
2 


1 
3 
4 
5 
12 


15 

10 

8 

16 


49 
97 

48 
28 


255 


Use  of  films  ? 


Introduce 

Information 

Review 


4 

16 

2 


2 

15 

6 


24 

5 


1 

19 

4 


Preparation 
required  of 

students? 


16 
5 


4  3  4 

19  16  42 

3  1  4 


24 

171 

31 


226 


Yes 
No 


17 
6 


17 
13 


14 
9 


11 
9 


12 
14 


31 
21 


135 
90 


225 


Is  sufficient 
folJow  up 
sriven  ? 


Yes 
No 


16 
2 


19 
2 


22 
3 


16 


36 

10 


169 
29 


198 


Do  teachers 
get  maximum 
value? 


Yes 

No 


6 
13 


11 
12 


4 
11 


12 

14 


6 
16 


12 
36 


69 
125 


Type  of  movie 
preferred  ? 

Silent 
Sound 

6 

7 

6 
2 

13 
9 

13 
13 

4 
17 

6 
15 

13 
13 

10 
9 

10 
35 

81 
120 

201 

Length  of  film  ? 

Reg.  400  ft. 

Shorter 

Longer 

11 
2 

5 
2 
3 

12 

1 
7 

12 
2 

7 

10 
1 
6 

8 

7 

19 

4 

9 
6 

24 
3 
14 

115 

9 

66 

180 

Have  you  found 
industrial  films 
satisfactory? 

Yes 
No 

10 
4 

11 
1 

25 

21 
8 

22 
2 

21 

20 
3 

15 
5 

49 
3 

194 

21 

215 

Have  you  an 
inter-commun- 
icating sound 
system  ? 

Yes 

No 

1 

16 

12 

2 
19 

1 
30 

2 
25 

3 

18 

6 
25 

2 
21 

6 
52 

21 
217 

238 

Have  teachers 
tried  ''sound- 
ing" a  silent 
film? 

Yes 

No 

1 

12 

8 

6 
14 

2 
25 

4 
16 

6 
13 

2 
24 

6 
13 

9 

46 

36 
171 

207 

the  second  in  rank  was  sixty  dollars. 
Since  the  membership  fee  with  the 
University  Library  is  thirty  dollars,  one 
may  assume  that  the  majority  of  these 
schools  arc  using  one  and  two  mem- 
berships   respectively. 

One  finds  that  fewer  than  one  tenth 
of  the  schools  have  directors  of  visual 
education,  as  shown  on  Chart  IV,  and 
the  majority  of  these  are  found  in  the 
larger  schools.  Further  study  of  this 
chart  shows  that  in  the  majority  of 
cases  the  principal  is  responsible  for 
the  program,  the  superintendent  is  next, 
and  the  teacher  last  in  this  capacity.  A 
large  majority  of  the  schools  depend 
upon  students  for  handling  material, 
caring  for  and  operating  projectors. 

In  Chart  V  one  notes  that  in  every 
case  the  greater  number  of  schools  are 
showing  materials  in  individual  class- 
rooms. This  procedure,  of  course,  is  by 
far  the  best  practice  if  the  rooms  can 
be  darkened  so  that  they  are  suitable 
for  projection  purposes.  One  will  also 
note  that  the  great  majority  of  schools 
show  films  more  than  once,  the  greatest 
number  twice.  It  would  seem  that 
the  common  use  of  the  film  as  a  teaching 
aid  is  for  information.  The  great  ma- 
jority of  schools  require  student  prepar- 
ation and  sufficient  follow-up  to  get  the 
most  good  from  the  film.  However, 
despite  the  fact  that  preparation  and 
follow-up  work  is  required,  sixty-four 
percent  of  those  reporting  feel  that  their 
teachers  do  not  get  the  maximum  value 
from  the   films  used. 

Of  the  schools  reporting  on  the  type 
of  film  preferred,  over  sixty  percent 
favor  the  sound  film.  In  the  great  ma- 
jority of  cases  those  who  gave  reasons 
for  their  selection  stated  that  tlie  sound 
film  made  the  situation  more  lifelike. 
As  to  length  of  film,  the  preference 
was  for  the  standard  400  foot  lensth. 
This,  however,  may  be  due  to  lack  of 
experience  with  films  of  other  lengths. 
Over  ninety  percent  of  the  schools  re- 
port that  they  have  found  industrial 
films  satisfactory.  Very  few  schools 
report  using  an  inter-communicating 
sound  system.  A  few  schools  have 
found  it  satisfactorv  to  provide  sound 
for  a  silent  film,  either  in  the  lecture 
form  or   in   a   background   of  music. 

Probably  one  of  the  most  valuable 
sections  of  the  questionnaire  was  that 
dealing  with  teacher  training.  In  Chart 
VI  one  finds  that  more  than  seventy-six 
percent  of  the  peo{)le  reporting  feel 
that  the  teacher's  lack  of  training  in  the 
use  of  visual  aids  hinders  the  develop- 
ment of  the  visual  program.  Opinion 
is  rather  evenly  divided  on  the  formal 
course  in  the  university  or  teachers  col- 
lege and  the  formal  extension  course 
which  would  provide  the  teacher  an  op- 
portunity to  experiment  with  these  ina- 
terials  in  her  own  classroom.  It  would 
seem  that  the  great  majority  favor  the 
short,  informal  course  of  eight  or  ten 
meetings  held  in  the  local  school  and 
conducted  by  a  well  qualified  person 
at  reasonable  expense.  However,  the 
questionnaire  called  for  the  type  or  com- 
bination of  types  of  the  course  or 
courses  preferred.  On  this  basis,  the 
short,  informal  course  ranks  third  in 
individual  preference. 


September,  19)9 


Page  241 


Undoubtedly,  most  of  us  are  interested 
in  the  outcome  of  tlic  visual  education 
program  in  tlu-  State  of  Illinois  within 
the  next  few  years.  Judging  from 
what  has  happened  in  other  states  and 
from  the  data  on  trends  in  Chart  VII, 
one  may  expect  more  film  libraries 
^ervicing  fewer  schools  to  be  estab- 
lished. It  seems  that  at  present  most 
schools  arc  considering  the  establish- 
ment of  lilm  libraries  at  the  various 
teachers  colleges.  Very  few  schools  will 
he  able  to  build  up  film  libraries  of 
their  own,  and  as  the  chart  indicates, 
most  of  these  will  be  in  the  larger 
schools. 

What  are  the  most  essential  problems 
to  be  considered  in  furthering  the  de- 
velopment of  visual  instruction  in  our 
own  state?  These  may  be  summarized 
as  follows  : 

1.  An  annual  appropriation  should  be 
included  in  the  school  budget  for  the 
purchase  or  rent  of  slides,  strip  films, 
or  movie  tilm.  either  silent  or  sound. 
This  study  shows  that  many  schools 
own  projectors  but  have  no  funds  avail- 
able for  renting  or  purchasing  materials 
to  use  in  them.  In  some  instances  local 
organizations  purchase  the  projector  for 
the  school,  not  realizing  what  it  will 
cost  to  provide  material  to  use  in  it. 
Consequently,  the  school  program  is 
based  entirely  on  films  for  free  distri- 
bution. Because  of  this  these  schools 
arc  deprived  of  the  use  of  the  best  class- 
room films.  The  school  board  and  the 
people  of  the  community  should  have 
an  opportunity  to  see  some  of  the  good 
classroom  films.  In  time  they  will  see 
tlie  need  for  providing  these  materials 
for  the  teachers'  use. 

2.  Elementary  schools  should  be  en- 
couraged to  make  wider  use  of  visual 
materials.  One  may  more  fully  recog- 
nize the  need  for  the  above  when  he 
realizes  the  outstanding  values  that 
come  from  tlie  use  of  visual  materials. 
The  need  is  also  more  apparent  when 
one  stops  to  think  of  the  great  number 
of  students  that  drop  out  of  school 
shortly  after  completing  the  elementary 
work.  If  it  is  necessary  for  these 
pupils  to  discontinue  their  education 
before  completing  the  twelve  years,  it 
is  essential  that  their  elementary  work 
be  more  extensive ;  this,  of  course,  is 
one  of  the  chief  functions  of  visual 
materials.  If.  through  the  use  of  visual 
aids,  school  work  is  made  more  inter- 
esting, the  tendency  to  leave  school 
may  be  checked. 

3.  Schools  should  provide  a  director 
of  visual  education.  This  does  not 
imply  a  full-time  director,  because  in 
many  schools  the  work  would  not  re- 
quire it.  However,  the  director  should 
have  sufficient  time  to  devote  to  the 
development  of  the  program,  and  in 
addition,  time  to  assist  each  teacher 
with  her  problems  concerning  the  use 
of  visual  materials. 

4.  Schoolmen  in  general  should  be 
acquainted  with  the  service  of  the  Uni- 
versity Film  Library.  Less  than  one- 
third  of  the  schools  returning  the 
questionnaire  reported  using  sources 
from  which  good  classroom  films  are 
available. 


5.  Industrial  concerns  preparing 
films  for  school  use  should  be  encourag- 
ed to  provide  the  very  best  films  pos- 
sible, and  to  furnish  teachers'  manuals 
with  them.  The  films  should  be  planned 
to  fit  into  the  regular  classroom  pro- 
gram. 

6.  More  schools  should  use  student 
help   in    administering  the    visual   pro- 


8.  More  attention  should  be  given 
to  the  special  uses  of  visual  aids. 
These  special  uses  include  assembly 
programs,  vocational  guidance,  adult 
education,  entertainment  during  noon 
hours,  and  selling  the  school  to  the 
community  through  school-made  movies 
showing  the  numerous  activities  of  the 
school. 


CHART  VI — Tracker  Trainino 


JM'UOOL  AND   SIZE 


k 


if  i| 

8*?      S7 


*.l 


§s     «2 


n  It    Hi  III    .     I| 


-  is2   isS   HI 

i$i   S=9    uxS    QnS 


Do  you  believe 

teacher  lack  of 

Y« 

11 

10 

21 

27 

1§ 

17 

25 

22 

46 

196 

training  hinders 

266 

derelopment  of 

No 

6 

1 

S 

7 

6 

8 

6 

6 

18 

6« 

your  prosram  ! 

TypeofCouneT 


Formal  courne 
in  the  uni- 
versity and 
teachers 
eollesea? 
Formal 
extension 
course  pro- 
vidinff  the 
teacher  an 
opportunity 
to  experiment 
with  visual 
material  in 
her  own  class 
room  7 
Short  in- 
formal course 
in  the  local 
(chool? 


11 


10 


11 


67 


76 


267 


10 


13 


12 


126 


gram.  This  not  only  provides  valuable 
training  for  the  students,  but  gives  the 
classroom  teacher  and  visual  director 
more  time  to  devote  to  the  educational 
side  of  their  work.  This  training  will 
be  of  special  value  to  the  boys  and 
girls  who  are  planning  to  enter  the 
teaching  profession. 

7.  Schools  should  be  encouraged  to 
rent  projectors  (circuit  service)  only 
when   finances   arc   such   that   purchase 


9.  If  the  school  is  to  receive  one 
of  the  greatest  values  from  the  use  of 
visual  aids,  that  is.  presenting  more 
material  in  a  shorter  period  of  time, 
teachers  should  use  films  to  introduce 
the  unit  of  work.  The  schools  can 
solve  this  problem  only  with  the  help 
of  the  film  libraries.  Probably  in  the 
future,  films  may  be  retained  by  the 
school  for  a  longer  period,  and  through 
the     establishment    of    more     libraries 


CHART  VII— Trend* 


4 

4 

4 

S 

t 

t 

t^s 

1 

So 

g 

8* 

t| 

El 

II 

t1. 

35§ 

SCHOOI.  ANn  SIZE 

1 

Is 
'12 

if 

^2 

li 

c 

8 

i=! 

- 

Do  you  believe  that. 

dependinic  entirely 

upon  the  lanre  rental 

libraries  for  material. 

Yes 

6 

6 

12 

13 

11 

7 

12 

12 

30 

Ill 

you  can  develop  a 

No 

9 

t 

11 

18 

« 

15 

20 

16 

28 

130 

241 

viitual  aid  proKram 

that  will  meet  the 

needs  of  your  school  ? 

Do  you  believe  small 

libraries  servicinir 

from  eiKht  to  fifteen 

Yea 

11 

i 

9 

19 

!> 

9 

21 

15 

24 

121 

schools  would  more 

No 

6 

6 

11 

10 

11 

12 

9 

9 

24 

99 

220 

adequately  mt-et  your 

needs? 

Has  anything  been  done 

in  your  section  of  the 

Yes 

S 

3 

6 

4 

2 

3 

1 

3 

10 

16 

state  in  settintr  up 

No 

11 

9 

12 

2S 

20 

17 

28 

22 

44 

191 

226 

small  libraries? 

Do  you  expect  to  build 

Ye-* 

2 

2 

5 

6 

4 

s 

9 

2 

10 

44 

up  a  library  of  movie 

246 

films  in  your  school  ? 

No 

14 

10 

15 

10 

20 

18 

22 

24 

48 

201 

for  the  time  being  is  out  of  the  question, 
or  when  the  rented  projector  is  to  be 
used  to  sell  the  community  the  idea 
of  a  visual  program.  At  best,  such 
rental  servics  arc  very  inefficient,  and 
if  continued  over  a  period  of  years,  it 
is  cheaper  to  buy  a  machine  and  arrange 
a  program  using  materials  from  the 
University  Library  that  will  more 
adequately  meet  the  needs  of  the  school. 


servicing  fewer  schools,  the  films   will 
be  available  when  needed. 

10.  Training  in  the  use  of  visual 
aids  should  lie  provided  for  teachers 
now  in  service,  and  for  those  planning 
to  enter  the  profession.  Formal  courses 
given  by  institutions  preparing  boys 
and  girls  will  meet  the  need  of  the  latter 
group.  In  addition,  opportunity  should 
(Concluded  on  page  267) 


Page  242 


The  Educational  Screen 


MOTION  PICTURES- 
NOT  FOR  THEATERS 


By    ARTHUR    EDWIN    KROWS 

Editor  of  "The  Spur,"  New  York  City 


The  story  of  the  pioneer  producers  continues 
into  the  second  year  of  the  first  detailed  history 
of  the  non-theatrical  field.  This  Eleventh  In- 
stallment deals  principally  with  Frank  A. 
Tichenor    and    his    Eastern    Film    Corporation. 


IN  1921  the  name,  National  Non- 
Theatrical  Pictures,  and  implications 
in  the  announcement  of  its  character 
• — forty-two  exchanges,  library  of  films, 
availability  of  projectors,  with  operators 
and  screens — were  especially  significant. 
It  was  clear  that  Harry  Levey  had  en- 
countered the  gravest  existing  problem 
in  the  whole  "educational"  field — 
distribution — and  he  now,  as  Earle  Mam- 
mons had  done  in  a  larger  way,  was 
subordinating  all  else  to  overcoming  it. 
At  that  task  let  us  leave  him  for  the 
time,  adding  only  that  in  the  same  week 
when  Levey  left  Universal,  his  place 
was  taken  by  a  young  civil  engineer, 
a  Princeton  graduate,  who  had  no  previ- 
ous knowledge  of  films  but  a  great  en- 
thusiasm for  promoting  new  business. 
The  newcomer's  name  was  Clinton  F. 
Ivins.  So  the  Universal  industrial  di- 
vision continued. 

A  Champion  Arises 

Prodably  no  non-theatrical  outgrowth 
of  a  theatrical  firm  had  stranger  begin- 
ning than  the  phoenix  which  arose  from 
the  ashes  of  General  Film.  And  I  do  not 
mean  the  library  plan  of  Mrs.  Dolese  and 
Mr.  DeLorme.  When  that  corporation 
had  been  in  happy  circumstances,  Frank 
A.  Tichenor,  a  young  Kentuckian  en- 
gaged in  the  production  and  distribution 
of  stereoptican  slides  in  New  York,  had 
bought  an  interest  in  it  worth  about 
$30,000.  Then  came  the  adverse  patents 
decision  which  doomed  the  enterprise. 
Tichenor  saw  that  the  wealthy  backers 
were  preparing  to  write  off  their  lossses 
and  withdraw,  and  he  persuaded  them 
to  let  him  fight  the  battle  a  little  longer 
and  save  the  investment  which  meant  so 
much  to  him.  They  liked  his  spirit  and 
administrative  ability  and  consented,  mak- 
ing him  executive  vice-president  and  gen- 
eral manager  that  he  might  have  the 
necessary  powers. 

He  at  once  took  drastic  steps  to  cut 
expenses  and,  by  reefing  the  sails  suf- 
ficiently, he  even  dared  hope  that  he 
might  ride  out  the  storm,  keeping  the 
concern  permanently  in  business.  Un- 
happily, he  did  not  succeed  that  far,  al- 
though human  nature  being  what  it  is, 
it  is  unlikely  that  anyone  else  at  all  could 
have  accomplished  more  in  the  industry 


as  it  stood.  Indeed,  few  could  have  done 
as  much.  Tichenor  not  only  saved  his  own 
investment ;  he  salvaged  what  remained 
of  the  investments  of  the  men  who  had 
shown  their  faith  in  him.  And  two, 
especially,  Frank  H.  Hitchcock,  the  coun- 
sel for  General  Film  who  had  been  post- 
master-general in  President  Taft's  cab- 
inet, and  Frederick  S.  Peck,  Republican 
national  committeeman,  became  his  stead- 
fast friends  from  then  on. 

Shortly  before  the  ultimate  and  in- 
evitable collapse  of  General  Film, 
Tichenor  fomied  a  concern  called  Photo 
Play  Productions,  and  under  that  name 
engaged  in  making  what  later  proved  to 
be  a  highly  valuable  property,  the  film 
version  of  Edward  Peple's  "The  Littlest 
Rebel,"  starring  Dustin  Farnum  and 
with  Mary  Miles  Minter — or  Juliet 
Shelby,  as  she  was  known  then.  Al  H. 
Woods,  the  theatrical  producer  who  had 
staged  the  play  originally  on  Broadwaj-, 
was  an  old  friend  of  Frank  Tichenor — 
so  far  back  that  he  had  been  the  first 
business  associate  the  promising  young 
man  had  had  when  he  came  to  New 
York  from  Kentucky  to  enter  the  theatri- 
cal game.  It  may  be  remarked,  in- 
cidentally, that  while  Tichenor  came  from 
the  South,  his  father  had  lived  most  of 
his  life  in  New  England.  Isaac  Tichenor 
in  the  direct  line,  was  one  of  the  first 
Governors  of   Vermont. 

Peck  owned  the  General  Film  studios 
at  Providence,  R.  I.,  and  he  wished  to 
exploit  the  place  further — for  it  still  held 
elaborate  lighting  and  stage  equipment 
and  large  stocks  of  scenery,  properties 
and  costumes — so  he  had  Tichenor  join 
him  in  an  organization  known  as  Eastern 
Film  Corporation,  the  main  offices  to  be 
situated  in  New  York.  Tichenor  already 
had  his  Photo  Play  Productions  offices 
in  the  23-story  "skyscraper"  at  220  West 
42nd  Street,  newly  erected  by  Asa 
Candler,  the  "Coca-Cola  King,"  and 
Eastern  Film  was  given  the  same  ad- 
dress. Of  course,  anyone  wanting  to 
start  an  active  film  business  in  New 
York  City,  with  cutting  rooms  and  stor- 
age vaults,  had  to  locate  in  one  of  the 
buildings  approved  for  the  purpose  by 
the  National  Board  of  Fire  Underwriters. 

In  that  same  building  was  a  new  film 
enterprise  of  the  Miles  Brothers,  staunch 


Vigorous,  alert,  resourceful  and  extra- 
ordinarily competent,  Frank  A.  Tiche- 
nor was  a  powerful  factor  in  steadying 
non-theatricals  with  lessons  learned  in 
theatrical  production  and  distribution. 


Independents  and  implacable  enemies  uf 
the  Patents  group.  At  San  Francisco,  in 
1902,  Barry  J.  and  Herbert  Miles  had 
opened  what  is  said  to  have  been  the  first 
film  exchange,  following  with  another, 
shortly  afterward,  at  Los  Angeles.  But 
the  early  vicissitudes  of  the  Patents  wars, 
when  General  Film  began  its  own 
"licensed"  exchanges,  had  forced  them 
out,  and  they  had  come  East  to  carry  on 
in  the  main  opposition  camp.  In  1910 
they  occupied  their  own  building  on  Sixth 
Avenue  in  New  York ;  and  Herbert  was 
secretary  there  of  the  Film  Service  As- 
sociation. He  now  had  with  him  a 
younger  brother,  Joseph  R.,  who  had  en- 
tered the  business  with  characteristic 
family  enthusiasm  for  it,  and  who  was 
destined  to  be  the  sole  survivor  of  the 
line  in  it,  although  Herbert  outlived  hirH. 

One  of  the  new  screen  interests  then 
awaiting  exploitation  was  represented 
notably  in  the  remarkable  animated  draw- 
ings of  Winsor  McCay.  Herbert  Miles 
decided  to  develop  the  line  as  a  serious 
business  so,  with  the  newspaper  car- 
toonist, Charles  R.  Macauley,  he  formed 
the  Kine  Cartoon  Film  Corporation,  tak- 
ing a  suite  of  offices  for  it  in  the  Candler 
Building.  Among  the  artists  engaged  to 
produce  for  liim  were  Percy  L.  Crosby, 
later  to  become  the  creator  of  "Skippy"; 
Frank  Nankivell ;  Foster  M.  FoUette,  of 
the  New  York  Sunday  World ;  Gregory 
La  Cava,  one  day  to  become  a  celebrated 
Paramount  director ;  and  Arch  B.  Heath, 
cartoonist  on  the  New  York  Globe  and 
an  important  present  subject  of  attention. 

Joseph  Miles  had  nothing  to  do  with 
this  venture.  At  this  time,  in  fact,  he 
and  his  brother  were  so  far  estranged 
that  they  did  not  speak  to  each  other. 
And  then,  besides,  Joseph  had  a  totally 
different  idea  of  how  to  succeed  in  the 
film  business.  In  the  same  building,  220 
West  42nd  Street,  he  had  set  up  a  group 


September,  19)9 


Page  243 


of  tilni  cuttiiig  rooms  which  could  be 
rented  ^cparately  by  jiersons  working  on 
independent  prtnluctions.  As  part  of  the 
layout  there  was  a  large  projection  room, 
open  to  those  who  wanted  to  show  their 
new  features  t</  the  regular  distributors 
and  state  rights  buyers.  Somewhere  in 
the  scheme  had  figured  an  architectural 
plaster  company  which  had  seen  its  op- 
portunity for  a  grandiose  gixnls  display. 
The  projection  room  was  therefore  lined 
on  both  sides  with  large  casts  of  lovely 
Statues,  and  the  anteroom  had  around 
the  top  a  deep  frieze  in  high  relief  re- 
peating scenes  from  the  Roman  Arch  of 
Trajan,  or  something  like  that. 

Apart  from  the  graveyard  effect  of  so 
much  statuary,  the  r<x>m  was  the  most 
comfortable  and  convenient  of  any  of 
the  viewing  parlors  available  to  public 
use.  It  could  be  made  to  accommodate 
approximately  125  spectators  if  necessary. 
Projection  was  with  duplex  arc  equip- 
ment as  in  the  theatres ;  and  it  was  seldom 
idle.  It  is  easy  to  see  how  the  stream 
of  traffic  brought  with  it  also  a  heavy 
volume  of  business  for  the  cutting  rooms. 

But,  as  the  business  increased,  so  in- 
evitably, did  the  rent  and,  about  in  the 
spring  of  1917,  Joe  Miles  was  obliged  to 
move.  He  went  with  his  equipment  and 
some  of  his  regular  customers  first  to 
the  Leavitt  Ruilding,  130  West  46th 
Street,  and  then  to  the  Godfrey  Building, 
at  729  Seventh  Avenue.  About  1937  the 
organization  moved  to  the  old  Universal 
Building  at  1600  Broadway.  There,  to 
this  day,  his  widow — a  sister  of  Harry 
Gribbon,  the  quondam  Mack  Sennett 
comedian — continues  the  concern.  It  was 
in  1914,  I  believe,  that  he  began  his 
celebrated  Lloyds  Film  Storage,  where 
one  could  deposit  reels  on  call  at  a 
nominal  fee  and  with  assurance  of  pro- 
tection against  fire  or  other  hazard. 

Eastern  Film  Corporation 

It  was  the  sjace  which  Joseph  Miles 
left  in  the  Candler  Building  that  Frank 
Tichenor  took  over.  He  at  once  re- 
opened the  projection  room,  then  and 
long  afterward  known  to  the  entire  in- 
dustry as  the  "Simplex" — a  name  taken 
from  that  of  the  standard  projection  ma- 
chines used  in  the  booth  —  mercifully 
cleared  out  the  statuary  and  provided 
some  cutting  space  for  those  who  wished 
to  engage  it.  He  threw  his  energy  into 
developing  new  business  and,  before  long, 
virtually  all  features,  novelty  subjects, 
industrial  subjects  and  educationals  pro- 
duced for  showing  anywhere  in  the 
United  States  as  well  as  a  huge  voltmie 
of  export  pictures,  were  being  screened 
there. 

As  far  as  his  neighbors  knew, 
Tichenor's  concern  was  then  just  Photo 
Products,  Inc.  Eastern  Film  had  been 
speedily  incorporated;  but  formal  an- 
nouncement was  not  made  to  the  trade 
tmtil  late  in  August,  1915.  Even  then 
Tichenor's  name  did  not  appear  in  the 
publicity  material.  Everything  was  in 
the  name  of  F.  S.  Peck,  president.  It 
was  stated,  however,  that  Eastern  had 
been  organized  for  several  months,  and 
that  it  already  had  produced  several 
pictures. 

The  best   customer  Tichenor  had  for 


his  Simplex  Projection  Room  was  the 
National  Board  of  Censorship  which,  in 
the  spring  of  1916,  changed  its  forbidding 
name  to  the  National  Board  of  Review, 
the  group  Iwing  actually  opiiosed  to 
censorship  in  the  current  understanding 
of  the  word.  The  Board  was  situated  in 
the  Candler  Building  then.  It  had  taken 
over  the  top  floor  rooms  of  the  old 
Society  of  American  Dramatists  and 
Compo.scrs ;  and  it  was  very  convenient 
for  them  to  carry  their  records  back 
and  forth  between  their  quarters  and  the 
fifth  floor  screening  rooms.  William 
McGuire,  then  the  executive  secretary,  I 
long  had  known  because  the  reviewing 
committee  of  the  Censor  Board  originally 
did  its  work  at  the  previews  attended 
by  the  pioneer  trade  paper  reviewers.  He 
was  commonly  to  be  seen  in  Tichenor's 
office,  discussing  the  films  of  the  day. 
The  New  York  State  Censor  Board 
began  its  work  there,  too,  continuing 
until  place  was  found  for  it  in  the  State 
Building  downtown.  When  they  left,  they 
took  Tichenor's  chief  operator,  .Abraham 
Jacobson,  with  them.  .Another  good  cus- 
tomer, for  a  time,  was  the  American  Red 
Cross,  which  expanded  its  wartime  work 
in  offices  on  the  third  floor,  space  which 
Tichenor  took  over  after  they  moved. 
In  later  years,  when  Tichenor's  projection 
business  was  at  its  peak,  he  had  at  one 
time  five  screening  rooms  in  the  building, 
all  under  his  control. 

For  awhile  Eastern  Film  continued  to 
seek  place  in  the  theatrical  field ;  and  a 
subsidiary  called  the  Jaxon  Film  Cor- 
poration, producing  originally  at  Jackson- 
ville, Florida,  released  two  slapstick 
series  called  respectively,  "Sparkle 
Comedies"  and  "Pokes  and  Jabs."  To 
these  were  briefly  added  "Finn  and  Had- 
die  Comedies."  That  plan  did  not  last, 
however;  and  soon  Eastern  Film  began 


The  production  manager  of  Eastern 
Film  was  Arch  B.  Heath,  an  outstand- 
ing example  of  the  non-theatrical  pro- 
ducer who  is  not  deterred  by  budget 
limitations  from  personally  accomp- 
liihins  anything  at  all  required  for 
screen   effectiveness. 


taking  on  what  proved  to  be  its  proper 
stride  for  many  years,  the  production  of 
industrial  and  social  service  films.  Tiche- 
nor naturally  had  contacts  with  many 
leaders  of  big  business ,  and  through  them 
he  hustled  many  a  jirofitable  accotint. 

Knowing  the  necessity  of  economy  in 
this  undeveloped  field,  he  prided  himself 
on  doing  the  work  at  rock-bottom  prices 
(which  he  certainly  did)  ;  and  he  fre- 
quently allowed  his  clients  as  much  as 
a  year  in  which  to  pay.  I  have  heard 
him  tell  prospective  customers  that  if  they 
didn't  like  their  subjects  on  first  screen 
examination,  they  wouldn't  have  to  pay 
at  all.  It  need  scarcely  be  added  that 
there  were  plenty  of  social  service  or- 
ganizations, experienced  in  the  art  of 
l>«gging.  ready  to  take  extreme  advant- 
age of  that  offer.  In  such  circumstances, 
not  to  forget  that  Frank  Tichenor  really 
knew  the  business  of  production  in  amaz- 
ing detail,  it  is  no  wonder  that  many 
concerns  which  had  never  sponsored  films 
before,  succumbed  to  the  idea. 

In  the  beginning,  Tichenor  had,  in  ad- 
dition to  the  Jacksonville  plant  and  the 
small  studio  in  the  Candler  Building,  the 
studio  at  Providence.  The  Florida  studio 
was  disposed  of  when  theatrical  produc- 
tion was  discontinued.  As  to  the  really 
extensive  Rhode  Island  plant — actually 
a  large  converted  brewery — with  its  in- 
door and  outdoor  stages,  its  well-filled 
scene  docks  and  property  rooms,  its  light- 
ing equipment,  its  paint  frames  and  pro- 
cessing laboratories,  perhaps  two-thirds 
of  all  that  was  destroyed  in  a  serious 
fire;  but,  even  after  that,  there  remained 
a  rich  supply  of  materials  with  which  to 
make  non -theatrical  subjects.  Conse- 
quently, Providence  was  where  most  of 
Eastern  Film's  production  was  done,  the 
staff  going  there  from  New  York,  as  the 
work  was  required.  Consequently,  also, 
a  large  number  of  industrials  still  cir- 
culated by  various  former  clients  of 
Eastern  Film,  show  their  characters 
moving  around  Rhode  Island  streets  and 
houses. 

Notable  among  the  repeat  customers 
for  which  Eastern  made  commercial  films 
were  the  duPont  interests  of  Wilming- 
ton, Delaware ;  the  American  Wallpaper 
Association,  the  Public  Service  Corpora- 
tion of  New  Jersey,  the  American 
Society  for  the  Control  of  Cancer,  the 
National  Board  of  Fire  Underwriters, 
the  Glens  Falls  Insurance  Company,  the 
Aetna  Fire  Insurance  Company,  and 
the  State  of  Pennsylvania,  for  which 
the  numerous  sesqui-ccntennial  reels  were 
made.  And,  because  of  Tichenor's  inter- 
est in  politics,  campaign  films  became 
another   regular   source  of   revenue. 

Personnel 

Frank  always  supervised  production 
closely.  But  he  did  his  managing  along 
with  all  of  his  other  interests.  In  such 
circumstances,  any  man  is  obliged  to 
choose,  for  his  own  success,  between  be- 
ing either  an  executive  or  a  craftsman. 
He  preferred  the  former,  and  therefore 
did  not  interfere  writh  his  workers  as  long 
as  they  achieved  proper  results.  His  sec- 
ond-in-command, his  general  manager, 
was  Jacob  H.  Gerhardt,  the  beloved 
former  treasurer  of  the  old   New  York 


Page   244 


The  Educational  Screen 


Dramatic  Mirror  which  was  now  gasp- 
ing its  last  breath  in  its  fatal  struggle 
with  a  changed  new  world.  Gerhardt, 
after  working  on  the  staflf  there  under 
Harrison  Grey  Fiske  almost  since  boy- 
hood, had  been  spared  the  pain  of  being 
in  at  the  death  by  being  made  purchas- 
ing agent  and  general  manager  of  Gen- 
eral Film  under  Tichenor.  When  Tiche- 
nor  left  General  Film,  Gerhardt  himself 
had  been  made  vice-president  and  general 
manager  to  succeed  him,  thereby  becom- 
ing the  last  of  the  executive  chiefs  of  the 
once  oowerful  Patents  group. 

Arch  B.  Heath,  long  in  charge  of  pro- 
duction for  Eastern  Film,  was  one  of 
the  most  versatile  of  men.  He  could  do 
in  a  practical  way  about  anything  the 
business  required,  from  making  effective 
animated  drawings  and  photographing 
microscopic  life,  to  writing  vigorous  sell- 
ing scenarios,  producing  them,  designing 
and  building  the  scenery,  cranking  the 
camera  if  need  be,  and  possibly  even  play- 
ing a  part— not  to  forget  developing  the 
film,  cutting  and  editing  it  and  match- 
ing the  negative.  .And,  oh,  yes,  project- 
ing the  picture.  Even  that  complex  state- 
ment scarcely  begins  to  do  justice  to  his 
many-sided  talents. 

Arch  had  once  been  a  semi-professional 
baseball  player  on  the  same  team  with 
Robert  L.  ("Believe-it-or-not")  Ripley. 
Both  men  had  been  newspaper  artists 
for  the  sports  pages.  Arch  had  learned 
drawing  as  an  office  boy,  merely  catch- 
ing the  trick  from  the  staff  cartoonists. 
His  ability  had  soon  asserted  itself,  how- 
ever, and  he  ultimately  became  sufficiently 
celebrated  through  his  cartoons  signed 
"Fields"  (because  he  did  not  want  that 
work  to  interfere  with  his  other  activi- 
ties), to  succeed  Herbert  Johnson  with 
the  Associated  Newspapers  Syndicate 
when  Johnson  left  there  to  join  the 
Philadelphia  Public  Ledger  and  the 
Saturday  Evening  Post. 

Arch  was  still  drawing  for  the  news- 
paper syndicate  while  employed  by 
Tichenor.  I've  had  many  a  chat  with 
him  while  he  was  working  after  hours 
to  finish  his  strip.  He  had  come  into 
motion  pictures  as  an  animation  artist, 
merely  out  of  curiosity,  being  taken  on 
as  a  successful  political  cartoonist  who 
might  create  screen  propaganda  for  Wil- 
son's campaign  for  the  presidency.  But 
the  best-laid  plans  of  mice  and  men  gang 
so  very  aft  agley,  that,  instead  of  serv- 
ing the  Democrats,  he  allied  himself  with 
the  Republican  Party  and  remained  there 
ever  after. 

The  way  it  came  about  was  this :  He 
was  employed  as  I  stated  a  while  back, 
by  Herbert  Miles  in  the  Candler  Build- 
ing, and  Tichenor,  at  the  same  address, 
naturally  became  aware  of  the  fact.  Keep- 
ing notoriously  late  hours  himself,  he 
realized  one  night  that  one  of  the  anima- 
tion artists  was  as  insatiate  a  worker  as 
he  was.  He  opened  conversation  with  the 
young  man  and  learned  that  his  name  was 
Arch  Heatli.  The  acquaintance  and 
mutual  liking  developed  rapidly.  Pres- 
ently Tichenor  engaged  Heath  to  become 
his  general  manager  of  production. 
August  22,  1917  the  young  cartoonist 
came  to  his  new  job  with  high  expecta- 
tions— only  to  have  them  dashed  by  news 


No  more  lovable  figure  ever  brought 
practical  business  methods  into  the 
conduct  of  a  non-theatrical  organiza- 
tion than  J.  H.  Gerhardt  of  the  old 
"Dramatic    Mirror." 

on  the  23rd  that  the  Providence  studio 
had  been  burned  to  the  ground. 

The  shock  was  eased,  however,  by  as- 
surance that  his  job  still  remained.  He 
was  sent  promptly  to  Providence  to  see 
what  might  be  done  to  repair  a  certainly 
discouraging  situation.  He  found  that, 
while  grave  damage  had  been  wrought, 
a  few  buildings,  some  scenery  and  a 
store  of  lighting  equipment  still  remained ; 
and  with  these  he  started  into  production. 
In  1918,  to  serve  patriotic  feeling  in  war- 
time, he  even  made  a  twelve-reel  serial, 
"A  Daughter  of  Uncle  Sam,"  which  was 
released  by  General  Film.  Then,  by  de- 
grees, as  General  Film  died  its  inevitable, 
lingering  death,  Frank  Tichenor  withdrew 
from  theatrical  production  and  turned  to 
the  inviting  possibilities  of  making  com- 
mercial  subjects. 

Tichenor  was  temperamentally  the  sort 
of  man  the  non-theatrical  field  needed 
for  certain  phases  of  its  development.  Un- 
like most  of  the  so-called  Big  Business 
men,  who  have  come  into  the  field  and  as- 
sumed that  all  was  needed  to  meet  its 
problems  is  plenty  of  money  and  equip- 
ment, he  believed,  rightly  and  in  the  way 
that  so  many  others  are  failing  to  learn 
year  in  and  year  out,  that  the  proper  at- 
tack was  to  begin  small  and  expand  into 
the  large.  Nor  had  he  any  illusions  about 
money  coming  in  easily,  which  has  been 
another  curse  of  so  many  adventurers 
hereabouts.  No  one  in  his  employ  ever 
worked  harder  or  more  earnestly  at 
relevant  problems  than  "the  boss."  Then 
he  always  was  ready  to  gamble  on  new 
propositions,  provided  they  appealed  to 
the   imagination — the    more   the    merrier. 

Consequently,  at  all  stages  of  his  adult 
life  and  in  whatever  line  engaged  him, 
he  has  been  surrounded  by  subsidiary 
corporations — enterprises  requiring  faith, 
which  ultimately  do  succeed,  and  by 
desks,  safes  and  framed  certificates  repre- 
senting lost  causes  which  he  has  decently 


buried  when  everybody  else,  lacking  in 
imagination,  has  given  them  up.  This 
ready  championship  of  the  under  dog, 
this  prompt  willingness  to  share  in  am- 
bitious undertakings  of  smaller  men,  make 
Frank  A.  Tichenor  a  glamorous,  admir- 
able figure  in  this  Iiistory. 

About  1924  he  acquired  a  struggling 
trade  paper  which  had  been  born  a  little 
ahead  of  its  time,  the  Aero  Digest.  Throw- 
ing into  it  the  main  stream  of  liis  abund- 
ant energy,  he  carried  it  in  a  remarkably 
short  time  to  a  position  of  inlluence  and 
prosperity  in  the  new  industry  of  avia- 
tion. He  followed,  a  little  later,  by  buying 
another  air-minded  publication,  the  Sports- 
man Pilot.  In  the  meantime  the  coming 
of  talking  pictures  had  made  silent  ones 
obsolete.  Arch  Heath  had  gone  to  Holly- 
wood to  direct  two-reel  comedies  for 
Hal  Roach  and  features  for  Pathe  and 
Universal.  Gerhardt  remained,  but  he 
had  slid  naturally  over  into  publishing 
duties.  I  became  the  problem  employe, 
for  I  was  the  production  manager  of 
Eastern  Film  then,  and  even  I  could  not 
be  blind  to  the  inevitable  end.  But  at 
last  I  moved  to  a  new  connection  where 
I  could  take  a  salary  in  lietter  con- 
science, continuing  my  foolish  infatua- 
tion  for   the   tlieatre. 

Talking  picture  production  equipment 
was  then  especially  expensive ;  and  the 
existing  non-theatrical  business,  held  in 
abeyance,  did  not  justify  its  installation. 
Tichenor  considered  it,  of  course;  but 
at  the  crucial  moment,  about  1932,  along 
came  another  publishing  opportunity  to 
distract  him.  The  old  Outlook — Lyman 
.Abbott's  famous  weekly  to  which 
Theodore  Roosevelt,  one  of  Frank  Tiche- 
nor's  greatest  heroes  and  friends,  had 
been  contributing  editor — was  for  sale. 
The  news  stirred  also  the  sentimental 
interest  of  F.  S.  Peck,  and  together  they 
bought  it,  Frank  becoming  the  publisher. 
Presently  he  became  also  publisher  of 
The  Spur  and  the  Plumbing  and  Heat- 
ing Trade  Journal.  He  had  by  this  time 
moved  to  the  Spur  quarters  on  Madison 
avenue,  at  53rd  Street,  where  Al  Smith 
was  to  join  him  as  editor,  and  run  the 
circulation  of  Netv  Outlook  to  a  peak 
of   approximately   700,000   copies. 

Before  leaving  the  Candler  Building 
he  sold  the  few  remaining  bits  of  ap- 
paratus used  by  the  old  Eastern  Film  to 
Leroy  Phelps,  a  non-theatrical  producer 
from  New  Haven.  It  seemed  the  end  of 
Eastern  Film  Corporation.  Yet,  if  one 
dropped  into  the  offices  of  New  Outlook 
in  1935,  he  would  have  found  J.  H.  Ger- 
hardt still  the  right-hand  man  of  Frank 
Tichenor ;  in  the  private  anteroom  he 
would  have  seen  faithful  Kathryn  Healy. 
who  had  joined  in  the  General  Film  days, 
still  busily  clicking  her  typewriter  on 
the  boss's  heavy  correspondence ;  in  the 
art  department  would  have  been  seated 
no  less  a  person  than  Arch  Heath  com- 
manding; and  I,  myself,  might  have  been 
discovered  in  the  editorial   rooms. 

Could  it  really  be  that  Frank  Tichenor 
was  out  of  the  film  business?  Well  .  .  . 
just  the  other  day  at  luncheon,  Frank 
said  to  me  while  I  was  incorrigibly 
talking  films,  "If  ever  I  get  this  pub- 
lishing situation  in  hand,  maybe  .  .  .  ." 
And  he  stopped  with  a  faraway  look  in 


September,  19  i9 


Page  245 


his    eyes    which    could    mean    only    one 
thing — he'd  like  to  conic  lack. 

Many  well  known  directors,  camera- 
men, litni  cditiirs  and  players  have  found 
employ nitiit  at  Kastern  Tilni  at  various 
times.  .\s  an  expression  of  the  man 
Tichenor,  there  was  always  nset'nl  work 
aronnd  him  to  be  done.  There  may  not 
lia\c  hecn  much  money  to  he  made  in 
the  performance  of  it,  for  his  prices  were 
low  and  everything  had  to  fit  somewhere 
into  the  budget.  Hut  qualified  men — and 
Tichenor  has  always  had  a  keen  eye  for 
probable  inefficiency — could  always  drop 
in  on  him  when  they  needed  a  few  dol- 
lars to  tide  them  over,  finding  something 
practical  to  do  to  earn  it.  Tichenor  gave 
me  my  own  first  real  opportimily  to 
direct  pictures.  He  even  permitted  me  to 
take  on  a  second  before  he  had  seen 
immediate   results  on  the  other. 

John  K.  Holbrook  was  for  alxmt  three 
years  both  director  and  cameraman  for 
Eastern.  One  of  the  best  remembered 
cameraman  there  was  Howard  Green, 
who  later  became  Technicolor's  chief  of 
camera  staff  when  that  concern  was 
situated  in  Boston.  He  is  with  the  same 
organization  now,  emjiloyed  by  the  head- 
quarters in  California,  but,  as  I  write, 
in  China.  Howard  did  most  of  the 
tamera  work  in  the  first  productions 
personally  directed  by  Arch  lleath.  An- 
other phirtographer  for  Tichenor  was 
Spencer  Bennett,  subsequently  a  success- 
ful director  of  serials  for  Pathe.  Still 
aTiother  was  John  Geisel,  who  attained 
distinction  as  a  staff  talking-newsrecl  man 
lor   Fox   in    Berlin. 

The  latest  EUistern  cameraman  to  at- 
tain prominence  was  Harry  Stradling, 
although  before  he  came  to  Tichenor  he 
had  been  well  known  as  a  photographer 
of  theatrical  features.  His  father  and  his 
uncle  also  had  achieved  distinction  in  the 
line  in  HolIywocKl.  At  al)out  the  start  of 
the  Harding  presidential  campaign  Tiche- 
nor was  seeking  an  extra  man  to  send  to 
Washington  to  photograph  the  Republican 
leaders  there.  I  learned  that  Stradling 
was  at  liberty,  and  had  tlic  laboratory 
with  which  he  was  then  doing  business 
send  him  in.  Stradling,  working  under 
Heath.  pro<!uced  such  splendid  jxjrtraits 
of  the  officials  under  the  extreme  dif- 
ficulties of  having  to  photograph  them 
in  their  own  offices  by  daylight  and  at 
their  convenience,  that  he  was  kept  on  at 
Eastern  for  a  long  engagement.  It  term- 
inated only  in  1929  when  Robert  T.  Kane 
took  him  to  France  and  gave  him  com- 
mand of  the  entire  camera  department 
at  Joinville.  I  heard  occasionally  from 
Harry  after  that,  and  always  to  the  same 
eflFect,  that  he  was  quite  satisfied  to  re- 
main in  Paris  where,  in  his  opinion,  life 
was  simpler.  He  quickly  prove<l  his  worth 
and  subsequently  was  taken  over  by 
Alexander  Korda's  organization  in  Eng- 
land to  become  the  star  cameraman  there. 
"The  Citadel"  and  "Pygmalion"  are  re- 
cent examples  of  his  work. 

Holbrook 

HoLBKooK  was  still  a  comparatively 
young  man  in  the  Eastern  Film  period, 
but  he  had  been  better  known  in  the 
pioneer  days  of  the  industry  when  he 
had  been  in  charge  of  photography  for 
American  Pathe  and  also  for  the  Whar- 


tons  in  their  heyday  at  Ithaca,  N.  Y. 
He  was  the  son  of  a  professor  of  mathe- 
matics, in  which  subject  he  speedily  had 
become  proficient,  specializing  in  the 
science  of  optics.  In  1895  through  friends 
of  his  father,  he  obtained  his  first  posi- 
tion in  the  factory  of  the  Manhattan 
Optical  Company  at  Cresskill.  N.  J.  Af- 
ter nearly  four  years  of  training  there 
where  he  had  the  goo<l  fortune  to  work 
under  a  distinguished  English  specialist, 
he  started  his  own  concern,  the  Standard 
Optical  Company,  at  Newark,  N.  J.,  con- 
tinuing there  for  ten  years. 

In  the  meantime,  motion  picture  studios 
had  been  arising,  mushroonilike,  all 
through  this  area  on  the  outskirts  of 
New  York,  and  Holbrook  necessarily 
became  interested  in  their  optical  prob- 
lems. The  optical  business,  you  will  re- 
member, was  a  corridor  through  which 
came  many  pioneer  motion  picture  men, 
including  George  Kleine  and  Siegmund 
Lubin.  Holbrook's  first  motion  picture 
idea  was  a  color  process ;  and  he  took 
it  to  Jacques  A.  Berst,  executive  head  of 
American  Pathe.  Berst  saw  that  Hol- 
brook possessed  valuable  technical  back- 
ground in  optics  but  insufficient  knowledge 


Next  Month 

In  Oclober  readers  will  be 
introduced  fo  J.  R.  Bray,  the 
arflst  who  cornered  the  patents 
on  animation  processes  and 
produced  thousands  of  feet  of 
important  educational  subjects. 
Here  also  will  be  found  the 
story  of  the  unpublicized 
teacher  who  probably  fii^t  In- 
vented the  slide  film.  Thus  the 
fascinating  record  unfolds  for 
the  benefit  of  regular  subscrib- 
ers. Make  sure  that  your  name 
is  on  the  list  to  receive  every 
installment. 


about  practical  motion  picture  needs,  so 
he  arranged  for  him  to  make  a  first-hand 
study.  Holbrook  therefore  joined  the 
camera  department  of  the  Pathe  studios 
at  Bound  Brook,  X.  J.  and,  by  virtue  of 
his  scientific  training,  arose  speedily  to 
command   of   the   photographic   division. 

Among  the  many  productions  on  w^hich 
he  worked  in  this  period  was  Arthur  B. 
Reeve's  33-episode  serial  starring  Pearl 
White,  "The  Exploits  of  Elaine,"  still 
said  to  be  the  longest  motion  picture 
"chapter  play"  ever  made.  When  Pathe 
contracted  to  do  the  preliminary  work 
for  the  Whartons,  Holbrook  went  to 
Ithaca;  and.  later,  still  under  his  Pathe 
arrangement,  he  served  in  the  same 
executive  way  for  Hearst's  Cosmopoli- 
tan Films,  being  called  upon  there,  as  an 
optical  expert,  for  much  trick  photog- 
raphy. There  were  also  cinematographic 
side  trips  to  the  Pacific  Coast  and  to 
the  Amazon.  It  was  a  busy  time.  Then, 
about  1925,  he  came  to  Frank  Tichenor. 

Holbrook  left  Eastern  Film  about  1928 
to  join  a  new  company  organized  by 
Catherine  Carter  with  an  address  in  the 


l-'rench  Building,  551  Fifth  Avenue,  New 
York.  Since  last  we  met  Mrs.  Carter 
she  had  toiled  her  way  upward — upward 
in  business  and  upward  on  the  avenue. 
Now  she  was  preparing  to  enter  pro- 
duction as  well  as  to  expand  her  system 
of  film  distribution.  To  accomplish  these 
things  she  formed  a  four-way  partner- 
ship under  the  name  Carter  Cinema  Pro- 
ductions Company.  Two  of  the  shares 
were  held  by  Holbrook  and  herself,  and 
the  other  two  were  taken  respectively, 
by  Mrs.  Carter's  close  friend,  Lida  Haf- 
ford,  and  Alison  J.  Van  Brunt,  elderly 
director  of  safely  education  for  the  Pub- 
lic Service  Corporation  of  New  Jersey. 
Van  Brunt,  incidentally,  had  bought 
most  of  his  safety  motion  pictures  up  to 
that  time,  from  Eastern  Film.  He  be- 
came treasurer  of  the  new  concern  and 
Holbrook,  naturally,  was  placed  in  charge 
of  production. 

Business  went  very  well  for  a  while, 
there  being,  in  one  period,  six  pictures 
simultaneouly  in  work.  The  subjects 
were  mainly  for  the  milk  interests- 
Sheffield  Farms,  Borden's,  the  Dairy- 
man's League  and  others.  The  partners 
formulated  high  plans,  one  of  them  to 
realize  a  pet  notion  of  Jack  Holbrook's, 
to  start  a  "Motion  Picture  Institute  of 
American  Industries,"  producing  films 
on  various  great  lines  of  endeavor.  But 
then,  as  at  times  in  all  commercial  ac- 
tivity, there  came  a  lull.  For  a  few  weeks 
more  money  went  out  than  came  in. 

Van  Brunt,  as  treasurer,  became  fear- 
ful and  critical  of  the  business  adminis- 
tration. He  had  only  a  couple  of  hundred 
dollars  of  his  own  invested,  having  in- 
duced a  friend,  a  coal  man  in  Newark, 
to  put  up  a  small  sum  for  part  of  his  own 
share.  Nevertheless  when  the  next  de- 
mand for  operating  funds  came  in,  he 
refused  to  countersign  the  check.  And 
when  Van  Brunt,  whom  I  knew  very  well 
indeed,  said  "No,"  he  meant  precisely 
that.  The  other  partners — save,  iKissibly 
the  coal  man — took  counsel,  and  it  seems 
to  have  I)cen  decided  that  with  such  a 
treasurer  the  business  could  not  con- 
tinue. So,  one  account  has  it,  they 
planned  to  frighten  Van  Brunt  out  by 
deliberately  permitting  the  outlook  to 
become  bleak.  And,  very  quickly.  Van 
Brunt  and  his  friend  the  coal  man  were 
glad   to  sell   their   interest. 

Mrs.  Carter  became  treasurer  now; 
and  the  relinquished  fourth  share  was 
used  to  bring  in  a  remarkable  old-timer, 
Carl  Gregory.  His  work  was  to  be  that 
of  a  camera  specialist,  employing  the  in- 
teresting "trick"  equipment  maintained 
in  his  shop  at  New  Rochelle,  including 
his  famous  optical  printer  upon  which  the 
most  complicated  multiple  exposure  ef- 
fects were  possible  to  create.  But  Gregory 
soon  rebelled  at  the  idea  of  being  just 
a  cameraman  when  he  felt  that  his  long 
experience  had  qualified  him  to  command 
production,    and    he    resigned    in    disgust. 

Lean  years  followed  for  Gregory 
(largely  because  of  the  coming  of  sound 
pictures)  until  he  eventually  found  a 
place  with  the  U.  S.  Forestry  Bureau 
at  Washington.  About  1937  the  Govern- 
ment rewarded  him  with  the  much. bet- 
ter place  he  now  occupies,  in  charge  of 
the  film  division  of  the  National  .\rchivcs. 
(To  b*  eeafiaaad) 


Page  246 


The  Educational  Screen 


^, 


mon 


9 


o. 


U%±EL(JE± 


L 


Notes  from  and  by  the  Department  of  Visual  Instruction,  N,E,A, 

Conducted  by  the  Editorial  Committee 


A  Word  from  the  President 

IN  the  following  article  the  writer  attempts  to  set 
forth  what  he  considers  the  most  urgent  problems 
in  the  visual  instruction  field.  These  problems  will  be 
treated  briefly  under  three  headings : 

(1)  Training  teachers  to  use  visual  aids  intelligently 
and  effectively;  (2)  Making  visual  aids  available  to 
the  individual  classrooms;  (3)  Providing  adequate 
school  facilities  for  effective  use  of  such  aids. 

The  writer  believes  that  if  we  could  get  the  faculties 
of  our  teacher-training  institutions  and  the  members  of 
our  state  departments  of  education  to  take  time  out  to 
viev;  fifty  or  one  hundred  of  our  modern  teaching  films 
and  thus  gain  some  familiarity  with  the  wealth  of  ma- 
terials in  these  latest  aids  to  learning,  we  would  have 
little  difficulty  in  initiating  teacher-training  programs 
throughout  the  breadth  of  our  country.  The  lack  of 
information  regarding  these  modern  teaching  aids  on 
the  part  of  a  vast  majority  of  those  responsible  for  teach- 
ing-training is  almost  unbelievable.  Yet  these  same 
educators  would  consider  themselves  derelict  in  their 
duties  if  they  did  not  keep  themselves  abreast  of  all 
the  latest  professional  books  and  textbooks  in  their 
respective  fields.  Apparently  it  is  up  to  the  leaders  in 
the  visual  instruction  movement  to  acquaint  others  with 
the  wealth  of  visual  aids  now  available.  Until  this  is 
done  we  shall  have  difficulty  in  getting  our  teacher-train- 
ing institutions  to  incorporate  training  in  the  use  of 
these  visual  aids  as  an  integral  part  of  the  teacher- 
training  program. 

Until  the  use  of  visual  aids  becomes  almost  universal 
there  can  be  no  question  regarding  the  need  for  special 
teacher-training  courses.  None  but  those  familiar  with 
this  latest  aid  can  (1)  instruct  teachers  and  prospective 
teachers  as  to  what  materials  are  available  and  where 
they  can  be  secured;  (2)  give  instruction  in  the  selec- 
tion, care,  and  operation  of  the  various  types  of  equip- 
ment; (3)  instruct  in  film  appreciation  and  evaluation; 
(4)  instruct  in  the  organization  and  administration  of 
the  visual  education  program;  (5)  instruct  in  the  more 
technical  problems  of  production  of  materials  of  instruc- 
tion. Special  courses  are  offered  in  library  training, 
likewise  special  courses  are  offered  in  such  fields  as 
manual  arts,  home  economics,  art,  and  music,  without 
any  apparent  objection  from  those  responsible  for  our 
teacher-training  programs.  Too  often  the  argument 
against  special  training  (and  the  insistence  that  such 
training  in  visual  instruction  should  be  given  as  a  part 
of  other  methods  courses)  is  an  excuse  on  the  part  of 
the  more  academically  minded  educators  to  avoid  the 


offering  of  special  courses.  Experienced  teachers  who 
have  taken  special  courses  in  visual  methods  in  our 
summer  sessions  are  almost  unanimous  in  volunteering 
that  these  courses  are  among  the  most  helpful  they  have 
ever  taken.  It  seems  poor  economy,  however,  to  wait 
until  teachers  are  actually  in  service  before  training 
them  in  the  use  of  the  most  modern  devices  and  tech- 
niques. Such  training  should  be  part  of  the  training  of 
every  prospective  teacher. 

Another  problem  needing  study  and  solution  is  that 
of  making  these  materials  of  instruction  actually  avail- 
able to  the  classrom  teacher.  At  present  educational 
motion  pictures  and  lantern  slides  are  available  to  few- 
teachers  in  most  states.  In  a  slowly  but  ever  increasing 
number  of  states,  state  libraries,  organized  either  as 
part  of  state  universities  or  state  departments,  are  mak- 
ing these  materials  available  to  schools  in  their  respec- 
tive areas.  A  few  of  our  larger  cities  are  providing 
libraries  of  visual  aids  for  the  use  of  their  teachers.  But 
the  vast  majority  of  teachers  in  the  United  States  are 
still  denied  the  use  of  such  aids  as  the  motion  picture — 
a  product  of  science  and  industry  which  has  been 
available  in  entertainment  form  to  the  smallest  and 
remotest  crossroads  towns  for  many  years.  This  situa- 
tion should  and  can  be  remedied.  Certainly  all  school 
systems  in  cities  of  more  than  twenty  or  thirty  thousand 
inhabitants  can  afford  to  establish  central  visual  aids 
libraries.  All  states  which  have  not  already  done  so 
should  be  urged  to  establish  central  state  libraries.  In 
the  larger  and  more  populous  states  branch  libraries 
in  strategic  centers  should  be  established.  The  state 
libraries  with  their  branches  would  serve  rural,  village, 
and  small  city  schools  and  also  offer  a  supplementary 
service  to  the  larger  city  libraries  in  these  cities.  The 
problem  of  actual  distribution  from  the  central  and 
branch  state  libraries  to  the  individual  schools  needs 
study.  The  possibility  of  delivery  of  materials  by 
truck  or  car  from  state  branch  libraries  or  county 
libraries  should  be  looked  into.  These  are  problems 
which  need  the  cooperation  and  support  of  state  edu- 
cational leaders  and  cannot  be  solved  by  departments 
of  visual  instruction  alone  with  their  present  lack  of 
financial  support. 

In  the  opinion  of  the  writer  the  greatest  obstacle  to 
the  inauguration  of  effective  visual  instruction  programs 
lies  not  so  much  in  the  lack  of  trained  teachers  and  the 
lack  of  suitable  teaching  materials  as  in  the  woeful 
obsolescence  of  practically  all  of  our  school  buildings — 
even  many  of  those  million  dollar  plants  built  in  recent 
years  with  the  aid  of  Federal  funds.  To  those  of  us 
who  believe  that  the  projected  picture  is  one  of  the  most 


September,  19)9 


Page  247 


effective,  if  not  the  most  effective,  of  teaching  devices  it 
is  difficult  to  tliink  of  an  educational  setup  as  modern 
and  coni[)lc'te  which  fails  to  make  j)rovision  in  its  class- 
rooms for  the  ready  use  of  projection  equipment.  School 
officials  and  architects  exhaust  every  possibility  in  pro- 
viding proper  light  in  school  buildings  in  order  that 
reading  may  be  properly  facilitated,  yet  little  or  no 
thought  is  given  to  making  the  projection  of  pictures 
readily  possible.  It  seems  to  the  writer  that  a  school 
plant  to  be  considered  modem  in  this  age  must  have 
( 1 )  provisions  for  darkening  all  classrooms  —  not 
merely  one  projection  room  in  each  building,  (2)  con- 
veniently located  electrical  outlets  in  all  classrooms, 
(3)  projx^rly  mounted  screens  in  all  classrooms,  (4) 
projection  tables  available  for  all  rooms,  aind  (5) 
proper  acoustical  treatment  throughout  where  needed 
to  allow  satisfactory  sound  reproduction.  This  may 
seem  like  a  big  order  but  it  is  no  more  costly  than  the 
many  other  provisions  we  are  accustomed  to  making  in 
our  school  plants,  and  if  these  provisions  are  built  into 
buildings  as  tlu-y  are  constructed  they  will  cost  little 
and  what  little  cost  there  is  will  be  accepted  as  part  of 
the  cost  of  a  niodern  school  building.  In  fact  any 
additional  cost  that  might  be  entailed  for  these  facilities 
could  be  more  than  offset  by  a  little  less  ornatcness,  a 
little  less  marble  trimming,  a  cheaper  grade  of  plush 
or  velour  drapes  in  the  auditoriums,  a  slightly  less  ex- 
pensive swimming  jxx)!,  etc,  etc.  Xo  school  official 
who  recently  has  had  built  a  typical  twentieth  century 
school  building  can  justly  argue  that  visual  instruction 
IS  too  expensive  and  that  the  modern  building  facilities 
for  providing  visual  instruction  are  out  of  reach. 

Until  classrooms  can  be  readily  darkened,  projectors 
conveniently  set  up  and  connected  to  a  source  of  elec- 
tricity, and  pictures  easily  projected  upon  a  good  screen 
surface  without  tran.sporting  classes  to  the  auditorium 
or  to  some  dark  cell  back  of  the  fuel  bin  in  the  base- 
ment, other  promotional  work  will  be  largely  futile. 
The  writer  believes  that  visual  instruction  leaders  can 
render  no  greater  service  at  the  present  time  than  the 
promotion  of  better  physical  facilities  in  our  school 
buildings. 

The  Department  of  Visual  Instruction  might  well 
dedicate  itself  for  the  coming  year  to  work  on  the  above 
problems,  especially  the  two  last  named.  Splendid  work 
has  been  done  in  promoting  and  developing  the  ideology 
of  visual  instruction  and  it  would  seem  that  more  em- 
phasis might  well  be  placed  on  the  actual  accomplishing 
of  our  objectives  through  the  furtherance  of  a  more 
concrete  program.  J.  E.  Hansen 

News  Item 

Your  correspondent  wishes  to  announce  the  in- 
auguration of  a  digest  service  for  the  Department,  to 
be  included  in  monthly  issues  of  the  Screen.  It  is 
indeed  heartening  to  see  how  many  articles  are  being 
written  by  members  of  the  Department,  and  published 
in  a  wide  variety  of  journals.  Please  keep  us  informed 
of  your  literary  efforts  in  our  field. 

Although  I  have  been  empowered  to  continue  with 
our  Editorial  Committee,  it  will  be  necessary  for  me 
to  designate  certain  changes.  Members  of  the  Committee 
have,  in  the  past,  been  slow  to  contribute  to  our  work 
and  I  should  like  to  solicit  the  cooperation  of  interested 


members  who  would  like  to  become  a  member  of  the 
Editorial  Conmiittee.  One  of  our  most  important  tasks 
continues  to  keep  the  members  informed  of  news 
"among  ourselves." 

Incidentally,  please  note  that  for  the  next  few  months 
I  have  "gone  commercial."  I  have  been  asked  to  assume 
managing  editorship  for  a  project  under  the  sjwnsor- 
ship  of  ll-.c  Creative  Educational  Society,  Mankato, 
Minnesota.  The  project  involves  compiling  a  collection 
of  photographs  for  children  in  the  first  six  grades,  with 
special  emphasis  upon  the  needs  of  rural  children. 
Visualized  Curriculum  Series  has  its  offices  at  55  West 
42nd  St.,  N.  Y.  C.  E.  Schneider. 

The  San  Francisco  Meeting 

REPORTS  of  addresses  given  on  July  3,  4,  5  last 
have  been  slow  in  coming  in,  due  probably  to  the 
fact  that  most  persons  concerned  have  been  away  all 
summer  and  have  not  had  a  chance  to  submit  copies. 

A  copy  of  the  address  given  by  Frieda  Lichtman,  of 
New  York  City,  Ix-fore  the  joint  meeting  of  the  De- 
partment and  the  Dejiartment  of  Secondary  Education 
is  at  hand.  This  interesting  talk  described  some  techni- 
ques u.sed  in  New  York  City  junior  and  senior  high 
schools  to  improve  the  movie  tastes  of  students.  See 
the  proceedings  of  the  N.E.A.,  1939  for  details. 

Resolutions  and  other  business  passed  during  the 
Business  Meeting  of  July  5th,  at  which  Miss  Rita 
Hochheimer  presided  were : 

1.  Tliat  a  protest  be  made  to  the  National  Educa- 
tion Association  regarding  a  program  given  at  the 
general  session  in  this  field,  in  which  cooperation  from 
our  Department  was  not  solicited.  It  is  requested  that 
any  arrangements  in  the  future  for  a  visual  education 
program  for  the  general  sessions  of  the  N.E.A.  be  made 
through  the  Department  of  Visual  Instruction. 

2.  The  following  officers  have  been  elected  for  1939- 
40: 

President :  J.  E.  Hansen,  Director,  Bureau  of  Visual 
Instruction,  University  of  Wisconsin,  Madison.  First 
Vice-President:  Miss  Marian  Evans,  San  Diego,  Cal. 
Second  Vice-President:  Miss  Etta  Schneider,  N.Y.C. 
Secretary-Treasurer :  Pro  tem  Mr.  Don  C.  Ellis,  N.Y.C. 
Executive  Committee:  Miss  E.  Winifred  Crawford  (3 
years) ;  Dr.  Edgar  Dale  (2  years)  ;  Dr.  F.  Dean  Mc- 
Clusky  (3  years)  ;  Dr.  Charles  F.  Hoban,  Jr.  (one 
year)  ;  Mrs.  Grace  F.  Ramsey  (one  year) ;  Mr.  Nelson 
Greene  (2  years). 

3.  The  committee  report,  prepared  by  Mrs.  Grace 
Fisher  Ramsey,  was  recommended  for  mimeographing 
and  distribution  to  the  members  of  the  Department.  It 
deals  with  School-Museum  Cooperation. 

4.  The  Committee  to  Cooperate  with  Warner  Bros, 
in  making  available  their  short  subjects  in  16mm  for 
school  use  was  empowered  to  continue  their  efforts. 

5.  The  Report  of  the  Committee  on  International 
Relations  was  read  by  Mr.  Lindstrom,  chairman.  His 
committee  was  asked  to  continue  its  work  on  the  use 
of  films  in  foreign  countries  for  international  under- 
standing. 

6.  The  Editorial  Committee  reported  progress  in 

(Concluded  on  page  260) 


Page   248 


The  Educational  Screen 


Jnz  ^iim  cIi±iimatE± 


Being  the  Combined  ludgments  of  a  National  Committee  on  Current  Theatrical  Films 
(A)  Discriminating  Adults  (Y)  Youth  (C)  Children 

Date    of   mailing    on    weekly    service    is    shown    on    each    film. 


L' Alibi    (Eric   Von   Stroheim)    (French-English 
titles)  (Columbia)    Somber,   frank,  sophisticated 
continental  drama.  Tricked  by  ruthless  murderer 
into  accepting  bribe  to  provide  false  alibi  which 
implies  illicit  relationship  with  him,  cabaret-hos- 
tess heroine  struggles  under  his  menacing  in- 
fluence till  truth  is  revealed.  8-8-39 
(A)  Depends  on  taste     (Y)  and  (C)  By  no  means 
Andy  Hardy  Gets  Spring  Fever  (Same  cast  plus 
Helen  Gilbert)  (MGM)  Probably  best  of  series  to 
date.  Andy's  love-affair  with  his  teacher,  and  its 
repercussions    on   all    concerned,    is   thoroughly 
entertaining.     Mickey   replaces   his   old   bag   of 
tricks    with    real    acting.      Overdone    bits    are 
due  to  script,  not  Mickey.                             7-25-39 
(A)  Fine  of  kind          (Y)  Excellent          (C)  Good 
Angels  Wash  Their  Faces  (Dead  End  Kids,  Ron- 
ald Reagan,  Ann  Sheridan)  (Warner)  Dead  End 
Kids,  made  city  officials  for  week,  go  on  lawless 
rampage,  manhandle  regular  officials,  catch  croaks 
who  framed  their  chum  into  prison.  Preposterous 
stuff,     glorifying     gutter    English,     roughneck 
actions,  triumphanttoughness  of  alley  rats.  9-5-39 
(A)  Depends  on  taste    (Y)  No    (C)  By  no  means 
Bachelor  Mother  (Ginger  Rogers,  David  Niven) 
(RKO)    Entertaining,    laughably   absurd   farce. 
Shop-girl  heroine  impulsively  befriends  found- 
ling baby,  and  hilarious  complications  start  when 
everyone  assumes  it  is  her  own.  Clever,  sophisti- 
cated dialog,  avoids  offense.  Ginger  again  dem- 
onstrates her  ability  as  a  comedienne.       8-29-39 
(A)  Very  amnsing    (Y)  Amnsing    (C)  Harmless 
Back  Door  to  Heaven   (Wallace  Ford.  P.  Ellis) 
(Para)  Grim,  emotional  social  melodrama,  well- 
acted,  simply  told.  Dreary  picture  of  life  of  ap- 
pealing small-town  poor  boy  who  becomes  criminal 
through  adverse  circumstances,  going  from  re- 
form school  to  penitentiary  and  then  death  sen- 
tence. Preaches  tolerance,  understanding.  7-4-39 
(A)  Fair  of  kind          (Y)  Depressing          (C)  No 
Beau  Geste  (Cooper,  Milland,  Preston,  Donlevy) 
(Para)   Frankly  "not  historical",  here  is  grim, 
brutal,    bloody   melodrama   at   its   best,    human 
and  appealing  as  well  as  thrilling.  Devotion  of 
three  brothers  takes  them,  after  theft  of  family 
jewel,  through  Foreign  Legion  life  with  tragic 
heroism.     Technique  fine.                               9-12-39 
(A)  (Y)  Very  good  of  kind                            (C)  No 
Blind  Alley  (Chester  Morris,  Ralph  Bellamy,  Ann 
Dvorak)     (Columbia)    Tense,    grim    "different" 
thriller.  Ruthless  killer  invades  home  of  psychol- 
ogy professor,  terrorizing  all,  till  latter,  using 
psycho-analysis  to  probe  the  twisted  mind,^ re- 
veals the  subconscious  obsession  and  by  so  doing 
supposedly  destroys  the  power  to  kill,      6-20-39 
(A)  Good  of  kind                (Y)  Grim               (C)  No 
Blondie    Takes    a    Vacation    (Lake,    Singleton, 
Larry   Simms)    (Columbia)    Third    in    series    is 
good,    elementary    nonsense    farce.    Everything 
goes  wrong  on   family   vacation  to  two  moun- 
tain hotels,   but  comes  out  all  right.   Boy  and 
dog    steal    picture.      The    impossible    child    is 
cleverly    amusing.                                             9-12-39 
(A)  Hardly                (Y)  Fair                (C)  Amusing 
Boy  Friend  (Jane  Withers.  George  Ernest)  (Fox  I 
The  zestful  Jane  in  another  precocious  role,  get- 
ting entangled  with  police  department  and  rack- 
eteers. Also  experiences  her  first  crush  on  boy, 
whose  brother  gang  kills.   The  youngsters  un- 
cover the  crooks,  captured  after  nerve-wracking 
chase.  Wild,  improbable  stuff.  7-18-39 
(A)  Hardly          (Y)  No  value          (C)  Unsuitable 
Bridal  Suite   (R.  Young,  Annabella,  Connolly) 
(MGM)    Concocted   to   make  ostentatiously   en- 
gaging  a   rich,   hard-drinking,   worthless   play- 
boy, who  dodges  his  Parisian   fiancee  to  chase 
humble     heroine     through     Alpine     snowslides. 
Fine  cast  wasted  on  cheaply  risque  story  and 
action    more   ridiculous    than    funny.       6-13-39 
(A)  Stupid                             (Y)  (C)  Certainly  not 
Bulldog  Dmmmond'g  Secret  Police  (John  How- 
ard,   Heather   Angel)    (Para)    Hero   still   post- 
pones wedding  to  heroine  to  run  down  villains 
seeking    buried    treasure.    Thick    with    killings, 
murderous  machinery,  subterranean  floods,  and 
much  "comic  relief".  Usual  character  of  series 
changed    to   lurid   melodrama.  6-13-39 
(A)  Hardly            (Y)  Doubtful  value  (C)  No 
Captain  Fnry  (Aherne,  McLaglen)(U.  A.)  Vig- 
orous,   exciting    semi-historical    melodrama    of 
early  Australia.  Robin-Hood-type  hero  and  band, 
escaped  British  convicts,  lead  oppressed  settlers 
against  powerful,  cruel  landowner.  Much  fight- 
ing, hard  riding,  etc.  Fine  acting,  deft  comedy 
relief,    lovely   scenery.  6-20-39 
(A)  Very  good  of  kind         (Y)  Strong        (C)  No 


Career  (Edward  Ellis,  Ann  Shirley)  (RKO)  La- 
bored attempt  at  realistic  small-town  drama, 
vehicle  for  two  young  "discoveries"  quite  un- 
impressive in  small  roles.  Overloaded  with 
characters,  dull  romance  and  banal  dialog.  Only 
feature,  fine  role  by  Ellis,  with  continuous 
drunks,  Errol  and  Hatton,  for  comedy.  8-1-39 
(A)  Dull  (Y)  Little  interest  (C)  No 

Charlie  Chan  in  Reno  (Toler,  Cortez,  Phyllis 
Brooks)  (Fox)  Toler  thoroughly  satisfactory  as 
successor  to  Oland  and  cast  improves.  Adequate- 
ly complicated,  with  more  comedy  than  shud- 
der, and  some  soDhisticatioii  is  introduced.  Will 
probably  please  all  who  enjoy  the  famous 
Chan    series.  7-25-39 

(A)  Good  of  kind  (Y)  (C)  Mostly  good 

Chasing  Danger  (Preston  Foster,  Lynn  Bari) 
(Fox)  Brazen  American  cameraman  and  low- 
comedy  pal  run  roughneck  course  of  impossible 
heroics  through  Algiers,  sneering  at  foreigners, 
manhandling  heroine,  mowing  down  all  opposi- 
tion with  fists  and  guns  and  getting  their 
pictures  !   Poor  ad  for   America.  7-18-39 

(A)  Hardly  (Y)  Formula  thriller  (C)  No 

Climbing  High  (Jessie  Matthews,  Michael  Red- 
grave) (British-Gaumont)  Fine  stars  wasted  on 
rowdy,  overdone-slapstick  farce  which  achieves 
some  sophisticated  touches  at  same  time.  Dizzy 
doings  center  around  complicated  romance  of  a 
photographers'  model  (shown  in  intimate 
noses)    with    wealthy   socialite   hero.  8-1-39 

(A)  Ordinary  (Y)  and  (C)  No 


Please  be  sure  to   read  the 

Diversitorial    on    the    Film 

Estimates 

{on  page  234) 


Clouds  Over  Europe  (British)  (Richardson, 
Olivier)  (Colum)  Lively,  delightful  spy-thriller- 
comedy  of  character  and  action.  New  radio 
power-ray  threatens  England's  aviation.  Thrills 
and  amuses  without  slapstick  or  wisecrack. 
Subtle  in  humor,  in  satire  of  British  ways,  and 
"detective Hammond"  is  memorable  role.  6-27-39 
(A)  Excellent  (Y)  Excellent  (C)  Good 

Code  of  the  Secret  Service  (Ronald  Reagan) 
(Warner)  Theft  of  government  engraving  plates 
sends  G-Man  hero  on  trail  of  counterfeiters  in 
Mexico.  Falls  repeatedly  into  their  hands  and 
makes  countless  escapes  until  local  police  finally 
aid  him  in  their  capture.  Lively  thriller  with 
small  dose  of  romance  and  comedy.  8-29-39 
rA)  Hardly  (Y)  Passable  (C)  Exciting 

Conspiracy  (Allan  Lane,  Linda  Hayes,  Barrat) 
(RKO)  Lurid  melodrama  of  Americans  caught  in 
totalitarian  country.  Hero,  suspected  of  aid  to 
enemy,  helped  to  escape  bold  football  coach,  now 
running  low-life  cafe,  and  siren  cabaret  hero- 
ine. Hide-outs,  speedboats,  airplanes,  fists, 
guns,  police,  etc.     A  potboiler.  9-12-39 

(A)  Mediocre  (Y)  No  value  (C)  No 

Dark  Eyes  (HarryBauer.  SimoneSimon)  (French, 
Eng.  titles)  Doting  father  conceals  headwaiter 
job  from  sheltered  daughter  who  has  secret  ro- 
mance with  worldly  banker ;  climaxed  by  at- 
tempt to  seduce  her  in  private  dining-room  and 
father's  intervention.  Uninteresting,  slow-moving 
story.  Simone  poses,  Bauer  fine  as  usual.  8-22-39 
(A)  Mediocre  (Y)  No  (C)  No 

Daughters  Courageous  (Lane  sisters.  Rains,  Gar- 
field) (Warner)  Hilarious  romances  of  four  very 
modern  daughters  of  broken  home,  complicated 
by  deserter-father's  return,  about-to-be  step- 
father, and  sullen  crook  as  hero  and  chief 
lover.  Incessant  action,  sprightly  dialog,  but 
semi-convincing    and    too   long.  7-25-39 

(A)  Good  of  kind        (Y)  (C)  Very  doubtful  value 

Each  Dawn  I  Die  ( Jas.  Cagney,  Geo.  Raft)  (War- 
ner) Built  for  maximum  thrill  and  shock.  Welter 
of  incredible  violence,  brutality,  inhumanity  in- 
side prison.  Suffering  hero,  framed  by  corrupt  of- 
ficialdom is  freed  only  through  preposterous  self- 
sacrifice  of  hardened  "lifer."  Machine-gun-carn- 
age for  climax,  "rechnically  fine,  well-acted.  8-8-39^ 
(A)  Depends  on  taste     (Y)  and  (C)  By  no  means 


6,000  Enemies  (Walter  Pidgeon,  Rita  Johnson, 
Nat  Pendleton)  (MCIM)  Probably  most  nauseat- 
ing prison  film  to  date.  Appalling  orgy  of  gory 
brutalities,  gruesome  killings,  repulsive  close- 
ups.  Generally  distorts  prison  management — 
warden  a  mere  caricature.  Nothing  rings  true. 
An    inexcusable   production.  8-1-39 

(A)  (Y)  and  (C)  Terrible 

Everybody's  Baby  (Prouty,  Byington,  Denny) 
(Fox)  Another  "Jones  Family",  but  more 
nonsense  farce  than  human  interest  comedy. 
Centers  on  "modern"  baby  raising.  Struggle 
between  fashionable,  faddist  "doctor"  and  old- 
fashioned  ideas,  with  the  latter  winning  out 
in   slaps^tick  style.  6-13-39 

(A)  Mediocre  (Y)  Probably  amusing  (C)  Hardly 
Ex-Champ  (McLaglen.  Nan  Grey,  Tom  Brown) 
(Univ)  Sentimental,  unpretentious  tale  about 
self-sacrificing  ex-prize  fighter,  scorned  by  the 
snobbish,  worthless  son  he  educated.  To  cover 
latter's  embezzlement  father  plans  to  "throw"  a 
fight  he's  handling,  but  is  saved  by  an  amusing 
mistake.  Unconvincing  and  unimportant.  6-20-39 
(A)  Hardly  (Y)  Doubtful  (C)  No 

Exile  Express  (Anna  Sten.  Alan  Marshall)  (Gr. 
Nat)  Spy-murder  of  doctor  for  his  chemical 
secrets.  His  fine  Secretary,  not  yet  naturalized,  is 
suspected  and  ordered  deported.  Hectic  adven- 
tures on  transcontinental  train  for  Ellis  Island. 
Improbable,  but  convincing  quality  of  heroine 
and   hero   help   much.  7-25-39 

(A)  Fair  (Y)  Probably  good  (C)  Hardly 

Five  Came  Back  (Kent  Taylor,  Wendy  Barrie,  et 
all  (RKO)  Strong  tense,  rather  well-done,  well- 
acted  thriller  of  varied  character  interest,  grim 
action  and  suspense,  as  airliner  with  assorted 
passengers  does  forced  landing  in  South  Amer- 
ican jungle,  menaced  by  distant  savages.  Heroic 
self-sacrifice  of  some  to  save  others.  7-11-39 
(A)Verygoodofkind  (Y)  Strong  thriller  (C)No 
Fixer  Dugan  (Lee  Tracy,  Virginia  Weidler) 
(RKO)  Feeble,  poorly  directed  and  edited  film. 
Clumsy  attempt  at  melodramatic  thrills  against 
background  of  small-time  circus.  Precocious 
child  role  and  crude  characters  of  principals 
largely  nullify  plot  appeal  and  entertainment 
values.  8-1-39 

(A)  (Y)  and  (C)  Poor 

Forbidden  Music  ( Richard  Tauber,  J  immy  Durant) 
(World)  Gay  British-made  operetta  featuring 
Tauber's  fine  voice.  Thin  but  novel,  agreeable 
plot.  Princess  bans  music  in  mythical  kingdom, 
till  people  pay  taxes  :  Durante,  who  fails  to  be 
funny,  and  Tauber  cause  musical  revolution  and 
;:olve  financial  problem  in  hazy  ending.  9-5-39 
(A)  Fair  (Y)  Fairly  good  (C)  Little  interest 
Forgotten  Woman,  The  (Sigrid  Gurie,  Donald 
Briggs)  (Univ)  Heavy,  emotional  melodrama  de- 
picting misfortunes  of  persecuted  heroine.  Inno- 
cent husband  killed  in  hold-up.  she  is  unjustly 
jailed,  baby  born  in  prison  and  kept  from  her  till 
happy  ending  with  remorseful  D.  A.  who  had 
convicted  her.  Unconvincing  and  dreary.  9-5-39 
(A)  Hardly  (Y)  Unsuitable  (C)  No 

Four  Feathers  I  Ralph  Richardson,  C.  Aubrey 
Smith )  ( U.  A. )  England's  Sudan  campaign  in  the 
80's  provides  thrilling  background  for  grim,  viv- 
id military-adventure  spectacle.  Concerns  young 
hero,  branded  a  coward,  who  redeems  himself  by 
extreme  daring,  sacrifice,  heroism.  Fine  tech- 
nically, photographically,  histrionically.  8-22-39 
(A)  Fine  of  kind  (Y)  Very  strong         (C)  No 

Frontier  Marshall  (Randolph  Scott.  Cesar  Ro- 
mero) (Fox)  Thrilling,  lusty  super-western,  less 
pretentious  than  "Stagecoach".  "Dodge  City", 
etc.  Absorbing,  colorful  story,  capably  directed,  of 
how  Wyatt  Earp  (historical  character)  brought 
law  and  order  to  Tombstone.  Much  shouting.  Con- 
vincing character  and  atmosphere.  9-12-39 
(A)  (Y)  Very  good  of  kind  (Cl  Too  exciting 
Girl  and  the  Gambler.  The  (Leo  Carrillo.  Steffi 
Duna)  (RKO)  Cheap,  inferior  version  of  the 
.^tage  play,  "The  Dove."  Carrillo  amusing  as 
the  Mexican  Robinhnod,  but  film  plays  up  sor- 
did cafe  life  and  indulges  in  broadly  suggestive 
dialog.  Ample  shooting,  fighting  and  hard 
riding  for  supplementary  action.  8-1-39 
(A)  Mediocre  (Y)  and  (C)  Unsuitable 
Girl  from  Mexico  (Lupe  Velez,  Donald  Woods, 
Leon  Errol)  (RKO)  Lively  farce,  occasionally 
funny,  frequently  mere  slapstick,  built  round 
the  cyclonic  antics  of  Lupe,  a  "radio  discov- 
ery" of  hero.  Hilarious  complications  as  she  wins 
recognition  and  also  hero  from  his  calculating 
society  fiancee.  7-11-39 
CA)  Hardly.  (Y)  Not  the  best  (C)-No 
{Continued  on  page  269i 


September,  I9}9  Page   249 

Teaching    Fundamentals    of    Blocking  —  In    Hand-Made    Lantern    Slides 

By    R.     N.     SOUTHARD 

Public  Schools,  WesdDury,  Long  Island,  N.  Y. 


THESE  slide  illustrations  have  been  used  by  the  football 
squads  and  proved  very  satisfactory  when  the  squads  have 
been  forced  inside  due  to  inclement  weather. 

(1)  The  blfx'ker  should  approach  fast  in  such  a  manner  as 
to  break  through  the  defensive  man's  hands  and  aim 
towards  the  pit  of  his  stomach. 

(2)  He  has  broken  throuKh  the  hand  defense  and  his  body  is 
starting  to  make  the  longest  ixjssible  blocking  surface. 

(3)  His  arms  are  fully  outstretched;   right  leg  beginning  to 


raise  with  the  hip  making  bodily  contact;  turning  on  his 
side  towards  the  first  movement  in  preparatory  to  the 
block. 

(4)  Good   contact;    right   leg   still  liighcr — continuing  move- 
ment of  the  roll. 

(5)  Roll  progressing  still  further  with  a  result  that  the  de- 

fensive man  is  being  forced  down. 

(6)  Completion     of    the    block — defensive    opponent    on    the 
ground   forced  out  of  play  by  offensive  blocker. 


The  sim- 
plest  type 
of  It  and  - 
made  slide 
is  made  hy 
drawing  or 
tracing  on 
finely  fin- 
ished etched 
glass  with 
ordinary 
medium  lead 
pencil.  Col- 
or, by  spe- 
cial crayons 
or  inks,  en- 
hances the 
slides  great- 
ly. Fine  ef- 
fects are  ob- 
tained by 
blending 
with  cray- 
ons. About 
one  -  third 
inch  margin 
should  be 
left  all 
around  the 
slide.  The 
slide  is  read- 
ily cleaned 
Tvith  soap  or 
washing 
pozvder  to 
receive 
a  neiv  pic- 
ture. 


^ 

\  (t 

Py 

n^\ 

ij 

\7^ 

^ 

^ 

// 

Page   2  50 


The  Educational  Screen 


^ns.  J^iiEXatwi^  in  ^  l/iiuaL  lJn±t%uation 


A   Monthly   Digest 


Conducted  by  Etta  Schneider 


Techniques  of  Utilization 

Films  in  the  Learning  of  Foreign  Lan- 
guages— by  W.  S.  Hendrix — Journal 
of  Higher  Education,  10:308-11  June, 
1939 

An  interesting  clue  to  the  possibility 
of  the  talking  picture  for  teaching  a 
foreign  language  is  the  reaction  of  na- 
tives of  Mexico  to  American  films,  and 
the  beginning  of  an  understanding  of  our 
language  solely  from  this  medium. 

Foreign-language  films  cannot  alto- 
gether be  depended  upon  to  aid  in  lan- 
guage instruction.  Frequently,  the  lan- 
guage is  spoken  in  such  a  fashion  as  not 
to  be  easily  understandable  to  the  audi- 
ence. What  is  needed  for  our  purposes  is 
a  careful  presentation  of  the  average 
e very-day  life,  customs,  and  manners  of 
the  country  whose  language  and  civiliza- 
tion we  are  studying.  While  it  is  help- 
ful and  interesting  to  have  pictures  show- 
ing beautiful  landscapes  and  magnificent 
architecture,  we  would  like  to  have,  for 
example,  a  series  of  films  showing  edu- 
cation from  the  elementary  grades 
through  the  universities.  One  film 
should  be  devoted  to  a  rural  school,  show- 
ing the  costumes  of  the  children  as  they 
arrive  at  school,  the  schoolhouse  itself, 
and  the  curriculum.  More  films  depict- 
ing, for  France,  rural  or  small-town 
conditions  would  be  very  helpful  in  our 
understanding  of  French  society,  politics 
and  economics,  as  well  as  French  litera- 
ture and  art. 

A  series  of  speaking  films  on  the  fol- 
lowing subjects,  still  using  France  as  an 
illustration,  would  be  of  great  help  in 
foreign-language  instruction :  a  series  of 
films,  on  education  in  general ;  on  rural 
life ;  on  agricultural  resources  of  France ; 
on  the  mineral  resources ;  on  important 
historical  places ;  on  architecture ;  and 
then  on  the  picturesque  landscapes.  Films 
of  these  types  for  all  the  countries  whose 
languages,  customs,  and  civilizations  are 
being  taught  by  modern  language  depart- 
ments in  this  country,  would  be  very 
valuable. 


The  Slow-Motion  Picture  as  a  Coach- 
ing Device — by  Roy  E.  Priebe,  Los 
Angeles,  and  William  H.  Burton,  U. 
of  Southern  Cal. — School  Reviezv,  47 : 
192-8     March,  1939 

This  investigation  was  designed  to 
secure  evidence  of  the  value  or  lack  of 
value  of  slow-motion  pictures  as  a  coach- 
ing device,  with  particular  reference  to 
the  high  jump.  Attention  was  given  to 
the  use  of  these  pictures  in  presenting  a 
new  form  of  jumping,  in  diagnosing  and 


correcting  errors,  and  in  stimulating 
practice.  The  high  jump  was  selected  be- 
cause it  contains  factors  of  fundamental 
importance  in  various  other  athletic 
events.  Timing,  coordination,  natural 
ability,  facility  in  given  skills,  and  other 
factors  are  involved.  Forty  pupils  at 
Polytechnic  High  School,  Los  Angeles 
responded  to  a  call  for  volunteers  for  the 
experiment.  The  experiment  covered  six 
weeks  of  the  regular  track  season.  Dur- 
ing the  teaching  period  the  students  were 
shown  pictures  of  champion  jumpers  at 
slow  and  normal  speeds.  During  the  third 
week,  slow-motion  pictures  of  the  boys 
were  taken  during  the  regular  practice 
period  and  shown  to  them.  Detailed  an- 
alytic discussion  of  good  form,  defects, 
and  coordination  took  place.  During  the 
fifth  and  sixth  week  the  experimental 
group  saw  its  own  pictures  and  also 
those  of  the  champions  again  and  engaged 
in  further  discussion. 


Audio- Visual  Instruction:  Possibilities 
in  Home-Making  Education  —  by 
Mary  Booth,  East  Texas  State  Col- 
lege, Commerce,  Tex. — Practical  Home 
Economics,  17:178    June,  1939 

The  use  of  radio,  filmslides,  and  motion 
pictures  have  been  found  effective  in 
East  Texas  State  College.  However,  the 
two  important  problems  still  remain:  the 
training  of  teachers,  and  the  lack  of 
funds. 

This  year  the  State  Board  of  Educa- 


In  this  issue  we  are  inaugurating  a 
feature  In  EDUCATIONAL  SCREEN 
which  has,  to  a  more  limited  extent, 
been  well  covered  previously  in  the 
section,  "Among  the  Magazines  and 
Books."  It  is  planned  to  provide  a 
classified  digest  service,  covering 
current  writings  in  educational  and 
lay  magazines,  and  in  books.  No  at- 
tempt will  be  made  to  evaluate  the 
material,  other  than  to  summarize  in 
greater  detail  those  articles  which 
appear  to  contain  the  most  valuable 
matter. 

We  should  like  to  make  this  serv- 
ice as  practical  as  possible  for  our 
readers.  We  therefore  invite  recom- 
mendations, or  criticisms  with  respect 
to  the  system  of  classification  and 
that  of  review.  It  will  be  noted  that 
certain  articles  may  fall  under  more 
than  one  classification.  We  can  list 
them  but  once. 


tion  in  Texas  is  permitting  each  rural 
aid  school  to  include  a  sum  up  to  $35 
per  school  for  visual  aid  materials.  The 
best  way  to  secure  funds  is  to  make  a 
start,  and  demonstrate  the  value.  A  list 
of  sources  of  filmslides  and  films  on 
home-making  is  given. 

Manual  for  the  Educational  Sound  Film, 
"Living  and  Learning  in  a  Rural 
School" — by  Anne  Hoppock,  Warren 
County,  N.  J. — Bureau  of  Publications, 
Teachers  College.  Columbia  Univer- 
sity, N.  Y.     1939 

This  two-reel  sound  film  is  the  re- 
sult of  a  study  made  by  seventh  and 
eighth  grade  pupils  in  a  rural  school  on 
motion  picture  making.  The  resultant 
film  is   suitable   for  teacher-training. 

The  manual  includes  much  valuable 
information  necessary  for  an  adequate 
understanding  of  the  situations  depicted 
in  the  film.  It  describes  the  school,  the 
nature  of  the  students  and  their  environ- 
ment, setting  in  which  the  film  pro- 
ject developed,  and  the  manner  in  which 
the  teacher  proceeded  to  follow  their  in- 
terest. Supplementing  the  information 
about  the  ."Mlamuchy  School  provided  by 
the  film.  Miss  Hoppock  gives  a  detailed 
account  of  the  school  program  and  the 
children.  Questions  for  discussion,  and  the 
scenario  are  also  included. 

School-Made  Visual  Aids 

Teacher-Made  Visual  Aids — by  Ellis  C. 
Persing,  Western  Reserve  Univ.,  Cleve- 
land, Ohio — Science  Education,  23:195- 
7    April,  1939. 

Teachers  often  find  the  commercial 
films,  slides,  or  still  pictures  inadequate 
to  serve  local  needs  and  set  about  pre- 
paring them  themselves.  Travel  provides 
an  excellent  opportunity  for  taking  pic- 
tures of  pertinent  phenomena.  Specimens 
and  pictures  collected  during  week-end 
trips  by  the  teacher  offer  rich  opportunity. 
The  miniature  camera  is  having  a  great 
influence  on  teacher-made  visual  aids. 
Candid  shots  of  children  in  action,  por- 
traits, photostatic  copy  work,  landscapes, 
close-up  of  flowers,  minerals,  etc.  are 
all  easily  possible  with  the  better  made 
precision  miniature  camera.  Good  en- 
largements, made  from  these  negatives, 
can  be  made  at  a  nominal  cost.  Lantern 
slides  can  likewise  be  made  from  any  of 
the  good  negatives,  and  at  low  cost  if  the 
teacher  is  interested  in  photographic 
work.  Transparencies  may  be  held  up  td 


September,  19}9 


Page  2S1 


the  light  or  pastt-d  uii  the  wiiiduw,  and 
need  nut  alwavs  be  projected.  The  de- 
velopment of  color  film  is  making  it 
possible  for  teachers  to  photograph 
colored  objects  with  the  same  case  with 
which  they  take  black  and  white. 

One  group  of  teachers  priKliiced  a  film 
entitled,  ".\nimals  of  the  7.in>,"  in  black 
and  white  and  in  color.  .Xnothcr  group 
made  a  .series  of  enlargements  from 
miniature  camera  negatives.  .Xnother 
group  is  working  on  color.  .Altho  the 
standard  sets  of  slides  are  of  the  highest 
quality  obtainable,  it  is  still  |>ossible  for 
teachers  to  make  goinl  materials  them- 
selves. College  courses  on  photography 
are  growing  in  popularity,  and  should 
continue  to  grow. 

Show  the  Public — Through  Movies  I — 
by  J.  Henrich  Hull,  Supt.  of  Schools, 
Keencshurg.  Colo. — School  Executive, 
58:16  May,  193^. 

School-made  films  are  very  effective 
for  community  programs,  to  show  all 
children  in  action,  at  close  range,  and 
within  a  limited  space  of  time.  But  care- 
ful planning  is  necessary  to  produce  a 
film  adequately  informative  al>out  the 
school,  as  well  as  to  present  the  school's 
program  from  the  point  of  view  of  the 
philosophy,  results  obtained  and  methods 
used.  The  director  and  administrator 
determine  the  type  of  picture  to  be  made, 
and  the  audience  for  which  it  is  intended. 
The  cameraman,  the  teachers,  the  script 
girl,  the  electrician,  and  the  actors  should 
all  work  together  in  planning  the  produc- 
tion. Good  film  for  school  purpose* 
should  be  well  edited  and  titled,  natural 
and  artistically  simple,  adequately  sup- 
plied with  close-ups.  Progressive  schools 
might  p«rmit  the  children  to  determine 
for  themselves  what  is  to  be  filmed. 

Administration  of  Visual  Aids 

Portfolio:  Visual  Aids  to  Education — 
Nation's  Schools,  23:34-48    June,  1939 

A  series  of  articles  by  educators  in 
many  parts  of  the  country,  and  on  various 
aspects  of  visual  education.  Especially 
valuable  are  the  suggestions  for  schools 
of  various  sizes,  ranging  from  the  small 
community  to  the  large  city  school. 
Sources  of  films  are  also  furnished  in 
one  of  the  articles. 

When  Showing  Films  —  by  Alex  Jar- 
dine,  Evansville,  Ind. — Nation's  Schools, 
23:68    May,  1939 

A  bulletin  to  teachers  on  the  care 
of  films  and  projectors  to  avoid  damage. 

Survey  of  the  Sound  Motion  Picture 
Situation  in  the  Rocky  Mountain 
Region — Bureau  of  Visual  Instruction, 
Univ.  of  Colorado — Colorado  School 
Journal,  54:No.7:S     April,   1939 

In  October.  1938  a  questionnaire  was 
sent  out  to  about  500  school  officials  in 
Colorado  and  neighboring  states  in  an 
eflfort  to  find  out  if  there  was  need  for 
supplementing  the  16mm.  silent  film 
library  of  the  University  with  a  sound 


film  library.  Most  of  those  replying 
favored  waiting  until  the  fall  of  1939. 
With  only  16  schools  in  Colorado  that 
reported  sound  projectors,  and  not  all  of 
those  able  to  subscribe  to  a  film  service, 
it  seems  evident  that,  at  present,  the  de- 
mand for  a  sound  film  library  is  not 
enough  to  warrant  the  expenditure  neces- 
sary. Many  schools  stated  that  they  had, 
or  were  buying  a  sound  projector,  yet 
would  not  have  funds  to  buy  any  sort  of 
film  service. 


Visual  Education  in  Rural  Elementary 
Schools — by  Richard  L.  Davis,  Princi- 
pal, and  Charles  Edgecomb,  Supt.  of 
Schools,  Selma,  Calif. — Sierra  Educa. 
Nni's.  p.  28  June,  1939 

Contrary  to  the  belief  of  many,  the 
initial  cost  and  the  subsequent  upkeep 
of  a  visual  education  program  in  the 
average  school  district  is  not  at  all  pro- 
hibitive. The  first  problem  is  that  of 
getting  a  projector.  The  beginner  in  a 
small  school  will  find  that  the  silent 
16mm.  is  best  for  his  purposes.  Although 
sound  films  are  sometimes  desirable,  it 
is  not  at  all  necessary  at  the  start  to 
provide  for  them.  Screens  for  classroom 
or  auditorium  are  not  expensive.  The 
next  problem  is  that  of  arranging  for 
suitable  environment  for  showing  films. 
Darkness  can  be  achieved  by  hanging 
curtains  of  inexpensive  monk's  cloth  on 
rods  of  half-inch  pipe.  This  was  a  good 
project  for  sewing  classes.  Sources  of 
films,  free,  rental  and  purchase  are  then 
listed. 

The  Thursday  assembly  period  each 
week  has,  in  addition  to  student  activities 
in  music  or  dramatics,  a  reel  or  two  of 
educational  film.  After  school  hours  each 
week  the  upper  grades  are  invited  to  see 
a  film.  Once  a  month,  a  five-cent  admis- 
sion is  charged  and  feature  films  shown. 
Wherever  possible,  the  film  material  is 
correlated  with  the  curriculum  by  the 
teachers.  Primary  grades  are  shown 
films  in  a  special  assembly,  but  such 
material  is  still  scarce.  Opportunities  for 
community  cooperation  through  films  are 
many  in  rural  areas. 


The  Librarian  Speaks:  A  Symposium — 
— Sight  and  Sound,  7:177  Winter, 
1938-9 

Some  of  the  problems  and  sugges- 
tions which  librarians  of  film  libraries 
would  make  to  users  to  facilitate  prompt 
service. 


Research  and  Evaluation 

The  Effectiveness  of  Educational 
Motion  Pictures — by  A.  W.  Reitze, 
Jersey  City,  N.  J. — Ind.  Arts  and  Vac. 
Ed..  28:152  April,  1939 

This  study  was  made  with  college- 
preparatory,  vocational,  prevocational, 
high  school  and  elementary  school  classes, 
and  shows  the  need  and  practicability 
of  using  more  educational  films  with  pre- 
vocational and  vocational  groups.  This 
study  was  carried  out  for  a  Ph.D.  degtree. 


Evaluation  of  Still  Pictures  for  In- 
structional Use — by  Lclia  Trolinger, 
University  of  Colorado — Educational 
Screen,  1939  47pp.  i)aper,  50c. 
(Partially  printed  in  the  Educational 
Screen  for  March,  April,  May,  1939) 

The  investigation  dealt  with  the 
reliability  of  standards  for  selecting  still 
pictures  for  teaching.  First  a  score  card 
was  devised,  based  on  the  combined 
judgments  of  a  group  of  experts  in  visual 
instruction,  as  given  on  a  questionnaire. 
The  experiment  consisted  of  submitting 
first  a  series  of  photographs  to  the 
collaborating  educators ;  and  then  using 
them  with  teachers  and  students,  both 
with  and  without  the  aid  of  the  score 
card,  to  see  if  any  noticeable  improvement 
resulted.  The  experimental  unit  selected 
was  the  American  Indian,  and  a  series  of 
20  pictures  (reproduced  in  the  booklet) 
was  sent  out  to  experienced,  inexperienced 
and  student  teachers. 

It  was  found  that  the  score  card  ap- 
peared to  increase  the  ability  of  the  teach- 
ers to  grade  the  pictures  more  nearly  in 
accord  with  the  evaluation  given  by  the 
judges.  With  the  score  card,  the 
rank  of  the  pictures  by  the  teachers  and 
judges  were  in  closer  agreement  than 
the  teachers  were  with  themselves. 

Visual  Education  in  Modern  Edncation 
— by  Gardner  I,.  Hart,  Supervisor  of 
Visual  Ed.,  Oakland,  Ca\.— Childhood 
Education,  15:363-66     April,  1939 

A  review  of  the  values  to  be  ex- 
pected from  the  use  of  silent  and  sotind 
films,  lantern  slides,  stereographs,  diora- 
mas, charts,  graphs  and  other  aids. 

Documentary  Films 

Moving  Picture  Goals — by  Eric  Knight, 
Screen  Writer. — Theatre  Arts  Monthly, 
23:57-64     Jan.,   1939 

The  immediate  progress  of  the  film  is 
not  coming  in  the  overworked  fictional 
field.  Perhaps  the  best  progress  in  film 
in  the  last  decade  has  come,  not  from 
Hollywood,  but  from  the  documentary 
wings.  It  would  seem  that  the  present 
goal  for  documentary  would  be  a  ready 
interchange  of  ideas  and  men  between 
Britain  and  America,  a  constant  striving 
for  technical  standards  to  equal  the  gen- 
eral concepts  and  ideas  being  expressed, 
and  a  concerted  drive  to  teach  the  public 
that  a  live  camera  observing  life  itself 
and  its  problems  can  be  far  more  excit- 
ing than  a  Hollywood  highlight  on  the 
star's  cheek-lKine.  Perhaps  the  goal  that 
can  be  seen  most  clearly,  and  the  one  to 
which  such  pitiful  progress  has  been 
made,  is  the  educational  film.  Everyone 
admits  that  the  film  is  a  masterful  teacher. 
Extensive  experiments  at  Harvard  cleared 
up  the  misconception  that  it  taught  only 
in  a  quick-surface  way.  .Ml  agree,  films 
are  a  strong,  vehement  method  of  teach- 
ing. We  do  little  about  it  beyond  agree- 
ing on  it. 

There  are  several  obstacles :  One  of 
the  greatest  is  the  school  bodies  who 
presume  that,  somehow  the  film  is  amuse- 
ment, not  'schooling,'  and  that  even  if  it 
does  teach  quickly  and  well,  it  is  a  dis- 
honest way  of  getting  knowledge,  duck- 


Page   2  52 


The  Educational  Screen 


ing  the  proper  amount  of  tedious  'boning' 
in  the  good  old-fashioned  way  at  a  book. 
Another  bar  is  that  most  educational 
films  are  sadly  lacking  in  one  of  two 
ways :  either  they  are  made  by  an  edu- 
cator who  knows  his  subjects,  but  not 
how  to  speak  clearly  in  the  new  visual 
language,  or  made  by  a  good  film  man 
to  whom  subject-matter  is  secondary.  A 
third  obstacle  is  that  many  teachers  feel 
the  class  passes  beyond  personal  instruc- 
tion into  the  realm  of  standardized  knowl- 
edge groups. 

Whatever  the  immediate  bar,  it  is  in 
educational  films  that  there  is  the  great- 
est progress  to  be  made  at  this  time.  The 
U.  S.  Army,  commonly  supposed  to  be 
backward,  has  been  using  films  for  knotty 
technical  instruction  at  its  highest  schools 
for  more  than  13  years.  Perhaps  educa- 
tion boards  don't  mind  being  13  years 
behind  the  army.  In  general,  such  pro- 
gress as  we  have  had  in  the  field  of  the 
film  during  the  last  decade,  has  come 
from  the  groups  where  we  can  boil  film- 
making down  not  to  massive  studios  and 
great  technical  staflfs,  but  to  the  smaller 
groups. 

Film-making  today  is  still  a  highly 
technical  job.  It  requires  a  man  who 
knows  a  camera,  a  man  who  knows  sound- 
recording,  and  a  man  who  knows  what 
he  wants  to  say  through  the  method  and 
how  to  say  it.  These  qualities  can  be 
found  wrapped  up  in  one  man.  Small 
groups  can  make  films  cheaply.  These 
films  can  be  stirring  to  watch.  With  the 
cheapening  of  cost  of  materials  needed 
for  production,  as  more  young  men  grow 
up  to  'think'  in  terms  of  filmic  expres- 
sion, we  shall  get  more  worthy  efforts. 
That  there  is  little  small-group  produc- 
tion today  should  not  be  taken  as  a  dis- 
couraging factor.  It  is  exactly  the  re- 
verse :  a  sign  of  the  unexplored  state  of 
the  field — one  of  the  few  in  which  a 
young  man  can  pioneer  and  get  in  ahead 
of  the  rush.  For  no  one  can  doubt  that 
the  demand  for  non-Hollywood  films  will 
increase  with  the  future. 

So,  roughly,  we  have  this  situation 
today:  an  unlimited  supply  of  potential 
sponsors  who  look  longingly  toward  any 
method  of  using  the  screen's  power  to 
extol  their  industries,  explain  their  prob- 
lems or  popularize  their  points  of  view. 
For  today  political  parties  are  calling  in 
film  men  from  the  small  groups ;  several 
large  manufacturers  have  agreed  recently 
to  subsidize  non-fiction  films.  There  is 
the  demand,  and  the  supply.  Where  these 
two  things  exist  a  link  will  always  be 
formed  between  them.  Much  of  the 
future  of  small-group  production  depends 
upon  how  this  link  is  made.  If  the  sponsor 
insists  on,  and  gets,  a  vapid  or  clumsily 
propagandistic  film  of  his  industry,  he 
will  have  something  refused  by  the  pub- 
lic. If  he  adheres  firmly  to  high  stand- 
ard, and  gets  the  producer  to  make  a 
production  of  authenticity,  one  that  seeks 
to  tell  its  story  thru  the  real  magic  and 
excitement  of  industry,  plus  the  human 
dignity  of  those  who  toil  in  it,  then  there 
will  be  many  outlets.  Such  films,  with 
the  truest  of  all  propaganda — the  propa- 
ganda of  truth — will  need  to  seek  no  new 
audiences.  The  old  audiences  will  accept 
them.  Reaching  those  audiences  presents 


a  prol>lem,  but  one  that  can  be  overcome 
by  cooperation. 

Teaching  Social  Awareness  with  Motion 
Pictures — by  L.  I,.  Ramseyer,  liluff- 
ton  College,  Blufi^ton,  0\\\o— lid.  Ad- 
min, and  Sup.  25:127-32  Feb.,  1939. 
Reprint  available  from  author.  See 
also  article  by  same  author  in  this 
issue  of  Educational  Screen. 

Unreeling  History — by  James  Miller, 
Current   History,   50:39-42    May,    1939 

When  history  moves  fast  and  fate- 
fully,  the  average  citizen's  feeling  is  one 
of  irritated  confusion.  He  welcomes  the 
documentary  film,  which  turns  all  the 
talk  about  war  and  revolution  and  unem- 
ployment and  housing  and  fiood  control 
into  something  he  can  see  and  hear  and 
feel.  Attempts  to  define  documentary 
films  are  risky.  Pare  Lorentz  says  he 
did  not  know  he  had  made  a  documentary 
until  someone  told  him.  Essentials  which 
"documentary"  films  have  in  common 
are :  they  are  all  dramatizations  of  ideas ; 
they  dramatize  their  ideas  by  dramatizing 
factual  material ;  and  they  dramatize 
this  material  in  terms  of  human  beings 
and  human  interests.  Also  they  are  fre- 
quently charged  with  being  propaganda. 
The  charge  is  seldom  dodged,  because 
they  do  present  arguments,  predetermined 
points  of  view.  They  deal  with  more 
than  entertainment  values  —  they  are 
thought-provoking.  Documentary  be- 
comes, then,  a  new  instrument  of  com- 
munication among  peoples,  helps  them  to 
see  through  the  chaos  of  world  affairs 
and  understand  one  another's  lives. 

Among  the  documentary  films  produced 
since  1919  are:  Nanook  of  the  North, 
Moana,  Man  of  Aran,  Potcmkin,  Berlin, 
Rain,  New  Earth,  Night  Mail,  Voice  of 
Britain,  Housing  Problems,  Plow  Tliat 
Broke  the  Plains,  and  The  River.  Pare 
I^orentz  is  now  working  on  Ecce  Homo, 
based  on  technological  unemployment. 
Among  the  film  makers  in  tliis  field  are : 
Frontier  Films,  American  Documentary 
Films,  Inc.,  History  Today,  Inc.,  March 
of  Time. 

Perhaps  the  most  rankling  problem  of 
the  documentary  movement  is  that  of  dis- 
tribution. It  is  associated  with  travelogues 
and  educational  films  whose  chief  at- 
tributes have  been  dullness.  For  the  most 
part  documentaries  have  had  to  depend 
upon  pressure  generated  among  audience 
groups. 

Film  guilds  and  societies  are  active 
not  only  in  the  U.  S.,  but  in  Canada, 
England,  New  Zealand,  .Australia,  and 
even  South  Africa.  Film  (Audiences) 
for  Democracy,  headed  by  Professor 
Henry  Pratt  Fairchild,  is  one  such  pres- 
sure group  to  promote  the  showing  of 
pro-democratic  films.  In  England  and 
Russia  documentary  films  are  backed  by 
the  government  and  are  accepted  in 
nearly  all  regular  theatres.  If  the  docu- 
mentary film  can  reach  the  millions  upon 
millions  of  persons  who  go  to  the  moving 
pictures  every  week,  if  it  lives  up  to 
its  promise  of  enlightenment,  and  if  it 
remains  in  their  control,  it  can  become  an 
impressive  addition  to  what  are  called 
the  forces  of  civilization. 


Museums 

Children's  Museum  of  Indianapolis — by 
Grace  Blaisdell  Golden,  Executive 
Secretary — Childhood  Education,  15: 
408-12    May,  1939 

Description  of  the  work  of  the 
museum  which  Mrs.  Roosevelt  praised 
very  highly  in  a  recent  column. 

The    Child    Explores     His     World — by 

Catharine  Kneeland,  Harmon  P'ounda- 
tion,  N.Y.C. — Childhood  Education. 
15:357-62     April,   1939 

An  account  of  the  Brooklyn  Child- 
ren's Museum,  to  be  used  as  background 
for  the  2-reel  motion  picture  depicting 
the  unique  work  of  that  institution.  The 
film,  together  with  an  excellent  study 
guide,  is  available  for  sale  or  rental  from 
the  Harmon  Foundation,  140  Nassau 
Street,    N.Y.C. 

Photoplay  Appreciation 

Training    Film    Taste    in    America — by 

Ernest  DverSight  and  Sound,  7:179 
Winter,    1938-9 

A  critique  of  the  photoplay  apprecia- 
tion movement  in  .American  schools. 
Courses  in  photoplay  appreciation  are 
more  extensive  in  the  U.  S.  than  abroad : 
these  are  given  as  formal  courses  in 
schools  and  colleges ;  as  photoplay  ap- 
preciation clubs  in  high  schools ;  and  as 
part  of  the  work  in  English. 

That  much  of  the  photoplay  apprecia- 
tion work  is  uncritical,  is  evident.  Some 
of  the  descriptions  given  of  photoplay 
lessons  makes  one  wonder  what  else 
American  schools  have  to  do  with  their 
time.  Study  guides  are  inadequate,  as 
they  appear  to  contain  little  more  than 
publicity  blurbs.  Some  of  them  deal  with 
films  not  worth  wasting  time  over  in 
class ;  most  of  them  are  critical  only  on 
points  of  detail ;  they  never  think  of 
challenging  the  major  assumptions  of  the 
films  they  describe  (the  booklet  on  the 
Charge  of  the  Light  Brigade,  for  ex- 
ample, is  a  masterpiece  of  complacency)  ; 
and  only  rarely  do  they  contain  questions 
of  value  for  an  understanding  of  film 
form.  They  represent  a  triumphant  ex- 
ploitation by  the  Hays  office  of  the  gulli- 
bility of  the  teaching  profession. 

The   'Movie'    as   an   Agency   for   Peace 

or  War — by  Albert  Benhani,  National 
Council  for  Prevention  of  War  — 
Journal  of  Ed.  Sociology,  12:410-17 
March,   1939 

The  motion  picture  industry  is 
(luoted  as  being  able  to  exert  its  in- 
fluence for  peace  or  war.  And,  since 
many  elements  go  into  the  creation  of 
film  content,  and  many  pressures  brought 
to  bear  on  its  development,  the  screen 
cannot  accurately  be  termed  a  spontane- 
ous reflection  of  public  thought  and  senti- 
ment. Illustrations  are  then  cited  to  in- 
dicate the  relationship  between  the  U.  S. 
Navy  and  Army  Departments  and  current 
films.  It  is  reasonable  to  assume  that  in 
the  future,  propaganda  from  the  screen 
will  be  more  subtly  cloaked  than  during 
the  past  war.  The  only  really  effective 
defense  which  a  public  can  set  up  against 


September,  19)9 


\ 


AN  RCA  VICTROLA  DESIGNED 
EXPRESSLY  FOR  SCHOOLS! 


School  use  is  the  principal  use  for  which 
this  outstanding  new  instrument  has  been 
built.  Its  volume ...  its  ease  of  operation . . . 
its  fidelity  of  reproduction ...  and  its  price, 
all  meet  school  requirements. 


H, 


a'* 


-KKK'S  the  RCA  V  ictrola  for  your 
sclioolroorn  or  au<lit(>riuni!  It's  not 
an  ordinary  \  ictrola.  It's  an  instrn- 
nn-nt  (Icsi fined  for  school  use.  An  in- 
strument that  RCA  Victor  engineers 
have  created  in  response  to  the  ex- 
pressed ^^ishes  of  school  principals, 
supervisors  and  teachers! 

It  has  the  volume  you  need  for  a 
large  classroom  or  average  audito- 
rium—  amplifier  provides  10  watts 
output.  It's  amazingly  simple  to  op- 
erate—  for  it  has  a  newly  developed 
automatic  on-and-ofT  switch  which 
starts  the  turntable  when  the  tone 
arm  is  moved  toward  the  record.  And 
its  price  is  easily  within  the  scope  of 
even  the  most  modest  school  budget. 

Study  this  RCAVictrola's  features. 
Visit  your  RCA  Victor  dealer  for  a 
demonstration.  Notice  the  warmth, 
the  true  fidelity  of  reproduction  it 
provides.  You'll  say — "It's  just  what 
we  need  at  the  school!" 

Modern  trhools  slay  modern  tcilh  RCA  Radio 
Tube*  in  their  toiind  eifuipment. 


The  Features  Tell  the  Story! 

RCA  Victrola  Model  R-98  illustrated  offer*  you  these  feature*: 

Plays  10' and  12' records  •  lias  governed  induction  motor  with  new 
automatic  on-and-olT  switch  •  Top  loading  tone  arm  and  automatic 
needle  cup-  5-tube  amplifier — 10-watt  output  •  8'  electro-dynamic 
speaker  •  New  and  improved  pick-up  •  Handsome  walnut  cabinet 

RCA  Victor  has  many  other  fine  t'ictrolas — uilh  or  uithmtt  radio — 
which  are  especially  drsiraUcfor  school  use.  See  them  at  Your  locul  RCA 
I  ictor  Dealer's  or  mail  the  coupon  for  a  tnv-color  descriptirc  Jitlilrr , 


Trademarks 

•'KCA  Victor."  •  Virtrola"  R^.  U.S 

Pat.  Off.  by  RCA  Mfg.  Co..  Inr 


SOUND  SERVICE  FOR  SCHOOLS 

Educational  Dtportmcnt  — RCA  Mfg.  Co.,  Inc.,  Comdon,  N.  J. 
A  Strvict  of  th*  Radio  Corporation  of  Amorica 


Page  254 


The  Educational  Screen 


such    propaganda    is    to    know    how    to 
recognize  it  and  how  to  deal  with  it. 

A  public  opinion,  continuously  ex- 
pressed thru  the  channels  by  which  it 
can  be  heard  by  those  who  produce  the 
films,  is  the  only  control  of  screen  fare 
desired  in  a  free  country.  The  safeguard- 
ing of  the  right  of  free-expression  of  the 
screen  rests  not  only  on  the  industry  it- 
self but  on  the  millions  of  people  who 
comprise  the  great   movie-going  public. 

The  Movies  As  a  New  Educational  Tool 
— by  Muriel  T.  Bain,  Muskingum  Col- 
lege, New  Concord,  O. — Educational 
Method,  18:362-6    April,  1939 

Skillful  guidance  in  selection  of  films 
from  many  angles  through  the  school 
program  is  preferable  to  a  single  course 
in  photoplay  appreciation.  Teachers  of 
dramatics,  English,  geography  and  science 
found  current  films  pertinent  to  their  sub- 
jects and  worthy  of  discussion.  The  work 
of  developing  movie  discrimination  can 
begin  in  the  elementary  school,  and  could 
well  be  extended  to  include  the  parents. 

Using  New  Educational  Tools  —  by 
Edgar  Dale,  Ohio  State  University — 
Educational  Method,  18:347-52  April, 
1939 

Some  of  the  questions  which  chal- 
lenge the  teacher  as  the  result  of  the 
development  of  movies,  radio,  and  news- 
papers as  means  of  communications  of 
ideas  and  understanding.  How  can  these 
be  used  to  increase  our  understanding  of 
reality?  How  can  they  be  used  for  the 
spread  of  scientific  knowledge?  How  can 
they  be  used  to  reconstruct  many  out- 
moded stereotypes?  How  can  they  be 
used  so  that  they  will  promote,  not 
stultify  thinking? 

An  Experimental  Course  in  Cinema  Ap- 
preciation— by    Sherman    P.    Lawton, 
Stephens    College,    Columbia,    Mo.    — 
English     Journal      (College     Edition) 
28:230-2     Mar.,   1939 
In    a    course    in    English    composition, 
written    papers,    oral    performances,    out- 
side   readings,    and   dramatizations    were 
based  on  current  films  with  interesting 
results. 

Other  References 

Artists  of  the  Movies —  Theatre  Arts 
Monthly,  23  :424-8    June,  1939 

Liberty  Bells  in  Hollywood — Christian 
Century,  56 :310  March  8,  1939. 

Medicine  in  the  Movies — Hygeia,  17: 
486-9  June,  1939. 

Artists'  Point  of  View:  Films  for  De- 
mocracy— by  R.  M.  Pearson,  Forum, 
101:175  March,   1939 

Hollywood  Waves  the  Flag — by  Frank 

S.  Nugent,  Nation,  April  8,  1939 

Clinics  in  Crime — by  B.  J.  Thompson, 
Commonweal,  29:686-7    April  14,  1939 

One  Man's  Meat:  Hollywood's  Stand- 
ard of  Living — by  E.  B.  White,, 
Harper,  179 :217-9  July,  1939 

Cinema  Censorship — by  V.  F.  Calverton, 
Current  History,  50:47    March,  1939 


Motion  Picture  Reviews 

Science  Motion  Picture  Reviews  —  by 
H.  Emmett  Brown,  Chairman  of  Com- 
mittee— School  Science  and  Mathema- 
tics,   monthly 

Social  Science  Motion  Picture  Reviews 
— by  Robert  B.  Nixon,  Wayne,  Penn.— 
Social  Studies,  monthly 

Music  Motion  Picture  Reviews  —Music 

Educators'  Review,  monthly 

Films  for  Teaching  Occupations  — 
Occupations  Magazine,  monthly 

Motion  Picture  Review  —  Nation's 
Schools,  monthly. 

New  Catalogs  and  Source  Lists 

Catalog  of  Films  for  Classroom  Use — 
Selected  and  classified  by  the  Advisory 
Committee  on  the  Use  of  Motion  Pic- 
tures in  Education  —  Teaching  Film 
Custodians,  Inc.,  25  West  43rd  St., 
New  York,  N.  Y.  Includes  short  sub- 
jects released  by  Hollywood  producing 
companies  under  limited  conditions  for 
school  use.     50c. 

Films  on  Human  Relations — Edited 
and  distributed  by  the  Commission  on 
Human  Relations,  Progressive  Educa- 
tion Association,  30  Rockefeller  Plaza, 
N.  Y.  C.  Excerpts  from  feature  films 
which  have  been  used  with  success  in 
course  on  human  relations  under  the 
direction  of  Dr.  Alice  V.  Keliher. 
Available  to  schools  under  limited  con- 
ditions. 

Catalog,  volume  I  —  Association  of 
School  Film  Libraries,  9  Rockefeller 
Plaza,  N.  Y.  C.  Lists  films  which  may 
be  obtained  through  the  Association. 
Exclusive  rights  to  March  of  Time  re- 
leases, available  only  to  members  of 
the  Association. 

Films  of  the  Pacific  Area — Compiled 
and  edited  by  the  American  Council 
Institute  of  Pacific  Relations,  Inc. 
Published  by  American  Film  Center, 
Inc.,  30  Rockefeller  Plaza,  N.  Y.  C. 
25c,  1939.  A  listing  of  16mm.  films 
and  their  sources  on  the  many  islands 
and  countries  located  in  the  Pacific 
region,  including  Alaska,  China,  Dutch 
East  Indies,  Mexico,  Nicaragua, 
Siberia,  etc. 

Film  List  of  Motion  Pictures  in  Sports 
for  Women — Compiled  by  the  Motion 
Picture  Committee,  National  Section 
on  Women's  Athletics,  American  Ass'n. 
for  Health,  Physical  Education,  and 
Recreation,  N.E.A.  Valuable  because 
it  is  an  evaluated  listing,  with  specific 
recommendations  for  teaching. 

Motion  Pictures  at  the  New  York 
World's  Fair,  1939 — Department  of 
Feature  Publicity,  A''.  Y.  World's  Fair. 
Mimeographed.  See  also  the  reviews 
of  many  of  the  films  contained  in  this 
compilation  in  Film  Survey  for  June. 
July,  August,  1939  (Film  Audiences 
for  Democracy,  342  Madison  Avenue, 
N.  Y.  C.)  and  TAC  Magazine 
(Theatre  Arts  Committee,  132  West 
43rd  St.,  N.  Y.   C.)   July,  1939. 


Book  Reviews 

An  Alternative  for  Revolution  and  War 
— by  Albert  E.  Osborne,  124  pages, 
cloth  $1.25.  The  Educational  Screen, 
Chicago,  1939 

This  volume,  which  has  just  appeared, 
is  by  a  veteran  in  the  educational  field 
who  sees  visual  education  in  the  large, 
a  thing  of  vast  possibilities  which  are 
little  recognized  as  yet.  It  is  a  poten- 
tial world  force,  not  a  mere  classroom 
device.  It  is  the  open  road,  if  rightly 
understood,  to  a  "more  humanity-cen- 
tered" education,  to  a  world-wide  inter- 
national understanding  which  is  the  one 
hope   for   ultimate  banishment  of  war. 

The  book  is  the  resultant  of  years  of 
thought  and  study,  of  thousands  of  inter- 
views with  teachers,  principals,  superin- 
tendents, scholars,  of  consultation  with 
outstanding  thinkers  of  our  day.  The 
Introduction  is  by  Dr.  John  R.  Patterson, 
former  Professor  of  Education,  New 
York  University.  Various  theses  in  its 
pages  carry  the  endorsement  of  some  of 
the  most  eminent  names  in  America. 

It  opens  with  the  "tragic  need  for 
bigger  men  and  women"  with  a  world 
environment  instead  of  a  local  horizon ; 
the  power  of  pictures  to  achieve  this  on 
the  premise  that  the  world  is  innately 
good ;  the  need  for  psychology  and 
psychiatry,  for  more  nature  study,  more 
liuman  geography,  more  knowledge  of 
folkways,  more  incentive  to  action  for 
the  common  good.  It  is  earnest  and 
thought-provoking  argument  for  higher 
goals  in  education,  valuable  reading  for 
teachers,  principals,  superintendents, 
school  boards,  and  curriculum  commit- 
tees. It  will  rouse  wholesome  reflection 
on  H.  G.  Well's  dictum,  that  "the  future 
is  a  race  between  education  and  catas- 
trophe." N.L.G. 
The  Audio  Visual  Handbook — by  Ells- 
worth C.  Dent.  Published  by  the  So- 
ciety for  Visual  Education,  100  E.  Ohio 
Street,  Chicago.  111.  212  pages,  cloth 
bound.  Price  $1.50. 
The  new  1939  revised  edition  (third) 
of  this  work,  by  the  same  author  and 
publisher,  is  a  notable  addition  to  the 
literature  of  the  field.  It  is  an  able,  sound, 
practical  presentation  of  essential  infor- 
mation valuable  to  any  teacher  active  in 
visual  instruction.  It  shows  a  fine  dis- 
tribution of  emphasis  on  all  visual  aids, 
their  characteristic  values  and  special 
techniques  in  the  teaching  procedure. 

After  an  introductory  chapter  on  the 
present  status  of  the  field,  its  experience, 
experiment  and  activity  in  industry  and 
school,  the  book  gets  down  to  cases. 
Chapter  II  treats  individually  the  black- 
board, school  journey,  plays  and  pageants, 
models,  museums,  maps  and  graphs,  sand 
table,  photographs,  opaque  projector, 
stereographs,  slides,  filmslides,  silent  films, 
and  others.  Then,  a  chapter  on  sound 
aids,  phonograph,  radio,  recordings,  sound 
systems ;  another  on  audio-visual  aids, 
sound  filmslide,  sound  motion  picture,  and 
television.  Chapter  V  treats  the  organ- 
ization of  an  audio-visual  service  and 
the  final  chapter  gives  sources  of  in- 
formation,   materials    and    equipment. 

N.L.G. 


September,  1939  Page  255 


I 


Just  0££  The  Press! 

Our    20th    Anniversary    Catalog 

listing     over 

3500    different    motion    picture    subjects! 


Selected  subjects  .  .  for  school  entertainment  .  .  for  vitalizing  the 
study  of  Literature,  History,  Geography  and  Social  Sciences  . . 
16  mm  sound  —  16  mm  silent  —  8  mm  silent 

• 

16  mm  sound  features  from  both  major  and  independent  producers  including: 

ABRAHAM  LINCOLN  BRING  'EM  BACK  ALIVE 

SUTTER'S  GOLD  JUVENILE  COURT 

MAGNIFICENT  OBSESSION  NAGANA 

RAINBOW  ON  THE  RIVER  RIVER  OF  UNREST 

WHEN  KNIGHTS  WERE  BOLD  TUNDRA 

KILLERS  OF  THE  SEA  CRIME  OF  DR.  CRESPI 

HOOSIER  SCHOOL  BOY  BOY  OF  THE  STREETS 

BLACK  BEAUTY  APRIL  ROMANCE 

DIAMOND  JIM  CUSTER'S  LAST  STAND 

and  hundreds  more 

Featurettes  and  short  films  on  a  wide  variety  of  subjects,  including: 

ROBINSON  CRUSOE  THIS  IS  CHINA 

THE  WAY  OF  THE  WILD  HISTORY  OF  AVIATION 

THE  NEGRO  FARMER  HELL  BELOW  ZERO 

WALTER  DAMROSCH  FINGERS  AND  THUMBS 

FISH  FROM  HELL  PRINCIPALS  OF  MAGNETISM 

and  hundreds  more 

Rental  prices  greatly  reduced  on  many.  .  .  Many  16  mm  sound  subjects  avail- 
able at  less  than  $1.00  per  reell 


IDEAL  PICTURES  CORPORATION 

28  E.  EIGHTH  STREET  CHICAGO,  ILLINOIS 

WESTERN    DlVISIONi    2402    WEST    SEVENTH    STREET,    LOS    ANGELES,    CALIF. 


Page  2  56 


The  Educational  Screen 


^ns.    jEciEzaL  ^jiLm 


A  page  edited  by  Arch  A.  Mercey 

Assistant  Director,  United  States  Film  Service, 
Washington,  D.  C. 


INSTRUCTORS  returning  to  their  desks  this  fall  will 
i  find  many  reallocations  of  Government  agencies  and 
their  motion  picture  divisions,  brought  about  by  the 
President's  Reorganization  Plans  No.  1  and  2,  effective 
July  1,  1939. 

The  United  States  Film  Service  was  transferred  to 
the  Office  of  Education,  which  was  itself  shifted  to  the 
newly  established  Federal  Security  Agency.  The  name 
of  the  Service  has  been  retained,  however,  and  its  pro- 
duction, consultative,  and  distributive  facilities  will 
continue  unchanged,  although  it  is  anticipated  that  even 
greater  service  may  be  given  the  teachers  and  schools 
of  the  country  by  this  alignment  with  the  new  Federal 
agency. 

The  new  Directory  of  U.  S.  Government  Films  dis- 
tributed by  the  Film  Service  is  now  in  revision  and 
will  indicate  the  various  reorganization  changes  as  they 
affect  departments  having  motion  pictures  for  distribu- 
tion. We  suggest  that  you  write  for  a  copy  of  the  new 
Directory. 

Among  the  new  pictures  listed  in  the  Directory  is 
Winter  Sports  in  the  National  Forests  oj  California,  pro- 
duced by  the  Department  of  Agriculture,  portraying  op- 
portunities for  winter  sports  offered  by  California's 
national  forests.  Agriculture  has  also  recently  prepared 
teacher's  guides  for  The  Tree  of  Life  and  The  ABC  of 
Forestry.  The  film  Picturesque  Guatemala,  which 
Agriculture  has  been  distributing,  will  henceforth  be 
distributed  by  the  Pan-American  Union.  Under  the  De- 
partment of  Interior  is  listed  Service  to  Those  Who 
Served.  This  picture  has  had  a  new  section  added  show- 
ing glimpses  of  veterans'  hospitals  in  the  East,  with 
scenes  of  the  Cancer  Clinic  at  Hincs,  Illinois.  The 
Consumers'  Counsel  Division  (now  in  the  Department 
of  the  Interior)  has  recently  revised  its  picture  Know 
Your  Coal,  the  laboratory  scenes  from  which  have  been 
particularly  successful  among  schools. 

The  Children's  Bureau  of  the  Department  of  Labor 
has  two  new  pictures.  One  is  The  Feet,  showing  de- 
tails of  structure  and  arrangement  of  the  arches;  the 
best  mechanical  use  of  the  foot;  the  points  of  a  good 
shoe  and  harmful  effect  of  improper  shoes.  This  film 
was  made  in  cooperation  with  the  American  Posture 
League.  The  other  picture  is  ])^ozv  I  Am  Two,  being 
the  third  in  the  "Judy's  Diary  Series."  Th6  first  pic- 
ture in  the  series,  formerly  called  Judy's  Diary,  has 
been  re-titled  From  Morning  Until  Night.  The  Child- 
ren's Bureau  has  reviewed  and  is  prepared  to  recom- 
rpend  non-Governmental  films  on  juvenile  delinquency, 
street  safety,  andirecreational  programs  for  boys.     It 


has  also  recently  acquired  a  film  strip  which  is  for  sale 
only,  showing  the  effect  of  rickets  on  children  and  meth- 
ods of  prevention  and  cure.  The  price  of  the  strip  is 
$2.00  and  it  is  also  available  with  Spanish  titles.  In 
addition,  the  Bureau  has  acquired  two  sets  of  lantern 
slides.  One  set  is  available  only  to  physicians ;  the 
other  is  suitable  for  general  distribution  and  covers 
Birth  and  Mortality  statistics. 

The  Navy  Department  has  a  new  picture  titled  Re- 
pair, Supply,  and  Relief,  which  describes  the  functions 
of  supply,  repair,  and  hospital  ships  accompanying  the 
United  States  fleet.  About  October  1,  the  Department 
will  have  another  picture,  tentatively  called  South 
American  Cruise,  which  will  be  a  travelog  of  the  coast 
of  South  America  with  view's  at  the  major  seaport  cities. 

The  Federal  Housing  Administration  is  again  mak- 
ing available  to  the  public  its  Better  Housing  News 
Flashes.  They  will  be  lent  in  35mm  sound.  On  16mm 
film,  they  are  for  sale  only  and  no  free  distribution  is 
contemplated.  In  this  connection,  the  FHA  has  a 
new  technicolor  picture  called  Miracles  of  Modernisa- 
tion, which  is  currently  being  restricted  to  theatrical 
distribution.  Your  local  theatre  manager  will  be  glad 
to  let  you  know  when  it  is  to  appear  at  your  theatre. 

The  National  Youth  Administration  (Federal 
Security  Agency)  has  three  new  pictures  in  color : 
NYA  Builds  A  Seaplane  Base,  Youth  Visits  Our  Na- 
tion's Capital,  and  Royalty  Visits  the  White  House. 
The  Social  Security  Board  has  available  for  immediate 
release.  Social  Security  for  the  People,  running  four 
minutes.  The  U.  S.  Housing  Authority  has  recently 
released  Housing  In  Our  Time  showing  operation  of 
the  USHA  program. 

Medical  schools  will  be  interested  to  know  that  the 
Veterans'  Administration  is  just  releasing  a  color  pic- 
ture. Cancer  Among  the  Veterans.  This  is  a  scientific 
picture  especially  arranged  for  the  medical  profession 
and  distribution  is  restricted  solely  to  medical  organiza- 
tions and  medical  schools. 

Considerable  interest  has  been  evinced  in  the  films 
mentioned  in  the  last  issue  of  Educational  Screen  as 
being  screened  at  the  Golden  Gate  Exposition.  None 
of  these  films  is  yet  available  for  free  distribution,  but 
the  following  may  be  purchased  on  proper  authoriza- 
tion :  Washington — The  Nation's  Capital,  The  Business 
Pulse  of  the  Nation,  Couriers  of  the  Nation,  Social 
Security  for  the  Nation,  and  Labor  in  the  Nation.  Ap- 
plications for  purchasing  these  films  should  be  addressed 
to:  U.  S.  Golden  Gate  International  Exposition  Com- 
mission, Department  of  Commerce,  Washington,-  D.  C. 


September,  1939 


Page  257 


SEEING 

IS  BELIEVINGI 

No  mat+er  what  the  subject 
taught  .  .  .  the  mind  receives 
fullest  significance,   understands 
with  greatest  clarity  —  if  the  les- 
son has  been  conveyed  by  the  eyes! 

YOU   WILL   EDUCATE   BEST 

IF  YOU  EDUCATE 

PICTORIALLY! 


FOR  ENTERTAINMENT.  NO  GREATER 
PICTURES  ARE  AVAILABLE 

SPIRIT  OF  CULVER— 

Jackie  Cooper,  Freddie  Bartholomew 
YOU  CANT  CHEAT  AN  HONEST  MAN— 

W.  C.  Fields.  Edgar  Bergen,  Charlie  McCarthy 
THREE  SMART  GIRLS  GROW  UP— Deanna  Durbin 
THE  FAMILY  NEXT  DOOR— 

Hugh   Herbert,  Joy  Hodges 
EASE  SIDE  OF  HEAVEN— BIng  Crosby 
THAT  CERTAIN  AGE— Deanna  Durbin 
EX-CHAMP— Victor  McLaglen 
THE  SUN  NEVER  SETS— 

Doug.  Fairbanks.  Jr.,  Basil  Rathbone 
UNEXPECTED  FATHER— 

"Sandy",   Mischa  Auer,  Dennis  O'Keefa 
WHEN  TOMORROW  COMES— 

Irene   Dunne,   Charles   Boyer 
THE   MIKADO— 

Kenny  Baler,  Jean  Colin,  Martin  Green 
(and   many  others] 


Write   to    Universal's    Non-Theatrical 

Department  for  further  information 

regarding  short  and  feature-length 

pictures,  travelogues,  cartoons 

and  other  motion  pictures. 

CATALOGUE   U 


UNIVERSAL  PICTURES 
COMPANY,  INC. 

Rockefeller  Center  New  York,  N.  Y. 

CIRCLE  7-7100 


HE  NEW  VICTOR  Series 
40  Animatophone  contains  all 
the  industry  has  strived  to 
achieve  since  the  event  of  the 
16mm  sound  film.  Its  Add-f 
A  t- Unit  features  make  avail- 
able a  multiplicity  of  uses  here- 
tofore requiring  several  differ- 
ent types  and  sizes  of  projec- 
tors. These  features  make  it 
economically  adaptable  to  pub- 
lic address  service,  phono-record 
reproduction,  radio  amplifica- 
tion, and  sound  recording  — 
and  only  the  Victor  Animato- 
phone provides  all  these  Addf 
A  +  Unit  features.  Truly  the 
motion  picture  projector  of  to- 
day and  tomorrow. 

This  16mm  Sound  Motion  Pic- 
ture Projector  is  so  compact,  so 
easily  portable,  and  so  brilliant  ' 
in  performance  that  it  is  des- 
tined to  become  the  standard 
of  comparison. 

Likewise,  new  standards  of  per- 
formance have  been  achieved 
with  unsurpassed  quality  of 
sound  and  simplicity  of  opera- 
tion. Your  request  will  bring 
complete  catalog  information. 


+  ADD  A  RECORD 
TURNTABLE 


4-  AUO  A  RECOHMNC  DMT 

A  recording  unit  jult- 
ttble  for  making  clear, 
fuii-ton«d  «nd  inexp«n- 
sive  transcriptions,  !t 
available  as  a  part  of 
Victor  Add  -  A  ^  Unit 
equipment.  Details  on 
application. 


VICTOR    ANIMATOGRAPH 
CORPORATION 

DAVENPORT.    IOWA,     U.S.A. 

CHICAGO    •     LOS  ANGELES    •    NEW  YORK 


Page   258 


The  Educational  Screen 


16  MM  Sound 
FILMS  For  HISTORY  CLASSES 


Territorial    Expansion   of  the   U.  S.  to    1853  2  reels 

Territorial   Possessions  of  the   United   States  2   reels 

Life   of  Theodore   Roosevel*  I'/z  reels 

Spirit  of  the   Plains   (Westward   Movement)  I    reel 

Sea    of  Strife    (Cavalcade   of  the    Mediterranean)  2   reels 

Abraham   Lincoln   (Walter  Huston   portrayal)  10   reels 

Drake   the   Pirate    (Elizabeth   &   Spanish   Armada  8   reels 

Lincoln    (Gettysburg    address   occupies   %    of   reel)  I    reel 
'Write    for    complete    list    of    educational    films    and 
Catalog    of    entertainment    subjects. 

AUDIO-FILM    LIBRARIES 


661    Bloomfield   Ave. 


DIoomfield.   N.  J. 


A    NATURE    FILM    OF   THE    ARCTIC 

••TUNDRA" 

ONE  OF  OUR  NEW  16  MM  SOUND  FILMS 
Please  specify  sound  or  silent  when  writing  for  free  catalog. 

Lewis    Film    Service,    105    East   First   Street 
WICHITA.  KANSAS 


"POETIC  GEMS" _Bc,oriai 

adaptations     of     the     Poems     of 

EDGAR  A.  GUEST 

A    Series    of    13    Single-Reel    Subjects    on    16mm.    Sound    Film 


"The  Fight  for  Peace" 

Authentic    Historical    Spectacle 
8-Reel  Feature — 16mm.  S.O.F. 


"Wild  Innocence" 

Australian    Nature    Drama 
6-Reel  Feature — 16mm.  S.O.F. 


Exceptionally    intimate    and    all 
embracing     World     Travelogues 
A   Series   of    31    Single-Reel    16mm.    Subjects — Sound   or   Silent 


"PORTS  O'CALL" 


POST  PICTURES  CORP. 

723    SEVENTH    AVE.  NEW    YORK    CITY 


35  mm.  General  Science.  11  rolls,  $20 
FILM  Principles  of  Physics,  7  rolls.  $12 
SLIDES     Principles  of  Chemistry,  8  rolls,  $14 

Order  on  opproTol  or  send  for  ire*  folder  and  sconple 

VISUAL  SCIENCES,  Suffem,  New  York 


VIVID     VISITS 

TO   THE    FAR   CORNERS    OF   THE   WORLD 

Entertaining-Instructive     T6mm.     S.O.F.     Features 

Across  the  World  with  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Martin  Johnson 
Explorers  of  the  World 
I  Conquer  the  Sea 
Sonth  Sea  Adventures 

Send  card  for  details.     Reasonable  rental. 

OHIO  FILM  SERVICE— 1377  Penhurst  Bd.,  Cleveland,  Ohio 


HAKE  YOUR  OWN 

TYPEWRITER     SLIDES 

For    Screen    Projection 

USE        RADIO        MATS 

on   Bale  by   Theatre  Supply  Dealers 
Write  for  Free  Sample 

RADIO-MAT  SLIDE  CO.,  Inc. 

181*  Broa4wm]r,Dept.V.  NewTorfcatT 


^Y. 


ECVl 


ar 


Theatrical  Shorts  for  School  Use 

Six  hundred  short  subjects  in  16mm  sound  are  now 
available  to  the  school  field  from  the  libraries  of  six 
major  theatrical  production  companies,  as  announced  by 
Mark  A.  May  and  Will  Hays  at  the  July  meeting  of  the 
National  Education  Association  in  San  Francisco.  An 
organization  has  been  formed  to  handle  the  distribution 
of  these  subjects,  called  Teaching  Film  Custodians,  Inc., 
the  trustees  of  which  are:  James  R.  Angell,  President 
Emeritus  of  Yale  University  and  Educational  Director 
of  the  National  Broadcasting  Company ;  Willard  E. 
Givens,  Executive  Secretary  of  the  National  Education 
Association ;  and  Carl  E.  Milliken,  Secretary  of  the 
Motion  Picture  Producers  and  Distributors  of  America. 

The  films  have  been  selected  by  an  Advisory  Com- 
mittee of  educators  as  being  the  most  suitable  for  edu- 
cational use.  The  major  part  of  the  reviewing  work 
was  completed  in  the  summer  of  1937  by  the  seven 
reviewing  panels  appointed  by  the  committee.  432  of 
the  600  selected  have  been  compiled  in  a  320-page 
catalog  which  classifies  the  films  into  six  main  divi- 
sions: Art  and  Music;  Literature  and  Biography; 
Sciences;  Social  Studies;  Health,  Physical  Education 
and  Recreation;  Practical  Arts  and  Vocations.  A  gen- 
erous description  of  each  film  is  given,  along  with  brief 
resume  of  the  panel's  appraisal. 

The  pictures  are  available  for  an  experimental  period 
of  three  years  under  the  most  favorable  possible  terms, 
without  any  financial  return  to  the  producers.  Teaching 
Film  Custodians,  Inc.  is  permitted  to  lease  or  rent  them 
at  the  following  rates:  $5.00  for  two  weeks  or  less, 
$10.00  for  one-half  a  school  year;  $15.00  for  a  school 
year;  $25.00  for  two  years;  $30.00  for  three  years. 
These  prices  are  for  one  reel,  black  and  white  prints. 

A  copy  of  the  film  catalog  can  be  secured  for  50 
cents  from  Teaching  Film  Custodians,  Inc.,  25  West 
43rd  Street,  New  York  City. 

Human  Relations  Film  Series 

Another  important  announcement  made  by  Mr.  Hays 
at  the  San  Francisco  meetings  was  that  the  motion  pic- 
ture industry  is  permitting  the  Commission  on  Human 
Relations  of  the  Progressive  Education  Association  to 
extend  the  use  of  the  series  of  films  on  human  relations 
to  a  greater  number  of  schools  than  were  included  in 
the  original  experiment,  and  has  agreed  to  provide  addi- 
tional films  for  the  project.  These  pictures  take  the 
form  of  excerpts  from  existing  non-current  photoplays 
and  vary  in  screening  time  from  five  to  thirty  minutes. 
All  are  in  16iTim  sound  and  are  available  on  a  rental 
basis. 

The  Commission  has  completed  nearly  75  subjects 
in  the  series.  About  100  pictures  finally  will  be  included. 
The  work  is  supervised  by  Dr.  Alice  Keliher  under  a 
grant  from  the  General  Education  Board  of  the  Rocke- 
feller Foundation.  A  list  of  the  films,  with  study  ma- 
terials and  complete  information,  may  be  obtained  from 
the  Progressive  Education  Association,  45  Rockefeller 
Plaza,  New  York  City. 


September,  19)9 


Page  259 


<^yVo^£:i 


Motion  Picture  Equipment  Survey 

Tlie  Committee  on  Scientific  Aids  to  Learning  is 
making  a  "Survey  "f  School  Experience  with  Motion 
Picture  E(|ui|)ment,"  under  a  Carnegie  grant,  in  order 
to  provide  schools  a  basis  on  which  to  judge  and  select 
motion  picture  projectors.  The  survey  form  asks  about 
the  quantity  of  equipment,  the  age  and  extent  of  use, 
tl'.e  nature  of  troubles,  the  cost  of  maintenance  and 
suggestions  for  improvements  of  projectors.  All  schools 
furnishing  information  will  receive,  without  charge,  all 
rc]X)rts  published. 

Directing  the  survey  is  Herbert  R.  Jensen,  506  Ad- 
ministration Building,  Minneapolis,  Minn. 

New  York  University  Courses 

Two  new  courses  dealing  with  motion  pictures  will 
Lc  offered  both  terms  of  this  school  year  by  the  School 
cf  lulucation.  New  York  University :  one  on  "Class- 
room and  Educational  Use  of  Motion  Pictures"  (30 
hours:  2  ]X)ints),  a  ])ractical  course  on  teaching  tech- 
niques; the  other  on  "Elementary  Film  Making  for 
Educational  Purposes"  (60  hours:  4  points).  The 
latter  course,  to  be  given  Thursdays  from  6:15  to  8KX), 
will  acquaint  teachers  with  the  techniques  of  making 
their  own  films  and  IxMiefit  others  interested  in  the 
l)r(p<hiction  aspect  of  motion  pictures.  The  University's 
well-known  course  on  "The  Motion  Picture :  Its  Ar- 
tistic. Educational  and  Social  Aspects,"  richly  illus- 
trated with  sound  and  silent  films,  will  be  repeated  this 
vear  also. 


Documentary  Film  Makers  Organize 

The  Association  of  Documentary  Film  Producers 
was  formally  organized  during  the  summer,  with  head- 
<|uartcrs  at  1600  Broadway,  New  York  City,  to  develop 
I  he  field  of  the  documentary  film,  artistically  and  tech- 
nically, to  publicize  and  promote  wider  production  and 
distribution  of  such  films,  and  to  facilitate  exchange 
of  ideas  and  information  among  independent,  creative 
film  makers.  Among  its  members  are  many  well- 
known  documentary  makers.  Joris  Ivens,  president. 
Paul  Strand  and  W'illard  Van  Dyke,  first  and  second 
vice-presidents,  head  the  organization. 

Regular  membership  is  open  to  all  persons  "sub- 
stantially interested"  and  "active"  in  the  production  of 
"independent,  creative  films."  Associate  membership 
is  open  "to  those  not  eligible  to  regular  meml)ership,  but 
who  have  proved  their  sympathy  to  the  aims  of  this 
organization." 

The  Association  has  been  sponsoring  the  showing 
rf  British  and  .Xmerican  documentary  films  at  the 
■Science  and  Education  Building  at  the  New  York 
World's  Fair.  Information  as  to  the  contents  of  the 
programs  can  be  obtained  from  Fair  authorities.     The 


In  HIGH  SCHOOL 
AUDITORIUMS 

Specify 

^  ELECTROL 


Mil 


Reg.  U.S.  Pa*.  Off. 


SCREENS 


•  Brighter,  Clearer  Pictures 

•  Electrically  Operated  by  Remote  Control 

•  Better  Protection  for  Screen  Fabric 

•  Easily    Installed   in    Recesses    or   Hung    from 
Brackets 

•  Moderately  Priced 


Here  is  the  most  convenient  of  all  screens  for  nse  in 
auditoriums  or  large  cla.ssrooms.  It  can  be  lowered,  raised, 
or  stopped  at  any  position,  by  means  of  an  electrical 
control  placed  anywhere  desired.  Unlike  sprinK  operated 
screens,  the  Electrol  cannot  fly  up  accidentally  and  become 
damaged.  The  Electrol  is  supplied  with  Da-Lite  Glass- 
Beaded  or  Mat  White  surface  in 
14  standard  sizes  up  to  20'x20'  in- 
clusive. Mail  coupon  for  new  48 
page  book  describing  the  Electrol 
and  other  types  of  Da-Lite  screens. 

FREE    SCREEN    DATA 

Mail   Coupon   Now.'     C/    /^fe 

I 

DA-LITE    SCREEN    CO..    INC. 
(     Dapt.  9ES.  2723  N.  Crawford  Ave..  Chicago,  III.  | 

I         Please  send  free  Da-Lite  book  on  the  Electrol  and     | 
I     other  Da-Lite  screens.  I 

I     Name | 

I     School I 

Address 

1 1 


Page  260 


The  Educational  Screen 


16MM.    SOUND    ON     FILM 

for 
REIVT  —  EXCHAIVGE  —  SALE 

A  few  of  our  Large  Catalogue  of 
REIVTAL      SUBJECTS 

WILD  INNOCENCE  *  LOST  JUNGLE  *■  GIRL  OF  THE 
LIMBERLOST  *  KEEPER  OF  THE  BEES  *  I  CONQUER 
THE  SEA  -k  MILLION  DOLLAR  BABY  *  IN  OLD  SANTA 
FE  •  MAN'S  BEST  FRIEND  *  OH  YEAH  •  HEARTS  OF 
HUMANITY  *  BLACK  GOLD  *  STRANGERS  OF  THE 
EVENING    •    CITY    LIMITS    •     HANDICAP    *    KLONDIKE 

*  HIGH  GEAR  *   PARDON  MY  GUN  ■*  YOUNG  DYNAMITE 

•  LAST  OF  THE  WARRENS  *  WILDERNESS  MAIL  * 
KENTUCKY  BLUE  STREAK  *  all  PETER  B.  KYNE'S  sub- 
jects: all  RICHARD  TALMADGE  and  RIN  TIN  TIN,  Jr. 
subjects:  all  TOM  TYLER.  JACK  PERRIN  and  JACK  HOXIE 
WESTERNS:      all      FRED     SCOTT'S     MUSICAL     WESTERNS. 

Altogether  300   Features  and  600  Shorts 
from     which     to     pick     your     prof^rams 

Not  One  Mediocre  Picture  in   Our  Library 

Film    Rental    Catalogue  —  Film    Sale    Catalogue 

"Write    for    them 

CINE  CLASSIC  LIBRARY 

1041   JEFFERSON    AVK.  BROOKLYN,   N.  Y. 


2 


EDUCATIONAL  SOUND  FILMS  BRING  THE 
HISTORY  OF  THE  TERRITORIAL  GROWTH 
OF   UNITED   STATES   VIVIDLY   TO    LIFE. 


TERRITORIAL  EXPANSION  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES 
FROM  1783  TO  1853  (2  reels)  Depicts  the  Erciwth  of  the 
United  States  from  colonial  infancy  to  full  continental  s'ature. 
Animated  maps  are  used  extensively  and  boundary  disputes  are 
clearly  explained.  The  subject  is  portrayed  in  a  manner  to 
accord  with  modtrn  teachinR   methods. 

TERRITORIAL  POSSESSIONS  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES 
(2  reels)  Continues  the  story  of  American  Expansio.n.  It  shows. 
in  chronological  order,  how  Alaska.  Hawaii,  and  the  other 
possessions  were  acquired.  Animated  maps  and  authentic  views 
of  America's  far  flung  outposts.  Original  mi;tion  pictures  of 
historic  personalities  and  events. 

Study  guides  are  being  prepared  for  both   films. 
Write  for  descriptive  literature 

INTERNATIONAL    GEOGRAPHIC    PICTURES 


52  VANDERBILT  AVENUE 


NEW  YORK,  NEW  YORK 


MR.  ROOSEVELT, ***^*^<^^ 

t  WON'T  YOU  PLEASE  RUN  AGAIN?"  % 


a- 


a- 


A  grateful  testimonial  in  song  and  picture 
to  the  man  -whose  vision  and  program  has 
aided    Democracy    and    Education    so    greatly. 


Music  by  popul.tr  song  writer  Jay  Gorney 
Directed    by    Frank   Tuttle 
ONE   REEL  —    16   mm    Soundfilm    —  Sale  or  Rent 
^   Sheet   Music  —  35c  each     Records  —  75c  each 


•  SOLE   AGENTS  • 


GARRISON    FILMS  "°°  broadway 


NEW    YORK    CITY 


«■ 


•t!cii-i!^iii!ii-bi!i!i!iti!iii!i!i!t!i!i!-k-ii-ic{t-i!-iiix-(s-txiji:-iiii-ti-ixt!i!ii-{iii 


Make   Your   Own   Grouncl   Glass   Slides 

easily  and  quickly,  by  using  GLASSIVE,  an  abrasive  which  makes 
ground  glass  slides  from  plain  cover  glass  for  only  a  fraction 
of  a  cent  each  !     50c  package. 

Foe  IVon-Photographic  Slides 

use  CELLOSLIDE.  Has  many  uses — for  enlarging  illustrative  ma- 
terials, for  making  song  slides,  announcements,  cheers,  etc.  Elimi- 
nates necessity  of  writing  on  glass.     500  sheets  for  $1.00. 

TEACIIIIMG       AIDS       SERVICE 

JA^'A'CA    PI  «IN  MASSACHUSETTS 


WE    HAVE    MOVED    TO    LARGER    QUARTERS! 

THE 

MANSE 

LIBRARY 

1521    DANA 

AVENUE 

CINCINNATI,   OHIO 

16    MM    SOUND 

FILMS 

Ov4r  100 

Selected   Pictures.   A   card   will   bring 
our  catalog. 

City,  a  four-reel  film  on  municipal  planning,  financed 
by  the  Carnegie  Corporation,  is  being  shown  regularly. 

Florida  Film  Session 

A  two-day  showing  of  about  forty  new  educational 
films  in  six  curricular  fields,  was  conducted  by  the 
General  Extension  Division  of  the  University  of  Florida 
at  Gainesville  June  23  and  24  to  acquaint  Florida  edu- 
cators with  new  productions.  Lectures  and  class  dem- 
onstrations com])leted  the  program. 

SMPE  Fall  Convention 

Hotel  Pennsylvania,  New  York  City,  national  head- 
quarters of  the  Society  of  Motion  Picture  Engineers, 
will  be  the  scene  of  the  twenty-fourth  annual  convention 
of  the  Society,  to  be  held  October  16  to  19,  inclusive. 
The  technical  progress  which  the  motion  picture  in- 
dustry has  made  in  the  past  year  will  be  reviewed  at 
tl'.e  Convention,  in  many  outstanding  technical  papers 
presented  by  the  industries'  leading  engineers  and 
executives. 

Progress  in  Wyoming 

An  increasing  and  more  effective  use  of  visual 
aids  in  the  schools  of  Wyoming  is  promised  by  a 
resolution  adopted  at  the  State  Convention  of  the 
Education  Association  at  Rawlins  last  year.  The 
resolution  reads :  "Sufficient  educational  films  are 
now  available  that  the  school  authorities  in  Wyom- 
ing should  give  special  attention  to  the  introduction 
of  all  forms  of  visual  aids  to  education."  It  is 
anticipated  that  the  sectional  meetings  at  the  Dis- 
trict and  State  conventions  in  the  fall  of  1939  will 
give  teachers  an  opportunity  to  become  better  ac- 
quainted with  the  latest  trends  in  the  field  through 
panel  discussions  and  demonstration  lessons. 

Among  Ourselves 

(Concluded  from  page  247) 

the  development  of  the  Fir.st  Yearbook  of  the  De- 
partment. The  Society  for  Curriculum  Study  has  ap- 
pointed Edgar  Dale  to  act  as  chairman,  in  collabora- 
tion with  F.  Dean  McClusky,  chairman  for  our  De- 
partment. The  Joint  Yearbook  will  show  how  visual 
aids  can  be  integrated  into  the  modern  curriculum. 

7.  The  Committee  working  with  the  Sloan  Founda- 
tion regarding  the  ]jroduction  of  films  on  economic 
problems  recommended  that  the  Foundation  proceed 
with  its  ]5lans,  and  add  to  them  a  program  of  teacher 
training  in  the  use  of  films  for  economics.  (Since  the 
meeting,  an  Educational  Film  Institute,  under  the  di- 
rection of  Dr.  Spencer  Pollard,  economist  from  Har- 
vard, has  been  established  at  New  York  University 
by  the  Sloan  Foundation.) 

8.  The  Teacher  Training  Committee  has  sent  out 
a  questionnaire  regarding  techniques  of  instruction  to 
summer  session  instructors. 

9.  The  revised  constitution  was  passed,  and  copies 
will  be  mailed  to  members. 

10.  The  Educational  Screex  shall  continue  for 
the  next  year  to  be  the  official  publication  for  the  De- 
partment. 


September,  19i9 


Page  261 


Intangible  Effects  of  Motion  Pictures 

(CoiiiluJiJ  Jrom  payc  Zi~ ) 

Iroiii  considcriiiff  money  values  as  most  important  to 
the  consideration  of  human  vahies  as  important. 

Much  more  work  of  this  type  needs  to  be  done 
Ixjfore  we  can  say  conclusively  that  motion  pictures 
of  this  type  help  the  pu|)il  to  think  through  social  situa- 
tions more  clearly  or  that  they  help  him  to  change 
his  sense  of  values.  There  is  an  indication  from  these 
data  that  such  is  the  ca.se.  Certainly  it  touches  an 
import;:nt  pha.se  of  education,  one  which  merits  much 
more  intensive  study. 

Movies  and  Clarity  of  Thinking 

.\n  attempt  was  made  to  get  at  consistency  of  thought 
by  a  ditTcient  method.  The  assumption  was  made  that 
if  students  agreed  with  attitude  test  statements  which 
have  a  wide  range  of  scale  values,  they  .show  incon- 
sistency in  their  thinking.  This  conclusion  was  drawn 
after  a  careful  examination  of  the  statements  in  the 
attitude  test  on  government  help  in  soil  erosion  control. 
If  the  range  in  statements  agreed  with  should  decrease 
alter  seeuig  the  picture,  this  would  then  \k  an  indica- 
tion of  more  consistent  thinking. 

\\  orking  on  this  assumption,  the  standard  deviation 
of  the  scale  values  of  the  attitude  test  statements  with 
which  each  of  112  college  students  agreed  was  deter- 
mined. They  were  then  shown  The  Ploiv  that  Broke 
the  Plains,  retcsted,  and  the  same  measure  of  con- 
sistency applied  again.  The  mean  standard  deviation 
was  1.77  before  seeing  the  picture  and  1.62  after  seeing 
it.  This  difference  was  3.1  times  the  probable  error  of 
the  difference  in  means.  Although  this  ratio  is  not 
quite  high  enough  to  assure  us  of  statistical  significance, 
it  gives  us  very  great  probability  that  the  difference  is 
i!ot  a  chance  one.  .\  distribution  of  scores  in  this  parti- 
cular case  reveals  that  three  very  atypical  individuals 
out  of  the  112  prevented  a  greater  difference.  If  the.sc 
three  had  Ix^en  omitted  the  difference  would  have  been 
.21  instead  of  .15  and  would  have  given  us  statistical 
significance. 

Here  again  more  work  needs  to  be  done  before  we 
can  hazard  the  assertion  that  a  motion  picture  such  as 
The  Ploxv  will  help  pupils  to  think  more  consistently 
about  the  problem  of  government  help  in  the  control 
of  soil  erosion.  The  evidence  we  have  presented,  how- 
ever, points  rather  convincingly  in  that  direction. 

We  have  here,  then,  evidence  concerning  important 
phases  of  education.  The  evidence  concerning  changes 
of  attitudes  resulting  from  the  u.se  of  documentary  films 
is  quite  conclusive.  We  may  feel  sure  that  such  films 
shown  to  pupils  in  school  will  have  an  influence  on 
what  they  think  about  .social  problems.  There  is  very 
great  reason  to  believe  that  they  may  also  influence  the 
ability  of  pupils  to  see  the  implications  of  social  prob- 
lems and  to  think  consistently.  They  probably  in- 
fluence the  .sense  of  values  which  pupils  hold.  There 
is  little  doubt  that  they  can  increa.se  the  social  aware- 
ness of  pupils,  even  for  social  problems  which  have 
been  written  about  repeatedly  in  our  newspapers  and 
magazines.  This  type  of  results  of  our  visual  education 
program  may  prove  even  more  important  to  modern 
education  than  the  increased  ability  to  acquire  facts 
which  it  provides. 


THE 
NEW 


DeVRY 


16 
MM. 


inT€RPR€T€R 


The  ONLY  Sound  Projector 
WithTheseMt/Sr  FEATURES 

1.  Al  TOMATK;  loop  ADJISTER  prevents  loss  of 
"film  loop,"  pliminales  rethreading.  The  "show"  goes 
right  on.     Also  prevents  damage  to  film. 

2.  SYNCflROM.\TIC  THREADING— makes  possible  auto- 
matically, the  synchronism  of  both  sound  and  picture. 

3.  r)UAL  EXCITER  LAMPS  — Your  ahsoliile  protection 
against   delayed  programs  due  to  lamp  failure. 

4.  DUAL  SOUND  STABILIZERS-  keeps  film  properly 
aligned  over  sound  drum,  resulting  in  unsurpassed  sound. 

''"    ■•"   Built  In   Provisions  For: 


I'HONOCRAPH 
RADIO 


MICROPHONE 
EXTRA 
SPEAKER 


'tee 


Ccntraii»i|    Room    Spukcr    System 
Silent     Aa    Well     As    Sound     Films 


Mat]  coupon  Im-Iow  today  for  frt-e  illustrated  lit- 
erature. NKW  LOW  PRICES  and  deUils  of  DeVry 
"Sflf-LiguidatinK  Plan."  of  special  interest  tc 
schools  which  may  not  have  ready  funds  available. 


Famous 
for  26 
Yeart 


Chicago 
New  York 


Hollywood 


Makers  of  the  mo.st  comnlete  line  of  I6mm.  and  SSmm.  silent  and 

sound  projectors  and  cameras  for  professional  and  institutional  use. 

"Our    Best    Heferenre    Ix     4    />e)>v    Owner" 

I ^SEND  COUPON  NOW 


DeVRY 
PROJECTORS 

ARE 
DEPENDABLE 

Many  DeVry  Pro- 
jectors made  20 
years  aso  are 
still  functioning 
superbly.  It  pays 
to  buy  a  DeVry. 


I  n.VHV   CORPORATION 

I  llO.'i  Annltsn  Ave.,  ClUesfo 

I  .«<enit   lllualtaled   lllrrslim'.   XE\V  LOW 

I    'Di-Xo   .SrU-Llquldallna  PIsn." 

I  Name 

I  Addnsa 

|C»y 8;«tt.. 

I  Hchool 

I  □    (llerll    herr 
""Sl-psie  be 


and  cnclttss   flOe   If  you   dealre  new 
ok,  "Km  Pllmi  for  .SWiooU  "  ^»^_ 


Page  262 


The  Educational  Screen 


Jj, 


n  an 


d  fox  tkz  uLi 


a±±%oom 


Conducted  by  Wilber  Emmert 

Director  Visual  Education,  State  Teachers  College,  Indiana,  Pa. 


Teach  with  Comparison 

//QTOOD  like  a  stone  wall";  "Clear  as  a  crystal"; 

iD  "Ran  like  a  deer" ;  "Swam  like  a  fish" ;  "With 
clock-like  precision" ;  "Patient  as  Job" ;  "Fought  like  a 
tiger" ;  "Cunning  as  a  fox" ;  "Pretty  as  a  picture" ; 
"Roar  like  a  lion" ;  "Similar  ....";  "Equal  to  .  .  ." 

Why  do  people  use  such  expressions?  Can  teachers 
find  in  this  technique  a  valuable  teaching  tool?  What 
is    significant,    educationally,    about    these    figures    of 


Hundreds  of 

FILMS 

For  You  to  Choose  From 

tailCafiOnai_And  your  choke  need  not 
be  limited.  Literature,  science,  travel,  nature, 
music,  art  —  in  fact  any  type  of  picture  you 
-w^ish.  Our  extensive  library  of  16  mm.  films, 
both  sound  and  silent,  is  made  up  of  "proven 
pictures"  used  by  accredited  schools  throughout 
the  country. 

Enf  erfainment_Because  we  add  many 
ne-w  entertainment  films  to  our  library  every 
month  you  are  able  to  rent  the  latest  produc- 
tions as  soon  as  they  are  released.  Literary 
classics,  cartoons,  -westerns,  mysteries,  sports, 
musicals,  dramas,  religion  —  and  all  carefully 
selected  for  both  school  and  home  show^ings. 

Free  Cataloas  ^ 

*  *%»%i^  -^^^i^fc^i**^^^  **  . — Pqj.  yQur  convenience  we 
have  prepared  two  catalogs  —  one  devoted  to  education 
and  the  other  to  entertainment. 
Rental  rates  are  included  for  all 
films.  Send  for  either  or  both  of 
these  catalogs.  Please  mention  cata- 
log number  12E  (education)  and 
number  2 IE    (entertainment). 


INCORPORATED 

234  Clarendon  St.  Boston^  Mass. 


speech  ?  Undoubtedly  the  user  is  seeking  to  impart  in- 
formation, create  attitudes,  and  develop  appreciations 
by  resorting  to  the  well-known  principle  of  teaching 
that  the  new  is  learned  in  terms  of  the  old — i.e.,  build- 
ing new  concepts  on  a  background  of  past  experiences. 

There  is  no  doubt  but  that  eiTective  teaching  really 
begins  when  the  teacher  uses  such  words  as  "like", 
"as",  "equal  to",  "resembles",  "similar  to",  "stronger 
than"  and  other  comparisons.  In  short,  when  the 
teacher  begins  to  compare  the  unknown  with  the  known, 
the  new  with  the  old,  the  strange  with  familiar,  the 
general  with  the  specific,  children  are  given  a  real  basis 
for  understandings. 

Obviously,  comparisons  need  not  be  limited  to  the 
verbal  method  of  communication,  but  may  be  used  with 
all  concrete  materials  and  pictorial  and  graphic  repre- 
sensations.  The  alert  teachers  in  every  subject  will  find 
opportunities  for  using  comparisons  in  the  presentations 
of  new  materials.  The  excursion,  object,  pictorial,  and 
graphic  presentations  will  fvu-nish  situations  to  teachers 
for  developing  effective  comjiarison  techniques. 

In  addition  to  the  illustrations  of  comparison  techni- 
ques given  below,  teachers  will  find  in  the  methods  used 
in  textbooks,  laboratory  manuals,  the  newspapers,  the 
magazines,  posters,  billboards,  wall  charts,  exhibits  and 
displays,  demonstrations,  the  motion  pictures,  and  radio 
presentations,  fundamental  similarities,  points  of  essen- 
tial diflferences,  contrasts,  and  other  comparisons. 

Even  though  sensory  experiences  are  provided,  there 
is  no  assurance  that  the  teaching  will  be  effective  unless 
the  pupils  are  taught  to  observe  all  the  factors  carefully, 
to  draw  inferences,  develop  insights  and  see  relation- 
ships of  both  the  concrete  and  of  an  abstract  nature. 
The  teacher  must  lead  the  pupils  to  further  activities, 
insights,  interests  and  the  solution  of  new  problems 
upon  the  basis  of  the  sensory  experiences,  and  through 
comparisons  drawn  from  these  experiences. 

One  plan  for  using  comparisons  can  be  based  upon  a 
series  of  activities  which  enable  the  pupils  to  study 
environmental  relationships  by  using  themselves  as  the 
standards  for  comparison.  This  will  not  only  provide 
information,  but  will  aid  in  clarifying  concepts,  develop- 
ing attitudes,  and  gaining  fvmdamental  skills.  For 
example,  a  clear  concept  of  time  intervals  may  be  gained 
by  counting  the  pulse.  The  pulse  rate  comparison 
technique  is  widely  used,  to  cite  one  instance,  by  the 
amateur  photographers  in  timing  some  of  their  work 
which  nuist  be  carried  on  in  absolute  darkness.  Hot 
and  cold  are  relative  terms,  with  the  bodily  temperature 
taken  as  the  basic  standard  for  determining  whether  a 
thing  is  hot,  cold,  or  hike  warm.  Likewise  a  sense  of 
distance  and  a  plan  for  measuring  distance  can  be  gained 
by    having   the  pupil  pace   a   predetermined    distance, 

(Continued  on  page  264) 


September,  19)9 


Page   263 


Real  Progress 

comes  only  through  cooperative  effort.  The  familiar  common  problems  of 
visual  instruction  can  not  be  solved  by  individual  institutions,  but  together  these 
institutions  can  accomplish  a  great  deal.  T 

The  new  cooperative  organization  of  film  users  extends  to  the  schools  and 
colleges  an  invitation  to  membership  ...  An  invitation  to  its  privileges  which 
include  the  right  to  purchase  certain  selected  films  for  the  first  time;  a  cumula- 
tive catalog  of  only  the  good  pictures;  a  regular  news  letter  and  a  constant 
Information  service  on  specific  questions. 

We  shall  be  glad  to  have  you  write  us  for  complete  information. 

Association   of  School  Film  Libraries,  Inc. 

9  Rockefeller  Plaza,  New  York,  N.  Y. 


WARNING 

To  .-ill  Superinlcndenis: 

It  has  come  to  our  attention  that  some  unscrupulous  persons 
arc  offering  for  sale  and  Iiave  sold  to  schools  as  new  equipment 
stcoiid-hand  or  reconditioned  motion  picture  projectors. 

To  protect  you  and  your  schools  from  such  misrepresenta- 
tion we  are  offering  the  following  suggestions.  Ascertain 
the  factory  nunil)ers  on  the  projector  you  buy  and  send  them 
to  the  manufacturer  of  the  projector  being  offered  to  you 
for  sale  with  the  request  that  you  be  advised  whether  or  not 
Ut?  said  projector  is  new  or  second-hand.  Sometimes  agents 
accept  projectors  in  trade,  and  if  they  are  unscrupulous  enough 
to  resell  them  as  new  they  can  quote  prices  on  them  that  are 
far  below  the  market  prices  of  new  equipment. 

It  is  advisable  to  be  very  cautious  when  buying  (especially 
as  "new")  any  projector  of  a  different  make  than  the  one 
regularly  sold  hy  the  agent  offering  it. 

When  an  agent  offers  exceptional  inducements  in  the  way 
of  free  auxiliaries,  bear  in  mind  that  there  are  standard  prices 
for  each  make  or  projector,  and  if  there  is  any  deviation  from 
that  price,  or  gift  of  auxiliary  equipment,  the  cost  has  to  come 
from  some  one  other  than  the  manufacturer — be  sure  it  isn't  you. 

Our  interest  in  the  matter  is  the  result  of  damage  done  to  the 
films  of  the  Exchange  by  unsatisfactory  equipment,  plus  the 
fact  that  those  meeting  with  such  damage,  or  other  projector 
troubles,  become  disheartened  in  their  very  laudable  efforts  to 
use   the   motion   picture   in  their   school   work. 

If  any  cases  of  the  nature  noted  come  to  your  attention, 
please  advise  us,  and  if  you  have  any  doubts  as  to  how  to 
protect  yourself,  or  your  school,  against  such  unethical  prac- 
tices, we  shall  be  glad  to  do  what  we  can  to  help  you. 

Cordially, 

B.    A.    Al'CHINBAVr.H 

Director  of  i'isual  Instruction 


BIGGER  and  BETTER 

PICTURES 

from   your  16  mm  film 

li  you  want  to  qet  the  moit  Irom  your  IE  mm.  film, 
you     will     appreciate     a    HOLMES    Sound-On-HIm 
Proiedor.     Every    mechanical    part,    including    the 
lens  and  sound  apparatus,  is  selected  to  get  maxi-      \ 
mum    clarity    oi    picture 
and    sound    reproduction. 

A  demonstration  without 
cost  may  be  arranged. 
Write  (or  catalog,  prices 
and   details. 


Manufac- 
furari  of 
Umm  and 

35  mm 
proiactori. 


L^^ 


Holmes  Projector 
Company 

1813    Orchard    Street 
CHICAGO 


I 


R 


O 


J 


T      O 


16  ma 

Proiector 

AaipHllw 

Speaker 

Telal  waigM 

SO  im. 


Page  264 


The  Educational  Screen 


S.    V.    E.    Tri-Purpose 
Model  AA.  300  Watts 

Head     swivelled     for 

showing     double     frame 

horizontal   filnr>slide. 


THE     VERSATILE 


^M  Tri  Purpose 

PROJECTOR 


Shows 

PICTUROLS 

Educational  filmslides,  produced 
by  the  Society  for  Visual  Educa- 
tion. Each  roll  has  series  oi  30 
or    more    pictures. 

OTHER 

FILMSLIDES 

Strips  of  35  mm.  film  either  single 
or  double  frame  (horizontal  or 
vertical)  made  by  teachers  ot 
members  of  the  student  body  us- 
ing ordinary  miniature  cameras. 
Also  educational  film  slides  pro- 
duced by  other  companies  and 
listed   in    the   S.V.E.   catalog. 


Double   Frame    Verticol  Film 


MOUNTED    FILM 

Individual  frames  of  black  and 
white  or  color  film,  mounted  in 
2"  X  2"  glass  slides  or  in  Koda- 
slide  Ready  Mounts. 


Double    Frame    Horizontal    Film 
of     the 


The  advanced  optical  system 
S.V.E.  Tri-Purpose  Projector  assures 
brilliant  life-size  images  from  any  oi 
the  above  types  of  film.  A  patented 
heat-absorbing  filter  and  a  releasing 
mechanism  for  the  rear  aperture  glass 
fully  protect  the  film  emulsion.  Two 
styles — Model  CC,  with  100  watt  lamp, 
lens,  slide  carrier,  and  case,  $35.00 — 
Model  AA,  with  300  watt  lamp,  lens, 
slide  carrier,  S.V.E.  Rewind  Take-up 
and   case,   S57.S0. 

Mail   Coupon    For    Literature! 


SOCIETY  FOR  VISUAL  EDUCATION,  INC.  -.«/     g- 
Depl.   9ES,    100   E.   Ohio  St..  Chicago,   III. 

Send  literature  on  S.V.E.  Picturols  and  S.V.E.  Proiectors,  including 
the  versatile  Tri-Purpose  models. 

NAME 

SCHOOL 

CITY STATE 


New  Fall  Catalog 
NOW   READY! 

IIVTERIVATIOIVAL      FILlU      BUREAU 

59  E.  Van  Buren  St.,  Chicago,  III. 

Teach  with  Comparison 

(Continued  from  page  262) 

count  the  number  of  step.s  taken,  then  calculating  the 
length  of  the  stride.  Pupils  can  find  many  uses  for 
this  unit  of  measurement.  Other  comparative  stan- 
dards, such  as,  "As  high  as  I  can  reach"  ;  "Just  as  tall 
as  I  am" ;  "It  weighs  just  as  much  as  I  do" ;  "As  wide 
as  my  hand" ;  and  others,  can  readily  be  developed. 
Smell,  taste,  and  sounds  are  also  based  upon  bodily 
reactions  for  their  comparisons  and  identifications. 

.\nother  idea  is  to  trace  out,  understand,  and  use 
standards  contained  in  some  common  expressions.  For 
example :  "A  pint  is  a  poimd  the  world  around".  Is 
this  a  true  statement?  It  is  always  true?  Under  what 
conditions  is  it  true?  A  simple  laboratory  exercise 
will  furnish  the  exjaerimental  evidence,  and  will  also 
assist  in  answering  such  questions  as :  How  much  does 
a  gallon  of  water  weigh  ?  A  gallon  of  milk  ?  A  gallon 
of  gasoline? 

.'\  second  illustration.  "From  the  tip  of  his  Royal 
finger  to  the  tip  of  his  Royal  nose  is  one  yard.  The 
story  is  told  of  the  little  girl,  who  had  often  seen  her 
mother  measuring  cloth  in  this  manner,  say;  "Mamma, 
smell  this  string  for  me  and  see  how  long  it  is."  Many 
people  use  this  convenient  method  of  measuring  cloth, 
rope,  twine,  etc.,  by  the  "arm's  length  plan" — from 
finger  tip  to  the  tip  of  the  nose.  After  a  few  experimen- 
tal trials  one  can  become  ver}'  skilled  in  measuring 
things  by  the  yard  in  this  manner. 

Pictures  are  used  mainly  to  convey  correct  images  of 
persotis,  places,  things,  or  relationships  in  order  that 
these  new  concepts  may  form  the  basis  for  judging  and 
comparing  in  new  situations.  Teachers  cannot  be 
too  careful,  therefore,  to  select  pictures  that  convey 
whole  truths,  and  not  half-truths.  A  familiar  illustra- 
tion is  that  of  the  child  who  declared  that  a  hijipopota- 
mus  was  no  larger  than  a  rabbit.  The  child,  on  being 
questioned  as  to  why  he  had  come  to  that  conclusion, 
produced  an  illustrated  book  showing  a  rabbit  on  one 
])age,  and  on  the  opposite  page  the  picture  of  a  hip- 
I)opotatnus.  Both  pictures  were  absolutely  the  same  size 
and  both  animals  stood  out  in  bold  relief  without  a 
single  object  in  either  .picture  to  afford  a  basis  for  com- 
parison that  might  convey  the  real  truth  regarding  the 
relative  sizes  of  these  two  vastly  different  animals. 
Obviously,  there  should  be  in  the  pictured  scene  some 
familiar  unit  of  measurement  by  means  of  which  in- 
telligent comparisons  may  be  made  of  size,  form,  dis- 
tance, etc.  Teachers  who  study  the  techniciues  used 
in  educational  motion  pictures,  for  instance,  will  ob- 
serve that  people  are  often  included  in  certain  types 
of  scenes  as  the  standard  for  comparison.  Likewise, 
rulers  are  often  pictured  in  motion  picture  scenes.  In 
the  case  of  some  small  objects  they  are  photographed 
while  being  held  in  a  person's  hand. 

The  map  has  customarily  been  used  to  represent 
the  shape,  length,  breadth,  and  area  of  countries.  In 
the  geography  books  each  country  or  continent  often 


September,  19  }9 


Page  26S 


has  a  map  to  itself  on  a  sheet  of  its  own  so  that,  for 
instance  Xorth  America.  Russia,  and  Scotland  all  ap- 
pear the  same  size.  The  only  help  the  pupil  gets 
is  from  the  little  scale  of  miles,  which  he  is  likely  to 
overlook  or  never  understands.  The  pupil  is  not  likely 
to  j;ct  a  vivid,  lasting  concept  of  the  relative  size  until 
a  better  basis  for  comi>arison  is  jiresented.  The  inser- 
tion in  the  corner  of  the  map,  of  a  map  of  the  same 
area  drawn  to  a  very  small  scale,  together  with  an  out- 
line make  of  some  standard  country  drawn  to  the  same 
scale,  will  form  a  real  basis  for  coni])arisons  and  make 
the  presentation  meaningful.  A  map  of  the  state  in 
which  the  pupil  lives  might  appear  in  the  comer,  for 
instance,  of  the  continents,  of  India,  China,  the  United 
States,  etc.  An  effective  way  to  illustrate,  for  example, 
the  relative  sizes  of  the  countries  of  the  home  state 
is  to  have  the  pupils  make  a  tracing  of  the  whole  state 
and  the  counties  from  the  wall  map,  then  color  the 
tracing  with  a  flat  wash,  cut  out  the  counties  and  use 
them  for  comparisons  with  other  counties,  other  states, 
countries,  etc. 

The  motion  picture  makes  use  of  this  technique  with 
its  fade-outs  and  fade-ins,  and  does  it  very  effectively. 
It  is  most  impressive  to  see  the  whole  North  .American 
continent  pictured,  then  to  have  the  map  of  .Maska  glide 
from  its  location  and  be  superimposed  upon  the  United 
States,  and  discover  that  when  .Maska  is  so  placed  that 
it  touches  the  United  States  toundaries  on  the  North,  the 
northeast,  the  soutbest.  the  south  and  the  we.st.  Teachers 
can  also  u.se  the  lantern  slide  projector  and  the  opaque 
projector  for  this  same  purpose,  and  secure  most  ex- 
cellent results.  First,  the  outline  of  the  whole  area 
can  l)e  traced  on  the  blackboard  and  afterwards  num- 
erous comparisons  can  be  made  by  shifting  the  pro- 
jector to  the  profjer  positions.  Newspapers  and  maga- 
zines often  use  this  juxtajX)sition  technique.  For  in- 
stance, a  most  enlightening  newspajier  j)icturc  appeared 
just  I)efore  the  outbreak  of  the  present  European  War. 
showing  the  relative  air  route  distances  from  important 
centers  in  Europe  as  compared  with  some  distances 
in  the  United  States.  It  consisted  of  an  outline  map 
of  the  United  States,  with  state  Ixjundaries  and  principal 
cities  indicated.  There  was  superimposed  on  this  map  the 
map  of  Europe  with  the  air  distances  marked  on  heavily 
drawn  arrow  lines.  To  many  people  it  was  a  most 
amazing  revelation  to  find  that  the  distances  from  capi- 
tals of  the  various  nations  are  so  relatively  short  in 
comparison  with  distances  in  the  United  States.  With 
this  realization  it  was  a  bit  easier  to  understand  why 
strong  fortifications  seem  to  be  necessary  and  why 
conflicts  are  likely  to  occur  frequently. 

The  whole  area  of  graphic  representations  will  pro- 
vide the  teacher  with  opportunities  for  developing 
techni(|ues  for  her.self  and  aid  in  leading  the  pupils  to 
developing  skills  of  this  sort.  The  construction  of  ex- 
liibits  and  displays  necessitates  a  knowledge  and  use 
of  comparisons  if  their  messages  really  reach  the 
audience  to  whom  they  are  directed.  Roth  teachers 
and  pupils  will  be  tremendously  benefited  if  definite 
efforts  are  made  to  use  comparisons  for  teaching  and 
for  learning  things  definitely. 

By     BRYAN    EMMERT 

Western    Slate    Teachers    College. 
Paw    Paw.    Michigan. 


APPROVED ! 


Approval  and  "A"  ratings  have  been  given  to  many 
of  our  16mm.  Sound  and  Silent  Films  by  Dr.  Mark 
May's  Advisory  Committee  on  the  Use  of  Motion 
Pictures  in  Education  and  by  other  representative 
groups.     Evaluations  furnished  upon  request. 

*        *        * 

Just  Released  in 

16MM.     SOUND 

Available  for  rental  or  sale. 

•    SCHOOLS 

An  unusual  documentary  film  showing  a  progressive 
education  school  in  action.  A  carefully  prepared 
presentation  featuring  a  group  of  young  children. 
The  only  film  ever  taken  with  complete  dialogue 
by  children  in  the  classroom.    Two  reels. 


SEASONS  And  Their  CAUSES 

A  fine,  factual  film  with  commentary  by  John  Martin. 
One  reeL 


SPY  OF  NAPOLEON 

Costume  pictiire  with  historical  background.   10  reels. 


POLAND 

A  detailed  picture  of  the  new  Poland  created  since 
the  World  War,  with  the  great  port  of  Gdynia, 
which  was  built  from  a  fishing  village.    1  reel. 


Send    lor    catalog    o(    over    1500    Educational 
and   Enlertainmenl    subiecis  —  lor   rent   or   sale. 


WALTER  0.  GUTLOHN  <nc 

35  W.  45th  St  Dept  E-9  New  York 


Page   266 


The  Educational  Screen 


Cuixsnt  ^jiLm  <^\^L 


Monogram  Non-Theatrical 
Department 

Three  months  ago,  Monogram  Pictures, 
one  of  the  theatrical  producing  companies, 
inaugurated  a  Non-Theatrical  Depart- 
ment with  Joseph  A.  Kehoe  in  charge. 
This  new  department  is  releasing  films  in 
35mm  sound  to  schools,  churches,  steam- 
ship lines,  hospitals,  state  and  federal  in- 
stitutions, and  other  non-theatrical  outlets. 

The  establishment  of  this  department 
opens  up  a  vast  library  of  films  hitherto 
unavailable  for  such  purposes.  Boy  of 
the  Streets,  starring  Jackie  Cooper,  and 
Romance  of  the  Limberlost,  starring  Jean 
Parker,  are  two  outstanding  films  offered. 
Both  have  been  highly  endorsed  by  im- 
portant committees  and  organizations. 
Other  pictures  available  are  Streets  of 
New  York  and  Gangster's  Boy.  with 
Jackie  Cooper,  Atlantic  Flight,  with  Dick 
Merrill,  Hoosier  Schoolboy  and  Little 
Pal.  with  Mickey  Rooney,  Barefoot  Boy 
featuring  Marcia  Mae  Jones  and  Jackie 
Moran,  Under  the  Big  Top.  Jack  Lon- 
don's IVolf  Call,  and  the  Mr.  Wong  de- 
tective series  starring  Boris  KarloflF.  The 
Department  also  handles  westerns  with 
such  stars  as  Tex  Ritter,  Tim  McCoy, 
Tom  Keene,  Jack  Randall  and  John 
Wayne. 

Film  Series  on  Puppets 

In  answer  to  many  teacher-requests, 
Bailey  Film  Service,  1651  Cosmo  Street, 
Hollywood,  are  including  a  series  of 
films  on  puppets  and  puppet  making 
among  their  new  fall  releases.  These 
films,  available  in  both  silent  and  sound 
editions,  were  produced  under  the  super- 
vision of  Miss  Portia  Hawley,  well- 
known  on  the  Pacific  Coast  for  her 
puppet  work  in  the  public  schools. 

The  first  half-reel  shows  the  making 
of  a  very  simple  hand  puppet  so  that 
children  in  the  early  grades  can  follow 
it  clearly.  The  second  half-reel  shows  a 
little  more  advanced  hand  puppet  with 
built-up  features.  And  the  third  half- 
reel  shows  the  construction  of  a  simple 
theatre,  the  operation  of  the  puppets,  and 
a  short  puppet  play.  These  puppets  should 
not    be    confused    with    the    more    com- 


EUIZI 


plicated  marionettes,  operated  with  strings. 
Produced  to  closely  follow  the  plan 
of  a  book,  "The  ABC  of  Puppets,"  writ- 
ten by  Miss  Hawley,  and  soon  to  be 
published,  the  pictures  are  for  beginners, 
no  matter  what  their  age  or  grade  level, 
so  they  may  be  widely  used  throughout 
the  school  curriculum.  Continuity  and 
study  sheets  are  furnished  with  the  prints, 
which  may  be  both  rented  and  purchased. 

New  Gutlohn  Releases 

Walter  O.  Gutlohn,  Inc.,  35  W.  45th 
St.,  New  York  City,  distributors  of 
16mm  sound  films,  have  added  the  follow- 
ing pictures  to  their  extensive  library : 

Forbidden  Music — (8  reels),  an  oper- 
etta satirizing  European  dictatorships, 
with  music  by  Oscar  Strauss,  starring 
Jimmy  Durante  and  Richard  Tauber ; 
The  Lilac  Domino — (7  reels),  a  musical 
comedy  with  June  Knight  and  Michael 
Bartlett.  Prisoner  of  Corbal — (8  reels), 
Rafael  Sabatini's  great  emotional  romance 
set  against  the  spectacular  background 
of  the  French  Revolution ;  Southern 
Roses — (8  reels),  a  musical  comedy  with 
melodies  by  Johann  Strauss ;  Spy  of 
Napoleon — (10  reels),  a  story  of  tur- 
bulent Europe  of  the  late  19th  century 
with  the  court  of  Napoleon  III  as  a 
setting;  When  Knights  Were  Bold — 
(8  reels).  Jack  Buchanan  and  Fay  Wray 
in  a  tuneful  comedy  of  what  would  hap- 
pen if  you  were  transported  to  the  Mid- 
dle Ages. 

Edgar  Guest  Poems  in  16  mm 

A  new  scries  of  16mm  films  for  the 
non-theatrical  field  is  announced  by  Post 
Pictures  Corporation,  723  Seventh  Ave., 
New  York  City.  Under  the  general  title 
Poetic  Gems,  the  series  consists  of 
thirteen  one-reel  pictorial  adaptations  of 
the  famous  poems  of  Edgar  Guest,  the 
themes  of  which  are  rich  in  the  philoso- 
phy of  human  happiness  and  are  reflected 
in  artistic  photography  with  a  musical 
background,  and  narration  by  Normal 
Brokenshire. 

Post  Pictures  also  have  acquired  the 
exclusive  16mm  rights  to  a  new  series 
of  sound  films  featuring  Tim  McCoy,  to 
be  released  at  the  rate  of  one  a  month. 


BIGGER.     BETTER,     MORE     VALUABLE! 

ISfh  Annual  Edition 

"1000  and  ONE"  FILM  DIRECTORY 

Ready     Oct.      2nd! 

The  same  hanily  desk  size — 6  x  9  inches — but  contains  more  pages,  more  films, 
more  service!  A  valuable  new  feature  this  year  is  an  alphabetical  list  of  the 
titles  of  the  more  than  4500  films  included  in  the  new  directory. 

Insure  receiving  the  new  edition  promptly.  Remember  subscribers  to  Educational 
Screen  pay  25c  for  their  copy  of  "1000  and  ONE".  (Regular  price  75c).  Send 
your  subscription  or  renewal  NOW. 

EDUCATIONAL    SCREEN  "cLigo:  m*"'* 


Castle  September  Offerings 

Titles  of  films  issued  this  month  by 
Castle  Films,  R.C.A.  Building,  New 
York  City,  are  Washington,  Ride  'Em 
Coii'boy,  The  Pirate  Ship.  Washington 
is  an  interesting  document  of  the  nation's 
capital,  showing  the  government  build- 
ings, Smithsonian  Institution,  Lincoln 
Memorial,  Washington  Monument,  etc.  in 
striking  sunnner  and  winter  scenes.  All 
tlie  thrills  of  a  rodeo  are  afforded  by 
Ride  'Em  Cozcboy — bronco  busting,  trick 
riding,  bulldogging,  roping.  The  Pirate 
Ship  is  an  amusing  mouse  romance  in 
cartoon  form.  Castle  will  also  issue  a 
special  news  parade  entitled  War  in 
Europe,  showing  all  of  the  events  lead- 
ing up  to  the  new  war,  as  well  as  pictures 
taken  during  the  next  few  weeks. 

New  Eastin  Subjects 

An  exclusive  new  release  of  Lorna 
Doone  is  offered  by  Eastin  16mm  Pic- 
tures Company,  Davenport,  Iowa.  This 
stirring  picturization  of  Richard  D. 
Blackmore's  immortal  love  story  fea- 
tures Victoria  Hopper  as  Lorna,  with 
John  Loder  and  Margaret  Lockwood. 
Much  of  the  ten-reel  picture  was  filmed 
in  the  Doone  country  itself.  Also  just  re- 
leased by  Eastin  on  an  exclusive  basis  is 
The  Last  Wilderness,  which  features 
Howard  Hill,  the  World's  Champion 
Archer.  This  5-reel  film,  made  by  Jerry 
Fairbanks  in  the  wilds  of  Wyoming, 
shows  stirring  scenes  and  rare  glimpses 
of  wild  life  there.  Narration  is  by  Gayne 
Whitman. 


Additions  to  Films  Inc.  List 

Films  to  be  added  this  fall  to  the 
"School  List"  of  Films  Incorporated,  330\ 
W.  42nd  St.,  New  York  City,  are:  Th, 
Buccaneer,  historical  romance  of  Jeai 
Lafitte,  played  by  Fredric  March ;  High} 
Wide  and  Handsome,  story  of  the  laying 
of  the  first  oil  pipe-line,  combining  history 
with  music  and  romance ;  100  Men  and  a 
Girl,  delightful  musical  picture  with 
Deanna  Durbin  and  Stokowski ;  Wells 
Fargo,  epic  story  of  the  first  transcon- 
tinental express,  and  Souls  at  Sea,  star- 
ring Gary  Cooper.  These  pictures  have 
been  selected  for  their  educational  and 
cultural  content  and  are  offered  to  schools 
with  integrating  Study  Guides. 

Films,  Incorporated  has  also  obtained 
exclusive  16mm  distribution  rights  to  the 
Paramount  short  subject  series  Popular 
Science,  and  those  on  Unusual  Occupa- 
tions. Both  are  produced  in  color.  The 
former  are  fascinating  portrayals  of  cur- 
rent scientific  discoveries  and  research — 
highlights  in  the  practical  application  of 
mechanical  science,  covering  the  latest 
inventions,  new  mechanical  "gadgets"  and 
devices,  all  the  various  developments  of 
Science's  modern  wonderland.  The  sub- 
jects have  wide  general  appeal,  and  are 
especially  interesting  for  classes  in  Me- 
chanics, Physics,  Chemistry,  etc.  The 
Unusual  Occupation  subjects  also  have 
high  entertainment  value  and  are  stimu- 
lating material  for  courses  in  Vocational 
G'lidance. 


i 

m 


September,  /9J9 


Page  267 


^ttL55loom  7itm6  U/a^te  lime UnUid 


they  TEACH  better,  quicker,  and  more  thoroughly  than  ordinary 
methods — and  at  the  same  time  give  the  student  a  more  personal  contact  with  the 
subject  under  consideration. 

Many  films  do  waste  time  .  .  .  but  we  like  to  think  our 
"Educational  Films  of  Merit"  perform  the  way  a  good  classroom 
film  should.     Many  teachers  have  told   us  they  do — but  you  haven't! 

It's  your  opinion  we  want,  for  in  your  teaching  experience  you  have 
seen  a  great  many  films  in  action!  Thus  you  can  contrast  ordinary  films  with 
"Educational  Films  of  Merit"  —  all  recently  produced.  We  want 
you    to    tell    us    what    you    want    in    films — then    we   can    make   them    for    you! 

For  our  new  catalog — sale  or  rental — clip  and  mail  the  coupon  on  the 
right.     1  Don't  forget  your  name  and  address!) 


u 

u 


n 
I 

I  I 
I  □ 

3     c 

3        9 
1      & 

l    § 

§    1 


I  0 


Pi  I  d . 


J3      ■a 


dzducationaL    \7iLm±  of  <:y\/{s,%it 

SOUND    AND    SILENT    CLASSROOM    FILMS 


BAILEY    FILM    SERVICE 

1651   Cosmo  Street 
Hollywood,  California 


Foreign  Features  Re-edited 

The  Intematiunal  Film  Bureau,  59  E. 
Van  Buren  Street,  Chicago,  is  re-editing 
the  French  films  Carnival  in  Flanders, 
Mayerling  and  Pearls  of  the  Crown  for 
showing  in  assembly  periods.  They  will 
oflfer  the  films  for  two  days'  use  at  the 
one-day  rental  price.  The  re-edited  ver- 
sions permit  of  showing  one  part  of  the 
film  on  the  first  day  and  the  remaining 
part  the  second  day.  The  original  12-reel 
version  of  Pearls  of  the  Croivn  is  also 
available.  Copies  of  the  dialog  in  these 
subjects  are  loaned  without  charge  to 
teachers  using  the  films. 

Roosevelt  Movie 

Garrison  Films,  1600  Broadway,  New 
York  City,  announces  the  release  on 
16mm  sound  film  of  the  one  reel  musical 
short,  A  Musical  Message  From  Holly- 
wood, directed  by  Frank  Tuttle  and  Her- 
bert Bibcrman,  featuring  Charles  Purcell 
and  "The  Notables"  Quartet.  The  picture 
introduces  the  popular  song,  "Mr. 
Roosevelt,  Won't  You  Please  Run  again." 
Prints  are  available  for  immediate  un- 
restricted  outright   .lalc. 

More  Films  for  College  Center 

A  list  of  British  Documentary  films 
has  been  added  to  the  rental  library  of 
the  College  Film  Center,  59  E.  Van  Buren 
Street,  Chicago.  This  organization  has 
also  added  to  its  list  of  films  for  history 
and  social  sciences,  which  now  consists  of 
40  subjects  selected  by  committees  of 
teachers  and  educators. 


Timely  Shorts 

Some  one-reel  subjects  in  16mm  sound 
appropriate  to  the  season  are  offered 
by  Pictorial  Films,  Inc.,  1650  Broadway, 
New  York  City,  among  which  is  Football, 
which  goes  behind  the  scenes  of  the  game 
to  show  how  the  players  learn  their 
lessons,  with  movements  analyzed  by  the 
slow-motion  camera.  Chinook's  Children 
is  a  beautiful  winter  film,  photographed 
at  a  New  Hamp.shire  kennel,  showing 
the  care  and  training  of  sled  dogs  sired 
by  Chinook,  Admiral  Byrd's  antarctic 
lead  dog.  Fascinating  scenes  of  winter 
sports  and  magnificent  scenery  are  re- 
vealed in  such  films  as:  H'inler  Magic. 
lyinter  Holiday,  Snowscapes,  Frosty 
Frolics,  Skiing  with  Hannes  Schneider, 
High  School  of  Skiing  and  Dangerous 
Climbing.  Many  of  these  subjects  have 
a  fine  musical  background. 


Audio-Film  Announcements 

.Audio-Film  Libraries,  661  Bloomfield 
Avenue,  Bloomfield,  New  Jersey,  an- 
nounce the  release  of  two  films.  Terri- 
torial Possessions  of  the  United  Stales, 
and  Lincoln,  The  former  is  a  two-reel 
16mm  historical  subject  describing  the 
acquisitions  of  Alaska,  The  Wake  Islands, 
Hawaii,  Porto  Rico,  The  Philippines  and 
our  other  possessions,  with  accompany- 
ing maps,  animations,  and  narrative.  In 
Lincoln,  the  Gettysburg  address  is  de- 
livered by  Lincoln  and  Civil  War  soldiers 
harmonize  in  singing  "Tenting  Tonight." 


Visual  Instruction 
in  Illinois 

(Concluded  from  page  241) 

be  provided  for  the  use  of  visual 
materials  by  the  practice  teacher.  Form- 
al extension  courses  will  reach  a  larger 
number  of  those  who  have  completed 
their  formal  education.  Such  courses 
will  give  the  teacher  an  opportunity  to 
experiment  with  these  materials  in  her 
own  classroom.  Teachers  colleges,  film 
libraries,  and  other  institutions  inter- 
ested in  education  will  find  it  quite 
valuable  in  terms  of  educational  re- 
turns, to  provide  capable  instructors  to 
conduct  special  informal  courses  in 
the  larger  school  systems.  Such  a  course 
will  more  adequately  meet  the  demand 
for  teacher  training  today. 

U.  The  Illinois  Education  Associa- 
tion should  appoint  a  committee  to  study 
the  various  types  of  organizations  of 
the  smaller  film  libraries  now  in  use  in 
the  eastern  states.  The  advantages 
and  disadvantages  of  each  plan  should 
be  noted,  and  this  material  made  avail- 
able to  the  institutions  interested  in 
establishing  such  libraries. 

In  summarizing,  one  may  justly  con- 
clude that  if  interest  in  the  use  of 
visual  materials  continues  to  grow  as 
rapidly  as  it  has  in  the  last  five  years, 
and  along  the  lines  indicated  by  this 
survey,  Illinois  will  soon  rank  among 
the  states  leading  in  the  use  of  visual 
aids. 


Page   268 


The  Educational  Screen 


c^moncj  tnE  iJ\oduaE%± 


Where  the  commercial 
lirms  announce  new  products  and  developments  of  interest  to  the  field. 


Film  Slide  Story  of  the  Clock 

Visual  Sciences,  Suffern,  New  York, 
announces  a  new  roll  of  35mm  safety 
film  slides.  Timekeepers  Through  the 
Ages,  which  traces  the  clock  from 
earliest  antiquity  to  the  present  day.  The 
treatment  is  pictorial  throughout ;  and 
while  it  admirably  supplements  this  com- 
pany's film  slide  series  in  General  Science 
and  Principles  of  Physics,  the  work  is 
complete  in  itself  and  may  be  used  alone. 
It  is  suited  to  classroom  work,  general 
assembly  programs,  club  talks,  etc.  The 
price  for  the  entire  roll  of  39  frames  is 
two  dollars. 


Slide  Set  on  Safety 

Keystone  View  Company,  Meadville, 
Pa.,  now  have  ready  the  third  unit  in 
their  Safety  series.  Safety  in  Sports  and 
Recreation,  consisting  of  thirty  slides, 
ten  of  which  are  in  color.  The  two 
preceding  units  are  titled  Safety  in  the 
Home,  and  Safety  on  the  Highway. 
Teachers'  manuals  accompany  the  sets. 

Some  of  the  subjects  treated  in  the 
new  unit  are :  dangerous  sports,  sunburn, 
poisonous  plants,  safety  with  camp  tools, 
proper  clothing  for  safety,  boat  rescues, 
swimming  rescues,  resuscitation,  skiing, 
safe  and  unsafe  practices  in  bicycling, 
riding  at   night,   etc. 

New  SVE  Equipment 

In  the  new  attractive  little  folder  on 
SVE  projectors  circulated  by  the  Society 
for  Visual  Education,  100  E.  Ohio 
Street,  Chicago,  there  appears  announce- 
ment of  the  new  SVE  Tri-Purpose 
Model  DD  which,  like  the  AA  and  CC 
models,  shows  single  and  double  frame 
filmstrips  and  the  2x2  glass  slides.  It 
sells  for  $49.50  complete  with  carrying 
case. 

Also  new  is  their  special  slide  carrier 
for  the  Eastman  Kodachrome  Ready- 
Mounts  in  2x2  size,  which  are  thinner 
than  ordinary  2x2  glass  slides.  This 
device  fits  the  SVE  miniature  projectors 
EK  and  AK  (which  show  only  the  small 
size  slides),  as  well  as  Models  CC  and 
AA  and  the  Argus  Models  A,  B  and 
CP. 


Kodak  Data  Books 

Worthy  reference  material  for  any 
photographer's  library,  four  new  Kodak 
Data  Books  at  nominal  prices  are  an- 
nounced by  the  Eastman  Kodak  Com- 
pany. Rochester.  These  books,  now 
available  through  Kodak  dealers,  present 
a  tremendous  amount  of  specific,  practical 
information    in    handy   pocket-size    form. 

Kodak  Films  (56  pages,  IS  cents)  dis- 


cusses photographic  characteristics  of 
films,  film  speeds,  meter  settings,  uses 
and  processing  of  each  film.  Koda- 
chrome, Photography  In  Color  (52  pages, 
25  cents)  explains  exposure  technique 
both  in  daylight  and  artificial  light,  use 
of  a  photoelectric  exposure  meter,  movie 
and  "still"  filming ;  and  provides  full 
specifications  and  data  tables.  Wratten 
Filters  (40  pages,  15  cents)  deals  with 
filters  from  both  the  practical  and  theo- 
retical standpoints,  demonstrating  use  of 
them  and  the  Kodak  Pola-Screen.  East- 
man Photographic  Papers  (48  pages,  15 
cents)  offers  full  information  as  to  the 
characteristics  of  various  brands  of  East- 
man photographic  papers.  A  number  of 
formulas  are  included  in  the  section  on 
toning. 

Sound  Slide-Film  for 
Photographers 

Suggestions  on  hpw  any  camera  fan 
can  "shoot"  high  calibre  pictures  in- 
doors have  for  the  first  time  been  in- 
corporated in  a  25-minute  talking  slide 
film  produced  recently  by  General 
Electric.  Entitled  "Pictures  Indoors 
with  G.  E.  Mazda  Photolamps,"  the  new 
talkie  is  expressly  designed  to  serve 
camera  clubs  and  other  groups,  who 
want  expert  instruction  in  photoflash 
and  photo-flood  technique.  Consisting 
of  more  than  one  hundred,  "how  to" 
slide  pictures,  the  film  thoroughly 
covers  the  fundamentals  of  indoor  photo- 
lamp  photography,  telling  its  story  in 
non-technical    terms.     Projected    pictures 


Illustrating  an  effective  lighting  set-up. 

illustrating  the  essentials  to  be  observed 
feature  a  French  doll  as  the  subject,  doll- 
house-size  camera  and  lighting  equip- 
ment. The  presentation  also  includes 
numerous  examples  of  interesting  indoor 
pictures  taken  under  the  lighting  setups 
described. 

Any  group  that  wants  a  copy  should 


mail  its  request  direct  to  Incandescent 
Lamp  Department  (166)  of  General 
Electric  Company,  Nela  Park,  Cleve- 
land, Ohio.  By  agreeing  merely  to  pay 
for  transportation  charges  and  to  re- 
turn film  and  records  promptly,  tlie  new 
photolamp  talkie  will  be  supplied  by  the 
nearest  division  sales  office  of  the 
Company. 

Revised  DeVry  Catalog 

Free  Films  for  Schools,  a  64-page 
booklet  listing  alphaljetically  over  1400 
free  films  from  over  300  sources,  has 
just  been  revised  and  reprinted  by  the 
DeVry  Corporation,  1111  Armitage 
Avenue,  Chicago.  Cross  references  under 
60  different  headings  show  at  a  glance 
what  films  are  available  for  school  pro- 
jects. Physical  data  of  each  film  is  re- 
corded, the  number  of  reels,  whether 
16mm.  or  3Smm.,  and  whether  sound  or 
silent.  Names  and  addresses  of  sponsors 
or  distributors  of  each  film  are  also  listed. 

The  catalogue  is  a  well  printed  6x9 
book  and  sells  for  50  cents. 

B  &  H  8mm.  Accessories 

A  new  2-inch  viewfinder  objective  for 
use  with  available  two-inch  telephoto 
lenses  is  announced  by  Bell  &  Howell 
for  use  in  the  Filmo  "Aristocrat"  Turret 
8  Movie  Camera.  The  two-inch  lenses 
with  the  new  viewfinder  objective  permit 
8mm.  film  users  to  shoot  distant  scenes, 
recording  images  sixteen  times  as  large 
as  with  the  regular  half-inch  lens. 

For  some  time  the  wide-angle  lens  has 
been  the  accessory  most  demanded  for 
8mm.  Filmo  Cameras.  Responding  to  this 
demand  Bell  &  Howell  has  introduced 
the  Hyper  Cinor  Lens  Attachment  which 
serves  two  valuable  purposes.  It  doubles 
the  lens  angle,  and  it  includes  provision 
for  focusing.  When  normal  use  of  the 
lens  is  desired  the  attachment  is  un- 
screwed and  removed. 

The  new  Bell  &  Howell  Focusing 
Alignment  Gauge  for  use  with  the  Filmo 
Turret  8  meets  the  requirements  of  close- 
up  photography,  as  it  permits  the  opera- 
tor to  focus  exactly,  as  well  as  to  obtain 
the  exact  boundaries  of  the  close-up 
picture.  Since  the  Critical  Focuser  (an  in- 
tegral part  of  the  Filmo  Turret  8)  and 
the  lens  in  photographing  position  are 
exactly  parallel,  it  is  only  necessary  to 
slide  the  Focusing  Gauge  block  to  the 
right  and  revolve  the  selected  lens  back 
into  place  in  order  to  photograph  the  pic- 
ture precisely  as  focused  and  framed  in 
the  Critical  Focuser. 

For  further  information  on  these  items, 
write  Bell  &  Howell  Company,  1801 
Larchmont  Ave.,   Chicago. 


September,  19)9 


Page  269 


Film  Estimates 

(Conlinut'd  from  page  248) 


Good  Gfrla  Go  to  Pariii  (Joan  Blondcll,  Melvyn 
Di)Uul«sM<'<>lumbiai  Hrt»ad.  wiphislic-al^'d  farce, 
with  iniTiilibU'  doinirH  "f  uncunvt-ntinnal,  ex- 
•BlU'raUtlly  natvr  waitn-Ks.  rrazily  involved  in 
•traiKhttninK  out  the  cheap  affairs  of  wealthy. 
■rnselesK  family.  DubiouB  ethir.n.  some  suKKest- 
Ive  nituatinnfl.  absurd  romantic  element.  8-1-S9 
(A»  Depends  on  taate   (Y)  Very  doubtful   (C)  No 

Golden  Boy  )Wm.  Hnlden.  Stanwyck.  Menjou) 
(Columbia)  Stn»nic.  finely  8ct*d  drama  of  emo- 
tional conflict  in  violinint-hern  whose  temporary 
denertion  of  music  for  financial  succeitfl  in  ftirht 
rinB  faiU  to  brinir  happiness.  Mature  romantic 
element  with  heroine  of  sordid  pant  IH  im- 
portant st«)ry  i'l<-mi'nt.  9-5-89 
(A)  Very  Kood  of  kind       (Yl  Doubtful       (C)  No 

Goodbye.  Mr.  Chips  (Robert  Donat.  Greer  Car- 
son>  (MGM>  Great  achievement.  Splendid  por- 
trayal of  joys  and  norrows  of  fcentle  clawica 
teacher,  of  boy  life  in  venerable  Rnfrlifih  school, 
of  British  cultural  traditions,  of  humanitarian 
life,  idealu  and  service.  Fine  international  in- 
fluence when-ver  it  can  be  appreciat«*d.  6-27-89 
(A»  Excellent  (Y»  Excellent  (C)  Good 

Grarie  Allen  Murder  Case  (Gracie.  Warren  Wil- 
liam >  (Para)  As  blunderinir  amateur  detective 
in  hilarious  murder-mystery  comedy  written 
CMpiM-ially  for  her  by  Van  Dine.  Gracie  further 
confuse?"  police  with  her  idiotic  chatter  and  in- 
ane actions.  Will  delight  Allen  fans  but  prob- 
ably ntit  d4'tective-story  addicts.  7-4-89 
(Al  DeiM-nds  on  ta.stf        (Y)  Amasinc        (C)  No 

Hell's  Kitchen  (MnrtCHrrt  Lindsay,  Ronald  Rea- 
jranX  Warnt-rl  Mort-  typical  toughness  by  Dead 
End  kids,  now  inmnt«-s  of  Boys'  Shelter  where 
inhumane  hrad  causes  death  of  one.  MakcM 
hero  of  crude  illiterate  who  institutes  new  or- 
der. Preposterous  stuff,  with  ffanfr  element 
addinK  violence  and  thrill.  fl-R-89 

(A  I  Stupid  (Y)  and  (C)  Poor 

Hotel  for  Women  (Linda  Darnell.  Ann  S'lthern, 
Elsa  Bdlaxwelh  ( Fox »  Allurinjf  Rlamoriuation  of 
working  itirls'  lives  in  New  York.  Heroine  is 
small-town  irirl  who  achieves  incredibly  swift  suc- 
cess as  advcrtisinjr  model,  rei'overinit  sweetheart 
who  had  jilted  her.  Eye-appealinjc.  artificial  stuff, 
lavishly  set.  SparklinK,  amusing  dialog.  8-29-89 
(A)  Depends  on  taste    (Y)  Sophi.>tticated    (C>  No 

Hotel  Imperial  (Isa  Miranda.  Ray  MUland) 
(Para)  Pretentious  war  thriller.  Border-town  ho- 
tel alternately  held  by  Russians  and  Austrians. 
Spy-hero  poking  as  waiter,  heroine  seeking  cause 
of  wrtmged  sister's  suicide  in  same  hotel.  Both 
succeed.  Overloaded  sets,  boisterous  action, 
jumpy  direction  make  confused  thriller.  7-25-S9 
(A)  Mediocre  (Y)  No  (C)  No 

House  of  Fear,  The  (  Wm.  Gargan.  Irene  Hervey  \ 
(Univ)  Well-Ungled.  fatrly-well  acted  murder 
mystery.  Empty  theatre  settings  achieve  eerie  ef- 
fect, but  plot  interest  is  weakened  by  too  much 
dependence  on  stale  comedy  gags  and  stock 
thrill  de\-ices- -secret  panel,  mysterious  voices, 
ghost    faces    and   such.  8-8-89 

(A»  and  (Yl  Perhaps  (C)  No 

I  Married  a  Cop  (Jean  Parker.  Phil  Regan) 
(Republic)  Flimsy,  far-fetched  farce  of  romance 
between  pn>ducer-heroine  and  "singing-poHce- 
man"  hero,  complicated  when  she  tricks  him 
into  making  song  recording  for  pig  character  in 
comic  cartoon !  Elementary  doings  to  the  ac- 
companiment of  much  raucous  hullabaloo.  8-1-89 
(A)  and  (Y)  Mediocre  (C>  No 

Inside  Information  (Dick  Foran.  June  Lang. 
Harry  Carcyl  (Univ>  Rookie  Cop's  scientific 
crime  detection  methods  are  opposed  by  veteran 
police  captain,  who  believes  in  the  strong-arm 
'*kn(K*k-em-down"  way.  But  herd's  methods  solve 
crime  and  he  sees  the  light.  Elementary  stuff. 
brutal  and  unpleasant  in  spots.  8-1-89 

(A)  Hardly  (Y)  Betternot  (C)  No 

Indianapolis  Speedway  (  Pat  O'Brien,  Ann  Sher- 
idan! (Warner  I  Sensational  auto-race  thrill 
melodrama  intersperst'd  with  news-reel  shots  of 
the  annual  500-mile  classic.  Story  tells  of  ri- 
valry of  brothers  for  race-driving  honors, 
with  some  cheap  elements  In  romantic  compli- 
cations. Noisy  and  unimportant.  9-5-89 
(A)  Hardly  (Y|  Doubtful  (C)  No 
Invitation  to  Happiness  (Irene  Dunne.  Fred 
McMurray)  (Para)  Elite,  rich,  charming  heroine 
chases,  wins,  weds  crude  ignoramus  priie- 
fight4-r,  "love"  being  mere  physiology.  The 
"fight  game"  and  little  son's  aversion  t*>  father 
bring  divorce.  But  final  prizefight,  long  and 
gor>',  solves  all.  Well  done  absurdity.  6-27-39 
(A)  Depends  on  taste    (Y)  By  no  means    (C>  No 

Invitation  to  the  Watts  (Lillian  Harvey)  (Hoff- 
berg)  Clumsily-told,  poorly  acted,  sophisticated 
musical  comedy  in  time  of  Napoleon.  Absurdly 
unconvincing  doings  center  round  English 
dancer  who  risks  her  reputation  in  elaborate 
sebrme  to  force  the  Duke  of  Wurtemburg  to 
furnish  soldiers  for  England.  8-16-89 

<A)  Dull  (Y)  and  (C)  No 


I  Stole  a  Million  (Geo.  Raft.ClaireTrevor)  (Univ) 
Dreary  film  of  very  dubious  merit.  Maladjusted 
hem's  inability  to  face  existing  conditions  turns 
him  to  career  of  crime,  till  long-suffering  wife's 
plea  that  he  ifive  himself  up  is  heeded  at  last.  De- 
pressing, vnconvineing  stuff  creating  undeserved 
sympathy   for  criminal.  8-22-89 

(A)  Depends  on  Uste        <Y»  and  (C)  UnsuiUble 

It  Could  Happen  to  You  (Stuart  Erwln.  Gloria 

Stuart  1 1  Fox  I  Mixture  of  pleasing  domestic  com- 
edy and  mystery  melodrama,  with  considerable 
footagedevoted  to  unpleasant  drinking  party.  Tal- 
ented but  meek  hero  is  held  for  murder  ;  wife's  clev- 
erness saves  him  and  secures  gotid  position  for  him. 
Well  directed,  acted  and  writU-n.  8-16-89 

(A)  Fairly  good  (Y)  Betternot  (C)  No 

Kid  from  Kokomo  (Wayne  Morris,  P.  O'Brien. 
J.  Blondell,  May  Robson)  (Warner)  Thoroughly 
distasteful  mess.  Unsavory  fight  manager  ex- 
ploits brawny,  dim-witted  yokel,  abandoned  lu 
babe,  by  having  drunken  old  harridan  pose  as  his 
mother.  Sheaddatoughassoclateas "father."  The 
fraud  revealed,  he  adopts  them  as  parent*  I  7-11-89 
(A)  (Y(  and   C)  Trash 

Kid  from  Texas.  The  (Dennis  O'Keefe.  Florence 
Rice)  (MGM )  Rather  novel  and  amusing  comedy 
about  conceited  cowboy  who  leaves  Texas  for 
Long  Island  because  of  polo  complex.  Not  the 
success  he  expected,  he  learns  his  lesson  and 
when  he  returns,  with  team  of  costumed  Indians, 
he  wins  game  and  girl  in  weak  climax.  6-20-39 
iA(  Fuir  IY>  and  (C)  Entertaining 


The  Film  Estimates  have 
appeared  continuously  in  The 
Educational  Screen  for  1 3 
years. 

Most  regretfully  do  we 
make  the  announcement  of 
their  discontinuance.  ( See 
Diversitorial  in  this  issue,) 


King  of  Chinatown  (Tamlroff.  Anna  May 
Wong)  (Para)  Tamiroff  engaging  as  gamb- 
ling-king with  scruples  about  racketeering. 
Scoundrel  "pals"  shoot  him,  usurp  his  throne, 
but  Anna  May  Wong  as  his  hospital  doctor 
works  his  reformation  before  he  dies.  Not 
over-violent  and  rather  well  done.  6-13-89 

(A)  Hardly  (Y)  Fair  (C)  No 

Lady  of  the  Tropics  (Hcdy  Lamarr,  Robert  Tay- 
lor) (MGM)  "Madame  Butterfly"  a  la  Ben  Hecht. 
Socialite  playboy  on  world  yachting  tour  drops 
family  and  fiancee  for  tricky  half-caste  siren  in 
Indo-China.  Torrid  romance.  Oriental  intrigue 
till  smooth  villainy  brings  heroine's  suicide. 
Notable  exotic  role  by   Hedy.  8-16-89 

(A)  Depends  on  taste   (Y)  Unwholesome   (C)  No 

i^nin  in  1918  (Russian-English  i.'tles)  (Amkino) 
Elaborate,  episodic,  long-drawn  out  story  of 
Lenin's  merciless  rise  to  power.  Rolf>s  by  Gorky 
and  Trotsky.  Mass  scenes  of  mobs,  armies 
and  battles.  Lenin,  national  idol,  puts  mantU 
of  p<iwer  on  Stalin's  shoulders.  Usual  Soviet 
gloriflsation.  7-18-39 

<  A)  Good  of  kind  ( Y)  and  (C)  No  interest 

Life  aad  Lotcs  of  Beethoven  (Harry  Bauer) 
(French-English  titles)  Notable  for  reproduc- 
tion of  much  of  Beethoven's  music.  Story  con- 
cerns love  for  fickle  Juliette  and  indifference 
to  the  loving  Therese.  His  gradual  deafness 
shown  by  striking  technique.  Heavily  played 
by     Bauer.  7-4-89 

(A)  Fair  (Y)  (C)  Little  interest 

Lacrezia  Borgia  (French.  Eng.  titles »  (Gallic 
Films)  Elaborate  backgrounds,  excellent  acting, 
in  vivid  portrayal  of  life  and  times  of  the  ruth- 
less Borgias  seeking  pleasure  and  power.  Slow 
at  times  and  photography  uneven,  but  mostly 
impressive,  convincing  picture  of  a  grim  bit 
of    real    history.  8-22-89 

(A)  Good  of  kind  <Y)  Mature  (C)  No 

Maisle  (Ann  Sothern.  Robt.  Young)  (MGM) 
Glorifies  breexy,  illiterate,  honest,  engaging 
little  chorus-girl  heroine,  speaking  chiefly  wise- 
crack, who  pursues  and  "gets  her  man." 
Sprawling  artificial  plot  provides  extraneous 
complications  such  as  a  faithless  wife,  a  sui- 
cide, and  murder  trial  for  hero.  7-4-89 
(A)  Hardly                 ( Y>  No  value                 (C)  No 


Man  About  Town  (Jack  Benny.  D.  I^mour) 
(Para I  Benny's  best  to  date.  Fast,  frothy,  well- 
knit  musical  comedy  skillfully  blending  hand- 
somely set  song-and-dance  numbers  with  amus- 
ing story  of  A  merican  actor's  farcical  en- 
tanglement with  English  aristocracy.  Rochester 
contributes  considerably  to  the  fun.  7-4-89 

(A)  Verygd.ofkd.  (Y)  Entertng.  (C)Prob.amus. 

Man  of  Conquest  (Richard  Dix.  Edward  Ellis. 
Gail  Hamilton)  |  Repub. )  Fairly  accurate*  life 
story  of  erratic,  freedom-loving,  big  souled. 
heavy  drinking,  roughneck  patriot-soldier-state*- 
man.  Sam  Houston,  ably  theatricalized.  Vivid 
picture  of  frontier  Texas.  Notably  well  done, 
especially    Ellis'    Andrew    Jackson.  6-13-89 

(A)  (Y)  Very  good  IC)  Too  mature 

Man  in  the  Iron  Mask.  The  ( Louis  Hay  ward,  Joan 
Bennett)  1  U.  A.)  Lively,  skilfully  done  version  of 
Dumas'  fabulous,  sword-rattling,  romantic  melo- 
drama of  court  intrigue  and  dark  doings  in 
time  of  Louis  XIV.  Hayward  splendid  in  diffi- 
cult dual  role.  Supporting  cast,  photography, 
settings,    costumes,    all    excellent.  H-8-39 

(A)  and  (Y)  Very  fine    (C)  Mature  and  Exciting 

Missing  Daughters  (Richard  Arlen,  Rochelle 
Hudson)  (Columbia)  Lurid  melodrama  with 
thrills  and  violence  for  the  uncritical.  Gang 
set-up  lures  girls  into  service  in  tough  danco- 
halls.  Murder  is  reward  for  those  who  threaten 
to  "tell."  Radio-announcer  hero  untimately  gets 
evidence  to  convict  and  destroy  mob.  7-4-89 

(A)  Mediocre  (Y)  (C)  No 

Mr.  Wong  In  Chinatown  (Karloff)  (Monogram) 
Mildly  suspenseful.  non-gruesome  murder  mys- 
tery. Chinese  war  general  sends  sister  to  Amer- 
ica to  buy  planes.  Rival  crook  forces  attempting 
to  steal  plane  funds  lead  to  her  murder  and 
two  others.  Karloff  as  Mr.  Wong  smoothly  de- 
tects killer.  K-22-S9 
(A)  Hardly            (Y)  Fair           (C)  If  it  interesto 

Mutiny  on  the  Blackhawk  (Arlen.  Devine.  Con- 
stance McM»re)  (Unlv  )  Pseudo-historical  stuff,  any- 
thing for  thrills.  Unspeakable  brutalities  on  be- 
calmed slave  ship  :  wild  fight  between  Mexico  and 
frontier  squatter  colony  ;  rescue  by  General  Fre- 
mont ;  and  hero,  rampant  throughout,  revealed 
as    U.    S.    Army   capUin  I  9-12-89 

(A)  Mediocre  (Y)  No  (C)  No 

Naughty  but  Nice  ( Dick  Powell.  Gale  Page )  ( War- 
ner) Lively  comedy  about  prim  young  professor  of 
claKsical  music  getting  mixed  up  with  popular  song 
publishers,  who  turn  his  symphony  into  swing 
tune,  trick  him  into  contract,  involve  him  in  pla- 
giarism suit.  Amusing  at  times,  overdone  and 
tiresome  at  others.   Silly  title.  8-16-39 

(A)  Light  (Y)  Fairly  amusing  (C)  UnsuiUble 
News  is  Made  at  Night  (Preston  Foster.  Lynn 
Bari)  (Fox)  Routine  but  quite  mild  newspaper- 
gangster  murder  melodrama.  Aggressive  manag- 
ing editor,  abetted  by  persistent  reporter-heroine, 
resorts  to  desperate  measures  to  get  reprieve 
for  condemned  man  until  he  can  uncover  real 
murderer.  Acting  better  than  story.  8-8-89 

(A)  Mediocre  (Y)  No  value  (C)  No 

On  Borrowed  Time  (Lionel  Barrymore.  Bobs  Wat- 
son. Beulah  Bondy )  (  MGM  )  Gently  humorous  fan- 
tasy depicting  Death  as  a  genial,  kindly  friend, 
finely  produced,  acted,  for  intelligent  enjoyment. 
Much  charm,  humor  and  human  appeal  in  emo- 
tional story  blending  the  real  and  the  unreal. 
Some  overemphasis  in  dialog  is  flaw.  8-8-89 

(A)Fineorkd.  (  Y)  Mature.good  (C)Toomature 
Only  Angels  Have  Wings  (Cary  Grant.  Jean 
Arthur.  R.  Barthelmess)  (Columbia)  Kxpertly 
directed,  photographed,  acted,  blending  spectacu- 
lar aviation  thrills  with  absorbing  story  about 
intrepid  commercial  fliers.  Strong,  human,  con- 
vincing stuff.  Good  character  values.  Rormu- 
tlc  element  slight  but  pleasing.  6-20-89 

(A)  Veryfineofkd,  (Y)  Gd.butstrong  (C)  Mature 
Oppcnheim  Family.  The  (Russian-English  titles) 
(Amkino)  Grim,  powerful  portrayal  of  talented 
Jewish  family  outrageously  maltreated  by 
Nazis.  Insults,  bruUlities.  exile,  killings,  sui- 
cides. Notable  character  work.  Strongly  anti- 
Nazi.  Slow  tempo  and  too  much  talk  lessen 
dramatic   values  somewhat,  6-27-89 

(A)  Good  of  kind  ( Y)  Mature  (C)  No 

Orage  (Chas.  Boyer.  Michele  Morgan)  (French- 
English  titles)  Finely  acted,  sophisticate-d  theme 
of  illicit  romance  showing  tragic  consequences 
when  happily  married  hero  becomes  infatuated 
with  another  woman.  Trite  theme,  thoroughly 
continental  in  flavor,  fairly  well  done  except 
for   faulty   continuity.  7-11-39 

(A)  Good  of  kind  (Y)  and  (C)  No 

Our  Leading  Citisen  ( Bob  Burns.  Susan  Hayward ) 
(Para )  Serious*  controversial  drama  with  timely 
theme  Capital  vs.  I^bor.  resulting  in  strike  and 
bloodshed.  Earnest  preachment  carrying  patriot- 
ic message.  Bob  in  jitraight  role  of  fine  lawyer 
whose  ideals  clash  with  young  hero's  until  latter 
sees  light.  Much  Ulk  :  vigorous  action.  8-22-39 
(A)  Unusual  (Y)  P rob.  good  (C)  Beyond  them 
Panama  Lady  (Lucille  Ball.  Allan  Lane)  (RKO) 
Sordid,  incredible  tale  of  show-girl  heroine, 
stranded  in  Panama,  taken  to  South  American 
jungle  as  housekeeper  to  atone  for  share  in 
cafe  robbery.  More  unpleasant  and  lurid  hap- 
penings before  she  finds  happy  future  with 
hero  who  follows  her  to  New  York.  7-11-89 
(A)  Poor  (Y)  and  (C)  CerUlnly  not 


Page   270 


The  Educational  Screen 


Panama  Patrol  (Leon  Ames,  Charlotte  Wynters) 
(Grand  Nat'l)  Agreeably  thrilling  spy  melodrama, 
in  which  instructive  exposition  of  code  cipher- 
ing by  Washington  Bureau  offers  considerable 
interest,  and  hero's  tracking  down  of  Oriental 
spy  ring,  in  possession  of  Panama  Canal  secrets, 
entails  many  suspenseful  situations.  7-11-39 
(A)  Fair  (Y)  Rather  good  (C)  Hardly 

Parents  on  Trial  (Jean  Parker,  Johnny  Downs) 
(Columbia)  Attempt  at  earnest  message  on 
theme  of  too-strict  parents.  Wholesome  qual- 
ities of  supposed  teen-age  youngsters  help  much. 
but  ridiculous  attitude  of  girl's  father  and  other 
unconvincing,  melodramatic  elements  greatly 
weaken    values.  8-15-39 

(A)  Hardly  (Y)  Doubtful  (C)  No 

Quick  Millions  (Jed  Prouty,  Spring  Byington) 
(Fox)  Lively,  elementary  farcical  doings  of 
Jones  Family  in  Arizona,  whence  they  trek  to 
claim  supposed  gold  mine  willed  by  relative. 
Find  no  gold,  but  crooks  using  mine  for  hide- 
out get  family  crazily  entangled  with  law,  till 
real    bandits   are  caught.  8-22-39 

(A)  Hardly  (Y)  and  (C)  Amusing 

Romance  of  the  Redwoods  (Jean  Parker, 
Charles  Bickford  (Colum)  Obvious  thrill  stuff 
of  little  merit  or  interest  save  for  forest  set- 
tings and  scenes  of  logging  activities.  Largely 
artificial,  falsely  motivated  melodramatic  situ- 
ations built  around  theme  of  innocent  man 
tried    for   murder.  6-27-39 

(A)  (Y)  Mediocre  (C)  No 

Rookie  Cop  (Tim  Holt,  Virginia  Weidler)  (RKO) 
Simple  little  thriller  with  boyish  cop  for  hero, 
engaging  police  dog  as  chief  actor,  and  Virgin- 
ia doing  an  irrepressible,  self-appointed.  9-year- 
old  detective.  Dog's  impossible  feats  made 
convincing.  Lively  fun  for  youngsters,  with 
reasonable   thrills.  7-25-39 

(A)  Elementary      (Y)  Fair      (C)  Probably  good 

Second  Fiddle  (Sonja  Henie,  Tyrone  Power) 
(Fox)  Sonja's  skating  and  Edna  May  Oliver's  hu- 
mor are  brightest  spots  in  light,  agreeable  little 
picture  inspired  by  Hollywood's  search  for  a 
Scarlett  O'Hara.  Minnesota  schoolteacher  gets 
coveted  movie  role,  is  big  success,  but  studio  pub- 
licity stunt  ruins  everything  for  her.  7-18-39 
(A)  Pleasing  (Y)  Good  (C)  If  it  interests 
Should  a  Girl  Marry  (Anne  Nagel,  Warren  Hull) 
(Mono)  Highly  artificial  concoction  about  hero- 
ine whose  prison-birth  threatens  her  marriage 
to  doctor-hero.  Contemptible  rivalry  among 
hospital  doctors,  blackmailings,  shootings,  end- 
less emergency  operations,  etc.  Crude  stuff  that 
fails  to  ring  true  anywhere.  7-25-39 
(A)  Poor                         (Y)  No  (C)  No 

Should  Husbands  Work?  (Gleasons,  Harry  Dav- 
enport) (Republic)  Another  in  Higgins  Family 
series  of  comedies,  more  convincing  and  realistic 
than  others.  Family's  blunderings  keep  husband 
jobless  until  end  of  film  when  he  succeeds  wife  as 
manager  of  cosmetics  business.  More  nonsensical 
antics  by  Davenport  as  grandpa.  8-15-39 

(A)  Fair  (Y)  and  (C)  Probably  amusing 

Spellbinder,  The  (Lee  Tracy,  Barbara  Read) 
(RKO)  Sordid  melodrama  well  acted  by  Tracy 
as  successful  criminal  lawyer,  using  shady 
tricks  to  acquit  guilty  clients.  When  daughter 
marries  one  of  them,  believing  in  his  innocence, 
father  kills  him  and  defends  self  at  trial. 
Plausible   ending.  9-12-39 

(A)  Hardly  (Y)  Unsuitable  (C)  No 

Stanley  and  Livingstone  (Spencer  Tracy,  Hard- 

wicke)(Fox)  Elaborate,  impressive  composite  of 
history,  high  adventure,  African  scenery  and  ex- 
traneous romance.  More  chronicle  than  drama. 
Two  heroes  divide  interest,  alternate  success  and 
failure  defeat  suspense.  Great  historical  moments 
finely  done,  rest  of  uneven  value.  8-15-39 

(A)  and  (Y)  Mostly  good  (C)  If  it  interests 

S.  O.  S.  Tidal  Wave  (George  Barbier)  (Republic) 
Wildly  sensational  stuff,  drably  acted,  about  a 
hesitating  hero  who  recovers  in  time  to  achieve 
happy  ending.  Villainous  politicians  nearly 
swing  election  by  televising  horror  film  of  tidal 
wave  destroying  N.  Y.,  thus  driving  voters  from 
polls  in  panic.  Fantastic  absurdity.  6-20-39 

(A)  Hardly  (Y)  No  value  (C)  No 

Star  Maker,  The  (Bing  Crosby,  Louise  Campbell) 
(Para)  Another  entertaining  musical  echo  of  the 
past.  Episodic  story,  inspired  by  career  of  Gus 
Edwards,  reviews  his  songs  and  child  vaude- 
ville acts  which  brought  him  fame.  Many 
youngsters  in  cast  and  new  14  year  old  singing 
"find,"    Linda    Ware,    add    interest.  8-29-39 

(A)  Good  of  kind  (Y)  and  (C)  Entertaining 

Stolen  Life  (Elisabeth  Bergner,  M.  Redgrave) 
(Para)  Artistically  produced  English  film,  Berg- 
ner sunerb  in  Hifllicult  dual  role  of  twin  sisters 
with  opposite  personalities,  one  of  whom  assumes 
identity  of  other  upon  her  death.  Extraordinary, 
hardly  credible  central  situation,  but  absorbing. 
moving  drama.     Ably  directed.  7-18-39 

(A)  Very  good  (Y)  Too  mature  (C)  No 

Stronger  Than  Desire  (Walter  Pidgeon,  Virgin- 
ia Bruce^  (MGM)  Another  busy-husband  neglect- 
ed-wife  triangle,  quite  well  done,  but  *'other 
man"  is  so  contemptible  that  wife's  interest  in 
him  is  incredible.  She  supposedly  shoots  the 
blackmailer,  but  lawyer  brings  out  truth  at 
trial  and  acquits  all  concerned.  7-18-39 

(A)  Depends  on  taste        (Y)  No  value        (C)  No 


Stunt  Pilot  (John  Trent.  Marjorie  Reynolds) 
(Mono)  Ruthless  director,  seeking  real  death  and 
disaster  for  his  airplane  thriller,  gets  vengeance 
also  on  old  enemy,  hero's  opponent  in  air  fight, 
by  sneaking  real  bullets  into  hero's  guns. 
Chance  photographs  by  boy  at  play  clear  hero 
and  spot  villain.  Hectic  crudity.  7-25-39 

(At  Poor  (Y)  No  (C)  No 

Sudden  Money  (Ruggles,  Rambeau)  (Paramount) 
Winning  sweepstakes  ticket  makes  fools  of  drug 
clerk  and  wife,  each  squandering  money  pursu- 
ing old  college  ambitions  until  loss  of  it  brings 
them  to  their  senses.  Diverting  at  times.  In- 
credible farcical  antics,  one  sequence  imitative 
of  "You  Can't  Take  It  With  You."  6-20-39 

(A)  Ordinary  (Y)  Passable  (C^  Unsuitable 
Sun  Never  Sets,  The  (Fairbanks,  Jr.,  Rathbone. 
and  fine  cast)  (Para)  Notable  portrayal  of  fine 
old  English  family  traditionally  devoted  to  the 
Empire's  Colonial  Service.  Highly  melodramatic 
villainy  adds  thrill  but  character  values  domi- 
nate. Intelligent  entertainment  but  perhaps  too 
"British"    for   general   appreciation.  6-27-39 

(A)  (Y)  Very  good  (C)  Quite  mature 

Susannah  of  the  Mounties  (Shirley  Temple,  Ran- 
dolph Scott)  (Fox)  Simple  adventure  tale  with 
slight  plot  concerning  hostile  Indians,  building  of 
Canadian  Pacific  Railroad,  and  little  orphan's 
devotion  to  "Mountie"-hero.  Elementary  stuff  of 
little  interest  aside  from  Shirley's  winning  per- 
sonality. Warfare  scenes  restrained.  7-4-39 
(A)  Perhaps  (Y)  Good  (C)  Enjoyable 
Sweepstakes  Winner  (Marie  Wilson,  Allan 
Jenkins)  (First  Nat'l)  Two  cheap,  crude  race- 
track loafers  spend  most  of  film  trying  to 
wangle  very  silly  heroine's  $1000.  so  as  to 
bet  it  and  make  $5000  to  buy  racehorses,  etc. 
Fathead  hero  present  merely  to  be  heroine's 
husband  at  the  end.  6-27-39 
(A)  Stupid  (Y)  No  (C)  No 
Tarzan  Finds  a  Son  (Weismuller,  O'Sullivan) 
(MGM)  Less  distorted  and  absurd  than  its  fore- 
runners. Retains  excitingthrills — narrow  escapes 
from  jungle  perils,  savage  brutalities,  etc.,  but 
settings,  wild  animal  shots  and  beautiful  under- 
water swimming  add  elements  of  genuine  inter- 
est. Small  boy  character  appealing.  7-4-39 
(A  Perhaps  (Y)  Good  (C)  Exciting 
Tell  No  Tales  (Melvyn  Douglas,  Louis  Piatt) 
(MGM)  Above  average  intricate  detective  thril- 
ler. Douglas  does  smooth,  deft  role  as  news- 
paper-man who  outwits  rival  paper,  stumbles 
on  kidnap  evidence,  involves  heroine  in  hectic 
adventures  till  all  is  solved  and  saved.  One 
drinking  episode  thoroughly  overdone.  6-13-39 
(A)  (Y)  Very  good  of  kind  (C)  No 
400.000,000,  The  (Joris  Ivens  documentary)  (His- 
tory Today,  Inc.)  Impressive  picturizing  of  Chi- 
nese life  and  thought  amid  present  actual  war 
conditions,  grim  and  grewsome.  Strongly  pro- 
China  but  rings  true.  Good  photography,  maps, 
and  properly  intermittent  narrative  by  Fredric 
March.  An  important  "documentary".  6-13-39. 
(A)  (Y)  Very  good  of  kind  (C)  Very  strong 
They  All  Come  Out  (Rita  Johnson.  Tom  Neal) 
(MGM)  Authentic,  informative  prison  film  made 
in  cooperation  with  U.  S.  Dept.  of  Justice.  Excit- 
ing gang  robberies  at  start,  but  mostly  shows 
kindly  efforts  of  prison  staff  to  rehabilitate  crim- 
inals. Human  little  story  of  regeneration  of  boy 
and  girl  involved  with  bank-robbing  gang.  8-29-39 
(A)  and  (Y)  Good  of  kind  (C)  Too  mature 
They  Asked  For  It  (Michael  Whalen,  Joy  Hod- 
ges) (Univ)  Doctor,  lawyer,  journalist  and  his 
fiancee,  leave  city  to  carve  out  small  town  ca- 
reers. Hard  struggle  until  a  supposed  suicide, 
needing  solution  as  murder,  gives  them  plenty  of 
action.  Dramatic  construction  faulty,  some  ab- 
surdities, but  nothing  objectionable.  7-18-39 
(A)  Mediocre  (Y)  Fair  (C)  Perhaps 
Torchy  Runs  for  Mayor  (Farrell,  MacLane) 
(Warner)  Swift-moving,  exciting  story  of 
newspaper  reporter's  courageous  exposure  of 
crooked  boss,  who  resorts  to  killing  and  kid- 
napping to  thwart  her.  Slow-witted  detective- 
fiance  rescues  her  and  she  wins  election.  More 
painful  comedy  by  Tom  Kennedy.  7-11-39 
(A)  Perhaps  (Y)  Fair  of  kind  (C)  No 
Trapped  in  the  Sky  (Jack  Holt)  (Columbia)  Very 
ordinary,  mildly  puzzling,  moderately  violent  spy 
thriller  of  loose,  unconvincing  action,  as  army- 
captain  hero  patly  tracks  down  foreign  spy  ring 
responsible  for  sabotage  of  U.  S.  airplanes. 
Absurd  bit  of  hero  doing  two-story  plunge 
through  window-pane  without  a  scratch  !  8-8-39 
(A)  Mediocre  (Y)  Perhaps  (C)  No 
Under-Pup,  The  (Gloria  Jean,  Virginia  Weidler) 
(Univ)  Introducing  talented  11-year-oId  singer. 
Does  fine  work  as  engaging  child  of  poor  but 
happy  family  who  gets  outing  at  rich  girls' camp, 
triumphs  over  their  snobbish  treatment  and  rights 
many  wrongs.  Much  appealing  and  humorous 
action,  good  cast,  fine  human  values.  9-5-39 
(A)  Entertaining  (Y)  Good  (C)  Very  good 
Undercover  Doctor  (J.  Carroll  Naish,  Lloyd  No- 
lan) (Para)  Plausible,  convincing,  well-acted  film. 
FBI  methodsof  trackingdown  criminals  interest- 
ingly shown.  Mainspring  of  plot  is  the  vain  effort 
of  a  prominent  doctor,  grown  wealthy  from  un- 
dercover services  to  crookdom,  to  shake  off 
his  criminal  association.  8-29-39 
(A)  Good  of  kind      (Y)  Doubtful  values      (C)  No 


Unexpected  Father  (Baby  Sandy,  Mischa  Auer, 

Shirley  Ross)  (Univ)  Utterly  engaging  orphaned 
baby  falls  into  devoted  hands  of  small-time 
actors.  Amusing  adventures  till  right  man  and 
girl  marry  to  become  foster-parents.  Wholesome 
characters  in  none-too-original  story.  Nerve- 
wracking  climax  with  baby  on  dizzy  ledge.  8-8-39 
(A)  Fair  (Y)  and  (C)  Good 

Ware  Case,  The  (Clive  Brook.  Barry  Barnes) 
(G-B)  Unusual,  very  English,  murder-mystery 
character  drama,  smoothly  done,  about  gay,  phil- 
andering, spendthrift  aristocrat,  his  long-suffer- 
ing wife,  and  lawyer-friend  who  loyally  de- 
fends husband  of  woman  he  loves.  Well  con- 
cealed mystery,  with  startling  ending.  9-12-39 
(A)  Good  (Y)  Mature  (C)  No 

When  Tomorrow  Comes  (Dunne,  Boyer)  (Univ) 
Dignified  treatment  of  unconventional  but  decent 
romance  between  pianist  hero,  married,  and 
waitress  heroine.  Action  not  wholly  convincing. 
Barbara  O'Neill  fine  as  mentally -deranged  wife, 
with  whom  hero  finally  remains.  Hurricane  and 
flood  scenes  are  striking  backgrounds.  9-12-39 
(A)  Good  of  kind  (Y)  Too  mature         (C)  No 

Unmarried  (Helen  Twelvetrees,  Buck  Jones) 
(RKO)  Crudeex-pugilistand  brittle  cabaret  host- 
ess are  regenerated  through  love  of  an  orphaned 
lad  for  whom  they  establish  a  home.  Human  val- 
ues greatly  nullified  by  unsavory  atmosphere  at 
film's  start,  and  questionable  morals  in  pair's  un- 
married status  till  boy  is  grown.  8-29-39 
(A)  Hardly                           (Y)  and  (C)  Unsuitable 

Winner  Take  All  (Tony  Martin,  Armetta,  Gloria 
Stuart)  (Fox)  Horse-race,  prize-fight  concoc- 
tion wherein  genial  Henry  Armetta  turns 
track  and  ring  gambler,  and  Tony  is  champion 
prizefighter  (  !),  not  singer.  Again,  the  movie 
method  of  money-raising  for  good  cause — bet- 
ting other  people's  money  to  win  more.  6-27-39 
(A)  Mediocre  (Y)  Better  not  (C)  No 

Winter  Carnival  (Ann  Sheridan.  Richard  Carl- 
son) (U.  A.)  Scrambled,  long  drawn-out  plot  cen- 
tering around  Dartmouth  Winter  Carnival  and 
college  romances. Young  professor  and  glamorous 
divorcee,  pursued  by  reporters,  renew  romance 
and  tire  audience  with  wavering  on  marriage 
question.  Carnival  sequences  best  feature.  8-22-39 
(A)Onlyfair  (Y)  Prob. entertaining  (C)  Perhaps 

Within  the  Law  (Ruth  Hussey,  Paul  Kelly) 
(MGM)  Twice-filmed  story  of  salesgirl,  wrongly 
convicted  of  grand  larceny,  who  studies  in  prison 
various  shady  but  non-criminal  practices  for  fu- 
ture revenge  on  store  magnate  responsible  for 
conviction.  Love  for  magnate's  understanding  son 
ends  avenging  career.  Hussey  promising.  7-18-39 
(A)  Fair  of  kind.  (Y)  Better  not  (C)  No 

Wizard  of  Oz  (Judy  Garland,  Haley,  F.  Morgan. 
Lahr)  (MGM)  Famous  old  stage  play  glorified  in 
gorgeous  Technicolor  amplified  in  typical  Holly- 
wood style.  Fantastic  dream  experiences  of  little 
heroine  picturesque  and  highly  thrilling  for  all 
but  over-sensitive  children.  Mixture  of  gaudy  and 
sensational  with  striking  and  artistic.  8-29-39 
(A)  (Y  and  (C)  Very  good  of  kind 

Wolf  Call  (John  Carroll.  Movita)  (Monogram) 
Another  Zane  Grey  yarn.  New  York  magnate's 
playboy  son  is  sent  to  radium  plant  in  Arctic  to 
make  good.  Detects  plotting  employes,  defeats 
their  attempt  to  steal  plant,  and  finds  the  In- 
dian heroine  more  desirable  than  the  fiancee 
back  home.  Mediocre  acting.  6-20-39 

(A)  Feeble  (Y)  No  value  (C)  No 

Woman  Is  the  Judge  (Otto  Kruger,  Frieda  Ines- 
cort)  (Columbia)  Fine  woman  judge  at  murder 
trial  learns  culprit  is  her  long-lost  daughter, 
grown  up  in  crime,  who  killed  to  prevent 
blackmail  of  mother.  She  resigns,  takes  over 
defense,  wins,  and  marries  long-devoted  D.  A. 
Passable   little   thriller.  8-15-39 

(A)  Fair  (Y)  Fair  (C)  Hardly 

Women.  The  (Norma  Shearer,  Joan  Crawford. 
Rosalind  Russell)  (MGM)  Sophisticated  stage  play 
screened  for  wholesale  broadcast  in  Hollywood 
glamour  style.  Devoted  wife  driven  by  dizzy,  gos- 
siping friends  joins  Reno  divorce  whirl.  Much  ex- 
cellent acting  offset  by  smart-aleck  clowning  and 
cheap  wisecrack  from  all-woman  cast.  9-5-39 
(A)  Good  of  kind  (Y)  and  (C)  No 

Yon  Can't  Get  Away  with  Murder)  (Bogart, 
Billy  Halop)  (Warner)  Grim,  realistic  crime 
drama  by  Warden  Lawes,  mainly  set  in  Sing 
Sing.  Association  with  gangster  gets  boy  in- 
volved in  robbery  and  murder.  His  fear  of  pal 
and  consequences  almost  sends  innocent  man  to 
chair.  Well-acted,  suspenseful,  absorbing.  7-11-39 
(A)  Good  of  kind  (Y)  No  (C)  No 

Young  Mr.  Lincoln  (Henry  Fonda,  Alice  Brady) 
(Fox)  Rambling,  episodic  fairly  historical  spot- 
lighting of  Lincoln  in  his  early  thirties  in 
New  Salem  and  Springfield.  Appealing,  life- 
like, convincing  portrayal  of  slow,  shrewd, 
lanky,  lovable  rustic  on  his  way  to  greatness. 
Some    scenes    rather    overdrawn.  6-13-39 

(A)  Good  (Y)  Verygo*d  (C)  G*od 


E  IM  (C  ATIOMAL 


he  Magazine  Devoted  Exclusively 
)  the  Visual  Idea  in  Education 


Silence 
of  fhe 
Night 


^ 


\j  i, 


H 


'-^r^ 


fii-.. 


OCTOBER,     I 


9  3  9 

Public  Library 
Kansas  City,  i^o. 
Teachers  Library 


VOLUME  XVIII.  NUMBER  8  \ 
WHOLE     NUMBER     175    ^ 


PBinliiie  by  WKt<i>T  (Couriwijr  of  Colonial  An  ('ooipaDy) 


IN  THIS  ISSUE 


Experiencing  College 
on  Location 

Adult  Preferences  in 
Educational  Film  Programs 


The  Literature  in 
Visual  Instruction 

Motion  Pictures — 
Not  for  Theatres 


25c    A    copy    *     $2.00    PER    YEAR 


HE  NEVER  SAW 

A  COWBOY- 


Top:  B&L  Model  B  Balopticon 
for  projecting  lantern  slide  pic- 
tures. Bottom:  Model  BDT  with 
tilting  base. 


i  HE  chances  are  that  he  never  heard  the  wail  of  a  coyote  .  .  .  nor  that 
he  will  ever  rope  a  steer  .  .  .  but  life  on  the  range  is  familiar  to  him  .  .  . 
through  picture  books  and  pictures  on  the  screen.  Pictures  help  chil- 
dren of  all  ages  to  bridge  the  gap  between  facts  and  comprehension. 

That  is  why  so  many  schools,  today,  consider  B&L  Balopticon 
projected  pictures  a  necessary  part  of  the  courses  they  teach.  B&L 
Balopticons  provide  a  most  practical  means  of  showing  pictures,  dia- 
grams, etc.  to  an  entire  class  or  group.  Slides,  films,  clippings,  pages  of 
books  and  even  actual  objects  and  specimens  can  all  be  used  as  subject 
material.  Write  for  full  details,  Bausch  &  Lomb  Optical  Co.,  688  St. 
Paul  Street,  Rochester,  N.  Y. 


BAUSCH  g-  LOMB 


FOR    YOUR    EVES,    INSIST    ON    BAUSCH    X    LOMB    EYEWEAR,    MADE    FROM    BAUSCH    &    LOMB 
GLASS    lO    BAUSCH    »    LOMB    HIGH    STANDARDS    Of    PRECISION 


Ok 


£  EDUCATIONAL  SCREEN 


OCTOBER,   1939                                                        VOLUME  XVlll 

NUMBER     EIGHT 
WHOLE    NUMBER    175 

Contents 

Diversi+orials 

276 

Experiencing  College  on  Location 

H    M    Sherman                       

277 

Adult  Preferences  in  Educational  Film  Programs 
G.  L.  Freeman 

279 

An  Elementary  School  Makes  a  Utilization  Film 
Ruth  Livermon  

.280 
......282 

A  Questionnaire  Survey  in  Georgia 

University  System  of  Georgia 

Diethylphthatate  for  hIand-Made  Lantern  Slides 
Grant   Paterson    

283 

Motion  Pictures — Not  for  Theatres 

Arthur   Edwin   Krows 

284 

Among  Ourselves — Notes  from  and  by 
The  Department  of  Visual  Instruction 
Conducted  by  The  Editorial  Committee 

289 

The  Federal  Film 

Conducted  bv  Arch  Mercev     

291 

Thanksgiving — In  Hand-Made  Lantern  Slides 
Ann  Gale  

292 

The  Literature  in  Visual  Instruction — A  Monthly  Digest 

Conducted  by  Etta  Schneider 293 

Current  Film  Releases 

299 

News  and  Notes 

Conducted  by  Josephine  Hoffman 

302 

In  and  For  the  Classroom 

Conducted  by  Wilber  Emmert 

306 

Film   Estimates                        

314 

Here  They  Are!   A  Trade  Directory  for  the  Visua 

1  Field.    316 

The  EDUCATIONAL  SCREEN  published  monthly  except  July  and  August  by  The 
Educational  Screen,   Inc.   Publication  Office.   Pontiae,   Illinois;   Executive  Office,  M 
East  Lake  St.,  Chicago,  Illinois.  Entered  at  the  Post  Office  at  Pontiae,  Illinois,  as 
Second    Class    matter.     Copyright,    October,    1939,    by    The    Educational    Screen. 
Address    communications    to    Executive    Office,    64    East    Lake    St.,    Chicago,    III. 
$2.00  a  year               (Canada,  $2.25;  foreign,  $3.00)               Single  Copies  25  cents. 

THE  EDUCATIONAL  SCREEN,  Inc. 

Directorate  and  Staff 
NeliM    L.    GrMot,    Editor       Joiiphlnt    Hiffman 
Enlyii    J.    Bikrr                         F.    Dun    McCluiky 
Wllk<r    EMMrt                           StanlQ    R.    Qmni 
Ann    G«U                                      Etta   Sctintldw 

Page  276 


The  Educational  Screen 


'^ii/etditotiaU 


The  Editorial  Advisory  Board 

TN  THE  November  issue  we  shall  have  the  pleasure  of  an- 
*■  nouncing  our  new  Editorial  Advisory  Board  of  Ten.  The 
method  of  selection  has  been  somewhat  novel  and,  we  believe, 
significant.  Ballots  were  sent  to  24  leaders  in  the  field — eight 
each  in  the  West,  Midwest,  East  and  South — for  their  240 
choices.  A  nearly  100%  reply  was  received.  Thirty-five  can- 
didates were  named  in  the  voting,  votes  for  each  ranging  from 
one  to  sixteen. 

The  results  are  uncannily  logical,  producing  almost  exactly 
the  list  we  had  hoped  to  see  evolve.  It  is  beautifully  balanced 
regionally  and  will  prove,  we  are  confident,  eminently  satis- 
factory to  the  national  visual  field.  The  nine  top  names  in  the 
balloting  show  three  Board  Members  in  each  of  the  three 
sections  of  the  country !  For  the  tenth  place  four  names  are 
tied,  and  these  four  are  located  respectively  in  the  West,  Mid- 
west, East,  and  South!  The  last  ballot — which  has  just 
reached  us  at  this  writing — has  determined  which  of  the  three 
sections  polled  is  to  have  four  representatives  on  the  Editorial 
Advisory   Board ! 

Publication  of  the  list  at  this  time  is  prevented  by  a  mere 
detail,  namely,  individual  acceptances  by  the  Board-elect.  Eight 
of  the  ten  are  ready  and  willing ;  we  have  still  to  hear  from 
two.  There  is  ample  time  to  complete  this  formality  before  the 
next  issue.  In  case  of  unexpected  refusals,  replacements  will 
come  from  the  next  highest  in  the  balloting  which,  interestingly 
enough,  will  not  disturb  the  regional  balance. 


The  National  Fihn  Evaluation  Project 


A 


LL  CONCERNED  will  hear  from  us  soon  by  direct  mail 
— original  judges  and  new  volunteers  present  and  to  come. 


The  Film  Estimates 

TN  SEPTEMBER  we  proposed  omission  of  the  Film  Es- 
■•■  timates  in  the  magazine  hereafter,  and  use  of  the  space  for 
material  more  specifically  concerned  with  "Visual  Instruction" 
in  American  classrooms.  The  proposal  was  intended,  and  was 
expected  to  stand,  as  a  final  decision  "unless  there  is  a  very 
wide  and  strident  chorus  of  objection."  We  anticipated  no 
such  chorus,  but  it  came.  The  first  week's  mail  made  it  quite 
clear  that  the  Film  Estimate  page,  now  completing  one  month 
beyond  thirteen  consecutive  years,  has  a  value  and  appeal  to 
many  readers  that  we  little  suspected.  Here  are  some  excerpts 
from  the  pleas  and  threats,  the  former  much  more  impressive. 
A  Virginia  High  School  says  tersely,  "We  have  depended 
so  on  this  source  of  information  for  all  our  Council's  movie 
bookings !  If  we  aren't  able  to  get  this  knowledge,  we  shall 
ask  that  you  refund  our  two-year  renewal  subscription,  mailed 
last  week  to  you." — A  Pennsylvania  Director  of  Visual  Educa- 
tion is  equally  blunt :  "A  veritable  stentorian  chorus  of  howls 
will  emanate  from  this  School  District  if  you  discontinue  Film 
Estimates !  Why  do  you  suppose  we  subscribe  so  faithfully 
to  your  magazine  ?" — A  Massachusetts  Director  says :  "1  re- 
gret your  plan  to  discontinue  the  Film  Estimate  Service.  That 
Service  was  one  of  the  outstanding  features  of  your  magazine. 
Each  month  I  went  over  the  list  of  films  with  my  students 
and  I  feel  that  it  did  a  lot  to  steer  them  into  wanting  to  see 
good,    wholesome    films.      I   do   hope   you    will    reconsider." — 


A  quite  personal  note  jrom  Seattle :  "I  have  been  a  continuous 
subscriber  to  The  Educational  Screen  since  October,  1925, 
solely  because  it  contained  the  Film  Estimates.  At  first  my  idea 
was  to  help  guide  my  three  children  in  their  choice  of  movies, 
but  now  that  they  have  grown  and  left  home  I  find  I  am  as  de- 
pendent on  the  estimates  as  I  was  years  ago." — A  Supervisor 
from  Rhode  Island  tells  us  how  to  save  space,  still  retain  Film 
Estimate  values,  and  adds,  "We  can  get  plenty  of  description 
of  the  films  from  the  industry  but  there  is  independence  of 
thought  in  your  Film  Estimates.  Our  experience  with  twelve 
schools  confirms  most  of  your  ratings,  although  Victoria  the 
Great  was  found  to  be  more  mature  and  less  interesting 
than  your  rating  would  indicate.  Our  rating  by  children  dif- 
fered from  yours  by  adults !" — From  a  California  school : 
"We  find  the  Estimates  to  be  very  helpful  and  worthwhile,  not 
only  in  the  selection  of  pictures  to  be  seen  by  adults,  but  also 
they  give  the  criteria  for  intelligently  selecting  pictures  for  our 
children.  Not  to  be  menacing,  but  to  be  practical,  we  feel  that 
our  continuance  as  a  subscriber  will  depend  to  a  great  extent 
on  your  maintaining  the  very  able  feature  of  Film  Estimates." 
— An  Ohio  P.  T.  A.  District  Chairman  writes,  "I  certainly 
hope  you  have  a  very  wide  and  strident  chorus.  I  have  sub- 
scribed to  this  magazine  principally  for  this  help.  I  am  very 
much  interested  in  motion  picture  appreciation  in  Parent- 
Teacher  groups,  as  well  as  visual  instruction.  We  always  feel 
we  can  depend  on  your  estimates  which  cannot  be  said  of  very 
many  lists.  They  make  up  a  great  part  of  the  information  we 
pass  on  to  our  mothers.  I  do  not  see  how  we  can  do  without 
your  Estimates.  Please,  oh  please  do  not  discontinue!" — An 
Ohio  teacher  adds,  "Since  September,  1938,  when  I  received  my 
first  copy  of  your  magazine,  the  above  service  has  been  in  con- 
stant use  at  school  and  in  my  home.  Being  charged  with  the 
selection  of  the  noon-hour  "movies"  I  have  come  to  rely  on 
your  recommendations.  In  my  home  our  two  children  use 
them  regularly  in  choosing  their  motion  picture  entertainment. 
^From  a  Missouri  Visual  Instruction  Director  ive  hear,  "To 
me  this  is  a  very  valuable  department  and  I  know  that  our 
teachers  who  are  acquainted  with  The  Educational  Screen 
use  these  Film  Estimates  actively  in  Parent-Teachers  Meet- 
ings and  Mother  Clubs  in  answer  to  frequent  questions  by 
parents  as  to  "What  theatrical  pictures  are  good  for  my 
children?"  Since  this  is  a  matter  of  great  concern  to  con- 
scientious parents  and  teachers,  it  seems  to  me  that  the  drop- 
ping of  this  Department  will  be  a  definite  loss  and  one  which 
cannot  easily  be  replaced.  I  know  that  I  speak  for  a  large 
number  of  the  Teachers  of  St.  Louis  County  when  I  say  that 
I  hope  very  much  you  will  reconsider  your  decision." — Even 
a  Dizdsion  Manager  of  one  of  the  biggest  commercial  com- 
panies in  the  visual  field  declares,  "For  many  years  the  page  of 
Film  Estimates  has  been  the  best  thing  in  The  Educational 
Screen.  I  should  be  sorry  to  see  it  dropped." — A  City  School 
System  argues,  "For  ten  years  we  have  been  subscribers.  We 
have  appreciated  the  splendid  articles  and  suggestions  in  the 
magazine,  and  its  position  in  the  van  guard  in  the  field  of 
visual  aids.  However,  the  greatest  service  rendered  to  us  has 
come  through  the  Film  Estimates.  This  has  been  infallible  in 
our  experience.  No  other  listing  is  equal  to  it ;  none  as  reliable 
or  to  the  point.  At  various  times  in  making  choice  of  films  for 
our  school,  as  booker,  I  have  allowed  myself  to  be  influenced 
by  the  opinion  of  some  friend  whose  judgment  I  felt  reliable 
even  though  the  subject  was  not  favorably  listed  in  Educa- 
tional Screen.  Without  exception,  I  have  found  my  friends 
were  wrong,  and  the  Film  Estimates  were  right.  We  run  three 
films  daily  at  our  lunch  periods.  We  have  done  this  for  thir- 
teen years.  Choice  is  a  genuine  issue  with  the  committee  and 
Educational  Screen  has  supplied  our  wants  nobly.  Our  school 
enrollment  is  close  to  four  thousand.  It  has  been  over  twenty- 
eight  hundred  for  these  thirteen  years  of  films.  Do  you 
wonder  that  this  is  a  genuine  issue  with  us?" — and  it  is  signed 
by  all  twelve  members  of  the  Visual  Education  Committee! 

We  have  reconsidered.     The  Film  Estimates  will   continue. 

N.  L.  G. 


October,  19)9 


Page  277 


EXPERIENCING   COLLEGE 
ON   LOCATION 


Being  a  live,  vivid  and  concrete  account  oi  genuine 
accomplishment  in  the  too  little  used  means 
to  visual  instruction  known  as  the  School  Journey. 


By    H.    M.    SHERMAN 

Bay  Path.  Institute 
Springfield,  Mass. 


W"  1 1 1 LE  director  of  visual  education  in  the  West 
Chester  State  Teachers  College,  (Pa.)  it 
was  my  pleasure  to  conduct  five  school  journeys 
to  New  York  City.  No  city  in  the  world  can  be  rich- 
er iti  material  appropriate  to  tlie  teaching  process 
than  is  New  York, — hence  it  has  occurred  to  me  that 
these  experiences  are  worth  recording  for  others  who 
might  make  similar  ventures. 

These  journeys  grew  very,  very  slowly  from  my 
experiences,  study  and  meditation.  In  1929.  it  fell  to 
my  lot  to  teach  a  course  in  visual  Education  in  Summer 
Scliool,  attended  mainly  by  teachers  in  service.  I 
inherited  a  textbook  from  the  former  teacher,  and 
proceeded  to  assign  daily  lessons  of  ten  to  twenty  pages 
of  reading  material  with  which  to  while  away  the  hot 
July  days.  Perhaps  tlie  students  did  not  discover  the 
weakness  of  the  course,  since  neither  they  nor  I  knew 
much  about  visual  education.  I  cannot  say  whether 
my  students  learned  anything  from  the  course.  I 
learned  one  good  lesson,  however:  that  this  was  not 
visual  education.  Because  no  other  teacher  cared  to 
teach  Visual  Education,  the  course  was  given  to  me 
in  following  semesters.  I  had  learned  that  visual 
education  is  learning  through  seeing — and  doing. 
Semester  by  semester,  as  time,  study  and  finances  per- 
mitted, the  course  grew  visually  in  materials,  proced- 
ures, and  equipment  appropriate  to  such  learning. 

Eventually,  a  little  school  journey  to  the  local  tele- 
phone office  proved  quite  good  educational  experience, 
I  thought,  according  to  the  reactions  of  my  students. 
Then  along  came  President  Roosevelt's  inaugural. 
Dr.  Charles  A.  Selzer  and  I  organized  a  bus  load  of 
students  and  teachers  to  see  the  inaugural.  Students 
and  teachers  alike  keenly  appreciated  that  history  les- 
son. The  success  of  the  journey  pointed  to  further 
jwssibilities  for  the  future. 

Soon  thereafter,  I  began  my  graduate  work  at  New- 
York  University.  While  in  attendance  at  the  1934 
summer  session,  I  took  several  of  the  short  journeys 
over  New  York  offered  under  direction  of  the  Uni- 
versity. It  was  then  that  the  thought  occurred  to 
me  that  these  little  aftemoan  journeys  could  be  woven 
into  a  continuous  program  of  experiences  for  students 
in  my  classes  in  visual  education.  Accordingly,  dur- 
ing the  next  semester  while  I  was  attending  week-end 
classes  at  the  University,  I  spent  Saturday  afternoons 
roaming  New  York  City.  I  studied  places,  institutions, 
educational  facts,  transportation,  streets,  traffic ;  bought 
folders  and  guides ;  interviewed  the  Cook  Travel 
Agency  and  persons  in  authority  at  institutions  of  in- 
terest ;  I  wrote  letters ;  in  fact,  I  did  everything  that 


could  seem  to  add  to  my  purpose.  I  tried  to  piece 
facts  together  into  a  unified  teaching  venture  and  to 
imagine  how  I  would  guide  each  event  with  a  class  of 
thirty  or   more  students. 

With  great  trepidation,  I  organized  the  first  journey 
for  May,  1935  as  a  voluntary  event  related  to  the 
course  in  Visual  Education.  It  was  a  one-day  journey, 
— a  long  day  it  was.  too.  To  go  by  bus  120  miles  to 
New  York,  do  a  school-teacher's  day  studying  New 
York,  and  returning  another  120  miles  meant  a  day 
stretched  out  between  5 :30  A.  M.  of  one  day  and  2 :30 
A.  M.  of  the  next.  The  total  cost  of  the  journey, 
borne  entirely  by  the  students  themselves,  amounted 
to  a  little  less  than  five  dollars  each. 

Words  fail  me  in  describing  the  mental  fears  which 
haunted  me  for  days  and  nights  preceding  this  first 
journey.  What  if  it  should  rain  all  day?  What  if 
the  bus  broke  down?  What  if  a  student  were  injured? 
These  and  a  hundred  other  worries  beset  me.  But, 
".'Mi's  well  that  ends  well."  The  day  was  perfect,  the 
bus  missed  not  a  stroke,  and  the  itinerary  clicked  with 
the  regularity  of  college  classes.  The  students  re- 
turned weary,  but  enthusiastic.  So  thoroughly  did 
they  broadcast  and  advertise  their  experiences  that  it 
was  a  mere  matter  of  course  in  organizing  the  following 
journeys, — in  fact,  each  time  thereafter,  a  few  students 
— five  to  ten — could  not  be  accommodated,  and  con- 
sequently, were  refused  the  right  to  go. 

In  planning  the  second  journey,  it  was  agreed  to 
plan  the  itinerary  for  two  days  and  one  night.  This 
W'Orked  out  much  more  satisfactorily,  since  the  fatiguing 
bus  ride  could  be  divided  between  the  two  days.  The 
extra  time  was  precious  in  the  itinerary.  Added  ex- 
pense was  involved,  of  course,  in  extra  meals  and  hotel 
lodging.  Notwithstanding,  the  total  expense  —  bus, 
hotel,  meals,  admissions,  a  movie  of  the  trip,  photo- 
graphic printing  done  by  the  students  in  our  own  dark- 
room ujxjn  our  return,  everything — amounted  to  a  little 
under  ten  dollars  per  student. 

In  view  of  the  following  facts, — (1)  the  journey 
was  voluntary,  without  credit  and  limited  to  visual  edu- 
cation students,  (2)  many  of  the  students  were  hard 
pressed  for  money,  and  (3)  each  student  must  pay  his 
own  way, — the  over-subscription  of  bus  capacity  for 
each  journey  after  the  first  is  student  testimony  of  the 
value  of  these  experiences.  I  am  quite  certain  that 
no  individual  could  make  an  itinerary  equal  to  this 
one  for  less  than  two  to  three  times  our  proportionate 
cost.  And,  even  if  he  did,  the  educational  facilities  of 
our  organization  for  learning  would  be  lacking.  Stu- 
dents frequently  commented  on  the  economy  of  the 
journey    and    the   opportunities    for    learning.     It    all 


Page  278 


The  Educational  Screen 


^chool  ^ZWirucq  <  ^.^i^^i 


.jsloven'' 


Poster  Publicity  for  the  School  Journeys. 

comes   from  the   fact   that   group  organization   makes 
economy  and  provides  increased  learning  facilities. 

There  are  those  who  think  a  school  journey  is  a 
mere  matter  of  setting  an  hour  for  departure,  another 
for  arrival,  a  particular  time  for  lunch,  a  few  hours 
to  see  something,  and  setting  a  time  for  returning. 
That  is  not  a  school  journey, — it  is  a  mere  journey. 
A  school  journey — and  surely  a  New  York  School 
journey — is  infinitely  more  than  that.  It  is  a  week's, 
or  a  month's,  school  crowded  into  a  few  hours.  It  is 
a  student-teacher  enterprise,  involving  mutual  work, 
study,  preparation  and  almost  endless  planning  to  make 
experiences  happen  for  the  teaching  of  real  and  useful 
lessons. 

Early  May  or  November  seemed  to  be  the  time  in 
our  school  calendar  best  suited  for  this  journey, — 
depending  on  which  semester  of  the  year  the  journey 
came  in.  Work  was  begun  five  or  six  weeks  in  ad- 
vance. The  first  step  was  to  collect  the  fees  assuring 
the  journey.  If  enough  fees  were  forthcoming,  the 
journey  would  be  planned ;  if  not,  no  further  thought 
was  given  to  it.  Three  or  more  brief  meetings  of  the 
group  were  necessary  for  developing  organization  and 
plans.  Immediately  after  the  journey  was  assured,  a 
date  was  selected  from  the  school  calendar.  The  date 
was  made  to  coincide  with  a  day  when  the  Queen  Mary 
or  the  Normandie  was  to  be  in  port  and  open  for  in- 
spection. Inspection  of  one  of  these  ocean  liners  was 
always  an  important  event  on  the  program. 

Many  things  must  be  considered  in  organizing  an 
itinerary.  Since  we  used  the  bus  for  our  transporta- 
tion, our  itinerary  must  be  planned  to  necessitate  as 
little  driving  and  parking  as  possible.  This  is  no  small 
problem  in  New  York  City.  Several  times  the  driver 
and  I  almost  worked  ourselves  into  unwelcome  situa- 
tions with  the  police.  Generally  speaking,  however, 
the  police  were  very  considerate  of  our  problems  and 
frequently  went  out  of  their  way  to  help  us. 

There  were  many  other  complications.  The  inspec- 
tion of  the  Queen  Mary  could  be  made  only  between 


ten  A.  M.  and  two  P.  M.  The  Stock  Exchange  was 
open  only  between  ten  and  three.  A  visit  to  the  Stock 
Exchange  must  be  arranged  a  week  or  more  ahead 
and  is  not  easy  to  change.  Rules  of  the  Exchange 
admit  only  twenty-five  to  the  gallery  at  one  time.  Dur- 
ing the  first  visits,  it  was  necessary  to  divide  the  group 
of  more  than  thirty  students  into  two  sections.  While 
one  section  was  admitted  to  the  gallery,  the  other  sec- 
tion studied  Wall  Street  and  Trinity  Churchyard,  or 
the  Brooklyn  Bridge  and  the  skyline.  At  the  end  of 
a  half  hour,  the  sections  exchanged  places.  After  our 
third  journey  I  made  use  of  my  improving  friendship 
with  the  publicity  director  to  prevail  upon  him  to  admit 
all  of  the  group  at  one  time.  This  simplified  matters 
greatly. 

It  was  necessary  to  visit  the  News  Publishing  Com- 
pany at  a  particular  time  in  order  to  see  the  presses 
running.  We  must  be  at  an  exact  spot  at  breakfast, 
lunch  and  dinner.  Our  itinerary  kept  us  busy  every 
minute, — consequently,  the  students  were  always  hun- 
gry and  thirsty.  I  soon  learned  it  was  very  important 
to  select  a  desirable  eating  place,  and  to  be  there 
exactly  on  time.  Though  much  of  the  splendid  cooper- 
ation given  me  by  the  students  had  a  direct  relation- 
ship with  their  intelligence  quotients,  I  discovered  that 
a  considerable  proportion  came  by  way  of  their  vita- 
mines. 

Some  events  must  come  in  the  day,  some  at  night. 
From  the  Empire  State  Building  early  in  the  first 
day  we  identified  our  geography  of  Manhattan ;  from 
the  R.  C.  A.  Building  of  Radio  City  we  thrilled  at  the 
fairyland  of  twinkling  lights.  We  must  inspect  China- 
town and  the  Bowery  in  late  afternoon  to  see  them  at 
their  best — or  worst — and  follow  with  our  dinner  in 
the  Oriental  Restaurant.  We  must  have  lunch  at  the 
John  Jay  Dining  Room  at  Columbia  University  the 
second  day  in  order  to  make  economy  of  bus  driving, 
good  food,  appetites  and  school  atmosphere  blend.  Now, 
put  all  of  the  foregoing  complications  of  these  last  three 
paragraphs  together,  add  a  score  more,  and  you  have 
some  notion  that  building  and  conducting  an  itinerary 
is  not  a  mere  matter  of  departing,  arriving,  seeing,  and 
returning. 

My  problems  were  not  ended  once  the  itinerary  was 
arranged.  Then  I  must  pray  no  major  event  would  be 
cancelled  at  the  last  minute  to  upset  part  or  all  of  the 
itinerary.  Once,  I  received  notice  only  a  few  days 
before  the  date  set  for  the  school  journey  that  the 
inspection  of  the  Queen  Mary  must  be  cancelled  be- 
cause the  ship  was  returning  immediately  for  the 
coronation  of  King  George.  I  knew  that  the  Queen 
Mary  must  sail,  and  that  King  George  must  be  crowned ; 
I  knew,  too,  that  we  must  board  a  liner.  The  only 
solution  was  to  move  our  journey  up  one  day  in  order 
to  visit  the  Berengaria.  That  meant  sending  telegrams 
and  reorganizing  more  than  half  the  whole  journey. 
At  another  time,  I  received  a  telegram  from  the  World's 
Fair  Committee  only  three  days  prior  to  our  trip  that 
they  couldn't  receive  us  on  Tuesday  as  planned,  but 
could  on  Monday.  A  simple  shift  in  events  happened 
to  solve  this  problem,  however.  Cancelling  one  event 
or    changing    it   usually    disrupts    the  whole    itinerary 

{Continued  on  page  305) 


October,  19}  9 


Page  279 


ADULT  PREFERENCES  IN 
EDUCATIONAL  FILM  PROGRAMS 


By     G.     L.    FREEMAN 

Northwestern  University 


Presenting  some  significant  results  oi 
research  in  a  field  where  all  too  little 
has  yet  been  done — Adult  Education. 


IX  the  spring  of  this  year  the  University  College  set 
itself  the  no  small  task  of  determining  something 
about  adult  preferences  for  educational  motion  pic- 
ture programs.  The  need  for  such  a  survey  is  easilj' 
apparent.  On  all  sides  schools,  churches  and  clubs  are 
presenting  motion  picture  series  for  supfwsedly  educa- 
tional ends.  Films  are  being  shown  in  community 
auditoriums  by  various  jjrojjaganda  groups,  and  local 
societies  are  organizing  to  bring  to  the  general  public 
some  of  the  outstanding  developments  in  documentary, 
travel  and  other  non-theatrical  films  now  in  so  great 
abundance.  Considerable  money  is  being  spent  in  the 
production  of  new  material  intended  primarily  for  gen- 
eral adult  audiences.  Even  the  commercial  theatres  are 
beginning  to  realize  that  their  programs  may  do  more 
than  merely  entertain — witness  the  crowds  which  at- 
tend the  March  of  Time  screenings,  and  such  'social 
problem'  dramatizations  as  "Blockade,"  "Life  of  Etnile 
Zola,"  "The  Citadel,"  "Professor  Mamlock"  and  "The 
River."  All  these  developments  pose  interesting  and 
significant  questions:  Just  what  constitutes  the  adult 
taste  in  educational  movies?  What  types  of  program 
will  he  support?  It  it  feasible  for  an  educational  in- 
stitution to  sponsor  a  series  of  non-theatrical  movie 
programs  for  the  adults  of  its  community? 

As  a  part  of  its  extensive  project  in  the  application  of 
visual  aids  to  adult  education,'  the  University  College 
has  been  able  not  only  to  survey  adult  opinion  about 
educational  motion  pictures,  but  also  to  determine  by 
actual  attendance  reaction  something  about  the  types 
of  programs  most  in  demand. 

Preliminary  survey  revealed  at  least  seven  major 
areas  of  interest  to  which  available  motion  pictures 
might  contribute.  These  were  as  follows :  ( 1 )  social 
problems,  (2)  travel  and  foreign  language  films,  (3) 
applications  and  appreciation  of  physical  and  biological 
science,  (4)  euthenics  (mental  hygiene,  child  develop- 
ment, personality,  culture).  (5)  historical-documentary 
films,  (6)  art  and  music  appreciation,  (7)  vocational 
and  avocational  guidance. 
H  It  was  decided  to  develop  a  representative  program 
of  films  in  each  one  of  the.se  areas,  and  offer  it  as  a 
Friday  evening  series  at  Thorne  Hall  auditorium  in 
downtown  Chicago,  between  February  17th  and  April 
21st,  1939.    The  announcement  reproduced  below  was 

1.  .'Xn  educational  motion  picture  scries  on  contemporary  prob- 
lems ;  Service  Studies  in  Adult  Education,  Bulletin  No.  7, 
1939,  University  Oallege,  Northwestern  University. 


sent  to  school  and  club  groups  likely  to  be  interested, 
but  no  general  advertising  campaign  was  engaged  in. 
Daily  papers  carried  only  brief  news  reports  of  the 
series. 

The  University  College  Announces  an 
Educational  Motion  Picture  Series 

Utilizing  the  vast  resources  of  the  screen  in  the  analysis  of 
contemporary  problems.  Newly  released  sound  films,  with 
interpretive  comments  by  members  of  the  University  faculty. 
Tickets  for  the  entire  series  (seven  events)  one  dollar;  single 
admission  twenty-five  cents. 

The  Peoples'  H'eallh — Are  Americas'  natural  resources  being 
dissipated?  What  steps  may  be  taken  to  save  something  for 
future  generations?  A  series  of  U.S.  and  other  documentary 
films  dealing  with  soil,  water,  forest  and  oil  conser\'ation ; 
including  "The  Plow  that  Broke  the  Plains",  "The  River" 
and  "Rain  for  the  Earth". 

Racial  Prejudice — "Professor  Mamlock",  a  dramatic  presen- 
tation of  the  problem.  Short  feature  "Towards  Unity".  These 
powerful  films  are  included  on  the  University  College  series 
in  recognition  of  their  tremendous  importance  to  general  adult 
education   in   creating   racial    imderstanding. 

Good  Neighbors — Americas'  destiny  faces  south.  Meet  our 
partners  in  new  world  democracy.  Learn  how  Hispanicans 
live  and  think.  A  series  of  timely  film  releases  emphasizing 
the  cultural  and  economic  life  of  these  people,  the  revolutionary 
background,  commercial  interests  and  other  common  t)onds 
which  unite  their  political  future  with  that  of  the  United 
States. 

Children  are  Teachers — What  can  children  teach  adults  about 
their  own  behavior  patterns  and  mental  hygiene?  How  may  a 
comprehensive  knowledge  of  the  pre-school  child  aid  parents  in 
enriching  the  home  life? 

Inside  Information — How  does  the  human  machine  carry 
on  its  vital  activities?  How  may  a  better  knowledge  of  our- 
selves contribute  to  our  well  being?  Instructional  sound  films 
with  superb  animation  and  photographic  detail  facilitate  under- 
standing of  how  breathing,  digestions,  and  other  bodily  pro- 
cesses are  carried  on. 

Science,  servant  or  master — Is  scientific  advance  wrecking 
society?  Would  we  be  happier  with  less  invention?  What 
are  the  responsibilities  of  the  scientist  in  the  modern  world? 
A  short  documentary  film  showing  the  clash  of  scientific  ad- 
vance with  forces  of  organized  society.  Provides  a  trasis  for 
open  forum  discussion  of  the  problem.  Audience  participation 
invited. 

1,000,000,000  Artists — Why  do  we  need  avenues  of  creative 
expression?  What  does  artistic  expression  contribute  to  a 
well-balanced  life?  How  does  one  get  a  hobby?  A  series  of 
short  "how  to  do  it"  films  on  puppet  making,  painting,  cera- 
mics, photography,  etc. 

The  public  was  admitted  free  to  the  first  performance, 
but  approximately  one-third  of  the  400  in  attendance 
had  already  bought  season  tickets.  Before  the  showing 
of  the  film  program,  this  group  was  asked  to  fill  out  a 


Page  280 


The  Educational  Screen 


questionnaire  expressing  relative  preference  for  the 
seven  areas  of  interest,  and  the  general  type  of  ap- 
proach to  these  topics  which  they  favored.  Results  of 
this  poll  (210  replies)  were  as  follows: 


Area  of  interest 

1st 
choice 

2nd 
choice 

3rd 
choice 

weighted 
total 

1. 

2. 

Social  problems  ... 
Travel  and  foreign 

.357c 

107c 

107c 

277c 

3. 

language    

Application  and  ap- 

.  67c 

147c 

87c 

127c 

4. 

preciation  of  science  87o 
Euthenics  (mental 

7% 

127c 

107c 

hygiene,  child 

5. 

development)     .... 
Historical, 

.177c 

Ufo 

7% 

147c 

6. 

documentary    .... 
Art  and  music 

97c 

157c 

157c 

147c 

7. 

appreciation    

Vocational  and  Avo- 

127c 

97c 

177c 

167c 

cational    Guidance . 

87o 

57c 

6% 

87c 

In  terms  of  relative  preference,  the  topics  rank  as 
follows:  1.  Social  problems,  2.  art  and  appreciation, 
3.  euthenics  and  historical  documentaries,  4.  travel  and 
foreign  language,  5.  guidance. 

As  for  the  general  type  of  introduction  to  be  em- 
ployed major  preference  was  given  to  an  interesting 
lecture  supplement  to  the  films,  with  interest  in  study 
guides  a  far  second.  The  weighted  scores  for  each 
suggested  approach  were  (a)  films  only,  10%,  (b) 
brief  introduction  from  floor,  HTf,  (c)  running  in- 
tegrative lecture,  40%,  (d)  introductory  films  used  as 
basis  of  open  foruin  discussions,  16%,  (e)  study  guides 
or  program  notes  distributed,  20%. 

Several  means  were  employed  in  evaluating  the  pro- 
grams given  and  in  obtaining  estimates  of  audience  re- 
action.   The  most  obvious  index  of  interest  in  the  topics 


was  the  number  of  persons  attending  each  performance. 
While  only  133  season  tickets  were  sold,  paid  admis- 
sions varied  from  a  low  of  about  200  to  a  high  of  over 
500.  Ranked  according  to  attendance,  the  topic  "Our 
Neighbors"  was  first,  with  "Children  Are  Teachers" 
a  close  second.  Next  in  order  came  "The  People's 
Wealth"  and  "Professor  Mamlock".  The  programs 
having  the  least  attendance  were  "Science  and  Society," 
"Inside  Information"  and  "100,000,000  Artists".  There 
is  reason  to  believe  that  the  excess  attendance  for  "Our 
Neighbors"  and  "Children  are  Teachers"  over  the 
"People's  Wealth"  and  "Professor  Mamlock"  programs 
was  due  to  special  circularization  of  teachers  in  the 
Chicago  schools,  and  that  their  general  appeal  was 
about  the  same  as  the  social  problem  topics.  Atten- 
dance to  the  art  appreciation  program  did  not  come 
up  to  expectations,  but  this  may  have  been  due  to  its 
unfavorable  place  in  the  series. 

Another  index  of  audience  response  was  obtained 
from  questioning,  at  the  end  of  the  series,  all  of  whom 
had  seen  five  or  more  programs.  In  answer  to  the 
question  "what  was  your  relative  interest  in  the  topics 
covered,"  this  group  ranked  the  programs  as  follows : 
1.  The  People's  Wealth,  2.  Good  Neighbors,  3.  Chil- 
dren are  Teachers,  4.  Professor  Mamlock,  5.  100,000,- 
000  Artists,  6.  Inside  Information  and  7.  Science  and 
Society ;  as  to  the  adequacy  of  film  materials,  the 
group  rated  the  films  in  The  People's  Wealth,  Inside 
Information,  Racial  Prejudice  and  1000,000,000  as  very 
adequate  Most  of  the  films  used  for  "Children  are 
Teachers"  and  "Good  Neighbors"  were  considered  ap- 
propriate. The  film  presentation  for  the  Science  and 
Society  program  was  considered  the  least  helpful. 
Manner  of  faculty  introduction  was  also  reported  upon, 
with  the  majority  of  the  audience  favoring  considerable 

(Concluded  on  page  301) 


AN  ELEMENTARY  SCHOOL 
MAKES  A  UTILIZATION  FILM 


FOR  its  second  attempt  at  film  making  the  group 
at  Meadowbrook  decided  on  a  utilization  film  on 
the  third  grade  level.    Three  reasons  for  its  film- 
ing were  clearly  formulated,  namely : 

1.  To  show  the  place  of  the  sound  film  in  the 
curriculum  of  the  third  grade. 

2.  To  show  the  varied  activities  which  the  sound 
film  stimulates. 

3.  To  encourage  other  creative  teachers  in  the  use 
of  the  sound  film  in  classroom  instruction. 

The  social  studies  field  on  the  third  grade  level  cen- 
tered around  the  social  living  of  children  in  foreign 
lands.  Mexican  areas  vivified  by  the  sound  film, 
Mexican  Children,  produced  surprising  follow-up  ac- 
tivities. Due  to  these  unusually  varied  results,  this  sec- 
tion was  chosen  as  the  subject  of  the  film. 


By    RUTH    LIVERMON 

Principal  Meadowbrook  School 
Norfolk,  Virginia 

The  preparation  prior  to  the  actual  filming,  the  selec- 
tion of  material  for  the  script,  and  the  final  continuity 
required  careful  planning,  thought,  and  much  revision. 
Teachers,  children,  and  parents  shared  in  this  prepara- 
tion. At  length  the  continuity  evolved,  dividing  itself 
naturally  into  two  sections,  showing: 

1.  The  procedure  of  the  class  and  the  teacher  in 
using  the  sound  film. 

2.  The  activities  growing  from  the  use  of  this  film. 
In  the  procedure  the  following  shots  were  planned: 

1.  The  teacher  selects  the  film  to  be  studied. 

2.  She  studies  the  guide  book. 

3.  She  previews  the  film,  and  selects  questions  to 
be  studied. 

4.  The  class  is  prepared  for  the  first  showing  of  the 


October,  19}9 


Page  281 


5. 
6. 


film.     Purposes  are  set  iij). 
The  class  sees  the  film. 


Discussion    takes    place    immediately    after   the 

showing  on   the   purposes.     The  class   answers 

the  questions  which  were  raised  before  the  film 

showing. 

Creative    activities    wliich    followed    this    procedure 

composed  the  second  half  of  the  continuity  and  the  film 

as  finally  finished.  These  activities  included: 

1.  Group  and  individual  reading  materials. 

2.  Committees  of  children  seeking  the  assistance  of 
other  groups  in  the  school. 

3.  Several  individuals  bring  Diego  Rivera  prints 
for  study.  Others  conirilnite  Mexican  slippers, 
tiivs.   (lojk,  hats,   and   soldiers. 


4lJ,'ci? 


like  to  live 


I 


I 


Large  mural  in  tempera  point  developed  from  the  film. 


4.  Art  activities : 
Finger  paint- 
ing, Chalk 
drawings, 
large  mural  in 
tempera  paint. 

5.  Group  writing 
letters  to  their 
parents  invit- 
ing them  to 
see  the  film 
with  them  the 
next  day. 

6.  Commit- 
tee  showing 
their  parents 
their  activities 
already  com- 
pleted. 

7.  Parents  see 
the  film  with 
the  children. 

8.  Children  tell 
their  parents 
the    story    of 


//ve 
A  plac' 

WheTe'^they.    maKa 

potters     bnght 
Burit.,does     ncf 

spArkle  at  nignt 
They   paint     demons 
^^oh  th«    plate  < 
Then   the>    mika    a 
^.  lot    of    mites. 
Mexico    is  .a  njco. 
iwjj^arm    land 
Where  there    Is  bts 

<^  ram  and 


English    class    activity    growing    from 
nse  of  sound  film,  "Mexican  Children." 


Mexican  meal  (notice  jug,  jars,  and  tortilla)  outside. 

the  film  with  the  sound  cut  off. 
9.     Several  parents  stay  to  help  in  their  activities. 
They  assist  the  group  with  a  Mexican  village  of 
clay. 

10.  Making  and  painting  of  jars. 

11.  Committee  writing  a  letter  describing  the  film  to 
an  absent  member  of  the  class. 

12.  Stories  and  poems  made  after  seeing  the  film. 

13.  Physical  activities:  Boys  imitating  Mexican 
jumping  games ;  Girls  dancing. 

14.  .\ctivities  of  the  children  and  parents  preparing 
for  a  Mexican  meal  outside.  Beans,  tortillas, 
and  water  jugs  were  used. 

15.  Buying  pottery  made  by  the  children. 

16.  Class  leaves  the  school  for  a  visit  to  the  museum. 
Several    values    derived    from    the    making    of    this 

utilization  film  on  Mexican  Children  came  as  by-prod- 
ucts of  the  activity,  and  from  the  angle  of  social  living 
in  a  democracy  may  be  important.  To  realize  the  pur- 
poses of  the  film,  the  sharing  ot  the  same  experiences 
by  many  was  essential.  The  staff,  the  children,  them- 
selves, and  their  parents  were  not  only  in  the  film, 
but  cooperated  in  its  planning  and  production.  The 
making  of  the  film  itself  culminated  as  the  final  activity 
of  a  rich  period  on  Mexican  life  for  the  children.  The 
growing  generalization  that  to  produce  a  worthwhile 
achievement  in  which  many  personalities,  ages,  talents, 
skills  combine,  is  a  vital  learning  experience  for  child- 
ren in  a  chaotic,  present  day  world. 


Page  282 


The  Educational  Screen 


A  QUESTIONNAIRE  SURVEY  IN  GEORGIA 


A 


1 1  T\  SURVEY  in  Audio- Visual  Education"  has 
recently  been  completed  by  Donald  K.  White, 
Assistant  to  J.  C.  Wardlaw  of  the  Division  of 
General  Extension,  University  System  of  Georgia, 
among  schools  served  by  the  Division.  By  courtesy  of 
Mr.  Wardlaw,  we  are  able  to  present  a  summary  of 
results  below. 

The  survey  aimed  to  determine  three  questions  or 
problems — (a)  preferences  as  to  subjects  for  new  edu- 
cational film  production;  (b)  comparative  use  made  of 
various  visual  aids  other  than  sound  films;  and  (c) 
opinions  on  various  details  in  the  Division's  educational 
film  library  service.  A  4-page  mimeographed  question- 
naire, with  detailed  cover  letter  accompanying,  was  sent 
to  245  schools,  colleges,  and  school  systems  using  mo- 
tion pictures  regularly  in  classrooms  and  assembly  pro- 
grams. A  return  of  52  out  of  the  245  was  secured, 
from  which  the  following  data  were  compiled. 

Section  {A)  A  classified  list  of  subjects,  printed  in 
the  questionnaire  for  checking  those  on  which  new  films 
are  most  needed,  showed  votes  as  follows :  (27  votes) 
United  States  Government.  (26)  Sex  Education  or 
Social  Hygiene.  (25)  Safety.  (24)  Photography.  (23) 
Natural  Resources,  Hygiene,  Public  Health.  (21) 
Citizenship,  State  Government,  Venereal  Diseases. 
(20)  Physiology,  Local  Government,  Birds.  (19)  Elec- 
tricity, Habits  and  Behavior  of  Animals,  Care  of  Teeth, 
Dentistry.  (18)  Foreign  Trade,  Railroads,  Air, 
Flowers,  Bacteriology.  (17)  Capital  and  Labor,  Evolu- 
tion, History  of  the  United  States,  Vocational  Educa- 
tion, Heat,  Spiders,  Home  Economics.  (16)  Unem- 
ployment, Ships,  Chemistry,  Microscopy,  Embryology, 
Music,  Football,  Current  History,  Money  and  Banking, 
Magnetism,  Surface  Features  of  the  Earth,  Fungi,  In- 
sects, Fishes,  Folk  Songs,  History  of  the  United  States 
in  the  Colonial  Period,  and  in  the  Constitutional  Period. 
(15)  Housing,  Basketball,  Immigration,  Economic  Pro- 
duction, Molecular  Physics,  Coast  Changes,  Manufac- 
tures, History  of  the  United  States  in  the  War  Be- 
tween the  States,  and  in  the  Twentieth  Century.  (14) 
Physics,  Baseball,  Rivers,  Mammals,  Electricity,  His- 
tory of  the  United  States  in  the  Revolutionary  Period, 
and  in  the  Period  of  1845-61.  (13)  Earthquakes,  Busi- 
ness Methods,  Orchestral  Music,  Athletics  and  Out- 
door Sports,  The  English  Language,  Relativity,  Mete- 
orology, Ferns,  Geographic  Distribution  of  Animals, 
Aeronautics,  Travel  in  Germany,  in  United  States,  His- 
tory of  Germany,  History  of  the  United  States  in  the 
Discovery  Period.  (12)  Motion  Pictures,  Travel  in 
England — France-Spain-Japan-South  America,  History 
of  Medieval  Europe,  Sociology,  Elementary  Education, 
Mosses,  Oil  and  Petroleum,  Art  Study  and  Teaching, 
Vocal  Music.  The  subjects  receiving  less  than  12  votes 
each  made  a  still  more  heterogeneous  mass  and  were 
not  listed  in  the  final  report. 

Section  (B)    The  numbers  of  schools  using  various 
audio-visual  aids  (aside  from  sound  films)  were  as  fol- 


From  Division  of  General  Extension 
University  System  of  Georgia 

lows:  (36  schools)  Glass  slides.  (29)  Film  strips  or 
film  slides.  (28)  Phonograph  records.  (26)  Opaque 
projectors.  (24)  Radio  broadcasts.  (20)  Still  photo- 
graphic prints.  (12)  Sound  film  strips.  (11)  Central- 
ized sound  systems.  (8)  Recorded  radio  programs. 
It  will  be  noted  that  "silent  films"  were  evidently  not 
included  in  the  list. 

As  to  motion  picture  projectors  in  use,  the  reports 
showed  (16mm)  70  sound,  18  silent;  (35mm)  11 
sound,  10  silent.  About  two-thirds  of  the  schools 
moved  projectors  from  room  to  room  as  needed,  less 
than  one-third  used  them  in  auditorium  only,  a  few 
in  one  classroom  only.  Sixteen  schools  used  projector 
amplifiers  as  public  address  systems,  thirty-one  did  not. 
Just  one-half  of  the  schools  had  phonograph  reproduc- 
ers with  turntables.  Radio  broadcasting  was  used 
regularly  in  four  schools,  occasionally  in  18,  for  spec- 
ial events  in  11,  and  not  at  all  in  19. 

Section  (C)  This  section  concerned  solely  the  op- 
eration and  policies  of  the  Division's  own  film  distri- 
bution service,  but  it  may  well  prove  interesting  to  other 
operators  of  film  libraries.  Regarding  film  catalog,  37 
schools  preferred  arrangement  by  subjects,  with  alpha- 
betical index;  12  schools  preferred  alphabetical  ar- 
rangement with  subject  index;  6  schools  straight 
alphabetical  arrangement ;  one  school  wanted  subject 
arrangement  alone ;  and  one  asked  for  Dewey  Decimal 
system  with  subject  index.  Fifty-one  of  the  fifty-two 
wanted  reviewing  time  of  films  stated.  A  rnajority  pre- 
ferred that  two  films  on  separate  subjects  should  not 
be  wound  together  on  double  reel.  Forty-eight  out  of 
fifty-two  said  that  frank  comment  in  catalogs  on  amount 
of  advertising  in  film  would  aid  selection ;  four  said 
"no."  With  such  comment,  nine  said  use  of  ad  films 
would  increase ;  eighteen  said  it  would  decrease.  As  to 
addition  of  comedies  to  the  Division  library,  nineteen 
favored,  sixteen  opposed  ;  of  "feature"  pictures,  twenty- 
one  favored,  seventeen  opposed. 

Perhaps  the  most  interesting  item  in  this  section  is 
the  response  to  the  question.  "In  considering  new  films 
to  be  added  to  our  library  should  equal  consideration 
be  given  to  sound  and  silent  films?"  Thirty-two  said 
"no,"  twenty  said  "yes."  Of  37  who  expressed  a 
preference  between  sound  and  silent,  the  difi^erence  was 
still  more  striking;  thirty-five  were  for  "sound"  to 
two  for  "silent."  Some  of  the  reasons  given  for  the 
preference  are  included  in  the  report :  "Sound  is  just 
one  more  step  towards  reality."  "Silent  films  don't 
put  it  across."  "Commentators  usually  bring  out  fine 
points  in  the  picture  which  both  teachers  and  children 
are  likely  to  miss."  "Many  reasons,  the  most  practical 
one  being  that  better  pictures  are  being  produced  today 
on  sound  film."  "Double  appeal  or  stimulus  seems  more 
effective ;  however,  cause  more  difficulty  in  operation. 
More  difficult  to  keep  next  room  from  hearing."  "Stu- 
dents tire  much  more  quickly  when  seeing  a  long  silent 


October,  19  i  9 


Page  283 


I'llii).'"  ""We  carry  heavy  teaching  load.  Silent  film  re- 
quires more  study  for  effective  use."  "Because  you  can 
make  a  sound  film  into  a  silent  one  by  turning  off  the 
stiund."  "(iixkI  sound  films  seem  to  get  better  attention 
and  are  usually  iR-tter  understood — certainly  with  one 
showing."  "'SouikI  films  arc  probably  newest,  are  more 


interesting  to  pupils."  "After  responses  of  students  are 
better,  and  retaining  of  vital  points  is  more  lasting." 
"Sound  is  more  efficient,  since  it  reacts  not  only  by 
means  of  sight  but  also  sound."  "Explanation  with  pic- 
ture better  than  titles  with  silent."  There  is  consider- 
able food  for  thought  in  these  responses. 


DIETHYLPHTHALATE  FOR 
HAND-MADE  LANTERN  SLIDES 


By    GRANT    PATERSON,    B.A. 

Central  Junior  High  School, 
Victoria,  B.  C. 


CONSIDKR.XRLK  exix-rimenting  with  a  chemical 
[assessing  several  remarkable  characteristics  has 
resulted  in  the  low-priced  production  of  a  num- 
ber of  aids  for  our  visual  education  department.  This 
chemical,  diethylphthalate,  has  the  unique  power  of 
partially  dissolving  the  cellulose  in  ordinarily  opaque 
paper,  rendering  it  quite  translucent  without  any  dele- 
terious effects  to  the  writing.  The  writing  can  be  done 
in  [KMicil,  ordinary  ink,  or  be  typewritten — although 
the  material  done  in  mimeograph,  permanent  blue-black, 
or  India  inks  gives  the  best  results.  An  unwatermarked 
bond  paper  of  a  light  weight  has  proved  the  most  effec- 
tive type  of  paper  to  use. 

Teacliers  who  are  actively  engaged  in  the  production 
of  classroom  aids  should  acquaint  themselves  with  the 
tremendous  potentialities  hidden  in  the  peculiar  proper- 
ties of  this  chemical.  A  number  of  immediate  uses 
suggest  themselves.  Small  posters  dealing  with  such 
scientific  attitudes  as:  "Study  nature — not  books"  or 
".\  true  scientist  is  accurate  in  all  his  measurements" 
could  be  designed,  copied  in  India  ink,  placed  for  a 
few  seconds  in  the  diethylphthalate  solution,  then  used 
as  a  window  display.  Good  examples  of  laboratory 
drawings  can  be  treated  in  a  like  manner  and  exhibited 
as  a  reward  for  painstaking  effort.  A  short  strip  of 
Scotch  tape  is  the  most  effective  method  of  securing 
the  posters  or  jjages  to  the  classroom  window,  although 
a  drop  or  two  of  mucilage  at  the  corners  will  serve 
the  purpose  equally  well. 

However,  the  field  in  which  the  material  has  the 
greatest  value  is  in  the  construction  of  inexpensive 
lantern  slides.  Drawings,  diagrams,  and  charts  can  be 
prepared  in  i)encil  or  coloured  inks  and  the  copy  can  be 
immediately  converted  into  a  lantern  slide  of  a  semi- 
l)ermanent  nature.  Care  should  be  taken,  of  course, 
to  keep  the  material  within  the  projection  limits  of  an 
ordinary  slide — about  2!4  inches  by  3  inches. 

If  typewritten  copy  is  to  be  used,  it  should  be  care- 
fully planned  and  typed  so  that  it  is  confined  to  the 
mentioned  limiting  dimensions.  The  proper  spacing 
and  arrangement  of  the  items  to  be  included  lend  at- 
tractiveness to  the  appearance  of  the  projected  image. 


It  is  recommended  that  the  copy  be  confined  to  twelve 
lines  of  single-spaced  typing  with  thirty-two  or  thirty- 
three  spaces  to  the  line. 

The  sheet  is  then  cut  to  the  dimensions  of  the  stand- 
ard lantern  slide  (3J4  inches  by  4  inches),  treated  with 
the  solution,  and  bound  between  two  pieces  of  lantern 
slide  cover  glass  or  20/1000  inch  Lumarith  slide  cover 
celluloid  cut  to  size.  The  binding  tape  may  entirely 
cover  the  edge  of  the  frame,  or  small  pieces  of  tape 
may  be  used  on  each  edge  if  the  slide  is  not  to  be 
reserved  for  future  use. 

The  handling  of  this  chemical  does  not  require  any 
special  laboratory  technique  or  procedures.  The  pieces 
of  paper  to  be  treated  are  laid  face  upward  in  a  shal- 
low basin,  preferably  glassware,  and  the  solution  poured 
directly  upon  it.  After  a  few  seconds  the  paper  will 
become  translucent  and  can  be  removed.  It  is  ready 
for  use  when  a  careful  blotting  has  removed  any  excess 
moisture.  Ordinarily  the  whole  process  should  not 
require  a  treatment  of  more  than  thirty  seconds,  al- 
though material  as  thick  as  blotting  paper  will  require 
a  minute  or  two  to  allow  complete  soaking.  Any  excess 
solution  remaining  in  the  dish  should  be  carefully 
poured  back  into  the  container — its  properties  have  in 
no  way  been  impaired  by  contact  with  the  paper.  Photo- 
graphs with  a  high-gloss  finish  cannot  be  rendered 
transparent  by  this  treatment  although  some  success 
has  been  achieved  with  those  of  the  dull-gloss  finish. 
Successful  blue]5rints  have  been  made  using  treated 
sketches  instead  of  the  more  costly  tracing  paper 
hitherto  necessary. 

The  treated  slide  will  prove  an  invaluable  teaching 
tool  in  the  hands  of  capable  teachers.  Outlines,  sum- 
maries, review  exercises,  ordinarily  written  on  the 
blackboard,  may  be  put  on  these  slides  and  saved  for 
future  use.  Pupils  can  easily  prepare  and  use  these 
slides  as  part  of  a  student  report  or  for  classroom 
discussion. 

A  few  experiments  with  this  easily  obtained  and 
comparatively  inexpensive  chemical  will  reveal  possi- 
bilities limited  only  by  the  ability  and  energy  of  the 
instructor. 


Page  284 


The  Educational  Screen 


MOTION  PICTURES- 
NOT  FOR  THEATERS 


By    ARTHUR    EDWIN    KROWS 

Editor  of  "The  Spur,"  New  York  City 


Part  Twelve — Enter  John  R.  Bray  and  his  forty 
artists  to  develop  and  perfect  the  magic  of 
"animation,"  one  of  the  most  useful  and  po- 
tent phases  of  non-theatrical  film  production. 


OF  THE  remaining  partners  Hol- 
brook  alone  was  really  familiar 
with  production,  so  the  full  bur- 
den of  that  responsibility  fell  upon  his 
shoulders.  He  kept  at  it  as  long  as  he 
believed  the  situation  to  be  advantageous 
to  him.  Then,  about  four  years  from 
the  time  he  had  joined  Mrs.  Carter,  he 
withdrew  also.  Mrs.  Carter  was  wroth 
over  this  and  sent  out  sharp  notices  of 
the  parting  to  clients  who  might  be  dis- 
posed to  switch  their  accounts  to  Hol- 
brook  when  he  found  a  new  place. 

But  Holbrook  had  other  friends,  and 
a  lawyer  son  to  advise  him.  His  next 
immediate  connection,  about  1929,  was 
a  partnership  with  a  gentlemanly  young 
Louisianan  named  Hal  Smith  who,  a 
year  or  so  previously,  had  established  a 
film  laboratory  called  Cinelab,  specializ- 
ing in  the  production  of  slide  films  and 
16-millimeter  prints.  This  situation  was 
much  happier  than  before.  Holbrook- 
Smith  Productions  launched  into  a  com- 
fortably prosperous  business,  with  offices 
in  61st  Street,  just  a  little  west  of 
Columbus    Circle. 

Among  other  films  for  non-theatrical 
clients,  they  produced  some  forty  reels 
for  the  Religious  Films  Foundation  and 
pictures  for  the  Presbyterian  Board  of 
Foreign  Missions,  including  one  made 
in  South  America.  After  three  or  four 
years,  however.  Smith  and  Holbrook 
amicably  parted.  Smith  to  produce  some 
pictures,  but  to  continue  his  laboratory 
primarily,  and  Holbrook  to  set  up  a 
production  concern  under  his  own  name. 
There,  at  this  writing,  like  the  little  old 
woman  who  lived  under  a  hill,  if  he's 
not  gone  you'll  find  him  there  still.  As 
to  Smith's  picture-making,  after  the 
separation,  he  essayed  at  least  one  large 
production  order  on  his  own — ten  reels 
concerning  the  American  Indian  for  the 
Religious  Films  Foundation.  The  client 
was  lavish  in  expressed  appreciation  for 
his  efforts ;  but  restless  rumor  had  it 
that  Smith  did  all  of  his  extensive  travel- 
ing to  photograph  the  subject  in  an 
ancient  car  of  expensive  make  which  ate 
up  most  of  his  profits  before  they  came 
'".  So  with  all  men  of  generous  spirit. 
Eastern  Film  Corporation  had  names 
of  many  able  men  in  its  long  roster :  but 
the  greater  number  was  of  workers  who 
found  their  ultimate  places  in  theatrical 
studios.  On  the  other  hand,  the  enter- 
prises of  J.  R.  Bray,  mainly  theatrical, 
sent  off  a  whole  company  of  non-theatri- 
cal ventures.  Bray's  place  indeed,  was  a 
veritable  brooder  in  the  non-theatrical 
field- — as  will  be  presently  seen. 


The    Artist   Draws   a   System 

John  R.  Bray,  the  son  of  a  Methodist 
minister,  had  been  a  cartoonist  on  the 
Detroit   News.      Aspiring   to   do   comics 


Blackstonc   Studios,   New  York  City 

By  merging  many  technical  short- 
cuts Bray's  organizing  genius  stim- 
ulated visual  education  and  greatly 
enriched  the  universal  language  of 
the  screen. 


for  the  then  prosperous  weeklies  Lije 
and  Judge,  he  came  to  New  York  where 
their  main  offices  were  situated,  and 
achieved  his  purpose — although  his  bread- 
and-butter  job  became  a  position  in  the 
art  department  of  the  Brooklyn  Daily 
Eagle.  There  he  worked  beside  Earl  Hurd 
and  Max  Fleischer.  This  was  about  1911, 
when  some  of  the  first  notable  experi- 
ments were  being  made  with  animated 
drawings. 

Winsor  McCay's  film  efforts,  especially, 
had  stirred  the  interest  of  his  brothers 
of  the  easel,  not  just  because  he  was  an 
artist  of  great  ability,  but  because  he  had 
proved  that,  as  staggering  as  the  task 
of  making  thousands  of  drawings  for  a 
few  feet  of  film  might  be,  the  feat  was 
not  impracticable.  His  first  release, 
through  Vitagraph,  of  a  "Little  Nemo" 
subject,  had  involved  4,000  separate  draw- 
ings. Other  subjects  made  by  McCay 
with  equally  prodigious  labor,  were 
"How  a  M  jsquito  Operates"  and  "Gertie, 
the    Dinosaur,"    released    respectively    by 


Laemmle  and  Fox  and  also  used  by  Mc- 
Cay for  his  own  few  personal  appear- 
ances in  vaudeville. 

The  "Gertie"  performance,  incidentally, 
was  highly  amusing.  McCay  stood  beside 
the  screen  with  a  stout  whip  and  uttered 
commands  to  the  cartoon  dinosaur,  lash- 
ing her  when  she  failed  to  obey.  Gertie's 
tears  of  humiliation  formed  a  lake;  but 
on  command  she  drank  it  up.  It  made 
one  think  of  that  passage  in  the  Book 
of  Job :  "Behold  now,  behemoth  ...  he 
moveth  his  tail  like  a  cedar  .  .  .  His 
bones  are  like  bars  of  iron  .  .  .  Behold, 
he  drinketh  up  a  river,  and  hasteth  not." 

Bray,  like  so  many  other  enterprising 
artists  of  the  time,  tried  his  own  hand  at 
this  fascinating  new  avocation  ot  Mc- 
Cay's. He  obtained  all  the  information 
he  could  about  methods  employed,  and 
concluded  that  it  was  possible  greatly  to 
simplify  the  current  methods  of  both 
drawing  and  photography.  Secretly,  in  a 
little  farmhouse  in  Ulster  County,  N.  Y., 
he  made  one  short  subject  to  test  out  his 
theories.  It  was  based  on  his  own  news- 
paper comic  character,  "Col.  Heeza 
Liar,"  which  was  popularly  supposed  to 
have  been  inspired  by  the  hunting  ex- 
ploits of  Col.  Theodore  Roosevelt,  and 
was  delicately  called  "Col.  Heeza  Liar 
in  Africa."  He  sold  this  to  Pathe,  which 
concern  released  it  December  13,  1913, 
after  paying  him  $2,000,  a  small  sum  for 
all  the  work  which  he  had  put  into  it. 

Nevertheless,  Bray  decided,  as  a  re- 
sult of  this  experience,  that  the  line  might 
be  developed  into  a  paying  proposition — 
for  the  person  who  would  organize  it 
further.  In  pursuance  of  that  idea  he 
resigned  from  the  Brooklyn  Eagle  and 
opened  a  studio  in  the  Neptune  Building, 
at  23  East  26th  Street,  New  York  City. 
He  had  his  magazine  assignments  to 
carry  him  on,  but  his  responsibilities  had 
increased,  for  he  had  married  at  the  same 
time.  In  Bray's  case,  though,  it  prob- 
ably is  incorrect  to  say  that  matrimony 
made  his  burden  heavier,  for  Mrs.  Bray 
joined  completely  in  his  interests,  and 
managed  him  zealously  from  then  on  for 
his  own  protection. 

Bray's  first  important  move  toward 
organization  was  to  buy  and  patent  as 
many  of  the  basic  methods  of  animation 
as  he  could.  Stories  of  these  negotiations 
are  vague  and  usually  conflicting;  but 
he  did  take  out  a  number  of  such  patents 
from  1913  to  1916.  In  December  of  the 
last-named  year  Bray  Studios  was  in- 
corporated with  a  capitalization  of  $10,- 
000,  to  make  "animated  cartoons,  photo- 
graphs and  advertising."  The  three  prob- 


October,  19)9 


Page  28 S 


ably  most  vital  l>oiiits  covered  by  the 
Bray  patents  were  the  use  of  drawings 
on  celluloid  sheets  so  that  a  single  back- 
ground could  show  through,  making  it 
unnecessary  to  draw  it  again  each  time ; 
the  "opa<iuing"  of  celluloids  in  places 
where  lines  on  tlie  background  and  the 
celluloid  drawings  conflicted;  and  the 
use  of  (X-Ks  on  the  drawing  board  and  on 
the  animation  stand,  with  corresponding 
perforations  in  the  sheets  to  keep  the 
successive  drawings  in  register  under  the 
camera. 

Tlie  |)cg-and-perforation  idea  is  said 
to  have  come  from  Raoul  Uarre,  a 
French-Canadian  artist  then  working  in 
New  Vork  ;  and  there  have  been  insinua- 
tions, too,  that  Barre  had  casually  men- 
tioned to  Bray  the  celluloid  scheme  as 
one  used  in  Paris.  But,  in  all  events. 
Bray  seems  to  have  purchased,  for  a 
satisfactory  sum  of  money,  whatever 
Barre  had  of  his  own  to  ofTer. 

In  March,  1915,  Bray  began  a  regular 
series  of  animated  cartoons  released  as 
part  of  the  "Pathe  News";  and  their 
instant  success  led  nearly  every  other 
important  producing  company  to  seek 
similar  product.  Kdison  followed  ijuickly 
with  Barre's  series,  "The  Animated 
Grouch  Chaser";  Wallace  A.  Carlson 
was  announced  as  chief  animator  for 
Essaiiay;  Carl  Francis  Lederer  became 
the  artist  for  Lubin ;  and  so  on.  The 
artists  generally  now  really  began  to  see 
opportunities  in  the  new  line,  and  set 
about  developing  it;  but,  to  their  con- 
sternation. Bray  at  once  started  suing 
for  alleged   infringements. 

However,  obtaining  injunctions  and 
judgments,  was  not  a  simple  matter.  The 
other  artists  declared  that  everything  in 
the  process  had  been  used  before  Bray 
had  employed  it — by  Winsor  McCay,  for 
instance.  But  Bray  replie<l  that  no  one 
before  himself  had  applied  his  particular 
methods  of  simplification.  In  the  fall  of 
1915  he  sued  Harry  Palmer  as  a  test 
case.  Palmer  stood  his  ground,  Gaumont 
continued  the  release  of  Palmer's  "Kar- 
toon  Komics"  on  split  reels  with  travel- 
ogues, and  Winsor  McCay  and  J.  Stuart 
Blackcton  declared  themselves  ready  to 
testify  for  him.  When  time  came  for 
trial  it  was  announced  that  the  difficulty 
had  been  settled  out  of  court — and,  in 
the  summer  of  1917,  Palmer  incoriwrated, 
his  cartoons  then  being  released  by  Edu- 
cational Films,  Inc.  Bray,  himself,  was 
sued  in  1918  by  Carl  lederer,  then  of 
Rochester,  to  nullify  the  patents;  btlt 
that  suit  was  dropped,  too. 

In  the  meantime,  the  outraged  other 
artists  became  very  businesslike.  They 
incorporated  and  applied  for  patents  also. 
Even  Barre  seems  to  ha\e  felt  that  he 
had  something  left  to  protect  for,  in 
jMne.  1916,  he  incorportaed  Barre  Ani- 
mated Cartoons  with  an  address  at  Ny- 
ack.  N.  Y..  and  in  October.  1917,  ap- 
peared with  another  development,  the 
Barre-Bowers  Film  Corporation,  of  Jer- 
sey City,  N.  J. 

One  artist  who  really  had  not  been 
aught  unprepared  was  Elarl  Hurd,  cre- 
ator of  the  "Bobby  Bumps"  series.  He 
had  acquired  a  few  imixirtant  rights  of 
his  own  under  the  law.  Bray  needed 
access  to  those  as  Hurd  did  to  his.  So, 


early  in  1917,  Bray  and  Hurd  combined 
their  patents  as  the  Bray-Hurd  Process 
Company;  and  to  this  combine  most  of 
the  large  producing  companies  using 
animated  cartoons  capitulate<l  until  1933 
when,  I  lielieve,  the  principal  patents 
expired.  To  obviate  possible  complica- 
tions through  the  veterans,  Winsor  Mc- 
Cay and  Paul  Terry — animator  of 
"Farmer  Al  Falfa"  and  the  later  "Felix 
the  Cat" — Bray  is  said  to  have  given 
them  perpetual  licenses  under  his  patents 
without  charge.  Bray  tells  me  that  there 
were  four  primary  patents — one  of 
Hurd's  and  three  of  his  own.  I  believe 
Hurd  is  working  today  as  an  artist  for 
Walt  Disney  in   Hollywood. 

The  Pictograph 

In  1914  the  new  organization  known 
as  Famous  Players-Ijsky  Corporation, 
producing  Paramount  Pictures,  was  then 
starting  its  upward  climb;  and  its  of- 
ficers thought,  naturally,  about  all  pos- 
sible forms  of  expansion.  Suggestive 
influences  were  the  screen  "magazines" 
and  new  printed  journals  on  popular 
science,  so  one  of  the  items  contemplated 
was  an  educational   reel.     I  was  one  of 


Leventhal  may  not  have  been  first 
to  animate  technical  subjects,  but 
he  certainly  led  in  doing  that  im- 
portant work  in  sufficient  quantity. 

those  who  were  proposed  to  edit  it;  but 
I  aspired  then  to  the  feature  film  field, 
and  was  cool  to  the  idea. 

Among  those  who  were  not,  however, 
was  Arthur  S.  Friend,  the  treasurer  of 
Famous  Players-Lasky.  He  prosecuted 
the  idea,  personally  investigating  the 
possibilities  and  becoming  more  and 
more  convinced  of  its  practicableness. 
Accordingly,  a  weekly  reel,  first  called 
"Paramount  Newspictures"  and  then 
"Paramount  Pictographs,"  was  started, 
with  Edward  Lyell  Fox,  well  known  war 
correspondent-photographer,  as  managing 
editor. 

Valiant  efforts  were  bestowed  upon 
this  reel  to  make  it  popular.  Its  associate 


editors,  aiuiounced  in  the  last  days  of 
1915,  were  Raymond  L.  Ditmars,  John 
A.  Sleicher,  editor  of  Leslie- Judge;  Wal- 
demar  KaenipfTert,  then  editor  of  the 
Popular  Science  Monthly;  and  Roger 
W.  Babson,  statistician.  The  project 
went  through  the  usual  growing  pains 
endured  by  novelty  reels;  and  the  spon- 
sors were  speedily  discouraged  to  learn 
that  their  output  was  not  noticeably 
better  than  competitive  releases  already 
established  in  the  market. 

New  editors  were  added  to  the  staff. 
George  B.  Shattuck,  for  instance,  Vassar 
professor  of  geology,  was  now  named  in 
the  list  preparatory  to  the  release  in  parts 
of  his  own  new  Alaskan  films.  But 
bookings  remained  scant.  Then,  in  des- 
peration. Paramount  officials  arranged 
with  the  staff  of  the  magazine  System 
to  edit  the  scenarios.  The  featured  re- 
sults included  footage  on  how  to  sell 
goods  and  lessons  in  smart  table  man- 
ners. Nevertheless,  the  reel  continued 
wan   and   unhealthy. 

At  the  close  of  1916,  when  "Paramount 
Pictographs"  had  been  running  thus  dis- 
appointingly for  about  a  year,  J.  R.  Bray, 
with  his  expanding  establishment,  pro- 
posed to  Hiram  Abrams,  then  president 
of  Paramount  Pictures  Corporation,  that 
the  entire  matter  of  producing  the  "maga- 
zine on  the  screen"  be  referred  to  him. 
Announcements  in  February,  1917,  showed 
that  this  proposition  had  been  satis- 
factory and  had  been  accepted.  It  was 
officially  stated  that  "Paramount  Picto- 
graphs" henceforth  would  be  a  split 
reel,  one-half  being  an  animated  cartoon, 
the  rest  an  educational  miscellany.  Ed- 
ward Lyell  Fox  was  transferred  to  the 
Paramount  publicity  department,  and 
Nathan  Friend,  a  brother  of  .\rthur  who 
had  been  closely  interested  in  the  original 
project,  was  appointed  business  and  pub- 
licity manager  of  Bray  Pictures. 

Under  Bray's  capable  supervision  the 
magazine  reel  proceeded  creditably  for 
some  months.  The  full  resources  of  his 
staff,  with  most  of  the  ingenuities  now 
known  to  characterize  a  successful  ani- 
mation studio,  were  thrown  into  the 
enterprise,  and  its  reputation  grew.  Row- 
land Rogers,  a  studious  young  man  with 
an  impressive  scholastic  background,  was 
assigned  to  collect  likely  material  from 
all  reasonable  sources  and  to  edit  it ;  and 
lesser  men  in  the  studio  who  exhibited 
previously  unsuspecte<l  talents  in  the  new 
line,  were  encouraged  to  produce.  But 
as  far  as  Paramount  commitments  went, 
it  was  all  in  vain  and.  in  a  matter  of 
one  year  more,  the  arrangement  was 
broken  off.  Bray,  retaining  the  name, 
then  moved  to  a  release  plan  through 
the  new  Goldwyn  Pictures  Corporation; 
but  the  "Goldwyn-Bray  Pictograph"  en- 
dured only  until  about  the  middle  of 
1920. 

Before  Paramount  definitely  decided 
to  eTid  its  part  in  the  experiment,  there 
seems  to  have  been  a  period  of  perltaps 
eight  months  in  which  it  continued  at 
least  an  "educational  department."  In 
charge  was  a  young  man  named  Carson. 
He  had  been  a  science  teacher  in  the  Los 
.\ngeles  High  School.  Pursuing  his  in- 
terest  in   pictures   he   had  seized  as  his 


Page   286 


The  Educational  Screen 


first  opportunity  "to  head  in",  a  place  as 
assistant  property-man  in  a  Hollywood 
studio.  His  most  notable  service,  while 
he  occupied  his  chair  as  the  last  editor 
of  "Paramount  Pictographs",  was  as 
producer  of  an  exceptional  scientific 
item  called  "The  Why  of  a  Volcano." 
Scenes  borrowed  from  it  are  still  doing 
service  in  many  different  educational 
subjects. 

Bray  seems  to  have  emerged  from  this 
rather  hectic  experience  with  the  rights 
to  not  only  the  title  "Pictograph,"  but 
to  most  of  the  material  produced.  His 
non-theatrical  catalogues,  issued  there- 
after, listed  thousands  of  feet  on  subjects 
which  had  been  shown  theatrically  in  the 
"Pictograph."  There  were  the  interest- 
ing experimental  films,  far  in  advance 
of  their  time  and  still  significant  to  the 
industry  which  has  forgotten  them,  made 
by  Hugo  Munsterberg,  Harvard  profes- 
sor of  psychology.  They  were  grouped 
in  the  catalogues  as  "The  Mental  Facul- 
ties Series."  Also,  pictures  on  the  Mon- 
tessori  method  of  teaching,  Bentley  snow- 
flake  studies,  and  photographic  adven- 
tures made  with  the  aid  of  Dr.  Sisson's 
deep-sea  diving  machine. 

There  was  a  variety  of  cartoon  mate- 
rial. Producing  a  half-reel  of  comic 
animation  each  week  gave  plenty  of  em- 
ployment to  many  artists.  There  are  said 
to  have  been  forty  artists  there  at  one 
period.  At  one  time  or  another  during 
the  very  active  years — say  from  1915 
to  about  1923 — most  of  the  leading  men 
in  the  line  had  worked  in  the  Bray 
Studios.  Credits  were  given  notably  to 
C.  T.  Anderson,  Walter  Carlson,  Max 
Fleischer,  W.  L.  Glackens,  Milt  Gross, 
Earl  Hurd,  Pat  Sullivan  and  Paul  Terry. 

Bray  Products 

Max  Fleischer,  subsequently  with 
Bray,  was  fairly  late  in  coming  into  the 
work.  When  Bray  left  the  Brooklyn 
Eagle  he  wanted  Fleischer  to  come 
along;  but  Fleischer  preferred  a  steady 
job  to  a  future  so  speculative.  Perhaps 
a  dozen  years  later,  however,  the  per- 
sistent reports  of  Bray's  success  stirred 
Fleischer  to  investigate  possibilities.  With 
his  younger  brother,  Dave — later  to  be- 
come one  of  the  best  "gag  men"  in  car- 
toon work — he  studied  the  broad  situa- 
tion and  concluded  that  the  real  oppor- 
tunities for  exclusive  service  were  to 
develop  better  "timing"  of  action  and  to 
achieve  a  comparative  smoothness  of 
movement. 

Accordingly,  for  about  two  years,  in 
their  spare  hours,  the  Fleischer  Brothers 
worked  on  their  first  "Out  of  the  Ink- 
well" subject.  When  it  was  completed 
they  took  it  to  Bray.  He  liked  it,  but 
suggested  improvements  and  had  the 
brothers  carry  them  out  in  his  own  shop 
for  about  six  months.  The  release  of  the 
first  of  the  series  to  reach  the  public  was 
made  by  S.  L.  Rothafel  at  the  Rialto 
Theatre,  I  think  it  was,  in  New  York. 
It  set  Broadway  talking ;  and  thereafter 
the  Fleischers  were  leaders  in  their 
especial  line.  I  recall  the  vastly  in- 
creased effectiveness  of  the  cartoon  as 
made  by  them ;  and,  compared  with  the 
blinking,  jerky  effects  which  previously 
passed  muster,  it  really  was  something 
to  set  the  critics  agog.  In  1925,  when 
Urban  had  transferred  his  activities  from 


the  Masonic  Temple  Building  to  Irving- 
ton-on-Hudson,  Max  Fleischer  edited 
briefly  for  him  the  two  novelty  releases 
"Reelviews"    and    "Searchlights." 

As  digressive  as  all  this  may  seem 
now,  it  has  a  distinct  bearing  on  the  ex- 
pansion of  the  American  non-theatrical 
field.  A  skeptic  would  have  all  doubt 
removed  by  reading  a  list  of  the  per- 
sonnel of  the  Bray  organization  over 
the  few  years  immediately  after  the  in- 
corporation of  Bray  Products.  There 
to  be  found  are,  in  addition  to  Bray  and 
Fleischer,  F.  Lyle  Goldman,  Jack  Nor- 
ling,  Arthur  Loucks,  Rowland  Rogers 
and   many   more   who  have  appeared  or 


A  portrait  of  Jack  Norling,  the  se- 
riousness of  which  belies  the  habit- 
ual good  nature  of  an  extremely  able 
worker  with  a  wide  circle  of  friends. 

who  will  appear  prominently,  in  one 
connection  or  another,  in  these  pages. 

Their  leaning  toward  non-theatricals 
was  natural.  The  Bray  group,  by  virtue 
of  its  members,  their  number,  their 
proved  achievements,  their  individual  re- 
sponsibilities, their  facilities  and  their 
patents,  all  made  the  Bray  office  a  likely 
place  to  apply  for  any  camera  novelty — 
remembering,  of  course,  that  the  usual 
new  client  in  non-theatricals  thinks  of 
his  intended  picture  first  in  terms  of  ani- 
mated charts,  "phantom"  drawings  and 
trick  effects  in  general,  rather  than  in 
those  of  humanness  and  fidelity  to  nature. 
These  were  to  be  seen  in  profusion  and 
at  their  best  in  the  Bray  "Pictograph." 
For  Bray's  part,  also,  he  had  anticipated 
non-theatrical  expansion  and  had  deliber- 
ately courted  it,  even  building  up  a  sales 
force  to   solicit  industrial  accounts. 

His  sales  representatives  were  picked 
for  the  excellence  of  their  contacts  as 
well  as  for  their  ability  to  hustle,  but, 
in  considering  their  number,  one  must  be 
careful  to  differentiate  between  salesmen 
regularly  on  staff  and  those  outsiders  who 
merely  turned  over  occasional  business 
on  commission.  Thus,  he  had  certain  sell- 
ing arrangements  in  the  Chicago-Detroit 
area  with  Jamison  Handy,  probably  an 
old  acquaintance  from  the  days  when  Bray 
drew  cartoons  for  the  Detroit  News.  De- 
troit, however,  was  Bray's  home  town — 
he  was  born  there. 


Most  of  those  who  were  with  Bray  in 
the  active  time  recall  Handy  as  a  sales- 
man. But  he  was  not  a  salesman  in  the 
sense  so  carelessly  implied.  He  was, 
rather,  an  excellent  customer,  for  he  ac- 
tually represented  and  headed  an  indus- 
trial film  concern  in  Chicago  which  had 
need  of  the  particular  sort  of  product  in 
which  the  Bray  animation  department 
specialized.  He  merely  arranged  with 
Bray  to  supply  the  required  footage — and 
the  ultimate  customers  were  then  cheer- 
fully listed  as  Bray  clients.  This  easy  ap- 
propriation of  credit  patronage  remains  a 
common  practice  among  the  non-theat- 
rical producers  today ;  and  apparently 
nobody  particularly  objects. 

Handy  was  familiar  with  Bray's  car- 
toon line  because  he  had  been  comic-strip 
editor  for  the  Scripps-McRae  newspaper 
syndicate.  His  brother,  Ray  D.  Handy, 
had  been  a  cartoonist  of  some  reputa- 
tion. Jamison  doubtless  could  have  ob- 
tained all  the  animation  he  wanted  right 
in  Chicago  had  it  not  been  for  the  re- 
strictions by  the  Bray  patents.  In  the 
loose  sense,  of  course,  he  was  a  Bray 
salesman.  He  probably  was  the  agent 
who  brought  in  the  group  of  Bray  indus- 
trial accounts  which  included  the  Delco 
Company,  the  Northeast  Electric  Com- 
pany and  the  Burroughs  Adding  Machine 
Company.  .Another  reputed  Bray  "sales- 
man" was  Rowland  Rogers,  editor  of  the 
"Pictograph,"  certain  clients  apparently 
having  been  brought  into  line  because  he 
was  the  nephew  of  H.  H.  Rogers  of 
Standard  Oil,  with  useful  connections  in 
Wall  Street. 

Leventhal 

Among  Bray's  artists  was  J.  F.  Leven- 
thal, with  rather  a  flair  for  scientific 
animation.  He  joined  the  studio  group  as 
an  architectural  draughtsman  who  wanted 
to  become  a  screen  cartoonist.  His  at- 
tempts to  realize  that  ambition  proved 
imsatisfactory,  so  he  delivered  an  entirely 
new  line  of  material  which  Bray  pres- 
ently exploited  as  "animated  blue  prints." 
A  good  example  of  it  was  "A  German 
Submarine  Mine-Layer  at  Work,"  ap- 
pearing in  one  of  the  "Paramount  Picto- 
graphs." 

Some  of  this  film  attracted  the  atten- 
tion of  our  old  acquaintance  Maurice 
Ricker.  friend  of  Walter  Yorke  and  later 
belonging  to  the  War  Work  Council  of 
the  Y.M.C.A.  It  suggested  to  him  the 
possibility  of  using  animated  diagrams 
for  the  training  of  .American  doughboys 
in  the  A.E.F. ;  and  Government  officials 
being  agreeable,  the  order  to  proceed  was 
given  to  Bray.  In  February,  1918,  there- 
fore, Leventhal  was  assigned  to  Fort  Sill 
to  gather  data.  When  he  returned,  how- 
ever, he  had  an  entirely  different  scheme, 
which  was  to  animate  blocks,  represent- 
ing the  military  units,  by  that  same  meth- 
od which  had  been  used  by  J.  Stuart 
Blackton  years  before,  apparently  to 
bring  children's  toys  to  life. 

The  mysteries  of  this  were  unfolded 
before  the  fascinated  eyes  of  Leventhal's 
cousin,  Francis  Lyle  Goldman,  of  St. 
Louis,  a  young  architect  with  a  bachelor 
of  science  degree  from  the  University  of 
Illinois,  who  was  finding  his  profession 
an  incomplete  fulfilment.  Goldman's  fer- 
tile imagination  was  kindled  by  what  he 
saw.  One  suggestion  leading  to  another, 


October,  19i9 


Page  287 


he  was  taken  on  by  Bray.  He  speedily 
became  a  specialist  in  scientific  anima- 
tion, too,  with  a  leaning  toward  the  medi- 
cal, a  very  useful  Itent,  as  it  proved.  It 
was  Goldman  who  did  the  celebrated  mov- 
ing representation  of  the  human  larynx 
for  the  "Pictograph,"  showing  how  a 
person  talks. 

Levcnthal  became  known,  for  public- 
ity purposes,  as  "Director  of  the  Bray 
Motion  Picture  Engineers."  In  that  ca- 
pacity, and  notably  with  the  assistance  of 
W.  J.  Nirgenau,  he  developed  methods 
for  many  sorts  of  pedagogical  pictures, 
based  on  Bray's  patents.  An  outcome  of 
this  activity  was  the  notable  series  of 
twelve  reels,  on  communicable  diseases 
and  personal  hygiene,  called  "The  Science 
ot  Life."  It  was  originally  produced 
under  Government  supervision  for  gen- 
eral educational  use ;  and  even  today  it 
remains  one  of  the  most  serviceable  pro- 
ductions in  that  especial  department.  In 
October,  1924,  the  U.  S.  Public  Health 
Service,  under  supervision  of  Surgeon- 
General  H.  S.  Gumming,  issued  a  group 
of  lectures  to  be  delivered  with  "The 
Science  of  Life"  in  high  schools  and 
colleges. 

"Government  supervision"  is  entirely 
insufficient  as  an  explanation  of  the  mak- 
ing of  "The  Science  of  Life."  The  dom- 
inant spirit  was  Dr.  Maurice  Ricker,  who 
wrote  and  directed,  for  the  United  States 
Public  Health  Service,  the  production  for 
which  Bray  obtained  the  contract.  The 
circumstances  required,  of  course,  that 
Ricker  shoidd  be  working  frequently  at 
the  Bray  Studios,  .^nd  because  there  is 
so  much  of  interest  still  to  be  told  con- 
cerning that  association,  it  is  worthwhile 
at  this  juncture  to  inquire  more  at- 
tentively who  this  man  Ricker  was. 

He  was  born  July  18,  1869.  at  Wataga, 
Illinois,  whither  his  people  had  removed 
from  the  New  Hampshire  home  where 
his  ancestors  had  settled  in  the  seven- 
teenth century.  He  was  a  graduate  stu- 
dent of  the  University  of  Illinois  and  ob- 
tained his  bachelor  of  science  degree  at 
Drake  University  in  1892.  From  1892 
until  18%  he  was  a  high  school  teacher 
of  science  at  Marshalltown.  Iowa,  where 
he  married  and  became  father  of  the 
daughter  who,  in  due  course  of  time,  was 
to  become  the  wife  of  William  Beebe. 

Various  other  teaching  and  lecturing 
experiences  carried  him  on  to  Burling- 
ton, Iowa,  where  he  resumed  as  a  high 
school  science  teacher  from  1899  to  1906, 
with  concurrent  duties  as  lecturer  for 
the  Montana  University  Biological  Sta- 
tion. I'ollowing  that  he  began  a  twelve- 
year  period  as  principal  of  the  Des 
Moines  High  School,  concluding  it  in 
1918  to  join  the  University  of  Iowa  ex- 
pedition to  Barbadoes  and  .'\ntigua  as 
biologist.  It  was  in  1927,  long  after  his 
Bray  association,  that  he  became  assist- 
ant educational  director  of  the  United 
States  Public  Health  Service,  and  he 
maintained  that  connection  for  seven 
years.  Some  of  his  subsequent  history 
will  appear  as  this  narrative  proceeds. 

His  interest  in  picttires  began  very 
early,  apparently  stimulated  in  the  main 
by  his  use  of  stereopticon  slides  for  lec- 
ture purposes  involving  nature  study  and 
social  hygiene.     His  authorship  of  "The 


Science  of  Life"  and  his  ability  to  direct 
it  cannot  be  questioned  in  the  face  of  his 
extraordinarily  well-adapted  background. 

Another  important  Bray  instructional 
series  was  "The  Elements  of  the  Auto- 
mobile," made  in  collaboration  with  the 
U.  S.  War  Department,  or,  more  par- 
ticularly, with  Major  R.  A.  Osmun  of 
the  Quartermaster's  Corps,  Motor  Trans- 
port Division.  The  motor  transport  pic- 
tures were  part  of  the  Government's 
great  plan  for  rehabilitating  the  soldiers 
returned  from  the  World  War,  by  voca- 
tional training.  In  September,  1920, 
Major-Gencral  P.  C.  Harris,  Adjutant- 
General  of  the  Army,  announced  the 
award  of  contracts  to  produce  such  films. 
The  pictures,  including  these  from  Bray, 
were  to  be  used  to  illustrate  a  few  of 
the  107  educational  subjects  then  being 
studied  in  more  traditional  fashion  by 
approximately  105,000  veterans.  One  of 
the  contracts  was  for  the  making  of 
thirty-five  sets  of  ten  reels  each,  which 
gives  some  idea  of  the  plan  for  simul- 
taneous showings.  But  there  was  plenty 
or  red  tape  and  a  formidable  system  to 
be  met  in  reaching  the  ultimate  consumer. 

When  the  pictures  had  been  completed, 
approval  and  acceptance  had  to  come 
from  representatives  of  the  Motor  Trans- 
port Corps.  After  that,  an  official  of  the 
War  Plans  Division  of  the  General  Staff 
had  to  approve  and  accept.  Then  the  pic- 
tures were  to  be  taken  over  by  the  Edu- 
cation and  Recreation  Division,  Storage 
Service  of  the  Quartermaster's  Office, 
from  which  the  reels  were  supposed  to 
be  sent  over  the  world  to  all  military 
departments  of  the  Army,  as  well  as  to 
those  places  in  Panama,  Hawaii,  Germany 
and  the  Philippines,  where  the  various 
.Army  schools  taught  automotives. 

However,  it  was  in  this  very  year, 
1920,  that  the  wartime  regimentation  of 
the  United  States  was  reluctantly  break- 
ing down  once  more  into  the  independent 
pursuits  of  peace.     Whereas,  during  the 


Arthar  Loucki:  the  business  half  of 
virtually  the  only  offshoot  of  the 
Bray  organization  which  luis  gone  on 
uninterruptedly   in    non- theatricals. 


storm  period,  workers  had  clustered, 
through  a  sort  of  instinct  for  mutual  pro- 
tection, they  now  went  forth  bravely  on 
their  own.  The  Bray  organization  be- 
gan to  disintegrate  like  most  of  the  others 
which  had  prospered  in  the  abnormal 
circumstances  leading  up  to  and  continu- 
ing throughout  the  War.  Other  causes 
within  the  industry — cancellation  of 
theatrical  contracts,  for  instance — may 
be  cited  as  more  direct  reasons ;  but 
change  was  in  the  air  everywhere  in  1920, 
and  Bray  Products  was  no  exception  in 
the  long  list  of  producing  companies 
which  were  adversely  aflFected  by  it. 

This  Way  Out 

The  artist  Paul  Terry  had  been  one 
of  the  first  restless  souls  to  depart.  He 
left  to  do  "Felix  the  Cat"  and  his  clever 
"Aesop's  Fables,"  one  of  the  most  popu- 
lar animated  subjects  of  the  silent  film 
days — and  Frank  Moser,  long  afterward 
to  be  Terry's  partner  in  producing 
"Terrytoons,"  went  off,  too.  You  see, 
animation  is  that  peculiar  sort  of  work 
which  requires  for  successful  business 
more  persons  than  one — animators, 
tracers,  "opaquers,"  "in-bctweeners"  and 
so  on — and.  when  an  individual  left  Bray 
to  head  his  own  new  enterprise,  he 
usually  tried  to  take  a  number  of  others 
along. 

It  is  not  to  be  supposed  from  this,  of 
course,  that  Frank  Moser  was  a  worker 
in  the  second  line.  For  two  years,  be- 
ginning in  1910,  he  had  been  of  sufficient 
newspaper  importance  to  substitute  for 
J.  N.  Darling  ("Ding"),  as  chief  car- 
toonist on  the  Des  Moines  Register.  In 
1915  he  had  done  a  series  of  animation 
subjects  for  the  Eldison  Company  in  New 
York,  and  a  year  later  he  had  founded 
the  animation  department  for  the  Inter- 
national News  Service  in  the  same  city, 
animating  the  first  "Krazy  Kat,"  "Bring- 
ing Up  Father,"  "Jerry  on  the  Job," 
"Happy  Hooligan"  and  "Little  Jimmy," 
all  then  current  comic  strip  favorites  in 
the  Hearst  newspapers.  He  was  with 
Bray  during  the  Paramount  period.  When 
he  joined  Terry  in  1919  it  was  to  make 
".Aesop's  Fables"  until  those  amusing 
drolleries  had  reached  the  astounding 
number   of  430  separate  releases. 

Bray  had  difficulty  not  only  in  keep- 
ing his  organization  intact,  but  he  was 
obliged  to  meet  suits,  including  one 
brought  by  two  of  his  own  men.  It  ap- 
pears that  Jam  Handy  had  told  Rowland 
Rogers  about  a  motion  picture  collection 
in  Dayton  which  seemed  to  be  a  desirable 
property.  It  appears  that,  on  Bray's 
ready  promise  to  distribute  it,  Rogers  and 
Handy  had  bought  it.  Then  Bray,  so  that 
story  goes,  couldn't  carry  out  his  part 
of  the  bargain;  and  they  sued  him  for 
non-fulfilment  of  contract  and  back  salary, 
winning  a  judgment  of  $18,000. 

This  seems  to  have  happened  in  the 
time  when  Bray  included  in  his  activities 
the  promotion  of  pictures  accredited  to 
the  Dayton  Photo  Products  Library. 
Specifically,  the  Daypho  idea  seems  to 
have  involved  a  paper  film  for  "opaque" 
projection.  The  special  projector  was 
quite  cumbersome  and,  owing  to  the  dif- 
ficulties of  illumination  in  all  siKh  de- 
vices, presented  only  a  small  picture  on 


Page   288 


The  Educational  Screen 


the  screen.  It  was  backed  originally  by 
a  Mr.  Willis,  well  known  as  a  music 
publisher,  and  then  taken  up  with  en- 
thusiasm and  further  financing  by  the 
Wurlitzer  Music  Corporation  of  Cin- 
cinnati. 

But,  how  ever  accurate  or  otherwise 
these  details  may  be,  it  is  a  fact  that 
Handy  and  Rogers  here  parted  company 
with  Bray,  Handy  keeping  his  head- 
quarters in  Chicago  to  become  one  of 
the  largest  non-theatrical  producers  in 
that  area,  and  Rogers,  as  already  stated, 
setting  up  his  own  non-theatrical  busi- 
ness in  New  York. 

It  is  the  New  York  scene  which  for  the 
moment  concerns  us  for  the  purpose  of 
keeping  perspective ;  and  immediate  at- 
tention naturally  centers  there  anyway, 
.  because  New  York  had  been  the  real 
war  capital  of  the  United  States,  with 
many  non-theatrical  ventures  to  serve 
the  varied  commercial  interests  situated 
there  at  that  time. 

In  the  exodus  from  Bray  Products  and 
reluctant  to  go,  for  he  was  not  a  man 
to  enjoy  changes  of  allegiance,  was  Jack 
Norling.  Jack  was  familiar  enough  with 
animation — no  one  could  be  with  Bray 
without  developing  a  certain  expertness 
that  way- — but  his  prime  job  had  come 
to  be  to  write  and  to  produce  stories  to 
be  made  out  "on  location"  and  sometimes 
using  actors.  There  were  not  many  of 
the  Bray  crowd  who  could  produce  pro- 
fessionally in  that  sense,  away  from  the 
animation  stand ;  yet  he  had  somehow  ac- 
quired the  knack.  He  had  been  a  photog- 
rapher in  the  Army,  and  Leventhal,  in 
producing  his  Army  pictures,  had  taken 
him  on  and  brought  him  into  the  Bray 
group.  But  Bray  couldn't  afford  to  keep 
him  any  longer  with  the  business  drop- 
ping off,  and  Jack  now  had  to  help  him- 
self. 

As  with  all  the  other  Bray  men  doing 
creative  production,  Norling  necessarily 
had  made  outside  friends  by  working 
intimately  with  clients  in  developing  pic- 
tures to  their  liking;  and  it  was  one  of 
these  who  opened  the  way  to  his  dignified 
departure.  The  friend  this  time  was 
Arthur  Loucks,  assistant  advertising 
manager  of  the  Burroughs  Adding  Ma- 
chine Company.  Arthur  felt  that  with 
himself  to  care  for  the  management  and 
Jack  to  produce,  they  would  make  an 
excellent  combination.  So,  indeed,  they 
did. 

Hence,  about  1923,  the  new  non-thea- 
trical firm  of  Loucks  &  Norling  loomed 
on  the  New  York  horizon.  They  had 
ruptured  no  friendships ;  so  they  began 
by  taking  offices  in  the  same  building  with 
Bray  and  by  contracting  with  him  for  as 
much  of  his  business  as  they  could  handle. 
They  continued  doing  it  almost  up  to  the 
real  advent  of  sound  pictures  in  1926. 
Then  they  were  obliged  to  leave  Bray 
with  his  financial  worries,  moving  to 
other  quarters  under  the  sheltering  wing 
of  Du-Art,  a  commercial  film  laboratory 
in  SSth  Street. 

Carpenter-Goldman 

A  PARTICIPANT  in  the  original  exodus 
from  Bray's  was  Francis  Lyle  Goldman ; 
and  his  separation  also  was  friendly.  By 
this  time  Frank,  in  his  dogged  but  cheer- 
ful   search    for    scientific    subjects    be- 


fitting animation,  had  become  fast  friends 
with  Arthur  W.  Carpenter,  a  kindred  soul 
over  at  Prizma,  where  they  made  color 
pictures.  Film  color  processes  consti- 
tuted a  natural  line  of  inquiry  for  Gold- 
man because  pictures  of  anatomical  sec- 
tions, of  the  human  larynx,  for  instance, 
almost  demand  hues  and  tints  for  proper 
effect.  Arthur  Carpenter  was  "process 
manager"  for  Prizma,  but  he  wanted  to 
develop  a  color  separation  method  of  his 
own ;  so  it  was  proposed  that  he,  with 
a  little  money  which  he  had  put  by, 
should  join  Goldman  in  forming  their 
own  concern.  That  was  how  the  Car- 
penter-Goldman Laboratories  came  into 
existence.  They  had  hard  sledding  for 
a  time;  but  at  the  end  of  three  or  four 
years  of  plugging,  they  found  themselves 
possessed  of  a  specialized,  scientific,  non- 
theatrical  production  service  which  was 
well  known  and  really  prosperous. 

But  Arthur  Carpenter  was  by  nature 
and  temperament  a  research  man,  not 
really  interested  m  just  commercial  re- 
sults. In  1908  he  had  been  an  associate 
in  photographic  research  in  the  Jefferson 
Physical  Laboratory  at  Harvard.  After 
that  he  had  held,  among  other  identities, 
posts  as  radiographer  and  research 
photographer  of  the  Massachusetts  State 
Psychopathic  Hospital,  field  director  in 
the  Peabody  Museum  Expedition  Service 
and  officer  in  the  Chemical  Warfare  Serv- 
ice for  the  U.  S.  Army.  It  is  said  that 
during  his  expedition  work  he  was  one 
of  the  archaeologists  who  opened  the  way 
to  some  of  those  ancient  Mayan  ruins 
in  Yucatan. 

For  awhile  he  worked  very  conscien- 
tiously with  Goldman;  but  presently  the 
archaeological  urge  returned  him  to  his 
former  interests.  Perhaps,  too,  his  strong 
methodical  sense  found  Frank's  im- 
promptu methods  a  bit  disturbing.  But 
he  was  prompt  to  realize,  when  his  at- 
tention was  called  to  it,  that,  although  he 
had  invested  money  in  the  Carpenter- 
Goldman  Laboratories,  he  was  rarely  in 
town  long  enough  to  give  the  firm  his 
proportional  share  of  attention;  and  he 
agreed,  like  a  gentleman,  to  sell  out  his 
interest  at  Frank's  first  opportunity  to 
take  it  over. 

In  the  meantime  Goldman  had  become 
more  than  ever  impressed  with  the  neces- 
sity of  having  a  pedagogical  point  of 
view  to  supplement  his  own  technical  one 


Next  Month 

The  November  installment  will 
continue  the  story  of  the  Bray 
alumni,  but  moves  quickly  into 
the  curious  history  of  what  hap- 
pened when  the  National  In- 
dustrial Conference  Board  be- 
came interested  in  what  a  film 
can  do  as  an  instrument  with 
which  to  influence  public  rela- 
tions. The  rise  of  Carpenter  & 
Goldman,  Rufus  Steele,  William 
Brotherhood — and  especially,  on 
this  occasion,  Carlyle  Ellis. 


in  working  upon  educational  subjects. 
Seeking  some  person  to  supply  it,  he 
found,  about  192S,  Joseph  W.  Coffman, 
vice-president  and  production  manager  of 
the  Graphic  Films  Corporation  at  At- 
lanta, Georgia.  Coffman  was  a  man  close 
to  his  own  age — Goldman  was  born  in 
1893,  Coffman  in  1895.  The  latter  had 
been  engaged  in  commercial  production 
for  only  a  couple  of  years,  but  in  1922 
he  had  entered  upon  a  year's  work  as  su- 
pervisor of  visual  education  in  the  Bir- 
mingham, Alabama,  and  Atlanta  public 
schools.  During  the  War  he  had  served 
as  a  first  lieutenant  in  the  .\.E.F.  Air 
Service.  He  was  a  native  of  Clarks- 
ville,  Arkansas. 

When  he  was  taken  on  he  more  than 
justified  Goldman's  expectations ;  and 
with  his  energetic  and  scientifically  pre- 
cise assistance,  the  Carpenter-Goldman 
Laboratories  waxed  stronger  than  ever. 
They  took  a  suite  of  fine  offices  in  the 
Canadian-Pacific  Building  on  Madison 
Avenue.  They  engaged  a  staff  of  perhaps 
a  dozen  artists  and  animators.  They  did 
work  for  their  competitors  and  employed 
those  friendly  business  rivals  to  handle 
odd  jobs  for  them  whenever  practicable. 
It  was  a  happy  time  until  sound  pictures 
came,  although,  in  the  case  of  this  firm, 
the  revolution  swept  it  to  greater  heights. 
Only — we  must  not  anticipate  the  course 
of  our   story. 

The  Man  Who  Walked  Alone 

The  same  post-war  circumstances 
which  had  so  sorely  hit  Bray  Products, 
had  turned  the  eyes  of  others  toward 
possibilities  in  non-theatrical  production. 
One  of  the  most  interesting  of  these  newly 
attentive  persons  was  another  New 
Yorker,  Mason  Wadsworth.  He  had  been 
an  actor,  I  believe,  and  was  known  also 
as  the  husband  of  an  emiment  lady  medi- 
cal specialist.  During  the  great  conflict 
he  had  been  close  to  the  work  of  the 
National  Industrial  Conference  Board — 
organized  in  May,  1916,  mainly  to  pro- 
mote the  welfare  of  American  manu- 
facturing lines.  He  became  an  intimate 
friend  of  its  president,  Magnus  Washing- 
ton Alexander. 

Seeing  the  enormous  power  of  all  these 
great  organizations  moving  shoulder  to 
shoulder  toward  the  great  objective,  vic- 
tory, and  seeing,  moreover,  that  they  held 
together  for  awhile  even  after  the  War — 
for  with  all  their  pooled  interests  they 
could  not  disentangle  at  once — Wads- 
worth  conceived  that  there  was  a  fortune 
to  be  made  by  inspiring  them  with  another 
common  purpose,  to  advertise  their  goods 
and  services  on  the  screens  of  the  world. 
It  is  a  very  sound  principle,  to  seize 
existing  sources  of  energy  which  have 
lost  their  outlets,  and  give  them  new 
channels  of  useful  service ;  and  in  1920 
there  was  plenty  of  evidence  to  support 
the  reasonableness  of  Wadsworth's  plan. 
Special  articles  in  newspapers  and  na- 
tional magazines  currently  proclaimed  that 
American  theatrical  films,  witheut  spe- 
cific intention  to  do  so,  were  teaching 
American  methods  and  selling  American 
goods  around  the  globe. 

(To  be  continued) 


October,  19)9 


<^, 


Page  289 


cO. 


L 


rnoncj  \uu%±eluz± 

From  and  by  the  Department  of  Visual  Instruction,  N.E,A. 

Conducted  by  the  Editorial  Committee 

Photoplay  Appreciation  at  Collinwood* 

By    CORDA    E.    PECK,    Collinwood  High  School,  Cleveland 


IN'  AN'  informal  broadcast  over  a  Cleveland  radio 
station,  a  number  of  Presidents  of  Federated 
Women's  Clubs  interviewed  me  about  Photoplay 
Appreciation  in  my  school.  Their  first  question  was: 
"Miss  Peck,  some  of  us  learn  with  surprise  that  Mo- 
tion Pictures  are  studied  in  the  class  room.  Do  people 
in  general  receive  this  news  with  surprise?" 

My  reply  was,  "Yes,  they  do.  Frequently,  I  hear 
people  say,  "Do  you  mean  that  high  school  hoys  and 
girls  study  movies  and  get  credit  for  it?'  When  I 
reply,  "Certainly,"  they  sometimes  flippantly  remark 
that  they  wish  they  were  in  school  again,  but  after  a 
moment's  reflection,  they  agree  that  a  very  great  many 
leisure  hours  are  spent  in  the  movie-theatre,  and  that 
enjoyment  for  these  hours  might  well  l)e  increased. 

I  mention  this  incident  because  it  serves  two  pur- 
poses: 

(1)  To  point  out  that  to  the  general  public — which 
includes  many,  many  high  schools — the  study  of  the 
photoplay  is  still  a  very  new  subject,  and  to  many 
people,  still  an  unknown  subject. 

(2)  That  in  speaking  to  this  group  I  assume  the  very 
opf)osite  to  be  true.  It  is  a  pleasure  to  speak  a  few 
minutes  to  a  group  who,  I  assume,  understand  what  it 
is  and  to  whom  the  movement  need  not  be  defended  nor 

■  .  justified. 

■  The  American  Educational  Theatre  Association 

In  the  fall  of  1937,  The  Coordinating  Committee 
for  Drama  in  Secondary  Schools  included  the  study  of 
the  photoplay  in  the  program  of  the  American  Educa- 
tional Theatre  Association,  and  formally  introduced  it 
I  in  New  York  City  at  its  December  convention.  Con- 
siderable interest  was  voiced,  but  teachers  of  dramatics 
in  general  confessed  that  they  were  too  busy  with  the 
production  of  their  plays  to  find  time  to  do  anything 
with  pictures.  I  would  not  have  3'ou  think  I  speak 
lightly  of  them,  for  they  have  a  most  ambitious  and 
creditable  program,  and  being  a  teacher  of  dramatics 
myself,  I  can  heartily  sympathize  with  their  prob- 
lem. However,  I  am  glad  to  say  that  at  the  convention 
in  December  1938,  much  progress  had  been  made.  The 
program  meeting  was  very  interesting  and  well  at- 
tended, but  the  most  interesting  part  took  place  at  the 
Executive  Meeting  where  the  question  to  be  decided 
was  whether  time  and  money  were  to  be  spent  on  a 

•Address  delivered  at  the  San  Francisco  N.E.A.  meeting, 
July  3,  1939,  before  the  joint  session  of  the  DepartnienU  of 
Secondary  Education  and  Visual  Instruction. 


project  to  interest  teachers  of  dramatics  in  the  photo- 
play. I  am  happy  to  say  that  even  though  there  was 
some  opposition,  that  they  voted  to  do  so,  and  further- 
more, that  they  showed  much  more  interest  than  they 
had  the  year  before.  I  think  I'd  like  to  present  a  few 
of  their  conclusions  and  plans : 

(1)  To  determine  what  arc  the  criteria  of  the 
teachers  of  dramatics  in  relation  to  the  critical  apprecia- 
tion of  the  photoplay,  to  determine  what  are  the  im- 
plications of  these  criteria,  and  finally  to  write  a  brief 
curriculum  unit  embodying  these  ideas. 

(2)  To  invite  one  hundred  or  more  teachers  of  dra- 
matics to  supervise  an  experimental  project  in  Photo- 
play Appreciation,  returning  a  report  as  to  its  interest 
and  effectiveness  in  their  dramatic  program. 

These  determinations  grew  out  of  the  following  as- 
sumptions : 

(1)  That  motion  pictures  are  essentially  dramatic 
presentations. 

(2)  That  in  many  rural  or  small  town  schools, 
motion  pictures  and  radio  are  the  only  dramatic  en- 
tertainment available. 

(3)  That  discussion  of  pictures  is  one  of  the  chief 
topics  of  daily  conversation,  and  therefore,  good  speech 
practice,  as  well  as  a  means  of  developing  critical  habits 
of  thought  in  speech. 

(4)  That  many  teachers  of  dramatics  have  been 
slow  to  include  the  photoplay  in  their  program  because 
of  their  preoccupation  with  legitimate  theatrical  activ- 
ities, and  their  too  heavy  jjersonal  programs. 

(5)  That  teachers  of  dramatic  art  have  rich  possi- 
bilities in  this  field  to  develop,  as  well  as  illustrative 
material  already  available,  in  studying  costuming,  sett- 
ings, story  development,  acting,  dialog,  sound  and 
voice  culture. 

(6)  .And,  finally,  that  principals  and  superintendents 
should  be  encouraged  to  recognize  the  extra-curricular 
value  —  wherever  its  curricular  value  might  find 
opposition. 

The  Course  at  Collinwood  High  School 

The  beginning  of  Film  Appreciation  at  our  school 
may  be  attributed  to: 

(1)  The  intense  interest  of  the  teacher. 

(2)  The  faith  and  cooperation  of  a  principal  who 
believes  in  a  liberal  curriculum. 

(3)  A  recognition  of  the  very  great   interest  the 
students  have  in  motion  pictures. 


Page  290 


The  Educational  Screen 


Briefly,  this  is  the  history  of  our  growth  in  this 
subject : 

First,  in  an  English  class  of  low  I.  Q.  technical  boys, 
I  substituted  a  unit  of  photoplay  study  for  a  required 
unit  of  poetry.  The  interest  evidenced  by  the  boys  was 
surprising.  In  another  English  class  of  very  bright 
students  I  added  a  unit  of  photoplay  study.  Again, 
remarkable  interest  was  shown. 

The  following  semester  we  started  an  elective  class 
without  credit,  but  before  the  term  was  over,  credit  was 
granted  for  the  course.  The  next  semester,  we  had 
two  classes  with  credit ;  the  following  five  semesters 
we  had  three  classes.  Lack  of  teacher  time  prevented 
more  classes. 

I  should  like  to  briefly  outline  some  of  our  class  ac- 
tivity in  our  classes  this  jjast  semester. 

January — June,  1939 

students —  115  students  from  llA,  12B,  and  12A  grades  met 
twice  a  week  in   Film  Appreciation. 

Pictures  studied — Young  in  Heart,  Victoria  the  Great,  Wings 
of  the  Navy,  Gunga  Din,  Wuthering  Heights,  The  Mikado, 
The  Adventures  of  Huckleberry  Finn,  The  Story  of 
Alexander  Bell,  The  Story  of  Vernon  and  Irene  Castle, 
A  Man  to  Remember,  Love  Affair,  Snovif  White  and  the 
Seven  Dwarfs,  F"erdinand  the  Bull,  Union  Pacific,  Juarez, 
Young   Mr.   Lincoln,   Goodbye,   Mr.   Chips. 

Books  used — Hozv  to  Appreciate  Motion  Pictures,  by  Edgar 
Dale,  (We  had  a  set  of  these)  ;  Film  and  School,  by  Rand 
and  Lewis,   (A  few  reference  copies). 

Magazines — The  Photoplay  Guide — Educational  and  Recrea- 
tional Guides,  New  York  City ;  The  Film  Guide — Harold 
Turney,  Los  Angeles ;  The  Hollywood  Spectator,  Holly- 
wood. 

Displays —  A  complete  set  of  research  sheets  and  pictures  of 
Victoria  the  Great,  presented  by  R.  K.  O. — 
The  entire  story  of  Vernon  and  Irene  Castle,  in  stills,  pre- 
sented by  Harold  Hendee  of  R.  K.  O. — 
The  panel  displays  of  the  Motion  Picture  Distributors  and 
Exhibitors,  Inc.  for  Young  in  Heart,  Wuthering  Heights, 
Gunga  Din,  The  Mikado,  Union  Pacific ;  and  Film  Guide 
display  sheets   for  Juarez. 

Theater  Parties — 

Victoria  the  Great — We  invited  600  students  to  see  this 
picture  in  our  school.  Preparation  for  this  picture  was 
made  in  all  the  classes  invited  to  be  guests.  They  came 
from  English  classes  studying  Victorian  literature,  from 
history  classes  studying  the  same  period,  from  art  classes 
and  from  clothing  classes. 
A  Man  to  Remember — We  showed  this  picture  to  300  stu- 
dents, 200  from  high  X  classes. 
Love  Affair — Students  in  Film  Appreciation  attended  the 
Commodore  Theater  to  see  this  film.  They  invited  friends 
or  parents.     About  225  attended. 

Participation  with  outside  activities 

(1)  The  Cinema  Club  conducted  a  panel  discussion  on  The 
Merits  of  the  Double  Feature.  The  speakers  were  a  super- 
visor of  education,  a  film  distributor,  and  a  student.  The 
student  came  from  our  classes. 

(2)  At  the  student  session  of  The  Youth  Division  of  the 
Cinema  Club  Festival,  two  of  our  students  gave  talks. 

(3)  Two  of  our  students  participated  in  a  round  table  dis- 
cussion on  The  Life  of  Emile  Zola. 

(4)  Two  of  our  students  broadcasted  over  W.  H.  K.  on 
"Over  The  Coffee  Cups"  hour.  They  were  invited  to  speak 
on  "Film  .Appreciation  at  Collinwood  High  School"  by 
the  radio  chairman  of  the  Cleveland  Federation  of  Women's 
Clubs. 

(5)  Two  of  our  students  are  participating  in  the  Union 
Pacific  Pictorial  Notebook  Contest  conducted  by  Cecil 
B.    De    Mille. 

I  wish  I  had  time  to  tell  you  how  much  the  students 
enjoy  these  classes.  They  enjoy  the  exchange  of 
opinions,  estimates,  and  comments  that  grow  out  of 
the  problem  or  the  story.     They  make  very  intelligent 


observations  on  art,  on  writing  values,  directional 
touches,  acting  ability,  and  on  various  skills.  They 
learn  to  recognize  that  there  are  several  types  of  pic- 
tures and  they  learn  to  develop  standards  for  judging 
them.  They  question  whether  the  life  problems  are 
real,  the  characters  true  to  life,  whether  the  plot  ends 
logically  and  naturally,  whether  the  theme  is  significant. 
This  last  year  all  students  have  heard  much  about  war 
and  propaganda.  Personally,  I  have  thought  that  in 
our  classes  studying  current  pictures  we  have  had  a 
splendid  opportunity  to  talk  over  these  problems  sanely 
and  practically. 

Some  of  the  discussion  of  these  problems  is  very  im- 
pressive, because  it  has  been  preceded  by  a  visual  ex- 
perience which  made  the  problems  very  real  to  the 
student.  The  photoplay  is  a  dramatic  presentation,  and 
it  is  precisely  because  it  is  essentially  dramatic  that  it 
has  such  great  influence.  We  have  welcomed  Social 
problem  pictures.  The  movies  offer  an  opportunity 
for  some  splendid  propaganda  in  favor  of  democracy, 
love  for  American  traditions,  understanding  of  many 
races,  and  love  of  world  peace.  It  would  be  wise  for 
all  pictures  to  succeed  first  as  a  well-written  dramatic 
story,  excellently  portrayed  in  a  visual  sense ;  it  may 
include  some  theory,  some  plan,  some  philosophy,  and 
if  it  does,  it  is  the  privilege  of  the  audience  to  analyze 
the  truth  of  that  theory,  that  plan,  or  that  philosophy. 
In  other  words,  I  mean  the  social,  political,  or  ethical 
significance  should  logically  be  a  part  of  the  dramatic 
sequence.  To  teach  this  underlying  truth  of  an  ar- 
tistic experience  is  one  of  the  fine  services  photoplay 
appreciation  classes  can  render  a  large  movie  audience. 

Some  objections  to  classes  in  movie  appreciation  have 
been  made  on  the  ground  that  students  do  not  need 
preparation  to  understand  a  picture.  This  criticism 
came  to  my  mind  vividly  recently  when  I  listened  to  a 
round  table  discussion  by  twelve  bright  students  who 
had  seen  The  Lije  of  Emile  Zola. 

The  students  revealed  that  they  had  been  exposed  to 
such  teaching  about  propaganda.  They  discussed  at 
length  that  the  picture  was  propaganda  related  to  the 
Jew.  For  thirty  minutes  their  discussion  leader  waited 
for  someone  to  .say  that  the  picture  taught  racial  toler- 
ance, and  the  need  for  justice  that  is  founded  on  truth. 
The  students  were  so  "propaganda"  conscious,  that  they 
failed  to  mention  the  essential  theme  of  the  picture. 
Such  discernments  have  long  been  recognized  as  a  func- 
tion of  a  class  studying  drama ;  surely  they  are  also 
desirable  to  the  true  appreciation  of  our  better  films. 

Then  finally,  I  am  sure,  our  classes  develop  a  de- 
lightful interest  in  those  many  charming  little  details 
which  many  of  our  students  do  not  see — wonderful  as 
they  are.  People  are  quite  observant  about  physical 
beauty,  of  persons,  of  costumes,  and  of  scenery,  but 
frequently  fail  to  notice  some  small  detail  which  adds 
the  keen  edge  to  enjoyment.  How  dramatically  the 
little  umbrella  incident  summarized  Emile  Zola's  early 
years  of  poverty  and  struggle !  How  fine  that  the  di- 
rector recognized  its  u.sefulness !  The  music  that  sym- 
bolized Snow  White's  fear — the  music  that  accompanied 
Victoria  the  Great's  angry  pattering  feet  across  the  hall 
— their  appropriateness  added  to  our  pleasure.  Point- 
ing out  many  of  these  things  to  each  other  adds  to  our 
general  experience,  and  at  Collinwood  High  School  we 
think  it  worthwhile. 


October,  1959 


Page  291 


^liz  ^jsdszaL  ^jiim 


THE  U.  S.  Signal  Corps  has  a  most  comprehensive 
program  of  army  training  films.  The  increased  use 
of  the  motion  picture  as  a  training  device  as  well  as 
the  interest  in  the  measures  lieing  taken  by  the  Army 
to  be  prepared  for  any  national  emergency  make  con- 
sideration of  the  Signal  Corjis'  program  particularly 
timely. 

Objectives 

The  Army  is  responsible  for  training  recruits  and 
making  them  effective  soldiers  in  our  national  defense 
program.  Every  feasible  means  of  training  soldiers 
should  be,  and  is,  employed  by  the  Army  in  the  metam- 
orphosis from  raw  recruit  to  dependable  military  unit. 

Visual  instruction  plays  an  extraordinary  role  in  the 
teaching  and  training  program.  The  objective  of  the 
films  is  to  help  the  military  instructors  present  definite 
phases  of  instruction  on  a  definite  subject  to  a  definite 
group. 

The  same  principles  of  Army  operations  as  ordered 
by  the  general  staff  can  be  shown  in  the  same  way 
at  Fort  Benjamin  Harrison,  Indianapolis,  as  they  can 
at  Fort  Benning,  Georgia,  or  Fort  Riley,  Kansas.  Thus, 
uniformity  in  teaching  and  uniformity  in  interpretation 
are  accomplished. 

Films,  however,  are  used  only  when  they  teach  the 
desired  phases  of  instruction  in  a  manner  which  can 
be  approached  by  no  other  method.  Thus,  if  a  certain 
sequence  of  operations  can  be  learned  through  the  use 
of  a  series  of  charts,  photographs,  or  a  slide  fihn, 
usually  no  motion  picture  of  that  phase  of  military  work 
is  produced.  Effectiveness  in  teaching,  coupled  with  a 
study  of  the  cost  per  unit,  are  necessary  criteria  in  the 
consideration  of  training  film  production. 

Steps  In  Training  Technique 
I     The  steps  in  the  Army  training  technique  offer  an 
excellent  pattern  to  many  in  civilian  life  who  face  train- 
ing problems. 

1.  The  instructor  prepares  and  schools  himself 
thoroughly  in  his  subject  matter.  He  must  know  in 
detail  before  he  is  able  to  assist  in  training  others. 

2.  The  instructor  explains  to  those  whom  he  is  in- 
structing. 

3.  Demonstrations  of  various  types  as  illustration 
are  employed. 

4.  The  students  themselves  practice  the  movement 
or  operation  they  are  supposed  to  learn. 

5.  The  instructor  examines  the  student  in  order  to 
test  the  effectiveness  of  the  teaching  operation. 

6.  Any  points  remaining  unclear  are  checked  on 
and  clarified  by  the  instructor. 

These,  then,  are  the  steps  which  army  instruction 
indicates  are  most  effective  in  a  teaching  program.  This 


A  page  edited  by  Arch  A.  Mercey 

Assistant  Director,  United  States  Film  Service, 
Washington,  D.  C. 

breakdown  readily  lends  itself  to  the  utilization  of  the 
teaching  or  training  film,  particularly  in  operations  2 
and  3.  For  exan.ple,  the  Army  may  want  to  institute 
a  new  method  of  first  aid  to  the  wounded.  To  do  this 
successfully,  the  Army  can  elect  to  purchase  first  aid 
kits  and  supplies  to  the  thousands  of  American  soldiers 
and  have  military  instructors  demonstrate  at  each  point 
of  troop  location.  Or  the  Army  can  make  a  film  in 
which  the  methods  of  instruction  are  all  clearly  and 
graphically  set  forth  in  pictorial  form  with  off  stage 
narrative  on  the  sound  track  explaining  and  implement- 
ing the  operations  shown  in  the  film.  A  film  made  on 
first  aid  can  be  shown  in  any  part  of  the  U.  S.  or  its 
possessions,  wherever  an  Army  unit  might  be  with  as- 
surance that  the  material  presented  is  given  in  the 
authoritative  and  prescribed  manner.  In  short,  com- 
plete standardization  in  first  aid  training  is  accomp- 
lished. 

Moreover,  it  is  obviously  not  possible  to  take  all  the 
U.  S.  troops  out  onto  battlegroimd  terrain  for  certain 
operations  which  may  simulate  military  activity.  The  in- 
creased impossibility  of  taking  the  National  Guardsmen, 
R.O.T.C.  and  Reserve  Corps  to  outdoor  locations  is 
also  apparent.  The  terrain,  therefore,  together  with 
the  heavy  equipment  or  special  apparatus  must  be 
brought  into  the  classroom  by  the  way  of  sound  film. 

The  Army  also  has  certain  phases  of  instructional 
work  requiring  a  knowledge  of  the  mechanism  of  of- 
fensive and  defensive  weapons.     In  such  cases  an  ani- 
mated film  is  an  effective  method  of  teaching  the  actual 
workings  of  such  weapons.    The  film  on  recoil  mech- 
anism of  a  75mm  gun,  for  example,  indicates  the  vari- 
ous mechanical  features  of  the  gun  and  how  each  part 
of  the  gun  operates  to  make  a  successful  firing  piece. 
Training  Films  Diversified 
The  present  Army  training  film  library  of  50  sub- 
jects, includes  a  diverse  selection  of  subjects  and  many 
subjects   are   awaiting   action   and    funds    for    further 
development  of  the  framing  film  program.     Some  of 
the  topics  treated  in  the  film  program  include  Tactical 
Employment  of  Chemical  Troops  in  an  Attack;  Map 
Reading;  Infantry  Crossing  an    Unfordable  Stream; 
Reconnaissance  and  Occupation  of  a  Position;  Sensing 
of  Field  Artillery  Fire;  First  Aid;  Infantry  Hasty  Field 
Fortifications   and   numerous   other   subjects.     These 
topics  indicate  the  problems  facing  the  Signal  Corps 
experts  in  making  their  motion  pictures   and  further 
implement  the  basic  principle  that  nothing  should  be 
filmed   that   can  be  taught   by  any  other  method  in 
terms  of  equal  effectiveness  and  cheapness. 

The  Signal  Corps  maintains  its  own  laboratory  and 
motion  picture  directors,  animators,  cameramen  and 

(Concluded  on  page  301) 


i 


Page  292 

Thanksgiving — In  Hand-Made 

By    ANN    GALE 

THIS  year,  with  so  much  discussion  of  the  day  for  Thanks- 
giving, offers  an  excellent  time  for  intermediate  and  upper 
grade  children  to  investigate  the  history  of  Thanksgiving  as  a 
holiday  here  and  in  other  times. 

(1)  Way  back  in  Biblical  times  the  seven  day  Feast  of  the 
Tabernacles  was  a  kind  of  thanksgiving  at  harvest  time. 

(2)  In  Athens  the  Greek  women  gave  thanks  offerings  at 
harvest  time  every  year  in  the  temple  of  Demeter,  the  goddess 
of  plenty. 

(3)  As  far  back  as  the  Saxons  in  England  Harvest  Home 
was  celebrated.  This  was  a  general  feasting  and  rejoicing 
over  good  harvests. 

(4)  Our  first  Thanksgiving  was  celebrated  in  December  of 
1621  when  the  handful  of  Plymouth  colonists  gave  thanks  for 


The  Educational  Screen 

Lantern   Slides 

Art  Department,  Lindblom  High  School,  Chicago 

their  harvest.     They   entertained   Massasoit  and   ninety   Indian 
braves  at  the  three  day  feast. 

(5)  Thanksgiving  was  observed  somewhat  irregularly  until 
1631  when  a  special  day  was  appointed  in  Boston  to  give 
thanks  for  the  arrival  of  a  ship  with  provisions.  This  took 
more  the  form  of  a  religious  holiday. 

(6)  From  then  on  the  New  England  states  observed  by 
proclamation  a  Thanksgiving  day  at  various  times.  President 
Lincoln  in  1864  proclaimed  the  last  Thursday  in  November  as 
a  holiday. 

Use  blue  for  skies  of  1-2-4-5.  For  3  use  red,  orange  and 
yellow  for  people  and  violet  and  blue  for  walls.  Use  red, 
orange,  violet  and  blue  for  clothing  in  4.  Put  green  over  blue 
for  water  in  4. 


The  sim- 
plest type 
of  hand  - 
tnade  slide 
is  made  by 
drawing  or 
tracing  on 
finely  fin- 
ished etched 
glass  with 
ordinary 
medium  lead 
pencil.  Col- 
or, by  spe- 
cial crayons 
or  inks,  en- 
hances the 
slides  great- 
ly. Fine  ef- 
fects are  ob- 
tained    by 


blending      *^ 


with  cray- 
ons. About 
one  -  third 
inch  margin 
should  be 
left  all 
around  the 
slide.  The 
slide  is  read- 
ily cleaned 
with  soap  or 
wa s  h  in  g 
powder  to 
receive 
a  new  pic- 
ture. 


''(Kvftc     N 

<yi  Y        <:- 

^^L^ 

Jm^_^ 

i^^  ^^ 

^/^7t9^S^CS2 

Qw 

.(Ml/)^^ 

^c^KCf^;bc4< 

fvj 

f    ^vW^^^^vn  ^^ 

-5 

October,  19)9 


Page  293 


^liE  J^iiExaturz  in  ^  l/iiuaL  Unitxuction 


A   Monthly   Digest 


Conducted  by  Etta  Schneider 


Techniques   and  Materials 

The  Use  of  Visual  Materials  in  Zoology 
— l)y    John    W.    Price    —   Journal    of 
Higher     Education,     10:311-13     June, 
1939 
How  to  present  living  things,  and  to 
show   students  the  true  nature  of  them 
is  the  task  of  the  teachers  of   zoolog>'. 
Their    aim    is    to    present    to    students 
animals  as  they  really  are,  without  dis- 
tortion.    Life  is  good  enough  as  it  is.  It 
need  not  be  dramatized  or  exaggerated 
or  clothed  in  sentimental  sap  to  hold  the 
interest.  Visual  aids  hold  first  place  with- 
out doubt  in  the  ever  expanding  list  of 
modern  devices  for  studying  and  teaching 
zoology. 

In  the  teaching  of  zoology,  films  can 
do  three  things  probably  better  than  any 
other  device  available  to  us.  First,  they 
portray  movement.  The  conventional 
method  of  teaching  mitosis,  for  example, 
has  been  considerably  improved  by  an 
unusual  film  made  by  Dr.  Carl  Hartmann. 
Then,  films  can  overcome  the  limitations 
of  seasons  and  time.  We  need  not  wait 
until  spring  to  follow  the  life  span  of  the 
butterfly.  And  third,  films  have  over- 
come the  limitation  of  distance.  Films 
on  oysters,  amphibia,  reptiles,  birds, 
mammals  and  insects  are  available  now, 
and  the  list  is  growing  rapidly.  How  bet- 
ter can  the  distribution  and  ecology  of 
an  animal  be  presented  in  a  classroom 
than  by  a  well-composed  film  of  that 
animal  in  its  own  habitat?  To  be  sure, 
these  are  like  taking  field  trips  by  proxy, 
but  most  of  our  students  cannot  be  world 
travelers. 

Visual  Aids  Program — by  W.  A.  Miller, 
Rusk,  Texas — Texas  Outlook,  23  :No. 
6:28     June,   1939 

You  do  not  have  to  be  a  wealthy 
school  to  participate  in  a  well-balanced 
visual  aids  program.  The  problem  is 
chiefly  making  use  of  the  things  about  us 
in  everyday  life.  The  average  individtial 
thinks  of  visual  education  as  the  act  of 
teaching  by  the  use  of  projection  equip- 
ment and  that  alone,  little  realizing  that 
the  projector  is  merely  one  of  the  many 
aids  .  .  .  That  school  which  is  able  to 
to  buy  the  motion  picture  machine  or  the 
opaque  projector  is  fortunate  indeed  and 
can  do  a  splendid  piece  of  work,  but  those 
schools  which  are  not  able  financially  to 
do  this  should  not  fold  their  hands  in 
resignation  to  their  fate.  Objects  and 
specimens  for  the  school  museum  may 
be  found  in  fields,  on  a  creek  nearby, 
stored  away  in  the  attic  of  the  homes  of 
the  children,  in  the  storeroom  of  the 
community  store,  or  better  still  supple- 


mented by  models  which  are  the  handi- 
work of  the  boys  and  girls. 

Still  pictures,  ranging  from  lantern 
slides  to  textbook  pictures,  are  found  in 
magazines  that  are  tossed  about  from 
place  to  place.  Cut  these  pictures  out, 
mount  them  on  an  inexpensive  manila 
paper,  catalogue  them  and  use  them. 
The  stereoscope  has  been  placed  in  dis- 
card. It  will  bring  to  life  and  enrich  a 
child's  appreciation  of  a  picture.  It  may 
be  had  by  inquiring  in  your  community. 
Use  your  maps,  charts,  globes  and  car- 
toons from  the  daily  or  weekly  news- 
papers. .  .  .  Why,  then,  Mr.  Administra- 
tor of  the  small  school,  should  your  or- 
ganization not  receive  its  portion  of  so 
rich  a  heritage  when  it  is  yours  for  the 
asking. 

Teaching  Social  Studies  Through  Docu- 
mentary Films — by  Arch  A.  Mercey, 
U.  S.  Film  Service,  Washington,  D. 
C. — Journal  of  Higher  Education, 
10:303-8   June,    1939 

Teachers  of  the  social  sciences  are 
particularly  fortunate  in  having  available 
film  sources  in  the  documentary  field, 
both  through  the  theatrical  and  non- 
theatrical  channels.  We  do  not  have  in 
.\merica  a  general  magazine  devoted  to 
the  best  interests  and  significance  of  the 
film.  A  strong  responsibility  therefore 
rests  on  the  teacher  who  uses  films  in 
his  classes.  The  industrial  film,  partic- 
ularly some  of  the  newer  ones,  can  have 
definite  contributions  to  the  social 
studies.  Moreover,  some  of  the  industrials 
are  superior  to  some  of  the  Hollywood 
short  subjects. 

Many  problems  remain  between  the 
teacher  and  his  greatest  realization  of  the 
possibilities  of  the  motion  picture  for 
social  studies :  the  scarcity  of  film  ma- 
terials for  proper  classroom  use,  lack  of 
a  proper  educational  distribution  setup, 
problem  of  proper  evaluation  of  present 
materials,  the  lack  of  adequate  projection 
equipment,  and  the  production  by  schools 
of  their  own  films.  Motion  pictures  can 
play  the  role  of  projected  field  trips.  By 
bringing  pictures  to  the  classroom  from 
the  outside  world,  the  teacher  is  taking 
his  class  on  a  field  trip  to  every  comer 
of  the  earth  and  the  teacher  can  in  fact 
dramatize  problems  of  the  social  sciences 
in  his  own  area  thru  the  use  of  the 
camera.  Problems  of  housing,  public 
administration,  conservation,  politics,  and 
economics  can  be  shown  dramatically 
thru  the  camera  eye.  Problems  which 
are  too  often  academic  can  become  reali- 
ties when  pupils  have  to  work  with  the 
subject-matter.  This  is  particularly  true 
of  municipal  administration,  conser\'ation, 
housing,  and  government. 


We  Get  Into  the  Movies — by  Harriet 
Montague,— FoZ/o  Review  41 :329-3S 
June,   1939 

A  review  of  certain  current  theatrical 
films  in  which  leading  characters  are 
deaf.  Appearing  in  a  periodical  for  teach- 
ers of  handicapped  children,  it  has  parti- 
cular interest  in  pointing  out  to  them 
the  opportunities  for  furthering  self-re- 
spect among  their  students.  "On  the 
whole,"  says  the  author,  "we  may  feel 
very  well  satisfied  with  the  kind  of  at- 
tention deafness  is  getting  in  the  field 
of  art." 

New  Materials  and  Equipment  in  the 
Teaching  of  Mathematics — by  B.  R. 
Ullsvik,  Madison,  Wisconsin — School 
Science  and  Math.  39:432-42  May, 
1939 

Includes  list  of  motion  pictures, 
articles  dealing  with  films  in  mathema- 
tics instruction,  posters  and  other  ma- 
terials. 

Radio  and  Visual  Aids  in  Elementary 
School — by  William  M.  Gregory — 
Social  Education,  3:415-17  Sept.,  1939 

Description  of  the  Qeveland  radio 
project,  using  the  ultra-high  frequency 
channels,  in  which  lantern  slide  sets  are 
sent  to  the  classrooms  for  use  during 
the  broadcast  lessons.  Sets  of  slides 
are  sent  to  the  teachers  at  the  beginning 
of  the  school  term  and  permitted  to  stay 
there  during  the  entire  semester. 

Neglected  Areas  of  Curriculum  Imple- 
mentation— by  Floyd  E.  Brooker — 
Educational  Record,  20:241-55  April, 
1939 

All  educational  objectives  listed  by 
our  institutions  of  learning  are  being 
furthered  to  some  degree  by  the  public 
press,  the  theatre,  the  radio,  and  the 
motion  picture.  These  institutions  exist 
only  because  they  satisfy  definite  human 
needs.  Recently  educators  have  discov- 
ered "human  needs",  and  are  now  be- 
ginning to  develop  curricula  around  these 
needs. 

To  a  surprising  degree  the  radio  and 
the  motion  picture  are  serving  the  same 
objectives  cherished  by  educators.  Edu- 
cators must  constantly  ask  themselves 
two  questions :  first,  for  the  attainment 
of  educational  objectives  what  experi- 
ences are  desirable  for  children  of  vary- 
ing ages  and  lackgrounds ;  and  second, 
how  can  these  experiences  be  made  con- 
crete, vivid,  and  accurate  as  they  are 
presented  in  the  classroom  and  as  the 
child  "experiences"  them?  One  of  the 
salient   failures   of   our  educational   sys- 


Page   294 


The  Educational  Screen 


tern  arises  from  the  fact  that  from  the 
first  grade  through  our  universities 
"verbal  symbols  are  substituted  for  sen- 
sation, perception,  observation,  and  activ- 
ity with  regard  to  life's  events." 

It  is  the  purpose  of  this  discussion 
to  suggest  that  the  motion  picture  and 
the  radio  offer  a  means  through  the 
limitations  in  the  classroom,  and  that  the 
school  people  must  give  the  same  serious 
consideration  to  the  implementation  of 
the  new  curricula  that  they  have  already 
given  to  the  development  of  the  ob- 
jectives of  those  curricula.  Radio  and 
motion  pictures  offer  to  the  educator 
media  of  communication  that  resemble 
language  to  the  degree  that  all  media 
of  communication  deal  with  symbols,  but 
that  differ  quite  basically  from  language 
in  the  sense  that  they  present,  in  pictures, 
in  sound,  or  in  combination  portions 
of  reality  and  enlist  the  interpretation 
of  the  student  in  re-creating  the  whole. 

Motion  pictures  because  of  their  com- 
mand of  color,  pictures,  and  sound,  offer 
a  potentially  wide  range  of  usefulness 
in  serving  educational  objectives.  In 
their  mechanical  aspects  the  motion  pic- 
ture offers  three  advantages :  the  mas- 
tery of  time  and  space,  the  indication 
of  patterns  of  intelligibility,  and  the  real- 
istic quality  of  their  recording  and  pre- 
sentation of  experience. 

School  people  have  not  been  entirely 
stationary  in  their  utilization  of  these 
new  ways  of  implementing  the  curricu- 
lum. Some  have  been  enthusiastic  and 
have  forged  ahead  placing  people  in 
charge  of  their  development  and  per- 
suading their  colleagues  of  the  advan- 
tages. Others  have  been  interested  and 
lose  no  opportunity  to  gain  new  insight. 
Others  have  done  neither  of  these,  they 
have  not  been  in  schools  or  colleges 
where  these  instruments  were  available, 
or  they  have  experienced  difficulty  in 
securing  and  using  them. 

Perhaps  the  greatest  need  in  the  whole 
field  of  curriculum  implementation  is 
more  serious  consideration  of  all  the 
teaching  tools,  of  which  the  motion 
picture  and  the  radio  are  but  two,  and 
the  contributions  each  have  to  offer  in 
serving  particular  educational  objectives. 
Strides  are  being  made  in  this  direction 
already  by  educational  organizations  and 
institutions.  These  activities  have  had 
the  support  of  foundations  and  promise 
to  provide  the  school  administrator  and 
instructor  with  a  better  guide  to  cur- 
riculum implementation  than  has  been 
hitherto  available. 

The  Motion  Picture  Project  of  the 
American  Council  on  Education  under 
the  direction  of  Charles  F.  Hoban,  Jr. 
is  well  advanced  in  its  three-year  pro- 
gram. Four  demonstration  centers  have 
been  established :  U.  of  Minnesota  Gen- 
eral College,  Santa  Barbara  (Cal.)  City 
Schools,  Tower  Hill  School  (Wilming- 
ton, Del.),  and  Denver  (Col.)  Public 
Schools.  At  the  first  three  of  these, 
teachers  are  using  motion  pictures 
wherever  they  seem  to  fit  into  the  class- 
room work,  and  whenever  they  are  avail- 
able. They  make  careful  and  detailed 
records.  Other  organizations  interested 
and  active  in  the  field  are :   Association 


of  School  Film  Libraries,  which  has 
made  available  to  schools  the  most  sig- 
nificant issues  of  March  of  Time;  Uni- 
versity of  Minnesota  Visual  Education 
Service,  which  has  undertaken  the  pro- 
duction of  twelve  documentary  films  on 
the  history  and  development  of  Minne- 
sota ;  school-made  film  developments,  53 
disclosed  by  a  survey  of  the  National 
Council  of  Teachers  of  English;  work 
of  the  U.  S.  Film  Service  in  coordinat- 
ing federal  film  activities ;  educational 
film  production  activities  of  the  U.  S. 
Department  of  Agriculture ;  and  the 
newly  organized  American  Film  Center 
which  will  assist  in  the  production  of 
more    effective    educational    films. 

Critical  Problems  i^  School-Made  Films 
— by  Edgar  Dale — American  School 
Board  Journal,  99:31     Sept.,  1939 

The  making  and  using  of  school-made 
films  implies  in  many  cases  a  reorienta- 
tion of  curriculum  practice  itself.  In 
this  program  of  film  making  we  are 
introducing  an  idea  in  curriculum  con- 
struction which  can  and  may  have  far- 
reaching  implications  in  the  curriculum 
itself.  Some  reasons  for  this  point  of 
view  are : 

1.  The  very  act  of  analyzing  cur- 
riculums  to  discover  possibilities  for  films 
often  brings  forth  extremely  revealing 
data.  In  public-relations  films,  for  ex- 
ample, schools  may  discover  a  tre- 
mendous approval  for  certain  school  ac- 
tivities which  they  did  not  realize  existed 
before. 

2.  Some  films — not  all,  by  any  means 
— offer  an  unusual  opportunity  for  co- 
operative activities  among  the  various 
departments  of  the  school. 

3.  Certain  films  made  by  the  school 
offer  a  unique  opportunity  for  planning. 
There  are  certain  functions  which  the 
film  medium  can  fit  admirably,  but  not 
unless  they  do  so,  should  film  making  be 
undertaken. 

School-made  films  should  not  be  di- 
rected at  wide  distribution,  but  rather 
should  be  specific  and  localized  in  char- 
acter. They  can  be  the  result  of  much 
film  pioneering,  where  commercial  firms 
are  not  adequately  exploring.  Local 
films  to  be  used  in  other  areas  should 
be  accompanied  by  ample  supplementary 
material  in  the  form  of  a  manual. 

The  matter  of  distribution  may  be 
attacked  as  follows :  School-made  films 
must  be  reported,  (a)  through  extension 
divisions  of  state  universities,  or  other 
film  libraries ;  (b)  through  the  Depart- 
ment of  Visual  Instruction  of  the  N.E.A. ; 
(c)  through  the  cumulative  listings  in 
the  Wilson  Catalog;  (d)  through  the 
Association  of  School  Film  Libraries. 
Secondly,  full  details  as  to  content,  length, 
quality  of  photography,  and  price  should 
be  furnished;  and  thirdly,  some  central 
place  for  annual  or  quarterly  reviewing. 

Principles  underlying  film  production: 

1.  It  is  essential  that  careful  planning 
be  made  in  any  production  program. 

2.  Beginning  productions  should  be 
simple  in  character,  short,  and  easily 
executed. 


3.  Students  should  be  given  an  op- 
portunity to  plan  the  subject  matter  and 
material  in  certain  films.  In  the  planning 
stage  an  entire  class  can  contribute.  In 
the  actual  production  stage,  a  few  per- 
sons    should     have     responsibility. 

4.  The  film  topic  should  be  selected 
for  permanent  interest  and  value  to  the 
school. 

5.  Film  guides  should  be  prepared 
for  films  which  will  circulate  outside. 

6.  Techniques  of  reporting  films  made 
and  plans  for  their  distribution  should 
be  worked  out  by  educational  film  pro- 
ducers. 

Motion  Pictures  in  Physical  Education 

— by  Thurston  Adams,  Rollins  College, 
Winter  Park,  Florida — Teachers  Col- 
lege, Columbia  University,  N.  Y.  1939 
57  pp. 

This  experiment  was  carried  on  at  the 
University  of  North  Carolina,  where  the 
entire  staff  of  the  Dept.  of  Physical 
Education  and  Athletics  were  well  ac- 
quainted with  the  value  of  films  for 
teaching.  Pictures  of  skilled  tennis  play- 
ers, as  well  as  film  records  of  "learners" 
in  action  were  used.  First  pictures  of 
expert  performers  illustrating  the  serve 
in  tennis  were  shown.  Then  the  learners 
were  photographed  at  an  early  stage 
so  that  they  might  study  their  faults  in 
terms  of  experts'  technique.  Finally,  the 
learners  were  re-photographed  at  a  more 
advanced  stage  in  their  progress  so  that 
they  might  perceive  the  faulty  techniques 
which  had  persisted,  and  might  also  dis- 
cover the  progress  made. 

Excellent  details  are  given  regarding 
the  camera  equipment  used,  the  plans 
and  procedures  in  photographing,  the 
script  used,  and  the  camera  technique. 
Chapter  III  is  valuable  for  all  persons 
interested  in  using  the  motion  picture 
camera.  It  describes  in  simple  terms  the 
use  of  proper  lenses,  cameras,  tripod,  ex- 
posure meter,  films,  splicer,  projectors, 
.screens,  and  total  cost.  Among  the  ob- 
servations reported  by  the  author  as 
being  significant  for  other  physical  edu- 
cation instructors  are :  Use  slower-than- 
normal  speed ;  the  motion  picture  is  an 
ideal  medium  for  presenting  the  entire 
motion  involved  in  a  skill,  and  it  can 
be  stopped  at  any  position  for  detailed 
study;  pictured  movement  supplements 
verbal  descriptions  in  a  very  unique 
fashion ;  details  can  be  demonstrated 
easily;  the  film  can  show  the  student 
how  much  practice  he  needs  to  perfect 
a  skill  by  pointing  out  to  him  his  in- 
dividual errors ;  students  learn  to  be  more 
intelligent  critics  of  all  physical  edu- 
cation activities  after  observing  and 
analyzing  their  own  performances ; 
teaching  with  motion  pictures  seems  to 
stimulate  objective  criticism ;  if  it  is 
possible  to  make  only  one  film  of  an  ac- 
tivity, it  is  preferable  to  produce  the 
film  of  expert  performers  as  the  teach- 
ing film.  With  good  films  instruction 
time  can  be  cut  an  estimated  50%  with- 
out sacrificing  learning  results;  an  in- 
structor-made film  demonstrates  exactly 
what  and  how  the  instructor  himself 
wishes  to  teach. 


October,  1939 


Page  295 


SEEING 

IS  BELIEVINGI 

No  matter  what  the  subject 
taught  .  .  .  the  mind  receives 
fullest  significance,   understands 
with  greatest  clarity  —  if  the  les- 
son has  been  conveyed  by  the  eyes! 

YOU  WILL  EDUCATE   BEST 

IF  YOU  EDUCATE 

PICTORIALLY! 


FOR  ENTERTAINMENL  NO  GREATER 
PICTURES  ARE  AVAILABLE 

SPIRIT  OF  CULVER— 

Jackie  Cooper,  Freddie  Barlholomew 
YOU  CANT  CHEAT  AN  HONEST  MAN— 

W.  C.  Fields,  Edgar  Bergen,  Charlie  MeCarfky 
THREE  SMART  GIRLS  GROW  UP— Deanna  Durbin 
THE  FAMILY  NEXT  DOOR— 

Hugh   Herbert,  Joy  Hodges 
EASE  SIDE  OF  HEAVEN— BIng  Crosby 
THAT  CERTAIN  AGE— Deanna  Durbin 
EX-CHAMP— Victor  McLaglen 
THE  SUN  NEVER  SETS— 

Doug.  Fairbanks,  Jr.,  Basil  Rathbone 
UNEXPECTED  FATHER— 

"Sandy",   Mischa  Auer,  Dennis  O'Keafe 
WHEN  TOMORROW  COMES— 

Irene   Dunne,   Charles   Boyer 
THE   MIKADO— 

Kenny  Baker,  Jean  Colin,  Martin  Green 
(and  many  others) 


Write   to    Universal's    Non-Theatrical 

Department  for  further  information 

regarding  short  and  feature-length 

pictures,  travelogues,  cartoons 

and  other  motion  pictures. 

CATALOGUE   16 


UNIVERSAL  PICTURES 
COMPANY,  INC. 

Rockefeller  Center  New  York.  N.  Y. 

CIRCLE  7-7100 


M.k.    tk.    DeVRY 

The  Truly  M°*«\!{n 
Sound  PR0JE"O» 


HERE  THEY  ARE  —  COUNT  THEM! 

1.  AUTOMATIC  LOOP  ADJUSTER— prevents  loss 
of  "film  loop,"  eliminates  rethreading.  The  "show" 
goes  right  on.   Also  prevents  damage  to  film. 

2.  SYNCHROMATIC  THREADING  —  makes  pos- 
sible automatically,  the  synchronism  of  both  sound 
and  picture. 

3.  DUAL  EXCITER  LAMPS— Your  absolute  pro- 
tection against  delayed  programs  due  to  lamp  failure. 

4.  DUAL  SOUND  STABILIZERS  —  keeps  film 
properly  aligned  over  sound  drum,  resulting  in 
unsurpassed  sound. 

5.    BUILT  IN  PROVISIONS  FOR 
PHONOGRAPH    -    MICROPHONE 
RADIO 


EXTRA 
SPEAKERS 


Centraliied  Room 
Speaker    Srntem 


(All  at  no  extra  coat) 


Silent  as  Well  aa 
Sonnd   Filai 


I1M  pr»»T  A IMT '     F'l""  are  expensive.  The  DeVry  "Interpreter" 
inir»jni«i->ii  .    „feguard»  and  Droloncs  THEIR  LIFE. 

Write   today    for   free   illustrated   literature,   NEW 
r,  LOW      PRICES     and     deUils     of     DeVry     "Self- 

^^^    LiquidatinK    Plan."    of    special    interest    to    schools 
which   may    not   have   ready    funds   available. 

DeVRY  CORPORATION 

1105  ARMTTAGE  AVENUE,  CHICAGO 

Makers  of  th*»  most  complete  line  of  16mm.  and  35mm.  silent  and 
sound  projectors  and  cameras  for  professional  and  institutional  uae. 


"Our    Best    Reference    Is    A    DeVry    Owner" 


Fomeas 
for  26 
ITears 


DeVRY 


Chlcoqe 
New  York 
Hollywood 


Ejtoblisked    1913 


Page   296 


The  Educational  Screen 


School  Joiuneys 

Expanding  the   Classroom — by  Harriet 

Woods,      Normal      Training  Critic, 

Woodbine,      Iowa — Midland  Schools, 
54:12  September,  1939 

An  excellent  summary  of  the  history 
and  status  of  school  journeys  in  our  own 
country  and  abroad.  Among  the  values 
listed  are :  opportunity  for  the  teacher 
to  get  better  acquainted  with  her  pupils; 
arouses  a  spirit  of  inquiry,  develops  the 
power  of  active  investigation  in  the 
visualization  of  other  areas,  in  special 
schools  mentally  deficient  children  are 
segregated  from  normal  pupils,  and  the 
school  journey  by  bringing  them  into 
immediate  contact  with  their  environment 
is  one  of  the  means  by  which  the  ban 
of  backwardness  is  being  revived.  Any 
given  area  is  made  up  of  landscapes  that 
are  natural  and  cultural.  By  noting  the 
relationships  between  activities  repre- 
sented by  the  cultural  landscape  and  the 
natural  environment  represented  by  the 
natural  landscape,  the  geographical  land- 
scape may   be  more   easily   interpreted. 

The  school  journey  must  be  carefully 
planned,  and  well-organized.  One  week 
of  a  school  journey  offers  more  varied 
interests  and  materials  to  work  over  and 
digest  than  many  times  this  amount  of 
regular   school    experience. 

Trips   in   an   Experience    Curriculum — 

by  Nelle  Morris,  University  School, 
Ohio  State  University — Childhood 
Education,  15:347-51  April,  1939 
In  the  Ohio  State  University  elemen- 
tary school,  setting  aside  a  definite  time 
for  trips  has  proved  a  satisfactory  plan. 
For  purposes  of  general  understanding 
and  cooperation  from  parents  and  uni- 
versity students,  these  trips  are  generally 
scheduled  on  Thursday  afternoons. 
Parents  understand  that  study  trips  all 
over  the  city  or  into  adjoining  environ- 
ments are  a  part  of  the  school's  program. 
There  is  no  compulsion  about  a  weekly 
trip  and  there  are  circumstances  which 
often  make  other  experiences  advisable. 
Lantern  slides,  a  motion  picture  film, 
some  person  brought  in  to  share  his  ex- 
perience with  the  group,  science  experi- 
ments, or  some  other  activity  related  to 
the  study  are  often  used  as  substitutes 
for  a  trip,  or  to  further  clarify  a  trip 
which  has  been  taken  previously. 

The  classroom  teacher  is  always  in 
charge  of  the  trip.  Before  going,  the 
children  and  teacher  of  each  group  set 
up  standards  of  conduct  which  will  help 
make  the  trip  pleasant.  With  respect 
to  modes  of  transportation  used,  some 
very  significant  experiences  require  no 
mode  of  conveyance  because  they  are 
within  walking  distanoe.  To  have  a 
variety  of  transportation  experiences  is 
in  itself  an  educational  experience. 
Walking,  street  cars,  taxis,  university 
bus,  school  bus,  are  the  modes  which 
have  been  used  for  trips.  All  these  ex- 
periences are  rich  in  situational  oppor- 
tunities for  exercising  caution  and  re- 
sponsibility conducive  to  safety.  The 
children  have  the  advantage  of  educative 
guidance  in  experiences  which  involve 
some    of    the    characteristic    hazards    of 


every-day  living.  Surely  this  is  much 
more  defensible  than  the  over-cautious 
avoidance  of  school  trips  and  experiences 
to  which  some  school  authorities  resort 
as  a  safety  measure. 

Study  trips  are  an  excellent  means  of 
arousing  and  encouraging  intellectual 
curiosity  and  a  scientific  attitude  on  the 
part  of  children.  Even  primary  children 
can  begin  to  think  critically ;  to  develop 
a  problem-solving  attitude  of  mind;  to 
seek  answers  to  their  own  problems ;  to 
seek  for  cause  and  effect  of  happenings; 
to  want  something  better  than  a  guess, 
and  to  try  to  validate  their  answers.  A 
greater  interest  of  parents  in  the  school 
is  often  aroused  through  hearing  their 
children  discuss  their  experiences.  Some 
vital,  shared  experience  such  as  a  trip 
taken  by  the  whole  group,  brings  about 
group  unity  tlirough  supplying  group 
concern.  By  providing  stimulation  for 
further  study  and  inquiry,  trips  lead  to 
other  trips  and  provide  for  a  continuity 
of  many  other  purposeful  activities. 

A  group  of  seven-year  olds  went  to 
visit  a  food  shop.  Thep  became  inter- 
ested in  the  sources  of  the  different 
foods  and  why  foods  have  to  be  shipped. 
This  led  to  further  discussions  about 
climate  and  soil  and  also  to  an  awakened 
interest  in  the  globe  and  maps.  As  the 
study  progressed,  they  decided  to  make 
a  food  map  of  the  U.S.  A  large  window 
blind  was  fastened  to  the  blackboard, 
and  a  lantern  slide  map  of  the  U.S.  pro- 
jected on  to  the  blind.  The  children 
traced  the  outline  with  sharpened  cray- 
olas.  In  order  to  find  out  what  foods 
are  raised  in  different  states,  one  wrote 
to  a  friend  in  Michigan;  others  to  friends 
and  relatives  in  other  states.  One  child 
whose  father  had  a  short  wave  radio 
set  talked  to  five  different  states  and  ob- 
tained information.  Pictures  of  the  foods 
were  drawn  on  the  map.  Books,  pic- 
tures, encyclopedias  and  dictionaries 
were  put  to  use.  They  took  a  trip  to  a 
refrigerator  car  to  see  how  foods  are 
preserved  while  being  shipped  long  dis- 
tances. A  booklet,  illustrated  with  lin- 
oleum block  prints  was  made.  The 
study  culminated  with  a  visit  to  a  whole- 
sale market  and  bought  produce  which 
they  sold  to  their  parents  and  other 
visitors  at  retail. 

It  is  only  through  many  first-hand 
experiences,  which  the  teacher  so  plans 
and  guides  that  the  child  senses  the  re- 
lationship between  these  experiences  and 
himself,  that  he  acquires  a  stock  of 
meanings  valuable  for  his  living  and 
thinking,  builds  up  a  rich,  meaningful 
vocabulary,  and  is  ready  to  understand 
the  writings  of  others. 

Are  Field  Trips  Doomed  in  Wisconsin? 
by  Haym  Kruglak,  Milwaukee  Voca- 
tional   School — Wisconsin    Journal    of 
Education,  72:20     Sept.,   1939 
Implications  of  the  recent  ruling  _gn 
teacher   liability    for   student   injuries   in 
Wisconsin.     Teachers  are  urged  to  con- 
tinue,   the     practice     of    making     school 
jourfleys,   but    they    must    exercise    par- 
ticular care  in  planning  for  the  trip,  and 
make  school  trips  a  necessary  part  in  the 
curriculum  of  every  school  in  Wisconsin. 


Maps 

Gradations  in  Map  Learning — by  Clara 
M.  Shryock,  Wilmore,  Pa. — Journal 
of  Geography,  38:181-7     May,  1939 

Too  often  the  ability  to  read  maps 
is  inadequate  to  meet  either  the  pupil's 
needs  in  school  or  the  adult's  needs  in 
everyday  life.  Some  of  the  causes  of 
this  are:  a)  thrusting  the  map  with 
its  many  symbols  upon  the  child  before 
definite  concepts  of  physical  or  cultural 
features  have  been  built  up;  b)  inade- 
quate equipment;  c)  lack  of  uniformity 
in  the  use  of  map  symbols ;  d)  inclusion 
on  a  map  of  too  much  data  for  the  size. 

Third  Grade.  Children  acquire  some 
understanding  of  the  adjustments  people 
in  the  home  conununity  make  to  the  ele- 
ments of  weather  and  climate;  how  the 
community  depends  upon  other  regions 
having  natural  environments  different 
from  their  own;  direction  (if  not  taught 
earlier)  is  taught.  Their  only  map  need 
at  this  time  is  a  simple  map  of  the  local 
community  developed  by  the  group  under 
the  guidance  of  the  teacher.  However, 
unless  the  teacher  has  had  training  in 
map-development  and  can  skillfully  direct 
the  children's  efforts,  it  is  advisable  to 
defer  map  work  until  the  following  year. 

Fourth  Grade.  Gaining  of  world  un- 
derstandings of  simple,  direct  one-step 
relationships  between  certain  human  ac- 
tivities and  contrasting  types  of  natural 
environments  at  varying  distances  from 
the  equator.  No  particular  region  studied 
as  such.  Political  divisions  are  not  im- 
portant here.  Slated  globe  for  teaching 
shape  of  earth,  equator,  etc.  Location  of 
rivers,  cities,  etc.  are  built  up.  A 
physical-political  globe,  at  least  16  inches 
in  diameter,  with  few  symbols  should  be 
used. 

Fifth  Grade.  Human-use  regions  of 
the  U.  S.,  showing  the  work  activities 
of  the  people  as  they  are  dependent  upon 
the  environment,  and  then  industrial 
areas.  Relationship  between  distribution 
of  population  and  natural  environment. 
Maps  showing  seasonal  temperature,  sea- 
sonal and  annual  rainfall,  natural  vegeta- 
tion, density  of  population  by  means  of 
color-bands  or  dots,  and  maps  showing 
distribution  of  cultural  features  are  in- 
troduced as  the  need  arises.  The  children 
now  read  maps  for  distribution  of  natural 
features,  highlands  and  lowlands,  sea- 
sonal and  annual  rainfall,  etc.  They  use 
the  scale  of  miles  in  measuring  direct  or 
airline  distance  from  one  place  to  an- 
other; they  read  direction  in  degrees  and 
miles. 

Sixth  Grade.  An  understanding  of  the 
geographic  personalities  of  the  various 
countries  in  which  the  culture  is  very 
similar  to  that  of  the  U.  S.,  and  then 
those  of  countries  in  which  the  racial 
heritage  is  different.  A  world  map  show- 
ing the  principal  uses  of  land,  daily 
weather  map,  slated  base  maps  of  the 
continents  studied,  and  a  good  atlas  are 
used.  Areas  of  high  pressure  and  low 
pressure;  longitude;  projections,  etc.  are 
taught. 

Junior  High  School.  Understanding 
geographic    individualities     of    countries 


October,  1939 


Page  297 


CHILD  CARE:  Feeding  the  Infant— A  de- 
tailed picturization  of  the  routine  of  feed- 
ing the  breatl-fed  and  bottle-fed  boby. 
The  preporation  of  ulentilt  used,  lh«  pro- 
cedure of  malting  up  the  feeding  formuloj 
and  the  feeding  oporationt  are  shown.  The 
addition  of  other  foods  to  the  diet  os  or- 
dered by  the  doctor  is  illustrated  in  the 
preparolion  and  feeding  of  orange  |uice, 
soft  solids,  and  cod-liver  oil.  A  strictly 
modern  instructional  film  of  unquestioned 
value.  Price  includes  printed  teachers* 
guide  and  transportation.  1  reel, 
16-millimeter 


$24 


'hi Id  Care 


CHILD  CARE:  Bathing  the  Infont— Vari- 
ous types  of  equipment  which  moy  be 
employed  in  bathing  the  baby  ore 
shown  in  use,  as  well  as  the  correct 
methods  of  handling  the  infant  during 
the  bathing  operation.  The  enamel  tub, 
the  folding  rubber  tub  and  canvas 
table,  and  the  "Spray-tray"  are  used. 
The  routine  of  dressing  the  baby  is 
also  shown  Full-screen  close-ups  illus- 
trate the  cleaning  of  the  nose,  ears,  and 
eyes,  and  the  baby's  clothes.  Price  in- 
cludes guide  and  transporta- 
tion. 1  reel.  16-millimel«r 


$24 


EASTMAN  announces  a  new  two-reel  pres- 
entation of  the  more,  important  aspects  of 
child  care,  a  subject  vitally  important  to  the 
future  welfare  of  both  students  and  community. 
Both  reels  have  been  carefully  prepared,  and 
can  be  relied  upon  as  fully  authoritative.  To 
make  certain  of  prompt  delivery,  order  them 
now  for  your  school  library. 

Eastman  Classroom  Films  on  Health  also  in- 
clude Bacteria  .  .  .  Modern  Basketball  Funda- 
mentals .  .  .  The  Blood  .  .  .  Body  Framework  . . . 
Breathing  . .  .  The  Living  Cell . . .  Circulation 
. . .  Circulatory  Control . . .  Cleanliness  (Bathing, 
Clean  Clothes,  Clean  Face  and  Hands,  Keeping 


the  Hair  Clean)  .  . .  Digestion  . . .  Diphtheria  . . . 
The  Feet .  .  .  First  Aid  (Care  of  Minor  Wounds, 
Carrying  the  Injured,  Control  of  Bleeding,  Life 
Saving  and  Resuscitation)  . . .  Food  and  Growth 
. . ;  Modern  Football  Fundamentals  .  .  .  Good 
Foods  (A  Drink  of  Water,  Bread  and  Cereals, 
Fruit  and  Vegetables,  Milk)  .  .  .  Home  Nursing 
(The  Bed  Bath,  Routine  Procedures,  Special 
Procedures)  .  .  .  The  House  Fly  .  .  .  Mold  and 
Yeast .  . .  Muscles  . .  .  Posture  .  .  .  Sewage  Dis- 
posal .  .  .  Skin  .  .  .  Teeth  .  .  .  Tuberculosis  and 
How  It  May  Be  Avoided.  For  details,  write 
Eastman  Kodak  Company,  Teaching  Films  Di- 
vision, Rochester,  N.  Y. 


Eastman  Classroom  Films 


Page  298 


The  Educational  Screen 


where  there  are  dual  cultures,  that  of 
the  transplanted  ruling  people  and  that 
of  the  native  people,  India  and  the  coun- 
tries of  Latin  America,  for  example.  A 
world  view  is  completed,  and  the  children 
should  be  able  to  think  of  the  entire 
world  in  terms  of  population  patterns, 
work  patterns,  political  patterns,  and  the 
natural  environmental  factors  which  help 
to  explain  these  patterns.  A  region  is 
studied  in  relation  to  the  world  environ- 
ment, and  interdependence  understood. 
Maps  may  now  include  isotherms  and 
isobars,  contour  maps ;  maps  drawn  on 
Mercator  and  Gall  projections  may  now 
be  used. 

Senior  High  School  and  College.  Maps 
should  be  more  varied  and  complex  than 
before. 

The  Map  in  Modern  Education — by 
George  T.  Renner — Teachers  College 
Record,  40:703-24  May,  1939  (Reprint 
available  from  Bureau  of  Publications, 
T.  C.     20c) 

As  newer  visual  and  auditory  instru- 
ments have  appeared,  some  of  the  older 
visual  instruments  have  been  re-scrutin- 
ized, one  might  almost  say  in  certain 
instances,  re-discovered.  .  .  .  Few  know 
how  to  learn  from  maps  and  fewer  yet 
know  how  to  teach  from  them,  and  yet 
'maps  constitute  one  of  the  most  useful 
instruments  in  visual  education.'  .  .  . 
Todays,  maps  take  many  forms  and  are 
used  for  a  multitude  of  purposes.  They 
are  used  in  museums,  world's  fairs,  com- 
mercial exhibits,  murals  and  other  inte- 
rior decorations.  Despite  all  these  tech- 
nical and  commercial  adaptations  of  the 
maps,  its  largest  use  is  in  education. 

The  map  is  not  intended  to  be  a  pic- 
ture of  the  earth  in  miniature.  On  the 
contrary,  the  map  is  a  highly  conven- 
tionalized graph  drawn  upon  a  mathe- 
matical base  and  more  or  less  covered 
with  symbols.  None  of  these  has  in- 
trinsic meaning;  indeed,  the  entire  map 
is  extrinsic  in  connotation.  One  cannot 
simply  exhibit  a  map  and  expect  that 
the  student  will  learn  by  merely  looking 
at  it.  The  map  is  about  as  easy  for 
the  beginner  to  read  as  is  a  foreign 
language. 

Among  the  elements  which  can  be 
presented  by  means  of  visual  aids  are 
size,  form,  position,  perspective  and 
depth,  color,  and  motion.  Each  of  the 
objective  aids  commonly  used  presents 
certain  elements  of  reality  while  sacrific- 
ing others.  If  the  map  be  examined,  it 
will  be  found  that  sound  is  absent,  as 
are  also  motion,  perspective,  and  dimen- 
sional depth.  Likewise  color  as  a  natural 
attribute  is  lacking,  although  color  is 
often  employed  for  arbitrary  conventional 
purposes — a  circumstance  which  is  highly 
confusing.  Position  and  locus  are  present, 
but  in  such  a  manner  as  to  necessitate 
teaching  the  geometric  elements  of  the 
map  and  its  geomatical  orientation  in 
nature.  Form  is  present  but  is  so  highly 
conventionalized  as  to  require  special 
training  in  reading  and  interpretation. 
Size  is  entirely  fictitious  but  may  be 
deduced  if  the  mathematics  of  scale  and 
ratio  be  taught.  One  must  conclude 
therefore,  that  the  map  possesses  a  low 
degree  of  total   reality. 


The  principal  purpose  of  the  map  is  to 
present  data.  To  most  teachers  it  is 
an  instrument  on  which  places  must  be 
located.  It  does  have  this  function,  but 
such  a  conception  is  highly  inadequate. 
Other  functions  of  the  map  are:  (1) 
Maps  afford  means  for  visualizing  large 
or  remote  areas ;  (2)  Maps  provide  a 
basis  upon  which  to  visualize  descriptive 
information ;  (3)  Maps  provide  a  basis 
for  inferential  thinking;  (4)  Maps  show 
location;  (5)  Maps  help  to  show  rela- 
tionship; (6)  Maps  afford  the  means 
for  regional  synthesis ;  (7)  Maps  pro- 
mote interest.  The  map  certainly  should 
not  be  introduced  too  early  into  the 
teaching  process.  The  globe  should  not 
be  used  formally  before  the  fourth  or 
perhaps  the  fifth,  although  informal  no- 
tions of  the  shape  of  the  earth  may  be 
gained  in  the  primary  years.  The  re- 
mainder of  the  fourth  grade  should  be 
devoted  to  a  study  of  the  local  com- 
munity or  region.  In  the  fifth  grade,  the 
home  region  should  be  located  upon 
and  related  to  the  globe.  The  globe 
in  this  grade  should  not  be  used  to  teacli 
revolution,  rotation,  and  geomatical  re- 
lations as  is  traditionally  done,  but 
should  be  employed  to  give  the  pupils 
accurate  notions  of  land  and  water  dis- 
tributions, hemispheres,  continents,  coun- 
tries, and  cities,  and  a  few  other  working 
concepts  of  the  world  they  live  in.  Next 
the  wall  map  of  North  America  should 
be  introduced  and  its  relation  to  the 
globe  studied.  Next  should  come  a  map 
of  the  U.  S.  and  finally  that  of  the  home 
state.  From  this  point  on,  the  map  be- 
comes an  active  instrument  in  teaching 
and  learning.  Later,  maps  of  other 
countries  and  continents,  as  well  as  the 
world  map,  may  be  introduced.  Grad- 
ually, maps  showing  more  specialized 
data  should  be  brought  into  use,  so  that 
by  the  end  of  the  senior  high  school 
the  average  student  should  be  able  to 
secure  information  from  practically  all 
types  of  maps  with  considerable  facility. 

Principals  of  Map  Teaching,  involving 
eight  steps,  and  a  summary  of  various 
examples  of  malpractice  with  maps,  con- 
clude the  article. 

Research 

Elementary  Principles  and  Techniques 
of  Cinematographic  Analysis  as  Aids 
in  Athletic  Research^by  Thomas 
Kirk  Cureton,  Jr.,  Springfield  Col- 
lege, Springfield,  Mass. — Research 
Quarterly  of  the  American  Assn.  for 
Health,  Physical  Ed.  and  Recreation, 
10:3-24  May,  1939 

Motion  pictures  of  athletic  skills  can 
do  much  to  assist  in  the  teaching  of 
those  skills.  Purposes  for  which  an 
analysis  of  athletic  performances  can  be 
made  are:  1)  To  estimate  the  major 
factors  governing  performance  and  their 
relative  importance ;  2)  To  derive  the 
scientific  principles  of  coaching,  includ- 
ing an  understanding  of  the  physical 
mechanics  of  the  skill;  and  3)  To  lay 
the  basis  for  a  philosophical  interpre- 
tation of  athletic  performance  based  on 
relatively  accurate  theoretical  consider- 
ations subject  to  some  degree  of  verifi- 
cation. 


It  may  be  said  that  genuine  progress 
in  the  analysis  of  rapid  movement  began 
with  the  development  of  cinematography. 
The  fundamental  principle  is  that  direc- 
tions of  movement  (angles),  dimensions, 
time  relations,  and  indirect  values  of 
force  and  velocity  may  all  be  obtained 
from  the  projected  film.  Thus,  athletic 
performances  can  be  studied  and  inter- 
preted in  terms  of  recognizable  scientific 
principles  instead  of  the  empirical  guesses 
and  vague  suppositions  of  the  past. 

Among  the  factors  to  be  considered 
in  taking  a  cinematic  record  of  athletic 
skills  are :  basic  equipment,  camera 
angles,  measurement  of  linear  distances, 
measurement  of  speed  and  force,  avoid- 
ing errors  of  perspective,  lens  aberra- 
tions, water  refraction,  scaling,  enlarge- 
ments, and  the  like.  The  study  gives 
specific  illustrations  by  means  of  dia- 
grams and  previous  investigations  to 
enlarge  upon  t'ne  techniques  and  principles 
here  listed.  See  also  the  extensive  bib- 
liography. 

Effectiveness  of  a  Sound  Motion  Pic- 
ture   in    College    Physics — by    C.    J. 

Lapp,    University   of    Iowa — American 
Physics  Teacher,  August,   1939 

A  study  was  made  in  a  college  physics 
class,  using  the  Erpi  film,  "Electrody- 
namics" with  students  who  had  had  no 
previous  knowledge  of  elecjtricity.  It 
attempted  to  ascertain  the  learnings  to 
be  expected  from  two  showings  of  the 
film,  and  the  effect  of  using  a  study  sheet 
before  one  of  the  showings.  The  evalua- 
tion was  in  terms  of  1)  Acquisition  of 
factual  materials ;  2)  ability  to  transfer 
new  learnings  to  specific  new  situations 
not  used  in  the  film;  3)  Learning  dif- 
ference of  various  ability  levels ;  and 
4)  difference  in  learning  of  specific  items 
produced  by  the  two  methods  (  with  and 
without  the  study  sheet  to  direct  obser- 
vation). 

Film  Appreciation 

The  School  Library  Adopts  Movies — 
by  Phyllis  Raymond,  High  School 
Librarian  and  Eleanor  D.  Child,  Direc- 
tor of  Audio-Visual  Education,  Green- 
wich, Conn. — Library  Journal,  64:212- 
14    March  IS,  1939 

A  Library  Committee  of  the  Green- 
wich High  School  Photoplay  Club,  with 
the  guidance  of  the  faculty  sponsor,  has 
initiated  an  unusual  type  of  service  for 
students.  On  a  separate  table  in  the 
library,  sheltered  by  some  three-foot 
double-shelving,  the  committee  places 
books,  magazines,  pamphlets  and  the  like 
on  movies.  On  the  table  are  loose-leaf 
notebooks  containing  pictures  or  clippings, 
and  other  related  materials.  The  library 
bulletin  board  is  often  devoted  to  pic- 
tures about  movies.  Near  an  exit  of  the 
library  are  arranged  the  weekly  programs 
of  all  the  nearby  theaters,  sent  at  the  re- 
quest of  the  committee.  Short  reviews 
from  some  of  the  reviewing  guides  are 
frequently  cut  out  and  pasted  next  to  the 
programs. 

It  was  found  that  many  departments 
in  the  school  became  interested  in  cur- 
rent theatrical  films. 


October,  1959 

Among  the  Producers 

Eastman  Enlarger 

A  new  rniiisparcncy  Kniarger,  for 
making  cnlarRcd  negatives  from  Koda- 
chronie  transparencies,  or  black-and- 
white  film  positives  without  using  a  dark- 
room, is  available  from  Kastman  Kodak 
Co.  Similar  in  constnictioii  to  tlic  popu- 
lar Kodak  16mm.  Enlarger  for  making 
enlargements  from  home  movie  frames, 
the  new  Kodak  Transparency  Enlarger  ac- 
commodates either  double-frame  (IxlJ^- 
jnch)  35mm.  film  transparencies  or  those 
made  on  No.  828  (Kodak  Bantam)  film. 
It  loads  with  cither  Kodak  .Surer- X.\ 
Panchromatic  Roll  Film,  XX616,  or 
Kodak  Panatomic-X  Film,  FX616.  Each 
Enlarger  is  supplied  with  a  filter  frame, 
incorporating  three  Wratten  Filters.  By 
means  of  these,  interesting  effects  can 
be  obtained.  Retail  price  of  the  Kodak 
Transparency  Enlarger,  complete  with 
three  filters,  special  masks  for  35mm.  and 
"Bantam"  frames,  and  operating  instruc- 
tions,  is  $18.50. 

New  Victor  Silent  Projector 

One  of  the  outstandinK  features  of  the 
new  Victor  silent  projector.  Model  16, 
includes  the  disappearing  reel  arms  that 
securely  lock  into  place  when  extended, 
and  snap  back  into  the  body  of  the  pro- 
jector, out  of  the  way,  making  a  small 


Page  299 


Cuxiznt  '\Jitm  cJ^ztt 


compact  neat  unit.  With  fewer  mov- 
ing parts,  plus  a  new  shuttle  assembly, 
the  machine  performs  quietly  and  is  ex- 
tremely  simple  to  operate. 

The  automatic  "Rewind-As- You-Show" 
is  a  big  time  saver  and  convenience. 
It  rewinds  used  films  as  the  next  reel  is 
being  shown.  The  projector  also  has  the 
famous  Victor  feature  which  eliminates 
mutilation  and  damage  to  films.  A  series 
of  "trips"  immediately  throw  projector 
into  neutral  if  film  is  not  threaded  or 
tracking  correctly,  or  is  out  of  sprocket 
mesh. 

The  projector  accommodates  400  and 
1600  ft.  Models,  and  smaller  reels  also. 
It  comes  equipped  with  750  Watt  Lamp 
unless  otherwise  specified.  Accommodates 
all  lower  wattages  as  well  as  the  latest 
1000  Watt  lamp. 


New  Film  on  Child  Care 

A  two-rtel  silent  film,  entitled  Child 
Care,  has  been  completed  by  Eastman 
Teaching  Films  Division  of  Eastman 
Kodak  Company,  Rochester,  N.  Y.  One 
reel  is  devoted  to  "Bathing  the  Infant," 
showing  the  use  of  various  types  of 
equipment  helpful  in  the  procedure,  cor- 
rect methods  of  cleaning,  handling  and 
dressing  the  baby.  The  other  reel  is  on 
•Feeding  the  Infant",  presenting  in  de- 
tail the  feeding  of  the  breast-fed  and 
bottle-fed  baby.  Care  of  utensils  used, 
and  preparation  of  the  feeding  formula 
and  other  foods  in  the  diet  are  shown.  A 
teacher's  guide  accompanies  the  film. 

Timely  Cinema  Films 

Grand  Illusion,  last  year  voted  by  the 
National  Board  of  Review  the  best  film 
of  the  year  from  any  country,  is  now 
avadable  in  16mm  for  New  England  dis- 
tribution from  Cinema,  Inc.,  of  Boston. 

This  fine  French  motion  picture  (with 
English  titles)  presents  the  humaniUrian 
case  agmnst  war  which,  at  this  time,  de- 
serves the  careful  consideration  of  people 
everywhere. 

Also  offered  by  Cinema,  Inc.,  are  the 
new  educational  "Documentary  Films." 
These  films  dramatize  the  material  and 
processes  of  everyday  enterprise  both  here 
and  abroad,  creating  in  motion  picture 
form  the  story  of  contemporary  adven- 
ture. They  are  recommended  as  a  val- 
uable addition  to  any  visual  education 
program. 

Two  illustrated  catalogs,  one  devoted 
to  education  and  the  other  to  entertain- 
ment, have  just  been  issued  by  Cinema, 
Inc.,  234  Clarendon  Street,  Boston,  Mass. 
These  16  mm.  sound  and  silent  motion 
picture  catalogs  giving  complete  descrip- 
tions and  rental  prices,  are  available  upon 
request. 

Television,  Radio  Films 
for  School  Use 

Two  one-reel  sound  motion  pictures, 
produced  by  Pathe  for  theatrical  distri- 
bution, have  been  made  available  to 
schools,  churches,  clubs,  and  other  com- 
munity groups  at  no  rental  charge.  These 
films,   titled  Air  Waves  and   Television, 


£:ai£i 


are  sponsored  cooperatively  by  the 
Radio  Corporation  of  .America,  National 
Broadcasting  Company  and  the  RCA 
Manufacturing  Company.  They  were 
produced  under  the  supervision  of  Ells- 
worth C.  Dent,  Educational  Director  of 
RCA  Victor. 

Air  Waves  tell  the  spectacular  and 
entertaining  stor>'  of  radio  broadcasting, 
beginning  with  scenes  of  its  earliest 
formative  stages  and  developing  up  to 
its  present-day  advanced  status.  Tele- 
vision opens  with  scenes  of  experiments 
in  the  laboratory  and  moves  into  a 
sequence  on  television  reception  in  the 
home.  This  is  followed  by  a  televised 
horse  race  and  another  sequence  show- 
ing the  details  of  broadcasting  from  the 
NBC  Studios. 

"It  has  been  our  purpose,"  Mr.  Dent 
said,  "to  produce  these  films  in  such  a 
way  that  they  will  be  especially  valuable 
for  use  in  connection  with  the  communica- 
tions unit  of  General  Science  courses  and 
of  general  interest  to  school  groups  of 
all  ages— from  the  fourth  or  fifth  grade 
through  college.  Accordingly,  neither 
film  contains  direct  advertising;  merely 
appropriate  identification  of  the  labora- 
tories and  studios  concerned." 

The  national  non-theatrical  distribu- 
tion of  the  films,  which  arc  available 
in  16mm  or  3Smm,  is  being  handled  by 
the  William  J.  Ganz  Company,  19  East 
47th  Street,  New  York  City.  Prints  will 
be  available  also  through  many  university, 
state  and  city  visual  instruction  bureaus. 

Documentary  on  Education 

A  two-reel  16mm  film  on  progressive 
education,  entitled  School,  has  been  pro- 
duced by  Mrs.  Lee  Dick,  New  York  City, 
in  cooperation  with  the  American  Film 
Center  and  Progressive  Education  Asso- 
ciation. Mr.  Edward  Anhalt  assisted  in 
the  supervision.  The  film  was  made  at 
the  Hessian  Hills  School  at  Croton-on- 
Hudson  and  shows  the  regular  activities 
of  children  of  the  fifth  grade.  There  is 
no  commentator,  the  sound  track  being 
entirely  devoted  to  the  unrehearsed  con- 
versation of  the  children  and  to  a  musical 
accompaniment. 

This  documentary  has  been  shown 
throughout  the  summer  at  the  Education 
Building  at  the  New  York  Fair. 


BIGGER.     BETTER.     MORE     VALUABLE! 

75fA  Annual  Edition 

"1000  and  ONE"  FILM  DIRECTORY 

Ju»t  Published 

The  same  handy  desk  giz^— 6  x  9  inches— but  contains  more  pages,  more  films, 
more  service!  A  valuable  new  feature  this  year  is  an  alphabetical  list  of  the 
litles  of  the  more  than  5000  films  included  in  the  new  direclorv. 

Insure  receiving  the  new  edition  promptly.  Remember  subscribers  to  Educational 
Screen  pay  25c  for  their  copy  of  "lOOO  and  ONE".  (Regular  price  75c).  Send 
your  .subscription  or  renewal  NOW. 

EDUCATIONAL    SCREEN  "cLi^Sr  ,"'•'* 


Page   300 


The  Educational  Screen 


IfUuitt&te 

AMERICAN  HISTORY 
PICTUROLS 


These  convenient  rolls  or  strips  of  35  Tnm 
film  visualize  the  history  of  America  from 
its  early  discovery  through  the  recent 
world  war.  Each  Picturol  contains  30  or 
more  still  pictures,  maps,  charts  and  dia- 
grams which  can  be  projected  to  any  size, 
for  study  by  the  entire  class.  The  15 
Picturols  on  American  History  listed  here 
are  for  use  in  Junior  and  Senior  high 
school  classes  and  are  especially  valu- 
able for  review  purposes. 


1.  Discovery  and  Exploitation 

2.  The  English  Settlement  and 

Colonial   Conflicts 

3.  The   American   Revolution 

4.  The  Beginnings  of  the 

American   Nation 

5.  Establishment  of  the  Amer- 

ican Nation  at  Home  and 
Abroad 

6.  The  Rise  of  the  New  West 

7.  Expansion  to   the  Pacific 

8.  Sectional   Conflicts 


9.  The  War  for  Southern 
Independence 

10.  The    Country    During    Civil 

Wartime  and  Reconstruc- 
tion 

11.  Mechanical  and   Industrial 

Progress 

12.  Big   Business  and  the 

Farmer-Labor    Protests 

13.  Political  and  Social  Reform 

14.  America  as  a  World  Power 

15.  The  United  States  in  the 

World  War 


Write  for  the  Picturol  catalog  containing  the  world's  largest  listing  of  educational  film  strips. 

SOCIETY    FOR    VISUAL    EDUCATION 

Dept.    lOES,    100    E.    Ohio    St.,    Chicago,    III. 


Travel  Shorts  and  Features 

A  new  series  of  16  mm.  travel  pictures 
in  color  have  just  been  released  by 
Walter  O.  Gutlohn,  Inc.,  New  York  City. 
A  Trip  around  the  World  on  the  Stella 
Polaris — 4  reels,  silent — depicts  fascinat- 
ing scenes  of  the  romantic  South  Sea 
Isles,  Dutch  East  Indies,  Singapore, 
Ceylon,  South  Africa  including  Durban, 
Port  Elizabeth  and  Capetown,  Victoria 
Falls  in  North  Africa,  French  Morocco, 
St.  Helena,  Canary  Island,  and 
Gibraltar.  Denmark — 1  reel  silent — con- 
tains colorful  scenes  of  the  changing 
of  the  guard,  the  King's  birthday  celebra- 
tion and  a  yacht  basin.  There  are  also 
views  of  famous  statues  and  churches. 
Norway,  another  silent  reel,  shows  North 
Cape,  fishing  near  the  midnight  sun,  a 
fjord  village,  the  city  of  Trondheim,  Ber- 
gen Fisheries,  Stave  churches  and  archi- 
tecture of  the  Hanseatic  League  period 
and  views  of  Oslo.  Sweden  is  a  picture 
of  life  in  rural  and  urban  Sweden — agri- 
cultural scenes  and  views  of  Stockholm 
and  Gothenburg.  The  King's  Jubilee  cele- 
bration at  Dalecarlia,  and  the  city  of 
Visby  are  also  seen. 

Gutlohn  also  announces  the  release  of 
the  1938-9  Monogram  features  in  16mm 
sound.  A  total  of  21  pictures  are  included, 
among  which  are :  Barefoot  Boy,  inspired 
by  Whittier's  poem,  with  Jackie  Moran ; 
Under  the  Big  Top,  a  circus  picture  fea- 
turing Anne  Nagel,  Jack  La  Rue ;  Mys- 
tery Plane,  based  on  the  famous  cartoon 
strip     "Tailspin     Tommy",     with     John 


Trent  as  the  star ;  Starlight  over  Texas, 
a  western  featuring  the  cowboy  trouba- 
dour, Tex  Ritter ;  The  Mystery  of  Mr. 
Wong,  an  exciting  mystery  based  on 
Hugh  Wiley's  story  with  Boris  Karloff 
as   Mr.   Wong. 

An  unusual  documentary  film  entitled 
School  is  another  new  Gutlohn  release. 
This  is  a  a  2-reel  picture  of  a  progres- 
sive education  school  in  action  with  class- 
room dialogue  throughout.  Seasons  and 
Their  Causes  in  1  reel,  with  commentary 
by  John  Martin,  is  also  available. 

Films  on  Current  Topics 

Audio-Film  Libraries  announces  the 
addition  of  several  new  films  to  their 
16  mm  sound  library.  War  in  Europe  is 
a  timely  release  on  the  momentous  events 
in  Europe  filmed  as  they  happened.  It 
includes  historic  scenes  of  mobilization 
in  England,  France,  Poland  and  Ger- 
many, evacuation  of  women  and  children 
from  Europe's  Capitals,  Germany's 
lightning  land  and  sky  invasion  of  Po- 
land, Poland  striking  back,  ending  with 
Soar  starts  with  the  Plebiscite  of  1935 
showing  the  people  and  industries, 
1935  showing  the  people  and  industries, 
especially  steel  and  coal,  over  which 
France  and  Germany  are  now  fighting 
on  the  Western  Frontier. 

The  following  three  films  are  available 
free  of  charge  under  certain  regulations. 
These  films  are  in  the  nature  of  screen 
editorials,  with  narration  by  Lowell 
Thomas. 


Men  and  Machines  discusses  the  ques- 
tion of  American  initiative  and  "rugged 
individualism"  vs.  government  regula- 
tion. America  Marches  On  shows  the 
growth  of  cooperative  business  financing 
and  the  modern  corporation.  In  Frontiers 
of  the  Future,  research  opportunities  in 
business  through  new  inventions  and  in- 
dustries are  depicted  to  show  that  youth 
still  has  opportunities. 

Correction 

In  our  September  issue  we  erroneously 
reported  that  Audio-Film  Libraries  of 
Bloomfield,  New  Jersey  had  "released" 
the  film  "Territorial  Possessions  of  the 
United  States."  This  film  is  a  produc- 
tion and  release  of  International  Geo- 
graphic Pictures  of  New  York  City, 
which  Audio  Film  has  added  to  its  dis- 
tributing library. 

Sound  Film  on  Sponges 

Pictorial  Films,  Inc.,  1650  Broadway, 
New  York  City,  has  ready  for  October 
release  a  new  2-reel,  16mm  sound  film 
entitled  Sponge  in  the  Making,  photo- 
graphed in  full  Kodachrome  at  Tarpon 
Springs,  Florida  by  John  Gonatos,  expert 
sponge  diver  and  cameraman.  The  film 
tells  the  complete  story  of  the  sponge, 
with  a  great  many  underwater  scenes  of 
an  unusual  character.  The  color  photog- 
raphy brings  out  the  natural  beauty  of 
the  locale. 


October,  19  i  9 


Page  301 


I 


Adult  Preferences  in  Film  Programs 

(Comlndtd  jnim  />iij/«'  -^'"  » 

participation  or  informal  lecturing  on  the  part  of  an 
authority  on  the  subject. 

The  third  means  of  evaluation  was  provided  by 
studies  made  by  a  selected  group  of  five  auditors  who 
observed  audience  reaction  during  each  j^rogram  and 
in  the  lobby  immediately  tiiereafter.  These  auditors 
were  skilled  educational  and  theatrical  critics  and  their 
comments  were  highly  analytical.  According  to  the 
opinion  of  this  group,  tiie  first  two  programs  failed  to 
register  eflfectively  with  the  audience  due  to  lack  of  in- 
tegrating presentation  from  the  floor.  While  program 
notes  carried  the  essential  thread  which  bound  the 
films  into  a  unity,  many  persons  were  heard  to  express 
the  wish  that  a  more  detailed  and  personalized  intro- 
duction had  been  given.  On  the  other  hand  some  in- 
trotluctions  appeared  too  long, — with  the  audience 
becoming  distinctly  restive  when  on  one  program  two 
faculty  members  used  up  an  entire  hour  before  a  single 
film  was  shown.  The  best  technique  appeared  to  be 
a  fifteen  minute  introduction,  with  brief  two-minute 
integrative  comments  made  during  the  change  from  one 
film  topic  to  another.  Extensive  program  notes  were 
also  recommended  since  most  people  in  attendance 
tended  to  take  their  program  notes  home  and  often 
asked  for  additional  copies. 

No  mention  is  here  made  of  actual  film  selections  and 
costs  for  the  program,  but  these  are  available  upon 
application'.  The  total  budget  for  the  series  was  about 
$400,  and  the  returns  showed  a  slight  profit.  Upon  the 
basis  of  this  year's  experience,  it  seems  that  a  more 
homogeneous  scries  of  topics  would  command  larger 
audience  appeal.  The  University  plans  to  offer  next 
year  two  such  programs  (1)  a  foreign  language  series 
and  (2)  a  documentary  film  series.  Each  series  will 
be  in  charge  of  a  single  faculty  member  who  will  act 
as  moderator  at  all  sessions  and  invite  different  faculty 
members  to  comment  on  the  special  topics. 

The  Federal  Film 

(  Concluded  from  pai/t-  291 ) 

laboratory  technicians.  The  photographic  set-up  is 
headed  by  Major  R.  T.  Schlosberg,  who  has  both 
military  and  civilian  assistants.  Technical  experts  in 
the  various  arms  of  the  service  for  which  a  film  is 
being  made  cooperate  with  the  motion  picture  director 
from  the  Signal  Corps  in  the  production  of  the  train- 
ing filni. 

The  Signal  Corps  makes  both  sound  and  silent  films 
in  16mm  and  35mm  editions.  These  films  are  avaliable 
to  army  units,  National  Guard,  R.O.T.C.  and  Reserve 
Officer  units. 

Through  years  of  experience  the  Army  has  found 
that  training  films : 

a)  implement  teaching  but  do  not  act  as  a  substitute 
for  the  teacher ; 

b)  insure  uniformity  of  demonstration  and  interpre- 
tation of  Army  technique; 

c)  give  troops  and  other  units  vicarious  experience 
in  important  attributes  of  military  tactics,  train- 
ing and  participation ; 

d)  give  an  admirable  device  for  training  large  groups 
of  men  in  a  short  space  of  time  in  an  emergency. 


Siies  and  prices  for  every  school 
in  the  complete  new  group  of 


v% 


1iEC0RVIN6VISC$ 


There's  something  distinctly 
new  in  modern  schools  these 
days.  It's  the  RCA  Victor 
Recorder.  And  as  one  principal 
said  recently,  "Schools  have  been 
quick  to  purchase  the  RCA  Victor 
Recorder  because  its  advantages 
to  the  school  are  not  only  nu- 
merous— but  as  easy  to  see  as  the 
nose  on  your  face!" 

Just  as  the  RCA  Victor  Re- 
corder itself  offers  many  excellent 
advantages,  so  too,  do  RCA  Re- 
cording Discs.  These  discs  pro- 
vide a  high  standard  of  perform- 
ance. They  record  sound  with 
exceptional  fidelity,  are  warp-re- 
sisting, and  may  be  used  with  any 


This  RCA  Victor  Portable  Recorder 
MI-12701  is  popular  in  schoolsfrom 
coast  to  coast.  It  comes  in  an  attrac- 
tive gray  carrying  case  —  may  be 
carried  from  room  to  room  easily. 
Records  at  speed  of  78  r.p.m.  and 
is  delivered  to  you  complete  with 
Amplifier.  Visual  Indicator  Meter 
and  famous  AertMjynamic  Micro- 
phone. It  immediately  replays  the 
records  it  makes. 


Recorder.  Prices  range  from  25c 
to  $2.00. 

These  outstanding  new  record- 
ing discs  are  available  in  two 
types.  The  de  luxe  type  has  an 
aluminum  base,  comes  in  five 
standard  si2es-6",  8",  10",  12" 
and  16".  The  economy  type  has 
a  specially  treated  metal  cor^, 
comes  in  6"  and  8"  sizes. 

All  discs,  of  course,  have  blank 
labels  for  you  to  fill  in  when  re- 
cordings are  made.  For  ftirther 
details  visit  your  RCA  Victor 
dealer,  or  mail  the  coupon. 


Mmlarn  Kkool*  *tay  modtrn  with  MA  radio  tnlws  In  thalr  senwl  >iial|iiiniit 

Trademark      RCA  Victor"  Reg.  U.  S.  Pat.  Off  by  RCA  MfK   (  o     liu 


SOUND  SERVICE  FOR  SCHOOLS 


Eiiucatlonal  Dcpt., 
RCA    Manufactur- 
ing Co.,  Inc., 
Camden,  N.  J. 
A  Service  of  the 
Radio  Corporation 
•f  America. 


Page  302 


The  Educational  Screen 


Now-  in  St.  Louis 

A    COMPLETE     16mm 
SOUND    FILM    LIBRARY 


SWANK   NOTION   PICTURES 

(P.  R.  SWANK  L.  P.  SWANK) 

5861  PLYMOUTH  Tel.  PArkview  2536 

ST.  LOUIS,  MO. 

9     years     experience    serving    Midwestern 
schools    with   16mm    projections    and  films 


Wonderful     New     Programs     for     this 
FALL  AND  WINTER  —  BOOK  NOW! 


"THE  AMERICAN  WAY"         "WAR  IN  EUROPE" 

16  mm  sound  film  on  16  mm  sound  film  on 

Constitutional   rights  European   situation 

Write  for  free  sound   or  silent  film   catalogrne 

LEWIS  FILM  SERVICE.  105  East  First  St. 

Wichita,    Kansas 


3S  mm.  General  Science,  11  rolls,  $20 
v  ¥  ¥  Hff  Principles  of  Physics,  7  rolls,  $12 
*  *  J^JJ*  Principles  of  Chemistry.  8  roUs,  $14 
SlilDES  Fundamentals  of  Biology,  4  rolls,  $9 
Order  on  approval  or  send  ior  free  folder  and  sample 

VISUAL     SCIENCES,     Suffem,  New  York 


HUMAN  ADVENTURE 


Made  by  Oriental  Jnttitute 
The  University  of  Chicago 
and   many   other  HISTORY  TEACHING   FILMS 
now    available    at    prices    you    can    pay 
Also  Teaching  Films  for  ART,  FRENCH,  ENGLISH, 

SCIENCES,    SPANISH,    and   other   fields. 
INTERNATIONAL  FILM  BUREAU,  59  E.  Van  Bare.,  Cbicgo 


A  thrilling,  dramatic  saga  of  the 
gallant  North  Sea  Fishermen  from 
Scotland.  An  outstanding  docu- 
mentary of  these  hardy  trawlermen. 
3  REELS   ...    16  MM  SOUND  ON-FILM 

PICTORIAL  FILMS.  INC. 


1650  Broadway 


New  York   City 


Haye  you  discovered  ^ 

NATURE  NOTES* 

TKACHERS,    park    naturalists,    others    write   us, 
"Why  haven't  I  known  about  NATURE  NOTES 
before?'*  "A  big  help  in  my  work."  "It  human- 
izes   nature  study."    "Has    excellent   illustrations." 

There's  no  other  magazine  quite  like  NATURE 
NCTES.  Though  small  in  size,  it  is  packed  with 
authentic  nature  lore.  Not  dry — not  sensational — 
it  treats  of  nature  like  the  fascinatinis  subject  it  is. 

Send  25c  coin  or  stamps  for  a  4  months'  trial  and 
embark  on  a  voyage  of  discovery.  Better  still,  send 
$1  for  a  full  year's  subscription.  (SPECIAL — 6  free 
back  numbers  with  each  new  yearly  subscription, 
while   our  supplies   last.) 

NATURE     NOTES 

The  Magazine  of  Outdoor  Information 

James  H.   Sedgwick,   Editor   and   Publisher 

4800    PROSPECT   ROAD  PEORIA,    ILLINOIS 


yVi 


£071 


an 


American  Education  Week 


The  1939  American  Education  Week  observance 
will  be  held  November  6-11,  1939.  "Education  for 
the  American  Way  of  Life"  is  the  general  theme.  As 
ill  previous  years  the  National  Education  Association 
has  prepared  materials  to  assist  schools  in  planning  for 
this  observance  including  colorful  posters,  leaflets, 
stickers,  and  packets  containing  special  folders  for  the 
different  school  levels  prepared  by  field  committees  in 
various  sections  of  the  United  States.  Early  planning 
will  help  you  make  your  observance  most  effective.  For 
complete  information,  write  to  the  National  Education 
Association,  1201  Sixteenth  Street,  N.  W.,  Washing- 
ton, D.  C. 

Southern  Conference  on  Audio- Visual  Education 

For  the  third  successive  year,  the  Southern  Confer- 
ence on  Audio-Visual  Education  will  hold  its  regular 
fall  meeting  at  the  Biltmore  Hotel  in  Atlanta,  Thurs- 
day, Friday  and  Saturday,  November   16,   17  and  18. 

A  rich  and  varied  program  is  being  prepared,  A 
number  of  prominent  leaders  in  the  field  of  Audio- 
Visual  Education  throughout  the  nation  will  participate 
in  the  discussion  of  vital  topics  during  the  Conference, 
Open  forums,  round-table  and  panel  discussions  will  be 
prominent  features  of  the  program.  Interesting  and 
attractive  exhibits  of  motion  picture,  radio,  sound  re- 
cording, and  television  will  be  prominently  displayed 
and  easily  accessible.  The  latest  and  best  16mm  educa- 
tional motion  pictures  suitable  for  classroom  and  lab- 
oratory use  will  be  shown  at  the  beginning  and  at  the 
conclusion,  as  well  as  during  every  session  of  the 
conference. 

The  directors  of  the  Southern  Conference  confidently 
anticipate  the  attendance  of  at  least  a  thousand  or  more 
teachers  and  school  officials  interested  in  the  practical 
use  of  these  modern  teaching  tools. 

Visual  Aids  on  English  Teachers  Program 

The  Friday  afternoon  session  of  the  29th  Annual 
Meeting  of  the  National  Council  of  Teachers  of  Eng- 
lish, New  York  City,  Nov,  30-Dec.  2,  1939,  will  be 
devoted  to  "Standards  for  Motion  Pictures  and  News- 
papers". Helen  Rand  Miller,  Edgar  Dale,  Richard 
Lewis  constitute  the  Steering  Committee,  and  William 
Wood,  Evanston,  111,,  will  preside.  The  program 
follows : 

1.  Youth  Evaluates  the  Movies — Kathryn  Y,  Ale- 
bach,  Senior  High  School,  Reading,  Pa. 

2.  Motion  Picture  Activities  in  the  High  School — 
Hardy  R,  Finch,  Greenwich,  Conn. 

3.  Responsibility  of  School  and  Community  in  Es- 
tablishing Acceptable  Motion  Picture  Standards — 
Wm,  F.  Bauer,  East  Orange,  N.  J. 

4.  Using  Motion  Pictures  and  Newspapers  as  Ve- 
hicles for  Teaching  Critical  Thinking  in  the  English 
Class  —  Violet  Edwards,  Institute  for  Propaganda 
Analysis,  N.  Y.  C. 


October,  19)9 


Page  303 


JVot 


Ei. 


At  tlie  Saturday  nioriiin},'  session  a  Demonstration 
of  Technological  Aids  in  tlie  English  Classroom  for 
Growth  in  Reading  will  be  given  by  Eleanor  D.  Child, 
and  Walter  Ginsberg,  with  the  aid  of  students  from 
X.  ^'.  C.  schools. 

Visual  Progress  in  the  CCC 

Probably  iio  .schuol  unit  has  progressed  further  in 
the  use  of  visual  aids  in  a  similar  length  of  time  than 
has  the  Civilian  Conservation  Corps.  Today  each  corps 
area  has  a  central  film  library  which  makes  available 
to  all  the  camps  a  large  assortment  of  sound  and  silent 
motion  pictures  for  educational  use  and  entertainment. 
Many  tiims  are  also  borrowed  from  the  Government 
and  commercial  sources. 

A  separate  department  for  handling  the.se  films  was 
first  set  up  by  the  Ninth  and  Fourth  corps  area  early 
in  ]9.^7.  Money  to  rent  the  films  was  taken  from  each 
company's  "other  funds"  and  routed  thru  this  office. 
It  also  handled  the  purchase  of  projection  equipment. 
The  corps  area  rental  service  is  still  maintained  in  most 
corps  areas.     Its  method  of  working  varies,  however. 

ICntertainment  films  reach  most  of  the  camps.  One 
corps  area  attempts  to  develop  an  appreciation  of  high- 
type  films  by  means  of  a  careful  selection  of  subjects. 
The  film  strip  also  is  being  used  extensively  in  class 
work  to  illustrate  subject  matter  and  bring  out  details. 
A  number  of  camps  liave  already  produced  film  strips 
and  motion  pictures  for  their  own  use.  An  important 
part  of  the  Third  Corps  .-\rea  Film  Library  is  the  pho- 
tographic service  which  has  made  up  a  collection  of 
over  1000  negatives  of  CCC  camp  activities  and  has 
prepared  four  reels  of  16mm  silent  motion  pictures,  one 
in  color,  on  camp  activities,  which  forms  the  beginning 
of  corps  motion  pictures  for  instructional  purposes. 

In  addition  to  the  film  and  film  strips,  camp  advisers 
have  introduced  the  use  of  lantern  slide  machines  and 
opaque  projectors.  They  have  also  stressed  the  use  of 
wall  maps,  posters,  charts,  blackboards,  globes,  various 
types  of  models  in  the  fields  of  biology  and  mechanics ; 
and  have  helped  instructors  and  enrollees  to  build  up 
botanical,  zoological  and  mineralogical  collections. 

Films  Instruct  Adults 

Motion  pictures  are  being  used  to  teach  health,  citi- 
zenship, thrift  and  science  in  the  WPA  Adult  Schools 
of  Nashville  and  Davidson  County  according  to  Ed- 
mund R.  Lingerfelt.  S.ate  Director  of  the  education 
program.  During  the  twelve  month  period  ending 
March  1,  a  total  of  30.12.S  persons  attended  389  show- 
ings. 

"Hundreds  of  Nashville  people  had  never  seen  mo- 
tion pictures,"  Mr.  Lingerfelt  reported.  "A  number 
of  these  could  neither  read  nor  write  but  easily  under- 
stood the  sound  pictures." 

Polaroid  Motion  Picture 

The  first  full  polarized  sound  motion  picture  in  three 
dimensions  to  be  made  is  presented  at  the  Chrysler 


lout 


SCIENCE 
TEACHERS 

VcriLL 


THE  HIGH  EFFICIENCY  OF 

Glass-Beaded 

!^^!r  SCREENS 


Reg.    U.< 


The  Kreater  liRht  reflective  qualilv  of  the  Da-Lite 
Glass- Beaded  surface  assures  in  class  room  or 
laboratory,  a  sharp,  clear  imaKe  and  an  accurate 
reproduction  of  color  values,  with  all  gradations 
shown.  The  beads,  applied  by  Da-Lite's  exclusive 
proce.s.s,  reflect  maximum  lieht  without  sparkle  or 
jflare.  This  process  is  the  result  of  30  years  of 
leadership  in  the  manufacture  of  projection  screens. 

Da-Lite  also  makes 
w'hite  and  silver 
screens,  each  of 
which  is  outstand- 
ine  in  its  field,  bnt 
recommends  the 
Glass -Beaded  sur- 
face for  average 
class  room  require- 
ments. Mail  coupon 
for  48-page  data 
book  on  screen  sur- 
faces.  mountings 
and  complete  de- 
M  HIE  Mtiicui)  tails 

cuLuwia  •oils. 

Consistsof  screen, 
case  and  tripod«ll 
In  one;  can  be 
quickly  set  up,  yet 
folds  connpactly 

for    easy 

carrying. 


FREE    SCREEN    DATA 
Mail     Coupon     Now! 


DA-LITE   SCREEN    CO..    INC. 
Dept.  9ES.  2723  N.  Crawford  Ave.,  Chicago,  III. 

Please  -tend  free  Da-Lilc  book  on  the  Elartral  and  other  Da-UI« 
Mreens. 


NaB«....„ 

School 

Addr«aa 


Page   304 


The  Educational  Screen 


16MM.    SOUND    ON     FILM 

for 
RENT  —  EXCHANGE  —  SALE 

A  few  of  our  Large  Catalogue  of 
RENTAL      SURJECTS 

WILD  INNOCENCE  ■*  LOST  JUNGLE  •  GIRL  OF  THE 
LIMBERLOST  •  KEEPER  OF  THE  BEES  *  I  CONQUER 
THE  SEA  •  MILLION  DOLLAR  BABY  *  IN  OLD  SANTA 
PE  •  MAN'S  BEST  FRIEND  *  OH  YEAH  •  HEARTS  OF 
HUMANITY  *  BLACK  GOLD  *  STRANGERS  OF  THE 
EVENING    •    CITY    LIMITS    *    HANDICAP    •    KLONDIKE 

•  HIGH  GEAR  *  PARDON  MY  GUN  *  YOUNG  DYNAMITE 

•  LAST  OF  THE  WARRENS  •  WILDERNESS  MAIL  * 
KENTUCKY  BLUE  STREAK  *  all  PETER  B.  KYNE'S  sub- 
jecU:  all  RICHARD  TALMADGE  and  RIN  TIN  TIN,  Jr. 
subjects:  all  TOM  TYLER,  JACK  PERRIN  and  JACK  HOXIE 
WESTERNS:     all     FRED     SCOTT'S     MUSICAL     WESTERNS. 

AltOEether  300  Features  and  600  Shorts 
from     which     to     pick     your     prosrrams 

tiot  One  Mediocre  Picture  in  Our  Library 
Film    Rental    Catalogue  —  Film    Sale    Catalogue 

Write    for    them 

CINE  CLASSIC  LIBRARY 


1041  JEFFERSON  AVE. 


BROOKLYN.  N.  Y. 


TIMELY   SURJECTS  in    16min   Sound 

WAR  IN  EUROPE — Historic  wartime  scenes  in  England, 
France,  Poland  and  Germany,  including  mobilization,  evacua- 
tion of  danger  zones  and  Germany's  lightning  invasion  of 
Poland.     1    reel.     Rental   $2.50. 


SEA  OF  STRIFE— The  struggle  of  lUly  and  Great  Britain  for 
the    control    of    the    Mediterranean.     2    reels.     Rental    $3.00. 


THE  SAAR — Scene  of  present  French  and  German  front;  show- 
ing plebiscite  of  193B  ;  steel  and  coal  mining  industries.  1  reel. 
Rental    $1.25. 

Write    for    complete    list    of    educational    films    and 
Catalog    of    entertainment    subjects, 

AUDIO-FILM    LIBRARIES 

661    Bioomfield  Ave.  Bloomfield.  N.  J. 


VIVID    VISITS 

TO   THE    FAR    CORNERS   OF   THE   WORLD 

Entertaining-Instructive     16mm.     S.O.F.     FeatHret 

AcmsR  the  World  with  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Martin  Johnson 
Explorers  of  the  Woiid 
I  Conquer  the  Sea 
South  Sea  .Adventures 

Send  card  for  details.     Reasonable  rental. 

OHIO  FILM  SERVICE— I37T  Penhurst  Rd.,  Cleveland,  Ohio 


PORTER   SARGENT    PUBLICATIONS 

A  HANDBOOK  OF  PRIVATE  SCHOOLS,  23d  edition,  1192  pages,  $6.00. 
4000  schools,  17  maps,  300  illustrations.  An  Annual  Review  and 
Guide   Book   for  all  interested   in   education. 

"The  information  about  schools  is  compiled  with  care,  sifted  with 
judicial  integrity  and  organized  with  such  lucidity  that  it  cannot 
help  but  be  of  immense  assistance  to  the  parent  in  search  of  a 
school  for  his  offspring."  Edward  RaRocque  Tinker,  The  New 
York   Times. 

EDUCATION.  1939,  A  REALISTIC  APPRAISAL,  160  pages,  $1.00. 
A  survey  of  education  as  a  social  process  and  a  great  industry. 

"Read  and  road  with  interest  the  general  appraisal.  You  are  doing 
a  unique  work." — John  Deivfjf,  Columbia   Universitj/. 

HUMAN  AFFAIRS,  1939,  ca  450  pages,  for  Fall  Publication. 
The  international  and  domestic  muddle  realistically  presented. 

A   BRIEF   SCHOOL   GUIDE.   4th   edition.   1939.   178   pages.  25c. 

THE    SUMMER    CAMP    GUIDE.   4th   edition.    1939.      112   pages.   25c. 

Circular<i  of  any  of  the  above  and  announcements  of 
forthcoming    publications    will    be    sent    on    request. 

PORTER  SARGENT,  I  i  Beacon  St.,  Boston,  Mass. 


Motors  building  at  the  New  York  World's  Fair.  In 
Tune  with  Tomorrow  is  the  title  of  the  film,  which 
shows  the  making  and  assembly  of  a  Plymouth  car 
in  a  way  that  seems  to  bring  the  various  parts  directly 
into  the  midst  of  the  audience.  This  is  one  of  the  effects 
of  extraordinary  reality  that  is  accomplished  through 
the  use  of  polaroid  material.  All  visitors  viewing  the 
film  wear  special  polaroid  lenses. 

In  making  the  picture  a  total  of  10,960  different 
"frames"  were  photographed  by  Loucks  and  Norling. 
Two  cameras  were  used  to  record  the  scenes  as  a  human 
eye  would  see  them,  and  two  projection  machines  are 
used  simultaneously  for  the  showing.  While  the  prin- 
ciple of  combining  two  disparate  views  into  one  to 
create  a  third  dimensional  illusion  is  not  new,  the 
polaroid  process  adds  to  the  pictures  something  that 
has  never  been  achieved  before.  The  stereoptican 
principle  showed  the  way  to  creating  depth  of  back- 
ground; the  polaroid  film  now  adds  immediacy  of 
foreground. 

News  from  Abroad 

India.  Although  the  Central  Government  receives  a 
substantial  revenue  annually  from  the  motion  picture 
industry,  its  attitude  toward  that  industry  (which  oc- 
cupies eighth  place  in  the  economy  of  the  country) 
is  a  step-motherly  one,  according  to  Mr.  K.  S.  Hir- 
kelar,  founder  of  the  Motion  Picture  Society  of  India. 
He  has  prepared  a  36-page  pamphlet,  entitled  "Place  of 
Film  in  National  Planning",  in  the  hope  that  it  will 
receive  serious  consideration  from  the  parties  con- 
cerned and  effect  the  necessary  support  from  the  Gov- 
ernment in  the  production  of  educational  films  in 
India.  Mr.  Hirkelar  points  out  the  important  part 
the  film  plays  in  other  countries  as  a  medium  of  propa- 
ganda, publicity  and  education  and  how  it  can  play 
a  similar  role  effectively  in  India  if  the  proper  coop- 
eration is  given  by  the  state.  "Having  undertaken  to 
make  experiments  in  educational  broadcasting,  it  is 
high  time  for  the  Government  to  consider  the  claims 
of  the  educational  film." 

England.  The  Fifth  Annual  Report  of  the  British 
Film  Institute  states  that  the  use  of  films  for  educa- 
tional purposes  is  increasing  in  England,  420  new 
films  having  been  produced  during  the  year,  making 
a  total  of  2600  teaching  films  now  available.  The 
number  of  projectors  in  British  schools  has  increased 
to  1490. 

Free  Moving  Pictures  for  Children  and  Adults 
at  Art  Museum 

The  Educational  Division  of  the  Philadelphia  Mu- 
seum of  Art  announces  an  important  and  unique  ad- 
dition to  its  educational  program — two  free  weekly  film 
series,  one  for  children  every  Saturday,  at  2  P.  M.  and 
at  3 :30  P.  M.  beginning  September  23rd,  and  another 
for  adults  every  Sunday  at  2  P.  M.  and  at  3  :30  P.  M. 
beginning  September  24th. 

Because  of  the  increasing  interest  in  the  documenta- 
tion of  current  events  as  indicated  by  the  wide  popu- 
larity of  the  "March  of  Time"  programs,  and  other 
films,  radio  programs,  and  books  of  similar  character, 
the  Museum  has  decided  to  devote  its  entire  fall  and 
winter  film  program  for  adults  to  the  development  of 

{Concluded  on  page  313) 


October,  19)9 


Page   30) 


Experiencing  College  on  Location 

((.  onliiiiiiit  Iroiit  (■at/c  ~7^) 

much  in  the  fashion  of  a  heavily  burdened  Christmas 
shoppiT  who  stoops  to  pick  up  one  of  his  parcels  and 
in  rescuing  it  drops  four  more. 

I  have  learned  that  on  much  of  the  itinerary  I  could 
best  serve  as  guide  for  the  group.  The  word  "guide" 
is  weak.  "Teacher"  more  accurately  describes  the 
relationship.  I  can  best  serve  for  these  reasons:  (1) 
I  have  been  their  teacher,  know  their  names,  prepara- 
tion, experiences,  and  manner  of  life;  (2)  I  have 
plaimed  the  teaching  situations  of  the  itinerary.  The 
chief  interference  with  my  assumption  of  this  role  was 
my  ignorance  of  factual  items.  To  remedy  this  as 
greatly  as  po.ssible.  I  did  much  reading  and  went  over 
the  parts  of  the  itinerary  physically  and  alone.  For 
this  purpose,  I  made  a  trip  to  the  City  soon  after  set- 
ting the  date  to  study  in  detail  and  at  first  hand  each 
step,  the  while  acquiring  as  many  relative  facts  as  pos- 
sible. For  each  successive  journey,  I  studied  one  new 
event  in  detail.  For  one  journey,  I  studied  Chinatown 
almost  inch  by  inch ;  for  another,  Greenwich  Village ; 
while  for  another,  the  housing  situation.  In  the  repeti- 
tion of  accompanying  five  different  groups  my  fund 
of  knowledge  was  considerably  improved  thereby  in- 
creasing my  own  efficiency  as  guide. 

There  were  exceptions,  of  course,  to  the  desirability 
of  my  assuming  guidance.  Members  of  my  party 
always  bestowed  high  praise  on  the  guides  at  the 
National  Broadcasting  Co.     These  lads  were  teachers 

{Continued  on  page  308) 


■     ISEL/ ALL-PLAY/ ALLS         A    ^> 

Universal  IhT: 

SOUND  PROmOR  ^l^ 


Low  in  cost,  Universal  1 6MM 
Sound  Projectors  ofFer  you  all  of 
the  important  new  features.  Four 
models.  For  all  purposes.  Simple 
to  operate.  Economical  to  main- 
tain. Licensed.  Guaranteed. 


•  tow  PRICE  •  FOR  SOUND  OR  SItENT  FILMS 

•  FOR  CLtSSROOM  OR  tUDITORIUM 

•  FOR  PUBLIC  ADDRESS  OR  PHONO 

Universal  Sound  Projector  Div. 

SENTRY  SAFETY  CONTROL  CORP. 
1917-21  Oxford  Si.,  Phllodelphio,  Pa. 
N.»-  York  Office  — 1600  Broadway,  N.V.C 


•  FILL  POWER  AMPLIFICATION 

•  12"N«YT0I)TT  SPEAKERS 

•  2  INCH  F1.(  LENS 

•  an INTENSO  CONDENSER  LENS 

•  2  SPEED  E.E.  MOTOR  (  GOV. 

•  REELS  TO  16" 

•  REVERSE  ACTION 

•  STILL  PICTURE  CLUTCH 

•  CENTRAL  OILING 

•  TURBO  MAXIMUM  CODLING 

•  REAR  SHUTTER 

•  2  CLAW  INTERMIT.  ACTION 

•  PERMANENT  CARRTING  CASES 

•  LICENSED -WARRANTY 


4    MODELS 

Write   for  lilerolur* 


1938-9  MONOGRAM 
Feature  Films 


/n  76fnin.  Sound 


BAREFOOT  BOY 

with    Jackie    Moran,    Morcia    Mae     Jones,    Ralph 
Morgan,  C>aiie  Windsor. 

* 

UNDER  THE  BIG  TOP 

Thrills  of  the  circus  with  Marjorie  Main,  Anne  NageL 
Jock  La  Rue. 

• 

TAILSPIN  TOMMY  in 

"MYSTERY  PLANE" 

From  the  ioznous  comic  strip  with  John  Trent 

• 

STARLIGHT  OVER  TEXAS 

Featuring  Tex  Ritter,  famous  singing  cowboy. 

• 

THE  MYSTERY  OF  MR.  WONG 

with    Boris    Korloii,    supported    by    Grant    >/^then. 
Dorothy  Tree.  Craig  Reynolds, 

and  1 6  Other  "Hit"  Features 

•      •       • 

RECENT  TIMELY  RELEASES: 

WILLIAM  TELL 

Thrilling,   dramatic  accoimt  of  a  notion's   struggle 
for  freedom.    7  reels. 

POLAND 

As  created  since  the  first  World  War.     1  reoL 

THE  SAAR 

Showing  the  strategic  industrial  importance  of  *h<« 
region  in  the  current  war.    1  reeL 


Send     ior    cataloq    oi    over     1500     Educational 
and   EntertainmanI    itibjects  —  ior   rant   or   sato. 


WALTER  0.  GUTLOHN  mc 

35  W.  45th  St  Dept  E-10  New  YoA 


Page  306 


£1, 


n  an 


CL 


The  Educational  Screen 


iizoom 


Conducted  by  Wilber  Emmert 

Director  Visual  Education,  State  Teachers  College,  Indiana,  Pa. 


Making  Wall  Charts  for  Class  Use 

NUMEROUS  instances  occur  during  the  conduct 
of  the  class  work  of  every  subject  studied  when 
group  consideration  of  the  elements  involved  seems 
necessary  and  desirable.  On  such  occasions  it  is  im- 
perative that  the  proper  group-teaching  visual-sensory 
aid,  such  as  the  wall  map,  the  lantern  slide  image,  the 
motion  picture,  the  wall  chart,  the  blackboard  drawing, 
the  object,  or  model  be  used.  That  is,  some  device  of 
such  magnitude  and  dimensions  that  when  group  at- 


THESE  FREE  MOTION 

PICTURE  CATALOGS 


16mm. 
sound 


16mm. 
silent 


contain  descriptions  and  rental 
prices  on 

813  educational  films 
1,945  short  subjects 
427  features 

%A#p|TE  TODAY  "  Dept.  14E  for  your  copies  of 
TTI\IIC  ■\^V#«I  j,^^^^  helpful,  illustrated  catalogs 
listing  "proven  pictures"  used  by  schools  everywhere.  For  your 
convenience,  one  catalog  is  devoted  to  education  and  the  other 
to  entertainment. 


INCORPORATED 

234  Clarendon  St.  Boston,  Mass. 


tention  is  centered  upon  it,  each  pupil  can  observe  it 
advantageously. 

Due  to  limitations  imposed  by  the  physical  set-up 
in  many  schools,  and  the  expense  involved,  the  writer 
suggests  that  teachers  in  such  situations  might  well  dis- 
miss from  their  thinking,  although  fully  aware  of  their 
values,  all  thought  of  projectors  and  materials  for  pro- 
jection, as  well  as  other  commercially  made  aids,  and 
direct  their  efiforts  to  the  construction  of  some  mate- 
rials on  their  own  initiative.  To  this  end  the  teacher- 
pupil-made  wall  chart  is  recommended. 

Teachers  need  not  hesitate  to  undertake  this  work 
because  of  their  inability  to  draw  accurately  and  letter 
neatly,  for  the  technique  suggested  consists  simply  of 
tracing  with  pencil,  colored  crayon,  or  ink  on  the 
blackboard,  cardboard  or  cloth,  the  enlarged  image  from 
a  borrowed  lantern  slide  projector,  micro-projector,  or 
opaque  projector.*  The  original  may  be  the  picture 
or  material  on  a  commercially  made  lantern  slide,  a 
teacher-made  lantern  slide,  a  micro-slide,  a  sketch  or 
drawing  on  a  piece  of  paper,  the  picture,  diagram, 
graph,  or  other  material  printed  in  a  book,  magazine  or 
newspaper. 

Even  though  all  the  projectors  mentioned  above  are 
right  at  hand,  the  writer  has  preferred  to  make  the 
wall  charts  for  much  of  his  class  work,  and  has  made 
well  over  two  hundred  such  charts.  During  the  con- 
duct of  one  course  one  semester,  all  the  major  dia- 
grams, line  drawings,  and  graphs  found  in  the  basic 
textbook  were  prepared  in  this  enlarged  form  to  fa- 
cilitate the  initial  presentation,  class  discussion,  and 
review  work. 

Their  construction  and  use  revealed  that:  (1)  While  any 
material  such  as  cardboard,  oilcloth,  paper,  beaverboard,  etc., 
might  be  used,  unbleached  muslin  made  the  most  satisfactory- 
material  for  this  purpose;  (2)  Since  the  muslin  can  be  pur- 
chased in  a  number  of  different  widths,  the  forty-two  or  fort}'- 
eight  inch  width  had  decided  advantages  for  classroom  use : 
(3)  In  general,  wax  crayon  proved  much  easier  to  use  and 
more  legible  than  pencil  or  inks  ;  (4)  Black,  red,  and  blue  were 
the  colors  having  the  best  "carrying  qualities"  to  persons  who 
viewed  the  charts  from  a  distance;  (5)  The  cloth  must  be 
hung  over  a  smooth  surface  for  the  tracing,  and  the  blackboard 
proved  the  most  satisfactory  place  for  the  work ;  (6)  The  work 
can  be  carried  on  in  only  a  partially  darkened  room,  depending 
upon  the  nature  of  the  picture,  the  condition  of  the  projector, 
and  the  nature  and  amount  of  light  coming  into  the  room;  (7) 
If  the  completed  chart  is  ironed  with  a  medium  warm  iron,  the 


*Note — It  might  be  argued  that  since  projectors  are  necessary 
in  order  to  make  the  enlarged  tracings,  with  no  such  machines 
in  the  school,  it  is  practically  impossible  to  construct  the  wall 
charts  described.  The  point  is  well  taken,  but  the  obstacle  is 
not  insurmountable.  Perhaps  a  neighboring  school  has  a  pro- 
jector which  might  be  used  some  time  after  school  or  on 
Saturday.  The  teacher  training  institution  for  the  area  un- 
doubtedly has  a  number  of  projectors  which  might  be  made 
available  by  appointment  so  that  they  might  be  used  after 
school  or  on  Saturday.  The  energetic  teacher  to  whom  this  idea 
of  teacher-made  charts  appeals  will  find  some  way  to  secure 
the  materials  and  projectors  needed  for  this  work. 


October,  1959 


Page  307 


crayon  drawings  will  withstand  reiwated  washings  of  the 
chart ;  (8)  The  lettering  of  the  parts  and  the  title  for  the 
subject  matter  of  the  chart  may  be  made  by  tracings  from  the 
projected  picture,  or  may  be  made  with  the  aid  of  the  various 
stamp  lettering  sets;  (9)  Strong,  bold  outlines  must  be  used, 
but  shadings  aid  in  giving  quality  to  pictorial  charts;  (10) 
The  picture  can  be  made  the  desired  size  by  placing  the  por- 
jector  the  proper  distance  from  the  screen,  and  adjusting  for 
that  distance ;  (11)  Small  children,  even  in  the  third  or  fourth 
grade,  can  make  satisfactory  tracings;  (12)  It  is  not  a  difficult 
matter  to  reset  the  projector  and  "match  up"  the  traced  lines 
with  the  projected  image  even  though  th  machine  gets  jarred 
out  of  position,  or  it  becomes  necessary  to  put  the  projector 
away  and  "finish  the  job"  at  another  period;  (13)  It  is  a  wise 
plan  to  switch  off  the  light  from  time  to  time  to  make  sure 
that  everything  desired  has  been  traced;  (14)  Sharp  focusing 
of  the  image  materially  accelerates  the  tracing  process;  (15) 
Charts  of  uniform  width,  say,  either  42"  or  48",  are  easier  to 
hang  in  a  pre-<letcrmined,  favorable  place  before  the  class  than 
if  a  variety  of  widths  arc  used;  (16)  Pupil-made  charts  develop 
interest,  understandings,  and  motor  and  artistic  skills;  (17) 
Due  to  the  fact  that  the  muslin  can  be  rolled  or  folded  without 
injury,  and  thus  more  conveniently  filed  away,  it  is  to  be 
preferred  to  pai)er  or  cardboard  for  the  material  on  which  the 
copy  is  made;  (18)  Since  tracings  are  so  easy  to  make,  many 
teachers  might  well  take  advantage  of  this  means  of  making 
needed  classroom  aids;  (19)  Since  legibility  is  extremely  im- 
portant in  such  teaching,  '  retouchings"  can  be  made  by  the 
teacher  or  pupils  as  directed  by  one  who  views  the  chart  from  a 
distance. 

The  technique,  then,  of  making  a  tracing,  consists  of 
^electing  the  original  copy,  securing  the  unbleached 
muslin  of  the  desired  width,  placing  it  in  proper  posi- 
tion against  the  blackboard,  setting  up  the  projector, 
placing  the  copy  in  the  projector,  turning  on  the  switch, 
bringing  the  projected  iinage  of  the  proper  size  in  sharp 
focus  on  the  muslin,  standing  to  one  side  of  the  beam 
of  light  and  making  the  tracing  of  the  image  on  the 
muslin,  examining  the  tracing  by  turning  off  the  light 
from  time  to  time  to  see  that  everything  is  being 
traced,  putting  on  the  proper  labels  and  lettering  the 
parts  as  desired. 

There  are  a  number  of  plans  which  might  be  used 
to  display  the  charts  before  the  group  for  study  and 
class  use.  One  method  consists  of  simply  unfolding 
the  cloth  and  attaciiing  the  chart  to  the  woodwork 
above  the  blackboard  by  means  of  thumb  tacks.  (In 
many  classrooms  a  two  inch  strip  of  linoleum  has  been 
placed  along  the  blackboard  molding  to  protect  the 
woodwork  from  thumbtack  injury  and  for  ease  in  in- 
serting the  tacks.  Since  many  classrooms  have  along 
the  blackboard  molding  metal  tubing  with  movable, 
adjustable  hooks  to  hold  maps  in  position,  grommets 
(eyelets)  might  be  put  along  the  top  of  the  chart  and 
these  same  map  hooks  used  to  support  the  chart.  If 
the  map  hooks  are  not  present,  small  screw  hooks 
might  well  be  placed  along  the  molding  at  the  proper 
distance  to  match  the  spacing  of  the  grommets  (perhaps 
three)  of  the  chart. 

In  general,  the  writer  has  used  the  method  of  mount- 
ing the  charts  on  window  shade  rollers,  with  the  usual 
thin  wooden  strip  as  is  employed  with  window  shades 
and  maps,  at  the  bottom  of  the  chart.  Several  sets  of 
brackets  have  been  installed  so  that  a  number  of  charts 
might  be  used  during  the  conduct  of  the  lesson,  and  to 
provide  places  for  the  charts  to  be  displayed  for  in- 
dividual pupil  use  during  the  study  periods.  While  the 
mounted  chart  can  be  readily  rolled  up  or  down,  and 
thus  kept  in  much  better  condition  than  the  unmounted 
ones,  the  cost  of  the  shade  roller  and  brackets  adds 


materially  to  the  cost  of  the  device.  If  there  is  a  lim- 
ited amount  of  storage  space,  the  mounted  chart  pre- 
sents another  problem.  The  unmounted  charts  con- 
sume more  time  in  being  put  up  for  use  and  taken  down 
after  use;  they  generally  do  not  hang  as  neatly  as  the 
mounted  chart,  since  folding  them  causes  wrinkles  and 
there  is  no  weight  at  the  bottom  to  straighten  them. 
But  they  do  have  the  advantages  of  being  less  ex- 
pensive ;  and  using  less  storage  space,  since  they  can  be 
folded  readilv.  W.  E. 


Now  uou  can  save  bur'L^^n/ 


HOLMES  SouBd-onFilm  all 
sprocket  (no  claw)  PROJEC- 
TORS or*  BO  easy  on  the 
film  that  it  may  bo  run  oTor 
and  OTor  without  tear  or 
injury,  thereby  malting  out- 
right purchase  of  film  a 
great    saving. 

A  few  features: 

REAR    PICTURE    SHUTTER— 

Has   been   on   Holmes   Pro- 

iectors   since    1922. 
BALL    BEARINGS    give    long     gj  ^^^ 

life    and    smooth    running. 
ADJUSTABLE    APERTURE    GATE— Ab- 
solutely   essential    for    perfect    pro- 

iection. 
DECIMITTENT  SPROCKET  MOVEMENT. 
DIRECT    BEAM    ON    SOUND    TRACK 

AND    PHOTO    CELL. 
HOLD    BACK    SPROCKET— Absolutely 

essential  for  perfect  sound. 
niTERED  SOUND  SPROCKET 

— same  as  used  in  theatre 

machines. 
GOVERNOR  TYPE  MOTOR— 

Silent    and    sound    speeds. 
HIGH  FIDELITY  SOUND  LENS. 
EXCITER    UNIT— Instantly  re- 
movable for   lamp  change. 
LAMPHOUSE— Adaptable     to     500. 

or    1000   watt  lamps. 
DYNAMIC    SPEAKER    •    AMPLIFIER 

watts    output. 
REELS-^00    to    1600   leeL 

Your    money    buy*    a     better    equipment    if    it    is    a    HOLMES. 
Write    for    latest    calatog. 

HOLMES     PROJECTOR     COMPANY 

Mdnuf'cturen    of     16    mm    and    35    mm    found    projectors. 

1813  ORCHARD  STREET  CHICAGO 


TftUc  from  your 

•cre«n  with  quickly 

TYPEWRITTtN 

MESSAGES 

K  RadicvMau  11.50 

[  While,  Amber,  Green  | 

AccepC  no  lolMtitote 


MAKE    VOUR   OWN 

TYPEWRITER     SLIDES 

For    Screen    Projection 

USE        RADIO        MATS 

on  ule  by  Thaatro  Supply  Doslor* 
Write  for  F.-e«  Sample 

RADIO-MAT  SLIDE  CO..  Inc. 

181*  Broadway.  Dept.V.  New  Talk  City 


Make    Your   Own   Ground   Gla»($(    Slides 

easily  and  quickly,  by  usini  GLASSIVE.  an  abrasive  which  makea 
ground  fflass  8lidc>s  from  plain  cover  fflass  for  only  a  fraction 
of  a  cent  each !     SOc  package. 

For  IMon-Photographic  Slides 

use  CELLOSLIDE.  Has  many  use* — for  enlarginK  illustrative  ma- 
terials, for  makinff  sohk  slides,  announcements,  cheers,  etc.  Elimi- 
nates necessity  of  writins:  on  glass.     500  sheets  for  Sl.OO. 

TEACHING       AIDS       SERVICE 

JAMAICA    PLAIN  MASSACHUSETTS 


WE    HAVE    MOVED    TO    LARGER    QUARTERS! 

THE     MANSE     LIBRARY 

1521    DANA   AVENUE  CINCINNATI,   OHIO 

16    MM   SOUND    FILMS 

Over   100  Selected   Pictures.   A  card  will  bring: 

our  cataloi;. 


Page   308 


The  Educational  Screen 


You'll  Want  -  -  - 

"The  ABC  of  Puppets 


?? 


This  series  of  films,  one  reel  and  two  half-reels, 
was  made  to  fill  a  definite  need  in  the  visual  education 
program  for  elementary  and  junior  high  schools.  But 
these  pictures  are  for  beginners,  no  matter  what  their 
age  or  grade  level. 

They  were  produced  under  the  supervision  of  Portia 
Hawley,  well-known  on  the  Pacific  Coast  for  her  puppet 
work  in  the  public  schools.  The  films  closely  follow  the 
plan  of  Miss  Hawley's  book.  The  ABC  of  Puppets,  and 
continuity  and  study  sheets  are  furnished  with  the 
prints  which  may  be  either  rented  or  purchased. 

The  first  reel,  400  feet,  shows  the  making  of  a 
simple  hand  puppet  so  that  children  in  early  grades  can 
follow  it  clearly.  The  second  half-reel  shows  a  little 
more  advanced  puppet  with  built-up  features.  The  third 
half-reel  shows  the  construction  of  a  simple  theatre,  the 
operation  of  the  puppets,  and  a  short  puppet  play. 

For  a  more  detailed  description  of  this  series,  as 
well  as  a  catalog  of  our  other  films  now  available, 
kindly  fill  out  the  coupon  below  and  mail  it  to  us  today. 

BAILEY  FILM  SERVICE 


1651    Cosmo   St. 


Hollywood,   Calif. 


SOUND    AND    SILENT   CLASSR.OOM  FILMS 


BAILEY    FILM    SERVICE,    Dept.    E-2. 

I16B1    Cosmo    St..    Hollywood.    Calif. 
Please    send    further     information    on     the     puppet     films.      Also 
I    Sale  O:   and/or   Rental   D  catalogs. 


Name.. 


I 


Address 


Experiencing  College  on  Location 

y(.'ont\nucd  frow  page  305) 

in  every  sense  of  the  word.  The  guides  furnished  by 
the  News  Publishing  Co.  were  almost  as  efficient.  Only 
once  did  I  find  an  efficient  guide  aboard  an  ocean  liner. 
All  of  these  guides,  except  one.  double-timed  us  down 
deck  after  deck  sometimes  stopping  with  a  terse  state- 
ment such  as  "This  is  a  tourist  cabin",  and  that  was 
heard  only  by  three  or  four  of  tlie  advance  students, 
f  n  the  course  of  a  deck  or  two  mo.st  of  the  students  lost 
the  leader  entirely.  Sometimes  I  succeeded  in  picking 
up  this  group  and  we  proceeded  to  study  at  our  own 
rate,  or  join  in  with  another  more  interesting  leader. 
In  any  comment  concerning  the  efficiency  of  the 
guides  who  served  us.  special  credit  must  go  to  Mr. 
Biggin  of  the  Cathedral  of  St.  John  the  Divine.  Mr. 
Biggin,  an  elderly  gentleman  who  has  worked  for  years 
and  years  in  the  atmosphere  of  cathedral  lore,  is  a 
master  teacher.  A\\  of  my  groups,  except  one  which 
he  was  unable  to  meet  because  of  illness,  were  fasci- 
nated by  his  sunny  smile,  his  cheery  and  kindly  wel- 
come, and  his  marvelous  fund  of  knowledge,  as  they 
sat  their  way  around  the  Cathedral.  The  one  time 
when  he  was  ill,  I  had  to  substitute  for  him.  What  a 
miserable  failure  I  was  in  this  great  universe  of  history, 
theology,  music,  architecture  and  painting.  In  all  my 
life.  I  have  met  no  greater  teacher  than  Mr.  Biggin. 
With  him  as  interpreter,  the  Cathedral  of  St.  John  the 
Divine  was  one  of  the  most  enjoyed  events  on  the  whole 
itinerary. 

No  small  portion  of  the  success  of  our  venture  de- 
pended on  the  bus  driver.  Driving  a  heavy  bus  from 
event  to  event  and  deciding  what  to  do  with  it  between 
drives  requires  infinite  driving  skill,  patience,  and  good 
humor.  One  of  the  poorest  drivers  I  had  was  a  Phila- 
delphia driver  who  was  accustomed  to  making  daily 
trips  from  Philadelphia  to  New  York.  He  was  fre- 
ciuentlv  at  a  loss  as  to  how  to  reach  some  spot ;  he 
fretted  about  traffic,  about  parking,  and  about  distance ; 
and  was  usually  late.  Jack  Angle,  a  Short  Line  Com- 
pany driver,  who  made  two  trips  with  us,  was  an  artist 
in  making  the  big  vehicle  respond  to  his  will.  He 
could  go  anywhere  or  be  anywhere  in  New  York  City 
and  be  there  two  minutes  ahead  of  schedule.  What  to 
do  with  the  bus  was  mere  child's  play  for  him.  At 
our  invitation,  he  accompanied  us  on  many  of  our  itin- 
erary events.  He  was  a  pal,  a  counsellor,  and  a  trans- 
portation expert  all  rolled  into  one. 

Allow  me  a  repetition, — a  school  journey  is  not 
merely  a  matter  of  departure,  seeing,  eating,  and  re- 
turning. It  is  "college  on  location."  At  an  early 
meeting  of  the  group,  we  organized  our  learning  activi- 
ties. Through  folders  given  to  us  by  headquarters 
hotel.  Hotel  Albert,  we  attempted  to  understand  the 
geographic  details  of  Manhattan  Island, — its  rivers, 
harbors,  wharves,  streets,  and  the  itinerary  organiza- 
tion. Each  student  was  asked  to  prepare  some  topic 
relative  to  our  enterprise  for  brief  presentation  at  op- 
portune moments.  To  list  only  a  few  topics,  I  men- 
tion these:  "The  Chinese — Religion,  Customs,  Family, 
etc.,"  "The  Holland  Tunnel".  "The  Queen  Mary", 
"How  the  Stock  Exchange  Operates",  "Greenwich 
Village". 


October,  1959 


Page   309 


I 


Many  other  items  liad  to  be  decided  at  our  meetings ; 
theater  program  to  attend,  hotel  registration  arrange- 
ments, parent  permissions,  financial  releases  of  respon- 
sihihty  for  the  director  and  the  school,  etc.,  etc.  To 
maintain  a  strict  time  schedule  on  the  itinerary,  a  plan 
fur  holding  the  group  together  and  to  check  attendance 
was  necessary.  The  thirty  students  organized  them- 
selves into  groups  of  six,  each  with  a  leader.  The 
groups  learned  to  stick  together  and  to  account  at  any 
moment  for  the  whereabouts  of  all  members.  In  the 
most  congested  place,  I  could  take  attetidance  in  a 
jifTy  by  calling  the  names  of  the  leaders.  Each  leader 
accounted  for  all  meml)ers  of  her  group,  and  every- 
body accounted  for  .Mrs.  Sherman,  the  driver,  and  my- 
self. If  one  strayed,  all  were  held  together  while  some- 
one went  in  search.  Group  censure  soon  taught  group 
responsibility.  Working  together  became  a  game  in 
gowl  citizenship :  I  soon  learned  to  refuse  requests 
from  individuals  to  make  side  trips  for  "just  a  minute". 
The  most  innocent  leaves  of  absence  tend  to  grow  into 
delays. 

Special  preparations  in  photography  were  made. 
Photography  was  a  part  of  the  Course  in  Visual  Edu- 
cation. Students  learned  the  principles  of  composition 
in  taking  pictures,  took  their  own  pictures,  developed 
prints,  enlargements,  and  lantern  slides  in  our  own 
dark  room.  By  the  time  the  New  York  journey  came 
along  they  had  done  considerable  photographic  work 
and  were  ready  to  extend  their  efforts  toward  the  op- 
portunities furnished  by  New  York  scenes  and  hap- 
penings. On  the  return  from  the  journey,  the  dark 
room  was  thrown  open  one  afternoon  for  the  special 
use  of  those  students  who  made  the  journey. 

The  moment  of  departure  was  full  of  adventure. 
5:15  A.  M.,  Daylight  Saving  Time,  at  the  "North 
Door"  of  the  dormitory  was  the  my.siery  hour  never 
l)eheld  by  anyone  except  the  night  watchman  who  had 
his  sleeping  habits  in  reverse.  There  sat  the  bus  in 
the  silent  dawn.  Nobody  ever  knew  how  it  got  there, 
because  it  was  there  first.  Students  appeared  almost 
as  mysteriously.  Animated  but  subdued  conversations 
mentioned  alarm  clocks,  waking  roommates,  and  other 
interesting  irregularities  of  the  eerie  hour.  By  5  :30  all 
■-(■ats  were  occupied,  "O.  K.,  Driver", — ^the  bus  snorted, 
and  we  were  off.  Conversation  continued  in  twos, — 
except  in  the  long  seat  for  five  at  the  rear,  where  an 
extemporaneous  panel  discussion  was  soon  in  progress. 
And  so  the  jouniey  settled  into  reality.  Thirty  minutes 
later,  someone  discovered  the  first  peep  of  sunrise.  A 
sunrise,  ever  beautiful,  became  a  special  event.  Even 
the  bus  was  marked  "Special".  With  thirty  to  help 
one  watch  the  sun  glorify  land  and  sky,  the  thrill  is 
magnified  proportionately.  Besides  being  one  of  the 
most  inspiring  scenes  on  the  itinerary,  the  sun  made  two 
other  contributions.  First,  it  was  a  good  omen  as  a 
guardian  of  the  weather  for  the  day.  The  unwordal 
reaction  of  the  students  must  have  been  "We'll  have 
a  perfect  day" ;  the  reaction  of  the  director  was  a  sigh 
of  relief  and  a  "Thank  God".  Second,  the  rising  pro- 
vided occasion  for  numerous  jests  aimed  at  any  accused 
of  never  having  risen  in  time  to  see  a  sunrise. 

A  two-hour  ride  provided  occasion  for  a  halt  for  our 
first  "family"  breakfast, — in  fact,  students  had  made- 
inquiry  concerning  such  arrangement  an  hour  before. 


HE  NEW  VICTOR  Series 
40  Animafophone  contains  all 
the  industry  has  strived  to 
achieve  since  the  event  of  the 
I6mnri  sound  film.  Its  Add- 
A-j-Unit  features  make  avail- 
able a  multiplicity  of  uses  here- 
tofore requiring  several  differ- 
ent types  and  sizes  of  projec- 
tors. These  features  make  it 
economically  adaptable  to  pub- 
lic address  service,  phono-record 
reproduction,  radio  amplifica- 
tion, and  sound  recording  — 
and  only  the  Victor  Animato- 
phone  provides  all  these  Add- 
A+Unit  features.  Truly  the 
motion  picture  projector  of  to- 
day and  tomorrow. 

This  16mm  Sound  Motion  Pic- 
ture Projector  is  so  compact,  so 
easily  portable,  and  so  brilliant ' 
in  performance  that  it  Is  des- 
tined to  become  the  standard 
of  comparison. 

Likewise,  new  standards  of  per- 
formance have  been  achieved 
with  unsurpassed  quality  of 
sound  and  simplicity  of  opera- 
tion. Your  request  will  bring 
complete  catalog  information. 


-f  AM  «  KCOmiNG  UMT 

A  recording  unit  suit- 
able for  meking  cle«r, 
full-toned  and  inexpen- 
sive transcriptions,  is 
available  as  a  part  of 
Victor  Add  ■  A  t  Unit 
equipment.  Details  on 
application. 


VICTOR    ANIMATOGRAPH 
CORPORATION 

DAVENPORT,     IOWA,     U.S.A. 
CHICAGO    •    LOS  ANGELES    •    NEW  YORK 


Page  310 


The  Educational  Screen 


A  strictly  maintained  schedule,  thirty  empty  stoiiiacJis, 
three  or  four  rushing  waitresses,  and  an  excited  man- 
ager clicking  the  cash  register  before  a  hurried  take- 
off, furnished  twenty  minutes  of  vigorous  activity. 

Soon  after  continuing  on  the  way  again,  the  bus 
was  transformed  into  a  schoolroom.  A  bus  makes  a 
splendid  schoolroom,  except  for  the  sound  effects.  In 
spite  of  the  noise,  the  situation  is  real,  and  the  learn- 
ing effective.  From  the  front  of  the  bus,  a  student 
gave  a  two-minute  report  on  "Newark  Airport"  which 
we  were  to  stop  to  inspect  within  the  hour.  Another 
student  presented  each  of  the  group  with  a  large  book- 
let given  to  us  by  the  Cunard  Steamship  Lines.  Under 
student  direction,  the  Queen  Mary  was  studied  deck 
by  deck  and  "beHeve-it-or-not"  by  "believe-it-or-not". 
For  another  brief  period,  a  student  guided  the  class  in 
the  mysterious  working  of  high  finance  of  the  Stock 
Exchange.  The  director  butted  in  frequently.  Even 
the  driver  added  a  bit  of  authoritative  information 
now  and  then.  And  so  the  class  hour  went  to  "Radio 
City",  the  "Holland  Tunnel",  etc. 

Soon  we  were  approaching  the  City.  "There  are  the 
New  Jersey  flats  about  which.  Miss  Broadhead  (Geog- 
raphy teacher)  told  us",  said  one  student.  Other  such 
comments  came  to  me  frequently.  I  am  sure  there 
were  many  such  reactions,  spoken  and  unspoken,  in 
the  two  days.  In  my  opinion,  this  is  education  at 
work. 

We  reached  the  Holland  Tunnel.  Though  I  have 
driven  through  this  tunnel  many,  many  times,  it  still 
thrills  me  to  think  how  one  can  dive  under  the  Hudson 
River  and  not  get  wet.  Most  of  those  making  the 
journey  have  never  been  through  the  tunnel.  Their 
comments,  actions  and  reactions  are  interesting.  Our 
bus  classroom  lesson  has  given  them  just  a  few  minutes 
previously  the  interesting  facts  concerning  its  builder, 
the  difficulties  of  construction,  its  size,  length,  air 
circulation,  etc.     Circumstances  teach  lessons  well. 

A  detailed  tracing  of  the  itinerary  would  become 
monotonous.  Suffice  it  to  comment  on  a  few  parts  of 
it.  From  the  first,  we  had  always  mimeographed  the 
itinerary  on  colored  paper  with  appropriate  illustra- 
tions. i\  copy  was  presented  to  each  student  on  en- 
tering the  bus.  It  served  to  keep  them  informed  of 
every  minute  of  the  two  days,  and  probably  was  kept 
as  a  souvenir  by  many. 

The  Itinerary 
Monday 

Leave  Main  Dormitory 

Breakfast  in   New  Jersey 

Newark  Airport 

Wall   Street,  Trinity  Church,   Stock  Exchange 

Lunch  at  Hotel  Albert 

Empire  State  Building  and  Broadcast  over  WOR, 

"The  Microphone  in  the  Sky" 

Macy's 

Aquarium   (If  time  allows) 

Boat  Trip  to  Staten  Island 

Chinatown  Tour  under  direction  of  Miss  Chung 

Pong  Chan 

Dinner  at  Oriental  Restaurant 

Tour  of  News  Publishing  Co. 

Broadcasting  Tour,  Radio  City 

Roof  of  RCA  Building,  Radio  City 

Walk :  Times    Square,    Jack    Dempsey's    Restau- 
rant, Madison  Square  Garden 

Suite  Get-together,   Hotel   .'Mbert 

"Taps" 


5 :30  A.M. 

8:00 

9:00-  9:30 
10:00-11:20 
11:45-12:45 

1 :00-  2 :00 

2:00-  2:30 
3:00-  3:15 
3:30-  4:30 
5:00-  6:00 

6:00-  7:00 

8:00-  9:00 

9:00-10:00 

10:00-11:00 

11:00-11:45 

12:00-12:30 
12:31 


Tuesday 

6:30-  7:45     Walk  over  Greenwich  Village  for  those  who  can 

tear  themselves  away  from  peaceful  sleep 
7:45-  8:15     Breakfast  Hotel  Albert 
9:00-10:00    Queen  Mary 
10:30-11:00    Roosevelt  Memorial  Field 

History  Museum 
11:00-11:30    Central   Park— Pictures 
11:45-12:45     Lunch  at  John  Day  Dining  Room 

Columbia  University 
1 :00-  2 :00     Cathedral  of  St.  John  the  Divine  with  Guide 
2 :00-  2 :20    Riverside  Drive,  Grant's  Tomb,  Riverside  Church 

to  145th   St. 
2 :20-  2 :4S     Harlem 

2:45-  3:00    Fifth  Avenue  and  Central   Park 
3:00-  3:15     Cleopatra's  Needle 

4:00-  4:20    Pre-view  of  World's  Fair  Grounds  and  Buildings 
5:00-  7:00     Music  Hall,  Radio  City 

"Adventures     of     Marco     Polo"     starring    Gary 

Cooper 

"Glory  of  Easter,"  stage  show  held  over  for  third 

week 

"Mickey's  Circus",  Walt  Disney 

Orchestra  Erno  Rapee 
7 :00-  7  ;20    Dinner,  Horn  &  Hardart 
7:45  Hotel  Albert 

8:15  "Goodbye" 

12:00  West   Chester 

Wednesday :     Breakfast,   Eight  o'clock  classes.   Tests 
All  good  students  will  be  alert  in  class  today. 

The  Stock  Exchange  always  fascinated  every  stu- 
dent,— even  the  young  little  miss  who  never  knew  any- 
thing about  money  except  that  her  father  had  it.  They 
asked  many  questions  and  tried  desperately  to  under- 
stand the  intricacies  of  stocks  and  bonds,  what  the 
flapping  numbers  meant,  who  the  men  and  boys  were, 
why  there  weren't  any  women  members,  what  the 
hieroglyphics  on  the  wall  meant.  I  wonder  how  many 
would  have  been  as  alert  in  a  classroom  discussion  of 
the  Stock  Exchange  prior  to  our  visit.  I  wonder, 
too,  how  many  things  could  be  made  to  grow  from  the 
basic  knowledge  obtained  during  the  visit  if  used  by  a 
skillful  teacher  afterward.  No  group  was  ever  quite 
ready  to  leave  the  Stock  Exchange  at  the  expiration  of 
our  allotted  tiine. 

To  lend  atmosphere  to  our  tour  of  Chinatown,  I 
usually  secured  the  services  of  Madam  Chung  Fong 
Chan.  She  conducted  us  through  the  new  blocks  of 
Chinatown,  explained  the  stores  and  Joss  Houses  (Re- 
ligious Houses),  and  gave  a  twenty-minute  lecture  on 
the  Chinese.  Afterward,  at  our  dinner  at  the  Oriental 
Restaurant,  she  assisted  the  students  in  the  manipula- 
tion of  their  chop  sticks  and  in  choosing  a  menu.  At 
my  request,  she  gave  each  student  her  autograph  in 
Chinese. 

All  of  the  unusualities  of  dinner  completed,  we 
walked  down  the  Bowery,  New  York's  street  of  history. 
First,  I  had  warned  all  to  keep  close  together,  to  keep 
walking,  and  to  observe  fallen  humanity.  Once,  when 
I  was  on  the  Bowery  alone,  mapping  my  tour,  I 
walked  up  to  a  policeman  to  inquire  where  Mott  Street 
was.  Just  as  I  approached  him,  he  yanked  something 
from  a  Bowery  character  and  slapped  him  a  forceful 
blow  in  the  face.  Then  he  turned  to  me  apologetically, 
with  the  cominent,  "You  see  why  we  do  that",  as  he 
showed  me  what  he  had  taken  from  the  man.  It  was 
a  partly  filled  bottle  marked  "A\'ood  Alcohol".  "He 
was  selling  that",  added  the  policeman.  A  fifteen 
minute  walk  along  the  Bowery  at  dusk  past  bleary- 


MPRO  ACH  EVEMENT! 


-*L,  "»   '^,  "%  '^ 


Announcing  a  flexible  Tri-purpose  Public  Address  System— which  in  addition 
ipercting  with  microphones  and  phonographs  can  be  used  as  a  powerful  auxiliary  amplifier  with  Ampro's  low-priced 
troom  model  projectors  for  auditorium  use  —  providing  adequate  volume  for  an  audience  up  to  10,000  and  over. 


POMPLETE    VERSATILE 

PUBLIC    ADDRESS    SYSTEM 

new  Ampro  Public  Address  System  is  preci- 
>uilt  and  is  typical  of  Ampro's  superior  quality 
sign,  construction,  and  performance.  It  in- 
s  every  convenience  and  feature  desirable  in 
>lic  Address  System  and  in  addition  can  be 
o  conjunction  with  Amprosound  projectors 
^extremely  large  volumes  are  desirable.  It  can 
:d  as  a  complete  public  address  system  with 
ndividually  controlled  microphones  and  two 

graphs  operated  by  a  volume  fader  control 
1  permits  automatic  fading  from  one  phono- 
I  to  another. 

elivcrs  an  undistorted  output  of  5  5  Watts  with 
lan  i%  total  harmonic  distortion  and  a  max- 

usable  output  of  85  Watts.  This  volume  is 
than  sufficient  for  large  auditoriums  and  stadi- 
eating  up  to  10,000  persons  and  over.— The 
lualiiy  is  amazingly  rich  at  all  levels  of  opera- 
Has  output  impedance  taps  which  permit  the 

up  to  8  speakers.  A  500  ohm  output  is  pro- 

for  use  with  l»ng  speaker  cables  to  avoid 
^ue%.  Licensed  under  Western  Electric  patents. 


THE  name  Ampro  has  long  been  synony- 
mous with  highest  precision  quality  in 
both  silent  and  sound  16  mm.  projection. 
Now  the  same  engineering  skill  that  built  this 
splendid  reputation  has  been  brought  to  the 
field  of  public  address  systems. 

The  result  is  an  outstanding  achievement — 
a  tri-purpose  amplifier  system  of  unusual  flex- 
ibility that  combines  extreme  compactness. 


light  weight,  and  superb  tone  quality.  This 
unit  is  smaller  in  size  and  lighter  in  weight 
than  any  equipment  of  similar  capacity. 

It  is  ideal  for  schools,  colleges,  churches, 
auditoriums,  clubs,  hotels,  athletic  fields  and 
parks— wherever  efficient  sound  amplification 
with  or  without  motion  pictures  is  desired. 
Write  for  special  bulletin  giving  all  technical 
data,  full  description  and  prices. 


A  Powerful  Auxiliary  Ampliflor  for  use  with  any  Amprosound  Projeclor 

Is  particularly  suitable  for  the  low-priced  Amprosound  classroom  and  indus- 
trial models  "X"  and  "Y".  No  alterations  are  required  to  attach  one  or  two 
standard  Ampro  projetrtors  to  this  remarkable  new  auxiliary  amplifier  which 
will  boost  the  volume  output  to  55  Watts  with  unusual  clarity  of  sound  repro- 
duction. An  additional  change-over  relay  is  available  for  automatic  fading  from 
one  projector  to  the  other. 

Twin  Pilot  Lights  illuminate  control  panel  facilitating  operation  in  darkened 
rooms.  A  monitor  outlet  enables  operator  to  "listen  in"  and  better  control  op- 
eration. Dual  Microphones,  Dual  Projeaors  and  Dual  Phonographs  can  be 
used  in  various  combinations.  Individual  Bass  and  Treble  Tone  Compensators 
arc  provided. 


AMPRO 


PRfCISION    CINE    EQUIPMERT 
kmttt  C*r|,  ?I3I  N.  Wittim  «fi,Clilci|*,  ill. 


Ampro  Corp.,  2859  N.  Western  Ave..  Chicane,  III. 
Please  send  mc  full  information  on  the  new  Am- 
pro Public  Address  S^-stem — and  complete  catalojc 
of  Ampro  16  mm.  Silent  and  Sound-on-film  Pro- 
jectors. 


L 


Sam* .  .  . 

at, 


.Suit. 


•MiJ»!« 


Page  312 


The  Educational  Screen 


More   than 
3500  different    films 
are  listed  and  described  in 


our 


20th  Anniversary  Catalog! 

16  MM  SOUND  -  16  MM  SILENT  -  8  MM  SILENT 

Selected  subjects  .  .  for  school  enter- 
tainment .  .  for  noon-hour  programs 
.  .  for  classroom  use  to  vitalize  the 
study  of  History,  Geography,  Litera- 
ture, the  Sciences,  etc, 

16  mm  sound  features  from  both  major 
and  independent  producers  include 
such  outstanding  subjects  as: 

Abraham  Lincoln 
Sutter's  Gold 
Magnificent  Obsession 
Rainbow  on  the  River 
Killers  of  the  Sea 
Black  Beauty- 
Tundra 

Bring  'Em  Back  Alive 
and  hundreds  more. 

Featurettes  and  short  films  on  a  wide 
variety  of  subjects,  such  as: 

This  is  China 
History  of  Aviation 
The  Negro  Farmer 
Principles  of  Magnetism 
Robinson  Crusoe 
Music  Appreciation  Series 
and  hundreds  more. 

Rental  prices  greatly  reduced  on  many 
films.  .  .  Many  1 6  mm  sound  subjects 
offered   at   less   than    $1.00   per   reel! 

Send  for  your  copy  of  this  125-page 
descriptive  film  catalog  covering  our 
full  library,  and  giving  complete  infor- 
mation on  rental  prices. 

IDEAL  PICTURES  CORPORATION 

28  E.  EIGHTH  STREET  CHICAGO.  ILL. 

Western   Oivlsioii;i 
2402    W.    SEVENTH    STREET,    LOS    ANGELES.    CALIF. 


eyed  drunks  at  the  steps,  of  dingy,  dirty  buildings,  with 
the  din  of  traffic  above,  on  the  street,  and  below — with 
thirty  teachers-to-be — makes  a  silent  sermon. 

Compare — or  contrast — our  lesson  on  Greenwich 
\'illage.  At  6:30  A.  M.  of  the  second  day,  you  will 
note,  the  itinerary  scheduled  a  before-breakfast  walk 
over  Greenwich  Village.  Twenty  to  twenty-five  stu- 
dents usually  were  able  to  oust  themselves  from  bed 
when  the  six  o'clock  phone  call  sounded.  We  met  in 
the  hotel  lobby  and  left  promptly  at  6:30.  At  the 
monument  of  the  Italian  hero,  Garibaldi,  we  paused  for 
a  brief  student  account  of  the  history  of  Greenwich  Vil- 
lage. Then,  for  almost  an  hour  we  walked  and  talked 
and  examined  at  first  hand,  those  names  and  places 
which  make  the  history  of  Greenwich.  McDougall 
Street,  Minetta  Lane,  Waverly  Place,  "The  Mouse- 
trap", "Washington  Mews",  Bayard  Taylor,  Thomas 
Paine,  and  numerous  other  names  intrigued  us.  The 
quaint  houses,  old  with  history,  but  neat  and  clean  and 
artistic  withal,  told  the  story  of  the  artists  and  writers 
who  gave  their  way  of  life  to  Greenwich.  At  dusk  of  the 
preceding  day,  we  had  seen  life  at  low  ebb  in  the  Bow- 
ery ;  at  sunrise  of  this  day,  we  were  lingering  over  the 
quaint  but  beautiful  community  marked  by  the  lives  of  a 
different  folk.  Greenwich  means  Green  Village, — hence, 
Greenwich  Village  means  Green  Village  Village.  The 
repetition  matters  little,  however,  because  it  really  is  a 
village  extraordinary. 

We  usually  arranged  to  visit  the  observation  Roof 
of  the  Empire  State  Building  early  on  the  first  day. 
From  this  bird's-eye  view  we  attempted  to  visualize 
the  place  geography  of  Manhattan  and  its  surroundings. 
This  helped  students  to  understand  the  itinerary.  Such 
a  view  by  day  would  be  incomplete  without  a  similar 
view  by  night, — hence,  the  view  from  the  roof  of  the 
R.  C.  A.  Building.  This  Fairyland  scene  makes  Alice 
in  Wonderland  seem  commonplace.  Students  thrill 
at  it  and  remember  it  as  a  highlight  of  their  experience. 
It  makes  a  splendid  climax  for  the  ending  of  a  perfect 
day. 

The  inspection  of  the  Queen  Mary  (or  any  of  the 
ocean  liners)  always  excites.  Many  are  the  exclama- 
tions of  amazement  as  we  board  the  huge  floating  hotel. 
Their  exclamations,  comments,  and  questions  cause  me 
to  wonder  with  what  accuracy  we  school  teachers  have 
taught  them  when  children  as  to  the  ships  of  the  sea. 
I  wonder,  too,  what  the  experiences  these  students  are 
having  on  board  the  Queen  Mary,  even  though  it  is 
just  for  an  hour,  will  have  in  the  lessons  which  they 
will  teach  their  pupils. 

A  week  after  our  return,  our  movies,  taken  at  many 
intervals  of  the  journey,  returned  from  processing.  In 
a  final  reunion,  the  group  greatly  enjoyed  watching 
themselves  outdo  Hollywood.  The  camera  caught  a 
star-gazing  student  sunburning  his  tonsils  looking  at  a 
Wall  Street  skyscraper — a  student  waving  an  imaginary 
farewell  from  the  Queen  Mary — another  playing  sea- 
sick aboard  the  Staten  Island  ferry — a  fourth  vainly 
trying  to  feed  herself  with  chop  sticks.  Numerous 
such  personal  touches  with  a  background  of  New  York 
scenes  make  comedy  and  interest.  With  the  same 
individuals  enacting  the  scenario  and  making  up  the 
audience  to  view  the  first  showing,  none  of  these  movies 
could  ever  fail.     Such  is  human  nature. 


October,  19  i  9 


Page   313 


What  arc  the  vahies  of  such  a  journey?  First,  it 
represents  systematic  group  study  and  cooiwration. 
The  group  can  get  many  privileges  beyond  tlie  indi- 
vidual,— for  instance,  admission  to  the  Stock  Excliange. 
It  costs  an  individual  $9.40  for  passage  to  and  from 
Xcw  York  City.  For  a  hit  more  than  that,  our  grouj) 
ate,  slept,  traveled,  studied  and  learned  for  two  whole 
days.  And  they  learned  more  than  any  hit-run  sight- 
seeing tour  can  give,  because  we  were  a  "college  on 
location".  I  am  not  sjx^aking  disparagingly  of  any 
sight-seeing  tour,  either. 

Second,  this  school  journey  provided  a  many-sided 
experience.  Woven  together,  these  experiences  in- 
volved at  first  hand,  Geography,  History,  Industry, 
Transportation,  Engineering,  Finance.  Art,  Civics, 
Philosophy,  Literature.  In  two  days,  thirty  teachers- 
to-be  had  ridden  under  a  river,  selected  a  cabin  for  an 
imaginary  ocean  voyage,  viewed  and  ridden  across  a 
world  famous  harbor  past  Madam  Liberty  and  out 
where  the  ships  hove  into  view  from  Europe,  viewed 
a  world  metropolis  from  the  sky  by  day  and  by  night, 
inspected  the  behind-the-scene  story  of  the  National 
Broadcasting  Co.,  visited  two  universities,  heard  the 
life  story  of  the  Chinese  in  their  own  Chinatown,  en- 
joyed a  theater  program  in  the  world's  largest  theater, 
and  called  at  the  historic  homes  of  great  artists,  writers 
and  leaders. 

For  what  I  have  labeled  "College  on  Location"  I  see 
the  possibility  of  valuable  development.  Perhaps  a 
college  can  go  on  "Location"  for  a  day,  two  days,  a 
week.  A  portable  college  goes  to  New  York.  A 
portable  staff  composed  of  an  art  instructor,  a  Geog- 
raphy instructor,  a  Science  instructor,  a  History  in- 
structor, a  Visual  Education  instructor,  accompanies 
the  group.  The  Art  instructor  interprets  Art,  the 
Geography  instructor.  Geography,  etc.  Students  make 
preparation  for  very  definite  objectives.  The  teachers 
direct,  analyze  and  coordinate.  The  portable  college 
at  another  time  makes  the  same  organization  for  the 
study  of  the  Nation's  capital,  for  the  state  capital,  for 
a  coal  region.  I  believe  this  is  possible  and  practical. 
Above  all,  it  is  real, — this  "College  on  Location". 


News  and  Notes 

(Concludid  jrom  page  304) 

the  so-called  documentary  non-fiction  film  from  its 
origins  in  the  newsreel  to  the  present  day. 

Many  outstanding  films  to  be  included  in  the  adult 
program  are  Robert  Flaherty's  "Moana,"  "Nanook," 
and  "North  Sea";  "Chang,"  "Wedding  of  Palo,"  "The 
Plough  that  Broke  the  Plains,"  "The  River,"  "The 
Wave,"  a  feature  film  about  Mexico  by  Paul  Strand, 
and  commentary  by  John  Dos  Passes ;  and  "Four  Hun- 
dred Million"  by  Joris  Ivens,  the  most  important  recent 
film  about  the  Chinese  people,  and  outstanding  British 
documentaries. 

The  film  series  for  children  will  relate,  for  the  most 
part,  to  the  work  of  the  Children's  Classes  in  Art  Ap- 
preciation, and  will  include  films  about  design,  archi- 
tecture, painting,  sculpture,  the  graphic  arts,  the  art  of 
puppetry,  weaving  and  other  related  fields. 


fi/ote  the  large  book  being  tuied  iru/lout  mulMatxon. 


They  look,  they  SEE, 
they  LEARN  with  this 
Spencer  Deiineascope 


In  effect  a  huge  magnifying  glass  which  dra- 
matically enlarges  teaching  material  to  giant 
proportions,  the  Spencer  Combination  Deiinea- 
scope works  wonders  in  the  classroom. 

Indifference  is  transformed  into  eager  interest 
—an  interest  which  is  further  heightened  by  the 
fact  that  students  may  participate  by  operating 
this  simple  projector. 

And  it  is  an  efficient,  economical  way  to 
teach,  too,  since  one  set  of  material — whether 
glass  or  film  slides,  actual  specimens,  or  opaque 
illustrations  from  books,  magazines  or  prints — 
serves  the  entire  class. 

The  Spencer  Model  VA,  shown  above,  has  many 
points  of  superiority.  Its  optical  quality,  second 
to  none,  assures  bright,  clear  pictures.  Its  open 
back  construction  permits  of  the  use  of  unusually 
large  books  or  periodicals.  It  has  a  most  efficient 
cooling  system. 

The  Spencer  dealer  in  your  vicinity  will  be 
glad  to  arrange  a  demonstration.  Or  write 
Dept.  X12  for  detailed  information. 

Spencer  Lens  Company 


BUFFALO.    *     V. 


MICROtCOPCS 
MICROTaDEl 
PMOTOMICROellAPNIC 
EBUIPMCNT 


RfFRACTOMFTFRS 

COLORIMETERS 

•PECTROMETCIIt 

PROJECTORt 


Page   314 


The  Educational  Screen 


_jhs.  ^J^llra  cZ±tiniats.± 


Adventures  of  Sherlock  Holmes  (Rathbone,  Bruce, 
Ida  Lupino)  (Fox)  Absorbing,  skillful  filming  of 
Boyle  story  preserving  spirit  of  original.  Eerie, 
foggy  settings  heighten  suspense.  Arch-criminal 
Prof.  Moriarty  stages  murder  to  divert  Holmes' 
attention  from  theft  of  crown  jewels  but  is 
outwitted.    Fine  characterizations.  9-19-39  ' 

(A)  and  (Y)  Fine  of  kind  (C)  Too  exciting 

All  Quiet  on  the  Western  Front  (the  1930  pic- 
ture with  much  narrative  added)  (Univ)  The 
famous  film  re-varaped.  Sound  shows  age.  tempo 
a  bit  slow,  acting  a  decade  old  ;  some  sentimental 
scenes  now  mawkish.  Added  "sound*'  in  radio- 
announcer  style  (he  says  "stummick")  adds  bom- 
bastic emphasis  to  arraignment  of  war.  10-10-39 
(A)  Hardly  <Y)  Doubtful  (C)  No 

Behind  Prison  Gates  , Brian  Donlevy)  (Uni- 
versal) Absurdly  far-fetched  tale  about  detect- 
ive-hero who  enters  prison  under  assumed 
identity  of  crook  killed  in  bank  robbery,  to  get 
from  other  convicts  information  leading  to  ac- 
complices and  hidden  loot.  The  usual  killings 
and  violent  action.  9-26-39 

(A)  Hardly  (Y)  and  (C)  No 

Blackmail  (Edw.  Robinson,  Gene  Lockhart) 
(MGM)  Grim,  depressing,  tense  melodrama  im- 
pressively acted  and  told.  Robinson,  fugitive  from 
chain  gang,  jailed  for  another's  crime,  is  double- 
crossed  again  by  real  criminal  and  sent  back  to 
brutal  camp,  villain  getting  his  oil  property.  Es- 
capes, forces  confession  absolving  him.  9-19-39 
(A)  Good  of  kind  (Y)  Too  strong  (C)  No 

Coast  Guard  (Randolph  Scott,  Bellamy,  Dee) 
Columbia)  Coast  Guard  heroics  by  plane,  cutter 
and  dog  team  built  into  little  formula-thriller, 
not  too  violent;  Lady-killer  airman  marries  pal's 
girl,  loses  her  by  old  playboy  habits,  takes  to 
drink  of  course — but  illogical  happy  ending 
is    achieved.  ,^    10-10-39 

(A)  Hardly  (Y)  Only  fair  (C)  Perhaps 

Conquests  of  Peter  the  Great  (Russian-English 
titles)  (Amkino)  Vivid  picturization  of  the  life 
and  achievements  of  the  extraordinary  Tsar, 
building  a  greater  and  better  Russia  for  Rus- 
sians. Finely  acted  and  photographed,  but  over- 
.long  and  obviously  aimed  at  glorifying  ends 
and  ideals  of  Stalin  and  his  times.  1*^-1**:?^ 
(A)  Good  of  kind  (Y)  and  (C)  No 

Death  of  a  Champion  (Lynn  Overmann,  Donald 
O'Conner)  (Para)  Good  c!ass-B  murder  mystery 
comedy.  Three  murders  follow  poisoning  of 
dog  show  prize-winner,  and  side-show  professor, 
with  boy  pal,  land  killer.  Plot  rather  complex, 
narrative  not  always  clear,  but  action  human, 
amusing,    and   conclusion    crisp.  9-19-39 

(A)  Hardly  (Y)  and  (C)  Good  of  kind 

Dust  Be  My  Destiny  (John  Garfield,  Priscilla 
Lane)  (Warner)  Strong,  depressing  melodrama, 
notably  acted,  of  embittered  waif  and  his  girl 
wife,  endlessly  fleeing  law  because  of  undeserved 
"record."  till  final  acquittal.  Hero  monotonously 
tough.  If  good  showed  through  oftener.  more 
dramatic  value  and  audience  appeal.  10-3-39 
(A)  Very  good  of  kind  (Y)  &  (C)  Dbfl.  value 

Escape  from  Yesterday  (Annabella.  Jean  Gabin) 
(French-English  titles)  Foreign  Legion  story, 
unusual  in  direction,  photography  and  highly 
individualized  characters.  Moderate  in  tension 
most  of  the  way  but  closes  with  stark  realism, 
grewsome  desert  warfare,  and  uncompromising 
tragedy.  A  very  un-HolIywood  thriller.  10-10-39 
(A)  Good  of  kind  (Y)  and  (C)  No 

Hawaiian  Nights  (Johnny  Downs.  Mary  Car- 
lisle, Ettienne  Girardot)  (Univ)  Some  pictur- 
esque island  settings,  appealing  native  dances 
and  music  are  chief  interest  in  very  light,  ele- 
mentary tale  about  young  hero  whose  ambitions 
to  become  successful  band  leader  are  achieved 
over   wealthy   father's  opposition.  9-26-39 

(A)  Hardly     (Y)  Fairly  good     (C)  Doubtful  int. 

In  Name  Only  (Gary  Grant,  Kay  Francis,  Carole 
Lombard)  (RKO)  Mature,  well-acted,  unpleasant 
problem  drama.  Contempt4ble  wife,  who  married 
hero  solely  for  money  and  position,  spitefully  re- 
fuses him  divorce  for  marriage  to  woman  he 
loves.  Heavily  emotional,  melodramatic  climax 
finally  brings  about  desirable  solution.  9-19-39 
(A)  Good  of  kind  (Y)  Unsuitable  (C)  No 

Janosik  (Czech  cast.  English  titles)  Strong, 
stirring,  notably  acted,  semi-historical  melo- 
drama of  peasant  hero's  revolt  against  brutal 
oppression  by  landowners  in  18th  century 
Slovakia.  Grim  action  occasionally  lightened 
by  robust  comedy.  Impressive  Carpathian 
settings.  9-26-39 

(A)  Very  good  of  kind         (Y)  Strong         (C)  No 


Being  the  Combined  Judgments  of  a  National  Committee  on  Current  Theatrical  Fihns 
(A)  Discriminating  Adults  (Y)  Youth  (C)  Children 

Date    of   mailing    on    weekly    service    is    shown    on    each    film. 


Magnificent  Fraud,  The  (Tamiroff,  Lloyd  Nolan, 
Mary  Boland)  (Para)  Preposterous  yarn,  that 
wobbles  badly  in  spots,  about  fugitive  actor  in 
imaginary  South  American  country  playing  his 
greatest  role  as  an  assassinated  Dictator.  Sen- 
sational stuff  clumsily  done.  Waste  of  Tamiroflf 
in    double   role   and   good   cast.  10-10-39 

(A)  Mediocre  (Y)  and  (C)  No 

Man  They  Could  Not  Hang  (Boris  Karloff) 
(Colum)  Gruesome,  pseudo-science  thriller.  Gen- 
ial doctor,  having  perfected  boon  to  surgery — 
whereby  he  kills,  operates  more  surely,  and  re- 
vives patients — is  hanged  for  murder.  Revived 
by  his  own  methods,  he  turns  to  wholesale 
murder  for  vengeance!  10-3-39 

(A)  Hardly  (Y)  and  (C)  No 

Million  Dollar  Legs  (Grable,  John  Hartley, 
Peter  Hayes)  (Para)  Lively  goings-on  in 
another  pseudo-college  whose  student  body 
wants  a  crew  despite  faculty.  Betting  all  stu- 
dents' cash  on  horse-race  finances  this  college 
function !  Simple !  Some  risque  lines  inserted 
gratuitously.      Hayes   good.  10-10-39 

(A)  Hardly  (Y)  and  (C)  Perhaps 

Mr.  Moto  Takes  a  Vacation  (Lorre,  Schildkraut) 
(Fox)  Lively,  involved  action  follows  excavation 
of  crown  of  Queen  of  Sheba.  Various  crooks  at- 
tempt to  steal  it  from  heavily  guarded  museum 
but  Moto  concerned  mainly  with  one,  interna- 
tional thief  successfully  concealed  to  implausible, 
fighting  finish.  Some  futile  comedy.  9-19-39 
(A)  Mediocre  (Y)  Exciting  (C)  No 

Nancy  Drew  and  the  Hidden  Staircase  (Bonita 
Granville)  (Warner)  Another  in  series  featuring 
the  engaging  little  teen-age  heroine  as  volun- 
teer detective.  Aided  by  reluctant  but  loyal  boy 
friend,  she  solves  another  murder  in  exagger- 
ated, farcical  climax.  Little  violence,  no 
gruesomeness.  9-19-39 

(A)  Fair  of  kind         (Y)  Good         (C)  Prob.  good 

Night  Work  (Ruggles.  Boland)  (Para)  Addle- 
pated  couple  try  to  run  hotel,  adopt  boys  and 
thwart  a  hard-boiled  steeple-jack  grandfather 
by  two-fisted  heroics.  Considerable  mere 
slapstick  in  the  mixture.  Many  elementary 
laughs  but  much  dizzy  "high-building"  thrill 
nerve-wracking   to   many.  10-10-39 

(A)  Hardly  (Y)  Fair  (C)  Exciting 

Nurse  Edith  Cavell  (Anna  Neagle  and  notable 
cast)  (RKO)  Powerful  documentary  picture,  de- 
pressing but  compelling,  done  with  fine  dignity 
and  truth,  acting  and  direction  excellent.  Ger- 
mans not  shown  as  monsters,  merely  men  in 
erim  clutch  of  war.  Indicts  war  for  greater 
horrors  than  those  of  the  battlefield.  10-10-39 

(A)  Notable  (Y)  Mature  (C)  No 

Old  Maid,  The  (Bette  Davis,  Miriam  Hopkins) 
(Warner)  Notable  screening  of  Pulitzer  prize 
play,  expertly  acted.  Character  values  skillfully 
preserved.  Bette  gives  convincing,  deeply  moving 
portrayal  of  unwed  mother  who  becomes  bitter 
old  maid  to  keep  daughter  ignorant  of  their  rela- 
tionship. Fine  in  settings  and  costumes.  9-26-39 
(A)  Excellent  (Y)  Too  mature  (C)  No 

Rains  Came,  The  (Loy,  Power,  Brent)  (Fox) 
Technically  striking  screening  of  current  novel 
laid  in  India.  Torrential  rains,  floods,  earth- 
quakes provide  tremendous  "effects."  Story  tells 
of  sophisticated,  unsavory  characters  redeemed 
by  disaster.  Little  real  character  value.  Power 
unconvincing  as   Indian  hero.  9-26-39 

(A)  Very  good  of  kind      (Y)  Better  not      (C)  No 

Range  War  (Bill  Boyd)  (Paramount)  Another 
in  the  perennial  "Hopalong"  series  of  ob- 
vious, harmless  westerns.  Hero  outwits  and 
outshoots  villains  trying  sabotage  on  new 
railroad.  Lively,  elementary  story,  with  all 
stock  devices,  beautiful  scenery,  and  not 
over-exciting.  9-26-39 

(A)  Naive  (Y)  and  (C)  Good  of  kind 

Royal  Divorce  (Pierre  Blanchar,  Ruth  Chatter- 
ton)  (Para)  The  wooing,  wedding  and  divorce  of 
Josephine  by  Napoleon,  elaborately  set  and 
earnestly  acted,  but  with  little  movement  and  in- 
cessant dialog.  Chiefly  a  series  of  talking  duets 
by  principals.  Typically  Chatterton  role,  and  a 
convincing   Napoleon    by   Blanchar.  10-3-39 

(A)  Good  of  kind  (Y)  Doubtful  (C)  No 


Saint  in  London  (George  Sanders)  (RKO)  En- 
gaging, smooth,  very  modern  Robinhood,  helped 
and  hindered  by  devoted  heroine,  tricks  and 
traps  one  of  London's  arch-gangsters.  Deft, 
suave,  quite  "English"  thriller,  agreeably  in- 
tricate, exciting  and  humorous.  Above  average 
of   kind   as   entertainment.  9-19-39 

(A)  Good  of  kind  (Y)  Good  (C)  Perhaps 

Silver  on  the  Sage  (Bill  Boyd)  Para)  Fair 
Hopalong  Cassidy  Western.  Contains  the 
customary  routine  elements  of  hard  fighting, 
and  villainous  doings  and  killings  by  a  gang 
of  cattle  thieves,  finally  outsmarted  and 
caught  by  hero  in  gun  play  climax.  Very  fine 
scenery.  10-3-39 

(A)  Hardly  (Y)  and  (C)  Good  of  kind 

Smuggled  Cargo  (Barry  Mackay.  Rochelle  Hud- 
son) (Republic)  Fast-moving  melodrama  con- 
cerning California  community  of  orange  growers 
faced  with  ruin  when  cold  weather  threatens 
crop  and  villain  gets  their  contract  by  supplying 
smuggled  oranges.  Murder,  a  mob  scene  and  im- 
possible heroics  by  heroacM  to  excitement.  9-26-39 
(A)  Hardly  (Y)  Ordinary  (C)  No 

Stop.  Look  and  Love  (Wm.  Frawley,  Jean  Rog- 
ers) (Fox)  Crazy  title  for  lively,  elementary  do- 
mestic comedy.  Combines  some  laughable  real- 
ism with  absurd  farcical  doings  as  pretentious, 
blundering  mother  almost  succeeds  in  ruining 
her  daughter's  romance.  Gratuitous  fre^-for-all 
fist    fight   for   climax.  9-19-39 

(A)  Hardly  (Y)  and  (C)  Probably  amusing 

U-Boat  29  (Conrad  Veidt)  (Colum)  Rather  vivid, 
suspenseful  little  war-spy  melodrama,  without 
horror  or  violent  thrills,  about  sinister  sub- 
marine activities  against  British  fleet  base  in 
Orkney  Islands.  However,  clarity  of  narrative 
is  not  adequate  to  intricacy  of  plot  at 
times.  10-3-39 

(A)  and  (Y)  Good  of  times  (C)  Doubtful 

Ware  Case,  The  (Clive  Brook,  Barry  Barnes) 
(G-B)  Unusual,  very  English,  murder-mystery 
character  drama,  smoothly  done,  about  gay.  phil- 
andering, spendthrift  aristocrat,  his  long-suffer- 
ing wife,  and  lawyer-friend  who  loyally  de- 
fends husband  of  woman  he  loves.  Well  con- 
cealed mystery,  with  startling  ending.  9-12-39 
(A)  Good  (Y)  Mature  (C)  No 

Waterfront  (Dennis  Morgan,  Gloria  Dixon)  (War- 
ner) Crude,  cheap  melodrama  about  tough,  be- 
nighted, waterfront  slum-folk  living  in  a  contin- 
uous riot.  Booze,  dives,  slug-fests,  guns,  jail, 
police,  fire-escapes,  speed  cars,  accidents,  killings, 
heroine  slugged  unconscious  etc.  etc.  and  priest 
engineers  supposedly  happy  ending.  10-3-39 

(A)  Trash  (Y)  and  (C)  No 

Way  Down  South  (Bobby  Breen,  Alan  Mowbray) 
(RKO)  Sentimental,  often  amateurish  "Uncle 
Tom's  Cabin"  melodrama  with  New  Orleans  and 
river  backgrounds.  Little  orphaned  son  fights 
sale  of  father's  plantation  slaves  by  ruthless  ex- 
ecutor. Elementary  comedy,  negro  chorus,  nasal 
solos.  Bobby's  voice  does  not  improve.  10-3-39 
(A)  Hardly  (Y)  and  (C)  Fair 

Western  Ccravana  (Chas.  Starrett.  Iris  Meredith) 
(Colum)  Run-of-the-mill  western,  with  mediocre 
cast  doing  usual  stuff.  Much  prairie  singing, 
furious  riding,  endless  gun-play,  as  ranchers 
fight  arriving  settlers  who  are  backed  by  gov- 
ernment. Villain  deliberately  shoots  little  boy. 
etc.    Anything    for    thrill.  9-26-39 

(A)  Absurd  (Y)  No  (0)  No 

What  a  Life!  (Jackie  Cooper,  Betty  FieW) 
(Para)  Very  human  and  appealing  little  picture 
of  struggles  of  backward,  sensitive,  engaging 
boy,  always  in  trouble,  to  adapt  himself  to  high 
school  life.  Some  exaggeration  and  caricature 
outweighed  by  fine  dialog,  real  humor,  and 
notable  character  roles.  10-3-39 

(A)  and  (Y)  Very  good  of  kind      (C)  Fairly  good 

When  Tomorrow  Comes  (Dunne,  Boyer)(Univ) 
Dignified  treatment  of  unconventional  but  decent 
romance  between  pianist  hero,  married,  and 
waitress  heroine.  Action  not  wholly  conv-incing. 
Barbara  O'NeiM  fine  as  mentally -deranged  wife, 
with  whom  hero  finally  remains.  Hurricane  and 
flood  scenes  are  striking  backgrounds.  9-12-3i> 
(A)  Good  of  kind  (Y)  Too  mature         (C)  No- 


And  Also  for  the   Visual    Field  — 


"1000  AND  ONE"  FILM  DIRECTORY 
CNew  15th  Edition  just  out) 

"1000  and  ONE"  The  Blue  Book  of  Non-Theatrical  Films, 
published  annually  is  famous  in  the  field  of  visual  instruction 
as  the  standard  iSIm  reference  source,  indispensable  to  film 
users  in  the  educational  field.  The  new  edition  lists  and  de- 
scribes over  5,000  films,  classified  into  147  different  subject 
groups  (includinK  large  group  of  entertainment  subjects).  An 
additional  feature  this  year  is  a  complete  alphabetical  list  of 
every  film  in  the  directory.  Other  information  includes  designa- 
tion of  whether  a  film  is  available  in  16mm,  or  35mm,  silent 
or  sound,  number  of  reels  and  sources  distributing  the  films, 
with  range  of  prices  charged. 
128  pp.  Paper.     Price  75c.     (25c  to  E.  S.  subscribers) 

AN   ALTERNATIVE   FOR  REVOLUTION   AND   WAR 
By  Albert  E.  Osborne. 

A  stiimilatiiiK.  wide-range  view  of  the  higher  potentialities 
of  vi.sual  instruction  in  promoting  world  harmony  by  a  "more 
humanity-centered  education."  A  pertinent  reply  to  H.  G. 
Wells'  dictum  that  "the  future  is  a  race  between  education  and 
catastrophe." 

124  pp.  Cloth.   Price  $1.25. 

VISUALIZING  THE  CURRICULUM. 

By  C.  F.  Hoban,  C.  F.  Hoban,  Jr.,  and  S.  B.  Zisman. 

Presents  in  theory  and  in  practice  the  basic  methodology  of 
visual  instruction  in  relation  to  classroom  procedure.  Through- 
out the  text  the  theory  of  visual  aids  is  applied  to  textbook 
illustration.  "Visualizing  the  Curriculum",  itself  a  splendidly 
"visualized  text",  provides  an  abundance  of  technical  guidance 
in  the  form  of  illustrative  drawings  of  photographs,  reports  of 
school  iourneys,  suggestions  for  mounting  materials,  for  mak- 
ing slides,  film  stri-s.  etc.  It  incorporates  up-to-date  material, 
provides  a  fine  balanc"  in  the  treatment  of  various  teaching 
aids,  evaluates  various  types  of  aids,  and  defines  the  functions 
and  values  of  each  in  the  learning  process. 

320  pp.  Cloth.  Tllus.    Price  $3.50. 
(20%  discount  to  schools) 
THE  AUDIO  VISUAL   HANDBOOK.     (3rd  Edition) 
By  Ellsworth  C.  Dent. 

Presents  in  convenient  form,  practical  information  for  those 
interested  in  applying  visual  and  audio-visual  aids  to  instruc- 
tion. The  six  chapters  include  discussions  on  'The  Status  of 
Visual  Instruction."  "Types  of  Visual  Aids  and  Their  Use." 
"Types  of  Audio- Visual  Aids  to  Instruction,"  "Types  of  Sound 
Aids  for  Schools."  "Organizing  the  Audio-Visual  Service,'' 
"Source  List  of  Materials  and  Equipment." 

212  pp.  IHus.  Cloth.  Price  $1.50. 

PICTURE  VALUES  IN  EDUCATION 
By  Joseph  J.  Weber.  Ph.   D. 

An  important  contribution  to  the  literature  of  the  visual  field 

Presents  in  unusually  interesting  form  the  results  of  extended 

investigations  on  the  teaching  values  of  the  lantern  slide  and 

stereograph.  156  pp.  Cloth.  Illus.     Price  $1.00 

(67c  to  E.  S.  subscribers) 

COMPARATIVE    EFFECTIVENESS   OF   SOME   VISUAL 
AIDS  IN  SEVENTH   GRADE  INSTRUCTION. 
By  Joseph  J.  Weber,  Ph.  D. 

The   first   published  work   of   authoritative   research   in   the 
visual  field,  foundational  to  all  research  work  following  it.  Not 
only  valuable  to  research  workers,  but  an  essential  reference 
work  for  all  libraries. 
131  pp.  Cloth.  Price  $1.00  (67c  to  subscribers  of  E.  S.) 


Full  Proceedings  of  the  Midwestern  Forum  on  Visual 
Aids  (Held  in  Chicago,  May  1939) 

The  most  complete  record  ever  printed  and  on  one  of  the 
livest  visual  meetings  ever  held.  Numerous  addresses  by  leading 
figures  in  the  visual  field,  a  notable  Directors'  Round  Table 
and  three  complete  recording!  of  classes  taught  by  sound  films 
are  among  the  rich  contents  of  the  80-pagc  l;<x)klet. 

80  pages.  Paper.     Price  SOc. 
(25c  to  subscribers  of  Educational  Screen) 

HOW  TO   MAKE   HAND-MADE  LANTERN   SLIDES. 
By  G.  E.  Hamilton. 

Simple  directions  for  making  this  economical  and  increas- 
ingly popular  teaching  aid.         24  pp.  Paper.     Price  10c. 

EVALUATION  OF  STILL  PICTURES  FOR 
INSTRUCTIONAL   USE.     By   Lelia  Trolinger 

\  full  presentation  of  the  latest  piece  of  research  on  de- 
termination of  teaching  values  of  pictures.  Development  of 
the  Score  Card  and  elaborate  experiment  in  use  of  same.  Full 
documentation,  tabulation  of  results,  and  appendices.  The 
latest,  most  complete  and  scholarly  investigation  of  a  problem 
in  the  visual  teaching  fiey  that  has  long  needed  such  a 
solution  48  pp.  Paper.  Illus.     Price  50c. 

THE  EDUCATIONAL  TALKING  PICTURE. 
By  Frederick  L.  Devereux. 

Presenting  preliminary  solutions  of  some  of  the  more  im- 
portant problems  encountered  in  adapting  tlie  talking  picture 
to  the  service  of  education.  The  first  six  chapters  deal  with 
the  development  of  fundamental  bases  of  production,  with  the 
experimentation  which  has  been  conducted,  and  with  suggested 
problems  for  future  research.  The  remaining  chapters  discuss 
the  effective  use  of  the  sound  film  in  teaching. 
220  pp.  Cloth.  Illus.  Price  $2.00.   (20%  discount  to  schools) 

HOW  TO  USE  THE  EDUCATIONAL  SOUND  FILM. 
By  M.  R.  Brunstetter,  Ph.  D. 

Discusses  the  utilization  of  the  educational  sound  film,  and 
lists  and  illustrates  techniques  for  placing  the  film  into  effective 
service  in  the  classroom.  The  procedures  suggested  are  based 
upon  extended  experience  in  studying  teachers'  use  of  sound 
films  and  in  helping  to  organize  programs  of  audio  visual  in- 
struction in  school  systems.  Two  valuable  Appendices  and 
a  full  index. 
175  pp.  Cloth.  Illus.    Price  $2.00.  (20%  discount  to  schools) 

MOTION   PICTURES  IN  EDUCATION  IN 
THE  UNITED  STATES.     By  Cline  M.  Koon. 

A  report  of  the  instructional  use  and  indirect  educational  in- 
fluence of  motion  pictures  in  this  country,  divided  into  nine 
units.  Treats  the  motion  picture  (1)  as  an  educational  influence; 
(2)  in  service  of  health  and  social  hygiene;  (3)  in  governmental 
service  and  patriotism;  (4)  in  vocational  guidance;  (5)  in  in- 
ternational understanding:  (6)  Motion  picture  legislation;  (7) 
technique  of  production  and  distribution ;  (8)  systematic  intro- 
duction of  films  in  teaching ;  (9)  general  educational  problems 
of  films  in  teaching. 

106  pp.  Paper.  Price  $1.00  (20%  discount  to  schools) 

THE  STEREOGRAPH  and   LANTERN  SLIDE 
IN  EDUCATION.     By  G.  E.  Hamilton. 
The  most  comprehensive  discussion  yet  published. 
47  pp.  Paper.     Price  15c. 


TO  ORDER,  Check  Material  Desired  and  Fill  in  Blank  Below 


"1000  and   O^e"   Film    Directory  t 

An   Alternative  for  Revolution  and  War.... 
Visualizing    the    Curriculum 

(To    Schools!  

The    Audio-Visual    Handbook 

Picture    Values    in    Education  .». 

Comparative  EfTectivenesa  of 

Some    Visual    Aids       „.m.»... 

Proceedings  of   Mid-West  Fonm  oa 

Visual     Aids 

Evaluation   of   Still   Pictures 

The    Educational    Talkinc    Pietar* 

(To    Schools) 
How  to   Use    Educational    Sound   film 

(To    Schools)  

Motion   Pictures   in   Education  in 

The   United    Sutca „ 

(To    Schools)     _ 

Stereograph  and  Lantern  Slide  In  Edueatloa 
How  to   Make  Handmade   L.antern   Slides 


To 

8ub8cril>ers 

Price 

of  E.  S. 

.78  O 

$  .26  n 

1.25  a 

1.26  D 

s.son 

2.80  D 

8.80  □ 
2.80  C 

1.50  n 

1.60  D 

1.00  O 

.87  D 

J.OOD 

.87  0 

.80  D 

.28  n 

.80  n 

.60  D 

2.00  2 

i.«o  3 

2.00  - 
1.80  . 

2.00  n 

1.60  D 

2.00  n 
1.80  D 

1.00  n 

>:roB 

.WD 

.no 

.ion 

.10  D 

Subscription  to  THE  EDUCATION.M.  SCREEN 

U.  S.  1  year,  $2.00  D  2  years,  $3.00  D 
Foreign  1  year,  $3.00  D  2  years,  $500  D 
Canada   1  year,  $2.25  D        2  years,  $3.50  D 

Educational  Screen 

64  E.  Lake  St.,  Chicago 


I  have  indicated  items  desired  and  enclose  chcc'.<  for  $. 


Name. 


School  or  Street 

City Stale. 


Page   316 


The  Educational  Screen 


HERE  THEY  ARE 


A  Trade  Directory 
for  the  Visual  Field 


FILMS 
Akin  and  Bagshaw,  Inc.  (6) 

1425  Williams  St.,  Denver,  Colo. 
Audio-Film  Libraries  (5) 

661  Bloomfield  Ave.,  Bloomfield,  N.  J. 
tSee  advertisement  on  page  304) 

Bailey  Film  Service  (1,  6) 

1651  Cosmo  St.,  Hollywood,  Cal. 

(See  advertisement  on  pa^e  308) 

Bell  &  Howell  Co.  (6) 

1815  Larchmont  .Ave.,  Chicago 
(See  advertisement  on  inside  back  cover) 

Bray  Pictures  Corporation  (3,  6) 

729  Seventh  Ave.,  New  York  City 

Cine  Classic  Library  (5) 

1041  Jefferson  Ave.,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 

(See  advertisement  on  paee  304) 

Cinema  Incorporated  (6) 

234  Clarendon  St.,  Boston,  Mass. 

(See  advertisement  on  page  306) 

College  Film  Center  (2,  6) 

59  E.  Van  Buren  St.,  Chicago. 
DeVry  Corporation  (1,  6) 

1111  Armitage  Ave.,  Chicago 

(See  advertisement  on  page  295) 

Dudley  Visual  Education  Service 

736  S.  Wabash  Ave.,  Chicago 

4th  Fl,  Coughlan  Bldg. 

Mankato,  Minn. 
Eastin  16  mm.  Pictures  (6) 

707  Putnam  Bldg.,  Davenport,  la. 

Burns  Bldg..  Colorado  Springs,  Colo. 
Eastman  Classroom  Films  (4) 

Rochester,   N.   Y. 

(See  advertisement  on  page  297) 

Eastman  Kodak  Co.  (1,  4) 

Rochester,  N.  Y. 

(See  advertisement  on  outside  back  cover) 

Eastman  Kodak  Stores,  Inc.  (6) 

Kodascope  Libraries 
356  Madison  Ave.,  New  York  City 
Eastman  Kodak  Stores,  Inc.  (6) 

1020  Chestnut  St.,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

606  Wood  St.,  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 
Edited  Pictures  System,  Inc.  (6) 

330  W.  42nd  St..  New  York  City 
Erpi  Classroom  Films,  Inc.  (2,  S) 

35-11  35th  Ave.,  Long  Island  City, 

N.  Y. 
Films,   Inc.  (6) 

330  W.  42nd   St.,  New  York  City 

64  E.  Lake  St.,  Chicago 

314  S.  W.  Ninth  Ave..  Portland,  Ore. 

(See  advertisement  on  page  273) 

General  Films,  Ltd.  (3,6) 

1924  Rose  St.,  Regina,  Sask. 
156  King  St.,  W.  Toronto 

Walter  O.  Gutlohn,  Inc.  (6) 

35  W.  45th  St.,  New  York  City 

(See  advertisement  on  page  305) 

Harvard  Film  Service  (3,  6) 

Biological  Laboratories, 

Harvard  University,  Cambridge,  Mass. 
Guy  D.  Haselton,  Travelettes     (1,  4,  5) 

7936  Santa  Monica  Blvd., 

Hollywood,  Calif. 
J.  H.  Hoffberg  Co.,  Inc.  (2,  5) 

729  Seventh  Ave.,  New  York  City 
Ideal  Pictures  Corp.  (3,  6) 

28  E.  Eighth  St.,  Chicago,  111. 

(See  advertisement  on  page  312) 

International  Film  Bureau  (2,  6) 

59  E.  Van  Buren  St.,  Chicago 

(See  advertisement  on  page  302) 

Lewis  Film  Service  (6) 

105   E.    1st  St.,  Wichita,   Kan. 

(See  advertisement  on  page  302) 

The  Manse  Library  (4,  5) 

1521    DanH    .Ave..    Cincinnati.    O. 

(See  advertisement  on  page  307) 

Norman-Willets  Co.  (6) 

318  W  Washington   St.,  Chicago 
Ohio  Film  Service  (5) 

1377  Penhurst  Rd.,  Cleveland,  O. 

(See  advertisement  on  page  304) 


Pictorial  Films  (5) 

1650  Broadway.  New  York  City 
(See  advertisement  on  page  302) 

Swank   Motion   Pictures  (5) 

5861  Plymouth,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 
(See   advertisement  on   page  302) 

United  Educator  Films  Co.  (5) 

State  Theatre  Bldg.,  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 

107  South  Court  Square,  Memphis, 

Tenn. 
United  Projector  and  Films  Corp.  (1,  4) 

228  Franklin  St.,  Buffalo,  N.  Y. 
Universal  Pictures  Co.,  Inc.  (2) 

Rockefeller  Center,  New  York  City 
(See  advertisement  on  page  295) 

Visual  Education  Service  (6) 

131   Clarendon   St.,  Boston,  Mass. 

Wholesome  Films  Service,  Inc.       (3,  4) 
48  Melrose  St..  Boston,  Mass. 

Williams,  Brown  and  Earle,  Inc.  (3,  6) 
918  Chestnut  St.,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

Y.M.C.A.  Motion  Picture  Bureau  (1,  6) 
347  Madison  Ave.,  New  York  City 
19  S.  LaSalle  St.,  Chicago 
351   Turk  St.,  San  Francisco.  Cal. 

MOTION  PICTURE 
MACHINES  and  SUPPLIES 

The  Ampro  Corporation  (6) 

2839  N.  Western  Ave.,  Chicago 

(See  advertisement  on  page  311) 

Bell  &  Howell  Co.  (6) 

1815  Larchmont  Ave.,  Chicago 

(See   advertisement  on   inside  back   cover) 

DeVry  Corporation  (3,  6) 

1111  Armitage  St.,  Chicago 

(See  advertisement  on  page  295) 

Eastman  Kodak  Co.  (6) 

Rochester,  N.  Y. 

(See  advertisement  on  outside  back  cover) 

Eastman  Kodak  Stores,  Inc.  (6) 

Kodascope  Libraries 

356  Madison  Ave..  New  York  City 
Eastman  Kodak  Stores,  Inc.  (6) 

1020  Chestnut  St..  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

606  Wood  St.,  Pittsburgh.  Pa, 
General  Films,  Ltd.  (3,  6) 

1924  Rose  St.,  Regina.  Sask. 

156  King  St.,  W.  Toronto 
Hirsch  &  Kaye  (6) 

239   Grant  ,'\ve.,   San   Francisco,   Cal. 
Holmes  Projector  Co.  (3,  6) 

1813  Orchard  St.,  Chicago 

(See  advertisement  on  page  307) 

Ideal  Pictures  Corp.  (3,  6) 

28  E.  Eighth  St.,  Chicago 

(See  advertisement  on  page  312) 

Norman-Willets  Co.  (6) 

318  W.  Washington  St..  Chicago 
RCA  Manufacturing  Co.,  Inc.  (5) 

Camden.  N.  J. 

(See  advertisement  on  page  301) 

S.  O.  S.  Corporation  (3,  6) 

636  Eleventh  Ave..  New  York  City 
Sunny  Schick  National  Brokers   (3,  6) 

407  W.  Wash.  Blvd..  Ft.  Wayne,  Ind. 
United  Educator  Films  Co.  (5) 

State  Theatre  Bldg..  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 

107   South  Court  Square,  Memphis, 

Tenn. 
Unitrd  Projector  and  Films  Corp.  (1,  4) 

228  Franklin  St..  Buffalo.  N.  Y. 
Universal  Sound    Projector  (5) 

1917-21   Oxford  St..   Philadelphia.  Pa. 

(See  advertisement  on  page  305) 


Victor  Animatograph  Corp. 


(6) 


SCREENS 
Da  Lite  Screen  Co. 
2717  N.   Crawford  Ave.,  Chicago 

I  See  advertisement  on  page  303) 

Eastman  Kodak  Stores,  Inc. 

1020  Chestnut   St.,   Philadelphia.  Pa. 

606  Wood  St.,  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 
Williams,  Brown  and  Earle,  Inc. 

918  Chestnut  St.,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

SLIDES  and  FILM  SLIDES 

Eastman  Educational  Slides 

Johnson  Co.  Bank  Bldg., 

Iowa  City,  la. 
Edited  Pictures  System,  Inc. 

330  W,  42nd   St.,   New   York  City 
Ideal  Pictures  Corp. 

28  E.  Eighth  St..  Chicago,  111. 

(See  advertisement  on  page  312) 

Keystone  View  Co. 
Meadville,   Pa. 

(See  advertisement  on  page  274) 

Radio-Mat  Slide  Co.,  Inc. 

1819  Broadway,  New  York  City 

(See  advertisement  on  page  307) 

Society  for  Visual  Education 
327  S.  LaSalle  St.,  Chicago,  111. 

(See  advertisement  on  page  300) 

Visual  Education  Service 

131  Clarendon  St.,  Boston,  Mass. 
Visual  Sciences 

Suffern,  New  York 

(See  advertisement  on  page  302) 

Williams,   Brown  and   Earle,  Inc. 

918   Chestnut   St.,   Philadelphia,   Pa. 

STEREOGRAPHS  and 
STEREOSCOPES 

Keystone  View  Co. 
Meadville,  Pa. 

(See  advertisement  on  page  274) 

STEREOPTICONS  and 
OPAQUE  PROJECTORS 

Bausch  and  Lomb  Optical  Co. 

Rochester,  N.  Y. 

(See  advertisement  on  inside  front  cover i 

DeVry  Corporation 

1111   .Armitage  Ave.,  Chicago 
(See  advertisement  on  page  295) 

Eastman  Kodak  Stores,  Inc. 

Kodascope   Libraries 

356  Madison  Ave.,  New  York  City 
Eastman  Kodak  Stores,  Inc. 

1020  Chestnut  St.,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

606  Wood  St.,  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 
General  Films  Ltd. 

1924  Rose  St.,  Regina,  Sask. 

156  King  St.,  W.  Toronto 
Hirsch  &  Kaye 

239  Grant  Ave.,  San  Francisco,  Cal. 
Norman-Willets  Co. 

318  W.  Washington  St.,  Chicago 
Spencer  Lens  Co. 

19  Doat  St.,  Buffalo,  N.  Y. 

(See  advertisement  on  page  313) 

Williams,  Brown  and  Earl,  Inc. 
918  Chestnut  St.,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 


Davenport,   Iowa 

(S-'e  advertisement  on  page  309) 

Vi."iual  Educational  Service  (6) 

131   Clarendon  St..  Boston.  Mass. 
Williams,  Brown  and  Earle,  Inc.  (3,  6) 

918  Chestnut  .St..  Philadelphia.  Pa. 

PICTURES  and  PRINTS 

Colonial  Art  Co. 

1336  N.W.  1st  St.,  Oklahoma  City,  Okla. 


REFERENCE  NUMBERS 

(1)   indicates    firm    supplies    35   mm. 

silent. 
<2)   indicates    firm    supplies    35   mm. 

sound. 

(3)  indicates    firm   supplies   35    mm. 
sound   and   silent. 

(4)  indicates    firm    supplies    16   mm. 
silent. 

(5)  indicates    firm   supplies    16    mm. 
80und-on-film. 

(6)  indicates   firm    supplies    16   mm. 
sound  and  silent. 


E  1  M  (C  ATIOMAL 


^igim 


he  Magazine  Devoted  Exclusively 
I  the  Visual  Idea  in  Education 


Public  Library 

Kansas  City,  Mo 

Teachers  Library 


IN  THIS  ISSUE 

Dana  Airwaves 

The  Stream  of 
Perceptual  Teaching 

A  County  Film  Library 

What  I  Expect  mf  the 
Administrators 

4' 

Motion  Pictures — 
Not  for  Theatres 


.'. ',  .V- 


-1-^ 


NOVEMBER,     1939 


-''-<- 


VOLUME  XVIII.  NUMBER  9         \ 
WHOLE       NUMBER       I  76  ^ 


End  of  Autumn 


Courtesy  ul  Natubi  Moth 


25c    A    COPY    *     $2.00    PER    YEAR 


Z^  llV(moli  Loifuie^  a^fUuut  [inA 


OF  MOTION  PICTURE  SOUND  EQUIPMENT 


35  MM.  SOUND 
PROJECTORS 


Above — Super  DeVry  35 
m.m.  theatre  projector — 
streamlined — exclusively 
modern  in  design  and 
performance. 


Above  right — Standard 
DeVry  shown  with  4000 
ft.  magazines  and  2100 
watt  mazda  lamps. 


Below  le/t— The  new  DeVry  16  m.m.  arc  sound  pro- 
jector— Built  to  professional  standards.  Unequalled 
in  construction  and  performance. 


Below — The  famous 
DeVry  Portable  35 
m.m.  sound  projector. 
Basically  the  Original 
DeVry  creation — com- 
pletely redesigned  with 
every  worthwhile 
and  modern 
sound  improve- 
ment. 


Below  right  —  The  De 
Vry  semi-portable  35 
m.m.  sound  projector. 
Heavy  duty  mechanism 
and  advanced  optical 
system.  This  equipment 
is  ideal  for 
small  theatres 
and  most  audi- 
toriums. 


'i 


Right— Deyry  professional  35 
m.m.  sound  camera  for  single 
and  double  system  recording — 
extreme  right — the  DeVry  sepa- 
rate 35  m.m.  recorder. 

Below  left — (at  top) — The  new 
DeVry  "Interpreter"  16  m.m. 
sound  projector.  Almost  human 
in  operation.  Superior  picture 
and  sound  —  moderately  priced. 

Le/t  middle— The  DeVry  Deluxe 
16  m.m.  sound  projector.  Peer 
of  all  portable  units  1600  ft. 
capacity. 

Le/t  {at  bottom)— The  new  DeVry 
model  "Q".  Single  case  con- 
struction. Projector,  Amplifier, 
and  Speaker  in  one  unit. 


THE  HOUSE  OF  DeVRY 

— manufacturers  of  precision  mo- 
tion picture  equipment  for  26 
years.  DeVry  35  m.m.  cameras 
and  projectors  have  been  the 
choice  of  Hollywood  studios  and 
theatres  throughout  the  world; 
and  the  DeVry  line  of  16  m.m. 
equipment  is  already  the  choice 
of  those  who  have  taken  the 
time  to  investigate. 


Write  for  circular  on  any  par- 
ticular product  listed  here,  which 
does  not  include  DeVry  printers, 
silent  projectors  and  film  stereo 
viewer. 


GENERAL 
OFFICES 


and  MAIN 
PLANT 


DeVRY  corporation 


j-a  i 


k-=*a.- 


f 


^ 


Above — DeVry  16  m.m. 
sound  camera  —  built 
to  professional  stand- 
ards. 400  ft.  capacity. 


Below — The  DeVry  auto- 
matic 35  m.m.  camera — 
choice  of  ne^vsreel 
cameramen  and  explor- 
ers throughout  the  world. 


Above — The  DeVry 
m.m.  separate  sound  i 
corder  400  ft.  capacit; 


Below— The  DeVry 
m.m.  all  purpose  came 
Built  for  heavy  duty  a 
dependable  use.  100 
capacity  —  black  ai 
white  or  color  film. 


SILENT 
MOVIE  CftMEJ 


1111  Armitage  Ave.,  CHICAG 


PLANT  No.  2  -  2535  N.  ASHLAND  AVE.  C  H  I C  AG  O 


Cable   HERMDEV 


Df. 


s.  EDUCATIONAL  SCREEN 


NOVEMBER,  1939                                                   VOLUME  XVIII 

NUMBER      NINE 
WHOLE  NUMBER   176 

Contents 

Dana  Airwaves 

Meldrim  Burrill  and  Glenn  Gardiner 

323 

A  County  Film  Library 

Godfrey   M.    Elliott     

325 

The  Perceptual  Stream  of  Teaching 

Wendell   Thomas   

326 

What  1  Expect  of  the  Administrators 

Leiand  hi.  Chapman 

328 

Motion  Pictures — Not  for  Theatres 

Arthur   Edwin   Krows 

329 

The  Literature  in  Visual  Instruction — A  Monthly  Digest 

Conducted  by  Etta  Schneider 

333 

Among  Ourselves — Notes  from  and  by 

The  Department  of  Visual  Instruction 

Conducted  by  The  Editorial  Committee 

335 

The  Federal  Film 

Conducted  by  Arch  Mercey 

339 

News  and  Notes 

Conducted  by  Josephine  Hoffman... 

340 

In  and  For  the  Classroom 

Conducted  by  Wilber  Emmert 

344 

Current  Film  Releases 

346 
348 

Among  the  Producers , 

Film  Estimates  

350 

Here  They  Are!  A  Trade  Directory  of  the  Visual  Field.... 

352 

Tha  EDUCATIONAL  SCREEN  published  monthly  aicapt  July  and  August  by  The 
Educational  Screen,  Inc.  Publication  Office,  Pontiac,  lllinoit;  Eiecutive  Office.  64 
East  Lake  St..  Chicago.  Illinois.  Entered  at  the  Post  Office  at  Pontiac,  Illinois,  as 
Second   Class   Matter.   Copyright,    November,    1939.    by  The   Educational   Screen. 
Address    communications    to    Eiecutive    Office,    64    East    Lalie    St.,    Chicago,    III. 
)2.00  a  year              (Canada,  $2.25;  foreign,  $3.00)               Single  Copies  25  cents. 

THE  EDUCATIONAL  SCREEN.  Inc. 
Directorate  and  Staff 
NdMD    L.    GrMKt,    Edttor       Jotephine    Hrtru 
Enlya   J.    Bak«r                       F.    Dmii   Mcr.Mky 
Wllb«r   Caawt                         Stanley    R.    GrMM 
Ann   Gait                                   Etta  Sehnaldw 

Also  for  the   Visual   Field  — 


"1000  AND  ONE"  FILM  DIRECTORY 
(New  15th  Edition  just  out) 

"1000  and  ONE"  The  Blue  Book  of  Non-Theatrical  Films, 
published  annually  is  famous  in  the  field  of  visual  instruction 
«s  the  standard  film  reference  source,  indispensable  to  film 
users  in  the  educational  field.  The  new  edition  lists  and  de- 
scribes over  5,000  films,  classified  into  147  different  subject 
groups  (including  large  group  of  entertainment  subjects).  An 
additional  feature  this  year  is  a  complete  alphabetical  list  of 
every  film  in  the  directory.  Other  information  includes  designa- 
tion of  whether  a  film  is  available  in  16mm,  or  3Smm,  silent 
or  sound,  number  of  reels  and  sources  distributing  the  films, 
with  range  of  prices  charged. 
128  pp.  Paper.    Price  75c.     (2Sc  to  E.  S.  subscribers) 

AN   ALTERNATIVE  FOR  REVOLUTION   AND   WAR 
By  Albert  E.  Osborne. 

A  stimulating,  wide-range  view  of  the  higher  potentialities 
of  visual  instruction  in  promoting  world  harmony  by  a  "more 
humanity-centered  education."  A  pertinent  reply  to  H.  G. 
Wells'  dictum  that  "the  future  is  a  race  between  education  and 
catastrophe." 

124  pp.  Cloth.  Price  $1.25. 

VISUALIZING  THE  CURRICULUM. 

By  C.  F.  Hoban,  C.  F.  Hoban,  Jr.,  and  S.  B.  Zisman. 

Presents  in  theory  and  in  practice  the  basic  methodology  of 
visual  instruction  in  relation  to  classroom  procedure.  Through- 
out the  text  the  theory  of  visual  aids  is  applied  to  textbook 
illustration.  "Visualizing  the  Curriculum",  itself  a  splendidly 
"visualized  text",  provides  an  abundance  of  technical  guidance 
in  the  form  of  illustrative  drawings  of  photographs,  reports  of 
school  journeys,  suggestions  for  mounting  materials,  for  mak- 
ing slides,  film  strios,  etc.  It  incorporates  up-to-date  material, 
provides  a  fine  balance  in  the  treatment  of  various  teaching 
aids,  evaluates  various  types  of  aids,  and  defines  the  functions 
and  values  of  each  in  the  learning  process. 

320  pp.  Cloth.  Illus.    Price  $3.50. 
(20%  discount  to  schools) 

THE  AUDIO-VISUAL  HANDBOOK.     (3rd  Edition) 
By  Ellsworth  C.  Dent 

Presents  in  convenient  form,  practical  information  for  those 
interested  in  applying  visual  and  audio-visual  aids  to  instruc- 
tion. The  six  chapters  include  discussions  on  "The  Status  of 
Visual  Instruction,"  "Types  of  Visual  Aids  and  Their  Use," 
"T)T)es  of  Audio- Visual  Aids  to  Instruction,"  "Types  of  Sound 
Aids  for  Schools,"  "Organizing  the  Audio-Visual  Service,* 
"Source  List  of  Materials  and  Equipment." 

212  pp.  Illus.  Cloth.  Price  $1.50. 

PICTURE  VALUES  IN  EDUCATION 
By  Joseph  J.  Weber,  Ph.  D. 

An  important  contribution  to  the  literature  of  the  visual  field. 
Presents  in  unusually  interesting  form  the  results  of  extended 
investigations  on  the  teaching  values  of  the  lantern  slide  and 
stereograph.  156  pp.  Cloth.  Illus.    Price  $1.00 

(67c  to  E.  S.  subscribers) 
COMPARATIVE    EFFECTIVENESS   OF    SOME   VISUAL 
AIDS  IN   SEVENTH   GRADE   INSTRUCTION. 
By  Joseph  J.  Weber,  Ph.  D. 

The  first   published  work   of   authoritative   research   in   the 
visual  field,  foundational  to  all  research  work  following  it.  Not 
only  valuable  to  research  workers,  but  an  essential  reference 
work  for  all  libraries. 
131  pp.  Cloth.  Price  $1.00  (67c  to  subscribers  of  E.  S.) 


Full  Proceedings  of  the  Midwestern  Forum  on  Visual 
Aids  (Held  in  Chicago,  May  1939) 

The  most  complete  record  ever  printed  and  on  one  of  the 
livest  visual  meetings  ever  held.  Numerous  addresses  by  leading 
figures  in  the  visual  field,  a  notable  Directors'  Round  Table 
and  three  complete  recordings  of  daises  taught  by  sound  films 
are  among  the  rich  contents  of  the  80-page  booklet. 

80  pages,  Paper.     Price  50c. 
(25c  to  subscribers  of  Educational  Screen) 

HOW  TO  MAKE   HAND-MADE   LANTERN  SLIDES. 
By  G.  E.  Hamilton. 

Simple  directions  for  making  this  economical  and  increas- 
ingly popular  teaching  aid.         24  pp.  Paper.     Price  10c. 

EVALUATION  OF  STILL  PICTURES  FOR 
INSTRUCTIONAL   USE.     By  Lelia  Trolinger 

A  full  presentation  of  the  latest  piece  of  research  on  de- 
termination of  teaching  values  of  pictures.  Development  of 
the  Score  Card  and  elaborate  experiment  in  use  of  same.  Full 
documentation,  tabulation  of  results,  and  appendices.  The 
latest,  most  complete  and  scholarly  investigation  of  a  problem 
in  the  visual  teaching  fieljj  that  has  long  needed  such  a 
solution.  48  pp.  Paper.  Illus.     Price  50c. 

THE  EDUCATIONAL  TALKING  PICTURE. 
By  Frederick  L.  Devereux. 

Presenting  preliminary  solutions  of  some  of  the  more  im- 
portant problems  encountered  in  adapting  the  talking  picture 
to  the  service  of  education.  The  first  six  chapters  deal  with 
the  development  of  fundamental  bases  of  production,  with  the 
experimentation  which  has  been  conducted,  and  with  suggested 
problems  for  future  research.  The  remaining  chapters  discuss 
the  effective  use  of  the  sound  film  in  teaching. 
220  pp.  Cloth.  Illus.  Price  $2.00.    (20%  discount  to  schools) 

HOW  TO  USE  THE  EDUCATIONAL  SOUND  FILM. 
By  M.  R.  Brunstetter,  Ph.  D. 

Discusses  the  utilization  of  the  educational  sound  film,  and 
lists  and  illustrates  techniques  for  placing  the  film  into  effective 
service  in  the  classroom.  The  procedures  suggested  are  based 
upon  extended  experience  in  studying  teachers'  use  of  sound 
films  and  in  helping  to  organize  programs  of  audio  visual  in- 
struction in  school  systems.  Two  valuable  Appendices  and 
a  full  index. 
175  pp.  Cloth,  Illus.    Price  $2.00.  (20%  discount  to  schools) 

MOTION  PICTURES  IN   EDUCATION  IN 
THE  UNITED  STATES.     By  Cline  M.  Koon. 

A  report  of  the  instructional  use  and  indirect  educational  in- 
fluence of  motion  pictures  in  this  country,  divided  into  nine 
units.  Treats  the  motion  picture  (1)  as  an  educational  influence; 
(2)  in  service  of  health  and  social  hygiene;  (3)  in  governmental 
service  and  patriotism;  (4)  in  vocational  guidance;  (5)  in  in- 
ternational understanding;  (6)  Motion  picture  legislation;  (7) 
technique  of  production  and  distribution ;  (8)  systematic  intro- 
duction of  films  in  teaching ;  (9)  general  educational  problems 
of  films  in  teaching. 

106  pp.  Paper.  Price  $1.00  (20%  discount  to  schools) 

THE  STEREOGRAPH  and  LANTERN  SLIDE 
IN  EDUCATION.     By  G.  E.  Hamilton. 

The  most  comprehensive  discussion  yet  published. 

47  pp.  Paper.     Price  15c. 


TO  ORDER,  Check  Material  Desired  and  Fill  in  Blank  Below 


To  subscribers 

Price  of  E.  S. 

"1000  and   One"   Film    Directory $  .75  n  $  .25  0 

An  Alternative  for  Revolution  and  War ....  1.25  n  1-25  D 

Visualizing    the    Curriculum 3.60  D  3.60  D 

(To    Schools)     2.80  D  2.80  0 

The    Audio-Visual    Handbook 1.50  □  1.50  D 

Picture    Values    in    Education 1.00  D  .67  0 

Comparative  Effectiveness  of 

Some    Visual    Aids 1.00  D  -67  111 

Proceedings  of  Mid-West  Forum  on 

Visual    Aids    60  0  .25  O 

Evaluation   of    Still   Pictures 60  D  .50  0 

The    Educational    Talking    Picture 2.00  O  2.00  D 

(To    Schools)     1.60  O  1.60  O 

How  to   Use   Educational    Sound   Film 2.00  D  2.00  Q 

(To    Schools)     1.60  D  1.60  0 

Motion   Pictures    in   Education   in                              „  „ 

The   United    States 1.00  D  1.00  D 

(To    Schools)    80  D  .80  0 

Stereograph  and  Lantern  Slide  in  Education     .16  D  .16  D 

How  to  Make  Handmade  Lantern   Slides 10  D  .10  Q 


Subscription  to  THE  EDUCATIONAL  SCREEN 

U.  S.  1  year,  $2.00  D  2  years,  $3.00  D 
Foreign  1  year,  $3.00  D  2  years,  $5.00  D 
Canada   1  year,  $2.25  D         2  years,  $3.50  D 

Educational  Screen 

64  E.  Lake  St.,  Chicago 


I  have  indicated  items  desired  and  enclose  check  for  $. 


Name. 


School  or  Street. 
City 


State. 


November,  19)9 


Page   321 


\  mm  ilTS 


Stereographs  and  Lantern  Slides  — 
25  Subjects  in  Each  Unit 


>  0 


Lantern    Slide     No.     12    fmni     Moth     Unit — 
The    Head    of    a    Sphinx    Moth 


Lantern   Slide   No.   2   from   Butterfly   Unit — 
Contrasting    Forms   of   Butterfly   Wings 


WE  NOW  HAVE  -  - 

Birds  All  of  Us  Should  Know 
Wild  Flowers  All  of  Us  Should  Know 
Trees  All  of  Us  Should  Know 


NEW 

Insects  All  of  Us  Should  Know 
Butterflies  All  of  Us  Should  Know 
Moths  All  of  Us  Should  Know 


Detailed  title  lists  or  a  sample 
Teachers'  Manual  will  be  sent  to 
readers  of  The  Educational  Screen 
upon  request. 


Stereograph  No.   ]4   from    Inwct  Unit — Beetltt 


Keystone  Vievr  Company 

Meadville,     Penna. 


I 


Page  322 


The  Educational  Screen 


'^ii/et^itotiaU 


Editorial  Advisory  Board 

WITH  real  satisfaction  we  are  now  able  to  an- 
nounce the  new  Editorial  Advisory  Board  which 
will  be  functioning  officially  as  of  January  1st,  1940. 
The  list  stands  exactly  as  chosen  by  the  ballots  sent 
to  24  leading  figures  in  the  field,  on  a  return  of  22  out 
of  the  24  ballots.  Eight  representatives  each  from  the 
West,  Midwest  and  East  constituted  the  24  electors. 
How  fully  we  concur  in  the  choice  is  evident  from  the 
fact  that  the  magazine's  own  "hope"  list  for  the  Board 
personnel  contained  fifteen  names,  and  all  ten  of  the 
"elects"  are  among  the  fifteen. 

Thirty-five  names  received  votes  on  the  22  ballots. 
The  eleven  highest  were  well  out  in  front  of  the  other 
candidates.  One  of  the  eleven  refused  to  serve.  The 
final  Board  of  Ten  therefore  stands  as  follows, 
alphabetically : 

Ward  C.  Bowen,  Director,  Visual  Instruction  Division,  Uni- 
versity of  the  State  of  New  York,  Albany,  N.  Y. 

Marian  Evans,  Director,  Visual  Instruction  Center,  Public 
Schools,    San   Diego,   Cal.  . 

W.  M.  Gregory,  Director,  Educational  Museum,  Public  Schools, 
Cleveland,  Ohio. 

J.  E.  Hansen,  Chief,  Bureau  of  Visual  Instruction,  Extension 
Division,    University   of    Wisconsin,    Madison,    Wis. 

J.  A.  HoLLiNGER,  Director,  Department  of  Science  and  Visual- 
ization,  Public   Schools,  Pittsburgh,   Pa. 

Boyd  B.  Rakestraw,  Assistant  Director,  Extension  Division, 
University  of  California,  Berkeley,  Cal. 

Paul  C.  Reed,  Director,  Department  of  Radio  and  Visual 
Education,  Board  of  Education,  Rochester,  N.  Y. 

W.  Gayle  Starnes,  in  charge  of  Audio-Visual  Aids,  Depart- 
ment of  University  Extension,  University  of  Kentucky, 
Lexington,    Ky. 

Lelia  Trolinger,  Secretary,  Bureau  of  Visual  Instruction, 
Extension  Division,  University  of   Colorado,  Boulder,  Colo. 

W.  W.  Whittinghill,  Director,  Department  of  Visual  and 
Radio  Education,  Board  of  Education,  Detroit,  Mich. 

It  will  be  noted,  interestingly  enough,  that  the  re- 
gional distribution  of  the  Board  is  perfect — three  each 
from  the  West,  Midwest  and  East.  The  tenth  member 
would  have  made  four  for  the  Midwest  but  the  one 
refusal  mentioned  shifted  the  extra  representation  to 
the   East. 

The  even  distribution  in  the  result  was  evidently  not 
caused  by  the  evenly  distributed  electorate.  Not  a 
single  one  of  the  ten  was  elected  by  votes  from  his 
own  region.  This  is  also  shown  by  total  votes  re- 
ceived by  eleven  leaders  which  summed  respectively 
17,  15,  14,  13,  13,  12,  10.  10,  9.  8,  7.  The  other  24 
of  the  35  candidates  showed  scattering  totals  of  from 
six  to  two  votes  each. 

School-Made  Movies 

THE  production  of  films  by  schools  and  colleges  has 
been  a  slow  but  steady  development  in  this  field 
and  is  now  attaining  significant  proportions.  Inquiries 
from  many  quarters  as  to  "what  is  going  on  in  this 
line"  are  greatly  on  the  increase,  but  witliout  adequate 
answers  available  from  any  source.  Announcements 
have  been  made  at  various  times  and  places  that  some- 
body was  going  to  assemble  complete  data  for  answer- 


ing these  questions.  We  have  referred  correspondents 
repeatedly  to  the  announced  sources  but  with  only 
vague  results.  The  Educational  Screen  now  plans 
to  try   its  hand  at  helping  toward  a  solution. 

We  are  pleased  to  announce  that  Hardy  R.  Finch, 
head  of  the  English  Department  of  Greenwich  High 
School,  Greenwich,  Connecticut,  will  undertake  the 
development  of  a  comprehensive  cumulative  list  of 
school-made  films  for  monthly  printing  in  the  maga- 
zine, beginning  soon  after  the  first  of  the  year.  Ob- 
viously, full  success  for  the  effort  will  be  conditioned 
on  the  degree  of  cooperation  by  schools  concerned,  and 
only  on  this. 

Our  most  urgent  invitation,  therefore,  is  extended 
to  every  school  and  college  in  the  country — which  has 
produced,  is  producing,  or  plans  production  of  one  or 
more  films  of  its  own — to  send  full  data  on  such  pro- 
ductions to  Mr.  Finch,  or  to  this  magazine,  im- 
mediately. 

Let  our  readers  also  bear  in  mind  the  regrettable 
fact  that  not  every  school  in  the  country  is  a  subscriber 
to  the  Educational  Screen  !  Hence,  they  will  not 
see  this  invitation.  Hence,  a  postal  merely  naming 
institutions  which  to  your  knowledge  have  produced 
films,  will  be  a  most  welcome  and  helpful  aid  to  success 
for  the  undertaking.  We  will  at  once  write  them  direct 
for  data  needed  for  inclusion  in  our  monthly  column. 

The  sooner  you,  our  readers,  start  the  flow  of  letters 
and  post  cards  in  our  direction,  the  sooner  the  new 
feature  can  appear.  Do  your  bit  right  now.  Your  ac- 
cumulated bits  will  make  possible  systematic  dissemina- 
tion of  reliable  information  on  a  question  of  growing 
interest  and  importance  to  this  field. 

The  Film  Evaluation  Project 

WE  WANT  1000  teachers  on  the  National  Evalua- 
tion Committee  this  year.  The  excellent  show- 
ing of  Score  Cards  already  in  file,  on  more  than  1100 
different  educational  films,  from  a  few  hundred  teachers 
who  started  the  work  last  Spring,  not  only  justifies 
but  demands  substantial  expansion  of  the  project.  Late 
in  October  we  wrote  to  all  teachers  cooperating  last 
Spring  and  invited  their  continuance.  More  than  half 
of  them  have  already  been  heard  from,  all  have  ac- 
cepted with  the  exception  of  two  zvho  have  stopped 
teaching.  Evidently  the  work  of  evaluation  by  the 
standard  score  card  is  not  burdensome  and  appeals 
to  forward-looking  teachers  as  decidedly  worthwhile. 

//  you  are  a  teacher  using  films  with  classes,  you 
belong  in  the  project,  at  least  to  the  extent  of  scoring 
10  films  a  year  for  the  national  record.  //  you  are  a 
Director  of  Visual  Instruction,  your  territory  should 
be  adequately  represented  by  live  teachers  of  your  own 
selection  on  the  Evaluation  Committee.  A  few  words 
on  a  postal  will  suffice  to  bring  by  return  mail  full 
material — 10  Score  Cards ;  prepaid  envelope  for  return 
of  all  10;  free  copy  of  new  "1001  Films"  with  its 
Alphabetical  List  of  over  5000  films  whereon  may  be 
kept  a  check  record  of  films  evaluated  and  thus  avoid 
future  duplication — -and  all  the  material  bearing  your 
judge-number  which  permanently  identifies  your  con- 
tribution to  the  national  record.  When  do  we  hear 
from  you?  N.  L.  G. 


November,  1939 


Page  323 


DANA    AIRWAVES 


Using  the  radio  to  stimulate  parent  and 
student  interest  in  the  school's  Movie  Club 
activities  and  general  visual  education  program. 

By  MELDRIM  BURRILL  and  GLENN  GARDINER 
Dana  Junior  High  School, 
San  Pedro,  California 


//"I — I  NCOURAGE  and  support  good  radio  pro- 
H      grams  and  poor  ones  will  disappear.  .  .  Radio 

^~^  can  be  a  ixjtent  niediuni  of  education  when 
we  learn  how  to  use  it  properly.  .  .  .  Teachers,  parents 
and  school  children  should  avail  themselves  of  the 
opportunities  offered  by  progressive  radio  stations  and 
at  times  be  producers  as  well  as  consumers  through  this 
modern  channel  of  educational  influence.  .  .  ."  In  the 
above  manner.  Vierling  Kersey,  Superintendent  of  Los 
Angeles  City  Schools,  summarized  the  educational  pro- 
gram at  the  recent  Radio  Institute  held  at  the  Univer- 
sity of  Southern  California. 

\\ith  the  above  thoughts  in  mind,  plans  for  the 
fourth  annual  Dana  Movie  Club  production  were  out- 
lined. Why  not  use  Radio?  Why  not  acquaint  the 
parents  with  the  Club  work  and  the  visual  education 
program  carried  on  in  the  school?  Why  not  offer 
suggestions  to  other  schools  and  groups  which  might 
be  starting  on  similar  activities?  Why  not  create  stu- 
dent and  parent  interest  in  a  photography  program  of 
merit? 

Objectives  Take  Form 

Our  objectives  took  form  in  the  following  statements : 

1.    To  employ  radio  as  the  medium  through  which 

to  announce  to  our  1800  students  the  date  of  try- 


Studying  the  Use  of  a  Sound  Projector 

outs  and  screen  tests  for  the  Dana  Movie  Club's 
fourth  annual  production. 
2.    To  acquaint   parents  with  the  activities  of  the 
Qub  and  our  extensive  visual  education  program. 


3.  To  offer  helpful  suggestions  to  other  students 
and  home  movie  fans  regarding  organization 
plans,  techniques  and  minimum  equipment  needed 
for  production  work. 

4.  To  encourage  students  who  are  interested  in 
photography  to  listen  in  to  the  Studio  Dark 
Room  program  which  is  receiving  national 
recognition. 

5.  To  promote  interest  in  the  worthwhile  hobby  of 
photography  by  broadcasting  at  a  later  date  a 
Students'  Studio  Night.  On  this  program,  stu- 
dents will  be  given  a  chance  to  take  candid  and 
moving  picture  shots  under  expert  advice  in  the 
auditorium  of  the  Radio  Station.  A  visit  through 
the  Radio  Station  will  be  included  in  this  program. 

Because  of  the  student,  teacher  and  parent  interest 
which  has  been  registered,  we  are  presenting  below  the 
script  of  the  first  "Dana  Airwaves  Radio  Program," 
which  was  broadcasted  recently. 

"THIS  IS  THE  STUDIO  DARK  ROOM— KEHE" 

Art  Brcarley:  For  the  past  many  weeks  the  Studio 
Dark  Room  has  attempted  to  bring  to  its  many  friends 
a  variety  of  programs.  The  main  purpose  of  our  meet- 
ings is  photography.  \\'e  have  tried  to  bring  to  you 
the  settings  in  which  various  individuals  and  groups 
actually  work  in  the  pursuit  of  their  photographic 
vocations  or  hobbies,  their  unusual  projects  in  differ- 
ent lines  of  endeavor,  and  thus  to  acquaint  you  with 
the  tremendous  interest  and  activity  which  exists  in 
the  field  of  photographic  work.  Later  in  our  series 
of  programs  we  hope  to  have  a  number  of  students 
present  their  own  work. 

Tonight  we  have  in  our  studio  Mr.  Meldrim  Burrill, 
vice  principal  of  Dana  Junior  High  School,  who  has 
appeared  on  our  Studio  Dark  Room  Program  several 
times  before  to  present  to  us  various  photographic 
exijeriences  during  his  recent  Scandinavian  and 
European  tour.  Mr.  Burrill  has  brought  to  the  Studio's 
attention  the  work  of  the  students  at  Dana  Junior 
High   School. 

Meldrim  Burrill :  I  have  brought  with  me  the  director 
of  the  Dana  Movie  Club,  Mr.  Glenn  Gardiner. 

Art:  I  am  very  glad  to  meet  you,  Glenn.  I  wonder 
if  you  would  tell  us  how  you  and  your  students  first 
became  interested  in  Movie  Club  Activities  ? 

Glenn  Gardiner:  To  begin  with,  it  was  more  a 
hobby  along  the  lines  of  still  pictures.  \Vlien  some 
of  the  students  found  out  about  my  hobby  and  that 
I  was  tak-ing,  developing  and  enlarging  pictures,  they 
began  to  ask  me  about  types  of  cameras,  exposures. 


Page   324 


The  Educational  Screen 


printing  papers,  enlargers  and  so  forth.  A  little  later 
on  we  went  to  our  Principal,  Mr.  Roy  Porter,  and 
asked  for  permission  to  start  a  Movie  Club.  Mr. 
Porter  not  only  approved  the  plan  but  outlined  ways 
the  club  could  be  made  self-supporting. 

Burrill:  A  few  of  the  purposes  behind  the  Movie 
Club  are: 

To  give  students  an  outlet  to  express  themselves  in  the 
land  of  make-believe. 

To  expand  and  encourage  a  better  appreciation  of  motion 
pictures   by  actually   taking  part   and  producing  one. 

To  give  students  practical  knowledge  in  the  science  of 
photography  by  actually  doing  technical  work  of  mixing 
chemicals,  developing  films  and  studying  composition. 

And  lastly,  to  develop  interest  in  a  worthwhile  hobby 
that  can  be  continued  after  school  days  are  over. 

Brearley :  From  your  experience,  Glenn,  will  you 
name  some  of  the  minimum  necessities  which  one 
should  have  in  starting  a  home  or  school  movie  club? 

Movie  Club  Equipment 

Gardiner:  Any  hand  crank  movie  camera  might 
serve  as  a  starter.  The  Model  "A"  Eastman  Cine 
Kodak  proved  very  satisfactory.  It  seems  to  stand 
rough  treatment.  Also,  it  is  a  focusing  type  of  camera 
and  with  its  hand  crank  for  trick  shots,  it  works  very 
well.     It  comes  in  two  types — f  1.9  and  f  3.5. 

A  heavy  tripod  is  needed  and  to  obtain  good  work 
it  should  always  be  used. 

A  splicer  with  rewind  cranks,  developing  trays,  a 
ruby  lamp  and  chemicals. 

The  developing  spools  can  be  made  in  the  woodshop. 

Brearley:   What  about  your  lights? 

Gardiner:  We  feel  that  we  need  a  minimum  of  four 
Number  2  photofloods  for  night  work.  Reflectors  can 
be  made  to  hold  these  lamps  and  direct  the  light.  Most 
of  the  editing  equipment  can  be  made.  Extra  equip- 
ment is  desirable  and  can  be  purchased  from  time  to 
time,  such  as :  Filters,  masks,  extra  lens,  projector, 
screens,  title  letters,  exposure  meter  and  a  plate  camera 
for  stills  and  so  forth. 

Burrill:  We  are  very  fortunate  at  Dana  to  have 
four  types  of  16mm  projectors  which  the  club  director 
may  use.  We  have  two  silent  projectors;  one  with  a 
500  and  one  with  a  750  watt  lamp.  Also,  we  have  a 
sound  projector  with  a  750  watt  lamp  and  recently 
the  school  purchased  another  new  sound  projector 
with  one  thousand  and  twelve  hundred  watt  lamps  for 
auditorium  use.  For  a  number  of  years  Dana  Junior 
High  School  has  been  active  in  using  not  only  the 
films  from  our  visual  education  department  but  also 
those  from  various  sources  throughout  the  United 
States  and  Canada. 

Developing  the  Story  or  Scenario 

Gardiner:  There  are  many  methods  for  story  de- 
velopment which  can  be  used.  English  classes,  dra- 
matics groups  and  often  creative  writing  classes  get 
a  chance  to  submit  ideas  for  the  scenario.  The  Movie 
Club  members  work  with  a  skeleton  plot  until  from 
various  sources  we  have  ideas,  "gags",  and  clever 
situations  from  which  to  choose.  From  surveys  and 
experience  we  have  found  that  the  types  of  stories  and 
"gags"  liked  by  .students  include : 

Imaginary   characters    doing   the   impossible. 


ffWf 


"Shooting"  a  scene  for  the  Movie  Club  production. 

The  humorous  side  of  every  day  problems  confronting 
school  students. 

Unexpected  happenings  with  surprise  climaxes. 

Exciting  and  mysterious  happenings  with  ghosts  and 
funny   monsters    as    leading   characters. 

The   realization   of   various    school   ambitions. 

."^nd  fast  action  accompanied  by  skillful  feats. 

Selection  of  Characters 

Gardiner :  After  preliminary  groupings,  we  take  a 
screen  test  of  each  student  who  wishes  to  try  out  as  a 
member  of  the  cast.  This  screen  test  consists  of  a 
ten  or  fifteen  foot  shot — both  a  full  view  and  a  close-up. 
We  make  a  small  charge  to  defray  the  cost  of  the  film. 

Brearley :  Are  there  any  benefits  received  by  those 
who  have  screen  tests  taken  but  are  not  selected  for 
the  picture? 

Gardiner:  Yes,  we  think  that  there  are.  Each  stu- 
dent gets  a  chance  to  see  himself  as  others  see  him. 
The  members  of  the  group  discuss  each  screen  test. 
The  appearance,  the  posture,  the  "type"  and  the  amount 
of  poise  which  each  student  exhibits  before  the  camera 
are  carefully  discussed.  In  this  manner,  the  students 
hear   frank,   constructive  comments   about   themselves. 

Brearley :  Is  there  any  interest  in  the  tryouts  for 
Movie  Club  members? 

Burrill:  My  guess  is  that  we  have  between  1600 
and  1800  Dana  students  and  many  of  their  parents  lis- 
tening in  tonight.  The  students  are  anxious  to  hear 
announced  the  date  of  the  first  meeting  and  tryouts 
for  this  year's  Movie  Club  production.  Glenn,  do  you 
have  some  special  announcements  you  wish  to  make? 

Gardiner :  The  first  meeting  of  the  year  will  be 
Wednesday  afternoon  at  3:15  in  the  Dana  Auditorium. 
Those  planning  to  try  out  for  cameramen  will  be 
pleased  to  know  that  this  afternoon  we  purchased  a 
new  camera — a  Victor  Camera,  Model  No.  4  with  a 
Wallensak  f  1.5  lens.  Just  as  soon  as  registration  is 
completed,  the  production  group  chosen,  and  the 
scenario  selected  we  shall  start  taking  individual  screen 
tests  of  the  students  who  are  trying  out  for  the 
various  characters. 

Brearley:  Is  it  true  that  students  and  parents  sign 
a  contract  when  the  students  are  finally  selected? 

Burrill:     That  is  true.   Art.     From  an  educational 


Novembrr,  1959 


Page  325 


stan<lp<iint.  we  believe  that  parents,  students  and  teach- 
ers can  use  these  various  outside-of-sciiool  activities 
through  which  to  emphasize  desirable  character  traits 
and  work  habits.  At  the  same  time  the  students  have 
lots  of  fun  and  acquire  a  lasting  hobby. 

Brcarley :  Have  you  ever  experienced  a  situation 
whereby  a  student  loses  interest  half  way  through  the 
picture  and  does  not  wish  to  continue? 

Burrill:  That  is  an  excellent  question.  Art.  The 
characters  in  a  stage  play  may  be  substituted  with 
understudies  and  the  show^  will  go  on  as  u.sual.  But 
this  is  not  so  with  a  motion  picture  production.  The 
same  original  cast  must  finish  the  picture  or  it  must  be 
all  photograjihcd  over  again  with  a  new  meniber.  We 
have  avoided  such  an  exjierience  by  checking  very 
carefully  the  Responsibility  Records  of  each  applicant. 
When  the  plans  of  the  club  are  carried  out  carefully, 
the  students  are  just  as  enthusiastic  at  the  end  of  the 
filming  a  picture  as  they  are  at  the  beginning. 

Brearley:  Has  Dana  built  up  a  library  of  pictures? 

Growth  of  Moving  Picture  Library 
Gardiner:  Yes,  Art.  The  first  picture  had  80  scenes 
and  40  titles.  We  finally  used  475  feet  out  of  650  feet 


taken.  The  second  production  had  120  scenes  and  70 
titles.  We  used  a  total  of  900  feet  of  film  and  cut  it 
to  750  feet.  Last  year's  picture  increased  to  180 
scenes  and  130  titles.  From  the  reception  it  received 
by  the  students,  we  felt  that  it  showed  great  improve- 
ment over  the  other  two  pictures.  It  is  interesting  to 
know  that  our  Movie  Club  now  has  over  2,500  feet 
in  its  library  and  that  last  year's  picture  has  been  shown 
to  many  hundreds  of  students. 

Brearley:  Well,  friends,  I  am  sure  that  you  feel  as  I 
do — that  this  has  been  a  most  interesting  as  well  as 
worthwhile  type  of  program.  We  have  received  letters 
from  a  number  of  school  students  telling  us  about  their 
photographic  problems.  We  appreciate  the  many  kind 
things  that  they  have  said  about  the  Studio  Dark  Room. 
Are  you  interested  in  hearing  more  about  the  de- 
velopments of  the  Dana  Movie  Club's  production  ?  We 
might  plan  a  studio  night  for  school  students  in  our 
studio  auditorium  and  take  some  candid  shots  and 
some  moving  pictures  right  here  on  our  stage.  If 
enough  requests  are  received,  we  shall  be  glad  to  ar- 
range such  a  program.  Please  send  in  a  card  or  a 
letter  and  let  us  know  your  desires  as  soon  as  possible. 


A  COUNTY  FILM  LIBRARY 


THK  public  schools  of  Mercer  County  this  spring 
established,  on  a  cooperative  basis,  the  first  edu- 
cational film  library  in  the  state  of  West  Vir- 
ginia to  be  supported  and  controlled  by  a  group  of 
public  schools.  The  organization  of  this  project  is 
the  culmination  of  several  months  of  study  of  other 
cooperative  libraries  and  plans  for  adapting  their  prin- 
ciples to  the  local  situation. 

The  Mercer  County  Film  Library  differs  from  the 
usual  school  film  library  on  two  major  points :  first, 
the  library  is  not  sponsored  by  a  higher  institution 
which  retains  ownership  of  the  prints;  second,  the 
library  derives  no  financial  support  from  the  county 
board  of  education.  (It  should  be  stated  here  that  the 
reason  for  establishing  a  county  library  is  that  West 
Virginia's  unit  of  school  administration  is  the  county, 
and  not  the  city  or  district.) 

The  library  project  grew  spontaneously  out  of  the 
schools'  desire  to  make  a  wider  and  more  adequate  use 
of  film  materials.  The  majority  of  the  county's  schools 
— both  elementary  and  high  schools — had  been  making 
extensive  use  of  teaching  films  for  several  years,  based 
on  rental  and  loan  services.  After  considerable  study 
of  the  problem,  the  county  principals'  group  concluded 
that  the  money  and  eflFort  being  expended  under  the 
older  program  might  well  be  pooled  to  establish  the 
first  unit  of  a  permanent  library  of  educational  films. 

The  county  board  of  education,  although  in  complete 
sympathy  with  the  proposed  plan,  felt  that  budgetary 
problems  would  not  permit  its  immediate  contribution 


By    GODFREY    M.    ELLIOTT 

Director,  Mercer  County  Film  Librcuy 
Oakvale,  West  Virginia 

of  the  money  necessary  to  endow  a  film  library.  The 
rather  unique  feature  of  Mercer  County's  library,  then, 
is  that  the  money  necessary  to  its  establishment  and 
supjjort  w-as  contributed  by  the  individual  schools 
of  the  county. 

Most  cooperative  libraries  now  in  existence  base 
their  membership  upon  a  flat  fee  which,  in  turn,  de- 
termines the  number  of  films  made  available  to  the 
member  school.  Mercer  County  discarded  this  plan 
as  placing  too  much  burden  on  the  smaller  school,  and 
because  it  was  desired  that  the  only  limitation  to  film 
usage  should  be  the  availability  of  prints.  Conse- 
quently, a  plan  was  evolved  that  was  thought  to  be 
more  democratic ;  each  school  of  the  county  made  a 
voluntary  contribution  equal  in  sum  to  ten  cents  for 
each  pupil  in  average  daily  attendance. 

The  assessments,  as  one  might  call  them,  range 
from  three  dollars  to  ninety  dollars  per  school.  It  was 
felt  that,  in  the  local  situation  at  least,  the  number  of 
pupils  per  school  was  a  fair  index  to  the  school's  ability 
to  raise  funds.  Thus  it  is  that  the  library  was  estab- 
lished on  ability  to  pay,  rather  than  on  the  basis  of  a 
flat  fee  per  school. 

Each  school  in  the  library  group,  whether  it  con- 
tributed three  dollars  or  ninety  dollars  to  the  fund, 
is  given  the  same  privileges  in  the  use  of  the  library's 
resources  and  the  same  voting  strength  in  determining 
the  policies  of  the  library. 

Committees  of  classroom  teachers  were  immediately 
set   up  to   review   and   recommend   purchases  of  the 


Page  326 


The  Educational  Screen 


necessary  films,  their  membership  being  recruited  from 
schools  of  all  sizes  and  all  grade  levels.  In  every 
case  they  were  teachers  who  had  had  some  considerable 
experience  in  the  use  of  motion  pictures  in  their 
classrooms.  Committees  were  set  up  on  a  vertical 
rather  than  a  horizontal  basis.  Thus,  the  social  studies 
committee  includes  classroom  teachers  from  grades  one 
through  twelve,  from  all  types  of  schools. 

All  the  resources  of  the  library  are  devoted  ex- 
clusively to  purchasing  and  maintaining  equipment. 
The  staff  necessary  to  administer  the  library  is  re- 
cruited from  the  regularly  employed  personnel  of  the 


county  schools.  To  administer  the  library,  the  mem- 
ber schools  elect  a  director,  a  treasurer,  and  a  three- 
member  executive  committee,  all  of  whom  serve  with- 
out remuneration. 

To  insure  the  maintenance  and  future  growth  of 
the  film  library,  yearly  assessments  will  be  made  on 
each  school.  Such  assessments  will  be  based  on  the 
number  of  pupils  in  the  school.  With  this  money,  the 
library  will  maintain  prints  already  in  its  possession 
and  purchase  additional  prints  to  increase  its  usefulness 
to  the  schools. 


THE  STREAM  OF 
PERCEPTUAL  TEACHING 


THE  history  of  perceptual  teaching  in  the  West 
can  be  divided,  like  history  in  general,  into  three 
periods :   ancient,   medieval,   and  modern. 

1.  In  ancient  times  this  type  of  instruction  was  not 
much  in  demand  because  education  was  carried  on 
largely  through  non-school  activities,  agricultural  and 
industrial  for  the  slaves,  political  for  the  citizens.  Greek 
and  Roman  youth  learned  by  doing:  they  learned  war 
by  going  to  war;  law,  by  attending  civic  or  domestic 
law  courts ;  religion,  by  participating  in  public 
worship. 

Nevertheless,  the 
Greeks  developed  intel- 
lectual instruction  in 
which  objective  materials 
as  well  as  the  spoken  and 
written  word  taught  his- 
tory and  civic  ideals.  Mu- 
sic and  the  drama,  paint- 
ing and  sculpture  were 
not  merely  for  artistic  ex- 
pression. Music  was  used 
to  induce  a  war-like, 
peaceful,  or  luxurious 
mood ;  the  drama  was  vis- 
ual instruction  in  moral 
and  political  attitudes; 
painting  and  sculpture, 
especially  in  public  build- 
ings, commemorated  historical  and  religious  events. 
(See  time-chart  at  classic  times.) 

The  teaching  value  of  art  was  known  also  to 
the  Romans.  The  populace  learned  about  vic- 
torious wars  through  sculpture  and  bas  relief  on 
columns  and  arches.  In  school  visual  aids  were 
employed  to  assist  verbal  instruction.  Cicero  ap- 
proved of  visual  forms  as  devices  for  remembering 
abstractions.  Seneca  favored  visual  teaching  on 
the  ground   that   men   believe  visual   above   other 


The  following  historical  sketch,  with  its  accompany- 
ing time-chart,  presents  the  background  of  perceptual 
teaching  in  America  today.  The  chart  originally 
measured  36"x21".  The  time-line  is  progressively 
foreshortened  toward  the  past.  Variations  in  the  width 
of  the  stream  denote  variations  in  school  attention  to 
perceptual  teaching.  The  main  stream  of  school  method 
is  fed  by  tributaries:  by  technical  inventions  from  one 
side,  and  by  social  influences  from  the  other.  In 
gathering  data,  the  writer  was  assisted  by  his  father, 
Wendell  M.  Thomas,  of  the  Bureau  of  Visual  Instruc- 
tion, Board  of  Education,  City  of  New  York,  and  by 
Herbert  S.  Walsh,  former  Technical  Supervisor  of 
the  Board's  W.  P.  A.  Objective  Teaching  Materials 
Project.  Designed  by  the  writer,  the  chart  was  pro- 
duced on  the  Project  under  the  direction  of  Mr. 
Arthur  H.  Roos,  Art  Supervisor. 


A  decidedly  broader  view  of  the  origins  of  the 
visual  idea  than  the  conventional  one  that  makes 
Comenius  the  ultimate  ancestor  of  visual  education. 

By    WENDELL    THOMAS.    Ph.D. 

Adult  Education,  New  York  City 

perceptions.  Quintilian,  who  recognized  that  in- 
terest helps  the  child  to  absorb  knowledge,  con- 
ceived of  teaching  the  alphabet  by  games  played 
with  solid  letters  carved  out  of  wood  or  ivory  blocks. 
2.  In  the  middle  ages,  as  in  ancient  times,  perceptual 
instruction  had  only  a  moderate  vogue  because  learning 
was  still  divided  into  the  "low-brow"  practical  type 
forced  upon  the  laboring  classes,  and  the  "high-brow" 
bookish  type  favored  in  the  universities  where  the  glory 
of  past  culture  was  preserved  in  manuscript  form. 
Between   labor   "activities"   on   the    one   hand   and 

erudite  verbalism  on 
the  other  there  was  little 
demand  for  objective  mate- 
rials except  in  the  church, 
which  endeavored  to  teach 
spiritual  truths  through 
frescoes,  statues,  carvings, 
stained  glass  windows,  and 
sensory  symbols  such  as 
candles,  incense,  bells,  vest- 
ments, relics,  and  the  ros- 
ary. Out  of  the  church 
grew  such  instructive  spec- 
tacles as  pageants,  and  the 
mystery,  miracle,  and  mor- 
ality plays,  often  with  mar- 
ionncttes.  (See  time-chart 
at  middle  ages.) 
During  the  Renaissance,  at  the  dawn  of  modern 
times,  puppets  came  to  supplement  marionettes  in 
popular  instruction  and  entertainment.  The  art  of  the 
great  masters  of  painting  and  sculpture,  especially  in 
Italy,  was  educational  and  looked  to  the  church  for  its 
subjects.  Vittorino  da  Feltre,  an  outstanding  educator, 
covered  the  walls  of  his  school-villa  with  frescoes  of 
children  playing;  followed  Quintilian  and  Saint 
Jerome  in  teaching  the  alphabet  by  means  of 
tangible   letters;   and  used   colored  pictures   to   in- 


November,  J 93  9 


Page  327 


tercst  his  pupils  in  their 
lessons. 

3.  The  modern  age, 
with  its  experimental 
and  democratic  spirit, 
its  intensification  of  na- 
tional customs,  and  its 
development  of  tech- 
nology, has  both  stim- 
ulated perceptual  teach- 
ing and  invented  new 
devices  for  its  use.  (See 
time-chart  from  U"^' 
to  date.)  The  great 
figures  of  educational 
history  —  Ratke,  Com- 
enius,  Basedow,  Pesta- 
lozzi,  Herbart,  Froebel 
— are  likewise  the  great 
figures  in  perceptual 
teaching.  Their  work 
flowed  into  institution- 
al forms  as  the  nine- 
teenth century  ad- 
vanced. But  the  use  of 
objective  materials  in 
education  did  not  be- 
come an  organized  and 
widespread  movement 
until  the  twentieth  cen- 
tury. We  can  point  to 
no  outstanding  person 
as  the  father  of  the 
movement,  but  must 
look  to  five  cultural 
forces  converging  on 
the  second  decade 
(1910-1920) : 

(1)  The  rapid  devel- 
opment of  experimental 
science,  technical  in- 
dustry, travel,  com- 
munication, and  knowl- 
ege  of  other  lands,  mak- 
ing a  more  economical 
presentation  of  facts  an 
educational  necessity. 

(2)  Rapid  urbaniza- 
tion, making  it  difficult 
for  city  and  country 
school  children  to 
understand  each  other's 
life  by  means  of  the 
printed  page  alone. 

(3)  A  rapid  enlistment  in  high  schools  and 
evening  schools  of  persons  having  slight  literary 
tradition,  and  therefore  largely  dependent  on  per- 
ceptual aids  for  actual  learning. 

(4)  The  rapid  rise  of  educational  psychology, 
with  its  study  of  interest,  attention,  learning,  re- 
call, and  individual  differences,  demonstrating  the 
urgent  need  for  new  techniques  of  teaching,  espe- 
cially for  backward  pupils. 

(5)  A  rapid  increase  in  photographic  research 
and  invention,  notably  in  the  field  of  the  cinema. 


Classic 
Timet 


leading  to  the  tremendous  growth  of  the  motion 
picture  industry,  with  important  consequences  for 
education. 

These  cultural  forces  were  responsible  for  the 
appearance,  at  about  1920  and  later,  of  various 
organizations  devoted  to  objective  teaching  mate- 
rials. (See  time-chart  from  1920  to  date.)  The 
future  is  waiting  for  more  educational  control  of 
radio  and  cinema,  for  television  in  the  schools, 
and  for  sound  films  that  are  colored,  translucent, 
and  stereoscopic. 


Page  328 


The  Educational  Screen 


WHAT  I  EXPECT  OF 
THE  ADMINISTRATORS 


By    LELAND    H.    CHAPMAN 

Hingham  High  School,  Massachusetts 

THE  whole  program  of  visual  aids  needs  to  be 
reorganized  and  made  more  efficient.  This  is 
the  only  possible  conclusion  I  can  reach  after 
considering  the  data  obtained  from  a  survey  of  the 
secondary  schools  of  Massachusetts.  I  made  this  sur- 
vey in  1938  to  find  what  part  visual  aids  are  playing 
in  the  educational  program.  Many  articles  and  reports 
have  been  published  on  what  individuals  are  doing  in 
their  schools  in  regard  to  some  one  phase  of  visual 
education,  but  little  is  known  as  to  what  the  current 
practice  is  in  the  schools  as  a  whole.  The  results 
obtained  make  it  evident  that  the  program  of  visual 
aids  must  be  systematized  and  stirred  out  of  its  present 
lethargy.  This  falls  of  necessity  on  the  administrators. 
I  expect  the  administrators  to : 

1.  Realise  the  advantages  to  the  pupils  of  a  well  or- 
ganized visual  education  program.  In  order  to  do  this 
they  must  be  familiar  with  the  objectives  and  methods 
of  such  a  program. 

2.  See  to  it  that  a  leader,  well  versed  in  the  visual 
field,  is  put  in  charge  of  the  visual  education  program. 
The  primary  need,  at  present,  is  a  matter  of  person- 
nel, for  be  the  school  large  or  small,  success  depends 
upon  organization.  The  replies  I  received  indicated 
that  about  one-half  of  the  schools  had  some  one  respon- 
sible for  coordinating  the  work  in  visual  education. 
This  gives  a  favorable  impression  until  it  is  known 
that  in  the  great  majority  of  cases  practically  no  time 
was  allowed  this  person  from  other  regular  duties. 
Proper  leadership  would  aid  also  in  the  choosing  of 
films  which  at  present,  in  about  one-half  of  the  schools, 
is  done  by  the  principal  and  teacher  cooperating.  It 
was  noticed  that  in  the  smaller  schools  the  films  were 
chosen  largely  by  the  principal  and  that  as  the  en- 
rollment of  the  schools  increased  this  duty  fell  more 
and  more  upon  the  teacher.  Some  schools  tried  to 
improve  the  method  of  choice,  one  large  school  having 
the  films  chosen  by  the  department  heads  while  another 
depends  upon  a  committee  of  teachers.  Proper  leader- 
ship would  also  improve  the  matter  of  previewing  of 
films.  About  48  per  cent  of  those  replying  indicated 
that  they  previewed  all  films. 

3.  Make  more  use  of  cooperation.  This  holds  true 
not  only  in  the  city  systems  but  more  particularly  in 
the  rural  sections.  By  such  means  it  is  possible  to 
have  equipment  and  libraries  of  materials  not  possible 
in  any  other  manner. 

4.  Provide  adeqtiate  projection  equipment.  It  is 
certain  that  without  proper  projection  equipment  no 
visual  education  program  can  function  as  it  should. 
The  schools  were  asked  whether  or  not  it  was  possible 
for  them  to  project  various  kinds  of  visual  aids.  The 
interpretation  put  upon  the  data  received  would  depend 


A  survey  on  the  use  of  equipment  avaUable 
in  Massachusetts  secondary  schools  —  being 
part  of  a  Master's  thesis  at  Boston  University. 

on  whether  the  school  had  an  enrollment  of  forty  or 
four  thousand.  The  schools  therefore  were  divided 
into  groups  according  to  enrollment,  with  the  thought 
in  mind  of  their  ability  to  equip  themselves  with  visual 
aids.  Such  a  division  gave  five  groups,  with  Group 
I  including  schools  of  less  than  250,  Group  II  contain- 
ing schools  of  250  to  499,  Group  III  containing  schools 
of  500  to  899,  Group  IV  including  schools  of  900  to 
1399,  and  Group  V  containing  schools  of  1400  and 
more.  The  percentages  in  the  "Total"  rows  are  ft6t 
weighted.  The  almost  equal  numbers  in  the  five  groups 
makes  the  change  due  to  weighting  amount  to  only 
one-tenth  of  one  per  cent.  Table  1  shows  how  well 
equipped  these  schools  are  to  take  advantage  of  these 
aids. 

TABLE  1. 

Percentages  of  Schools  of  Different  Sizes  Equipped 
to   Project  Visual   Material. 

Visual  aids                     Group      Group     Group      Group      Group    Total 
I  II  III  IV  V 

Motion-picture  film:  %%%%%% 

Silent    80  70  87  92  91  86 

Sound 26  33  32  27  37  31 

Film  strip : 

35    mm 31  26  55  59  46  43 

70   mm 6  9  8  11  3  7 

Glass  slides  : 

3^  by  4  inches    ..49  70  76  78  86  72 

3'A    by    3%    inches  23  40  40  46  20  34 

2  by  2  inches    ....  3  14  11  22  6  11 

1   by  3  inches    ....  14  42  21  24  49  30 

Opaque   material    ...  23  63  58  51  66  53 

Total    28         36         43         46         45         41 

It  will  be  noticed  that  the  schools  are  well  equipped 
with  respect  to  silent  motion-picture  projectors  as  86 
per  cent  of  those  replying  signified  that  they  were  so 
equipped.  Surprisingly  enough,  the  schools  with  smaller 
enrollments  are  almost  as  well  equipped  in  this  respect 
as  are  the  larger  schools  in  Groups  IV  and  V.  In  spite 
of  the  expense,  31  per  cent,  or  practically  one-third  of 
them,  are  equipped  with  sound  projectors.  Perhaps 
the  most  outstanding  point  that  this  table  shows  is  that 
the  secondary  schools  of  Massachusetts,  on  the  whole, 
are  better  equipped  to  project  silent  motion  picture 
film  than  to  project  glass  slides.  This  is  not,  I  believe, 
a  healthy  sign. 

5.  Provide  adequate  projection  rooms.  No  visual 
education  program  can  be  successful  unless  it  is  co- 
ordinated with  the  courses  of  study  and  this  means 
that  the  classrooms  must  be  used  rather  than  the 
auditoriums.  The  extent  to  which  classrooms  are  used 
for  projection  purposes  is  one  of  the  best  checks  on  a 
vitalized  visual  education  program.  Projection  work 
for  the  unclassified  groups  should  be  limited  to  certain 

(Continued  on  page  342) 


November,  /9)9 


Page  329 


MOTION  PICTURES— 
NOT  FOR  THEATERS 


By    ARTHUR    EDWIN    KROWS 

Editor  of  "The  Spur,"  New  York  City 


WADSWORTH  then  made  a  film 
to  prove  his  point,  an  excellent 
film  promoting  the  use  of  "Zon- 
ite"— the  trade  name  of  the  Carrel-Dakin 
solution  developed  in  one  of  the  base  hos- 
pitals and  widely  known  to  the  American 
soldiers  in  wartime.  This  film  was  circu- 
lated in  theatres,  paid  for  by  the  sponsors 
in  some  places  and  shown  freely  in  others, 
but  distributed  Kencrally  to  the  great  satis- 
faction of  all  concerned.  From  that  pic- 
ture Wadsworth  proceeded  to  others,  all 
produced  with  professional  skill  and  in- 
telligent technical  economies  comparable 
in  low  costs  with  those  clumsy  ones  ef- 
fected by  the  other  cheese-paring  little 
non-theatrical  producers.  He,  himself, 
did  not  actually  make  the  pictures;  but 
he  engaged  for  the  purpose  the  l)est  avail- 
able persons  within  the  limits  of  his 
budgets.  The  obvious  result  was  that  his 
pictures,  shown  side  by  side  with  those 
of  almost  any  regular  non-theatrical  pro- 
ducer, eclipsed  them  completely  in  enter- 
tainment value— in  acting,  settings,  pho- 
tography and  print  quality. 

Superficial  comparison  made  the  others 
look  so  pitiful,  in  fact,  that  Wadsworth 
finally  refused  to  consider  the  regular 
non-theatrical  producers  as  competitors. 
He  shut  them  all  out  as  unworthy  of  con- 
sideration. Whereas  the  others  were 
working  in  complete  amity,  lending  their 
facilities  to  one  another  and  farming  out 
parts  of  jobs  in  hand  to  those  of  their 
number  who  could  handle  them  according 
to  their  own  standards  of  efficiency, 
Wadsworth  played  —  consistently  and 
courageously,  it  must  be  confessed — an 
absolutely  lone  hand.  In  so  doing  he 
may  have  seemed  unfriendly  and  rude, 
but  he  was  certainly  honest. 

This  was  all  very  well  while  he  bom- 
barded the  theatres  with  his  productions; 
but  his  position  there  was  an  essentially 
temporary  one,  for  theatrical  audiences 
called  upon  to  see  prolonged  advertising, 
when  they  have  paid  for  disinterested 
service,  become  resentful,  and  eventually 
will  have  none  of  it  Before  long  Wads- 
worth found  himself  obliged  to  consider 
more  particularly  the  non-theatrical 
forms  of  distribution  preferred  by  his 
clients  who  had  no  funds  to  spend  on 
circulation.  In  this  place  he  discovered, 
to  his  undoubted  chagrin,  that,  despite 
his  record  of  proved  accomplishment, 
customer  after  customer  was  whisked 
from  under  his  nose  by  the  small  alleged 
producers  he  so  much  despised. 

At  first  he  attributed  his  predicament 
to  the  shortsightedness  of  the  minor  em- 
ployees in  public  relations  departments 
who  had  the  bestowal  of  contracts  in 
their   power;   and   he  appealed   to  more 


Kufus  Steele  initiated  and  conducted 
one  of  the  earliest  studies  of  the 
value  of  motion  pictures  in  indus- 
trial relations.  This  portrait  was 
made  in  1923  in  the  Redwood  Grove 
of  the  Bohemian  Club  of  San 
Francisco    to    which    he    belonged. 


influential  executives  over  their  heads. 
When  that  failed,  he  figured  that  the 
difficulty  must  be  in  the  lower  prices 
asked  by  his  rivals  and,  for  the  sake  of 
at  least  proving  his  point  of  superior 
service,  he  deliberately  underbid  them — 
all  to  no  substantial  purpose.  Of  course, 
as  he  went  along  in  this  fashion,  rather 
baffled  and  uncomprehending,  he  found 
little  sympathy  from  those  persons  he 
had  rebuffed.  .\s  a  matter  of  fact, 
Wadsworth  had  then  merely  the  efficient 
Hollywood  production  man's  usual  mis- 
understanding of  the  peculiar,  unique  re- 
quirements of  the  non-theatrical  field. 
He  always  thought  of  the  non-theatrical 
message,  it  seemed  to  me,  as  a  bitter 
pill  to  be  sugar-coated  with  "entertain- 
ment." The  less  the  spectator  suspected 
the  advertising  "plug,"  in  other  words, 
the  more  successful  the  picture  was  to 
be  rated.  The  opposite  position  was 
that  advertising  information  might  in 
itself  be  sufficiently  interesting  and  valu- 
able to  be  presented  on  its  own  merits 
without  trying  to  sweep  the  spectator, 
with  an  emotional  force,  into  a  favorable 
opinion   against   his   better   judgment. 

In  non-theatrical  audiences  the  expec- 
tation of  entertainment  in  the  Hollywood 
scense,  thus  is  negligible.  The  pleasure 
of  attention  there  is  in  the  wealth  of 
associated  ideas  which  are  conjured  in 
the  strictly  non -theatrical  circumstances 
of  presentation.  Seeing  a  picture  at  one's 
church,  or  grange  hall  or  school,  is 
actually  a  vastly  different  psychological 


Among  other  remarkable  events,  the 
rise  and  fall  of  Pilgrim  Pictures,  the 
emergence  of  Carlyle  Ellis,  and  the 
extraordinary  non-theatrical  career  oi 
Willard  B.  Cook's  Pathescope  Company. 


experience  from  watching  it  on  the  screen 
of  the  neighborhood  movie  house.  The 
difference  lies  not  only  in  what  the  usual 
theatrical  exhibitor  considers  a  "high- 
brow" attitude  of  the  non-theatrical  spec- 
tators, what  they  bring  to  attend  the  pres- 
entation with,  but  also  in  hotv  they  bring 
it.  Psychologists  who  follow  this  thought 
through  will  discover  why  delighted  non- 
theatrical  audiences  will  so  earnestly  ask 
to  know  why  pictures  "like  these"  are 
not  shown  in  the  theatres  when,  if  these 
selfsame  films  were  screened  for  them 
there,  they'd  be  the  first  to  complain  of 
boredom  and  to  condemn  the  manage- 
ments for  poor  showmanship. 

IHlgrim  Pictures 

The  National  Industrial  Conference 
Board  inspired  a  non-theatrical  enter- 
prise which  was  conceived  much  better 
within  the  existing  limits  of  the  non- 
theatrical  field.  It  was  also  much  more 
significant,  although  it  was  all  brought 
about  quietly.  Only  a  few  persons  know 
about  it  to  this  day.  I  do  not  remember 
precisely,  in  terms  of  individuals,  who 
was  back  of  it.  Perhaps  I  never  did 
know.  The  names  of  the  New  York 
bankers,  Dillon,  Read  &  Company,  show 
dimly  in  my  mind ;  and  I  recall  that 
Dillon  was  assistant  to  the  chairman  of 
the  Industrial  Board — not  to  forget  that 
Dillon,  Read  &  Company  represented  the 
Hudson's  Bay  Company  in  the  later 
financing  of  Educational  Pictures.  But 
I'm  not  certain  here. 

The  enterprise  was  called  Pilgrim  Pic- 
tures. The  active,  discernible  head  was 
Rufus  Milas  Steele,  the  same  who  in 
wartime  had  been  editor  of  the  Division 
of  Films.  Editing,  however,  had  not  been 
Steele's  sole  interest  then.  Among  his 
other  activities  he  had  supervised  opera- 
tions in  a  large  factory  where  motor 
trucks  were  made  for  vital  uses  behind 
the  lines.  Partially  through  circumstances 
such  as  this,  and  as  result  of  a  vigorous 
personal  inclination,  he  had  learned  a 
great  deal  about  American  industrial 
problems.  He  once  told  me  that,  under 
an  assumed  name,  he  had  written  an  in- 
dustrial textlx)ok  for  use  in  schools. 

There  was  a  rea.son  for  the  pen  name, 
Steele's  concern  with  the  century's  eco- 
nomic problems  and  how  their  solution 
was  being  attempted  by  Big  Business,  his 
truck  factory  experience  and  his  author- 
ship of  the  textbook,  all  belonged  to  a 
confidential  position  which  had  been  made 
to  his  measure — the  post  of  public  rela- 
tions counsel  to  the  National  Industrial 
Conference  Board,  itself.  The  chief  prob- 
lem currently  confronting  that  group  was 
labor's  antagonistic  attitude  toward  capi- 
tal in  the  latter's  regulation  of  employ- 


Page  330 


The  Educational  Screen 


ment.  The  Board  believed  that  the  meas- 
ures taken  were  constructive  and  just, 
and  that  labor's  objection  was  based  on 
misunderstanding.  The  remedy,  in  the 
eyes  of  the  Board,  seemed  to  lie  in  the 
education  of  labor ;  and  Steele  was  as- 
signed to  accomplish  what  he  could  in 
that  direction. 

Being  fresh  from  film  work,  Steele 
necessarily  thought  importantly  of  the 
screen  as  a  way  to  the  desired  end.  So, 
mainly  with  the  backing  of  the  Board, 
he  organized  the  non-committal  firm  Pil- 
grim Pictures.  His  first  intention  was  to 
reach  labor  in  its  actual  working  en- 
vironment, especially  in  industrial  plants 
where  films  already  were  shown  com- 
monly at  the  noon  hour  for  recreational 
purposes.  Steele  took  an  office  in  Boston, 
and  there,  close  to  the  heart  of  the  great 
New  England  mill  area,  he  prepared  out- 
lines of  three  two-reel  test  subjects  which 
were  to  deal,  respectively,  with  the  neces- 
sity of  replacing  obsolete  machinery  with 
up-to-date  equipment,  the  folly  of  listen- 
ing to  professional  agitators,  and  the  im- 
portance of  team  play. 

The  productions  were  very  inexpen- 
sively made,  and  Hollywood  would  have 
viewed  their  unprofessional  crudities  with 
pained  eyes ;  but  they  fairly  glowed  with 
something  in  which  Hollywood  had  been 
conspicuously  deficient — a  profound,  un- 
mistakable sincerity.  When  they  were 
completed,  arrangements  were  made  with 
Educational  Pictures  to  distribute  them. 
Then  something  happened  to  the  plan— 
the  antagonism  of  labor  had  somewhat 
subsided,  I  understand— and  the  three 
films  were  set  aside.  But  they  really 
represented  a  notable  start  in  a  right 
direction. 

To  produce  these  latter-day  moralities, 
Steele,  in  Boston,  had  called  upon  his 
former  assistant,  Carlyle  Ellis,  in  New 
York.  Ellis  had  promptly  organized  a 
small  production  unit  consisting  of 
Walter  L.  Pritchard,  cameraman,  lately 
of  Universal  and  Gaumont  and  for  a 
time  with  Dave  Horsley  and  the  Thomas 
H.  Ince  Studies  in  California;  Thomas 
H.  Swinton,  general  assistant;  Gus 
Rempas,  electrician;  and  himself  as  di- 
rector. 

Ellis  wrote  the  continuities,  or  "shoot- 
ing scripts,"  from  Steele's  original  stories. 
Three  or  four  professional  players  were 
engaged;  Swinton  himself  played  leads, 
arranged  transportation,  helped  work  the 
lights,  cared  for  makeup  and  performed 
many  other  needful  services ;  and,  on 
location  in  the  little  village  of  Hingham, 
outside  Boston,  the  necessary  mobs  were 
enlisted  gratis  out  of  the  crowds  of  good- 
natured  onlookers.  In  non-theatricals, 
unlike  the  regular  field,  onlookers  are 
generally  encouraged.  Ellis  himself — 
natural  conservative — even  played  a 
bearded  agitator  in  one  of  the  pictures 
and  did  it  very  well.  As  to  factory  ma- 
terial, all  of  the  locations  of  that  sort 
were  readily  and  handsomely  provided 
thpoHgh  arrangements  made  locally  by 
the  National  Industrial  Conference  Board. 

Carlyle  Ellis 

By  the  time  t-hese  three  productions 
were  "in  the  box,"  as  the  sameramen  say, 
Ellis  had  determined  that,  whatever  the 
future  of  Pilgrim  Pictures  might  be,  his 


little  production  unit  must  go  on.  He  had 
glimpsed  the  vision  of  Rufus  Steele  and 
brought  enthusiasm  to  it.  Accordingly, 
in  1920,  Carlyle  Ellis's  "Autographed 
Pictures " — which  meant  that  his  own 
strikingly  artistic  signature  became  his 
trade  mark  on  the  screen — opened  for 
business.  The  office  was  one  long  nar- 
row room  on  the  seventeenth  floor  of  71 
West  23rd  Street,  the  Masonic  Temple 
Building,  within  easy  reach  of  the  Kineto 
Laboratory.  Charles  Urban  welcomed 
this  addition  to  his  circle  with  character- 
istic friendliness,  and  assigned  to  work 
with  Ellis,  in  splicing  prints  and  match- 
ing negatives,  a  girl  named  Helen  Cum- 
mings.  She,  in  later  years  and  over  a 
long  period,  became  Ellis's  very  efficient 
and  militantly  loyal  general  office  assist- 
ant. She  has  long  since  retired  to  do- 
mestic life,  is  the  mother  of  three  fine 
children,   and   lives   in  Kokomo. 

Urban's  hospitality  was  broad  and 
practical.  He  was  producing  novelty  re- 
leases of  various  sorts ;  and  he  had  many 
an  odd  bit  of  work  to  be  done.  Of  course, 
he  had  producers  of  his  own.  There  was 
Ashley  Miller,  formerly  of  the  Edison 
Company,  for  instance,  and  James  A. 
Fitzpatrick,  an  earnest  youngster,  who 
was  then  making  for  Urban  a  pleasant 
series  of  "camera  visits"  to  literary- 
shrines  entitled  "American  Men  of  Let- 
ters." Today  Fitzpatrick  is  justly  cele- 
brated as  producer  of  hundreds  of  im- 
mensely popular  "Traveltalks."  Ellis 
made  no  series  for  Urban ;  but  his  little 
film  on  child  health  habits  felicitously 
called  "Bending  the  Twig,"  which  Urban 
took  over  and  Vitagraph  released,  was 
destined  to  outlive  Kineto. 

Ellis  was  too  much  interested  in  human 
happiness  to  be  the  cold,  calculating  busi- 
ness man  who  might  have  made  money 
with  his  little  company.  It  was  the  op- 
portunity for  real  social  service  that  held 
him  to  this  line.  He  liked  to  write  essays 
in  the  Kenneth  Grahame  manner  (pulling 
on  his  beloved  pipe  the  while),  to  paint 
pictures,  to  visit  the  new  art  exhibits, 
and  to  cruise  on  his  once  well  known, 
converted  Cape  Cod  dory,  the  Pollywog — 
those    indulgences    meant    far    more    to 


Apart  from  long  pioneering  with 
health  and  social  service  pictures, 
the  chief  contribution  ef  Carlyle 
Ellis  to  non-theatricals  was  his  in- 
sistence en  the  use  of  human  terms. 


him  than  ledger  profits.  Indeed,  the  only 
real  interest  he  had  in  such  returns  was 
to  see  that  they  were  shared  by  his  em- 
ployees and  friends,  for  a  more  generous 
Scotsman  never  lived.  Indeed,  in  the  busi- 
ness line  which  he  made  his  specialty- — ■ 
the  production  of  health  and  social  service 
films — a  man  of  calculating  type  probably 
never  would  have  carried  on,  because 
those  health  and  social  service  organiza- 
tions with  which  he  dealt  rarely  had  more 
to  oiifer  any  producer  than  the  somewhat 
empty   honor  of  the  job. 

So,  quite  naturally — for  sheer  lack  of 
competition  by  the  "hard-boiled"  fellows 
who  wouldn't  stoop  to  such  petty  business 
— Ellis  speedily  became  the  foremost  pro- 
ducer in  the  world  of  health  and  social 
service  films,  making  in  the  next  decade 
about  150  of  them.  But,  if  Carlyle  Ellis 
made  no  money  out  of  impositions  on 
his  fine  spirit,  he  had  the  advantage  of 
producing  many  films  in  which  he  whole- 
lieartedly  believed.  He  therefore  had,  on 
the  whole,  a  happy  time  passing  through 
his  experience  in  the  field,  and  nearly  all 
of  his  films  have  gone  on,  year  after  year, 
spreading  the  good  which  he  so  richly 
poured  into  them. 

I  knew  Ellis  one  time  to  reack  into 
his  own  slender  bank  account  for  $75 
with  which  to  eke  out  the  production  cost 
of  a  film  in  which  he  was  interested,  a 
film  (more's  the  shame)  sponsored  by 
one  of  the  wealthiest  women's  organiza- 
tions in  America.  A  little  branch 
Y.M.C.A.  in  New  Jersey,  has  repeatedly 
raised  money  with  a  one-reel  film  which 
Ellis  produced  with  all  the  money  they 
said  they  could  spend — a  hundred  dollars. 

However,  I  do  not  mean  to  indict  more 
than  a  handful  of  the  health  and  social 
service  workers  who  appealed  to  Ellis's 
generosity  for  so  long.  They  were  held 
rigidly  to  budgets  which  made  no  al- 
lowance for  films  and  from  which  it  was 
necessary  to  chisel  Ellis's  modest  produc- 
tion cost  with  the  utmost  patience  and 
care.  They  were  generally  friendly  per- 
sons, highly  appreciative  of  Ellis's  un- 
derstanding approach  to  their  problems; 
and  most  stayed  leyal  to  him  (as  he  to 
them)  as  long  as  he  remained  an  in- 
dependent producer— that  is.  until  1929, 
when  he  withdrew  for  a  matter  of  five 
years  to  direct  sound  pictures  for  the 
American  Telephone  and  Telegraph 
Company. 

I  have  mentioned  earlier  a  few  ef 
Ellis's  particular  qualifications  for  handl- 
ing films,  called  into  play  at  the  time 
of  the  Liberty  Loan  drives.  But  it  may 
be  that  now  you  would  like  to  know  a 
little  more  about  Ellis,  the  man.  He 
was  born  in  1871,  his  grandmotJier,  a 
Carlyle  and  niece  of  the  great  Thomas. 
That's  why  Campbell  MacCuUoch  has 
always  called  him  "Tammas."  His  father 
was  a  tea-and-coffee  merchant  in  Tor- 
onto. He  had  an  elementary  and  high 
school  education,  took  quickly  ta  writing 
and,  at  an  early  age,  entered  the  news- 
paper game.  Leaving  the  city  of  his  birth 
he  worked  his  way  westward,  visiting 
Alaska  and  ultimately  finding  employ- 
ment in  1910-1912  as  editor  of  the  Alaska- 
Yukon  Magazine. 

Next  fne  urge  was  eastward.  He  al- 
ready had  served  as  art  editor  of  the 
famous  old   New   York  Snnday   Worid. 


November,  1959 


Page  331 


But  this  time  he  stepped  to  the  editorial 
staff  of  Everybody's  Mayasinc.  After 
that,  in  191,},  he  was  made  managing 
editor  of  the  Detiiwalor,  holding  forth 
at  the  Butterick  Publications  with  other 
staff  nii-mfiers  who  included  Sinclair 
Lewis  and  George  liarr  Baker.  Ellis  did 
some  very  creditable  writing  in  his 
period ;  but  it  was  his  av<x-ation  which 
was  to  mold  his  future — his  keen  interest 
in  amateur  photography.  He  was  very 
good  at  it,  and  an  active  and  popular 
member  of  the  celebrated  New  York 
Camera  Club. 

.■\monK  ICIIis"s  many  writer  friends 
was  R.  Campbell  MacCulloch,  trained  as 
an  engineer  but  author  of  much  short 
fiction — principally  stories  of  the  sea- — 
published  in  the  national  magazines.  In 
1915.  in  New  York.  "Bob"  MacCulloch 
had  just  i)ecoine  publicity  director  of  the 
newly  formed  Triangle  Film  Cor])ora- 
tion.  Wanting  someone  he  could  trust 
til  represent  his  department  in  the  West 
Coast  studios  of  Triangle,  he  engaged 
KIlis,  who  departed  immediately  for 
Hollywood.  It  was  therefore  in  Los 
.Angeles  that  Ellis  first  learned,  first- 
hand and  under  the  finest  auspices  of  the 
day,  the  inner  secrets  of  professional 
motion  picture  production.  Following  his 
year  there  he  returned  to  become  eastern 
scenario  editor  for  the  same  concern. 
After  his  next  step,  to  the  sore  travail  for 
Universal  under  Harry  Levey,  the  sketch 
of  his  career  in  these  pages  is  fairly 
complete. 

One  of  the  most  pretentious  subjects 
which  Ellis  made  on  his  own  responsibil- 
ity, in  the  "Autographed  Films"  period, 
was  "The  High  Road."  a  three-reeler  for 
the  Young  Women's  Christian  Associa- 
tion. The  time  was  winter  in  New  York 
and,  as  the  story  called  for  many  out- 
door scenes  with  heavy  foliage,  he  took 
his  company  all  the  way  to  Savannah  to 
make  it.  The  finished  picture  was  so 
successful  that  a  few  years  later  it  was 
edited  to  a  two-reel  length ;  but  by  that 
time  the  emancipation  of  women  had 
progressed  so  far  that  the  shirtwaists 
and  the  long  hair  anti  skirts  shown  in 
the  action  ruled  it  out. 

Then  there  was  "Well  Bom,"  a  cele- 
brated two-reeler  on  pre-natal  care,  and 
"Sun  Babies,"  a  single  reel  on  the  pre- 
vention of  rickets,  both  for  the  Child- 
ren's Bureau  of  the  U.  S.  Department  of 
Labor.  "Foot  Folly"  was  another 
Y.W.C.A.  venture,  a  one-reeler  on  proper 
shoes,  which  has  been  exhibited  for  years 
from  Coast  to  Coast.  Still  another  notable 
subject  of  his  making  was  "New  Ways 
for  Old,"  one  of  the  most  effective  films 
ever  distributed  by  the  welfare  division 
of  the  Metropolitan  Life  Insurance  Com- 
pany. And  one  must  not  forget  "The 
Kid  Comes  Through,"  the  immensely 
popular  reel  which  he  produced  for  the 
New  York  Association  for  the  Prevention 
and  Cure  of  Tuberculosis.  At  this  writ- 
ing, Ellis  is  in  Hollywood,  building  a 
liesh  reputation  as  motion  picture  editor 
and  general  editorial  representative  of 
The  Spur. 

Bill  BrotHerhood 

In  the  later  years  of  the  business,  Ellis 
had  moved — along  with  Walter  Yorke's 
Edited  Picture  System  which  sublet  his 


office  space  to  him — uptown  to  130  West 
46lh  Street.  That  was  when  those  in 
charge  of  the  Ma.sonic  Temple  Building 
had  grown  tired  of  motion  picture  tenants 
.-■nd  resentful  of  the  high  rates  of  insur- 
ance which  their  presence  entailed,  and 
preferred  not  to  renew  their  leases.  But, 
in  the  earlier  years,  when  Ellis  had  plenty 
of  non-theatrical  neighbors  there,  there 
were  distinct  advantages  in  the  address. 
There  was  the  Kineto  Laboratories  up- 
stairs ;  and  when  he  required  casual  pro- 
jection for  editing  or  demonstration  pur- 
poses, he  could  go  downstairs  just  a 
floor  or  two  to  the  office  of  William 
Brotherhood.  This  was  a  room  not  much 
larger  than  Ellis's,  with  a  "screen" 
painted  on  the  wall  at  one  end,  and  a 
raised,  fireproof,  built-in  booth  containing 
a  Power  Canieragraph,  at  the  other.  It 
was  an   inner  office,  and   there   were  no 


Admirably  planned,  well  organized, 
and  efficient  through  trying  years, 
the  Pathescope  Company  of  America 
has  amply  confirmed  the  executive 
genius      of      Willard      B.      Cook. 

windows — just  ventilators  over  the  doors 
which  led  to  flanking  public  halls.  A 
half-dozen  wicker  chairs  stood  before 
the  booth  to  accommodate  the  audience 
when  there  was  one  and,  lining  the  walls 
in  front  of  these  were  a  desk,  a  table, 
an  artist's  easel,  an  animation  stand,  and 
an  accumulation  of  miscellaneous  items 
including  a  terrestrial  globe,  an  old 
tripod  or  two,  and  stacks  of  drawn  back- 
grounds for  title  cards. 

The  meaning  of  which  was  that,  when 
there  was  no  audience,  the  proprietor 
.  went  to  work  producing  non-theatrical 
pictures,  or,  what  was  more  frequently 
the  case,  short  bits  of  a  hundred  feet  or 
se,  to  be  inserted  in  films  being  produced 
in  other  respects  by  his  friendly  competi- 
tors. You  see,  among  most  of  these  non- 
theatrical  folk,  with  their  hard-won  liv- 
ing, commercial  rivalry  was  almost  un- 
known. 

In  his  best  days,  as  an  independent 
producer,  Brotherhood  was  assisted  by 
an  able  animation  artist  and  letterer,  Wil- 
liam Sherman,  and  by  a  general  handy- 
man whose  particular  job  was  to  run  the 


projector,  Dan  Dugger.  But  even  with 
these  efficient  aides,  it  was  always  a 
marvel  that  Bill  was  able  to  produce  as 
much  as  he  did  for,  just  as  he'd  be  ready 
to  do  a  bit  of  work,  in  would  come  some- 
body with  a  reel  or  two  to  run,  and  all 
the  lights  would  have  to  go  out.  Never- 
theless, and  although  projection  charges 
were  then  only  from  fifty  to  seventy-five 
cents  per  reel,  Bill  apparently  found  his 
screening  service  a  fairly  goixl  insuraiKC. 

Especially  valuable  to  him  was  the 
cut-rate  patronage  of  Community  Service, 
which  was  always  wanting  to  insi)ect  new 
reels;  and  then,  beside — just  as  Tichenor's 
fine  Simplex  Projection  Rooms  uptown 
brought  Eastern  Film  so  much  additional 
business — many  an  odd  little  job  fell, 
through  his  humbler  convenience,  into  the 
lap  of  Bill  Brotherhood.  He  made  and 
photographed  numerous  hand-lettered 
title  cards,  so  plentiful  in  those  silent  pic- 
ture days,  did  simple  animation  involving 
maps  and  charts,  and  even  hired  a  cam- 
eraman by  the  day  occasionally — Walter 
Pritchard.  if  and  when  possible — to  shoot 
.some  routine  scene  wanted  by  a  client. 

In  earlier  time  Brotherhood  had  been 
an  actor  in  England.  In  this  country  he 
had  appeared  in  support  of  Amelia  Bing- 
ham, notably  in  her  successful  vaudeville 
offering,  "Big  Moments  from  Great 
Plays."  After  all  these  years  I  have  a 
clear  mental  picture  of  Amelia  Bingham, 
her  husband,  Lloyd  Bingham,  and  Bill 
Brotherhood,  on  the  stage  of  Percy  G. 
Williams'  New  York  Alhambra  Theatre 
in  a  scene  from  Sardou's  "La  Tosca." 
Bill,  I  recollect,  had  a  rather  heavy  stage 
presence;  brt,  for  all  that,  he  was  very 
acceptable  support — and  in  those  ilays, 
good-looking  besides. 

After  that  long  vaudeville  experience, 
and,  I  think,  a  season  in  one  of  the  im- 
portant companies  of  Brieux's  "Damaged 
Goods,"  Bill  took  a  flier  in  one  of  those 
then  despised  motion  pictures.  He  had 
most  of  the  qualifications  held  to  be  neces- 
sary by  the  studio  moguls  of  that  time. 
He  had  been  a  Broadway  actor,  and 
through  having  served  in  one  interval  of 
his  adventurous  career,  as  a  Canadian 
Northwest  Mounted  Policeman,  he  could 
ride,  swim  and  shoot.  .Ml  these  talents 
won  him  distinction  in  the  early  cowboy 
pictures  of  Essanay  in  Chicago :  and  I 
believe  that  it  was  for  the  same  concern 
that  he  first  became  a  picture  director. 
At  the  time,  however,  there  was  no  great 
distinction  in  being  a  director:  it  was 
kn«wn  in  the  industry  as  "a  dog's  life." 
It  usually  meant  only  that  the  holder  of 
the  title  had  more  to  do.  Everybody  in 
the  studio  then  did  a  little  of  everything, 
and  Bill  was  no  exception. 

But  now  he  was  finding  his  all-around 
training  very  useful.  His  ability  to  crank 
a  camera,  to  hand-letter  a  little,  te  make- 
up a  human  subject  with  greass-paint, 
powder  and  crepe  hair,  and  to  improvise 
.scenic  backgrounds,  stood  him  in  excellent 
stead.  At  least,  until  the  coming  of  sound 
it  enabled  him  te  earn  a  fair  living  for  his 
trim  little  wife,  two  fine  growing  boys 
and  himself. 

He  was  a  man  much  liked  by  all  wh« 
knew  him.  What  a  shock  it  was,  about 
1922,  after  the  talkie  revolution  had 
wrecked  the  concerns  of  liMle  produoers, 
to    hear    that    the    cheerful,    self-reliant. 


Page  332 


The  Educational  Screen 


The  drawing  shows  the  first  Pathescope  brought  from  France  by  the 
Pathescope  Company  in  1914.  The  original  French  machine  used  a  small 
magneto,  driven  by  a  belt  from  the  fly-wheel,  for  generating  the  light,  but 
the  Pathescope  Company  immediately  substituted  the  small  rheostat  shown. 
The  photograph  is  of  the  "New  Premier  Pathescope,"  developed  in  this 
country  about  1918,  when  the  World  War  made  it  impossible  to  obtain  the 
Pathe-Kok  machines  from  Paris.  Later  models  had  many  other  improvements. 


good-looking  Bill  Brotherhood  had 
dropped  dead  on  the  steps  of  the  film 
laboratory  for  which  he  was  then  trying 
to  find  customers ! 

Rowland  Rogers 

Down  another  floor  or  so  in  the  Mas- 
onic Temple  Building  was  Rowland 
Rogers,  now  awjy  from  Bray  and,  in  the 
name  of  Picture  Service  like  his  old 
friend  Jam  Handy,  seeking  non-theatrical 
clients  "on  his  own."  His  greatest  de- 
tractor could  not  deny  that  Rowland 
Rogers  was  a  hustler.  Always  brisk  and 
alert,  darting  sharp  glances  of  appraisal 
around  him  through  heavy  shell-rimmed 
spectacles,  he  was  a  familiar,  pleasant 
figure  to  his  neighbors  who  soon  came  to 
know  him  and  to  call  him  "Rowland." 

The  schoolmasterly  bent,  which  had 
been  so  much  encouraged  in  the  days  of 
"Pictograph,"  was  to  provide  Rogers  with 
a  curious  business  development,  to  ex- 
plain which  I  must  go  back  a  little.  About 
1919,  the  faculty  of  Columbia  University, 
in  New  York,  had  decided  to  meet  numer- 
ous requests  for  an  extension  course  on 
photoplay  production,  to  supplement  the 
successful  one  on  photoplay  composition 
being  conducted  there  by  Mrs.  Frances 
Taylor  Patterson.  It  was  proposed, 
through  my  friend  Robert  Emmett  Mac- 
Alarney,  then  scenario  editor  of  Famous 
Players-Lasky  and  also  associate  profes- 
sor of  journalism  at  Columbia,  that  I 
should  take  charge ;  but,  although  na- 
turally much  flattered,   I  declined  it  be- 


cause I  could  see  no  professional  future 
for  any  student  who  might  emerge  from 
it.  There  wasn't  a  legitimate  picture 
studio  in  the  land,  as  far  as  I  could  see, 
which  would  give  him  a  job  on  the 
strength  of  it;  and,  as  to  rounding  out  a 
general  education,  the  training  seemed  to 
me  to  be  too  narrowly  technical  a  mat- 
ter to  have  much  value  there. 


Next  Month 

The  scope  widens  to  consider 
the  non-theatrical  producers  in 
New  England  and  the  Middle 
West.  What  do  you  know 
about  the  once-important  firm 
of  Lincoln  &  Parker  of  Boston, 
who  bought  Thomas  A.  Edison's 
studio?  The  Worcester  Film 
Company,  Phelps  films  and 
Philip  Davis?  Norman  Wilding 
and  Jim  Handy  of  Detroit  and 
Chicago?  The  names  come 
thick  and  fast,  and  the  first  de- 
tailed non-theatrical  history 
moves  along,  still  not  at  the 
halfway  mark  in  the  crowded 
telling.  These  unprecedented 
chapters  are  available  in  regu- 
lar sequence  only  to  subscri- 
bers of  Educational  Screen. 


But,  when  the  same  opportunity  then 
opened  for  Rowland  Rogers  in  the  spring 
of  1922,  he  promptly  took  it  on.  His 
characteristic  enthusiasm  and  industry, 
coupled  with  the  novelty  of  the  enter- 
lirise,  brought  his  course  immediate  at- 
tention. It  was  definitely  attractive  to  his 
students,  first,  that  he  could  discourse 
interestingly  on  film  production,  and,  next 
that  he,  himself,  was  a  producer  with  a 
going  concern  in  the  Masonic  Temple 
Building.  They  came  to  see  him  at  work 
lor  their  case  histories — and  that  was  the 
real  start.  With  the  ostensible  purpose 
of  giving  post-graduate  training  to  his 
boys  and  girls,  he  took  them  in  to  work 
for  him.  They  were  eager  and  willing, 
and  the  matter  of  pay  was  then  unim- 
portant. 

Consequently,  it  was  not  long  before 
commercial  prospects,  who  called  on 
Rogers,  found  several  adjoining  offices 
literally  filled  with  active  workers,  all 
as  intensively  on  the  job  as  (and,  indeed, 
with  their  prevailing  shell-rimmed  glasses, 
pencils  and  notebooks,  resembling  some- 
what) the  earnest,  businesslike  man  at  the 
head.  -An  old-time,  slightly  amused 
cameraman  provided  the  technical  knowl- 
edge necessar}-  to  put  the  picture  on  the 
film  in  an  improvised  studio  on  the  same 
floor,  the  entire  procedure  handled  as  a 
classroom  demonstration,  with  lectures 
and  examination  papers. 

The  making  of  school  films  became  a 
major  activity ;  teaching  syllabi  were  pre- 
pared and  printed  to  accompany  them.  In 
short,  the  setup  completely  overshadowed 
the  poor,  home-made  facilities  of  the  more 
conservative  (or  more  naive)  producers. 
The  impression  of  efficiency  and  pros- 
perity, engendered  in  these  circumstances, 
brought  Rogers  quite  a  few  accounts ; 
but  in  the  light  of  the  undeveloped  non- 
tlieatrical  line,  the  organization  just  could 
not  last.  And,  in  1926,  Rogers  emerged 
from  a  humbler  office  of  non-theatrical 
production  to  tell  a  meeting  of  the  Society 
of  Motion  Picture  Engineers  that  his 
Columbia  course  on  photoplay  produc- 
tion had  been  discontinued  because  it 
could  not  pay  its  way. 

The  Rogers  Picture  Service  kept  going 
nevertheless,  until  the  advent  of  sound 
made  it  impossible  for  him — as  for  most 
of  the  neighboring  non-theatrical  pro- 
ducers upstairs  and  down — to  go  on. 
When  the  storm  was  at  its  worst  he  took 
a  post  in  training  personnel  for  Standard 
Oil.  Then,  when  the  industrial  sky  cleared 
a  little,  he  opened  Manhattan  offices 
again,  but  this  time  with  a  slide  film 
service. 

So  much  for  the  early  non-theatrical 
aspects  of  Laemmie,  General  Film,  Com- 
munity Service,  the  National  Industrial 
Conference  Board  and  Bray  Products. 
What  about  Pathescope?  Well,  that's 
another  story. 

Pathescope 

It's  another  story,  and  another  story 
with  a  hero.  Until  this  point  the  detached 
reader  has  known  of  Pathescope  primarily 
as  the  name  of  a  non-theatrical  projector ; 
now  the  machine  retires  to  a  subordinate 
place  and  the  spotlight  is  thrown  on  the 
main  human   factor. 

{Continued  on  page  349) 


November,  19  }9 


Page  333 


^fiE  J^itsiiatuxE  in  ^  viiuaL  Vnitxuation 


A   Monthly   Digest 


Conducted  by  Etta  Schneider 


Techniques  and  Materials 

The  Classroom   Film— by   R.    E.   Davis, 

Ijiie  Technical   High  School,  Chicago 

— School     Scieitic     and    Mathematics, 

39:627-.%  October.  1939 

A  reply  to  H.  E.  Brown's  article  in 
the  April.  1939  issue  of  that  magazine, 
(see  Edi"cationai.  Sckeen.  June,  '39, 
p.  220).  listing  27  "consumer  grievances" 
against  classroom  films. 

Properly  used,  carefully  selected  mo- 
tioTi  pictures  have  won  a  well  defined 
place  in  the  teaching  of  science,  and  their 
'ise  needs  no  defense.  The  use  of  mo- 
tion pictures  is  comparatively  new  in 
t<lucation.  and  mistakes  are  being  made, 
and  arc  still  being  made,  but  conditions 
arc  rapidly  improving.  One  has  only 
to  compare  conditions  as  they  existed 
three  years  ago  with  conditions  today 
to  see  what  has  been  accomplished.  Every 
advance  always  suflFers  from  its  too  en- 
thusiastic friends.  Fortunately  the  move- 
ment has  been  going  on  long  enough  so 
that  the  wide-cyetl  enthusiasts  have  tired 
of  films  and  are  seeking  other  new 
panaceas,  leaving  the  development  of  the 
idea  to  the  more  practical  workers  in 
the  field. 

When  this  movement  was  new  there 
were  no  real  educational  films.  Adver- 
tising films  which  are  no  more  educa- 
tional than  a  bill  board  as  a  work  of  art, 
were  distributed.  In  the  absence  of  more 
satisfactory  material  these  were  intro- 
duced into  the  classroom,  with  not  very 
satisfactory  results.  Current  films,  how- 
ever, are  much  better  and  improvements 
arc  constantly  being  made. 

It  is  impossible  to  produce  a  film  that 
will  please  every  teacher.  However,  with 
the  use  of  classroom  teachers  as  con- 
sultants in  production,  there  is  an  im- 
provement  in  quality  of  films. 

What  should  we  expect  from  a  motion 
picture  in  the  classroom?  First,  we 
should  not  expect  it  to  take  the  place  of 
a  teacher.  We  must  look  to  the  teacher 
and  not  the  film  for  inspiration.  The 
personality  of  the  teacher  can  put  across 
the  idea  of  the  "Romance  and  marvels", 
but  when  the  words  appear  in  type  or  on 
the  sound  track,  the  eflfect  is  lost. 

In  the  science  classroom  the  motion 
picture  is  especially  valuable  in  showing 
certain  types  of  experiments  that  the 
busy  teacher  has  no  time  to  prepare;  in 
providing  experiences  which  large  classes 
cannot  gather  from  first-hand  experi- 
ences; in  showing  life  under  the  micro- 
scope, so  expensive  to  show  in  other 
ways ;  in  providing  through  time-lapse 
and  slow-motion  pictures  experiences 
hard  to  see  under  ordinary  conditions ; 
in  furnishing  experiences  far  from  the 
local  environment ;  etc. 
No  teacher   needs   to   use   poor   films. 


There  are  so  many  good  films  now  that 
he  can  choose  those  suited  to  his  class 
and  his  needs.  Proper  opportunities  for 
preparation  and  follow-up  should  be  pro- 
vided. The  teacher  must  realize  the 
limitations  of  the  classroom  film.  In  some 
cases  slides  may  be  better.  With  the 
rapidly  improving  sources  of  informa- 
tion regarding  each  film,  and  better  meth- 
ods of  distribution  should  come  greater 
and  improved  use  of  films.  We  must 
have  cooperation  between  teacher  and 
producers,  so  that  films  better  adapted  to 
classriKnn  use  will  be  available. 

Films  for  Human  Relations — by  James 

P.    Mitchell — American    Teacher,    24: 

1-13  October,  1939 
One  of  the  aims  of  the  Commission 
on  Human  Relations  has  been  to  give 
pupils  help  in  those  problems,  personal 
and  social,  of  most  direct  concern  to 
them,  in  the  understanding  of  the  real 
motivating  forces  of  human  action,  in  the 
developing  of  better  ways  of  relating 
themselves  to  others,  and  thereby  func- 
tion democratically.  One  way  of  working 
toward  such  an  education  would  be  the 
presentation  of  excerpts  from  moving 
pictures  showing  how  people  relate  them- 
selves humanly  (or  inhumanly)  and  after 
the  students  have  experienced  this  ab- 
sorbing and  emotionally  significant  joint 
experience,  to  have  them  discuss  the 
issues  which  the  (film)  excerpt  has 
raised. 

Carefully  edited  materials  of  most  di- 
rect concern  to  young  people  (about  60) 
have  been  prepared.  During  a  two-year 
experimental  period  teachers  from  about 
20  institutions,  ranging  in  nature  from 
metropolitan  high  schools  to  a  reform- 
atory, were  chosen  and  trained  to  take 
part  in  a  study  to  determine  how  the 
films  should  be  used.  Four  times  during 
this  period  a  careful  survey  of  the  stu- 
dents' attitudes  about  human  relations 
was  made.  Verbatim  records  of  discus- 
sions were  kept,  and  the  large  body  of 
vital  information  thus  collected  is  now 
being  carefully  studied. 

A  great  deal  of  attention  was  given 
to  techniques  of  discussions.  In  general, 
the  Commission  feels  that  students  should 
begin  very  freely,  pointing  out  issues  and 
problems  raised  by  the  film  which  seem 
most  important  to  them ;  these  are  not 
always  what  are  expected.  I-ater  in  the 
discussion  the  teacher  takes  a  more  active 
part,  not  to  moralize  or  tell  the  students 
what  to  think,  but  rather  to  push  them 
toward  clearer  meanings  and  deeper 
understanding.  How  did  he  get  that 
way?  Was  the  reason  that  she  gave  the 
real  one?  How  could  the  situation  have 
been  handled  better?  What  would  you 
have  done?  Do  people  like  you  and  me 
ever   act   that   way?     A    summary   by  a 


student  closes  a  discussion,  not  to  produce 
conclusive  answers,  but  rather  to  illumi- 
nate human  tx:havior  leading  to  further 
study.     It  often  leads  to  social  action. 

For  testimony  of  the  insights  shown  by 
students,  the  stenographic  reports  should 
be  examined.  (See  some  of  these  notes 
in  the  article) 

Especially  important  is  the  fact  that  in 
film  discussions  teachers  cannot,  without 
nullifying  all  the  values  of  the  project,  be 
dictatorial.  They  must  merely  be  useful 
to  students  in  deepening  understandings. 
They  must  liave  the  profoundest  respect 
for  and  receptivity  to  what  everyone  in 
the  group  says  and  is. 

Visual  Aids  and  Mathematics — by  M. 
M.  Watson,  Austin,  Texas  —  Texas 
Outlook,  23:17  September,  1939 
The  teacher  of  mathematics  can  find 
many  ways  of  vitalizing  his  subject  with- 
out necessarily  requiring  expensive  me- 
chanical equipment.  A  trip  to  the 
grocer  to  find  out  current  prices,  a  visit 
to  a  bank,  and  similar  excursions  of  this 
type  are  very  valuable.  Models  of  geo- 
metric solids,  although  available  in  many 
schools,  are  little  used.  If  the  boys  were 
to  make  these  solids  in  their  shop  classes, 
they  would  even  have  added  meaning. 
Charts,  posters,  pictures,  and  the  like  are 
abundant  though  little  used  for  mathe- 
matics. Lantern  slides  and  motion  pic- 
tures are  among  the  least  available  aids. 
Teachers  of  mathematics  should  increas- 
ingly undertake  the  production  of  home- 
made slides  and  films.  Mathematics 
films  on  such  topics  as  "Why  do  we 
study  mathematics?"  and  a  "History  of 
Mathematics"  may  be  made  on  an  ama- 
teur scale  with  great  effectiveness. 

The  Place  of  the  Film  in  Education— 
by    Louis    Kusinitz.    Manual   Training 
High  School,  N.  Y.  C.—Hiqh  Points, 
21:  no.  7:  48-58    Sept.,  1939 
A    review    of    the    following    prob- 
lems involved  in  the  use  of  films : 
.Are  film  lessons  worthwhile? 
Valuable     for     average     pupils,     and 
especially    for  those    with    poor    reading 
ability,    who    are    increasingly    being   en- 
rolled in  high  schools. 
What  is  a  good  film? 
High    technical    quality,   especially    in 
acting;  pupil -made   films   are   good  edu- 
cational    experience     for     those     making 
them,   but   not    for   those   viewing ;    film 
should     not     consume     more     than     25 
minutes,  or  two  reels  in  length ;   should 
hold   the   attention  of  a   class   of   pupils ; 
language   and   ideas   in   the   film    should 
bo  intelligible  to  pupils ;  film  should  con- 
tain something  definite  that  you  want  to 
teach ;   must  be   available   when   needed ; 
photography,    sound   quality,   etc.,   should 
tie  close  to  perfection. 


Page   334 

Suggested  film  techniques :  Four  basic 
steps  involped  in  all  film  use ;  preparation 
by  the  teacher ;  preparation  of  the  class ; 
exhibition  of  the  film;  follow-up  after 
the  film. 

What  remains  to  be  done :  a)  more  and 
better  teaching  films;  b)  availability  of 
Hollywood  shorts,  newsreels,  and  ex- 
cerpts; c)  more  equipment;  d)  better 
projection  facilities  in  classrooms;  e) 
film  centers  spread  over  the  city  under 
the  Bureau  of  V.  I. 

Dangers:  a)  teacher  should  recognize 
propaganda  elements;  b)  should  not  use 
for  entertainment;  c)  should  not  be  over- 
done. 

Newer  Educational  Devices  Available 
to  Home  Economists  —  Films  —  by  . 
Ida  E.  Sunderlin,  Inglewood,  Cal. — 
Journal  of  Home  Economics  31  :S37-46 
October,  1939 

Summary  of  the  kinds  of  equipment 
needed,  the  approximate  cost,  some  sys- 
tems of  distribution,  and  some  techniques 
for  using  educational  films,  with  special 
reference  to  the  field  of  home  economics. 
Sources  of  information  are  listed. 

Visual  Aids  for  General  Science  Classes 
—by    Winifred    Perry,    Roosevelt    Jr. 
High  School,  San  Diego,  C3.l—Science 
Education,  23:244-56    Oct.,   1939 
A  review  of  the  value  of  the  school 
journey,   museum  material,   graphic  ma- 
terials, demonstrations,  still  pictures,  and 
motion  pictures  with  special  reference  to 
the  field  of  general  science. 

Maps  and  Globes 

Accounting  for  the  School's  Maps  and 
Globes— by  Ruth  Samson — Am.  School 
Board  Journal,  99:47     Sept.,   1939 
A  study  was  made  in  Akron,  Ohio 
of  maps  and  globes  in  that  city  through 
two  committees ;  one  comprised  of  social- 
studies  teachers  of  the  elementary  schools 
and  the  other  of  social  studies  teachers 
of  the  secondary  schools.     In  this  study 
an  attempt  was   made   to   find : 

1.  The  quality  which  meets  ade- 
quately the  needs  of  pupils,  teachers 
and  schools. 

2.  Those  which  are  simple  from  the 
standpoint  of  interpretation. 

3.  Those  easily  handled  by  the  cleri- 
cal staflf. 

4.  Those  within  the  financial  limita- 
tions of  the  school  budget.  . 

Prior  to  this  study,  a  city-wide  inven- 
tary  of  maps  and  globes  was  taken  so 
that  knowledge  of  the  current  equipment 
and  condition  might  be  established.  Deal- 
ers in  maps  and  globes  were  notified  of 
the  study  and  invited  to  display  their 
materials.  All  teachers  of  social  studies 
in  Akron  schools  were  invited  to  see 
the  display. 

Summary  of  the  study : 

1.  The  maps  listed  for  purchase  are  all 
mounted  on  steel  rollers  with  dust-proof 
boards. 

2.  The  physical-political  map  is  pref- 
erable. 

3.  A  requisition  sheet  and  a  5-year  in- 


ventory card  has  promoted  more  intelli- 
gent buying  in  that  the  buyer  has  before 
him  a  picture  of  the  school  and  a  nota- 
tion of  its  needs. 

4.  Requisition  sheets  prevent  haphazard 
ordering. 

5.  The  16-inch  globe  is  preferable. 

6.  For  moving  about,  the  weighted 
disk  globe  is  most  desirable. 

7.  One  physical-political  globe  and 
one  slated  globe  are  sufficient  in  a  small 
building. 

8.  Altho  there  is  a  printed  list  to  help 
standardize  and  economize  in  buying 
maps  and  globes,  this  does  not  preclude 
change  or  additions  of  other  maps  or 
globes. 

School-Made  Visual  Aids 

M.E.A.    Movie    Interprets    Growth    of 
Teaching    Profession    in    Michigan — 

Michigan     Education     Journal,     17:16 

Sept.  1939 

A  moving  picture,  "Eighty  Seven 
Years  of  Progress,"  produced  by  the 
Michigan  Education  Association  is  the 
first  of  its  kind  to  depict  the  early  his- 
tory and  parallel  growth  of  public  edu- 
cation in  Michigan  and  of  the  profes- 
sional organization  of  teachers,  the 
M.E.A.  Filmed  almost  entirely  in  nat- 
ural color,  opening  scenes  trace  the  be- 
ginnings of  public  education  in  Michigan 
during  the  early  part  of  the  19th  century. 

The  film  was  produced  by  the  Divi- 
sion of  Publications  and  Informational 
Service  of  the  Association.  It  was  more 
than  a  year  in  the  making  and  was 
planned,  filmed  and  edited  by  staff  mem- 
bers. When  shown  at  a  meeting  of  ex- 
ecutive secretaries  of  state  teacher  as- 
sociation during  a  recent  meeting  of  the 
N.E.A.,  it  evoked  both  praise  and  re- 
quests for  information.  It  will  be  shown 
at  M.E.A.  district  meetings  and  to  lay 
organizations  upon  request.  It  will  be 
accompanied  by  a  member  of  the  Asso- 
ciation staff  whose  comments  will  sup- 
plement the  titles.  The  Association 
provides  the  projector  and  screen  if 
necessary. 

Film  and  Radio  Appreciation 

Motion  Picture  and  Radio:  an  English 
Elective— by  Eleanor  D.  Child  and 
Hardy  R.  Finch,  Greenwich,  Conn. — 
Curriculum  Journal,  10:253-6  October, 
1939 
The  tentative  aims  for  this  course  in 

the  Greenwich  High  School  were: 

1.  To  make  students  more  aware  of  so- 
ciological, economic,  and  international 
aspects  of  radio  and  motion  pictures. 

2.  To  aid  the  pupils  in  shopping  for 
worth-while  movie  and  radio  pro- 
grams. 

3.  To  help  pupils  enjoy  these  programs 
by  extending  their  appreciation  of  the 
arts  involved. 

4.  To  impro\e  the  writing  and  speaking 
abilities  of  students  with  radio  and 
motion  pictures  as  centers  of  interest. 

5.  To  teach  some  of  the  skills  involved 


The  Educational  Screen 

in  amateur  motion  picture  and  radio 
production. 

6.    To    discuss    the    literary    aspects    and 
social  problems  involved. 

Interesting  experiences  and  opportuni- 
ties for  learning  were  provided.  After 
the  completion  of  the  first  year  of  this 
new  elective  course,  the  teacher  and  ad- 
ministrator agree  that  it  was  valuable. 
For  the  teacher  it  provided  a  wealth  of 
live  material  for  the  awakening  of  stu- 
dent interest.  The  administrator  has  had 
an  additional  elective  course  to  offer  to 
the  non-college  student,  geared  to  the 
student's  everyday  life  and  experience. 
The  student  has  learned  how  to  select 
and  judge  programs;  he  has  a  greater 
understanding  of  the  media;  he  has  im- 
proved his  speaking  and  writing  tech- 
niques; and  has  dealt  with  materials 
which  play  an  important  part  in  his  life 
today  and  in  the  future. 

Film  Reviews 

Film  Guide  for  Business  Teachers- 
Conducted  by  Clifford  Ettinger  for 
the  Alpha  Chi  Chapter  of  Delta  Pi 
Epsilon,  an  honorary  graduate  fra- 
ternity in  business  education — Journal 
of  Business  Education  Sept.^  Oct., 
1939,  and  monthly  thereafter. 

Unusually  good  reviews  in  this  com- 
paratively unexplored   field. 

Motion  Pictures  for  Use  in  Junior  Busi- 
ness   Training — Compiled    by    Morris 
A.  Wallock — film  and  Book,  Sept.  21, 
1939     (Bulletin     by      the      Dept.      of 
Library    and    Visual     Aids,     Newark, 
N.  J.) 
A  beginning  at  evaluating  the  avail- 
able films  in  terms  of  the  junior  business 
training  course  of  study  in  Newark,  in 
which  the  cooperation  of  all  teachers  of 
that  subject  will  be  enlisted. 

Church  Film  Reviews — Int'l  Journal  of 
Religious  Education,  Sept.,  1939, 
monthly  thereafter. 

Motion  Picture  Department — by  Albert 
E.   McKinley,  Jr.,   Philadelphia,   Pa.— 
Social  Studies,  30:277    Oct.  1939 
The  first  of  a  monthly  section  which 
will  summarize  theatrical  and  educational 
films    which    appear    to    be    of    special 
value  for  teachers  of  social  studies.     Not 
sufficiently    critical     for    maximum    ef- 
ficiency. 

Source  List 

Sources  of  Free  and  Inexpensive  Teach- 
ing Aids — by  Bruce  Miller,  Ontario 
Jr.  High  School,  Ontario,  Calif.,  1939. 
$1.00  mimeo.  With  supplementary 
sheets  keeping  it  up  to  date. 

Contains  sources  of  pamphlets, 
charts,  pictures  which  have  been  care- 
fully checked  and  evaluated.  All  ref- 
erences have  been  classified  by  alphabeti- 
cal arrangement.  Free  Film  sources  have 
merely  been  listed,  with  no  attempt  to 
list  titles  of  specific  films.  One  of  the 
most  complete  and  up-to-date  refer- 
ences in  this  field,  and  highly  recom- 
mended by  visual   education  directors. 


November,  1959 


^> 


fno 


ng 


O 


U^lELVSl 


[, 


Page  335 


Notes  from  and  by  the  Department  of  Visual  Instruction,  N,E.A, 

Conducted  by  the  Editorial  Committee 


To  Members  of  the  Department 

THE  Secretary-Treasurer  of  the  Department  for  the 
present  year  is  ilrs.  Camilla  Best,  Director  De- 
partment Visual  Aids,  Orleans  Parish  School  Board, 
70v?  Carondelet  Street,  New  Orleans,  Louisiana.  Mrs. 
Best  will  be  happy  to  hear  from  all  members  regarding 
their  activities.  Equally  welcome  will  be  a  check  to 
cover  your  memberships  for  the  present  year.  Mrs. 
Best  informs  me  that  the  treasury  is  practically  empty 
and  funds  are  urgently  needed. 

Let  us  set  our  goal  at  a  new  high  in  membership 
this  year.  We  urge  that  each  member  app)oint  himself 
a  committee  of  one  to  get  as  many  additional  members 
as  ixjssible.  Our  new  constitution  provided  for  a 
membership  committee  of  one  member  from  each  state. 
This  committee  will  lie  appointed  within  the  next  few 
weeks  and  the  names  of  the  members  of  the  committee 
will  be  published  in  this  column. 

It  was  my  privilege  several  weeks  ago  to  visit  with 
Willard  E.  Givens  and  H.  A.  .'Mian,  Executive  Secre- 
tary and  Business  Manager,  respectively  of  the  NEA 
at  Washington.  Both  Mr.  Givens  and  Mr.  Allan  ex- 
pressed their  desire  for  a  closer  working  relationship 
between  our  Department  and  the  Association  and  of- 
fered their  full  hearted  cooperation  in  making  our 
Department  most  successful.  I  expect  very  soon  a 
proposal  for  such  a  closer  relationship  from  Mr.  Allan. 
This  proposal  will  be  submitted  to  members  of  the 
Executive  Committee  and  after  their  consideration,  it 
will  be  submitted  at  the  annual  meeting  at  Milwaukee 
next  summer.  Since  one  of  our  aims  is  to  promote 
visual  instruction  most  effectively  among  the  rank  and 
file  of  the  educational  profession,  it  would  seem  that 
a  closer  relationship  with  the  Association  as  a  whole 
is  of  the  greatest  importance. 

Many  excellent  suggestions  for  the  St.  Louis  pro- 
gram have  been  received  from  members.  However, 
the  recommendations  are  so  conflicting  that  it  seems 
hopeless  to  base  a  program  thereon.  Inasmuch  as  the 
St.  Louis  meeting  is  held  in  conjunction  with  the  De- 
partment of  School  Administrators,  it  would  seem  that 
our  program  at  that  time  should  be  of  primary  interest 
to  administrators  and  should  deal  largely  with  admin- 
istrative problems  and  policies.  And  since  the  sum- 
mer meeting  is  held  as  part  of  the  regular  convention 
of  the  NEA  at  which  the  majority  of  those  in  attend- 
ance are  classroom  teachers,  it  would  seem  that  this 
program  ought  to  deal  mostly  with  the  problems  of  the 
classroom.  With  this  in  mind,  I  am  submitting  the 
following  general  program  to  the  Executive  Committee 
for  approval. 

First   Day 
Morning  Session — The  Educational  Motion  Picture 


A.  How  the  educational  motion  picture  is  produced. 

B.  How  to  use  the  educational  motion  picture  most 
effectively  in  the  classroom. 

Afternoon  Session — Panel  Discussion 

Where  Are  We  Headed  in  Visual  Instruction. 
Seven  or  eight  to  participate  with  a  discussion 
leader. 

Second  Day 
Morning  Session — Standards  in  Visual  Instruction 

A.  Budgetary  provision      C.  Materials  of  Instruction 

B.  Classroom   facilities        D.  Teacher  training 
Afternoon  Session  —  Directing  the  Visual  Instruction 

Program 

A.  The  Statewide  Program 

B.  The  City  Program 

C.  The  Individual  School  Program 
Several  luncheon  and  dinner  programs  will  also 

be  arranged.  J.  E.  Hansen,  President. 

Our  Human  Resources 

NOT  to  be  outdone  by  federal,  industrial  and  pro- 
fessional surveys,  the  Department  of  Visual  In- 
struction has  made  a  survey  of  its  own  resources.  We 
are  proud  to  list  the  findings  of  a  recent  questionnaire 
in  which  the  members  of  the  Department  were  asked 
to  tell  what  their  positions  were,  their  interests  and 
activities,  and  their  affiliation  with  other  professional 
groups. 

Particularly  heartening  was  the  overwhelming  agree- 
ment of  the  180  persons  returning  the  questionnaire  to 
serve  on  committees  and  to  help  our  organization  in 
any  other  useful  way.  It  would  indeed  be  a  waste  of 
resources  if  we  did  not  utilize  these  offers  of  assistance. 

A  glance  at  the  listing  below  will  reveal  that,  through 
our  membership  we  may  reach  a  great  variety  of  edu- 
cators and  business  people;  that  we  can  extend  visual 
instruction  to  many  fields  of  educational  experience; 
that  articles  and  books  have  already  been  published  by 
several  of  our  members ;  that  some  splendid  activities, 
such  as  addressing  teacher  groups,  parent  groups,  and 
the  like  are  being  carried  on ;  that  our  members  are 
affiliated  with  many  other  important  professional  groups 
through  whom  they  appear  to  be  cooperating  in  the 
promotion  of  visual  instruction ;  and,  what  is  most  im- 
portant, that  they  want  to  help  in  strengthening  the 
work  of  our  organization ! 

I.    Who  are  our  members?   (Based  on  the  returns 
from  180  of  the  625  members). 
Directors  of  visual  instruction      Principals  in  charge  of  visual 

centers  for  a  state  n* 

Directors  of  visual  instruction      t-.^*".        t        ••     T^•  •  • 

Director  of  a  city  Division 

centers  for  a  city  „f  p^yic  Health 

High  school  teachers  in  charge      Public   health  worker   in  a 

of  visual  aids  large    insurance   company 


Page   336 


The  Educational  Screen 


SEEING 

IS  BELIEVINGI 

No  matter  what  the  subject 
taught  .  .  .  the  mind  receives 
fullest  significance,   understands 
with  greatest  clarity  —  if  the  les- 
son has  been  conveyed  by  the  eyes! 

YOU  WILL  EDUCATE   BEST 

IF  YOU  EDUCATE 

PICTORIALLY! 


FOR  ENTERTAINMENT,  NO  GREATER 
PICTURES  ARE  AVAILABLE 

SPIRIT  OF  CULVER— 

Jackie  Cooper,  Freddie  Bartholomew 
YOU  CANT  CHEAT  AN  HONEST  MAN— 

W.  C.  Fields,  Edgar  Bergen,  Charlie  McCarthy 
THREE  SMART  GIRLS  GROW  UP— Deanna  Durbin 
THE  FAMILY  NEXT  DOOR— 

Hugh  Herbert,  Joy  Hodges 
EASE  SIDE  OF  HEAVEN— Bing  Crosby 
THAT  CERTAIN  AGE— Deanna  Durbin 
EX-CHAMP— Victor  McLaglen 
THE  SUN  NEVER  SETS— 

Doug.  Fairbanks,  Jr.,  Basil  Rathbone 
UNEXPECTED  FATHER— 

"Sandy",   Mischa  Auer,  Dennis  O'Keefe 
WHEN  TOMORROW  COMES— 

Irene  Dunne,  Charles  Boyer 
THE  MIKADO— 

Kenny  Baker,  Jean  Colin,  Martin  Green 
(and  many  others) 


Write   to    Universal's    Non-Theatrical 

Department  for  further  information 

regarding  short  and  feature-length 

pictures,  travelogues,  cartoons 

and  other  motion  pictures. 

CATALOGUE   16 


UNIVERSAL  PICTURES 
COMPANY,  INC. 

Roclcefeller  Center  New  York.  N.  Y. 

CIRCLE  7-7100 


Textbook   accountant    in    a 
State  department  of  edu- 
cation 
Elementary  school  teachers  in 

charge  of  visual  aids 
College  teachers  in  charge  of 

visual  aids 
High  school  principals 
Elementary  school  principals 
Superintendents  of  schools 
Heads  of  departments  in  high 

school 
Supervisors  of  instruction 
Representatives  of  commercial 
firms,  mainly  executives   of 
these  firms 

II.  What  are  their  spec 

-All  aspects  of  visual  instruc- 
tion 

Special  aspects  of  the  field,  such 
as  administration,  teacher 
training,  etc. 

Social  studies 

Elementary  curriculum  in  gen- 
eral 

Science,    elementary    and 
secondary 

Geography 

English  and  literature 

Biology,  physics,  chemistry 
and  other  special  aspects  of 
science 

III.  What    activities    in 
members  engage  in? 

Addressing  educational  meet- 
ings 

Committee  work  in  state  vis- 
ual education  groups 

Attending  county  institutes, 
and  other  conferences  on 
visual  education 


Miscellaneous  positions : 

College  president 

Professor  of  modern  lang- 
uages 

Director  of  a  national  film 
project 

Director  of  visual  aids  for 
a  city  division  of  a  Pro- 
testant church 

A  vocational  agriculture 
teacher 

Dancing  instructor 

Atliletic   instructor 

Graduate  students 

Workers  in  departments  of 
visual  education  or  edu- 
cational museums 

ial  interests? 

Mathematics 
Agriculture 
Guidance 

Health  and  nature  study 
Industrial  and  vocational  edu- 
cation 
Modern  languages 
Human  relations 
Sports 

Religious  education 
CCC  education 
P.T.A.  work 
Radio 
Museum  work 


visual    instruction    do  out 

Organizing    a     state-wide    or 

regional   conference 
Giving  extension  courses 
Writing    masters'    theses    and 

doctoral  dissertations  in  the 

field 


IV.      Of  what  other  professional  organizations  are 
they  meinbers? 


National    Education    Associa- 
tion 

Member   organizations  of   the 
N.E.A.: 
Department    of    Elementary 

Principals 
Department     of     Secondary 

Education 
Department     of    Classroom 

Teachers 
Department   of    Supervisors 
Directors  of   Instruction 
American      Association      of 
School   Administrators 

State  educational  organizations 

Health  organizations 

National  Council  of  Teachers 
of   Social   Studies 

National  Council  of  Teachers 
of  Mathematics 

National  Council  of  Teachers 
of   English 

National  Vocational  Guidance 
Association 

National  Board  of  Review 

National     University    Exten- 
sion Division 

National  Society  for  the  Study 
of  Education 

National     Society    of    College 
Teachers 


American  Chemical  Society 
American  Association  for  the 

Advancement  of  Science 
American  Association  of  Uni- 
versity Women 
Administrative   Women   in 

Education 
Women's  International  League 

for  Peace  and  Freedom 
Society  for  Curriculum  Study 
American  Historical  Society 
Physics  Teachers'  Association 
Geography  Teachers'  organiz- 
ation 
State  chemical  associations 
Staten   Island   Zoological   So- 
ciety 
N.  Y.  Society  for  the  Experi- 
mental  Study  of   Education 
N.  Y.  Schoolmasters'  Club 
Theatre  Arts  Committee 
Film    Audiences    for    Demo- 
cracy 
Museum  organizations 
Amateur  Cinema  League 
Canadian    National    Film   So- 
ciety 
Saskatchewan    Teachers'    As- 
sociation 
Fraternities,  such  as  Phi  Delta 
Kappa  and  Kappa  Delta  Pi 


November,  19)9 


Page  337 


V'.    Where  have  their  articles  been  published? 


Educational    Screen 
Nation's  Schools 
Journal    of    Educational    So- 
ciology 
Education 

Secondary  Education 
P.T.A.  Journal 

The    alx>ve   informal  ioti 


Business    Screen 
Historical   Outlook 
State  education  journals 
CollcKC  magazines 
Newspaper  articles 
Independent  pamphlets  or 

guides 
is   recommended    for    con- 


structive action  to  the  new  officers  of  the  Department, 
and  to  the  Executive  Committee. 

The  Editorial  Committee. 

Etta  Schneider,  Chairman. 

Freeman  Leaves  Chicago 

Professor  Frank  .\.  I-reenian,  for  many  years  on 
the  Advisory  Board  and  now  President  of  Educational 
Screen,  director  of  the  important  series  of  studies 
made  under  the  sponsorship  of  the  Commonwealth 
Fund,  published  in  the  volume  Visual  Education 
(U.  of  Chicago  Press,  1924),  collaborator  with  Ben 
D.  Wood  in  the  Eastman  teaching  films  experiments 
(Motion  Pictures  in  the  Classroom,  Houghton  Mifflin, 
1929),  and  Professor  of  Education  at  the  University  of 
Chicago  has  been  appointed  Dean  of  the  School  of 
Education  at  the  University  of  California  in  Berkeley. 

News  Note 

In  two  of  her  recent  columns  of  "My  Day"  Mrs. 
Eleanor  Roosevelt  described  some  interesting  projects 
in  visual  education  being  carried  on  under  the  spon- 
sorship of  WPA.     Mrs.  Roosevelt  wrote, 

"I  saw  two  WP.\  projects  during  the  morning.  One,  a 
visual  education  project  in  a  school,  was  turning  out  extremely 
good  material  such  as  posters,  pictures  of  birds,  samples  of 
grass,  trees,  bugs,  etc.,  for  use  in  schools  throughout  the  dis- 
trict. (Youngstown,  Ohio.)  The  other  was  an  Ohio  state 
project.  .  .  .  Newspapers  are  being  indexed  and  microfilms 
of  the  pages  are  being  made." 

"This  morning  I  went  out  with  Mr.  Qjnnor,  regional  di- 
rector of  WPA,  and  saw  a  project  which  is  being  conducted 
in  collaboration  with  the  university.  Men  and  women,  under 
able  supervision,  are  gathering  source  material  for  use 
throughout  the  state  by  other  projects  which  are  making  visual 
material  of  various  kinds  to  be  used  in  public  school  work. 

"For  instance,  in  the  source  project,  a  young  colored  man 
showed  me  drawings  he  had  executed  of  a  Dutch  kitchen. 
It  was  perfect  in  every  detail.  With  the  kitchen  went  the 
details  of  figures  showing  the  clothes  worn  by  men  and  women 
of  the  period  and  listing  the  materials  from  which  they  were 
made.  There  will  be  an  exhibit  here  next  week  (Ann  Arbor) 
.  .  .  and  this  morning  I  saw  part  of  the  exhibit.  There  were 
dolls  in  foreign  and  period  costumes,  ships,  which  began  with 
the  savage  who  floated  on  a  log  and  continued  up  to  the 
modern  steamships,  houses  of  various  periods  and  many  other 
things,  all  beautifully  made.  The  thing  which  interested  me 
most  was  a  series  of  maps  showing  the  condition  of  the  soil  in 
various  parts  of  the  state.  .     ." 

A^.  Y.  World-Telegram,  October  24  and  28,  1939 

( Note :  Would  our  readers  like  to  know  more  of  the 
work  of  WPA  in  making  realia  and  other  visual  aids 
for  education? — Ed.) 

*      *      *       * 

Another  news  item  concerning  Mrs.  Roosevelt  is  of 
interest : 

"Eleanor  Roosevelt  has  written  an  article  on  the 
educational  force  of  the  movies  for  the  anniversary  issue 
of  Variety  (a  dailv  trade  paper  for  the  movie  in- 
dustry)." N.  Y.  Post,  Oct.  28,  1939. 


A  MODERN  RCA 
SCHOOL  SOUND  SYSTEM 

designed  and  priced 


for  small  schools! 


^^^^Ti^:,i1    _     - 


Now.. .take  advantage  of  the  administrative  and  edu- 
cational benefits  offered  by  one  of  these  outstanding 
systems  —  yours  at  a  price  your  budget  can  afTordI 


T  T  ERE  i  s  the  centralized  sound 
^^  system  that  small  schools 
everywhere  are  installing!  A 
system  with  features  that  dis- 
tinguish much  more  costly 
units — yet  which  is  available 
at  a  price  that  comes  well  with- 
in limited  school  budgets. 

Give  your  school  the  bene- 
fits this  system  offers.  Its  edu- 
cational value  alone  would 


make  it  a  worth-while  pur- 
chase. But  even  more  impor- 
tant is  its  value  to  you  in  the 
speedy  administration  of 
school  affairs. 

We'll  be  glad  to  tell  you  how 
this  equipment  lightens  your 
administrative  burdens.  For  a 
demonstration,  additional  in- 
formation and  price  quota- 
tions, just  send  the  coupon. 


Look  at  These  Valuable  Features  I 


t)csiicncd  for  schools  up  to  20 
classrooms,  easily  adapted  to 
schools  up  to  40  classrooms,  plus 
sound  amplification  for  the 
school  auditorium.  Has  12-tube 
Hiich  Fidelity  RCA  Victor  radio, 
built-in  Victrola.  complete  2'Way 


communication  system.  Speech, 
music,  radio  and  recorded  pro- 
srams  may  be  sent  to  any  room 
or  jcroupof  rooms.  Beautiful  wal- 
nut cabinet  —  only  42  inches 
lonK.  18-3/4  inches  high  and 
14-3/4  inches  deep. 


Modern  schools  sUy  modern  with  RCA  radio  tubes  in  their  sound  equipment. 
Trade-mark   "RCA  Victor"  Reit.  U.  S.  Pat.  Off.  by  RCA  Mf«.  Co..  Inc. 


SOUND  SERVICE  FOR  SCHOOLS 


Educational  Dept., 
RCA   Manufactur- 
ing Co.,  inc., 
Camden.  N.  J. 
A  Service  of  the 
Radio  Corporation 
of  America. 


I  |^uSdsy««'"'°;;. ••  _.. 

'''    N*"" 

I    Sc/.«' V -^In'rooobU**- 

^.     ^'"'""desire,  "l"""""^. ^ 


Page   338 


The  Educational  Screen 


16mm.  TALKING  PICTURE  CLASSICS 


OLIVER  TWIST      •      LITTLE  MEN 
BLACK  BEAUTY       •      JANE  EYRE 

•  OLD     CURIOSITY     SHOP  • 

•  HOOSIER    SCHOOLMASTER  • 

Write  for   complete  catalog  of 
educational    and    recreational    films, 

AUDIO-FILM  LIBRARIES 

661    Bloomfield  Ave.  Bloomfield,  N.  J. 


Meetings 

•  Mr.  Lindstrom  reports  on  the  success  of  the  First 
South  American  Int'l  Exposition  of  Educational  Cine- 
matography in  Buenos  Aires  on  June  10,  1939  at  which 
time  samples  of  American  educational  films  were  shown 
and  well  received.  Among  the  films  shown  there  were: 
Flowers  at  Work  (Erpi),  with  Spanish  commentary; 
How  You  See,  How  We  Hear  (Bray)  ;  Clouds,  The 
Cicada  (U.S.D.A.)  ;  The  Quest  of  the  Alaska  Sealskin 
(Fouke  Fur  Co.)  ;  and  two  films  on  dental  health 
(American  Dental  Association). 

■  The  Metropolitan  Branch  of  the  D.V.I,  devoted  its 
October  4th  meeting  to  the  use  of  visual  aids  in  primary 
grades,  at  which  time  a  sound  film,  a  talking-film-slide 
in  color,  lantern  slides  and  phonograph  records  were 
demonstrated. 

■  Many  of  the  members  of  D.V.I,  were  among  those 
present  at  the  recent  meeting  held  tmder  the  sponsor- 
ship of  the  Association  of  School  Film  Libraries  in 
New  York  City  on  October  5th  and  6th.  About  52 
persons  from  23  states  came  together  to  discuss  the 
problems  involved  on  the  distribution  of  films. 


Puritan  New  England  comes  to  life  on  the  school  screen 

SCARLET  LEHER  by  Nathaniel  Hawthorne 

with  Colleen   Moore  —  8  reels   s-o-f 

LEWIS  FILM  SERVICE.  105  East  First  St. 

Wichita,    Kansas 


■  As  indicative  of  the  wide-spread  interest  in  visual 
instruction,  Miss  Rita  Hochheimer  reports  that  she 
was  invited  to  speak  at  the  opening  session  of  a  course 
on  child  welfare  given  by  the  N.Y.C.  Police  Department 
on   the  use  of  visual  aids ! 


NEW  LET'S    SING    AGAIN    -    - 

PDIMTC  HOOSIER    SCHOOLBOY    ■ 

rKinia  3LACK   BEAUTY    .... 

ONLY  HOOSIER  SCHOOLMASTER 

Pnces  include  one  reel  cartoon  comedy. 

SWANK  MOTION  PICTURES,  5861  Plymouth,  St.  Louis 


$15.00 

12.50 

9.00 

9.00 


WE   HAVE   MOVED   TO    LARGER   QUARTERS  I 

THE 

MANSE 

LIBRARY 

1521    DANA 

AVENUE 

CINCINNATI,   OHIO 

16  MM 

SOUND 

FILMS 

Over  100 

Selected  Pictures.  A  card  will  bring 
our  catalog. 

oi'    ™,-„  General    Science,    11    rolls.    $20 

Si  ¥  w    iwi  Principles  of  Physics,   7   rolls.  $12 

V   I  Ij  Nl  Principles  of  Chemistry.  8  rolls.  $14 

SLIDES  Fundamentals  of  Biology.  4  rolls,  $9 

Order  on  approval  or  send  for  free  folder  and  sample 

VISUAL     SCIEIVCES,     SuHem,  New  York 


Make   Your   Own   Ground    Glass    Slides 

easily  and  quickly,  by  usingr  GLASSIVE,  an  abrasive  which  makes 
ground  ^lass  slides  from  plain  cover  elass  for  only  a  fraction 
of  a  cent  each !     50c  packaee. 

For  !Von-Photographic  Slides 

use  CELLOSLIDE.  Has  many  uses—for  enlarging  illustrative  ma- 
terials, for  making:  sons:  slides,  announcements,  cheers,  etc.  Elimi- 
nates necessity  of  writing:  on  ^ass.     500  sheets  for  $1.00. 

TEACHIIVG       AlBS       SERVICE 

JAMAICA    PLAIN  MASSACHUSETTS 


STATEMENT    OF    OWNERSHIP.    MANAGEMENT,    CIRCULATION. 
ETC..  REQUIRED  BY  THE  ACT  OF  CONGRESS 

OF  AUGUST  24.  1912 

Of  The  Educational  Screen,  published  monthly  except  July  and  August, 
at  Pontiac.  111.,  for  October  1.  1939.  State  of  Illinois.  County  of  Cook,  ss. 
Before  me.  a  notary  public  in  and  for  the  State  and  county  afore- 
said, personally  appeared  Nelson  L.  Greene,  who,  having  been  duly 
sworn  according  to  law,  deposes  and  says  that  he  is  the  editor  of  The 
Educational  Screen,  and  that  the  followine  is.  to  the  best  of  his 
knowledge  and  belief,  a  true  statement  of  the  ownership,  management 
(and  if  a  daily  paper,  the  circulation),  etc.,  of  the  aforesaid  publica- 
tion for  the  date  shown  in  the  above  caption,  renuired  by  the  Act  of 
August  24,  1912,  as  amended  by  Act  of  March  3.  1933.  embodied  in 
section  537,  Postal  Laws  and  Regulations,  printed  on  the  reverse  of 
this  form,   to-wit: 

1.  That  the  names  and  addresses  of  the  publisher,  editor,  manag- 
ing editor,  and  buaines.s  managers  are:  Publisher,  Nels«n  L.  Greene, 
64  E.  Lake  Street.  Chicago,  111, ;  Editor,  Nelson  L.  Greene,  64  E.  Lake 
Street.   Chicago.   111. 

2.  That  the  owner  is:  Th"  Educational  Screen,  Inc.,  64  E.  Lake 
Street,  Chicago.  111.  Katherine  Slaught,  Grand  Beach.  Michigan  :  Nelson 
L.  Greene,  5836  Stony  Island  Ave..  Chicago:  Estate  of  Frederick  J. 
Lane,  6450  Kenwood  Ave.,  Chicago:  Marguerite  Orndorff.  1617  Central 
Ave.,  Indianapolis,  Ind. :  Frank  Greene,  Ocala.  Fla.  ;  Marie  Craig, 
Bangor,  Me. ;  Estate  of  J.  J.  Weber,  Bay  City,  Texas. 

3.  That  the  known  bondholders,  mortgagees,  and  other  security 
holders  owning  or  holding  1  per  cent  or  more  of  total  amount  of  bonds, 
mortgages,  or  other  securities  are:    (If  there  are  none,  so  state.)   None. 

4.  That  the  two  paragraphs  next  above,  giving  the  names  of  the 
owners,  stockholders,  and  security  holders,  if  any,  contain  not  only 
the  list  of  stockholders  and  security  holders  as  they  appear  upon  the 
books  of  the  company  but  also,  in  cases  where  the  stockholder  or  se- 
curity holder  appears  upon  the  books  of  the  company  as  trustee  ^  or 
in  any  other  fiduciary  relation,  the  name  of  the  person  or  corporation 
for  whom  such  trustee  is  acting,  is  given  ;  also  that  the  said  two  para- 
graphs contain  statements  embracing  affiant's  full  knowledge  and  be- 
lief as  to  the  circumstances  and  conditions  under  which  stockholders 
and  security  holders  who  do  not  appear  upon  the  books  of  the  com- 
pany as  trustees,  hold  stock  and  securities  in  a  capacity  other  thap 
that  of  a  bona  fide  owner:  and  this  affiant  has  no  reason  to  believ* 
that  any  other  person,  association,  or  corporation  has  any  interesi 
direct  or  indirect  in  the  said  stock,  bonds,  or  other  securities  than 
as  so  stated  by  him. 

5.  That  the  average  number  of  copies  of  each  issue  of  this  pub* 
lication  sold  and  distributed,  through  the  mails  or  otherwise,  to  paid 
subscribers  during  the  six  months  preceding  the  date  shown  above 
is  .      (This  information   is  required   from   daily  publications   only.) 

NELSON  L.  GREENE, 

Publisher. 
Sworn  to  and  subscribed  before  me  this  21st  day  of  October,   1939. 


(SEAL) 


HELEN    NOONAW 
(My    commission    expires    October,    1940) 


November,  19)9 


Page  339 


^liE  ^^sdsxaL  ^jiLm 


A  page  edited  by  Arch  A.  Mercey 

Assistant  Director,  United  States  Film  Service, 
Washington,  D.  C. 


WITH  increased  interest  in  aviation  on  the  part 
of  schools,  educators  might  protitabiy  examine 
the  source  of  films  on  flying  available  from  the  Gov- 
emment.  The  U.  S.  Army  Air  Corps  has  40  subjects 
covering  historical,  technical,  training,  and  military 
problems  of  aviation.  It  should  be  emphasized  that 
while  the  Air  Corps  has  a  number  of  different  subjects 
in  its  film  library,  the  limited  supply  of  prints  compels 
it  to  confine  lending  activities  to  aeronautical  and  mili- 
tary organizations  and  to  schools  with  aviation  courses. 
As  a  matter  of  practice  schools  having  courses  in  avia- 
tion must  be  under  the  direction  of  an  instructor  recog- 
nized by  the  Air  Corps  as  fully  qualified  under  its 
regulations.  Unless  your  school  can  meet  such  require- 
ments, it  will  be  inadvisable  to  request  films.  Those 
eligible  may  write  to  the  Office  of  the  Chief  of  the  Air 
Corps,  Information  Division.  War  Department,  Wash- 
ington, D.  C,  for  mimeographed  descriptive  folder 
listing  films  and  giving  brief  synopses  of  subjects. 

While  many  of  the  subjects  are  geared  to  military 
training  purposes,  the  list  contains  a  number  of  films 
which  should  have  general  appeal.  The  diversity  of 
subject  matter  is  suggested  by  some  of  the  listings: 
The  Birth  of  Aviation;  Commercial  Aviation  in 
Europe;  Development  of  Transportation;  glider  con- 
test in  films  made  in  France,  Germany  and  the 
U.  S.  A. ;  Around  the  World  Flight;  Man's  Farthest 
Aloft  (stratosphere  flight,  1935) ;  Airflow  Tests  with 
Smoke;  Hotv  a  Seagull  Flies;  Radio  Beacon;  Theory 
of  Flight;  Aerial  Life  Preservers  (parachutes)  ;  Wings 
of  Peace  (good  will  flight  of  six  "Flying  Fortresses" 
to  South  America,  1938).  In  addition  to  these  sub- 
jects the  Army  has  a  number  geared  along  instructional 
lines  for  military  and  aeronautical  groups. 

New  Film  on  Housing  Available 

Housing  In  Our  Time,  a  two-reel  sound  film,  has 
just  been  released  by  the  United  States  Housing 
Authority.  In  announcing  the  film  the  U.S.H.A.  says. 
"The  ruthless  eye  of  the  camera  roves  over  the  land 
to  dispel  the  comforting  myth  that  the  slum  exists  only 
in  the  big  city.  It  explores  the  repulsive  shacks  of  the 
small  town  as  well  as  the  dark  alleys  under  the  sha- 
dow of  the  Nation's  Capitol.  It  finds  in  rural  shelters 
no  less  misery  than  in  the  tenements  of  New  York  or 
in  the  miners'  huts  of  Pittsburgh. 

"However,  it  is  through  its  recording  of  the  grim 
details  of  the  every-day  life  of  a  low-income  family  in 
Jacksonville,  Fla.,  that  the  film  makes  real  the  nature 
of  the  straggle  that  millions  of  Americans  must  carry 
on  to  maintain  seW-respect  and  create  a  home  in  slum 
dwellings.     These  scenes  give  the  picture  distinction 


and  demonstrate  the  irresistible  necessity  for  public 
housing." 

Local  housing  authorities  will  cooperate  with  the 
U.  S.  Housing  Authority  in  distribution  of  the  subject. 
If  your  city  has  a  local  housing  authority  make  your 
request  to  that  organization.  If,  however,  your  locality 
has  no  housing  authority,  write  to  the  U.  S.  Housing 
-Authority,  Washington,  D.  C.  Purchase  prints  will 
be  available  at  approximately  $17.50  for  16  mm  and  ap- 
proximately $35  for  35  mm  prints.  Purchase  inquiries 
should  be  directed  to  the  Housing  Authority  in 
Washington. 

WPA  Films 

Several  questions  have  been  raised  regarding  avail- 
able Work  Projects  Administration  films.  This  agency 
has  six  films  available  in  both  16  and  35mm  prints, 

{Concluded  on  page  345) 


SOUND   and   PICTURE 

FIDELITY 

makes  HOLMES  Sound-on-Film 
Projectors  outstanding  favorites 

for  the  better  class  of  assembly  room 
and  class  room  instruction. 

In  Auditoriunu  holding 
audiences  ol  2000  or 
more.  Holmes  Projectors 
with  portable  arc  lamps 
are  comparable  with  ma- 
chines costing  two  to 
three  times  as  much. 


.^S  MM  Intarial 
for  Auditorlvat. 


Page   340 


The  Educational  Screen 


f  ^  This  little 

H«T  looking  forward 
to  her  next 
Geography 
lesson 

WHY? 

Because  her  teacher  has  found  that  just  plain 
"book  lessons"  on  Geography  will  not  hold  the 
complete  interest  of  the  children.  She  has  dicovered 
that  by  supplementing  her  teaching  with  travel 
films,  the  children  look  forward  to  their  Geography 
classes  and  retain  the  lessons  better. 

Our  extensive  library  of  16  mm. 
educational  and  entertainment 
films,  covering  all  subjects,  are 
"proven  pictures"  used  by 
schools  everywhere.  Write  to 
Dept.  16E  for  new  catalogs  on 
educational  and  entertainment 
films  and  discover  for  yourself 
how  helpful  films  can  be  in  creating  new  interest 
in  your  classes. 


INCORPORATED 

234  Clarendon  St.  Boston,  Mass. 


16MM.    SOUr4D    ON    FILM 

for 
RENT  —  EXCHANGE  —  SALE 

A  few  of  our  Large  Catalogue  of 
RENTAL      SURJECTS 

WILD  INNOCENCE  •  LOST  JUNGLE  •  GIRL  OF  THE 
LIMBERLOST  •  KEEPER  OF  THE  BEES  •  I  CONQUER 
THE  SEA  •  MILLION  DOLLAR  BABY  •  IN  OLD  SANTA 
FE  *  MAN'S  BEST  FRIEND  •  OH  YEAH  •  HEARTS  OF 
HUMANITY  •  BLACK  GOLD  •  STRANGERS  OF  THE 
EVENING    •    CITY    LIMITS    •    HANDICAP    *    KLONDIKE 

•  HIGH  GEAR  *  PARDON  MY  GUN  •  YOUNG  DYNAMITE 

•  LAST  OF  THE  WARRENS  *•  WILDERNESS  MAIL  ic 
KENTUCKY  BLUE  STREAK  *  all  PETER  B.  KYNE'S  sub- 
jects; all  RICHARD  TALMADGE  and  RIN  TIN  TIN,  Jr. 
subjects:  all  TOM  TYLER,  JACK  PERRIN  and  JACK  HOXIE 
WESTERNS:     all     FRED     SCOTT'S    MUSICAL    WESTERNS. 

Altogether  300  Features  and  600  Shorts 
from     which     to     pick     your     prosrams 

Not  One  Mediocre  Picture  in  Our  Library 

Film    Rental    Catalogue  —  Film    Sale    Catalogne 

Write    for    them 

CINE  CLASSIC  LIBRARY 

1041  JEFFERSON  AVE.  BROOKLYN,  N.  Y. 


yv. 


£071 


an 


Two  More  College  Film  Libraries 

The  Extension  Department  of  Arkansas  State 
Teachers  College  at  Conway  is  making  available  a  film 
library  for  the  use  of  the  schools  in  the  state,  adapted 
to  the  levels  of  both  junior  and  senior  high  school 
students.  At  present,  the  library  contains  approxi- 
mately sixty  films  for  distribution,  including  twenty 
Erpi  subjects,  renting  for  $1.50  the  first  day  and  50 
cents  per  day  thereafter,  and  a  number  of  commercial 
films  on  which  a  small  service  charge  is  made. 

Texas  Technological  College,  Lubbock,  has  also 
established  a  Department  of  Visual  Aids  in  its  Division 
of  Extension.  An  eight-page  pamphlet  classifies  its 
218  films  into  sixteen  subjects  of  the  curriculum — Art, 
Athletics,  Geography,  Health,  History,  Industry,  Lit- 
erature, Nature  Study,  etc.  Rental  prices  vary  from 
25c  per  film  to  $4.00. 

New  York  University  Film  Institute 

Through  an  initial  grant  of  $75,000  from  the  Alfred 
P.  Sloan  Foundation,  the  Educational  Film  Institute 
of  New  York  University  was  formed  during  the  sum- 
mer for  the  purpose  of  producing  and  distributing  edu- 
cational films,  and  making  studies  of  the  place  and 
application  of  the  film  in  formal  and  informal  education. 
Spencer  D.  Pollard,  of  the  department  of  economics 
of  Harvard  University,  has  been  appointed  executive 
director  of  the  Institute,  the  headquarters  of  which  will 
be  at  the  University's  Washington  Square  Center. 

New  Photoplay  Study  Guides 

Study  Guides  to  theatrical  photoplays  published  thus 
far  this  season  by  Educational  and  Recreational  Guides, 
New  York  City,  include  Rulers  of  the  Sea,  Hollywood 
Cavalcade,  The  Real  Glory,  Mr.  Smith  Goes  to  Wash- 
ington, Drums  along  the  Mohawk,  Nurse  Edith  Cavell, 
Wizard  of  Oz,  Stanley  and  Livingstone,  and  They  Shall 
Have  Music. 

A  Report  from  Illinois 

Audiences  totaling  more  than  2,000,000  persons, 
all  of  them  students  in  Illinois  elementary  or  high 
schools,  last  year  viewed  educational  motion  pictures 
provided  through  the  Visual  Aids  service  of  the  Uni- 
versity of  Illinois,  the  largest  source  of  instructional 
films  available  to  Illinois  schools.  The  total  pupil 
audience  viewing  educational  films  supplied  through 
the  University  of  Illinois  increased  25  per  cent  last 
year  over  the  previous  year.  With  each  pupil  seeing 
approximately  20  subjects  during  the  year,  the  num- 
ber of  individual  pupils  seeing  the  films  is  estimated 
at  some  100,000. 

More  than  300  Illinois  schools  are  clients  of  the 
University  of  Illinois  service.  They  are  located  through- 
out the  state,  excepting  the  city  of  Chicago,  whose 
school  system  has  its  own  private  film  library.    Largest 


November,  19)9 


Page  341 


<^A/o^£l 


client  of  tlie  University  of  Illinois  service  is  the  Joliet 
school  system,  having  19  buildings  and  some  6,500 
pupils.  One  of  the  smallest  clients  is  the  one-room 
Oakley  rural  school,  located  near  Decatur,  which  has 
28  pupils. 

"Educational  motion  pictures  have  proved  excellent 
materials  with  which  to  teach,"  Mr.  Peterson,  Super- 
visor of  the  service,  reports.  "Physical  and  biological 
sciences  arc  the  most  popular  subjects,  followed  by 
geography,  agriculture,  English,  speech,  music." 

Northwestern  Hispamc  Film  Progrcons 

In  recognition  of  the  growing  importance  of  friendly 
relations  with  Central  and  South  American  republics, 
the  University  College  of  Northwestern  University 
sponsored  a  series  of  lectures  and  motion  pictures  on 
Hispanic  .America  this  fall,  beginning  October  27th. 
At  each  of  the  four  meetings  held,  a  feature  picture 
and  a  short  subject  were  shown,  with  both  Spanish 
and  English  dialogue  and  brief  comments  by  authorities. 

The  University  College  has  issued  a  new  bulletin 
describing  it.s  part-time  instructional  service  in  the 
field  of  adult  education  and  listing  the  Service  Studies 
available  for  free  distribution.  Four  deal  with  visual 
aid  material :  "Visual  Education  and  the  Adult",  "Vis- 
ual Aids  in  -Vdult  Education",  "An  Educational  Mo- 
tion Picture  Series  on  Contemporary  Problems", 
"Adult  Preferences  in  Educational  Motion  Picture 
Programs". 

Further  inquiries  should  be  addressed  to  the  Uni- 
versity College,  Room  151.  357  East  Chicago  .\ venue, 
Chicago. 

American  Labor  Film  Alliance 

A  new  venture  in  the  field  of  visual  education  for 
I^-ibor  groups,  the  American  Labor  Film  Alliance,  is 
under  way.  This  organization  is  to  make  an  extensive 
survey  of  the  educational  film  field,  establish  a  labor 
film  library  for  its  nu-mbers  and  with  the  cooperation 
of  existing  organizations  in  the  field,  promote  and  en- 
courage making  of  educational  films  to  be  used  among 
labor  groups. 

The  Affiliate  School  for  Workers  as  well  as  the 
l\and  School  for  Social  Science  are  participating  in 
formulation  of  the  program  for  future  activity  of  the 
organization.  The  U.  S.  Cooperative  League  which  is 
now  making  a  picture  of  its  own  is  also  backing  the 
project. 

All  teachers  and  others  interested  in  this  important 
venture  are  asked  to  contribute  by  sending  in  film 
material  which  can  be  used  by  labor  organizations  as 
well  as  any  ideas  they  may  have  in  making  new  movies 
for  such  use.  Headquarters  of  the  organization  are  in 
room  505,  7  East  15th  Street,  New  York  City. 


now  brings        1 

to  your  screen           1 
from  2"  X  2"  slides      J 

THREE   MODELS:    lOO-WAH    •    200-WAn    •    300-WAn* 

1  N  BRILLIANCE  of  screen  results,  Spencer  Model 
MK  Delineascopes  surpass  all  previous  standards 
in  the  moderate  priced  field. 

Due  to  exceptional  optical  efficiency,  the  ratings 
of  these  projectors  —  100-watt,  200-watt  and  300- 
watt — would  lead  you  to  underestimate  the  true 
volume  of  illumination  which  reaches  the  screen. 
Only  an  actual  demonstration  in  the  classroom  or 
auditorium  can  reveal  how  brilliantly  the  full 
quality  of  your  slides  is  magnified  and  projected. 

Optical  and  mechanical  features  of  design  in  all 
three  models  provide  full  protection  against  damage 
to  films — either  black  and  white  or  color. 

We  have  just  published  a  new  folder  fully  illus- 
trating these  instruments.  Write  Dept.  Y 12  for 
your  copy. 

*300-tvalt  model  equipped  with  cooling  fan  unit. 

Spencer  Lens  Company 


BUFFALS.    K     V 


MICROSCOPES 
MICROT«MIS 
PHOTOMICROGRAPHIC 
EQUIPMENT 


REFRACTOMETERS 

COLORIMETERS 

SPECTROMETERS 

PROJECTOR* 


Page   342 


The  Educational  Screen 


Universal  I£t: 

SOUND  PROJECTOR  ^*'5; 

Low    in    cost,    Universal    1 6MM 

Sound  Projectors  offer  you  all  of 

the  important  new  features.  Four  •fULl  POWER  AMPLIFICATION 

models.  For  all  purposes.  Simple  mw  HEAVY  DUTY  SPEAKERS 

to  operate.  Economical  to  main- 

...  ,    _  ,  •2  INCH  n.6  LENS 

tain.  Licensed.  Guaranteed. 

•  3rd  INTENSO  CONDENSER  LENS 


•  2-SPEED  G.E.  MOTOR  &  GOV. 

•  REELS  TO  16" 

•  REVERSE  ACTION 

•  STILL  PICTURE  CLUTCH 

•  CENTRAL  OILING 

•  TURBO  MAXIMUM  COOLING 

•  REAR  SHUTTER 

HOW  PRICE  •  FOR  SOUNO  OR  SILENT  FILMS  mi  cLAW  INTERMIT.  ACTION 

•  FOR  CLASSROOM  OR  AUOITORIUM 

•  FOR  PUBLIC  ADORESS  OR  PHONO         •PERMANENT  CARRYING  CASES 


Universal  Sound  Projector  Div. 

SENTRY  SAFETY  CONTROL  CORP. 
1917-21  Oxford  SI.,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 
New  York  Office— 7600  Broadway,  N.Y.C. 


•  LICENSEO- WARRANTY 


4    MODELS 

Write   for  literature 


COLOR     and     SOUND 

2     REELS    —    16MM 

The      complete      fascinating      educational 

story  of  sponsre  fishine  off  the  Gulf  Coast 

of    Florida,    in    a    riot    of    natural    color. 

FOR  RENT  —  FOR  SALE 

PICTORIAL    FILMS,    INC. 

1650-E  Broadway  New  York  City 


Vivid  Visits  to  tlie  Far  Corners  ot  tlie  World 

—  entertaining,    instructive    16mm    S.O.F.    features  — also 
cartoons  and  shorts  in   silent  and  sound  for  rent   or  sale. 

WRITE  FOR  DETAILS 
OHIO  FILM  SERVICE— 137T  Penhurst  Rd.,  Cleveland,  Ohio 


FOUR  BARRIERS  '«  p'OsperHy  and  world 
peace.  Only  international  relations  teaching  film  jor  sale  m 
the  United  States.  Sale  price  to  dealers  and  libraries  $23  for 
one  f/dl  reel  of  sound  film.  Library  of  ERPI,  EASTMAN 
and  other  teaching  films  for  rent  on  low-cost  weekly  basts. 

„„___,__,   „»w  i.»   ^T-<ivTrri¥-'T»   59   East   Van  Bnren   Street, 

COLLEGE  FILM  CENTER  Chicago,     ILLINOIS 


MAKE  YOUR  OWN 

TYPEWRITER     SLIDES 

For    Screen    Projection 

USE        RADIO        MATS 

on   Mle  by  Theatre  Supply  Dealer* 
Write  for  Free  Sample 

RADIO-MAT  SLIDE  CO..  Inc. 

181*  Broadway.  DepLV.  New  Talk  City 


What  I  Expect  of  the  Administrators 

(Continued  from  page  328) 

industrial  films,  films  on  health  and  sanitation,  and  on 
safety.  The  showing  of  films  in  the  auditorium  creates 
a  certain  entertainment  reaction  that  serves  but  to 
retard  the  visual  program.  Visual  aids  are  teaching 
tools  and  as  much  should  receive  the  same  serious 
consideration  given  other  teaching  aids.  This  must  be 
kept  in  mind  if  visual  aids  are  to  be  entitled  to  public 
support  through  budgetary  allowance. 

The  replies  indicated  that  the  auditoriums  in  about 
three-quarters  of  the  schools  can  be  darkened  although 
the  manner  varied  from  the  orthodox  shades  to  Vene- 
tian blinds,  cardboard,  black  paper,  and  even  burlap. 
The  auditorium  seating  capacity  of  the  smaller  schools 
was  adequate  while  the  larger  schools  were  forced  to 
run  their  auditorium  projection  work  in  relays.  The 
auditorium  efficiency  (obtained  by  dividing  the  audi- 
torium seating  capacity  by  the  total  enrollment)  varied 
from  213  per  cent  in  the  smallest  enrollment  Group 
to  60  per  cent  for  the  schools  in  Group  V.  This  gave 
an  efficiency  of  1 10  per  cent  for  all  of  the  schools  having 
a  means  of  darkening  the  auditoriums.  Contrasted 
with  this  we  find  a  classroom  efficiency  varying  from 
27  per  cent  for  Group  1  to  7  per  cent  for  Group  V. 
and  an  average  of  13  per  cent.  Thus  the  number  of 
classrooms  equipped  for  projection  are  wholly  inade- 
quate and  as  a  result  the  projection  work  is  centered 
in  the  auditoriums  and  not  in  the  classrooms  where 
it  belongs. 

6.  Prepare  their  own  projection  material.  I  am 
convinced  that  this  is  the  phase  of  visual  work  that 
is  due  for  increasing  attention.  The  replies  from  a 
few  schools  bear  this  out.  Forty-two  per  cent  of  the 
schools  prepare  some  of  their  own  standard-size  lantern 
slides,  the  other  aids  receiving  little  consideration.  The 
candid  camera  for  film  strips  and  glass  slides  together 
with  the  camera  clubs  are  helping  in  this  type  of  work, 
and  it  is  by  this  means  that  development  is  most  apt 
to  occur.  A  few  individual  schools  are  acting  as 
pioneers  in  this  class  of  visual  work.  One  school  sys- 
tem made  its  own  motion-picture  film  on  safety  mea- 
sures in  bicycling.  Other  schools  signified  that  they 
made  films  on  athletics,  football  activities,  and  school 
activities  such  as  fire  drills.  The  great  possibilities  in 
still  pictures  are  being  neglected  however.  While  a 
few  schools  are  making  their  own  projection  material, 
to  a  certain  extent,  the  survey  showed  that  only  15  per 
cent  of  all  of  the  schools  were  active  in  this  respect. 
There  is  not  a  department  in  the  schools  where  the 
preparation  of  their  own  projection  material  could  not 
be  made  of  decided  benefit.  By  this  means  close  integra- 
tion with  the  courses  of  study  is  possible  and  an  interest 
is  created  in  the  results  not  possible  in  any  other  man- 
ner. Some  schools  are  doing  this  but  these  few  only 
emphasize  the  great  remainder. 

7.  Take  advantage  of  new  advances  in  the  visual 
field.  There  is  a  relatively  recent  development  that  is 
being  ignored  in  the  educational  field  and  that  is  the 
inicrophotographing  of  bound  and  unbound  material. 
The  insurance  companies,  banking  houses,  and  libraries, 


November,  1959 


Page  343 


were  (|uick  to  set-  the  iKMiflits  uf  this  but  the  many  uses 
in  educatilDn  have  passed  unnoticed.  I'ainous  ijaintings. 
iniiK^rtant  nianuseripts.  ducunients.  and  Ixioks  should 
be  niicropl)otogia])lied  and  tiled  in  the  school  libraries 
where  they  could  be  shown  at  a  moment's  notice  or 
leijuisitioned  for  classroom  jirojection  .The  school  could 
also  take  this  op]K>rtunity  to  microphotograph  the  per- 
manent school  records  and  protect  them  from  being 
irretrievably  lost  by  lire.  The  saving  in  space  may  be 
shown  by  the  fact  that  a  seventeen  pound  volume  of  the 
New  ^'()rk  Times  requires  only  a  film  spocd  3  11,  16 
inches  in  diameter  and  1  ^  inches  thick.  Records  can  be 
microphotographed  on  a  nominal  service  charge  basis. 
A  spool  of  film,  as  above,  will  take  4812 — 5"x8"  cards 
at  a  cost,  including  development,  of  about  $2.75. 

8.  Use  visual  aids  in  guidance.  That  some  schools 
are  doing  this  is  indicated  by  the  fact  that  26  per  cent 
of  them  answered  that  they  did  use  vi.sual  aids  for  this 
l)ur]xise.  This  work  consisted  largely  of  the  .school 
journey,  industrial  films,  and  college  films,  together 
with  till'  films  mentioned  under  (5).  Two  schools  used 
films  in  their  automobile  driving  courses.  Another 
correlat'-d  .sound  films  with  the  home  room  guidance 
program  on  alternate  weeks.  There  was  also  use  of  the 
lantern  slide  projector  and  o])a(iue  propector  to  illustrate 
courses  of  study  and  talks  on  guidance. 

9.  Increase  the  activity  of  all  departments.  I  have 
tabulated  results  showing  the  activity  of  the  depart- 
ments with  resjK-ct  to  each  aid  and  the  activity  of  each 
aid  with  respect  to  the  departments,  but  in  this  article 
I  will  include  only  one  table  dealing  with  the  depart- 
ments. This  is  a  summary  table  showing  the  compari- 
son between  the  available  equipment  and  how  much 
use  was  made  of  it. 


TABLE  2. 

Percentages   of   the   .Ability   of   the    Groups   to  Project   All 

Materials,  and  the  Percentages  of  .Activity  of  the  Departments 

with  Respect  to  All  of  These  Aids. 

DEPARTMENTS        Group      Group     Group  Group  Group  Total 
1 U            III  IV  V 

The  ability  to  project 

all  materials    28        36          43  46  45  41 

Science     17        24         28  30  34  27 

Social  studies    13        18          24  21  17  19 

English    9       19         17  17  13  IS 

Art    5          9           9  19  20  12 

Practical      arts      for 

boys     8        10          11  17  13  12 

Domestic  arts    5        14          12  9  12  11 

Physical    and    health 

education     8        11          13  10  11  11 

Foreign   language    ..5          8          11  16  12  10 

Commercial   arts    ...       3          4           6  10  12  7 

Music    3          3           9  11  4  6 

Mathematics     12           1  3  5  2 

Total    7        11          13  15  14  12 


It  will  be  noticed  that  41  per  cent  of  the  schools  are 
e(iuipix'd  to  project  all  of  the  visual  materials  and  that 
only  12  iK-r  cent  of  the  schools  take  advantage  of  all 
these  aids.  In  other  words  less  than  one-third  of  the 
schools  use  the  material  they  are  equipjjed  to  use.  With 
regard  to  all  of  the  schools  this  is  an  activity  per  cent 
of  about  five.  The  actual  situation  is  clearly  such  that 
there  can  be  little  question  of  where  room  for  improve- 
ment lies. 


IDEAL  PICTURES 
CORPORATION 

has  been  a  visual  education 

source   of   supply   for   over 

twenty  years. 

Send  for  our  20TH  ANNIVERSARY  Catalog 
listing  over  3500  16  mm  educational  and 
entertainment  films,  both  silent  and  sound. 

IDEAL  PICTURES  CORPORATION 


28  E.  EIGHTH  STREET 


CHICAGO.  OX. 


2402  WEST  SEVENTH  STREET         LOS   ANGELES,  CALIF. 


"The  ABC  of  Pottery'' 

Produced  at  the  University  of  Southern  Californiii,  ihih  film  on 
pottery  iPftking  faas  been   widely  acclaimed  by  visual  authorities. 

The  ABC  of  Pottiry  Making  shows  the  coil  method  of  con- 
struction in  detail,  i  ntitcly  by  use  of  giant  close-ups.  It  has 
been  successfully  used  for  teaching  ceramics  at  the  Department 
of  Fine  Arts,  University  of  Southern  California;  and  in  many 
elementary  and  junior  and  senior  high   schools. 

Available  for  sale  at  $24.00  ptr  ret  I  silent;  also  for  rental. 
^V'rite  Dtpt.  K-3  for  complete  information  on  this  and  other  films. 

BAILEY  FILM  SERVICE 

1651    Coimo   St.  Hollywood.    Calif. 


SOUND    AND    SILENT  CLASSR.OOM  FILMS 


Page  344 


The  Educational  Screen 


(J, 


n  an 


CL 


a±±%oom 


Conducted  by  Wilber  Emmert 

Director  Visual  Education,  State  Teachers  College,  Indiana,  Pa. 


Colored  Lantern  Slides  Aid  in  Teaching  Drawing 


By    M.    R.    KLEIN 

Instructor  of  Industrial  Arts, 
Public  Schools,  Cleveland,  Ohio 

COLORED  hand-made  lantern  slides  have  been 
used  with  pleasing  results  in  teaching  the  prin- 
ciples of  orthographic  projection  to  beginners  in  cer- 
tain mechanical  drawing  classes  in  Cleveland.  Each  of 
the  terms  top  view,  front  view,  and  end  view  takes 
on  a  di  liferent  meaning  when  these  views  are  shaded 
in  definite  separate  colors. 

The  use  of  colored  slides  to  teach  this  phase  of  draw- 
ing is  a  time  saver  because :  ( 1 )  The  lantern  slide  aids 
in  placing  the  picture  before  the  class  for  group  in-' 
struction,  and  (2)  Enables  the  pupils  to  more  readily 
understand  the  principles  of  drawing  by  the  addition 
of  this  colorful  visual  aid.  This  does  not  mean  that 
blueprints,  models,  charts,  or  blackboard  aids  should 
be  discarded,  but  that  the  use  of  colored  slides  is  an 
added  tool  in  the  hands  of  the  progressive  teacher. 
Pupils  who  otherwise  are  slow  in  comprehending  the 
relationship  between  the  surfaces  of  a  picture  sketch 
with  that  of  the  projected  views  are  more  apt  to 
learn  the  principles  of  drawing  in  much  less  time. 

The  technique  suggested  involves  first  the  making  of 
an  outline  of  the  picture  sketch  with  a  medium  lead 
pencil  upon  the  standard  3}i"  x  4"  etched  glass  slide. 


3  VILWS     OF    VI5L  JAW 


TOP  VI LW 
(Yellow") 

y 

fRONT  VltV/ 

ItN^IEwJ 

(Green) 


(Red) 


PICTURL 

SI^LTCH 

OF    VI5L  JAW 

X,,.--  Yellow 
^    \ 

\      \ 

1^ 

^ 

^ 

^T^ 

TOP  VltW  -(Yellow) 


fRONT  VltW  -(Grten')        END  VIE.W-  (Rtd) 

3  VltWS  OF    T-SLOT  5LIDL 


Yellow/ -^ 

(—-  Ytllow 

~\ 

Green  ^'^-^^^ 

\P^ 

-Ked 

PICTUHt. 

Sl^trcH  OF  T-5L0T  5LIDt 

Examples  of  Slides  for  Mechanical  Drawing  Classes. 


(see  illustration).  Next  the  surfaces  of  the  picture 
sketch  are  colored  with  lantern-slide  crayons.  It  is 
recommended  that  yellow,  red,  and  green  be  used  to 
represent  the  top  view,  front  view,  and  end  view  re- 
spectivelv.  The  projected  orthographic  views  are  then 
outlined  in  pencil  upon  a  second  etched  glass  slide 
with  the  views  (top,  front,  and  end)  colored-in  cor- 
responding to  the  colors  used  in  the  picture  sketch.  For 
example,  the  top  surface  view  of  the  picture  sketch  may 
be  colored  yellow,  likewise  the  top  view  of  the  second 
slide  should  be  shaded  yellow ;  the  front  surface  view  of 
the  picture  sketch  may  be  shaded  green,  likewise  the 
front  view  of  the  second  slide  should  be  shaded  green ; 
the  end  surface  view  of  the  picture  sketch  shaded  in 
red,  with  the  corresponding  end  view  on  the  second 
slide  shaded  in  red.  A  unity  of  thought  will  run 
through  the  hand-made  slides  if  the  colors  are  con- 
sistently used  as  suggested,  yellow  for  top  view,  green 
for  front  view,  and  red  for  end  view. 

The  colored  crayons  should  be  thoroughly  worked 
into  the  surface  of  the  slide.  Clear  bright  images  will 
result  if  the  color  is  applied  thickly  and  evenly  within 
the  pencil  outline,  then  the  whole  slide  shaved  with 
an  old  razor  blade  to  remove  the  excess  wax.  To  pro- 
tect the  colored  slide,  place  a  clear  cover  glass  over 
the  shaded  surface  and  bind  the  two  glasses  together 
with  any  one  of  the  various  types  of  tape  now  on  the 
market.  Notations  or  titles  may  be  lettered  on  the 
etched  glass  surface  in  pencil  before  the  binding  tape 
is  applied. 

An  introduction  to  mechanical  drawing  through  the 
use  of  slides  may  thus  be  satisfactorily  accomplished 
when  a  set  of  slides  is  prepared  and  presented  to 
pupils  in  sequence  of  difificulty. 

When  drawing  parallel,  vertical,  and  horizontal  lines 
on  slides,  use  a  cut-out  cardboard  to  hold  the  slide 
secure  (See  Educational  Screen,  p.  172,  May  1939) 
by  tacking  the  cardboard  to  the  drawing  board  and 
using  the  tee  square  and  triangles. 

Slides  such  as  these  are  inexpensive  to  make ;  they 
are  permanent ;  add  efficiency  to  the  teaching ;  and 
well  worth  the  time  to  make  by  any  progressive  and 
ambitious  teacher. 

Helpful  Hints  for  Lantern  Slide  Users 

To  remove  pencil  and  crayon  work  from  etched  glass 
slides,  apply  a  drop  of  oil,  then  rub  the  surface  with  a 
small  amount  of  kitchen  cleanser  and  water. 


November,  19)9 


Page  34$ 


ot  PICTUROLS 


nc/  Pupils  Learn  Faster 


These  rolls  of  35  mm.  film,  containing  series  of  still 
pictures  are  light,   easy  to   handle   and   easy  to   store. 

SOCIAL     STUDIES 

New  sets  of  Picturols,  compiled  by  leading  authorities  on 
History,  Geography  and  other  phases  of  Social  Studies 
are  available  at  low  cost  for  permanent  additions  to  your 
school  library.  Write  for  the  S.  V.  E.  catalog  on  these  and 
the  new  recently   enlarged   Vocational  Guidance  sets! 


SOCIETY    FOR    VISUAL    EDUCATION 

Dept.    11ES.    100    E.    Ohio    St.,    Chicago,    III. 


The  Federal  Film 

(Concluded  from  pajf  339) 

distributed  from  Washington  and  thirty  depositories 

located  in  various  parts  of  the  country. 

Shock  Troops  of  Disaster,  a  one-reeler  on  the  New 
England  hurricane,  shows  the  results  of  storm  destruc- 
tion and  rescue,  disaster  relief  and  rehabilitation  efforts. 

Rain  for  the  Earth  (two  reels)  pictures  drought  in 
the  Great  Plains  and  shows  steps  being  taken  in  build- 
ing dams  and  reservoirs  for  conservation. 

Man  Against  the  River  (one  reel)  shows  the  fight 
against  the  Ohio-Mississippi  flood  waged  on  wide 
fronts  by  various  Government,  state  and  private 
agencies. 

IVe  Work  Again  (two  reels,  15  min.)  is  a  story  of 
Negro  activities  under  the  works  program. 

Hands  (one  reel,  6  min.)  traces  the  circulation  of 
money  from  the  hands  of  workmen  through  the  marts 
of  trade. 

Work  Pays  America  (five  reels,  40  min.)  is  a  drama- 
tized record  of  accomplishment  under  the  Work 
Projects  Administration  and  predecessor  agencies. 

A  descriptive  mimeographed  folder  is  available  from 
the  W.  P.  A.  Motion  Picture  Section,  Washington, 
D.  C. 

"The  amount  of  visual  materials  used  in  the  schools  this 
year  has  greatly  increased.  Primary  pupils  and  their  teachers 
are  cooperating  in  a  survey  now  being  conducted  by  the  Director 
of  the  Bureau  of  N'isual  Instruction.  This  survey  will  help 
to  determine  what  new  films  and  slides  should  be  added  to 
the  visual  education  library  for  next  semester."  Quoted  from 
"Our  Schools,  1938-9*"  by  William  H.  Johnson,  Supt.  of  Schools, 
Chicago. 


COLOR  CARTOONS 

in     16mm.    Sound    Film 


A   new   series  of    13   color  cartoons,   one  reel 
each,    ior    rental    or    sale.      Titles    include: 

PASTRYTOWN  WEDDING 

SUNSHINE  MAKERS 

THE  MERRY  KTITENS 

PARROTVILLE  FIRE  DEPT. 


GRAND  ILLUSION 

"Best    Film    of    193!" 

A  moving  plea  for  peace;  depictinq  liTes  of 
French  officer!  in  a  German  prison  camp. 
Awarded  lint  prixe  by  National  Board  of 
ReTiew.  Endorsed  by  educators,  civic  and 
other  organisations.  Cast  includes  Eric  Von 
SIroheim  and  lean  Cabin.  10  Reels.  French 
dialogue  with  English  titles.  Study  Guide 
available. 

DAILY      eOC 
RENTAL     9^9 


JVST   OFF   THE  PRESSI 

Send    for    Free    Catalog    of    over    1500 
Entertainment  and  Educational  Subjects 


WALTER  O.GUTLOHNiNc. 


35  West  45th  Street 


Dept.  E-11 


New  York.  N,  Y. 


Page   346 


The  Educational  Screen 


^uzzsni  \jLLni  ^A/kori 


Donavin  Miller  Activities 

The  recently  organized  Donavin  Miller 
Productions,  Inc.,  educational  film  pro- 
ducers, located  at  6060  Sunset  Boulevard, 
Hollywood,  California,  are  making  avail- 
able a  splendid  library  of  classroom 
films,  which  are  intended  to  meet  course 
of  study  needs  and  curriculum  require- 
ments, both  as  to  content  and  treatment. 
Mary  Clint  Irion,  formerly  Visual  Edu- 
cation Administrator,  Los  Angeles 
County  Schools,  is  director  of  the  Class- 
room Films  Division. 

Now  available  for  purchase  are  three 
2-reel  16mm  sound  films :  Airliner,  Mir- 
acle of  the  Meadoivs,  and  Milk.  Airliner 
is  not  a  technical  film  of  aviation  but 
depicts  a  real  journey  by  air  and  a  mod- 
ern transport  plane  in  actual  service. 
Miracle  of  the  Meadozvs,  produced  on 
a  modern  dairy  farm,  covers  the  entire 
process  of  production,  stressing  the 
scientific  aspects  of  the  industry.  Milk 
parallels  the  former  film  except  for  pas- 
teurization but  is  brought  down  to  the 
primary  level.  These  subjects  have  been 
approved  and  purchased  by  many  Uni- 
versity Extension  Division  film  libraries. 

Trailside  Adventures,  produced  and 
distributed  in  cooperation  with  Arthur 
C.  Barr,  naturalist  and  photographer,  is 
a  series  of  one-reel  biographical  studies 
of  birds  and  animals  in  16mm  sound.  Six 
of  these  subjects  are  completed — on  the 
Horned  Owl,  Cooper  Hawk,  Sparrow 
Hawk,  Roadrunner,  Kangaroo  Rat  and 
Cony.  Educated  Feet,  a  one  reel  16mm 
silent  film  on  posture  and  corrective 
physical  education,  produced  by  Beverly 
Hills  Schools,  is  being  handled  by  Dona- 
vin Miller  Productions.  They  also  have 
Pigs  on  the  Farm,  produced  for  younger 
children,  by  Helen  L.  Martin,  a  pro- 
gressive primary  teacher.  This  16mm 
silent  reel  is  the  first  of  a  series  of  inti- 
mate studies  of  farm  animals. 

Bread  of  Allah,  in  one  reel  16mm 
sound,  is  a  November  release.  This  film 
shows  date  culture  in  the  Coachella 
Valley  of  California,  together  with  har- 
vesting and  preparation  for  market. 

New  Film  Library  in  St.  Louis 

Swank  Motion  Pictures  opened  offices 
recently  in  St.  Louis,  at  5861  Plymouth 
Street.  They  will  concentrate  chiefly  on 
service  to  the  school  field.  Their  library 
consists  of  carefully  selected  16mm  silent 
and  sound  films,  features  and  short  sub- 
jects, for  entertainment  and  education. 
This  organization  has  dedicated  itself  to 
a  wholly  reliable  and  selective  film  serv- 
ice to  schools.  "Our  Library"  writes  P. 
R.  Swank,  "will  be  kept  entirely  free 
from  films  which  could  possibly  prove 
offensive  to  any  audience  being  enter- 
tained by  the  school  program.  Horror 
films,  suggestive  material,  drinking  se- 
quences and  from  the  physical  standpoint, 
poor  photography,  bad  sound,  etc.  will 
not  be  found  in  our  material." 

Swank  Motion  Pictures  also  provides 
projection    services    within    a    100    mile 


radius  of  St.  Louis  for  the  benefit  of 
such  schools  as  are  interested  in  putting 
on  worthwhile  film  programs  to  build 
funds  towards  the  purchase  of  their  own 
sound    equipment. 

Ohio  Film  Service 

The  16mm  sound  film  library  of  Ohio 
Film  Service,  1377  Penliurst  Rd.,  Cleve- 
land, Ohio,  contains  programs  of  an 
educational-entertainment  value  consist- 
ing mostly  of  travel,  exploration  and  big 
game  hunting.  Most  of  the  programs 
also  contain  cartoons  and  novelty  sub- 
jects. These  programs  are  available  for 
rental.  Newsreels,  travel  pictures  and 
general  educational  subjects  of  high  qual- 
ity in  both  sound  and  silent  are  available 
for   sale. 

♦      ♦      ♦ 

Woodward  Productions,  Incorporated, 
30  Rockefeller  Plaza,  New   York   City. 

The  Adventures  of  Chico,  a  feature 
motion  picture  which  has  received  super- 
lative praise  from  both  the  critical  pro- 
fession and  educational  authorities,  is 
offered  for  school  use  in  16  mm  sound 
by  its  producers,  Stacy  and  Howard 
Woodard.  Unanimously  described  as  a 
"simple,  imaginative,  charming"  film,  the 
story  is  that  of  a  little  Mexican  boy, 
Chico,  and  his  strange  playmates,  the 
birds  and  animals  tliat  live  about  his 
father's  adobe,  far  up  in  the  plateau  of 
Mexico.  Chico  and  his  father  are  the 
only  human  actors ;  the  rest  of  the  cast 
is  comprised  of  feathered  and  four-footed 
animal  friends.  The  animals  give  amaz- 
ing performances,  always  intensely  in- 
teresting, frequently  highly  amusing,  as 
when  a  pair  of  mischievous  raccoons 
break  into  the  hut.  raid  the  larder  and 
then  fall  happily  asleep  amidst  the  wreck- 
age on  the  kitchen  shelf ! 

Rated  an  "Exceptional  Photoplay"  by 
the  National  Board  of  Review  Magazine 
"Chico"  was  given  honorable  mention 
in  a  recent  issue  of  that  publication.  Their 
review  states  "Woodard  Brothers  have 
produced  in  this  film  something  that 
belongs  among  pictures  that  are  taken 
down  and  looked  at  year  after  year  till 
they  get  to  be  classics.  Time  will  not 
dim  its  freshness  and  lovableness." 

For  information  as  to  rental  or  pur- 
chase price  on  this  subject,  write  to 
Woodard  Productions. 

Cinema,  Incorporated,  234  Clarendon 
Street,  Boston,  has  added  the  follow- 
ing 16mm  sound  features  to  its 
library : 

The  Life  and  Loves  of  Beethoven, 
described  as  an  ideal  school  picture,  both 
biographically  and  musically.  Inter- 
woven throughout  the  tragic  story  of  the 
composer's  life  is  his  great  music: 
"Moonlight  Sonata",  "Pastoral",  "Third 
and    Ninth    Symphonies",    and    others. 

Romance  of  the  Limherlost,  which  at 
the  time  of  its  release  won  the  Parent's 


Magazine  medal  for  the  best  family  film 
of  the  month. 

Cinema,  Incorporated  has  also  added  a 
16mm  sound-and  silent  projector  repair 
department  to  its  services.  Projector 
owners  in  New  England  will  now  be  able 
to  eliminate  the  long  wait  for  equip- 
ment sent  to  distant  factories.  All  makes 
can  be  serviced  but  the  Department 
specializes  in  Bell  and  Howell,  Victor 
and  Ampro,  and  gives  rapid  service. 

Eastman  Kodak  Company,  Teaching 
Films  Division,  Rochester,  New  York, 

have    produced    several    new    one-reel 
16mm   silent  films : 

The  Eyes  (Advanced) — showing  by 
animation  and  photography  dissection  of 
animal's  eye,  microscopic  structure  of 
retina,  physiology  of  the  eye,  correct  use 
of  lenses  to  overcome  defects  in  focusing, 
hygiene  of  the  eye.  The  Ryes  ( Prim- 
ary)— intended  for  use  in  elementary 
grades — compares  eye  with  a  camera. 
Treats  care  of  the  eye,  correct  lighting 
for  class  work,  proper  use  of  glasses,  re- 
moval of  dirt  from  eyes  . 

Food  Series :  Vitamin  Bl — natural 
sources,  effect  of  deficiency  of  this  vita- 
min on  pigeons,  young  rats,  and  human 
beings.  Effect  of  a  balanced  diet  on 
disease. 

Safely  Series:  Safety  at  Home  and 
Safety  at  Play — two  safety  films  pro- 
duced for  children  in  the  first  three 
grades  ;  Vacation  Safety — suitable  for  use 
in  grades  four  to  six,  and  in  Junior 
High  Schools.  The  film  units  are:  (1) 
Water  Safety  in  an  Organized  Camp — 
good  swimming  precautions.  (2)  Boating 
— correct  method  of  handling  boats.  (3) 
Safe  Conditions  in  Camp — dangers  from 
broken  glass  and  poison  ivy.  (4)  Fire 
Building — correct  methods  of  building 
and  extinguishing  campfires. 

Pictorial  Films,  Inc.,  1650  Broadway, 
New  York  City,  report  the  acquisition 
of  the  following: 

Custer's  Last  Stand,  a  16mm  sound 
production  available  in  two  forms,  as  a 
9-reel  feature  and  a  33-reel  serial  in  IS 
episodes.  A  spectacular  historical  drama 
of  the  old  West  and  its  famous  charac- 
ters. Cast  includes  Rex  Lease,  William 
Farnum,  Reed  Howes,  Lona  Andre,  Ruth 
Mix.     Exclusive  16mm  world  rights. 

Cuckoo  Murder  Case,  Movie  Mad,  The 
Village  Smitty,  The  Village  Barber,  Jail 
Birds,  Stormy  Seas — 6  new  Flip,  the 
Frog  Cartoons,  in  16mm  sound. 

Y.M.C.A.  Motion  Picture  Bureau,  347 
Madison   Ave.,   New  York,   N.   Y.   is 

distributing   the    following   March   of 
Time  production. 

Anti-Freeze,  a  Story  of  Scientific  Re- 
search, is  designed  to  provide  practical 
information  to  3,000,000  car  owners  and 
drivers  in  the  United  States.  The  splendid 
photographic  record  of  the  thoroughness 
with  which  the  National  Carbon  Com- 
pany carries  on  its  research  makes  this 
picture  of  unusual  value  to  science  de- 
partments of  our  educational  institutions. 
(Concluded  on  page  348) 


November,  1959 


Page  347 


ELECTftOL 


he  heart 
of  every  modern 

Visual  Education 
Plan 


Animatophones 

Emanate  the  greatest  array  of  teaching 
tools  ever  presented  —  effecting  econ- 
omics never  before  attained. 

Write  for  VICTOR'S  new  plan  showing 
how  the  Educational  motion  picture  can 
he  scientifically  put  to  work  in  every 
institution.  To  see  The  VICTOR  Plan 
is  to  realize  its  unlimited  Utility  and 
greater  Economy. 

Simply  write  Dept.  D-l  for  this  enlighleninp 
dnln  and  information'. 

VICTOR 

ANIMATOGRAPH    CORPORATION 
Davenport,  Iowa 

lltributnrt     throughout     the      U^orld 


K 


'NH^' 


HANDS  Meect 

NEVER 

y^,   TOUCH 

THE 


y 


Reg.    U.S.    Pat.    0(f. 


ELECTROL 

SCREEN 


Electrical  control  gives  the  Da-Lite  Electro! 
Screen  longer  life  as  well  as  greater  conveni- 
ence. A  motor  drive,  operated  by  remote 
control  placed  anywhere  desired,  unrolls 
this  screen  from  the  case,  stops  it  when  com- 
pletely lowered  and  rerolls  it  when  the  show 
is  over.  This  positive  safe  control  assures 
constant  protection  for  the  screen  fabric. 
No  hands  grab  or  soil  it  or  let  it  fly  up  out 
of  control.  In  fact  once  the  Electrol  is  in- 
stalled,   hands   need    never   touch   it. 

The  Electrol  is  ideal  for 
auditoriums  and  large 
class  rooms.  Supplied 
with  either  GlasD- 
Beaded  or  Mat  White 
surface.  Send  for  cata- 
log on  this  and  other 
types  of  Da-Lite  Screens 
for  various  school  re- 
quirements. 

DA-LITE  SCREEN   CO..   INC. 

DEPT.  11ES.  2723  N.  CRAWFORD  AVE.,  CHICAGO,  ILL. 


Page   348 


The  Educational  Screen 


Bell  &  Howell  Company,  1801  Larch- 
mont  Avenue,  Chicago,  offer  many 
new  subjects  in  their  Filmosound  series 
of  Lecturefilms,  photographed  by 
famous  explorers,  scientists  and  edu- 
cators, and  generally  accompanied  by 
their  own  narration — available  in  sound 
or  silent : 

Eskimo  Walrus  Hunt,  and  Hunting 
Musk  Ox  with  the  Polar  Eskimo — by 
Commander  Donald  B.  MacMillan ; 
Rural  Quebec  Folkways — by  Richard 
Finnic — portraying  17th  century  customs 
still  prevalent;  Congo  Curiosities  and 
The  Elephant — by  Paul  L.  Hoefler ; 
Work-a-Day  France — by  Russell  Wright 
— showing  jewelry,  perfume,  lace-mak- 
ing, fishing  and  other  industries ;  Marsh- 
land Mysteries — by  Robert  H.  Unseld — 
a  nature  study  film  in  natural  color. 

Maguey  Culture  in  Mexico — a  new 
silent  reel,  photographed  by  Edward  Sim- 
mel,  high  school  student,  on  a  three 
months'  study  trip  to  rural  Mexico. 

Discussion  outlines  on  many  of  their 
theatrical  features  of  cultural  merit  are 
also  available,  indicating  the  way  these 
pictures  can  be  most  effectively  used  in 
the  school  auditorium. 

Walter  O.  Gutlohn,  35  W.  45th  Street, 
New  York  City,  announce  the  follow- 
ing releases : 

Grand  Illusion — 10  reels,  16mm  sound. 
French  dialogue  with  English  super-im- 
posed titles.  A  plea  for  peace,  depicting 
the  life  of  French  army  officers  in  a  Ger- 
man prison  camp  and  psychological  ef- 
fects of  war  on  different  individuals.  Dr. 
Russell  Potter  of  Columbia  University 
has  termed  this  picture  "an  important 
cinematic  document  in  the  cause  of 
peace."  Cast  includes  Eric  Von  Stro- 
heim,  Jean  Gabin,  Pierre  Fresnay,  and 
Dita  Parlo.  Endorsed  by  many  organi- 
zations. 

Pastrytozvn  IVedding.  Sunshine  Mak- 
ers, The  Merry  Kittens,  Parrotville  Fire 
Department — one-reel  color  cartons  in 
16mm  sound.  Nine  others  in  series. 
Available  for  rental  or  outright  sale  with- 
out restrictions.  . 

New  edition  of  Walter  O.  Gutlohn 
catalog  of  16mm  sound  and  silent  edu- 
cational pictures  now  ready.  Much 
larger  in  format  than  previous  issues, 
containing  80  pages  profusely  illustrated 
on  fine  coated  stock. 

Contemporary  Films,  1451  Broadway, 
New  York  City,  are  releasing  the 
third  subject  in  a  series  of  consumer 
films  produced  by  Julian  Roffman : 

Getting  Your  Money's  Worth — 16mm 
and  35mm  sound.  The  theme  for  this 
series  is  the  expose  of  frauds  and  mis- 
representations practised  upon  the  public. 
The  third  film  is  of  especial  interest  to 
general  audiences  in  the  modest  income 
class  since  it  delves  into  the  complex 
subject  of  the  used  car  market  in  the 
United  States.  A  comprehensive  out- 
line is  presented  on  the  sale  and  practices 
in  used  cars.  Selling  methods  are  de- 
scribed and  the  unscrupulous  methods 
of  gyp  dealers  exposed.  Advice  on 
how  to  buy  a  car,  what  tests  to  make, 
where  to  buy  and  at  what  time,  is  of- 
fered  to   audiences. 


czrf-mona  tnn 

Spencer  Lens  Plant  Completed 

A  well  attended  "Open  House"  marked 
the  opening  of  the  new,  additional  Spencer 
Lens  Company  plant,  October  26,  in 
Cheektowaga,  New  York,  near  Buffalo. 
A  planned  program  of  research  and  de- 
velopment, as  well  as  entrance  into  new 
fields  of  scientific  instrument  manu- 
facture,   made    the    expansion    necessary. 

The  building  is  210  x  410  feet  over-all, 
of  steel,  brick  and  concrete  construction. 
The  main  factory  is  single  story.  K  two- 
story  section  on  two  sides  contains  of- 
fices, the  production  engineering  depart- 
ment, locker  rooms,  a  cafeteria,  and  com- 
pletely equipped  kitchen.  Eight-foot 
windows  of  corrugated  wire  glass  in  the 
saw  tooth  monitors  running  the  entire 
length  of  the  building,  and  generous  use 
of  glass  in  side  walls  make  this  a  per- 
fectly day-lighted  factory.  Floors  are  of 
wood  block  for  comfort  and  noise  reduc- 
tion. 

Since  projection  instruments  for  film 
slides,  lantern  slides,  and  opaque  objects 
require  an  extensive  use  of  sheet  metals, 
the  fabrication  department  covers  a 
large  floor  area.  Because  of  intricate  de- 
signs of  scientific  instruments,  tool  mak- 


iPtoi 


ll(2E.%± 


New  Ampro  Achievement 

The  Ampro  Corporation,  2839  North 
Western  Avenue,  Chicago,  has  announced 
a  flexible  Tri-purpose  Public  Address 
System  which  in  addition  to  operating 
with  microphones  and  phonographs  can 
be    used    as    a    powerful    auxiliary    am- 


plifier with  Ampro's  low-priced  class- 
room model  projectors  for  auditorium 
use,  providing  adequate  volume  for  large 
audiences.  The  new  Public  Address  Sys- 
tem is  precision  built  and  includes  every 
convenience  and  feature  desirable,  com- 
bining extreme  compactness,  light  weight, 
and  rich  tone  quality. 


16  mm.  Title  and  Trailer  Service 

Recognizing  the  need  for  a  laboratory 
to  turn  out  titles  and  trailers  for  the 
16  mm  field,  such  as  are  used  by  the 
regular  35  mm  theatres,  the  Filmack 
Trailer  Company,  843  Wabash  Avenue, 
Chicago,  nationally  engaged  in  35  mm 
title  and  trailer  service,  is  now  entering 
also  into  the  16  mm  non-theatrical  field 
under  the  name  of  Filmack  Laboratories. 
Filmack  is  now  prepared  to  give  16  mm 
film  users  and  road  show  exhibitors  the 
same  type  of  trailers  that  has  been  fur- 


ing  plays  an  important  part  in  the  Spen- 
cer operation.  Here  is  located  one  of 
the  few  Swiss  jig-boring  machines  in  the 
United  States,  graduated  to  a  ten  thous- 
andth of  an  inch. 

Spencer  scientific  instruments  were 
used  formerly  largely  in  scientific  re- 
search. Changing  modern  conditions, 
however,  have  brought  wide  applications 
since  Charles  A.  Spencer,  first  American 
microscope  maker,  built  his  original 
microscope  ninety-two  years  ago.  Spencer 
Delineascopes  furnish  teaching  aids  in 
classroom  or  auditorium,  ranging  from 
the  combination  model  for  lantern  slides 
and  opaque  material,  to  various  other 
machines  which  project  film  slides,  color 
slides,  3^"x4"  slides,  and  science  mate- 
rial. Spencer  instruments  are  used  in  the 
fields  of  metal,  glass,  ceramics,  textile, 
paper,  food,  and  drug,  paint  and  varnish 
manufacture.  Special  instruments,  such 
as  bullet  comparison  microscopes,  finger 
print  comparators,  finger  print  mag- 
nifiers, and  helixometers  are  widely  used 
in  crime  detection.  For  American  Op- 
tical Company,  Spencer  manufactures  in- 
struments for  measuring  eyeglass  lenses, 
also  instruments  used  in  the  diagnosis, 
refraction,  and  training  of  the  human  eye. 


It  can  be  used  as  a  complete  public 
address  system  with  two  individually 
controlled  microphones  and  two  phono- 
graphs operated  by  a  volume  fader  con- 
trol which  permits  automatic  fading  from 
one  phonograph  to  another.  It  delivers 
an  undistorted  output  of  55  Watts 
with  less  than  5%  total  harmonic  dis- 
_^^^^^^^  tortion  and  a  maximum  us- 
H^JJI^^H  able  output  of  85  Watts.  It 
^^^^H  has  output  impedance  taps 
H^^^^H  which  permit  the  use  of  up 
jT^H^  V  to  eight  speakers. 
a^H     a  The     amplifier     is     par- 

^^^B  I  ticularly  suitable  for  the 
^^^1  f  .Amprosound  classroom  and 
industrial  models  "X"  and 
■'Y".  No  alterations  are 
required  to  attach  one  or 
two  standard  .Ampro  pro- 
jectors to  this  new  aux- 
iliary amplifier  which  will 
boost  the  volume  to  55  Watts.  Twin 
Pilot  Lights  illuminate  control  panel 
facilitating  operation.  A  monitor  out- 
let enables  operator  to  "listen  in" 
and  better  control  operation.  Dual 
Microphones,  Dual  Projectors  and  Dual 
Phonographs  can  be  used  in  various 
combinations. 


nished  to  the  35  mm  film  field.  It  has 
installed  the  latest  cameras,  printers  and 
technical  devices  known  to  the  narrow 
film  field.  A  well  trained  staff  of  ex- 
perienced technicians,  artists  and  sound 
men  offer  the  same  facilities  to  16  mm 
film  users  that  35  mm  theatres  through- 
out the  country  have  used  for  so  many 
years.  Sound  reproduction  and  musical 
accompaniment  are  also  part  of  the  ex- 
tensive new  service.  A  sound  library 
of  musical  selections  is  on  hand  for  syn- 
chronizing its  trailers.  An  informative 
catalog  is  available  on  request. 


November,  19)9 


Page   349 


Acclaimed  by  Eaucators  to  Le  the  finest  motion 
picture  ever  produced  for  juvenile  audiences. 

THE  ADVENTURES  OF  CHICO 

is   now   offered   in  botli   Englisli  and  Spanisk 
Versions  on  l6mm.  Sound  Film 

AVAILABLE    FOR     RENT    ON    LONG    TERM     LEASE     BASIS 
Aaaress  all  inquiries  tot 

WOODARD    PRODUCTIONS,    INC. 

30    ROCKEFELLER    PLAZA    •    NEW    YORK,    N.  Y. 


95 


Motion  Pictures — 
Not  for  Theatres 

(Continued  from  page  332) 

Willard  I?.  Cook,  organizer  and  chief 
executive  of  the  Pathescoi)e  Company  of 
America,  was  born  at  Erie,  Pennsylvania, 
in  1871.  In  1892  he  graduated  from  the 
civil  engineering  course  of  the  University 
of  Virginia  and,  for  sixteen  years  there- 
after, he  was  employed  by  the  Van  Camp 
Packing  Company.  For  that  concern  he 
became  western  agent,  with  head(|uarters 
in  Indianapolis.  At  the  end  of  the  sixteen 
years  he  turned  to  engineering  as  a  sole 
profession.  But  he  was  not  very  happy 
over  it.  Even  the  opportunities  to  in- 
dulge his  lifelong  fondness  for  pleasure- 
boating  did  not  compensate 

So  his  sudden  devotion  to  engineering, 
which  now  lasted  three  years,  really  be- 
came a  search,  by  a  restless  man  who 
was  still  too  young  and  too  capable  to 
retire  from  the  world  of  afTairs,  to  find 
a  new  goal  of  business  success.  He  en- 
larged the  survey  by  travel,  leaving  his 
home — which  was  then  in  Seattle,  I  be- 
lieve— coming  east  to  New  York  and  so 
to  Europe.  And  eventually,  in  his 
peregrinations,  he  found  the  Pathescope. 
This  was  before  December,  1913,  when 
Allison  demonstrated  it  at  the  Camera 
Club.  I  believe  that  Cook  already  owned 
it,  then. 

.•\s  an  experienced  former  executive  in 
large  scale  business,  he  was  a  careful 
judge  of  the  machine's  commercial  possi- 


bilities ;  as  a  civil  engineer  he  was  e<|ually 
prudent  in  planning  production.  So  his 
acquisition  of  the  Pathescope  oviously 
was  not  a  simple  stroke  of  luck,  but  a 
proof  of  characteristic  astuteness.  Hav- 
ing acquired  the  device,  he  returned  to 
New  York  and  began  the  first  part  of 
his  campaign  to  market  it..  He  sought 
office  space  and.  with  his  usual  gtwd 
judgment,  found  it  in  the  quarters  held 
by  James  C.  Milligan,  an  out-of-town 
manufacturers'  representative  in  the 
Browning  Building,  at  56th  Street,  just 
off  Herald  Square.  Milligan,  later  to  be 
known  as  one  of  the  most  popular  ad- 
vertising soli.itors  in  the  motion  picture 
trade-paper  field,  took  a  strong  and  sym- 
pathetic interest  in  Cook's  project. 

Although  the  machine  was  basically 
good,  it  called  for  many  refinements. 
Cranked  by  hand  at  first,  it  needed  a 
motor  drive.  And  there  were  other  points 
of  objection  which  Cook  corrected  until 
he  had  supplanted  the  original  Pathescope 
design  with  one  so  entirely  his  own  that 
he  was  able  to  claim  complete  independ- 
ence of  Europe.  But  that  smoothing-out 
look  plenty  of  time.  While  it  was  in 
progress.  Cook  labored  also  to  raise 
money  for  the  proper  realization  of  his 
plan  for  national  distribution. 

He  tried  Wall  Street,  but  decided  that 
interest  rates  and  premiums  there  were 
higher  than  need  be.  His  next  move  was 
to  sell  regional  sales  rights.  One  of 
those  who  bought  the  privilege  was  W. 
J.  Baumer,  director  of  the  Matzene  Por- 
trait   Studio;   and   he   left   the    Matzene 


connection  to  form  the  Pathescope  Com- 
pany of  Chicago.  But,  in  1916  Baumer 
sold  his  interest  to  the  Pathescope  Cen- 
tral Corporation  and  joined  Rothacker. 
There  still  is  a  Pathescope  Company  of 
the  North  E^st,  Inc.,  at  Boston,  Mass. 
I  have  heard  reports  of  others  in  Kansas 
and  in  California.  But  this  franchise 
plan  was  only  a  partial  solution.  The 
money  which  really  swung  the  tide  came 
from  Percy  G.  Williams,  then  one  of 
the  most  successful  operators  of  vatide- 
ville  theatres  in  America. 

The  funds  so  gained  enabled  Cook 
first  to  set  up  a  machine  shop  in  Long 
Island  City  where  he  could  assemble  the 
parts  imported  from  France  until  his  own 
model  was  ready  to  manufacture ;  next 
they  made  possible  the  accumulation  of 
films  for  a  library.  Obviously  the  ma- 
chine, which  required  an  especial  narrow- 
width  film,  was  not  of  much  use  without 
pictures  to  show  upon  it 

These  developments  called  for  more 
office  space;  and  Cook  found  it  on  the 
eighteenth  floor  of  the  exclusive  Aeolian 
Building,  on  42nd  Street  near  Fifth 
Avenue.  He  is  still  situated  there, 
after  more  than  twenty  years.  The  films 
he  obtained  from  theatrical  producers  at 
a  low  rate  for  the  rights  which  were 
then  seldom  salable  elsewhere,  and,  by 
1919,  he  was  able  to  offer  subscribers  to 
his  library  a  choice  of  nearly  1,500  reels, 
available  through  exchanges  in  principal 
cities. 

(To  be  eenffimctf) 


Page   350 


The  Educational  Screen 


DL  Ditm  B^iimaU^ 


Babes  in  Arms  (Rooney.  Garland,  and  many  more) 
(MGM)  Lively,  laughable,  sure  box  office  musical 
comedy,  exploiting  Rooney  as  universal  stage 
genius.  Second  generation  of  actors  show  parents 
how.  Precocious  kids,  with  elders ,  can  be  amus- 
ing ;  alone,  can  become  tiresome.  Effect  on  young- 
audience  psychology  a  nice  question.  10-17-39 
(A)  (Y)  (C)  Very  good  of  kind 

Bad  Lands  (Barrat.  Beery  Jr.,  Andy  Clyde) 
(RKO)  The  "Lost  Patrol"  idea  scaled  down  to 
a  grim  little  Western.  Posse  of  renegades  go 
after  Apache  murderer,  but  are  surrounded  and 
picked  off  gradually  until  their  leader  alone 
survives.  Reasonable  suspense,  perils,  character 
interest,  but  slow  depressing  action.  10-17-39 

(A)  Hardly  (Y)  No  (C)  No 

Belladonna  (Veidt,  Hardwicke,  Mary  Ellis) 
(English)  Triangle,  from  Hichens  novel,  with 
slumbrous  Nile  background.  Wife  of  fine  Eng- 
lishman has  illicit  affair  with  attractive,  ruthless 
Egyptian,  tries  to  poison  her  husband.  Is  thwart- 
ed by  husband's  friend  (Hardwicke)  who  gives 
overdone  but  impressive  performance.  10-24-39 
(A)  Fair  (Y)  No  (C)  No 

Cat  and  the  Canary  (Hope,  Goddard)  (Para)  Old 
favorite  mystery  melodrama  about  attempts  of 
member  of  family  to  drive  lovely  heiress  mad. 
Electric  with  suspense,  hokum  horrors,  eerie 
house,  secret  passages,  sliding  panels.  Hope, 
as  frightened  but  courageous  cousin  in  love 
with  heiress,  adds  deft  bit  of  comedy.  11-7-39 

(A)  Good  of  kind  (Y)  Doubtful  (C)  No 

Charlie  Chan  at  Treasure  Island  (Toler.  Romero) 
(Fox)  Arch-villain  astrologer,  house  of  mystery, 
weird  disguises,  black  magic,  sleight-of-hand, 
telepathy,  blackmail  and  assorted  murders  make 
jittery  situation  that  Chan  solves  with  custom- 
ary Chinese  chatter  and  suave  cleverness.  Sus- 
pense good.  Treasure  Island  figures  little.  1 1-7-39 
(A)&(Y)  Fair  of  kind  (C)  Very  excHing 

Chicken  Wagon  Family  (Jane  Withers,  Carrillo, 
Byington)  (Fox)  Wagon-peddler  and  his  family 
leave  their  native  rural  territory  and  descend 
upon  New  York  City,  mules  and  all.  Semi-cred- 
ible adventures,  mixing  comedy  and  melodrama, 
reach  happy  ending,  thanks  to  friendly  cop. 
Jane   good   in   more  grown-up   role.  11-7-39 

(A)  Fair  (Y)&(C)  Mostly  amusing 

Dancing  Co-Ed  (Lana  Turner,  R.  Carlson) 
( MGM )  More  or  less  funny  story  of  pretty 
vaudeville  dancer  planted  in  so-called  college 
by  Hollywood  studio  in  "dancing  co-ed"  con- 
test. Amateurish  mixture  of  pseudo-college 
antics,  elementary  comedy,  and  usual  swing 
music.  10-31-39 

(A)  Depends  on  taste (Y)  Doubtful  value  (C)  No 

Double  Crime  on  the  Maginot  Line  (French. 
English  titles)  Substantial  drama  of  murder 
and  intrigue  involving  French  officer  and 
German  wife,  MaKJnot  line  effective  though 
subordinate  background.  Plot  involved  and 
slow  moving  at  times,  but  tense  throughout. 
Excellent  acting  by  French  officer.  10-31-39 
(A)  Depends  on  taste  (Y)  Hardly  (C)  No 

Fifth  Avenue  Girl  (Walter  Connolly,  Ginger 
Rogers)  (RKO)  Discouraged  millionnaire,  tired 
of  business  and  abnormal  home  life,  hires  girl- 
companion  from  park  bench  to  bring  family  to 
senses.  Improbable,  far  fetched,  but  good  lines, 
clever  situations,  and  fine  role  by  Connolly. 
Ginger  misses  subtlety  of  her  role.  10-24-39 
(A)  Good  of  kind      (Y)  Doubtful  value      (C)  No 

First  Love  (Durbin,  Stack)  (Univ)  Surprisingly 
mature  Deanna,  after  "finishing  school,"  lives 
with  wealthy  aunt  and  uncle.  Disgustingly  ex- 
aggerated picture  of  blase,  selfish  family.  With 
servants  and  police  cooperating.  Deanna  goes 
to  her  first  dance.  Ball  scene  where  she  sings 
and  dances,   utterly   charming.  11-7-39 

(A)  Fairly  good  (Y)  Perhaps  (C)  No 

Full  Confession  (McLaglen,  Calleia)  (RKO  )  Very 
good  psychological  character  portrayal  by  Cal- 
leia as  kindly  Irish  priest  and  McLaglen  as 
hard-headed,  stubborn  roughneck  who  had  killed 
a  man  and  confesses  to  priest  on  point  of 
death.  Many  tense  situations  well-acted.  Strongly 
reminiscent    of    "The    Informer."  11-7-39 

(A)  Very  good  of  kind  (Y)  Too  mature  (C)  No 
Here  I  Am  A  Stranger  (Dix.  Greene,  George. 
Young)  (Fox)  Mother  leaves  drunken  husband 
and  remarries  for  son's  sake.  Later,  in  college, 
son  turns  against  mother  and  step-father  rathei 
than  conceal  truth  about  fatal  auto  accident. 
Confused  and  feeble  plot,  dialog  uninteresting, 
the  few  good  situations  bady  muffed.  11-7-39 
(A)&(Y)  Poor  (C)  No 


Being  the  Combined  Judgments  oi  a  National  Committee  on  Current  Theatrical  Films 
(A)  Discriminating  Adults  (Y)  Youth  (C)  Children 

Date    of   mailing    on    weekly    service    is    shown    on    each    film. 


Hollywood  Cavalcade  (Ameche,  Faye)  (Fox) 
Reminiscent  panorama  of  old-time  motion-pic- 
ture personalities  and  procedures,  featuring  Key- 
stone comedy.  But  historical  interest  clogged  by 
obstreperousness  of  dominating,  picture-mad  di- 
rector, who  loses  beloved  leading  lady,  goes  hay- 
wire until  advent  of  talkies  restores  him.  10-24-39 
(A)  and  (Y)  Fairly  good      (C)  Amusing  in  spots 

Island  of  Lost  Men  (Wong.  Naish,  Blore) 
(Para)  Mediocre  adventure  story  of  man  who 
sets  himself  up  as  king  of  South  Sea  Island 
and  its  population  of  natives  and  escaped 
criminals.  Innocent  persons  escape  and  Naish 
is  killed  by  natives.  Eric  Blore  adds  touch 
of   humor.  10-31-39 

(A)  Mediocre  (Y)  No  (C)  No 

Miracles  for  Sale  (Robt.  Young.  Florence  Rice) 
(MGM)  Fast  moving  murder  mystery  of  profes- 
sional magician,  exposing  practices  of  spiritual- 
ists, who  stumbles  upon  and  solves  several  dra- 
matic murders.  An  eerie  seance  and  various 
thrill  devices  add  excitement.  Robert  Young 
plays  magiciannaturally  and  gracefully.  10-24-39 
(A)  Good  of  kind  (Y)  Thrilling  (C)  No 

Hirele  Efros  (Jewish,  English  titles)  Simple, 
beautifully  produced  story  of  a  strong, 
generous  woman  whose  home  and  business 
are  taken  from  her  by  son's  ambitious  wife. 
Family  later  drawn  together  by  grandson. 
Character  of  Mirele  Efros  exquisitely  por- 
trayed. 10-31-39 
(A)  Excellent  of  kind         (Y)  Mature         (C)  No 

Mutiny  in  the  Big  House  (Chas.  Bickford) 
(Monogram)  Strong  little  prison  picture,  with 
historical  basis,  aims  more  at  conviction  than 
thrill.  Understanding  chaplain's  struggle  over 
h's  hard-boiled  charges  is  tense  and  interest- 
ing. One  very  grim  "killer"  scene  outweigh"'' 
b"  human  values  and  real  heroism.  10-17-39 
(A)  &(Y)  Good  of  kind  (C)  No 

On  His  Own  (Russian-Eng.  Titles')  (Amkino> 
Second  in  series  based  on  G'orkv's  autobiogranhv. 
Long,  sombre  picture  of  youthful  struggles  of  or- 
phaned boy,  meeting  much  misery  and  injustice 
but  possessing  instinctive  feeling  for  right.  Not- 
able character  roles  by  boy  and  lovable  grand- 
moth'^r.  More  episodic  than  dramatic.  10-24-39 
(A)  Good  of  kind  (Y)  and  (C)  Too  sombre 

Pack  tip  Your  Troubles  (Withers,  Schildkraut. 
Ritz  Bros.)  (Fox)  Farce  comedy,  with  caricatured 
World  War  background,  about  little  French  hero- 
ine carrying  military  secrets  to  her  father,  a  spy 
at  German  headquarters.  Songs,  Hances.  and  the 
nitwit  Ritz.  bros.  lighten  proceedings.  Distinct- 
ly new  role  by  maturing  Jane  Withers.  10-24-39 
(A)  and  (Y)  Fair  (C)  Too  exciting 

Reil  Glorv.  The  (Gary  Cooper.  Niven.  Lee>ds) 
(U.  A.)  Grim,  thrilling  struggle  between  Fili- 
pinos, officered  by  Americans,  and  treacherous 
MoroR.  Cooper  notable  as  hard,  able  army  doctor 
who  leads  and  wins  fight  against  savages  and  chol- 
era. Gruesome  bits,  implausibilities.  but  essential- 
ly good  in  technique  and  characterization.  11-7-39 
(A)  Fine  of  kind  (Y)  Exciting  (C)  No 

Rio  (Rnthbone.  McLaglen,  Cummines.  Sigrid 
Gurie)  (Univ)  Pretentions  thriller,  strikingly  set. 
about  arch-crook.  Devil's  Island,  grursom^  'ungle 
sufferings,  escape,  death,  and  rival  gets  wi^e  !  Arti- 
ficial series  of  sensational  situations  rather  than 
drama.  Hero  struggles  downward  to  accid'^ntal 
death!  Gurie's  singing  adds  I'ttle.  10-17-39 
(A)  Depends   on   taste  (Y)  No  (C)  No 

Television  Spy  (Wm.  Henry,  Judith  Barrett) 
(Para)  Lively  little  tale  of  public-spirited  fi- 
nancier w^ho  backs  young  scientists'  experiments 
with  long-distance  television  with  intent  to  turn 
discoveries  over  to  government.  Feminine  charm- 
er, plotting  to  sell  plans  to  European  power,  is 
foiled.  Fairly  good  entertainment.  10-24-39 
(A)  and  (Y)  Good  of  kind  (C)  Perhaps 


These  Glamour  Girls  (Lew  Ayres.  Lana  Turner) 
(MGM)  Improbable  tale  of  taxi-dancer,  attend- 
ing college  house-party  at  hero's  drunken  invi- 
tation, telling  off  wealthy  sociali<fces.  stealing 
the  show,  and  reforming  playboy.  Breezy  well- 
liquored  romancing  by  overdrawn,  unconvincing 
characters,  in  supposed  college  setting.  10-24-39 
(A)  Mediocre  (Y)  and  (C)  No 

The  Roaring  Twenties  (Cagney,  Bogart)  (War- 
ner) Prohibition  embodied  in  career  of  benevo- 
lent lough,  who  returns  from  war  to  changed 
world  and  no  job.  Turns  racketeer.  Backs  blues 
singer  but  loses  her  to  friend.  Tragic  ending. 
Striking  photomontage  and  newsreel  commen- 
tary connect  episodes.  10-31-39 
(A)  Very  good  of  kind       (Y)  Doubtful       (C)  No 

They   Shall    Have   Music    (Jascha   Heifetz.   Mc- 

Crea.  Leeds)  (UA)  Appealing  picture,  full  of 
technical  flaws,  but  rich  in  character  interest. 
human  comedy,  finest  music,  and  social  "lift." 
Idealistic  music  school  saves  little  slum  hero 
and  is  saved  in  turn.  Fine  child  orchestra.  In- 
timate close-ups  of  Heifetz's  playing.  10-17-39 
(A)  Good  (Y)  &  (C)  Excellent 

Three  Waltzes  (French,  English  titles)  (Yvonne 
Printemps,  Pierre  Fresnay)  The  well  known 
actress  in  triple  role  as  famous  dancer,  her 
daughter  and  grand-daughter,  in  three  succes- 
sive love  affairs,  only  the  third  successful. 
Yvonne's  dancing  and  her  real  age  are  handi- 
caps. Very  French  in  tone  and  manner.  10-17-39 
(A)  Fair  (Y)  Hardly  (C)  No 

Thunder  Afloat  (Beery,  Morris)  (MGM)  Beery 
as  heavy-drinking,  hard-hitting.  buU-headod 
•^ea  skipper  joins  navy  for  vengeance  on 
German  submarines.  His  insubordination  and 
fearless  heroics  make  comedy  and  thrill. 
Glorifies  anti-German  fighting  spirit  in  Great 
War.  10-31-39 

(A)  Good  of  kind         (Y)  Good  of  kind        (C)  No 

Torpedoed  (H.  B.  Warner,  Noah  Beery,  John 
Cromwell)  (English)  Lumbering  story,  confused 
by  dizzy  montage,  of  Britain's  suppression  of 
South  American  war  crisis.  Incessant  riots, 
shooting  of  civilians,  clumsy  bombardments. 
British  navy  furnished  the  Royal  Oak  for  torpedo 
climax  !( The  picture's  only  distinction.)  10-31-39 
(A)  Dull  (Y)  No  (C)  No 

$1000  a  Touchdown  (Joe  E.  Brown.  Martha 
Raye)  (Para)  Utterly  nitwit  farce  with  no  re- 
mote relations  to  reality.  Idiotic  doings  in  crazy 
college  by  football  team  under  harebrained  coach. 
Plenty  of  vacuous  laughs  over  unobjectionable 
twaddle  and  wild  slapstick.  Sort  of  nonsense 
travesty  on  previous  college  travesties.  10-17-39 
(A)  Inane  (Y)  &  (C)  More  or  less  funny 

Two  Bright  Boys  (Cooper,  Bartholomew)  (Univ) 
Melodramatic  story  of  small-time  English  gam- 
blers, father  and  son  (Freddie),  involved  in 
ruthless  oil  promoter's  scheme  to  wrest  prop- 
erty from  plucky  Irish  boy  (Jackie)  and  mother. 
Violent  complications,  ruthless  destruction  of 
property.    Two    fine   bov    roles.  11-7-39 

(A)&(Y)  Very  good  of  kind  (C)  Exciting 

When  Germany  Surrendered  (World  War  Docu- 
mentary) Grim,  informative,  authentic  excerpts 
fmm  c.tficial  films  by  eight  nations,  on  destruc- 
tion and  brutality  of  war.  Czar,  Kaiser,  Wil- 
son. Clemenceau  appear.  Gruesome  killings  and 
mutilations.  Well-meant,  pitifully  ungram- 
matical   anti-war  voealogue.  10-31-89 

(A)  Good  of  kind  (Y)  No  (C)  No 

Witness  Vanishes.  The  (Edmund  Lowe,  Wendy 
Barrie)  (Univ)Quiet.  puzzling  little  murder  mys- 
tery that  starts  well,  holds  suspense,  but  gets 
a  bit  confused  by  becoming  over-intricate  and 
under-explained.  Series  of  vengeance  murders 
at  newspaper  headquarters  solved  by  outside 
reporter.  Feeble  romance  woven  in.  10-17-39 
(A)  Hardly  (Y)  Fair  (C)  Hardly 


E  1  111  (CAT!  OMAL 


le  Magazine  Devoted  Exclusively 
I  the  Visual  Idea  in  Education 


Public  Libra 
Kansas  Cfty,  M 
Teachers  Libra 


DECEMBER,     1939 


VOLUME  XVIII.  NUMBER  10 
WHOLE      NUMBER       I  77 


Adoration  of 

Three  Holy 

Kings 


Paintinfi  by  Lrinveber 


Oourtesy  of  Colomiai.  Akt  Cumhany 


IN    THIS     ISSUE 


streamlining  Education 

Sound   Film   Experiment   with 

Handicapped  and 

Retarded  fupils 


Research  in 
Audio-Visual  Education 


Motion  Pictures  — 
Not  for  Theatres 


A    COPY 


$2.00    PER    YEAR 


Z^  mfMi  l(i^e£[  cuhdJimdt  [Ut& 


OF  MOTION  PICTURE  SOUND  EQUIPMENT 


Below  —  The  famous 
DeVry  Portable  35 
m.m.  sound  projector. 
Basically  the  Original 
DeVry  creation — com- 
pletely redesigned  with 
every  worthwhile 
and  modern 
sound  improve- 
ment. 


Below  right  —  The  De 
Vry  semi-portable  35 
m.m.  sound  projector. 
Heavy  duty  mechanism 
and  advanced  optical 
system.  This  equipment 
is  ideal  for 
small  theatres 
and  most  audi- 
toriums. 


Above — Super  DeVry  35 
m.m.  theatre  projector — 
streamlined — exclusively 
modern  in  design  and 
performance. 


Above  right — Standard 
DeVry  shown  with  4000 
ft.  magazines  and  2100 
watt  mazda  lamps. 


Below  left — The  new  DeVry  16  m.m.  arc  sound  pro- 
jector— Built  to  professional  standards.  Unequalled 
in  construction  and  performance. 


Right — DeVry  professional  3  5 
m.m.  sound  camera  for  single 
and  double  system  recording — 
extreme  right — the  DeVry  sepa- 
rate 35  m.m.  recorder. 


Below  left — {at  top) — The  new 
DeVry  "Interpreter"  16  m.m. 
sound  projector.  Almost  human 
in  operation.  Superior  picture 
and  sound  —  moderately  priced. 

Left  middle — The  DeVry  Deluxe 
16  m.m.  sound  projector.  Peer 
of  all  portable  units  1600  ft. 
capacity. 

Left  {at  bottom) — The  new  DeVry 
model  "Q".  Single  case  con- 
struction. Projector,  Amplifier, 
and  Speaker  in  one  unit. 


THE  HOUSE  OF  DeVRY 

— manufacturers  of  precision  mo- 
tion picture  equipment  for  26 
years.  DeVry  35  m.m.  cameras 
and  projectors  have  been  the 
choice  of  Hollywood  studios  and 
theatres  throughout  the  world; 
and  the  DeVry  line  of  16  m.m. 
equipment  is  already  the  choice 
of  those  who  have  taken  the 
time  to  investigate. 


Write  for  circular  on  any  par- 
ticular product  listed  here,  which 
does  not  include  DeVry  printers, 
silent  projectors  and  film  stereo 
viewer. 


Above — DeVry  16  m.m. 
sound  camera  —  built 
to  professional  stand- 
ards. 400  ft.  capacity. 


Below — The  DeVry  auto- 
matic 35  m.m.  camera — 
choice  of  newsreel 
cameramen  and  explor- 
ers throughout  the  world. 


Above — The  DeVry 
m.m.  separate  sound 
corder  400  ft.  capacit 


Below— The  DeVry 
m.m.  all  purpose  came 
Built  for  heavy  duty  a 
dependable  use.  100 
capacity  —  black  ai 
white  or  color  film. 


GENERAL 
OFFICES 


ond  MAIN 
PLANT 


SILENT 
MOVIE  CAMERAS 


DeVRY  corporation  '^s^  1111  Armitage  Ave.,  CHICAGI 


NEW  YORK 


HOllYWOOD 


PLANT  Na.2-2S35  N.  ASHLAND  AVE.  CHICAGO 


Cable   HERMDEV 


^fis.  EDUCATIONAL  SCREEN 


DECEMBER.    1939                                                    VOLUME  XVIIl 

NUMBER     TEN 

WHOLE   NUMBER    177 

Contents 

"Streamlining  Education" 

Anne  Ray  and  Maribel  Richardson 

357 

Sound-Film  Experiment  with  Handicapped  and 
Retarded  Pupils 

Agnes  Mahoney  and  H.  L.  Harshman 

359 

Research  in  Audio-Visual  Education 

James   S.    Kinder 

360 

:• 

Motion  Pictures     Not  for  Theatres 

Arthur   Edwin   Krows - 

362 

Among  Ourselves — Notes  from  and  by 
The  Department  of  Visual  Instruction 
Conducted  by  The  Editorial  Committee 

366 

Christmas  Decorations — In  Hand-Made  Lantern 
Ann   Gale                 _ .• 

Slides 

368 

The  Literature  in  Visual  Instruction — A  Monthly 

Digest 

Conducted  by  Etta  Schneider 

369 

The  Federal  Film 

Conducted  by  Arch  Mercey 

374 

News  and  Notes 

Conducted  by  Josephine  Hoffman 

376 

In  and  For  the  Classroom 

Conducted  by  Wilber  Emmert 

378 

Current  Film  News 

380 

Among   the    Producers 

382 

Film   Estimates  

384 
385 

Index  to  Volume  XVIIl 

Here  They  Are!  A  Trade  Directory  of  the  Visua 

Field... 

388 

The  EDUCATIONAL  SCREEN  publithad  monthly  e>c*pt  July  and  August  by  Th« 
Educalional  Scraan,   Inc.   Publication  OfFica,   Pontiac,   Illinois;   Exacutiva   Offica,  64 
East  Laka  St.,  Chicago,  Illinois.  Entarad  at  tha  Post  Offica  at  Pontiac,  Illinois,  as 
Sacond    Class   Mattar.   Copyright,    Decembar,    1939,    by   Tha   Educational   Scraan. 
Addrass    communications    to    Eiacutiva    Office,    64    East    Laka    St.,    Chicago,    III. 
$2.00  a  year              (Canada.  $2.25;  foreign.  $3.00)               Single  Copies  2S  cenH. 

THE   EDUCATIONAL  SCREEN.  Inc. 
Directorate   and   Staff 

Ntlton    L.    Grwne.    Editor        JoMphlns     Hoffman 
Enlyn   1.   Bokrr                             F.     Dran     MtClulkt 
Wilbor    CMMirt                           Stanley    R.     Grf«n« 
Ann   Gale                                      Etta    Schneider 

Page  356 


The  Educational  Screen 


'^lvQt6itotiaL 


A  Suggestion  for  the  D.  V.  I. 

A  N  unmistakable  sign  of  life  is  growth.  The  De- 
■^^  partment  of  Visual  Instruction  began  twenty  years 
ago,  if  we  include  its  predecessors,  with  a  handful  of 
pioneers,  and  has  crawled  and  intermittently  climbed 
to  something  over  600  members.  This  may  be  called 
"growth"  of  a  sort,  but  it  is  small  comfort  to  reflect 
that  the  field  has  grown  probably  ten  times  as  fast 
in  those  same  twenty  years.  It  is  equally  small 
comfort  to  know  that  local  meetings  in  visual  instruc- 
tion at  many  centers  in  the  country  often  achieve  an 
attendance  ten  times  that  of  the  national  meetings.  A 
hundred  thousand  more  or  less  interested  teachers,  as 
a  potential  membership  market,  should  certainly  yield 
6000  members  instead  of  600  for  the  national  organ- 
ization. These  members  would  come  easily  if  they  got 
more  for  their  money.  More  could  be  offered  if  de- 
partmental revenues  increased.  Revenues  would  in- 
crease with  growth  in  membership — and  so  on  around 
the  old  familiar  circle.  We  would  suggest  a  point 
where  this  circle  can  be  broken. 

One  strong  inducement  to  members  would  be  closer 
personal  contact  with  each  other  and  a  complete  ex- 
change of  experience,  plans  and  activities  among  the 
entire  national  membership.  This  inducement  can  be 
offered  now,  and  will  operate  immediately  to  pro- 
mote the  desirable  increase  in  membership  and  rev- 
enues. Little  contact  or  exchange  can  be  had  from  a 
"national  meeting."  Distances  are  prohibitive.  A  few 
dozen  of  the  faithful,  seated  among  rows  of  empty 
chairs  in  a  hotel  room,  once  or  twice  a  year,  able  from 
long  familiarity  to  anticipate  each  other's  utterances 
with  monotonous  accuracy,  is  but  a  feeble  proxy  for 
a  "national  department."  We  respectfully  suggest  as 
follows : 

( 1 )  Hold  one  national  meeting  a  year,  as  the  official 
business  session,  concurrently  with  the  June 
meetings  of  the  N.E.A.,  and  five  zonal  meetings 
of  the  Department  in  September,  November, 
January,  March,  and  May. 

(2)  Divide  the  country  into  five  departmental 
zones,  on  a  basis  of  scholastic  population  rather 
than  geography,  so  that  the  vast  majority  of 
teachers  and  schools  will  be  within  but  a  few 
hours'  ride  of  a  zonal  meeting.  Each  zone  will 
probably  include  several  of  the  present 
"branches,"  which  might  in  turn  sponsor  the 
annual  meeting  for  that  zone. 


(3)  Have  five  Vice-Presidents  of  the  Department, 

one  in  each  zone,  each  responsible  for  the  pro- 
gram and  attendance  at  one  meeting  a  year  in 
his  zone,  and  for  membership  growth  within 
his  zone  by  joint-campaign  with  the  national 
administration. 

(4)  The  National  Secretary,  or  the  President  of  the 
Department,  should  appear  on  the  program  at 
each  zonal  meeting  for  a  liaison  address  on  na- 
tional activities  in  all  zones.  Audience  and 
speakers  from  adjacent  or  distant  zones,  as 
occasion  and  opportunity  offer,  will  naturally 
be  welcomed,  but  primary  support  and  par- 
ticipation in  meeting  and  program  will  come 
from  the  zone  itself. 

(5)  A  comprehensive,  detailed  account  of  each 
zonal  meeting,  with  the  outstanding  papers 
presented,  should  then  be  printed  in  the  official 
magazine  for  the  current  and  following  month, 
thus  expanding  the  audience  of  each  zonal 
meeting  to  the  entire  membership  in  all  zones, 
since    the    magazine    goes    to    every    member. 

Such  a  plan,  with  whole-hearted  cooperation  from 
the  zones,  would  establish  a  rate  of  departmental  mem- 
bership growth  that  would  permit  the  law  of  the  "snow- 
ball" to  become  operative.  The  6000  figure  for  member- 
ship mentioned  above  is  not  chimerical.  Membership 
efforts  in  limited  areas,  from  a  nearby  center,  are  regu- 
larly more  effective.  Local  visual  instruction  groups 
have  already  attained  larger  active  memberships  than 
the  entire  national  Department.  Attendance  at  each 
zonal  meeting  will  be  many  times  greater  than  that  of 
the  present  national  meetings,  with  corresponding  mem- 
ber increase.  The  national  interest  in  visual  instruction, 
widened  and  intensified  by  the  broader  contact  and 
interchange  under  the  zonal  plan,  may  even  produce  an 
annual  meeting  of  which  the  Department  of  Visual 
Instruction  can  be  really  proud.  Outstanding  features 
and  speakers,  as  discovered  and  developed  in  the  zonal 
meetings  and  reported  by  the  Vice-Presidents  to  the 
national  administration,  would  widen  its  field  of  choice 
for  building  a  preeminently  significant  program  for  the 
June   meeting   of  the   national    Department. 

We  had  the  pleasure  recently  of  a  tete-a-tete  discus- 
sion with  President  Hansen  on  various  departmental 
matters,  among  them,  this  suggestion.  With  his  ap- 
proval it  is  printed  here  for  such  consideration  by  the 
membership  as  it  may  seem  to  merit.  N.  L.  G. 


To  Our  Readers:  Hereafter  please  send  all  data  on 
film  productions  by  schools  and  colleges  direct  to  Mr. 
Hardy  R.  Finch,  High  School,  Greenwich,  Conn. — not 
to  the  magazine.  Thank  you. 


December,  7939 


Page  357 


"STREAMLINING  EDUCATION" 


Making  a  School  Film 


Twin  articles  describing  respectively  the  pro- 
duction and  use  of  a  film  by  classes  in 
English    Literature    in    Junior   High    SchooL 

ANNE  RAY  and  MARIBEL  RICHARDSON 

J.  C.  Murphy  Jr.  High  School,  Atlanta,  Ga. 


SINCE  the  planmng  of  the  graduation  programs 
falls  to  my  lot  this  year,  and  since  I  am  integrating 
civics  with  English,  and  since  I  enjoy  most  keenly 
the  teaching  of  "The  Lady  of  the  Lake", — there  loomed 
upon  my  mental  horizon  in  October  a  picture.  Quite 
a  moving  picture  it  was — so  convincing  in  fact  that 
the  midyear  promotion  program  seemed  at  once  solved 
for  a  motion  picture  of  "The  I^dy  of  the  Lake"  had 
begun  to  cast  its  shadows. 

The  idea  of  making  a  movie  was  not  new  to  me. 
Last  year  as  my  9  Low  classes  read  "Treasure  Island" 
with  great  gusto,  I  had  seen  certain  memljers  of  the 
groups  enacting  on  the  screen  various  roles  with  a 
remarkable  proficiency.  For  I  had  a  Jim  and  a  John 
Silver  and  a  consortment  of  pirates  that  Cecil  de  Mille 
might  have  bargained  with  me  for.  But  a  combination 
of  circumstances  had  prevented  the  achievement  of 
my  cinematic  adventuring. 

As  I  have  stated,  I  had  a  twofold  purpose  in  carry- 
ing out  the  project.  In  addition  to  the  enjoyment 
to  be  derived  from  the  reading  of  an  exciting  and 
lovely  piece  of  literature  it  would  serve  as  an  ex- 
cellent basis  for  study  in  contrasting  the  benefits  to 
be  enjoyed  from  a  modern  democratic  form  of  govern- 
ment with  the  hazards  of  16th  century  monarchial 
Scotland,  disintegrated  by  social  conflict  and  clan 
ideologj'.  But  the  practical  value  to  be  derived  by  the 
students  from  organization  and  cooperation  in  execut- 
ing the  project  would  be,  as  I  saw  it,  its  chief  civic 
claims.  Then  having  served  already  so  creditable 
a  purpose  what  better  graduation  program  might  be 
evolved  than  that  which  the  students  themselves  had 
effected  ? 

As  prejiaration  for  the  reading  of  the  poem  the 
following  assignments  were  given: 

1.  The  drawing  of  a  map  of  Scotland  for  location 
of   Highlands   and    Lowlands. 

2.  After  a  study  of  the  lake  region  as  indicated  on  a 
map  in  the  text  and  a  further  study  of  names 
listed  on  the  board,  the  location  of  mountains, 
lakes,  etc.,  was  marked  on  children's  maps. 

3.  A  brief  study  of  the  life  of  James  5th  of  Scotland. 

4.  A  brief  study  of  clans,  Scotch  names,  16th  cen- 
tury dress,  weapons — the  relation  of  the  minstrel- 
border  warfare. 

5.  A  brief  study  of  Scott's  life. 

I  read  the  poem  to  the  class  stopping  for  explana- 
tion wherever  I  felt  it  necessary  or  students  asked 
for  it.  I  read  only  for  the  story.  After  the  reading 
was  completed,  we  discussed  plot  and  characterization. 
The  three  classes  were  then  divided  into  committees 


for  I  wanted  as  fair  a  representation  from  each  class 
as  was  possible.  From  each  class  then,  there  was  ap- 
pointed a  committee  for  costumes,  a  committee  for 
weapons,  one  for  banners,  one  for  properties  and  one 
for  writing  on  the  script.  Sketches  were  made  of  cos- 
tumes and  banners,  models  were  constructed  of  weapons, 
and  the  script  committee  worked  heroically  at  lines. 
The  properties  needed  were  listed  and  a  good  many 
were  found  among  the  students.  Those  that  could  not 
be  procured  in  this  way  were  rented.  The  typing  of  the 
script  was  done  by  the  students  and  all  of  the  work 
mentioned  was  done  during  the  regular  English  periods. 
Practically  all  of  the  locations  were  suggested  by  mem- 
bers of  the  classes. 

The  initial  aim  of  the  picture  was  to  make  it  a 
completely  student  project.  Each  child  would  pay  for 
the  material  necessary  for  his  costume.  The  girls  in 
the  English  classes  taking  the  Home  Economics  course 
would,  under  the  direction  of  that  teacher,  make  the 
kilts,  scarfs,  and  bonnets.  For  the  Lincoln  Green  cos- 
tume, the  boys  would  provide  suits  of  long  underwear 
and  the  material  for  the  jerkins  and  boots  which  the 
girls  would  make.  The  making  of  the  sporrans  and 
the  entire  assembling  of  the  costumes  then  was  to  be 
in  charge  of  the  girls  under  the  supervision  of  the 
Head  of  the  Home  Economics  department  in  collabor- 
ation with  the  director  of  the  project.  The  boys  taking 
shops  would  make  the  weapons. 

Fifty-two  children  were  used  in  the  cast — ^a  cast 
about  which  I  have  no  illusion  concerning  offers  from 
Mr.  DeMille.  Since  the  children  were  completely 
lacking  in  dramatic  experience,  frequently  disconcerted 
by  the  strangeness  of  the  setting,  and  fatigued  by  long 
hours  of  waiting  or  work — the  performance  was  often 
commensurate  with  the  difficulties  involved.  The 
constant  warning  of  "Hurry !  Hurry !  The  light's 
going,"  still  keeps  me  awake  at  night.  Nevertheless, 
be  it  said  to  their  credit,  the  actors  never  forgot  their 
lines  and  worked  as  doggedly  at  the  job  as  any  Holly- 
wood veteran — minus  the  temperament ! 

Approximately  a  week  was  spent  in  actual  filming 
— part  of  this  being  after  school  hours.  Two  and  a  half 
full  school  days  were  used.  The  short  days  with  their 
failing  light  was  possibly  the  greatest  handicap. 

But  the  picture  has  been  completed !  Five  reels !  And 
what  there  may  be  lacking  in  dramatic  sincerity  and 
good  theatre  has  been  amply  compensated  by  the  loy- 
alty and  willingness  of  the  boys  and  girls  to  stick,  for 
it  has  meant  sustained  effort  on  the  part  of  all  con- 
cerned— an  experience  that  I  believe  will  not  soon  be 
forgotten.  And  somehow  I  have  the  feeling  that  no 
one's  education  could  possibly  be  complete  without  a 
part  in  the  making  of  a  school  film !  Anne  Ray 


Page   358 


The  Educational  Screen 


The  School-Made  Movie  in  the  Classroom 


"We  learn  what  we  live  to  the  degree  that  we  live  it." 

— Kil  pat  rick. 

FOR  MANY  years  teachers  of  English  have  felt 
that  the  moving  picture  was  a  valuable  aid  in  the 
teaching  of  literature.  Many  pictures  have  been 
shown  in  the  classroom,  particularly  in  our  larger 
schools,  and  through  this  medium  some  of  our  greatest 
stories  and  literary  masterpieces  have  become  actual 
living  experiences  for  the  boys  and  girls.  But  no 
picture,  however  well  it  is  acted,  can  be  of  as  much 
interest  and  value  or  can  become  as  much  of  a  living 
experience  to  the  pupils  as  one  acted  by  the  pupils 
themselves.  At  least  that  was  our  experience  in  film- 
ing "The  Lady  of  the  Lake"  with  fifty-two  of  our 
ninth    grade   students. 

For  three  months  pupils  and  teachers  worked  dili- 
gently to  produce  a  film  that  would  be  a  credit  to  our 
school  and  would  add  interest  and  value  to  the  study 
of  a  piece  of  literature  that  often  is  found  monotonous 
to  ninth  grade  students.  Now  that  the  film  is  completed 
we  wish  to  evaluate  our  work  from  two  angles:  What 
the  picture  has  meant  to  those  who  so  faithfully  and 
enthusiastically  took  part  in  the  planning  and  produc- 
tion of  the  picture,  and  what  it  will  mean  to  the 
students  who  see  it  in  connection  with  their  study  of 
"The  Lady  of  the  Lake."     I  shall  state  what,  in  my 

A  scene  from  the  school  film  "Lady  of  the  Lake." 


2. 
3. 


4. 


5. 


9. 

10. 
11. 
12. 

13. 


opinion,  it  meant  to  those  taking  part  in  the  produc- 
tion of  the  film : 

1.  Stimulated  interest  and  paved  the  way  for  fu- 
ture appreciation. 

Made  the  story  a  real  living  experience. 
Increased  the  opportunities  for  deep  and  lasting 
appreciation   of   the   great   beauty  of  verse  and 
thought  in  this  great  masterpiece. 
Every  character  and  scene  was  made  real  and 
significant. 

\\'ork  seemed  to  be  permeated  with  a  sense 
of  happy  appreciation  on  the  part  of  both  teach- 
ers and  pupils. 

6.  Enriched  the  experiences  of  the  pupils. 

7.  Through  the  research  work  that  was  necessary 
to  produce  the  film,  the  students  gained  an  in- 
sight into  the  historical,  literary,  and  geograph- 
ical background  of  the  poem. 

8.  Developed  an  attitude  of  cooperation  among  the 
pupils. 

Gave  excellent  opportunity  for  character  study 
and  character  building. 

Pupils  learned  to  meet  and  overcome  obstacles. 
Aided  in  pupils'  interpretation  of  historical  data. 
Made  "The  Lady  of  the  Lake"  a  joy  to  the 
pupils  and  not  a  drag  as  it  sometimes  is. 
Developed  in  the  students  the  ability  to  see  a 
commercial  picture  critically. 

The  picture  is  now  being  used  in  the  classroom,  and 
the  keen  interest  and  enthusiasm  which  is  being  shown 
by  the  pupils  is  gratifying.  Two  approaches  have  been 
used  by  the  teachers  presenting  the  film.  One  teacher 
used  it  in  advance  of  any  study  or  reading  of  the 
poem.  By  doing  this  she  felt  that  it  would  stimulate 
interest  and  would  serve  as  an  excellent  device  in  the 
introduction  of  the  poem  to  the  class.  Another  teacher 
read  and  discussed  the  poem  with  the  class  and  then 
showed  the  picture.  After  trying  these  two  approaches, 
it  is  the  opinion  of  both  teachers  and  pupils  that  it  is 
better  to  have  some  understanding  of  the  poem  first, 
then  see  the  picture,  and  after  further  study  to  show 
it  again.  Many  pupils  who  saw  the  picture  before 
reading  the  poem  enjoyed  it,  but  there  were  many 
things  they  did  not  understand  since  they  were  not 
familiar  with  the  story  and  knew  little  about  the  cus- 
toms and  superstitions  of  the  Scotch  people  of  the 
sixteenth  century.  Those  who  had  already  studied  the 
poem  received  a  real  thrill  when  the  Fiery  Cross  was 
made,  when  Roderick  Dhu  and  Fitz- James  fought  at 
Coilantogle  Ford,  and  when  Ellen  learned  that  James 
Fitz- James  was  Scotland's  King.  Every  scene  had  a 
significant  meaning,  and  they  were  able  to  appreciate 
and  understand  each  scene  as  it  unfolded  the  beautiful 
story  of  the  poem.  All  expressed  a  desire  to  see  it 
again. 

It  is  difficult  to  estimate  at  present  the  value  of  our 
film  as  an  educational  device  for  classroom  use.  But 
from  the  reaction  of  the  students  who  took  part  in  its 
production  and  of  those  who  have  seen  it  as  a  part 
of  their  study  of  the  poem,  we  have  every  reason  to 
believe  that  it  is  fulfilling  our  purpose  in  making  it — 
to  give  the  pupils  an  opportunity  to  learn  through 
living.  Maribel  Ricii.-vrdson 

Head  of  English  Department 


December,  I9i9 


Page   3  59 


Sound  -  Film  Experiment  with 
Handicapped  and  Retarded  Pupils 


AGNES     MAHONEY 

Principal  Clemens  Vonnegut  School 
H.    L.    HARSHMAN 

Director  Administrative  Research 
Public  Schools,  Indianapolis 


Showing  interesting  results  obtained  by  use  ol 
soundfilm  in  teaching  a  unit  in  social  studies  to 
pupils  lacking  in  ability  to  do  regular  school  work. 


THE  SI'Kl'IAL  education  department  of  the  In- 
dianapolis I'ublic  Schools  organizes  special  classes 
for  the  crip()led,  the  mal-nourished,  the  hard-of- 
heariiig,  the  speech  defective,  the  visually  handicapped, 
the  emotionally  unstable  and  the  mentally  retarded. 
Instruction  in  "special"  classes  is  designed  to  give  such 
attention  and  instruction  as  will  meet  each  individual 
need  of  the  child  by  encouraging  development  of  strong 
characteristics  and  minimizing  discouragement  because 
of  inability  in  certain  learning  areas.  It  substitutes 
activities  in  which  the  child  has  a  chance  to  succeed 
for  those  in  which  the  child  cannot  participate  because 
of  his  handicap. 

Because  the  special  education  unit  of  the  public 
schools  is  devoted  to  finding  the  channel  into  which 
a  child  best  fits  and  to  finding  the  means  by  which 
a  child  might  best  be  taught  to  the  highest  level  possible 
for  him,  De\\"itt  S.  Morgan,  superintendent  of  the 
Indianaixilis  Public  Schools,  asked  that  an  experiment 
with  the  sound  film  be  conducted  in  classes  which  are 
organized  for  pupils  who  are  lacking  in  their  ability 
to  do  school  work. 

In  the  spring  of  1939,  the  Clemens  Vonnegut  School 
conducted  a  four  weeks'  experiment  in  an  attempt  to 
measure  objectively  the  value  of  the  sound  film  in 
teaching  a  unit  in  social  .studies  to  those  pupils  who 
were  deficient  in  ability  to  do  regular  school  work.  The 
unit  chosen  was,  "Transportation." 

Two  groups  of  boys  were  selected — one  group  was 
to  use  the  classroom  film,  "Development  of  Trans- 
portation," and  the  other  group  was  to  be  taught  by 
means  of  classroom  discussions  and  books,  but  not  by 
the  film. 

For  the  experiment,  boys  were  chosen  as  nearly  as 
possible  of  the  same  mentality,  same  chronological  age 
and  the  sanie  reading  ability  level.  One  boy  of  one 
group  was  pitted  against  a  boy  of  the  other  group. 
Throughout  the  experiment  both  groups  were  taught 
by  the  same  teacher.  The  groups  were  desigjnated  as 
control  group  (no  visual  aids)  and  visual  group  (u.se 
of  sound  film.) 

TABLE  I 

Comparison   of  Average   Chronolnqkal .   Mental  and  Reading 
Age  of  the  Control  and  Visual  Groups 

Average  Average  Average 

Chronological      Mental  Reading 
age  in  years    age  in  years  Age 

14.6  8.4  2.6 

14.7  8.5  2.6 

For  the  duration  of  this  experiment,  the  same  general 


and  specific  objectives  were  established  for  the  control 
and  visual  groups. 

The  General  Objectives 

1.  To  develop  a  growing  interest  in  the  country 
beyond  the  child's  immediate  environment. 

2.  To  develop  an  appreciation  of  the  principle  that 
changes  take  place  continually. 

3.  To  understand  that  progress  in  one  mode  or 
method  of  living  demands  a  parallel  growth  in  other 
modes  and  methods  of  life. 

The  Specific  Objectives 

1.  To  understand  the  necessity  of  growth  in  trans- 
portation in  correspondence  with  growth  and  develop- 
ment of  the  country. 

2.  To  understand  that  growth  of  industry  parallels 
growth  of  transportation  and  growth  of  country. 

3.  To  gain  a  broad  view  of  the  ways  in  which  pro- 


The  old 
and  new 

in 
railroad 
transpor- 
tation 


Number 

Group 

in  Group 

Control 

19 

Visual 

19 

Page  360 


The  Educational  Screen 


gressive  steps  in  the  convenience,  safety  and  speed  of 
travel  have  been  attained. 

4.  To  learn  that  better  living  conditions  have  re- 
sulted from  improved  travel  and  transportation. 

5.  To  learn  that  there  are  possibilities  for  further 
development  in  transportation. 

6.  To  encourage  investigation,  keener  observation, 
ability  to  look  up  materials,  and  ability  to  express 
oneself. 

7.  To  become  familiar  with  a  vocabulary  necessary 
to  discuss  topics  on  transportation. 

Four  tests  were  given  to  each  group  before  the  ex- 
periment, and  the  same  four  tests  were  repeated  at 
the  close  of  the  experiment  to  measure  insofar  as 
possible  the  progress  of  the  two  groups  in  respect  to 
the  accomplishment  of  the  objectives.  One  test  was  a 
vocabulary  test.  Because  of  the  pupil's  limited  reading 
level  this  test  had  to  be  given  individually  and  orally. 
The  words  in  the  vocabulary  test  were  also  used  for 
the  recognition  test.  The  vocabulary  test  consisted  of 
fifty  words,  all  of  which  were  selected  in  relationship 
to  the  subject  under  consideration.  The  words  selected 
ranged  in  difficulty  from  the  three-letter  word,  "Air", 
to  the  sixteen-letter  word,  "Transcontinental."  In 
marking  the  vocabulary  test,  a  numerical  value  of  one 


was  given  for  each  word  used  and  spelled  correctly.  In 
the  recognition  test  the  same  numerical  value  was  given 
for  each  word  recognized. 

Another  test  was  given  which  pertained  to  certain 
facts  regarding  transportation.  The  same  test  was  given 
again  at  the  end  of  the  experiment. 

Because  of  the  limited  reading  level  of  the  two 
groups,  all  fact  questions  had  to  be  read  by  the  teacher 
and  answered  by  the  pupil  by  either  "yes"  or  "no". 
This  test  consisted  of  twenty  true  and  false  questions. 
The  numerical  value  of  five  was  granted  for  each 
correct  answer.  The  following  five  questions  are  ex- 
amples of  the  questions  used  in  this  test. 

( 1 )  People  who  travel  once  in  a  while  from  Indiana 
to  New  York  are  called  commuters. 

(2)  Man  could  not  overcome  the  mountain  barrier 
in  building  railways. 

(3)  The  Erie  Canal  is  a  natural  body  of  water. 

(4)  Growth  of  highways  started  with  animal  trails. 

(5)  Whitney  was  the  inventor  of  the  steam  engine. 
A  fourth  test  was  given,   whereby  an  attempt  was 

made  to  test  attitudes.  The  same  test  was  given  at  the 
end  of  the  experiment.  This  test  was  difficult  to  ad- 
minister because  questions  had  to  be  answered  by 
either   "yes"   or   "no".      Each   correct   answer   in   this 

(Concluded  on  page  i7i) 


RESEARCH  IN 

AUDIO -VISUAL  EDUCATION 


EDUCATORS  and  students  interested  in  audio- 
visual education  view  its  rapid  development  with 
considerable  satisfaction.  Occasionally  a  stock- 
taking records  just  how  rapid  this  development  has 
been.  In  1937,  an  elaborate  summary  of  the  literature 
dealing  with  one  aspect  of  the  problem — motion  pictures 
in  education — was  published  under  the  auspices  of  the 
Committee  on  Motion  Pictures  in  Education  of  the 
American  Council  on  Education.^  This  comprehensive 
volume  of  472  pages  abstracted  and  collated  some  300 
magazine  articles,  yearbooks,  pamphlets,  and  theses. 
The  volume  is  an  indispensable  part  of  the  library  of 
every  teacher  or  administrator  interested  in  motion 
picture  education. 

There  are,  however,  several  valuable  items  about 
the  research  in  this  field  which  this  compilation  does 
not  show.  How  many  of  the  abstracted  articles  are 
actually  researches?  Naturally,  the  definition  one  ac- 
cepts for  research  will  have  much  bearing  on  this 
question.  Aside  from  motion  pictures,  what  other  as- 
pects   of    visual    education    are    being    systematically 

'  Dale,  Edgar ;  Dunn,  Fannie  W. ;  Hoban,  Charles  F.,  Jr. ;  and 
Schneider,  Etta ;  Motion  Pictures  in  Education,  New  York, 
The  H.  W.  Wilson  Co.,  1937 


Summarizing  research  already  done  in  the  field  and 
disclosing  areas  where  hirther  studies  are  needed. 

JAMES    S.    KINDER 

Pennsylvcmia  College  for  Women,  Pittsburgh 

studied?  What  is  the  status  of  research  in  radio  as  an 
educational  medium?  Educators  are  beginning  to 
combine  the  aural  and  visual,  feeling  that  the  two  can- 
not be  logically  separated.  The  sound  motion  picture 
certainly  combines  both  aspects,  as  also  does  telecast- 
ing, which  be  it  said,  is  just  around  the  proverbial 
corner  in  the  United  States  and  is  already  an  accom- 
plished fact  in  Great  Britain.  To  what  extent  are  ad- 
vanced students  in  colleges  of  education  turning  to  the 
audio-visual  field  for  problems  for  research  to  fulfill 
part  of  the  requirements  for  graduate  degrees?  This 
article  attempts  to  find  at  least  partial  answers  to  these 
questions. 

In  1928  the  Bureau  of  Educational  Research  of  the 
College  of  Education  of  the  University  of  Illinois, 
under  the  directorship  of  Walter  S.  Monroe^  published 
the  first  comprehensive  volume  on  educational  re- 
search in  the  United  States.  The  next  year  the  library 
division  of  the  U.  S.  Bureau  of  Education  published  a 
bibliography  comprising  all  research  studies  in  educa- 
tion completed  during  the  year.  Since  that  time  the 
U.  S.  Office  of  Education  has  collected  and  published 

^Monroe,  Walter  S.,  et  al.  Ten  Years  of  Educational  Research, 
1918-1927,  Bulletin  No.  42. 


December,  19)9  Page   361 

all  studies  in  education  completed  dur-  TabnUtioa  of  Research  Studies  In  Visual  EdncatioB 

ing  the  year.   These  bulletins  now  rep-         For  thi-  %•««  1928  to  1938  accordinx  to  compilations  from  the  U.  8.  Office  o(  Ednestion  nnatl  bulletiiu. 
resent     an     aCCUnUllative     directory     of        BibHogmphy  of  Reitareh  Studin  m  Education.    19261927   to   19361937,   and   Ten  Yean  of  Bduealional 
,  11..  Kteearrh.  1918-1927  by  W.   8.   Mourie,  el  al. 

all  research  studies  in  education.  b    n    i,   i.   k  t    i    s    » 

Locating  all  the  research  studies  in  -s^. — Na    no.    no. — No.    No. — s^. — n..    no. — i»E — 55! 

education  each  year  is  no  mean  task  *""'    m«"i»i««        '        56        «        c 
in  Itself.  The  Office  of  Education  relies 

chiefly  on  letters  to  colleges  and  uni-  "°r.  ^elf"'.' ."^^..'-.r     4       13       6       9      8       9     n-r     i4     lo     20     loe 
versities     requesting     information     on  General   visnai   aida   and  in- 
completed researches.  These  letters  are         ""-""ion    • ■  ■    ^^       1       «      10      10      is      12       »       s       4       s      11       96 

accompanied    by    franked    form-cards  "ateHl".'"  .*°* . !""""!'"              12881221                       e       21 

for  reporting  the  data.  Letters  are  also  st*reopticon  siidea,  nimsUdea, 

sent  to  state  superintendents  of  public         "<'■"*■•"'«"?'»   1212  i  t 

'.  '^  Mlacellaueous      11  2  4 

instruction,      junior     colleges,      teachers        Total    Re,o.rcho,   Reported    .  .      16  3        12        22        24        22        25        28        13        19        15        ST        286 

colleges,    research    bureaus,    etc.      In      No.  which  were  a.  m.  these*  i       g       7      ii     20      19      20      10      i4      is      si      i56 

addition,    the   library    division   of   the      No.  which  were  Ph.  D.  theae*  1118418  216 

Office  of  Education  has  access  to  every         ••Year  of  the  Payne   Foundation   Studies 

educational   journal    published    in   the 

country.    Although    it    is   possible   that  Tabulation  of  Research  Studies  In  Radio  Education 

some  researches  are  omitted  from  the 

...  ,  ,  .  for  the  years  1928  to  1938  accordinK  to  comDilations  from  the  tJ.  S.  Office  of  Education  annual  buUetini, 

compilation,   the   number    is   small.  BibUotraphy  of  Rreeareh  StudUe  in  £du«<Uion.    1926-1927   to  1936-1937,   and   Ten  Yean  of  SdueMonal 

There  is  as  yet  no  well  defined  and                                               Se^earch.  1918  1927  by  w.  s.  Monroe,  et.  ai. 
accepted  definition   of  research.     The  «  r  1.  1.  k  t  i  n  b 

...  1  ,        .  .    „  No.        No.      No.      No.         No.      No.        No.       No.      No.       No.      No^ 

compilations    are    based    chiefly    upon                                                 Men-  nstaisite  7  ss  «        « 

what  the  respective  institutions  report                                               •»•  '•**    '»*»    "**  '"'    ""  ""  '»"  ""  >»*'  ""  *•"  *^ 

as  research.   The  term  research  must  u«e  in  schools.  coHegea,  etc. . .      1  6     10       s  7  6       6  4  I6  67 

then  be  interpreted  broadly;  even  so,  *•"•"   «'•'•"'">■>    I     ,1       ,  I  I       ],  I     ,1  " 

,  ..     '^  ,  ■'  '.  ...  Total     1  8       12  3  9  8         6  6       1«  69 

these    studies    are    almost    invariably      a.  m 1       4       s       6       4       4       e      lo       ss 

more    comprehensive    than    the    usual      Ph.  D 2  i       i       2  4       10 

magazine  articles.   In  fact  they  form 

the  basis  for  a  large  nunil^er  of  the  periodical  articles.  A  glance  at  the  two  tables  reveals  at  least  one  very 

Under  the  general  rubric,  "Si)ecial  Methods  of  In-  interesting  comparison: 
struction  and  Organization,"  the  headings  "Radio  in  ^-  ^-  ^''-  ^-        Faculty 

Education"  and  "Visual   Instruction"  are  found.  The  Theses  Theses        Studies 

bibliographies  are  complete  as  to  author,  title,  source,  Visual  education  70.5%  7.2fo  22.2% 

etc.     In  some  cases  brief  annotations  accompany  the  Radio  education  55    %  14.5%  30.5% 

''^''"&-  Radio  education  has  furnished  nearly  twice  as  many 

The  following  table  shows  that  236  research  studies  doctoral  studies  as  visual  education.  Visual  education 
were  reported  in  visual  education  for  the  period  1918  ^^^  b^^"  'lie  piece  de  resistance  of  those  seeking  mas- 
through  1937,  and  of  these  155  were  master's  theses  ter's  degrees.  Judging  from  this  comparison,  visual 
{■nd  16  do"tor's.  Leaving  the  ten  year  jieriod  1918-1927  education  appears  to  be  in  the  vice-presidential  class, 
aside  because  the  data  may  not  Ije  strictly  comparable  Explanations  of  this  are  not  difficult  to  find,  however, 
due  to  differences  in  methods  of  location,  there  are  Radio  is  newer  and  found  less  frequently  in  the 
220  studies  noted.  Of  these  70.5%  were  master's  instructional  repertoire  of  the  average  teacher.  It  has 
theses,  7.2%  doctor's  theses,  and  22.2%  faculty  re-  not  been  as  thoroughly  explored,  and  to  date,  at  least, 
.searches.  it  has  not  presented  as  many  facts  for  minor  research 

It  will  also  be  seen  from  this  table  that  the  largest  ^'i!'^  ''''"^'  '^^'^-  ,,  .  .  , 
number  of  these  researches  was  devoted  to  motion  ^'^T  .y^"""^  ^^°-  ^^"n''"^-  speaking  of  educational 
pictures.  Quite  likely,  several  of  the  studies  tabulated  [^search  in  general,  stated,  "The  pioneer  stage  has 
under  "general  visual  aids  and  instruction"  dealt  al-  "f  ^"  l^^^^.^'  ^'  '^'^^  "°^  *^^"'  inappropriate  to  say 
most  wholly,  if  not  wholly,  with  motion  pictures  ^''f  *"^  pioneer  stage  has  been  passed  in  audio-visual 
although  the  entries  in  the'  various  bulletins  are  in-  educational  research.  But  there  is  still  much  to  be 
sufficient  for  one  to  be  positive.  The  totals  bv  years  ''°"f.-  ^''^''^  '^  ^■'^"^  •**''^  ^°''  "-esearches  into  unit 
are  interesting.  From  3  reported  for  1928  the  num-  ^'"j!'^^  ^"*^  ^^""^  '^'''''  adaptations,  application  of 
her  moves  upward  irregularly  to  37  for  1938  (school  audio-visual  aids  and  techniques  to  ability  groupings, 
year  1936-37).  The  large  niimber  of  studies  reported  Production  of  aids  in  certain  areas  of  instruction  and 
for  1934  mav  be  due  to  the  Pavne  Foundation  Studies  ^"^J^^^  '"^l*"  .'''^'^'^  '""'^  "°'^  relatively  untouched. 
"Motion  Pictures  and  Youth."'  evaluations  m  the  realm  of  attitudes,  artistic  and  aes- 
_  .  ...  thetic  judgments,  objectives,  appreciations,  learning 
lurning  now  to  the  table  '  Tabulation  of  Research  processes,  and  a  host  of  others.  By  comparison  with 
Studies  in  Radio  Education"  one  sees  that  only  one  the  researches  in  such  fields  as  achievement  tests,  extra- 
research  was  reported  prior  to  1931.  Of  the  total  of  curricular  activities,  individual  differences,  guidance. 
69  studies,  38  or  557c  were  master's  theses,  14.5%  or  public  relations,  audio-visual  education  is  still  near 
doctor  s.  and  30.5  7o  faculty  studies.  the  bottom  of  the  ladder. 


Page   362 


The  Educational  Screen 


MOTION  PICTURES— 
NOT  FOR  THEATRES 


By    ARTHUR    EDWIN    KROWS 

Editor  of  "The  Spur,"  New  York  City 


Installment  Number  Fourteen.  Con- 
cerning Ned  Stevenson,  master  of 
Visugraphic,  Meyer  Rosenbloom  of 
Caravel  and  other  New  York  non- 
theatrical  producers  and  distributors. 


COOK  had  taken  the  then  exclusive 
address  in  the  AeoHan  Building  be- 
cause it  was  his  first  plan  to 
Iceep  his  service  in  character  as  "a 
Tiffany  proposition,"  directing  it  not  at 
"mass"  sales  but  at  "class"  purchasers. 
He  fixed  the  original  price  at  around 
$400,  possibly  because  he  wanted  to 
establish  the  thought  in  the  public  mind 
that  the  Pathescope  was  a  property  pri- 
marily for  "the  400."  The  psychology 
was  probably  sound,  for  what  he  did 
paved  the  way  for  a  natural  expansion  of 
the  business.  As  part  of  that  widening 
Cook  presently  provided  an  especial 
"Pathescope"  camera,  with  which  ama- 
teurs might  photograph  family  pictures, 
or — and  here  was  still  another  phase — 
business  organizations  might  produce 
their  own  films  for  sales  demonstrations. 

Or,  if  the  customer  wanted  a  profes- 
sional cameraman  with  theatrical  equip- 
ment to  do  the  job,  Cook  would  supply 
all  that,  also.  Thus  Pathescope  branched 
into  an  industrial  production  division.  It 
was  to  have  significance  in  later  years, 
too,  that  the  correlated  arrangements,  to 
supply  raw  film  and  to  develop  and  print, 
brought  Cook  into  close  and  friendly 
relations  with  the  Eastman  Kodak  Com- 
pany. 

All  of  this  development  was  quite 
lapid;  and,  of  course,  a  personnel  was 
required  to  make  it  possible.  His  first 
representative  in  the  business  seems  to 
have  been  his  brother-in-law,  Warburton, 
although  in  the  very  early  days,  while 
Cook  was  making  a  second  trip  abroad  in 
the  interest  of  Pathescope,  Milligan 
helped  somewhat.  First  to  be  heard  of 
importantly  in  the  field,  however,  as  an 
agent  of  Pathescope — in  addition  to  Cook, 
himself — was  J.  Alexander  Leggett,  of 
New  York. 

Leggett  was  not  an  ordinary  salesman. 
He  was  really  an  advertising  man  of 
considerable  experience  and  more  vision, 
who  had  become  convinced  of  the  high 
potentialities  of  films  in  industry.  So, 
when  the  World  War  was  over  and  the 
United  States  was  beginning  to  find  it- 
self again,  there  was  J.  Alexander  Leg- 
gett, heading  his  own  advertising  agency 
in  New  York,  and  making  motion  pic- 
tures for  his  clients  as  part  of  his  own 
advertising  service.  They  were  efficient 
pictures,  too — conceived  intelligently  and 
creditably  produced.  He  made  some  of 
the  earliest  subjects  for  the  American 
Telephone  and  Telegraph  Company.  He 
was  consistent  in  his  success  for  many 
years,  not  having  much  to  do  with  his 
competitors  in  the  broad  field,  it  is  true, 
but  exerting  a  wholesome  influence  on 
the  entire  attitude  of  industrialists  to- 
ward the  screen. 


Pathescope  started  an  especial  drive 
for  industrial  business  at  the  close  of 
the  World  War — intensively  about  1920. 
The  maul  intention,  of  course,  was  to 
extend  the  use  of  the  portable  projector 
and  thus  to  increase  rentals  of  films  from 
the  Pathescope  library.  A  small,  regular 
production  staff  was,  therefore,  an  ex- 
cellent investment,  even  if  it  did  no 
more  than  just  "break  even"  ;  and  Clinton 
F.  Ivins,  who  was  none  loo  happy  in 
Harry  Levey's  old  position  at  Universal, 
came  over  to  take  charge  of  it.  Ivins  re- 


Edward  A.  Stevenson  resuscitated 
a  dying  production  venture,  reor- 
ganized it  and  by  aggressive  sales- 
manship, lifted  it  to  that  prosperity 
which   the  talkie   revolution   ended. 


inained  there  until  along  in  1938,  when 
he  left  to  join  another  film  organization. 

On  the  whole  the  industrial  division  of 
Pathescope  gained  a  satisfactory  profit. 
It  is  my  impression  that,  in  the  early 
days,  at  least,  the  product  was  sold  by 
the  foot,  and  this  may  have  directed  to- 
ward Pathescope  the  competitor  criticism 
that  the  concern  deliberately  went  in  for 
long  panoramic  shots  which  took  much 
film  and  couldn't  well  be  cut.  But  it  is 
also  my  impression  that  what  Pathescope 
produced  was  generally  far  superior, 
especially  in  photographic  quality,  to  most 
of  the  other  industrial  product  of  the 
time. 

Late  in  1921  the  Pathescope  Company, 
under  the  production  management  of 
Clinton  F.  Ivins,  of  course,  made  a  com- 


mercial film  on  nut  butter  for  a  render- 
ing plant  at  Boontown,  N.  J.  About  three 
years  passed,  and  then  Edward  A.  Ste- 
venson, a  son  of  the  nut-butter  manu- 
facturer, reported  to  Ivins  that  the  con- 
cern had  passed  away,  and  applied  for 
a  job.  Ivins  introduced  him  to  Cook  who 
appointed  him  salesman  for  Pathescope ; 
and  Stevenson  began  with  enthusiasm. 
Then  one  day  Stevenson,  in  this  new 
capacity,  chanced  into  the  administrative 
offices  of  the  rich  Anthony  N.  Brady 
Estate  and  proposed  to  those  in  charge 
that  they  make  a  film. 

Visugraphic 

Their  response  was  at  first  a  smile,  it 
is  said ;  and  then,  in  explanation  of  that, 
they  told  him  that  a  film  was  just  what 
they  didn't  want  because  they  already 
controlled  a  small  motion  picture  com- 
pany which  they  didn't  know  how  to 
employ.  Some  further  discussion  ensued, 
and  they  made  a  counter-proposal  to 
Stevenson,  which  was  that  he  should  turn 
over  to  them  a  couple  of  new  industrial 
picture  contracts  which  he  said  he  might 
close,  and  come  to  work  for  them.  So 
Stevenson,  it  seems,  embraced  the  op- 
portunity. The  company  he  thus  joined 
was  Visugraphic  Pictures,  Inc.,  formed 
in  1921  by  a  son,  I  believe,  of  Anthony 
N.  Brady,  in  association  with  Tarking- 
ton  Baker.  Baker  was  a  former  Indian- 
apolis newspaperman  and  from  191S  to 
1920  general  manager  of  Universal  Film 
Company — another  offshoot,  one  ob- 
serves, of  the  Laemmle  interests.  The 
purpose  was  general  production  in  the 
non-theatrical   field. 

Baker  was  in  ill  health.  On  New 
Year's  Day,  1924,  he  died.  Stevenson  suc- 
ceeded to  the  presidency.  Fron:  then  on 
Visugraphic  had  a  steady  rise  to  pros- 
perity. Among  the  important  clients  for 
whom  the  concern  produced  pictures  were 
the  United  Press  Association,  the  Penn- 
sylvania Railroad,  the  New  York  Stock 
Exchange,  International  Business  Ma- 
chines Corporation,  the  International 
Paper  Company,  the  Fisk  Tire  Company 
and  the  Cleveland  Plain  Dealer.  They  liad 
a  monthly  house  organ  and,  in  1929,  Ste- 
venson, himself,  wrote  a  slender  promo- 
tion book,  bound  in  stiff  covers  and  dis- 
tributed to  prospects,  entitled  Motion  Pic- 
tures for  Advertising  and  Selling. 

Stevenson  did  not  realize  it  then,  but 
1929  was  to  be  the  banner  year  of  the 
organization.  In  that  twelvemonth,  it  is 
said,  Visugraphic  did  a  gross  business  of 
$320,000  through  its  imposing  oflices  on 
Park  .Avenue,  in  the  shadow  of  the 
Grand  Central  Building,  bonuses  being 
given    to    some    sixty-odd    persons    em- 


December,   19J9 


Page  363 


ployed,  and  Stevenson  himself  drawing 
a  salary  ot  $30,000.  Henry  Bollnian  was 
on  the  staff  in  that  same  year,  principally 
editing  film. 

The  Brady  money  seems  not  always  to 
have  been  kiik  of  the  enterprise;  but  its 
influence  may  have  accounted  for  the 
heavy  patronage  which  Visugraphic  en- 
joyed from  the  Xew  York  Edison  Com- 
pany, the  Pennsylvania  Railroad  and  for 
other  favors  from  the  public  relations 
counsel,  the  late,  celebrated  Ivy  Led- 
better  Lee,  advisor  to  the  Rockefeller 
interests.  Even  so,  however,  there  was 
never  again  to  be  a  banner  year  for 
Visugraphic  as  it  was  then  constituted. 
When  sound  pictures  arrived  with  their 
expensive  perplexities,  Stevenson  and 
his  people  made  a  gallant  attempt  to  carry 
on.  For  a  time  it  appeared  that  they 
n-.ight  succeed.  But  for  Steven.son  it  was 
just  the  last  flush  on  the  cheek  of  the 
corpse.  In  1933  Visugraphic  went  into 
insolvency.  A  man  named  White,  from 
the  radio  field,  conducted  the  receiver- 
ship and  actually  developed  some  further 
business  and  a  strong  hope  of  revival. 

The  Visugraphic  personnel,  in  its  best 
years,  included  Perry  Arnold,  William 
Barbnrin  I.aub.  Frank  Spcidell,  Albuin 
Mariner  and  Marie  Barrell.  Let  us  par- 
ticularize. Periy  Arnold,  energetic  sales 
manager,  was  a  former  manager  for  the 
United  Press  .\ssociation.  Laub,  a  facile 
writer  of  salestalks  in  scenario  form, 
had  started  in  industrials  with  Ivins  at 
Pathescope. 

Frank  Speidell  was  first  of  all  Visu- 
graphic's  brilliant  scenarist.  He  also  be- 
came one  of  its  most  successful  direc- 
tors. The  son  of  a  Louisville  physician, 
he  had  come  to  New  York  to  engage  in 
advertising  agency  work,  whence  he  had 
drifted  into  pictures.  The  way  was  inter- 
esting. The  theatrical  screen  star,  Gloria 
Swanson,  was  in  a  way  responsible.  She 
was  then  at  the  height  of  her  fame,  and 
making  features  in  the  New  York  studios 
of  Paramount.  She  had  been  called  upon 
to  report  on  her  income  for  the  federal 
tax  collector  and,  in  despair,  had  callefl 
on  the  officials  of  the  National  City  Bank 
for  help. 

Her  adviser  there  recommended  a  rela- 
tive, Frank  Speidell,  as  a  dependable  per- 
•  son  to  keep  her  accounts  straight.  As  it 
'  was  only  a  part-time  matter,  Frank  was 
able  to  take  the  work  on  along  with  his 
regular  employment.  The  arrangement 
worked  out  quite  to  Miss  Swanson's  lik- 
ing; and  she  continued  it  for  the  term  of 
her  contract  with  Paramount  in  the  East. 
Speidell  was  invited  to  the  studio  now  and 
then  and,  by  degrees,  he  thus  familiarized 
himself  with  the  routine  of  picture  making 
until  he  felt  that  he  might  essay  it  for 
himself. 

Marie  Barrell  was  the  wife  of  C.  W. 
Barrell,  he  being  then  in  charge  of  the 
Motion  Picture  Bureau  of  the  Western 
Electric  Company.  Her  specialty  was  ar- 
ranging distribution,  principally  through 
the  lesser  theatres,  which  Visugraphic 
sold  along  with  production.  She  had  been 
very  efficient  in  this  place.  Her  training 
in  such  work  had  come  not  merely  from 
witnessing  the  professional  activity  of 
her  husband  along  the  same  lines,  but 
she  had  served  for  a  time  as  assistant  to 
Mrs.   Elizabeth   Dessez  in   Pathe's  non- 


theatrical  department.  .\n  additional 
familiarity  had  come  through  an  earlier 
term  of  service  as  sales  representative  to 
her  husband's  friend,  Carlyle  Ellis. 

But  the  most  picturesque  career  of  the 
lot  was  presented  by  Albuin  R.  Mariner. 
We  met  him  when  he  joined  Harry  Levey 
at  Universal ;  but  there  is  much  more  to 
be  told  about  him.  In  the  early  years  of 
the  century,  it  seems,  there  was  some 
member  of  the  Mariner  family  conduct- 
ing an  esteemed  photographic  portrait 
studio  in  every  important  city  of  .-Xustria. 
.■\s  the  new  art  of  motion  pictures  came 
in,  the  older  members  of  the  family  felt 
that  their  specializing  group  should  know 
something  about  it.  Accordingly,  they  ap- 
r«)intcd  one  of  their  youngsters  to  go  to 
Berlin  and  learn.  They  chose  Albuin,  who 
lad  graduated  from  the  Munich  School 
of  Photography  in  1907  He  duly  went 
to  the  German  capital  and  remained  there 
for  some  time,  studying  assiduously. 

Then  an  uncle,  Joseph  De  Frenes,  who 
for  some  three  years  had  been  employed 
as  a  staff  technician  at  Urban's  Kinema- 
color  Company  m  London,  summoned 
Mariner  there  as  laboratory  assistant. 
.Albuin  quickly  advanced  and  presently 
was  made  laboratory  chief  of  a  Kinema- 
color  branch  established  in  France.  One 
day,  when  there  was  a  shortage  of  cam- 
eramen at  the  plant  and  a  photographic 
job  to  be  done,  he  tried  his  hand  at 
cranking  a  color  camera.  He  did  so  well 
that  they  kept  him  at  it.  He  ground  out 
plenty  of  black  and  white  film,  too.  It 
is  related  that  in  1908-1909  he  was  even 
strapped  to  the  wing  of  an  airplane  to 
photograph  some  of  the  small  warfare  of 
that  ominous  time  in  the  Balkans. 

Brought  now  to  London,  again,  he  be- 
came for  Kinemacolor  a  sort  of  house- 
hold photographer  to  the  Royal  Family, 
accompanying  the  King  to  his  shooting- 
box  in  Scotland,  and  otherwise  serving 
to  record  the  human  interest  phases  of 
His  Majesty's  life,  with  the  identifying 
flag  of  the  Royal  Household  on  his 
camera.  In  1911  he  was  one  of  twenty- 
three  Kinemacolor  cameramen  sent  by 
Charles  Urban  from  London  to  India  to 
photograph  the  Durbar.  And  when 
Hickey,  Urban's  American  manager, 
picked  the  crew  to  come  to  establish 
Kinemacolor  in  the  United  States,  Albuin 
Mariner  was  one  of  those  selected, 
cancelling  another  arrangement  just  made, 
to  send  him  to  New  Zealand. 

What  happened  to  him  between  the 
time  of  American  Kinemacolor — when 
one  of  his  notable  assignments  was  to 
photograph  the  glamorous  Lillian  Rus- 
sell— and  his  coming  to  Visugraphic,  be- 
longs to  another  part  of  this  narrative. 
I  mention  now  only  one  passing  phase— 
his  work  as  cameraman  for  the  indus- 
trial department  of  Universal.  When  he 
came  with  V^isugraphic  he  remained 
there  for  seven  years  .  .  .  until  the 
virtual  end. 

Caravel  and  Castie 

There  are  left  unnamed  in  the  New 
York  area  but  two  important  non-theatri- 
cal producers  of  the  silent  days — Caravel 
Pictures  and  Castle  Films.  Caravel  was 
a  subsidiary  of  Business  Training  Cor- 
poration, a  concern  formed  about  1917  to 
advise  on,  or  actually  to  attack,  problems 


of  industrial  relations,  marketing  and 
sales  promotion.  The  president  was 
Meyer  Rosenbloom  until  the  summer  of 
1934,  when  he  retired  from  that  office  to 
give  his  attention  to  other  interests.  In 
1929  the  parent  concern  claimed  over 
800  client  companies. 

The  officers  quickly  discovered  the  im- 
portance of  motion  pictures  as  an  aid  to 
modern  business  and  organized  Caravel, 
with  offices  at  the  Business  Training 
headquarters  on  Madison  Avenue  and  a 
studio  in  Long  Island  City.  Manager  of 
production  was  David  Pincus,  with  a 
permanent  staff  consisting  of  Mr.  Rath- 
man,  director,  and  Jules  Sindic,  camera- 
man—three especially  efficient  workers 
whose  joint  efforts  have  resulted  in  many 
creditable  industrial  films. 

Orders  for  these  came  chiefly  from 
contacts  made  through  Business  Training 
Corporation,  President  Rosenbloom  tak- 
ing a  strong  personal  interest  in  the  well- 
being  of  the  subsidiary  concern.  Rosen- 
bloom's  eventual  retirement  proved  a 
serious  blow  to  the  film  organization.  His 
place  was  taken  by  a  Dr.  Lowe,  who 
negotiated  some  excellent  new  business, 
wliile  handicapped  without  Rosenbloom's 
original    sales   organization. 

Among  outstanding  clients  of  Caravel 
have  been  the  Kohler  Company  of  Wis- 
consin, manufacturers  of  plumbing  fix- 
tures ;  the  Willard  Storage  Battery  Com- 
pany; the  Goodyear  Tire  and  Rubber 
Company;  the  Hammermill  Paper  Com- 
pany; Davis  &  Geek,  makers  of  surgical 
sutures  and  anesthetics ;  the  Postum  Com- 
pany; the  National  Lead  Company;  the 
Commonwealth  Shoe  &  Leather  Com- 
pany; the  International  Silver  Company 
and  the  Standard  Oil  Company  of 
New  Jersey.  For  many  of  its  ac- 
counts Caravel  also  arranges  distribu- 
tion through  theatres  and  various  non- 
theatrical  channels.  About  1930,  when 
high  rents  and  heavier  fire  restrictions 
caused  so  many  non- theatrical  producers 
to  leave  Long  Island  City,  Caravel  re- 
linquished its  own  studio  there  and  took 
another  at  Hempstead,  which  it  still  uses. 
In  1936  Caravel,  approximately  sixteen 
years  from  the  time  of  its  establishment, 
began  a  reorganization  in  which  the  full 
stress  was  placed  on  theatrical  exhibition 
of  industrial  films.  .After  various  surveys 
Caravel  Distributing  Corporation  was 
formed.  Stanley  Ncal  became  managing 
director,  and  Bert  Ennis,  well  known 
theatrical  press  agent,  was  engaged  t« 
organize  publicity. 

Early  in  1938  a  cocktail  party  was 
held  at  Caravel's  New  York  office,  at 
730  Fifth  Avenue,  to  give  a  preview  to 
the  press  and  the  advertising  space-buy- 
ers for  a  number  of  national  accounts, 
of  a  $35,000  three-color  Bristol-Myers 
Ipana  Toothpaste  animated  cartoon.  This 
picture,  "Boy  Meets  Dog,"  was  presented 
as  the  first  of  a  series  of  "sponsored" 
shorts,  mostly  in  colored  animation,  which 
would  be  produced  for  various  concerns, 
using  celebrated  Hollywood  talent.  The 
announcement  told  of  a  force  of  sales- 
men to  book  them  in  theatres  over  the 
country,  and  one  new  reel  was  to  be  re- 
leased each  month.  "Boy  Meets  Dog" 
was  scheduled  to  open  April  1,  1938,  with 
250  "first  run"  bookings  in  theatres  along 
the   Atlantic    seaboard,   and   3,250  other 


Page  364 


The  Educational  Screen 


bookings  allegedly  made  elsewhere. 

As  to  Castle  Films,  that  has  been  dis- 
tinctly— during  most  of  its  life — a  one- 
man  organization  belonging  to  Eugene  W. 
Castle.  Of  no  apparent  significance  what- 
ever was  the  fact  that,  among  the  new- 
incorporations  announced  in  August, 
1916,  was  the  Castle  Producing  Company 
oi  New  York  City,  to  engage  in  a  gen- 
eral theatrical  business.  The  only  person 
of  the  name  here  mentioned  was  a  James 
W.  Castle,  of  whom  and  about  whose 
concern  the  records  thereafter  seem  to 
be  silent.  Moreover,  the  Castle  under 
scrutiny  was  then  in  California.  In  1916, 
when  the  old  Gaumont  Company  was 
making  its  "See  America  First"  series, 
Eugene  W.  Castle,  under  twenty  years 
of  age,  was  making  the  West  Coast 
phases,  while  Walter  Pritchard  was  pho- 
tographing the  Southern  ones,  and  Ed- 
ward Guetlin  (ten  years  later  to  be  the 
general  representative  of  Hearst's  Inter- 
national Newsreel  at  Paris),  was  cover- 
ing New  England.  About  1919,  with  a 
capital  of  $500,  and  an  order  for  a  series 
of  scenics  showing  the  beauties  of  travel 
on  a  Pacific  Coast  railroad,  he  embarked 
uj)on  his  independent  business. 

Despite  the  implications  of  modest 
financing,  Eugene  W.  Castle  was  reputed- 
ly a  member  of  a  wealthy  family,  and 
still  today  is  reported  to  be  in  non- 
theatrical  production  primarily  because  he 
likes  it.  He  is  said  to  have  brought  with 
him  from  the  West  Coast  to  Chicago, 
when  he  came  there  first,  -i  large  meat- 
packing account.  He  then  removed  to  New 
York  to  set  up  his  offices,  where  he  has 
held  consistently,  against  all  competitive 
bids,  the  film  production  for  the  United 
Fruit  Company  and  the  California  Fruit 
Growers  Exchange.  His  pictures  for  the 
South  Seas  pineapple  trade  remind  one 
that  Castle  is  a  magic  name  in  the  gov- 
ernment of  Hawaii. 

The  plan  upon  which  Castle's  success 
has  been  built  in  the  main  is  the  distribu- 
tion of  "free"  industrial-educational  films 
to  the  schools.  He  sells  to  each  client  a 
"two  million  person"  circulation,  to  be  ob- 
tained in  a  reasonable  time  with  a  subject 
produced  by  himself  on  order.  The  way  he 
guarantees  the  number  is  to  promise  that 
he  will  keep  on  working  until  he  obtains 
it.  Of  course,  nobody  could  guarantee 
such  circulation  otherwise  in  existing  cir- 
cumstances. When  the  given  film  has 
reached  the  two  million  mark.  Castle 
destroys  the  subject,  including  all  prints. 
Consequently,  no  subject  in  his  list  is 
more  than  three  years  of  age,  clients  are 
disposed  to  make  new  subjects,  and  school 
teachers,  thus  unusually  assured  of  com- 
parative freshness  of  information,  are 
stimulated  to  ask  for  his  reels  while  they 
are  available. 

His  New  York  distributor  is  Murray 
Goodman,  who  from  1922  to  1933  was  in 
charge  of  Bray's  non-theatrical  depart- 
ment; in  Chicago  his  office  is  managed 
by  Edward  Mayer,  a  former  director  of 
visual  education  on  the  West  Coast.  He 
maintains  a  third  office  in  San  Fran- 
cisco. His  present  company  is  reported  to 
have  a  weekly  payroll  of  110  persons,  and 
his  operations  cover,  it  is  said,  more  than 
.S.OOO  schools.  It  should  be  borne  in  mind 
that  schools  are  regularly  besieged  with 
ofifers  of  "free"   films  for  classroom   use. 


Eugene  Castle  found  a  way  to  serve 
schools  efficiently  and  profitably 
with  commercial  films.  He  began  as 
a  cameraman  for  one  of  the  earliest 
newsreels    before   the    World   War. 


As  recently  as  October,  1939,  I  noticed 
that  German  Railways,  the  propaganda 
bureau  of  the  Reich,  was  offering  a  long 
list  of  16-niilIimeter  reels  to  the  schools 
of  the  United  States  under  such  condi- 
tions. Publicity  bureaus  of  other  coun- 
tries are  equally  obliging. 

While  it  is  not  the  purpose  of  this  his- 
tory to  tell  the  story  of  motion  pictures 
in  the  home  (although  those  certainly  are 
"not  for  theatres"  either),  leaving  that 
aspect  to  the  fruitful  researches  of  some 
other  investigator,  it  may  be  added  to 
tliis  account  of  Eugene  Castle  as  an  in- 
teresting point  that  he  is  a  pioneer  there 
also.  In  1936 — or  it  may  have  been  early 
in  1957 — he  made  a  careful  study  of  cer- 
tain possibilities  of  profit  in  the  growing 
use  of  amateur  motion  picture  cameras 
and  projectors,  deciding  that  there  was 
money  to  be  made  in  supplying  newsreels 
to  the  home.  Of  course,  this  field  was 
already  being  cultivated,  notably  by  the 
Eastman  Company  which,  about  1930,  had 
introduced  8-millimeter  films  expressly 
to  serve  it. 

Castle's  first  operating  plan  was  to 
issue  a  16-millimeter  reel  on  the  corona- 
tion of  King  George  VI.  He  ascertained 
the  availability  of  theatrical  newsreels 
for  this  purpose,  and  even  drew  up  tenta- 
tive agreements  with  producing  companies 
for  a  regular  supply  of  likely  material 
from  their  releases.  In  1937,  however, 
occurred  the  disaster  involving  the  giant 
dirigible  Hindenburg,  the  destruction  of 
which  chanced  to  be  caught  in  great  de- 
tail by  cameramen  who  were  awaiting  the 
debarkation  of  passengers.  Castle  ob- 
tained excerpts  and  made  up  "home" 
versions,  with  and  without  sound,  in 
16-millimeter  and  8-millimeter  widths. 
These  films  were  made  available  to  the 
public   at   prices   ranging   from  $5.50   to 


$22.50,  and  50-foot  rolls  were  subse- 
quently offered  at  $1.75  each.  The  prints 
of  this  sensational  subject,  so  fresh  in 
the  public  mind,  were  taken  up  promptly 
as  "a  Iiot  novelty"  by  department,  chain 
and  drug  stores,  toy  shops  and  arcade 
booths,  and  upwards  of  twelve  million 
feet  were  reported  sold. 

In  the  meantime  another  matter  of 
popular  interest,  the  story  of  the  Duke 
of  Windsor,  whose  abdication  as  King 
Edward  VIII  for  love  had  entranced  the 
world's  imagination,  had  inspired  the 
former  news  cameraman  Castle  to  pre- 
paration of  another  "home"  reel  on  that ; 
and  the  excellence  of  his  commercial 
judgment  was  confirmed  by  fairly  quick 
sales  of  some  ten  million  feet. 

Castle  still  operates  this  branch  of  his 
service,  but  with  a  modified  sales  or- 
ganization dictated  by  his  experience,  the 
various  items  in  his  newsreel  library 
being  made  available  not  only  to  homes 
but  to  schools.  The  schools  naturally, 
are  less  concerned  with  those  sensational 
aspects  which   promote  popular  sales. 

In  the  rolling  years  many  lesser  pro- 
ducers have  opened  and  closed  their  shops 
in  New  York  City  without  particularly 
aflfecting  the  broad  situation.  Some  I 
have  deliberately  passed  over  in  these 
pages  as  too  inconsequential  for  remark. 
The  individual  histories  of  those  are 
typified  by  the  story  of  Legend  Films, 
incorporated  about  1920  through  the  in- 
strumentality of  Ernest  Shipman.  The 
persons  more  actively  present  were  Wil- 
liam Bowen,  once  member  of  the  produc- 
tion division  at  the  Norma  Talmadge 
Studio  making  theatrical  features  and 
more  recently  "in  the  bail  bond  business 
in  the  Bronx,"  and  Robert  Winkley,  who 
seems  sufficiently  identified  as  "the  man 
with  the  money." 

The  announced  purpose  was  broad,  to 
produce  theatrical  features,  educationals 
and  industrials.  Of  course  the  features 
were  the  first  objective ;  and  a  couple  of 
those  were  actually  produced  by  Tefi't 
Johnson,  a  one-time  stage  leading  man 
and  former  picture  director  at  Vitagraph. 
-Another  producing  director  for  the 
Legend  group  was  John  Kennedy.  As  to 
players,  they  kept  a  stock  company  on 
salary  for  many  months,  including  Edna 
Shipman,  a  young  niece  of  the  irrepres- 
sible Ernest,  brought  east  from  California. 
The  chief  scenario  writer  was  Treve  Col- 
lins, recently  and  until  his  death  in  July, 
1939,  advertising  manager  of  a  success- 
ful trade  publication,  the  Plumbing  and 
Heating  Journal,  but  then  just  a  promis- 
ing lad  who  had  been  employed  by  the 
Brooklyn  Edison  Company,  with  a  side 
reputation  as  author  of  some  published 
fiction. 

Legend  Films  began  in  an  old  building 
since  demolished,  on  42nd  Street  near 
Fifth  Avenue,  The  concern  presently 
moved  to  the  Candler  Building,  further 
west,  where  Sam  Efrus  maintained  a 
small  public  projection  room.  The  fact  of 
the  matter  was  that  by  that  time  Legend 
Films  had  begun  tightening  its  belt ;  the 
money  was  running  low.  In  addition  to 
the  features,  which  did  not  prove  as 
profitable  as  had  been  anticipated,  the 
company  produced  a  film  on  stomach  can- 
cer for  an  association  of  doctors,  and  pre- 


December,  1939 

pared  to  make  an  industrial  for  the 
Mergcntliali-r  Linotype  Company.  But, 
somehow  or  other,  the  hurry  and  the 
hustle  ceased.  Came  the  day  when  one 
could  rent  the  Sam  Efrus  projection 
room  again,  this  time  to  reflect  on  the 
singular  api)ropriateness  of  the  name 
chosen  by  that  serious  group  which  lately 
iiad   monopolized   the   outer  office. 

Other  .\e\v  \'ork  concerns  which  I 
have  not  known  directly  but  which  have 
vanished  (juickly  from  the  public  eye, 
have  caught  my  interest,  each  for  a  name 
or  some  other  symptom  of  worth ;  and 
I  have  tried  to  trace  them  for  the  sake 
"f  that.  There  was  Camilla  Dunworth, 
or  Donworth.  In  the  early  summer  of 
1917,  as  representative  of  the  E.  I.  S. 
Motion  Picture  Corporation  (could  the 
initials  have  meant  "Educational-Indus- 
trial-Scientific"?)  she  addressetl  the  St. 
Louis  Asstx-iated  .Advertisers'  Convention 
on  industrial  films,  attracting  attention 
for  her  sensible  handling  of  the  subject. 
In  December  she  announced  the  forma- 
tion, in  New  York  City,  of  the  Films  of 
Business  CorjKjration  at  64  East  34th 
Street.  She  was  president,  and  Charles 
Charlton  was  vice-president  and  camera- 
man. They  produced  two  pictures  there- 
after—"One  of  the  Departments  of  a 
Great  Industry,"  showing  the  H.  J.  Heinr 
Company  preparation  of  canned  spaghetti, 
and  "The  Making  of  'Mephisto'  Auger 
Bits,"  for  the  W.  A.  Ives  Manufacturing 
Company.  America  entered  the  War  then, 
and  the  record  ends. 

Where  is  the  Home  Feature  Film  Com- 
pany, of  New  York,  hailed  in  September, 
1914,  as  "a  ntwconier  in  the  industrial 
held"?  The  principals  named  in  it  were 
Norman  R.  Buckley  and  M.  F.  JolliflFe. 
And  what  about  the  February,  1915,  New 
York  enterprise  of  W.  Lindsay  Gordon, 
"of  Gordon's  illustrated  Lectures,"  which 
was  to  do  business  under  the  name 
Beaver  I'"ilni  Corporation,  and  promised 
to  make  one,  two,  and  three-reel  lecture 
subjects  in  a  studio  at  Dongan  Hills, 
Staten  Island?  What  has  become  of  the 
Dra-Ko  Film  Company  of  New  York, 
which  in  1916  solicited  industrial  anima- 
tion? 

As  one  scrutinizes  the  situation  in  the 
New  York  area  today,  there  are  to  be 
seen  the  names  of  other  really  important 
non-theatrical  producers ;  but  they  occur 
mainly  on  the  doors  of  "branch  offices," 
and  many  times  represent  just  desk  room 
and  mailing  addresses,  indicating  that 
their  owners  are  elsewhere.  Why  should 
ont-of-town  producers  want  such  repre- 
sentation? Well,  the  chief  reason  is 
that  New  York  is  geographically  and 
otherwise  the  great  marketplace  of  the 
United  States,  the  lowest  crossing-place 
of  the  Alleghanies  for  the  industries  of 
the  interior  going  to  Europe,  and  the 
natural  avenue  for  Europe  into  the  Mid- 
dle West  and  West.  The  reins  of  com- 
merce are  held,  therefore,  principally  at 
this  point;  and  it  is  as  natural  for  the 
non-theatrical  picture  industry  to  "head 
up"  in  New  York  as  it  is  for  theatrical 
productions  to  concentrate  at  Hollywood. 
So  I  am  holding  back  the  account  of 
the  other  producers  until  we  move  out 
into  the  other  cities  where  they  maintain 
their  headquarters. 


Page   365 

Chapter  V— On  the  Other  Battlefronts 


THE  CITY  OF   NEW    YORK  has 
been  for  a  long  time,  and  probably 
will  continue  to  be,  the  likeliest  place 
lor  film  producers  to  enlist  non-theatri- 
cal accounts.  The  site  of  the   metropolis 
makes  it  a  great  marketplace;  and  pro- 
I>aganda    l)cing    an    obvious    division    of 
sales,  motion  pictures  for  that  purpose  are 
naturally    purchased    in    quantity    there. 
However,     in     de-centralized     industries, 
where  full  sales  powers  are  not  delegated 
to   a    New   York   headquarters,   the   non- 
theatrical    business   may    l)e   situated   out 
at  the  factories.  And,  as  de-centralizalion 
is  increasingly  the  fashion,  following  the 
Government's    heavier    war    on    alleged 
trade  monopolies,  outlying  producers  are 
encouraged    more   than   ever   to    flourish. 
Thus  it  comes  about  that  a  few  non- 
theatrical  producers  are  as  indigenous  to 
the  other  cities  as  the  bulk  of  the  pro- 
fession   is   to    New   York.   At   the   same 
time,  because  the  motion  picture  industry 
in   America   took   its   first   root  in   New 
Yoik,  one  may   trace  the  beginnings  of 
nearly  all  the  outside  concerns  to  original 
contacts  with  that  city — although  this  is 
not  to  say  that  New  York  inspired  their 
success.    In    truth,    the    outlying    areas 
would  prefer  not  to  admit  any  depend- 
ence,  an   attitude   which   makes   it   more 
difficult   for  the  New  York  producer  to 
solicit  new  business  in  the  other  Ameri- 
can  cities   than    for   producers   there   to 
open    successful    branch    sales    offices    in 
Manhattan. 

New  England 

This  has  been  especially  true  of  New 
England.  There  the  people,  with  habits 
and  attitudes  arising  out  of  a  soil  not 
as  ready  to  yield  a  living  as  some  more 
fertile  regions,  have  skilled  themselves  in 
manufactures  and  marketing,  and,  dis- 
trustful of  the  agricultural  South  and 
West,  which  so  often  have  declaimed 
against  them,  have  preferred  to  live  by 
their  own  devices,  dealing  as  far  as  pos- 
sible with  persons  they  know  and  under- 
stand intimately.  This  same  wariness 
naturally  applied  to  the  strange  new  uses 


Next  Month 

Sfill  in  the  silent  film  days,  the 
narrative  unreels  a  picture  of 
the  interesting  situation  in  Bos- 
ton and  vicinity,  dissolving 
thence  to  the  Midwest  scene, 
to  notice  there  how  Norman 
Wilding  made  good  on  some- 
body else's  unfulfilled  contracts, 
and  so  established  one  of  the 
most  successful  non-theatrical 
production  concerns  in  Amer- 
ica. The  detailed  story  of  these 
happenings  has  never  previously 
been  published. 


of  motion  pictures;  and  their  demand 
that  results  be  proved  and  proved  again 
before  a  customer's  problems  might  even 
be  attacked,  has  discouraged  the  growth 
of  even  local  producing  firms.  Neverthe- 
less, there  have  been  brave  souls  to  at- 
tempt it.  For  instance,  there  was  the  Con- 
solidated Film  and  Amusement  Company 
of  Boston,  formed  about  April,  1916, 
to  make  industrial  and  educational  pic- 
tures, by  a  group  of  local  business  men 
who  were  reported  to  be  negotiating  for 
a  studio  site  in  the  vicinity. 

Then  there  was  Eugene  P.  Cornell,  a 
middle-aged  Bostonian  who  also  tried  it 
in  his  home  city.  In  the  four  or  five  years 
after  the  World  War,  he  maintained  a 
small  office  at  the  "Hub"  devoted  to  the 
production  of  industrial  films.  His  con- 
cern was  called  simply  and  sincerely  E. 
P.  Cornell  &  Staff.  The  founder  had  a 
camera  and  a  modest  battery  of  portable 
lamps  which  hi«  assistant  could  use  on 
locations  where  heaven's  free  sunlight 
was  out  of  the  question ;  and  an  efficient 
girl  cared  for  the  routine  work  of  the 
establishment.  Cornell,  whom  I  knew,  had 
a  sublime  faith  in  what  hard  work 
coupled  with  native  honesty,  might  do. 
He  could  talk  positively  and  informedly 
on  potential  business  in  his  area  as  well 
as  any  other  man  in  his  line;  and  it 
seemed  that  he  must  have  visited  every 
possible  client  with  an  attractive  pro- 
position at  absurdly  low  prices. 

It  was  not  that  he  was  trying  to  under- 
cut his  competitors.  He  was  trying  just 
to  meet  the  market  on  its  own  terms 
which  were  notoriously  unreasonable.  But 
it  was  all  to  no  purpose.  In  the  end,  poor 
Cornell  had  to  face  bankruptcy.  Some 
there  were,  no  doubt,  to  say  that  his 
principal  drawback  was  that  he  had  too 
little  capital  to  inspire  the  proper  con- 
fidence of  his  prospective  clients.  On  the 
other  hand,  what  man  of  capital  would 
want  to  throw  his  substance  on  what  was 
then  so  profitless  a  field? 

As  to  what  became  of  Cornell,  Geoi^e 
Zehrung  can  tell  what  he  learned  re- 
cently just  by  chance.  He  was  asking 
the  representative  of  a  large  New  Eng- 
land manufacturer  about  the  availability 
of  a  proposed  new  picture.  "There  isn't 
any  new  picture  and  there  won't  be," 
was  the  reply.  "We  were  interested  in 
films  as  long  as  we  had  E.  P.  Cornell 
&  Staff  to  make  them — and  now  that  he's 
dead,  we  don't  even  want  to  hear  about 
them  I" 

The  situation  at  Worcester,  some  forty- 
odd  miles  from  Boston,  was  somewhat 
more  hospitable  for  a  non-theatrical  con- 
cern. Worcester,  apart  from  being  more 
concentrated  in  its  manufacturing  activi- 
ties, was — or  at  least  should  have  been — 
traditionally  more  receptive  to  new  ideas, 
for  here  (or  in  the  close  vicinity),  had 
been  invented  and  produced  a  long  line 
of  revolutionary  devices,  including  Bige- 
low's  carpet-weaver  and  various  import- 
ant agricultural  contraptions. 
(To  b*  conffnaccf) 


Page    366 


^- 


mon 


The  Educational  Screen 


■3 


(0< 


L 


it%6^£.LU^£.6^    From    and    by    the 


Department  of  Visual  Instruction  of  the  National  Education  Association. 


Constitution  and  By-Laws  of 

The  Department  of  Visual  Instruction 

of  The  National  Education  Association 


Constitution 

Article  I — Name: 

The  name  of  this  organization  shall  be 
the  Department  of  Visual  Instruction  of 
the  National  Education  Association  of 
the  United  States. 

Article  II— Object: 

The  object  of  this  Department  shall 
be  to  promote  the  improvement  of  class- 
room instruction  through  the  ei?ective 
use  of  visual  and  other  sensory  aids  ;  to 
serve  as  a  clearing-house  of  informa- 
tion regarding  the  sources,  values  and 
guiding  principles  in  the  use  of  visual 
materials,  as  determined  by  research ; 
and  to  cooperate  with  other  domestic 
and  foreign  agencies  with  similar  inter- 
ests and  purposes. 

Article  III — Membership: 

Any  member  of  the  National  Educa- 
tion Association  may  become  an  active 
member  of  this  Department  by  paying 
such  dues  as  are  prescribed  in  the  by- 
laws. Other  types  of  membership  are 
provided  for  in  the  by-laws. 

Article  IV — Branches: 

A    local    branch    of    the    Department 


may,  on  approval  of  the  Executive 
Committee,  be  established  in  any  state, 
municipality  or  other  regions  which 
shall  not  overlap  the  territory  of  any 
other  branch.  Each  branch  shall  have 
a  minimum  of  fifty  active  and/or  as- 
sociate members.  Each  branch  may 
have  its  officers  and  be  governed  by  its 
own  constitution  and  by-laws,  provided 
lh,ey  are  not  in  conflict  with  the  Con- 
stitution and  by-laws  of  this  Depart- 
ment. Members  of  the  branches  shall  be 
entitled  to  all  the  rights  and  privileges 
of  other  members  of  the  Department. 
So  far  as  practical,  local  branches  shall 
be  organized   on   state   lines. 

Article  V — Officers: 

Section  1 :  All  officers  shall  be  active 
members  of  the  Department. 

Section  2:  The  officers  of  this  Depart- 
ment shall  be  a  president,  a  vice- 
president,  a  second  vice-president, 
and  a  secretary-treasurer. 

Section  3 :  The  president  and  vice-presi- 
dent shall  hold  office  for  a  period 
of  one  year  from  the  date  of  elec- 
tion. 

Section  4:  The  secretary-treasurer  shall 
be  appointed  by  the  Executive  Com- 
mittee and  shall  serve  one  year,  or 
until  his   successor  is  chosen. 


Editor's  Note — The  Department  devotes  its  space  in  this  issue  to  a 
complete  printing  of  the  new  Constitution  and  By-Laws  as  adopted 
at  the  San  Francisco  meeting,  July  3,  1939.  This  procedure  serves 
two  ends :  It  puts  in  permanent  print,  a  docuinent  existing  only  in 
typewritten  form  at  present,  and  places  a  copy  of  same  automatically 
in  the  hands  of  every  Department  member.  With  the  new  Consti- 
tution and  By-Laws  thus  available  for  study,  every  member  can  be 
prepared  for  further  discussion  of  organizational  questions  as  they 
may  arise  at  later  meetings. 

The  full  program  for  the  February  meeting  at  St.  Louis  will  be 
printed  in  the  January  issue.  Information  has  reached  us  from  Presi- 
dent Hansen  to  the  effect  that  "arrangements  have  been  made  to  hold 
the  St.  Louis  meeting  at  the  Hotel  Marquette  which  is  only  a  few 
blocks  from  the  Auditorium.  A  banquet  room  has  been  made  avail- 
able for  our  use  in  which  meals  can  also  be  served  for  luncheon  or 
dinner  meetings.  The  room  can  be  darkened  and  apparently  is  well 
suited  to  our  use."  With  such  desirable  arrangements  and  an  ex- 
cellent program  nearly  completed,  the  St.  Louis  meeting  bids  fair 
to  be  a  pronounced  success. 


Article    VI — Executive    Committee: 

Section  1 :  The  Executive  Committee 
sliall  be  the  governing  body  of  the 
Department  and  shall  direct  the 
activities  cf  the  Department  in  all 
matters  except  the  determination  of 
general  policy  and  change  in  the 
Constitution  and  by-laws. 

Section  2 :  The  Executive  Committee 
shall  consist  of  the  officers,  the  re- 
tiring president  for  a  period  of  one 
year  from  date  of  retirement,  six 
members  at  large,  and  one  member 
elected  by  each  local  branch.  The 
President  of  the  Department  shall 
be  the  Chairman  of  the  Executive 
Committee. 

The  six  members  at  large  shall  be 
selected  so  far  as  practicable  from 
different  sections  of  the  country. 

Article  VII — Election  of  Officers  and 
Executive    Committee: 

Officers,  except  the  Secretary-treas- 
urer and  members  at  large  of  the 
Executive  Committee,  shall  be  selected 
annually  in  the  following  manner:  The 
Secretary-treasurer  shall,  at  least  four 
months  before  the  annual  meeting,  send 
to  all  active  members  a  nomination 
ballot  on  which  members  are  to  indi- 
cate their  nominees  for  the  various  of- 
ficers. Two  montli5  shall  be  allowed  for 
the  return  of  these  ballots,  the  final 
date  to  be  indicated  on  the  ballot, 
whereupon  the  Secretary-treasurer  shall 
submit,  within  ten  days,  to  the  active 
members  the  names  of  the  persons  who 
have  the  most  votes  for  the  offices  ot 
President  and  1st  Vice-President,  to- 
gether with  the  name  of  the  1st  Vice- 
President  as  a  nominee  for  President 
and  the  name  of  the  2nd  Vice-President 
as  nominee  for  1st  Vice-President,  also 
the  names  of  the  two  persons  having 
the  highest  number  of  votes  for  2nd 
Vice-President.  The  person  receiving 
the  highest  number  of  votes  for  each 
office  by  the  fifteenth  day  preceding  the 
opening  day  of  the  annual  meeting  shall 
be  the  Department's  selection  for  that 
office. 

At  the  first  annual  meeting  and  eacli 
annual  meeting  thereafter,  following  the 
adoption  of  this  constitution,  two  mem- 
bers at  large  of  the  Executive  Commit- 
tee shall  be  nominated  and  elected  to 
serve   for  three  years   each. 

Article  VIII — Appointive  Committees: 

The  appointive  committee  of  this  De- 
partment shall  consist  of  a  Resolutions 
Committee,  A  Nominating  Committee 
for  selection  of  the  members  of  the 
Executive  Committee  at  Large,  a  Mem- 
bership   Committee    composed    of    one 


December,  1959 


Page   367 


ncmbfr  from  each  state.  An  Auditing 
Committee,  and  such  other  committees 
as  may  he  authorized  from  time  to  time 
by  the  Executive  Committee  or  the  De- 
partment. 

Article  IX — Annual  Meeting: 

The  summer  meetiuK,  which  shall  be 
held  at  the  annual  niectiiiK  of  the 
X.E.A.,  shall  be  the  annual  meeting  of 
the  Department.  Other  meetings  of  this 
Department  may  be  held  at  such  times 
as  may  be  determined  by  the  Executive 
t  omniittee. 

Article  X — Amendments: 

The  Constitution  may  be  amended  at 
the  annual  meeting  of  the  Department 
by  two-thirds  vote  of  the  members 
picscnt.  Such  proposed  amendments 
must  be  submitted  in  writing  at  an  an- 
nual meeting  and  shall  be  voted  on  at 
the  next  annual  meeting. 

By-Latcs 

Article  I — Membership: 

Scclioii   1 :     Membership  in  the   Depart- 
ment shall  consist  of  the  following 
classes : 
.■\.  Active    Membership. 

B.  .Associate  Membership. 

C.  Institutional   Membership. 

Section  2 :  The  following  conditions  shall 
govern  eligibility  to  membership 
under  the  above  classifications  : 

A.  Active  membership  is  available 
to  active  or  life  members  of  the 
National  Educational  Associa- 
tion in  good  standing.  Each 
active  member  shall  receive 
copies  of  all  bulletins  or  reports 
published  by  the  Department,  a 
subscription  to  the  official  mag- 
azine, and  such  advisory  service 
as  may  be  available  without  un- 
usual expense  for  travel  or  re- 
search. The  annual  fee  for  ac- 
tive membership  is  $2.00. 

B.  .\ssociate  membership  is  avail- 
able to  those  who  might  be  in- 
terested in  visual  instruction, 
but  who  are  not  qualified  for 
active  membership.  Such  mem- 
bers shall  receive  all  the  usual 
services  extended  to  active 
members  but  shall  not  be  eligible 
to  vote  or  hold  office  in  the  De- 
partment. The  annual  tee  for 
associate   membership   is   $2.00. 

C.  Institutional  membership  is  pro- 
vided for  schools;  university  ex- 
tension divisions ;  university, 
college,  state,  county  or  city  de- 
partments of  bureaus  of  visual 
instruction;  museums;  libraries; 
publishing  houses;  and  other 
educational  or  welfare  organi- 
zations which  may  desire  several 
copies  of  the  publications   issued. 

Each  school  or  other  organiza- 
tion which  becomes  an  Institu- 
tional member  shall  receive 
without  charge  a  maximum  of 
five  copies  of  the  official  maga- 
zine. Each  institutional  member 
shall  be  permitted  to  send  one 


voting  delegate,  who  shall  be  an 
active  member,  and  an  unlimited 
number  of  visiting  delegates  to 
each   general   meeting.   The   an- 
nual fee  for  institutional  mem- 
bership  is  $10.00. 
Section  3 :    Each  branch  shall  pay  to  the 
Department  $1.50  as  the  membership 
dues    for   each   active   or  associate 
member. 

Section  4 :  .Ml  applications  for  member- 
ship shall  be  in  writing,  addressed 
to  the  secretary-treasurer  and  ac- 
companied by  check,  money  order, 
or  other  remittance  of  proper 
amount. 

Section  5:  Membership  shall  run  for 
twelve  months  from  date  of  incep- 
tion. N'o  person  may  be  considered 
a  member  until  such  dues  have  been 
paid. 

Article  11 — Credentials: 

Section  1 :  .Active  members  may  be  re- 
quired at  any  meeting  to  produce 
evidence  of  proper  qualifications. 
Those  who  do  not  qualify  will  not 
be  permitted  to  participate  in  the 
business  of  the  Department. 

Section  2:  .-Ml  delegates  sent  by  insti- 
tutional members  may  be  required 
to  submit  credeniials  from  such  in- 
stitutions as  they  propose  to  repre- 
sent. 

Article  III — Duties  of  OfiBcers: 

Section  1 :  The  president  shall  be  the 
executive  head  of  the  Department; 
shall  with  the  aid  of  the  Executive 
Committee,  develop  programs  for 
Such  meetings  as  may  be  scheduled; 
shall  preside  at  these;  and  shall 
carry  out  the  instructions  of  the 
Executive  Committee. 

Section  2:  In  the  absence  of  the  Presi- 
dent, the  1st  Vice-President  shall 
assume  hjs  duties;  in  the  absence 
of  both  the  President  and  the  1st 
Vice-President,  the  2nd  Vice-Presi- 
dent shall  assume  the  duties  of 
president.  Further  delegation  of 
authority  shall  be  determined  by 
majority  vote  of  the  Executive 
Committee  members  present. 

Section  3:  The  secretary-treasurer  shall 
be  charged  with  the  following 
duties   and   responsibilities : 

1.  Advise  the  members  of  all  meet- 
ings, and  mail  mimeog'-aph 
copies  of  the  program  to  all 
members,  at  least  two  weeks  in 
advance  of  each   meeting. 

2.  Keep  a  record  of  all  meetings 
of  the  Department  and  of  the 
Executive   Committee. 

3.  Keep  a  record  of  all  member- 
ships, notify  members  of  the 
expiration  dates  of  membership, 
collect  dues  for  members  and 
issue   membership   cards. 

4.  Keep  a  record  of  all  receipts  and 
expenditures  of  the  Department 
and  keep  all  funds  of  the  De- 
partment in  a  depository  ac- 
count approved  by  the  Executive 
Committee. 

5.  Prepare  such  printed  forms  and 


stationary  as  may  be  required 
in  conduction  of  the  business  of 
the  Department. 

6.  Conduct  campaigns  for  member- 
ship in  cooperation  with  the 
membership  committee  and  furn- 
ish each  new  member  with  a 
copy  of  the  constitution. 

7.  Conduct  the  annual  election, 
under  the  supervision  of  the 
Executive    Committee. 

8.  Make  all  disbursements  as  ap- 
proved by  the  Executive  Com- 
mittee and  the  Department. 

9.  Prepare  an  annual  report  of 
proceedings    for   publication. 

10.  Prepare  an  annual  financial  re- 
port lo  be  submitted  to  the 
.\uditing  Committee  at  each  an- 
nual business  meeting. 

AUDIO-VISUAL  DEPARTMENT 

LOUISIANA  STATE  TEACHERS 

MEETING 

November  12,  1939 

E.    J.     Landry,     Hanville,     President; 

R.   H.   Mount,   Ruston,  Vice  President ; 

Miss  Myrtle  Rodgers,  Monroe,  Secretary. 
PROGRAM 

Classroom  Use  of  Maps  and  Pictures — 
.An  actual  demonstration  using  an 
elementary  level  class— Mr.  E.  L. 
Perkins,  University  of  Wisconsin 

Summation  of  Classroom  Possibilities 
with  Silent  Teaching  Films — Mr. 
Martin  L.  Hogan,  Regional  Di- 
rector, Eastman  Kodak  Company, 
Rochester,  Xew  York 

Explanation  of  the  General  State  De- 
partment Program  and  Statement 
of  what  the  State  proposes  to  do 
in  the  way  of  Film  Libraries  and 
Visual  Aids— Mr.  J.  W.  Brouil- 
lette.  Director  of  Audio-Visual 
Education  for  the  State  Department 
of  Education 

Explanation  of  the  General  University 
Extension  Program  and  Statement 
of  what  the  University  proposes  in 
the  way  of  a  Film  Library  and 
other  Visual  Aids — Mr.  P.  H. 
Griffith,  Director  of  Extension, 
Louisiana  State  University. 

Training  Teachers  to  Use  Visual  Aids 
— Mr.  R.  H.  Mount,  Chairman  of 
Visual  Education  Committee, 
Louisiana  Polytechnic  Institute, 
Ruston,  Louisiana 

A  Parish  Program  of  Visual  Education 
— Mr.  W.  C.  McClendon,  Supervisor 
of  Instruction,  .-\cadia  Parish, 
Crowley,  Louisiana 

Using  Visual  .Aids  in  College  Training 
— Mr.  John  Kyser,  Professor  of 
Geograph,)-.  Louisiana  State  Nor- 
mal. Natchitoches,   Louisiana 

The  Department  of  Visual  Instruction 
of  the  National  Education  Asso- 
ciation— Mrs.  Camilla  Best,  Secre- 
tary-Treasurer of  the  Department 
of  Visual  Instruction,  N.E..\. ;  Di- 
rector, Department  of  Visual  Aids, 
Orleans  Parish  School  Board,  New 
Orleans,  I^uisiana 
Question  Box — Miss  Myrtle  Rodgers, 
Principal.  Georgia  Tucker  School, 
Monroe,  Louisiana,  presiding 
Election  of  Officers 


Page  368 


The  Educational  Screen 


Christmas  Decorations — In  Hand-Made  Lantern  Slides 


By    ANN    GALE 

CHILDREN  in  the  upper  grades  (6-7-8)  are  interested  in 
planning  and  making  their  own  Christmas  decorations 
both  for  home  and  school.  Slides  offering  suggestions  for 
such  decorations  may  be  shown  to  stimulate  the  children's 
imagination. 

(1)  The  indoor  Christmas  tree  may  be  decorated  with  col- 
ored paper  ornaments  and  hung  with  fringed  tissue  paper, 
cellophane  or  silver  paper. 

(2)  The  outdoor  Christmas  tree  looks  well  with  just  lights 
and  paper  chains.  Using  one  or  two  colors  only  for  the 
chains  is  more  effective. 

(3)  These  are  a  few  simple  paper  ornaments  which  can 
be  made  for  trees  or  other  types   of  decoration. 


Art  Department,  Lindblom  High  School,  Chicago 

(4)  The  Christmas  table  may  be  decorated  with  paper 
Christmas  trees  and  angels. 

(5)  A  Holly  wreath  and  two  hand  carved  candles  set  in 
clay  holders  make  a  nice  window  decoration.  Or  a  little  paper 
Santa  Claus  and  reindeer  above  and  a  bowl  of  holly  on  the 
window  sill   could  be  used. 

(6)  Pieces  from  the  Christmas  tree  may  be  put  in  clay 
holders  and  placed  over  the  fireplace.  Or  extra  branches  may 
be  used  to  cover  up  gas  logs.  A  simple  reproduction  of  one  of 
the  madonnas  mounted  on  heavy  paper  and  put  over  the  fire- 
place with  a  paper  angel  on  each  side  also  makes  a  good 
decoration. 

The  new  red  crayon  should  be  used  in  slides  2-3-4-5. 


The  sim- 
plest type 
of  hand  - 
made  slide 
is  made  by 
drawing  or 
tracing  on 
finely  fin- 
ished etched 
glass  with 
ordinary 
medium  lead 
pencil.  Col- 
or, by  spe- 
cial crayons 
or  inks,  en- 
hances the 
slides  great- 
ly. Fine  ef- 
fects are  ob- 
tained by 
blending 
■with  cray- 
ons. About 
one  -  third 
inch  margin 
should  be 
left  all 
around  the 
slide.  The 
slide  is  read- 
ily cleaned 
with  soap  or 
zva  s  h  in  g 
powder  to 
receive 
a  new  pic- 
ture. 


i 

Ifej^^ 

^ 

m'^ 

m 

December,  19)9 


Page  3<9 


^fiE  J^iizxatuxz  in  ^  l/iiiiaL  iJn±txiiaiion 


A   Monthly   Digest 


Conducted  by  Etta  Schneider 


Techniques  and  Materiols 

Beginning  First  Grade  with  the  Sound 
Film — Ruth  Livermon,  Principal, 
Meadowbrook  School,  Norfolk,  V'a. — 
yirginia  Journal  of  Education,  33:28 
October,  1939 

The  first  grade  teacher  introduced 
her  unit  on  "Pets"  with  the  Erpi  sound 
film,  "The  Adventures  of  Bunny  Rab- 
bit." Preparation  for  its  initial  showing 
consisted  of  a  thorough  digest  of  the 
guide,  a  preview  of  the  film,  and  the  se- 
lection of  three  questions  to  guide  the 
children:  a)  Where  does  Bunny  live? 
b)  What  docs  he  eat?  c)  How  does 
Mother   Rabbit   look  after   her   children? 

Before  the  actual  showing  the  class 
discussed  these  three  questions.  After  the 
showing  additional  information  was 
gathered.  In  fact,  very  little  was  missed. 
Later  in  the  day  the  class  was  again 
aIlowe<l  to  see  the  film,  this  time  with 
the  sound  cut  off.  The  teacher  decided 
not  to  speak  during  the  showing,  but  let 
the  class  talk  aloud  to  themselves.  They 
remembered  the  commentary  pretty  well. 

With  the  beginning  of  the  unit,  work 
was  started  on  the  reading  charts.  This 
gave  them  many  details  of  Bunny's  life. 
A  live  rabbit  was  brought  to  school, 
and  the  stories  and  dramatizations  cen- 
tered around  him.  When  the  time  came 
to  prepare  an  article  for  the  school 
paper.  Bunny  and  the  movie  were  ready 
to  go  in.  Finger  painting  served  as  a 
motive  for  seeing  part  of  the  film  again. 
The  mothers  came  to  see  the  movie, 
sharing  their  reading  charts  and  draw- 
ings with  the  children.  The  class  visited 
a  lecal  pet  shop  to  see  where  Bunny 
might  live  in  their  community. 

The  use  of  the  sound  film  in  the  first 
grade    included : 

1.  Direct  teaching  material.  2.  Devel- 
oped reading  readiness.  3.  Basis  for  story 
telling  and  creative  language  work.  4. 
Material  for  counting.  S.  A  direct  con- 
nection with  the  home  and  community. 
6.  Basis  for  art  experiences. 

Teaching  English  with  the  Audio-visual 
Aids  —  by  Edward  G.  Bernard — 
High  Points,  21 :58  November,  1939 

A  survey  of  the  types  of  materials 
available  to  teachers  of  English,  with 
suggested  sources  of  information. 

Visual  Aids  and  the  English  Teacher — 
by  Dorothy  Byrns  —  High  Points, 
21:70-3  Novemher,  1939 

Still  pictures  are  used  to  stimulate 
interest  in  literature,  sometimes  as  a  pre- 
view of  what  the  novel  will  contain,  or 
to  stimulate  interest  in  a  particular  book. 


Birthday  parties  for  authors  usually  call 
for  illustrative  material  of  their  lives, 
writings,  etc.  Quiz  games  and  dramatiza- 
tions, as  well  as  drawings  and  sketches, 
are  also  used  to  enrich  the  English  in- 
struction. Silent  films  are  found  useful 
in  slow   reading  classes. 

Music  Appreciation  Through  Motion 
Pictures— by  Glenn  M.  Tindall,  Com- 
mittee on  Motion  Pictures,  Dept.  of 
Secondary  Education,  N.E.A. — a  unit 
of  study  for  high  schools — Secondary 
Education,  8 :221-23  September,  1939 

An  outline  for  use  in  junior  or  senior 
high  school  courses  in  music  apprecia- 
tion, or  as  a  supplementary  phase  of  the 
course  in  photoplay  appreciation.  Special 
suggestions  are  given  under  the  follow- 
ing headings :  Primary  aims,  objectives, 
activities,  projects,  materials,  appraisal 
of  results. 

Among  the  activities  which  might  be 
carried  on  are  classroom  discussions  on 
motion  pictures  and  the  use  of  music  in 
them,  on  criteria  for  evaluating  musical 
accompaniments  to  films,  and  the  like; 
written  themes,  directed  observation, 
contests,  and  larger  projects  such  as 
special  reports  in  which  such  themes  as 
the  following  might  be  developed :  "What 
the  movies  have  done  for  music",  "What 
the  effect  of  sound  is  upon  human  emo- 
tions," "Light  opera  in  the  movies", 
or  "Music  in  commercially  sponsored 
(industrial)  films." 

Use    of    Visual    Aids    in    Schools  — 

Volta  Review,  41 :499,  566  September 
and  October,  1939.  41:631,  November, 
1939. 

A  symposium  by  a  group  of  teachers 
from  the  Lexington  School  for  the  Deaf 
in  N.  Y.  Indicates  the  value  of  the 
various  types  of  aids  for  education  of 
handicapped  children. 

The  Excursion  as  a  Teaching  Technique 
by  Henry  C.  Atyeo — Teachers  College 
Bureau  of  Publications,  1939    $2.35 

See  review  by  Fannie  W.  Dunn  in 
Advanced  School  Digest  of  Teachers 
College.  Write  to  Brunstetter  for  per- 
mission to  reproduce. 

Treasure  Trove — by  Marie  Seton — 
Sight  and  Sound,  8:89-92  Autumn, 
1939 

Interesting  account  of  an  effort  to 
edit  some  of  the  footage  scrapped  at  the 
time  that  "Thunder  over  Mexico"  was 
released,  from  the  thousands  of  feet  taken 
by  Eisenstein.  Articles  on  film  trends  in 
Argentina  and  India  are  similarly 
worthy  of  note. 


Administration  of  Visual  Aids 

The  Small  High  School  Can  Afford  a 
Visual  Aid  Program  —  by  Sterling 
Ambrosius,  Sherrard,  Illinois— ScAoo/ 
Activities,  11:114  November,  1939 

When  the  question  "Can  the  small 
school  afford  a  visual  aid  program?"  is 
answered  in  the  negative,  school  ad- 
ministrators have  not  figured  the  com- 
parative cost  of  such  a  program  with 
other  strictly  educational  costs.  For  ex- 
ample, in  a  school  of  100  high  school 
students  and  75  grade  school  students 
all  housed  in  the  one  building,  a  budget 
of  $282.50  is  recommended  for  installing 
equipment,  $85.00  for  purchasing  or  rent- 
ing materials  through  university  mem- 
berships, $289.17  for  the  purchase  of  ad- 
ditional materials,  and  $30  for  trans- 
portation, and  the  like.  If  this  total  cost 
($686.67)  is  figured  on  a  per  capita  cost 
for  that  school  year  it  would  be  only 
$3.93  per  year.  In  succeeding  years, 
when  equipment  costs  would  be  less,  the 
per  capita  cost  would  be  reduced  to 
$2.63.  In  a  small  school,  where  the 
average  cost  of  education  per  pupil  per 
year  is  $78.72,  can  we  not  afford  to  add 
$2.63  per  pupil  to  enrich  and  vitalize 
our  educational  program  in  a  concrete 
way  that  will  almost  double  its  efficiency? 

"Through  the  Eyes":  visual  education 
material  in  Ventura  County  Free  Li- 
brary—by Elizabeth  Topping — IVestem 
Journal  of  Education,  45:14  October, 
1939 

In  the  county  library  collection  of 
visual  aids  are  to  be  found  pictures, 
stereographs,  posters,  maps,  globes,  il- 
lustrated folder,  16mm.  and  3Smm.  films, 
slides,  stills,  orthovis  views,  and  pro- 
jectors. Other  material  in  this  field  is  in 
the  county  school  museum  which  is  a 
WPA  project.  The  library  distributes 
this  latter  material. 

In  1935  a  budget  of  $500  was  allocated 
to  develop  a  visual  education  collection. 
The  library  purchased  filmstrips,  a  silent 
projector,  an  opaque  projector,  a  lantern 
slide  projector,  a  filmstrip  projector. 
By  trading  in  an  old  35mm.  machine,  the 
library  was  able  to  secure  a  sound  pro- 
jector. The  County  Library  School  Fund, 
which  had  allotted  the  first  $500,  then 
gave  $200  for  each  of  the  following 
years.  With  the  aid  of  the  Los  Angeles 
Visual  Aids  Department,  a  program  of 
visual  education  was  developed  with  the 
schools  and  the  elementary  school  prin- 
cipals agreed  to  pay  20c  per  pupil,  based 
on  average  daily  attendance.  Two  of  the 
schools  in  the  county  used  this  money 
for  the  purchase  of  films  which  were 
donated  to  the  county  library.  There  is 
now  $1300  worth  of  material   available. 


Page  370 


The  Educational  Screen 


The  first  selection  of  films  for  pur- 
chase was  made  with  the  help  of  co- 
operating supervisors.  superintendent, 
principals  and  teachers.  There  is  now 
a  Visual  Aids  Committee  for  this  pur- 
pose. The  director  of  elementary  cur- 
riculum passes  on  the  recommendations 
of  this  committee. 

Among  the  criteria  for  selection  were: 
educational  value,  length,  veracity,  re- 
centness,  scope,  grade  for  which  suited, 
beauty,  concreteness,  and  cost.  The  gen- 
eral discussion  following  the  film  show- 
ings was  noted  by  the  librarian. 

A  full-time  assistant  for  examining 
and  routing  projectors  and  materials  has 
been  provided.  Part  of  the  library  has 
been  equipped  for  previewing  and  ex- 
amination of  materials.  A  catalog  and 
bulletins  are  sent  to  all  teachers.  Train- 
ing in  the  operation  of  machines  was 
provided.  Teacher  institutes  in  which 
such  considerations  as  the  need  for  plan- 
ning the  use  of  visual  aids,  the  relative 
value  of  each  type,  and  the  difference 
between  education  and  recreational  use 
of  materials  were  taken  up. 

(One  of  the  best  descriptions  of  such 
a  program  ever  written. — E.  S.) 

Some  Aspects  of  a  Program  of  Visual 
Education      for      Cincinnati      Public 
Schools — Thesis  by  Mendel  Sherman. 
The  study  deals  with  those  aspects 
of  a  visual  education  program  that  are 
of    most    vital    concern    to    Cincinnati 
Public  Schools.  It  has  three  main  divi- 
sions as  follows  : 

1.    The  Visual  Aids 
This   includes   a   discussion   of   16mm 
projection,    the    camera,    the    stereopti- 
con,    stereographs,    the    film    strip    arid 
opaque  projection. 

2.  Application  of  Visual  Aids 
Several  Cincinnati  School  units  are 
discussed  in  relation  to  available  visual 
aids.  A  full  description  is  given  of  an 
experiment  in  which  all  the  activities 
of  a  primary  unit  were  correlated  by 
the  use  of  a  sound  film  and  other  visual 
aids. 

3.  Administration  of  Visual  Aids 
Here  is  discussed  the  problem  of 
administering  visual  aids  in  the  school 
system  as  a  whole  and  in  the  individual 
schools.  Many  problems  of  adminis- 
tration are  common  to  almost  all  school 
systems  as  well  as  to  Cincinnati.  Among 
these  problems  are  the  following :  The 
question  of  a  supervisor  or  director; 
Equipment;  Distribution  of  material; 
.A.  system  of  filing  and  cataloging; 
Sources  of  material ;  Supervision  and 
In-Service  training;  Financing  the  vis- 
ual aid  program ;  The  visual  aids  rep- 
resentative; Operators  and  care  of 
equipment;  Scheduling  material. 

While  the  ISO  page  thesis  was  written 
with  the  Cincinnati  situation  principally 
in  mind  it  contains  valuable  suggestions 
for  the  use  of  visual  aids  in  any  situa- 
tion. A  summary  of  suggestions  is 
given  for  the  use  of  16mm  film  pro- 
jection, answering  many  questions  that 
classroom  teachers  have  had  in  mind. 
Many  references  to  leading  authorities 
add  emphasis  to  the  work. 


A  400  ft.  reel  of  school  activities 
was  taken  in  connection  with  the  thesis 
to  show  the  use  of  the  movie  camera 
as  a  tool  for  public  relations. 

Evaluation  of  Visual  Aids 

An   Introduction   to   the    Evaluation   of 
Motion   Pictures    in    General   Educa- 
tion— Motion  Picture  Project,  Ameri- 
can    Council     on     Education,     1939. 
mimeo. 
This  is  a  long-awaited  guide  to  class- 
room   teachers    and    directors    of    visual 
education  in  which  the  experience  of  the 
Motion    Picture   Project    has    been    util- 
ized as  it  relates  to  the  effectiveness  of 
specific  films  in  the  classroom.  It  is  the 
plan   of  the    Motion    Picture   Project   to 
combine  the  results  of  preview  and  class- 
room evaluation  into  an  encyclopedia  of 
films  for  general  education.  This  encyclo- 
pedia will  contain  case  histories  of  films 
found    effective    in    cooperating    centers. 

Section  I  of  the  bulletin  contains  pre- 
view guides  made  by  the  staff  in  Wash- 
ington. Criteria  for  evaluation  have  been 
clearly  and  soundly  formulated.  Section 
II  applies  these  criteria  to  two  specific 
films,  namely  the  Eastman  film  "One- 
celled  Animals",  and  the  Erpi  film,  "The 
Wheat  Farmer."  Section  III  gives,  in 
addition  to  the  recommendations  of  the 
Washington  staff,  the  experiences  of 
teachers  and  students  in  the  Santa  Bar- 
bara City  Schools.  While  this  latter 
phase  is  still  in  the  preliminary  stage, 
it  serves  to  indicate  the  type  of  treat- 
ment planned  to  summarize  the  results 
of  evaluation  activities  in  relation  to 
individual   films. 

Motivation  by  Visual  Aids — by  Hope 
Chase,  Viroqua,  Wis. — IVisconsin  Jour- 
nal of  Education,  72:160  November, 
1939 

School-Made  Visual  Aids 

Making  Motion  Pictures  in  the  School — 
by  Eleanor  D.  Child,  Greenwich,  Conn. 
— English  Journal,  28:706-12   Novem- 
ber,  1939 
On  the  basis  of  experiences  in  film 

making     at     Greenwich     High     School, 

answers   to   some  of   the   more   common 

questions  are  given: 

1.  How  might  we  start  a  movie  mak- 
ing project?  In  a  school's  camera 
Club,  or  Photoplay  Appreciation 
Club.  A  committe  might  set  out  to 
investigate  what  other  groups  have 
done,  then  they  might  make  plans 
for  their  own  production,  under- 
take to  collect  equipment  and  mon- 
ey for  it.  secure  permission,  and  go 
to  work.  Books,  magazines,  and 
pamphlets  on  the  subject  should  be 
furnished. 

2.  How  much  about  movie-making 
does  a  leader  have  to  know  when 
the  group  begins  production?  Some- 
times it  is  possible  for  the  leader 
to  know  nothing  about  movie-mak- 
ing, but  with  the  faculty  of  making 
others  work  this  need  not  be  a 
hindrance.  Only  when  this  work 
seems  fun  and  is  well  divided,  will 
the  project  truly  succeed. 


3.  Where  may  one  obtain  the  most 
useful  information  about  the  tech- 
niques of  movie-making?  Sources 
of  information  are  listed. 

4.  Should  35mm.,  16mm.,  or  8mm. 
equipment  be  purchased?  The 
16mni.  is  strongly  recommended  in 
favor   of   either   of   the   others. 

5.  Should  we  attempt  a  sound  film? 
Try  to  avoid  this  at  first,  using 
such  resources  as  amplifiers  or  ac- 
companying records. 

6.  What  is  the  cost  of  a  school  pro- 
duction ?  An  estimated  cost  of  $6 
or  $7  per  100  feet  of  film  is  usually 
adequate.  Some  schools  have  pro- 
duced 15-niinute  films  for  $25,  us- 
ing borrowed  or  rented  equipment. 
But  the  cost  depends  upon  the  kind 
of    production    being    contemplated. 

7.  What  mistakes  should  one  guard 
against?  Avoid  having  too  many 
workers  on  the  set ;  allow  ample 
time  for  production,  editing,  and 
titling;  use  your  mistakes  con- 
structively to  avoid  similar  inci- 
dents in  the  future. 

8.  Do  the  results  warrant  the  ex- 
penses and  energies  involved?  Al- 
though the  results  cannot  be  mea- 
sured, it  has  been  found  that  stu- 
dents get  experience  in  planning  a 
budget,  raising  funds,  spending 
wisely,  etc.  They  learn  to  work  co- 
operatively ;  to  find  how  and  where 
to  secure  information ;  to  use  care 
and  precision.  They  learn  to  ap- 
preciate commercial  films.  They 
may  be  able  to  cooperate  with  out- 
of-school  agencies  in  making  films. 
Certain  students  may  find  voca- 
tional stimulation  from  this  ex- 
perience. 

The  time  will  come  when  almost  every 
school  will  have  a  group  to  make  motion 
pictures,  just  as  it  has  a  school  news- 
paper, a  magazine,  and  a  dramatic 
society. 

IHctures  and  Drawings 

Visual    Education    Advances — by    Ruth 
H.    Wagner,    Whitefish    Bay,    Wis.— 
Instructor.  48:20  October,  1939 
Discusses    use    of    opaque    projector 

in  primary  instruction. 

Photos    or    Drawings? — by    Arthur    C. 
Selke,  State  Teachers  College,  Dickin- 
son,   N.    D. — School   Executive,   59.31 
October,  1939 
Educators  include  in  the  term  "visual 
education"  a  veritable  grab-bag  of  hetero- 
geneous items.  For  instance,  photographs 
and  drawings  are  generally  regarded  as 
much    the   same.     Factors    not    generally 
recognized    make    drawings    superior    to 
photographs  for  certain  types  of  instruc- 
tion. 

Proper  emphasis,  which  is  harder  to 
achieve  thru  a  picture  than  drawing. 

Encourage  imitation,  by  showing  the 
tricks  of  representation,  the  essential  lines 
and  shadings,  for  instance. 

Stimulate  imagination,  leaving  the  most 

to     suggestion    and    imagination.     Com- 

(Concludcd  on  page  372) 


December,  19)9 


Page   371 


Flexible 
Econoinical 


Operates  with  Micropliones,  Plionographs  or  as  an  Auxiliary  Amplifier 
with  Ampro's  Classroom  Projedors— in  various  combinations  — Providing 
Adequate  Volume  for  Audiences  up  to  10,000  or  Over. 

1 )    With    speakers    and    microphones,    this    new    Ampro    unit    is    a 
complete  Public  Address  System  of  the  highest  quality  for  audi- 
torium  use   ...   2)    Also  operates   with   one   or  two   phonograph 
turntables  with  control  for  fading  noiselessly  from  one  record  to 
another  —  and  with  provision  for  remote  pick-ups  and  the  handling 
of  overflow  audiences  ...  3)   All  Amprosound  Projectors  can  be 
quickly  connected  to  this  Public  Address  System  without  alteration. 
The  small  low-priced  piojectors  are  thus  given  capacity  and  tone 
quality  for  the  largest  audiences.  Sound  from  the 
microphone  and  phonographs  can  be  used  to  sup- 
plement the  films.   Makes  an  extremely  compact 
and  portable   unit.  The   Amplifier   Unit  can  also 
be  used  with  one  or  two  projectors  as  a  combina- 
tion Public  Address  System  and  Booster  Unit  for 
the   Projectors.  Under  this  arrangement,  a  com- 
bination of  sound  from  film,  microphone 
and  phonograph  is  possible. 

This   new    Tri-Furpose   Amplifier  is  priced 

at $145 

Write    for    prices    on    associated    equip- 
ments,   speakers,     microphones,     cables, 
turn-tables,   etc. 


NOW  Ampro  16  mm.  quality  in  an  8  mm.  Projector 


Kealurc  for  fcaliire,  in  design  and  construclii)n,  llic  new  Ampro  "H"  offers  the  8  mm.  fan  every  bit 
of  the  splendid  built-in  quality — the  unusual  excellence  in  design  and  workmanship — the  remark- 
A>  M^  ^^f%t\  *^'^  convenience  in  operation  and  brilliance  of  illumination  heretofore  found  only 
j^a  tjPD  in  Ampro  16  mm.  precision  projectors.  Now  it  is  possible  to  put  on  an  8  mm.  show 
^M  ^M wilh  a  full  assurance  of  smmith,  satisfying  performance  that  your  8  mm.  films  de- 
serve. Send  for  latest  ,\mpro  Catalog  giving  full  details  of  the  complete  Ampro  line. 


Ampro  Corp.,  2839  N.  Western  Ave.,  Chicaeo.  III. 


Amprn  Corporation.  28.1')  N.  Wr«lrrn  A    e..  Oiirac'K  HI. 

Plriiii^  Rpnil  itM^  full  inf<>rmalH>n  i»ti  ihr  itrw  Amikrn  Piiblir 
AtlilrcM  System  —  ami  ri>mptel«  catalof  of  Antftro  lb  mm.  Silent 
and  So«iDdKMi*film  Projectora. 

^mme 

Addmt 

City 5lMt 

ES1SS9 


Page   372 


The  Educational  Screen 


parable    to  a    child's   preference    for   rag 
dolls  over  automatic  dolls. 

Simulate  motion.  A  photograph  sel- 
dom gives  a  true  record  of  what  it  aims 
to  portray,  because  it  generally  lacks 
motion.  The  artist  can  probably  sym- 
bolize motion  better  on  a  canvas  than  can 
the   photographer. 

Library  and  Visual  Aids 

Report  of  the  Visual  Methods  Com- 
mittee— American  Library  Association 
—A.L.A.  Bulletin,  33:216P-222P  Oc- 
tober IS,  1939 

Boyd  B.  Rakestravv,  U.  of  California — 
The  library  as  a  cooperating  unit  in 
film  distribution. 

The  library  should  be  a  cooperative 
unit,  a  middleman,  almost  standing  be- 
tween the  multifarious  sources  of  films 
and  the  ultimate  consumer,  the  school. 
Its  real  function  as  a  school  department 
is  to  send  for  films,  as  for  other  materials, 
and  with  teachers  to  arrange  for  their 
previewing  and  evaluation  in  terms  of 
their  usefulness  to  the  school.  In  addi- 
tion, the  library's  function  is  to  handle 
the  mechanics  of  lending  them  to  the 
various  classes  and  to  see  that  they  are 
returned  in  good  condition.  A  system  of 
distribution  for  films  comparable  to  that 
of  the  California  county  library  service 
to    schools   is   recommended. 

Marguerite  Kirk,  Board  of  Education 
Library,  Newark,  N.  J. — Film  and  book. 

Summary  of  the  types  of  materials 
available  to  schools,  and  ways  in  which 
the  school  library  can  cooperate  with 
teachers  in  securing  information,  order- 
ing, arranging  for  previews,  and  provid- 
ing appropriate  bibliographic  materials. 

Motion   Pictures  and  Propaganda 

Propaganda  —  Good  and  Bad  —  for 
Democracy — by  Clyde  R.  Miller  and 
Louis  Minsky,  Institute  for  Propa- 
ganda Analysis,  N.Y.C.  —  Survey 
Graphic,  28:706-20  November,  1939 

In  the  section  on  "Movies  and  Propa- 
gandizing" (pp.  716-18)  the  following 
important  questions  are  suggested  for 
movie-goers,  as  a  guide  to  determining 
the  extent  to  which  movies  reflect  life 
in  a  democracy: 

1.  What  are  the  assumptions  about 
life  and  human  nature  on  which 
this  film  rests? 

2.  What  values  or  goals  do  the  char- 
acters in  the  play  consider  im- 
portant? 

3.  Do  we  think  that  they  are  im- 
portant ? 

4.  Is  this  film  a  defense  of  things  as 
they  are? 

5.  Is  it  an  argument  for  change? 

6.  Were  the  problems  of  the  char- 
acters remote  from  contemporary 
conditions  or  were  they  closely  re- 
lated to  the  realities  of  today? 

7.  Were  the  relationships  between 
the  characters  on  the  screen  tra- 
ditional? 

8.  Would  they  be  acceptable? 

9.  Who  wants  us  to  think  this  way? 


10.  vV'hat  are  his  interests,  and  do  they 
coincide  with  the  interests  of  our- 
selves, of  most  Americans? 

Richard  Lewis,  co-author  with  Helen 
Rand  Miller  of  "Film  and  School"  and 
Howard  Dietz,  Hollywood  producer,  dis- 
cuss this  problem.  The  reader  is  also  re- 
ferred to  an  article  in  the  Christian  Cen- 
tury for  June  21,  1939  in  which  some  16 
organizations  are  reported  to  be  working 
in  Hollywood  to  strengthen  and  extend 
democracy  in  American   life. 

The  Movie  Picture  in  the  Public  Schools 

— by  Douglas  Fairbanks,  Jr. — National 
Elementarv  Principal,  19:27-31  Oc- 
tober, 1939 

Last  year  the  motion  picture  in- 
dustry in  the  U.  S.  produced  a  total  of 
346  feature  films.  Those  346  films  had  a 
definite  eff^ect  on  the  daily  thoughts  of 
millions  of  people,  for  unquestionably 
the  motion  picture  is  one  of  the  most 
powerful  media  for  the  dissemination  of 
an  idea  that  has  ever  been  placed  in  the 
hands  of  man. 

How  far  should  motion  pictures  con- 
scientiously venture  into  the  field  of 
propaganda  ?  Films  are  being  made  today 
in  other  nations  which  are  concerned 
mainly  with  praising  certain  other  forms 
of  government.  The  motion  picture  the- 
ater in  those  nations  is  almost  entirely 
devoted,  under  government  supervision 
to  telling  the  audience  that  it  is  quite 
the  happiest  audience  on  the  face  of  the 
earth.  In  democratic  nations,  on  the 
other  hand,  the  audience  itself  is  the  con- 
trolling influence.  If  the  audience  wants 
the  social  order  examined,  the  films  will 
examine  it.  If  the  audience  seeks  criti- 
cism, the  films  will  criticize. 

So  far  the  motion  picture  industry  in 
the  U.  S.  has  made  only  a  few  tentative 
moves  in  the  direction  of  obvious  propa- 
ganda, with  "The  Case  for  Democracy" 
as  its  theme.  While  the  analysis  of  public 
opinion  of  these  films  has  not  been  com- 
pleted yet,  it  is  important  to  note  that 
some  of  the  best  pictures  in  recent 
months  and  some  of  the  most  entertain- 
ing as  well  have  been  based  on  historic 
incidents  which  in  themselves  serve  to 
emphasize  the  merits  of  democracy.  There 
is  a  line,  for  instance,  in  one  of  these 
films,  "Man  of  Conquest,"  which  draws 
applause.  The  movie  Andrew  Jackson 
says  to  the  movie  Sam  Houston,  "Don't 
ever  forget  that  this  is  still  the  only 
country  where  a  man  can  give  the  Presi- 
dent a  good  cussing  out  and  the  only 
thing  the  President  can  do  is  cuss  right 
back  or  go  fishing." 

It  is  entirely  possible,  however,  that 
motion  pictures,  emphasizing  our  virtues 
and  ignoring  our  shortcomings  would  in 
the  end  defeat  their  very  purpose.  The 
time  would  come  when  even  the  truth 
would  be  suspected.  It  is  up  to  the  actor 
and  the  playwright  to  interpret  char- 
acters and  events  ;  it  is  up  to  the  actor  and 
playwright  to  interpret  changing  world 
conditions.  The  only  way  a  responsible 
actor  or  playwright  can  do  this  is  to 
listen  to  the  voice  of  public  opinion  and 
be  guided  by  its  trend. 

The  National  Education  Association, 
more  than  any  other  single  body,  has  a 


direct    interest    in    the    kind    of    motion 
pictures  made  today. 

Source  Materials 

Sources  of  Information  and  Material! 
in  Audio-visual  Education  for  Teach- 
ers of  English — Conducted  by  Walter 
Ginsberg — English  Journal  (Secondary 
Edition),   beginning   December,   1939 

Visual  Aids  that  Are  Free  or  Inex- 
pensive—  compiled  by  Lili  Heimers, 
July,  1939.  13  pp.  mimeo.  Available 
from  State  Teachers  College  Library, 
Montclair,   N.   J.,   for  15c. 

This  list  is  limited  to  material  which 
has  been  obtained  for  this  college  but 
is  valuable  in  suggesting  to  teachers  the 
wide  range  of  visual  aids  available  in 
the  form  of  maps,  pictures,  charts, 
posters,  pamphlets,  and  industrial  ex- 
hibits, and  sources  for  such  material. 

Films  on  War  and  American  Neutrality 
— Motion  Picture  Project,  American 
Council  on  Education,  Washington, 
D.  C.  48  pp.  mimeo.   1939.  2Sc. 

An  annotated  bibliography  of  twelve 
selected  16mm.  sound  motion  pictures 
dealing  with  backgrounds  of  the  pres- 
ent war  situation  and  American  neutral- 
ity. Presents  first  some  general  sug- 
gestions on  methods  of  using  films  in 
the  classroom,  then  discusses  some  of 
the  general  issues  illustrated  by  the  films, 
and  their  relation  to  current  events.  The 
bulletin  is  divided  into  three  sections : 
events  leading  to  the  present  European 
war,  the  war  situation  in  the  Orient, 
and  the  machinery  of  peace  and  Ameri- 
can neutrality.  Each  section  contains 
detailed  description  of  the  content  of  the 
films,  appraisals  of  the  films,  a  series  of 
critical  questions  which  may  be  used 
as  a  basis  of  discussion,  and  a  selected 
bibliography  of  references.  The  pro- 
ducer and  distributors  of  each  film  are 
listed. 

Bulletin  to  Schools,  N.Y.S.  Department 
of  Education.  Sources  of  information 
on  school  films.  26:48-9  October,  1939 

School  Progress  (Canada's  National 
School  Magazine)  —  What's  new  in 
educational  films.  November,  1939 

Visual  Aids  Digest,  1939.  Published 
annually  by  the  New  Jersey  Visual 
Education  Association. 

Articles  by  teachers  and  supervisors 
in  New  Jersey  give  some  idea  of  the 
intense  activity  in  this  field  in  that  state. 
It  is  reported  in  the  preface  by  Dr. 
Walter  F.  Robinson,  president,  that  at 
the  recent  convention  of  N.  J.  teachers 
in  Atlantic  City,  about  2,000  people  at- 
tended the  visual  aids  meetings.  Three 
regional  meetings  were  attended  by  a 
total  of  about  1400,  with  many  meetings 
held  in  other  sections  unreported  as  to 
attendance.  The  membership  has  grown 
by  700  in  a  single  year ! 


December,  19}  9 


Page  373 


National   Board  of   R**vii-w   nays:     "...  pUnty  to  please 
thote  icho  enjoy  nature  picture*,  partieiUarly  youn0Mter»." 

KING  OF  THE  SIERRAS  with  Rex,  the  wild  horse. 

Ifi  mm   S  O-K 
Write    for    frt-t-    si-uml    n.r    siUiitt     16    mm    rt-ntal    film    catalogue. 

LEWIS  FILM  SERVICE.  105  East  First  St. 

Wichita.    Kansas 


Sound  Film  Experiment 

(Concluded  from  page  360) 

test  was  given  a  numerical  value  of  eight  and  one- 
half.  The  following  three  ([uestions  illustrate  the  type 
of  questions  asked  in  this  test. 

(1)  The  growth  of  transportation  has  had  no  effect 
on  growth  of  industry. 

(2)  Living  conditions  became  better  when  trans- 
portation improved. 

(3)  The  world  of  tomorrow  has  no  problems  to 
solve  regarding  transportation  methods  already  in  use. 

Tables  2,  3.  4  and  5  show  the  average  numerical 
scores  received  by  the  control  and  visual  groups  at 
the  iK'ginning  and  end  of  the  experiment,  and  the  per 
cent  of  gain  for  each  group  in  the  four  weeks'  experi- 
mental jieriod  for  the  following  tests ;  vocabulary,  word 
recognition,  fact  test,  and  attitude  test. 

TABLE  II 

Comparison  of  Results  of  Vocabuiary  Test 

♦Average  Score    *Averagc  Score      Per  cent  Gain  4 


Group 

at  Beginning 

at  End 

Weeks'  Period 

Control 

13 

23 

76% 

Visual 

12 

40 

233% 

♦Maximum 

score  possible — SO 

TABLE  ni 

Comparison  of  Results  of  Word  Recognition  Test 

♦Average  Score    ♦Average  Score  Per  cent  Gain  4 

Group               at  Beginning             at  End  Weeks'  Period 

Control                       6                         14  133% 

Visual                          6                          16  166% 
♦Maximum  score  possible — SO 

TABLE  IV 
Comparison  of  Results  of  Fact  Test 
♦Average  Score    ♦Average  Score      Per  cent  Gain  4 


Group 

at  Beginning 

at  End 

Weeks'  Period 

Control 

34 

57 

68% 

Visual 

36 

86 

139% 

♦Maximum  score  possible — 100 


Group 

Contnil 

Visual 


TABLE  V 

Comparison  of  Results  of  Attitude  Test 
♦Average  Score    ♦Average  Score      Per  cent  Gain  4 


at  Beginning  at  End  Weeks'  Period 

37  50                          35% 

33  75                         127% 
♦Maximum   score  possible — 100 

All  objective  evidence  obtained  from  a  comparison 
of  j)ercentage  gains  in  test  scores  very  decidedly  indi- 
cates the  positive  value  of  using  the  sound  film  in 
teaching  a  unit  in  social  studies  to  pupils  who  are 
lacking  in  ability  to  do  school  work.  In  addition  to  the 
actual  test  results  of  the  experiment,  there  was  in  the 
visual  group  a  noticeable  improvement  in  interest,  at- 
tendance,  and   ability   in  self  expression. 


School  Selectroslide 

Projects  Your  Film  Slides  Perfectly 
by  REMOTE  CONTROL! 


FOR  classroom  or  auditorium, 
Svlpctroslidc,  automatic 
(■tide  chanser,  projects  youi 
S5mm  natural  color  or  black- 
itnd-whtt«  film  slides  up  to 
any  size.  Changes  slides  auto- 
matically by  remote  control. 
No  asHistant  is  necessary. 
Error  in  projection  is  impos- 
sible. There  is  no  scratching 
— no  splicing  of  film  slides  as 
in  film  strips.  Selectroslide  is 
excellent  for  lecturing  and  for 
Ktudy    talks. 


Wrffc    for    rfescrfpffve    cafologuo 

SPINDLER    &    SAUPPE    INC. 

86  Third  Street,  San   Francisco 

Branch  OOlo:   811   W»t  7»k   St.,   Los  Aii9«l«s 


CHECK    LIST    OF    FILMS 

that    should     be     shown     in     every     school. 


Thas«  16  MM  sound  film  Isaturas  possass  ovl- 
standinq  aducotional  and  entartainmanl  maiit. 
Thay  ara  dasarring  ol  first  considaration  in  your 
program   planning   for   tha   coming   samastar. 


GRAND  ILLUSION 
DRAKE  THE  PIRATE 

JANE  EYRE 

UNDER  THE  BIG  TOP 

THE  OLD  CURIOSITY  SHOP 

OLIVER  TWIST 

WILLIAM  TELL 

LIFE  and  LOVES  of  BEETHOVEN 

BAREFOOT  BOY 

LITTLE  MEN 

LUCK  of  ROARING  CAMP 

ROMANCE  of  the  LIMBERLOST 


Send    for    Free    Catalog    of    over    1500 
Entertainment  and  Educational  Subjects 

Mik  for  brotltmrt'-TBLCVIilON  IN  THE  SCHOOL"! 


WALTER  O.GUTLOHNiNc. 


35  We>t  45th  Street 


Oept.  E-12 


New  York.  N.  Y. 


Page   374 


The  Educational  Screen 


^fiE  ^jEaExaL  ^jiim 


"Words  (and  Pictures)  That  Won  the  War" 

THOSE  interested  in  the  history  and  use  of  the 
motion  picture  and  photograpli  in  a  great  emer- 
gency should  by  all  means  read  "Words  That  Won 
the  War",  an  exposition  on  how  the  Committee  on 
Public  Information  under  George  Creel  mobilized  pub- 
lic opinion  during  the  World  War.  This  book,  one 
of  the  most  exciting  of  our  time,  was  written  by  Dr. 
James  R.  Mock  and  Cedric  Larson,  who  based  their 
research  on  the  Creel  Committee  files  in  the  National 
.Archives. 

While  all  schoolmen  will  find  the  entire  book  an 
indispensable  contribution  to  the  history  of  a  hectic 
period,  visual  educators  will  find  particular  interest 
in  the  chapter  ''A  Barrage  of  Film ;  Mobilizing  the 
Movies."  This  chapter  covers  the  movie  activities  of 
the  Committee  on  Public  Information  and  includes 
also  a  discussion  of  the  use  of  slides  and  still  photo- 
graphs. 

Dr.  Mock,  on  the  stafT  of  the  National  Archives  and 
formerly  professor  of  history  at  Findlay  College, 
Ohio,  and  Mr.  Larson,  formerly  on  the  Library  of 
Congress  staflf,  now  with  the  War  Department,  have 
done  a  scholarly  job  of  reviewing  the  work  of  the 
CPI  and  presenting  it  at  a  most  propitious  time.  The 
book  covers  the  domestic  scene  with  a  discussion  of 


Edited  by  Arch  A.  Mercey 

Assistant  Director,  U.  S.  Film  Service, 
Washington,  D.  C. 

the  famous  "four  minute  men,"  the  movies,  press, 
use  of  scholars  and  the  schools,  and  projjaganda  efforts 
among  the  foreign  born  and  in  the  ranks  of  labor 
and  capital.  On  the  foreign  front  the  CPI  operated  in 
allied  territory,  in  neutral  countries,  and  even  crossed 
the  enemy  lines.  The  chapters  on  the  CPI  and  Russia 
and  the  CPI  and  Mexico  are  particularly  pertinent. 

The  CPI  Division  of  Films  had  five  distinct  func- 
tions: 

1.  "Cooperation  with  photographers  of  the  Signal 
Corps  and  the  Navy  in  preparing  and  handling 
pictures  they  had  taken. 

2.  Writing  of  scenarios  and  the  issuance  of  permits 
for  commercial  films  about  government  work. 

3.  Production  of  the  documentary  films  made  en- 
tirely by  the  CPI,  most  of  which  were  finished 
after  the  armistice. 

4.  Distribution  and  promotion  of  war  films  whether 
taken  by  our  own  government,  the  Allies  or  pri- 
vate producers. 

5.  Cooperation  with  the  Foreign  F'ilm  Division  in 
the  export  of  pictures  to  CPI  agents  abroad." 

The  CPI  cameramen  and  the  Signal  Corps  made  a 
number  of  short  subjects  which  were  designed  to  be 
theatrically  non-competitive.  Typical  of  this  group 
were:  "Ready  for  the  Fight";  "The  Spirit  of  1917"; 
"Women's  Part  in  the  War";  "Men  Who  Are  Doing 


Give  Pictures 

^^^^^■jHj 

y^"-;-~         f^Pp^    'J 

'^^ 

^^M 

GREAT  MASTERS 

The   finest   pictures   for  your 

B^^HIk^^_£^ 

iLjm^jI 

classrooms,  corridors  and  offices. 

Send  25c  for  80-page  Catalog  No.  20 

^^f 

— nearly  1000  illustrations. 

FREE  EXHIBITIONS 

Ik  IS^ 

Write  for  complete  details  and  reser- 
vation date — 

Spring    Schedules   being   made   up 

HHj^,-^     .  if 

NOW. 

THE  COLONIAL  ART  COMPANY 

"World's    Largest    Picture    House" 
Chicago                                              Oklahoma    City 

Hencke — Wi 

ndmills  oj  Holland— 

1.5x19     $4.00.   Framed  $12.50 

December,  19)9 


Page  37S 


Things";  "The  Coiu|uest  of  the  Air";  "labor's  Part 
in  Democracy's  War"  and  many  others. 

The  first  of  the  CPI's  feature  pictures  was  "Persh- 
ing's Crusaders"  (seven  reels).  I^ter  came  ".America's 
Answer"  (five  reels)  ;  "Under  Four  Flags"  (five 
reels),  a  series  of  four  two-reelers  and  "Our  Colored 
F"ighters"  for  Negro  audiences. 

The  movie  industry  underwrote  the  cost  of  a  series 
of  nne-reelers  on  subjects  in  which  the  Government 
was  interested.  Some  of  these  were  Paramount-Bray 
Pictograph's  "Ki-ep  'Em  Singing  and  Nothing  Can 
Lick  "Fm":  "I  Run  the  Biggest  Life  Insurance  Com- 
pany on  Farth"  :  Patlie's  "Solving  the  Farm  Problem 
of  the  N'ation"  and  "Feeding  the  Fighter";  Universal's 
"Reclaiming  the  Soldier's  Duds" ;  "The  American 
Indian  Gets  Into  the  War  Game";  C.  L.  Chester's 
"There  Shall  Be  No  Cripples";  "It's  An  Engineer's 
War";  "Finding  and  Fixing  the  Enemy";  ".All  the 
Comforts  of  Home" ;  "The  College  for  Camp  Cooks" 
etc. 

"Pershing's  Crusaders"  and  "America's  Answer" 
had  4000  bookings  and  the  "Official  War  Review", 
propaganda  film  by  the  English,  French  and  Italian 
governments  had  7000.  For  some  of  the  pictures  the 
CPI  made  ciiarges  and  as  a  result  the  eight  pictures 
or  series,  together  with  miscellaneous  sales,  totalled 
$852,744.39. 

The  greatest  of  all  the  "hate"  films,  "The  Kaiser,  the 
Beast  of  Berlin",  privately  produced,  made  a  strong 
impression,  and  this  film  was  later  the  subject  of  a 
parody  "The  Geezer  of  Berlin". 

A  Dejartment  of  Slides  under  the  Film  Division 
made  sets  of  slides  available  to  schools,  churches,  etc., 
at  15  cents  a  set.  "The  Ruined  Churches  of  France", 
"Building  A  Bridge  of  Ships  to  Pershing";  "To  Berlin 
Via  the  Air  Route",  and  "Making  the  American 
Army"  were  among  the  700  sets  prepared.  George  F. 
Zook,  formerly  Commissioner  of  Education  "turned  out 
nine  new  series  which  were  issued  in  editions  of  100 
sets  each." 

All  slides  and  films  mentioned  in  this  article  were 
made  jor  wartiinc  use  and  arc  not  available  no7v. 

The  subjects  listed  heretofore  indicate  the  wide  front 
on  which  the  CPI  and  movie  industry  advanced  in 
their  effort  to  mobilize  the  public  through  the  motion 
picture.  It  must  be  remembered  that  the  films  were 
all  silent  and  both  film  and  projection  standards  were 
far  below  those  of  today.  Contemporary  newsreels 
have  been  showing  lately  pictures  "passed  by  the 
censor"  and  the  French  have  their  own  propaganda 
reel,  while  Britain  has  made  a  feature  called  "The 
Lion  Has  Wings".  In  America  a  picture  is  being 
shown  called  "Beasts  of  Berlin",  originally  titled  "Hit- 
ler, the  Beast  of  Berlin".  And  so  the  effort  to  win 
public  favor  in  wartime  continues. 

No  information  on  the  use  of  the  motion  picture  is 
complete  without  reading  Mock  and  Larson's  incisive 
account.  So  important  were  the  movies  in  the  propa- 
ganda campaign  of  the  World  War  that  the  authors 
might  well  have  called  their  book  "Words  and  Pictures 
That  Won  the  War".  It  might  be  added  that  the 
chapter  on  "Scholars  and  the  Schools"  will  be  en- 
lightening in  its  illustration  of  how  the  educators  par- 
ticipated in  significant  fashion  with  the  CPI. 


ALWAYS  FIRST 

TO   ACHIEVE  THESE  MAJOR 
16  MM      ADVANCEMENTS 


30  STUDENTS 


3,000  STUDENTS 


Model  40  VICTOR  Animato- 

phone  with   Add-A-lInit   features 

is  one  of  the  finest  tearhing  tools 

ever  presented.  Now  one  16mni 
projector  serves  both  classroom 
and  large  auditorium  require- 
ments —  as  well  as  holh  Silent 
and  Sound  Film.  An«l  only  VICTOR  has  ahsolute 
Film-Protection.  Model  40  Complete,  ready  to  oper- 
ate prire<l  at  S29.5.00.  Write  today  for  new  VICTOR 
Catalog  and  list  of  school  applications.  No 
ohiigalion. 

VICTOR     ANIMATOGRAPH 
CORPORATION 

DEPT.  D  1.  DAVENPORT.  IOWA 
OlsfrJbufon     Througliout     fA*     World 


Page   376 


The  Educational  Screen 


^'^itt  in  n 


The  Benedictine  Order  con- 
tinues a  method  of  life  un- 
changed since  Medieval 
times.  Their  daily  routine 
is  a  page  from  the  11th 
Century  performed  with 
great  simplicity.  Famous 
Gregorian  chants  •  Design  and  illumination  of 
ancient  manuscripts  •  Fashioning  of  churchly 
vestments    are   among   outstanding   scenes. 

An  uminual  film  for  studies  of  the  Middle  Ages 
3  reels         _         _         _         .         I6mm  sound  only 

PICTORIAL   FILMS.   INC. 


1650   Broadway 


N.Y.C. 


WE   HAVE   MOVED   TO   LARGER  QUARTERS! 

THE     MANSE     LIBRARY 

1521    DANA  AVENUE  CINCINNATI.   OHIO 

16  MM   SOUND   FILMS 

Over  100  Selected  Pictures.  A  card  will  bring 

our  catalog. 


^m      Talk  from  your 
B    KTccn  with  quickly 
B      TYKWMTTEN 
B        MESSAGES 

B   50  Radio.M«M  11.50 
B  White,  Amber,  Green 
^^LAccept  DO  labstitutp      j 

MAKE    YOUR    OWN 

TYPEWRITER     SLIDES 

For    Screen    Projection 

USE      RADIO      MATS 

on    sale   by   Theatre   Supply   Dealers 
Write    for    Free    Sample 

RADIO-MAT  SLIDE  CO..  Inc. 

1819  Broadwny.Dept.V.New  Yorli  City 

16MM.    SOUND    ON    FILM 

for 
RENT  —  EXCHAI¥GE  —  SALE 

A  few  of  onr  Large  Catalogue  of 
RENTAL      SURJECTS 

WILD  INNOCENCE  •  LOST  JUNGLE  •  GIRL  OF  THE 
LIMBERLOST  -k  KEEPER  OF  THE  BEES  it  I  CONQUER 
THE  SEA  it  MILLION  DOLLAR  BABY  if  IN  OLD  SANTA 
FE  *  MAN'S  BEST  FRIEND  if  OH  YEAH  if  HEARTS  OF 
HUMANITY  •  BLACK  GOLD  •  STRANGERS  OF  THE 
EVENING  •  CITY  LIMITS  •  HANDICAP  •  KLONDIKE 
*  HIGH  GEAR  *  PARDON  MY  GUN  •  YOUNG  DYNAMITE 
■*  LAST  OF  THE  WARRENS  *•  WILDERNESS  MAIL  ■* 
KENTUCKY  BLUE  STREAK  *  all  PETER  B.  KYNE'S  »ab- 
jects:  all  RICHARD  TALMADGE  and  RIN  TIN  TIN.  Jr. 
subjects:  all  TOM  TYLER,  JACK  PERRIN  and  JACK  HOXIE 
WESTERNS:      all      FRED     SCOTT'S     MUSICAL     WESTERNS. 

Altosrether  300  Features  and  600  Shorts 
from     which     to     pick     your     programs 

Not  One  Mediocre  Picture  in  Our  Library 
Film    Rental    Catalogue  —  Film    Sale    Catalosue 

Write    for    them 

CINE  CLASSIC  LIBRARY 


1041   JEFFERSON  AVE. 


BROOKLYN,  N.  Y. 


CHECKLIST 


FOR 

1940 


Fifty  Foreign  Language  Features  and 
Foremost  Documentaries  Selected  for  Cin- 
ema Appreciation,  Foreign  Language  and 
Social  Studies.  1 6mm  Sound  Films — Rent  and 
Sale.    List    Available,   Free    Upon   Request. 

1600     BROADWAY 
NEW    YORK    CITY 


GARRISON  FILMS 


JV, 


£071 


an 


Conference  on  Film  Distribution 

The  Association  of  School  Film  Libraries  sponsored 
a  national  conference  of  educators  and  producers  and 
distributors  of  educational  motion  pictures  in  New 
York  City,  October  5  and  6,  to  consider  ways  and 
means  of  improving  film  distribution  to  educational 
institutions.  Twenty-three  states  were  represented  by 
the  52  persons  present.  Some  of  the  topics  discussed 
were :  distribution  areas  served  by  various  film  li- 
braries ;  development  of  regional  depositories  among 
film  libraries  for  Government  films ;  city  and  county 
libraries ;  types  of  films  to  be  distributed  by  the  As- 
sociation and  those  which  should  be  left  to  commercial 
distribution;  the  function  of  the  Association  of  School 
Film  Libraries  in  relation  to  individual,  state  and 
university  film  libraries.  Progress  was  made  in  bring- 
ing together  into  closer  understanding  and  actual  dis- 
tribution arrangements  between  the  university  film 
distributors  and  Teaching  Film  Custodians  for  the 
distribution  through  school  libraries  of  the  Hollywood 
short  subjects  recently  made  available  to  education. 

The  Association's  officers  were  re-elected  for  a  sec- 
ond term.  The  President  is  J.  A.  Wardlaw,  Atlanta, 
Georgia;  the  Vice-President,  Boyd  B.  Rakestraw, 
Berkeley,  California ;  and  the  Executive  Director, 
Fanning  Hearon.  The  Executive  Committee  is  com- 
posed of  Mr.  Wardlaw,  Mr.  Rakestraw,  Charles  F. 
Hoban,  Jr.,  Washington,  D.  C,  John  A.  Hollinger, 
Pittsburgh,  Pa.,  and  Paul  C.  Reed,  Rochester,  N.  Y. 
Other  members  of  the  Board  are:  Harold  C.  Bauer, 
Winona,  Minn.,  Lee  W.  Cochran,  Iowa  City,  and  J.  E. 
Hansen,    Madison,  Wis. 

Action  was  taken  by  the  Association's  Board  of 
Directors,  making  the  National  Film  Society  of  Can- 
ada the  official  affiliate  of  the  Association.  The  Film 
Society  is  a  non-profit  organization  with  a  membership 
of  educational  institutions  cooperating  to  promote  the 
educational  use  of  motion  pictures  in  Canada,  and  re- 
ceives financial  support  from  the  Rockefeller  Founda- 
tion. 

State  Meetings 

The  Visual  Instruction  Section  of  the  Ohio  Educa- 
tion Association  will  meet  Saturday,  January  6,  1940, 
at  9:45  A.  M.  in  the  State  Office  Building  at  Columbus. 
President  W.  C.  Dyer  will  preside.  Demonstrations 
will  be  given  in  the  making  of  crayon  and  ink  home- 
made glass  lantern  slides,  and  in  the  production  of 
35mm  Kodachrome  film  picture  transparencies.  Public 
Relations  films  produced  by  schools  will  be  shown  and 
discussed.  The  program  will  close  with  general  re- 
marks by  B.  A.  Aughinbaugh,  State  Director  of  Visual 
Education. 

♦        ♦ 

Visual  Education  played  a  part  in  the  annual  meet- 
ing of  the  Missouri  State  Teachers  Association  in  St. 
Louis,    November     15-18.     A    discussion    group    on 


December,   19)9 


Page  377 


^^oU± 


Science  and  X'isiial  Aids  met  I'riday  morning,  the  17tli. 
under  the  chairmanship  of  Alma  B.  Rogers,  Director 
of  Visual  Education,  St.  Louis  County  Schools.  In- 
cluded in  the  afternoon  Department  Programs  was  one 
on  Visual  Education,  which  featured  demonstrations 
of  pupil-made  slides,  exhibits  and  projects. 

Report  on  Southern  Conference 

The  annual  Southern  Conference  on  Audio-Visual 
Education  has  become  recognized  as  one  of  the  major 
factors  acting  to  promote  the  growth  of  visual  and 
radio  education  in  the  South.  The  1939  Conference, 
held  at  the  Billmore  Hotel,  Atlanta,  Georgia.  Thurs- 
day, Friday,  and  Saturday,  November  16,  17,  and  18, 
carried  on  the  high  standards  set  by  the  programs  of 
the  two  previous  Conferences.  .\  rapid  review  of  the 
highlights  of  the  program  includes : 

The  continuous  showing  of  new  educational  motion 
picture  films  which  occujHed  the  entire  afternoon  Thurs- 
day, and  was  enthusiastically  received  by  an  audience 
of  several  hundred  ])ersons.  Addresses  Thursday  eve- 
ning on  "The  Location  and  Use  of  Visual  Materials  in 
the  Environment"  by  Dr.  Walter  D.  Cocking,  Dean, 
College  of  Education,  University  of  Georgia ;  and  "The 
Contribution  of  Radio  to  the  American  Home"  by  Miss 
Alma     Kitchell,     National     Broadcasting     Company. 

Addresses  I'riday  morning  on  "Filmslides  as  an  Edu- 
cational .\id"  by  Mr.  Theo.  R.  Wright,  Chairman  of 
Visual  Education.  Birmingham,  Alabama,  Public 
Schools ;  "Successful  Methods  of  Using  Films"  by  Dr. 
Charles  F.  Hoban,  Jr.,  Director,  Motion  Picture  Proj- 
ect, American  Council  on  Education ;  and  "Planning 
Films  for  the  Public  Welfare"  by  Dr.  Alice  V.  Keliher, 
Chairman,  Commission  on  Human  Relations,  Pro- 
gressive Education  Association. 

Specialized  group  forums  Friday  afternoon  on 
"Radio.  Sound,  and  Recording  Problems,"  "Problems 
of  Projection  and  Visual  Aids"  and  "Photography  in 
the  School  and  Community."  Following  the  forums, 
addresses  on  "Evaluation  and  Integration  of  Educa- 
tional Motion  Pictures"  by  Mr.  Floyde  E.  Brooker, 
Assistant  Director,  Motion  Picture  Project,  American 
Council  dn  Education :  and  "Teaching  Speech  by  Ra- 
dio" by  Mr.  Lester  L.  Hale,  Assistant  Professor  of 
Education,  University  of  Florida. 

Addresses  Friday  evening  on  "Recent  Developments 
in  Audio-Visual  Aids  to  Instruction"  by  Dr.  Ells- 
worth C.  Dent,  Director,  Educational  Department, 
RCA  Manufacturing  Cotnpany ;  and  "How  to  Use 
Radio"  by  Mr.  Kenneth  G.  Bartlett,  Director  Radio 
Workshop.  Syracuse  University. 

On  Saturday  morning's  program,  a  report  and  dis- 
cussion of  teacher-student  motion  picture  production, 
conducted  by  Dr.  Charles  F.  Hoban,  Jr.,  and  Mr. 
Floyde  E.  Brooker;  an  address  on  "New  Values  in 
Maps  and  Globes"  by  E.  S.  Sell.  University  of  Geor- 

(Concluded  on  page  383) 


1 

Spencer 

now  brings 

GREATER 
BRILLIANCE 

to  your  screen 
from  2" X  2 "slides 

THREE   MODELS:    lOO-WATT   •    200-WATr   •    300-WAn» 

1  N  BRILLIANCE  o{  scfeei)  fcsults,  Spencer  Model 
MK  Delineascopes  surpass  all  previous  standards 
in  the  moderate  priced  field. 

Due  to  exceptional  optical  efficiency,  the  ratings 
of  these  projectors  —  100-watt,  200-watt  and  300- 
watt — would  lead  you  to  underestimate  the  true 
volume  of  illumination  which  reaches  the  screen. 
Only  an  actual  demonstration  in  the  classroom  or 
auditorium  can  reveal  how  brilliantly  the  full 
quality  of  your  slides  is  magnified  and  projected. 

Optical  and  mechanical  features  of  design  in  all 
three  models  provide  full  protection  against  damage 
to  films — either  black  and  white  or  color. 

We  have  just  published  a  new  folder  fully  illus- 
trating these  instruments.  Write  Dept.  Zi2  for 
your  copy. 

*300-u>aU  model  equipped  with  cooling  fan  unit. 

Spencer  Lens  Company 


BUFFALO,    N.    Y. 


MICROTOMES 

PHOTO  MICROGRAPHIC 

EQUIPMENT 

MICROSCOPES 


REFRACTOMETCRS 

COLORIMETERS 

SPECTROMETERS 

PROJECTORS 


Page   378 


The  Educational  Screen 


n  and  vox  tfiE  C^La±±room 


Conducted  by  Wilber  Emmert 

Director  Visual  Education,  State  Teachers  College,  Indiana,  Pa. 


A  Geography  Vocabulary  Experiment 
With — and  Without — the  Use  of  Visual  Aids 


To  DETERMINE  how  much  more  effective  vocabu- 
lary teaching  which  employs  various  visual  aids  is 
over  instruction  which  makes  use  of  few  or  no  visual 
aids,  I  conducted  an  extended  experiment  in  4B 
Geography  Vocabulary. 

A  test  was  first  devised  which  covered  thirty-nine 
words  needed  in  the  vocabulary  of  each  child  to  enable 
the  child  to  adequately  interpret  the  geography  read- 
ing material  of  the  grade.  This  test  was  given  as  a 
diagnostic  step  before  any  lessons  covering  the  course 
were  taught.  The  teacher  retained  the  papers  for  refer- 
ence and  guidance  of  teaching. 

The  words  covered  by  the  test  were: 

jungle,  current,  tributary,  main  stream,  upstream,  down- 
stream, navigable,  strait,  bay,  seaport,  nomads,  blubber, 
kayak,  harpoon,  rapids,  mouth,  iceberg,  glacier,  pack-ice, 
igloo,   tupik,    sledge,    source,    desert,    goat,   elephant,    hippo- 

"One  year -6  limes  a  week 

without    interruption    or    mechanical 

replacement.  A  HOLMES  Portable 
Sound-on-Film  Projector  transported  over 
rough,  mountainous  roads  —  voltage  85 
to  150,  and  encountering  both  A.C.  and 
direct  current  ...  16  foot  picture  at 
100  feet  when  used  with  HOLMES 
Portable  Arc  Lamp." 

That's  the  kind  of 

experience    reports 
that  makes  — 

Once  a  HOLMES, 
Always  a  HOLMES 
Projedor  Customer. 

Write  for 

Catalog^ 

Prices 

and  nearest 

dealer. 


Holmes  Projector 
Company 

1813    Orchard   Street 
CHICAGO 


(6  mm  Portable, 
Mazda  or  Arc  Lamp. 

35  mm  Portable. 
Mazda  or  Arc  Lamp. 

35  mm  Imperial 
for  Auditoriums. 


potamus,    umiak,    walrus,    caribou,    oasis,    peninsula,    palm- 
tree,  teapoy,  caravan,  cold  caps,  isthmus,  seal,  sheep. 

The  I.  Q.  of  each  child  was  then  secured  from  office 
records  of  previous  tests.  The  entire  class  was  then 
divided  into  two  groups,  each  containing  an  equal 
number  of  children  with  high,  average,  and  low  in- 
telligence, and  each  group  having  a  combined  total  of 
ninety-three  points  scored  on  the  pre-study  test. 

During  the  semester  both  experimental  groups  used 
the  same  text  and  supplementary  books,  both  covered 
the  same  units  of  study,  and  both  received  the  same 
time  and  attention  of  the  teacher.  The  only  difference 
lay  in  the  fact  that  the  Non- Visual  Aids  Group  was 
given  very  few  visual  aids,  other  than  those  accompany- 
ing the  books  used. 

The  other  group,  the  Visual  Aids  Section,  was  given 
much  visual  material.  The  following  types  of  visual 
aids  were  used  to  teach  the  thirty-nine  words ;  the 
number  of  words  with  which  each  was  employed  being 
indicated  by  the  figure  in  parentheses : 

Textbook  pictures  (37).  other  pictures  (38),  slides 
(31),  motion  pictures  (16),  dioramas  (8),  models 
(29),  experiments  (7),  school  journey  (14),  original 
drawings  and  slides  (33),  dramatics  (23),  maps  (14). 

Textbook  pictures  were  carefully  studied  by  both 
sections.  The  Visual  Aids  Group  studied  mounted 
and  unmounted  still  pictures,  professionally  made 
slides,  motion  pictures,  dioramas  (desert  scenes  and 
jungle  scenes),  and  made  models,  drawings,  maps  and 
slides,  performed  experiments,  took  school  journeys 
(to  river,  to  animal  parade),  and  dramatized  many  of 
the  words.  Chalk  drawings,  made  on  the  room  floor, 
permitted  much  impromptu  dramatization.  Children 
enjoy  "acting",  and  the  results  from  this  method  seem 
quite  effective.    Teachers  use  it  too  seldom. 

Finally,  the  same  test  which  had  been  given  in  Sep- 
tember was  repeated  in  December.    Table  A  compares 


TABLE  A 

Possible  Total  Total  Net  Per  Cent 

Point        Pre-Study    Post-Study         Gain  Of  Gain 

Score  Score  Score  Of  Points  From  Study 


Visual  Aids  Groups : 
S8S  93 


479 


Non-Visual  Aids  Groups : 
585  93  349 

Net  difference  between  groups : 

0  n  130 


386 
256 
130 


66.0% 
43.8% 
22.2% 


O      R 


December,  19i9 


Page  379 


the  results  of  the  two  methods  of  teaching,  the  visual 
aids  method  being  much  more  successful.  The  Visual 
Aids  Section  scored  a  total  net  gain  of  130  points 
more  than  tiie  net  gain  scored  by  the  Xon-\''isual  Aids 
Group,  or  an  average  of  9-plus  points  higher  \>cr  child. 
Figured  on  a  per  cent  basis,  the  use  of  visual  aids 
proved  22.2  per  cent  more  effectual  on  the  average 
than  teaching  done  with  little  use  of  visual  aids. 

No  study  was  made  of  the  time  element,  but  it  was 
apparent  during  the  experiment  that  the  use  of  visual 
aids  is  a  real  economy  of  time. 

In  conclusion,  a  22.2  jjer  cent  increase  in  efficiency 
certainly  justifies  tiie  recognition  of  a  vi.sual  aids  pro- 
gram as  an  essential  (xirt  of  the  regular  school  program. 
.Any  teacher  can  obtain  similar  results,  but  many  do 
not.  What  many  teachers — myself  included  —  long 
have  iKvded  has  been  education  in  visual  instruction.  It 
.should  lie  required  of  all  beginning  teachers  and  urged 
upon  all  who  are  not  beginners. 

W.     J.     DAY 

Prin.,  Charles  Major  School, 
ShelbyviUe,   Indiana 

Club  Activities  and  Visual  Aids 

SE\'Ek.\L  large  colored  pictures  of  airplanes  and 
a  large  wall  map  of  important  world  air  routes 
(free  from  H.  J.  Heinz  Co.)  placed  on  the  bulletin 
board  one  day  aroused  the  interest  of  a  group  of  boys 
(ages  12-14).  An  aviation  club  was  organized  and 
a  part  of  the  school  room  became  the  Mid-West  Air- 
liner Hangar.  Books  of  every  kind  related  to  avia- 
tion were  collected  for  the  aviation  library.  Pictures 
of  planes,  flying  fields,  factories,  aviators,  and  every- 
thing related  to  air  activity  were  collected  for  a  scrap- 
book.  News  items  were  posted  on  the  "airways"  bul- 
letin board. 

One  section  of  the  hangar  became  a  factory  for  the 
building  of  model  planes — shelf  and  flying  types.  Mod- 
els of  many  planes  were  constructed.  Later  these  flying 
models  were  tried  out  in  a  nearby  open  field.  Kodak 
pictures  were  taken  of  the  planes,  hangar  and  various 
activities  of  the  club.  These  pictures  became  a  part 
of  the  permanent  record  of  the  aviation  club. 

The  club  initiated  a  trip  to  the  St.  Ix)uis  Municipal 
Airport,  where  they  saw  planes,  the  control  room, 
landing,  refueling  and  take  off  of  transcontinental 
planes,  parachutes  and  their  manipulation,  and  various 
hangars.  Club  members  had  rides  in  planes  and  pilots 
explained  the  instrument  panel.  The  memliers  se- 
cured information  concerning  training  for  aviation  of- 
ficials and  pilots. 

Lantern  slide  programs  (slides  made  by  club  mem- 
bers) have  been  presented  to  Social  Studies  Classes. 
For  several  club  meetings  films  of  related  interests 
were  shown.  These  films  included  mineral  and  manu- 
facturing processes,  geographical  features  along  air 
routes  and  adventures  into  science.  The  aim  of  the 
club  at  present  is  to  be  able  to  make  a  moving  picture 
film  of  their  club  activities  for  a  school  movie.  Interest 
and  enthusiasm  increases  from  meeting  to  meeting. 

FRIEDA    ZIMMERMAN 

Washington  Grammar  School. 
Washington,  Mo. 


fel 


16MM.    Sound    Picture 

LOUIS  PASTEUR 

THE     BEIVEFACTOR 

k%mfol   S3.50   ptr   Day 

A  vivid  presentation  of  the  life  of  the 
famouK    French    scientist,    includinir    his 
^^truf[Kl«■'    aicainst    the   prejudices   of   or- 
ganized   medical    men  :    the   Arst    rabies 
tr.tttment   of   boy   bitten    by    mad   doK ; 
:i   complete  resume  of  his  scientific  ac- 
romplitihrnenta    and    his    final    recogni- 
tiun   by  men  of  science, 
2  RKLS 
Send  for  cofofeg   of  edHcoffoaal 
ond    recreoffenof   Ultni. 

AUDIO-FILM  LIBRARIES 

«61     Bloomfield    Ave.,    Bleomftdd,    N.    J. 


2     REELS 

6MM.     SOUND     FILM 

OUTRIGHT      SALES 
Exclusively    by 

PICTORIAL  FILMS,   Inc. 

Broadway, 


use 


N*w      Yerk, 


ALL  NEW— I6MM.  SOUND  PICTURES 
"KING  of  the  SIERRAS" 

Fighting  Wild  Stallioni  in  an  Epic  Drama  of  tha  Last  of  tha  Musfangt 

—Starring  REX  King  of  Wild  Horsat  and  SHEIK  Iha  Wondar  Hon*. 

i    raals  —  16mm.    Sound    Film 


2- Reel  Action  Westerns 

A  sarial  of  (t)    l«mm.  Sound  Filmi  witti  WALLY  WALES,  AL  HOXIE, 
BUFFALO     BILL,    JR.,     FRANKLIN     FARNUI«(    and    SILVER     KING. 

Catalogue    on    Request 

POST   PICTURES   CORP. 

723  -  7th  Ave.  New  York  City 


General  Science,  11  rolls,  $20 
Principles  of  Physics,  7  rolls,  $12 
Principles  of  Chemistry,  8  rolls.  $14 
Fxindcnnentols  of  Biology,  4  rolls,  $9 

Order  on  approval  or  send  ior  free  (older  and  sample 

VISUAL     SCIEIVCES,     Suffera,  New  York 


35  mm. 
FILM 
SLIDES 


In  Our 


great  20th  ANNIVERSARY  Catalog 
you  will  find  listed  over 

3500  motion  pictures 

for  every  educational  and 

entertainment  need 

16  mm   Silent 

16  mm  Sound 

8  mm   Silent 

Our  Rental  Rates 

are  greatly  reduced  on  many  films. 
Many  16  mm  sound  subjects  avail- 
able for  less  than  $1.00  per  reel, 

IDEAL  PICTURES  CORPORATION 


28  E.  EIGHTH  STREET 

2402   WEST  SEVENTH   STREET 


CHICAGO.  ILL. 
LOS   ANGELES,   CALIF. 


Page   380 


The  Educational  Screen 


Cu%%znt  \jLLm  ^A4aji 


Audio    Film   Libraries,    661    Bloomfield 
Avenue,   Bloomfield,   N.   J.,   have    is- 
sued the  following  news  notice  : 
Louis   Pasteur,    the   Benefactor,    a   new 

two-reel  film,  is  available  for  rental 
or  sale  in  16mm  sound.  The  picture 
portrays  the  life  of  the  famous  French 
scientist  including  his  struggle  against 
the  prejudices  of  the  French  Academy 
of  Medicine.  It  shows  the  famous  ex- 
periment with  rabies  including  the  first 
injection  given  to  a  boy  bitten  by  a 
mad  dog  and  includes  a  resume  of  his 
scientific  accomplishments,  his  final 
triumphs  and  the  eventual  world  wide 
recognition  of  his  benefactions  to  man- 
kind. 

Rentals  are  available  from  Audio- 
Film  Libraries  while  Pictorial  Film 
Libraries  of  1650  Broadway,  New  York 
City,  handle  exclusively  all  sales  of 
this  subject. 

Walter  O.  Gutlohn,  Inc.,  35  W.  45th 
Street,  New  York  City,  offer  the  fol- 
lowing new  releases  for  rental  or 
sale: 

Warning — 3  reels,  16mm  sound.  A 
British  documentary  film  showing  what 
happens  during  and  after  an  air  raid 
on  a  typical  British  city,  portraying 
defense  measures  used,  destruction 
caused  by  the  air  raid ;  first  aid  to  the 
injured   and  the   task  of  restoration. 

An  Apple  a  Day — 1  reel,  in  color,  16 
mm  silent.  A  study  of  large  scale  apple 
growing  showing  the  pruning,  spraying 
and  grafting  of  trees,  and,  finally,  pack- 
ing and  all  other  operations  necessary 
to  prepare  the  fruit  for  delivery  to  the 
consumer. 

A  Study  of  Spring  Wild  Flowers  —  1 
reel,  16  mm  silent.  Color  picture  of 
such  spring  wild  flowers  as  the  early 
marsh  marigold  and  skunk  cabbage, 
the  violet,  hepatica,  arbutus,  lady  slip- 
per and  many  others. 

L'lle  D'Orleans  — 1  reel,  in  color,  16 
mm  silent.  A  camera  trip  through  this 
historic  island  off  Quebec  showing 
quaint  native  customs,  industries  and 
architecture. 

Eastin  16mm.  Pictures  Co.,  Davenport, 
Iowa,     have     secured     the     exclusive 
16mm    rights    on    the   following    two 
feature  productions,  which  are  avail- 
able for  rental  only: 
Romance  and  Riches — -8    reels  —  with 
Cary  Grant  and   Mary  Brian.  From   E. 
Phillips   Oppenheim's   best  seller,   "The 
Amazing  Quest   of   Mr.   Ernest   Bliss," 
which   tells   the   story  of  how   a   young 
millionaire,    bored    with    life,    goes    to 
work   incognito    to    win    a    wager    and 
finds    love   and   happiness. 

Renfrew  on  the  Great  White  Trail 
■ — 6  reels — with  James  Newill,  Terry 
Walker  ind  Silver  King,  the  Wonder 
Dog.  Based  on  Laurie  York  Erskine's 
Mounted  Police  story,  "Renfrew  Rides 
North." 


Post     Pictnres,    723     Seventh     Avenue, 
New  York  City,  announce  the  addi- 
tion of  two  new  16mm  sound  pictures  : 
King    of    the    Sierras,    a    6-reel    epic 
drama    produced    by    Grand    National, 
and    a    series    of   eight   2-reel    all    star 
westerns.    "King   of   the    Sierras"    is   a 
simple  story  of  wild  horses  on  the  plains 
told   by    Uncle    Hank,   a    philosophical 
old  ranger  to  Sammy,  a  little  orphaned 
boy. 

American  League  of  Profeisional  Base- 
ball   Clubs,    310    S.    Michigan    BIdg., 
Chicago,  will  have  ready  for  distribu- 
tion beginning  January   1,   1940: 
Touching     All     Bases — 4    reels,    16mm 
and    3Smm    sound.     Gives    fundamentals 
of  play  and  highlights  of  the  past  base- 
ball   season,    showing   American    League 
stars    in    their    various    positions.     Slow- 
motion  shots   on  pitching,   fielding,   base 
running,  batting.     A  sequence  of  the  Hall 
of  Fame   ceremonies   taken   at   Coopers- 
town,   New  York,  the  birthplace  of  the 
game.     Free    except    for    transportation 
charges.     Co-sponsor   for   the   picture   is 
Kellogg  Company  of  Battle  Creek,  Mich. 

Lewis    Jacobs,    122    West    61st    Street, 
New  York  City,  author  of  the  forth- 
coming book,  "The  Rise  of  the  Ameri- 
can Film,"  has  just  completed : 
Tree   Trunk    to    Head — 3   reels,   16mm 
silent.  Presents  the  noted  sculptor  Chaim 
Gross,    at   work    in    his   studio,    showing 
the  creative   and  technical   processes   in- 
volved   in    producing    a    wood    sculpture 
and  emphasizing  the  human  side  of  the 
artist.     Entertainment    is    combined    with 
enlightenment.     Available    for    rental    or 
purchase.  . 

Bailey  Film  Service,  1651  Cosmo  Street, 
Hollywood,  Calif.,  is  now  ready  with 
their  new  winter  catalog  of  "Educa- 
tional Films  of  Merit"  for  classroom 
use.  A  rental  library  of  selected  films 
is  also  now  offered  by  this  firm,  mak- 
ing available  new  prints  at  reason- 
able prices  and  with  prompt  service 
to  all  schools  who  prefer  renting 
films,  rather  than  purchasing.  Both 
rental  and  sale  catalogs  are  offered 
free  to  all  persons  requesting  them 
from  Bailey  Film  Service. 

Garrison  Films  Inc.,  1600  Broadway, 
New  York  City,  announces  the  avail- 
ability of  its  new  1940  comprehensive 
Check  List  of  Foreign  Language  and 
American  Documentary  Films.  The 
catalog  features  over  fifty  feature 
films  in  16mm  sound  selected  for 
meritorious  production  values  and 
distinctive  subject  matter.  Films  by 
the  master  craftsmen  of  France, 
England,  China.  Mexico,  Soviet  Rus- 
sia, Poland,  and  other  countries  make 
up  this  new  catalog.  The  motion  pic- 
ture creations  of  noted  independent 
American  documentary  directors  oc- 
cupy  a    special    section.    Outstanding 


productions  by  Jacques  Feyder,  Jean 
Renoir,  Benoit-Levy,  Pabst,  Eisen- 
stein,  Pudovkin,  Dovzenko,  Joris 
Ivens,  Willard  Van  Dyke,  Paul 
Strand,  Pare  Lorenz,  Paul  Rotha,  and 
others  are  included.  The  list  offers  a 
good  selection  for  courses  in  Cinema 
Appreciation,  Foreign  Language, 
Contemporary  Art,  and  Sociology. 
Free  copies  of  the  catalog  are  avail- 
able to  all  non-theatrical  institutions 
interested  in  better  film  programs. 

The  DeVry  Corporation,  nil  Armitage 
Avenue,  Chicago,  has  just  completed 
a  plan  whereby  schools  may  rent 
or  buy  a  modern  motion  picture  sound 
projector  and  select  their  own  films 
for  a  complete  audio-visual  educa- 
tion program.  The  total  cost  is  but 
a  trifle  more  than  that  formerly  paid 
as  rental  on  silent  films  alone. 

Write  for  free  1940  catalogue  of 
Educational  Films  and  literature  describ- 
ing this  unique  service. 

Film  Study  Guide 

How   Motion   Pictures    Mov£    and    Talk — 

Bell  &  Howell  Co.,  1801  Larchmont 
Ave.,  Chicago. 

We  reviewed  this  Bell  and  Howell 
one-reel  technical  subject  in  our  issue 
of  February  1939.  During  the  months 
elapsed  since,  reactions  from  the  school 
field  on  its  educational  values  have  been 
interesting  and  significant.  Some  2500 
replies  have  come  back :  from  Colleges 
and  Private  Schools  7%,  High  Schools 
36%,  Junior  Highs  12%,  Grade  Schools 
37%,  Social  Agencies  8%  (on  entirely 
blank  forms,  without  attempt  at  sponsor- 
influence   through   leading  questions). 

The  replies  are  signed  by  Superin- 
tendents 12%,  Principals  30%,  Teachers 
50%,  Social  Workers  8%,  and  show 
wide  and  unmistakable  approval  of  the 
film.  The  chief  adverse  criticism  is  "too 
technical  for  lower  grades,"  yet  Ele- 
mentary schools  show  the  highest  per- 
centage of  use — which  seems  evidence 
that  youngsters  get  much  from  the  film 
despite  technicalities  which  are  beyond 
them. 

Bell  and  Howell  have  now  taken  an 
important  step  toward  an  expanded  cir- 
culation program  by  preparing  a  "study 
guide"  for  the  film  which  will  prove  a 
boon  to  teachers,  thereby  enhancing  the 
picture's  value  for  their  classes.  It  of- 
fers a  wealth  of  detailed  explanation,  sug- 
gestions for  use,  synoptic  bits  of  movie  his- 
tory, italicized  "new  vocabulary"  needed, 
and,  above  all,  a  complete  reprint  of  the 
silent  version's  sub-titles  and  the  sound 
version's  spoken  narrative.  Such  ample 
data  enable  the  teacher  to  adapt  the  pic- 
ture accurately  to  both  audience  and 
occasion,  and  preferably  for  more  than  a 
single  showing.  N.  L.  G. 

Federal  Art  Project  Film 

From  Hand  to  Mouth — an  educational 
film  on  the  causes  and  prevention  of 
bacillary  dysentery  produced  by  the  Mo- 
tion    Picture    Production    Unit    of    the 

(Concluded  on  page  382) 


December,  1939 


Page  381 


SEEING 

IS  BELIEVINGI 

No  mafter  whaf  the  subject 
taught  .  .  .  the  mind  receives 
fullest  significance,   understands 
with  greatest  clarity  —  if  the  les- 
son has  been  conveyed  by  the  eyes! 

YOU  WILL  EDUCATE   BEST 

IF  YOU  EDUCATE 

PICTORIALLY! 


FOR  ENTERTAINMENT.  NO  GREATER 
PICTURES  ARE  AVAILABLE 

SPIRIT  OF  CULVER— 

Jackia  Cooper.  Fraddia  Bariholomaw 
YOU  CANT  CHEAT  AN  HONEST  MAN— 

W.  C.  Fialds,  Edgar  Bargan,  Charlie  McCarthy 
THREE  SMART  GIRLS  GROW  UP— Deanna  Durbin 
THE  FAMILY  NEXT  DOOR— 

Hugh  Herbert,  Joy  Hodges 
EASE  SIDE  OF  HEAVEN— Bing  Croiby 
THAT  CERTAIN  AGE— Deanna  Durbin 
EX-CHAMP— Victor  McLaglen 
THE  SUN  NEVER  SETS— 

Doug.  Fairbanks,  Jr.,  Basil  Rafhbona 
UNEXPECTED  FATHER— 

"Sandy",   Mischa  Auar,  Dennis  O'Kaafe 
WHEN  TOMORROW  COMES— 

Irene  Dunne,  Charles  Boyer 
THE  MIKADO— 

Kenny  Baker,  Jean  Colin,  Martin  Green 
(and  many  others) 


Write   to    Universal's    Non-Theatrical 

Department  for  further  information 

regarding  short  and  feature-length 

pictures,  travelogues,  cartoons 

and  other  motion  pictures. 

CATALOeUE  U 


UNIVERSAL  PICTURES 
COMPANY,  INC. 

Rockefeller  Center  New  York.  N.  Y. 

CIRCLE  7-7100 


The  electrically  oparatad  Da-Lita  Elactrol  Scraan  It  ideal  for  Auditorlumi 
and  large  clatsroomi.  It  can  be  raisad,  lowered  or  stopped  at  any  position 
by  means  of  an  electrical  control  placed  anywhere  desired.  Available  with 
Da-Lite  Glass-leaded  or  Mat  White  Surface  in  14  standard  siies  up  to 
20'   I  20'   inclusive. 


SCREENS 

AND 
ACCESSORIES 


Reg.    U.S.    Pat.   Off. 


Can  Simplify  Projection 
in  Your  Schools 

Wherever  you  plan  to  show  pictures,  there  is 
a  Da-Lite  Screen  with  the  right  mounting,  the 
right  surface  and  of  the  right  size  to  meet 
your  requirements  most  efficiently.  Da-Lite 
Screens  are  easily  set  up  and  are  easy  to  put 
in  service,  show  the  pictures  at  their  Itest  and 
have  the  strength  and  durability  to  withstand 
years  of  hard  usage. 

THE  DA-LITE 
PROJECTOR    STAND 

Save  confusion  gettinK 
ready !  Equip  your  school 
with  Da-Lite  projector 
stands  which  can  l>e 
quickly  set  up  anywhere 
and  provide  a  convenient 
support  for  the  projec- 
tor. Because  they  are  ad- 
justable in  height  they 
permit  projecting  pic- 
tures above  the  heads  of 
the  audience. 

Write  for  latest  48  page 
catalog  on  Da-Lite  Screens 
and  Accessories.  It  has  val- 
uable information  you  need 
in  choosing  the  right  screens 
and  equipment  for  your 
school. 

DA-LITE    SCREEN    CO.,    INC. 

DEPT.  12ES.  2723  N.  CRAWFORD  AVE..  CHICAGO.  ILL. 


Page   382 


The  Educational  Screen 


WPA  Federal  Art  Project   Photography 
Division. 

Directed  by  Leo  Seltzer  and  Elaine 
Basil  and  photographed  by  Mr.  Seltzer, 
Supervisor  of  the  Motion  Picture  Pro- 
duction Unit,  this  two-reel  film  was 
sponsored  by  The.  Bronx  Hospital.  The 
film  presents  a  new  direction  in  health 
education,  making  available  to  the  gen- 
eral public  information  pertinent  to  bacil- 
lary  dysentery,  and  showing  what  medi- 
cal science  is  doing  for  its  prevention 
and  what  the  community  at  large  can  do 
to  eradicate  its  causes.  It  pictures  the 
city  as  well  as  rural  districts  to  show 
the  conditions  that  breed  dysentery.  In- 
adequate sewage  disposal,  polluted  drink- 
ing water,  unsanitary  food  handling  and 
substandard  housing  are  all  contributing 
causes.  Methods  of  diagnosis  and  treat- 
ment and  some  of  the  modern  equipment 
and  the  procedure  used  by  medical  science 
are  shown  in  a  section  of  the  film  devoted 
to  the  hospital's  role  in  the  prevention 
of  the  disease.  From  Hand  to  Mouth 
stresses  the  responsibility  of  every  per- 
son to  protect  himself  against  infection. 

Film  Review 

strange    Birds    of    America    —    Universal 

Pictures     Company,     Inc.,    Rockefeller 

Center,  New  York  City. 

Teachers  do  well  to  watch  the  long 
series  of  Universal's  "shorts"  appearing 
regularly  in  theatres  under  the  general 
title  of  "Going  Places,"  for  issues 
equally  usable  for  school  purposes.  A 
recent  release,  entitled  Strange  Birds  of 
America,  is  emphatically  one  of  these. 

The  "big  bills"  open  the  picture,  the 
Toucan  and  Macaw,  doing  a  very  beaky 
and  bloodless  battle  which  the  former 
wins  by  a  decision.  The  Parokeets, 
familiar  as  the  little  "love  birds"  at 
county  fairs,  show  bills  smaller  but  still 
oversize  and  most  efficient  for  "billing 
and  cooing."  Then  the  Cormorants,  both 
flightless  and  flying,  with  their  enormous 
appetites  for  fish  matched  by  their  un- 
canny skill  in  catching  them,  display  their 
original  creations  in  the  pirouetting  love 
dance  and  in  their  amazing  formation 
flying — the  latter  of  which  our  military 
aviators  strive  to  equal.  The  pouchy 
Pelicans  are  not  as  ungainly  as  they 
look,  once  they  start  their  systematic 
food-hunts  that  end  in  unerring  dives. 
And  the  young  Cormorants  and  Pelicans 
both  know  where  an  unfailing  food- 
supply  awaits  them — in  the  gullets  of 
their  parents — and  they  have  free  access 
to  the  pantry. 

Ducks  of  all  kinds  appear,  and  Cana- 
dian Geese,  doing  stop-overs  on  their 
long  migrations  south,  in  lovely  watery 
spots  where  food  and  fun  are  best.  The 
unspeakably  cunning  babies — some  ringed 
black  and  white,  but  turning  one  color 
when  babyhood  is  over  —  demonstrate 
their  infant  efficiency  in  tilting  tails  sky- 
ward like  the  grown-ups  to  reach  the 
tidbits  stored  in  shallow  waters.  .'\nd 
throughout  the  picture  the  accompany- 
ing clear,  incisive,  pertinent  commentary 
by  Lowell  Thomas  stimulates,  interprets 
and  informs  as  the  appealing  pictorial 
document  unrolls.  Young  students  are 
likely  to  find  one  flaw  in  the  film — "too 
short."  N.  L.  G. 


czTJ-mona  t/i<z 

An  Aid  to  Slide-Making 

"Ketch"  is  the  name  of  a  new  Key- 
stone handniade-lantern-slide  product, 
announced  in  the  new  1940  General  Price 
List  of  the  Keystone  View  Company, 
Meadville,   Pa. 

Keystone  has  pioneered  many  hand- 
made-slide products  of  a  superior  char- 
acter, such  as  colorful  lantern-slide  cray- 
ons and  inks,  and  mud-groimd  glass. 
One  of  the  major  problems  coimected 
with  the  use  of  etched  glass  is  the  easy 
and  complete  removal  of  crayon  and 
lead-pencil  marks  without  injury  to  the 
etched  surface,  so  that  the  glass  may  be 
used  over  and  over  in  the  making  of 
handmade  lantern  slides. 

"Ketch"  is  Keystone's  answer  to  this 
problem.  It  is  the  belief  of  the  manu- 
facturers that  it  will  stimulate  greatly 
this  popular  type  of  teaching  visual  aid. 

Selectroslide  Equipment 

An  important  contribution  to  visual 
education  recently,  has  been  the  Se- 
lectroslide, automatic  slide-changing 
equipment  that  will  project  35mm  film, 
in  natural  color,  or  black-and-white 
up  to  any  size.  The  same  machine  can 
be  used  to  project  film  slides  in  a 
small  classroom  or  in  a  large  audi- 
torium. It  is  an  electrically  driven 
mechanism  contained  in  a  drum-shaped 


iPtoJi 


UC^Z± 


Slide-changing  Unit  and  Projector 

bousing.  It  carries  an  interchangeable 
magazine  holding  48  slides  in  numbered 
slots  arranged  radially.  The  unit  mea- 
sures 8"  in  diameter,  stands  about 
9;^"  high  and  weighs  about  \3]4 
pounds.  An  attached  bracket  secures 
it  to  the  projector.  It  may  be  supplied 
with  bulbs  from  100  to  ioOO  watts  to 
take  care  of  any  projection  require- 
ment. 

Here  are  the  advantages  the  Selectro- 
slide oflfers :  It  may  be  operated  by 
Remote  "push-button"  Control  from 
where  you  are  standing  in  the  room. 
No  assistant  is  necessary  to  change  the 
slides.  Neither  are  errors  in  projection 
possible.  Gone  are  the  days  when  slides 
are  projected  upside  down,  or  in  a 
wrong  order,  for  once  the  2  x  2"  glass 
slides  are  correctly  arranged  in  the 
magazine  of  the  Selectroslide,  there 
can  be  no  error. 

The    machine    can    be    used    in    manv 


different  ways  in  the  school.  Ideal  for 
lecturing,  it  is  also  an  efficient  sub- 
stitute for  blackboard  or  bulletin  board. 
Slides  will  always  attract  the  student's 
attention,  when  mere  writing  is  dull 
to  him.  The  students  may  be  encour- 
aged to  start  their  own  amateur  pho- 
tography clubs,  combining  study  with 
pleasure.  2  x  2"  glass  slides  may  be 
made  by  the  teachers  themselves,  or 
professional  slides  for  study  purposes 
on  all  subjects  may  be  rented  or  pur- 
chased at  a  nominal  price.  As  many 
slides  as  you  wish  may  be  shown,  and 
the  Selectroslide,  itself,  may  be  moved 
from  department  to  department  in  your 
school. 

New  Catalogs 

A  new  classified  catalog  of  their  ex- 
tensive library  of  picturols  and  filmslides 
is  available  from  the  Society  for 
SVE  Visual  Education,  Chicago.  An- 
nounced in  it  is  the  new  series  of 
42  teacher-prepared  filmslides  on  Vo- 
cational Education,  covering  40  fields 
of  work  with  respect  to  necessary  qual- 
ifications, preparation  and  approximate 
earning  power.  A  new  set  of  22  rolls  of 
picturols  on  Geography  of  the  United 
States,  divided  into  9  regions  and  posses- 
sions, is  also  offered  with  a  teacher's 
manual.  In  addition,  many  other  geog- 
raphy filmslides  are  available.  The  in- 
dex on  the  first  page  shows  that  SO 
fields  of  subject  matter  are  listed  in  the 
catalog,  classified  under  such  general 
topics  as  Transportation,  Communica- 
tion, History,  Chemistry,  Physics,  Nature 
Study,  Health  and  Hygiene,  Social 
Problems,  Character  Education,  Physical 
Education,  Home  Economics,  Literature, 
.'Krt,  Music,  Languages,  Primary  Read- 
ing, etc. 

A  copy  of  "Education  the  Picturol 
Way",  title  of  the  catalog,  will  be  sent 
upon  request  to  the  Society  for  Visual 
Education,  100  East  Ohio"  Street,  Chi- 
cago, 111. 

♦      ♦      ♦ 

Bausch  &  Lonib  Optical  Company, 
Rochester,  New  York,  have  issued  a  new 
catalog,  generously  illustrated,  of 
6&L  their  very  complete  line  of  bal- 
opticons  and  accessories.  The 
first  page  briefly  points  out  the  uses  and 
advantages  of  balopticons  in  slide, 
opaque  object,  and  filmslide  projection 
in  the  school.  The  various  ways  in  which 
Rausch  and  Lomb  machines  are  used  in- 
dustrially and  commercially,  are  also 
summarized.  Detailed  descriptions  ac- 
company each  model,  giving  a  clear  pic- 
ture of  its  construction  and  performance. 
Inclusion  of  projection  tables  is  another 
helpful   feature. 

The  Fall  issue  of  "The  Educational 
Focus",  a  24-page  bulletin,  describes  the 
part  Bausch  and  Lomb  equipment  played 
at  the  San  Francisco  and  New  York 
Fairs.  .\n  article  on  "Improving  Biology 
Tests  with  a  Micro-projector,"  by  Dean 
Bernal  Weinier,  Bethany  College,  is  also 
contained  in  this  number. 


December,   19  }9 


Page  383 


SOUND    AND    SILENT   CLASSROOM   FILMS 


•  •a  -^ 


U51 


Wrilf    Ui'pt.    h.-t    for   frre   vnlalogB 

BAILEY     FILM     SERVICE 

Co>me    St.  Hollywood. 


Calif. 


News  and  Notes 

K  I'/i./iii/.i/  fii'iii   f,ific  .>77) 

gia ;  and  "Television  and  Its  Possibilities,"  an  address 

with  tilin  showing,  by  Dr.  Ellsworth  C.  Dent. 

For  a  half-hour  period  at  the  beginning  of  each 
of  the  five  regular  Conference  sessions,  new  educational 
motion  pictures  were  shown  to  the  assembling  audience. 
Other  t'llni  showings  were  lilierally  distributed  through- 
out the  meetings  of  the  Conference ;  a  total  of  more 
than  40  reels  of  film  l»eing  shown.  The  exhibits,  which 
included  representatives  of  motion  picture,  radio,  film- 
strip,  and  recording  equipment  manufacturers,  at- 
tracted gcimine  interest.  The  Conference  was  attended 
by  455  persons  from  81  localities,  in   15  states. 

In  a  little  more  than  two  years,  the  Southern  Con- 
ference on  Audio-Visual  Education  has  grown  from 
an  idea  to  a  recognized  annual  institute  which  achieves 
l)<)tli  of  its  original  objectives  of  selling  the  audio-visual 
idea  and  of  training  teachers  in  the  correct  uses  of  the 
audio-visual  media.  So  long  as  there  is  an  apparent 
need  for  such  a  meeting,  it  will  continue  to  \ie  held 
in  .Atlanta  each  fall.  .\  transcript  of  all  proceedings 
will  be  available  soon  at  cost  of  printing  from  the  Con- 
ference office.  233  Walton  Street,  N.  W.,  Atlanta, 
Ccnrjria.  Dox.\ld  K.  White. 

200  Projectors  for  Los  Angeles  Schools 

One  of  tlie  largest  orders  for  sound  equipment  to 
come  from  a  school  system,  was  placed  this  fall  by  the 
Los  Angeles  Board  of  Education,  through  the  Visual 
Education  Department.  The  order  consisted  of  200 
16mm  sound  projectors. 

A  tour  through  the  Los  Angeles  Visual  Section  shows 
it  to  be  one  of  the  busiest  and  most  extensive  of  such 
city  centers  in  the  country.  The  average  number  of 
units  shipped  each  day  is  as  follows:  Study  prints 
(average  numl^r  of  pictures  per  set:  12),  586— lantern 
slide  sets,  216 — stereograph  sets,  179 — stillfilm  rolls, 
158 — motion  picture  reels  (16mm),  113,  (35mm)  71 — 
charts,  87— objects,  specimens  and  models.  68.  All 
this  material  is  carefully  catalogued  and  numbered  for 
cross  references,  making  it  readily  accessible  for  various 
units  of  work. 

Another  valuable  service  the  Department  renders  to 
the  schools  is  the  loan  of  fascinating  models  produced 
by  skilled  workers  on  the  WP.\  Educational  Museum 
Project.  These  models  provide  material  for  functional 
use  which  might  not  otherwise  be  secured  because  of 
a  limited  budget.  They  are  classified  into  twelve 
groups:  habitats;  dioramas;  operative  and  manipulative 
models  ;  experimental  materials  ;  scale  models  ;  j^laques. 
I)as-reliefs,  .statuary  and  plastic  art  objects;  carved 
wooden  figures;  specimen  collections;  live  colonies; 
costume  dolls ;  metal   properties ;  leather  objects. 

The  Department  further  increases  the  value  of  its 
service  to  teachers  by  furnishing,  from  time  to  time, 
helpful  mimeographed  bulletins  effecting  the  more  effi- 
cient use  of  visual  aids.  J.  H. 


I         Living  lessons 
I     mean  eager  pupils 

That  is  why  Modern  Schools  consider  RCA  Victor 
radios  almost  as  essential  as  school  hooks! 


New  low  cost  RCA  Victor  table  model 
ideal  for  classrooms 


There  is  no  denying  this  faa:  La- 
sons  that  live  arc  easy  to  learn ! 

That  is  the  reason  schools  every- 
where are  taking  advantage  of  the 
many  educational  broadcasts  that 
NBC  and  other  radio  networks 
provide.  These  real  life  programs 
appeal  to  students  —  make  learn- 
ing a  pleasure. 

The  RCA  Viaor  radio  —  illus- 
trated here— now  makes  it  possible 
for  all  schools  to  give  pupils  the 
benefits  of  radio  at  amazingly  low 
cost.  Model  5Q55,  originally 


designed  (or  foreign  use,  has  an 
uncanny  ability  to  receive  foreign 
stations  -  a  feature  of  particular  im- 
portance to  schools,  in  addition  it 
has  "Plug-in"  for  Television  At- 
tachment or  Record  Player,  Angle 
Vision  Straight-line  Dial,  powerful 
Electro-Dynamic  Speaker,  and  many 
other  excellent  features.  Comes  in 
modem  streamlined  cabinet,  attrac- 
tive brown  finish.  Light  in  weight,  it 
may  easily  be  carried  from  oneclass- 
room  to  another.  Call  your  RCA 
Victor  dealer  for  a  demonstration. 


TUNE  IN  ON  THESE  NBC  EDUCATIONAL  BROADCASTS 

Adventures  in  Re>din/t— Mondays— 2:00-2:30  P.  M..  K.S.T..  NBC 
Blue  Network. ..Gallant  American  Women — Tuesdays — 2:00-2:30 
P.  M..  E.  S.  T.,  NBC  Blue  Network  .  .  .  Music  for  Younc  Listeners 
—Wednesdays— 2:00-2:15  P.  M..  E.  S.  T..  NBC  Blue  Network  .  .  . 
Ideas  that  Came  True— Thursdays— 2:00-2:30  P.  M..  E.  S.  T..  NBC 
Blue  Network  . . .  NB(;  Music  Appreciation  Hour — Fridays — 2:00- 
3:00  P.  M..E.  S.T..NBC  Blue  Network. ..National  Farm  and  Home 
Hour — Mondays.  Tuesdays.  Wednesdays.  Thursdays  and  Fridays — 
1230-1:30  P  M..  E.  S.  T  .  NBC  Blue  Network 


Modern  schools  Uay  modern  with  RCA  radio  tubes  in  their  sound  equipment 
Trade -mark     'RCA  Victor"  ReK    U    S.  Pat    Off.  by  RCA  MfK.  Co..  Inc. 


SOUND  SERVICE  FOR  SCHOOLS 


Educational  Dept.. 
RCA   Manufactur- 
ing Co.,  Inc.. 
Cainden.  N.  J. 
A  Service  of  the 
Radio  Corporation 
of  America. 


.boot '^'^-'*  


Scb—' 

Addrta- 


Page   384 


The  Educational  Screen 


^liE  uiLm  ci±tiniatE± 


Allegheny  Uprisinsr  (Trevor,  Wayne)  (RKO)  Pre- 
revolutionary  Pennsylvania  settlers,  organized  by 
colonial  Robin  Hood  against  British  troops  to 
prevent  smuggling  goods  to  Indians.  His  Maid 
Marian  is  tempestuous,  willful,  engaging  tom- 
boy pursuing  hero  throughout  struggle.  Well 
done.   Historical   atmosphere  good.  1 1-2 1-39 

(A)  &  (Y)  Interesting  (C)  Exciting 

At  the  Circas  (Marx  Brothers,  Kenny  Baker) 
(MGM)  Maudlin  nonsense-mixture  of  crazy  horse- 
play, idiot  antics,  and  typically  Marx  patter,  laid 
on  circus  train  and  at  Newport  estate.  Unwor- 
ried  by  logic  or  good  taste.  Desperate  effort 
to  be  funnier  than  ever.  It  often  tries  too 
hard.  11-21-39 

(A)  Hardly  (Y)  &  (C)  Probably  funny 

Call  a  Messenger  (Dead  End  Kids)  (Univ) 
More  glorification  of  brazen  alley  kids,  smart- 
aleck  conduct,  and  gutter  English.  The  thiev- 
ing srang,  induced  to  don  uniforms  as  tele- 
graph messenger  boys,  go  their  merry  way 
more  or  less  "changed"  by  a  grown-up's  faith 
in  them.    Ethical   value  dubious.  11-28-39 

(A)  Hardly  (Y)  &  (C)  No 

Calling  All  Marines  (Donald  Barry,  Warren  Hy- 
mer)  (Repub)  Mediocre  drama  of  gangster  who 
joins  Marines  to  get  valuable  government  pa- 
pers for  opposing  powers.  Turns  loyal  to  Ma- 
rines, double-crosses  gang.  Impossible  situa- 
tions. All  devices  of  blood -and- thunder  serial 
thrillers  employed.  11-14-39 

<A)  Poor  (Y)  Poor  (C)  No 

Challenge  The  (Luis  Trenker,  Robert  Douglas) 
(Foreign) Outstanding  production.  Historic  com- 
petition between  British  and  Italian  group  to  gain 
peak  of  Matterhorn.  Simple,  well-constructed  plot 
centers  around  friendship  of  British  explorer  and 
Italian  guide.  Superb  photography,  charming  local 
color,  all  roles  expertly  handled.  11-21-39 

(A)  &  (Y)  Excellent  of  kind  (C)  No 

Champs-Elysses  (French-Eng.  titles)  Sophisti- 
cated episodes  in  story  of  famous  avenue,  told 
by  schoolmaster  to  pupils.  Napoleon,  Louis  XV, 
DuBarry,  Pompadour  appear.  Historical  value 
confused  by  fictional  romance.  Many  risque 
situations.  Sacha  Guitry  as  writer,  director, 
actor   good   but   too   omnipresent.  12-5-39 

(A)  Fairly  entertaining  (Y)  &  (C)  No 

Conflict  (Miles.  Luchaire  and  Ducaux)  (FVen.- 
£ng.  titles)  Young  unwed  mother  gives  child 
to  married  childless  sister.  Maternal  instincts 
complicate  situation  when  child's  father  black- 
mails mother.  Conflict  between  sisters  over 
child  expertly  acted.  Many  dramatic,  delicate 
situations    deftly    handled.  11-21-39 

(A)  Good  of  kind  (Y)  No  (C)  No 

Disputed  Passage  (Tamiroff,  Lamour,  Howard) 
(Para)  Fine  production.  Eminent,  embittered  sur- 
geon dominates  talented  student  by  his  harsh 
and  coldly  scientific  attitude.  But  love  awakens 
humanity  in  young  doctor  and  great  surgeon 
sends  girl  away  for  the  good  of  young  man's 
career.  Tamiroff  excellent  as  surgeon.  11-28-39 
(A)  Very  good  of  kind         (Y)  Mature         (C)  No 

Drams  Along  the  Mohawk  (Colbert,  Fonda)  (Fox) 
Historic  struggles  of  Mohawk  Valley  frontier 
colonists  with  Indians  and  British  during  Revo- 
lution notably  screened.  Episodic,  theatricalized, 
too  long,  but  well-acted,  vital,  grimly  realistic, 
at  times  quaintly  humorous,  keeping  general 
spirit   of   book.    Fine  technicolor.  11-28-39 

(A)  &  (Y)  Very  good  (C)  Too  strong 

Escape.  The  (Kane  Richmond,  Amanda  Duff) 
(Fox)  Trite  little  flash-back  drama  about  New 
York  school  teacher,  crook  brother,  cop  fiance, 
and  three  country  youngsters.  Usual  robbery 
and  gang  complications  poorly  done.  Law  tri- 
umphs, crook  dies  melodramatically.  Definitely 
class    B    in    all    respects.  12-5-39 

(A )  Mediocre     ( Y)  &  (C )  Harmless  entertainment 

Espionage  Agent  (McCrea,  Brenda  Marshall) 
(Warner)  Young  man  in  consular  service  mar- 
ries girl  met  abroad,  loses  job  when  her  previ- 
ous spy-service  for  foreign  power  is  disclosed. 
but  together  they  turn  tables  on  said  power  and 
rouse  America  to  counter-espionage.  Docu- 
mentary gone  melodrama.  11-14-39 
(A)  and  (Y)  Fair  spy-thriller  (C)  No 

Fast  and  Furious  (Sothern,  Tone)  (MGM)  Hus- 
band and  wife,  vacationing  at  seaside  resort, 
get  involved  with  bathing  beauty  contest,  mur- 
ders, crook  schemes.  Usual  ridiculous  thrill, 
humor  and  suspense  elements.  Affectionate  but 
disparaging  husband-wife  banter  a  la  mode. 
Effortless  entertainment  for  many.  12-5-39 
(A)Fairly  entertaining  (Y)&(C)  Doubtful 


Being  the  Combined  Judgments  of  a  National  Committee  on  Current  Theatrical  Films 
(A)  Discriminating  Adults  (Y)  Youth  (C)  Children 

Dote    of   mailing    on    weekly    serrice    is    shown    on    each    film. 


Five  Little  Peppers  (Edith  Fellows.  Dorothy 
Peterson,  Clarence  Kobb)  (Colum)  Quaint, 
wholesome  little  tale,  from  well-known  book, 
of  stern  business-minded  man's  conversion  by 
the  five  staunch,  generous,  lovable  little  Pep- 
pers. Elements  of  pathos  and  melodrama,  but 
funful  and  predominantly  refreshing.  11-28-39 
(A)  Pleasing  (Y)  &  (C)  Good 

Forty  Girls  and  a  Baby  (French,  English  titles) 
Charming,  humorous  story  of  bahcelor-profes- 
sor  in  girls'  finishing  school  who,  with  aid  of 
girls,  cares  for  illegitimate  child  left  on  his 
doorstep.  Lovable,  vivacious  little  hero.  Many 
amusing  situations  lightly  and  whimsically 
handled.  11-14-39 

(A)  and  (Y)  Excellent  of  kind  (C)  No 

Hero  for  a  Day  (Anita  Louise,  Dick  Foran) 
(Univ)  Supposedly  successful  old  grad,  actu- 
ally a  night  watchman,  backed  by  sports-lov- 
ing business  man.  gets  involved  with  publicity 
agents  of  big  football  game  and  tells  off 
cocky  college  boy  headed  in  the  same  direction 
he  went.  Grapewin's  role  only  features.  11-21-39 
(A)  Feeble  (Y)  No  (C)  No 

Honeymoon  in  Bali  (MacMurray,  Carroll) 
(Para)  Domestic  comedy  of  self-sufficient  wo- 
man trying  to  cling  to  freedom  and  career 
rather  than  marry  man  she  loves.  Notable 
child  role.  Good  music,  smart  dialog,  clever 
situations,  make  merry  entertainment  despite 
some   unconvincing   acting.  11-14-39 

(A)  Amusing  (Y)  Mature  (C)  No 

Jamaica  Inn  (Laughton,  Maureen  O'Hara) 
(Para)  Laughton,  as  avaricious,  lecherous  Eng- 
lish noble,  profits  by  ship-scuttling  on  Cornish 
coast,  the  Inn  headquarters  for  his  ruffians.  Love- 
interest  by  law  officer,  disguised  as  ruffian,  and 
pretty,  forthright  Irish  girl.  Sensational,  grue- 
some thriller,  technically  well  done.  11-14-39 
(A)  Depends  on  taste       (Y)  Doubtful       (C)  No 

t>egion  of  Lost  Flyers  (Arlen,  Devine)  (Univ) 
Far-fetched  tale  of  far-north  airport,  haven  for 
aviators  of  dubious  repute.  Hero,  who  w^as 
allegedly  responsible  for  fatal  crash,  struggles 
to  get  guilty  aviator  to  confess.  Harrowing 
crashes,  improbable  accidents,  feeble  comedy. 
Exciting  stunt  flying  chief  feature.  11-28-39 
(A)  Poor  (Y)  Doubtful  (C)  No 

Little  Accident  (Florence  Rice,  Baby  Sandy) 
(Univ)  Elementary  laughable  farce  about  found- 
ling that  wins  all  hearts  and  is  center  of 
Kchemes,  tricks,  deceptions,  acrobatics,  near  ac- 
cidents. Crude  horseplay  by  the  adult  cast  of 
semi-brains.  Utterly  adorable  baby  Sandy  de- 
serves intelligent  settings  for  her  art.  11-21-39 
(A)  Fair  (Y)  Amusing  (C)  Doubtful 

Mademoiselle  Ma  Mere  (Darrieux)  (Fren.-Eng. 
titles)  Ridiculous,  amusing  situations  involving 
tempestuous,  extravagant,  squealing  heroine  and 
bumptious,  elderly  husband  (in  name  only)  and 
husband's  calm,  resolute  son.  Numerous  risque  sit- 
uations rather  lightly  handled.  Antics  of  heroine  a 
bit  overdone,  and  too  much  dialog.  11-21-39 
(A)  Fair  of  kind  (Y)  No  (C)  No 

Mr.  Smith  Goes  to  Washington  (Stewart.  Ar- 
thur) (Columbia)  Notable  film.  Lanky,  likable, 
honest,  over-naive  patriot,  machine-appointed 
Senator,  turns  tables  on  machine  by  phenominal 
filibuster  inspired  by  Secretary-heroine.  Impress- 
ive background  of  Washington  and  Congress. 
Claude  Rains  fine  as  politician.  11-14-39 

(A)  and  (Y)  Excellent  (C)  Beyond  them 

Mutiny  of  the  Elsinore  (Paul  Lukas)  (British) 
Jack  London  full-bodied  sea  thriller  well-acted, 
photographed  and  directed.  Crew  mutinies.  Cap- 
tain killed  by  treacherous  officer.  Passenger- 
novelist  (Lukas)  against  great  odds  quells 
revolt.  Exciting,  grim  conflicts.  Excellent 
characterization.  11-14-39 

(A)  Good  of  kind       (Y)  Very  exciting       (C)  No 


Ninotchka  (Garbo,  Melvyn  Douglas)  (MGM) 
Utterly  charming,  subtle  comedy-satire,  so- 
phisticated in  best  sense  of  word.  Pokes  gen- 
tle fun  at  Soviet  regime.  Stern,  feminine 
"comrade"  comes  to  Paris  to  aid  sale  of 
crown  jewels  to  feed  masses,  and  meets  French- 
man !  A  "new"  light-hearted  Garbo.  12-5-39 
(A)  Delightful       (Y)  Mature  but  good       (C)  No 

On  Your  Toes  (Zorina,  Eddie  Albert)  (Warner) 
None  too  expertly  photographed  ballet  scenes  are 
high  spots  of  absurd  drama,  farce  and  satire. 
Stupid,  loutish  musician-dancer  composes  mod- 
ern ballet,  is  championed  by  utterly  charming 
Zorina,  premiere  danseuse.  Alan  Hale  good 
as  stormy  temperamental  director.  11-14-39 
(A)  Fair  (Y)  Fairly  good  (C)  No 

Remember?  (Taylor,  Garson,  Ayres)  (MGM) 
Sophisticated  romance  of  whimsical  original- 
ity, in  which  rival  tries  twice  to  marry  hero- 
ine and  loses  both  times  to  hero.  Well  done, 
but  the  double-action  plot,  weakly  jointed  in 
the  middle,  makes  for  uneven  interest  and 
suspense.    Greer    Garson    miscast.  12-5-39 

(A)  Fairly  good  (Y)  Too  mature  (C)  No 

Rulers  of  theSea(Fairbanks, Jr..  Fyffe.Lockwood) 
(Para) Interesting,  absorbing  realism  of  fine  his- 
torical flavor.  Will  Fyffe  excellent  as  lovable,  in- 
domitable little  old  Scotch  inventor  who  perfects 
steamship  and  after  much  heartache  first  steams 
Atlantic.  Fairbanks  good  as  his  assistant  and 
Lockwood  as  pretty,  outspoken  daughter.  11-21-39 
(A)  Excellent     (Y)  Excellent     (C)  If  it  interests 

Sabotage  (Charles  Grapewin,  Arleen  Whalen) 
(Repub)  Improbable  but  fairly  interesting  story 
of  nightwatchman  who  discovers,  and  with  aid 
of  war  veterans,  exposes  espionage  organiza- 
tion back  of  sabotage  schemes  in  airplane  fac- 
tory. Love  interest  supplied  by  son  and  nice 
ex-chorus   fiancee.  11-28-39 

(A)  Mediocre  (Y)  Perhaps  (C)  No 

Secret  of  Dr.  Kildare  (Barrymore,  Ayres)  (MGM) 
Third  in  a  series  of  human  dramas  with  Bar- 
rymore in  fine  role  as  wise,  crotchety,  yet 
kindly  hospital  doctor.  Engagingly  he  domin- 
ates career  of  his  young  assistant  who,  es- 
stranged  from  old  doctor,  solves,  supposedly 
alone,  mysterious  ailment  of  wealthy  girl.  12-5-39 
(A)  &  (Y)  Good  (C)  Doubtful  interest 

Shors  (Soviet  Russian,  Eng.  titles)  Red  leader 
fights  Germans.  Poles  and  White  Russians  in 
1917-19  struggle  for  Ukraine.  Little  dramatic 
continuity,  anti-climactic  conclusion,  but  thor- 
oughly artistic  production.  Magnificent,  epic 
battle  panoramas,  fine  comedy,  splendid  acting, 
notably  by  Samoilov.  Usual  propaganda.  12-5-89 
(A)  Good  of  kind  (Y)  Hardly  (C)  No 

That's  Right,  You're  Wrong  (Kay  Kyser  and 
band)  (RKO)  Novel  attempt  to  turn  radio-star 
into  screen  "boxoffice"  by  hilarious  picture 
proving  him  impossible  as  actor!  Hollywood's 
hectic  production  effort  finally  ended  by  his 
histrionic  futility.  Much  dialog,  little  music. 
Many  laughs  for  the  uncritical.  11-28-39 

(A)  Depends  on  taste  (Y)  &  (C)  Amusing 

Those  High  Grey  Walls  (Conolly,  Onslow,  Ste- 
vens) (Colum)  Decidedly  human  variation  of 
prison  theme.  Kindly  old  doctor,  imprisoned  for 
crime,  humanizes  hard-boiled  young  prison  doc- 
tor. A  murder,  an  operation  performed  at 
point  of  gun,  provide  exciting  but  not  overly 
tense  situations.   Conolly  excellent.  11-28-39 

(A)  Fairly  good     (Y)  Doubtful  interest     (C)  No 

Torture  Ship  (Talbot,  Pichel)  (Producer  Dist. 
Co.)  Doctor  indicted  for  murder  gives  danger- 
ous criminals  passage  on  ship.  In  return  they 
are  to  submit  to  experiment  to  cure  criminal 
impulses.  Pichel  good  as  doctor.  Plot  and 
action  confused.  Violence,  horror  and  suspense 
elements   all   utilized.  12-5-39 

<A)  Harrowing  (Y)  &  (C)  No 


Also  for  the   Visual   Field  — 


"1000  AND  ONE"  FILM  DIRECTORY 
(New  15th  Edition  just  out) 

"1000  and  ONE"  The  Blue  Book  of  Non-Theatrical  Films, 
published  annually  is  famous  in  the  field  of  visual  instruction 
as  the  standard  film  reference  source,  indispensable  to  film 
nsers  in  the  educational  field.  The  new  edition  lists  and  de- 
scribes over  5,000  films,  classified  into  147  different  subject 
groups  (including  large  group  of  entertainment  subjects).  An 
additional  feature  this  year  is  a  complete  alphabetical  list  of 
every  film  in  the  directory.  Other  information  includes  designa- 
tion of  whether  a  film  is  available  in  16mm,  or  35mm,  silent 
or  sound,  number  of  reels  and  sources  distributing  the  films, 
with  range  of  prices  charged. 
128  pp.  I'aixT.     I'rice  75c.     {25c  to  E.  S.  subscribers) 

AN   ALTERNATIVE   FOR  REVOLUTION   AND   WAR 
By  Albert  E.  Osborne. 

■\  stimulating,  wide-range  view  of  the  higher  potentialities 
of  visual  instruction  in  promoting  world  harmony  by  a  "more 
humanity-centered  education."  A  pertinent  reply  to  H.  G. 
Wells'  dictum  that  "the  future  is  a  race  between  education  and 
catastrophe." 

124  pp.  Cloth.   Price  $1.25. 

VISUALIZING  THE  CURRICULUM. 

By  C.  F.  Hoban,  C.  F.  Hoban,  Jr.,  and  S.  B.  Zisman. 

Presents  in  theory  and  in  practice  the  basic  methodology  of 
visual  instruction  in  relation  to  classroom  procedure.  Through- 
out the  text  the  theory  of  visual  aids  is  applied  to  textbook 
illustration.  "Visualizing  the  Curriculum",  itself  a  splendidly 
"visualized  text",  provides  an  abundance  of  technical  guidance 
in  the  form  of  illustrative  drawings  of  photographs,  reports  of 
school  journeys,  suggestions  for  mounting  materials,  for  mak- 
ing slides,  film  strips,  etc.  It  incorporates  up-to-date  material, 
provides  a  fine  halanc»  in  the  treatment  of  various  teaching 
aids,  evaluates  various  types  of  aids,  and  defines  tlie  functions 
and  values  of  each  in  the  learning  process. 

320  pp.  Cloth.  Illus.    Price  $3.50. 
(20%  discount  to  schools) 

THE  AUDIO  VISUAL  HANDBOOK.     (3rd  Edition) 
By  Ellsworth  C.  Dent 

Presents  in  convenient  form,  practical  information  for  those 
interested  in  applying  visual  and  audio-visual  aids  to  instruc- 
tion. The  six  chapters  include  discussions  on  "The  Status  of 
Visual  Instruction."  "Types  of  Visual  Aids  and  Their  Use," 
"Types  of  Audio-Visual  Aids  to  Instruction,"  "Types  of  Sound 
.Mds  for  Schools."  "Organizing  the  Audio-Visual  Service.' 
"Source  List  of  Materials  and  Equipment." 

212  pp.   Illus.  Cloth.   Price  $1.50. 

PICTURE  VALUES  IN  EDUCATION 
By  Joseph  J.  Weber,  Ph.  D. 

An  important  contribution  to  the  literature  of  the  visual  field. 

Presents  in  unusually  interesting  form  the  results  of  extended 

investigations  on  the  teaching  values  of  the  lantern  slide  and 

stereograph.  156  pp.  Cloth.  Illus.    Price  $1.00 

(67c  to  E.  S.  subscribers) 

COMPARATIVE    EFFECTIVENESS   OF    SOME    VISITAL 
AIDS  IN   SEVENTH   GRADE  INSTRUCTION. 
By  Joseph  J.  Weber,  Ph.  D. 

The  first   published  work   of   authoritative   research   in   the 
visual  field,  foundational  to  all  research  work  following  it.  Not 
only  valuable  to  research  workers,  but  an  essential  reference 
work  for  all  libraries. 
131  pp.  Cloth.  Price  $1.00  (67c  to  subscribers  of  E.  S.) 


Full  Proceedings  of  the  Midwestern  Forum  on  Visual 
Aids  (Held  in  Chicago,  May  1939) 

The  most  complete  record  ever  printed  and  on  one  of  the 
livest  visual  meetings  ever  held.  Numerous  addresses  by  leading 
figures  in  the  visual  field,  a  notable  Directors'  Round  Table 
and   three  complete  recordings  of  clattet  taught   by  tounj  fllmi 

arc  among  the  rich  contents  of  the  80-page  booklet. 

80  pages,  Paper.     Price  50c. 
(25c  to  subscribers  of  Educational  Screen) 

HOW  TO  MAKE   HAND-MADE   LANTERN  SLIDES. 
By  G.  E.  Hamilton. 

Simple  directions  for  making  this  economical  and  increas- 
ingly popular  teaching  aid.         24  pp.  Paper.     Price  10c. 

EVALUATION  OF  STILL  PICTURES  FOR 
INSTRUCTIONAL   USE.     By   Lelia  Trolinger 

A  full  presentation  of  the  latest  piece  of  research  on  de- 
termination of  teaching  values  of  pictures.  Development  of 
the  Score  Card  and  elaborate  experiment  in  use  of  same.  Full 
documentation,  tabulation  of  results,  and  appendices.  The 
latest,  most  complete  and  scholarly  investigation  of  a  problem 
in  the  visual  teaching  field  that  has  long  needed  such  a 
solution.  48  pp.  Paper.  Illus.     Price  SOc. 

THE  EDUCATIONAL  TALKING  PICTURE. 
By  Frederick  L.  Devereuz. 

Presenting  preliminary  solutions  of  some  of  the  more  im- 
portant problems  encountered  in  adapting  the  talking  picture 
to  the  service  of  education.  The  first  six  chapters  deal  with 
the  development  of  fundamental  bases  of  production,  with  the 
experimentation  which  has  been  conducted,  and  with  suggested 
problems  for  future  research.  The  remaining  chapters  discuss 
the  effective  use  of  the  sound  film  in  teaching. 
220  pp.  Cloth.  Illus.  Price  $2.00.   (20%  discount  to  schools) 

HOW  TO  USE  THE  EDUCATIONAL  SOUND  FILM. 
By  M.  R.  Brnnstetter,  Ph.  D. 

Discusses  the  utilization  of  the  educational  sound  film,  and 
lists  and  illustrates  techniques  for  placing  the  film  into  effective 
service  in  the  classroom.  The  procedures  suggested  are  based 
upon  extended  experience  in  studying  teachers'  use  of  sound 
fihns  and  in  helping  to  organize  programs  of  audio  visual  in- 
struction in  school  systems.  Two  valuable  Appendices  and 
a  full  index. 
175  pp.  Cloth.  Illus.    Price  $2.00.  (20%  discount  to  schools) 

MOTION   PICTURES  IN  EDUCATION  IN 
THE  UNITED  STATES.     By  Cline  M.  Koon. 

A  report  of  the  instructional  use  and  indirect  educational  in- 
fluence of  motion  pictures  in  this  country,  divided  into  nine 
units.  Treats  the  motion  picture  (1)  as  an  educational  influence: 
(2)  in  service  of  health  and  social  hygiene;  (3)  in  governmental 
service  and  patriotism:  (4)  in  vocational  guidance;  (S)  in  in- 
ternational understanding;  (6)  Motion  picture  legislation;  (7) 
technique  of  production  and  distribution ;  (8)  systematic  intro- 
duction of  films  in  teaching;  (9)  general  educational  problems 
of  films  in  teaching. 

106  pp.  Paper.  Price  $1.00  (20%  discount  to  schools) 

THE  STEREOGRAPH  and  LANTERN  SLIDE 
IN  EDUCATION.     By  G.  E.  Hamilton. 
The  most  comprehensive  discussion  yet  published. 
47  pp.  Paper.     Price  ISc. 


TO  ORDER,  Check  Material  Desired  and  Fill  in  Blank  Below 


Price 
"1000  and  O^c"   Film   DirMtory  $  .76  n 

An   Alternative  for  RevoIuUon  and  War.,..  1.2S  D 
VisnalizInE    the    Curriculum  S.SO  Q 

(To    Schools)     _  2.80  0 

The    Audio-Visual   Handboolc -.„„ „ 1.50  D 

Picture   Values    In   Education    1.00  D 

Comparative  Effectiveness  of 

Some    Visual    Aids  I.OOD 

Pmeeedinca  of  Mid-Waat  Forum  on 

VUual    Aids 60D 

Evaluation  of  Still  Pletnna 60  D 

The    Educational    Talkinc    Picture  S.OOD 

(To    Schools)  1.60  D 

How   to   Use   Educational   Sound    Film  2.00  D 

(To    Schools)    I.OOQ 

Motion    Picture*   in   Education  In 

The   United    Sutea  I.OOD 

(To    SchooU)    .80  D 

Stereosraph  and  Lantern  Slide  in  Education     .15  Q 
Row  to  Make  Handmade  Lantern  Slide* 10  |j 


I  subscribers 
of  E.  S. 
S  .26  0 

1.25  n 

8.60  n 
2.80  □ 
1.60  D 

.67  0 

.67  D 

.26  D 

.50  D 
2.00  0 
1.60  D 

2.00  n 


1 .60  I 


1.00 
.80 


B 

.16  0 
.10  0 


Subscription  to  THE  EDUCATIONAL  SCREEN 

U.  S.  1  year,  $2.00  D 
Foreign  1  year,  $3.00  D 
Canada   1  year,  $2.25  D 

Educational  Screen 

64  E.  Lake  St.,  Chicago 


2  years,  $3.00  D 
2  years,  $5.00  D 
2  years,  $3.50  D 


I  have  indicated  items  desired  and  enclose  check  for  $. 
Name 


School  or  Street. 
City 


State. 


Page  388 


The  Educational  Screen 


HERE  THEY  ARE 


A  Trade  Directory 
for  the  Visual  Field 


nLMS 

Akin  and  Bagshaw,  Inc.  (6) 

1425  Williams  St.,  Denver,  Colo. 
Audio-Film  Libraries  (5) 

661  Bloomfield  Ave.,  Bloomfield,  N.  J. 

(See  advertisement  on  page  379) 

Bailey  Film  Service  (1,  6) 

1651  Cosmo  St.,  Hollywood,  Cal. 

(See  advertisement  on  pasre  383) 

Bell  &  Howell  Co.  (6) 

1815  Larchmont  Ave.,  Chicago 

(See  advertisement  on  inside  back  cover) 

Bray  Pictures  Corporation  (3,  6) 

729  Seventh  Ave.,  New  York  City 
Cine  Classic  Library  (5) 

1041  Jefferson  Ave..  Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 

(See  advertisemnt  on  page  376) 

College  Film  Center  (2,  6) 

59  E.  Van  Buren  St.,  Chicago. 
DeVry  Corporation  (1,  6) 

1111  Armitage  Ave.,  Chicago 
(See  advertisement  on  inside  front  cover) 

Dudley  Visual  Education  Service 

736  S.  Wabash  Ave.,  Chicago 

4th  Fl.,  Coughlan  Bldg. 

Mankato.  Minn. 
Eastin  16  mm.  Pictures  (6) 

707  Putnam  Bldg.,  Davenport,  la. 

Burns  Bldg.,  Colorado  Springs,  Colo. 
Eastman  Classroom  Films  (4) 

Rochester.    N.   Y. 
Eastman  Kodak  Co.  (1,  4) 

Rochester,  N.  Y. 

(See  advertisement  on  outside  back  cover) 

Eastman  Kodak  Stores,  Inc.  (6) 

Kodascope  Libraries 
356  Madison  Ave.,  New  York  City 
Eastman  Kodak  Stores,  Inc.  (6) 

1020  Chestnut  St.,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

606  Wood  St.,  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 
Edited  Pictures  System,  Inc.  (6) 

330  W.  42nd  St.,  New  York  City 
Erpi  Classroom  Films,  Inc.  (2,  5) 

35-11  35th  Ave.,  Long  Island  City, 

N.  Y. 
Films,  Inc.  (6) 

330  W.  42nd  St.,  New  York  City 

64  E.  Lake  St.,  Chicago 

314  S.  W.  Ninth  Ave.,  Portland,  Ore. 
Frith  Films  (4) 

P.  O.  Box  565,  Hollywood,  Calif. 
Garrison  Films  (3,  6) 

1600  Broadway.  New  York  City 

(See  advertisemnt  on  page  376) 

General  Films,  Ltd.  (3,6) 

1924  Rose  St.,  Regina,  Sask. 
156  King  St.,  W.  Toronto 
Walter  O.  Gutlohn,  Inc.  (6) 

35  W.  4Sth  St.,  New  York  City 

(See  advertisement  on  page  373) 

Harvard  Film  Service  (3,  6) 

Biological  Laboratories, 

Harvard  University,  Cambridge,  Mass. 
Guy  D.  Haselton,  Travelettes     (1,  4,  5) 

7936  Santa  Monica  Blvd., 

Hollywood,  Calif. 
J.  H.  Hoffberg  Co.,  Inc.  (2,  5) 

729  Seventh  Ave.,  New  York  City 
Ideal  Pictures  Corp.  (3,  6) 

28  E.  Eighth  St..  Chicago,  III. 

(See  advertisement  on  page  379) 

International  Film  Bureau  (2,  6) 

59  E.  Van  Buren  St.,  Chicago 

Lewis  Film  Service  (6) 

105   E.   1st  St.,  Wichita,  Kan. 

(See  advertisement  on  page  373) 

The  Manse  Library  (4,  5) 

1521    Dana    Ave.,    Cincinnati.    O. 

(See  advertisement  on  page  376) 


Pictorial  Films  (5) 

1650  Broadway,  New  York  City 
(See  advertisement  on  page  376) 

Post  Pictures,  Inc.  (6) 

722i  Seventh  Ave..  New  York  City 

(See  advertisement  on  page  379) 

United  Educator  Films  Co.  (5) 

State  Theatre  Bldg.,  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 

107  South  Court  Square,  Memphis, 

Tenn. 
United  Projector  and  Films  Corp.  (1,  4) 

228  Franklin  St.,  Buffalo,  N.  Y. 
Universal  Pictures  Co.,  Inc.  (2) 

Rockefeller  Center,  New  York  City 

(See  advertisement  on  page  381) 

Visual  Education  Service  (6) 

131  Clarendon  St.,  Boston,  Mass. 

Wholesome  Films  Service,  Inc.  (3,  4) 
48  Melrose  St.,  Boston,  Mass. 

Williams,  Brown  and  Earle,  Inc.  (3,  6) 
918  Chestnut  St.,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

Y.M.C.A.  Motion  Picture  Bureau  (1,  6) 
347  Madison  Ave.,  New  York  City 
19  S.  LaSalle  St.,  Chicago 
351  Turk  St..  San  Francisco,  Cal. 

MOTION  PICTURE 
MACHINES  and  SUPPLIES 

The  Ampro  Corporation  (6) 

2839  N.  Western  Ave.,  Chicago 

(See  advertisement  on  page  371) 

Bell  &  Howell  Co.  (6) 

1815  Larchmont  Ave.,  Chicago 

(See  advertisement  on  inside  back  cover) 

DeVry  Corporation  (3,  6) 

nil  Armitage  St.,  Chicago 

(See  advertisement  on  inside  front  cover) 

Eastman  Kodak  Co.  (6) 

Rochester,  N.  Y. 

(See  advertisement  on  outside  back  cover) 

Eastman  Kodak  Stores,  Inc.  (6) 

Kodascope  Libraries 

356  Madison  Ave.,  New  York  City 
Eastman  Kodak  Stores,  Inc.  (6) 

1020  Chestnut  St.,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

606  Wood  St.,  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 
General  Films,  Ltd.  (3,  6) 

1924  Rose  St.,  Regina,  Sask. 

156  King  St.,  W.  Toronto 
Hirsch  &  Kaye  (6) 

239  Grant  Ave.,   San   Francisco,   Cal. 
Holmes  Projector  Co.  (3,  6) 

1813  Orchard  St.,  Chicago 

(See  advertisement  on  page  378) 

Ideal  Pictures  Corp.  (3,  6) 

28  E.  Eighth  St..  Chicago 

(See  advertisement  on  page  379) 

RCA  Manufacturing  Co.,  Inc.  (5) 

Camden,  N.  J. 

(See  advertisement  on  page  383) 

S.  O.  S.  Corporation  (3,  6) 

636  Eleventh  Ave..  New  York  City 
United  Educator  Films  Co.  (5) 

State  Theatre  Bldg.,  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 
107  South  Court  Square,  Memphis, 
Tenn. 

United  Projector  and  Films  Corp.  (1,  4) 

228  Franklin  St.,  Buflfalo,  N.  Y. 

Victor  Animatograph  Corp.  (6) 

Davenport,   Iowa 

(See  advertisement  on  page  375) 

Visual  Education  Service  (6) 

131  Clarendon  St.,  Boston,  Mass. 

Williams,  Brown  and  Earle,  Inc.  (3,  6) 
918  Chestnut  St.,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

PICTURES  and  PRINTS 

Colonial  Art  Co. 

1336  N.W.  1st  St.,  Oklahoma  City,  Okla. 


SCREENS 

Da  Lite  Screen  Co. 

2717  N.   Crawford  Ave.,   Chicago 

(See  advertisement  on  page  381) 

Eastman  Kodak  Stores,  Inc. 

1020  Chestnut  St..   Philadelphia,  Pa. 

606  Wood  St..  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 
Williams,  Brown  and  Earle,  Inc. 

918  Chestnut  St.,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

SLIDES  and  FILM  SLIDES 

Eastman  Educational  Slides 

Johnson  Co.   Bank  Bldg., 

Iowa  City,  la. 
Edited  Pictures  System,  Inc. 

330  W.  42nd  St.,   New   York  City 
Ideal  Pictures  Corp. 

28  E.  Eighth  St..  Chicago,  111. 

(See  advertisment  on  page  379) 

Keystone  View  Co. 
Meadville.   Pa. 

(See  advertisement  on  page  354) 

Radio-Mat  Slide  Co.,  Inc. 
1819  Broadway,  New  York  City 

(See  advertisement  on  page  376) 

Society  for  Visual  Education 

100  E.  Ohio  St..  Chicago.  111. 
Spindler  &  Sauppe,  Inc. 

86  Third  St..   San   Francisco,  Cal. 

(See  advertisement  on  page  373) 

Visual  Education  Service 

131  Clarendon  St.,  Boston,  Mass. 
Visual  Sciences 

Suffern,  New  York 

(See  advertisement  on  page  379) 

Williams,   Brown  and   Earle,  Inc. 

918  Chestnut   St.,  Philadelphia,   Pa. 

STEREOGRAPHS  and 
STEREOSCOPES 

Keystone  View  Co. 
Meadville.  Pa. 

(See  advertisement  on  page  354) 

STEREOPTICONS  and 
OPAQUE  PROJECTORS 

Bausch  and  Lomb  Optical  Co. 

Rochester.  N.  Y. 

(See  advertisement  on  page  358) 

DeVry  Corporation 

111!  Armitage  Ave.,  Chicago 

(See  advertisement  on  inside  front  cover) 

Eastman  Kodak  Stores,  Inc. 

Kodascope  Libraries 

356  Madison  Ave.,  New  York  City 
Eastman  Kodak  Stores,  Inc. 

1020  Chestnut  St.,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

606  Wood  St.,  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 
General  Films  Ltd. 

1924  Rose  St.,  Regina,  Sask. 

156  King  St.,  W.  Toronto 
Hirsch  &  Kaye 

239  Grant  Ave.,  San  Francisco,  Cal. 
Spencer  Lens  Co. 

19  Doat  St.,  Buffalo,  N.  Y. 

(See  advertisement  on  page  377) 

Williams,  Brown  and  Earl,  Inc. 
918  Chestnut  St.,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 


REFERENCE  NUMBERS 

(1)   indicates    firm    supplies 

35   mm. 

silent. 

(2)   indicates   firm    supplies 

35   mm. 

sound. 

(3)   indicates   firm   supplies 

35    mm. 

sound  and   silent. 

(4)  indicates   firm   supplies 

16  mm. 

silent. 

(5)  indicates   firm   supplies 

16   mm. 

sound-on-film. 

(6)  indicates  firm    supplies 

16   mm. 

sound  and  silent. 

Continuous  insertions  under  one  heading,  $1.50  per  issue;  additional  listings  under  other  headings,  75c  each. 


This  New  Bell  &  Howell 
^  Catalog  Solved  Our  Film 
>^^     Supply  Problem! 


(J** 


to  owner*  of  16  mm. 
sound  projectors,  25^  to  others. 
Film   title  I'nf   free   to   everyone. 
Mail  coupon  today. 


i^^ 


tim^tlii 


FILMOSOUND    PROJECTORS 
MEET  ALL  SCHOOL  NEEDS! 

Don't  invest  school  dollars  in  any  motion  picture  pro- 
jector until  you  investigate  the  Bell  &  Howell  line. 
You'll  find  a  B&H  Filmosound  or  Filmo  Silent  16  mm. 
Projector  for  every  school  purpose  .  .  .  each  precision- 
made  for  lasting,  dependable  service  by  the  makers,  for 
32  years,  of  Hollywood's  professional  equipment. 
Mail  coupon  now. 

MIMOSOUND  "UTIIITY,"  above,  projects  both  sound 
and  silent  films.  Serves  both  classrooms  and  good-sized 
auditoriums.  Has  clutch  for  still  projection  and  reverse 
switch  for  repeating  sequences  for  emphasis.  In  addi- 
tion, it  permits  adding  a  public  address  microphone 
and  a  phonograph  turntable!  With  7$0-watt  lamp, 
Magnilite  condenser,  and  1600-foot  capacity,  com- 
plete in  two  compact  cases,  only  $369.  Other  Filmo- 
sounds  from  $276  to  $  1  500. 


FRICISION-MAOE    lY 

BELL  &  HOWELL 


"We  found  this  catalog  was  macJe  to  order  for 
teaching  needs.  Under  headings  corresponding  to 
classroom  subjects,  it  classifies  over  1400  fine 
sound  films.  Each  is  adequately  described,  and 
evaluations  by  educational  authorities  are  indi- 
cated. It's  the  quick,  easy  way  to  pick  just  the  films 
you  want — when  you  want  them — from  one  de- 
pendable source.  Every  print  arrives  in  prime  con- 
dition, because  it  comes  direct  from  Bell  &  Howell. 

A//  "^yp^i  of  Films 
"We  use  mainly  classroom  shorts,  of  which  Bell  & 
Howell  offers  hundreds!  And  when  we  want  fea- 
ture films  for  assembly  or  P.T.A.  programs,  we  can 
pick  from  over  250  outstanding  features,  includ- 
ing recent  Hollywood  hits. 

Saves  up  io  50%  on  Rentals! 

"By  booking  our  year's  schedule  in  advance,  we 
save  up  to  50%  in  rental  charges.  When  we  book 
for  our  school  system  as  a  whole,  there  are  further 
savings.  And  the  rental  on  previously  rented  films 
is  applied  against  purchase." 

MAIL  COUPON  for  your  new  catalog. 

Bell  &  Howell  Company,  Chicago;  New  York; 
Hollywood;  London.  Established  1907 

DON'T   FORGET— MAIL  NOW! 

I       bell  &  HOWELL  COMPANY  >.  .m.      I 

11817  Larchmoni  Ave.,  Chicago.  lU.  * 

Please  send  new  :j  catalog   D  list  of  1492  sound  films  for      I 

I       school  use.  We  now  have  ....  (number)  of (make)  " 

*  I       sound  projectors.  I 

I  Include  free  booklet  describing     D  Filmosounds,    G  Filmo  I 

Silent  School  Projectors,  n  Filmo  Cameras,  D  Silent  Renul  Films. 

Samf 

Schfl 

Address 

City Suit 


MAKE  YOUR 
SHOW  SAFE 


WHENEVER  you  project  SS-millimeter 
pictures  without  an  enclosing  booth,  make 
your  show  safe  by  using  prints  made  on 
Eastman  Safety  Film.  Insist  on  this  film 
when  you  order,  and  look  for  Eastman  , . . 
Safety . . .  Kodak  in  the  transparent  margin 
of  each  reel.  Eastman  Kodak  Company, 
Rochester,  N.  Y.  (J.  E.  Brulatour,  Inc.,  Dis- 
tributors, Fort  Lee,  Chicago,  Hollywood.) 


EASTMAN 

SAFETY  FILM 


T^-' 


.  f^y.-;